diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:54:11 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:54:11 -0700 |
| commit | ee7c7892454fac35438ee5adcc08a933f39c0232 (patch) | |
| tree | 6221834d01a536e93f9740b84bf87548e50f13f1 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18794-8.txt | 18358 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18794-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 320749 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18794-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 481888 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18794-h/18794-h.htm | 18339 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18794-h/images/01.jpg | bin | 0 -> 31704 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18794-h/images/02.jpg | bin | 0 -> 26081 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18794-h/images/03.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37474 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18794-h/images/04.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25439 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18794-h/images/05.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20745 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18794.txt | 18358 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18794.zip | bin | 0 -> 320702 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
14 files changed, 55071 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/18794-8.txt b/18794-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad1a8de --- /dev/null +++ b/18794-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18358 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Three Years' War, by Christiaan Rudolf de Wet + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Three Years' War + + +Author: Christiaan Rudolf de Wet + + + +Release Date: July 8, 2006 [eBook #18794] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THREE YEARS' WAR*** + + +E-text prepared by Marilynda Fraser-Cunliffe, Taavi Kalju, and the Project +Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net/) + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustrations. + See 18794-h.htm or 18794-h.zip: + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/7/9/18794/18794-h/18794-h.htm) + or + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/7/9/18794/18794-h.zip) + + + + + +THREE YEARS' WAR + +by + +CHRISTIAAN RUDOLF DE WET + +Frontispiece by John S. Sargent, R.A. + +Four Plans and a Map + + + + + + + +[Illustration: (signature) C. R. de Wet + + + + +New York +Charles Scribner's Sons +1902 +Copyright, 1902, by +Charles Scribner's Sons +All rights reserved +Published, December, 1902 +Trow Directory +Printing and Bookbinding Company +New York + + + + + TO +MY FELLOW SUBJECTS + OF +THE BRITISH EMPIRE + + + + +Preface + + +By way of introduction to my work I wish, dear reader, to say only this +short word: "I am no book-writer."--But I felt that the story of this +struggle, in which a small people fought for liberty and right, is +rightly said, throughout the civilized world, to be unknown, and that it +was my duty to record my personal experiences in this war, for the +present and for the future generations, not only for the Afrikander +people, but for the whole world. + +Not only did I consider this my duty, but I was encouraged to write by +the urgings of prominent men among my people, of men of various +nationalities and even of several British officers. + +Well, dear reader, I hope that you will not feel disappointed in reading +these experiences, as it is not in me, as is perhaps sometimes the case +with historical authors, to conjure up thrilling pictures--imaginary +things--and put them together merely to make up a book or to make a name +for themselves. That be far from me! In publishing my book (although it +is written in simple style) _I had one object only_, viz., to give to +the world a story which, although it does not contain the whole of the +truth, as regards this wondrous war, yet contains nothing but the +truth. + +The original has been written by me in Dutch, and I can therefore not be +answerable for its translation into other languages. + +C. R. DE WET. + + + + +Contents + + +CHAPTER PAGE + + I. I GO ON COMMANDO AS A PRIVATE BURGHER 3 + + II. NICHOLSON'S NEK 13 + + III. LADYSMITH BESIEGED 19 + + IV. I AM APPOINTED VECHTGENERAAL 22 + + V. THE OVERWHELMING FORCES OF LORD ROBERTS 26 + + VI. PAARDEBERG 39 + + VII. THE WILD FLIGHT FROM POPLAR GROVE 49 + + VIII. THE BURGHERS RECEIVE PERMISSION TO RETURN TO THEIR HOMES 56 + + IX. SANNA'S POST 61 + + X. FOUR HUNDRED AND SEVENTY ENGLISH TAKEN PRISONER AT REDDERSBURG 71 + + XI. AN UNSUCCESSFUL SIEGE 77 + + XII. THE ENGLISH SWARM OVER OUR COUNTRY 82 + + XIII. OUR POSITION AT THE END OF MAY, 1900 92 + + XIV. ROODEWAL 96 + + XV. I MAKE LORD KITCHENER'S ACQUAINTANCE 108 + + XVI. BETHLEHEM IS CAPTURED BY THE ENGLISH 117 + + XVII. THE SURRENDER OF PRINSLOO 123 + + XVIII. I AM DRIVEN INTO THE TRANSVAAL 129 + + XIX. I RETURN TO THE FREE STATE 144 + + XX. THE OATH OF NEUTRALITY 156 + + XXI. FREDERIKSSTAD AND BOTHAVILLE 161 + + XXII. MY MARCH TO THE SOUTH 172 + + XXIII. I FAIL TO ENTER CAPE COLONY 180 + + XXIV. WHEREIN SOMETHING IS FOUND ABOUT WAR AGAINST WOMEN 191 + + XXV. I AGAIN ATTEMPT TO ENTER CAPE COLONY 197 + + XXVI. DARKNESS PROVES MY SALVATION 215 + + XXVII. WAS OURS A GUERILLA WAR? 225 + +XXVIII. NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE ENEMY 230 + + XXIX. PRESIDENT STEYN'S NARROW ESCAPE 242 + + XXX. THE LAST PROCLAMATION 246 + + XXXI. BLOCKHOUSES AND NIGHT ATTACKS 260 + + XXXII. MY COMMANDO OF SEVEN HUNDRED MEN 267 + +XXXIII. A SUCCESS AT TWEEFONTEIN 275 + + XXXIV. I CUT MY WAY THROUGH SIXTY THOUSAND TROOPS 284 + + XXXV. I GO TO THE TRANSVAAL WITH PRESIDENT STEYN 298 + + XXXVI. PEACE NEGOTIATIONS 305 + +XXXVII. THE END OF THE WAR 319 + +CORRESPONDENCE 325 + + +APPENDICES + +A.--REPORT OF THE MEETING OF THE GENERAL REPRESENTATIVES HELD AT + VEREENIGING IN THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC ON THE 15TH OF + MAY, 1902, AND THE FOLLOWING DAYS 333 + +B.--THE CONFERENCE AT PRETORIA BETWEEN THE COMMISSION OF THE + NATIONAL REPRESENTATIVES AND LORDS KITCHENER AND MILNER + (MAY 19TH-MAY 28TH, 1902) 365 + +C.--MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE SPECIAL NATIONAL + REPRESENTATIVES AT VEREENIGING, SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC, + THURSDAY, THE 29TH OF MAY, 1902, AND THE FOLLOWING DAYS 397 + +INDEX 429 + +MAP _At end of volume_ + + + + +THREE YEARS WAR + + + + +CHAPTER I + +I Go on Commando as a Private Burgher + + +In the month of September, 1899, the burghers of the Orange Free State +were notified, under the Commando Law, to hold themselves in readiness +to go on active service at the shortest possible notice. + +Before proceeding any further I should like to explain that portion of +the Commando Law which dealt with commandeering. It stipulated that +every burgher between the ages of sixteen and sixty must be prepared to +fight for his country at any moment; and that, if required for active +service, he must provide himself with a riding-horse, saddle and bridle, +with a rifle and thirty cartridges--or, if he were unable to obtain a +rifle, he must bring with him thirty bullets, thirty caps, and half a +pound of powder--in addition he must be provisioned for eight days. That +there should have been an alternative to the rifle was due to the fact +that the law was made at a time when only a few burghers possessed +breech-loading rifles--_achterlaaiers_, as we call them. + +With reference to the provisions the law did not specify their quality +or quantity, but there was an unwritten but strictly observed rule +amongst the burghers that they should consist of meat cut in strips, +salted, peppered, and dried, or else of sausages and "Boer biscuits."[1] +With regard to quantity, each burgher had to make his own estimate of +the amount he would require for eight days. + +It was not long after they were notified to hold themselves ready that +the burghers were called up for active service. On the 2nd of October, +1899, the order came. On that day the Veldtcornets, or their +lieutenants, visited every farm and commandeered the men. + +Amongst the commandeered was I; and thus, as a private burgher, I +entered on the campaign. With me were my three sons--Kootie, Isaac, and +Christiaan. + +The following day the men of the sub-district of Krom Ellenborg, in the +district of Heilbron--to which I belonged--mustered at Elandslaagte +Farm. The Veldtcornet of this sub-district was Mr. Marthinus Els, and +the Commandant of the whole contingent Mr. Lucas Steenekamp. It soon +became known that the War Commission had decided that our commando was +to proceed as rapidly as possible to the Natal frontier, and that with +us were to go the troops from Vrede and Harrismith, as well as some from +Bethlehem, Winburg, and Kroonstad. Carrying out these orders, we all +arrived at Harrismith six days later. + +Commando life now began in real earnest. + +The eight days during which the burghers had to feed themselves were +soon over, and now it was the duty of the Government to provide for +them. + +It may be interesting to mention here that the British commissariat +differed greatly from ours. Rations were served out daily to their +troops. Each soldier received the same quantity and the same quality as +his comrade. Our methods were very different, except as regards flour, +coffee, sugar, and other articles of that nature. The British soldier, +for instance, received his meat ready cooked in the form of bully-beef +(_blikkiescost_ we called it), whilst the burgher received his meat raw, +and had to cook it as best he could. + +Before I leave this subject I may be forgiven if I describe the method +of distributing meat to the burghers. After it had been cut up, the +Vleeschkorporaal[2] handed out the pieces--a sufficiently responsible +task, as it proved, for, as the portions differed much in quality, it +became of the first importance that the Vleeschkorporaal should be a man +whose impartiality was above suspicion. To avoid any temptations to +favouritism, this useful personage used to turn his back on the +burghers, and as the men came up in turn he would pick up the piece of +meat which lay nearest to hand and, without looking round, give it to +the man who was waiting behind him to receive it. + +This arrangement should have been satisfactory to all, but it sometimes +happened that some burgher, whom fortune had not favoured, made no +effort to conceal his discontent, and thus squabbles frequently +occurred. Then the Vleeschkorporaal, fully convinced of his own +uprightness, would let his tongue go, and the burgher who had complained +was a man to be pitied. But such quarrels only occurred early in the +campaign. By the time that the Vleeschkorporaal had been a few weeks at +his work he had gained a considerable knowledge of human nature, and the +injustice of his fellows no longer troubled him. Accordingly he allowed +the complaints of the men to go in at one ear and at once to come out at +the other. The burghers, too, soon became convinced of the foolishness +of their conduct, and learnt the lesson of content and forbearance. + +As I have already stated, the burgher had to boil or roast his own meat. +The roasting was done on a spit cut in the shape of a fork, the wood +being obtained from a branch of the nearest tree. A more ambitious fork +was manufactured from fencing wire, and had sometimes even as many as +four prongs. A skillful man would so arrange the meat on his spit as to +have alternate pieces of fat and of lean, and thus get what we used to +call a _bout span_.[3] + +The burghers utilized the flour supplied to them in making cakes; these +they cooked in boiling fat, and called them _stormjagers_[4] or +_maagbommen_.[5] + +Later on, the British, finding that by looting our cattle they could get +fresh meat for nothing, were no longer forced to be content with +bully-beef. They then, like ourselves, killed oxen and sheep; but, +unlike us, were very wasteful with it. Often, in the camping places they +had vacated, we found the remains of half-eaten oxen, sheep, pigs, and +poultry. + +But I shall not go further into this matter. I leave it to other pens to +describe how the British looted our property, wantonly killed our +cattle, and devastated our farms. In the course of this narrative my +intention is to mention only those cases which I saw with my own eyes. +The reader, perusing them, may well pause in surprise and cry out, "Can +such things be possible?" To such a question I have only one +answer--"They actually occurred, and so my only course is to record +them." + +But enough of these digressions. Let me return to my proper subject--the +story of my own experiences and doings in the great struggle which took +place between Boer and Briton. + +As I have already said, I had been commandeered, and, together with the +other burghers of the Heilbron commando, had just reached Harrismith, on +the road to the south-eastern frontier. + +During our stay there the other commandos, in obedience to Commando Law, +joined us, and we proceeded to elect a Commander-in-Chief. The +Commandants present were Steenekamp, of Heilbron; Anthonie Lombaard, of +Vrede; C.J. De Villiers, of Harrismith; Hans Nandé, of Bethlehem; +Marthinus Prinsloo, of Winburg; and C. Nel, of Kroonstad. The result of +the voting was that Prinsloo was chosen for the supreme command. + +Then the burghers of Winburg selected Mr. Theunissen as their +Commandant. He fulfilled his duties admirably, until he was made a +prisoner of war. This happened when he was leading a courageous attack +at Paardeberg in order to relieve General Piet Cronje. + +From Harrismith our commando advanced to within six miles of the +Natal-Free State frontier, and camped not far from Bezuidenhoutspas, in +the Drakensberg. This imposing range of mountains, which then formed the +dividing line between Boer and British territory, slopes down gently +into the Free State, but on the Natal side is very steep and +precipitous. + +The day after we had elected our Commander-in-Chief I was sent by +Commandant Steenekamp, with a small detachment of burghers, to the Natal +frontier. I saw nothing of the English there, for they had abandoned all +their positions on the frontier shortly before the beginning of the war. +When I returned in the evening I found that the burghers had chosen me, +in my absence, as Vice-Commandant[6] under Commandant Steenekamp. + +It was at five o'clock on the afternoon of that day--the 11th of +October, 1899--that the time, which the ultimatum allowed to England, +expired. The British had not complied with the terms which the South +African Republic demanded--the time for negotiations had passed, and war +had actually broken out. + +On this very day martial law was proclaimed by the Governments of the +two Republics, and orders were given to occupy the passes on the +Drakensberg. Commander-in-Chief Prinsloo despatched Steenekamp that +night to Bezuidenhoutspas. Eastwards from there the following commandos +were to hold the passes:--Bothaspas was to be occupied by the commando +from Vrede; Van Reenen's Pass by the commandos from Harrismith and +Winburg; and Tintwaspas by the commando from Kroonstad. Westwards, the +burghers from Bethlehem were to guard Oliviershoekpas. + +Commandant Steenekamp was very ill that night, and was unable to set +out; he accordingly ordered me to take his place and to proceed forward +with six hundred burghers. + +Although I had only to cover six miles, it cost me considerable thought +to arrange everything satisfactorily. This was due to the fact that real +discipline did not exist among the burghers. As the war proceeded, +however, a great improvement manifested itself in this matter, although +as long as the struggle lasted our discipline was always far from +perfect. I do not intend to imply that the burghers were unwilling or +unruly; it was only that they were quite unaccustomed to being under +orders. When I look back upon the campaign I realize how gigantic a task +I performed in regulating everything in accordance with my wishes. + +It did not take me long to get everything arranged, and we made an early +start. + +It was impossible to say what might lie before us. In spite of the fact +that I had visited the spot the day before, I had not been able to cross +the frontier. The English might have been on the precipitous side of the +mountains under the ridge without my being any the wiser. Perhaps on our +arrival we should find them in possession of the pass, occupying good +positions and quite prepared for our coming. + +Everything went well with us, however, and no untoward incident +occurred. When the sun rose the following morning the whole country, as +far as the eye could reach, lay before us calm and peaceful. + +I sent a full report of my doings to Commandant Steenekamp, and that +evening he himself, although still far from well, appeared with the +remaining part of the commando. He brought the news that war had started +in grim earnest. General De la Rey had attacked and captured an armoured +train at Kraaipan. + +Some days after this a war council was held at Van Reenen's Pass under +Commander-in-Chief Marthinus Prinsloo. As Commandant Steenekamp, owing +to his illness, was unable to be present, I attended the council in his +place. It was decided that a force of two thousand burghers, under +Commandant C.J. De Villiers, of Harrismith, as Vice-Vechtgeneraal,[7] +should go down into Natal, and that the remaining forces should guard +the passes on the Drakensberg. + +Let me say, in parenthesis, that the laws of the Orange Free State make +no allusion to the post of Vechtgeneraal. But shortly before the war +began the Volksraad had given the President the power to appoint such an +officer. At the same session the President was allowed the veto on all +laws dealing with war. + +As Commandant Steenekamp was still prevented by his health from going to +the front, I was ordered, as Vice-Commandant of the Heilbron commando, +to proceed with five hundred men to Natal. + +It soon became apparent that we had been sent to Natal with the object +of cutting off the English who were stationed at Dundee and +Elandslaagte. We were to be aided in our task by the Transvaalers who +were coming from Volksrust and by a party of burghers from Vrede, all +under the command of General Roch. + +We did not arrive in time to be successful in this plan. That there had +been some bungling was not open to question. Yet I am unable to assert +to whom our failure was due--whether to the Commandants of the South +African Republic, or to Commander-in-Chief Prinsloo, or to Vechtgeneraal +De Villiers. For then I was merely a Vice-Commandant, who had not to +_give_ orders, but to obey them. But whoever was to blame, it is +certainly true that when, early in the morning of the 23rd of October, I +cut the line near Dundee, I discovered that the English had retreated to +Ladysmith. It was General Yule who had led them, and he gained great +praise in British circles for the exploit. + +If we had only reached our destination a little sooner we should have +cut off their retreating troops and given them a very warm time. But now +that they had joined their comrades at Ladysmith, we had to be prepared +for an attack from their combined forces, and that before the +Transvaalers, who were still at Dundee, could reinforce us. + +The British did not keep us long in anxiety. + +At eight o'clock the following morning--the 24th of October--they came +out of Ladysmith, and the battle of Modder Spruit[8] began. With the +sole exception of the skirmish between the Harrismith burghers and the +Carabineers at Bester Station on the 18th of October, when Jonson, a +burgher of Harrismith, was killed--the earliest victim in our fight for +freedom--this was the first fighting the Free-Staters had seen. + +We occupied kopjes which formed a large semicircle to the west of the +railway between Ladysmith and Dundee. Our only gun was placed on the +side of a high kop on our western wing. Our men did not number more than +a thousand--the other burghers had remained behind as a rear-guard at +Bester Station. + +With three batteries of guns the English marched to the attack, the +troops leading the way, the guns some distance behind. A deafening +cannonade was opened on us by the enemy's artillery, at a range of about +4,500 yards. Our gun fired a few shots in return, but was soon silenced, +and we had to remove it from its position. Small arms were our only +weapons for the remainder of the contest. + +The English at once began as usual to attack our flanks, but they did +not attempt to get round our wings. Their object appeared to be to keep +us in small parties, so that we should be unable to concentrate a large +force anywhere. + +Meanwhile the troops which were making the attack pushed on closer and +closer to us. The country was of such a nature that they were able to +get quite near to us without coming under our fire, for small kloofs[9] +and other inequalities of the ground afforded them excellent cover. But +when they did show themselves they were met by such a frightful and +unceasing fire that they could not approach nearer than two hundred +paces from our lines. + +The brunt of the attack was borne by the burghers from Kroonstad, who, +under Commandant Nel, formed our western wing. More to the east, where I +myself was, our men had less to endure. But every burgher, wherever he +might be, fought with the greatest courage. Although there were some who +fell killed or wounded, there was no sign of yielding throughout the +whole battle, and every one of our positions we successfully held. + +Till three o'clock in the afternoon we kept up our rifle fire on the +English, and then we ceased, for the enemy, realizing the impossibility +of driving us out of our positions, withdrew to Ladysmith. Shortly +afterwards we were able to go over the battlefield. There were not many +dead or wounded to be seen; but burghers who had been stationed on the +high kop previously mentioned had seen the English remove their wounded +during the engagement. + +We ourselves had eleven men killed and twenty-one wounded, of whom two +subsequently died. This loss touched us deeply, yet it was encouraging +to notice that it had not the effect of disheartening a single officer +or burgher. + +Just as the battle began Mr. A.P. Cronje arrived on the scene. He had +been nominated by the President as Vechtgeneraal, and had taken over the +command from Vice-General C.J. De Villiers. He was most useful in this +engagement. When it was over I agreed with him in thinking that our +forces were too weak to pursue the retreating English troops. As soon +as I was able to leave my position it gave me great pleasure to shake +hands with him, for he was an old friend and fellow-member of the +Volksraad. It was pleasant to greet him as Vechtgeneraal--he was the son +of a valiant officer who had fought in the Basuto war of 1865 and 1866. +He had reached the age of sixty-six years, an age when it is very hard +for a man to have to stand the strain which the duties of a +Vechtgeneraal necessarily entail. + +[Footnote 1: Small loaves manufactured of flour, with fermented raisins +instead of yeast, and twice baked.] + +[Footnote 2: Officer in charge of the meat--literally, Flesh-corporal.] + +[Footnote 3: Literally, a team of oxen which are not all of the same +colour.] + +[Footnote 4: Storm-hunters; so-called from being rapidly cooked.] + +[Footnote 5: Stomach-bombs--a reflection on their wholesomeness.] + +[Footnote 6: A Vice-Commandant has no duties to fulfil so long as the +Commandant is himself in camp and fit for work.] + +[Footnote 7: Fighting general.] + +[Footnote 8: Sometimes referred to as the battle of Rietfontein.] + +[Footnote 9: Water-courses.] + + + + +CHAPTER II + +Nicholson's Nek + + +Until the 29th of October we retained our positions at Rietfontein. On +that date General Joubert joined us with a portion of the Transvaal +commandos. On his arrival it was settled that the Transvaalers should +proceed to the north of Ladysmith and occupy positions on the east of +Nicholson's Nek, whilst the Free-Staters were to go to the west and +north-west of that town. + +A party of burghers, under Commandant Nel, of Kroonstad, were ordered to +station themselves on a kop with a flat top, called Swartbooiskop,[10] +an hour and a half to the south of Nicholson's Nek. After the battle +which was fought on the 30th of November this kop was christened by us +Little Majuba. + +Just after sunrise on the 30th of November the roaring of cannon came to +our ears. The sound came from the extreme end of our position, where the +Transvaalers were stationed. No sooner did we hear it than the order to +off-saddle was given. I myself asked Commandant Steenekamp, who had +arrived the previous day from Bezuidenhoutspas, to go to General Croup's +laager, about two miles distant, and to request him to advance to where +the firing was taking place. To this request General Croup acceded, and +Commandant Steenekamp went there with three hundred men, of whom I was +one. Our way led past the kop to the south of Nicholson's Nek. What a +sight met our gaze on our arrival there! + +The kop was occupied by the English. + +This must be ascribed to the negligence of Commandant Nel, who had +orders to guard the kop. He excused himself by assuring us that he had +been under the impression that one of his Veldtcornets and a number of +burghers were occupying the hill. + +What could we do now? + +Commandant Steenekamp and I decided that we must storm the hill with the +three hundred men whom we had at our disposal. And this we did, and were +sufficiently fortunate to capture the northern point of the kop. + +On reaching the summit we discovered that the British troops occupied +positions extending from the southern point to the middle of the +mountain. + +The enemy, the moment we appeared on the ridge, opened a heavy rifle +fire upon us. We answered with as severe a fusillade as theirs. Whilst +we were shooting, twenty of Commandant Nel's men joined us and helped us +to hold our ground. When we had been engaged in this way for some time +we saw that the only possible course was to fight our way from position +to position towards the English lines. + +I now observed that the mountain top was of an oblong shape, extending +from north to south for about a thousand paces. At the northern end, +where we were, the surface was smooth, but somewhat further south it +became rough and stony, affording very good cover. In our present +situation we were thus almost completely exposed to the enemy's fire. +The English, on the other hand, had excellent positions. There were a +number of ruined Kaffir kraals scattered about from the middle of the +mountain to its southern end, and these the enemy had occupied, thus +securing a great advantage. + +Our bullets hailed on the English, and very shortly they retreated to +the southernmost point of the mountain. This gave us the chance for +which we had been waiting, for now we could take the splendid positions +they had left. + +Whilst this was going on an amusing incident occurred. A Jew came up to +a burgher who was lying behind a stone, on a piece of ground where +boulders were scarce. + +"Sell me that stone for half-a-crown," whined the Jew. + +"Loop!"[11] the Boer cried; "I want it myself." + +"I will give you fifteen shillings," insisted the Jew. + +Although the Boer had never before possessed anything that had risen in +value with such surprising rapidity, at that moment he was anything but +ready to drive a bargain with the Jew, and without any hesitation he +positively declined to do business. + +In the positions from which the English had retired we found several +dead and wounded men, and succeeded in capturing some prisoners. + +The enemy were now very strongly posted at the south end of the +mountain, for there were in their neighbourhood many Kaffir kraals and +huge boulders to protect them from our marksmen. Their fire on us became +still more severe and unceasing, and their bullets whistled and sang +above our heads, or flattened themselves against the stones. We gave at +least as good as we got, and this was so little to their liking that +very soon a few white flags appeared in the kraals on their left wing, +and from that quarter the firing stopped suddenly. + +I immediately gave the order to cease fire and to advance towards the +enemy. All at once the English blazed away at us again. On our part, we +replied with vigour. But that did not continue long. In a very short +time white flags fluttered above every kraal--the victory was ours. + +I have no wish to say that a misuse of the white flag had taken place. I +was told when the battle was over that the firing had continued, because +the men on our eastern wing had not observed what their comrades on +their left had done. And this explanation I willingly accept. + +Our force in this engagement consisted only of three hundred men from +Heilbron, twenty from Kroonstad, and forty or fifty from the +Johannesburg Police, these latter under Captain Van Dam. The Police had +arrived on the battlefield during the fighting, and had behaved in a +most praiseworthy manner. + +But I overestimate our numbers, for it was not the _whole_ of the +Heilbron contingent that reached the firing line. We had to leave some +of them behind with the horses at the foot of the kop, and there were +others who remained at the first safe position they reached--a frequent +occurrence at that period. + +I took careful note of our numbers when the battle was over, and I can +state with certainty that there were not more than two hundred burghers +actually engaged. + +Our losses amounted to four killed and five wounded. As to the losses of +the English, I myself counted two hundred and three dead and wounded, +and there may have been many whom I did not see. In regard to our +prisoners, as they marched past me four deep I counted eight hundred and +seventeen. + +In addition to the prisoners we also captured two Maxim and two mountain +guns. They, however, were out of order, and had not been used by the +English. The prisoners told us that parts of their big guns had been +lost in the night, owing to a stampede of the mules which carried them, +and consequently that the guns were incomplete when they reached the +mountain. Shortly afterwards we found the mules with the missing parts +of the guns. + +It was very lucky for us that the English were deprived of the use of +their guns, for it placed them on the same footing as ourselves, as it +compelled them to rely entirely on their rifles. Still they had the +advantage of position, not to mention the fact that they out-numbered us +by four to one. + +The guns did not comprise the whole of our capture: we also seized a +thousand Lee-Metford rifles, twenty cases of cartridges, and some +baggage mules and horses. + +The fighting had continued without intermission from nine o'clock in the +morning until two in the afternoon. The day was exceedingly hot, and as +there was no water to be obtained nearer than a mile from the berg,[12] +we suffered greatly from thirst. The condition of the wounded touched my +heart deeply. It was pitiable to hear them cry, "Water! water!" + +I ordered my burghers to carry these unfortunate creatures to some +thorn-bushes, which afforded shelter from the scorching rays of the sun, +and where their doctors could attend to them. Other burghers I told off +to fetch water from our prisoners' canteens, to supply our own wounded. + +As soon as the wounded were safe under the shelter of the trees I +despatched a message to Sir George White asking him to send his +ambulance to fetch them, and also to make arrangements for the burial of +his dead. For some unexplained reason, the English ambulance did not +arrive till the following morning. + +We stayed on the mountain until sunset, and then went down to the +laager. I ordered my brother, Piet de Wet, with fifty men of the +Bethlehem commando, to remain behind and guard the kop. + +We reached camp at eight o'clock, and as the men had been without food +during the whole day it can be imagined with what delight each watched +his _bout span_ frizzling on the spit. This, with a couple of +_stormjagers_ and a tin of coffee, made up the meal, and speedily +restored them. They were exempted from sentry duty that night, and +greatly enjoyed their well-earned rest. + +To complete my narrative of the day's work, I have only to add that the +Transvaal burghers were engaged at various points some eight miles from +Nicholson's Nek, and succeeded in taking four hundred prisoners. + +We placed our sentries that evening with the greatest care. They were +stationed not only at a distance from the camp, as _Brandwachten_,[13] +but also close round the laager itself. We were especially careful, as +it was rumoured that the English had armed the Zulus of Natal. Had this +been true, it would have been necessary to exercise the utmost vigilance +to guard against these barbarians. + +Since the very beginning of our existence as a nation--in 1836--our +people had been acquainted with black races, and bitter had been their +experience. All that our _voortrekkers_[14] had suffered was indelibly +stamped on our memory. We well knew what the Zulus could do under cover +of darkness--their sanguinary night attacks were not easily forgotten. +Their name of "night-wolves" had been well earned. Also we Free-Staters +had endured much from the Basutos, in the wars of 1865 and 1867. + +History had thus taught us to place _Brandwachten_ round our laagers at +night, and to reconnoitre during the hours of darkness as well as in the +day-time. + +Perhaps I shall be able to give later on a fuller account in these +pages--or, it may be, in another book--of the way we were accustomed to +reconnoitre, and of the reasons why the scouting of the British so +frequently ended in disaster. But I cannot resist saying here that the +English only learnt the art of scouting during the latter part of the +war, when they made use of the Boer deserters--the "Hands-uppers." + +These deserters were our undoing. I shall have a good deal more to say +about them before I finally lay down my pen, and I shall not hesitate to +call them by their true name--the name with which they will be for ever +branded before all the nations of the world. + +[Footnote 10: About nine miles: distance reckoned by average pace of +ridden horse--six miles an hour.] + +[Footnote 11: Clear off.] + +[Footnote 12: Hill.] + +[Footnote 13: Literally, watch-fire men. They were the furthest +outposts, whose duty it was to signal by means of their fires.] + +[Footnote 14: Pioneers.] + + + + +CHAPTER III + +Ladysmith Besieged + + +The Orange Free State and the South African Republic held a joint +council of war on the 1st of November, and it was then decided to lay +siege to Ladysmith. + +We also agreed to send out a horse-commando in the direction of +Estcourt. This commando, under Vice-General Louis Botha, had several +skirmishes with the enemy. On the 15th of November he engaged an +armoured train, capturing a hundred of the British troops. This was +General Botha's chief exploit, and shortly afterwards he returned to +camp. But I must not anticipate. + +On the night of the council of war, General Piet Cronje was sent to +occupy positions to the south and south-west of Ladysmith. He had with +him the Heilbron burghers, a part of the commandos from Winburg and +Harrismith, and two Krupp guns. On the following day a brush took place +with the enemy, who, however, speedily fell back on Ladysmith. On the +3rd, a few of their infantry regiments, with a thousand or fifteen +hundred mounted troops, and two batteries of 15 and 12-pound Armstrong +guns, marched out of the town in a south-westerly direction. + +The English brought these two guns into position at such a distance from +us that we could not reach them with the Mauser; nor would it have been +safe for us to advance upon them, for between them and us lay an open +plain, which would have afforded no cover. One of our guns, which was +placed exactly in front of the enemy, did indeed begin to fire; but +after a shot or two, it received so much attention from the English +artillery that we were compelled--just as at Rietfontein--to desist. + +The British infantry and cavalry did not show any excessive eagerness to +tackle us; and we, on our side, were as disinclined to come to close +quarters with them. Nevertheless, the enemy's infantry, backed up by the +thunder of twelve guns, did make an attempt to reach us; but though they +advanced repeatedly, they were for the most part careful to keep out of +range of our rifles. When they neglected this precaution, they soon +found themselves compelled to retire with loss. + +Our second gun, which had been placed on a _tafel-kop_[15] to the east +of the ground where the engagement was taking place, did excellent work. +It effectually baulked the enemy's mounted troops in their repeated +efforts to outflank us on that side, and also made it impossible for the +English to bring their guns farther east, so as to command the +_tafel-kop_. They did, indeed, make an attempt to place some guns +between us and Platrand, which lay to the north of our eastern position, +but it was unsuccessful, for our Krupp on the _tafel-kop_ brought such a +heavy fire to bear on the troops and gunners, that they were forced to +retire. + +We, on our part, as I have already said, found it equally impossible to +storm the English positions. To advance would have been to expose +ourselves to the fire of their heavy guns, whereas an attack to the +south would have involved exposure to a cross-fire from the guns on +Platrand. + +Altogether it was a most unsatisfactory engagement for us both. Nothing +decisive was effected; and, as is always the case in such battles, +little was done except by the big guns, which kept up a perpetual roar +from ten in the morning until five in the afternoon. At that hour the +British fell back on Ladysmith. + +Our loss was one killed and six wounded, among the latter being +Veldtcornet Marthinus Els, of Heilbron. + +It was evident that the English did not escape without loss, but we were +unable to ascertain its extent. My own opinion is that they did not lose +very heavily. + +From that day nothing of importance happened until I left Natal; though +both the Transvaalers and Free State burghers had a few slight brushes +with the enemy. + +During the night of December the 7th, "Long Tom," the big Transvaal gun, +which had been placed on Bulwana Hill, had been so seriously damaged by +dynamite, that it had to remain out of action for some time. We all +admitted that the English on that occasion acted with great skill and +prudence, and that the courage of their leaders deserved every praise. +Yet, if we had only been on our guard, we might have beaten off the +storming party; but they had caught us unawares. Nevertheless, the +mishap taught us a useful lesson: henceforth the Transvaal Commandants +were more strict, and their increased severity had an excellent effect +both on the burghers and gunners. + +General Sir Redvers Buller had landed at Cape Town early in November. We +were now expecting every day to hear that he had assumed the chief +command over the English army encamped between Estcourt and Colenso. The +number of troops there was continually increasing owing to the +reinforcements which kept pouring in from over the ocean. + +Great things were expected of Sir Redvers Buller, to whom the Boers, by +a play of words, had given a somewhat disrespectful nick-name. He had +not been long in Natal before his chance came. I must, however, be +silent about his successes and his failures, for, as I left Natal on the +9th of December, I had no personal experience of his methods. But this I +will say, that whatever his own people have to say to his discredit, Sir +Redvers Buller had to operate against stronger positions than any other +English general in South Africa. + +[Footnote 15: A table-shaped mountain.] + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +I am Appointed Vechtgeneraal + + +Up to the 9th of December I had only been a Vice-Commandant, but on the +morning of that day I received a telegram from States-President Steyn, +asking me to go to the Western frontier as Vechtgeneraal. + +This came as a great surprise to me, and I telegraphed back to the +President asking for time to think the matter over. To tell the truth, I +should have much preferred to go through the campaign as a private +burgher. + +Almost immediately after this there came another telegram--this time +from Mr. A. Fisscher, a member of the Executive Council, and a man whom +I respected greatly on account of his official position. He urged me not +to decline the appointment, but to proceed at once to the Western +borders. I did not know what to do. However, after deliberating for a +short time, and with great difficulty overcoming my disinclination to +leave my present associates, I decided to accept the post offered to me. +Commandant Steenekamp was kind enough to allow me to take with me +fourteen men, with whom I had been on especially friendly terms; and, +after a few parting words to the Heilbron burghers, in which I thanked +them for all the pleasant times I had passed in their company, I left +the laager. + +It was heart-breaking to tear myself away from my commando: that 9th of +December was a day which I shall never forget. + +The following morning I arrived, with my staff, at Elandslaagte Station, +on our way to Bloemfontein. A special train, provided by the Transvaal +authorities, at the request of my Government, was waiting for us, and +we started without a moment's delay. As we journeyed on, the conductor +would sometimes ask me whether I should like to stop at such and such a +station, but my answer was always: + +"No! no! hurry on!" + +But when we got as far as Viljoen's Drift, there was an end to my +"special train!" In spite of the Government's orders that I was to be +sent forward without delay, I had to wait six hours, and then be content +to travel as an ordinary passenger. + +At Bloemfontein we found everything ready for us, and at once started on +our journey of sixty or seventy miles to Magersfontein, where we arrived +on December the 16th. + +During the time I had spent in travelling, three important engagements +had taken place, namely those of Colenso, Magersfontein and Stormberg. +At Colenso, the English had suffered heavy losses, and ten guns had +fallen into our hands. Magersfontein also had cost them dear, and there +General Wauchope had met his fate; while at Stormberg seven hundred of +them had been taken prisoners, and three of their big guns had been +captured by us. + +At Magersfontein were six or seven thousand Transvaal burghers under +General Piet Cronje, with General De la Rey as second in command. Thus +it fell to my lot to take over the command of the Free-Staters. The +Commander-in-Chief of these Free State burghers, as well as of those who +were camped round Kimberley, was Mr. C.J. Wessels; Mr. E.R. Grobler +commanded at Colesberg, and Mr. J.H. Olivier at Stormberg. + +I spent my first few days at Magersfontein in organizing the Free State +burghers. When this task had been accomplished, General De la Rey and I +asked General Cronje's permission to take fifteen hundred men, and carry +on operations in the direction of Hopetown and De Aar with the intention +of breaking Lord Methuen's railway communications. But Cronje would +hear nothing of the scheme. Say what we would, there was no moving him. +He absolutely refused to allow fifteen hundred of his men to leave their +positions at Magersfontein, unless the Government found it impossible to +procure that number of burghers from elsewhere. Thus our plan came to +nothing. + +Shortly afterwards De la Rey was sent to the commandos at Colesberg, and +I succeeded him in the command of the Transvaalers at Magersfontein. The +Government then put General Wessels in sole command at Kimberley, and +gave General Cronje the chief command over the Free State burghers at +Magersfontein. Thus it was that I, as Vechtgeneraal, had to receive my +orders from Cronje. I had the following Commandants under me: Du Preez, +of Hoopstad; Grobler, of Fauresmith; D. Lubbe, of Jacobsdal; Piet +Fourie, of Bloemfontein; J. Kok and Jordaan, of Winburg; Ignatius +Ferreira, of Ladybrand; Paul De Villiers, of Ficksburg; Du Plessis, and, +subsequently, Commandant Diederiks, of Boshof. + + * * * * * + +The English had entrenched themselves at the Modder River, we at +Magersfontein. There was little or nothing for us to do, and yet I never +had a more troublesome time in my life. I had all the Transvaalers under +my orders, in addition to the burghers of the Free State, and the +positions which I had to inspect every day extended over a distance of +fifteen miles from end to end. I had to listen to constant complaints; +one of the officers would say that he could not hold out against an +attack if it were delivered at such and such a point; another, that he +had not sufficient troops with him, not to mention other remarks which +were nonsensical in the extreme. + +In the meantime, the enemy was shelling our positions unceasingly. Not a +day passed but two of their Lyddite guns dropped shells amongst us. +Sometimes not more than four or five reached us in the twenty-four +hours; at other times from fifty to two hundred, and once as many as +four hundred and thirty-six. + +In spite of this, we had but few mishaps. Indeed, I can only remember +three instances of any one being hurt by the shells. A young burgher, +while riding behind a ridge and thus quite hidden from the enemy, was +hit by a bomb, and both he and his horse were blown to atoms. This youth +was a son of Mr. Gideon van Tonder, a member of the Executive Council. +Another Lyddite shell so severely wounded two brothers, named Wolfaard, +Potchefstroom burghers, that we almost despaired of their lives. +Nevertheless, they recovered. I do not want to imply that the British +Artillery were poor shots. Far from it. Their range was very good, and, +as they had plenty of practice every day, shot after shot went home. I +ascribe our comparative immunity to a Higher Power, which averted +misfortune from us. + +I had not been long at Magersfontein before I became convinced that Lord +Methuen was most unlikely to make another attack on our extensive +positions. I said nothing of this to any of the burghers, but on more +than one occasion, I told General Cronje what I thought about the +matter. + +"The enemy," I repeated to him over and over again, "will not attack us +here. He will flank us." But Cronje would not listen to me. + +The presence of women in our laager was a great hindrance to me in my +work. Indeed, I opened a correspondence with the Government on the +matter, and begged them to forbid it. But here again my efforts were +unavailing. Later on, we shall see in what a predicament the Republican +laagers were placed through the toleration of this irregularity. + +Meanwhile, the inevitable results of Cronje's policy became more and +more apparent to me, and before long we had to suffer for his obstinacy +in keeping us to our trenches and _schanzes_.[16] + +[Footnote 16: A shelter-mound of earth and boulders.] + + + + +CHAPTER V + +The Overwhelming Forces of Lord Roberts + + +I speedily discovered the object which the English had in view in taking +such advanced positions and in bombarding Magersfontein. They wished to +give us the impression that they were able to attack us at any moment +and so to keep us tied to our positions. In the meantime they were +making preparations in another direction, for the movement which was +really intended--namely, the advance of Lord Roberts with his +overwhelming force. + +The Commander-in-Chief, Piet de Wet (and before him Commandant H. +Schorman), had plenty of work given them by the English. But General De +la Rey had been so successful that he had prevented Lord Roberts, +notwithstanding the enormous numbers he commanded, from crossing the +Orange River at Norvalspont, and had thus forced him to take the Modder +River route. + +Lord Roberts would have found it more convenient to have crossed the +Orange River, for the railway runs through Norvalspont. Yet had he +attempted it, he would have fared as badly as Sir Redvers Buller did in +Natal. Our positions at Colesberg, and to the north of the river, were +exceedingly strong. He was wise, therefore, in his decision to march +over the unbroken plains. + +It was now, as I had foreseen, that the English renewed their flanking +tactics. + +On the 11th of February, 1900, a strong contingent of mounted troops, +under General French, issued from the camps at Modder River and +Koedoesberg. This latter was a kop on the Riet River, about twelve +miles to the east of their main camp. + +At ten o'clock in the morning, General French started. Immediately I +received orders from General Cronje to proceed with three hundred and +fifty men to check the advancing troops. As I stood on the ridges of +Magersfontein, I was able to look down upon the English camps, and I saw +that it would be sheer madness to pit three hundred and fifty men +against General French's large force. Accordingly I asked that one +hundred and fifty more burghers and two guns might be placed at my +disposal. This request, however, was refused, and so I had to proceed +without them. + +When we arrived at Koedoesberg that afternoon, we found that the English +had already taken possession of the hill. They were stationed at its +southern end, and had nearly completed a stone wall across the hill from +east to west. Their camp was situated on the Riet River, which flows +beside the southern slopes of the _berg_. The enemy also held strong +positions on hillocks to the east of the mountain, whilst on the west +they occupied a ravine, which descended from the mountain to the river. + +Commandant Froneman and I determined to storm the _berg_ without a +moment's delay. We reached the foot of the mountain in safety, and here +we were out of sight of the English. But it was impossible to remain in +this situation, and I gave orders that my men should climb the mountain. +We succeeded in reaching the summit, but were unable to get within seven +hundred paces of the enemy, owing to the severity of their fire from +behind the stone wall. And so we remained where we were until it became +quite dark, and then very quietly went back to the spot where we had +left our horses. + +As General French was in possession of the river, we had to ride about +four miles before we could obtain any water. + +Early the following morning we again occupied the positions we had held +on the previous evening. Although under a severe rifle fire, we then +rushed from position to position, and at last were only three hundred +paces from the enemy. And now I was forced to rest content with the +ground we had gained, for with only three hundred and fifty men I dare +not risk a further advance, owing to the strength of the enemy's +position. + +The previous day I had asked General Cronje to send me reinforcements, +and I had to delay the advance until their arrival. In a very short time +a small party of burghers made their appearance. They had two +field-pieces with them, and were under the command of Major Albrecht. We +placed the guns in position and trained them on the English. + +With the second shot we had found our range, while the third found its +mark in the wall, so that it was not long before the enemy had to +abandon that shelter. To find safe cover they were forced to retreat +some hundred paces. But we gained little by this, for the new positions +of the English were quite as good as those from which we had driven +them, and, moreover, were almost out of range of our guns. And we were +unable to bring our field-pieces any nearer because our gunners would +have been exposed to the enemy's rifle fire. + +Our Krupps made good practice on the four English guns which had been +stationed on the river bank to the south. Up till now these had kept up +a terrific fire on our guns, but we soon drove them across the river, to +seek protection behind the mountain. I despatched General Froneman to +hold the river bank, and the _sluit_[17] which descended to the river +from the north. While carrying out this order he was exposed to a heavy +fire from the enemy's western wing, which was located in the +above-mentioned ravine, but he succeeded in reaching the river under +cover of the guns. Once there, the enemy's artillery made it impossible +for him to move. + +And now a curious incident occurred! A falcon, hovering over the heads +of our burghers in the _sluit_, was hit by a bullet from one of the +shrapnel shells and fell dead to the ground in the midst of the men. It +was already half-past four, and we began to ask ourselves how the affair +would end. At this juncture I received a report from a burgher, whom I +had placed on the eastern side of the mountain to watch the movements of +the English at the Modder River. He told me that a mountain corps, eight +hundred to a thousand men strong, was approaching us with two guns, with +the intention, as it appeared, of outflanking us. I also learnt that +eighty of my men had retreated. I had stationed them that morning on a +hillock three miles to the east of the mountain, my object being to +prevent General French from surrounding us. + +It now became necessary to check the advance of this mountain corps. But +how? There were only thirty-six men at my disposal. The other burghers +were in positions closer to the enemy, and I could not withdraw them +without exposing them too seriously to the bullets of the English. There +was nothing for it, but that I with my thirty-six burghers should attack +the force which threatened us. + +We rushed down the mountain and jumping on our horses, galloped against +the enemy. When we arrived at the precipice which falls sheer from the +mountain, the English were already so near that our only course was to +charge them. + +In front of us there was a plain which extended for some twelve hundred +paces to the foot of an abrupt rise in the ground. This we fortunately +reached before the English, although we were exposed all the way to the +fire of their guns. But even when we gained the rise we were little +better off, as it was too low to give us cover. The English were +scarcely more than four hundred paces from us. They dismounted and +opened a heavy fire. For ten or fifteen minutes we successfully kept +them back. Then the sun went down! and to my great relief the enemy +moved away in the direction of their comrades on the mountain. I ordered +all my men from their positions, and withdrew to the spot where we had +encamped the previous night. The burghers were exhausted by hunger and +thirst, for they had had nothing to eat except the provisions which they +had brought in their saddle-bags from the laager. + +That evening Andreas Cronje--- the General's brother--joined us with two +hundred and fifty men and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt. + +When the sun rose on the following day, the veldt was clear of the +enemy. General French had during the night retreated to headquarters. +What losses he had suffered I am unable to say; ours amounted to seven +wounded and two killed. + +Our task here was now ended, and so we returned to Magersfontein. + +The following morning a large force again left the English camp and took +the direction of the Koffiefontein diamond mine. General Cronje +immediately ordered me to take a force of four hundred and fifty men +with a Krupp and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt, and to drive back the enemy. At my +request, Commandants Andreas Cronje, Piet Fourie, Scholten and Lubbe +joined me, and that evening we camped quite close to the spot where the +English force was stationed! + +Early the next day, before the enemy had made any movement, we started +for Blauwbank,[18] and, having arrived there, we took up our positions. +Shortly afterwards the fight began; it was confined entirely to the +artillery. + +We soon saw that we should have to deal with the whole of Lord Roberts' +force, for there it was, advancing in the direction of Paardenberg's +Drift. It was thus clear that Lord Roberts had not sent his troops to +Koffiefontein with the intention of proceeding by that route to +Bloemfontein, but that his object had been to divide our forces, so as +to march via Paardenberg's Drift to the Capital. + +I accordingly withdrew with three hundred and fifty of the burghers in +the direction of Koffiefontein, and then hid my commando as best I +could. The remainder of the men--about a hundred in number--I placed +under Commandant Lubbe, giving him orders to proceed in a direction +parallel to the advance of the English, who now were nearing +Paardenberg's Drift, and to keep a keen eye on their movements. It was a +large force that Lubbe had to watch. It consisted chiefly of mounted +troops; but there were also nine or ten batteries and a convoy of light +mule waggons. + +I thought that as General Cronje was opposing them in front, my duty was +to keep myself in hiding and to reconnoitre. + +I wished to communicate with General Cronje before the English troops +came up to him, and with this object I sent out a despatch rider. The +man I chose for the mission was Commandant G.J. Scheepers--whose name +later in the war was on every man's lips for his exploits in Cape +Colony, but who then was only the head of our heliograph corps. I +informed General Cronje in my message that the English, who had been +stationed at Blauwbank, had made a move in the direction of +Paardenberg's Drift; and I advised him to get out of their road as +quickly as he could, for they numbered, according to my computation, +forty or fifty thousand men. + +I thought it wise to give Cronje this advice, on account of the women +and children in our camps, who might easily prove the cause of disaster. +When Scheepers returned he told me what reply General Cronje had made. +It is from no lack of respect for the General, whom I hold in the +highest honour as a hero incapable of fear, that I set down what he +said. It is rather from a wish to give a proof of his undaunted courage +that I quote his words. + +"Are you afraid of things like that?" he asked, when Scheepers had given +my message. "Just you go and shoot them down, and catch them when they +run." + +At Paardenberg's Drift there were some Free-Staters' camps that stood +apart from the others. In these camps there were a class of burghers who +were not much use in actual fighting. These men, called by us "water +draggers," correspond to the English "non-combatants." I ordered these +burghers to withdraw to a spot two hours' trek from there, where there +was more grass. But before all had obeyed this order, a small camp, +consisting of twenty or thirty waggons, was surprised and taken. + +In the meantime, keeping my little commando entirely concealed, I spied +out the enemy's movements. + +On the 16th of February, I thought I saw a chance of dealing an +effective blow at Lord Roberts. Some provision waggons, escorted by a +large convoy, were passing by, following in the wake of the British +troops. I asked myself whether it was possible for me to capture it then +and there, and came to the conclusion that it was out of the question. +With so many of the enemy's troops in the neighbourhood, the risk would +have been too great. I, therefore, still kept in hiding with my three +hundred and fifty burghers. + +I remained where I was throughout the next day; but in the evening I saw +the convoy camping near Blauwbank, just to the west of the Riet River. I +also observed that the greater part of the troops had gone forward with +Lord Roberts. + +On the 18th I still kept hidden, for the English army had not yet moved +out of camp. The troops, as I learnt afterwards, were awaiting the +arrival of columns from Belmont Station. + +On the following day I attacked the convoy on the flank. The three or +four hundred troops who were guarding it offered a stout resistance, +although they were without any guns. + +After fighting for two hours the English received a reinforcement of +cavalry, with four Armstrong guns, and redoubled their efforts to drive +us from the positions we had taken up under cover of the mule waggons. +As I knew that it would be a serious blow to Lord Roberts to lose the +provisions he was expecting, I was firmly resolved to capture them, +unless the force of numbers rendered the task quite impossible. I +accordingly resisted the enemy's attack with all the power I could. + +The battle raged until it became dark; and I think we were justified in +being satisfied with what we had achieved. We had captured sixteen +hundred oxen and forty prisoners; whilst General Fourie, whom I had +ordered to attack the camp on the south, had taken several prisoners and +a few water-carts. + +We remained that night in our positions. The small number of burghers I +had at my disposal made it impossible for me to surround the English +camp. + +To our great surprise, the following morning, we saw that the English +had gone. About twenty soldiers had, however, remained behind; we found +them hidden along the banks of the Riet River at a short distance from +the convoy. We also discovered thirty-six Kaffirs on a ridge about three +miles away. As to the enemy's camp, it was entirely deserted. Our booty +was enormous, and consisted of two hundred heavily-laden waggons, and +eleven or twelve water-carts and trollies. On some of the waggons we +found klinkers,[19] jam, milk, sardines, salmon, cases of corned beef, +and other such provisions in great variety. Other waggons were loaded +with rum; and still others contained oats and horse provender pressed +into bales. In addition to these stores, we took one field-piece, which +the English had left behind. It was, indeed, a gigantic capture; the +only question was what to do with it. + +Our prisoners told us that columns from Belmont might be expected at +any moment. Had these arrived we should have been unable to hold out +against them. + +By some means or other it was necessary to get the provisions away, not +that we were then in any great need of them ourselves, but because we +knew that Lord Roberts would be put in a grave difficulty if he lost all +this food. I did not lose a moment's time, but at once ordered the +burghers to load up the waggons as speedily as possible, and to inspan. +It was necessary to reload the waggons, for the English troops had made +use of the contents to build _schanzes_; and excellent ones the +provisions had made. + +The loading of the waggons was simple enough, but when it came to +inspanning it was another matter. The Kaffir drivers alone knew where +each span had to be placed, and there were only thirty-six Kaffirs left. +But here the fact that every Boer is himself a handy conductor and +driver of waggons told in our favour. Consequently we did not find it +beyond our power to get the waggons on the move. It was, however, very +tedious work, for how could any of us be sure that we were not placing +the after-oxen in front and the fore-oxen behind? There was nothing left +for it but to turn out the best spans of sixteen oxen that we could, and +then to arrange them in the way that struck us as being most suitable. +It was all done in the most hurried manner, for our one idea was to be +off as quickly as possible. + +Even when we had started our troubles were not at an end. The waggons +would have been a hard pull for sixteen oxen properly arranged; so that +it is not surprising that our ill-sorted teams found the work almost +beyond their strength. Thus it happened that we took a very long time to +cover the first few miles, as we had constantly to be stopping to +re-arrange the oxen. But under the supervision of Commandant Piet +Fourie, whom I appointed Conductor-in-Chief, matters improved from hour +to hour. + +After a short time I issued orders that the convoy should proceed over +Koffiefontein to Edenberg. I then divided my burghers into two parties; +the first, consisting of two hundred men with the Krupp gun, I ordered +to proceed with the convoy; the second, consisting of a hundred and +fifty men with the Maxim-Nordenfeldt, I took under my own command, and +set out with them in the direction of Paardenberg's Drift. + +My spies had informed me that there were some fifty or sixty English +troops posted about eight miles from the spot where we had captured the +convoy. We made our way towards them, and when we were at a distance of +about three thousand yards, I sent a little note to their officer, +asking him to surrender. It was impossible for his troops to escape, for +they found themselves threatened on three sides. + +The sun had just gone down when my despatch-rider reached the English +camp; and the officer in command was not long in sending him his reply, +accompanied by an orderly. + +"Are you General De Wet?" the orderly asked me. + +"I am," replied I. + +"My officer in command," he said in a polite but determined voice, +"wishes me to tell you that we are a good hundred men strong, that we +are well provided with food and ammunition, and that we hold a strong +position in some houses and kraals. Every moment we are expecting ten +thousand men from Belmont, and we are waiting here with the sole purpose +of conducting them to Lord Roberts." + +I allowed him to speak without interrupting him; but when he had +finished, I answered him in quite as determined a voice as he had used +to me. + +"I will give you just enough time to get back and to tell your officer +in command that, if he does not surrender at once, I shall shell him and +storm his position. He will be allowed exactly ten minutes to make up +his mind--then the white flag must appear." + +"But where is your gun?" the orderly asked. In reply I pointed to the +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, which stood a few hundred paces behind us, surrounded +by some burghers. + +"Will you give us your word of honour," he asked me when he caught sight +of the gun, "not to stir from your position till we have got ten miles +away? That is the only condition on which we will abandon our +positions." + +I again allowed him to finish, although his demand filled me with the +utmost astonishment. I asked myself what sort of men this English +officer imagined the Boer Generals to be. + +"I demand unconditional surrender," I then said. "I give you ten minutes +from the moment you dismount on arriving at your camp; when those ten +minutes have passed I fire." + +He slung round, and galloped back to his camp, the stones flying from +his horse's hoofs. + +He had hardly dismounted before the white flag appeared. It did not take +us long to reach the camp, and there we found fifty-eight mounted men. +These prisoners I despatched that evening to join the convoy. + +I then advanced with my commando another six miles, with the object of +watching Lord Roberts' movements, in case he should send a force back to +retake the convoy he could so ill spare. But the following day we saw +nothing except a single scouting party coming from the direction of +Paardenberg's Drift. This proved to consist of the hundred burghers whom +I had sent with Commandant Lubbe to General Cronje's assistance. I heard +from Lubbe that General French had broken through, and had in all +probability relieved Kimberley; and that General Cronje was retreating +before Lord Roberts towards Paardeberg. I may say here that I was not at +all pleased that Commandant Lubbe should have returned. + +On account of Lubbe's information, I decided to advance at once in the +direction of Paardenberg's Drift, and was on the point of doing so when +I received a report from President Steyn. He informed me that I should +find at a certain spot that evening, close to Koffiefontein, Mr. Philip +Botha[20] with a reinforcement of one hundred and fifty men. This report +convinced me that the convoy I had captured would reach Edenberg Station +without mishap, and accordingly I went after it to fetch back the gun +which would no longer be needed. I found the convoy encamped about six +miles from Koffiefontein. Immediately after my arrival, General Jacobs, +of Fauresmith, and Commandant Hertzog,[21] of Philippolis, brought the +news to me that troops were marching on us from Belmont Station. I told +Jacobs and Hertzog to return with their men, two or three hundred in +number to meet the approaching English. + +We were so well supplied with forage that our horses got as much as they +could eat. I had, therefore, no hesitation in ordering my men to +up-saddle at midnight, and by half-past two we had joined +Vice-Vechtgeneraal Philip Botha. I had sent him word to be ready to +move, so that we were able to hasten at once to General Cronje's +assistance. Our combined force amounted to three hundred men all told. + +[Footnote 17: A ravine or water-course.] + +[Footnote 18: In the district of Jacobsdal.] + +[Footnote 19: Biscuits.] + +[Footnote 20: Mr. Philip Botha had just been appointed +Vice-Vechtgeneraal.] + +[Footnote 21: Brother to Judge Hertzog.] + + + + +[Illustration: PAARDEBERG (CRONJE'S). + +FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.] + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +Paardeberg + + +An hour after sunrise we off-saddled, and heard, from the direction of +Paardeberg, the indescribable thunder of bombardment. That sound gave us +all the more reason for haste. We allowed our horses the shortest +possible time for rest, partook of the most hurried of breakfasts, and +at once were again on the move, with the frightful roar of the guns +always in our ears. + +About half-past four that afternoon, we reached a point some six miles +to the east of Paardeberg, and saw, on the right bank of the Modder +River, four miles to the north-east of the mountain, General Cronje's +laager. It was surrounded completely by the enemy, as a careful +inspection through our field-glasses showed. + +Immediately in front of us were the buildings and kraals of +Stinkfontein, and there on the opposite bank of the river stood +Paardeberg. To the left and to the right of it were khaki-coloured +groups dotted everywhere about--General Cronje was hemmed in on all +sides, he and his burghers--a mere handful compared with the encircling +multitude. + +What a spectacle we saw! All round the laager were the guns of the +English, belching forth death and destruction, while from within it at +every moment, as each successive shell tore up the ground, there rose a +cloud--a dark red cloud of dust. + +It was necessary to act--but how? + +We decided to make an immediate attack upon the nearest of Lord Roberts' +troops, those which were stationed in the vicinity of Stinkfontein, and +to seize some ridges which lay about two and a half miles south-east of +the laager. + +Stinkfontein was about a thousand paces to the north of these ridges, +and perhaps a few hundred paces farther from where Cronje was stationed. + +We rode towards the ridges, and when we were from twelve to fourteen +hundred paces from Stinkfontein, we saw that the place was occupied by a +strong force of British troops. + +General Botha and I then arranged that he should storm the houses, +kraals and garden walls of Stinkfontein, whilst I charged the ridges. +And this we did, nothing daunted by the tremendous rifle fire which +burst upon us. Cronje's pitiable condition confronted us, and we had but +one thought--could we relieve him? + +We succeeded in driving the English out of Stinkfontein, and took sixty +of them prisoners. + +The enemy's fire played on us unceasingly, and notwithstanding the fact +that we occupied good positions, we lost two men, and had several of our +horses killed and wounded. + +We remained there for two and a half days--from the 22nd to the 25th of +February--and then were forced to retire. While evacuating our +positions, three of my burghers were killed, seven wounded, and fourteen +taken prisoner. + +But the reader will justly demand more details as to the surrender of +Cronje, an event which forms one of the most important chapters in the +history of the two Republics. I am able to give the following +particulars. + +After we had captured the positions referred to above, I gave orders +that the Krupp and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt should be brought up. For with +our hurried advance, the oxen attached to the big guns, as well as some +of the burghers' horses, had become so fatigued, that the guns and a +number of the burghers had been left behind. The ridges were so thickly +strewn with boulders, that even on the arrival of the guns, it was +impossible to place them in position until we had first cleared a path +for them. I made up my mind to turn these boulders to account by using +them to build _schanzes_, for I knew that a tremendous bombardment would +be opened upon our poor Krupp and Maxim-Nordenfeldt as soon as they made +themselves heard. + +During the night we built these _schanzes_, and before the sun rose the +following morning, the guns were placed in position. + +By daybreak the English had crept up to within a short distance of our +lines. It was the Krupp and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt that gave our answer. + +But we had to be very sparing of our ammunition, for it was almost +exhausted, and it would take at least five days to get a fresh supply +from Bloemfontein. + +Our arrival on the previous day had made a way of escape for General +Cronje. It is true that he would have been obliged to leave everything +behind him, but he and his burghers would have got away in safety. The +British had retreated before our advance, thus opening a road between us +and the laager. That road was made yet wider by the fire from our guns. + +But General Cronje would not move. Had he done so, his losses would not +have been heavy. His determination to remain in that ill-fated laager +cost him dearly. + +The world will honour that great general and his brave burghers; and if +I presume to criticize his conduct on this occasion, it is only because +I believe that he ought to have sacrificed his own ideas for the good of +the nation, and that he should have not been courageous at the expense +of his country's independence, to which he was as fiercely attached as +I. + +Some of the burghers in the laager made their escape, for, on the second +day, when our guns had cleared a wide path, Commandants Froneman and +Potgieter (of Wolmaranstadt), with twenty men, came galloping out of +the laager towards us. + +Although we were only a few in number, the British had their work cut +out to dislodge us. First they tried their favourite strategy of a +flanking movement, sending out strong columns of cavalry, with heavy +guns to surround us. It was necessary to prevent the fulfilment of this +project. I, therefore, removed the Krupp and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt from +their positions, and divided our little force into three portions. I +ordered the first to remain in their position, the second was to proceed +with the Krupp round our left wing, while I despatched the third party +to hold back the left wing of the British. I had no wish to share +General Cronje's unenviable position. + +We succeeded in checking the advance of the enemy's wings; and when he +saw that we were not to be outflanked he changed his tactics, and while +still retaining his wings where they were, in order to keep our men +occupied, he delivered at mid-day, on the 20th, an attack on our centre +with a strong force of infantry. + +The result of this was that the British gained one of our positions, +that, namely, which was held by Veldtcornet Meyer, an officer under +Commandant Spruit. Meyer was entirely unable to beat off the attack, +and, at nightfall, was compelled to retire about two or three hundred +paces, to a little ridge, which he held effectively. + +As the English took up the abandoned position, they raised a cheer, and +Commandant Spruit, who was ignorant of its meaning, and believed that +his men were still in possession, went there alone. + +"_Hoe gaat het?_"[22] he called out. + +"Hands up!" was the reply he received. + +There was nothing left for the Commandant to do but to give himself up. +The soldiers led him over a ridge, and struck a light to discover his +identity. Finding papers in his pocket which showed that their prisoner +was an important personage, they raised cheer upon cheer.[23] + +I heard them cheering, and thought that the enemy were about to attempt +another attack, and so gave orders that whatever happened our positions +must be held, for they were the key to General Cronje's escape. However, +no attack was delivered. + +Nobody could have foreseen that two thousand infantry would give up the +attack on positions which they had so nearly captured, and we all +expected a sanguinary engagement on the following morning. We had made +up our minds to stand firm, for we knew that if General Cronje failed to +make his way out, it would be a real calamity to our great cause. + +Fully expecting an attack, we remained all that night at our posts. Not +a man of us slept, but just before dawn we heard this order from the +English lines: + +"Fall in." + +"What can be the meaning of this?" we ask one another. + +Lying, sitting or standing, each of us is now at his post, and staring +out into the darkness, expecting an attack every moment. We hold our +breath and listen. Is there no sound of approaching footsteps? And now +the light increases. Is it possible? Yes, our eyes do not deceive us. +The enemy is gone. + +Surprise and joy are on every face. One hears on all sides the +exclamation, "If only Cronje would make the attempt now." It was the +morning of the 25th of February. + +But the enemy were not to leave us alone for long. By nine o'clock they +were advancing upon us again, with both right and left wing reinforced. +I had only a few shots left for the Krupp, and thirty for the +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, and this last ammunition must now be expended on the +wings. One gun I despatched to the right, the other to the left, and the +English were checked in their advance. I had ordered the gunners, as +soon as they had fired their last round to bring their guns into safe +positions in the direction of Petrusberg. Very soon I observed that this +order was being executed, and thus learnt that the ammunition had run +out. + +The burghers who, with their rifles, had attempted to hold back the +wings, now having no longer any support from the big guns, were unable +to stand their ground against the overpowering forces of the enemy, and +shortly after the guns were removed, I saw them retreat. + +What was I to do? I was being bombarded incessantly, and since the +morning had been severely harassed by small-arm fire. All this, however, +I could have borne, but now the enemy began to surround me. It was a +hard thing to be thus forced to abandon the key to General Cronje's +escape. + +In all haste I ordered my men to retire. They had seen throughout that +this was unavoidable, and had even said to me: + +"If we remain here, General, we shall be surrounded with General +Cronje." + +All made good their retreat, with the exception of Veldtcornet Speller, +of Wepener, who, to my great regret, was taken prisoner there with +fourteen men. That occurred owing to my adjutant forgetting, in the +general confusion, to give them my orders to retreat. When Speller found +that he, with his fourteen men, was left behind, he defended himself, as +I heard later, with great valour, until at last he was captured by +overpowering numbers. It cost the English a good many dead and wounded +to get him out of his _schanzes_. + +Although I had foreseen that our escape would be a very difficult and +lengthy business, I had not thought that we should have been in such +danger of being made prisoners. But the English had very speedily taken +up positions to the right and left, with guns and Maxims, and for a good +nine miles of our retreat we were under their fire. Notwithstanding the +fact that during the whole of this time we were also harassed by +small-arm fire, we lost--incredible as it may appear--not more than one +killed and one wounded, and a few horses besides. The positions which we +had abandoned the British now occupied, hemming in General Cronje so +closely that he had not the slightest chance of breaking through their +lines. + +No sooner had we got out of range of the enemy's fire, than the first of +the reinforcements, which we had expected from Bloemfontein, arrived, +under the command of Vechtgeneraal Andreas Cronje. With him were +Commandants Thewnissen, of Winburg, and Vilonel, of Senekal. + +A council was at once held as to the best method of effecting the +release of General Cronje. It was decided to recapture the positions +which I had abandoned. But now the situation was so changed that there +were _three_ positions which it was necessary for us to take. We agreed +that the attack should be made by three separate parties, that General +Philip Botha, with Commandant Thewnissen, should retake the positions +which we had abandoned at Stinkfontein, General Froneman the position +immediately to the north of these, and I, with General Andreas Cronje, +others still further north. + +The attack was made on the following morning. General Botha's attempt +failed, chiefly owing to the fact that day dawned before he reached his +position; a hot fight ensued, resulting in the capture of Commandant +Thewnissen and about one hundred men. As I was so placed as to be unable +to see how affairs were developing, it is difficult for me to hazard an +opinion as to whether Commandant Thewnissen was lacking in caution, or +whether he was insufficiently supported by General Botha. The burghers +who were present at the engagement accused General Botha, while he +declared that Thewnissen had been imprudent. However that may be, we had +failed in our essay. The position had not been taken, and Commandant +Thewnissen, with a hundred whom we could ill spare, were in the hands of +the enemy, And to make matters still worse, our men were already seized +with panic, arising from the now hopeless plight of General Cronje and +his large force. + +I, however, was not prepared to abandon all hope as yet. Danie Theron, +that famous captain of despatch-riders, had arrived on the previous day +with reinforcements. I asked him if he would take a verbal message to +General Cronje--I dare not send a written one, lest it should fall into +the hands of the English. Proud and distinct the answer came at +once--the only answer which such a hero as Danie Theron could have +given: + +"Yes, General, I will go." + +The risk which I was asking him to run could not have been surpassed +throughout the whole of our sanguinary struggle. + +I took him aside, and told him that he must go and tell General Cronje +that our fate depended upon the escape of himself and of the thousands +with him, and that, if he should fall into the enemy's hands, it would +be the death-blow to all our hopes. Theron was to urge Cronje to +abandon the laager, and everything contained in it, to fight his way out +by night, and to meet me at two named places, where I would protect him +from the pursuit of the English. + +Danie Theron undertook to pass the enemy's lines, and to deliver my +message. He started on his errand on the night of the 25th of February. + +The following evening I went to the place of meeting, but to my great +disappointment General Cronje did not appear. + +On the morning of the 27th of February Theron returned. He had performed +an exploit unequalled in the war. Both in going and returning he had +crawled past the British sentries, tearing his trousers to rags during +the process. The blood was running from his knees, where the skin had +been scraped off. He told me that he had seen the General, who had said +that he did not think that the plan which I had proposed had any good +chance of success. + +At ten o'clock that day, General Cronje surrendered. Bitter was my +disappointment. Alas! my last attempt had been all in vain. The stubborn +General would not listen to good advice. + +I must repeat here what I have said before, that as far as my personal +knowledge of General Cronje goes, it is evident to me that his obstinacy +in maintaining his position must be ascribed to the fact that it was too +much to ask him--intrepid hero that he was--to abandon the laager. His +view was that he must stand or fall with it, nor did he consider the +certain consequences of his capture. He never realized that it would be +the cause of the death of many burghers, and of indescribable panic +throughout not only all the laagers on the veldt, but even those of +Colesberg, Stormberg and Ladysmith. If the famous Cronje were captured, +how could any ordinary burgher be expected to continue his resistance? + +It may be that it was the will of God, who rules the destinies of all +nations, to fill thus to the brim the cup which we had to empty, but +this consideration does not excuse General Cronje's conduct. Had he but +taken my advice, and attempted a night attack, he might have avoided +capture altogether. + +I have heard men say that as the General's horses had all been killed, +the attempt which I urged him to make must have failed--that at all +events he would have been pursued and overtaken by Lord Roberts' forces. +The answer to this is not far to seek. The English at that time did not +employ as scouts Kaffirs and Hottentots, who could lead them by night as +well as by day. Moreover, with the reinforcements I had received, I had +about sixteen hundred men under me, and they would have been very useful +in holding back the enemy, until Cronje had made his escape. + +No words can describe my feelings when I saw that Cronje had +surrendered, and noticed the result which this had on the burghers. +Depression and discouragement were written on every face. The effects of +this blow, it is not too much to say, made themselves apparent to the +very end of the war. + +[Footnote 22: "How is it with you?"] + +[Footnote 23: Eleven or twelve days after, Commandant Spruit was again +with us. When he appeared, he seemed to us like one risen from the dead. +We all rejoiced, not only because he was a God-fearing man, but also +because he was of a lovable disposition. I heard from his own mouth how +he had escaped. He told me that the day after his capture, he was sent, +under a strong escort, from Lord Roberts' Headquarters to the railway +station at Modder River, and that he started from there, with a guard of +six men on his road to Cape Town. During the night as they drew near De +Aar, his guards fell asleep, and our brave Commandant prepared to leave +the train. He seized a favourable opportunity when the engine was +climbing a steep gradient and jumped off. But the pace was fast enough +to throw him to the ground, though fortunately he only sustained slight +injury. When daylight came he hid himself. Having made out his bearings +he began to make his way back on the following night. He passed a house, +but dared not seek admission, for he did not know who its occupants +might be. As he had no food with him, his sufferings from hunger were +great, but still he persevered, concealing himself during the day, and +only walking during the hours of darkness. At last he reached the +railway line to the north of Colesberg, and from there was carried to +Bloemfontein, where he enjoyed a well-earned rest. In the second week of +March he returned to his commando, to the great delight of everybody.] + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +The Wild Flight from Poplar Grove + + +The surrender of General Cronje only made me all the more determined to +continue the struggle, notwithstanding the fact that many of the +burghers appeared to have quite lost heart. I had just been appointed +Commander-in-Chief, and at once set my hand to the work before me. + +Let me explain how this came about. + +As I have already said, General C.J. Wessels had been appointed +Commander-in-Chief at Kimberley. In the month of January he was +succeeded by Mr. J.S. Ferreira, who at once proceeded to make Kimberley +his headquarters. On the relief of that town, one part of the besieging +force went to Viertienstroomen, another in the direction of Boshof, +while a small party, in which was the Commander-in-Chief himself, set +out towards Koedoesrand, above Paardeberg. + +It was while I was engaged in my efforts to relieve Cronje, that a gun +accident occurred in which General Ferreira was fatally wounded. Not +only his own family, but the whole nation, lost in him a man whom they +can never forget. I received the sad news the day after his death, and, +although the place of his burial was not more than two hours' ride from +my camp, I was too much occupied with my own affairs to be able to +attend his funeral. + +On the following day I received from President Steyn the appointment of +Vice-Commander-in-Chief. I had no thought of declining it, but the work +which it would involve seemed likely to prove anything but easy. To have +the chief command, and at such a time as this! But I had to make the +best of it. + +I began by concentrating my commandos, to the best of my ability, at +Modderrivierpoort (Poplar Grove), ten miles east of the scene of +Cronje's surrender. I had plenty of time to effect this, for Lord +Roberts remained inactive from the 24th of February to the 7th of March, +in order to rest a little after the gigantic task he had performed in +capturing Cronje's laager. His thoughts must have been busy during that +period with even more serious matters than the care of his weary troops; +for, if we had had two hundred killed and wounded, he must have lost as +many thousands. + +Those few days during which our enemy rested were also of advantage to +me in enabling me to dispose of the reinforcements, which I was now +receiving every day, and from almost every quarter. + +While I was thus engaged, I heard that General Buller had relieved +Ladysmith on the 1st of March, that General Gatacre had taken Stormberg +on the 5th, and that General Brabant was driving the Boers before him. + +These were the first results of General Cronje's surrender. + +But that fatal surrender was not only the undoing of our burghers; it +also reinforced the enemy, and gave him new courage. This was evident +from the reply which Lord Salisbury made to the peace proposals made by +our two Presidents on March 5th. But more of this anon. + +Our last day at Poplar Grove was signalized by a visit paid to us by +President Kruger, the venerable chief of the South African Republic. He +had travelled by rail from Pretoria to Bloemfontein; the remaining +ninety-six miles of the journey had been accomplished in a +horse-waggon--he, whom we all honoured so greatly, had been ready to +undergo even this hardship in order to visit us. + +The President's arrival was, however, at an unfortunate moment. It was +March the 7th, and Lord Roberts was approaching. His force, extending +over ten miles of ground, was now preparing to attack my burghers, whom +I had posted at various points along some twelve miles of the bank of +the Modder River. It did not seem possible for the old President even to +outspan, for I had received information that the enemy's right wing was +already threatening Petrusburg. But as the waggon had travelled that +morning over twelve miles of a heavy rain-soaked road, it was absolutely +necessary that the horses should be outspanned for rest. But hardly had +the harness been taken off the tired animals when a telegram arrived, +saying that Petrusburg was already in the hands of the English. +President Kruger was thus compelled to return without a moment's delay. +I saw him into his waggon, and then immediately mounted my horse, and +rode to the positions where my burghers were stationed. + +Again I was confronted with the baleful influence of Cronje's surrender. +A panic had seized my men. Before the English had even got near enough +to shell our positions to any purpose, the wild flight began. Soon every +position was evacuated. There was not even an attempt to hold them, +though some of them would have been almost impregnable. It was a flight +such as I had never seen before, and shall never see again. + +I did all that I could, but neither I nor my officers were able to +prevent the burghers from following whither the waggons and guns had +already preceded them. I tried every means. I had two of the best horses +that a man could wish to possess, and I rode them till they dropped. All +was in vain. It was fortunate for us that the advance of the English was +not very rapid. Had it been so, everything must have fallen into their +hands. + +In the evening we came to Abraham's Kraal, a farm belonging to Mr. +Charles Ortel, some eighteen miles from Poplar Grove. The enemy were +encamped about an hour and a half's ride from us. + +The next morning the burghers had but one desire, and that was to get +away. It was only with the greatest difficulty that I succeeded in +persuading them to go into position. I then hastened to Bloemfontein, in +order to take counsel with the Government about our affairs generally, +and especially to see what would be the most suitable positions to +occupy for the defence of the capital. Judge Hertzog and I went out +together to inspect the ground; we placed a hundred men in the forts, +with Kaffirs to dig trenches and throw up earthworks. + +I was back at Abraham's Kraal by nine o'clock on the morning of March +the 18th. I found that our forces had been placed in position by +Generals De la Rey, Andreas Cronje, Philip Botha, Froneman and Piet de +Wet, the last-named having arrived with his commandos from Colesberg a +few days before the rout at Poplar Grove. + +We had not long to wait before fighting began, fighting confined for the +most part to the artillery. The English shells were at first directed +against Abraham's Kraal, which was subjected to a terrific bombardment; +later on they turned their guns upon Rietfontein, where the Transvaalers +and a part of the Free State commandos, under General De la Rey, were +posted. The attack upon these positions was fierce and determined; but +De la Rey's burghers, though they lost heavily, repulsed it with +splendid courage. I will not say more of this. It is understood that +General De la Rey will himself describe what he and his men succeeded in +accomplishing on that occasion. + +From ten in the morning until sunset the fight continued, and still the +burghers held their positions. They had offered a magnificent +resistance. Their conduct had been beyond all praise, and it was hard to +believe that these were the same men who had fled panic-stricken from +Poplar Grove. But with the setting of the sun a change came over them. +Once more panic seized them; leaving their positions, they retreated in +all haste towards Bloemfontein. And now they were only a disorderly +crowd of terrified men blindly flying before the enemy. + +But it was Bloemfontein that lay before them, and the thought that his +capital was in peril might well restore courage in the most disheartened +of our burghers. I felt that this would be the case, and a picture arose +before me of our men holding out, as they had never done before. + +Before going further I must say a few words about the peace proposals +which our Presidents made to the English Government on the 5th of March. +They called God to witness that it was for the independence of the two +Republics, and for that alone, that they fought, and suggested that +negotiations might be opened with the recognition of that independence +as their basis. + +Lord Salisbury replied that the only terms he would accept were +unconditional surrender. He asserted, as he did also on many subsequent +occasions, that it was our ultimatum that had caused the war. We have +always maintained that in making this assertion he misrepresented the +facts, to use no stronger term.[24] + +Naturally our Government would not consent to such terms, and so the war +had to proceed. + +It was decided to send a deputation to Europe. This deputation, +consisting of Abraham Fissher,[25] Cornelius H. Wessels,[26] and Daniel +Wolmarans,[27] sailed from Delagoa Bay.[28] + +The reader may ask the object which this deputation had in view. Was it +that our Governments relied on foreign intervention? Emphatically, no! +They never thought of such a thing. Neither in his harangue to the +burghers at Poplar Grove, nor in any of his subsequent speeches, did +President Steyn give any hint of such an intention. The deputation was +sent in order that the whole world might know the state of affairs in +South Africa. It fulfilled its purpose, and was justified by its +results. It helped us to win the sympathy of the nations. + +But I must return to my narrative. + +A few days before the flight from Poplar Grove, I had appointed Danie +Theron captain of a scouting party. I now left him and his corps behind, +with instructions to keep me informed of Lord Roberts' movements, and +proceeded myself to Bloemfontein. There I disposed the available forces +for defence, and kept them occupied in throwing up _schanzes_. These +_schanzes_ were erected to the west and south of the town, and at +distances of from four to six miles from it. + +On the evening of the 12th of March, Lord Roberts appeared, and a few +skirmishes ensued south of the town, but no engagement of any importance +took place. We awaited the morrow with various forebodings. + +For myself, I believed that that 13th of March should see a fight to the +finish, cost what it might! for if Bloemfontein was to be taken, it +would only be over our dead bodies. + +With this before my eyes, I made all necessary arrangements, riding at +nightfall from position to position, and speaking both to the officers +and to the private burghers. They must play the man, I told them, and +save the capital at any cost. An excellent spirit prevailed amongst +them; on every face one could read the determination to conquer or to +die. + +But when, about an hour before midnight, I reached the southern +positions, I heard a very different story. They told me there that +Commandant Weilbach had deserted his post early in the evening. What was +I to do? It was impossible to search for him during the night, and I was +compelled to take burghers away from other commandos, and to place them +in the abandoned positions. On their arrival there, they discovered that +no sooner had Weilbach failed us than the enemy had seized his post--the +key to Bloemfontein! We did all that we could, but our situation had +been rendered hopeless by the action of a Commandant who ought to have +been dismissed out of hand for his conduct at Poplar Grove. + +That night I did not close an eye. + + * * * * * + +The morning of the 13th of March dawned. + +Hardly had the sun risen, when the English in the entrenchments which +Commandant Weilbach had deserted, opened a flank fire on our nearest +positions. + +First one position and then another was abandoned by our burghers, who +followed one another's example like sheep; few made any attempt to +defend their posts, and in spite of my efforts and those of the officers +under me, they retreated to the north. + +Thus, without a single shot being fired, Bloemfontein fell into the +hands of the English. + +[Footnote 24: This correspondence will be found in Chapter XXX.] + +[Footnote 25: Member of the Free State Volksraad and Executive Council.] + +[Footnote 26: Member of the Free State Volksraad and Executive Council, +and also President of the Volksraad.] + +[Footnote 27: Member of the first Volksraad of the South African +Republic.] + +[Footnote 28: This harbour, then the only harbour in South Africa open +to us, was subsequently forbidden us by the Portuguese Government, whose +officials even went so far as to arrest eight hundred of our burghers +(who, for want of horses, had taken refuge in Portuguese territory), and +to send them to Portugal. The ports of German West Africa cannot be +counted among those which were available for us. Not only were they too +far from us to be of any service, but also, in order to reach them, it +would have been necessary to go through English territory, for they were +separated from us by Griqualand West, Bechuanaland, and isolated +portions of Cape Colony. We had, therefore, during the latter portion of +the war, to depend for supplies upon what little we were able to capture +from the enemy.] + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +The Burghers Receive Permission to Return to their Homes + + +Thus Bloemfontein had fallen into the hands of the English; but whatever +valuables it contained were spared by the enemy. I did not myself +consider the place much superior to any other town, and I would not have +thought it a matter of any great importance if it had been destroyed. +Still, I felt it to be very regrettable that the town should have been +surrendered without a shot. + +How can I describe my feelings when I saw Bloemfontein in the hands of +the English? It was enough to break the heart of the bravest man amongst +us. Even worse than the fall of our capital was the fact that, as was +only to be expected, the burghers had become entirely disheartened; and +it seemed as if they were incapable now of offering any further +resistance. The commandos were completely demoralized. Indeed! the +burghers from Fauresmith and Jacobsdal had already returned home from +Poplar Grove without asking for permission to do so; and now all the +others were hurrying back in the greatest disorder to their own +districts. + +I felt sure that Lord Roberts' troops would remain for some time in the +capital, in order to obtain the rest they must have sorely needed. And I +now asked myself what I could do whilst the English were remaining +inactive. For notwithstanding all that had happened, I had not for a +single moment the thought of surrender. It seemed to me that my best +course was to allow the burghers, who had now been away from their +families for six months, an opportunity to take breath![29] + +After everything had been arranged I went to Brandfort and thence to +Kroonstad, at which place I was to meet President Steyn, who had left +Bloemfontein the evening before it fell. + +On my road to Kroonstad I fell in with General P.J. Joubert, who had +come to the Free State, hoping to be able to discover some method for +checking the advance of Lord Roberts. He was anything but pleased to +hear that I had given my men permission to remain at home till the 25th +of March. + +"Do you mean to tell me," he asked, "that you are going to give the +English a free hand, whilst your men take their holidays?" + +"I cannot catch a hare, General, with unwilling dogs," I made reply. + +But this did not satisfy the old warrior at all. At last I said: + +"You know the Afrikanders as well as I do, General. It is not our fault +that they don't know what discipline means. Whatever I had said or done, +the burghers would have gone home; but I'll give you my word that those +who come back will fight with renewed courage." + +I knew very well that there were some who would not return, but I +preferred to command ten men who were willing to fight, rather than a +hundred who shirked their duties. + +Meanwhile President Steyn had proclaimed Kroonstad as the seat of the +Government, so that in future all matters were to be settled there. + +On March 20th, 1900, a war council was held, which was attended by +from fifty to sixty officers. President Steyn presided; and there +sat beside him that simple statesman, grown grey in his country's +service--President Kruger. + +The chief officers at this council were Commandant General Joubert, +Generals De la Rey, Philip Botha, Froneman, C.P. Cronje, J.B. Wessels, +and myself. A number of the members of both Governments also put in an +appearance at this meeting. + +Do not let it be imagined that the object we had in view was to come to +an agreement on any peace proposal made by the English. Nothing could +have been further from our minds than this. Lord Salisbury's letter to +our two Presidents, demanding unconditional surrender, had rendered any +thought of peace impossible. On the contrary, we were concerned to +discover the best method of continuing the war. We knew, I need scarcely +say, that humanly speaking ultimate victory for us was out of the +question--that had been clear from the very beginning. For how could our +diminutive army hope to stand against the overwhelming numbers at the +enemy's command? Yet we had always felt that no one is worthy of the +name of man who is not ready to vindicate the right, be the odds what +they may. We knew also, that the Afrikanders, although devoid of all +military discipline, had the idea of independence deeply rooted in their +hearts, and that they were worthy to exist as a Free Nation under a +Republican form of Government. + +I shall not enter upon all that happened at that meeting. I shall merely +note here that besides deciding to continue the war more energetically +than ever, we agreed unanimously that the great waggon-camps should be +done away with, and that henceforth only horse-commandos should be +employed. The sad experience we had gained from six months' warfare, +and more especially the great misfortune that had overtaken the big +waggon-camp of General Cronje, were our reasons for this new +regulation.[30] + +I left the meeting firmly determined that, come what might, I should +never allow another waggon-camp. But, as the reader will see before he +has concluded the perusal of these pages, it was not until many months +had elapsed that the waggons were finally suppressed. All the mischief +that they were destined to bring upon the African Nation was not yet +completed. + +One of the effects of this council was to produce an unusually good +spirit among the officers and burghers. There was only one thought in my +mind, and only one word on every tongue: "FORWARD!" + +I proceeded from Kroonstad to the railway bridge at Zand River, and +remained there until the 25th of March, when the commandos reassembled. +What I had foreseen occurred. The burghers were different men +altogether, and returned with renewed courage to the fight. They +streamed in such large numbers on this and the following days, that my +highest hopes were surpassed. It is true that certain burghers had +remained behind. Such was the case with the men from Fauresmith and +Jacobsdal, and with a large proportion of the commandos from +Philippolis, Smithfield, Wepener, and Bloemfontein. But with these +burghers I was unable to deal on account of Lord Roberts' Proclamations, +which made it impossible for me to compel the burghers to join the +commando; and I decided that I had better wait until I had done some +good work with the men I had, before I made any attempt to bring the +others back to the commando. + +On the 25th of March we went to Brandfort. The arrival of the burghers +at the village doubled and even trebled its population. I was forced to +close the hotels, as I discovered that my men were being supplied with +drink. From this I do not wish the reader to infer that the Afrikanders +are drunkards, for this is far from being the case. On the contrary, +when compared with other nations, they are remarkable for their +sobriety, and it is considered by them a disgrace for a man to be drunk. + +[Footnote 29: The men I still had with me belonged to commandos from +Bloemfontein, Ladybrand, Wepener, Ficksburg, Bethlehem and Winburg. They +were respectively under Commandants Piet Fourie, Crowther, Fouche, De +Villiers, Michal Prinsloo and Vilonel; and these Commandants took orders +from Vechtgeneraals J.B. Wessels, A.P. Cronje, C.C. Froneman, W. Kolbe +and Philip Botha. + +The Colesberg and Stormberg commandos had received the order to go +northwards in the direction of Thaba'Nchu and Ladybrand. These commandos +also had been panic-stricken since General Cronje's surrender. + +The Kroonstad, Heilbron, Harrismith and Vrede burghers, under +Commander-in-Chief Prinsloo, were directed to remain where they were, +and guard the Drakensberg. + +General De la Rey followed my example, and gave his men permission to +return home for some time.] + +[Footnote 30: This council also enacted that officers should be very +chary in accepting doctors' certificates. The old law had laid it down +that if a burgher produced a medical certificate, declaring him unfit +for duty, he should be exempted from service. That there had been a +grave abuse of this was the experience of almost every officer. There +were several very dubious cases; and it was curious to note how many +sudden attacks of heart disease occurred--if one were to credit the +medical certificates. I remember myself that on the 7th of March, when +the burghers fled from Poplar Grove, I had thrust upon me suddenly eight +separate certificates, which had all been issued that morning, each +declaring that some burgher or other was suffering from disease of the +heart. When the eighth was presented to me, and I found that it also +alleged the same complaint, I lost all patience, and let the doctor know +that was quite enough for one day. When this question of certificates +was discussed at the council, I suggested in joke that no certificate +should be accepted unless it was signed by three old women, as a +guarantee of good faith. The system had indeed been carried to such +lengths, and certificates had been issued right and left in such a +lavish manner, that one almost suspected that the English must have had +a hand in it!] + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +Sanna's Post + + +On the 28th of March a council of war was held. The first business +transacted referred to disciplinary matters; the council then proceeded +to lay down the conditions under which the commandos were to operate. It +was decided that General De la Rey with his Transvaalers should remain +at Brandfort with certain Free State commandos under General Philip +Botha, and that the remaining troops, under my command, should withdraw +in the evening. + +Great was the curiosity of the officers and burghers concerning our +movements, but no man learnt anything from me. I was determined that in +future my plans should be kept entirely secret. Experience had taught me +that whenever a commanding officer allows his intentions to become +public something is sure to go wrong, and I made up my mind to hold the +reins of discipline with a firmer hand. + +It is, of course, true that scarcely anything could be done without the +free co-operation of the burghers. They joined the commando when they +wished, or, if they preferred it, stayed away. But now I intended that +the men who joined the commando should be under a far stricter +discipline than formerly, and success rewarded my efforts. + +We left Brandfort on the same evening. My object was to surprise the +little garrison at Sanna's Post, which guarded the Bloemfontein Water +Works, and thus to cut off the supply of water from that town. + +I started in the direction of Winburg, so as to throw every one off the +scent. On all sides one heard the question, "Where are we really going? +What can we have to do at Winburg?" + +The following day I concealed my commando, and that evening some spies, +on whom I could rely, and who were aware of my secret intentions, +brought me all the information I required. + +At this point I had a great deal of trouble with Commandant Vilonel. It +appeared that, notwithstanding the express interdiction of the council +of war, there were some thirty waggons, belonging to burghers from +Winburg who were under his orders. I reminded him of the decision to +which the council had come; but he replied that he did not wish his +burghers to have to undergo the hardship of travelling without waggons. +We started that evening, and, sure enough, there he was with his lumber +following behind us. + +I gave him notice in writing the next morning that he must send back the +waggons that very night when we were on the march. This provoked from +him a written request that a war council should be summoned to revise +the decision come to at Kroonstad. I answered that I absolutely declined +to do any such thing. + +In the course of that day I received a number of reports. I was informed +that General Olivier was driving General Broadwood from Ladybrand +towards Thaba'Nchu. A little later I heard from General Froneman and +Commandant Fourie how matters stood at Sanna's Post. I had disclosed my +plan to them, and sent them out to reconnoitre. There were--so they told +me--according to their estimation, about two hundred English troops +which were stationed in such and such positions. + +I at once summoned Generals A.P. Cronje, J.B. Wessels, C.C. Froneman, +and Piet de Wet, and took council with them, telling them of my plans +and enjoining strict secrecy. I then gave orders that Commandant P. +Fourie and C. Nel, with their burghers, three hundred and fifty in +number, should proceed under my command to Koorn Spruit, and be there +before break of day. + +[Illustration: SANNA'S POST. + +FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.] + +We settled that Generals Cronje, Wessels, Froneman, and Piet De Wet +should proceed with the remaining burghers, numbering eleven hundred and +fifty, to the ridges east of the Modder River, right opposite Sanna's +Post. They were to take with them the guns, of which we had four or +five, and bombard Sanna's Post as soon as it was light. + +The English, I expected, would retreat to Bloemfontein, and then from my +position in Koorn Spruit I should be able to decimate them as they +passed that ravine. I had sent a large number of burghers with the four +generals so that our force might be sufficiently strong to turn General +Broadwood, in case he should hear that there was fighting at Sanna's +Post and come up to reinforce the garrison. + +Here again I had trouble with Commandant Vilonel. I had little time to +argue--the sun was already setting, and we had to be off at once. I had +declined to allow a single waggon to go with me, but the Commandant +declared that he would not abide by the decision of the council of war. +He also refused to allow his burghers to go into positions which he +himself had not reconnoitred. He asked that the attack should be +postponed until he had examined Sanna's Post through his telescope. + +My patience was now at an end. I told Commandant Vilonel that he must +obey my orders, and that if he did not do so I should dismiss him, +unless he himself resigned. He preferred to resign. My secretary +procured paper, and the Commandant wrote out his resignation. I at once +gave him his dismissal, and felt that a weight had been taken off my +shoulders now that I was free from so wrong-headed an officer. + +There was no time now for the burghers to elect a new Commandant in the +usual way. I therefore assembled the Winburg commando, and told them +that Vilonel had resigned, that an opportunity of choosing a substitute +should be given to them later on, but that in the meanwhile I should +appoint Veldtcornet Gert Van der Merve. Nobody had anything to say +against "Gerie," who was a courageous and amiable man; and, after he had +given orders that the waggons should be sent home, we continued our +march. + +I met some of my spies at a _rendezvous_ which I had given them on the +road to the Water Works, and learnt from them that the force under +General Broadwood had come that evening from the direction of Ladybrand +and now occupied Thaba'Nchu. + +I had ordered my generals to take up positions opposite Sanna's Post and +east of the Modder River. I now left them and rode on to Koorn Spruit, +not knowing that General Broadwood had left Thaba'Nchu after nightfall +and had proceeded to the Water Works. My advance was made as quietly as +possible, and as soon as we reached Koorn Spruit I hid my burghers in +the ravine, placing some to the right and some to the left of the +drift[31] on the road from Thaba'Nchu and Sanna's Post to Bloemfontein. + +As soon as it became light enough to see anything we discovered that +just above the spruit[32] stood a waggon, with some Kaffirs and a number +of sheep and cattle beside it. The Kaffirs told us that the waggon +belonged to one of the "hands-uppers" from Thaba'Nchu, and that they had +been ordered to get it down to Bloemfontein as quickly as possible and +to sell it to the English. The owner of the sheep and of the cattle, +they said, was with General Broadwood, whose troops had just arrived at +Sanna's Post. + +The light grew brighter, and there, three thousand paces from us, was +Broadwood's huge force. + +I had only three hundred and fifty men with me; the other generals, to +the east of the Modder River, had not more than eleven hundred and fifty +between them. + +The numbers against us were overwhelming, but I resolved to stand my +ground; and, fortunately, the positions which I had chosen were much to +our advantage--there would be no difficulty in concealing my burghers +and their horses. + +I ordered that every one should still remain hidden, even when our party +to the east of the Modder River began to shoot, and that not a round was +to be fired until I gave the command. + +General Broadwood was preparing to strike camp. It was then that I told +my men to allow the British troops to get to close quarters and +"hands-up" them, without wasting a single bullet. + +Then our guns began to fire. + +The result was a scene of confusion. Towards us, over the brow of the +hill, came the waggons pell-mell, with a few carts moving rapidly in +front. When the first of these reached the spruit its occupants--a man +with a woman beside him--became aware that something was wrong. + +I was standing at the top of the drift with Commandants Fourie and Nel. +I immediately ordered two of my adjutants to mount the cart and to sit +at the driver's side. + +The other carts came one after the other into the drift, and I ordered +them to follow close behind the first cart, at the same time warning the +occupants that if they gave any signal to the enemy, they would be shot. + +The carts were filled with English from Thaba'Nchu. I was very glad that +the women and children should thus reach a place of safety, before the +fighting began. + +So speedily did the carts follow each other that the English had no +suspicion of what was occurring, and very shortly the soldiers began to +pour into the drift in the greatest disorder. As soon as they reached +the stream they were met by the cry of "Hands up!" + +Directly they heard the words, a forest of hands rose in the air. + +More troops quickly followed, and we had disarmed two hundred of them +before they had time to know what was happening. The discipline among +the burghers was fairly satisfactory until the disarming work began. If +my men had only been able to think for themselves, they would have +thrown the rifles on the bank as they came into their hands, and so +would have disarmed far more of the English than they succeeded in +doing. But, as it was, the burghers kept on asking: + +"Where shall I put this rifle, General? What have I to do with this +horse?" + +That the work should be delayed by this sort of thing sorely tried my +hasty temper. + +Very soon the enemy in the rear discovered that there was something +wrong in the drift, for one of their officers suddenly gave orders that +the troops should fall back. But in the meantime, as I have already +stated, we had disarmed two hundred men; while, about a hundred paces +from us on the banks of the spruit stood five of their guns, and more +than a hundred of their waggons, in one confused mass. A little further +off--two or three hundred paces, perhaps--two more of the enemy's guns +had halted. + +The English fell back some thirteen hundred yards, to the station on the +Dewetsdorp-Bloemfontein railway. I need scarcely say that we opened a +terrific fire on them as they retreated. When they reached the station, +however, the buildings there gave them considerable protection. I little +knew when I voted in the Volksraad for the construction of this line, +that I was voting for the building of a station which our enemies would +one day use against us. + +An attempt was made by the English to save the five guns, but it was far +beyond their powers to do so. They did succeed, however, in getting the +other two guns away, and in placing them behind the station buildings. +From there they severely bombarded us with shrapnel shell. + +While the English troops were running to find cover in the buildings, +they suffered very heavily from our fire, and the ground between the +station and the spruit was soon strewn with their dead and wounded, +lying in heaps. But having arrived at the railway they rallied, and +posting themselves to the right and left of the station, they fired +sharply on us. + +The eleven hundred and fifty burghers who were to the east of the Modder +River now hurried up to my assistance. But unfortunately, when they +attempted to cross the river, they found that the Water-Works dam had +made it too deep to ford. So they proceeded up stream over some very +rough ground, being much inconvenienced by the dongas which they had to +cross. When they had covered three miles of this they were again +stopped, for an impassable donga blocked the way. They had therefore to +retrace their steps to the place whence they had started. Ultimately +they crossed the river below the dam, in the neighbourhood of the +waggon-drift. + +This delay gave General Broadwood a good three hours in which to tackle +us. And had it not been for the excellent positions we had taken on the +banks of the spruit, we would have been in a very awkward predicament. +But, as it was, only two of my men were hit during the whole of that +time. + +As soon as our reinforcements had crossed the river, General Broadwood +was forced to retire; and his troops came hurrying through Koorn Spruit +both on the right and on the left of our position. We fired at them as +they passed us, and took several more prisoners. Had I but commanded a +larger force, I could have captured every man of them. But it was +impossible, with my three hundred and fifty men, to surround two +thousand. + +Our men on the Modder River now attacked the enemy with the greatest +energy, and succeeded in putting them to flight, thus bringing the +battle to an end. + +The conduct of my burghers had been beyond praise. I had never seen +them more intrepid. Calm and determined, they stood their ground, when +the enemy streamed down upon them like a mighty river. Calm and +determined they awaited their arrival, and disarmed them as they came. +It was a fresh proof to me of the courage of the Afrikander, who indeed, +in my judgment, is in that quality surpassed by no one. + +Our loss was three killed and five wounded. Among the latter was +Commandant General Van der Merve, who, although very seriously injured, +fortunately recovered. I had no time myself to note the enemy's losses, +but, from their own report, it amounted to three hundred and fifty dead +and wounded. We captured four hundred and eighty prisoners, seven guns, +and one hundred and seventeen waggons. + +Here again I had the greatest trouble in unravelling the medley. Many of +the horses, mules and oxen had been killed, whilst some of the waggons +were broken. Everything was in a state of indescribable confusion, and +at any moment a force might arrive from Bloemfontein. + +But, fortunately, no reinforcement appeared. Our burghers who had +pursued the retreating English, saw, at about twelve o'clock, a body of +mounted troops approaching from Bloemfontein. But this force at once +came to a halt, remaining at the spot where we had first seen it.[33] + +When everything was over a party of troops from General Olivier's +commando arrived on the scene of the recent operations. They had been +following General Broadwood, and on hearing the firing that morning, had +hastened in our direction, maintaining on their arrival, that it was +quite impossible for them to have come any sooner. + +[Footnote 31: Ford.] + +[Footnote 32: Water-course or ravine.] + +[Footnote 33: I may note here that it seemed very strange to me and to +all whose opinion I asked, that Lord Roberts, with his sixty thousand +men, sent no reinforcements from Bloemfontein. The battle had taken +place not more than seventeen miles from the capital, and it had lasted +for four hours; so that there had been ample time to send help. The +English cannot urge in excuse that, owing to our having cut the +telegraph wire, Lord Roberts could know nothing of General Broadwood's +position. The booming of the guns must have been distinctly heard at +Bloemfontein, as it was a still morning. In addition to this plain +warning, the English had an outpost at Borsmanskop, between Koorn Spruit +and Bloemfontein. I do not mention these things with the object of +throwing an unfavourable light upon Lord Roberts' conduct, but merely to +show that even in the great English Army, incomprehensible +irregularities were not unknown, and irregularities of such a character +as to quite put in the shade the bungles we were sometimes guilty of. +But the Republics, young though they were, never thought of boasting +about the order, organization, or discipline of their armies; on the +contrary they were perhaps a little inclined to take too lenient a view +when irregularities occurred.] + + + + +CHAPTER X + +Four Hundred and Seventy English taken Prisoner at Reddersburg + + +In the evening of the day on which the events described in the last +chapter occurred, I handed over the command to Generals Piet de Wet and +A.P. Cronje, and taking with me three of my staff, rode to Donkerpoort, +in the direction of Dewetsdorp, on a reconnoitring expedition. + +Early the following morning I came to a farm called Sterkfontein, where, +at noon, I received the news that a party of English, coming from +Smithfield, had occupied Dewetsdorp. + +It was thirty miles from Sterkfontein to my commando, but, +notwithstanding this, I sent an order that 1,500 men, under Generals +J.B. Wessels, C.C. Froneman and De Villiers, should come up with all +haste and bring three guns with them. + +During the time that must necessarily elapse before the arrival of this +force, I sent men out to visit the farms of those burghers who had gone +home after the fall of Bloemfontein, with orders to bring them back to +the front. + +By the evening of the 1st of April I had all the men of the district +together; but it was then too late to make a start. + +At ten o'clock the following morning the English left Dewetsdorp, and +marched towards Reddersburg. Directly I received news of this, I sent +word to the Generals, that they must hasten to Reddersburg; while I, +with the men who had rejoined, made my way to the north, so as to take +up a position on the enemy's flank. I had with me one hundred and ten +men in all. Many of them were without rifles, having given up their arms +at Bloemfontein. Others were provided with serviceable _achterlaaiers_, +but had little or no ammunition, because they had already fired off +their cartridges in mere wantonness in the belief that they might have +to give up their rifles any day. My handful of burghers were thus as +good as unarmed. + +During our march I kept the English continually under surveillance. They +were unable to advance very rapidly, as the bulk of their force was made +up of infantry. But they were too far ahead for the commandos whom I had +sent in pursuit to be able to get at them; and for me, with the handful +of almost unarmed burghers which I commanded, to have attempted an +attack would have been worse than folly. + +On the evening of the 2nd of April, the English encamped on the hill to +the west of a farm called Oollogspoort; whilst we off-saddled to the +north of them, on Mr. Van der Walt's farm. The enemy, however, was not +aware of the position of our laager. + +The following morning, at four o'clock, I sent a third report to the +commandos. They had been some way on the road to Dewetsdorp, and thus, +far out of the course to Reddersburg, when my second report reached +them; and now my despatch rider met only Generals Froneman and De +Villiers with seven hundred men and three guns, and was too late to +prevent General Wessels from going on to Dewetsdorp. + +Shortly after sunrise General Froneman received my report. He had been +riding all night through without stopping, and many of his horses were +already tired out. But as my order was that the Generals were to leave +behind those who were unable to proceed, and to hasten on at once +without so much as off-saddling, he did not wait to be told twice, but +pushing forward with all speed, arrived on the 3rd of April at +Schwarskopjes on the Kaffir River. He had left Sanna's Post on the +afternoon of the previous day. + +Those who consider that he was marching with seven hundred men and three +Krupp guns, and that his horses were so exhausted that some of them had +to be left behind, will agree with me that he did a good day's work in +those twenty-four hours. + +Fortunately for us, it was not at that time the habit of the English to +start on their march before the sun had risen. And, by another lucky +chance, our opponents were off their guard, and quite unsuspicious of +attack, although they must, undoubtedly, have heard something of what +had happened at Sanna's Post. + +General Froneman gave me to understand that it was necessary to +off-saddle the horses, and to give them a long rest, as he had been +riding without any break since the previous evening. + +"However necessary it may be," I replied, "it is impossible;" and I +pointed out to him that if we were to delay, the English would occupy +the ridge between Muishondsfontein and Mostertshoek, and thus obtain the +best position. I, therefore, ordered the men to proceed with all speed, +and to leave behind those who could not go on. The General did not +appear to be "links"[34] at this, but called out with his loud voice, +"Come on, burghers!" + +We were fortunate in being able to keep up with the enemy by riding +along a little plain, which was hidden from them by an intervening hill. +Our course ran in a direction parallel to their line of march, and at a +distance of about six miles from it. But unluckily, the English were the +first to reach the ridge. When we appeared at the point where the hill +which had concealed us from them came to an end, their vanguard had just +passed the eastern end of the ridge at which we were both aiming; and we +had still some four or five miles to go before we could reach it. + +I saw that the enemy was not strong enough to occupy the whole ridge, so +I at once gave orders to General De Villiers to advance, and to seize +the western end at a point just above the farmstead of Mostertshoek. +The enemy, observing this manoeuvre, took up their position on the +eastern extremity of the ridge. Whereupon I divided the remaining +burghers into small companies, with orders to occupy kopjes from six to +seven hundred paces still further to the east; leaving to myself and +Commandant Nel the task of seizing a small ridge which lay south-east of +the English lines. + +All these positions would have to be taken under fire, and before making +the attempt I sent the following note to the British Commanding +Officer:-- + + "SIR,-- + + "I am here with five hundred men, and am every moment expecting + reinforcements with three Krupps, against which you will not be + able to hold out. I therefore advise you, in order to prevent + bloodshed, to surrender." + +I sent this note post haste, and then rested a little while awaiting the +return of the despatch rider. + +And now a shameful incident occurred. The messenger had received the +answer to my letter, and had covered about a hundred paces on his way +back, when the enemy opened so heavy a fire upon him that it is +inexplicable how he managed to come through unscathed. + +The answer which he brought from the officer was in the following +terms:-- + +"I'm d----d if I surrender!" + +I at once ordered my men to rush the positions which I had already +pointed out to them; and notwithstanding the fierce opposition of the +enemy, they succeeded in carrying out my orders. + +But although we had thus gained very good positions, those which the +English held were quite as good, and perhaps even better, except for the +fact that they were cut off from the water. However, when they had first +become aware of our presence--that is, while they were at +Muishondsfontein--they had taken the precaution of filling their +water-bottles. + +Our guns did not arrive until so late in the afternoon that only a few +shots could be fired before it became dark. + +Acting upon my orders, the burghers kept such good watch during the +night that escape was impossible for the English. I also sent a strong +guard to a point near Reddersburg, for I had heard that a reinforcement +of from thirteen hundred to two thousand British troops had come from +the direction of Bothathanie railway station, and were now encamped at +Reddersburg. + +I had begun operations with only four hundred men under me, but before +the sun rose on the following day my force had been doubled by the +addition of those who had been compelled to remain behind and rest their +tired horses. + +On the previous evening it had seemed to me highly improbable that we +should be able to storm the ridge in the morning. I had expected that +the force at Reddersburg--which lay only about four or five miles from +Mostertshoek--would have seen the fight in progress, or heard the +cannonading, and would have hastened to the assistance of their +comrades.[35] Nevertheless, I had given orders that as soon as it was +daylight, every one must do his utmost to force the English to +surrender. + +It was now rapidly growing lighter, and I ordered the gunners to keep up +a continuous fire with our three Krupps. This they did from half-past +five until eleven o'clock, and then the enemy hoisted the white flag. + +My men and I galloped towards the English, and our other two parties did +the same. But before we reached them, they again began to shoot, killing +Veldtcornet Du Plessis, of Kroonstad. This treacherous act enraged our +burghers, who at once commenced to fire with deadly effect. + +Soon the white flag appeared above almost every stone behind which an +Englishman lay, but our men did not at once cease firing. Indeed! I had +the greatest difficulty in calming them, and in inducing them to stop, +for they were, as may well be imagined, furious at the misuse of the +white flag. + +Strewn everywhere about on the ground lay the English killed and +wounded. According to the official statement, they had a hundred +casualties, the commanding officer himself being amongst the killed. + +We took four hundred and seventy prisoners of war, all of them belonging +to the Royal Irish Rifles and the Mounted Infantry. But I cared nothing +to what regiment they belonged or what was the rank of the officer in +command. Throughout the whole war I never troubled myself about such +matters. + +Our loss, in addition to Veldtcornet Du Plessis, whose death I have just +described, was only six wounded. + +I had no longer any need to fear a reinforcement from Reddersburg, but +nevertheless there was no time to be lost, for I had just heard from a +prisoner of war that a telegram had been sent from Dewetsdorp to the +garrison at Smithfield, bidding them consult their own safety by +withdrawing to Aliwal North. I made up my mind to capture that garrison +before it could decamp. I waited until I saw that the English ambulances +were busy with their wounded, and then with all speed rode off. + +As the direct road might prove to be held by Lord Roberts, I caused the +prisoners of war to be marched to Winburg viâ Thaba'Nchu. From thence +they were to be sent forward by rail to Pretoria. + +[Footnote 34: Vexed.] + +[Footnote 35: I have never been able to understand why the great force, +stationed at Reddersburg, made no attempt to come to the aid of the +unfortunate victims at Mostertshoek. Their conduct seems to me to have +been even more blameworthy than the similar negligence which occurred at +Sanna's Post. They were not more than five miles off, and could watch +the whole engagement--and yet they never stirred a foot to come and help +their comrades. And it was fortunate for us that it was so, for we +should have stood no chance at all against a large force. + +To oppose successfully such bodies of men as our burghers had to meet +during this war demanded _rapidity of action_ more than anything else. +We had to be quick at fighting, quick at reconnoitring, quick (if it +became necessary) at flying! This was exactly what I myself aimed at, +and had not so many of our burghers proved false to their own colours, +England--as the great Bismarck foretold--would have found her grave in +South Africa.] + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +An Unsuccessful Siege + + +My object now was to reach Smithfield. We set out at once and late in +the evening I divided my commandos into two parties. The first, some +five hundred men in all, consisted chiefly of Smithfield burghers under +Commandant Swanepoel, of Yzervarkfontein, but there were also some +Wepener men amongst them. I gave General Froneman the command over this +party, and ordered him to proceed without delay and attack the small +English garrison at Smithfield. With the second party I rode off to join +the burghers who were under General J.B. Wessels. + +I came up with Wessels' division on the 6th of April at Badenhorst, on +the road from Dewetsdorp to Wepener. Badenhorst lies at a distance of +some ten miles from a ford on the Caledon River, called +Tammersbergsdrift, where Colonel Dalgety, with the highly renowned +C.M.R.[36] and Brabant's Horse were at that time stationed. I call them +"highly renowned" to be in the fashion, for I must honestly avow that I +never could see for what they were renowned. + +During the fight at Mostertshoek on the previous day I had kept them +under observation, with the result that I learnt that they had +entrenched themselves strongly, and that they numbered about sixteen +hundred men, though this latter fact was a matter of indifference to me. +The history of Ladysmith, Mafeking, and Kimberley, however, served me as +a warning, and I asked myself whether it would be better to besiege the +wolf or to wait and see if he would not come out of his lair. + +But the wolf, on this occasion, was not to be enticed out on any +pretext; and moreover it was probable that Lord Roberts would be able to +send a relieving force from Bloemfontein; so I decided to attack at +once. First, however, I despatched some of my best scouts in the +direction of Bloemfontein and Reddersburg, while I ordered the commandos +under Generals Piet de Wet and A.P. Cronje to take up positions to the +east and south-east of the capital. + +Early in the morning of the 7th of April I made an attack on two points: +one to the south-west, the other to the south-east of Dalgety's +fortifications, opening fire on his troops at distances of from five to +fifteen hundred paces. I dare not approach any nearer for lack of +suitable cover. The place was so strongly fortified that many valuable +lives must have been sacrificed, had I been less cautious than I was. + +After a few days I received reinforcements, and was thus enabled to +surround the English completely. But their various positions were so +placed that it was impossible for me to shell any of them from both +sides, and thus to compel their occupants to surrender. + +Day succeeded to day, and still the siege continued. + +Before long we had captured some eight hundred of the trek-oxen, and +many of the horses of the enemy. Things were not going so badly for us +after all; and we plucked up our courage, and began to talk of the +probability of a speedy surrender on the part of the English. + +To tell the truth, there was not a man amongst us who would have asked +better than to make prisoners of the Cape Mounted Rifles and of +Brabant's Horse. They were Afrikanders, and as Afrikanders, although +neither Free-Staters nor Transvaalers, they ought, in our opinion, to +have been ashamed to fight against us. + +The English, we admitted, had a perfect right to hire such sweepings, +and to use them against us, but we utterly despised them for allowing +themselves to be hired. We felt that their motive was not to obtain the +franchise of the Uitlanders, but--five shillings a day! And if it should +by any chance happen that any one of them should find his grave +there--well, the generation to come would not be very proud of that +grave. No! it would be regarded with horror as the grave of an +Afrikander who had helped to bring his brother Afrikanders to their +downfall. + +Although I never took it amiss if a colonist of Natal or of Cape Colony +was unwilling to fight with us against England, yet I admit that it +vexed me greatly to think that some of these colonists, for the sake of +a paltry five shillings a day, should be ready to shoot down their +fellow-countrymen. Such men, alas! there have always been, since, in the +first days of the human race, Cain killed his brother Abel. But Cain had +not long to wait for his reward! + +Whilst we were besieging these Afrikanders, news came that large columns +from Reddersburg and Bloemfontein were drawing near. So overwhelming +were their numbers that the commandos of Generals A.P. Cronje and Piet +de Wet were far too weak to hold them in check, and I had to despatch +two reinforcing parties, the first under Commandant Fourie, the second +under General J.B. Wessels. + +General Froneman had now returned from Smithfield, whither I had sent +him to attack the garrison. He told me that he had been unable to carry +out my orders, for, on his arrival at Smithfield, he had discovered that +the garrison--which had only consisted of some two or three hundred +men--had just departed. He learnt, however, that it was still possible +to overtake it before it reached Aliwal North. Unfortunately, he was +unable to persuade Commandant Swanepoel, who was in command of the +burghers, to pursue the retreating troops. He therefore had to content +himself with the fifteen men he had with him. He came in sight of the +enemy at Branziektekraal, two hours from Aliwal North; but with the +mere handful of men, which was all that he had at his command, an attack +upon them was not to be thought of, and he had to turn back. + +His expedition, however, had not been without good result, for he +returned with about five hundred of those burghers who had gone home +after our commandos had left Stormberg. + +We had to thank Lord Roberts for this welcome addition to our forces. +The terms of the proclamation in which Lord Roberts had guaranteed the +property and personal liberty of the non-combatant burghers had not been +abided by. In the neighbourhood of Bloemfontein, Reddersburg, and +Dewetsdorp, and at every other place where it was possible, his troops +had made prisoners of burghers who had remained quietly on their farms. +The same course of action had been pursued by the column which fell into +our hands at Mostertshoek--I myself had liberated David Strauss and four +other citizens whom I had found there. While peacefully occupied on +their farms they had been taken prisoners by the English column, which +was then on its way from Dewetsdorp to Reddersburg. + +This disregard of his proclamations did not increase the respect which +the burghers felt for Lord Roberts. They felt that the word of the +English was not to be trusted, and, fearing for their own safety, they +returned to their commandos. I sent President Steyn a telegram, +informing him that our burghers were rejoining, and adding that Lord +Roberts was the best recruiting sergeant I had ever had! + +General Froneman and the men whom he had collected soon found work to +do. The enemy was expecting a reinforcement from Aliwal North, and I +sent the General, with six hundred troops, to oppose it. He came into +touch with it at Boesmanskop, and a slight skirmish took place. + +In the meanwhile I received a report from General Piet de Wet, who was +at Dewetsdorp, notifying me that the English forces outnumbered his own +so enormously that he could not withstand their advance. He suggested +that I ought at once to relinquish the siege and proceed in the +direction of Thaba'Nchu. + +I also received discouraging news from General Piet Fourie, who had had +a short but severe engagement with the troops that were coming from +Bloemfontein, and had been compelled to give way before their superior +forces. + +Piet de Wet's advice appealed to me all the more strongly since +reinforcements were pouring in upon the enemy from all sides. But I was +of opinion that I ought to go with a strong force after the enemy in the +direction of Norvalspont, as I was convinced that it was no longer +possible to check their advance. But General Piet de Wet differed from +me on this point, and held that we ought to keep in front of the +English, and I was at last compelled to give in to him. + +Accordingly I issued orders to General Froneman to desist from any +further attack upon the reinforcement with which he had been engaged, +and to join me. When he arrived I fell back on Thaba'Nchu. + +My siege of Colonel Dalgety, with his Brabant's Horse and Cape Mounted +Rifles, had lasted for sixteen days. Our total loss was only five killed +and thirteen wounded. The English, as I learnt from prisoners, had +suffered rather severely. + +[Footnote 36: Cape Mounted Rifles.] + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +The English Swarm over our Country + + +On April 25th we arrived at Alexandrië, six miles from Thaba'Nchu. The +latter place was already occupied by English outposts. General Philip +Botha now joined me; he had been engaging the enemy in the triangle +formed by Brandfort, Bloemfontein and Thaba'Nchu. My commandos numbered +some four thousand men, and I decided that it was time to concentrate my +forces. + +Lord Roberts was about to carry out the plans which he had formed at +Bloemfontein, namely, to outflank us with large bodies of mounted +troops. He attempted to do this to the north-east of Thaba'Nchu, but at +first was not successful. On a second attempt, however, he managed, +after a fierce fight, to break through our lines. It was during this +action that Commandant Lubbe was shot in the leg, and had the misfortune +to be taken prisoner. At Frankfort also, Lord Roberts met with success, +and General De la Rey was forced to retreat northwards. + +I was now firmly convinced, although I kept the belief to myself, that +the English would march to Kroonstad; and I could see, more clearly than +ever, the necessity of operating in their rear. I had suggested to +President Steyn when he had visited us at Alexandrië, that I should +proceed to Norvalspont, or even into Cape Colony, but he was against any +such project. This, however, was not because he disapproved of my +suggestion in itself, but because he feared that the Transvaalers might +say that the Free-Staters, now that their own country was in the +enemy's hands, were going to leave them in the lurch. Yet in spite of +his opposition, I had ultimately to carry out my own ideas, for, even if +I was misunderstood, I had to act as I thought best. I can only say that +each man of us who remained true to our great cause acted up to the best +of his convictions. If the results proved disastrous, one had best be +silent about them. There is no use crying over spilt milk. + +We now pushed our commandos forward to Zand River. At Tabaksberg General +Philip Botha had a short but severe engagement with Lord Roberts' +advanced columns. I was the last of the Generals to leave Thaba'Nchu. + +I was very anxious to prevent the "granary"[37] of the Orange Free State +from falling into the hands of the English; with this object in view, I +left behind me at Korannaberg General De Villiers, with Commandants De +Villiers, of Ficksburg, Crowther, of Ladybrand, Roux, of Wepener, and +Potgieter, of Smithfield, and ordered the General to carry on operations +in the south-eastern districts of the Free State. + +This valiant General did some fine work, and fought splendidly at +Gouveneurskop and Wonderkop, inflicting very serious losses upon the +English. But nevertheless he had to yield to the superior numbers of the +enemy, who ultimately gained possession of the "granary" districts. But +he made them pay for it dearly. + +General De Villiers followed the English to Senekal and Lindley, and at +Biddulphsberg, near the first named village, he again engaged them +successfully, killing and wounding many of them. But a grave misfortune +overtook us here, for the General received a dangerous wound on the +head. + +There was still another most deplorable occurrence. In some way or other +the grass caught fire; and as it was very dry, and a high wind was +blowing, the flames ran along the ground to where many of the English +wounded were lying. There was no time to rescue them; and thus in this +terrible manner many a poor fellow lost his life. + +General De Villiers' wound was so serious, that the only course open was +to ask the commanding officer of the Senekal garrison to let him have +the benefit of the English doctors' skill. This request was willingly +granted, and De Villiers was placed under the care of the English +ambulance. Sad to say, he died of his wound. + +Some time later I was informed that the man who had carried the request +into Senekal was ex-Commandant Vilonel, who was then serving as a +private burgher. A few days later he surrendered, so that one naturally +inferred that he had arranged it all during his visit to Senekal. + +Shortly after he had given up his arms, he sent a letter to one of the +Veldtcornets, asking him to come to such and such a spot on a certain +evening, to meet an English officer and himself. The letter never +reached the hands of the person to whom Vilonel had addressed it; and +instead of the Veldtcornet, it was Captain Pretorius with a few +burghers, who went to the appointed place. The night was so dark that it +was impossible to recognize anybody. + +"Where is Veldtcornet--?" asked Mr. Vilonel. + +"You are my prisoner," was Captain Pretorius' reply, as he took +Vilonel's horse by the bridle. + +"Treason! treason!" cried poor Vilonel. + +They brought him back to the camp, and sent him thence to Bethlehem. A +court-martial[38] was shortly afterwards held at that town, and he was +condemned to a long term of imprisonment. + +In the place of General De Villiers I appointed Deacon Paul Roux as +Vechtgeneraal. He was a man in whom I placed absolute confidence. As a +minister of religion he had done good service among the commandos, and +in the fiercest battles he looked after the wounded with undaunted +courage. His advice to the officers on matters of war had also been +excellent, so that he was in every way a most admirable man. But his +fighting career unfortunately soon came to an end, for he was taken +prisoner in a most curious way near Naauwpoort, when Prinsloo +surrendered. + +I must now retrace my steps, and give some account of what I myself had +been doing during this time. + +I proceeded to the west of Doornberg, and only halted when I reached the +Zand River. What memories does the name of that river bring back to me! +It was on its banks that in 1852 the English Government concluded a +Convention with the Transvaal--only to break it when Sir Theophilus +Shepstone annexed that country on the 12th of April, 1877. But this +Convention was re-established by Gladstone--greatest and noblest of +English statesmen--when he acknowledged the independence of the South +African Republic. + +Here on the banks of this river, which was so pregnant with meaning, we +should stand, so I thought, and hold the English at bay. But alas! the +name with all its memories did not check the enemy's advance. + +On the 10th of May Lord Roberts attacked us with his united forces; and +although his losses were heavy, he succeeded in breaking through our +lines near Ventersburg, at two points which were held by General +Froneman. And thus the English were free to advance on Kroonstad. + +I gave orders to my commando to move on to Doornkop, which lies to the +east of Kroonstad. I myself, with Commandant Nel and some of his +adjutants, followed them when the sun had set. We rode the whole of that +night, and reached the township on the following morning. We immediately +arranged that the Government should withdraw from Kroonstad, and that +very day it was removed to Heilbron. President Steyn, however, did not +go to Heilbron, but paid a visit to General Philip Botha, whose commando +had held back the English outposts some six miles from Kroonstad. + +The President, before leaving the town, had stationed police on the +banks of the Valsch River with orders to prevent burghers from entering +the dorp[39]; he had only just crossed the drift before my arrival. I +came upon some burghers who, as they had been ordered, had off-saddled +at the south side of the river, and I asked them if they had seen the +President. As they were Transvaalers, they answered my question in the +negative. + +"But has nobody on horseback crossed here?" I said. + +"Oh, yes! the Big Constable[40] crossed," one of them replied. "And he +told us not to pass over the drift." + +"What was he like?" I inquired. + +"He was a man with a long red beard." + +I knew now who the "Big Constable" had been; and when I afterwards told +the President for whom he had been taken, he was greatly amused. + +General Philip Botha discussed the state of affairs with me, and we both +came to the conclusion that if Lord Roberts attacked us with his united +forces, his superior numbers would render it impossible for us to hold +our disadvantageous positions round Kroonstad. We had also to take into +consideration the fact that my commando could not reach the town before +the following day. Whilst we were still talking, news arrived that there +was a strong force of cavalry on the banks of the Valsch River, six +miles from Kroonstad, and that it was rapidly approaching the town. + +On hearing this, I hastened back to the south of the township, where a +body of Kroonstad burghers had off-saddled, and I ordered them to get +into their saddles immediately, and ride with me to meet the enemy. In +less time than it takes to describe it, we were off. As we drew near to +the English we saw they had taken up a very good position. The sun had +already set, and nothing could be done save to exchange a few shots with +the enemy. So, after I had ordered my men to post themselves on the +enemy's front till the following morning, I rode back to Kroonstad. + +When I arrived there, I found that the last of the Transvaal commandos +had already retreated through the town and made for the north. I at once +sent orders to the burghers, whom I had just left, to abandon their +positions, and to prepare themselves to depart by train to +Rhenosterriviersbrug. + +At Kroonstad there was not a single burgher left. Only the inhabitants +of the township remained, and they were but too ready to "hands-up." + +One of these, however, was of a different mould. I refer to Veldtcornet +Thring, who had arrived with me at Kroonstad that morning, but who had +suddenly fallen ill. On the day following he was a prisoner in the hands +of the English. + +Thring was an honourable man in every way. Although an Englishman by +birth, he was at heart an Afrikander, for he had accepted the Orange +Free State as his second fatherland. Like many another Englishman, he +had become a fellow-citizen of ours, and had enjoyed the fat of the +land. But now, trusty burgher that he was, he had drawn his sword to +defend the burghers' rights. + +His earliest experiences were with the Kroonstad burghers, who went down +into Natal; later on he fought under me at Sanna's Post and +Mostertshoek, and took part in the siege of Colonel Dalgety at +Jammersbergsdrift. He had stood at my side at Thaba'Nchu and on the +banks of the Zand River. I had always found him the most willing and +reliable of officers, and he had won the respect and trust of every man +who knew him. + +He was faithful to the end. Although he might well have joined our +enemies, he preferred to set the seal of fidelity upon his life by his +imprisonment. Long may he live to enjoy the trust of the Afrikander +people! + +I remained late that evening in the town. It was somewhat risky to do +so, as the place was full of English inhabitants, and of Afrikanders who +did not favour our cause. In fact, I was surrounded by men who would +have been only too pleased to do me an injury. + +I said farewell to Kroonstad at ten o'clock that night, and was carried +to Rhenosterriviersbrug, thirty-four miles from Kroonstad, by the last +train that left the town. But before I departed, I took care that the +bridge over the Valsch River should be destroyed by dynamite. + +In the meantime, those portions of the Heilbron and Kroonstad commandos +which had gone into Natal at the beginning of the war, received orders +to leave the Drakensberg. Obeying these orders they joined me, and, with +my other troops, had occupied splendid positions on either side of the +railway line. Commandant General Louis Botha was also there with his +Transvaal burghers, having arrived in the Free State a few days +previously. Captain Danie Theron was still with me as my trustworthy +scout, and he constantly kept me informed of Lord Roberts' movements. + +For a few days Lord Roberts remained at Kroonstad, but about the 18th +of May he again began to move his enormous forces. He sent out four +divisions. The first he despatched from Kroonstad to Heilbron; the +second from Lindley to the same destination; the third from Kroonstad to +Vredefort and Parijs, and the fourth from Kroonstad along the railway +line. + +The two Governments had agreed that Commandant General Louis Botha +should cross the Vaal River, and that we Free-Staters should remain +behind in our own country. And this was carried out, with our full +approval. + +The Governments had also decided that even if the English entered the +Transvaal, the Free State commandos were not to follow them. I had long +ago wished that something of this nature should be arranged, so that we +might not only have forces in front of the enemy, but also in their +rear. Thus the orders of the Governments exactly coincided with my +desires. + +Lest any one should think that the Transvaalers and the Free-Staters +separated here on account of a squabble, or because they found that they +could not work harmoniously together, let me state that this decision +was arrived at for purely strategic reasons. We had now been reduced to +a third of the original number of forty-five thousand burghers with +which we had started the campaign. This reduction was due partly to +Cronje's surrender, and partly to the fact that many of our men had +returned to their farms. How, then, could we think of making a stand, +with our tiny forces, against two hundred and forty thousand men, with +three or four hundred guns? All we could do was to make the best of +every little chance we got of hampering the enemy. If fortune should +desert us, it only remained to flee. + +To flee--what could be more bitter than that? Ah! many a time when I was +forced to yield to the enemy, I felt so degraded that I could scarcely +look a child in the face! Did I call myself a man? I asked myself, and +if so, why did I run away? No one can guess the horror which overcame +me when I had to retreat, or to order others to do so--there! I have +poured out my whole soul. If I did fly, it was only because one man +cannot stand against twelve. + +After the Transvaalers had crossed the Vaal River, I took twelve hundred +men to Heilbron, where there was already a party of my burghers. General +Roux with other Free-Staters was stationed east of Senekal, and the +remainder of our forces lay near Lindley. But the commandos from Vrede +and Harrismith, with part of the Bethlehem commando, still remained as +watchers on the Drakensberg. + +When I arrived at Heilbron, late at night, I received a report that +fighting was taking place on the Rhenoster River, between Heilbron and +Lindley, and that General J.B. Wessels and Commandant Steenekamp had +been driven back. But on the following morning, when the outposts came +in, they stated that they had seen nothing of this engagement. I +immediately sent out scouts, but hardly had they gone, before one of +them came galloping back with the news that the enemy had approached +quite close to the town. It was impossible for me to oppose a force of +five or six thousand men on the open plain; and I could not move to +suitable positions, for that would involve having the women and children +behind me when the enemy were bombarding me. I had therefore to be off +without a moment's delay. I had not even time to send my wife and my +children into a place of safety. + +Our whole stock of ammunition was on the rail at Wolvehoek. I had given +orders to Mr. Sarel Wessels, who had charge of the ammunition, to hold +himself in readiness to proceed with it by rail, through the Transvaal, +to Greylingstad as soon as he received orders to do so. + +But now the ammunition could not remain there, as Sir Redvers Buller was +gaining ground day by day towards the veldt on the Natal frontier and +the ammunition would thus be in danger of being taken. Therefore there +was nothing left for me but to get it through by way of Greylingstad +Station. It had to be done, and,--I had no carriages by which I could +convey it, as I had not sufficient hands to take carriages from the +trucks.[41] There was only one way (course) open; the commandos from +Smithfield, Wepener and Bethulie still had, contrary to the Kroonstad +resolution, carriages with them at Frankfort; I hastened to that village +and sent the necessary number of these carriages under a strong escort, +to fetch the ammunition from Greylingstad. + +In order to do this responsible work I required a man whom I could +trust. Captain Danie Theron was no longer with me, because he, being a +Transvaaler, had gone with General Louis Botha. But there was another: +Gideon J. Scheepers.[42] To him I entrusted the task of reconnoitring +the British, so that the carriages which were going to fetch the +ammunition could do in safety what they were required to do, and I knew +that he would do it. + +[Footnote 37: This "granary" lay in the Ladybrand, Ficksburg and +Bethlehem districts, and not only supplied the Free State, but also the +greater part of the Transvaal. If the districts of Wepener, Rouxville, +Bloemfontein, and Thaba'Nchu be included, this "granary" was the source +of a very large yield of corn, and there had been an especially rich +harvest that year. As the men were away on commando, the Kaffirs reaped +the corn under the supervision of the Boer women; and where Kaffirs were +not obtainable the women did the work with their own hands, and were +assisted by their little sons and daughters. The women had provided such +a large supply, that had not the English burnt the corn by the thousand +sacks, the war could have been continued. It was hard indeed for them to +watch the soldiers flinging the corn on the ground before their horses' +hoofs. Still harder was it to see that which had cost them so much +labour thrown into the flames. + +In spite of the fact that the English, in order to destroy our crops, +had let their horses and draught oxen loose upon the land, there was +still an abundant harvest--perhaps the best that we had ever seen. And +so it happened that whilst the men were at the front, the housewives +could feed the horses in the stable. But Lord Roberts, acting on the +advice of unfaithful burghers, laid his hand upon the housewives' work, +and burnt the grain that they had stored.] + +[Footnote 38: This Court was not composed of officers, but consisted of +three persons, one of whom was a lawyer.] + +[Footnote 39: Township.] + +[Footnote 40: Police Agent.] + +[Footnote 41: Railway trucks.] + +[Footnote 42: Everyone will know him, this brave man of pure Afrikander +blood, subsequently a famous Commander, a martyr. I appointed him +Captain of Scouts, and from the moment that he commenced his work I saw +that a _man_ had come forward. It was sad to think in what manner such a +man was deprived of his life. I shall speak more of him later on, for, +as our proverb says, "I had eaten too much salt" to pass over his career +unnoticed] + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +Our Position at the End of May, 1900 + + +Once more it became necessary that the seat of Government should be +changed, and towards the latter part of May our administrative +headquarters were established at a place between Frankfort and Heilbron. +The object of our Government in choosing this position was to be able to +keep up telegraphic communication with the Transvaal. And their choice +was soon to be justified, for after Johannesburg had been taken on May +31st and Pretoria on July 5th, the only telegraphic connexion between +the Free State and the South African Republic was viâ Frankfort, +Greylingstad and Middlesburg. The terminus, at the Transvaal end, was +situated not far from Pretoria. + +But, for the moment, it looked as if fortune were again going to smile +on us, after our long spell of ill luck. On May the 31st Lindley and its +garrison of Yeomanry fell into the hands of General Piet de Wet. The +Yeomanry lost heavily, and five hundred of them, including, as I was +told, several noblemen, were taken prisoner. These were the last +prisoners of war that we were able to send into the South African +Republic. Soon afterwards, when Pretoria was on the point of falling +into the enemy's hands, the prisoners there had to be sent further east, +but--owing either to the stupidity of the Transvaal Government, or to +the treachery of the guards--a great many of them were left behind for +Lord Roberts to release and re-arm against us. Our burghers grumbled +much at this, and blamed the negligence of the Transvaalers. + +Before we had had time to get the captured Yeomanry through into the +Transvaal, Sir Redvers Buller had forced his way over the Natal +frontier, crossing the Drakensberg between Botha's Pass and Laing's Nek. +This event, which happened on June the 17th, caused yet another panic +among our commandos. + +"We are now," they said, "surrounded on all sides. Resistance and escape +are equally impossible for us." + +Never during the whole course of the war were President Steyn and I so +full of care and anxiety as at this time. With Buller across our +frontier, and the enemy within the walls of Johannesburg and Pretoria, +it was as much as we could do to continue the contest at all. However +brave and determined many of our burghers and officers might be, and, in +fact, were, our numerical weakness was a fact that was not to be got +over, and might prove an insuperable obstacle to our success. Moreover, +the same thing was now going on in the Transvaal after the capture of +Pretoria, as we had witnessed in the Free State after the fall of +Bloemfontein--nearly all the burghers were leaving their commandos and +going back to their farms. Plenty of officers, but no troops! This was +the pass to which we were come. + +It was only the remembrance of how the tide had turned in the Free State +that gave us the strength to hold out any longer. + +President Steyn and I sent telegram after telegram to the Government and +to the chief officers, encouraging them to stand fast. Meanwhile the two +Generals, De la Rey and Louis Botha, were giving us all a splendid +example of fortitude. Gazing into the future unmoved, and facing it as +it were with clenched teeth, they prosecuted the war with invincible +determination. + + * * * * * + +That the reader may the better appreciate the actual condition of our +affairs at this time, I think it well to make a short statement as to +the various districts of the Orange Free State, and the number of men +in each on whom we could still rely! + +The burghers of Philippolis and Kaapstad had surrendered _en masse_ to +the English. In the first named of these districts, only Gordon Fraser +and Norval, in the second only Cornelius du Preez and another, whose +name has escaped my memory, remained loyal to our cause. I mention these +men here, because their faithfulness redounds to their everlasting +honour. + +In the district of Boshof, we could still reckon on Veldtcornet +Badenhorst,[43] and twenty-seven men. + +Jacobsdal was represented by Commandant Pretorius (who had succeeded +Commandant Lubbe, after the latter had been wounded and taken prisoner +at Tabaksberg), and forty men. + +In the district of Fauresmith, Commandant Visser and some seventy men +had remained faithful. + +In Bethulie, Commandant Du Plooij, with nearly a hundred men, were still +in arms. + +Bloemfontein was represented by Commandant Piet Fourie and two hundred +burghers. + +The commandos of Rouxville, Smithfield, Wepener and Ladybrand, fell far +short of their full complement of men, as a great number had remained +behind at home. + +Of the burghers from Winburg, Kroonstad and Heilbron, many had already +laid down their arms, and the drain upon our troops in these districts +was still continuing. + +None of the burghers belonging to the districts of Ficksburg, +Bethlehem,[44] Harrismith and Vrede had yet surrendered--their turn was +to come. + +All told, we were 8,000 burghers. + +After my men had gone northwards, those burghers of Hoopstad, Jacobsdal, +Fauresmith, Philippolis, Bethulie, Smithfield, Rouxville, Wepener, +Bloemfontein and the southern part of Ladybrand, who had laid down their +arms and remained at home between the beginning of March and the end of +May, were left undisturbed by Lord Roberts--so far as their private +liberty was concerned. + + * * * * * + +I was now camped at Frankfort, waiting for the ammunition, which ought +to have already arrived from Greylingstad Station. It was about this +time that the Government decided, on the recommendation of some of the +officers, that the rank of Vechtgeneraal should be abolished. In +consequence of this decision all the officers of that rank resigned. I +did not approve of this course of action, and obtained from the +Government the rank of Assistant Commander-in-Chief. I was thus able to +re-appoint the old Vechtgeneraals, Piet de Wet, C.C. Froneman, Philip +Botha and Paul Roux, and I at once proceeded to do so. + +[Footnote 43: Afterwards Commandant, and, still later, Assistant +Commander-in-Chief.] + +[Footnote 44: At the conclusion of peace it was the Bethlehem commando +which had the greatest number of burghers under arms.] + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +Roodewal + + +The ammunition arrived safely, and towards the end of May I made my way +to a certain hill, some twelve miles from Heilbron, to which we had +given the name of Presidentskopje, and where Commandants Steenekamp and +J.H. Olivier were posted. + +Here I left the greater part of my commandos. But I myself, on the 2nd +of June, set out in the direction of Roodewal Station, taking with me +six hundred burghers, mounted on the best horses that were to be +obtained. I reached the farm of Leeuwfontein the same night, and found +it an excellent place in which to hide my men out of sight of the +Heilbron garrison. The farm stood about nine miles to the south of that +town. + +The following evening we moved on as far as Smithsdrift, which is a +drift on the road from Heilbron to Kroonstad. There again I concealed my +men. + +On the afternoon of the next day, June the 4th, news was brought me that +a convoy was on its way to Heilbron from Rhenoster River. This convoy +encamped that evening at the distance of a mile from the farm of +Zwavelkrans; the spot chosen was about five hundred paces from the +Rhenoster River, and quite unprotected. + +Before sunrise I sent a party of burghers down to the river, some five +hundred paces from where the convoy was encamped, and by daybreak we had +entirely surrounded the enemy. + +No sooner had the sun appeared than I despatched a burgher with a white +flag to the English officer in command. I ordered my messenger to +inform the officer that he was surrounded, that escape was out of the +question, and that if he wished to avoid unnecessary bloodshed, his only +course was to surrender. + +[Illustration: ROODEWAL. + +FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.] + +On hearing this one of their men came to me with the object of demanding +certain conditions. It goes without saying that my answer +was--"Unconditional surrender!" + +He asked for time to communicate this to the officer in command. I +granted this request, and he returned to the convoy. + +We were not left in suspense for long. The white flag was hoisted almost +immediately, and two hundred _Bergschotten_,[45] with fifty-six heavily +laden waggons, fell into our hands. + +Fortunately, all this occurred out of sight of Roodewal Station and +Heilbron, and, as not a single shot had been fired, I had no reason so +far to fear that there was any obstacle in the way of my main +project--the capture of the valuable booty at Roodewal. + +I at once returned with my capture to the spot where we had been the +previous night. General Philip Botha conducted the prisoners and the +booty to the President's camp, returning to our laager on the following +morning. + +On the evening of the 6th of June I started on my road to Roodewal. At +Walfontein I divided my troops into three parties. The first party, +consisting of three hundred men with one Krupp, I despatched under +Commandant Steenekamp to Vredefort Road Station, with orders to attack +it the following day at sunrise. General Froneman, with Commandants Nel +and Du Plooij, were in command of the second party, which consisted of +three hundred burghers, with two Krupps and one quick-firing gun. My +orders were that, at daybreak, they were to attack an English camp which +was lying a mile to the north of the railway station at Rhenoster River, +and close to some brick-coloured ridges. The third party I commanded +myself. It consisted of Commandant Fourie and eighty burghers, with one +Krupp; and with this force I pushed on to Roodewal Station. + +At Doorndraai I left behind me a few waggons, with twenty men to guard +them. I had previously stationed a hundred burghers there, with the +object of keeping in touch with the enemy. + +The information which Captain Scheepers had gained while scouting was +amply sufficient to show me how the land lay. + +Although I had heard that there were not more than fifty of the enemy at +Vredefort Road Station, I had nevertheless sent three hundred burghers +there. This was because I was aware that the main English force lay to +the north of the station, so that these fifty men might be reinforced at +the shortest possible notice. The numbers which General Froneman had to +encounter were much greater, and the enemy held safe positions. But as +General Froneman was himself able to take quite as good positions, I +only gave him the same number of troops as I had assigned to Commandant +Steenekamp. I also gave orders that two guns should proceed with him. + +I was informed that there were only one hundred of the English at +Roodewal, but that these hundred were very securely entrenched. My +information was, however, at fault, for I discovered later on that there +were at least double that number. + +I arrived at Roodewal very early in the morning of the 7th of June. I +brought my men up to within eight hundred paces of the station, and +ordered them to unharness the horses which were attached to the Krupp, +and to place it in position. + +But listen! There is the crack of rifles in the distance! That must be +the sound of the enemy's fire on General Froneman. Again, and yet again, +the sound meets my ears. Then all is quiet once more. + +It was still two hours before the sun would rise, and I took full +advantage of the opportunities which the darkness gave me. I ordered +four of my burghers to approach as close to the station as was possible, +and to find out everything they could about the enemy's position. +Following my directions, they crept with extreme caution towards the +English lines, until only a hundred paces separated them from the +station. They returned before it was light, and brought back word that +unless the enemy had thrown up unusually high _schanzes_, there must be +an untold quantity of provisions piled up there. Everything had been +very quiet, and they had seen no one stirring. + +The day now began to dawn, and as soon as it was light I sent a message +to the enemy demanding their surrender. The answer came back at once. On +the back of my note these words had been written: + +"We refuse to surrender." + +I instantly opened a hot fire upon them, bringing the Krupp as well as +the Mausers into action. But the reply of the enemy was no less severe. + +We had no cover. There was only a shallow _pan_[46]--so shallow that it +scarcely afforded protection to the horses' hoofs! A thousand paces to +the north-west of the railway I had observed a deep _pan_ where the +horses would have had better cover, but even there our men would have +been just as exposed as they now were. I had decided against taking up +my position in this _pan_, because I should have been obliged to cross +the line to reach it, and in doing so should have run the risk of being +observed by the English. + +Thus it was that the burghers were compelled to lie flat down in order +to afford as little mark as possible to the enemy. But the men who +served the Krupp were naturally unable to do this; and, seeing that the +gun must be moved, I gave this order: "Inspan the gun, gallop it three +thousand paces back; then blaze away again as fiercely as you can!" + +Under a hail of bullets the horses were attached to the gun. Whilst +this was being done, I ordered my men to fire upon the English +entrenchments with redoubled energy, and thus, if possible, prevent the +enemy from taking careful aim. + +Incredible though it may appear, Captain Muller got the gun away without +a single man or horse being hit. When he had covered three thousand +paces, he halted, and turning the Krupp on the enemy, he shelled them +with good effect. + +At about ten o'clock, General Froneman succeeded in forcing the English +troops which he had attacked to surrender. I therefore ordered the two +Krupps which he had with him to be brought up with the utmost despatch. +At half-past seven they arrived, and immediately opened fire on the +English. + +When the enemy had been under the fire of three guns and eighty Mausers +for an hour, they thought it best to hoist the white flag. We +accordingly ceased firing, and I rode out towards the station. Before I +had reached it, I was met by two of the officers. They told me that they +were willing to surrender, on condition that they were allowed to retain +their private property and the mail bags, for it appeared that there +were two English mails under their charge. + +I replied that so far as their private belongings were concerned, they +were welcome to keep them, as I never allowed the personal property of +my prisoners to be tampered with in my presence.[47] But I told them +that the letters were a different matter, and that I could not allow +them to reach their destination--unless they were directed to a bonfire! + +There was nothing left for the officers to do, except to agree to my +terms then and there; for had they hesitated even for a moment, I should +certainly have stormed the station. + +But they wisely surrendered. + +On our arrival at the station, we were all filled with wonder at the +splendid entrenchments the English had constructed from bales of cotton, +blankets and post-bags. These entrenchments had been so effectual that +the enemy's loss was only twenty-seven killed and wounded--a remarkably +small number, when it is remembered that we took two hundred of them +prisoners. + +I had expected that our booty would be large, and my expectations were +more than realized. To begin with, there were the bales of clothing that +the English had used as entrenchments. Then there were hundreds of cases +of necessaries of every description. Of ammunition, also, there was no +lack, and amongst it there were projectiles for the Naval guns, with +which Lord Roberts had intended to bombard Pretoria. + +Some of the burghers attempted to lift these gigantic shells, but it +took more than one man to move them. + +I read in the newspapers afterwards that I had inflicted a loss of three +quarters of a million sterling on the English Government--let that give +the extent of my capture. + +But at that moment we did not realize how much harm we had done to them. +We had little time for anything which did not directly forward our +cause. I was, however, very sorry that I could not carry away with me +the blankets and boots which we found in large quantities, for they +would have been most valuable for winter use. But there was no time for +this, as the English held the railway and could at any moment bring up +reinforcements from Bloemfontein, from Kroonstad, or from Pretoria. So, +as I could not take the booty away with me, I was obliged to consign it +to the flames. + +But before I did this I gave the burghers permission to open the +post-bags, and to take what they liked out of them. For in these bags +there were useful articles of every description, such as underclothing, +stockings, cigars and cigarettes. + +Very soon every one was busy with the post-bags--as if each burgher had +been suddenly transformed into a most zealous postmaster! + +Whilst my men were thus pleasantly occupied, two prisoners asked me if I +would not allow them also to open the post-bags, and to investigate +their contents. I told them to take just what they fancied, for +everything that was left would be burnt. + +It was a very amusing sight to see the soldiers thus robbing their own +mail! They had such a large choice that they soon became too dainty to +consider even a plum-pudding worth looking at! + +Although I had ordered my men to wreck the bridges both to the north and +to the south of us, I still did not feel secure--any delay on our part +was fraught with danger, and the sooner we were off the better. + +But before we could start, I had to find some method of removing the +ammunition which I wished to take with me. Since I possessed no waggons +available for this purpose, my only course was to order my burghers to +carry away the quantity required. But my burghers were busily engaged in +looting. + +Those who have had any experience of our commandos will not need to be +told that it was a difficult task to get any men to help me in the work. +I did succeed, however, in dragging a few of the burghers away from the +post-bags. But the spirit of loot was upon them, and I was almost +powerless. Even when I had induced a burgher to work, he was off to the +post-bags again the instant my back was turned, and I had to go and hunt +him up, or else to find some other man to do the work. Yet, in spite of +this, I succeeded in removing the gun and Lee-Metford ammunition. We +carried away some six hundred cases of this ammunition,[48] and hid it +at a spot about three hundred paces from the station. + +When the sun set, the burghers were again on the march. But what a +curious spectacle they presented! + +Each man had loaded his horse so heavily with goods that there was no +room for himself on the saddle; he had, therefore, to walk, and lead his +horse by the bridle. And how could it be otherwise? For the burghers had +come from a shop where no money was demanded, and none paid! + +But the most amusing thing of all was to watch the "Tommies" when I gave +them the order to march. The poor Veldtcornet, who was entrusted with +the task of conducting them to our camp, had his hands full when he +tried to get them away from the booty; and when at last he succeeded, +the soldiers carried such enormous loads, that one could almost fancy +that every man of them was going to open a store. But they could not +carry such burdens for long, and soon they were obliged to diminish +their bulk, thus leaving a trail of parcels to mark the road they had +taken! + +And now it was time for the fire to do its work, and I ordered fifteen +men to set the great heap of booty alight. The flames burst out +everywhere simultaneously--our task was completed. + +In an instant we had mounted our horses and were off. + +When we had covered fifteen hundred paces, we heard the explosion of the +first shells, and wheeled round to view the conflagration. The night was +very dark, and this rendered the sight that met our eyes still more +imposing. It was the most beautiful display of fireworks that I have +ever seen. + +One could hear, between the thunder of the big bombs, the dull report of +exploding cordite. Meanwhile the dark sky was resplendent with the red +glow of the flames. + +I must now give some description of General Froneman's engagement to the +north of Rhenosterriviersbrug.[49] + +The firing we had heard before sunrise came from the English outposts, +as they were retreating to their camp. The burghers and the English had +both seized positions on small hills and in abandoned Kaffir kraals.[50] + +Although the English had very good positions, and out-numbered our men +by two to one, they found it impossible to hold out against our fire. +They had no guns, whilst we possessed, as the reader knows, two Krupps +and a quick-firing gun, which latter had the same effect as a +Maxim-Nordenfeldt. Thus the enemy was forced to surrender; and five +hundred of them were taken prisoner, among whom were Captain Wyndham +Knight and several other officers. Their casualties amounted to the +large total of one hundred and seventy killed and wounded, Colonel +Douglas being one of the killed. + +Commandant Steenekamp had also met with success, for he had captured the +English camp at Vredefortweg Station, and taken thirty prisoners, +without firing a shot. + +Thus we had made eight hundred of the enemy our prisoners, and destroyed +an enormous amount of their ammunition, and this with scarcely any loss +on our side. At Roodewal only two of my men had been wounded, whilst +General Froneman had lost but one killed--a burgher named Myringen--and +two slightly wounded. + +It had been a wonderful day for us--a day not easily forgotten. + +We were deeply thankful for our success. Our only regret was that it had +been impossible for us to keep more of the clothing and ammunition. But +although we had not been able to retain it, neither had the enemy. It +was winter, and we had managed to burn their warm clothing. The English +would certainly feel the want of it; and some time must elapse before +they could receive a fresh supply from Europe. + +Undoubtedly Lord Roberts would be very angry with me; but I consoled +myself with the thought that his anger would soon blow over. I felt sure +that after calm consideration he would acknowledge that I had been +altogether within my rights, and that he had been rather unwise in +heaping together at one place so large a quantity of insufficiently +protected stores. He should have kept his supplies at Kroonstad, or, +better still, at Bloemfontein, until he had reconstructed all the +railway bridges which we had blown up on the line to Pretoria. Lord +Roberts had already begun to trust the Free-Staters too much; and he had +forgotten that, whatever else we may have been thinking about, never for +a single moment had we thought of surrendering our country. + +I received a report the following day that thirty English troops had +been seen eight miles to the west of Roodewal, and moving in the +direction of Kroonstad. I despatched General Froneman with thirty of the +burghers to fetch them in. + +The next day, which was the 9th of June, I went with our prisoners to +within three miles of the railway, and left them there under Veldtcornet +De Vos,[51] ordering him to conduct them the rest of the way. + +It was now my duty to bring away the ammunition which I had left at +Roodewal and to put it into some safe place. With this in view, I sent +the Commandants, when night had fallen, to Roodewal, each with two +waggons, and ordered them to bring it to my farm at Roodepoort, which +was three miles away from the railway bridge over the Rhenoster River. + +There was a ford near my farm with sandy banks; and I told the +Commandants to bury the ammunition in this sand, on the south side of +the river, and to obliterate all traces of what they had done by +crossing and re-crossing the spot with the waggons. I found out +subsequently that the Commandants had left some of the ammunition behind +at Roodewal. + +Before I conclude this chapter I have to record an event which filled me +with disgust. + +Veldtcornet Hans Smith, of Rouxville, contrived to have a conversation +with Captain Wyndham Knight, who, as I have already stated, was one of +our prisoners. The Veldtcornet obtained from him a "free pass" to +Kroonstad through the English lines, and also a written request to the +British authorities there to allow him and twenty burghers to proceed +without hindrance to Rouxville. Alas! that any Free State officer should +be capable of such conduct! + +Captain Wyndham Knight will be held in high esteem by all who truly +serve their country, for he was a man who never deserted the cause of +his fatherland, no matter what dangers he encountered. + +Veldtcornet Hans Smith with his twenty burghers decamped on the night of +the 10th of June, but some days had passed before I discovered the mean +trick he had played. + +It was far easier to fight against the great English army than against +this treachery among my own people, and an iron will was required to +fight against both at once. But, even though one possessed an iron will, +such events caused many bitter moments; they were trials which, as an +African proverb[52] says, no single man's back was broad enough to +carry. + +[Footnote 45: Highlanders.] + +[Footnote 46: A pond which only contains water during "the rains."] + +[Footnote 47: The _Uitschudden_ (stripping) of the enemy had not become +necessary at that date. I can say for myself that when, at a later +period, it came into practice, I never witnessed it with any +satisfaction. Yet what could the burghers do but help themselves to the +prisoners' clothing, when England had put a stop to our imports, and cut +off all our supplies?] + +[Footnote 48: At this time the burghers were beginning to use the rifles +which they had taken from the enemy.] + +[Footnote 49: Rhenoster River bridge.] + +[Footnote 50: These dated back to the time of Moselekatze (Umzilygazi).] + +[Footnote 51: He was afterwards appointed Commandant.] + +[Footnote 52: Literally the proverb runs as follows: "There are some +trials which will not sit in one man's clothes."] + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +I Make Lord Kitchener's Acquaintance + + +On the morning of June the 10th my anticipations were realized by the +approach of a large English force from Vredefortweg and Heilbron. +Commanded by Lord Kitchener, and numbering, as I estimated, from twelve +to fifteen thousand men, this force was intended to drive us from the +railway line. + +I gave orders that the few waggons which we had with us should proceed +in the direction of Kroonstad, to the west of the line; once out of +sight, they were to turn sharply to the west, and continue in that +direction. This manoeuvre, I hoped, would serve to mislead the enemy, +who was on the look-out for us. + +So much for the waggons. For the rest, I felt that it would never do for +us to withdraw without having fired a shot, and I therefore got my men +into position on some kopjes (where Captain Wyndham Knight had been four +days previously, and which lay to the north of Rhenosterriviersbrug) on +my farm Roodepoort, and on the Honingkopjes. + +The English, with their well known predilection for a flank attack on +every possible opportunity, halted for an hour, and shelled our +positions with Lyddite and other guns. This did _not_ have the desired +effect of inspiring terror in the burghers who were under my command at +Honingkopjes. + +Then the enemy began to move. I saw masses of their cavalry making for a +piece of rising ground to the north of Roodepoort. As the burghers there +were hidden from me, I was unable to observe from where I stood the +effect of this flank movement. Knowing that if they were able to give +way and to retreat along the river we should have no means of +discovering the fact until it was too late and we were surrounded, I +came to the conclusion that it was essential for me to go to Roodepoort +to assure myself that the cavalry had not yet got round. But it was most +important that no suspicion of the danger which threatened us should be +aroused in the burghers--anything calculated to weaken their resistance +was to be avoided on such an occasion. Accordingly I merely told them +that I was going to see how affairs were progressing at Roodepoort, and +that in the meantime they must hold their position. + +I rode off, and discovered that the English were already so close to our +troops at Roodepoort that fighting with small arms had begun. I had just +reached an eminence between Roodepoort and the Honingkopjes when I saw +that the burghers in the position furthest towards the north-west were +beginning to flee. This was exactly what I had feared would happen. +Immediately afterwards the men in the centre position, and therefore the +nearest to me, followed their comrades' example. I watched them +loosening their horses, which had been tethered behind a little hill; +they were wild to get away from the guns of the English and from the +advance of this mighty force. + +It was impossible for me now to go and tell the burghers on the +Honingkopjes that the time had come when they too must retreat. My only +course was to order the men near me not to effect their escape along the +well protected banks of the river, but to the south, right across the +stream, by a route which would be visible to burghers on the +Honingkopjes. They obeyed my orders, and rode out under a heavy gun and +rifle fire, without, however, losing a single man. The men on the +Honingkopjes saw them in flight, and were thus able to leave their +position before the enemy had a chance of driving them into the river or +of cutting them off from the drift. + +Unfortunately, seven burghers from Heilbron were at a short distance +from the others, having taken up their position in a _kliphok_.[53] +Fighting hard as they were, under a deafening gun-fire from the enemy, +who had approached to within a few paces of them, they did not observe +that their comrades had left their positions. Shortly afterwards, +despairing of holding the _kliphok_ any longer, they ran down to the +foot of the hill for their horses, and saw that the rest of the burghers +were already fleeing some eight or nine hundred paces in front of them, +and that their own horses had joined in the flight. There was now only +one course open to them--to surrender to the English.[54] + +I ordered the burghers to retreat in the direction of Kroonstad, for by +now they had all fled from Roodepoort and Honingkopjes--a name which, +since that day, has never sounded very _sweet_ to me.[55] + +During the morning I received a report informing me that there were +large stores at Kroonstad belonging to the English Commissariat, and +that there was only a handful of troops to protect them. I had no +thought, however, of attempting to destroy the provisions there, for I +felt sure that the British troops, who had but just now put us to +flight, would make for Kroonstad. They would know that the stores stood +in need of a stronger guard, and moreover they would naturally think +that we should be very likely to make an attack at a point where the +defence was so weak. + +Obviously, under these circumstances, it would never do for us to go to +Kroonstad. + +Accordingly, as soon as darkness came on, I turned suddenly to the west, +and arrived at Wonderheuve late at night. I found there Veldtcornet De +Vos with the prisoners of war. + +Meanwhile, as I had anticipated, the vast English army marched up along +thirty-four miles of railway to Kroonstad. Lord Kitchener, as I heard +later on, arrived there shortly after noon on the following day. + +We left Wonderheuve early in the morning, and advanced along Rietspruit +until we reached the farm of Vaalbank, where we remained until the +evening of the next day, June the 13th. That night I saw clearly that it +was necessary for us to cross the line if we wanted to keep ourselves +and our prisoners out of the clutches of Lord Kitchener; he had failed +to find us at Kroonstad, and would be certain to look for us in the +country to the west of the line. + +I also felt myself bound to wreck this line, for it was the only railway +which Lord Roberts could now utilize for forwarding the enormous +quantities of stores which his vast forces required.[56] I resolved +therefore to cross it at Leeuwspruit, north of Rhenoster River bridge +(which the English had recently repaired), and then, in the morning, to +attack the English garrisons which had again occupied Roodewal and +Rhenoster River bridge. + +I had given orders that all the cattle along the railway line should be +removed; General Louis Botha had made the same regulation in regard to +the country round Pretoria and Johannesburg. If only our orders had been +carried out a little more strictly, and if only the most elementary +rules of strategy had been observed in our efforts to break the English +lines of communication, Lord Roberts and his thousands of troops in +Pretoria would have found themselves in the same plight as the +Samaritans in Samaria--they would have perished of hunger. It was not +their Commander-in-Chief's skill that saved them, not his habit of +taking into account all possible eventualities--no, they had to thank +the disobedience of our burghers for the fact that they were not all +starved to death in Pretoria. + +I arranged with General Froneman that he should cross the line at the +point I had already selected, that is to say, north of Rhenoster River +bridge, and that in the morning he should attack, from the eastern side, +the English who were posted at Leeuwspruit Bridge. I, in the meanwhile, +would make my way with a Krupp to the west side of the line, and having +found a place of concealment near Roodepoort, would be ready to fall +upon the English as soon as I heard that the other party had opened fire +on them from the east. + +But my plan was to come to nothing. For when, during the night, Froneman +reached the line, a skirmish took place then and there with the English +outposts at Leeuwspruit railway bridge. At the same time a train arrived +from the south, on which the burghers opened such a fierce fire that it +was speedily brought to a standstill. General Froneman at once gave +orders to storm the train, but his men did not carry out his orders. + +_Had they done so, Lord Kitchener would have fallen into our hands!_ + +Nobody knew that he was in the train, and it was only later that we +heard how, when the train stopped, he got a horse out of one of the +waggons, mounted it, and disappeared into the darkness of the night. + +Shortly afterwards the train moved on again, and our great opportunity +was gone! + +General Froneman succeeded in overpowering the garrison at the railway +bridge, and took fifty-eight prisoners. He then set fire to the bridge, +which was a temporary wooden structure, having been built to replace +another similar one, which had been blown up with gunpowder. + +Three hundred Kaffirs were also made prisoners on this occasion. They +protested that they had no arms, and had only been employed in work upon +the railway line. This absence of rifles was their saving. Possibly they +had really been in possession of arms, and had thrown them away under +cover of the darkness; but the burghers could not know this, and +therefore acted upon the principle that it is better to let ten culprits +escape than to condemn an innocent man to death. + +General Froneman went on towards the east of Doorndraai. He was very +well satisfied with his bridge-burning and his capture of prisoners, and +in his satisfaction he never gave thought to me. + +I waited in my hiding-place, expecting that, as we had agreed, the +firing would begin from the east, but nothing happened. I did not care +to make an attack on my own account from the west, for my positions were +not practicable for the purpose, and being short of men, I feared that +such an attempt might end in disaster. + +It was now ten o'clock. + +A few English scouts appeared on the scene, and four of my men attacked +them. One of the enemy was shot, and the rest taken prisoners. And still +I did not hear anything from General Froneman. + +At last I came to the conclusion that he must have misunderstood my +instructions. If that were the case, I must do the best I could myself. +Accordingly I opened fire on the English with my Krupp. + +Still no news of General Froneman! + +Then I ordered my burghers to advance. Our first movement was over the +nearest rise to the north-west; we halted for a moment, and then made a +dash for Leeuwspruit Bridge--but we found nothing there. + +Late in the evening I met General Froneman, and heard from him the +narrative which I have given above. + +The following day I sent well on to twelve hundred prisoners of +war--including Kaffirs--to the President's camp, which lay east of +Heilbron. We then advanced to a point on the Rhenoster River, near +Slootkraal, remaining in concealment there until the night of the 16th +of June. The following morning we occupied some ridges at Elandslaagte, +on the look-out for a large English force which was marching from +Vredefortweg to Heilbron. + +My intention was to give them battle at Elandslaagte, and to hold on to +our positions there as long as possible; and then, if we could not beat +them off, to retire. If only the burghers had carried out my orders +strictly, we should certainly have inflicted heavy losses on the +English, even if we had not won a complete victory. + +The English had not sent out their scouts sufficiently far in advance, +and came riding on, suspecting nothing. We occupied positions on the +right and left of the road along which they were advancing, and my +orders were that the burghers should let the troops get right between +our ridges, which were about three hundred paces from each other, and +then fire on them from both sides at once. + +Instead of doing this, however, the burghers began to fire when the +English were five hundred paces from them--before, that is to say, they +had got anywhere near the door of the trap which I had set for them. + +The enemy wheeled round, and galloped back for about fifteen hundred +paces. They then dismounted, and fired on us. But, having no sort of +cover, they were soon compelled to mount their horses again and retire +to their guns, which were about three thousand yards from us. These guns +now opened a heavy fire upon our ridges; we replied with our three +Krupps, with which we made such good practice that we might have been +able to hold out there indefinitely, had not a Lyddite and an Armstrong +gun happened just then to arrive from Heilbron, which lay about ten +miles behind us. Thus attacked both in front and rear, there was nothing +to do but retire. Fortunately, we had not lost a single man. + +First we rode in a southerly direction, but as soon as we got into cover +we struck off to the east, setting our faces towards Heilbron. + +Then, to our immense relief, the sun went down. How often during our +long struggle for independence had not the setting of the sun seemed to +lift a leaden weight from my shoulders! If, on a few occasions, the +approach of night has been to our disadvantage, yet over and over again +it has been nothing less than our salvation. + +We got back safely, under cover of the darkness, to our little camp near +Slootkraal, and there remained in hiding until the following day. It was +there that Commandant Nel handed in his resignation. In his place the +burghers of Kroonstad chose Mr. Frans Van Aard as their Commandant. + +That night we set out for Paardenkraal, twenty miles to the north-east +of Kroonstad, staying there until the evening of the 19th. + +The time for my attack on the railway line having now come, I divided my +men into three parties for that purpose. I sent on Commandant J.H. +Olivier, who had joined me at Paardenkraal, to Honingspruit Station, +General Froneman to America Siding, while I myself made my way to +Serfontein Siding. + +At daybreak General Froneman wrecked the line near America Siding, and I +did the same at other places, also destroying the telegraph poles. Each +pole was first shot through with the Mauser, and then pulled until it +snapped at the point where the bullet had pierced it. + +Things did not go so well with Commandant Olivier. He attacked the +station, but, unfortunately, not so early as had been arranged. +Consequently he was not able to bring his gun into action before the +enemy had observed him. When I came up to him there was a strong English +reinforcement from Kroonstad close at hand. We had too few men with us +to be able to offer resistance, and had to retreat, returning to +Paardenkraal at nightfall. + +[Footnote 53: I.e. the ruins of Kaffir stone huts, built in the time of +Moselekatze.] + +[Footnote 54: Among these seven burghers were Willie Steyn, Attie Van +Niekerk, and a certain young Botha. It was Steyn and Botha, with two men +of the name of Steytler, and two other Free-Staters whose names I have +forgotten, who managed to escape from the ship that lay anchored in the +harbour of Ceylon. They swam a distance of several miles to a Russian +ship, by which they were carried to one of the Russian ports, where they +received every hospitality. I shall always be grateful to the Russians +for this. They then travelled through Germany into Holland, being +subsequently conveyed in a German ship to German West Africa. Thence +they made their way through Boesmansland to Cape Colony, and, after many +adventures, joined General Hermanus Maritz's commando. Botha, +unfortunately, was killed in a skirmish some time later. What will the +world say of these young burghers? Surely, that more valiant and +faithful men than they have never lived. I regret that I do not remember +the names of all Willie Steyn's comrades. I travelled with him by train +from the Free State to Cape Town, where I had to join General Louis +Botha and J.H. De la Rey, so as to accompany them to Europe on my +nation's behalf. He promised then to give me all the particulars of his +escape, but I suppose there has been some obstacle in the way.] + +[Footnote 55: The word _honing_ means honey.] + +[Footnote 56: At that time the Natal and Delagoa Bay railways were still +in our possession.] + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +Bethlehem is Captured by the English + + +It was at this time that I decided to make my way to Lindley, which had +been retaken by the English a few days after General Piet de Wet had +captured the Yeomanry in that town. The object of my journey was to +discover if it were not possible to again seize the place. On the 21st +of June I covered half the distance to Lindley, and the following day I +arrived within ten miles of the town. + +I rode round the town with Piet de Wet the next day, in order to find +out our best method of attacking it. + +Commandant Olivier had been sent by me that morning in the direction of +Kroonstad to oppose a strong English column, which I had been informed +was approaching. But my plan must have leaked out in some way or other, +for the enemy carefully chose so well protected a route that they gave +Commandant Olivier no chance of attacking them. Thus the following +morning the English arrived safely at Lindley, and now there was no +possibility of capturing the town. + +In the meantime President Steyn's laager had moved from the east of +Heilbron and joined us. He himself, with the members of the Government, +had gone to Bethlehem. General Marthinus Prinsloo was there too; he had +resigned his post of Commander-in-Chief of the commandos which guarded +the Drakensberg. Commandant Hattingh of Vrede had been chosen in his +place, and he also was at Bethlehem. + +A difficulty now arose as to Prinsloo's position. The President +declared that Prinsloo was nothing more than a private burgher; but +Commandant Olivier was not satisfied with this, and asked that there +might be an election of a Commander-in-Chief. This request, however, the +President refused to grant. + +I did not wish the office of Commander-in-Chief to devolve upon myself, +for I knew that I did not possess the confidence of the officers. And as +some eight miles to the east of Lindley there was telegraphic +communication with Bethlehem, I was able to hold a conversation with the +President over the wires. I accordingly again asked him to permit an +election. But it was all in vain; the President declined to allow an +election to take place. + +I now took matters into my own hands. I collected the officers together +with the object of holding a secret election. Thus I should discover +what their opinion of me might be as chief of the Free State forces. I +was firmly resolved that should the majority of the officers be against +me, and the President should still refuse his consent to an election, +that I would send in my resignation, and no longer continue to hold the +post of Commander-in-Chief. + +Commander-in-Chief Hattingh, Vechtgeneraal Roux, and all the oldest +commandants of the Free State, were present at this meeting. The voting +was by ballot; and the result was that there were two votes for General +Marthinus Prinsloo, one for General Piet de Wet, and twenty-seven for +myself. + +I at once wired to the President, and told him what had occurred. He was +ready to abide by the decision, and I was satisfied now that I knew +exactly where I stood. Mr. Marthinus Prinsloo was also contented with +the turn events had taken. And I must say this of him, that it was not +he who had insisted on an election. + +It soon became apparent that the enemy's object was the capture of +Bethlehem. The English forces round Senekal advanced towards Lindley, +and having been joined by the troops stationed there, had proceeded in +the direction of Bethlehem; consequently a very large British force was +marching on that town. + +We on our part now numbered over five thousand men, for General Roux had +joined us with some[57] of his burghers. + +The English were unopposed until they reached Elandsfontein, but there a +battle took place in which big guns played the main rôle, although there +was also some heavy fighting with small arms. + +In this engagement Commandant Michal Prinsloo did a brave deed. I +arrived at his position just after the burghers had succeeded in +shooting down the men who served three of the enemy's guns. With a +hundred men he now stormed the guns, hoping to be able to bring them +back with him to our lines. Whilst he charged, I cannonaded the enemy, +with a Krupp and fifteen pound Armstrong, to such good effect that they +were forced to retreat behind a ridge. In this way Commandant Prinsloo +reached the guns safely, but he had no horses with him to drag them back +to us. He could do nothing but make the attempt to get them away by the +help of his burghers, and this he tried to accomplish under a fierce +fire from the English. But he would still have succeeded in the +endeavour, had not unfortunately a large force of the enemy appeared on +the scene, and attacked him and his hundred burghers. I was unable to +keep the English back, for both my guns had been disabled. The nipple of +the Armstrong had been blown away, and--for the first time--the lock of +the Krupp had become jammed. Had it not been for this mishap, Commandant +Prinsloo would certainly have been able to remove the guns to the other +side of a ridge, whither teams of our horses were already approaching. +But, as it was, he had to hurry away as fast as possible, and leave the +guns behind. + +When the enemy arrived they had outflanked us so far to the north, that +we had nothing open to us but again to abandon our positions. We +therefore retired to Blauwkop, and on the following day to Bethlehem. + +In the meantime I had once more become encumbered with a large waggon +camp, which proved a source of great danger. During the last few weeks +waggons had been accumulating round me without attracting my attention. +The reason that the burghers were so anxious to bring their waggons with +them, was to be found in the fact that the English, whenever they +arrived at one of our farms, always took the waggons and oxen. The Boers +felt it very hard to be robbed in this way of their property; and they +hoped to be able to save their waggons and carts by taking them to the +commando. + +It was natural for them to wish to save all they could; but I was +convinced that the waggons could only be saved at the expense of our +great cause. But nobody could see it in that light. And as I could only +appeal to the free will of my burghers, I dare not attempt to get rid of +the waggons by force. If I had made any such attempt, serious +consequences would certainly have followed, even if a revolt had not +ensued. The great fault of the burghers was disobedience, and this came +especially to the fore when their possessions were in jeopardy. + +I now made up my mind to defend the town of Bethlehem. The following +morning I went with the Generals and Commandants to reconnoitre the +country, so that I might be able to point out to each of them the +position that I wished him to occupy. + +Our line of defence began at the south of Wolhuterskop (a kop to the +south-west of Bethlehem), and extended from there to the north-west of +the town. + +When I had given my instructions to the officers, they returned to +their commandos, which were stationed behind the first ridges to the +south of Bethlehem, and brought them to the positions I had assigned to +them. + +So many of the horses were exhausted, that a large number of the +burghers had to go on foot. Such of these _Voetgangers_[58] as were not +required to attend to the waggons, I placed at Wolhuterskop. + +When I had done this I gave notice to the inhabitants of Bethlehem, that +as the dorp would be defended, I must insist on the women and children +leaving it at once. It was not long before a number of women and +children, and even a few men, started out on their way to Fouriesburg. +The prisoner Vilonel, also, was conducted to this town. + +At four o'clock that afternoon the advance guards of the enemy +approached; and fifteen of their scouts made their appearance on the +ridge to the north of the town. The burghers reserved their fire until +these men were almost upon them. Then they let their Mausers speak, and +in a moment there were nine riderless horses. The other six English made +their escape, although they must have had wounds to show for their +rashness.[59] + +Only a few moments had passed before the roar of guns was mingled with +the crack of rifles, and the whole air was filled with the thunder of +battle. + +Everywhere the burghers fought with the utmost valour; the _Voetgangers_ +on Wolhuterskop were perhaps the bravest of them all. Whenever the enemy +approached our positions, they were met by a torrent of bullets. And +thus the day came to a close. + +But the next day a large force of English appeared from the direction of +Reitz. This had come from the Transvaal, and, if I remember rightly, was +commanded by General Sir Hector Macdonald. He had come up and joined +Generals Clements, Hunter, Broadwood and Paget, with the object of once +and for all making an end of the Free-Staters. + +Our positions were now exposed to a most terrific bombardment, but +fortunately without any serious consequences. I must describe here the +fearful havoc that one lyddite shell wrought. It fell into the position +held by Commandant Steenekamp, to the north-west of Bethlehem, and +struck a rock behind which twenty-five of our horses were standing. +Without a single exception every horse was killed! + +The attack was pressed with the greatest vigour on the positions held by +Commandants Van Aard and Piet Fourie. It became impossible for these +officers to maintain their ground; and, at about twelve o'clock, before +I was able to send them any reinforcements, they were compelled to give +way. + +Thus retreat became inevitable, and the enemy entered Bethlehem. + +One of our guns we were unable to remove; but before we withdrew it was +thrown down the _krans_[60] of the mountain, and broken to pieces. + +I knew at the time the number the English had lost, but now it had +slipped my memory. I obtained the information from a man named Bland, +who acted as our telegraphist. He had tapped the telegraph wire at +Zwingkrans, and before General Clements had detected that he was not +communicating with Senekal, he had received from that General a full +list of the English killed and wounded. + +We withdrew our commandos in a southerly direction to Retiefsnek, +whither President Steyn and the Government had already preceded us. + +[Footnote 57: He had left the remainder of his burghers at Witnek and at +Houtnek, near Ficksburg.] + +[Footnote 58: Infantry.] + +[Footnote 59: As I have already stated, I intend to write on another +occasion a book dealing with the art of scouting; and the above incident +will there form a striking proof of how foolishly the English scouts did +their work.] + +[Footnote 60: Precipice.] + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +The Surrender of Prinsloo + + +The English, now that they had taken Bethlehem, were in need of rest; +and this was especially the case with General Macdonald, who had come up +by forced marches from the far-off Transvaal. A short breathing space +was also a great benefit to us, for we had many preparations to make in +view of probable events in the near future. I did not deceive myself as +to the meaning of the present situation; now that all of us, except two +small parties at Commandonek and Witnek, had retreated behind the lofty +Roodebergen, I could see that, in all probability, we must before long +be annihilated by the immense forces of the enemy. + +The Roodebergen, which now separated us from the English, is a vast +chain of mountains, extending from the Caledon River on the Basuto +frontier to Slabbertsnek, then stretching away to Witzeshoek, where it +again touches Basutoland. The passes over this wild mountain range are +Commandonek, Witnek, Slabbertsnek, Retiefsnek, Naauwpoort and +Witzeshoek. These are almost the only places where the mountains can be +crossed by vehicles or horses; and, moreover, there are long stretches +where they are impassable even to pedestrians. + +It is plain enough, therefore, that nothing would have pleased the +English more than for us to have remained behind the Roodebergen. If +those Free-Staters--they must have been thinking--try to make a stand +there, it will be the last stand they will ever make. + +And the English would have been quite right in their anticipations. To +have stayed where we then were would, without doubt, have been the end +of us. Therefore, when the proposal was made that we should take +positions in the mountains, I opposed it as emphatically as I could, +alleging incontrovertible arguments against it. It was then decided that +all our forces, with the exception of a small watch, should issue forth +from behind the mountains. + +We also arranged to divide the whole of the commandos[61] we had with us +into three parts:-- + +I was in supreme command of the first division, which was to march under +the orders of General Botha. It consisted of burghers from Heilbron, +under Commandant Steenekamp, and of Kroonstad men, under Commandant Van +Aard. Besides these, there were also five hundred men from Bethlehem, +under Commandant Michal Prinsloo; the burghers from Boshof, under +Veldtcornet Badenhorst; a small number of Colonials from Griqualand, +under Vice-Commandant Van Zyl; and some Potchefstroom burghers, who +happened to be with us. Further, I took with me, for scouting purposes, +Danie Theron and his corps of eighty men, recruited from almost every +nation on the face of the earth; Captain Scheepers and his men also +served me in the same capacity. + +The Government and its officials were placed under my protection; +and I was to set out, on July the 15th, in the direction of +Kroonstad-Heilbron. + +The second division was entrusted to Assistant Commander-in-Chief Paul +Roux, with P.J. Fourie and C.C. Froneman as Vechtgeneraals. It was +composed of burghers from Fauresmith, under Commandant Visser; from +Bloemfontein, under Commandant Du Plooij; from Wepener, under Commandant +Roux; from Smithfield, under Commandant Potgieter; from Thaba'Nchu, +under Commandant J.H. Olivier; from Jacobsdal, under Commandant H. +Pretorius; and of the Deetje Bloemfontein commando, under Commandant +Kolbe. + +This force was to wait until the day after my departure, that is, until +the 16th, and then proceed in the evening in the direction of +Bloemfontein. From the capital it was to go south, and during its +advance it was to bring back to the commandos all those burghers in the +southern districts who had remained behind. + +General Crowther was given the command over the third division, which +consisted of the burghers from Ficksburg, under Commandant P. De +Villiers; from Ladybrand, under Commandant Ferreira; from Winburg, under +Commandant Sarel Harebroek; and from Senekal, under Commandant Van der +Merve. + +This division was to start on the 16th, and marching to the north of +Bethlehem, was to continue advancing in that direction until it fell in +with the commandos from Harrismith and Vrede under Commander-in-Chief +Hattingh. It would then operate, under his directions, in the +north-eastern districts. + +The remainder of Commandant Michal Prinsloo's Bethlehem men--that is to +say, the burghers of Wittebergen--were to stay behind as a watch, and to +take orders from Mr. Marthinus Prinsloo. This watch was divided into +three sections: the first to occupy a position at Slabbertsnek, the +second at Retiefsnek, and the third at Naauwpoort. They were forbidden +to use waggons; thus if the enemy should appear in overwhelming numbers, +it would always be possible for them to escape across the mountains. + +My reason for selecting these men in preference to others, was that they +belonged to the district, and thus were well acquainted with every foot +of this rough and difficult country. Their duties were simply to protect +the large numbers of cattle which we had driven on to the mountains, and +I anticipated that there would be no difficulty about this, for now that +all our commandos had left those parts, the English would not think it +worth while to send a large force against a mere handful of watchers. + +Thus everything was settled, and on the 15th of July I set out through +Slabbertsnek, expecting that the other generals would follow me, +conformably to my orders and the known wishes of the Government. + +But what really happened? + +Immediately after my departure, some of the officers, displeased that +Assistant Commander-in-Chief Roux should have been entrusted with the +command, expressed the wish that another meeting should be held and a +new Assistant Commander-in-Chief elected. This would have been +absolutely illegal, for the Volksraad had decreed that the President +should be empowered to alter all the commando-laws. But even then, all +would have gone well if Roux had only stood firm. Unfortunately, +however, he yielded, and on July the 17th a meeting was called together +at which Mr. Marthinus Prinsloo was chosen Assistant Commander-in-Chief. +He had a bare majority even at the actual meeting, and several officers, +who had been unable to be present, had still to record their votes. + +Not only, therefore, had Prinsloo been elected irregularly, but his +election, such as it was, could only be considered as provisional. +Nevertheless, for the moment, power was in his hands. How did he use it? + +He surrendered unconditionally to the English. + +On the 17th and 18th of July the enemy had broken through at +Slabbertsnek and Retiefsnek, causing the greatest confusion among our +forces. + +Many of the officers and burghers were for an immediate surrender, as +appears from the fact that the same assembly which, in defiance of the +law, elected Mr. Prinsloo as Commander-in-Chief, also decided, by +seventeen votes to thirteen, to give up their forces to the enemy. But +this decision was at once rescinded--an act of policy on the part of the +officers--and it was agreed to ask for an armistice of six days, to +enable them to take counsel with the Government. + +A more senseless course of action could hardly be imagined. The Boer +Army, as anybody could see, was in a very tight place. Did its officers +think that the English would be so foolish as to grant an armistice at +such a time as this--when all that the burghers wanted was a few days in +which to effect their escape? Either the officers were remarkably +short-sighted, or ... something worse. + +It was still possible for the commandos to retire in the direction of +Oldenburg or of Witzeshoek. But instead of getting this done with all +speed, Mr. Prinsloo began a correspondence with General Hunter about +this ridiculous armistice, which the English general of course refused +to grant. + +It was on July the 29th, 1900, that Prinsloo, with all the burghers on +the mountains, surrendered unconditionally to the enemy. + +The circumstances of this surrender were so suspicious, that it is hard +to acquit the man who was responsible for it of a definite act of +treachery; and the case against him is all the more grave from the fact +that Vilonel, who was at that time serving a term of imprisonment for +high treason, had a share in the transaction. + +Prinsloo's surrender included General Crowther, Commandants Paul De +Villiers, Ferreira, Joubert, Du Plooij, Potgieter, Crowther, Van der +Merve, and Roux; and about three thousand men. + +The most melancholy circumstance about the whole affair was that, when +the surrender was made, some of the burghers had reached the farm of +Salamon Raath, and were thus as good as free, and yet had to ride back, +and to go with the others to lay down their arms. + +As to Roux, the deposed Commander-in-Chief, there is a word to be added. +I had always heard that he was a very cautious man, and yet on this +occasion he acted like a child, going _in person_ to General Hunter's +camp to protest against the surrender, on the ground that it was he +(Roux), and not Prinsloo, that was Commander-in-Chief. One can hardly +believe that he really thought it possible thus to nullify Prinsloo's +act. But he certainly behaved as if he did, and his ingenuous conduct +must have afforded much amusement to the English general. + +If any one is in doubt as to what was the result of General Roux's +absurd escapade, I have only to say that the English had one prisoner +the more! + +Those who escaped were but few. Of all our large forces, there were only +Generals Froneman, Fourie and De Villiers (of Harrismith); Commandants +Hasebroek, Olivier, Visser, Kolbe, and a few others; a small number of +burghers, and six or seven guns, that did not fall into the hands of the +English. + +What, then, is to be our judgment on this act of Prinsloo and of the +other chief officers in command of our forces behind the Roodebergen? + +That it was nothing short of an act of murder, committed on the +Government, the country, and the nation, to surrender three thousand men +in such a way. Even the burghers themselves cannot be held to have been +altogether without guilt, though they can justly plead that they were +only obeying orders. + +The sequel to Prinsloo's surrender was on a par with it. A large number +of burghers from Harrismith and a small part of the Vrede commando, +although they had already made good their escape, rode quietly from +their farms into Harrismith, and there surrendered to General Sir Hector +Macdonald.--One could gnash one's teeth to think that a nation should so +readily rush to its own ruin! + +[Footnote 61: The Harrismith and Vrede commandos had also received +orders to join us.] + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +I am Driven into the Transvaal + + +As I have already stated, I led my commando, on the 15th of July, +through Slabbertsnek, out of the mountain district. My force amounted to +the total of two thousand six hundred burghers. The Government travelled +with us, and also alas! four hundred waggons and carts. Whatever I did, +it seemed as if I could not get rid of the waggons! + +That night we reached a farm six miles to the east of Kaffirs Kop; +during our march we passed a column of the enemy that had left Bethlehem +in the afternoon. + +On the following day I came into contact with some English troops, who +were marching in the direction of Witnek. They sent out a body of +cavalry to ascertain what our plans might be. It was very annoying to me +that they should thus discover our whereabouts, because it made it +impossible to carry out my intention of attacking one or other of the +English forces. + +However, nothing was done that day, as neither we nor the enemy took up +the offensive. + +In the evening we pushed on to the east of Lindley, and the following +day remained at the spot we had reached. The next evening we marched to +the farm of Riversdale; and the night of the 18th found us on the farm +of Mr. Thomas Naudé, to the north-west of Lindley. We discovered that +the English had all left this village and gone to Bethlehem. My scouts +reported to me, the following day, that an English force, some four +hundred men strong, was approaching Lindley. Need I say that these men +had to be captured? With five hundred burghers and two guns I went out +to do this. When I was only a short distance from my camp, I received a +report that a large force of cavalry, numbering seven or eight thousand +men, had arrived on the scene from Bethlehem. This compelled me to +abandon the idea of capturing those four hundred men, and, instead, to +try to escape in a westerly direction from this large body of mounted +troops. + +That evening we reached the farm of Mr. C. Wessels, at Rivierplaats. The +next day we were forced to move on, for the mounted troops were coming +nearer to us. They marched, however, somewhat more to the right in the +direction of Roodewal; whereas I went towards Honingspruit, and halted +for the night at the farm of Paardenkraal. + +On the following morning, the 20th of July, I let the commando go on, +whilst I stayed behind to reconnoitre from a neighbouring kop. The +President, and also some members of the Government, remained with me. We +had the opportunity of accepting the invitation of Mr. C. Wessels to +take breakfast at his house. It was there that General Piet de Wet came +to me and asked if I still saw any chance of being able to continue the +struggle? + +The question made me very angry, and I did not try to hide the fact. + +"Are you mad?"[62] I shouted, and with that I turned on my heel and +entered the house, quite unaware that Piet de Wet had that very moment +mounted his horse, and ridden away to follow his own course. + +After breakfast we climbed the kop; and when we had made our observation +we followed after the laager. On reaching the commando, I gave orders to +outspan at twelve o'clock. + +While this was being done I heard from my sons that Piet de Wet had +told them that we should all be captured that night near the railway +line. He had not known that it was my intention to cross the railway +that night, but he had guessed as much from the direction I let my +commando take. + +At two o'clock I received a report that two divisions of English troops +were drawing near. One division was six miles to the left, and the other +eight miles to the right of the road along which we had come. + +I gave orders immediately that the laager should break up. What an +indescribable burden this camp, with four hundred and sixty waggons and +carts, was to me! What a demoralizing effect it had upon the burghers! +My patience was sorely tried. Not only were we prevented from moving +rapidly by these hampering waggons, but also, should we have to fight, a +number of the burghers would be required to look after them, and so be +unable to fire a shot. + +We marched to the farm of Mr. Hendrik Serfontein, on Doornspruit, and +whilst I was there, waiting for darkness, some burghers, who were not my +scouts, brought a report that there were English camps both at +Honingspruit and at Kaallaagte. + +This alarmed the President and the members of the Government, because, +should this report prove true, we should be unable to cross the railway +line without hard fighting, and besides there would be a considerable +risk of being taken prisoner. + +For myself, I did not pay any attention to these burghers. I relied on +my own scouts, and I waited for their reports. I knew that if there had +been any truth in what we had been told, that I should have heard the +news already from the men whom I had sent out in the morning in that +direction. At last some of Captain Scheepers' men appeared--he was +scouting in front, and Captain Danie Theron in the rear--and reported +that the railway line was clear, with the exception that at Honingspruit +there were half a dozen tents, and four in the Kaallaagte[63] to the +north of Serfontein, and a few small outposts. This information came as +a great relief to the President and the members of the Government. + +If I was to escape from the large force which was dogging my footsteps, +it was now necessary to cross the railway. I had made all preparation +for this move. I had left behind me, that afternoon, on the banks of +Doornspruit a commando of burghers, with orders to keep the enemy back +until we should have crossed the line. And now I only waited until the +darkness should come to my assistance. + +As soon as the night came I ordered the waggons to proceed in four rows, +with a force on each side, and with a rearguard and vanguard. +Immediately behind the vanguard followed the President and myself. When +we were about twenty minutes' march from the railway line I ordered the +two wings of my force, which were about three miles apart, to occupy the +line to the right and left of Serfontein Siding. + +Before we had quite reached the railway I ordered the vanguard to remain +with the President, whilst I myself, with fifteen men, rode on to cut +the telegraph wire. Whilst we were engaged in this task a train +approached at full speed from the south. I had no dynamite with me, and +I could neither blow it up nor derail it. I could only place stones on +the line, but these were swept away by the cowcatcher, and so the train +passed in safety. + +I had forbidden any shooting, for an engagement would have only produced +the greatest confusion in my big laager. + +Just as the last waggon was crossing the line, I received a report that +Captain Theron had captured a train to the south of us. Having ordered +the waggons to proceed, I rode over to see what had happened. When I +arrived at the scene of action I found that the train had come to a +standstill owing to the breaking down of the engine, and that on this +the English troops had at once opened fire on my men, but that it had +not been long before the enemy surrendered. Four of the English, but +only one of our burghers, had been wounded. + +It was very annoying that the laager was so far off, but it was +impossible to carry off the valuable ammunition which we found on the +train. + +I gave orders that the four wounded soldiers, who were under the care of +the conductor of the train, should be taken from the hut in which I had +found them, and placed in a van where they would be safe when I set fire +to the train. After the burghers had helped themselves to sugar, coffee, +and such things, I burned everything that was left. My ninety-eight +prisoners I took with me. + +We had not gone far when we heard the small arm ammunition explode; but +I cannot say that the sound troubled me at all! + +Thus we crossed the line in safety, and Piet de Wet's prediction did not +come true. He knew that we had a large force behind us, and believing +that the railway line in front of us would be occupied by troops, he had +said: "This evening you will all be captured on the railway line." Yet +instead of finding ourselves captured, we had taken ninety-eight +prisoners, and destroyed a heavily-laden train! How frequently a Higher +Power over-rules the future in a way we least expect! + +That night we reached the farm of Mahemsspruit. From there we moved on +to the Wonderheurel; and on the 22nd of July we arrived at the farm of +Vlakkuil. I remained here for a day, for I wished to find out what the +English troops (they had remained where we left them by the railway +line) were intending to do. + +Whilst I was waiting I despatched some corn on a few of my waggons to +Mr. Mackenzie's mills near Vredefort, giving orders that it should be +ground. + +During the afternoon it was reported to me that a strong column of +English were marching from Rhenosterriviersbrug to Vredefort, and that +they had camped on the farm Klipstapel, some eight miles from my laager. + +Shortly after sunrise the following morning a second report was brought +to me. It appeared that the enemy had sent out a force to capture our +grain waggons, and had nearly overtaken them. + +In an instant we were in our saddles, but we were too late to save our +corn. + +When the enemy saw us they halted at once; and meanwhile the waggons +hurried on, at their utmost speed, to our camp. + +The English numbered between five and six hundred men, whilst we were +only four hundred. But although we were the smaller force, I had no +intention of allowing our waggons to be captured without a shot, and I +ordered my burghers to charge. + +It was an open plain; there was no possible cover either for us or for +the English. But we could not consider matters of that sort. + +The burghers charged magnificently, and some even got to within two +hundred paces of the enemy. They then dismounted, and, lying flat upon +the ground, opened a fierce fire. One of the hottest fights one can +imagine followed. + +Fortunately a few paces behind the burghers there was a hollow, and here +the horses were placed. + +After an hour's fighting, I began to think that any moment the enemy +might be put to rout. But then something happened which had happened +very often before--a reinforcement appeared. + +This reinforcement brought two guns with it; thus nothing was left to me +but retreat. Our loss was five killed and twelve wounded. What the loss +of the English was I do not know, but if the Kaffirs who lived near +there are to be trusted, it must have been considerable. + +In the evening I moved my camp to Rhenosterpoort; whilst the English +went back to Klipstapel. + +And now the English concentrated their forces. Great Army Corps gathered +round. From Bethlehem and Kroonstad new columns were constantly +arriving, until my force seemed nothing in comparison with them. + +I was stationed on the farm of Rhenosterpoort, which is situated on the +Vaal River, twenty miles from Potchefstroom. At that town there was a +strong force of the enemy, on which I had constantly to keep my eye. + +But, notwithstanding their overpowering numbers, it seemed as if the +English had no desire to follow me into the mountains of Rhenosterpoort. +They had a different plan. They began to march around me, sending troops +from Vredefort over Wonderheurel to Rhenoster River, and placing camps +all along the river as far as Baltespoort, and from there again +extending their cordon until Scandinavierdrift was reached. + +We were forced now either to break through this cordon, or to cross the +Vaal River into the South African Republic. The Free-Stater preferred to +remain in his own country, and he would have been able to do so had we +not been hampered by a big "waggon-camp" and a large number of oxen. As +these were with us, the Boers found it hard to make up their minds to +break through the English lines as a horse-commando, as it necessitated +leaving all these waggons and oxen in the hands of the enemy. But there +we were between the cordon and the Vaal River. + +Almost every day we came into contact with the enemy's outposts, and we +had an engagement with them near Witkopjes Rheboksfontein. On another +occasion we met them on different terms, in Mr. C.J. Bornman's house. +Some of his "visitors" were, unfortunately for themselves, found to be +English scouts--and became our prisoners. + +We remained where we were until the 2nd of August. On that day we had to +drink a cup of bitterness. It was on the 2nd of August that I received +the news that Prinsloo had surrendered near Naauwpoort. + +A letter arrived from General Broadwood in which he told me that a +report from General Marthinus Prinsloo addressed to me had arrived +through his lines. The bearer of it was General Prinsloo's secretary, +Mr. Kotzé. And now the English General asked me if I would guarantee +that the secretary should be allowed to return, after he had given me +particulars of the report he had brought. + +Mr. Prinsloo's secretary must certainly have thought that he was the +chosen man to help us poor lost sheep, and to lead us safely into the +hands of the English! But I cannot help thinking that he was rather too +young for the task. + +I had a strong suspicion that there must have been some very important +screw loose in the forces which we had left stationed behind the +Roodebergen, for on the previous day I had received a letter from +General Knox, who was at Kroonstad, telling me that General Prinsloo and +his commandos had surrendered. + +In order to gain more information I gave General Broadwood my assurance +that I would allow Mr. Prinsloo's secretary to return unhurt. + +When I had done this the President and some members of the Government +rode out with me to meet the bearer of this report. We did not wish to +give him any opportunities to spy out our positions. Half way between +the English lines and our own we met him. He presented us with this +letter:-- + + HUNTER'S CAMP, _30th July, 1900_. + + TO THE COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF, C.R. DE WET. + + SIR,-- + + I have been obliged, owing to the overwhelming forces of the enemy, + to surrender unconditionally with all the Orange Free State laagers + here. + + I have the honour to be, Sir, + Your obedient servant, + M. PRINSLOO, + _Commander-in-Chief_. + +I sent my reply in an unclosed envelope. It ran as follows:-- + + IN THE VELDT, _3rd August, 1900_. + + TO MR. M. PRINSLOO. + + SIR,-- + + I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter dated + the 30th of last month. I am surprised to see that you call + yourself Commander-in-Chief. By what right do you usurp that title? + You have no right to act as Commander-in-Chief. + + I have the honour to be, + C.R. DE WET, + _Commander-in-Chief_. + +Hardly had I written this letter before two men on horseback appeared. +They proved to be burghers sent by General Piet Fourie, who was with +Prinsloo at the time of his surrender. These burghers brought from +Generals Fourie, Froneman, and from Commandant Hasebroek and others, a +fuller report of the surrender of Prinsloo. We learnt from the report +that not all of the burghers had surrendered, but that, on the contrary, +some two thousand had escaped. This news relieved our minds. + +President Steyn and myself determined to despatch Judge Hertzog to the +commandos which had escaped, giving him instructions to bring them back +with him if possible. We had been told that these commandos were +somewhere on the Wilgerivier, in the district of Harrismith. + +My position had now become very difficult. It seemed, as far as I could +discover, that there were five or six English generals and forty +thousand troops, of which the greater part were mounted, all of them +trying their best to capture the Government and me. + +My force numbered two thousand five hundred men. + +On the afternoon when I received the above-mentioned letter, there was +still a way of escape open to me, through Parijs[64] to Potchefstroom. +This road crossed the Vaal River at Schoemansdrift, and then followed +the course of the stream between Parijs and Vanvurenskloof. It was now, +however, somewhat unsafe, for that same afternoon a large force of the +enemy was marching along the Vaal River from Vredefort to Parijs. These +troops would be able to reach Vanvurenskloof early the following +morning; whilst the force at Potchefstroom, which I have already +mentioned in this chapter, would also be able to arrive there at the +same hour. + +I led my burghers that evening across the Vaal River to Venterskroon, +which lies six miles from Schoemansdrift. The following morning my +scouts reported that the English were rapidly approaching from +Potchefstroom in two divisions; one was at Zandnek: the other had +already reached Roodekraal on its way to Schoemansdrift. One of these +divisions, my scouts told me, might be turning aside to Vanvurenskloof. + +Now the road from Venterskroon passed between two mountain chains to the +north of Vanvurenskloof; and I feared that the English would block the +way there. I had to avoid this at all costs, but I had hardly a man +available for the purpose. The greater part of my burghers were still to +the south-east and south-west of the Vaal River. + +There was nothing left for me to do except to take the burghers who +remained with me, and, whilst the laager followed us as quickly as +possible, to advance and prevent the enemy from occupying the kloof. +This I did, and took a part of my men to Vanvurenskloof, whilst I sent +another body of burghers to Zandnek. + +Everything went smoothly. The enemy did not appear and the laager +escaped without let or hindrance--and so we camped at Vanvurenskloof. + +I must have misled the English, for they certainly would have thought +that I would come out by the road near Roodekraal. But I cannot +understand why the force in our rear, which had arrived at Parijs the +previous evening, remained there overnight, nor why, when they did move +on the following morning, they marched to Lindequesdrift, eight miles up +the Vaal River, and not, as might well have been expected, to +Vanvurenskloof. + +The burghers whom I sent in the direction of Roodekraal had a fight with +the enemy at Tijgerfontein. A heavy bombardment took place; and my men +told me afterwards that the baboons, of which there were a large number +in these mountains, sprang from cliff to cliff screaming with +fright--poor creatures--as the rocks were split on every side by the +lyddite shells. + +The burghers came to close quarters with the enemy, and a fierce +engagement with small arms took place. + +It appeared later that the enemy's casualties amounted to more than a +hundred dead and wounded. Our loss was only two men. + +As I have already stated, we camped at Vanvurenskloof. The next morning, +while we were still there, we were surprised by the enemy--an unpleasant +thing for men with empty stomachs. + +I did not receive any report from my scouts[65] until the English were +not more than three thousand paces from us, and had already opened fire +on the laager, not only with their guns, but also with their rifles. We +at once took the best positions we could find; and meanwhile the waggons +got away as quickly as possible. They succeeded in getting over the +first ridge, and thus gained a certain amount of shelter, whilst we kept +the English busy. + +The enemy approached nearer and nearer to us with overpowering forces. +Then they charged, and I saw man after man fall, struck down by our +merciless fire. We were quite unable to hold the enemy back, and so we +had to leave our positions, having lost one dead and one wounded. + +That night we marched ten miles to the east of Gatsrand, on the road to +Frederiksstad Station, and the following morning we arrived at the foot +of the mountain. Here we outspanned for a short time, but we could not +wait long, for our pursuers were following us at a great pace. It was +not only the force from the other side of Vanvurenskloof with which we +had to deal. The united forces of the English had now concentrated from +different points with the purpose of working our ruin. + +The English were exceedingly angry that we had escaped from them on the +Vaal River, for they had thought that they had us safely in their hands. +That we should have succeeded in eluding them was quite beyond their +calculations; and in order to free themselves from any blame in the +matter, they reported that we had crossed the river at a place where +there was no ford, but this was not true; we had crossed by the waggon +and post ford--the well-known Schoemansdrift. + +But whether the enemy were angry or not, there was no doubt that they +were pursuing us in very large numbers, and that we had to escape from +them. That evening, the 7th of August, we went to the north of +Frederiksstad Station, and blew up a bridge with two spans and wrecked +the line with dynamite. + +The following day we arrived at the Mooi River. This river is never dry +winter or summer, but always flows with a stream as clear as crystal. It +affords an inexhaustible supply of water to the rich land that lies +along its bank. It is a fitting name for it--the name of Mooi.[66] + +At the other side of this river we found General Liebenberg's commando, +which, like ourselves, was in the trap. + +The General joined us on our march, and the following day we were nine +miles from Ventersdorp. + +Early that morning a report came that the English were approaching and +were extended right across the country. + +"Inspan!" + +No man uttered a word of complaint; each man did his work so quickly +that one could hardly believe that a laager could be put on the move in +so short a time. And away the waggons and carts skurried, steering their +course to Ventersdorp. + +It was impossible to think of fighting--the enemy's numbers were far too +great. Our only safety lay in flight. + +We knew very well that an Englishman cannot keep up with a Boer on the +march, and that if he tries to do so, he soon finds that his horses and +oxen can go no further. Our intention was then to march at the very best +pace we could, so that the enemy might be forced to stop from sheer +exhaustion. And as the reader will soon see, our plan was successful. + +Nevertheless we had to do some fighting, to protect our laager from a +force of cavalry that was rapidly coming up with us. + +They wanted to make an end of this small body of Boers, which was always +retreating, but yet, now and again, offering some slight +resistance--this tiny force that was always teaching them unpleasant +lessons; first at Retiefsnek, then to the north of Lindley, then on the +railway line, then near Vredefort, then at Rhenosterpoort, and then +again at Tijgerfontein. Yes; this sort of thing must come to an end once +for all! + +We attacked the approaching troops, and succeeded in checking their +advance. But our resistance could not last long, and soon we had to +retreat and leave one of our Krupps behind us. + +Had I not continued firing with my Krupp until it was impossible to save +it, then, in all probability, the laager would have been taken. But +with the loss of this Krupp we saved the laager. + +I withdrew my burghers; I released the prisoners whom I had with me. + +And now it was my task to make it as difficult as possible for my +pursuers. The winter grass on the veldt was dry and very inflammable, +and I decided to set fire to it, in order that the English might find it +impossible to obtain pasture for their oxen and cattle. I accordingly +set it alight, and very soon the country behind was black. + +We hurried on until we reached Mr. Smit's farm, which is one hour on +horseback from the southern slopes of the Witwatersrand--the great +dividing chain of mountains that runs in the direction of Marico. +Crossing this range, we continued on the march the whole night until, on +the morning of the 11th of August, we arrived at the southern side of +the Magaliesberg. + +In the afternoon we went over the saddle of the mountain and across the +Krokodil River. + +My idea was to remain here and give our horses and oxen a rest, for the +veldt was in good condition, and we could, if it were necessary, occupy +the shoulder of the mountain behind us. + +General Liebenberg took possession of the position to the west, near +Rustenburg; but hardly had he done so, before the English made their +appearance, coming over another part of the mountain. He sent me a +report to this effect, adding that he was unable to remain where he was +stationed. + +Thus again we had to retreat, and I was unable to give my animals the +rest I had intended to give them. + +We now took the road from Rustenburg to Pretoria, and arrived the +following evening close to Commandonek, which we soon found was held by +an English force. + +I left the laager behind and rode on in advance with a horse-commando. +When I was a short distance from the enemy, I sent a letter to the +officer in command, telling him that, if he did not surrender, I would +attack him. I did this in order to discover the strength of the English +force, and to find out if it were possible to attack the enemy at once, +and forcing our way through the Nek, get to the east of the forces that +were pursuing me. + +My despatch rider succeeded in getting into the English camp before he +could be blindfolded. He came back with the customary refusal, and +reported that although the enemy's force was not very large, still the +positions held were so strong that I could not hope to be able to +capture them before the English behind me arrived. + +I had therefore to give up the thought of breaking through these and +flanking the English. Thus, instead of attacking the enemy, we went in +the direction of Zoutpan, and arrived a few hours later at the Krokodil +River. + +I had now left the English a considerable distance behind me; and so at +last--we were able to give ourselves a little rest. + +[Footnote 62: I put down here the very words I used, for any other +course would not be honest.] + +[Footnote 63: Kaallaagte--a barren hollow.] + +[Footnote 64: Parijs is situated on the Vaal River.] + +[Footnote 65: The reason why Captain Scheepers was so late in sending +his report was because he himself was engaging the enemy with six of his +men near Zandnek. He had come across a convoy of fourteen waggons and +thirty men, and had, after an hour's fight, nearly brought them to the +point of surrendering, when reinforcements arrived. He was thus forced +to retire, and then discovered that the enemy were approaching our +laager; and he had a hair's breadth escape from capture in bringing me +the report.] + +[Footnote 66: "Mooi" means beautiful in the Taal language.] + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +I Return to the Free State + + +Whilst we were encamped on the Krokodil River, President Steyn expressed +a wish to pay a visit, with the Members of his Government, to the +Government of the South African Republic, which was then at Machadodorp. +This was no easy task to accomplish, for one would have to pass through +a part of the Transvaal where there was a great scarcity of water--it +was little better than a desert--and where in some places the Kaffirs +were unfriendly. In other words, one would have to go through the +Boschveldt. There would also be some danger from the English, since the +President would have to cross the Pietersburg Railway, which was in that +direction. + +However, this plan was approved. + +I decided not to accompany the President, but to return at once with two +hundred riders to the Orange Free State. I intended to make it known on +the farms which I passed on the way that I was going back, hoping thus +to draw the attention of the English from our laager. + +I called together the Commandants, and informed them of my intention. +They agreed that the course I proposed was the right one. Commandant +Steenekamp was then nominated to act as Assistant Commander-in-Chief, +with the duty of conducting the laager through the Boschveldt. + +On August the 14th President Steyn left the laager on his way to +Machadodorp; and I myself took my departure three days later. I took +with me General Philip Botha and Commandant Prinsloo, and 200 men, and +also Captain Scheepers with his corps, which consisted of thirty men. +With the addition of my staff we numbered altogether 246 men. + +Thus our ways parted--the President going to the Government of the South +African Republic, the laager to the north, and I back to the Free State. +I had now to cross the Magalies Mountains. The nearest two passes were +Olifantsnek and Commandonek. But the first named was too much to the +west, and the second was probably occupied by the English. I therefore +decided to take a footpath that crossed the mountains between the two +saddles. I was forced to choose this middle road because I had no means +of ascertaining whether Commandonek was, or was not, in the hands of the +enemy. + +On August 18th we arrived at a house where some Germans were living--the +parents and sisters of Mr. Penzhorn, Secretary to General Piet Cronje. +They were exceedingly friendly to us, and did all in their power to make +us comfortable. + +We did not stay here for long, but were on the march again the same day. +Soon after we had mounted our horses we came in sight of a large English +camp, which was stationed on the road from Rustenburg to Pretoria, +between Commandonek and Krokodil River. This camp lay about six miles to +the south-east of the point where we first saw it. Another great camp +stood about seven miles to the north-west. + +The enemy could see us clearly, as it was open veldt, with only a few +bushes cropping up here and there. We now rode on in the direction of +Wolhuterskop, which is close to the Magalies Mountains. I thought I +should thus be able to reach the great road from Rustenburg to Pretoria, +which was eight or nine miles from the footpath across the Magaliesberg. +When we were about two miles east of Wolhuterskop we suddenly came upon +two English scouts. One of them we captured; and he told us that there +was a great force of the enemy in front of us and marching in our +direction. What could we do now? It was impossible to proceed along the +footpath because that road was closed by the enemy. North and west of us +there were other bodies of troops, as I have already said; and there, +directly in front of us, were the chains of the Magaliesbergen. Thus we +found ourselves between four fires. + +In addition to this, I was much troubled by the thought that our horses +were now exhausted by all this endless marching. I knew this was also +the case with the English horses, but for all I knew, they might have +obtained fresh ones from Pretoria. They could at all events have picked +the best horses from each camp, and thus send an overpowering force +against me. This was one of those moments when a man has to keep his +presence of mind, or else all is lost. + +Whilst I was still thinking the matter over, troops began to come out of +the camps, about two miles to the west of us on the road between +Wolhuterskop and Magaliesberg. The scout who had escaped might now be +with that force. I had therefore to act at once. + +I decided on climbing the Magalies Mountains, without a path or road! + +Near by there was a Kaffir hut, and I rode up to it. When the Kaffir +came out to me, I pointed to the Magalies Mountains, and asked:-- + +"Right before us, can a man cross there?" + +"No, baas,[67] you cannot!" the Kaffir answered. + +"Has a man never ridden across here?" + +"Yes, baas," replied the Kaffir, "long ago." + +"Do baboons walk across?" + +"Yes! baboons do, but not a man." + +"Come on!" I said to my burghers. "This is our only way, and where a +baboon can cross, we can cross." + +With us was one Adriaan Matthijsen, a corporal who came from the +district of Bethlehem, and was a sort of jocular character. He looked up +at the mountains, 2,000 feet above him, and sighed:-- + +"O Red Sea!" + +I replied, "The children of Israel had faith and went through, and all +you need is faith. This is not the first Red Sea we have met with and +will not be the last!" + +What Corporal Matthijsen thought I do not know, for he kept silence. But +he pulled a long face, as if saying to himself:-- + +"Neither you, nor anybody else with us, is a Moses!" + +We climbed up unobserved to a bit of bush which, to continue the +metaphor of the Red Sea, was a "Pillar of Cloud" to hide us from the +English. + +We then reached a kloof[68] running in a south-westerly direction, and +ascended by it, still out of sight of the English, till we reached a +point nearly half-way up the mountain. There we had to leave the kloof, +and, turning to the south, continue our ascent in full view of the +enemy. + +It was now so precipitous that there was no possibility of proceeding +any further on horseback. The burghers had therefore to lead their +horses, and had great difficulty even in keeping their own footing. It +frequently happened that a burgher fell and slipped backwards under his +horse. The climb became now more and more difficult; and when we had +nearly reached the top of the mountain, there was a huge slab of granite +as slippery as ice, and here man and horse stumbled still more, and were +continually falling. + +We were, as I have said, in view of the enemy, and although out of reach +of the Lee-Metfords, were in range of their big guns! + +I heard burghers muttering:-- + +"Suppose the enemy should aim those guns at us--what will become of us +then? Nobody can get out of the road here!" + +I told them that this could only be done if the English had a Howitzer. +But I did not add that this was a sort of gun which the columns now +pursuing me were likely enough to possess. + +But nothing happened. The English neither shot at us, nor did they +pursue us. Corporal Matthijsen would have said that they were more +cautious than Pharaoh. + +We now reached the top of the mountain--entirely exhausted. I have +ascended many a mountain--the rough cliffs of Majuba, the steep sides of +Nicholson's Nek--but never before had I been so tired as I was now; yet +in the depths of my heart I was satisfied. All our toil was repaid by +the glorious panorama that now stretched out before us to the south. We +saw the undulating veldt between the Magaliesbergen where we stood, and +the Witwatersrand. Through a ravine we had a view extending for many +miles, but wherever we cast our eyes there was no sign of anything that +resembled the enemy. + +As it was now too late to off-saddle, we began, after having taken a +little rest, to descend the mountain on the other side, my object being +to reach a farm where I hoped to get some sheep or oxen for my men, who +not only were tired out, but nearly famished. + +We went down the mountain--well, somewhat quicker than we had climbed +it; however, we could not go very fast, as the incline was steep. In an +hour and a half we reached a Boer farm. + +One can imagine how the burghers recovered their spirits as they ate +their supper, and what it meant for them to give their tired limbs a +rest. + +The following morning we found good horse-provender, and plenty of it. +It was not as yet the habit of the English to burn everything they came +across--they had not yet begun to carry out that policy of destruction. + +I now felt quite easy about the safety of our camp. The attention of +the English would be turned in quite another direction. + +I was quite right in this view of the matter. For I heard a few days +later that the enemy had not been able to pursue the laager as their +draft-cattle and horses were so completely exhausted, that they had +fallen down dead in heaps. I heard also that they had soon been made +acquainted with the fact that I was on my way back to the Free State, +where I would soon begin again to wreck railway lines and telegraph +wires. They had also discovered that President Steyn had left the laager +and was on the road to Machadodorp. + +It was on the 18th of August, 1900, that we were able to eat our crust +of bread in safety on the farm just mentioned, and to let our horses +have as much food as they wanted. It seemed that for the time being a +heavy burden had fallen from our shoulders. That afternoon we crossed +the Krokodil River, and stopped at a "winkel"[69] under the +Witwatersrand, which had been spared as yet, although it was nearly +empty of stores. Fodder, however, was plentiful, and thus, again, we +could give our horses a good feed. + +I now received a report that a strong contingent of the enemy was on the +march from Olifantsnek to Krugersdorp, and accordingly we rode off in +the night. We found that this force was the very one that had flanked +our laager the previous week, when we were passing Ventersdorp. The road +which the enemy were taking was the same which Jameson had marched when +he made his inroad into the South African Republic. + +My intention was to cross the enemy's path before daylight the following +morning, which I succeeded in doing; and we heard no more of this force. +I proceeded now in the direction of Gatsrand. + +From there I still went on, and crossed the Krugersdorp-Potchefstroom +Railway, about eight or ten miles to the north of Bank Station. + +The line was then not guarded everywhere. There were small garrisons at +the stations only, and so one could cross even in the day time. To my +vexation, I had not a single cartridge of dynamite, or any implements at +hand with which I could wreck the line. It was painful to see the +railway line and not be able to do any damage to it! I had made it a +rule never to be in the neighbourhood of a railway without interrupting +the enemy's means of communication. + +We arrived now at the farm of Messrs. Wolfaard, who had been captured +with General Cronje; and here I met Commandant Danie Theron, with his +eighty men. He had come to this place to avoid the troops lying between +Mooi River and Ventersdorp. His horses, although still weak, were yet +somewhat rested, and I gave him orders to join me in a few days, in +order to reinforce me until my commandos should come back. My intention +was not to undertake any great operations, for my force was not strong +enough for that. I intended my principal occupation to be to interrupt +the communications of the enemy by wrecking the line and telegraph. + +With regard to the main line in the Free State I must remark here that +things there were in a different condition from what they were on the +Krugersdorp line, which we had crossed. The Free State railway was Lord +Roberts' principal line of communication, and he had provided guards for +it everywhere. + +During the night of August 21st, we arrived at Vanvurenskloof. How +delightful it was when the sun rose to see once more the well-known +mountains to the south of the Vaal River in our own Free State! + +"There is the Free State," we called out to each other when day broke. +Every one was jubilant at seeing again that country which of all the +countries on the earth is the best. From here I despatched General Botha +with the purpose of collecting the burghers of Vrede and Harrismith who +had remained at home, and of bringing them back to join me. + +We remained only as long as was necessary to rest the horses, and then +at once went on. The same evening we arrived at the farm of +Rhenosterpoort, where our laager had waited since we had crossed the +Vaal River more than a week ago. + +The proprietor of the farm of Rhenosterpoort was old Mr. Jan Botha. It +could not be that he belonged to the family of Paul Botha, of Kroonstad, +for Jan Botha and his household (amongst whom was his son Jan, an +excellent veldtcornet) were true Afrikanders. And even if he did belong +to the family of Paul Botha, then the difference in his feelings and +actions from those of other members of his family was no greater than +that, alas! which frequently occurred in many families during this war. +One member put everything at the disposal of his country, whereas +another of the same name did everything possible against his country and +his people. But there was no such discord here. The two old brothers of +Mr. Botha, Philip and Hekky, were heart and soul with us. + +Potchefstroom was not at that time in the hands of the English. I rode +over to the town, and then it was that the well-known photo was taken of +me that has been spread about everywhere, in which I am represented with +a Mauser in my hand. I only mention this so as to draw attention to the +history of the weapon which I held in my hand. It is as follows:-- + +When the enemy passed through Potchefstroom on their way to Pretoria, +they left a garrison behind them, and many burghers went there to give +up their arms, which forthwith were burnt in a heap. When the garrison +left the dorp the burghers returned. Amongst them were some who set to +work to make butts for the rifles that had been burnt. + +"This rifle," I was told by the man who showed it to me, "is the two +hundredth that has been taken out of the burnt heap and repaired." + +This made such an impression on me that I took it in my hand, and had my +photo taken with it. I am only sorry that I cannot mention the names of +the burghers who did that work. Their names are worthy to be enrolled on +the annals of our nation. + +After having provided myself with dynamite, I left Potchefstroom and +returned to my commando, then quietly withdrew in the night to +Rhenosterkop. From there I sent Veldtcornet Nicolaas Serfontein, of the +Bethlehem commando, in the direction of Reitz and Lindley, to bring the +Kaffirs there to a sense of their duty, for I had heard that they were +behaving very brutally to our women. The remainder of the Bethlehem +burghers under Commandant Prinsloo and Veldtcornet Du Preez, remained +with me to assist me in getting under my supervision the commandos which +had escaped from behind the Roodebergen. These were under the command of +General Fourie, and some were in the south of the State. I left Captain +Scheepers behind me with orders to wreck the line every night. + +That evening I went to Mr. Welman's farm, which was to the south-west of +Kroonstad. + +There I received a report that the commandos under General Fourie were +in the neighbourhood of Ladybrand. I sent a despatch to him and Judge +Hertzog asking them to come and see me, with a view to bringing the +burghers under arms again, in the southern and south-western districts +of the State. + +This letter was taken by Commandant Michal Prinsloo and some despatch +riders to General Fourie. The night that he crossed the line a train was +passing, and he wrecked the railway both in front of it and behind it. +The train could thus neither advance nor retreat, and it fell into the +hands of Commandant Prinsloo, who, after having taken what he wanted, +burnt it. + +With regard to myself, I remained in the neighbourhood of Commandant +Nel's farm. + +Here I had the most wonderful of all the escapes that God allowed me in +the whole course of the war. + +On the third evening at sunset, a Hottentot came to me. He said that his +"baas," whose family lived about twelve miles from the farm of +Commandant Nel, had laid down their arms, and that he could not remain +in the service of the wife of such a bad "baas." He asked me if he could +not become one of my "achterrijders." + +As he was still speaking to me, Landdrost Bosman from Bothaville, came +to pay me a visit. + +"Good," I said to the Hottentot, "I shall see you about this again." For +I wished to cross-question him. I then went into the house with the +Landdrost, and spent a good deal of time in writing with him. Late in +the evening he went back to Bothaville and I to bed exactly at eleven +o'clock. + +I had scarcely laid down when the Hottentot came back to my thoughts, +and I began to grow uneasy. I got up and went to the outhouse where my +Kaffir slept. I woke him up and asked him where the Hottentot was. "Oh, +he is gone," he replied, "to go and fetch his things to go with the +baas." + +I at once felt that there was something wrong, and went and called my +men. I told them to saddle-up, and went off with my staff to the farm of +Mr. Schoeman on the Valsch River, to the east of Bothaville. + +On the following morning before daybreak, a force of two hundred English +stormed the farm of Commandant Nel. They had come to take me prisoner. + +From Schoeman's farm I went to the Rhenoster River and found Captain +Scheepers there. He reported that he had wrecked the line for four or +five consecutive weeks, as I had told him. + +I also received there the sad news of the death of the +never-to-be-forgotten Danie Theron, in a fight at Gatsrand. A more brave +and faithful commander I have never seen. + +So Danie Theron was no more. His place would not be easily filled. Men +as lovable or as valiant there might be, but where should I find a man +who combined so many virtues and good qualities in one person? Not only +had he the heart of a lion but he also possessed consummate tact and the +greatest energy. When he received an order, or if he wished to do +anything, then it was bend or break with him. Danie Theron answered the +highest demands that could be made on a warrior. + +One of Commandant Theron's lieutenants, Jan Theron, was appointed in his +place. + +From there I went with Captain Scheepers to the railway line, where I +burnt a railway bridge temporarily constructed with sleepers, and +wrecked a great part of the rails with dynamite. I then proceeded to +various farms in the neighbourhood, and after a few days, with +Commandant Michal Prinsloo, who had joined me, I returned to the same +part of the railway in order to carry out its destruction on a larger +scale. + +At twenty-five different places a charge of dynamite was placed with one +man at the fuse, who had to set light to it as soon as he heard a +whistle, that all charges could be ignited at the same time, and every +one be out of the way when the pieces of iron were hurled in the air by +the explosion. + +When the signal was heard the lucifers were struck everywhere, and the +fuses ignited. + +The English, keeping watch on some other part of the line not far from +us, on seeing the lights fired so fiercely on the burghers that they all +took to their horses and galloped off. + +Only five charges exploded. + +I waited for a moment, but no sound broke the silence. + +"Come on!" I said, "we must fire all the charges." + +On reaching the line we had to search in the darkness for the spots +where the dynamite had been placed. And now again the order was given +that as soon as the whistle was blown every one had to ignite his fuse. + +Again there was a blunder! + +One of the burghers ignited his fuse before the signal had been given, +and this caused such a panic that the others ran away. I and a few of my +staff lay flat on the ground where we were until this charge had +exploded, and then I went to fetch the burghers back. + +This time everything went off well, and all the charges exploded. + +The bridge I had destroyed had been rebuilt, and so I was forced to burn +it again. When this was done we departed and rode on to Rietspruit, +where we up-saddled, and then pushed on to Rhenosterpoort. + +[Footnote 67: Master.] + +[Footnote 68: Ravine.] + +[Footnote 69: General Store.] + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +The Oath of Neutrality + + +Arriving at Rhenosterpoort, I found there Commandant F. Van Aard, with +his commando. He told me that after I had left the laager, the burghers +had not been troubled again by the English. He had gone on to Waterberg, +and after having stayed there for a short time, he had returned to the +laager. He still had some of his waggons with him, but in many cases the +oxen had been so exhausted that the waggons had to be left behind, the +burghers returning on horseback, or even on foot. He also told me that +Vice-Commander-in-Chief Steenekamp had, just before my arrival, crossed +the line in the direction of Heilbron, in which district there were then +no English. + +Generals Fourie and Froneman, with Hertzog, were also at Rhenosterpoort, +having left their commandos behind, in the district of Winburg. + +They had much to tell me which I had heard already, but which I now +obtained at first hand. It appeared that the burghers who had been taken +prisoner with General Prinsloo had been sent to Ceylon, notwithstanding +the promise that had been given them that their property would be safe, +and that they would be allowed to return to their farms. + +It was now that I conceived the great plan of bringing under arms all +the burghers who had laid down their weapons, and taken the oath of +neutrality, and of sending them to operate in every part of the State. +To this end I went with these officers to the other side of the railway +line, in order to meet General Philip Botha in the country to the +south-east of Heilbron, and also, if possible, General Hattingh, who was +in command of the Harrismith and Vrede burghers. + +We succeeded in crossing the railway between Roodewal and Serfontein +siding, but not without fighting. Before we came to the railway line the +English opened a cross fire on us from the north-east, from the +direction of Roodewal; and almost directly afterwards another party +fired on us from the south. We succeeded, however, in getting through +with the waggons which Commandant Van Aard had with him, but we lost one +man killed, and three wounded. + +On the following day I gave Commandant Van Aard the order to go to his +district (Midden Valsch River) in order to give his burghers an +opportunity of getting their clothes washed, and of obtaining fresh +horses, if any were to be had. For although the enemy already had begun +to burn down our houses, and to carry away our horses, things had not as +yet reached such a pitch that the columns spared nothing that came in +their way. + +Commandant Van Aard started off on his errand, but alas! a few days +afterwards I heard that he--one of the most popular of all our +officers--had been killed in a fight near his own farm between Kroonstad +and Lindley. He was buried there, where he had fallen, on his own land. + +And now began the great work which I had proposed to accomplish. + +I gave instructions to Vice-Commander-in-Chief Piet Fourie to take under +his charge the districts of Bloemfontein, Bethulie, Smithfield, +Rouxville, and Wepener, and to permit the burghers there, who had +remained behind, to join us again. He was not, however, to compel +anybody to do so, because I was of opinion that a coerced burgher would +be of no real value to us, and would besides be untrustworthy. The +following officers were to serve under Fourie: Andrias, Van Tonder and +Kritzinger. The last-named had been appointed in the place of +Commandant Olivier, who had been taken prisoner at Winburg.[70] + +I had appointed Judge Hertzog as a second Vice-Commander-in-Chief, to +carry out the same work in the districts of Fauresmith, Philippolis and +Jacobsdal. He had under him Commandant Hendrik Pretorius (of Jacobsdal) +and Commandant Visser. The latter was the man who, when the burghers +from Fauresmith, even before the taking of Bloemfontein, had remained +behind, broke through with seventy or eighty troops. He had always +behaved faithfully and valiantly until, in an engagement at +Jagersfontein, he gave up his life, a sacrifice for the rights of his +nation. His name will ever be held in honour by his people. + +These two Vice-Commanders-in-Chief had no easy task to perform. In fact, +as every one will admit, it was a giant's burden that I had laid upon +their shoulders. To lighten it a little I made the following +arrangement: I sent Captain Pretorius, with a small detachment, in +advance of General Fourie, to prepare the road for him, and Captain +Scheepers to do the same for Judge Hertzog. The first had to say: "Hold +yourselves in readiness! Oom Pieter![71] is coming." The other had to +say: "Be prepared! The Rechter[72] is at hand!" + +All went well. General Fourie set to his task at once and did excellent +work. He had not been long in his division before he had collected seven +hundred and fifty men, and had had several skirmishes with the enemy. It +was on account of his acting so vigorously that the English again put +garrisons into some of the south-eastern townships, such as Dewetsdorp, +Wepener, and others. + +With General Hertzog things went even better. He had soon twelve hundred +men under arms. General Fourie had not succeeded in getting together an +equally large force in his division, because many burghers from these +districts had been taken prisoner at the time of the surrender of +Prinsloo. General Hertzog also fought more than one battle at +Jagersfontein and Fauresmith. + +I ought to add that after I had crossed the Magaliesberg I had sent +Veldtcornet C.C. Badenhorst, with twenty-seven men, on a similar errand +to the districts of Boshof and Hoopstad. I promoted him to the rank of +commandant, and he soon had a thousand troops under him, so that he was +able to engage the enemy on several occasions. He had not been long +occupied in this way, before I appointed him Vice-Commander-in-Chief. +The reader who has followed me throughout this narrative, may very +naturally ask here how it could be justifiable for nearly three thousand +burghers thus to take up arms again, and break their oath of neutrality? +I will answer this question by another--who first broke the terms of +this oath?--the burghers or the English military authorities? The +military authorities without any doubt; what other answer can one give? + +Lord Roberts had issued a proclamation saying that, if the burghers took +an oath of neutrality, and remained quietly on their farms, he would +give them protection for their persons and property. But what happened? +He himself ordered them to report to the British military authorities, +should any Boer scout or commandos come to their farms, and threatened +them with punishment if they did not do so. Old people also who had +never stirred one step from their farms were fined hundreds of pounds +when the railway or telegraph lines in their neighbourhood were wrecked. +Besides, instead of protection being given to the burghers, their cattle +were taken from them by the military, at prices they would never have +thought of accepting, and often by force. Yes; and from widows, who had +not even sons on commando, everything was taken away. If then the +English, on their part, had broken the contract, were not the burghers +perfectly justified in considering themselves no longer bound by the +conditions which the oath laid on them? + +And then if one goes further into the matter, and remembers that the +English had been employing such people as the National Scouts, and had +thus been arming men who had taken the oath of neutrality, how can one +think that the Boer was still under the obligation of keeping his oath? + +There is also the obligation which every one is under to his own +Government; for what Government could ever acknowledge an oath which +their citizens had no right to take? + +No! taking everything into consideration, no right-minded burgher could +have acted otherwise than to take his weapons up again, not only in +order to be faithful to his duty as a citizen, but also in order not to +be branded as a coward, as a man who in the future could never again +look any one in the face. + +I arranged various matters at Doornspruit, in the district of Kroonstad, +on the 23rd of September, 1900, and then went from there in the +direction of Rietfontein, in order to meet the commando which I had +ordered to be at Heilbron on the 25th. + +[Footnote 70: Commandant Van Tender had been made prisoner at the same +time, but he eluded the vigilance of his captors, and running for his +life under a shower of their bullets, got away in safety.] + +[Footnote 71: Uncle Peter.] + +[Footnote 72: Judge.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +Frederiksstad and Bothaville + + +When I was on the road to Heilbron, I heard that the commandos under +General Hattingh (those, namely, of Harrismith and Vrede) were near the +Spitskopje, seven miles to the south-east of Heilbron. I therefore went +out of my course and proceeded in the direction of these commandos. They +were among those who had stood the crucial test, and had not surrendered +with Prinsloo. + +It was a real pleasure to me to meet the Harrismith burghers, and to +talk with them over bygone days. This was our first meeting since +December, 1899. The last time we had seen each other was when we were +encamped round Ladysmith, where we were, so to speak, neighbours--our +positions being contiguous. + +But what a shock went through my heart when I saw the cumbersome +waggon-camps which had come both from Vrede and Harrismith! For I +remembered what trouble and anxiety the waggons and carts had already +caused me, and how my commandos, in order to save them, had been forced +to fly 280 miles--from Slabbertsnek to Waterberg. As Commander-in-Chief, +I was now determined to carry out most strictly the Kroonstad regulation +and have nothing more to do with the waggons. + +I did not think that I should have any difficulty in convincing the +commanders of Harrismith and Vrede that the best thing would be to do +away with these unnecessary impediments, because, shortly before, the +English themselves had given me a text to preach from, by taking away a +great number of waggons from Commandant Hasebroek at Winburg and at Vet +River. Nevertheless, my words fell on unwilling ears. + +It was not long after I had arrived in the camp when I got the burghers +together and spoke to them. After thanking the officers and men for not +having surrendered with Prinsloo at Naauwpoort, I congratulated them on +their success at Ladybrand, where they had driven the English out of the +town and forced them to take refuge in the caverns of Leliehoek. I then +went on to tackle the tender subject--as a Boer regards it--of +sacrificing the waggons. No! I did not say so much as that--I only +insisted on the waggons being sent home. Now this was very much the same +as saying: "Give up your waggons and carts to the enemy"--an order +which, expressed in that bald manner, would have given offence. + +However, I was resolved to have my way, and at the end of my speech, I +said, "I may not ask you, and I will not ask you what you will do with +regard to the waggons. I only tell you that they must disappear." + +On the following day I called the officers together, and gave them +direct orders to that effect. I was very polite, but also very +determined that the waggons should be sent off without a moment's delay. +I also gave orders that the Harrismith and Kroonstad burghers under +General Philip Botha should occupy themselves in cutting the English +lines of communication between Kroonstad and Zand River. The Bothaville +burghers were to carry out similar operations in their own district. + +On that same afternoon I rode with my staff to the Heilbron burghers, +who now had returned to their farms. (They had had permission to go home +after they had got back from Waterberg.) They had assembled in very +strong force. + +The enemy also had arrived in this part of the country, and we were +therefore obliged at once to get ourselves ready to fight in case it +should be necessary, or to retreat if the enemy should be too strong for +us. + +With the Heilbron, Harrismith and Vrede commandos, I had now a very +considerable force at my command. + +When I met the burghers on the 25th of September I found that I must +send a force in the direction of Kroonstad, in order to oppose outposts +which the enemy had stationed some six miles from that town. + +I at once sent orders to General Hattingh that he was to come over to me +with his burghers. But what did I hear? The burghers had not been able +to make up their minds to part with their waggons; most of the men from +Vrede and Harrismith had gone home with these waggons, although there +was a Kaffir driver and a leader for almost every one, and although I +had given express orders that these Kaffirs were to be the ones to take +back the waggons. How angry I was! At such moments as these one would be +well nigh driven mad were there not a Higher Power to hold one back. + +And, to make the situation still more serious, the English now came on +from all sides, and I had no troops! The Kroonstad burghers were in +their own district. I allowed those from Bethlehem to leave me in order +to carry on operations in their part of the country; the same likewise +with the Winburgers and the valiant Commandant Hasebroek, while the +burghers of Vrede and Harrismith had gone home. + +I had therefore with me only a small contingent from those districts, in +addition to the burghers from Heilbron. + +The reader will understand that, under these circumstances, the forces +which now began to concentrate on us were too great for us to withstand; +and that no other course lay open to me than to go through +Schoemansdrift; and, in case I should be pursued, to Bothaville, in +order to enter the _zandveld_ (desert) through which it would be +difficult for the enemy to advance. + +We continued in the direction of Wolvehoek Station, and on the +following night crossed the line between Vredefortweg and Wolvehoek, +where I wrecked the railway at various points, and also took prisoner a +small force of thirteen who had been lying asleep in their tents. This +last incident happened early in the morning of September 30th. + +We had crossed the line, and were about three miles on the further side +of it, when a train came up and bombarded us with an Armstrong and a +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, without however doing any damage. Our guns were too +far behind the vanguard, and the poor horses too tired to go back for +them, or we should have answered their fire. However, we got an +opportunity of using our big guns against 200 mounted men, who had +pursued us, but who, when they saw we were ready to receive them, turned +round and--took the shortest road to safety! + +That evening we marched to a place a little to the south of Parijs, and +the following day to the kopjes west of Vredefort. There we stayed a few +days until the enemy again began to concentrate at Heilbron. + +I then divided my commando into two parts. One part I took with me, +while I sent the Harrismith burghers (those at least who had not gone +home with the waggons) under General Philip Botha, in the direction of +Kroonstad, where he would meet the commando of that district, which had +received orders to operate to the west of the railway line. General +Philip Botha nominated Veldtcornet P. De Vos as Commandant of the +Kroonstad contingent instead of Commandant Frans Van Aard. He made a +good choice, for Commandant De Vos was not only a valiant officer, but +also a strictly honourable man. + +For some days the enemy remained encamped on the farm called Klipstapel, +which lies to the south-east of Vredefort. Then they attacked us. We +held our own for a day and a half, but at last had to retreat to the +Vaal River, whither the English, doubtless thinking that we were again +going to Waterberg, did not pursue us. This was on the 7th of October, +1900. + +I now received a report from General Liebenberg that General Barton and +his column were in the neighbourhood of Frederiksstad Station. He asked +me (as he was too weak to venture anything alone) whether I would join +him in an attack upon the English General. I decided to do so, and sent +him a confidential letter saying that I would join him in a week's time. + +In order to mislead the English, I retreated ostentatiously through +Schoemansdrift to the farm of Baltespoort, which stands on the banks of +the Rhenoster River, fifteen miles from the drift. The following night I +returned by the way I had come, and crossed the river a little to the +west of Schoemansdrift. + +When on the following night we were again in the saddle I heard from +many a mouth, "Whither now?" + +Our destination was Frederiksstad Station, where we were to engage +General Barton. Previous to an attack, thorough scouting should always +take place. Accordingly I sent out my scouts, and discovered that +General Liebenberg had entirely cut off the English from their +communications, so that, except for heliographic messages, they were +entirely out of touch with the rest of their forces. Now I do not know +if they had "smelt a rat," but they were certainly well entrenched near +the station on ridges to the south-east and to the north. + +We had therefore to besiege General Barton in his entrenchments. For the +first five days we held positions to the east, to the south, and to the +north-west. On the fifth day I agreed with General Liebenberg that we +should take up a new position on the embankment north-west of the +strongest part of the English encampment. This position was to be held +by two hundred men, of whom I gave eighty to General Froneman and one +hundred and twenty to General Liebenberg. It was a position that we +could not leave during the day without great danger, and it needed a +large force to hold it, for its garrison had to be strong enough to +defend itself if it should be attacked. + +If only my arrangements had been carried out all would have gone well. + +But what happened? + +I thought that two hundred men had gone in accordance with my orders to +that position. Instead of this there were only eighty there when, on the +following morning, a very strong reinforcement of English, ordered up by +General Barton, appeared from the direction of Krugersdorp. I did not +hear of this reinforcement till it was so close that there was no chance +for me to keep it back. In fact, when I got the report the enemy were +already storming the unfortunate handful of burghers and firing fiercely +upon them. If these burghers had only had enough ammunition they would +have been able to defend themselves, but as they were obliged to keep up +a continuous fire on the storming party their cartridges were speedily +exhausted. When this happened there was nothing for them to do but to +fly. This they did under a fierce fire from three guns, which had been +bombarding them continuously since the morning--doing but little damage +however, as our burghers were behind the railway embankment. But now +they had to fly over open ground, and on foot, as they had gone down +without their horses because there was no safe place for the animals. + +If two hundred burghers--the number I had arranged for--had been in the +position, there would have been no chance of the enemy's reinforcement +being able to drive them out: and in all probability General Barton +would have been obliged to surrender. Instead of this we had a loss of +thirty killed and wounded, and about the same number were taken +prisoners. Among the dead was the renowned Sarel Cilliers, grandson of +the worthy "voortrekker"[73] of the same name. Veldtcornet Jurie +Wessels was the most distinguished of the prisoners. + +It was a miserable affair altogether: General Froneman ought to have +called his men back when he saw that General Liebenberg had not sent his +contingent. I have heard however that Captain Cilliers refused to leave +the position until it became no longer tenable. It was hard indeed for +him to lose a battle thus, when it was nearly won, and to be compelled +to retreat when victory was all but within his grasp. + +We retired towards Vanvurenskloof, and on arriving there the following +evening heard that a great English force had come from Schoemansdrift +and captured Potchefstroom, that another force was at Tijgerfontein, and +a third at Schoemansdrift. + +Early next morning we crossed the Vaal River at Witbanksfontein. There +we off-saddled. + +Now I had sent out scouts--not, however, Commandant Jan Theron's men, +but ordinary burghers whom the Commandants had sent out--and just as we +had partaken about noon of a late breakfast, these burghers came +hurriedly into the camp, shouting: "The enemy is close at hand!" + +It was not long before every one had up-saddled, and we were off. The +English had taken up positions on the kopjes due north of the Vaal +River, whilst we had for our defence only kraals and boundary walls. As +these offered no shelter for our horses, we were forced to retreat. And +a most unpleasant time of it we had until we got out of range of their +guns and small arms. During this retreat we lost one of our guns. This +happened while I was with the left wing. One of the wheels of the +carriage fell off, and the gun had to be left behind. Another incident +of our flight was more remarkable. A shell from one of the enemy's guns +hit an ox waggon on which there were four cases of dynamite, and +everything was blown up. + +The oxen had just been unyoked and had left the waggon, or else a +terrible catastrophe would have occurred. + +We lost also two burghers, who, thinking that it would be safe to go +into a dwelling house, and hide themselves there, gave an opportunity to +some English troops who were on the march from Schoemansdrift, to take +them prisoner. + +We retired for some distance in an easterly direction, and when it +became dark, swerved suddenly to the west, as if aiming for a point +somewhat to the south-west of Bothaville. The following evening we +stayed at Bronkhaistfontein, near the Witkopjes. From there we went on +next morning to the west of Rheboksfontein, remaining that night at +Winkeldrift, on the Rhenoster River. + +There I received a report that President Steyn with his staff was coming +from Machadodorp, where he had met the Transvaal Government. The +President requested me to come and see him, and also to meet General De +la Rey, who would be there. + +I told the commandos to go on in the direction of Bothaville and went +with my staff to the President. We met on the 31st of October near +Ventersdorp. From him I heard that when he came to Machadodorp President +Kruger was just ready to sail from Lourenço Marques, in the man-of-war +_Gelderland_, which had been specially sent by Queen Wilhelmina to bring +him over to the Netherlands. This was shortly before Portugal ceased to +be neutral--the old President got away only just in time. + +General De la Rey had been prevented from coming: and on the 2nd of +November I went with the President towards Bothaville. + +I had received reports from General Fourie, Judge Hertzog, and Captain +Scheepers, that the burghers in their districts had rejoined; this made +me think that the time had now come to make another dash into Cape +Colony. President Steyn had expressed a wish to go with us. + +We marched on with the intention of crossing the railway line somewhere +near Winburg. On the morning of the 5th we arrived at Bothaville, where +we found General Froneman, who had been marching with the commandos from +Rhenoster River. Little did we know that a terrible misfortune was +awaiting us. + +That very afternoon a strong English force, which indeed had been in +pursuit of us all the time, came up, and a skirmish took place, after +which the English withdrew out of reach of our guns, while we took up a +position under cover of the nearest hill. Without suspecting any harm we +went into camp about seven miles from the English, keeping the Valsch +River between us and them. + +I placed an outpost that night close to the river and told them to stay +there till the following day. The burghers of this watch returned in the +morning and reported that they had seen nothing but wreaths of smoke +ascending from the north bank of the river. They believed that these +came from the English camp. + +We were still safe then--so at least we all believed. + +But the corporal who had brought this report had but just left me, and +was scarcely one hundred paces off when I heard the report of rifles. I +thought at first that it was only some cattle being shot for food, but +all at once there were more shots, and what did we see? The English were +within three hundred paces of us, on a little hill near Bothaville, and +close to the spot from whence my outpost had just returned. + +It was early morning. The sun had not risen more than twenty minutes and +many of the burghers still lay asleep rolled up in their blankets. + +The scene which ensued was unlike anything I had ever witnessed before. +I heard a good deal about panics--I was now to see one with my own eyes. +Whilst I was looking for my horse to get him up-saddled a few of the +burghers were making some sort of a stand against the enemy. But all +those who had already up-saddled were riding away at break-neck speed. +Many even were leaving their saddles behind and galloping off bare-back. +As I up-saddled my horse I called out to them:-- + +"Don't run away! Come back and storm the enemy's position!" But it was +no use. A panic had seized them, and the victims of that panic were +those brave men who had never thought of flight, but only of resisting +the enemy! + +The only thing I could do was to leap into the saddle and try to +persuade the fugitives to return. But I did not succeed, for as I +stopped them at one point others galloped past me, and I was thus kept +dodging from point to point, until the whole commando was out of range +of the firing. + +The leader of the enemy's storming party was Colonel Le Gallais, without +doubt one of the bravest English officers I have ever met. On this +occasion he did not encounter much resistance, for only a very few of +the burghers attacked him, and that only at one point of his position. +Among these burghers were Staats-Procureur Jacob De Villiers, and +Veldtcornet Jan Viljoen. As for the rest of our men, it was useless to +try to get them to come back to the fight. The gunners however did +everything they could to save their guns, but had not enough time to get +the oxen inspanned. + +Our loss was, as far as I could make out, nine killed, between twenty +and thirty wounded, and about one hundred prisoners. Among the dead were +Veldtcornets Jan Viljoen, of Heilbron, and Van Zijl, of Cape Colony; and +among the wounded, Staats-Procureur Jacob De Villiers and Jan Rechter, +the latter of whom subsequently died. The wounded who managed to escape +included General Froneman, who was slightly wounded in the chest; Mr. +Thomas Brain, who had been hit in the thigh; and one of my staff who was +severely wounded, his shoulder being pierced by a bullet. + +According to English reports, Dr. De Landsheer, a Belgian, was killed in +this engagement. The English newspapers asserted that the doctor was +found dead with a bandolier round his body. I can vouch for the fact +that the doctor possessed neither rifle nor bandolier, and I am unable +to believe that he armed himself on the battlefield. + +Six of our Krupp guns were captured in this battle, but as our +ammunition for these pieces was nearly exhausted, the loss of them made +little difference to us. + +I feel compelled to add that, if the burghers had stood shoulder to +shoulder we should certainly have driven back the enemy, and the mishap +would never have occurred. We were eight hundred men strong, and the +enemy numbered not more than one thousand to one thousand two hundred. +But a surprise attack such as theirs had been usually produces +disastrous consequences. + +[Footnote 73: Pioneer.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +My March to the South + + +The horses of the burghers were in a very weak condition; and as the +Boer is only half a man without his horse--for he relies on it to get +him out of any and every difficulty--I had now to advance, and see if I +could not find some means of providing my men with horses and saddles. I +went on this errand in the direction of Zandriviersbrug to the farm of +Mr. Jacobus Bornman. + +Here, however, I divided the commandos. General Froneman, with the Vrede +and Heilbron burghers, I sent back to cross the railway lines between +the Doorn and Zand Rivers, with orders to operate in the northern +districts of the State. I took with me Commandant Lategan of Colesberg, +with about one hundred and twenty men, and Commandant Jan Theron, with +eighty men, and proceeded on the 10th or 11th of November across the +railway line between Doorn River and Theronskoppen, with the intention +of executing my plan of making an inroad into the Cape Colony. + +We wrecked the railway line and blew up a few small bridges, and then +proceeded in the direction of Doornberg, where I met Commandant +Hasebroek and his burghers. I sent orders to General Philip Botha to +come with the Harrismith and Kroonstad burghers, which he had with him. +They arrived about the 13th of November. + +We then marched, with about fifteen hundred men, in the direction of +Springhaansnek, to the east of Thaba'Nchu. At the northern point of +Korannaberg, Commandant Hasebroek remained behind, waiting for some of +his men to join him. + +We took with us one Krupp with sixteen rounds--that was our whole stock +of gun ammunition! + +By the afternoon of the 16th we had advanced as far as Springhaansnek. +The English had built a line of forts from Bloemfontein to Thaba'Nchu +and Ladybrand. And just at the point where we wanted to pass them, there +were two forts, one to the south and the other to the north, about 2,000 +paces from each other, on the shoulder of the mountain. + +My first step was to order the Krupp to fire six shots on one of these +forts; and, very much to the credit of my gunners, almost everyone of +these shots found its mark. Then I raced through. + +All went well. The only man hit was Vice-Assistant-Commandant Jan +Meijer, of Harrismith, who received a wound in the side. He was shot +while sitting in a cart, where he had been placed owing to a wound which +he had received a few days before, in the course of a hot engagement, +which General Philip Botha had had at Ventersburg Station. + +We now rode on through Rietpoort towards Dewetsdorp, staying, during the +night of the 17th of November, at a place on the Modder River. The +following day we only went a short distance, and halted at the farm of +Erinspride. + +On the 19th I made a point of advancing during the _day_, so as to be +observed by the garrison at Dewetsdorp. + +My object was to lead the garrison to think that we did not want to +attack them, but wished first to reconnoitre the positions. This would +have been quite an unnecessary proceeding, as the town was well known to +me, and I had already received information as to where the enemy was +posted. + +The garrison could only conclude that we were again flying, just as we +were supposed to have done--by readers of English newspapers--at +Springhaansnek. They would be sure to think that after reconnoitring +their positions at Dewetsdorp we had gone on to Bloemfontein. Indeed, I +heard afterwards that they had sent a patrol, to pursue us to the hills +on the farm of Glengarry, and that this patrol had seen us march away in +the direction of Bloemfontein. In fact the enemy seemed to have a fixed +impression that I was going there. I was told that they had said: "De +Wet was either too wise or too frightened to attack Dewetsdorp; and if +he did, he would only be running his head against a wall." And again, +when they had received the telegram which informed them that I had gone +through Springhaansnek, they said: "If De Wet comes here to attack us, +it will be the last attack he will ever make." + +We came to the farm of Roodewal, and remained there, well out of sight, +the whole of the 20th of November. Meanwhile our friends (?) at +Dewetsdorp were saying: "The Boers are ever so far away." + +But on the evening of the same day I marched, very quietly, back to +Dewetsdorp, and crept up as close as I dared to the positions held by +the enemy's garrison. My early days had been spent in the vicinity of +this town, which had been named after my father by the Volksraad; and +later on I had bought from him the farm[74] where I lived as a boy. + +By day or by night, I had been accustomed to ride freely in and out of +the old town; never before had I been forced to approach it, as I was +now, _like a thief_! Was nothing on this earth then solid or lasting? To +think that I must not enter Dewetsdorp unless I were prepared to +surrender to the English! + +I was _not_ prepared to surrender to the English. Sooner than do that I +would break my way in by force of arms. + +At dawn, on the 21st of November, we took possession of three positions +round the town. + +General Botha, who had with him Jan and Arnoldus Du Plessis as guides, +went from Boesmansbank to a _tafelkop_,[75] to the south-east of the +town. On this mountain the English had thrown up splendid _schanzes_, +and had also built gun forts there, which would have been very +advantageous to us, if we had only had more ammunition. The English had +undoubtedly built these forts with the intention of placing guns there, +and thus protecting the town on every side should danger threaten. But +they did not know how to guard their own forts, for when General Botha +arrived there he found only three sentries--and they were fast sleep! +Two of them escaped, leaving their clothes behind, but the third was +killed. + +Commandant De Vos and I occupied a position on the ridge which lies to +the north of the town; from this point we could shoot into the town at a +range of about 1,600 paces. + +Commandant Lategan was stationed on the hill to the west of the town, +close to the farm of Glengarry, whose owner, Mr. B.W. Richter--father of +my valiant Adjutants, B.W. and Jan Richter--must have been much +surprised that morning when he discovered that something very like an +attack was being made on Dewetsdorp. + +The enemy held strong positions on points of the ridge to the south-east +(above the Kaffir location) to the south-west and to the north-west. +Their _schanzes_ were built of stones, and provided with trenches. On +the top of the _schanzes_ sandbags had been placed, with spaces left +between them for the rifles. + +Of Major Massey, who was in command, and his force, consisting of parts +of the Gloucestershire regiment, the Highland Light Infantry, and the +Irish Rifles, five hundred all told, I have only to say that both +commanding officer and men displayed the greatest valour. + +Although Commandants Hasebroek and Prinsloo had not arrived, +nevertheless I had as many as nine hundred men. But I was obliged to +send a strong patrol to Roodekop, eighteen miles from us in the +direction of Bloemfontein, in order to receive reports in time, should +reinforcements be coming up to the help of the English. I had also to +send men to keep watch out towards Thaba'Nchu, Wepener and Reddersburg; +nor could I leave the President's little camp (which I had allowed to +proceed to the farm called "Prospect") without some protection. Thus it +was that of my nine hundred men, only four hundred and fifty were +available for the attack. + +It delighted me to see how courageous our burghers were at Dewetsdorp. +As one watched them creeping from _schanze_ to _schanze_, often without +any cover whatever, and in danger at every moment of falling under the +enemy's fire, one felt that there was still hope. + +On the first day we advanced until we were close to the _schanzes_ on +the south-east and on the north; we remained there during the night in +our positions, our food being brought to us. + +The second day, November 22nd, firing began very early in the morning, +and was kept up until the afternoon. Our most advanced burghers, those +of Harrismith, had come to within about one hundred paces of the first +_schanze_. + +I saw one of our men creeping on till he was close under the enemy's +fort. Directly afterwards I observed that rifles were being handed over +the _schanze_ to this man. Later on it appeared that the man who had +done this valiant deed was none other than Veldtcornet Wessels, of +Harrismith. He was subsequently promoted to the rank of Commandant, to +take the place of Commandant Truter; later on again, he became +Vice-Commander-in-Chief. + +Our burghers could now enter this fort without incurring much danger. +But they had hardly done so, when the two English guns, which had been +placed to the west of the town, opened fire on them. When this +happened, I gave orders to my men that a great _schanze_ of the English, +about eighty paces from the one which we had just taken, should be +stormed. This was successfully carried out by Veldtcornet Wessels, who +had with him about twenty-five men. The enemy meanwhile kept up a heavy +fire on our storming party, from some _schanzes_ which lay still further +away; our men, therefore, had nothing left them but to take these also. +Then while our men kept in cover behind the fort which they had just +taken, the English left the _schanzes_ upon which the storming party had +been firing so fiercely; this, however, Veldtcornet Wessels and his +burghers did not know, because, after having rested a little, and +desiring to renew the attack, they only saw that everything was quiet +there, and that they were now only under the fire of guns from the +western forts, which lay right above the town. I also had not observed +that the forts had been abandoned. + +Just as the sun was setting, and when it was too late to do anything, +General Philip Botha, with his two sons, Louis and Charlie, rushed up to +Veldtcornet Wessels and told him what the real state of affairs was. + +I now saw columns of black smoke rising from the mill of Mr. Wessels +Badenhorst, to the south of the town. Everybody was saying: "The English +are burning their commissariat; they are going to surrender!" + +The English had a strong fort on the north, near the place where +Commandant De Vos was stationed. In order to take this _schanze_ one +would have been obliged to cross 200 metres of open ground. Moreover, it +was so placed that it was the only part of the English possession which +De Vos's guns commanded. Accordingly, when the sun had gone down, I sent +orders to him that he was to storm this _schanze_ before daybreak on the +following morning. + +My orders were duly carried out. + +Commandant De Vos crept stealthily up to the fort, and was not observed +by the enemy until he was close to them. They then fired fiercely on +him, killing two of his burghers, but our men would not be denied; they +leapt over the _schanze_ and compelled the enemy to surrender. The +English losses on this occasion were six killed, a few wounded, and +about thirty taken prisoner. + +While this was going on, Veldtcornet Wessels, in accordance with orders +which I had given him the previous evening, had taken possession of the +river bank exactly opposite to the town, which he was now preparing to +storm. + +The English had only a few _schanzes_ to the west of him, and these were +not more than two hundred paces off. + +I had been to the laager at "Prospect" the night before, with the +intention of returning so as to be in time for the storming of the town. +I had arranged to go there very early in the morning, because my journey +could be accomplished with much less risk if carried out in the dark. +Unfortunately, however, daylight overtook me when I had got no further +than the Kaffir location, and I had to race from there, over country +where I had no sort of cover, to the ravine near the town. From this +ravine to where Veldtcornet Wessels was waiting for me on the river +bank, I rode in comparative safety. + +The reader can easily imagine how delighted I was to meet again the +Dewetsdorp folk, to whom I was so well known. But I could not show +myself too much. That would not have been safe. After I had visited +three houses--those of the Schoolmaster, Mr. Otto, of Mr. Jacobus Roos, +and of old Mr. H. Van der Schijf--and had partaken in each of a cup of +coffee, I hurried off to my burghers. + +The remaining English _schanzes_ had been so well constructed that their +occupants could still offer a very stubborn resistance, and they did so. +It was not until about three o'clock on the afternoon of the 23rd of +November that we saw the white flag go up, and knew that the victory was +ours. + +We took four hundred and eight prisoners, amongst whom were Major Massey +and seven other officers. We also took fifty Kaffirs. Two Armstrong guns +with more than three hundred rounds of ammunition, some waggons, horses +and mules, and a great quantity of Lee-Metford cartridges also fell into +our hands. + +We never knew the exact numbers of the English dead and wounded, but +they must have lost something between seventy and one hundred men. + +Our own loss was heavy. Seven of the burghers were killed and fourteen +wounded; most of these, however, slightly. + +The sun had already set before we had put everything in order, and it +was late in the evening when we returned to our laager at "Prospect." +There I received a report that a great column was marching from the +direction of Reddersburg, in order to relieve Major Massey--but they +were too late! + +Very early the following morning we made preparations to intercept the +advance of this column. We took up positions to the west of Dewetsdorp, +and the day was spent in exchanging shots with the enemy's guns. During +the night we remained in our positions, but when the sun rose I +discovered that the column, which was already too strong for us, was +expecting a reinforcement, and as no attack was attempted on their side, +I decided to leave the position quietly, and to march on. My inroad into +Cape Colony must no longer be delayed. + +Our positions at Dewetsdorp were so situated that I could leave them +unnoticed. I thought it well, however, to leave behind a small number of +burghers as a decoy, so that the English should not pursue us at once. + +[Footnote 74: Nieuwjaarsfontein.] + +[Footnote 75: A table-shaped hill.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +I Fail to Enter Cape Colony + + +The enemy gave us plenty of time in which to effect our escape, and by +nightfall we had abandoned our positions at Platkop. Taking with us the +prisoners of war (whom I intended to set free on the far side of the +Orange River), we marched towards Vaalbank, arriving there on the +following morning. That day the English attacked us unawares. While I +was at Dewetsdorp, Captain Pretorius had come up to give me a report of +his recent doings. I had sent him, two months previously, from the +district of Heilbron to Fauresmith and Philippolis, in order to fetch +two or three hundred horses from those districts; he had told me that he +had brought the horses, and that they were with his 200 men at +Droogfontein. + +It was about eight o'clock in the morning after our night march that our +outpost at Vaalbank saw a mounted commando riding from Beijersberg in +the direction of Reddersburg. I was at once informed of this, but as I +was expecting Pretorius from that direction, I merely said: "It is sure +to be Captain Pretorius." + +"No; this is an _English_ commando." + +English or Australian--it made very little matter--they were enemies. + +I had no need to give the order to off-saddle, the burghers did it at +once of their own accord. But before we were ready for him, the enemy +opened fire on us from the very ridge on which our outpost had been +stationed. + +Off went the burghers, and I made no effort to stop them, for the spot +where we were did not command a good view of the surrounding country, +and I already had my eye on some ridges, about half an hour's ride away. +There we should be able to reconnoitre, especially towards Dewetsdorp, +whence I expected the enemy at any moment. During the retreat +Veldtcornet de Wet was severely wounded. Moreover, some of our horses +had to be left behind, being too exhausted to go any further. + +We marched on towards Bethulie. When in the neighbourhood of this town, +and of the farm of "Klein Bloemfontein," I fell in with General Piet +Fourie and Captain Scheepers, and took them with me. While on this farm +I set free the Kaffirs whom I had taken prisoner at Dewetsdorp; they +pretended they had not been fighting, but were only waggon-drivers. I +gave them a pass to go into Basutoland. + +We then proceeded towards Karmel, and just as we were approaching the +farm of "Good Hope," we caught sight of an English column which had come +from Bethulie, and was making for Smithfield. I at once opened fire upon +them from two sides, but they were in such good positions that we failed +that day to drive them out. On the morrow, early in the morning, the +fight began afresh. + +About four o'clock in the afternoon General Charles Knox, with a large +reinforcement, arrived from Smithfield, and we had once more to retire. +It was here that I sustained a loss upon my staff--my nephew, Johannes +Jacobus de Wet. It was sad to think that I should never again see +Johannes--so brave and cheerful as he had always been. His death was a +great shock to me. + +Our only other casualties were four burghers wounded, whereas the enemy, +unless I am much mistaken, must have lost heavily. + +Whilst this fight was in progress General Hertzog joined me. We arranged +that he should with all speed make an inroad into Cape Colony, between +the Norvalspont and Hopetown railway bridges, and that I should do the +same between the railway bridges at Bethulie and Aliwal North. He was to +operate in the north-western part of the country, I in the eastern and +midland parts. + +That night we continued our march towards Karmel, under a heavy downpour +of rain. Next morning it was still raining when we started to continue +our march; later on in the day we off-saddled for a short time and then +went on again, so as to be able to cross the Caledon River before it +became impossible to do so. I can assure you that it rained so hard +while we were fording the Caledon, that, as the Boers say, "It was +enough to kill the big devils and cut off the legs of the little ones." +We then marched on--still through heavy rain. + +Commandant Truter, who was in command of the rear-guard, had left a +Krupp and an ammunition waggon behind. I was not at all pleased about +this, but, as we had not a single round of Krupp ammunition left, the +gun would only have hampered us. + +That evening we reached the Orange River, at a point some three miles to +the north of Odendaalsstroom, but, alas! what a sight met our eyes! The +river was quite impassable owing to the floods, and, in addition, the +ford was held by English troops stationed on the south bank. + +Our position was beginning to be critical, for there was an English +garrison at Aliwal North, so that I could not cross the Orange River by +the bridge there. It was also highly probable that the Caledon would be +in flood, and I knew that General Charles Knox had left a division of +his troops at Smithfield--they would be sure to be holding the bridge +over the Caledon at Commissiedrift. Moreover, Jammerbergsdrift, near +Wepener, was doubtless well guarded, so that there, too, I would have no +chance of crossing the river. There was still Basutoland, but we did not +wish to cross its borders--we were on good terms with the Basutos and +we could not afford to make enemies of them. Surely we had enough +enemies already! + +To make the best of a bad job I sent Commandant Kritzinger[76] and +Captain Scheepers, with their three hundred men, to march in the +direction of Rouxville with orders that as soon as the Orange River +became fordable, they were to cross it into Cape Colony without delay. I +entertained no doubt that they would succeed. + +Everything is as it must be, and unless one is a sluggard--who brings +trouble upon himself by doing nothing to avoid it--one has no reason to +complain. + +Such were my thoughts as I contemplated our situation. + +The Orange River was in flood--the Government and I, therefore, could +not possibly remain where we were for long. The English were so fond of +us that they would be sure to be paying us a visit! No, to wait there +until the river was fordable was not to be thought of. + +The reader will now perceive how it was that my projected inroad into +Cape Colony did not become a fact. My dear old friend, General Charles +Knox, was against it, and he had the best of the argument, for the river +was unfordable. What then was I to do? Retreat I could not, for the +Caledon also was now full. Again, as I have already explained, it would +not do for me to take refuge in Basutoland. But even that would be +better than to attempt to hold out where I was--in a narrow belt of +country between two rivers in flood--against the overpowering force +which was at General Knox's disposal, and which in ten or twelve days +would increase tenfold, by reinforcements from all parts of the country. + +I knew that the Orange and the Caledon Rivers sometimes remained +unfordable for weeks together. How could I then escape?--Oh, the English +had caught me at last! They hemmed me in on every side; I could not get +away from them. In fact they had "cornered" me, to use one of their own +favourite expressions. That they also thought so appears from what I +read afterwards in the _South African News_, where I saw that Lord +Kitchener had given orders to General Charles Knox "not to take any +prisoners there!" For the truth of this I cannot positively vouch; but +it was a very suspicious circumstance that Mr. Cartwright, the editor of +the newspaper to which I have referred, was afterwards thrown into +prison for having published this very anecdote about Lord Kitchener. + +Our prospects were then by no means bright; I knew very well that those +trusty counsellors of the English--the National Scouts--would have +advised their masters to seize the bridges and thus make escape +impossible for Steyn and De Wet. + +Without delay I proceeded to the Commissiedrift bridge over the Caledon. +As I feared, it was occupied by the enemy. Entrenchments had been dug, +and _schanzes_ thrown up at both ends. + +Foiled here, I at once sent a man down to the river to see if it was +still rising. It might be the case that there had not been so much rain +higher up. The man whom I had sent soon returned, reporting that the +river was falling, and would be fordable by the evening. This was good +news indeed. + +On the other hand, our horses were exhausted. They had now for three +days been obliged to plough their way through the wet, muddy paths. We +had no forage to give them, and the grass was so young as yet that it +did not seem to strengthen them at all. + +Nevertheless, we had to be off. And there was but one road open to +us--we must somehow get across the Orange River and thus obtain +elbow-room. Accordingly we returned to make for Zevenfontein, a ford ten +or twelve miles further up the river. If it were not already in the +enemy's hands, we would surely be able to get across there. Shortly +before sunset, on the 8th of December, we arrived at Zevenfontein. To +our immense joy, it was unoccupied and fordable. + +I at once marched towards Dewetsdorp, intending, if only General Knox +and his huge force would give me the chance, to rest my horses, and then +make another attempt to enter Cape Colony. + +But it was not to be. + +The English were afraid that if President Steyn and I were in Cape +Colony their troubles would be doubled. General Knox therefore +concentrated all his available forces in order to drive us northwards. +It was disappointing, but there was a bright side to it. If the English +were pursuing me, they would have to leave Commandant Kritzinger and +Captain Scheepers, who would thus be able to cross the Orange River. + +These two officers, however, were not left entirely in peace. While they +rested for a time near Zastron, in order to give their horses a chance +of recovering their strength, there came a division of Brabant's Horse +to pay them a visit. The result was that about sixty of the visitors +were wounded or taken prisoner, while the rest found it as much as they +could do to get back to Aliwal North, whence they had started. +Commandant Kritzinger and Captain Scheepers had then another opportunity +for rest until the day should come when they could make an inroad into +Cape Colony according to my instructions. + +Although, as I have already said, the English were passionately devoted +to President Steyn and myself, I was deprived of their endearments for +the space of two whole days, during which I was at Wilgeboomspruit. Here +I was joined by Commandant Hasebroek with his commando, and all of +us--horses as well as men--enjoyed a little rest. But very soon General +Knox was again at our heels, and, to escape him, I marched west in the +direction of Edenburg, hoping at last to be able to get into Cape +Colony. Not only were the forces of General Knox _behind_ us, but, when +we arrived at the farm of "Hexrivier," and thus were within two hours' +march of Edenburg, I heard from my scouts, whom I had sent on in +advance, that there was a great English column in _front_ of us at that +town. + +In the evening, therefore, I turned off towards the east, and marched in +the direction of Wepener. + +The following morning the enemy was again on our track; but, as we had +covered twenty miles during the night, we were so far ahead that it was +unnecessary for us to move very fast during that and the following day. + +At mid-day, the 13th of December, we took up excellent positions--placed +in a line of about eight miles from end to end--on the farm called +"Rietfontein," which is in the district of Wepener, north-east of +Daspoort. We were so strongly posted that the enemy had to halt and wait +for the arrival of the rearguard. I had calculated on this, and knew +that darkness would come to our aid before the English were ready to +attack us. But in front of us there was a strong line of forts, +extending from Bloemfontein through Thaba'Nchu and Springhaansnek, to +Ladybrand. Through this line we should have to fight our way; this would +be difficult enough, and it would never do to have General Knox at our +heels, to increase the difficulty. Our only plan, then, was to make a +long night march, and thus to get well out of the way. + +Accordingly, I gave orders to the men to hold their positions until +dark, and to let the enemy see that they were doing so. I had even had +_schanzes_ built, so as to impress them with the idea that I intended to +attack them the following day if they advanced towards my positions. And +just before the night came on, I ordered the burghers to show themselves +from behind all our _schanzes_. + +Then night fell, and I at once gave orders to march off. + +The burghers could not understand this, and began to grumble about +it--what could their General mean? Why this sudden change in his plans? +I said nothing, but thought to myself, "You shall know why to-morrow." + +We marched directly towards Springhaansnek. It was very slow work, for +many of the burghers' horses were so weak that their owners had to go on +foot. General Philip Botha and I were with the rearguard, and did not +expect to reach the line of forts until ten o'clock on the following +morning. + +We had not advanced very far before we were joined by Commandant Michal +Prinsloo, who had with him three hundred of the Bethlehem burghers. He +had come down from Springhaansnek, and as his horses were in good +condition I ordered him to go in advance of us, to pass through +Springhaansnek, and then to occupy positions to the north of the lines +of forts and east of Thaba'Nchu. + +My object in making this arrangement was that when on the following +morning we were crossing the mountains, he might be able to hinder the +enemy at Thaba'Nchu from either checking our advance, or sending +reinforcements to the Springhaansnek forts. + +And in point of fact, Prinsloo's commando proved to be our salvation; +for the English, from their high position at Thaba'Nchu, spied us as +soon as day broke, and indeed sent troops to reinforce the point for +which we were making. But Prinsloo succeeded in holding them in check, +so that when we arrived at Springhaansnek we had to fight against strong +positions, but against nothing else--but I must not anticipate. + +Before it began to be light on the morning of the 14th of December, +Commandant Prinsloo passed through the enemy's lines between the forts. +The English fired upon him, but he did not turn back. Then a small +outpost of the enemy, which lay half-way between the forts, made an +attempt to turn the oncoming burghers by shooting at them from the +front. The Commandant only gave strict orders that the men must force +their way through. The consequence was that two of the enemy, who did +not get out of the way in time, were literally ridden over. The burghers +thought that these two unfortunate men had been trodden to death by the +horses, but it was not likely that any of them would dismount to see if +this were actually the case. + +As I have already said, General Botha and I were in the rearguard. We +knew, however, that Vice-Commandant-in-Chief Piet Fourie--a man whom +nothing on earth would stop, if he had once made up his mind--was +leading the van, and that he was supported by Veldtcornet Johannes +Hattingh, who was as resolute and undaunted as his chief. + +Fourie did not wait for us to catch him up, but at once went down the +mountain side. When we saw this, General Botha and I rode with all speed +ahead, telling the burghers to come on more gently with their weary +horses. I did not fear thus to leave them behind, because I knew that +General Knox was still a long way in the rear. + +Just as General Fourie, leading the first storming-party, had passed +between the forts, we came up with him, our burghers still straggling on +behind us. As soon as we had crossed over the first piece of rising +ground, I halted my men, and ordered them to leave their horses out of +sight of the enemy, and to return to the brow of the hill, so as to be +able to fire into the forts on the right and left hand, which were from +eight hundred to nine hundred paces from us. From this hill we kept up +as fierce a fire as we could, and this to a great extent prevented the +enemy in those forts from firing on our burghers who were still coming +on in a long train. + +It is necessary, in order that the reader may understand the task which +we had set ourselves to accomplish, to say a few words about +Springhaansnek. At either side of the way by which we must pass, there +were two strong forts, at a distance of from a thousand to twelve +hundred paces from each other. In the space between them there was +absolutely no cover; and the distance from the point where the burghers +were first visible to the men in these forts, to the point where they +again disappeared from view, was at least three thousand paces. + +Over these terrible three thousand paces our burghers raced, while a +storm of bullets was poured in upon them from both sides. And of all +that force--eight thousand strong--no single man was killed, and only +one was wounded! + +Our marvellous escape can only be described to the providence and +irresistible protection of Almighty God, who kept His hand graciously +over us. + +What the enemy's loss was I never heard. + +In addition to the burghers, a few carts and waggons, as well as one of +the two guns which had been taken at Dewetsdorp, got safely through the +English lines. The other gun was left behind by the sergeant of the +artillery, before he reached the fighting line. He sent the horses of +the gun-carriage with the gunners, back to Commandant Hasel, who +subsequently followed us to Ijzernek, to the west of Thaba'Nchu. + +My ambulance with Dr. Fourie and Dr. Poutsma, were stopped by the +English. Dr. Fourie had, as was quite proper, remained outside the +fighting line, with the intention of coming through afterwards. This he +was permitted to do on the following day. He brought me a message from +General Knox to the effect that Commandant Hasebroek had lost heavily in +an engagement with Colonel White, who had marched out from Thaba'Nchu. +But I had already received information that the Commandant had got +through the enemy's lines unhurt, and that on the contrary it was he who +had killed some of Colonel White's men, while they were attacking him. + +We decided to retreat still further, in order to reach a place of safety +where we might rest our horses, in preparation for that long dash into +Cape Colony, which I still intended to carry out on the first +opportunity. I felt sure, however, that my commandos would be allowed +no rest by the enemy as long as the President and I were with them. +Accordingly I planned that as soon as we got to the north of Winburg he +and I should absent ourselves from the commandos for some time, while I +proceeded to arrange certain matters (to be set down in a later chapter) +by which I hoped to effectually "settle"[77] the English. + +On our arrival at a certain farm to the south of Senekal we discovered +that General Knox was once more at our heels. We had several small +engagements with him, in one of which a son of Commandant Truter, of +Harrismith, was killed. + +On the afternoon of Christmas Day, 1900, we left the farm, and rode on +to the Tafelkop, nine miles to the west of Senekal. + +[Footnote 76: He was subsequently appointed Vice-Commander-in-Chief in +Cape Colony.] + +[Footnote 77: In the original a Kaffir word is used here. The literal +meaning of the phrase is "to throw the knuckle bones"--the Kaffir +equivalent for dice.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +Wherein Something is Found About War against Women + + +It was decided here, on the 26th December, to divide the large +commando into two. The one part was to be under the command +of Assistant-Chief-Commander P.H. Botha, and the other +Assistant-Chief-Commander Pete Fourie. + +I entrusted to President Steyn a bodyguard under Commander Davel, who +went with the Government in the direction of Reitz. + +As regards myself, I went to Assistant-Chief-Commander C.C. Froneman, +who was with the Heilbron Commander, L. Steenekamp, in the neighbourhood +of Heilbron. It was my intention to take with me from there a strong +escort, and to dig up the ammunition at Roodewal taken on the 7th of +June, as both our Mauser and our Lee-Metford ammunition were nearly +exhausted, although we still had a fairly large supply of Martini-Henry +Giddy cartridges. + +I then started from Tafelkop, on the 27th of December, and arrived two +days later at General Froneman's commando, close to Heilbron. I had to +wait there till the evening of the 31st December, until the necessary +carriages and oxen had been got together for carrying the ammunition +with us. Carriages were now no longer to be got easily, because the +British had not only taken them away from the farms, but had also burnt +many of them. Where formerly in each farm there were at least one +carriage and a team of oxen, and in some two, three or even more, there +were now frequently not a single one. Even where there were carriages +the women had always to keep them in readiness to fly on them before the +columns of the enemy, who had now already commenced to carry the women +away from their dwellings to the concentration camps within their own +lines, in nearly all villages where the English had established strong +garrisons. Proclamations had been issued by Lord Roberts, prescribing +that any building within ten miles from the railway, where the Boers had +blown up or broken up the railway line, should be burnt down. This was +also carried out, but not only within the specified radius, but also +everywhere throughout the State. Everywhere houses were burnt down or +destroyed with dynamite. And, worse still, the furniture itself and the +grain were burnt, and the sheep, cattle and horses were carried off. Nor +was it long before horses were shot down in heaps, and the sheep killed +by thousands by the Kaffirs and the National Scouts, or run through by +the troops with their bayonets. The devastation became worse and worse +from day to day. And the Boer women--did they lose courage with this +before their eyes? By no means, as when the capturing of women, or +rather the war against them and against the possessions of the Boer +commenced, they took to bitter flight to remain at least out of the +hands of the enemy. In order to keep something for themselves and their +children, they loaded the carriages with grain and the most +indispensable furniture. When then a column approached a farm, even at +night, in all sorts of weather, many a young daughter had to take hold +of the leading rope of the team of oxen, and the mother the whip, or +vice versa. Many a smart, well-bred daughter rode on horseback and urged +the cattle on, in order to keep out of the hands of the pursuers as long +as at all possible, and not to be carried away to the concentration +camps, which the British called Refugee Camps (Camps of Refuge). How +incorrect, indeed! Could any one ever have thought before the war that +the twentieth century could show such barbarities? No. Any one knows +that in war, cruelties more horrible than murder can take place, but +that such direct and indirect murder should have been committed against +defenceless women and children is a thing which I should have staked my +head could never have happened in a war waged by the civilized English +nation. And yet it happened. Laagers containing no one but women and +children and decrepit old men, were fired upon with cannon and rifles in +order to compel them to stop. I could append here hundreds of +declarations in proof of what I say. I do not do so, as my object is not +to write on this matter. I only touch upon it in passing. There are +sufficiently many righteous pens in South Africa and England to pillory +these deeds and bring them to the knowledge of the world, to remain on +record for the future. For what nation exists, or has existed, which has +not a historical record whether to its advantage or to its disadvantage? +I cannot do it here as it should be done. And too much cannot be said +about this shameful history. + +I had to unburden my heart. Now let me proceed. + +On the evening of the 1st of January, 1901, I pushed on towards Roodewal +Station, for I had obtained all the waggons I needed for my purpose. +Perhaps that night the outposts were asleep; but however that may be, we +reached the railway without the enemy being aware of our movements. The +hour was growing late, and so we had no choice but to remain where we +were, nine miles from the spot at which we aimed. But the following +evening we were again on the march, and reached the place where the +ammunition had been buried. We found it untouched, and just where we had +left it, a few miles from the railway, and quite close to the English +camp, at Rhenosterriviersbrug. + +We were very careful to recover every cartridge, since it was clear that +the war must still continue for a long space of time. _We_ could have no +thought of giving up the struggle, whilst the pride of England would not +allow her to turn back. + +We loaded our waggons with the ammunition, and I gave to General +Froneman the task of conducting it across the railway line. I myself +proceeded to the Vredefort commandos, which were stationed some fifteen +miles away, for the state of affairs amongst these commandos called for +my presence. On the 4th of January, when night had fallen, I crossed the +railway near Vredefortweg, unnoticed by the enemy. + +Two days later I was back again with General Froneman's commando, where +I found that the ammunition had arrived in safety. I was informed that +General Knox had divided his forces into three parts, one of which had +engaged General Fourie and Commandant Prinsloo, near Bethlehem. We had +given the enemy a good beating, but had lost two men in the affair. I +regret to say that one of them was that clever officer, Vice-Commandant +Ignatius du Preeij. He was a man whom every burgher loved, for he was +goodness personified. The second of General Knox's division had set out +in the direction of Heilbron, whilst the third had pursued General +Philip Botha along the Liebenbergsvlei.[78] + +This division had attempted to mislead General Botha by all sorts of +tricks, but on January the 3rd he had put up notices outside different +farmhouses, stating that he did not like such familiarity. + +On one occasion the General, with only fifty burghers, had charged one +hundred and fifty of the bodyguard, and had taken one hundred and +seventeen prisoners, leaving the whole of the remainder either killed or +wounded. + +A panic now occurred among General Knox's forces. The division that was +marching to Heilbron suddenly turned aside towards Kroonstad, only to +meet with General Botha, who left them in anything but an undamaged +condition. + +The division which had been despatched to deal with General Fourie and +Commandant Prinsloo entered Senekal. + +When I arrived at General Botha's camp, which was situated six miles to +the east of Lindley, I found that General Knox had already taken +Kroonstad. + +After this we allowed ourselves a rest. + +On the 8th of January I received reports from Commandant Kritzinger and +Captain Scheepers dealing with the state of affairs in Cape Colony. They +informed me that they had safely crossed the Orange River by a +foot-path. There was another footpath, more to the south, which an +English outpost of eight men was guarding. These soldiers occupied a +house near by, and the first warning they had that we had crossed the +river was when the door of their abode opened, and they heard the order +to "hands up." + +Commandant Kritzinger and Captain Scheepers also assured me that the +sympathies of the Colonial burghers were strongly with us. Like every +other right-minded man, I had expected this to be the case, for "blood +is thicker than water."[79] + +Although the Colonials were well aware what a dangerous course they +would be pursuing if they joined us, and how, later, they would be sure +to be treated as rebels, they nevertheless threw in their lot with ours. + +From Judge Hertzog I received a very encouraging report as to the +burghers in the north-western parts of Cape Colony. This news decided me +on leaving behind, in their own districts, parts of the commandos from +all the various divisions, and on taking others to join with me in a +second expedition into Cape Colony. The following were the officers I +took with me, ordering them to assemble at Doornberg, in the district of +Winburg, on the 25th of January, 1901: Generals Piet Fourie, Philip +Botha and Froneman; Commandants Prinsloo (Bethlehem), Steyn (Ficksburg), +Hasebroek (Winburg), De Vos (Kroonstad), Merve (Parijs), Ross +(Frankfort), Wessel Wessels[80] (Harrismith), Kolbe (Bloemfontein), and +Jan Theron, with the renowned Theron Scouts. + +From the 8th to the 25th of January we were in the north-western +districts of the Free State. We were waiting for a suitable opportunity +to make a dash into Cape Colony. + +[Footnote 78: _Vlei_--a valley with stagnant water in it.] + +[Footnote 79: The Boer proverb is:--"Blood creeps where it cannot +walk."] + +[Footnote 80: I had appointed him in place of Commandant Truter, who had +resigned.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +I Again Attempt to Enter Cape Colony + + +I was now about to make a second attempt to march into Cape Colony. I +had great fears that my plans would leak out, since I was obliged to +mention them to the commandants. But I was not able to confine all +knowledge of my future movements entirely to the commandants. For I had +sent many a burgher home to fetch a second horse; and the burghers began +to make all sorts of guesses as to why they had to fetch the horses; and +one could hear them mutter: "We are going to the Colony." + +But nevertheless they were all in good spirits, with the exception of +some, who had for commander a most contradictory and obstinate officer. + +By January the 25th nearly the whole of my commandos had assembled; only +General Philip Botha, with the burghers from Vrede under Commandant +Hermanus Botha, had yet to arrive in order to complete our numbers; and +he had been prevented coming. + +President Steyn and the Government decided to go with me and my two +thousand burghers. + +At Doornberg the council of war was called together by the Government. +President Steyn then communicated to the meeting that his term of office +would soon expire. He pointed out that the provisions of the law +designed to meet this contingency could not be carried out, because a +legally constituted Volksraad could not be summoned at the present +moment. + +The council of war decided to propose a candidate to the burghers +without any delay, at the same time giving them the option of +nominating candidates of their own. Further, it was decided that the +candidate who should be elected should be sworn in as Vice-States +President, and retain that title until the time arrived when the +condition of the country should make it possible to hold an election in +conformity with the law. + +After the voting had taken place, it was found that the former +President, Marthinus Theunis Steyn, had been unanimously re-elected. + +At the burghers' meeting the voting resulted in the same way, except at +a meeting at which Mr. Cecil Rhodes was proposed as a candidate. This +proposal was not seconded! + +President Steyn was declared elected. And he was then sworn in. + +The executive Raad now consisted of the President, as chairman, with T. +Brain, Secretary of State, W.J.C. Brebner, Secretary of State, A.P. +Cronje, Jan Meijer and myself as members. Mr. Rocco De Villiers was +Secretary of the War Council, and Mr. Gordon Fraser, Private Secretary +to the States President. + +No States-Procureur had been appointed since Mr. Jacob De Villiers had +been taken prisoner at Bothaville; but the Council appointed Mr. Hendrik +Potgieter, Landdrost of Kroonstad, as Public Prosecutor. + +Various causes had made it impossible for a legally constituted +Volksraad to sit. Some members had, as we called it, "hands-upped"; +others had thought that they had done quite enough when they had voted +for the war. I would be the last to assert that they had done wrong in +voting thus. The whole world is convinced that, whatever the Boers might +have done, England was determined to colour the map of South Africa red! +And England succeeded beyond her expectations! For South Africa was +stained with the blood of burghers and defenceless women and children, +and with the blood of English soldiers who had died in a quarrel for +which they were not responsible, and which could have been avoided! + +There were other members--and I had no patience with them--who had said: +"We will give our last drop of blood for our country," and then had +taken good care that no one should have a chance of getting even the +first drop! They preferred to remain quietly at home, and wait for the +English to come and make them prisoners of war! + +Only a minority of the members had remained faithful to our cause, and +these did not constitute a quorum; and so no sitting could take place. +This small party, as far as I can recollect, consisted of the following +ten members: C.H. Wessels Bishop, Chairman; Wessel Wessels (Vrede); J.B. +Wessels (Winburg); A.P. Cronje (Winburg); Jan Steijl (Bloemfontein); Jan +Meijer (Harrismith); J.J. Van Niekerk (Fauresmith); Daniel Steyn +(Heilbron); Hendrik Ecksteen (Vrede); and Hendrik Serfontein +(Kroonstad). + +We marched from Doornberg on the 26th of January to Commandant Sarel +Hasebroek's farm, which is eight miles to the north of Winburg. + +There was a strong English force seven or eight miles to the east of +Winburg, and another body of the enemy eleven or twelve miles still +further to the east. In addition, a column was marching northwards from +Ventersburg, west of our position. + +It was perfectly plain that the enemy were aware of our intentions; but +this, as I have already said, could not be helped. Our army was so +constituted that no secret could be kept; and I decided for the future +to tell no one of any further plans I might form. + +On the 27th of January I reconnoitred to the east of Winburg, and took +care to let myself be seen, for I wished to make it appear that it was +my intention to proceed in that direction in the evening. Meanwhile I +secretly sent my scouts to the west. + +That night I marched to the west of Winburg, crossing the branch +railway without meeting with any opposition, and arrived on the +following morning at the Vet River--to the south of the town. We did not +advance very fast,[81] as we expected that we should soon once more have +to face the difficulty of marching with exhausted horses. + +In the afternoon we continued our way till we had passed Tabaksberg. The +following morning, January 28th, I received a report that the English +were advancing in two divisions. I ordered my burghers to up-saddle and +to occupy positions to the east of Takasberg. + +The enemy's right wing was to the east, and we stationed ourselves on +some ridges that lay in front of them, but were unable to deliver an +attack. We charged their left wing, however, and captured a +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, which was in perfect order, at the cost of one killed +and three wounded. Our other losses amounted to a very small number. + +As to the enemy's losses, they took some of their dead and wounded away, +but they left behind them several of their dead at the spot where we had +captured the gun. + +To remain there and continue the fighting the next day could not even be +thought of; for if we had waited the English would have had time to +bring up reinforcements, and my plan of entering Cape Colony would have +been rendered impossible. + +Our position was difficult enough. The enemy were at our heels, and we +had to get away as best we could. In front of us there was the line of +fortifications from Bloemfontein to Ladybrand, which had been greatly +strengthened since we had forced our way through it at Springhaansnek. +It was impossible to get through at Springhaansnek now. + +I decided to march towards Thaba'Nchu. But in order to deceive the +English I sent a strong patrol on the following day in the direction of +Springhaansnek, ordering them to make no attempt to conceal their +movements. + +I could advance for eight miles without attracting the enemy's notice; +but if I had gone further I should have been seen from the forts. I need +scarcely say that it was greatly to my advantage not to give the English +a chance of seeing me. And so when we had covered eight miles we +off-saddled. If I had allowed the English to discover what I was doing +they would have brought up troops from Thaba'Nchu, Sanna's Post and +Bloemfontein; and these troops in combination with the force behind me +might have put me into a very awkward position. + +My old friend, General Knox, whose duty it had been to prevent me +entering Cape Colony on a previous occasion, was again entrusted with +the same task. Any person who has had dealings with this General will +acknowledge that he is apt to be rather a troublesome friend; for not +only does he understand the art of marching by night, but he is also +rather inclined to be overbearing when he measures his strength with +that of his opponents. + +And now, as we were in camp, congratulating ourselves that we were safe +for the time being, my scouts reported that this same General Knox was +approaching. I at once ordered the burghers to up-saddle, and to inspan +the ten waggons we had with us laden with ammunition and flour. + +I left behind me a portion of my commando under General Fourie, whose +duty it was to check General Knox, whilst I myself was going forward to +clear a road through the enemy's forts. + +It was lucky for us that General Knox had been deceived by the strong +patrol I had sent in the direction of Springhaansnek, and that he had +come to the conclusion that my commando was marching to the same place. +He therefore started off in that direction and continued until he +discovered his mistake. Then he turned aside and came in contact with +General Fourie. Our men held him back for a few hours, and lost two men, +very badly wounded in the engagement. + +Whilst this was occurring I had reached the forts between Thaba'Nchu and +Sanna's Post. When I was there a reinforcement of cavalry approached +from the direction of Bloemfontein. + +I immediately opened fire (with a gun and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt at a range +of 4,000 paces) on the fort, which obstructed my road. After we had +fired a few shots the English abandoned that fort and fled to the +nearest fort to the east. Shortly afterwards this fort was also +abandoned. + +The fort to the west was captured by Commandant Steenekamp and the +Heilbron burghers. They succeeded in taking a few prisoners; but most of +the enemy fled to Sanna's Post. Only one of the Heilbron burghers was +wounded--Piet Steenekamp, the son of the Commandant. + +And now our road was clear; and we passed through! General Fourie joined +us two hours after sunset. Then we marched on to Dewetsdorp[82] where we +arrived on January 31st. + +General Knox, I heard, proceeded to Bloemfontein; thence he sent his +troops to the railway bridge across the Orange River, near Bethulie. He +was now aware that we were determined to enter the Colony at all costs, +and so he stationed troops everywhere to turn us back. He placed forces +not only at Bethulie railway bridge, but also at Springfontein, and +Norvalspont. Thus he could easily prevent us crossing at the fords. + +I had now to find some trump card which would spoil the game he was +playing! + +I ordered General Froneman to proceed from the source of the Kaffir +River in the direction of Jagersfontein Road Station, to the west of +Dewetsdorp: General Fourie I despatched in the direction of +Odendaalsstroom, on the Orange River, to the farm of Klein +Kinderfontein, to the west of Smithfield. + +I then sent scouts to the neighbourhood of Odendaalsdrift. They told me +that there was an English patrol at the drift, and that they had heard +that the enemy expected that we should try and cross into Cape Colony at +that spot. + +The following day I ordered a patrol to ride up and down the river; and +I caused a report to be spread to the effect that I considered it too +dangerous to cross the Orange River below its junction with the Caledon, +owing to the river being already very full and quite unfordable if there +was any rain at all; and that I had for this reason decided to recall +General Froneman, and to take Odendaalsstroom by force, or else to +attack the enemy at the Aliwal-north Bridge. + +I felt quite sure that this rumour would reach General Knox that very +day, for he had plenty of friends in the neighbourhood of the Caledon +and the Orange River. + +General Froneman had orders to march in the direction of Zanddrift, +which is about half-way between Norvals Pont railway bridge and that of +Hopetown. He succeeded in capturing a train close to Jagersfontein Road +Station, by the simple device of blowing up the line both in front of it +and behind it. In this train the burghers found a great quantity of +things they greatly needed. + +It should not be forgotten that there were scarcely any factories in +South Africa, and this was more especially the case in the two +Republics. And, as all imports had been stopped for some considerable +time, it was natural that any booty which consisted of such things as +saddles, blankets and ammunition was very acceptable. + +When the burghers had helped themselves to what they wanted, the train +was burnt. + +For the space of a day I remained quiet, so that I might be quite sure +that the English had received the report I had spread. + +I soon discovered that my plan had been quite successful. The English +marched off in the direction I wished, believing, no doubt, that the +rumours they had heard were true; whilst I, on the evening of the 5th of +February, 1901, took some of the burghers, with the guns and waggons, to +a spot between the stations of Springfontein and Jagersfontein, and the +following day remained in hiding. + +I left General Fourie behind me with a horse-commando, with orders to +remain there for two days, and to carry on manoeuvres in the direction +of Odendaalsstroom. + +I crossed the railway line that evening without any mishap to my force, +but to my great sorrow the valiant Lieutenant Banie[83] Enslin, one of +the best of my scouts, was severely wounded the same night, and fell +into the hands of the English. He had ridden in advance with one of +Theron's Scouting Corps, with the object of finding a favourable spot +where he could lead us across the railway. The night was very dark, and +he had lost his way. We crossed, as I have already said, without +hindrance; but he and his companions rode into an outpost of the enemy a +few miles to the north. The English opened fire on them, with the +unhappy result that the estimable Banie was so seriously wounded that he +had to be left behind. His comrades joined us the following morning, +bringing the sad news with them. + +We now continued our march at as rapid a pace as was possible; but the +road was so soaked by rain that it was difficult for the oxen and the +mules to draw the waggons and the guns. + +On the 8th of February we overtook General Froneman at Lubbesdrift, six +miles to the north of Philippolis. We pushed on that evening towards +Zanddrift, which we reached on the 10th of February. Then we crossed +over into Cape Colony. + +When we had crossed the river, I received a report from my scouts that +there were about twenty of the enemy in a strong _schanze_ on a kopje, +which was about half an hour's march further up stream. I gave orders +that a veldtcornet and twenty-five men, among whom was one of my staff, +Willem Pretorius, should go and capture the _schanze_. + +The veldtcornet preferred not to approach beyond a certain distance, and +consequently Willem Pretorius and four other men were left to do the +work. + +Willem climbed the hill from one side, and the others, dividing into +two, climbed it from the other side at two different points. They were +met by a severe fire from the fort, but when they got to close quarters +up went the white flag, and the English shouted "We surrender!" + +Thus Willem Pretorius and four burghers captured twenty prisoners and a +like number of horses, saddles, bridles, rifles and bandoliers, not to +mention some three thousand cartridges. + +When the veldtcornet at last arrived with his twenty men, he certainly +proved himself very useful in carrying away the booty! + +This veldtcornet was shortly afterwards "Stellenbosched."[84] I then +nominated in his place Willem Pretorius[85] as veldtcornet. + +We left the river that afternoon behind us, and marched south to Mr. +Bezuidenhout's farm. The following day we waited there for General +Fourie to join us. He arrived the next day--and now we were ready to +begin the game once more! + +Our position was embarrassing, for not only was there a large English +force at General Fourie's heels, but also there were two strong columns +on the north from Colesberg, which were making for Hamelfontein. And +these two columns were some twelve miles from us. + +I at once set out in the direction of Hamelfontein, and the following +day I discovered that the enemy's columns had divided into two parties; +one of them had gone in a westerly direction, whilst the other was +marching straight towards us. Meanwhile the force which had pursued +General Fourie had crossed the river at Zanddrift. + +My intention had been to divide my force into three divisions directly I +arrived in the Colony. But I had been obliged to wait till General +Fourie could join me; and when he had come, there was such large numbers +of the enemy on every side that they gave me no opportunity of carrying +out my original intention. + +I may mention here that Lieutenant Malan, who became afterwards +Commandant, and ultimately Vechtgeneraal, had penetrated into the Colony +with fifty or sixty men, and had advanced considerably farther than I +had done. + +That afternoon I ordered the small waggon to proceed to a point between +Philipstown and Petrusville. + +We had several slight skirmishes with the English; and at sunset we +nearly fell into their hands, but fortunately we were successful in +holding the enemy in check until our small laager had passed. + +During that night we marched to Hondeblaf River. The following morning +we found that there was no grass for the horses, for the locusts had +eaten it all. The horses, poor creatures, were very hungry, and also +much exhausted by all those forced marches. When we had been at Winburg, +the pasture had been very poor although it had rained every day. This, +of course, was very good for the veldt; but unfortunately it did not +rain grass--the veldt required time to produce it. + +All this was most unlucky. Already some of my men had to go on foot, and +there were no horses to be obtained in that district. + +The number of my burghers had now been diminished by nearly six hundred +men. Commandant Prinsloo had remained behind with three hundred men, +Vice-Commandant Van Tonder with one hundred, and lastly, Commandant De +Vos at the Orange River with two hundred. + +There was now only one course open to us--and that was to cross as +quickly as possible the railway line near Hopetown, for if an English +force was brought down by rail, it would mean our utter destruction. + +We accordingly moved away at once from Hondeblaf River. The following +day the English were again hot on our track. I ordered General Fourie +and General Froneman to oppose the enemy, for it was necessary that +something should be done to save our rearguard from being cut off. These +Generals had several sharp engagements with the English, resulting in +the capture of a number of prisoners, and a considerable loss in dead +and wounded to the English. + +After we had been on the march for a short time, a "Broodspioen"[86] +came rushing up to me. (Had not my scouts been riding in a different +direction they would have given me notice of his proximity.) He told me +that he and a friend of his of the same calling had gone to a farm near +by to buy bread, but when they had approached the house, a number of +English soldiers appeared at the door and called out "hands up!" His +friend had been captured, but he having been some fifteen paces from the +house, had managed to escape under a hail of bullets. He had had to +gallop one thousand paces before he could get out of range behind a +ridge that stretched between us and the farm. I ordered the burghers to +halt behind the ridge, and sent a small body of men ahead to determine +the strength of the enemy. We could now see that the English had hidden +their horses behind some fruit-trees. When they caught sight of our men +on the top of the ridge, they took up positions behind kraals and a +dam-wall not far from the house, knowing well that escape was +impossible. + +I thought it best to send a note to this handful of men, advising them +to surrender, for I did not wish that any of my burghers' lives should +be sacrificed in an unnecessary attack. Whilst I was writing the letter +they punctuated it by an incessant fire, to which the burghers replied +by a few shots, although none of the enemy were visible. As soon, +however, as my despatch rider appeared with a white flag, their firing +ceased. The answer they returned left something to be desired--"We shall +not surrender!" + +I immediately ordered fifty of my men to attack them. Hardly had I given +the order, when a number of young burghers sprung on their horses and +galloped at break-neck pace towards the kraals. + +And now there was an end to all boasting, for without firing a single +shot the enemy surrendered. + +We took twenty prisoners there, and an equal number of rifles and +bandoliers. The horses we captured--again twenty in number--were in +excellent condition, and all up-saddled. We now had made ninety men our +prisoners since we crossed the Orange River. + +The joy of the Broodspioen, who had been for fifty minutes in the hands +of the English, was very great; and I believe he never returned again to +his very doubtful profession. + +The following day we came to a farm about six miles to the east of +Houtkraal Station, which we christened Moddervlei,[87] on account of the +experience we had on the night following our arrival. + +The great English force was close behind us, and when night fell the +enemy were not more than five miles from us. + +It was at the hour of sunset, shortly before we came to the swamp, which +I shall presently describe, that my scouts came across fifteen of the +enemy. When the English saw our men they turned round at once. But they +did not get away before one was shot from his horse, and another +seriously wounded, and several of them taken prisoner. + +I now sent two patrols to blow up the railway, seven miles at each side +of the point where I intended to cross. I had no wish that an armoured +train should appear and prevent my crossing. + +But, before we could reach the railway line a swamp lay in our way. This +swamp was about one thousand paces broad, and was covered knee deep with +water, and in some places even deeper; for heavy rain had fallen during +the afternoon. The water, however, would have been a matter of very +little consequence, had it not been that the bottom of the swamp was of +such a nature that the horses sank in it up to their knees, and even +sometimes up to their girths. But we fourteen hundred riders had to get +over it somehow or other! + +Let the reader try to picture to himself the condition of the swamp when +the last burgher had crossed! + +Many of the men lost their balance as their horses struggled in the mud, +and several of the burghers had to dismount and lead their poor +tired-out animals. + +The guns and the waggons caused us a great deal of trouble. We inspanned +thirty oxen to each gun; but if it got stuck fast in the mud, fifty oxen +were sometimes not sufficient to move it. + +At last we got the guns through, and succeeded in getting a trolley, +and the little waggon which carried my documents and papers, safely to +the other side. But the ammunition and flour-waggons were impossible to +move when they had once entered the swamp. + +It was a night which I shall never forget! + +We had now to determine what we should do with the waggons. The day +would soon break and we could only cross the railway line when darkness +covered our movements. It would be disastrous to us if, while we were +still between the swamp and the railway, troops should be brought up by +rail from De Aar and Hopetown. + +It was perfectly clear that those who had crossed the swamp must go on. +And so I advanced, at the same time giving General Fourie orders to +remain behind with a hundred of the men whose horses were less exhausted +than those of the other burghers, and to try to get the waggons through. +In the event of the enemy arriving before his task was completed, I told +him to leave the waggons and make his escape to the south. + +Having given these orders, I proceeded with my commando to the railway +line. Only the weakest of the horses were with us, so that many of my +burghers had to go on foot. + +The ninety prisoners we had taken were with me. I could not release +them, because I did not want them to tell the enemy how exhausted our +horses were. Should the English know this they would know exactly where +our weak point lay. + +I pitied the poor "Tommies," but what else could I do but order them to +march with me? I treated them as well as I could, and made no difference +between them and the burghers. And after all, many of our own men had to +go on foot. + +Any delay was dangerous, and so we hurried on as fast as possible. When +we reached the railway line, day had already begun to break. +Fortunately, we met with no opposition; the patrols had followed my +orders and broken the line. + +When the sun rose one could see what a terrible condition the burghers +were in. On every man's face utter exhaustion could be read. But how +could it have been otherwise? The men had had fighting to do the +previous day, and had only once been able to off-saddle, and that not +long enough to cook a piece of meat. Rain had also been falling in +torrents, and most of the men were wet to the skin, for very few of them +had waterproofs. And to make matters still worse, the burghers were +covered with the mud from the swamp that still clung to them. + +Twenty-four hours had passed without the men being able to lie down and +rest; and sleep, of course, had been entirely impossible. + +Three miles beyond the railway line I gave orders to off-saddle, +although there was no grass for the horses. Hardly had we dismounted +when I was told that we should find grass about one hour's ride further +on. And so we mounted again, fatigued though we were, and found pasture +at last for the poor animals. I thought it better that the masters +should endure more hardships than that the horses should go without +grass. We were rewarded for our short ride by the knowledge that our +horses had something to eat, and we could sleep in peace without having +to think that our animals were starving. + +But before we could sleep hunger compelled us to kill a sheep which we +had bought from a farmer living near. In that part of Cape Colony +sheep-farming is almost the only occupation, and so well adapted is this +district for rearing sheep that it is quite an exception to see a lean +one. It may interest some of my readers to know that the African sheep +has a very remarkable peculiarity; it possesses a huge tail, which +sometimes weighs as much as ten pounds. + +We were unable to obtain bread, and our flour had remained behind in the +waggons. The sound of an explosion had told us that General Fourie had +not been able to save them, and that by now they must have been burnt. + +I heard later on that General Fourie had been attacked by the English +and had not been able to set fire to the waggons himself. But the +English, so my scouts informed me, had done the work for him, and so +thoroughly that they had also burnt some of their own waggons which had +got into the swamp. + +After we had helped ourselves to a good "African boutspan," and had +slept with our saddles as pillows, we were all in good spirits again, +although we could not forget our experiences in the swamp. + +The burghers whom I had with me were of the right stamp, and were +prepared to sacrifice everything for the freedom of the people. If any +one had asked them whether they were ready to undergo any further +hardships, they would have replied that a hundred swamps would not +discourage them. They knew that freedom was a pearl of such value that +no man since the world began had been able to set a price upon it. + +When General Fourie had abandoned the waggons, he retreated to the +south, crossing the railway at De Aar. He joined me again near +Petrusville when I was returning to the Free State. + +As the English had to march round the swamp, leaving their waggons +behind, we were not pressed for time, or obliged to march very far. We +took advantage of this respite to give our horses a little rest. + +I now proceeded to the west of Hopetown, in the direction of +Strijdenburg. The following day the English were again on our heels in +greater numbers than ever, and advancing more speedily than before. I +was obliged to engage their vanguard for nearly the whole of that day. + +That evening we arrived at a spot about ten or twelve miles to the +north-west of Strijdenburg. Here I left Commandant Hasebroek behind +with three hundred men, till the following morning, with orders to watch +the enemy and hold them back if necessary. This would give my burghers +who were on foot, or whose horses were exhausted, a chance of getting +away. + +I might here explain to the uninitiated our methods of checking the +advance of the enemy. + +The burghers who had the best horses would remain behind any rise or +kopje they could find in the neighbourhood. When the enemy approached +and saw ahead of them two or three hundred burghers they would halt and +bring their guns (which were usually placed in the middle of the column) +to the front. When they had got the guns in position, they would bombard +the ridge behind which the burghers were stationed. But as our men had +no wish to remain under fire, they would then quietly withdraw out of +sight. But the English would continue bombarding the hill, and would +send flanking parties to the right and left. Sometimes it would take the +English several hours before they could make sure that there were no +Boers behind the rise. + +It was tactics such as the above that gave my burghers who were +handicapped by the condition of their horses, time to retreat. + +It sometimes happened, in these rearguard actions, when the position was +favourable, that the enemy were led into an ambush, and then they were +either captured or sent racing back under our fire to bring up their +guns and main force. Had we not acted in some such way as this, all my +men would have been taken prisoner in this and in many other marches. + +The large forces which the English on all occasions concentrated round +me deprived me of any chance of fighting a great battle; and I could +only act in the way I did. + +If the reader is eager to know how it was that I kept out of the enemy's +hands until the end of the war, I can only answer, although I may not +be understood, that I ascribed it to nothing else than this:--It was not +God's will that I should fall into their hands. + +Let those who rejoice at my miraculous escapes give all the praise to +God. + +[Footnote 81: Our forethought proved later on to have been of little +avail. For notwithstanding the bountiful rains which had fallen at the +end of November and the beginning of January in the southern and western +parts of the State we found, when we arrived there, that the grass had +been entirely destroyed by the locusts. Neither could we obtain any +fodder; and so the difficulty of providing for our horses was as great +as ever.] + +[Footnote 82: At this date the English had not re-garrisoned the town.] + +[Footnote 83: Barend.] + +[Footnote 84: Stellenbosched: this was the word the English applied to +officers, who, on account of inefficiency, or for other reasons, had to +be dismissed. Stellenbosch was a place where only very unimportant work +was performed.] + +[Footnote 85: I must give a short account of Willem Pretorius, for he +was a dear friend of mine. He had only reached the age of twenty when I +made him a Veldtcornet. His courage certainly could not be surpassed, +yet he never let it go beyond his reason. About twenty days before the +conclusion of Peace, he was killed by a bullet at a range of 1,100 +paces. Throughout the whole previous course of the war fortune had +favoured him almost miraculously: six horses had been killed and many +more wounded under him; yet he had never received more than a scratch. +But in the end he, like so many other brave men, was destined to die for +the country that he loved so dearly. Poor Willem! You and the other +heroes in our struggle will live for ever in our memories.] + +[Footnote 86: Broodspioen: _literally_ a bread spy. This was the name +applied to a burgher, who, with or without an order from his officer, +rode in advance of his commando to obtain bread for himself and his +comrades. He was frequently a man who placed the interests of his +stomach before the safety of his commando.] + +[Footnote 87: A swamp.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + +Darkness Proves my Salvation + + +Commandant Hasebroek held the enemy in check whilst we continued our +march to a place called Vrouwpan. On the following day we struck the +Brak River at a point ten miles south-east of its confluence with the +Orange River, to the east of Prieska. It was not fordable, and we had to +off-saddle. + +There was absolutely no chance of getting across--the best of swimmers +would have been helpless in that swollen torrent, which rushed down to +the Orange River, its great waves roaring like a tempestuous sea. + +About two hours before sunset Commandant Hasebroek reported that the +English were rapidly approaching. The question was, "Which way shall we +go?" It was impossible to escape either to the south of the river or in +the direction of the enemy, for the veldt was too flat to afford us any +cover. If we were not to be cornered against an impassable torrent, we +must make our way down stream to the north-west; and even then we should +be in danger of being driven on to the Orange River, which was only ten +miles distant. By taking this road the English would not see us, on +account of a ridge which lay between us and them. + +My plan was to get behind this ridge and to march under its shelter +until darkness came on; then, proceeding up the Orange River, to attack +the enemy in the rear. They were, however, only nine miles from us, and +should their advance be rapid, they would reach the friendly ridge +before night came on; and the danger would then be that before I had +fulfilled my purpose, we should be hemmed in between two swollen rivers +with the most fatal consequences. The risk was great, but no other +course was open to us. There was no time to seek advice from any one; I +had but a moment to spare in which to acquaint President Steyn with my +scheme. He said at once: "General, do as you think best." + +My mind had been already made up; but my respect for the President was +so great, and we had always worked in such harmony, that I did not like +to do anything without his knowledge; besides which, his advice was +often of great value. Joshua of old prayed that the day might be +lengthened: but here the case was different; we had reason to be +thankful that the day was passed and night had begun to fall before the +vanguard of the enemy had reached the ridge, from the summit of which +they might have observed us. + +That night was the darkest I had ever known. And this was in our favour. +Very quietly we retreated in a line parallel with the English column +until, on the following morning, we were not only out of sight but a +good nine or ten miles behind the enemy, who were marching on, fully +expecting to corner us between the two rivers. + +The English army had been enormously reinforced, and it was clear that +now more than ever they were putting forth all their powers to silence +President Steyn and myself effectually. + +From their point of view they were right; for had things turned out in +such a way that we could have remained in Cape Colony, then I am +convinced we should have made matters very awkward for them. + +But what were we to do now? With so many burghers on foot or provided +only with worn-out horses, it was useless to think of circumventing the +enemy, and thus getting once more to the south of them; whereas to go up +stream along the banks of the Orange River until we could discover a +ford, and then to return across it into the Free State, would mean the +upsetting of my plan of campaign. + +I was obliged to make the best of a bad bargain; and I decided to find a +way across the Orange River before the enemy had discovered my +whereabouts. + +That day, the 20th of February, we set out along the river, looking for +a ford. The river was falling, but as there was no feasible crossing we +had no choice but to go on, trusting that we should find one near the +confluence of the two rivers. Here again we were disappointed; the punts +which should have been there had been destroyed some time before by the +English, but we heard of a boat six miles higher up, so on we marched. +When found, it was only a small boat, capable of holding, at most, +twelve men, but we got to work at once, and by the evening of the 22nd +there were two hundred dismounted burghers on the other bank of the +river. Some crossed by swimming, in attempting which a man of the name +of Van de Nerwe was drowned. + +A few of those who crossed in the boat succeeded in pulling their horses +after them. + +On the morning of the 23rd I received a report that the English forces +were close on our heels. We did not expect them so soon, but they had +made a long night's march. Without delay we off-saddled, and proceeded +along the river, while the rearguard covered our retreat. The force of +the enemy was, however, too great, and the rearguard had, after a short +engagement, to give way. + +Fortunately the veldt was broken, and we could (as we had done a few +days previously) march ahead out of sight of the enemy. Towards two +o'clock in the afternoon we were obliged to off-saddle, but could only +do so for one hour, for the English were upon us again. Our gun and +Maxim-Nordenfeldt we had to leave behind for the enemy; the draught +cattle had become exhausted, and we had no dynamite with which to blow +up the guns. + +But what did it matter? England had already so many big guns that two +more could not make much difference, if added to the four hundred which +that country--one of the oldest and strongest of Empires--had brought +against a small nation, fighting only to defend its sacred rights. + +Nevertheless, it cut me to the heart to give up my guns[88] on that +day--the 23rd of February--the commemoration day of the independence of +the Orange Free State. In happier times we had celebrated this day +amongst our friends, to the accompaniment of salvoes of rifles. Now we +were obliged to celebrate it by giving up the only two guns with which +we could still shoot, and which we were now to see turned upon +ourselves. + +My feelings on that day I can never forget! Those Englishmen who go by +the name of "Pro-Boers" are the best fitted to describe the anguish +which then overpowered me, for they stood up for justice even against +their own people. And this not because they were hostile to their +Government, or to the greatness of England's power, but only because +they were not without moral sense, because they could not stifle +conscience at the expense of justice, nor identify themselves with +iniquitous actions. + +But the day will come--of this I am convinced--when not Pro-Boers only, +but all England will acknowledge our rights--the rights which we shall +then have earned by our quiet faithfulness and obedience. I cannot +believe that any father will look without pity on a child who comes to +him as a child should--obedient and submissive. + +The 23rd of February, 1901, the forty-seventh anniversary of the Orange +Free States, had been a disastrous day for us indeed, but it was to end +in another miraculous escape, for in the darkness of that evening it +again happened that we were delivered from an apparently unavoidable +misfortune. As I have said already, the English were firing on my +rear-guard; at the same time my scouts came in to tell me that, just in +front of us, at a distance of not quite four miles, there was another +great army of the enemy. I had intended to march that night to the west +of Hopetown. But now if I went in that direction I should only run +straight on to this army. If we went to the left we could only advance +2,000 paces before being visible to the English on the kop close to +Hopetown, from where they could make known our movements by heliograph. +At our front, at our back, on our left, the outlook was hopeless; and to +the right lay the cruel river. Stand still we could not--the enemy were +upon us--it was impossible that anything could save us--no, not +impossible--a rescue was at hand. + +The sun was just going down, and by the time we could be seen from +Hopetown, night would have covered us with its sheltering wings. + +We should then be able to execute a flank movement, and make a detour +round the enemy who were before us. But now I knew that we must be +prepared to march nearly the whole night through, in order that we might +be able, early on the following morning, to cross the railway lines. If +we did not do this, then we should have the enemy close in our rear, and +perhaps an armour train threatening us in front. But ... there were the +burghers on foot and those who had weak horses; and I had not the heart +to make them march on foot for so long a time, yet the thought of +allowing such trustworthy patriotic burghers to fall into the hands of +the enemy was unbearable. I therefore decided on letting them take a +cross road to the north, to the banks of the Orange River about five +miles from our position. There, on the banks of the river, were many +bushes amongst which they could hide themselves until the enemy had +passed by. They could then proceed along the banks of the river and +cross it by means of the boat. I cautioned them not to march in one +troop, or in one trail, but to spread out, so that the English could not +easily follow their tracks. In this the poor burghers succeeded; they +already, on that memorable and sad day, had marched eighteen miles; but +they had yet to cover another five miles to the river before they could +take their night's rest. They accomplished this feat (on the second day) +under the valiant and true Commandant Hasebroek, whose horse, although +tired, was still able to proceed. As for me, I marched away in the +evening, and after we had rested that night for a few hours, we arrived +at a place a short distance to the south of Hopetown. About eight +o'clock we crossed the line, which was fortunately at that point not as +yet guarded by forts, and off-saddled about six miles beyond. We had +eaten nothing since the previous day, and it will easily be understood +that we were so hungry that we, as the Boer proverb says,--"could have +eaten off a nail's head." There we got some sheep, and it was not long +before they were killed, broiled, and eaten; what a meal we made! + +Towards mid-day we headed once more for the Orange River. We thought +that by the time we arrived it would be fordable, for we had seen on the +previous morning that it was falling rapidly, but what was our +disappointment! there must have been rain higher up the stream, as the +river had become fuller, and there was still no chance of crossing. + +The English were approaching. We had, however, to use our field glasses +to enable us to see them, as we were fifteen or sixteen miles in front +of them. Once more there were burghers whose horses were tired and who +had to march on foot. We thought now that there would be a better chance +at Limoensdrift; and every one who knew this ford said that it was a +shallow one. The following day saw us there, and--the river was quite +full! We then tried higher up, still with the same result--every drift +was unfordable. + +At last we reached the Zanddrift, where we had crossed seventeen days +before. We knew that this was a shallow drift, and on arriving there I +got two young burghers,--of whom the one, David Heenop, was an excellent +swimmer,--to make a trial. The water had not appeared to be so deep as +we found it to be, when the two burghers plunged into it. They could not +remain on their horses' backs, but had to swim alongside of them to the +other side of the river. All thought of their return was out of the +question; they had risked their lives in crossing, and I gave them +orders from my side of the river not to attempt the passage back. But +they had not a stitch of clothing on them, for they had stripped +themselves before entering the water! In this state, then, they were +obliged to mount their horses and proceed, and this under a burning sun, +which scorched them with its rays. About three-quarters of an hour's +ride from there was a Boer farm; their only course, they thought, was to +ask for gowns from the ladies there, in which to dress themselves. When +they arrived at a short distance from the house (such was the account +they gave on joining me later on) they halted and shouted to the house +for clothing. A Boer vrouw[89] named Boshof, sent to each one through +her son--not a gown, but a pair of trousers and a shirt of her +husband's, which she had been able to hide from the English, who had +passed there, and who generally took away, or burnt, all male attire. + +The enemy had, in the meantime, approached quite close to us, and we +were again obliged to look for a drift up stream. We had hopes that if +the river did not all of a sudden rise, we should find one. We came so +close to the English that we had to open fire on their advance guard +before we could proceed. + +Here General Judge Hartzog met us with his commandos from the +south-west of Cape Colony, and with him, General Fourie. + +That night we marched about fourteen miles. + +In the night, after crossing the Zeekoe River, we arrived at a Boer +farm, to which (we are told) twenty English scouts had paid a visit +shortly after sunset, and, having asked for information concerning us, +had gone away by the same road we were following. About four or five +miles from there we had to cross a ridge. It was dark, and I had +forgotten those twenty English. I had sent out no scouts before me, but +rode, as was my habit, with my staff, in front of the commandos. As we +approached the summit of the mountain I saw a group of horses fastened +together, and some men lying in front of them. The horses and men were +not twenty paces to the left of the path, among the bushes. I thought at +first that they were some of my burghers who had ridden on in advance, +and were now lying there asleep; I myself had rested for a while at the +foot of the mountains, to give the burghers, who were on foot, a chance +of coming up with me. The thought angered me, for it would have been +against all orders that any burghers, without special permission, should +go in advance. I proceeded to wake them up. + +"What do you mean by riding ahead like this?" I called out to them. +Nearly all with one accord sprang up and asked, "Who are you?" "Hands +up!" I called out; as one man their hands went up. They explained that +they were seven of the twenty scouts before mentioned,--but here the +remainder opened fire upon us from about two hundred paces to the front. +I called out to the burghers, "Charge!" + +The burghers did so, but as they came to the little hill where we had +seen the sparks from the guns they found nobody. The English had fled, +and, as the moon had just gone down, it was too dark to pursue them. +Taking with us the seven prisoners, we continued on our way until the +following morning. We allowed them to retain their clothes. It was +still before the "uitschuddings"[90] period. + +The day broke, and after having been turned back on the banks of the +Brak River, we marched to the fifteenth ford. "If we could only get +across here," we said. We knew that once across we should have a respite +from the enemy, and could with thankful hearts take breath even if it +were only for three or four days. + +When we came to the river I at once ordered a few burghers to undress +and go in. Alas! when the horses entered the ford, the water came over +their backs, and they had almost to swim. "Now they will have to swim!" +we cried, but presently we saw that the farther they went the shallower +it became, and that they walked where we expected them to swim, until at +last the water reached only to the horses' knees. + +What a scramble there was now among the burghers in order to cross! Soon +the river was one mass of men from bank to bank. + +I can hardly describe the different exclamations of joy, the Psalms and +the songs that now rose up from the burghers splashing through the +water. "Never will we return," "No more of the Colony for me," "The Free +State," "On to the Free State!" "The Free State for ever!" Then again, +"Praise the Lord with cheerful song," "Hurrah!" These were among the +expressions which met my ears. + +Although this was only an old waggon-ford, which had not been used for +the last few years, my little waggon and a few carts got across. One of +the carts was drawn by two small donkeys. Somebody told me that the +little donkeys had to swim a short distance where it was deep, and at +one time disappeared beneath the water; but that the driver was so full +of joy--or of fear--that he went on whipping the water! + +A fearful experience we had had! We asked each other in wonder, "Is it +possible? How could we have endured it?" But as I have only been +hinting at things, the reader will perhaps say, "O come! it hasn't been +as bad as all that!" + +Give me leave then, dear reader, to place before you the whole of the +circumstances. England's great power pitted against two Republics, +which, in comparison with European countries, were nearly uninhabited! +This mighty Empire employed against us, besides their own English, +Scotch and Irish soldiers, volunteers from the Australian, New Zealand, +Canadian and South African Colonies; hired against us both black and +white nations, and, what is the worst of all, the national scouts from +our own nation sent out against us. Think, further, that all harbours +were closed to us, and that there were therefore no imports. Can you not +see that the whole course of events was a miracle from beginning to end? +A miracle of God in the eyes of every one who looks at it with an +unbiassed mind, but even more apparent to those who had personal +experience of it. Yet, however that may be, I had to declare again that +if there had been no national scouts and no Kaffirs, in all human +probability matters would have taken another turn. But as things have +turned out, all that can now be said is, that we have done our best, and +that to ask any one to do more is unreasonable. May it be the cry of +every one, "God willed it so--His name be praised!" + +[Footnote 88: There were still two Krupps left, but we had no ammunition +for them.] + +[Footnote 89: Farmer's wife.] + +[Footnote 90: Stripping.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + +Was Ours a Guerilla War? + + +Something almost miraculous now happened! Hardly had we been three hours +across the river when it became completely unfordable! + +We knew that we should have now a few days at least in which to rest +ourselves, and we marched slowly to the farm of Lubbeshoop. From there I +sent General Fourie to operate in the south-eastern districts, where he +had been before, and despatched Judge Hertzog to the south-western +districts. + +We were of the opinion that we should be able to do better work if we +divided the commandos up into small parties. We could not risk any great +battles, and, if we divided our forces, the English would have to divide +their forces too. + +The commandos were now divided as follows: + +1. The district of Kroonstad: the men under Commandants Philip De Vos, +Jan Cilliers and Maree. + +Sub-district of Heilbron: the men under Commandants F.E. Mentz, Lucas +Steenekamp and J. Van de Merwe. + +All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Johannes Hattingh. + +2. The district of Vrede: the men under Commandants Ross and Manie +Botha. + +Sub-district of Harrismith: the men under Commandants Jan Meijer, Jan +Jacobsz,[91] and (at a later period) Brukes. + +All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Wessel Wessels. + +3. The district of Winburg: the men under Commandant Hasebroek. + +The sub-district of Ladybrand: the men under Commandant Koen. + +The sub-district of Ficksburg: the men under Commandant Steyn.[92] + +The sub-district of Bethlehem: the men under Commandant Michal Prinsloo. + +All of these men were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief C.C. Froneman. + +4. The district of Boshof: the men under Commandant J.N. Jacobsz, P. +Erasmus and H. Theunissen.[93] + +Sub-district of Hoopstad: the men under Commandants Jacobus Theron (of +Winburg) and A.J. Bester (of Brandfort). + +All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief C.C.J. Badenhorst. + +5. The district of Philippolis: the men under Commandants Munnik and +Hertzog. + +Sub-district of Fauresmith: the men under Commandant Charles Nieuwouwdt. + +Sub-district of Jacobsdal: the men under Commandant Hendrik Pretorius. + +Sub-district of Petrusburg: the men under Commandant Van du Berg. + +All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge J.B.M. Hertzog, +who also was in command of the western part of Bloemfontein. + +6. The district of the southern part of Bloemfontein: the men under +Commandants Ackerman and Willem Kolbe. + +Sub-district of Thaba'Nchu: the men under Commandant J.P. Strijl (a +member of the Volksraad). + +Sub-districts of Bethulie and Smithfield: the men under Commandant +Gideon Joubert. + +Sub-district of Rouxville: the men under Commandant Frederik Rheeders. + +Sub-district of Wepener: the men under Commandant R. Coetzee. + +All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Piet Fourie, and later +on under George Brand. + +Not long after this arrangement had been made the district under General +Froneman was divided into two divisions, and Commandant Michal Prinsloo +was promoted to be Vice-Commander-in-Chief of Bethlehem and Ficksburg as +separate sub-districts. Bethlehem was then given three Commandants, +namely, Commandants Olivier, Rautenbach and Bruwer. + +All this new arrangement of our forces made it impossible for great +battles to be fought; it offered us the opportunity of frequently +engaging the enemy in skirmishes, and inflicting heavier losses upon +them than would otherwise have been the case. For the same reason our +losses grew larger from month to month, but they did not increase in the +same proportion as those of the enemy. Again, we captured more prisoners +than formerly. It is much to be regretted that we were unable to keep +them, for had we been in a position to do so, the world would have been +astonished at their number. But unfortunately we were now unable to +retain any of our prisoners. We had no St. Helena, Ceylon or Bermuda, +whither we could send them. Thus, whilst every prisoner which the +English captured meant one less man for us, the thousands of prisoners +we took from the English were no loss to them at all, for in most cases +it was only a few hours before they could fight again. All that was +required was that a rifle should be ready in the camp on a prisoner's +return, and he was prepared for service once more. + +The fact that we fought throughout the Free State in small detachments, +put the English to some trouble, for they felt themselves obliged to +discover a vocabulary of names to apply to us! + +Thus when Lord Roberts on the 24th of May, 1900, proclaimed the Orange +Free State (and afterwards the Transvaal) as annexed by the British +Crown, he described those who continued to fight as rebels. Then again +we were called "Sniping Bands" and "Brigands." But the list of epithets +was not exhausted yet, for it appeared that we were "Guerillas," and our +leaders "Guerilla Chiefs!" + +I was always at a loss to understand by what right the English +designated us "Guerillas." They had, however, to withdraw the +_soubriquet_ at the Peace Negotiations, when they acknowledged that our +leaders formed a legal government. + +Let me say a few words more about this term "Guerillas." We will suppose +that England has captured New York, St. Petersburg, Berlin, Paris, +Amsterdam, or any other capital of a free and independent State, Kingdom +or Empire, and that the Government of such State, Kingdom or Empire +still continues to defend itself. Would England then be entitled to call +their antagonists "Guerillas"? Or, we will suppose that England's +capital has been taken by another nation, but the English Government +still remains in existence. Could England then be considered to be +annexed by the other nation, and could the enemy term the English +"Guerillas"? Surely it would be impossible! + +The only case in which one can use this word, is when one civilized +nation has so completely vanquished another, that not only is the +capital taken, but also the country from border to border is so +completely conquered that any resistance is out of the question. + +But that nothing like this had happened in South Africa is clear to +every one who recalls the names of Lindley,[94] Roodewal, Dewetsdorp, +Vlakfontein, Tafelkop[95] and Tweefontein, not to speak of many other +glorious battle-fields on which we fought _after_ the so-called +annexation. + +Nor must we forget to mention the defeat that Lord Methuen received at +the hands of General De la Rey immediately before the conclusion of +peace; a defeat which put the crown on all our victories. + +But, as I have already said, it very soon appeared that when England +stamped us as "Guerillas," they really did not mean to use the word at +all. + +[Footnote 91: Veldtcornet Franz Jacobsz was afterwards appointed in the +place of this Commandant, who resigned.] + +[Footnote 92: When this Commandant resigned, Veldtcornet J.J. Van +Niekerk was appointed in his place.] + +[Footnote 93: When, at a later period, Commandant Theunissen was put in +command of the burghers of Fauresmith, Commandant Mijburg was appointed +in his place. This latter Commandant was afterwards killed.] + +[Footnote 94: Where the yeomanry were captured.] + +[Footnote 95: (District Vrede)--encounter with Brabant's Horse.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + +Negotiations with the Enemy + + +It was the intention of President Steyn to remain for some time in the +division of Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge Hertzog. Meanwhile, I went to +the northern commandos, in order to keep in touch with Generals Louis +Botha and De la Rey and our Government. When I was about twelve miles to +the south of Petrusburg, I received a letter from General Botha, +informing me that Lord Kitchener desired to have a conference held, at +Middelburg, in the middle of February, as the English Government wanted +to make a Peace Proposal. General Botha asked the President and myself +to come yet nearer, so that, in case we might be wanted, we should be +within reach. + +I sent on his letter to President Steyn, giving him my opinion of it, +and asking if he would come. The President, who was always ready to do +anything for his country or people, did not lose one moment, but came at +once. Meanwhile, I went on ahead with my staff, taking with me also +Captain Louis Wessels, and five of his men. + +About the 15th of March I crossed the railway line, ten miles to the +north of Brandfort, during the night. There we placed some charges of +dynamite under the rails, but before we had completed our work, a train +came up so quietly that one might call it a "scouting train." It was a +dark night, and there was no lantern at the head of the engine, so that +we did not see it until it was close upon us. We had, therefore, no +chance to ignite the fuse. We retired to a distance of about one hundred +paces from the line, when a fierce fire was opened upon us from the +train. We replied to this as the train went past, to be succeeded +immediately afterwards by a second one. As soon as this also had passed +us, we fired the fuses and blew up the railway line at different places +close to each other. + +Immediately after this two trains came up, stopping close to the place +where the explosions had occurred, and fired on us for about ten minutes +without intermission. We paid them back in their own coin, and then each +train went its way, leaving the repairing of the line to the following +day. + +From there we marched on, without accident, except that a German +received a slight wound, and one horse was killed. We soon reached +Senekal (which had been abandoned by the English), where for the first +time I met Dr. Reich and his wife. The doctor received us very heartily; +although he did not belong to our Field Ambulance, he did everything +that he could for our wounded, as he had done for those of the enemy. + +From Senekal I went on to pay a visit to the Heilbron commando, after +which I proceeded to Vrede, arriving there on the 24th of February. + +It was at Vrede that I had asked Louis Botha to meet me, if he could +manage it, and the day after my arrival this meeting took place. The +General told me that the negotiations between him and Lord Kitchener had +resulted in nothing. + +Although this was not very satisfactory, still it was just as well that +I should meet the Commandant-General of the Transvaal. We had much to +discuss and, after a long talk, we parted with the firm determination +that, whatever happened, we would continue the war. + +On the 27th General Botha returned to the Transvaal, and I to the +Heilbron commando. After a few days President Steyn came from the south +of the Free State, in order to meet the Transvaal Government at Vrede. +After this meeting had taken place he went off to a camp of his own, +for it was thought better that he should not remain with the commandos +any longer. I gave him fifty burghers, under the command of Commandant +Davel, to serve as a bodyguard. + +I had but just returned from my meeting with General Botha when a +serious matter arose at Petrusburg, demanding my immediate presence +there. It was three hundred and sixty miles there and back, and the +journey promised to be anything but a pleasure trip--far less a safe +excursion--for me; but the country's interest requiring it, I started on +the 8th of April, although much fatigued by my inroad into Cape Colony. + +My staff succeeded in capturing an outpost of sixteen men on the railway +line near Vredefort, the English losing one killed and two wounded. + +I visited the commando at Vredefort, arranged everything at Petrusburg, +and started on my return journey on the 17th. I crossed the railway line +between Smaldeel and Ventersburg Road Station, and after paying +Commandant Hasebroek a short visit, I came back to the Heilbron +commando. + +Our tactics of dividing our commandos, and thus keeping the English busy +in every part of the Free State, or, where they were too numerous for +us, of refusing to allow them to give us battle, so enraged them that +they no longer spared the farmhouses in the north and north-western +districts. Even in the south and south-west many of the houses were +wrecked, but the work of destruction was not carried out with the same +completeness as in the afore-mentioned districts. The enemy, moreover, +did not spare our cattle, but either drove them off or killed them for +food. As for our women-folk--any of them who fell into the hands of the +enemy were sent off to the concentration camps. + +I have no space here, however, to write about the treatment of the +women; it is such a serious matter that it would require whole chapters +to deal with it adequately. Abler pens than mine will deal with it in +full detail. I will only remark here that the Boer women were shamefully +treated, and that if England wishes to efface the impression which these +cruelties have left upon the hearts of our people, she will have to act +as every great conquering race must act, if it is ever to be reconciled +with the nations it has vanquished. + +Our winter season had now begun. We had no provisions except meat, bread +and maize. Even these were rather scarce, but we could not yet say that +we were altogether destitute. Coffee and sugar--except when we had an +opportunity of helping ourselves from the enemy's stores--were unknown +to us. With regard to the first-named commodity, however, the reader +must know that in the district of Boshof there grows a wild tree, whose +roots make an excellent substitute for coffee. Broken up into small +pieces and roasted, they supplied us with a delicious beverage. The only +pity was that the tree was so scarce that the demand for this concoction +very greatly exceeded the supply. We therefore invented another +drink--which we also called coffee--and which was composed of corn, +barley, maize, dried peaches, sweet potatoes, and miscellaneous +ingredients. My own favourite beverage was abundant--especially after +heavy rain! + +The question of clothing was now beginning to be a very serious one. We +were reduced to mending our trousers, and even our jackets with leather. +For the tanning of this leather the old and feeble were employed, who, +as soon as the enemy approached, fled, and as soon as they had passed, +returned to their tanning. At a later period the English had a trick of +taking the hides out of the tanning tubs and cutting them to pieces, in +the hope, I suppose, that we should then be compelled to go barefoot and +unclothed. + +It was to obviate such a catastrophe as this that the custom of +_Uitschudden_[96] now came into force. The burghers, although against +orders, stripped every prisoner. The English had begun by taking away, +or burning, the clothes which the burghers had left in their +houses--that was bad enough. But that they should cut up the hides, +which they found in the tanning tubs, was still worse; and--the burghers +paid them back in the same coin by stripping the troops. + +Towards the end of May I crossed the railway line to Parijs and +Vredefort, intending to go on from there to see General De la Rey, and +discuss our affairs with him. I had come to the conclusion that it would +be good policy to send small commandos into Cape Colony; for small +bodies of men can move rapidly, and are thus able to get out of the way +if they are threatened by overpowering numbers. Moreover, such small +detachments would compel the English to divide their forces. + +When I reached Vredefort I received a despatch from President Steyn, +summoning me to him. I had thus to abandon my idea of visiting General +De la Rey; instead of this, I wrote him a letter requesting him to come +to the President. I also sent for Judge Hertzog. + +De la Rey was the first to arrive, and, without waiting for Judge +Hertzog, we at once proceeded to take into consideration the following +letter from the Government of the South African Republic. + + GOVERNMENT OFFICES, + IN THE FIELD, + District Ermelo, + South African Republic, + _May 10th, 1901_. + + TO THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARY, O.F.S. + + SIR,-- + + I have the honour to report to you that to-day the following + officers met the Government, namely, the Commandant-General, + General B. Viljoen, General J.C. Smuts (Staats-Procureur), the + last-named representing the western districts. Our situation was + seriously discussed, and, among others, the following facts were + pointed out:-- + + 1. That small parties of burghers are still continually laying down + their arms, and that the danger arising from this is becoming every + day more threatening, namely, that we are exposed to the risk of + our campaign ending in disgrace, as the consequence of these + surrenders may be that the Government and the officers will be left + in the field without any burghers, and that, therefore, heavy + responsibility rests upon the Government and War Officers, as they + represent the nation and not themselves only. + + 2. That our ammunition is so exhausted that no battle of any + importance can be fought, and that this lack of ammunition will + soon bring us to the necessity of flying helplessly before the + enemy. And that through this same lack it has become impossible for + us to afford adequate protection to our people and their cattle, + with the result that the general population is being reduced to + poverty and despair, and that even the troops will soon be unable + to be supplied with provisions. + + 3. That through the above-mentioned conditions the authority of the + Government is becoming more and more weakened, and that thus the + danger arises of the people losing all respect and reverence for + lawful authority, and falling into a condition of lawlessness. And + that to prolong the war can only lead to hastening the ruin of the + people, and making it clear to them that the only authority in the + country is that of the enemy. + + 4. That not only is our nation becoming disorganized in the manner + above referred to, but that it will also most certainly happen that + the leaders of the nation, whose personal influence has hitherto + kept it together, will fall into utter contempt, and lose that + influence which is our only hope for reviving the national spirit + in the future. + + 5. That the people are constantly demanding to be told what hope + still exists of successfully prosecuting the war, and that they + have the right to expect to be informed in an honest and + straightforward manner that their cause is hopeless, whenever this + has become evident to the Government and the Leaders. + + Up to the present time the Government and the nation have been + expecting that, with the co-operation of their Deputation and by + the aid of European complications, there would be some hope for the + success of their cause, and the Government feels strongly that + before taking any decisive step, an attempt should again be made to + arrive with certainty at the results of the Deputation and the + political situation in Europe. + + Having taken all the facts into consideration, the Government, + acting in conjunction with the above-mentioned officers, have + arrived at the following decision: + + Firstly, that a request should be addressed this very day to Lord + Kitchener, asking that through the intervention of ambassadors sent + by us to Europe, the condition of our country may be allowed to be + placed before President Kruger, which ambassadors are to return + with all possible speed. + + Secondly, that should this request be refused, or lead to no + results, an armistice should be asked for, by which the opportunity + should be given us of finally deciding in consultation with your + Government, and the people of the two States, what we must do. + + This second proposal is, however, subject to any solution which + your Government, taking into consideration the above-mentioned + grievances, may be able to suggest. + + The Government feels very keenly that it would no longer be right + to allow things to go on as they have been going on, and that the + time has arrived for taking some definite steps; it will, + therefore, be glad to receive an answer from your Government as + soon as possible. + + I have the honour to be, + Yours, etc., + F.W. REITZ, + _Secretary of State._ + +The answer which the President sent to this letter was formerly in my +possession, but has been lost with many of my documents. I am able, +however, to give an extract, which I received from the Rev. J.D. +Kestell. It was to the following effect:-- + +The President was much disappointed with the letter of the Transvaal +Government; he said that although there had been in the past some +surrenders in the Free State, this difficulty had now been overcome. +Moreover, although the ammunition had for a long time been scarce, +nevertheless, after every fight, there had been enough to begin the next +with. To the question, What probability was there of their being able to +continue the struggle? he would reply by asking another question--What +hope had the two little Republics, at the beginning of the war, of +winning the fight against the might of England? If they had trusted in +God at the beginning, why did they not continue to trust in Him? + +He also pointed out that if the Boer cause was really quite hopeless, +the Deputation would have been sure to send word to that effect. +Further, he assured the Transvaal Government that if an armistice were +to be obtained, and if during it the people of the Free State were to be +asked for their opinion, the decision of the burghers who were still in +the field would be to continue the war. + +He could not approve of the decision of the Transvaal Government to ask +Lord Kitchener to allow ambassadors to be sent to Europe, for, by so +doing, the Government would be showing its hand to the enemy; he added +that he was very sorry that such a decision had been taken without first +consulting the Free State. + +As to the fear expressed by the Transvaal Government, that the +Authorities and the Officers in the field would be left without +burghers, the President said, that even if the Government and the +Officers of the Free State were to surrender, the nation would not do +so. It would be a great misfortune, he added, if the Orange Free State, +which had not only lost its property and the lives of many of its +burghers but also even its very independence, in the defence of the +sister Republic, should now be abandoned by that Republic; that then all +confidence in one another and all co-operation between Afrikanders would +come to an end for ever: and that, under such circumstances, it would be +too much to expect that the African nation should ever be able to rise +again. If then the Boers wished to remain a nation, it was absolutely +necessary to continue the war. + +After having quoted various appropriate passages from the newspapers, +the President went on as follows:-- + +"All these considerations combine to make me believe that we should be +committing a National murder if we were to give in now. Brethren! Hold +out a little longer. Let not our sufferings and our struggles be in +vain; let not our faith in the God of our fathers become a byword. Do +all that you can to encourage one another." + +The President concluded this very remarkable and powerful letter with +the question:-- + +"Are we again to leave the Colonial burghers in the lurch? God forbid." + +We decided to set out for the Transvaal in order to discuss the matter +with the Government; and on the evening of the 5th of June we marched +four or five miles from Liebenbergsvlei, to a place opposite +Verkijkersdorp. We were, all told, between sixty and seventy men, +including the staff and part of the bodyguard of President Steyn, the +staff of General De la Rey, and eight of my staff officers. + +The following morning, an hour and a half after sunrise, a burgher came +galloping up to tell us that the enemy had just captured a laager of +women.[97] + +It seemed impossible to ride over to the rescue of these women, for our +horses had still to make the long journey into the Transvaal. I asked +our guest, General De la Rey, what he thought about the matter. He at +once replied that we must go and liberate the women. As we were already +up-saddled in readiness for our march, I had nothing to do but to give +the order to start. The President, with his staff and some of the +bodyguard, remained behind; while General De la Rey, Commandant Davel +and I, with fifty-five men, hurried off. The retired General, Piet +Fourie, was also with us. + +The enemy had marched with the laager on to a hill near the Kaffir +kraal, consisting of four or five huts and a building made of sods. + +We first caught sight of the English when we were at a distance of four +miles from them; they were then busy drawing up the waggons of the women +in rows of ten or twelve. The oxen belonging to the first row stood +close against the kraal, as we saw later on; those of the second row +being behind them, and so on. + +The women told us afterwards that they had asked to be allowed to retire +to a place where they would not run the risk of being shot by us (for +the English had taken cover barely one hundred paces behind the waggons +and were preparing to fight us from there), but that they were ordered +to remain behind the soldiers. They were thus exposed to the danger of +being hit by us, if we shot a little too high. It was, they said, the +most terrible day they had ever spent. + +When we came within range of the English, they opened a hot fire upon +us. We had to gallop over ground as smooth as a table with no cover +until we were close up to them, and protected by a small hill. We left +our horses here, and ran as fast as we could up the incline. At the top +we were within forty paces of the place where the English were lying in +wait for us. As soon as our heads appeared over the brow of the hill +they fired on us; but there was only one round fired, for our reply was +so sharp and severe that many of them were at once mowed down. The rest +jumped up and retreated behind the last row of waggons, several of them, +however, being killed during their flight. + +Our men dashed through between the waggons, but the English were the +first to reach the kraal. They had made loopholes in its walls, through +which they now fired on us. The only shelter we had was a Kaffir hut, +which as is well known, always has a round wall. There was no chance for +us to make loopholes--the wall was too solid--so that if a burgher +wanted to shoot he had to expose his whole body, while the English lay +ready behind their loopholes to fire on us. So it happened that eleven +burghers were killed and seven wounded. Among the dead was Captain +Thijnsma, and among the wounded, Lieutenant H. Howell. + +In the meantime we had got the waggons away, except the row which was +nearest to the kraal, and which were too close to the enemy for us to be +able to approach them safely. + +No sooner had the English taken refuge in the kraal than the women fled +with the waggons; and it is astonishing to relate that only one little +boy of thirteen years was killed, and a woman and a girl slightly +wounded. One of the burghers whom the English had taken prisoner was +also killed. + +I have no exact figure as to the losses of the English, but judging from +the number of dead and wounded lying on the battlefield, I should say +that their casualties must have been about eighty. + +The fight lasted from eleven till three o'clock, and then a +reinforcement of cavalry, from eight hundred to one thousand men strong, +appeared with some guns. The force with which we had been engaged, +numbering about two hundred men, belonged to the column which was now +coming up. As we could not drive the English from the kraal before the +arrival of the reinforcements, we had to give way. + +Although I had given orders that all the waggons which had managed to +escape should be sent on to Reitz, in the actual event only a few carts +went there. The women had left the waggons behind, close to the hill at +the foot of the English position, where I could not see them, in order +to await the result. They had forgotten what I had told them, namely, +that they were to get away as quickly as possible. This order I had +given in the expectation that a reinforcement might arrive at any +moment. + +After I had ordered a few men to bring the wounded into a safe place, I +retired with the remainder, some forty-five in number. Among these was +Veldtcornet Serfontein and his burghers. + +The English now directed their fire upon the women's laager, to compel +it to come to a standstill. Whether any of the women and children were +killed or wounded I was unable to ascertain, but it was horrible to see +the bombs bursting over their heads. Thus the women again fell into the +hands of the enemy. + +With four of my adjutants and Piet Fourie, I succeeded in driving away +quite one thousand five hundred head of cattle. The bombs fell heavily +on them also, but I got them safely away. Late that evening we arrived +at the spot where we had left President Steyn, only to find that he had +gone away. He had been obliged to retreat before the force which the +previous evening had been at Duminy Drift, and which had passed near him +during the day. The President had accordingly gone some twelve miles in +the direction of Lindley. + +It was one of the coldest nights we had that winter, and our pack-horses +which were carrying the blankets were with the President. It was +impossible for us to sleep without any covering on such a night as that, +and so we were obliged to march on. We had moreover to look for +something to eat, for we had had nothing since breakfast. Our horses had +never had their saddles off from the time we went out to fight until we +arrived about midnight at the President's camp. + +[Footnote 96: Stripping.] + +[Footnote 97: The previous evening we had received a report of two +English camps on the Wilge River: One at Duminy Drift, the other at +Steildrift--under General Elliott. They were led by Piet de Wet and +other National Scouts.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + +President Steyn's Narrow Escape + + +The following morning we had to continue our journey to the Transvaal. +It being necessary to keep out of sight of the enemy, we marched first a +short distance to the south, and then went south-east. After a few days +we reached Vrede. There Commandant Manie Botha spared us a few burghers +who knew this part of the country well to serve as guides across the +railway line. We headed to the north of Volksrust, and on the second +evening after we had left Vrede, we struck the railway line at a spot +which was guarded by an outpost. They opened fire on us at once. General +De la Rey and I then came to the decision that after the burghers had +exchanged a few shots, we would quietly retreat a short distance, and +then, with a sweep, try and cross the line at another spot. This ruse +was successful and we crossed unobserved. But the first of our men had +hardly got seventy paces from the railway line, when a fearful explosion +of dynamite took place, not thirty paces from the spot where we had +crossed. Whether this was managed by electricity or whether the hindmost +horses had struck on the connecting wire of some trap set by the enemy, +I cannot say; at all events, we escaped with only a fright. + +On the fourth day after this we met the Transvaal Government and held a +conference at once, in accordance with the letter mentioned in my last +chapter. It grieved us much that things should have taken this turn, for +it nearly always happened that somehow matters of this sort came to the +ears of the English. + +But the Transvaal Government had again taken courage, as they had +received an answer to the cable which they had sent to the Deputation, +which answer instructed them to hold out; and also because two +successful battles had taken place shortly before--one fought by General +Kemp, and the other by Commandant Muller. We remained there for two +days, and after it had been settled by the two Governments that the war +should be continued with all our might, and also that days of +thanksgiving and humiliation should be appointed, we went away +accompanied by the genial and friendly Commandant Alberts, of +Standerton, who brought us across the Natal-Transvaal railway. Captain +Alberts was renowned as a valiant soldier; we now also found him to be a +most sociable man. He beguiled the time with agreeable narratives of +events in which he had taken part, and almost before we realized it we +had reached the railway line. We crossed in safety and took a hearty +farewell of our friendly Commandant and his burghers. + +On our march to Zilverbank--a farm on the Waterval River--I did not +require any guide, for I knew the surroundings, having lived there for +two years. After breakfast on the following morning we went on to within +four or five miles south of Hexrivier farm, about three miles to the +north of the Vaal River. There we off-saddled; and shortly after General +De la Rey took leave of us. He wanted to cross the railway at a place +between Vereeniging and Meyerton Station. This would lead him by a +shorter road to his commandos than if he went through the Free State. +Our farewell was affectionate--all the more so because we did not know +whether we should see each other again on this earth. Then we continued +on our way with light hearts; having been inspirited, not only by the +pleasant company of the last few days, but also by the decision taken by +the two Governments, that, come what might, our independence should not +be sacrificed by us. + +I crossed the Vaal River at Villiersdorp and remained there that evening +and through the following day. Then President Steyn and I parted. He +went to Bezuidenhoutsdrift, and I, by way of Frankfort, to the Heilbron +commando. I remained at Frankfort for one night, with Commandant Ross +and his men, and had a very enjoyable time. + +With the Heilbron people I stayed a few days only, because I had +important work to accomplish in the Winburg district; to this district +therefore I went. + +As the commandos were now so scattered there was enough work for each of +us in his own district, and I had much more riding to do than formerly. +I found Commandant Hasebroek and his men at Doornberg a few days later. +Whilst there I received from President Steyn a report of his narrow +escape at Reitz, on the 11th of July, 1901, when he and some of his +bodyguard escaped, whilst, unfortunately, Commandant Davel and all the +members of the Government, except Mr. W.C.J. Brebner, who was absent, +were taken prisoners. + +From Winburg I paid a visit to Vice-Commandant-in-Chief J. Hattingh, of +the Kroonstad commando, and then went to President Steyn. My joy in +finding that the President was safe, was only equalled by my grief at +the loss of such old friends as General Cronje, Member of the Executive +Council; General J.B. Wessels; T. Brain, Secretary to the Government; +Commandant Davel; Rocco De Villiers, Secretary to the Executive Council; +Gordon Fraser, Private Secretary to the President; MacHardy, Assistant +Secretary; Pieter Steyn, brother of the President and Veldtcornet of the +staff; and my other friends in the bodyguard. It was sad to think that +such men were prisoners, and were lost to us so long as the war +continued. We had become rather accustomed to such experiences, but what +made this so hard to bear was that treachery had a hand in it--when the +English took the Government and President Steyn's bodyguard prisoners, +they had had a Free State burgher as their guide. + +The vacant posts in the Government had now to be filled up, and the +President appointed the following persons:--In the place of A.P. Cronje, +General C.H. Olivier, as Member of the Executive Council; and in place +of Mr. T. Brain, Mr. W.C.J. Brebner, as Government Secretary. Mr. +Johannes Theron he appointed Secretary to the Executive Council, instead +of Mr. Rocco De Villiers; and Mr. B.J. Du Plessis Private Secretary to +himself in place of Mr. Gordon Fraser. + +The President also decided to have, in future, only thirty burghers as +his bodyguard, and appointed Captain Niekerk as their Commandant. + + + + +CHAPTER XXX + +The Last Proclamation + + +I now impressed upon my officers as forcibly as I could the importance +of intercepting the communications of the enemy by blowing up their +trains. A mechanical device had been thought of, by which this could be +done. The barrel and lock of a gun, in connexion with a dynamite +cartridge, were placed under a sleeper, so that when a passing engine +pressed the rail on to this machine, it exploded, and the train was +blown up. It was terrible to take human lives in such a manner; still, +however fearful, it was not contrary to the rules of civilized warfare, +and we were entirely within our rights in obstructing the enemy's lines +of communication in this manner. + +Owing to this, the English were obliged to place many more thousands of +soldiers along the railway line, in order to keep the track clear. Even +then, the trains, for a considerable time, could not run by night. The +English soon discovered how we arranged these explosions, and the guards +carefully inspected the lines each day to find out if one of these +machines had been placed beneath the rails. We knew that one had been +found and removed, whenever we saw a train pass over the spot without +being blown up. This, however, only made us more careful. We went to the +spot which we had fixed upon for the explosion, hollowed out the gravel, +placed the machine under the sleeper, and covered it up again, throwing +the gravel that was left to a good distance from the line. After this, +the guards could not discover where the machine was placed. They trebled +the troops on the line in consequence. + +The month of July had passed, and we wondered what August held in store +for us. The customary fights of the different commandos still went on; +here five, here ten, here thirty of the English were killed, wounded or +made prisoners. If these numbers had been put down they would have +mounted up to a considerable total; but the war was not of such a nature +that an office could be opened to record them. Reports of battles were +sent to me, and after I had allowed them to accumulate for three or four +weeks, they were sent to the different Vice-Commandants-in-Chief for +their general information, and then torn up. + +Many reports and much correspondence concerning the beginning of the war +have been preserved. I gave them to a trustworthy friend with +instructions to bury them, but do not know where he placed them, as he +was taken prisoner later on, and I have never been able to find out +where he was sent to. These documents are of great value, and ought to +be published. + +I was on the farm of Blijdschap, between Harrismith and Bethlehem--my +English friends, Generals Knox, Elliott and Paget, with their Colonels +Rimington, Byng, Baker, etc., etc., will not have forgotten where +Blijdschap is--when I received a letter from Lord Kitchener, enclosing +his Proclamation of the 7th of August, 1901. + +This proclamation was as follows: + + "By his Excellency Baron Kitchener of Khartoum, G.C.B., K.C.M.G., + General Commander-in-Chief of His Majesty's forces in South Africa; + High Commissioner of South Africa, and Administrator of the + Transvaal, etc. + + "Whereas the former Orange Free State and South African Republic + are annexed to His Majesty's possessions; + + "And whereas His Majesty's forces have now been for some + considerable time in full possession of the Government seats of + both the above-mentioned territories, with all their public + offices and means of administration, as well as of the principal + towns and the whole railway; + + "And whereas the great majority of burghers of the two late + Republics (which number thirty-five thousand over and above those + who have been killed in the war) are now prisoners of war, or have + subjected themselves to His Majesty's Government, and are now + living in safety, in villages or camps under the protection of His + Majesty's forces; + + "And whereas the burghers of the late Republics, now under arms + against His Majesty's forces, are not only few in number, but have + also lost nearly all their guns, and war requisites, and are + without proper military organization, and are therefore not in a + position to carry on a regular war, or to make any organized + resistance against His Majesty's forces in any part of the country; + + "And whereas the burghers who are now still under arms, although + not in a position to carry on a regular war, continue to make + attacks on small posts and divisions of His Majesty's forces, to + plunder and to destroy farms, and to cut the railway and telegraph + lines, both in the Orange River Colony and in the Transvaal and + other parts of His Majesty's South African possessions; + + "And whereas the country is thus kept in a state of unrest, and the + carrying on of agriculture and industries is hindered; + + "And whereas His Majesty's Government has decided to make an end of + a situation which involves unnecessary bloodshed and devastation, + and which is ruining the great majority of the inhabitants, who are + willing to live in peace, and are desirous of earning a livelihood + for themselves and their families; + + "And whereas it is only just that steps should be taken against + those who still resist, and principally against those persons who + are in authority, and who are responsible for the continuance of + the present state of disorganization in the country, and who + instigate their fellow citizens to persist in their hopeless + resistance against His Majesty's Government; + + "I, Horatio Herbert Baron Kitchener, of Khartoum, G.C.B., K.C.M.G., + General Commander-in-Chief of His Majesty's forces in South Africa; + High Commissioner in South Africa, on behalf of His Majesty's + Government, proclaim and make known as follows: + + "All Commandants, Veldtcornets and leaders of armed bands--being + burghers of the late Republics--still resisting His Majesty's + forces in the Orange River Colony and the Transvaal, or in any part + of His Majesty's South African possessions, and all members of the + Government of the late Orange Free State and of the late South + African Republic, shall, unless they surrender before the 15th + September of this year, be banished for ever from South Africa; and + the cost of maintaining the families of such burghers shall be + recoverable from, and become a charge on, their properties, whether + landed or movable, in both Colonies. + + "GOD SAVE THE KING. + + "Given under my hand at Pretoria, the seventh day of August, 1901. + + "KITCHENER, GENERAL, + _High Commissioner of South Africa._" + +I answered Lord Kitchener very carefully in the following words:-- + + "EXCELLENCY,-- + + "I acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's missive in which + was enclosed your Proclamation, dated the 7th August, 1901. I and + my officers assure your Excellency that we fight with one aim + only--our independence, which we never can or will sacrifice!" + +It would have been childish to fear that letter and that Proclamation. +From the short answer which I sent to Lord Kitchener, the reader will +clearly see the opinion that I and my officers held concerning it: +"Bangmaak is nog niet doodmaak,"[98] as our proverb says. + +It was curious to see how this Proclamation was taken by the burghers. +It had no effect whatsoever. I heard many burghers say that it would now +be seen whether the officers had the cause of their country really at +heart or not, and whether they were themselves to surrender and lay down +their arms before the 15th of September. I must here declare that I know +of no single case where an officer in consequence of this proclamation +surrendered; on the contrary, when the day fixed by Lord Kitchener for +the surrender had passed, the burghers had more reason to trust in their +officers than before; and I can assure my readers that if at the +beginning of the war we had had officers of the same kind as we had +towards the end of the strife, it would have been easier to have +maintained discipline. + +September the 15th was thus fixed upon by Lord Kitchener as the last day +on which we should have an opportunity of surrendering. The President +and Commander-in-Chief of the Transvaal and the Orange Free State +returned answer that they would still continue the war, and subsequent +events put a seal to their answer. + +Three battles were fought--one by General Brand at Blakfontein, another +by General De la Rey in the west of the Transvaal, and yet another by +General Botha at Itala, all in the month of September. + +President Steyn sent Lord Kitchener a long letter, in which he showed +most clearly what the causes of the war had been, and what was the +condition of matters at that time. The letter was as follows:-- + + IN THE VELDT, _August 15th_, 1901. + + TO HIS EXCELLENCY, LORD KITCHENER, ETC. + + EXCELLENCY,-- + + I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's + letter, dated Aug. 7th, 1901, enclosing your Excellency's + Proclamation of the same date. + + The conciliatory tone of your Excellency's letter encourages me to + speak freely, and to answer it at some length. I have noticed that + not only your Excellency in your letter asserts, but that also + responsible statesmen in your country assert, that the declaration + of war from the South African Republic, and the inroad on the + British territory, had been the cause of the war. I hardly believe + it necessary to remind your Excellency that, in 1895, when the + South African Republic was unarmed and peaceful, and had no thought + but that their neighbours were civilized nations, an unexpected + attack was made on them from the British territory. I do not + consider it necessary to point out to your Excellency that the mad + enterprise--for surely the instigators of it could not have been + sane--miscarried, and the whole body of invaders fell into the + hands of the South African Republic. The South African Government, + trusting in the integrity of the English nation, handed over to His + Majesty's Government all the persons whom they had taken prisoner, + notwithstanding that, in conformity with international law, these + persons had merited death. + + I also do not consider it necessary to remind your Excellency that + after an honest judge had condemned the leaders of this expedition + to imprisonment, the most prominent of them were not compelled to + serve the whole of their time, but, previous to its termination, + were liberated for various most insufficient reasons. Neither need + I remind your Excellency that when a Parliamentary Commission was + nominated, to investigate the causes and reasons of the said + expedition, this Commission, instead of investigating the matter, + would not allow the proofs to come to light, and that, when the + Commission, notwithstanding the high influence at work during its + sitting, had found the chief conspirator, Mr. Rhodes, guilty, and + had reported him as such to Parliament, Mr. Chamberlain, who was + one of the members of the Commission, contradicted his own + report[99] by defending Mr. Rhodes. + + Your Excellency will have to acknowledge that the South African + Republic as well as the civilized world was perfectly justified in + coming to the conclusion that the Jameson expedition, which we + first believed to have been undertaken by irresponsible persons, + and without the cognizance of His Majesty's Government, was well + known, if not to all, yet still to some members of His Majesty's + Government. I need not remind your Excellency that since that time, + not only has no reasonable indemnity been paid to the South African + Republic, as was at that time promised, but also that the Republic + has been harassed with despatches and threats concerning its + internal Government. I also need not tell your Excellency that + outside influence was used in order that memorials to His Majesty's + Government might be drawn up concerning alleged grievances, so that + His Majesty's Government might have the desired opportunity of + interfering with the inner policy of the South African Republic. + + As I have said, I do not think it necessary to remind your + Excellency of the above-mentioned facts, because I am of opinion + that they are well known to you. I, however, should like your + Excellency to be good enough to pay attention to the following + facts:-- + + When, at the time of the circulation of the last-mentioned + Memorial, I could see that a certain party was working hard to + involve the British Government in a war with the South African + Republic, I stepped into the breach, and endeavoured, by bringing + the parties together, and by using my influence with the South + African Republic, to induce the latter to give in to the demands of + His Majesty's Government in order to maintain the peace. + + I succeeded in getting the Transvaal to yield, not because I was of + the opinion that the English Government had any right to make such + demands, but only in order to prevent bloodshed. When the British + Government was still not satisfied, then the South African + Government made concession after concession to the ever-increasing + demands made upon them, until at last there came a request that the + law on franchise should be laid before a Commission. On the behest + of the British Agent in Pretoria, the South African Republic made a + proposal granting far more than was demanded by the High + Commissioner. As this proposal was not accepted by His Majesty's + Government, who made yet further demands, the South African + Republic withdrew their proposal, and declared themselves willing + to accept England's proposal to lay the law before the Commission. + The British Government then closed all correspondence, and wrote to + the South African Republic saying that they would make their + demands later on. In other words, the British Government then gave + to the South African Republic an ultimatum, and it was clear that + they were only prevented from commencing the war at once by the + fact that they had not then landed sufficient troops in the + country. + + The Orange Free State Government then again came to the rescue, in + order to attempt at the last moment to avoid the war, and cabled + through the High Commissioner direct to the British Government, + asking for information as to the nature of the demands which were + to be made upon the South African Republic; which cable, to my + sorrow, was never sent in its entirety. The only answer to my cable + was the continual arrival of transports of troops from all quarters + of the globe, which were massed, not only on the frontier of the + South African Republic, but also on the frontiers of the still + friendly Orange Free State. Then, when the South African Republic + saw that England had no intention of repairing the alleged + grievances, but had only brought them up as an excuse for depriving + the Republic of its independence, they requested that the troops + might be taken from their frontiers, and that all disputes might be + settled by arbitration. This happened about three weeks after the + British Government had issued their ultimatum, and about one month + after the Orange Free State Government had received a wire asking + them to remain neutral, thus clearly giving them to understand that + the British Government intended to make war on the South African + Government. This telegram was sent to the Orange Free State because + they knew that the latter had made a defensive alliance with the + South African Republic since the year 1899. + + Then the South African Republic decided that they must defend their + frontiers against the enemy who threatened their borders, and I was + obliged to take a most painful step, namely, that of severing the + bonds of friendship that existed between us and the British + Government, and, true to our alliance with the Transvaal, to help + the sister Republic. That we were perfectly correct in our surmise + that the British Government had firmly decided to wipe out the two + Republics has been clearly proved since the breaking out of the + war. It was not only made evident from the documents that fell into + our hands, although there it was easy to gather that since 1896, + that is from Jameson's raid, the British Government was firmly + determined to make an inroad into the two Republics: only lately it + has been acknowledged by Lord Lansdowne that he in June, 1899, had + already discussed with Lord Wolseley (then Commander-in-Chief of + His Majesty's troops), the best time at which to make an attack on + the two Republics. Your Excellency will thus see that it was not we + who drew the sword, but that we only put it away from our throats. + We have only acted in self-defence--one of the holiest rights of + man--in order to assert our right to exist. And therefore I think, + with all respect, that we have a right to trust in a just God. + + I again observe that your Excellency reverts to the impossibility + of intervention by any foreign power, and that your Excellency + interprets our resistance as only based on the hope of such + intervention. + + With your Excellency's permission, I should like to clear up our + position with regard to intervention. It is this: We hope, and + still are hoping, that the moral feeling of the civilized world + would protest against the crime which England is now permitting in + South Africa, namely, that of endeavouring to exterminate a young + nation, but we were still firmly determined that, should our hopes + not be realized, we would exert our utmost strength to defend + ourselves, and this decision, based on a firm trust in a merciful + God, is still unshaken in us. + + I further notice that your Excellency thinks that our fight is + hopeless. I do not know on what grounds this assumption is based. + Let us for a moment compare our mutual situations of to-day with + those of a year ago, after the surrender of General Prinsloo. Then, + the Cape Colony was altogether quiet, and free from our commandos. + The Orange Free State was almost entirely in your hands, not only + as regards the principal townships, railway lines and villages, but + also the whole country, except where Commandant Hasebroek was, with + his commando. And in the South African Republic the situation was + very similar. That country was also mainly held by you, except in + the parts which General De la Rey and General Botha occupied with + their commandos, far up in the Boschveldt. + + How do matters stand now? + + The Cape Colony is, so to speak, overrun by our commandos, and they + are really in temporary possession of the greater part of Cape + Colony. They go about there as they choose, and many of our + nationality and others also are continuing to join us there, and + uniting forces with us against the cruel injustice that is being + done to the Republics. + + In the Orange Free State I willingly acknowledge that your + Excellency is in possession of the Capital, the railways, and some + other towns not on the railways, but that is all that your + Excellency has got. The whole of the Orange Free State, except the + parts which I have just mentioned, is in our possession. In most of + the principal towns there are landdrosts[100] appointed by us; thus + in this State the keeping of order and the administration of + justice are managed by us, and not by your Excellency. In the + Transvaal it is just the same. There also justice and order are + managed by magistrates appointed by our Government. + + May I be permitted to say that your Excellency's jurisdiction is + limited by the range of your Excellency's guns. If your Excellency + will look on the matter from a military point of view then it must + be acknowledged that notwithstanding the enormous forces that are + brought against us in the field, our cause, in the past year, has + made wonderful progress. Therefore we need be in no way + discouraged, and, if your Proclamation is based on the assumption + that we are so, then it has now even less justification than it had + a year ago. I am sorry that anything I say should appear boastful, + but the assertions in your Excellency's Proclamation compel me to + speak in this manner. + + With regard to the 35,000 men which your Excellency says are in + your hands, I cannot speak as to the numbers, but this much I will + say, I am not referring to those men who were led astray by the + Proclamation of your Excellency's predecessor, and so failed in + their duty to their Government; nor to those--thank God they are + but few--who from treachery or other cause have gone over to the + enemy; but of the remainder who have been taken, not too honestly, + as prisoners of war, and are still kept as such. Of these I will + say that they are either old men and feeble, or young boys not yet + of age, who were carried off by force from their farms by your + Excellency's troops, and shut up against their will in your + Excellency's camps. To say of these therefore, that they are + "dwelling peacefully with you," is an assertion which can hardly be + taken seriously. I am able to say with perfect truth, that except + the prisoners, and the few who have gone over to the enemy, the + overpowering majority of the fighting burghers are still under + arms. As regards those who have gone over from us to the enemy--a + rare occurrence now--I can only say that our experience is not + unique, for history shows that in all wars for freedom, as in + America and elsewhere, there were such: and we shall try to get on + without them. + + As regards the 74,000 women and children who, as your Excellency + alleges, are maintained in the camps, it appears to me that your + Excellency must be unaware of the cruel manner in which these + defenceless ones were dragged away from their dwellings by your + Excellency's troops, who first destroyed all the goods and property + of their wretched captives. Yes, to such a pass had it come, that + whenever your men were seen approaching, the poor sacrifices of the + war, in all weathers, by day and by night, would flee from their + dwellings in order that they might not be taken. + + Does your Excellency realize that your troops have not been ashamed + to fire (in the full knowledge of what they were doing) with guns + and small arms on our helpless ones when they, to avoid capture, + had taken flight, either alone or with their waggons, and thus many + women and children have been killed and wounded. I will give you an + instance. Not long ago, on the 6th of June, at Graspan, near Reitz, + a camp of women, falsely reported as a convoy to your Excellency, + was taken by your troops. This was rescued again by us, whilst + your troops took shelter behind our women, and when your + reinforcement came up, they opened fire with guns and small arms on + that camp, notwithstanding the fact that they knew it contained + women only. + + I can quote hundreds of cases of this kind, but I do not think it + necessary, because if your Excellency will take the trouble to ask + any soldier who respects the truth, he will be compelled to confirm + my assertion. To say that the women are in your camps of their own + free will is not in accordance with the facts, and for any one to + assert that they are brought to the camps because the Boers are + unwilling to provide for the maintenance of their families as it is + said that His Excellency the Minister for War has asserted in + Parliament, is to make himself guilty of calumny, that will do more + harm to the calumniator than to us, and is a statement which I am + sure can never meet with your Excellency's approval. + + Now, as regards the Proclamation itself, I can give your Excellency + the assurance as far as I am myself concerned, that it will make no + difference to my fulfilling my duty faithfully to the end, for I + shall be guided by my conscience and not by the enemy. Our country + is ruined; our hearths and homes are wrecked; our cattle are + looted, or killed by the thousand; our women and children are made + prisoners, insulted, and carried away by the troops and armed + Kaffirs; and many hundreds have already given their lives for the + freedom of their fatherland. Can we now--when it is merely a + question of banishment--shrink from our duty? Can we become + faithless to the hundreds of killed and prisoners, who, trusting in + our firmness, offered their lives and freedom for the fatherland? + Or can we lose faith in a just God, who has so wonderfully upheld + us till now? I am convinced that should we do so, we should be + despised not only by your Excellency and all honest men, but also + by ourselves. + + I will close by giving your Excellency the assurance that no one is + more anxious than I to see peace restored, and I am therefore ready + to meet your Excellency at any time in order to discuss the terms + on which this peace can be arranged; but in order that I may not + mislead your Excellency, I have to say that no peace will be + accepted by us which imperils the independence of the two + Republics, or which does not take into consideration the interests + of our Colonial brethren who have joined us. If it is a crime to + fight in one's self-defence, and if such a crime is to be punished, + then I am of opinion that His Majesty's Government should be + satisfied with the annihilation of the country, the misery of women + and children and the general desolation which this war has already + caused. It is in your Excellency's power more than in that of any + one else, to put a stop to this, and by doing so, to restore this + unfortunate part of the world to its former happiness. We ask no + magnanimity, we only demand justice. I enclose a translation of my + letter in order to avoid any misinterpretation of it by your + Excellency, as this happened not long ago when a letter which I had + written to the Government of the South African Republic, and which + at Reitz fell into your hands, was published in such a way that it + was nearly unrecognizable, as not only was it wrongly interpreted + in some places, but sentences were inserted which had never been + written, and other parts were left out altogether, so that an + entirely wrong meaning was given to the letter. + + I have the honour, etc., + + M.T. STEYN, + _State-President of the Orange Free State._ + +[Footnote 98: Nobody dies of fright.] + +[Footnote 99: The report of the Commission of which he was a member.] + +[Footnote 100: Resident Magistrates.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI + +Blockhouses and Night Attacks + + +While the great events recorded at the end of my last chapter were in +progress, I paid a visit to the Harrismith burghers, who were under the +command of Commandant Jan Jacobsz, and also to some of the Bethlehem +men. On my return I learnt that the enemy were occupied in building a +line of blockhouses from Heilbron to Frankfort. + +It has always seemed to me a most unaccountable circumstance that +England--the all-powerful--could not catch the Boers without the aid of +these blockhouses. There were so many other ways in which the thing +might have been done, and better done; and the following incident, which +occurred during the war, serves to show that this policy of the +_blockhouse_ might equally well have been called the policy of the +_blockhead_. + +On the 27th of February, 1902, the English made one of their biggest +"catches" in the Free State. They had made a great "kraal"--what they +themselves call a "drive"--and stood, "hand in hand," one might almost +say, in a ring around us, coming from Heilbron, Frankfort, Bethlehem, +and Harrismith, and stretching, on the Transvaal side, from Vrede to the +Drakensberg. + +Narrower and narrower did the circle become, hemming us in more closely +at every moment. The result was that they "bagged" an enormous number of +men and cattle, without a solitary burgher (or, for the matter of that, +a solitary ox) having been captured by means of their famous blockhouse +system. + +The English have been constantly boasting in the newspapers about the +advantages of their blockhouses, but they have never been able to give +an instance of a capture effected by them. On the contrary, when during +the last stages of the war it happened, as it often did, that they drove +some of our men against one or other of the great blockhouse lines which +then intersected the country, and it became necessary for us to fight +our way through, we generally succeeded in doing so. And that, with +fewer casualties than when, as in the instance I have just given, they +concentrated their forces, and formed a circle around us. + +The English then were busy when I returned from the south in building a +blockhouse line from Heilbron to Frankfort. They accomplished this +speedily, and then proceeded to the construction of other similar lines, +not being contented until they had "pegged out" the country as +follows:-- + +On the Natal frontier there was a line from Vrede to Bothaspas, +continued westward by a series of forts to Harrismith, whence the line +went on, still westward, to Bethlehem, and thence down to the Basutoland +border at Fouriesburg. + +Kroonstad was made, so to speak, the "axle," whence a series of "spokes" +proceeded; one to the north-east, to Vrede; a second to the north-west, +through Driekopjes Diamond Mine, to Winkledrift, and thence down the +Rhenoster River to its confluence with the Vaal; a third, to the +south-east, to Lindley; and a fourth, to the south-west, along the +railway line, to the frontier of Cape Colony. + +In the western districts there was a line along the left bank of the +Valsch River to the point where it joins the Vaal, and another (also +terminating at the Vaal River) starting from Zand River railway bridge, +and running parallel to the Zand River. There was also a line from +Boshof, across the Cape Colony frontier, to Kimberley. + +Last, but not least, came the "White Elephant" with which the reader is +already acquainted--the line from Bloemfontein to Ladybrand, through +Thaba'Nchu. + +All these lines were in the Free State. I make no mention here of the +thousands of miles of similar blockhouse lines, which made a sort of +spider's web of the South African Republic. + +The blockhouses themselves were sometimes round, sometimes angular, +erections. The roofs were always of iron. The walls were pierced with +loop-holes four feet from the ground, and from four to six feet from one +another. Sometimes stone was used in the construction of these walls, at +other times iron. In the latter case the wall is double, the space of +from six to nine inches between the inner and the outer wall being +filled with earth. + +These buildings stood at a distance of from a hundred to a thousand +paces from one another; everything depended upon the lie of the ground, +and the means at the enemy's disposal; a greater distance than a +thousand paces was exceptional. They were always so placed that each of +them could be seen by its neighbours on both sides, the line which they +followed being a zigzag. + +Between the blockhouses were fences, made with five strands of barbed +wire. Parallel with these was a trench, three feet deep and four to five +feet across at the top, but narrower at the bottom. Where the material +could be procured, there was also a stone wall, to serve as an +additional obstacle. Sometimes there were two lines of fences, the upper +one--erected on the top of the earth thrown up from the +trench--consisting of three or four strands only. + +There was thus a regular network of wires in the vicinity of the +blockhouses--the English seemed to think that a Boer might be netted +like a fish. If a wild horse had been trapped there, I should like to +have been there to see, but I should not have liked to have been the +wild horse. + +The building of these blockhouses cost many thousands of pounds, and +still greater were the expenses incurred in providing the soldiers in +them with food, which had to be fetched up by special convoys. And it +was all money thrown away! and worse than thrown away! for when I come +to describe how I broke through these blockhouse lines (see next page), +the reader will see that this wonderful scheme of the English prolonged +the war for at least three months. + +Let us turn now to another, and a more successful device of the enemy. + +From the first weeks of the winter, 1901--the reader must remember that +our winter commences in _May_--the English began to make night attacks +upon us; at last they had found out a way of inflicting severe losses +upon us, and these night attacks grew more and more frequent during the +last period of the war. But they would never have thought of them at +all, if they had not been instructed in them by the National Scouts--our +own flesh and blood! + +These tactics were not always successful. It sometimes happened that the +English got "cornered"; sometimes they had to "right about turn" and run +for their lives. The latter was the case at Witkopjes, five miles to the +south of Heilbron, and again, near Makenwaansstad. But on only too many +occasions they managed to surprise troops of burghers on their camping +places, and, having captured those who could not run away, they left the +dead and wounded on the ground. + +We soon discovered that these night attacks were the most difficult of +the enemy's tactics with which we had to deal. + +Sometimes the burghers, surprised by a sudden visit from the English at +such an unconventional hour, found it necessary to run away at once as +fast as their legs would carry them, so that they often arrived at the +nearest camp without their hats. Indeed a series of these attacks +produced such a panic among our men that I have known a Boer lose not +only his hat, but also his head. + +I come now, in the regular course of my narrative, to an engagement +between my burghers and an English force which had marched from +Bethlehem to Reitz, a distance of thirty miles. This force was guided by +a son of one of the Free State Members of Parliament, and, marching all +night, reached Reitz just as the day began to dawn. This was a smart +piece of business; and though the guide to whom its success was due was +my enemy, I fully appreciated the skill which he then displayed. + +The English captured ten or twelve burghers at Reitz, whither they had +perhaps gone in search of the President. + +I was ten miles to the west, on the farm of Blijdschap, and did not +receive reports of what had happened until towards noon. + +What was I to do? I could not call up men from Heilbron, Bethlehem, +Vrede, or Harrismith: it would have been at least twenty-four hours +before they could have arrived. All I could do was to summon Veldtcornet +Vlok with some of the Parijs commandos and Veldtcornet Louwrens, and +Matthijs De Beer, and the men. With these and my staff we would not +number more than sixty or seventy all told. + +I at once gave orders to these veldtcornets to meet me at a certain +place, and they were there by the appointed hour. + +My intention was to deliver a flank attack upon the English while they +retreated during the night; for, as they only numbered five hundred men, +I felt sure that they would not care to remain thirty miles away from +their column, but would fall back upon Bethlehem. + +In the afternoon I marched to within a short distance of Reitz, in order +to discover the enemy's plans; then, immediately after sunset, I sent a +few burghers quite close to the town, with orders to meet me again at a +certain point about two thousand paces to the south, and to inform me +whither the enemy were going to march. The scouts returned at ten +o'clock that night, and reported that the enemy was on the march towards +Harrismith. In order to reach this town they would have to start by the +Bethlehem road, from which the Harrismith road forks, at about eight +thousand paces from the town. + +Our horses stood ready up-saddled; I had only to give the order to +mount. + +I meant to cross the Bethlehem road and go to a deep hollow which I knew +of near the Harrismith road; then, when the English appeared against the +horizon, we would fire at them. + +But my scouts had blundered. The English were not going to Harrismith +after all. For as we came to the Bethlehem road, we nearly stumbled over +them. They were riding quietly along only a short distance from us. As +we were galloping they knew of our proximity before we were aware of +theirs, and when we were less than two hundred paces from them they +opened fire. + +"Charge, burghers!" + +They all heard me, but they did not all obey. About fifty of the most +valiant of them galloped straight at the enemy. The rest fled. + +After a short but fierce engagement we were forced to retire, as six of +our men had been hit. Fortunately, their wounds were but slight, the +most severe being that of my son Isaac, who had been shot through the +leg below the knee. + +We rode away a short distance, and saw looming through the darkness a +company of horsemen approaching us from Reitz. I thought at first that +they were some of my own burghers--the ones who had taken to their +heels--but it turned out to be General Wessel Wessels, who was nearer +than I knew with his staff, in all some twenty men. I, however, could +muster seventy, and we decided to cut off the retreat of the enemy. But +they had, in the meantime, been riding on so fast that we did not reach +them until it had grown quite light. An engagement, short and fierce as +the last, ensued, but as the enemy was from six to seven times as strong +as we were, and had a gun and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt with them, we could +not stand against them, and had to let them go on their road. + +We were fortunate in suffering no loss there, and while the English +marched on to Bethlehem we rode off in the opposite direction. + +We had now a short period of repose. The English were so busy building +blockhouses that they had no time to fight us. Our poor horses were in a +miserable condition, for so little rain had fallen that the grass was +very dry and sapless. But at least we could now give them the rest which +they sorely needed. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII + +My Commando of Seven Hundred Men + + +Towards the end of September Commandant F.E. Mentz had an engagement +with Colonel Byng's column near Heilbron. A portion of this officer's +force had held a ridge where there were some Kaffir kraals for cover; +and Commandant Mentz had with fifty burghers stormed this ridge, +shooting down from thirty to forty of the enemy, and taking twenty-five +prisoners. We lost two killed and three wounded. The Frankfort burghers +under Commandant Ross had also not been idle, for they had attacked a +division of Colonel Rimington's troops with the result that sixteen +killed and wounded fell into their hands--among these were seven of the +National Scouts. + +Thus fighting was taking place all over the country. I do not give any +report of the various engagements, as I was not present at them, and, as +I have already said, I only wish to record my own experiences. But it +will be easily seen, even from the scanty information I can give of +these skirmishes, that our small commandos had a splendid record of +success. + +It is my intention to ask all my Vice-Commanders-in-Chief to narrate +their experiences. And when the whole story is told I am convinced that +the world will be astonished at what we were able to accomplish. + +But however well these small commandos had fought, I myself believed +that the time had now come to make a great stroke. With this object in +view I gave orders that a number of the burghers should come to +Blijdschap, in the district of Bethlehem, under the command of the +following officers:--General Michal Prinsloo with Commandants Olivier, +and Rautenbach of the Bethlehem Commando; Commandant David Van Coller, +who was in command of the Heilbron burghers in the place of Commandant +Steenekamp, who had resigned; Commandant Hermanus Botha of Vrede; +Commandant Roen of Ladybrand; and Commandant Jan Cilliers of Kroonstad. + +By the beginning of November I had a force of seven hundred burghers +under me at Blijdschap.[101] + +Although the spring was now far advanced, the veldt was in a very +backward condition. I therefore ordered the various subdivisions of my +commando to go and camp on the different farms in the neighbourhood. I +spread the horses over a large area, as they would thus find better +pasture and so the sooner recover their strength. + +When November was drawing to a close I had an engagement with the +English to the south of Lindley. I had with me at that time General +Hattingh, General Wessel Wessels, and General Michal Prinsloo. + +An English force had encamped two days previously on the farm of +Jagersrust, which lies some ten miles to the south-east of Heilbron, and +about the same distance from Blijdschap. I had wished to make an attack +on them the night they arrived, but they were too near to Heilbron for +me to venture on it. + +The previous week three columns which came from Winburg and Kroonstad +had been operating near the Liebenbergsvlei, and driving a large laager +of women before them towards the north-east of the Liebenbergsvlei. But +they had now left the laager alone and returned to Kroonstad. The women +had arrived at Blijdschap at noon on November 28th on their way back to +Lindley. + +The morning following, two hours after sunrise, I received a report from +General Hattingh, who with Commandant Cilliers and a hundred men was +stationed close to Blijdschap. The General reported that the English +from Jagersrust were hotly pursuing the women's laager. And it soon +appeared that the women were being driven to the west of Blijdschap. + +When General Hattingh heard that the English were hard by, he was some +twenty minutes' ride from Blijdschap, but he mounted his horse at once +and rode there as quickly as he could. On his arrival he immediately +gave orders to up-saddle, and, having sent me a second report, he +started in pursuit of the enemy. + +As soon as I had received General Hattingh's reports, I followed him +with General Wessels and a force of only a hundred men. I was at least +five miles from General Hattingh, and the English were twelve miles +ahead. General Michal Prinsloo was unfortunately a considerable distance +away; and thus it was that I could not at once get together my whole +force of six hundred burghers. + +But General Michal Prinsloo had spent the time in attacking the English +force on their left front. Shortly after he had engaged the enemy I came +up behind them and delivered an attack on their right. But the veldt was +very uneven and high hills and intervening hollows made any co-operation +between us impossible, for one force could not tell where the other +force was. + +Meanwhile General Hattingh had attacked the enemy in the rear and thus +compelled them to withdraw their vanguard, which was then not far from +the women's laager and had nearly succeeded in capturing it. But now +that the whole force of the enemy was opposed to General Hattingh, he +was forced to give way and leave his positions. We lost two killed and +three wounded. Among the dead was the valiant F.C. Klopper of Kroonstad. + +When I, with General Wessels and Commandant Hermanus Botha hurried up, +Commandant Hattingh was just on the point of retreating. + +The English I saw numbered about a thousand mounted men and they had +three guns with them. I determined to make a flank attack, and +accordingly marched round to their right, at the same time sending +orders to General Prinsloo to get in the rear, or if he preferred in +front of the enemy, so that we might make a united attack upon them as +they marched in the direction of Lindley. + +It now began to rain and a little later a very heavy thunderstorm burst +on our heads. This forced the English to halt on the farm of +Victoriespruit. + +The rain continued to fall in torrents and hindered General Prinsloo +carrying out my orders. + +And now the sun went down. + +As our horses were quite exhausted by the hot pursuit after the English, +and the burghers wet through to the skin, I decided to postpone the +attack to the following day. I was also influenced in my decision by the +consideration that as the English were so far from any point from which +reinforcements could come, it was quite safe to let them alone until the +morning. Nobody could have foreseen that they would escape that night. + +We slept about five miles from them to the north-east, whilst General +Prinsloo and his men were not very far away to the south-east. + +That night we placed the ordinary outposts, but no "brandwachten." + +When on the next morning I sent my scouts out to discover the movements +of the enemy, what was my surprise when they reported that they had +fled. They had gone, my scouts informed me, towards Heilbron, which was +about eighteen miles off, and they had left behind them five laden +waggons and one cart; and where they had crossed Karoospruit they had, +very naturally, lightened their waggons, and flour, seed, oats, +tarpaulins, and tents marked the point where they had crossed the +spruit. The enemy were already so far ahead when I received this report +that it was quite out of the question to catch them before they reached +Heilbron; so all idea of pursuing them had to be abandoned. + +So far as I was able to find out, this column was under the command of +Colonel Rimington. + +As I was unable now to get in touch with the enemy, I set off with my +commando to what was once the town of Lindley. Alas! it could not any +more be called a town. Every house was burnt down; not even the church +and parsonage were spared. + +We found the veldt in very good condition; the early spring rains and +the downpours of the previous day had quite revived the grass. And so I +decided to remain at Lindley as long as possible, to give our horses a +chance of recovering their condition. It was impossible to provide them +with forage, for the amount the English had left behind was entirely +insufficient as a supply for the large number of horses we had with us. + +For ten or twelve days we remained at Lindley, and so the horses had a +short breathing time, but not long enough to give the poor animals time +fully to regain their strength. In addition to being overworked, some of +our horses were suffering from a skin disease which we were quite unable +to cure. This disease had never before been known in the Republics. + +When I was at Lindley I sent Commandant Johannes Meijer, one of my +staff, with forty men, to Cape Colony. With him went that brave soldier, +Captain Willem Pretorius, of whom I have made mention previously. If +Commandant Meijer had had sufficient time to collect a commando in the +Colony, I am sure that he would have proved that the younger generation +of Free-Staters, to whom he and Willem Pretorius belonged, possess +qualities which were entirely unsuspected before the war began. + +On the 8th of December three columns of the enemy appeared from +Kroonstad. + +It had been my plan to remain at Lindley and wait my chance of dealing +with Colonel Baker, for he had under him a certain National Scout, who +constantly made raids from Winburg with a band of four or five hundred +Kaffirs. A few months previously a division of Commandant Hasebroek's +commando had been attacked at Doornberg by this man's Kaffirs, and four +burghers had been murdered in a horrible manner. More cases of this +nature had taken place, and I only mention this one in passing. I am not +in a position to give all the instances, but many of them were sworn to +in affidavits, of which copies were sent to Lord Kitchener. The original +affidavits fell into the hands of the English; but fresh ones shall be +drawn up on my return to South Africa, so that I may be able to prove +the statements I have made. The narration of these brutalities I prefer +to leave to persons more conversant With the facts than myself. I have +only alluded to the subject so as to make it clear why I like to keep my +eye on Colonel Baker's column. + +I must now continue my story where I left it. + +I took up my position to the north-west of Lindley, in front of the +columns which approached from Kroonstad. But after a few skirmishes with +them, I returned to the east till darkness came on. When night had +fallen I went round to the south, behind Kaffirskop, expecting to +receive the news that Colonel Baker was coming up from Winburg, for he +generally carried on his operations in conjunction with the forces at +Kroonstad. + +On the following day the enemy marched to Liebenbergsvlei, between +Bethlehem and Reitz. Thence they took the road between Lindley and Reitz +to Kroonstad. + +Piet de Wet, of the National Scouts, was with these columns. + +After we had remained two days at Kaffirskop, we crossed the Valsch +River. The news then came that a column with a convoy was on the march +from Harrismith to Bethlehem. + +I felt that it was my duty to attack this column, but, although I +advanced with all haste, I was not in time to catch the enemy before +they reached Bethlehem. When I saw this, I decided to wait, at a +distance of some fifteen miles to the north-east of Bethlehem, for I +expected that the column would return to Harrismith. + +The troops remained in Bethlehem till the morning of the 18th of +December; they then marched out towards Harrismith. + +I at once divided my commando into two parts, each consisting of two +hundred and fifty men. One of these divisions I posted behind the +eastern end of the Langberg, about forty miles from Bethlehem; the other +on the banks of the Tijgerkloofspruit, at the point where the road to +Harrismith crosses the stream. + +I gave strict orders to both divisions that as soon as I opened fire on +the English with the Maxim-Nordenfeldt, they were to charge down on them +from both sides at the same time. + +The enemy, I may mention, were about six or seven hundred men strong, +and had two guns. + +I myself, with the Maxim-Nordenfeldt, was now on a high round hill, on +the eastern side of Tijgerkloof. I was very careful to be out of sight +of the English, so that they might get quite close to the burghers +before the gun disclosed my presence. + +I succeeded in hiding my burghers so successfully that the English did +not observe them until they were within about twelve hundred paces of my +men in Tijgerkloof. + +Some of the enemy's scouts rode on ahead, and when I judged that they +must almost immediately see the burghers, I ordered Captain Muller, who +was standing behind a rise, to come out of cover and open fire; then I +jumped on my horse, and down the hill I went, at full gallop, to my +burghers. + +I had scarcely covered half the distance, when Captain Muller opened +fire on the enemy. + +As the sound fell on my ears, it seemed to me that nothing now could +save them! + +What was now my bitter disappointment when I saw that only one-third of +my burghers were charging. The others were keeping under cover, and do +what I would I could not drive them out. + +Everything went wrong. + +When the burghers who were charging the English discovered that the +greater part of their comrades had remained, they turned round and +retreated. But before this had happened they had attacked the English at +four different points. + +It had been a short but a very hot engagement. + +There was no possibility of inducing my men to charge, and so I thought +it wisest to retreat, swallowing my disappointment as best I could. + +The burghers re-assembled to the south of the Langberg; and we found +that our loss was two killed and nine wounded, of whom two subsequently +died. + +We could not ascertain the English losses, but we saw their ambulances +very busy. We heard afterwards that they had suffered much more severely +than we had done. + +[Footnote 101: A court-martial was held at this place, and several +persons appeared before it. A certain De Lange was condemned to death +for high treason.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII + +A Success at Tweefontein + + +The column had marched to Harrismith. + +It was time that I accomplished something further, and I determined that +the next blow I struck should be a heavy one. I therefore retired to the +north-east of Bethlehem, and concealed my men in the veldt round +Tijgerkloof (which was suited to the purpose) whilst I made my plans. + +Colonel Firman's brigade was camped between Bethlehem and Harrismith, at +Elands River bridge, where he was building the line of blockhouses +between the two towns. This camp was so well entrenched that there was +no possibility of storming it, and I knew that so long as Colonel Firman +thought I was still in the neighbourhood he would not dare to come out +and give me an opportunity of attacking him. + +I saw that a ruse was necessary to entice him out of his fortress. With +this object in view I sent for Commandant Jan Jacobsz, with his fifty +men from Witzeshoek. When he joined me I confided my secret to him, and +ordered him to go back with his fifty men, and to let Colonel Firman see +him doing so. He also had instructions to let some of his veldtcornets +ride to the Kaffir kraals, which were close to the English camp, in +order to tell these Kaffirs that he had had orders to come to me with +fifty men, but that when he arrived I had commanded him to return to his +district, because I was going to march with my commando to Winburg. + +The following day Colonel Firman's scouts were, as might have been +expected, informed by the Kaffirs of what they had heard from the +burghers under Commandant Jacobsz; and the day after--that is, the 22nd +of December--Colonel Firman's column, about six to seven hundred men +strong, marched from Elands River to Tweefontein, half-way between +Elands River and Tijgerkloof. On the farm of Tweefontein there was a +mountain called Groenkop--which has since, for a reason which will soon +be apparent to the reader, received the name of "Christmas Kop." + +[Illustration: TWEEFONTEIN. + +FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.] + +I gave Commandant Jacobsz orders to come to me with his fifty men on +Christmas Eve, but this time with the strict injunction that he must +conceal his march from the enemy. I also called up Veldtcornet Beukes, +with his fifty men, from Wilge River, in the district of Harrismith. +Veldtcornet Beukes was a brave man and trustworthy; he was shortly +afterwards promoted to the command of a division of the Harrismith +burghers. + +My intention was to attack Colonel Firman early on Christmas morning. + +Two days previously I had, with General Prinsloo and the Commandant, +reconnoitred the neighbourhood of Groenkop, on which Colonel Firman was +encamped. I approached as near as possible to the mountain, but could +only inspect it from the west, north, and east, but on the following day +I reconnoitred it also from the south. + +My plan of making the attack early the next morning was somewhat spoilt +by the fact that the English had already, on the 21st of December, +quitted their camp on the mountain. Thus they had had four days in which +to entrench themselves. + +Whilst we were reconnoitring the mountain from the south, we saw three +horsemen coming cautiously out of the camp, riding in a north-easterly +direction, and thus giving us no chance to intercept them. Commandant +Olivier and Captain Potgieter now made a détour, so that they could cut +off the unsuspecting scouts from their camp, and could also get nearer +to the mountain themselves. I knew that by doing so they would draw the +fire of the two guns, which would tell me precisely where Colonel +Firman's battery stood. + +Before these officers could accomplish their purpose they were observed, +and seeing that they could not cut off the three men, they turned their +horses and galloped back. But when they saw that the three scouts had +the temerity to pursue them, they faced round at the first rise and +suddenly confronted them. The three (who were Kaffirs), seeing that the +tables were turned, hastily wheeled round towards their own camp, but +before they could reach it one of their number was caught and shot down. +One gun and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt now fired upon our two officers as +long as they were in sight, and thus we learnt that the guns were placed +on the high western point of the mountain, from which they could shoot +in all directions. + +Let me describe Groenkop. On its western side was a precipice, on the +north and south a steep descent, and on the east a gentle slope which +ran down to the plain. + +From which side should the attack take place? + +Some of the officers were of the opinion that this should take place on +the east, where it was the least steep, but I differed from them, for +through our field-glasses we could see that the walls of the fort were +so built that it was quite clear the enemy had thought that, should they +be attacked, it would be from the east. The forts were built in a +semicircle towards that side, and although this would be of little +importance once the fight had begun (because the defenders had only to +jump over the wall to find themselves still entrenched), still it was to +the advantage of the attacking party to come from a side where they +would not be expected. + +These reasons brought me to the conclusion that the English would not +be on the look-out for us from the west, and I therefore decided to make +the attack from this side, the steep side of the mountain. But I did not +then know how steep it really was. + +On the western point there were four forts close to each other. Each was +sufficient to give shelter to about twenty five men. To the south there +were four forts, and to the east three. + +The top of the mountain was not more than three to four hundred paces in +diameter. To the east in a hollow the convoy was placed, and from every +_schanze_ we could rake it with our fire. + +I remained on the spot from which I was reconnoitring, and sent word to +the commando, in the afternoon of the 24th of December, to come to a +certain place at Tijgerkloof, which they could do without being +observed. I ordered them to remain there until nightfall, and then to +advance within four miles of Groenkop, to the north, where I would meet +them. + +This was done. I found the commando at the appointed place, and also +General Brand and Commandant Karel Coetzee, who had come on a visit that +day to my commando. They also took part in the attack. My men consisted +of burghers from General Michal Prinsloo, Commandants Hermanus Botha, +Van Coller, Olivier, Rautenbach, Koen, Jan Jacobsz and Mears, in all six +hundred men. Of these I left one hundred in charge of the +Maxim-Nordenfeldt and the pack-horses. + +We had not a single waggon with us; every man put what he had with him +on his pack-horse, for long we had made it a rule not to be hampered +with waggons. Yet whenever we picked up reports of engagements in the +camping places of the English we repeatedly saw that they had taken a +Boer camp--and their greatest delight was to say that it was one of De +Wet's convoys. + +They could not have been convoys of mine, because for the last fifteen +months I had had no waggon-camp with me. If a waggon-camp was taken, it +could only have been one consisting of women, who were flying in order +to escape capture by the English, and to avoid being sent to the +concentration camps. Everywhere in the State the women were taking to +flight, and their terror was increased tenfold when the news came that +many a woman and child had found an untimely grave in these camps. + +The troops which had not remained with the pack-horses now advanced +towards the mountain. Each commando was ordered to ride by itself, and +to leave in single file. My orders were that they were to march quietly +to the western foot of the mountain; here the horses were to be left +behind, and the climb made on foot, the burghers keeping the same order +as that in which they had been riding. Should the English, however, +discover us before we reached the mountain, we must then storm it +altogether, and leave the horses wherever we had dismounted. + +We succeeded in coming to the mountain unobserved, and at once began the +climb. It was exactly two o'clock in the morning of December 25th, 1901. + +When we had gone up about half-way we heard the challenge of a sentry:-- + +"Halt; who goes there?" + +Then followed a few shots. + +My command rang out through the night-- + +"Burghers, Storm!" + +The word was taken up by the burghers themselves, and on all sides one +heard "Storm! Storm!" + +It was a never-to-be-forgotten moment. Amidst the bullets, which we +could hear whistling above and around us, the burghers advanced to the +top, calling out, "Storm! Storm!" + +The mountain, however, was so steep that it can scarcely be said that we +stormed it; it was much more of a climb. Often our feet slipped from +under us, and we fell to the ground; but in an instant we were up again +and climbed on, and on, to gain the summit. + +I think that after the sentry heard us, three or four minutes must have +elapsed before the troops, who were lying asleep in their tents or on +the veldt, were awakened and could come out, because their camp was +about a hundred paces distant from our point of attack. + +Directly we reached the top the deafening roar of a heavy fight began, +and lasted from fifteen to twenty minutes. Shortly before this the +Armstrong gun and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt had each fired two shots, but +they fired no more; as we reached the top the gunners were shot down at +their guns. + +After a short but desperate struggle the English gave way, or +surrendered, and we took possession of the Armstrong and +Maxim-Nordenfeldt. + +We continued to fire on the troops, who had retreated to a short +distance. Again they gave way, and took up another position a little +further on, and so it went on for about two thousand paces, and then the +English took to flight. + +As we had no horses with us and it was dark, we did not pursue the +fleeing enemy, but returned to the camp. The whole engagement lasted, so +far as I could judge, for about an hour. I cannot say for certain, +because I made no note of the time. + +It was a party of Yeomanry with whom we had been dealing, and I must say +they behaved very gallantly under exceptionally trying circumstances; +for it is always to be expected that when men are attacked during the +night a certain amount of confusion must ensue. + +It was heartrending to hear the moaning of the wounded in the dark. The +burghers helped the doctors to bring the wounded into the tents, where +they could be attended to; I gave the doctors as much water as they +liked to take for the wounded. + +It was greatly to be deplored that the ambulance had been placed in the +centre of the camp, for this was the cause of Dr. Reid being fatally +wounded. + +When the day began to dawn we brought the waggons and guns down the +mountain. I sent them in the direction of Langberg, to the west of +Groenkop. + +The enemy lost about one hundred and sixteen dead and wounded, and two +hundred and forty prisoners of war. + +Our loss was also heavy--fourteen dead and thirty wounded; among the +dead were Commandant Olivier from Bethlehem and Vice-Veldtcornet Jan +Dalebout from Harrismith; among the wounded was one of my own staff, +Gert de Wet. Later on two more died, one of them being Veldtcornet +Louwrens. I appointed Mr. A.J. Bester as Commandant in the place of +Commandant Olivier. + +Besides one Armstrong and one Maxim-Nordenfeldt, our booty consisted of +twenty waggons, mostly ox-waggons, a great quantity of rifle and gun +ammunition, guns, tents, five hundred horses and mules, and one waggon +laden with spirits, so that the burghers, who were not averse to this, +could now satisfy their thirst. + +The sun had hardly risen when the enemy opened fire from a mountain two +miles to the north-east of Groenkop, where there was a little camp with +one gun. If I still had had the same numbers as were with me at the +storming of Groenkop, then I could also have taken this little camp. But +it was not to be thought of, for some of my men had been sent away with +the waggons, and the others--well, every one had a horse that he had +taken from the English, and as these horses were in the pink of +condition for rapid retreat, I thought it wiser not to call upon the +burghers to attack. I ordered them, therefore, to go back after the +waggons, and in the evening we camped to the north of Bethlehem. From +here, on the following day, I sent the prisoners of war through +Naauwpoort into Basutoland. + +On the same day I gave orders to General Michal Prinsloo to take the +commando and to strike a course between Reitz and Heilbron. I myself +paid a visit to President Steyn and General Wessel Wessels, after which +I put matters straight in our hospital at Bezuidenhoutsdrift, which was +under the charge of Dr. H.J. Poutsma. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV + +I Cut my Way Through Sixty Thousand Troops + + +The English could not endure the thought that we had their guns in our +possession. And, accordingly, when General Michal Prinsloo came near the +Liebenbergsvlei, on the road between Reitz and Heilbron, he met a strong +force of the enemy which had come from Kroonstad. The English then had a +taste of what it was like to be under the fire of our artillery; and so +well did the gunners do their work that the enemy were forced to +retreat. This occurred shortly before sunset on the afternoon of the +28th of December. + +But the forces in front of General Prinsloo were too strong for him, and +so when night came he marched past, and the following morning was twelve +miles to the south-west of them. + +The enemy advanced against the position which General Prinsloo had +occupied the previous day, quite unaware that he was now in their rear. +In the meantime the General was watching their movements from behind, +and quietly enjoying their mistake. + +I left the hospital that afternoon, and crossing the Liebenbergsvlei to +the rear of the English, I joined the Heilbron commando. + +The following day the enemy retreated to the farm of Groenvlei, which +lies just to the north of Lindley. They remained there for a few days +awaiting large reinforcements. + +"I quite understand your plan," I said to myself, as I set to work to +split up the great force which the enemy were concentrating. And with +this object in view I sent each Commandant to his own district, +believing that by dispersing my own men I should again induce the +English to divide their troops into smaller parties. Commandant Mears, +with his fifty men, I ordered to remain with the guns and the artillery, +and to guard them by very careful scouting. + +In less than a fortnight seven large columns of the enemy were operating +in the district between Heilbron and Bethlehem and Harrismith. These +columns burnt all the houses within their reach, and those which had +been spared before were now given over to the flames. And not only were +the houses destroyed, but every head of cattle was taken. + +Towards the end of January, 1902, still more columns arrived and a +"drive" began. + +I remained in the neighbourhood until the 2nd of February and stationed +Commandant Mears with the guns to the east of the Wilge River. The +English formed a circle round him, but he succeeded in getting the guns +away in safety. When he was out of their clutches, I sent him orders to +bring the guns through the blockhouse line between Lindley and +Bethlehem, and then to push on towards Winburg. + +It was my intention, on arriving there, to collect as rapidly as +possible a commando from the men of Bethlehem, Kroonstad, and Winburg, +and to attack the first column that gave me a chance of doing so. + +Commandant Mears carried out my orders at once. A force of the enemy had +been waiting for him for three or four days at the farm of Fanny's Home, +on the Liebenbergsvlei. But before the sun had risen, a strong force +under Colonel Byng had surrounded him and forced him to abandon the +guns. And not only were the guns lost, but Captain Muller and thirteen +gunners were taken prisoner. + +Thus the guns had not been of much benefit to us, for the English had +kept us so constantly on the move that it had been impossible to use +them. + +The forces of the enemy between Harrismith and Vrede had formed a line +extending from the Harrismith-Bethlehem blockhouses to the blockhouses +between Vrede, Frankfort and Heilbron. And now the troops were advancing +in close contact with each other, hoping thus to force us against one or +other line of blockhouses. + +Nearer and nearer they came, until at noon on February the 5th we saw +them to the east of Liebenbergsvlei. As I was watching their movements +from the top of Elandskop, I was informed by heliogram[102] from +Blaauwkop and Verkijkerskop that there was a cordon of the English from +Frankfort to a spot between Bethlehem and Lindley. + +The intention of the enemy appeared to be to drive us against the +Heilbron-Kroonstad blockhouses and the railway line. We had therefore to +be prepared to fight our way through the blockhouses. And these, as I +found out lately, had been greatly strengthened. + +On the 6th of February I was on the march, intending to advance to +Slangfontein, to the west of Heilbron. I sent orders to Commandants +Mentz, Van der Merwe, and Van Coller, to take a portion of Commandant +Bester's burghers, telling them to go to Slangfontein. For I hoped to +break through at some point or other that night. + +Still nearer the enemy came, marching almost shoulder to shoulder. + +The Commandants Van Coller and Van der Merwe did not go to Slangfontein. +They broke through the English columns near Jagersrust, and crossed the +Heilbron-Frankfort blockhouse line, where they put a few soldiers to +flight, not, however, without a loss of two burghers, who were killed. + +Neither did the burghers under Veldtcornets Taljaart and Prinsloo +arrive. They preferred to go their own way--and all were captured with +the exception of twenty-eight men. But this misfortune was not due to +the blockhouses. On the contrary, they were taken prisoners when they +were attempting to hide themselves in small bodies. In this way more +than a hundred burghers fell into the hands of the English. + +There were now with me Commandant Mentz, and portions of the commandos +of Commandants Bester, Cilliers, and Mears. + +That afternoon we marched to a farm which was twelve miles from the +Lindley-Kroonstad line of blockhouses. When it was quite dark, we left +the farm with the intention of breaking through this line before +daybreak. There had been five or six hundred head of cattle with us, +but, without my being aware of it, they had gone astray in the darkness. + +We intentionally left the path, because we thought that the English +would be most vigilant at points where paths crossed the line. + +Suddenly we found ourselves at a wire fence. The darkness was so thick, +that it was only after we had cut the wire that we discovered that we +were close to a blockhouse. Although the house was not more than a +hundred paces from us, we could hear and see nothing. When we were some +four hundred paces on the other side of the line of the blockhouses, I +sent a burgher back to see if all the men and cattle had crossed +safely--for we were riding in a long trail, and amongst us were old men +and youngsters of only ten years, or even less. These boys would have +been taken away from their mothers had they stayed at home; and thus the +only way to keep them from captivity was to let them join the commandos. + +The burgher soon returned, and told me that the whole commando and all +the cattle had crossed the line. Then I marched forward again. + +At break of day we were close to the Valsch River. Here I made a short +halt, in order to allow the stragglers to come up. It was then that a +man came to me who had been riding far behind, and had thus not seen +that we had cut the wire. He was probably one of those who quite +needlessly feared a blockhouse line. + +"General, when shall we come to the blockhouses?" he asked me. + +"Oh! we are through long ago!" I answered. + +It did not require any deep insight, I can assure you, to see how +delighted this burgher was that we were safely out of it! + +We discovered now that the cattle had not crossed the line. When I +investigated the matter more closely, I found that they had gone astray +before we reached the blockhouses. But it was impossible to wait for +them, and there was nothing left but to proceed without them. + +When we arrived at the Valsch River, there was a sound of shouting +behind us, and presently the cattle appeared coming over a rise. I heard +from the drivers that they had lost their way, and had only reached the +blockhouses at daylight. But they had succeeded in breaking through +under a fierce rifle fire. Twenty head of cattle had been killed or +wounded, and one of the men's horses had been shot under him. + +The burghers who had accomplished this valiant deed were: Jan Potgieter, +Gert Potgieter, Jzoon, and Wessel Potgieter--all from the district of +Heilbron. + +I have, myself, seen a report in an English paper of my breaking through +the blockhouse line. This paper declared that I had driven a great herd +of cattle in front of me to break down the fencing!... This is the way +the English write the reports. + +This breaking through of my cattle inspired the English, at least so I +thought, to dig trenches everywhere. But they were again wrong; for +although a vehicle might have some difficulty before the trench was +filled in, no riders, pedestrians, or cattle would have been stopped for +a moment. + +And now we marched on, till we reached a spot about fourteen miles to +the south of the blockhouse line; and there we remained for three days. + +Whilst we were waiting here, I sent two burghers back to the blockhouse +line, to discover in what direction the English columns had marched, so +that I might know where I should go myself. Now, less than ever, was it +advisable to make night marches, for our horses were in a very poor +condition. + +The day following I received a heliographic message from these burghers, +who were now on the other side of the line. They signalled that I could +come on with my commando, since the English columns had returned to +Kroonstad and Heilbron. + +When night came I started on my way back. I did not go (as before) to +the east of Lindley, but to the farm of Palmietfontein, which lies to +the west. When we were close to the line, I sent some burghers in +advance to cut the wire. But this time there was a reception ready for +us, which we certainly would rather have been without! This was to be +ascribed to the fact that instead of only two scouts, as I had ordered, +about ten had gone to reconnoitre. So large a number had attracted the +attention of the enemy, and the guards had concentrated at the spot +where we wished to break through. + +Thus before my commando reached the line a fierce fire was opened on it +from two sides. Yet notwithstanding this the wires were cut and we +reached the other side, but not without loss. One of my burghers was +killed, and one wounded. A boy of ten was also killed, and another of +seven severely wounded. We could not ascertain the losses of the enemy. + +It was terrible that children should be exposed to such dangers; but, as +I have already said, if we had not taken them with us they would have +been captured. During the very "drive" I have just described, two +children who had remained at home with their mothers were taken +prisoner by the English. One of these was a boy of nine, the little son +of Jacobus Theron. Notwithstanding the prayers and entreaties of the +poor mother, he was torn from her and carried away. In the same way +another boy, twelve years old, whose name I do not know, was dragged +from his mother's arms. + +The chronicling of such inexplicable cruelties I leave to other pens. I +have drawn attention to them to make it clear that it was not without +good cause that children joined the commandos. Some of these little ones +became a prey to the bullets of the enemy, and the South African soil is +stained by the blood of children slain by England. + +With the exception of the sad incidents I have described, we came +through in safety. + +I afterwards heard that Lord Kitchener had on this occasion gone to +Wolvehoek Station in order to see President Steyn and myself carried +away in the train to banishment! But his calculations were not +altogether correct. + +A Higher Power had willed it otherwise. + +The burghers had now returned to their own districts. I myself went to a +farm in the neighbourhood of Elandskop belonging to Mr. Hendrick +Prinsloo--the _rooije_.[103] After I had been there a few days I heard +that a strong column was approaching Lindley from Kroonstad. During the +night of the 17th of February this column attacked some burghers who +were posted less than four miles from Elandskop, with the object--as I +heard later--of catching me. And they would have been quite successful +in their attempt had I been sleeping in the house where their +information led them to believe they would find me. But as a matter of +fact, I seldom, if ever, slept in a house, for to tell the truth, there +were scarcely any houses left to sleep in! The women who had escaped +capture lived in narrow shelters, which had been made by placing +corrugated iron sheets on what was left standing of the walls that +remained. + +I crossed the Liebenbergsvlei on the 18th of February, and proceeded to +the farm of Rondebosch, which stands to the north-east of Reitz. There I +met the Government. + +And now another big "drive" took place. The English columns marched to +the south of the Kroonstad-Lindley blockhouse line in the direction of +Bethlehem. Other troops came from Heilbron, and advanced to the north of +the Heilbron-Frankfort line, driving Commandant Ross across this line to +the south. + +Nearer and nearer these two great divisions approached each other, until +at last they stretched without any break from the Bethlehem-Lindley to +the Frankfort-Vrede line of blockhouses. On the 21st of February the +whole column moved towards Vrede and Harrismith. + +It seemed to me that my best plan would be to go with President Steyn +and the Government to the Witkopjes, which lay between Harrismith and +Vrede, and then to break through the English columns near Vrede or +Harrismith, or, if it proved impossible to do so at these points, at +least to force a way through somewhere. + +On this occasion we had a great deal more difficulty in escaping from +the English than we had had during the previous "drive." Not only had we +to deal with these large forces behind, but also with thousands of +troops which were now approaching from Villiersdorp, Standerton, +Volksrust, and Laingsnek, and which were extended across the country in +one continuous line. The whole cordon thus formed consisted, as the +English themselves acknowledge, of sixty thousand men. + +And again on this occasion they did not attempt to drive us against one +or other of the blockhouse lines, but they came, column on column, from +all sides, and formed a big circle round us. They thus made it quite +apparent that they had lost all faith in their blockhouses. + +I only received news of the approach of these reinforcements on the +evening of the 22nd of February, after they had passed the blockhouses. +The report was brought to me by Commandant Hermanus Botha, a party of +whose burghers had been driven across the Vrede-Frankfort line during +the previous night. I have already stated that some of the burghers +under Commandant Ross had shared the same experience, and now they were +retreating before the English. I also heard that Commandant Mentz had +gone eastwards, in the belief that the forces behind him would move to +the west, but that unfortunately the columns also moved to the east, so +that he jumped into the lion's mouth, which was only too ready to close! + +We marched that night to Cornelius River, and the day following to Mr. +James Howell's farm at Brakfontein. It was my intention to break through +somewhere between Vrede and Bothaspas. + +But my scouts brought me word in the evening that there was a very poor +chance of success in that neighbourhood, for the columns had +concentrated there. Other scouts, however, reported that there was a +small opening at Kalkkrans, on the Holspruit; and so I decided to march +to Kalkkrans. + +When the sun had set I left Brakfontein and started on my road to +Kalkkrans, with the firm determination to force my way through there, +cost what it might. If I failed in the attempt I knew that it would mean +an irretrievable loss, for not only should I myself be captured, but +also President Steyn and the whole Government. + +I had with me a portion of the Harrismith burghers, the commandos from +Vrede and Frankfort, and sections of the commandos from Standerton and +Wakkerstroom, these latter under Commandant Alberts. This Commandant had +come to these districts to obtain horses for his burghers; he was +obliged to be content with the wild horses of the veldt, for there were +no others to be had. + +Beside the above burghers, I had with me old men and children, and +others who were non-combatants. These had joined the commando to escape +falling into the enemy's hands. + +Altogether I had well-nigh two thousand persons with me. Commandant +Mentz was, like myself, enclosed in the "drive," but some distance away. +General Wessels, Commandant Beukes, and some of the Bethlehem burghers +were in the same predicament to the west of us. I did not know for +certain where these officers were placed, and therefore I could not +inform them of my plan to break through that night, for I had only come +to this determination after the sun had set. But I felt sure that they +would at all costs make their way through the cordon.[104] + +Commandant Jan Meijer had met me at Brakfontein, but one party of his +burghers was still six miles to the south. When I decided to break +through, I sent him orders to follow me; and this he was quite capable +of doing, as he was well acquainted with this part of the country. My +orders were that the mounted men were to proceed in advance, taking with +them my little waggon drawn by eight mules. + +This waggon had accompanied me into Cape Colony, and since that +time--for fourteen weary months--had never left me. I had even taken it +with me when, a fortnight previously, I had broken through the +blockhouse lines. + +Behind the horsemen came the aged and the sick, who occupied the +remaining vehicles, and lastly the cattle, divided into several herds. + +In this order we rode on. + +When we were approaching the spot at which I expected to find the enemy, +I ordered Commandant Ross and one hundred men, with Hermanus Botha and +Alberts, and portions of their commandos, to go on ahead of us. + +After passing through Holspruit we inclined to the west, as the road to +the east would, according to my scouts, have led us right into the +English camp. But it was not with one camp only that we had to deal: the +English were everywhere: a whole army lay before us--an army so immense +that many Englishmen thought that it would be a task beyond the stupid +and illiterate Boer to count it, much less to understand its +significance. I will pander to the English conception of us and say, "We +have seen them: they are a great big lot!" + +We had hardly moved three hundred paces from where we had crossed +Holspruit, when the English, lined up about three hundred yards in front +of us, and opened fire. We saw that they did not intend our flight to be +an easy one. + +Before we had reached the "spruit,"[105] and while crossing it, the +burghers had kept pushing ahead and crowds had even passed us, but the +enemy's fire checked them and they wheeled round. + +Only the men under Commandants Ross, Botha, and Alberts did not waver. +These officers and their veldtcornets with less than one hundred men +stormed the nearest position of the enemy, who were occupying a fort on +the brow of a steep bank. + +I shouted to my command: "Charge." + +I exerted all my powers of persuasion to arrest the flight of my +burghers; even bringing the sjambok into the argument. + +Two hundred and fifty were all that I could bring back to the fight, +whilst, as I have said, the Commandants had a hundred with them when +they charged; the rest, regardless of my attempts to stop them, fled. + +I was also without my staff, some of whom had remained under the fire of +the enemy awaiting my orders as to what was to be done with my little +waggon. Others, amongst whom was my son Kootie, who was then acting as +my secretary, had followed me, but had got lost in the confusion of the +moment. + +This confusion arose from the fact that the burghers imagined that they +had got through at the first attempt, but had found themselves again +fired at from the front. Meanwhile, I hurried to and fro, encouraging +the burghers in their attempts to break through. When thus engaged I +came across two of my staff, Albertus Theunissen and Burt Nissey. To +them I gave the order: "Get the waggon through at all costs." I also +found my son, Isaac, and kept him with me. The English now were firing +not only from in front but also on our right, and there was nothing for +it but to clear a road for ourselves, and this we eventually succeeded +in doing, and in about forty minutes had at last broken through. + +The enemy had dug trenches, thirty to forty paces from each other, which +served as _schanzes_. In each of these trenches were placed ten to +thirty men. They had also a Maxim-Nordenfeldt, which, at first, kept up +a hot fire; but soon was silenced as the gunners were shot down. The +rest of the troops retired with the gun, but had to leave the caisson +behind them. It was evident to me from the way in which they fired that +the English were retreating, and so I dispatched two men to tell the +burghers, who had gone back, to come on; but this they did not do, +thinking perhaps that they could discover a safer route on the following +evening. This was short-sighted policy on their part, for the circle +within which they were caught was daily becoming narrower, and it was +plain that on the third day the enemy would be so close that all hope of +escape would be gone. + +The two burghers did not return, and we went on without them, taking +with us our wounded--twelve in number. Two of these, whose injuries were +serious, had been placed by some of my staff on my waggon; one was Van +der Merwe, a member of President Steyn's bodyguard; the other was a boy +of thirteen years old, named Olivier. + +We hurried on, and came, shortly after sundown, to the farm called +"Bavaria," on the Bothasberg. There Van der Merwe died. + +The boy had already been relieved from his sufferings. Thus, once again, +the soil drank the blood of a child. + +Eleven of my men were left dead on the battlefield. We had to leave them +there, for to recover their bodies might have meant the sacrifice of +more lives. + +When the burghers and I forced our way through the storm of bullets, we +had with us President Steyn, the Members of the Government, and the Rev. +D. Kestell, minister of the Dutch Reformed Church at Harrismith. + +The greater part of the English, indeed all of them, so far as we could +observe, remained, during the 24th, on the spot where we had left them. +We found out, later on, that we had broken through their lines at the +point where Colonel Rimington's force was stationed. + +The following day the columns departed. We then went to bury our dead, +but found that the enemy had already done so. But as the graves which +they had made were very shallow, we dug them deeper. + +During that night (the 25th) another force of burghers, to the number of +about three hundred and fifty, broke through the English cordon. Our men +only lost two killed, and eleven wounded. + +Besides those already mentioned, the burghers under General Wessel +Wessels and Commandant Mentz were also among those who escaped of the +two thousand troops surrounded by the enemy. + +With the others it fared but ill. + +The English closed in, and the circle became narrower and narrower. + +On the 27th of February, 1902--"Majuba Day"--Commandant Van Merwe and +four hundred men fell into the hands of the enemy.[106] + +On that very day, in the year 1881, the famous battle of Majuba had been +fought. Nineteen years afterwards, on the same day of the same month, we +suffered a terrible defeat at Paardeberg, where we lost General Piet +Cronje and a great force of burghers. + +And now the 27th of February had come round again, and this time it was +the twenty-first anniversary of Majuba that we were celebrating. The day +of our coming of age had thus arrived, if I may be allowed to say so. +But instead of the Republics now attaining their majority--as they +should have done, according to all precedent--_minority_ would have been +a more fitting word to describe the condition in which we now found +ourselves--for, through the losses which we had just sustained, we were +_minus_ not only a large number of burghers, but also an enormous +quantity of cattle, which ought to have served as food to our commandos +and families, but which the enemy had captured. + +The cattle which had just been taken from us had formed the greater part +of our cattle in this district. We had always been able, until now, to +get them safely away; the unevenness of the veldt here was greatly in +our favour. This time we could not. How am I to explain the +inexplicable? _We had sinned--but not against England!_ + +[Footnote 102: We had heliographic communication between Elandskop and +Blaauwkop, which formed a connecting link between Bethlehem and Lindley; +and from Blaauwkop we had communication with Verkijkerskop. There was +also heliographic communication between Bethlehem and Lindley, and +Biddulphsberg, across the line of blockhouses.] + +[Footnote 103: "Rooije" is the Taal for "red."] + +[Footnote 104: In this I was correct. They contrived to break through +where the enemy were more scattered.] + +[Footnote 105: Spruit--rivulet.] + +[Footnote 106: Also my son, Jacobus (Kootie). He has now returned from +St. Helena, whither he had been sent as a prisoner, and we have met. He +tells me that on the night when I broke through, he wanted to come with +me, but was unable to do so, because his horse had been shot under +him.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXXV + +I go to the Transvaal with President Steyn + + +On the 26th of February I went with the Government to Duminys Drift, on +the Wilge River, and we thus found ourselves again at the farm of +Rondebosch. + +The Government remained there for a few days, and then President Steyn +decided to go into the western parts of the State, where Generals +Badenhorst and Nieuwouwdt were then operating. He thought that if he +absented himself from the north-eastern districts the English would +cease their devastations in that part of the country, for it was well +known that the enemy's concentration of forces was principally aimed at +the President and myself. + +I, however, did not intend to follow his example, but, on the contrary, +got myself ready to join the Heilbron commando. By March 22nd all my +preparations were made, and I had, alas! to say farewell to my trusty +friend--my little waggon! I saw that it must be relinquished--that I +could not carry it about with me any longer. I left it at a farm, first +taking out my documents and papers; I ordered these to be concealed for +greater safety, in a cave on the farm of General Wessels. + +The clothes and ammunition of myself and staff had been hidden in this +cave for some time. + +The following day I joined President Steyn, who told me that he wished +me to accompany him in his march to the west. And although it did not +agree with my own ideas--principally, because I did not want the enemy +to think that I was running away from them--I consented to this plan, +and the more willingly because it was some time since I had visited the +western commandos. + +It was a long journey that lay before us, and I had only the clothes +that I was then wearing. I would have sent for another suit had I not +heard that the enemy were encamped close to the cave where our treasures +lay hidden.[107] + +I had therefore to do the best I could with what I had. There was no +clothing to be got in the western districts, so that when my present +outfit was worn out, I should be compelled to put on "khaki"--although +there was nothing I relished less than to rob a prisoner of war. + +We started out that same evening in the direction of the railway line. +Our party consisted of about two hundred men, composed as follows: the +President, with his bodyguard of thirty men, under Commandant H. Van +Niekerk, the Government, Commandant Van de Merwe, of Vredefort, my staff +and myself. + +Before daybreak we got through the Heilbron-Frankfort line of +blockhouses without accident; and on the following night (March 5th) we +crossed the railway line, between Wolvehoek and Viljoensdrift. Whilst we +were occupied there in cutting the telegraph wires, the enemy fired a +few rounds on us, at a distance of five hundred or six hundred paces. We +approached nearer, and they then opened fire with a Maxim--but without +doing any damage. + +We continued on our road, past Parijs and Vredefort, towards Bothaville, +and we came upon a blockhouse line which extended from Kroonstad to the +Vaal River. We rested for two days, to the north of Bothaville; during +this time my scouts captured from the enemy eighteen horses, most of +which were in good condition. + +On the night of March 12th we broke through the blockhouse line, some +five miles to the west of Bothaville. When we were about fifty paces +from the line, somebody to our left challenged us: + +"Halt! Who goes there?" + +He challenged us a second time, and then fired. + +At once seven or eight sentries fired upon us. Shots also were directed +at us from the right. Nevertheless we cut through the barbed wire and +crossed in safety, the firing still continuing, until we were about +fifteen hundred paces on the far side of the line. Fortunately no one +was hit. + +Having thus escaped from the last "White Elephant" that we should have +to reckon with, the next obstacle to be encountered was the Vaal River. +For the President, since we had crossed the Valsch River, had decided to +visit De la Rey, in order to place himself under medical advice. His +eyes had become very weak during the last fortnight or so, and he +thought that Dr. Van Rennenkampf might be able to do something for them. + +Thus we had to cross the Vaal River. + +But we heard that there was a military post at Commandodrift, where we +wanted to cross, and further, that all the other fords were occupied by +the English. We should have been in a great difficulty had not one of +our burghers, Pietersen, who knew this district thoroughly, brought us +across the river by a footpath ford. + +We crossed on March 15th. The current was so strong that in places the +horses were almost swimming; in other places the river-bed was strewn +with huge boulders, over which our steeds had to climb. However, we all +managed to get safely over, and arrived at Witpoort on the evening of +the 16th. On the following day we joined General De la Rey. + +It was a most interesting occasion. We had a hearty reception, several +impromptu "addresses" being presented to the President, who in turn +spoke to the burghers with much fire and enthusiasm. They were already +in the best of spirits, as they might well be, for their General had but +recently won victories over Von Donop and Lord Methuen. + +Dr. Van Rennenkampf, having examined the President's eyes, said that he +must remain for some time under his care. Accordingly I left President +Steyn with De la Rey, and, on the third day after our arrival, set out +with my staff to join General Badenhorst, who was then in the +neighbourhood of Boshof. It was becoming more and more important that I +should see Badenhorst and Nieuwouwdt, and discuss with them how best +they might collect their forces, for I wished to be able to attack the +first English column that should enter the western district of the +State. + +I had received reports that, with the exception of the garrison at +Boshof, the west, for the moment, was free from the enemy; and this +information caused me no surprise, for I could well believe that they +had just "packed up their trunks" in the north. + +On the 25th of March I joined General Badenhorst on the Gannapan,[108] +thirty miles to the north-east of Boshof. I at once sent an express to +General Nieuwouwdt, ordering him to come to me with all speed, and to +bring about four hundred and fifty of his men with him. Meanwhile, +General Badenhorst received instructions from me to get all his +scattered commandos together.[109] + +Before there had been time for these orders to be carried out I +received, on March 28th, a letter from President Steyn, giving me the +following information: + +Mr. S.W. Burger, Vice-States President of the South African Republic, +had written to President Steyn, saying that he was at Kroonstad, and +that he wished to meet the Government of the Orange Free State. He also +said that a copy of the correspondence between the Governments of the +Queen of the Netherlands and of the King of England had been sent to him +by Lord Kitchener. + +From this correspondence it appeared that the Netherlands Government +(considering the condition of affairs to be exceptional, in that the +Boers who were still fighting were unable to negotiate either with the +British Government or with the Deputation in Europe) felt justified in +offering to act as an intermediary. In this capacity they were prepared +to ask the Deputation if they were willing--supposing that a safe +conduct could be obtained from England--to go to South Africa, and +discuss matters with the Boers, in order to be able subsequently to +return to Europe, empowered to conclude a Treaty of Peace, which would +be binding both in South Africa and in Europe. + +Lord Lansdowne, in the name of the British Government, replied that his +Government highly appreciated the humane intentions of the Government of +the Netherlands, but that they had made up their minds to abide by their +former decision, and not to accept any foreign intervention. Further, +that the Deputation could, if they wished, address a request for a safe +conduct to the British Government, but that the matter could not be +decided in England, until the precise nature of the request, and the +grounds on which it was preferred, were fully understood. + +Lord Lansdowne also said that the British Government was not quite clear +as to whether the Deputation still retained any influence over the Boer +leaders in South Africa; that they thought that the power to negotiate +for the Orange Free State lay with President Steyn, and, for the +Transvaal, with President Burger; and that they considered that the most +satisfactory arrangement would be for the leaders of the Boers to +negotiate directly with the Commander-in-Chief of the British forces in +South Africa, who had been ordered to transmit at once to the British +Government any offers or proposals which might be made to him. + +Lord Lansdowne concluded by saying that, if the Boers wished to +negotiate, it must be in South Africa, and not in Europe. For, if the +Deputation were to go to South Africa, at least three months must elapse +before anything could be effected, and, as hostilities must continue +during this delay, much suffering would be caused. + +Vice-President Burger went on to say that when he received a copy of +this correspondence he could only conclude that Lord Kitchener, +indirectly at least, if not directly, was asking the Boer leaders to +negotiate with him. Accordingly, he wrote to Lord Kitchener for a free +pass, and, having obtained it, came with his Government by rail to +Kroonstad. He now, accordingly, requested President Steyn to let him +know when and where the two Governments could meet. He also intimated +that he had written to Lord Kitchener, informing him that he +wished--after consulting the Government of the Orange Free State--to +make a Peace Proposal. + +President Steyn told me that when the Free State Government received +this letter from President Burger, they had not been able to see their +way to refuse what the latter asked, as the promise of a Peace Proposal +had already been sent. They had regretted, however, that the Transvaal +Government had made use of a safe conduct, and gone through the English +lines--not that they had for one moment distrusted the Government--but +simply because the proceeding had seemed to have been ill-advised. +Nevertheless the Free State, finding itself not only obliged to discuss +the matters in question with the Transvaal, but also, conjointly with +the Transvaal, to make a Proposal to Lord Kitchener, had appointed a +place of meeting in accordance with the request which had been addressed +to it. + +This was what I learnt from President Steyn's letter. + +On the 5th of April the President received another letter from President +Burger, arranging that the meeting should take place at Klerksdorp. A +safe conduct for the President and Government of the Orange Free State +was sent at the same time. + +[Footnote 107: Shortly afterwards I heard that it was Colonel +Rimington's column who were encamped there. They discovered the cave, +and removed the documents and wearing apparel, leaving me with only a +suit of clothes--which I should have liked to preserve as a curiosity!] + +[Footnote 108: A salt lake.] + +[Footnote 109: Commandant Jacobsz was somewhere not very far from +Kimberley; Commandant Bester, close to Brandfort; Commandant Jacobus +Theron, near Smaldeel; Commandant Flemming, near Hoopstad; and +Commandant Pieter Erasmus, near the Gannapan.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI + +Peace Negotiations + + +General De la Rey, who, as a Member of the Transvaal Government, had to +be present at the coming deliberations, accompanied the President to +Klerksdorp, where they arrived on the 9th of April, and found the +Transvaal Government already there awaiting them. + +The two Governments held their first meeting in the afternoon +of the same day. The South African Republic was represented +by:--Vice-States-President S.W. Burger; Commandant-General Louis Botha; +Secretary of State F.W. Reitz; General De la Rey; Ex-General L.J. +Meijer; and Mr. J.B. Krogh. Although not a member of the Government, the +States-Procureur, L. Jacobsz, was also present. + +On behalf of the Orange Free State appeared:--States-President M.T. +Steyn; Commander-in-Chief C.R. de Wet; Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge +J.B.M. Hertzog; States-Secretary W.J.C. Brebner; and General C.H. +Olivier. + +It was decided that no minutes should be taken. Accordingly, I am only +able to give a summary of the proceedings. + +The meeting having been opened with prayer, the Vice-President of the +South African Republic said that the fact that Lord Kitchener had sent +in a copy of the correspondence between the Governments of the +Netherlands and England, was looked upon by himself and his Government +as an invitation on the part of England to the two States to discuss the +matter dealt with in that correspondence, and to see if peace could not +be concluded. Before, however, the meeting could make a proposal, it +would be necessary to hear what the state of affairs really was. + +Thereupon, firstly, Commandant-General Louis Botha, then I, and lastly, +General De la Rey, gave a report of how matters stood. + +President Burger now asked whether an interview with Lord Kitchener +should be asked for, and (in case Lord Kitchener acceded to this) what +we were to demand, and what we should be prepared to sacrifice. He went +on to ask President Steyn what he thought of the proposal which the +Transvaal had made to the Free State Government in the October of the +previous year. + +President Steyn answered that he was still of the same opinion as in +June, 1901, when the two Governments had agreed to stand by +Independence. If the English now refused to grant Independence, then the +war must continue. He said that he would rather surrender to the English +unconditionally than make terms with them. + +The remainder of the day was occupied in listening to speeches from +State-Secretary Reitz and President Burger. + +On the following day the speakers were:--L.J. Meijer, J.B. Krogh, +myself, State-Secretary Reitz, and Judge Hertzog. The last-named made a +proposal, which was seconded by General C.H. Olivier. This proposal, +after it had been subjected for revision to a Commission, consisting of +the two Presidents, Mr. Reitz, and Judge Hertzog, was accepted on the +following day. It ran as follows:-- + + "The Governments of the South African Republic and of the Orange + Free State, having met, induced thereto by the receipt, from His + Excellency Lord Kitchener, of the correspondence exchanged in + Europe between the Government of His Majesty the King of England, + and that of Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, referring to + the desirability of giving to the Governments of these Republics an + opportunity to come into communication with their plenipotentiaries + in Europe, who still enjoy the trust of both Governments: + + "And taking into consideration the conciliatory spirit which, as it + appears from this correspondence, inspires the Government of His + Britannic Majesty, and also of the desire therein uttered by Lord + Lansdowne, in the name of his Government, to make an end to this + strife: + + "Are of opinion that it is now a favourable moment to again shew + their readiness to do everything possible to bring this war to an + end: + + "And decide, therefore to make certain proposals to His Excellency + Lord Kitchener, as representative of the Government of His + Britannic Majesty, which may serve as a basis for further + negotiations, having in view the achievement of the desired peace. + + "Further, it is the opinion of these two Governments that, in order + to expedite the achievement of the desired aim, and to prevent, as + far as possible, any misunderstanding, His Excellency Lord + Kitchener should be asked to meet personally these Governments at a + time and place by him appointed, so that the said Governments may + lay before him Peace Proposals (as they will be prepared to do), in + order that, by direct conversation and discussion with him, all + such questions as shall arise may be solved at once, and also that + this meeting may further and bring about the desired result." + +A letter was now written to Lord Kitchener (who was at Pretoria) +enclosing the above Proposal, and signed by the two Presidents. + +In the afternoon the two Governments met again, to consider what +proposals they should make to the British Government. After a lengthy +discussion, it was decided, on the proposal of General De la Rey, +seconded by States-Procureur L. Jacobsz, that the matter in hand should +be entrusted to the Commission, which consisted, as I have already said, +of the two Presidents, States-Secretary Reitz, and Judge Hertzog: and +the next morning this Commission handed in the following report, which +was accepted by the meeting:-- + + "The Commission, after having taken into consideration the wish of + the meeting, namely, that proposals should be drafted (in connexion + with the letter of yesterday, signed by the two Presidents, to His + Excellency Lord Kitchener) for eventual consideration by His + Excellency Lord Kitchener, proposes the following points:-- + + "1. The concluding of a Treaty of Friendship and Peace, including: + + "(_a_) Arrangements _re_ a Customs Union. + + "(_b_) " _re_ Post, Telegraph and Railway Union. + + "(_c_) Granting of the Franchise. + + "2. Demolition of all States Forts. + + "3. Arbitration in any future differences which may arise between + the contracting parties; the arbitrators to be nominated in equal + numbers from each party from among their own subjects; the said + arbitrators to add one to their number, who is to have the casting + vote. + + "4. Equal rights for the English and Dutch languages in the schools. + + "5. Reciprocal amnesty." + +The same morning a letter enclosing this proposal was sent to Lord +Kitchener, after which Judge Hertzog and Commander Louis Botha addressed +the meeting. + +After the latter had finished an address of great importance, General +Wilson, who had the command at Klerksdorp, entered the room where the +meeting was being held and stated that Lord Kitchener was prepared to +grant us an interview, and that we could travel to Pretoria that very +evening. + +Accordingly, on the evening of the 11th of April, we went to Pretoria, +where, on the following morning, we met Lord Kitchener and handed in our +proposal. + +Lord Kitchener wished for a proposal of a very different character from +that of the two Governments; but as it would not have been proper for +them to make any proposal injurious to Independence, the Presidents +declared that they could not do so, and asked him to send to the English +Government the proposal which they had already laid before him. Lord +Kitchener at last acceded to this request, and the following telegram +was accordingly sent to England: + + FROM LORD KITCHENER TO THE SECRETARY OF STATE. + + "PRETORIA, _April 12th, 1902_. + + "The Boer Representatives desire to acquaint His Majesty's + Government with the fact that they entertain an earnest wish for + peace, and that they, therefore, have decided to ask the British + Government to bring hostilities to an end, and to proceed to + formulate a Treaty of Peace. They are ready to accept an Agreement, + by which, in their opinion, all future wars between them and the + British Government in South Africa may be avoided. They think that + this aim can be attained if provisions are made in relation to the + following points:-- + + "1. Franchise. + + "2. Equal rights for the Dutch and English languages in Educational + matters. + + "3. Customs Union. + + "4. Demolition of all the forts in the Transvaal and Free State. + + "5. Arbitration in case of future disagreements, and only subjects + of the parties to be arbitrators. + + "6. Mutual amnesty. + + "But in case these terms should not be satisfactory, then they wish + to know what terms the British Government will give them, so that + the result which they all desire may be attained." + +On Monday, April 15th, Lord Kitchener sent to the two Governments a copy +of the following telegram, which he had received from the Secretary of +State:-- + + FROM SECRETARY OF STATE TO LORD KITCHENER. + + "LONDON, _April 13th, 1902_. + + "His Majesty's Government shares with all its heart in the earnest + wish of the Boer Representatives, and trusts that the present + negotiations will lead thereto. But they have already declared in + the clearest manner and have to repeat that they cannot take into + consideration any proposals which have as basis the sanction of the + Independence of the former Republics, which are now formally + annexed to the British Crown. And it would be well if you and + Milner were to meet the Boer Representatives, and make this plain + to them. You must encourage them to make fresh proposals which we + will willingly receive." + +In this telegram, as the reader will have observed, the name of Lord +Milner is mentioned. Up till now we were dealing with Lord Kitchener +alone, but at our next conversation the first-named was also present. + +Both Representatives of the British Government insisted that we should +negotiate with them, taking the surrender of our Independence for +granted. We could not do so. We had repeatedly told Lord Kitchener that, +constitutionally, it was beyond the power of our Governments to discuss +terms based on the giving up of Independence. Only the nation could do +that. Should however, the British Government make a proposal which had, +as a basis, the temporary withdrawal only of the Independence, then we +would lay this proposal before the nation. + +Thereupon the following telegram was drawn up and dispatched:-- + + FROM LORD KITCHENER TO THE SECRETARY OF STATE. + + "PRETORIA, _April 14th, 1902_. + + "A difficulty has arisen in connexion with the negotiations. The + representatives declare that, constitutionally, they are not + entitled to discuss terms which are based on the surrender of their + independence, as the burghers alone can agree to such a basis. If, + however, His Majesty's Government can propose terms by which their + independence shall be subsequently given back to them, the + representatives, on the matter being fully explained to them, will + lay such conditions before the people, without giving expression to + their own opinions." + +The reply to this was as follows:-- + + FROM THE SECRETARY OF STATE TO LORD KITCHENER. + + "LONDON, _April 16th_. + + "With great astonishment we have received the message from the Boer + leaders, as contained in your cable. The meeting was arranged in + accordance with their desires, and they must have been aware, from + our repeated declarations, that we should not be prepared to + consider any proposal based on the revival of the independence of + the two South African States. We, therefore, were justified in + believing that the Boer representatives had abandoned all idea of + Independence, and that they would make terms for the surrender of + the forces still in the Veldt. They now declare that they are not + constitutionally in a position to discuss any terms which do not + include the restoration of their Independence, but they ask what + conditions would be made if, after consulting their followers, they + should abandon the claim for Independence. This does not seem to us + a satisfactory way of expediting the end of the hostilities which + have caused the loss of so many lives and so much money. We are, + however, as we said before, desirous of preventing any further + bloodshed and of accelerating the restoration of peace and + prosperity in the countries harassed by the war, and we empower you + and Lord Milner to refer the Boer leaders to the offer made by you + to General Botha more than twelve months ago, and to inform them + that--although the great decrease which has lately taken place in + the forces opposed to us, and also the further sacrifices involved + by the refusal of that offer, would justify us in dictating harder + terms--we are still prepared, in the hope of a lasting peace and + reconciliation, to accept a general surrender in the spirit of that + offer, with such amendments with regard to details as might be + agreed upon mutually." + +It was quite self-evident that the Governments could not accept this +proposal of the British Government, because by it the independence of +the Republics would be sacrificed. + +President Steyn pointed out emphatically that it lay beyond our right to +decide and conclude anything that would endanger the independence of the +two Republics. The nation alone could decide on the question of +independence. For this reason, therefore, we asked if we might consult +the people, and it was agreed by Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner that we +should go back to our commandos and hold meetings in every district, in +order to learn thus the will of the nation. It was further agreed that +at the meetings of the nation representatives should be chosen who, on +the 15th of May, 1902, at Vereeniging, should inform the Governments +what course the nation desired them to take. + +On the 18th of April Commandant-General Louis Botha, General De la Rey, +and I left Pretoria, provided with a safe conduct for ourselves and for +anyone whom we should appoint, and proceeded to our different commandos. + +I went first to the burghers of Vrede at Prankop, where I met General +Wessel Wessels with his commandos on the 22nd of April. The nation was +in a very miserable condition, suffering from the want of all +necessaries, and living only on meat and maize, which food was also +exceedingly scarce, and would only last for a few months more. +Notwithstanding this, the burghers decided, to a man, that they would +not be satisfied with anything less than independence, and that if the +English would not accede to this they would continue to fight. + +Mr. Wessel Wessels, Member of the Volksraad, was elected as chairman, +and Mr. Pieter Schravezander as secretary. The representatives chosen +were Commandants A. Ross, Hermanus Botha, and Louis Botha (son of Philip +Botha). + +My second meeting I held at Drupfontein, in the district of Bethlehem, +on the 24th of April, with the burghers under the command of Commandants +Frans Jacobsz, Mears, and Bruwer. Mr. J.H. Naude was made chairman, and +Landdrost J.H.B. Wessels secretary. It was unanimously decided that +independence had to be maintained, and Commandants Frans Jacobsz and +Bruwer were chosen as representatives. + +The next meeting I held on the 26th of April, at Tweepoort Farm, with +the commandos under General Michal Prinsloo. Mr. Jan Van Schalkwijk was +chosen as chairman, and Mr. B.J. Malan as secretary. Here also the votes +were unanimous, and General Michal Prinsloo, Commandant Rautenbach, and +Commandant J.J. Van Niekerk were elected as representatives. + +After that on Roodekraal Farm. I met the burghers under Commandants +Cilliers, Bester, Mentz, and Van Coller. The chairman was B.W. Steyn +(Member of the Volksraad), and the secretary Mr. S.J.M. Wessels. Here +again it was unanimously decided not to surrender the independence, and +Commandants Mentz, Van Coller and Bester were the representatives +chosen. + +The fifth meeting I held with the commandos under General Johannes +Hattingh, on the 1st of May, on the Weltevrede Farm, under the +chairmanship of Mr. Jan Lategan, Johannes C. Pietersen being secretary. +As representatives we chose General Hattingh and Commandant Philip De +Vos. The voting was unanimous that the independence should be +maintained. + +On the 3rd of May I held my sixth meeting, with the commandos under +General C.C. Froneman, at Schaapplaats. Mr. Jan Maree was chairman, and +Mr. David Ross secretary. + +The result was the same as at the other meetings, and General Froneman, +Commandants F. Cronje and J.J. Koen were chosen to represent the +commandos. + +From there I went to Dewetsdorp, where I met, on the 5th of May, General +George Brand's commandos. Mr. C. Smith acted as chairman, and Mr. W.J. +Selm as secretary; the representatives chosen were General Brand and +Commander J. Rheeder; and the burghers were equally determined to keep +their independence. + +I went on to Bloemfontein, and thence by rail to Brandfort, and +afterwards to the Quaggashoek Farm, where, on the 11th, I held my eighth +meeting, with the commandos of C.C.J. Badenhorst. The chairman was Mr. +N.B. Gildenhuis, and the secretary Mr. H.M.G. Davis. The elected +representatives were General Badenhorst and Commandants A.J. Bester and +Jacobsz. This was my last meeting, and it also decided on maintaining +the independence. + +The commandos under the Commandants Van der Merwe and Van Niekerk +(Vredefort and Parijs), Flemming (Hoopstad), Nagel (part of Kroonstad), +and General Nieuwouwdt (Fauresmith, Philippolis, and Jacobsdal), were +visited by Commander-in-Chief Judge Hertzog, Member of the Executive +Council. At meetings held with these commandos the following +representatives were chosen:--General Nieuwouwdt, and the Commandants +Munnik Hertzog, J. Van der Merwe, C. Van Niekerk, Flemming, A.J. Bester, +F. Jacobsz, H. Pretorius, and Veldtcornet Kritzinger. + +At these meetings also the burghers were unanimous in their decision not +to give up their independence. I must add that Commandant H. Van Niekerk +was chosen as representative of the bodyguard of President Steyn. It had +been agreed with Lord Kitchener at Pretoria that if the chief officers +of a commando were chosen as representatives, then there would be an +armistice between this commando and the English during the time the +officers were absent at the meeting at Vereeniging. It was also decided +that Lord Kitchener should be informed of the date of the departure of +such officers. + +This was done. I sent the following telegram on the 25th of April to +Pretoria:-- + + "TO HIS EXCELLENCY, HEADQUARTERS, PRETORIA: + + "At meetings held in the districts of Vrede and Harrismith and in + that part of Bethlehem east and north-east of the blockhouse lines + of Fouriesburg, Bethlehem, and Harrismith, General Wessels and the + Commandants were duly chosen as representatives. + + "I have decided that all the representatives shall leave their + different commandos on the 11th of May, and therefore, in + accordance with our mutual agreement, I shall expect an armistice + to be granted to the different commandos from that date until the + return of their commandants from the meeting at Vereeniging, on or + about the 15th of May. + + "I should be glad to receive Your Excellency's sanction to my + request that each Representative should have the right to take one + man with him. + + "Your Excellency will greatly oblige by sending a reply to + Kaffirsdorp in the district of Bethlehem, where I am awaiting an + answer. + + "C.R. DE WET, + General Commander-in-Chief, Orange Free State. + BETHLEHEM, _April 25th, 1902_." + +To this I received the following answer from Lord Kitchener:-- + + "IMPERIAL RESIDENCY, PRETORIA, + _April 25th, 1902_. + + "TO GENERAL DE WET, KAFFIRSDORP. + + "In answer to your message, I agree altogether with your demands + that during the absence of the chosen Representatives from their + commandos, from the 11th of May until their return, such commandos + shall not be troubled by us. I also agree that every + Representative, as you propose, shall be accompanied by one man. + + "I shall also be glad if you would send an officer, at least two + days before the Meeting, in order to let me know about the number, + and the necessary arrangements for the treatment of the + Representatives at this Meeting. + + (Signed) "KITCHENER." + +On the 11th of May I sent a telegram to Lord Kitchener, in which I said +that, as all my generals and chief officers had been chosen as +Representatives, the armistice must begin on the 11th of May. The +telegram was as follows:-- + + FROM GENERAL DE WET TO HIS EXCELLENCY LORD KITCHENER. + + "PRETORIA, _May 11th, 1902_. + + "The following chief officers have been chosen as Representatives + for the commandos of the districts: Hoopstad, Boshof, and parts of + Winburg and Bloemfontein,--districts to the west of the railway + line. + + "1. General C. Badenhorst. + + "2. Commandant J. Jacobsz. + + "3. Commandant A. Bester. + + "It thus appears that all my generals and chief commanding officers + are chosen as Representatives to attend at the Meeting of + Vereeniging, on the 15th inst., and according to our mutual + agreement at Pretoria, an armistice will be given from to-day (11th + May, 1902) in all districts of the Orange Free State up to a date + which shall be agreed upon after the close of the Meeting at + Vereeniging. Any answer, previous to noon of the 11th inst., will + reach me at Brandfort. + + "Commander-in-Chief, + Orange Free State Armies." + +In answer to this I received the following telegram:-- + + "IMPERIAL RESIDENCY, PRETORIA, + _May 12th_. + + "TO GENERAL DE WET, BRANDFORT. + + "I have given orders, according to our Agreement, that from + to-morrow, the 13th inst., all commandos, whose leaders or chief + officers have been chosen to attend the Meeting at Vereeniging, + shall be exempted from being attacked by my columns during the + absence of their leaders, in so far as such commandos withhold from + offensive operations. But that does not imply that outposts cannot + be taken prisoner in case they should approach our lines. + + "KITCHENER." + +It was rather surprising to me that Lord Kitchener, in this telegram, +spoke only of an armistice beginning on the 13th of May, because in his +telegram of the 25th he had agreed that there should be an armistice +from the 11th of May. I heard also from officers of Heilbron, Vrede, +and Bethlehem, whom I met, on the evening of the 14th of May, at +Wolvehoek Station, that the English columns had operated in their +districts on the 11th, 12th, 13th, and 14th. My order was that my +officers should not operate, but should retreat, if the enemy should +unexpectedly operate on the 11th. On the above-mentioned dates houses +were burnt down, cattle carried away, maize and other grain destroyed, +burghers taken prisoner, and (in one instance) shot. + +Such a misunderstanding was very regrettable, and all the more so +because we were never indemnified for the damage thus done. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII + +The End of the War + + +On the morning of the 15th of May, I arrived at Vereeniging with some of +the Free State delegates. The others were already there, together with +the thirty Transvaal delegates, Commandant-General Louis Botha and +General De la Rey. In addition to the above, the following had also +arrived: Vice-State President Burger, States-President Steyn, the +members of the two Governments, and General J.C. Smuts (from Cape +Colony). + +I was exceedingly sorry to find that President Steyn was seriously ill. +For the last six weeks he had been in the doctor's hands; and, since his +arrival at Pretoria, had been under the care of Dr. Van der Merwe, of +Krugersdorp. This physician said that serious consequences might ensue +if his patient were to attend our meetings, and advised him to go to his +home at Krugersdorp, where he could be properly nursed. It was sad for +us to receive this news immediately we arrived. We asked ourselves what +we should do without the President at our meetings? At this moment he +seemed more indispensable to us than ever before. + +President Steyn was a statesman in the best sense of the word. He had +gained the respect and even the affection of us all. Of him, if of any +man, it may be said that he never swerved from his duty to his country. +No task was too great for him, no burden too heavy, if thereby he could +serve his people. Whatever hardships he had endured, he had never been +known to complain--he would endure anything for us. He had fought in our +cause until he could fight no longer, until sickness laid him low; and +he was worn out, and weak as a child. _Weak_, did I say? Yes! but only +in the body--his mind was still as strong, as brave, as clear as ever. + +And thus it was that President Steyn was only able to be present on two +occasions at our meetings; for, on the 29th of May--before the National +Representatives had come to any decision--he went with Dr. Van der Merwe +to Krugersdorp. + +As I write these lines--six months after the meetings at +Vereeniging--and think that during all the intervening time he has been +lying on a bed of sickness--I am cheered by the news which I received in +Holland that hopes are now entertained of his ultimate recovery. + +The National Representatives began their important deliberations on the +morning of the 13th of May, 1902. + +For three days we discussed the condition of our country, and then +proceeded with Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner to Pretoria. This +Commission was composed of Commandant-General L. Botha, +Commander-in-Chief C.R. de Wet, Vice-Commandant-General J.H. De la Rey, +Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge J.B.M. Hertzog, and States-Procureur J.C. +Smuts. + +The negotiations with the representatives of the British Government +continued from the 18th to the 29th of May; and upon their conclusion +the Commission communicated to the National Representatives the terms on +which England was prepared to conclude peace. + +On May the 31st we decided to accept the proposals of the English +Government.[110] The Independence of the two Republics was at an end! + +I will not attempt to describe the struggle it cost us to accept these +proposals. Suffice it to say that when it was over, it had left its mark +on every face. + +There were sixty of us there, and each in turn must answer Yes or No. It +was an ultimatum--this proposal of England's. + +What were we to do? To continue the struggle meant extermination. +Already our women and children were dying by the thousand, and +starvation was knocking at the door--and knocking loudly! + +In certain districts, such as Boshof and Hoopstad, it was still possible +to prolong the war, as was also the case in the districts of Generals +Brand and Nieuwouwdt, where the sheep and oxen, which had been captured +from the enemy, provided an ample supply of food. But from the +last-named districts all the women and children had departed, leaving +the burghers free to wander at will in search of food--to Boshof, to +Hoopstad, and even into the Colony. + +In other parts of the Free State things were very different. In the +north-eastern and northern districts--for instance, in Ladybrand, +Winburg, Kroonstad, Heilbron, Bethlehem, Harrismith and Vrede--there +were still many families, and these could not be sent to Boshof or to +Hoopstad or to the Colony. And when, reduced to dire want, the commandos +should be obliged to abandon these districts, their wives and families +would have to be left behind--to starve! + +The condition of affairs in the Transvaal was no better. We +Free-Staters had thought--and I, for one, had supported the view at +Vereeniging--that, before sacrificing our independence, we ought to tell +the owners of these farms, where there were still women and children, to +go and surrender with their families, and thus save them from +starvation. But we soon realized that such a course was not +practicable--it would involve the loss of too many burghers. + +Moreover, even if, by some such scheme as this, we had succeeded in +saving the women, we, who remained in the field, would still have been +exposed to the dangers of starvation, for many of us, having no horses, +could not have left want behind us, by removing to Cape Colony or some +other equally prosperous region. + +In the large eastern divisions of the Transvaal also, there were many +burghers without horses, while the poor jaded creatures that remained +were far too feeble and exhausted to carry their masters into Cape +Colony, without the certainty of being captured by the enemy. + +Our forces were now only twenty thousand in all, of which the Transvaal +supplied ten thousand, the Free State six thousand, while the remainder +came from Cape Colony. But our numerical weakness would not in itself +have caused us to abandon the struggle had we but received encouraging +news from the Colony. But alas! reports which we received from there +left us no room for hope. + +No room for hope! that was the message of Vereeniging--a message which +struck a chill in every heart. One after another we painted the +destitution, the misery of our districts, and each picture was more +gloomy than the last. At length the moment of decision came, and what +course remained open to us? This only--to resign ourselves to our fate, +intolerable though it appeared, to accept the British proposal, and to +lay down our arms. + +Most bitter of all was the thought that we must abandon our brethren in +Cape Colony and in Natal, who had thrown in their lot with ours. And +many a sleepless night has this caused me. But we could not help +ourselves. There was nothing else to do. + +And as things have turned out, may we not hope that the Cape and Natal +Governments, following in the wake of the British Nation, will soon +understand that the wiser course is to forgive and forget, and to grant +as comprehensive an amnesty as possible? It is surely not unjust to +expect this of these Governments, when one remembers that whatever the +Colonists may have done, must be ascribed to the tie that binds them to +us--the closest of all ties--that of blood. + +It is now for the two Governments to strive to realize the situation, +and then, by granting a general amnesty, to promote, as far as in them +lies, the true progress of South Africa. + + * * * * * + +On the evening of the 31st of May, 1902, the members of the Government +of both Republics met Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner, in the former's +house, at Pretoria. + +It was there that the Treaty of Peace--the British Proposal which the +National Representatives had accepted--was now to be signed. + +It was a never-to-be-forgotten evening. In the space of a few short +minutes that was done which could never be undone. A decision arrived at +in a meeting could always be taken into reconsideration, but a document +solemnly signed, as on that night, by two parties, bound them both for +ever. + +Every one of us who put his name to that document knew that he was in +honour bound to act in accordance with it. It was a bitter moment, but +not so bitter as when, earlier on the same day, the National +Representatives had come to the decision that the fatal step must be +taken. + +On the 2nd June, 1902, the Representatives left Vereeniging, and +returned every man to his own commando. It was now their sad duty to +tell their brave and patient burghers that the independence which they +cherished so dearly was gone, and to prepare them to surrender their +arms at the appointed places. + +I left Pretoria on the 3rd of June with General Elliott, who had to +accompany me to the various centres to receive the burghers' arms. + +On the 5th of June the first commando laid down their weapons near +Vredefort. To every man there, as to myself, this surrender was no more +and no less than the sacrifice of our independence. I have often been +present at the death-bed and at the burial of those who have been +nearest to my heart--father, mother, brother and friend--but the grief +which I felt on those occasions was not to be compared with what I now +underwent at the burial of my Nation! + +It was at Reitz that the commandos of Vrede, Harrismith, Heilbron and +Bethlehem laid down their arms. Accordingly I went there on the 7th of +June, and again had to be a spectator of what I fain would never have +witnessed. Had I then to go on from commando to commando, to undergo +everywhere the martyrdom of beholding ceaseless surrenders? No! I had +had enough, and could bear no more. I decided, therefore, to visit all +the other commandos, in order to acquaint the burghers with what had +taken place, and to explain to them why we, however unsatisfactory the +Peace Proposal was, had felt bound to accept it, and then to leave each +commando before the men handed over their arms to General Elliott. +Everywhere I found the men utterly despondent and dissatisfied. + +The whole miserable business came to an end on the 16th of June, when +the burghers who had fought under Generals Nieuwouwdt and Brand, laid +down their arms--the Nation had submitted to its fate! + +There was nothing left for us now but to hope that the Power which had +conquered us, the Power to which we were compelled to submit, though it +cut us to the heart to do so, and which, by the surrender of our arms, +we had accepted as our Ruler, would draw us nearer and ever nearer by +the strong cords of love. + + * * * * * + +To my Nation I address one last word. + +Be loyal to the new Government! Loyalty pays best in the end. Loyalty +alone is worthy of a Nation which has shed its blood for Freedom! + +[Footnote 110: A complete report of the various proceedings in connexion +with the conclusion of peace will be found in the Appendix of this +book.] + + + + +CORRESPONDENCE + + +A LETTER FROM THE STATES-SECRETARY OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC TO THE +BRITISH AGENT AT PRETORIA + + MINISTRY OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS, + PRETORIA, _9th October, 1899_. + + SIR,-- + + The Government of the South African Republic feel themselves + compelled to again refer the Government of Her Majesty, the Queen + of Great Britain, to the London Convention of 1884, concluded + between this Republic and the United Kingdom, which in Article XIV. + guarantees certain specified rights to the white inhabitants of + this Republic, to wit:-- + + "All those who, although not born in this Country, yet abide by the + laws of the South African Republic, (_a_) shall have full freedom + to come with their families into, to travel in, or to reside in any + part of the South African Republic; (_b_) shall be entitled to hold + in possession their houses, factories or warehouses, shops, and + allotments, either on hire or as their own property; (_c_) may + transact their business, either in person or through agents, to + their own satisfaction; (_d_) shall not be subjected to any other + general or local taxation--with regard to their families or + properties, or their commerce or trade--than those which shall be + laid on the burghers of the said Republics." + + Our Government wishes also to draw attention to the fact that the + above-mentioned rights are the only ones which Her Majesty's + Government, in the above-mentioned Convention, has stipulated for + the foreign inhabitants in this Republic, and that only + contravention of these rights can give the British Government the + right of diplomatic intervention; whereas, further, the adjustment + of all other questions concerning the position, or the rights, of + the foreign inhabitants under the said Convention is vested in the + Government and National Representatives of the South African + Republic; among the questions the adjustment of which comes + exclusively under the authority of the Government and the + Volksraad, are those of the Franchise and representation in this + Republic. + + Although, therefore, the exclusive right of this Franchise and + representation is indisputable, our Government has approved of + discussing in a friendly way the Franchise and the representation + with Her Majesty's Government; without, however, acknowledging by + so doing any right thereto on the side of Her Majesty's Government. + Our Government has also, by the wording of the already existing + Voting Law, and the decision concerning the representation, always + kept this friendly consultation in view. + + On the side of Her Majesty's Government, however, the friendly + manner of these consultations has made way for a more threatening + tone; and the minds of the people of this Republic, and of the + whole population of South Africa, have been brought into a state of + apprehension; and a state of unusual tension has been created by + the action of Her Majesty's Government, in no longer abiding by the + laws concerning the voting right, and the decision concerning the + representation of this Republic; and lastly, as is expressed in + your letter of the 25th of September, 1899, in breaking off all + friendly communication, giving us to understand that Her Majesty's + Government were about to formulate their own proposals for final + arrangement. Our Government can see in the before-mentioned + notification nothing less than a new violation of the Convention of + 1884, which does not reserve to Her Majesty's Government the right + of a one-sided adjustment of a question which belongs exclusively + to the inner policy of our Government, and has been already settled + by them. + + On the grounds of the tension, the considerable loss arising + therefrom, and the interruption of business in general, which is + caused by the correspondence on the Franchise and the + representation of this Republic, Her Majesty's Government has not + long ago insisted on a speedy adjustment, and finally, through your + intervention, insisted on an answer--within forty-eight + hours--(later on somewhat amended)--to your Memorandum of the 12th + of September, which was answered by the Memorandum of our + Government of the 15th of September, and by the Memorandum of the + 25th of September, 1899; on which other friendly negotiations were + interrupted, and our Government received notice that the proposal + for final arrangement would be made within a short time; but + although these promises were repeated, no such proposal has as yet + reached our Government. When the friendly correspondence was still + going on, a great increase of troops was made by Her Majesty's + Government, which troops were drawn up in the neighbourhood of the + frontiers of our Republic. Taking into consideration certain events + in the history of our Republic, which events need not here be + recited, our Government found themselves compelled to look upon the + Army in the neighbourhood of the frontier as a threat to the + independence of the South African Republic, because they were not + aware of any circumstances which could justify the presence of such + a force in South Africa and in the neighbourhood of their frontier. + + In answer to a question concerning this, addressed to His + Excellency the High Commissioner, our Government received, to their + great astonishment, the covert accusation that from the State of + the Republic an attack on Her Majesty's Colonies was being + arranged, and also a mysterious hint of coming possibilities, by + which our Government were strengthened in their suspicion, that the + independence of the Republic was threatened. + + As a measure of defence, they were, therefore, compelled to send a + body of burghers to the frontiers in order, if required, to be able + to resist such an eventuality. The unlawful interference of Her + Majesty's Government in the inner policy of our Republic, in + defiance of the London Convention of 1884, which interference + consisted in the exceptional strengthening of troops in the + neighbourhood of the Republic's borders, has thus created an + unbearable state of affairs, of which our Government--not only in + the interests of our Republic, but also in the interests of the + whole of South Africa,--feel it their duty to bring to an end as + speedily as possible, and consider themselves called upon to insist + emphatically and energetically on an immediate conclusion of this + condition of things, and to ask Her Majesty's Government to give + them the assurance (_a_) that all points of mutual difference shall + be adjusted by friendly arbitration, or by any other amicable way + that may be agreed upon between our Government and that of Her + Majesty; (_b_) that the troops on the frontiers of the Republic + shall be recalled at once, and that all reinforcements which, after + the 1st of June, 1899, have arrived in South Africa, shall be + removed within a time agreed upon with our Government,--with the + counter assurance and guarantee from our Government that no attack + on, or hostilities against, any part of the possessions of the + British Government shall be undertaken by the Republic during the + further negotiations within the time which shall be agreed upon by + the Government--our Government shall, in accordance with this, be + ready to call back the armed burghers of the Republic from the + frontiers; (_c_) that Her Majesty's troops, which are now on the + high sea, shall not be landed in any of the harbours of South + Africa. + + Our Government has to insist on an immediate and favourable answer + on the above four points, and urgently requests Her Majesty's + Government to give an answer in this spirit before, or on, + Wednesday, October 11th, 1889, before 5 o'clock in the afternoon. + They wish to add further, that in case, against their expectations, + no satisfactory answer within this time should be received by them, + that they, to their great sorrow, would be obliged to look upon the + actions of Her Majesty's Government as a formal declaration of war, + for the consequences of which they do not consider themselves + responsible; and, in case further movements of troops should take + place within the above-mentioned time in the direction of our + borders, that our Government will be compelled to look upon this + also as a formal declaration of war. + + I have the honour to be, etc., + F.W. REITZ, + _State-Secretary._ + + +MR. CHAMBERLAIN'S TELEGRAMS:-- + + +FROM MR. CHAMBERLAIN TO THE HIGH COMMISSIONER, SIR ALFRED +MILNER. + +(Sent 7.30 p.m. _10th October, 1899_) + + "10th _October_, No. 7. The British Agent has, in answering the + demands of the Government of the South African Republic, to say + that, as the Government of the South African Republic have declared + in their dispatch, that they will look upon a refusal to consent to + their demands as a formal declaration of war, he has received + orders to demand his passport." + + +FROM MR. CHAMBERLAIN TO THE HIGH COMMISSIONER, SIR ALFRED +MILNER. + +(Sent 10.45 p.m. _10th October, 1899_) + + "10th _October_, No. 8. The Government of Her Majesty has received + with great sorrow the determined demands of the Government of the + South African Republic contained in your telegram of the 9th of + October, No. 3. You will, as an answer to the Government of the + South African Republic, communicate to them that the conditions put + forward by the Government of the South African Republic are of such + a nature that the Government of Her Majesty cannot possibly think + of taking them into consideration." + + +CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN THE TWO PRESIDENTS AND LORD SALISBURY + + +FROM THE STATES-PRESIDENT OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC AND THE +ORANGE FREE STATE TO HIS EXCELLENCY LORD SALISBURY, LONDON. + + "BLOEMFONTEIN, _5th March, 1900_. + + "The blood and tears of the thousands who have suffered through + this war, and the prospect of all the moral and material ruin which + now threatens South Africa, render it necessary for both parties + carrying on the war to ask themselves calmly, and in the faith of + the Trinity, for what they are fighting and if the aims of both + justify all this horrible misery and devastation. On this account, + and with an eye to the assertion of several English Statesmen that + the war was begun and carried on with the determined end to + undermine Her Majesty's authority in South Africa, and to establish + in the whole of South Africa a Government independent of Her + Majesty's Government, we consider it our duty to declare that this + War was only commenced as a measure of defence and for the purpose + of obtaining a guarantee for the threatened independence of the + South African Republic, and was only continued in order to ensure + the indisputable independence of both Republics as Sovereign + International States, and to obtain the assurance that the subjects + of Her Majesty who have taken part with us in the war will not + suffer the least hurt either in their lives or their possessions. + On these conditions alone we demand, as in the past, to see peace + restored in South Africa, and an end made to the wrong that now + exists there. But if Her Majesty's Government has decided upon + destroying the independence of the Republic, nothing remains to us + and our people but to persist to the bitter end on the road now + taken, notwithstanding the overpowering might of the British + Empire, trusting that God, who has lit the inextinguishable fire of + the love of liberty in our hearts, and in the hearts of our + fathers, will not abandon us, but will fulfil His work in us, and + in our descendants. + + "We hesitated to lay this declaration earlier before Your + Excellency, because we were afraid that as long as the advantage + was on our side, and our Army had in their occupation positions of + defence far into the British Colonies, such a declaration would + have hurt the feelings of the English nation; but now that the + prestige of the British Empire may be considered to be restored, + through the capture of one of our armies, and we are compelled by + this to sacrifice other positions which our armies occupied, this + difficulty is removed, and we can no longer hesitate to tell you, + in the face of the whole civilized world, why we are fighting, and + on what conditions we are prepared to make peace." + + +FROM LORD SALISBURY TO THEIR EXCELLENCIES THE STATES-PRESIDENTS OF +THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC AND ORANGE FREE STATE. + + "LONDON, _11th March, 1900_. + + "I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Honour's + cable, dated 5th March, from Bloemfontein, of which the purport is + principally whether Her Majesty's Government will acknowledge the + indisputable independence of the South African Republic and Orange + Free State and treat them as Sovereign International States, and + will offer to conclude the war on these conditions. + + "In the beginning of October of this year, there was peace between + the Queen and the two Republics, under the Convention which then + held good. There was a discussion carried on during a few months + between Her Majesty's Government and the South African Republic, of + which the purport was the amendment of very serious grievances + under which English inhabitants suffered in the South African + Republic. In the course of these negotiations, the South African + Republic obtained the knowledge that Her Majesty's Government had + made considerable preparations for war, and had taken steps to + provide the necessary reinforcements for the English garrisons at + Cape Colony and Natal. No inroad on the rights guaranteed by the + Conventions had, until then, taken place on the English side. + Suddenly the South African Republic, after having two days + previously issued an insulting ultimatum, declared War on Her + Majesty; and the Orange Free State, with which there had been no + disagreement, took a similar step. Thereupon an inroad was made + into Her Majesty's territory by the two Republics; three towns + within the British frontier were besieged, a great part of the two + Colonies was over-run, with great destruction of property and life, + and the Republics claimed the right to treat the inhabitants of Her + Majesty's territory as if this territory had been annexed by one of + these States. The Transvaal having these actions in view, had for + years stored up, on an enormous scale, military provisions, which + could only have been destined for use against England. + + "Your Excellencies made some remarks of a negative nature + concerning the aim for which these preparations were made. I do not + consider it necessary to discuss the question which you have thus + raised, but the consequences of the preparations, made in great + secrecy, have been that the British Empire has found itself forced + to repel an inroad which has brought on a costly war, and caused + the loss of thousands of valuable lives. This great misfortune has + been the punishment that Great Britain has had to undergo during + the last few years for having suffered the two Republics to exist. + Keeping in sight the use which the two Republics have made of the + position presented to them, and the misfortunes which their + unprovoked attacks on Her Majesty's territory have brought, Her + Majesty's Government can only reply to Your Honour's telegram by + saying that they are not prepared to acknowledge the independence + either of the South African Republic, or of the Orange Free State." + + + + +Appendix A + +REPORT OF THE MEETING OF THE GENERAL REPRESENTATIVES HELD AT +VEREENIGING, IN THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC, ON THE 15TH OF MAY, 1902, +AND THE FOLLOWING DAYS + + +The first meeting of the representatives of the two Governments took +place at 11.30 a.m. on May 15th. + +There were present:-- + +_For the South African Republic_--His Honour the President, S.W. Burger, +F.W. Reitz, Commandant-General L. Botha, Messrs. J.B. Krogh, L.J. +Meijer, L.J. Jacobs, and His Honour the Staats-Procureur. + +_For the Orange Free State_--States-President, M.J. Steyn; Judge, J.B.M. +Hertzog; Secretary of State, W.J.C. Brebner; Commander-in-Chief, C.R. de +Wet; and Mr. C.H. Olivier. + +The first matter discussed was the formula for the oath which the +delegates were to take, and it was decided that it should run as +follows:-- + + "We, the undersigned, duly swear that we, as special national + representatives, will remain true to our people, country, and + Government, and that we will serve them to the best of our ability, + and fulfil our duties faithfully and with all necessary secrecy, as + is the duty of all faithful burghers and representatives of the + nation. So help us God." + +The question now arose as to whether the representatives had the right +to decide, if circumstances rendered it necessary, upon any matter +touching the independence of the country, irrespective of the powers +given to the various delegates, for at some of the meetings the +delegates had only received limited powers, whilst at others full +authority had been given them to act according to their own judgment. + +After considerable discussion it was decided to lay the matter before +the delegates themselves. + +The following representatives were called into the tent, and took the +oath:-- + +_For the South African Republic._ + +1. H.A. Alberts, Vechtgeneraal; for Heidelberg. + +2. J.J. Alberts, Commandant; for Standerton and Wakkerstroom. + +3. J.F. De Beer, Commandant; for Bloemhof. + +4. C.F. Beijers, Assistant-Commandant-General; for Waterberg. + +5. C. Birkenstock, burgher; for Vrijheid. + +6. H.J. Bosman, magistrate; for Wakkerstroom. + +7. Christiaan Botha, Assistant-Commandant-General; for Swaziland and the +States Artillery. + +8. B.H. Breijtenbach, Veldtcornet; for Utrecht. + +9. C.J. Brits, Vechtgeneraal; for Standerton. + +10. J.B. Cilluos, Vechtgeneraal; for Lichtenburg. + +11. J. De Clercq, burgher; for Middelburg. + +12. T.A. Dönges, Veldtcornet; for Dorp Middelburg in Regeeringswacht. + +13. H.S. Grobler, Commandant; for Bethal. + +14. J.L. Grobler, burgher; for Carolina. + +15. J.N.H. Grobler, Vechtgeneraal; for Ermelo. + +16. B.J. Van Heerden, Veldtcornet; for Rustenburg. + +17. J.F. Jordaan, Commandant; for Vrijheid. + +18. J. Kemp, Vechtgeneraal; for Krugersdorp. + +19. P.J. Liebenberg, Vechtgeneraal; for Potchefstroom. + +20. C.H. Muller, Vechtgeneraal; for Boksburg. + +21. J.F. Naude, burgher; for Pretoria, late Commandant with General +Kemp. + +22. D.J.E. Opperman, Veldtcornet; for Pretoria. + +23. B.J. Roos, Veldtcornet; for Piet Retief. + +24. P.D. Roux, Veldtcornet; for Marico. + +25. D.J. Schoeman, Commandant; for Lijdenburg. + +26. T.C. Stoffberg, Landdrost; for Zoutpansberg. + +27. S.P. Du Toit, Vechtgeneraal; for Wolmaransstad. + +28. P.L. Uijs, Commandant; for Pretoria. + +29. P.R. Viljoen, burgher; for Heidelberg. + +30. W.J. Viljoen, Commandant; for Witwatersrand. + +_For the Orange Free State._ + +1. C.C.F. Badenhorst, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Boshof, Hoopstad, +West Bloemfontein, Winburg, and Kroonstad. + +2. A.J. Bester, Commandant; for Bethlehem. + +3. A.J. Bester, Commandant; for Bloemfontein. + +4. L.P.H. Botha, Commandant; for Harrismith. + +5. G.A. Brand, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Bethulie, Rouxville, +Caledon River, and Wepener in the eastern part of Bloemfontein. + +6. H.J. Brouwer, Commandant; for Bethlehem. + +7. D.H. Van Coller, Commandant; for Heilbron. + +8. F.R. Cronje, Commandant; for Winburg. + +9. D.F.H. Flemming, Commandant; for Hoopstad. + +10. C.C. Froneman, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Winburg and Ladybrand. + +11. F.J.W.J. Hattingh, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for the eastern part of +Kroonstad, in the district of Heilbron. + +12. J.B.M. Hertzog, Commandant; for Philippolis. + +13. J.N. Jacobs, Commandant; for Boshof. + +14. F.P. Jacobsz, Commandant; for Harrismith. + +15. A.J. De Kock, Commandant; for Vrede. + +16. J.J. Koen, Commandant; for Ladybrand. + +17. H.J. Kritzinger, Veldtcornet; for Kroonstad. + +18. F.E. Mentz, Commandant; for Heilbron. + +19. J.A.P. Van der Merwe, Commandant; for Heilbron. + +20. C.A. Van Niekerk, Commandant; for Kroonstad. + +21. H. Van Niekerk, Commandant. + +22. J.J. Van Niekerk, Commandant; for Ficksburg. + +23. I.K. Nieuwouwdt, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Fauresmith, +Philippolis, and Jacobsdal. + +24. H.P.J. Pretorius, Commandant; for Jacobsdal. + +25. A.M. Prinsloo, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Bethlehem in Ficksburg. + +26. L.J. Rautenbach, Commandant; for Bethlehem. + +27. F.J. Rheeder, Commandant; for Rouxville. + +28. A. Ross, Commandant; for Vrede. + +29. P.W. De Vos, Commandant; for Kroonstad. + +30. W.J. Wessels, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Harrismith and Vrede. + +The meeting now proceeded to choose a chairman, and the following were +proposed:--J. De Clercq, C.F. Beijers, C.C. Froneman, W.J. Wessels, and +G.A. Brand. + +The choice of the meeting fell on General C.F. Beijers, who called upon +the Rev. Mr. Kestell to offer prayer. + +His Honour, S.W. Burger, now declared that the meeting was formally +opened, and after the Chairman had spoken a few words, the +representatives adjourned until three o'clock. + +When they reassembled, the Chairman requested President Burger to +explain the objects for which the meeting had been called. + +Then the President spoke a few words of welcome to all; he expressed his +sorrow for the absence of some who would certainly have been present had +they not given their lives for their country. But still there were many +left to represent the two Republics. + +"The difficulties which confront us," continued the President, "are like +a great mountain, at the foot of which we have just arrived. Everything +now depends on us who are assembled together here. It is impossible to +deny that the state of affairs is very serious, and that the future +looms dark before us. Our position requires the most careful +consideration, and as there are sure to be differences of opinion, it +will be necessary for us to bear with one another, and yet, at the same +time, to speak our minds freely." + +The President proceeded to refer to the correspondence which had taken +place between Holland and England. A copy of this correspondence had +been sent, through Lord Kitchener, to the Governments of the two +Republics. The opinion of the Transvaal Government (which was the first +to receive the correspondence) was that advantage should be taken of +this opportunity. It was proposed to ask Lord Kitchener to allow the +Transvaal Government to meet that of the Orange Free State, so that they +might discuss the desirability of making a peace proposal to England. +The two Governments had accordingly met, and had corresponded with Lord +Kitchener and Lord Milner. As a result of this, a letter, with the above +correspondence annexed, had been sent to the various commandos. + +"We felt," continued President Burger, "that we had no power to +surrender our independence, and that we were only justified in making +such terms of peace as would not endanger our national existence. +Whether it is or is not our duty to surrender our independence is a +question that must be left to the decision of our people. And it is to +represent the people that you are here. It is from your lips, then, that +our Governments must learn the opinions of the two nations. It is clear +enough that the English Government has no idea of allowing us to remain +independent--it expresses surprise that we even dare to speak of such a +thing. + +"You have now to report upon the condition of the country, and upon the +circumstances in which your wives and children are placed. You have also +to decide whether you are willing to make any further sacrifices. We +have lost so much already that it would be hard, indeed, to lose our +independence as well. But, although this matter is so near to our +hearts, we must still listen to the voice of reason. The practical +question, then, which we have to ask ourselves is, whether we are +prepared to watch our people being gradually exterminated before our +eyes, or whether we should not rather seek a remedy. + +"The Government can do nothing without the support of the nation. You, +therefore, must determine our best course. For instance, if you come to +the conclusion that we have exhausted every expedient, will you still +continue the struggle? Are we not to desist until every man of us is in +captivity, in exile, or in his grave? Again let me urge you to speak +freely, and yet with consideration for the feelings of others. For +myself, I can truly say that my spirit is not yet broken; but I would +hear from you what the feeling of the people is." + +"At this point, however, a difficulty arises. Some of you, having only +received limited powers from your constituencies, appear to think that +you would not be justified in exceeding your mandates, while others have +been authorized to act as circumstances may seem to require. But I do +not think that this difficulty should be insurmountable. At least I beg +of you not to allow it to cause any dissension among you. Let us all be +of one mind. If _we_ are united, then will the nation be united also; +but if we are divided, in what a plight will the nation find itself?" + +A letter was then read from the deputation in Europe, which had been +written five months previously, and which had been brought through the +English lines in safety. It contained little more than an assurance that +our cause occupied a better position in Europe than it had ever done +before. + +The Chairman then asked Commandant L. Botha to address the meeting. + +Complying with this request, the Commandant said that he wished to be +assured, before anything further was done, that the fact that some of +the representatives had been entrusted with limited powers, whereas +others had been given a free hand, was not going to prove to be an +insurmountable obstacle to united action on their part. + +To this Judge Hertzog replied that it was a principle in law that a +delegate is not to be regarded as a mere agent or mouthpiece of his +constituents, but, on the contrary (when dealing with public affairs), +as a plenipotentiary--with the right, whatever his brief might be, of +acting to the best of his judgment. + +States-Procureur Smuts concurred in this opinion, which appeared to +satisfy both the Commandant-General and also all the other +representatives, for no further allusion was made to the subject by +anybody. + +Commandant-General Botha now made his report. + +In the districts of Vrijheid and Utrecht, he stated, the store of maize +was so small that it could not last for more than a short time; but +there was still a great number of slaughter-cattle. In the districts of +Wakkerstroom there was hardly sufficient grain for one month's +consumption. Two other districts had still a large enough number of +slaughter-cattle--enough, in fact, to last for two or three months. In +Ermelo, to the west and north-west of the blockhouses, and in Bethal, +Standerton, and Middelburg, there was grain for one month. But the +Heidelberg and Pretoria commandos had now, for the first time, no corn +remaining for food. In the neighbourhood of Boksburg the only grain left +was the old maize of the previous year, whilst there were no cattle at +all in the district. When he had visited Boksburg he had found that the +commandos had had no meat for three days. In the country between +Vereeniging and Ermelo there were only thirty-six goats, and no cattle +whatsoever. In the Wakkerstroom district, however, there were still a +few slaughter-cattle. The horses were everywhere worn out and exhausted. +They had been so constantly kept on the move, owing to the enemy's +increasing attacks, they could now only cover the shortest distances. + +The Kaffir question was becoming from day to day more serious. At +Vrijheid, for instance, there was a Kaffir commando which had already +made several attacks upon the burghers. This attitude of the Kaffir +population was producing a very dispiriting effect upon the burghers. + +The women were in a most pitiable state, now that the lines of +blockhouses had been extended in all directions over the country. +Sometimes the commandos had to break through the lines and leave the +women behind alone; and when the burghers later on returned they would +perhaps find that the women had been driven from their houses, and, in +some instances, treated with atrocious cruelty. + +Referring to the numbers in the field, he said that there were, in the +whole of the Transvaal, ten thousand eight hundred and sixteen men, and +that three thousand two hundred and ninety-six of them had no horses. +The enemy during the summer had taken many of the burghers prisoner; and +since June, 1901, the commandos had diminished to the extent of six +thousand and eighty-four men. The burghers thus lost to them had either +been killed, or taken prisoner, or had surrendered their arms. + +The number of households was two thousand six hundred and forty. + +The Commandant-General concluded by saying that the three greatest +difficulties with which they were confronted were their horses, their +food supply, and the miserable condition of their women and children. + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet then spoke. He said he would leave it to the +delegates who were officers to make reports. They had come from far and +near, and knew exactly what the condition of things was. He, however, +could state that the number of burghers in the Orange Free State was six +thousand one hundred and twenty, of whom about four hundred were not +available for service. The Basutos, he found, were more favourably +inclined to the Boer cause than ever before. + +"General De la Rey," continued General de Wet, "like myself, does not +quite know what task he has to perform here, but he thinks with me that +the duty of making reports belongs to the delegates. However, he feels +bound to state that in his divisions there is a great scarcity of +everything. But precisely the same state of affairs existed there a year +ago. And when his burghers were at that time without food--well, he went +and got it for them." (Cheers.) + +General Beijers (Waterberg) then addressed the delegates, telling them +that he would not detain them long. In Zoutpansberg, he stated, they had +still a plentiful supply of food, for they were able to buy from the +Kaffirs. At Waterberg the Kaffirs were neutral, but at Zoutpansberg they +were getting out of hand. Yet, since no co-operation existed amongst +them, they were not to be feared, and any uprising could easily be +quelled. + +Besides this trouble, they had many difficulties to face, which were +produced by horse-sickness and fever. + +As to the question of grain, there was food enough for the whole of the +Transvaal and the Orange Free State. But now the English were beginning +to buy up the maize at Ł1 a sack. + +General Muller (Boksburg) reported that in his division the burghers had +never suffered from hunger. He could still hold out for a few months +more, as food could be obtained from the Kaffirs. There was, it could +not be denied, a tendency to mutiny amongst the Kaffirs, but he did not +think that this need cause any anxiety. He believed that he would be +able to carry on operations until the end of the winter. + +General Froneman (Ladybrand) said that the condition of his divisions, +namely Winburg and Ladybrand, gave no cause for uneasiness. There were +still eighty families in the districts, but they were able to provide +for all their necessities. The Kaffirs were peaceable and well disposed, +and were of great service to the burghers, for whom they bought clothing +in Basutoland. It was possible for the burghers, he considered, to hold +out for more than a year. + +General Hattingh (Kroonstad) declared that in one part of the Kroonstad +district there were still plenty of sheep and cattle, and that seed had +been sown for next year's harvest. But another part of the district was +entirely exhausted, and had to obtain its supplies from Bethlehem. + +General Badenhorst (Boshof) stated that he could report on the Boshof +district and the parts of the Winburg and Bloemfontein districts to the +west of the railway. There were enough cattle to last his commandos for +years, even if they had no other food at all. Recently he had captured +fifteen hundred head of cattle, and he was in a position to give +assistance to other districts. Grain, however, was not so plentiful as +it had been the previous year, but nevertheless there was still a large +enough supply to permit him to send help to others. + +General Nieuwouwdt (Fauresmith) reported that his district was entirely +devastated, and that for the last seven months there had been a dearth +of all provisions; nevertheless, his burghers had contrived to live. +There was, moreover, enough corn left to last them for another year. +There were now only three women in the whole of his district. + +General Prinsloo (Bethlehem) declared that he would be telling a +falsehood if he were to say that there was no food in his district. He +possessed slaughter-cattle and corn, and could help other districts. One +of his commandants had recently found a store of maize (consisting of +one hundred and thirty sacks) buried in the ground. The enemy had made +many inroads into his district, and especially during the last few +months. The blockhouses were a source of constant annoyance to him. + +General Brand (Bethulie) reported upon the south-western part of the +Orange Free State, where he commanded. There were some parts of his +division, he said, which had been entirely laid waste. Everything had +been carried off; there was not a sheep left; and the burghers had been +without meat for days. But he was able to capture booty, and could still +hold out for a year. + +General Wessels (Harrismith) drew attention to the constant passage of +large Kaffir families through the districts of Harrismith and Vrede. He +could tell the delegates that the Kaffirs had been quite astonished that +there were still cattle and sheep and supplies of grain in the +districts. He had not yet come to the end of his provisions; but, even +if everything were taken, he saw a chance of obtaining food from +elsewhere. + +Commandant C.A. Van Niekerk (Kroonstad) declared that if there was one +part of the country which was entirely exhausted it was the part where +he was in command, namely Hoopstad and a portion of Kroonstad. But yet, +during the last twelve months, they had been able to obtain food, and +even to sow for the ensuing year. There were no cattle in his district; +but he had taken a thousand sheep and fifty-two cattle from the English. + +Commandant Van der Merwe (Heilbron) spoke to the same effect. + +General Smuts was the next to address the meeting. He began by saying +that his expedition into Cape Colony had been the outcome of the advice +which the deputation had given in July, 1901, namely to continue the +war. That _he_ had been in command of it had come about in the following +way. News had been received in the Transvaal that affairs in Cape Colony +were taking a favourable turn, and accordingly General De la Rey had +received orders to go thither, and to take over the command there. But +afterwards it was thought wiser to annul these orders, because De la Rey +could not well be spared from the western parts of the Transvaal. Owing +to this, he (General Smuts) took the task upon his own shoulders, and +crossed the Orange River with two hundred men. He had had a difficult +task to accomplish. He had marched through Cape Colony to Grahamstad, +and from thence he had pushed on towards the coast, through Graaff +Reinet. Thence he had proceeded to the neighbourhood where he was now +carrying on operations. + +He had visited every commando, and as he had seen that there were signs +of disorder amongst them he had taken them all under his own command. In +this way he had found himself at the head of some fifteen hundred men. +During his expeditions Commandant Lotter had been captured with a +hundred men; this had reduced his force to only fourteen hundred. But +since then the number had nearly doubled, so that they now had two +thousand six hundred men (divided into twenty commandos) under arms in +Cape Colony. In addition to these men there was a division under General +De Villiers operating in Griqualand West, and another under Commandant +Van der Merwe in Bechuanaland. The total numbers of these two divisions +amounted to about seven hundred men. + +Passing on to the question whether help was to be expected from Cape +Colony, General Smuts declared that there would be no general rising. +The reports which represented such a rising as possible had exaggerated +matters. There were great difficulties in the way of a general rising. +First, there was the question of horses--and in Cape Colony the want of +horses was as great, if not greater, than in the Republics. Secondly, it +was exceedingly difficult for Colonials to rise, for they knew that not +only would they have to be _voetgangers_,[111] but also that if they +were captured they would be very severely punished by the English. The +scarcity of grass was also greatly against any such attempt. The horses +had to be fed, and, as the enemy had forbidden any sowing, it was almost +impossible to find food for them. A counter proclamation had indeed been +issued by the Republics, but it had been of no avail. + +He was of opinion that the small commandos which had already been in +Cape Colony had done the best they could. The question that now arose +was whether the whole of their forces ought to be sent from the +Republics into Cape Colony. He himself thought that there was an opening +for them, but the difficulty was to find a method of getting them there. +The existence of this difficulty, and the facts which he had brought +before the delegates, had forced him to the conclusion that a general +rising in Cape Colony was an impossibility. + +As to the continuation of the war and matters of that nature, they must +naturally be settled by the Republics, and not by Cape Colony. + +The meeting was then adjourned until eight o'clock in the evening. + + * * * * * + +Upon its reassembling, Commandant Nijs (Pretoria, North) said that in +that part of the district of Pretoria which lay to the north of the +Delagoa Bay Railway there were still cattle enough to last for a +considerable time, but that the store of grain would be exhausted within +a fortnight. The number of horses also was insufficient. The district +could muster one hundred and fifty-three mounted men and one hundred and +twenty-eight _voetgangers_. In the division of Onderwijk, Middelburg, +there were twenty-six mounted men and thirty-eight _voetgangers_. + +Commandant Grobler (Bethal) stated that in his district they had not +been left undisturbed during the summer. Only a short time previously he +had lost sixty-three men in an engagement, where he had been besieged in +a kraal, out of which he, with one hundred and fifty-three burghers, had +managed to escape. Bethal had been laid waste from one end to the other, +and he had no provisions for his commandos. He had on his hands three +hundred women and children; these were in a serious position, owing to +the lack of food; some of the women had also been assaulted by Kaffirs. + +General Christiaan Botha (Swaziland) then reported on the condition of +the Swaziland commando. They had no provisions in hand, and were simply +living by favour of the Kaffirs. They had no women there. His commando +of one hundred and thirteen men was still at Piet Retief. As there was +no grain to be had, they were compelled to go from kraal to kraal and +buy food from the Kaffirs, and this required money. Yet somehow or other +they had managed to keep soul and body together. "I have fought for the +Transvaal," he concluded, "for two and a half years, and now, since I +hear that there is food in the Free State, I shall fight for the Free +State for two and a half years more." + +General Brits (Standerton) said that he had still provisions for two +months, but no cattle. He had sixty-five families with him, and found it +very difficult to provide them with the necessaries of life. Altogether, +things were in a most critical state. + +Mr. Birkenstock (Vrijheid) spoke as follows: + +"I shall go deeper into some of the points which the Commandant-General +has brought forward in his general report of the matter. At Vrijheid we +have been harassed by large forces of the enemy for six or eight months, +and the district is now completely devastated. The presence of women and +children causes great difficulty, for of late the English have refused +to receive the families which, compelled by absolute famine, wished to +take refuge with them. There is also continual danger from the Kaffirs, +whose attitude towards us is becoming positively hostile. Both horses +and grain are scarce; but as far as the latter is concerned there will +be sufficient, provided that the enemy does not return. One morning +recently a Kaffir commando, shortly before daybreak, attacked a party of +our men, who lost fifty-six killed out of a total of seventy. That peace +must be made at all costs is the opinion of all the families in my +district, and I feel it my duty to bring this opinion before you." + +Commandant Alberts (Pretoria and Middelburg) said that his burghers had +had no rest for a year, and that during that period no ploughing or +sowing had been done in the district. Consequently a commando would not +be able to find the means of subsistence there. On three occasions he +had been forced to take refuge in a kraal, but fortunately had always +been able to make his escape. They had no cattle which they could use +for food, although he had received some, through Commandant Roos, from +the Free State. Their horses were in the worst possible condition. + +Landdrost Bosman (Wakkerstroom) then gave an account of the condition of +affairs in his district. They were dependent for everything, except +meat, upon the Kaffirs, giving them meat in exchange. This year there +had been a very poor crop of mealies, and, such as it was, it had been +much damaged by the enemy. Still the burghers might manage, with what +mealies they had, to last out for another two months; but the women and +children also needed to be provided for. The cattle were beginning to +run short, and the few horses that they had were so weak that they would +require a fortnight's rest before they could be used. It might become +necessary for the commandos to leave the district, and if so, what was +to become of the families? + +Mr. De Clercq (Middelburg) regretted that he was unable to give as +cheery a report as some of the gentlemen present had done. The part of +Middelburg which he represented was in an almost hopeless condition. +There were no slaughter-cattle, and only enough grain to last for a very +short time. Out of five hundred horses only one hundred now remained, +and these could do no work, being too weak even to get away when it +became necessary to retreat from the enemy. The state of the burghers +was very discouraging; if they should be compelled to leave the district +the question would arise whether, considering the condition of their +horses, it would be possible for them to reach their new destination. +There were fifty families in Middelburg, and things were going very +badly with them. The district would have to be abandoned, and what would +then be the fate of the families, which even now could only be scantily +provided for? The women had wished to go on foot to the English, but he +had advised them to wait until the results of the present negotiations +should become known. + +Commandant David Schoeman (Lijdenburg) said that although but a short +time ago there had been eight hundred head of cattle in his district, +they had now all been carried off. Grain there was none. Should fighting +be continued, he was at a loss to know how he could provide for the +women. + +Commandant Opperman (Pretoria, South) reported on that part of the +Pretoria district which lies south of the line. What he said agreed +substantially with the report of Commandant Alberts. (See page 343.) + +Commandant Liebenberg (Potchefstroom) stated that during the last eight +or nine months blockhouses had been erected in his district. All that +was now left to him was a strip of country about twelve miles long; here +he could still exist. A good deal of seed had been sown, but the crops +had of late fallen into the hands of the English. The grain was +altogether spoilt; some of it had been burnt, the rest trodden down by +the horses. There were ninety-three households in his district. Between +Lichtenburg and Potchefstroom there were some women from the Orange Free +State who were reduced to the most dire straits. They had told him that +if things did not improve they intended to go on foot to Klerksdorp, +and he had replied that they must wait for the result of the +negotiations. He had still four hundred mounted men, in addition to one +hundred _voetgangers_. He could hold out for a short time longer, and +then would have to look for some way out of his difficulties. + +General Du Toit (Wolmaransstad) said that there were five hundred +families in his district, but little enough for them to live on. Though +his horses were weak, he would be able to save himself by strategy if he +should get into a tight corner. His commandos were small--only four +hundred and fifty mounted men. The cattle were in good condition, but +grain was scarce. + +Commandant De Beer (Bloemhof) had still under his command as many as +four hundred and forty-four mounted men and one hundred and sixty-five +_voetgangers_. Both grain and cattle were scarce, but then Bloemhof had +never possessed many head of cattle. So far the families had not +suffered from want. He would be able to hold out for another year. + +General Kemp reported that he had under him Krugersdorp, Rustenburg, and +parts of Pretoria and Johannesburg. In the district of Krugersdorp no +more sowing was possible, and the majority of cattle had been carried +away. Yet there was no want. Why should he lack for anything when he was +in possession of a great "commissariat" extending as far as the +Zoutpansberg, where General Beijers was in command? He took what he +wanted from the Kaffirs--it was not their property; he was only taking +back what really belonged to the burghers. + +Commandant-in-Chief de Wet here asked why the eastern divisions of the +Transvaal could not do like General Kemp, and take what they required +from the Kaffirs? + +General Kemp replied that the fact that in the eastern parts the Kaffirs +were united with the English made the difference. The Kaffirs there, he +said, gave all they looted to the English, who then sold them the cattle +back again. If then cattle were taken in those parts, it would be cattle +which was really the property of the Kaffirs. Moreover, the Zulus were +Kaffirs of a different sort to those with which he (the General) had to +deal. General Botha also had said that among the Kaffirs in the Eastern +Transvaal there were not to be found any cattle belonging to the +burghers. + +Mr. J.L. Grobler (Carolina) had not as yet had to complain of any lack +of cattle or grain in his district. The English, however, by their +system of blockhouses, had cut the burghers off from the greater part of +the crop. If nothing happened, the newly-sown crops ought to produce a +good harvest; but he did not like the temper of the Kaffirs. His men +could still hold out for another six or seven months. The three hundred +horses still remaining to them were in a weak condition; such as they +were, there was not one apiece for the burghers. + +Mr. J. Naude (Pretoria) said that he represented a part of Pretoria and +General Kemp's flying column. In his district sowing and harvesting went +on as usual. There were fortunately no women and children. Although the +commandos had not a superabundance of cattle, yet no one lacked for any +of the necessaries of life. + +The meeting was then closed with prayer, and adjourned until the +following morning. + +[Footnote 111: Infantry.] + + +FRIDAY, MAY 16TH, 1902. + +The meeting opened with prayer a little after nine a.m. The +correspondence which the two Governments had addressed to the burghers, +in order that it might be communicated to their representatives at one +of these meetings, was first read. It was then debated whether the +meeting should request Lord Kitchener to put it into communication with +the deputation in Europe. After speeches _pro_ and _con_, it was decided +not to do so. + +Thereupon General Froneman proposed the following resolution: + +"This meeting is of opinion that the Governments should be asked in the +first place to thank His Majesty the King of England and Her Majesty the +Queen of the Netherlands, through Lord Kitchener, for the efforts which +(as appears from the correspondence between the said Governments) they +have made to set on foot negotiations for peace; and, in the second +place, to express to them the regret of this meeting that His Majesty's +Government has not accepted the proposal of Her Majesty's Government +that the representatives of the two Republics now in Europe (who still +enjoy the full confidence of their fellow-countrymen) should be allowed +to return home, and also that Lord Kitchener has declined a similar +request addressed to him by the Governments of the two Republics." + +This proposal was seconded by Commandant Flemming, and carried. + +After another proposal, made by H.J. Bosman, and seconded by J.L. +Grobler, had been rejected, the correspondence referred to above came +under discussion. + +The first speaker was Mr. P.R. Viljoen, who spoke as follows: + +"We can apply to our own country those words of Scripture, 'The place +whereon thou standest is holy ground.' The soil on which we are now +standing, wet as it is with the blood and tears of our forefathers and +also of the many who have fallen in this present struggle, may well be +regarded as 'holy ground.' + +"That we should ever have to surrender this country is a horrible +thought. Yet it must be faced. It is certain at least that many +districts must be abandoned, for the enemy is doing his utmost to +collect us together at a few isolated places, where he will be able to +concentrate his forces upon us. + +"From the reports which we have received it appears that the state of +affairs in the Orange Free State is still hopeful. Not so in the +Transvaal. There our prospects are of the gloomiest. + +"My opinion is that we must endeavour to bring this war to an end. If +there was the least chance of our being able to maintain our +independence, we would still fight on, and not even the bitterest +sufferings would appear unendurable. But have we any such chance?--that +is the question which we have got to answer. + +"We know nothing, it will be said, of the present state of affairs in +Europe, for the report from our deputation, which has just been read in +your presence, is six months old. Nevertheless, if anything favourable +to us had occurred since then, we must have heard of it by now. + +"It is evident that we must endeavour to obtain peace on terms +honourable to ourselves. But how are we to do so? By keeping our +independence in view when making terms with the enemy, you will answer. +Nevertheless, I think it would be advisable for us to commission our +Governments to ask the English Government once more what concessions it +is prepared to make to us on condition of our surrendering our +independence. Until we know this we can come to no final decision. + +"Though it is a bitter thing to have to say, yet I feel it my duty to +tell you that I honestly believe it to be impossible for us to carry on +the war any longer." + +Mr. De Clercq then addressed the meeting in the following words: + +"The question before us is, whether or not the war can be continued? To +answer it, we must look forward into the future. We must ask ourselves +what consequences will ensue from a continuance of hostilities, and what +will be the result of their cessation. + +"We have only fifteen thousand men against the enemy's quarter of a +million. Our food and horses are scarce, and we have other difficulties +besides these. It is impossible to go on with the struggle. + +"Nevertheless, if I believed that to do so would give us a chance of +retaining our independence, I also would be ready for further +sacrifices. But as it is impossible to retain our independence, surely +we shall only be storing up misery for the future if we continue +fighting until every man of us is a prisoner or in his grave. I am of +opinion that our most reasonable course is to save what is still left to +us--our existence as a nation. It is not too late to save it now, but +who can tell what the future holds in store for us? If we are to be +still further reduced in number, we shall soon cease to exist as a +nation. Can it be right to sacrifice a nation which has fought as the +African nation has done?" + +Commandant Rheeder (Rouxville) then spoke as follows: + +"I know that the times are very dark, but still there are some rays of +light. You have been asked whether you will continue fighting until you +are exterminated. But there is another alternative. Will you not +continue fighting until you are relieved? I maintain that our +independence must be a _sine quâ non_ of any negotiations that we +make--we cannot give it up. So long as we have life we must continue to +fight, and we must only lay down our arms when relief arrives." + +General Kemp now rose to his feet. "I am fully aware," he said, "of the +very serious position in which we are placed. Yet, when the war began, +the position was no less grave. We must continue our resistance. When we +recall to our minds how much this war has cost us, and what rivers of +blood have flowed, we feel that it is impossible to surrender. As far as +I am concerned, unless relief comes, I will fight on till I die. + +"But one should not look only at the dark side of the picture. It is +true enough that in some districts food is scarce, but there are none in +which it is absolutely unobtainable. The districts threatened by famine +must be abandoned--that is the way to deal with the difficulty. + +"It has been pointed out that a large number of our men have been killed +or taken prisoners. This fact, however, only fills me with courage. A +cause that has cost us so dearly must never be forsaken. To own +ourselves beaten would be to dig a grave for the African nation, out of +which it would never rise. Why should we lose our trust in God? Up to +this moment He has aided us, and He will always be our Helper." + +Vice-Commandant Breijtenbach (Utrecht) then spoke as follows: + +"The burghers whom I represent have told me to inform them, when these +deliberations have come to an end, whether a continuation of the war is +possible, and if it be possible, how it is to be accomplished. If I +cannot assure them that we are able to continue the struggle, the men of +Utrecht will not fight any more. As you know, I can give them no such +assurance. + +"There are ten districts in the Transvaal which are unable to fight any +longer. It surely is not proposed to leave these districts in the lurch! +We must not only consult our sentiments, but also our reason. And what +does the voice of reason say? This--that the continuation of the war is +an impossibility. Should you decide now to continue the war, you would +have to start a fresh campaign; and you know that that is beyond our +powers. + +"A previous speaker has referred to the help of the Lord, but who is +able to fathom His counsels? Yet we can understand the answer God has +given to our prayer--that prayer which we offered with the Mausers in +our hands when the war began. And what was the answer we received ... I +leave it to you to reply. + +"Yes, we must use our reason. If we continue the struggle we give the +death-blow to our existence as a nation. We have been told that there +are ten districts that cannot go on fighting. Are we going to say, 'We +will continue the struggle and leave these districts to their fate'? No! +We must save what we can." + +General Liebenberg then spoke. "I am able to give my support," he said, +"to all that has fallen from the lips of Messrs. Viljoen and De Clercq. +It cannot be doubted that the future is very dark. Yes, we can only +trust in God, and use our reason to the best of our ability. I have been +commissioned by those whom I represent to retain our independence if +possible, and if it be not possible to make peace on the best terms that +we can get." + +Commandant Uijs was the next speaker. He explained that if the war were +to be continued he would have to leave his district and abandon the +women and children to the mercy of the Kaffirs. He could see a chance of +saving the mounted men if only he could feel certain that they would all +follow him, but the case of the women and children would be hopeless. A +serious difficulty confronted the delegates, and it was with them, and +no longer with the Government, that its solution rested. Never before +had he been called upon to face so gigantic a task. It was not the time +now to criticize one another, but to practise mutual forbearance. The +Bible had been quoted by one of the speakers, but let them not forget +the text in which the king is spoken of who calculated whether he was +strong enough with ten thousand to encounter him who marched against +him with twenty thousand. Then there was the question as to the disposal +of the widows and orphans. What was to become of them if the burghers, +by refusing to come to terms with the enemy, should no longer be able to +act as their mutual protectors? Let them make no more widows and +orphans, but let them open their eyes and recognize that the hand of God +was against them. + +The next business was the reading of two letters--one from General Malan +and the other from General Kritzinger. Malan reported on his doings in +the Cape Colony, while Kritzinger advised that the war should be +discontinued. + +General Du Toit then spoke, emphasizing the responsibility of the +delegates and the importance of the occasion. He went on to say that he +represented a part of the nation which had suffered very severely, but +which nevertheless had commissioned him to stand up for independence, if +by any means it could be retained; if he failed in this, he was to take +whatever course seemed best to him. In his district the burghers were +not reduced to such a pass as to oblige them to surrender, but the +condition of other districts must also be taken into consideration, and +if it appeared that the war could not be continued, the delegates must +get the best terms they could. In their demands they must be +united--this was the principal reason why dissension was so much to be +avoided. For himself, he could only say that whether the meeting voted +to continue the war or to bring it to a conclusion, he would fall in +with the wishes of the majority. Any decision would be better than the +failure of this conference, as that would leave everything undecided. + +He was followed by Secretary of State Reitz, who said: + +"You all know what the Governments have done. The question now is, Is +there anything further that we can do? For my part, I think that there +is. We might offer to surrender Witwatersrand and Swaziland; we might +also relinquish our rights to a foreign policy; we might even accede to +an English Protectorate. If France has been able to do without Alsace +and Lorraine, surely we can do without the goldfields. What benefit have +they ever done us? Did the money they brought ever do us any good? No! +rather it did us harm. It was the gold which caused the war. It is then +actually to our advantage to cede the goldfields, and moreover by so +doing we shall be rid of a very troublesome part of our population." + +Mr. Reitz then went on to discuss in detail the position in regard to +Swaziland, the question of a British Protectorate, and the surrender of +our right to treat with foreign powers. + +General Muller (Boksburg) expressed sympathy with the views of the +Secretary of State, while Vice-Commandant Roux (Marico) said that he was +prepared to sacrifice many things, but that he intended to hold out for +independence. + +The next speech was made by Landdrost Stoffberg (Zoutpansberg), who +said: + +"I agree with General Du Toit in what he said about the necessity for +unity amongst us. Disunion must not be so much as mentioned. I have a +mandate from the burghers of Zoutpansberg not to sacrifice our +independence. But if anything short of this will satisfy the English, I +am quite prepared to make concessions. Some of the burghers think that +it might be well to surrender the goldfields for a certain sum of money, +while others point out that the gold was the cause of the war. I also +think that we have suffered through the gold, and that we might give up +the goldfields without doing ourselves any harm. For what has the gold +done for us? It has enriched us, many will say. Yes! but it has also +been a stumbling-block to many a man. And is it not better to be a poor +but independent nation than to be rich and at the same time subject to +another Power. Let the goldfields go. We shall still, with our markets, +be rich enough." + +Commandant Mentz (Heilbron) then rose. + +"I appeal to the forbearance of the delegates," he said, "for making any +speech at this meeting. I fear I am unable to give as rose-coloured a +report as my brother Free-Staters have done: My district has been +continually harassed by the enemy's troops, and great devastation has +been wrought. But the greatest trouble I have is the presence of so many +families, for there are still two hundred in the district. I have only +eighty burghers under my command, and it is clear to me that I shall +soon be obliged to leave the district. What will then become of these +families? I received a commission not to sacrifice our independence. But +since my burghers met more than half of them have been made prisoners. +The remainder have instructed me to do my best to preserve our +independence, but if I find that it cannot be maintained to act +according to my own judgment. It appears to me that it may be possible +to retain our independence by ceding some part of the country; if this +be the case it ought most certainly to be done. I can remember the late +President Brand saying in connexion with the diamond fields, 'Give them +up; you will gain more by giving them up than by keeping them.' This +remark may well apply to the present situation." + +Commandant Flemming (Cape Town) reported that his district was well-nigh +devastated. But they still possessed a fair number of cattle, which they +had carried away with them. But even if they had no cattle, that would +be no excuse for surrender, for in his district it was possible to live +on the game. The view which he and his burghers had taken was that since +they had already sacrificed nearly everything they possessed, they would +not now sacrifice their independence. For should this also be lost, then +there would be nothing left to them. That had been their opinion, but +they had not then known how matters stood in the Transvaal. Now that he +was aware of the state of affairs, he agreed with State Secretary Reitz +that their best course was to cede a part of their territory. + +Vice-President Burger now rose from his seat, and said: + +"This meeting has to formulate a fresh proposal to the English +Government, and to await its answer. If this proposal be rejected, well, +you will be no worse off than you are at present. If there be a man who +has earnestly considered what the sacrifice of everything means to us, +then I am that man. It has been said, we must retain our independence, +or else continue to fight; and we are still able to hold out for another +six months, or even a year. Now, supposing that we can hold out another +year, what should we gain by doing so? Why, we should only grow weaker, +whilst the enemy grew stronger! I emphatically state that the war cannot +be carried on any longer; and I ask if there is any man here who can +maintain with a clear conscience that the struggle can be successfully +continued. + +"Some of you may tell me that complications may arise in Europe. But +that is a groundless hope. Others may say that it is astonishing enough +that we have been able to hold out till now, and that we still have the +power of making our voices heard. Yes! that is very surprising; but +shall we retain this power long? I heard some delegates say, 'We shall +fight till we die!' That is a manly sentiment. But was it not, perhaps, +prompted by a desire to make a fine speech, which would go down to +posterity? Was not the aim in some cases that future generations might +recall these speeches when they were told of the brave fight our men had +made? + +"Let every one consider this well: Is he prepared to sacrifice the +nation on the shrine of his own ambition? Ambition, although it may cost +us our lives, can never lead to martyrdom. A martyr is made of finer +stuff! + +"Have we not arrived at the stage of our history when we must pray, 'Thy +will be done'? That prayer, considered rightly, is a prayer of faith. Do +not let us imagine that we can compel God to do _our_ will--that is not +faith. + +"I beg of you to consider what will become of the women and the +children and the banished burghers if you still persist until your last +shot has been fired. What right shall we have to intercede for these +unfortunate ones when we have rejected the proposals of the English +Government? We shall have no right whatsoever. + +"Perhaps it is God's will that the English nation should oppress us, in +order that our pride may be subdued, and that we may come through the +fire of our troubles purified. + +"My opinion is that we should make a peace proposal to England, yielding +as much as we rightly can; and if England rejects our proposal, it will +be time enough then to see what other course is open to us. + +"There is one fact which we cannot allow ourselves to forget. There are +ten districts in the Transvaal which must be abandoned. In the Free +State, too, there are districts in a similar plight. It is the opinion +of lawyers that so long as the inhabitants remain in a district their +property cannot lawfully be confiscated; but if the district be +abandoned, then confiscations can take place. + +"It is criminal to say, 'Come what may, we will fight till everything is +lost and all of us are dead!'" + +The following resolution was then proposed by General Kemp, and seconded +by Mr. J. Nand: + +"_This meeting decides, in order to expedite the work in hand, to depart +from the original programme; and to constitute a Commission, to be +composed of the Hon. Jacob Smits and the Hon. Judge Hertzog, and to give +this Commission authority to draw up, conjointly with the two State +Presidents, a draft proposal, to be laid before the delegates to-morrow +morning._" + +This resolution was put to the meeting, and accepted by the delegates. +The meeting then adjourned. + + * * * * * + +At half-past seven in the evening the delegates reassembled. + +General Cilliers (Lichtenburg and Marico) was the first to make a +report. "In my division," he said, "things are in a very favourable +condition. Yet we are bound to take the other divisions into +consideration. My burghers said to me, 'Stand firm for independence!' +But when they gave me the order they did not know about the condition of +the other districts. Will those other districts--such of them, I mean, +as are in a worse predicament than ourselves--be able to co-operate with +us in continuing the war? Some of them have already answered my question +in the negative. Must we then not ask ourselves, What will be the best +for the nation as a whole? Shall we say continue the war, or shall we +approach the enemy and make a proposal? + +"But are we really justified in prolonging the struggle, and making +still further sacrifices? Some will answer, 'Yes, for we have a God in +whom we have trusted from the beginning; shall we not continue to trust +in Him who has worked such wonders for us already?' But I have heard a +brother say, 'God's hand is against us.' It was bitter to hear these +words from him, and for myself I will have none of them. My vote is +given here and now for a continuance of the war. + +"But we must hear what the rest of the delegates have to say, and if +they can point out some other way by which we can retain even a portion +of our national independence, we must be ready to follow it." + +General Froneman next addressed the meeting. + +"I fear," he began, "that too much is being made of the condition of my +division: things are not so prosperous with us as some here appear to +imagine. But for all that, my burghers are for nothing short of absolute +independence. They cannot forget the blood which has already been spilt +in our cause. They mean to hold out until they are relieved. + +"I sympathize deeply with those districts that are less happily +circumstanced than my own, but it pains me to discover that there are +some here who doubt that God is for us. For what has supported us up +till now save faith in God?--the faith of those who first prayed God to +prevent the war, and then, when they saw that this was not His will, +fought like men, putting all their trust in Him. + +"Up till now the Lord hath been my helper; the enemy has cut us off from +everything, and yet we see our two little Republics still full of hope, +still holding out." + +He concluded his speech by saying that he would like to hear the +opinions of Generals Botha, De Wet, and De la Rey. They ought to be able +to throw much light upon the matter. + +Commandant General Botha then rose, and said: + +"I am glad to have an opportunity of giving my views upon the present +state of affairs. We know that differences of opinion are to be found +everywhere and on every question; when, therefore, a man differs from +those who think that this war can and ought to be continued, we must +ascribe his opinion to discouragement, weakness, or cowardice. We must +acknowledge the truth of the facts from which he draws his conclusions, +and which have compelled him to utter it. His object is to make known +the true state of the country--which indeed is his plain duty. Were he +not to do so on the present occasion he would be accused, later on, of +having kept secret what he ought to have revealed. Differences of +opinion then need not, and must not, cause a disunion and discord. +Whatever our private opinions may be, yet, as delegates of the burghers, +we must speak and act as one man. + +"The war has now lasted two years. But the question for us to answer is +this: Are we going forwards or backwards? My own conviction--a +conviction founded upon the views expressed by my commandos and the +speeches which I have listened to at this meeting--is that we are not +gaining, but losing ground. There is nothing, in my opinion, more +evident than that, during the last six months, the tide has been setting +steadily against us, and in favour of the enemy. + +"A year ago there were no blockhouses. We could cross and recross the +country as we wished, and harass the enemy at every turn. But now things +wear a very different aspect. We can pass the blockhouses by night +indeed, but never by day. They are likely to prove the ruin of our +commandos. + +"Then, as regards food. We are told that there is food here, and food +there; but how are we to get at it? How are we to transport it from one +district to another? Outside the frontiers of our Republics there are +plenty of provisions, but it becomes daily more difficult to get them +into our hands. The cattle, for instance, that used to be at Ladysmith +have now been removed to Estcourt. Even the friendly Kaffirs, from whom +we are now able to obtain provisions, may quite possibly soon turn +against us. The time is coming when we shall be compelled to say, +'Hunger drives us to surrender.' + +"The horses have been chased about so incessantly, and have suffered so +much from want of forage, that their strength is almost exhausted. They +are so weak that it is almost impossible to accomplish any long distance +with them. + +"As to the Cape Colony, I had always understood that the Colonists were +going to rise _en bloc_, but General Smuts has just told us that there +is no chance of such a thing happening. And he speaks from personal +knowledge, having just returned from paying them a visit. Moreover, he +has seen our horses, and says that it is impossible for them to go into +the Colony, so it appears that our successes there are over. This is a +severe check indeed; but it could not have been otherwise. We have not +enough horses to enable us to give the Colonists effectual help, and +they themselves have been cowed by the heavy penalties imposed upon all +those who did rise. Many of those who are well disposed towards us dare +not join us now. + +"Again, there is no chance of European intervention: not one of the +Powers will do anything for us. To see this it is only necessary to +peruse that correspondence between the Netherlands and England, which +was the cause of these negotiations. There we shall find that the Dutch +Minister says that our deputation is only accredited to Holland, whereas +it had been accredited by the two Republics to all the Governments in +Europe. Moreover, the correspondence makes it very plain that England +will not tolerate the intervention of any foreign Power whatsoever. But +the truth is, that no foreign Power wants to help us. When the women +were first made prisoners I thought that European intervention might +perhaps be attempted, because to make prisoners of women is a thing +quite outside the usual methods of warfare. But nothing was done even +then. We were told that we had the sympathy of the nations of +Europe--their sympathy, and nothing more! + +"I have come to a subject that is very near our hearts--our women-folk. +If this meeting decides upon war, it will have to make provision for our +wives and children, who will then be exposed to every kind of danger. +Throughout this war the presence of the women has caused me anxiety and +much distress. At first I managed to get them into the townships, but +later on this became impossible, because the English refused to receive +them. I then conceived the idea of getting a few of our burghers to +surrender, and sending the women in with them. But this plan was not +practical, because most of the families were those of prisoners of war, +and the men still on commando were not so closely related to these +families as to be willing to sacrifice their freedom for them. + +"We have heard much talk about fighting 'to the bitter end.' But what is +'the bitter end'? Is it to come when all of us are either banished or in +our graves? Or does it mean the time when the nation has fought until it +never can fight again? As to myself, personally, I can still continue +the struggle. I have horses, my household is well provided for, and as +far as my own inclination goes I am all for going on. But am I only to +consider myself? Is it not my first duty to look at the interests of my +nation? I have always been, and still am, of the opinion that, before +letting the nation go to rack and ruin, it is our duty to parley. We +must not let the chance for negotiations slip out of our hands. When our +numbers have fallen to only four or five thousand men under arms we +shall no longer have that chance, and this will undoubtedly happen if we +hold out for another year, or even six months. + +"There are some who say, 'We must trust in God and keep on fighting,' +and I grant them that miracles are possible at all times. But it is +beyond our power to say whether God will work a miracle for us. We do +not know what His will may be. If we continue the war, and if it should +afterwards appear that everything has been in vain, our responsibility +will be only the heavier, the blinder our confidence now is. And over +and over again we shall hear, 'He is dead,' 'and he, and he.' Will not +this make our remorse all the more bitter? Our commandos are so weak, +our country so exhausted, that the loss of one great battle, the +surrender of a single strong force, would spell ruin for us. + +"'But we have managed to hold out for so long.' Yes, but there is a +natural reason, a military reason, why this has been the case. The fact +that our commandos have been spread over so large a tract of country has +compelled the British, up to the present time, to divide their forces. +But things have changed now; we have had to abandon district after +district, and must now operate on a far more limited territory. In other +words, the British army can at last concentrate its forces upon us. + +"I firmly believe that, under like circumstances, no other nation in the +world would have fought as our nation has done. Shall such a nation +perish? No! we must save it. If we delegates are convinced that we can +no longer offer resistance to the enemy, it is our plain duty to tell +the people so. We must not let them be exterminated for want of timely +advice. More than twenty thousand women and children have died in the +camps during this one year. + +"There are men of our own kith and kin who are helping to bring us to +ruin. If we continue the war, it may be that the Afrikanders against us +will outnumber our own men. + +"What is there left to hope for? Are we to retain our independence by +ceding a part of our territories? Most assuredly yes, if such a +compromise is feasible. As regards Swaziland, it is of so little +importance to us that we can give it up without a thought. Then there +are the goldfields--let them go. They are but a cancerous growth, +sapping the very life of our country. + +"We must face the fact that things are not at a standstill: we are +slipping back every moment. We must all pull together, or everything is +lost. If our sacrifices will buy our independence, well and good. But +suppose that we are compelled to give it up--well, if it even comes to +this, we must never do so unconditionally. An unconditional surrender +would be well enough if the leaders only had to be considered. But we +must think of the interests of the nation. We must say to our people, +'We have no thought of ourselves: our only desire is to place ourselves +in the breach, if so we may save you.'" + +General Botha then proceeded to discuss eventualities in the event of +independence being lost. Representative government, he said, might +perhaps still be retained, and the national language need not +necessarily be supplanted. Thus the nation would still retain its old +ideals and its old customs. General Roux had been pertinently asked +whether it were better to strive for the recuperation of the people now +or to wait until they were altogether overpowered and reduced to such +straits that it would require some thirty years before they could once +more call themselves a nation. He then went into the terms of the +proposal by the British Government, and repeated that there must be no +idea of unconditional surrender. + +The General concluded in the following words: + +"Although we do not _wish_ to accept terms, we have no right to refuse +them altogether. On the other hand we must not say to the English, 'Do +with us as you like.' For then our descendants would eternally reproach +us. We should have lost the privilege of looking after our own wives and +children. They would be handed over to strangers. No! we must secure by +some means or other that we ourselves shall be able to provide for them. +The fate of our country is in the hands of the men in this tent. It has +been bitter, indeed, for me to have to speak as I have done. But if I +have not spoken the truth, convince me of my error, and I will be the +first to own it. But do not condemn me, for I have had no other object +than to tell you what I believe to be the truth." + +General De la Rey spoke. + +"I will not detain you long," he began, "but there are a few points to +which I wish to draw attention. In regard to the districts under my +command, every one will understand that my burghers, after their recent +brilliant successes, are firmly resolved not to sacrifice their +independence. If I allude to the battles which I have just fought it is +with no thought of boasting, but only that you may picture to yourselves +the effect which they must have had upon the enemy; and that no one may +be angry with myself and my burghers for standing firm when our feet are +on such solid ground. + +"But since my arrival at Vereeniging I have heard about our districts +where matters are in a far less favourable condition than in my own. So +far as I myself am concerned, I cannot think of laying down my arms. Yet +it appears to me that some parts of the country will be compelled by +starvation to give up the struggle. It is well that those who represent +these parts have spoken openly, and not left this meeting in ignorance +of the state of affairs only to go and lay down their arms. + +"I myself have never thought intervention possible. Even before the war +broke out I said that nothing would come of it. I saw that South Africa +was divided between Germany and England. And that if only the Republics +could be extinguished, then England and Germany would be the only Powers +left, and Germany would be safe. But if the Republics were victorious, +then Germany would be in danger. Why then should Germany interfere in +favour of the Republics, when she has everything to lose by such a +course of action? No! intervention was entirely out of the question. + +"There has been talk about fighting to the bitter end; but has not the +bitter end already come? Each man must answer that question for himself. + +"You must remember that everything has been sacrificed--cattle, goods, +money, wife, and child. Our men are going about naked, and some of our +women have nothing but clothes made of skins to wear. Is not this the +bitter end? + +"I believe that the time has now come to negotiate. England will never +again give us the chance of doing so, should we allow this opportunity +to slip by. But how shall we negotiate? I must leave it to this meeting +to answer that question. If we do not obtain what we ask for, we shall +at least stand or fall together. Yet let us act with reason. + +"I cannot agree with one of the opinions expressed by Commandant-General +Botha and States-Secretary Reitz. They have stated that they are against +surrendering the goldfields to England; firstly, because England would +never accept such a proposal, for by doing so she would declare to the +whole world that she had only been fighting for the goldfields; and, +secondly, because if we gave up the goldfields we should lose a source +of revenue, without the aid of which we could not repair the damages +which the war has wrought." + +Commandant-in-Chief de Wet spoke as follows: + +"I am of opinion that the circumstances in the Orange Free State are no +less critical than those in the Transvaal. Nine districts were entirely +ruined; but these, though at one time abandoned by the burghers, have +now been reoccupied. + +"If I now differ from those who are of opinion that it is useless to +prolong the war, it must not be thought that I am lacking in respect for +their judgment. By no means. I know that what has been said about the +wretched plight of the people is only too true; but they must not take +it amiss if I point out that the same condition of affairs was described +in the correspondence from the Transvaal which fell into the hands of +the English at Reitz. But, granting that the facts have been correctly +stated, even then the Orange Free State will refuse to give in. Let me +be candid with you, and say frankly that, in my opinion, this is +virtually the Transvaal's war. This, however, makes no difference to me. +For me the barrier of the Vaal River has never existed. I have always +endeavoured to maintain the Nauwere-Vereeniging,[112] and I feel +strongly the obligation which the union of the two States casts on each +one of us. They are two nations, but their cause is one. + +"What, then, is the prevailing feeling in the Orange Free State? Of the +six thousand burghers who have been attending meetings, I myself have +been in command of five thousand, and I can confidently say that never +were five thousand men more unanimous in their opinion than were those I +led when they cried, as with one voice, 'Persevere; we have everything +to lose, but we have not yet lost it.' What, then, is the answer to be? +I am firmly persuaded that we have only one course before us. If we are +unable to obtain what we are asking for, then it only remains for us to +alleviate as best we may the lot of those who cannot help themselves. I +do not as yet clearly see how this is going to be done, but, at all +costs, let us continue fighting. What was our total strength when we +began this war? Sixty thousand men all told. Against this the English +had a standing army of seven hundred and fifty thousand troops. Of these +two hundred and fifty thousand, or one-third, are now in South Africa. +We know from experience that they are unable to send more than +one-third. And we? Have we not also one-third of our army left? + +"I do not wish to imply that I am not prepared to concede something, but +nothing will induce me to consent to any part of the country in _our_ +territory being given up. It will never do to have an English colony +planted in our midst, for England then would have far too firm a hold +upon our country. + +"It is said, and with some truth, that the goldfields have been a curse +to us, but surely there is no reason why they should continue to be so. +I fail to see how, without retaining possession of these goldfields, the +Republics are to be saved. Swaziland perhaps could be ceded, but never +the goldfields. I feel that any intervention is out of the question; but +is not the very fact that it has not taken place a sure proof that it +was not the will of God? Does it not show that He is minded to form us, +by this war, into a nation worthy of the name? Let us then bow to the +will of the Almighty. + +"My people will perhaps say, 'Our Generals see only the religious side +of the question.' They will be right. Without faith we should have been +foolish indeed to have embarked on this war and to continue it for so +many months. Indeed, it _must_ be a matter of faith, for the future is +hidden from us. What _has been_ is within our ken, but what is before is +beyond the knowledge of the wisest man. + +"Cape Colony is a great disappointment to me. I do not refer so much to +what we have learnt about it from the reports as to the fact that no +general uprising can be expected in that quarter. So much we have heard +from General Smuts. But though there is to be no uprising, we have no +reason to think that there has been any falling off in the number of our +adherents in the Colony. The little contingent there has been of great +help to us: they have kept fifty thousand troops occupied, with which +otherwise we should have had to reckon. + +"I feel deeply for our women and children; I am giving earnest +consideration to their miserable plight. But their sufferings are among +what we may call the necessary circumstances of the war. I have nothing +to do with the circumstances. For me, this is a war of religion, and +thus I can only consider the great principles involved. Circumstances +are to me but as obstacles to be cleared out of the road. + +"If we own ourselves defeated--if we surrender to the foe--we can expect +little mercy from him. We shall at all events have dug the grave of our +national independence, and, as things are, what difference is there +between this and digging our own graves?" + +Mr. Birkenstock said that the question about the goldfields must be +carefully considered. This source of income must not be given up. + +The meeting was then closed with prayer. + +[Footnote 112: Closer Union.] + + +SATURDAY, MAY 17TH, 1902. + +The Chairman first called upon Chief Commandant de Wet to offer up +prayer. + +A private report from Mr. J. Schmorderer, who had brought the missive +from the deputation in Europe, was then read. + +The first delegate to speak was Landdrost Bosman (Wakkerstroom), who +said: + +"My opinion is that the best way of ascertaining the probable future +course of events is to see what has already happened in the past. A year +ago there were six hundred burghers in my district, and each man had a +horse; now there are not more than half that number, and many of them +have to go on foot. Last year we had from three to four thousand bags of +maize ready to hand; this year there are not more than as many hundred, +and how to get at them is more than I can tell. If such has been the +history of the past year, in what sort of condition shall we be at the +end of the present one? + +"The great difficulty with regard to our families is not how to clothe +them, but how to feed them. I know of a woman who has lived for weeks on +nothing but fruit. I myself have had to satisfy my hunger with mealies +for days together, although I have no wish to complain about it. Even +the scanty food we can get has to be obtained from the Kaffirs by +persuasion. Moreover, the Kaffirs side with the English, who in their +counter-marches are clearing all the food out of the country. + +"The men in my district told me that if I came back and reported that +the war was to be continued, they would be obliged--for the sake of +their wives and children--to go straight to the nearest English camp and +lay down their arms. As to the women it is true that they are at present +full of hope and courage, but if they knew how matters stood in the +veldt, they would think very differently. Even now there are many of +them who say that the war ought to be put a stop to, if only for their +sakes. + +"The Kaffirs are another great source of trouble; in this problem they +are a factor which cannot be neglected. + +"There is no hope of intervention, nor can we expect anything from the +English nation. Facts that have come to my knowledge prove to me that +England has become more and more determined to fight to the bitter end. + +"I do not see what we can possibly gain by continuing the war. Our own +people are helping the English, and every day the enemy are improving +their position. What advantage can there then be in persisting in the +struggle? We have now a chance of negotiating, and we should seize that +chance. For we have the opportunity given us of obtaining some help for +our ruined compatriots, who would be entirely unable to make a fresh +start without assistance. + +"As to the religious side of this matter, I am not ashamed to say that I +believe I am serving God in the course which I am taking. We must not +attempt to obtain the impossible against all reason. If we make any such +attempt, the results will probably be exactly opposite to what we wish. +I have the greatest doubt whether it really is in order to give glory to +God that the nation wishes to retain its independence. On the contrary I +believe that the motive is obstinacy, a vice to which human nature is +always prone. + +"It has been said that it would be shameful to disregard the blood +already spilt; but surely one ought also to consider the blood that +might yet be shed in a useless struggle." + +The proposal of the Commission was now read, and after some discussion +accepted. It ran as follows: + +The meeting of national representatives from both Republics--after +having considered the correspondence exchanged, and the negotiations +conducted, between the Governments of the two Republics and His +Excellency Lord Kitchener, on behalf of the British Government; and +after having heard the reports of the deputies from the different parts +of both Republics; and after having received the latest reports from the +representatives of the two Republics in Europe; and having taken into +consideration the fact that the British Government has refused to accept +the proposal of our Governments made on the same basis; and +notwithstanding the above-mentioned refusal of the British +Government--still wishes to give expression to the ardent desire of the +two Republics to retain their independence, for which already so much +material and personal sacrifice has been made, and decides in the name +of the people of both Republics to empower both Governments as +follows:--To conclude a peace on the following basis, to wit: the +retention of a limited independence offering an addition to what has +already been offered by the two Governments in their negotiations, dated +the 15th of April, 1902. + +(_a_) To give up all foreign relations and embassies. + +(_b_) To accept the Protectorate of Great Britain. + +(_c_) To surrender parts of the territory of the South African Republic. + +(_d_) To conclude a defensive alliance with Great Britain in regard to +South Africa. + +During the discussion it was clearly explained that the territory which +it was suggested should be ceded was the already mentioned goldfields +and Swaziland. The question was put whether the South African Republics +would have to pay for the damage done during the war. "By all means let +us pay," said Mr. De Clercq. "If I could only buy back the independence +of the Orange Free State, I would gladly give all I possess." + +Several other Transvaal delegates expressed themselves in the same +sense, and said that they fully appreciated the sacrifices which the +Orange Free State had made. General Froneman thanked them in the name of +the Free State. + +He felt that the two Republics no longer thought of themselves as having +conflicting interests. In the fire of this war they had been firmly +welded together. + +Commandant Ross (Vrede) thought it wrong even to discuss the possibility +of giving up independence. The delegates had received a definite +mandate. They had been commissioned to see that the national +independence had remained untouched, whatever else might have to be +given up. This being the case, they might come to decisions on all other +points, so long as they remembered that independence was not an open +question. + +Commandant J. Van Niekerk (Ficksburg) spoke to the same purpose. He +could not even think of sacrificing independence. + +After some other delegates had made a few short remarks, General Brand, +seconded by Commandant A.J. De Kock, proposed the following resolution, +which was accepted by the meeting: + + "This meeting of the national representatives of the two Republics + hereby charge the Governments to nominate a Commission for the + purpose of entering upon negotiations with His Excellency Lord + Kitchener, acting on behalf of His Britannic Majesty's Government. + The Commission is to endeavour to make peace on satisfactory terms, + and is then to lay the result of its negotiations before this + meeting, for the sanction of the two Governments." + +The meeting was then closed with prayer. + + + + +Appendix B + +THE CONFERENCE AT PRETORIA BETWEEN THE COMMISSION OF THE NATIONAL +REPRESENTATIVES AND LORDS KITCHENER AND MILNER (MAY 19TH-MAY 28TH, +1902) + + +Minutes of the Conference held at Pretoria on May 19th, 1902, between +Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner, representatives of the British +Government, and Commandant-General L. Botha, Commander-in-Chief C.R. de +Wet, General J.H. De la Rey, Judge J.B.M. Hertzog, and General J.C. +Smuts, delegates of the national representatives, who had met at +Vereeniging on May 15th, 1902. + +Mr. N.J. de Wet acted as interpreter; Mr. O. Walrond was secretary for +the English Government; and the Rev. J.D. Kestell and D. Van Velden +acted in a similar capacity for the Commission. + +The Conference met at ten o'clock in the morning at the house of Lord +Kitchener. After having greeted each other, the members took their seats +at the table in the centre of the room. + +Commandant-General L. Botha opened the proceedings in the following +words: + +"Allow me to state that, although the negotiations have taken a longer +time than we expected, I am able to assure your Excellencies that we are +acting in good faith, and that everything has been done with the sole +aim of concluding the peace which we all desire. + +"I must also draw attention to the fact that everything we transact here +must be submitted to our national representatives, in order to obtain +their sanction." + +The suggestion was then made that the proposals which the Commission was +prepared to make should be laid before the Conference, whereupon the +following letter was read to the meeting: + + PRETORIA, _19th May, 1902_. + + _To their Excellencies, Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner, Pretoria._ + + YOUR EXCELLENCIES,-- + + With a view to finally concluding the existing hostilities, and + being fully empowered by the Government of the two Republics, we + have the honour to propose the following points--in addition to the + conditions already offered in the negotiations of April last--as a + basis for negotiations: + + (_a_) We are prepared to cede our independence as regards our + foreign relations. + + (_b_) We wish to retain self-government in our country, under + British supervision. + + (_c_) We are prepared to cede a part of our territory. + + Should your Excellencies be prepared to negotiate on this basis, + then the above-mentioned points can be elaborated. + + We have the honour to be, + Your Excellencies' most obedient servants, + LOUIS BOTHA. + C.R. DE WET. + J.H. DE LA REY. + J.B.M. HERTZOG. + J.C. SMUTS. + +When this letter had been read, a discussion followed. + +Lord Milner: "Considering the wide difference between this proposal and +that made by His Majesty's Government, when we last met, I fear that I +can hold out very little hope of any good results following negotiations +on the basis you have suggested." + +Lord Kitchener: "We can take those proposals into consideration, but I +cannot see how it is possible to bring them into harmony with those of +His Majesty's Government." + +Commandant-General Botha: "If this is the position you take, we should +like to receive from you a final answer to our proposals." + +Lord Milner: "Do you wish us to refer your proposals to His Majesty's +Government?" + +Commandant-General Botha: "Yes, unless you have full powers to give us a +final reply." + +Lord Milner: "I am quite convinced that your proposal will be rejected; +and I feel bound to say that to refer it, as it stands, to His Majesty's +Government will only do you harm." + +Commandant-General Botha: "If you have no power to decide upon this +proposal here, we should like you to refer it to His Majesty's +Government." + +Lord Milner: "I have no objection to taking the responsibility of +refusing your proposal on myself. The instructions received by myself +and Lord Kitchener are quite clear on this point." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I must then understand that when Lord +Salisbury said that this war was not carried on with a view to annex +territory, he did not mean it." + +Lord Kitchener: "It is no longer a question of territory, for annexation +is an accomplished fact." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I am unable to see how our proposal is +inconsistent with annexation." + +Lord Milner: "I cannot now recall the exact words used by Lord +Salisbury, but it is true that Lord Salisbury declared that his +Government did not begin the war with the intention of obtaining +territory. But in the course of the war circumstances developed in such +a way that the decision to annex the Republics became a necessity, and +the British Government have pronounced their firm intention not to +withdraw from this decision." + +Judge Hertzog: "I should like to be informed as to what the great +difference is between the basis now proposed by us and that laid down by +His Majesty's Government during the negotiations of last year--I do not +mean the difference in details, but in principle." + +Lord Kitchener: "Do you mean by your proposal that the Boers will become +British citizens?" + +General Smuts: "I cannot see that our proposal is necessarily in +contradiction to that of last year. Our proposal only makes provision +concerning the administration." + +Lord Milner then quoted from the terms offered at Middelburg by the +British Government the previous year:-- + +"At the earliest possible date military administration shall cease, and +be replaced by civil administration in the form of a Crown Colony +Government. At first there will be in each of the new Colonies a +Governor, an Executive Council consisting of the highest officials, and +a Legislative Council, which latter shall consist of a certain number of +official members and also of a nominated non-official element. But it is +the wish of His Majesty's Government to introduce a representative +element as soon as circumstances permit, and, in course of time, to +grant to the new colonies the right of self-government. + +"It may be that I do not properly understand your proposal, but it seems +to me to differ not only in detail, but also in spirit from the scheme I +have just read to you." + +Judge Hertzog: "I entirely agree with you that there is a difference in +idea between the two proposals; but only such a difference in idea as +might well be found between Colonies of the same State. In other words, +one constitution is adapted for one colony, whilst another constitution +is found fitting for another colony, but yet they all belong to the same +Empire." + +Lord Milner: "Exactly. There are different constitutions in different +Colonies; but it seems to me that the _policy_ laid down in your +proposal differs from that laid down by His Majesty's Government." + +Judge Hertzog: "I think that I am expressing the opinion of the whole +Commission when I say that we wish for peace. I draw attention to this +to show the way in which, according to my opinion, we should consider +the matter. For if we on both sides are really desirous of coming to a +settlement, we should not make too much of theoretical difficulties, so +long as the practical aim has been obtained. For instance, the different +Colonies which now are joined to form the United States once possessed +constitutions differing much from one another. Now the constitution laid +down in our proposal does not differ so much from that laid down in +yours that a practical difference should arise therefrom; and such a +practical difference would arise if you insisted upon carrying on +negotiations on your own basis. I imagine that England has a certain +object before her in South Africa, and I believe that that object can be +as well obtained by our proposal as by that of Middelburg. I therefore +ask, Is the difference so great that, in order for England to obtain her +object, an entirely new status must be called into existence?" + +Lord Milner: "We are comparing two different things. Here in the +Middelburg scheme there are a number of definite proposals, which enter +upon a great mass of particulars. I do not mean to imply that _we_ have +not the power to go into particulars. I perfectly understand that it +lies within the power of Lord Kitchener and myself to carry on further +deliberations with you about details, so as to throw light on any +doubtful points, and, perhaps, to make such changes as would not +fundamentally affect the scheme. As you say that your proposals are not +in contradiction with those formulated at Middelburg, then there is no +reason why you should not lay aside your proposals and discuss the +Middelburg proposals, which are definite." + +Judge Hertzog: "I quite admit that you, Lord Milner, are entitled to say +that there is a fundamental difference between our proposals. But it is +another question whether the difficulty that thus arises is of such a +nature that we--those of us who on both sides are anxious to conclude +peace--should not be able to find a solution to it satisfactory to both +parties. I cannot answer that question; nor can I see why the same +result would not be reached by negotiating on the basis proposed by us +as by carrying on negotiations on the Middelburg proposal." + +Lord Milner: "I understand, then, that you acknowledge that there is a +fundamental difference between the two bases. Well, I do not think that +we are empowered to negotiate on a basis differing from that laid down +in the last report of His Majesty's Government, and also differing from +the tenor of the Middelburg proposal. I may say that I believe that His +Majesty's Government in their latest message went as far as it was +possible for them to go with the object of meeting you. The whole spirit +of the telegram was to that effect." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I hope you will understand that I do not +speak as a lawyer. (Lord Kitchener, laughing: "That's the case with me +too!") I fully concur with what General Botha and Judge Hertzog have +said in regard to our eagerness to establish peace. In order to be +brief, I will only remark that I did not understand His Excellency, Lord +Milner, to mean--any more than I myself meant--that we should go to the +nation with the Middelburg proposal, with the idea of coming back with +it unaltered." + +Lord Milner: "No; if I gave that impression, I did not intend to do so. +But I believe that when you went to your people with the last message +from His Majesty's Government it was with the knowledge--which the +message itself made clear--that His Majesty's Government was not +prepared to take into consideration any terms which differed widely from +the policy laid down in the Middelburg proposal." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "That was indeed what I understood; and +accordingly we have now come with a proposal which does not differ very +much from the Middelburg proposal." + +General Smuts: "I thought that the vital principle your Government had +in view was the destruction of our independence, and in our proposal the +independence of the two Republics with regard to foreign relations is +given up. I was therefore of opinion that the two parties might come to +an arrangement on this basis. I did not think that for the restoration +of peace the Middelburg terms were essential." + +Lord Milner: "Not in the details, but in the general ideas. As the +British Government has laid down a basis, and you have had weeks in +which to consider the matter, it would never do for you now to put it on +one side. Lord Kitchener has given your nation considerable time in +which to take counsel; and now you come back, and, ignoring the +Middelburg terms, you propose entirely different ones of your own, and +say, let us negotiate on these. I do not believe that I and Lord +Kitchener would be justified in doing this. But in case he is of another +opinion, the British Government can be asked if they are prepared to set +on one side all the former deliberations and begin again on a new +basis." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "We cannot, of course, prevent Lord Kitchener +from asking his Government any questions he pleases, but, at the same +time, we request that you will cable our behests to the English +Government." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I cannot see that we are beginning again on a +new basis, for, in consequence of the negotiations in April last, you +were ordered by the British Government to encourage us to make fresh +proposals. Our present proposal is the direct result of that order." + +Lord Milner: "I did my best to get fresh proposals from you, but you +would not make any. You forced the British Government into making +proposals." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I am of opinion that we must both work +together in this matter of formulating proposals." + +Lord Kitchener: "You were asked to make proposals, but you did not do +so; and now, after the British Government has made a proposal, you +yourselves come forward with one of your own." + +General De la Rey: "I think that it was the encouragement given us by +correspondence between the Netherlands and the British Government that +caused us to make our proposals." + +Lord Milner: "That correspondence was at the beginning of the +negotiations." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "If we had been obliged to make a new +proposal in April, we would not have been able to make one so fair, and +so much to the advantage of the British Government, as our present one, +for, not having consulted the nation, we would have been compelled to +insist on entire independence." + +Lord Milner: "I must remind you of what has taken place; not with the +object of putting you in the wrong, but in order to make the position +clear, for there are some points about it which are not very clear. You +came and made a proposal. The British Government gave you a distinct +answer--they refused to accept it. Their answer was perfectly outspoken, +and perfectly intelligible. At the same time they said, 'We are anxious +for peace; will you make other proposals?' You then said, 'No! we have +no power to do so; we must first consult the nation.' We admitted that +argument. Then you said, 'Let the British Government make proposals.' +The British Government did so, and they are fully entitled to an answer. +In what position do you think you are placing Lord Kitchener and myself? +You come back with a totally fresh proposal, and do not say anything +about ours. This is not fair treatment to the British Government, and we +are not bound to take your proposal into consideration." + +Judge Hertzog: "I have endeavoured to show that our reply really cannot +be taken as ignoring the proposal of the British Government. The great +question in the correspondence in April between us and the British +Government was the question of independence; and now, after having +consulted the nation, we come here and say that we are prepared to +sacrifice in some degree our independence, and we indicate how far we +will give it up. And, as General Smuts has said, that is the basis which +we have laid down in our present proposal." + +Lord Milner: "You say that you give up your independence as regards +foreign relations." + +Judge Hertzog: "Yes. But then you must understand that this is only a +general principle, which we treat in detail later on." + +General Smuts: "The independence is given up both in regard to our +foreign relations and in regard to interior administration, which will +be placed under the supervision of the British Government. So that the +effect of these two articles is, that the independence is sacrificed, +and that the two Republics will not in the future be able to be regarded +as Sovereign States." + +Lord Milner: "I understand perfectly well that they would not be +Sovereign States any longer, but my intellect is not bright enough for +me to be able to say what they really would be." + +Lord Kitchener: "They would be a new kind of 'international animal.'" + +General Smuts: "It has more than once happened in the course of history +that difficulties have been solved by compromise. And this draft +proposal goes as near as seems possible towards making us a Colony." + +Lord Kitchener: "Do you accept the annexation?" + +General Smuts: "Not formally; but I do not see in what way this proposal +is in opposition to the annexation proclamation." + +Lord Kitchener: "I am afraid I am not clever enough to comprehend this. +There would be two Governments in one State. And how do you imagine that +this arrangement could be carried on?" + +General Smuts: "A more ample explanation will have to be given of the +word 'supervision'; and I thought that this was just one of the points +on which we could carry on further discussions and negotiations." + +Lord Milner: "I am certainly not going to give up an explicit basis for +a vague proposal." + +Lord Kitchener: "I feel convinced that your proposal would never be able +to be carried out in the practical governing of a country." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I agree that our proposal has not been fully +worked out, but neither have the Middelburg proposals. This was clearly +indicated by Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner when these proposals were +made, and they were only looked upon as a basis on which we could +negotiate, so that the business might be begun. We naturally cannot +compel the British Government to accept our proposal; but, at all +events, it is a basis." + +Lord Milner: "I am very anxious that these discussions should not end in +smoke, and I shall not allow any formalities to stand in the way, but to +abandon the definite proposals of Middelburg (March 7th) for a thing +like this, and to begin a fresh discussion on the basis of something +which is so very vague will surely land us in trouble. I believe we are +quite entitled to keep you to the Middelburg proposal, which we might +modify in regard to details." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Perhaps it would be well if you would first +give an answer to our proposals." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I think that (unless your Excellencies have +power to give a final answer to our terms) it would not be unfair if we +were to ask you to lay our proposal before your Government." + +Commandant-General Botha: "We are come here with the earnest intention +of concluding peace; and I think that if our proposal is carried out +Boer and Briton will be able to live side by side in this country. I +presume that it is the wish of both parties to be fair and just, and to +make a peace by which both can abide, and which will be permanent in +South Africa." + +Lord Milner: "That is certainly our aim." + +Lord Kitchener: "Your proposal would involve important changes in our +own--changes which, so far as I understand them, we should be unable to +permit." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I am of opinion that before a proposal is +made from your side you should give a definite answer to ours." + +Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner: "Well, then, change your proposal into +ours." + +Lord Milner: "I do not believe that the British Government is prepared +to go any further to meet you than they have done in their last +proposal. They think that they have already gone far in their efforts +for peace--further, indeed, than the general opinion of the British +public would warrant." + +Lord Kitchener: "The difference between our proposals seems to be too +great." + +Commandant-General Botha: "We shall always remain under the supervision +of the British Government." + +Lord Kitchener: "Will you then consider yourselves British subjects? +'Supervision' is a new word, and 'suzerainty' has already caused us too +much trouble." + +Judge Hertzog: "The idea is not so very new. There are several kinds of +different States, all belonging to the British Empire. For instance, +there is Basutoland." + +Lord Milner: "There are many different kinds, but this one is a new +variety." + +Judge Hertzog: "If your Excellencies could only understand us! We have +no wish to lose a single minute. We have been to the nation, and we know +what the nation wants and what their temper is. If, then, we are to make +a proposal here, it must be:--Firstly, a proposal which shall meet the +English Government in a fair way; and, secondly, a proposal which we are +honestly convinced will be acceptable to our nation. And such a proposal +we have laid before you. And now we are placed in a disadvantageous +position, for we are here before your Excellencies, who have not full +power finally to decide the matter." + +Lord Kitchener: "We are in the same position as yourselves." + +Judge Hertzog: "We offer you here what we know is in accordance with the +mind of the nation; we cannot possibly do anything that is against it." + +Lord Milner: "Are we to understand that the Middelburg proposals are not +according to the mind of your people?" + +General Smuts: "As yet no answer has been given to them. The only +decision come to by the national meeting is that which we are now laying +before you." + +Lord Kitchener: "Are you prepared to set aside your present proposal and +to hand in another one bearing a closer resemblance to that of +Middelburg? We must try and find some middle course; and as we are here +to endeavour to arrive at something definite, let us try to obtain a +basis for discussion. Shall we make a new proposal?" + +General Smuts: "As soon as there is a final answer to our proposal we +shall be able to take a fresh one into consideration." + +Lord Milner: "I believe that the fact that you have refused to enter +upon the proposal made by the British Government justifies us in not +considering your proposal. Let us rather say that your very refusal +implies your answer to what we have proposed." + +General Smuts: "I understand the position to be as follows--The British +Government has declined our proposals, and at the same time holds fast +to the old basis, but without prejudice to its power of making a new +proposal." + +Lord Milner: "The whole difference between you and myself is that I take +the letter of 7th March to be the utmost concession that the British +Government is able to grant; not that that letter binds us down to every +clause of the proposal, but that it is an indication of how far our +Government is prepared to go on the general question. Your answer, +however, is no answer at all." + +Lord Kitchener then read his telegram, dated 14th April. ["A difficulty +has arisen in getting on with the proceedings; the representatives state +that constitutionally they have no power to discuss terms based on the +surrender of independence, inasmuch as only the burghers can agree to +such a basis. Therefore, if they were to propose terms, it would put +them in a false position with regard to the people. If, however, His +Majesty's Government could state the terms which, subsequently to a +relinquishment of independence, they would be prepared to grant, the +representatives, after asking for the necessary explanations, and +without any expression of approval or disapproval, would submit such +conditions to their people."] "Clearly you have not kept to what you +undertook in this telegram." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "If it had only been a question of our +feelings being hurt by having to give an answer on the basis proposed to +us by the British then it would not have been necessary for the people +to come together at Vereeniging. But in matter of fact we have come here +with a proposal, which, rightly understood, is nearly equivocal to the +Middelburg proposal, and which meets the wishes of the English +Government as far as possible." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I do not see why we should insist so much on +our proposal. If it is not to the mind of your Excellencies, if it is an +unacceptable proposal, then let us have a definite answer to it." + +Lord Milner: "We wish to have an answer to the proposal made by us." + +General Smuts: "I do not see that any proposal has been made by the +British Government. A certain basis only has been laid down, and +therefore no formal answer is required." + +Lord Milner: "Our proposal is six times as definite as yours, and I +believe that the British Government is justified in wanting to know if +your people are inclined to come to terms on the general lines which +have been placed before them." + +Lord Kitchener: "Here is quite an original suggestion: How would it be +if you were to go back to your people and ask them if they would not +make a proposal?" + +General Smuts: "You must understand that the Middelburg proposal, with +all that took place in April, has been read to the people. Their answer +was neither 'Yes' nor 'No.' They simply elected the delegates. The +delegates as yet have not given any answer. They are still considering +the matter, and, in order to gain time, they have commissioned us to see +whether we could not come to some arrangement." + +Lord Milner: "We are getting away from the subject. Tell us what +alterations you want, and then place our proposal before your people." + +Lord Kitchener: "Should you agree that your proposal is not in +opposition to the annexation, we shall have accomplished something." + +General Smuts: "Is it your opinion that our proposal must be set aside?" + +Lord Kitchener: "Yes, surely. It is impossible for us to act on it." + +Lord Milner: "It is impossible for us to take your proposal into +consideration. We can send it to England, but this would certainly tend +to hinder the negotiations. This is my personal opinion, which naturally +you are not bound to accept. All that we can say is, that this is the +only answer that we can give you." + +Lord Kitchener: "It would be better to draw up a new document, in which +everything of importance would be noted down, and all unimportant +matters left out." + +General Smuts: "But paragraph 3 of our proposal has not even been +mentioned. We are prepared to cede a part of our territory." + +Lord Milner: "This would be in contradiction to the annexation of the +whole. If the _whole_ becomes annexed by us, how then can a _part_ be +ceded by you?" + +General Smuts: "The ceded part would then become a Crown Colony, the +remaining part being governed as is here proposed." + +Lord Milner: "You mean that one part would become a British Colony of +the ordinary type, and another part a protected Republic?" + +Lord Kitchener: "Two forms of government in the same country would lead +to great friction. Our proposals are too divergent. From a military +point of view, the two forms of government could not co-exist. Before a +year was over we should be at war again." + +The meeting was then adjourned till the afternoon. + +During the interval the Commission discussed the situation, and sent +General J.C. Smuts to deliberate on several points with Lord Kitchener +and Lord Milner. + +The meeting opened again at four o'clock. + +Lord Milner: "In consequence of an informal conversation with General +Smuts, Lord Kitchener and I have drawn up a document, which will show +the form in which, as we think, the only agreement that can be arrived +at must be worded. It is a draft document, and we believe the +Governments will be able to sign it. Our idea is that after it has been +taken into consideration here it might be laid before the burghers, and +you could ask them, 'Are you willing that we should put our signatures +to it?'" + +This document ran as follows:--"The undersigned, leaders of the Boer +forces in the Veldt, accepting, in their own name, and in that of the +said burghers, the annexations as mentioned in the proclamations of Lord +Roberts, dated respectively the 24th May, in the year of our Lord +nineteen hundred, and number 15, dated 1st day of September, in the year +of our Lord nineteen hundred, and accepting as a consequence thereof +their status of British citizens, agree herewith immediately to lay down +their weapons, and to hand over all guns, small arms, ammunition, and +stores in their possession, or under their hold, and to cease all +further resistance against the Government of His Majesty King Edward +Seventh, or his successors. They do this trusting in the assurance of +His Majesty's Government that neither their personal freedom nor their +property shall be taken away from them, or from the burghers who +surrender with them; and that the future action of His Majesty's +Government in relation to the consequences of the war shall be in +harmony with the declaration mentioned below. It is clearly understood +that all burghers who at present are prisoners of war, in order to be +able to enjoy the above-mentioned assurance, will have to notify their +acceptance of the status of British citizens." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Are we to understand that our proposal is now +altogether rejected?" + +Lord Milner and Lord Kitchener: "Yes." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Then I understand that you are going to be +guided only by the Middelburg proposals?" + +Lord Kitchener: "No; we can alter them." + +Lord Milner: "This draft document was originally written out in order to +be annexed to the Middelburg proposals. But instead of the Middelburg +proposals, this document is now drawn up, in order to place us in the +position to formulate the proposals differently." + +General Smuts: "If the idea is then that the Middelburg proposals should +be amended, would it not be best to do so now, and then to annex them to +this document?" + +Lord Milner: "That which will take the place of the Middelburg proposals +has to be added as a schedule to this document, and we have to work out +this schedule together." + +General Smuts: "I think it would be far better if you were to alter the +proposal yourselves, and then lay it before us for consideration; we +could then see what we could do to meet you." + +Lord Kitchener: "I think that a sub-committee should be formed by you in +order to draw up the schedule." + +Lord Milner: "My idea is that the schedule should be drawn up, so that +it and the document could be taken into consideration together." + +General Smuts: "We should like to consider first whether we will help in +drawing it up." + +Lord Milner: "I am willing to draw it up in conjunction with you, or to +let it be drawn up by you alone, but, from past experience, I must +decline to draw it up by myself." + +General Smuts: "If we were to sign this document, would not the outcome +be that we leaders made ourselves responsible for the laying down of +arms by our burghers." + +Lord Milner: "Yes. And should your men not lay down their arms it would +be a great misfortune." + +Lord Kitchener: "I do not think so, for if some of the burghers refused +to lay down their arms, the signatories could not help it. There are +sure to be some who are dissatisfied." + +General Smuts: "The document does not mention this." + +Lord Kitchener: "It can be amended." + +General De la Rey: "Well, then, there can be no peace, for one part of +the burghers will hold back and continue the war." + +Lord Milner: "If the national meeting agrees to give you power to sign +this document, it will certainly mean that the burghers as a whole are +agreeable; and those who after this do not submit will be--well, I do +not know what I can call them--outlaws. But we will not consider such +an eventuality possible." + +General Botha: "We desire a peace that will be honourable to both +parties. And, as I understand this document, we are leaving honour +behind us, for we are now not only surrendering our independence, but we +are allowing every burgher to be fettered hand and foot. Where is the +'honourable peace' for us? If we conclude peace, we have to do it as men +who have to live and die here. We must not agree to a peace which leaves +behind in the hearts of one party a wound that will never heal. I will +do everything in my power to obtain peace. But it seems to me that this +document asks too much of us, because, if I interpret it aright, it +means that we must surrender our independence, that every one must give +up his weapons, and that the leaders, in addition, must sign an +undertaking to this effect." + +Lord Milner: "All that we wish is that the people should live peacefully +together as British citizens. If we do not obtain this, then I do not +know what we do obtain." + +Lord Kitchener: "I do not think that the Commandant-General realizes +what the schedule contains. In it we state what we are ready to grant. +Perhaps it would be best that the schedule should be arranged now, and +then you will see that an honourable peace is proposed." + +General Botha: "Well, then, explain the document." + +Lords Kitchener and Milner: "You are to help us: we do not know what the +burghers demand." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "By signing this document we shall place +ourselves in the position which the Commandant-General has so clearly +described." + +General De la Rey: "We cannot form a judgment on anything that is not +properly elaborated. I have no objection to the constitution of a +sub-committee with the duty of helping in the work." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I also have no objection, since I understand +that it binds nobody to anything." + +Lord Kitchener: "No, nobody will be bound." + +General De la Rey: "We wish to have the matter concluded, so that we may +know what is before us." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I should like to have it clearly understood +that I do not think there is the least chance of a Government of which +Lords Kitchener and Milner are the heads being accepted. An arrangement +of this nature would, it seems to me, be an insurmountable difficulty. +When I feel so strongly in this matter, it would not be fair to their +Excellencies for me to remain silent." + +Lord Kitchener: "I think it would be better if General de Wet were to +wait until he has seen the whole document before he gives his opinion." + +It was then agreed that Judge Hertzog and General Smuts should act as a +sub-committee, in order to draw up a complete draft with Lord Kitchener, +who was to be assisted by Sir Richard Solomon. + +The meeting then adjourned. + +On Wednesday, 21st May, 1902, the Conference reassembled. + +Lord Milner laid before the meeting the documents which he had drawn up +with the help of the sub-committee. It was in the form of a contract, +and the names of the members of both Governments were now filled in. The +document was the same as that telegraphed, with the exception of Article +11, dealing with the notes and receipts and the sum of three million +pounds. + +It was read in Dutch and English, and ran as follows:-- + +"General Lord Kitchener of Khartoum, Commander-in-Chief, and His +Excellency Lord Milner, High Commissioner, on behalf of the British +Government; + +"Messrs. S.D. Burger, F.W. Reitz, Louis Botha, J.H. De la Rey, L.J. +Meijer, and J.C. Krogh, on behalf of the Government of the South African +Republic and its burghers; + +"Messrs. M.T. Steyn, W.J.C. Brebner, C.R. de Wet, J.B.M. Hertzog, and +C.H. Olivier, on behalf of the Government of the Orange Free State and +its burghers, being anxious to put an end to the existing hostilities, +agree on the following points:-- + +"Firstly, the burgher forces now in the Veldt shall at once lay down +their arms, and surrender all the guns, small arms and war stores in +their actual possession, or of which they have cognizance; and shall +refrain from any further opposition to the authority of His Majesty King +Edward VII., whom they acknowledge as their lawful sovereign. + +"The manner and details of this surrender shall be arranged by Lord +Kitchener, Commandant-General Botha, Assistant-Commandant-General J.H. +De la Rey, and Commander-in-Chief de Wet. + +"Secondly, burghers in the Veldt beyond the frontiers of the Transvaal +and of the Orange River Colony shall, on their surrender, be brought +back to their homes. + +"Thirdly, all prisoners of war, being at the time burghers out of South +Africa, shall, on their declaring that they accept this status of +subjects of His Majesty King Edward VII., be brought back to the farms +on which they were living before the war. + +"Fourthly, the burghers who thus surrender, or who thus return, shall +lose neither their personal freedom nor their property. + +"Fifthly, no judicial proceedings, civil or criminal, shall be taken +against any of the burghers who thus return for any action of theirs in +connexion with the carrying on of the war. + +"Sixthly, the Dutch language shall be taught in the public schools of +the Transvaal and of the Orange River Colony, where the parents of the +children demand it; and shall be admitted in the courts of justice, +wherever this is required for the better and more effective +administration of justice. + +"Seventhly, the possession of rifles shall, on taking out a license in +accordance with the law, be permitted in the Transvaal and in the Orange +River Colony, to persons who require them for their protection. + +"Eighthly, military administration in the Transvaal and in the Orange +River Colony shall, as soon as possible, be followed by civil +government; and, as soon as circumstances permit it, a representative +system tending towards autonomy shall be introduced. + +"Ninthly, the question of granting the franchise to the natives shall +not be decided until a representative constitution has been granted. + +"Tenthly, no special tax shall be laid on landed property in the +Transvaal and Orange River Colony to meet the expenses of the war. + +"Eleventhly, a judicial Commission shall be appointed, to which the +government bank notes, issued under Law No. 1 of the South African +Republic, may be presented within six months. All such notes, if found +to have been duly issued in conformity with the terms of the law, and if +the presenting party shall have given consideration in value, shall be +honoured, but without interest. + +"All receipts issued in the Veldt by the officers of the late Republics, +or by their orders, may also be presented to the said Commission within +six months; and if they have been given _bona fide_ in exchange for +goods used by the burghers in the Veldt, they shall be paid in full to +the persons to whom they were originally issued. + +"The amount payable on account of the said Government's notes and +receipts shall not exceed Ł3,000,000; and in case the whole amount of +such notes and receipts accepted by the Commission should exceed that +amount, a _pro rata_ reduction shall be made. + +"The prisoners of war shall be given facilities to present their notes +and receipts within the above-mentioned six months. + +"Twelfthly, as soon as circumstances shall permit, there shall be +appointed in each district of the Transvaal and of the Orange River +Colony a Commission, in which the inhabitants of that district shall be +represented, under the chairmanship of a magistrate or other official, +with a view to assist in the bringing back of the people to their farms, +and in procuring for those who, on account of losses through the war, +are unable to provide for themselves, food, shelter, and such quantities +of seed, cattle, implements, etc., as are necessary for the resuming of +their previous callings. Funds for this purpose, repayable by +instalments extending over a number of years, shall be advanced--free of +interest--by the Government." + +Lord Milner: "If we come to an agreement, it will be the _English_ +document which will be wired to England, on which His Majesty's +Government will decide, and which will be signed." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Will not a Dutch translation be annexed?" + +Lord Milner: "I have no objection to the addition of a Dutch +translation. This, then, is the document which we are prepared to lay +before the English Government." + +Commandant-General Botha: "There are a few points on which I wish to +speak. The first is in reference to the receipts given by our officers. +It seems to me quite right that they should be mentioned in the +paragraph about government notes. These receipts were issued, in +accordance with instructions given by our Government, for the purchase +of cattle, grain, and other necessaries for the support of our +commandos; and the chief officers now present, as well as all other +officers, have acted according to these instructions and issued +receipts. Therefore I make this request. Some of these receipts were +afterwards paid in part, and others in full, in government notes. But +many were not paid at all. I do not believe that the amount is great, +but it will strengthen our hands to be able to take up this affair +honourably, for our honour is concerned in so far as we have signed the +receipts. It will be a great point in our favour to be able to go before +our delegates and tell them that they are guaranteed on this point, for +most of them are officers." + +Lord Kitchener: "I understand that General Botha refers not to +commandeer or requisition notes, but only to actual receipts issued on +the Treasury." + +Lord Milner: "I do not see any difference between these receipts and +commandeer notes. The willingness of persons to sell goods makes no +difference in a legal document." + +Lord Kitchener: "I mean that it makes a difference whether it is an +order on the Treasury or a requisition note. I should limit this +(guarantee) to receipts on the Treasury, issued in consequence of a law +that permitted a certain sum to be issued." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "No decision was come to in the Free State as +to how much was to be issued." + +Lord Kitchener: "Am I to understand by this that it is an unlimited +amount, or does it come within the amount decided on by the Volksraad?" + +General Smuts: "While the Government existed the Volksraad empowered it +to issue notes up to a certain amount. And this was done. Moreover the +officers in the Veldt had the right to make purchases for the commandos +and to give receipts for them." + +Lord Milner: "I can see no difference between receipts and requisition +notes, and they have been issued for an unlimited amount." + +General Smuts: "These receipts were issued under a totally different +law. They were not paid out of the credit voted by the Volksraad." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I would have it clearly understood that I +quite agree with what has been said by the Commandant-General, namely +that the honour of every officer is engaged for these documents, and if +your Excellencies agree it will give us a strong weapon with which to +return to the delegates." + +Lord Milner: "The proposal is _de facto_ that the British Government +shall repay all the monies which the Republics borrowed with the object +of fighting against England." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "Yet we have fought honourably, and if we +give up our independence it is no more than fair that you should meet us +in this matter." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Am I to understand your position to be that +we must surrender everything, and that whilst you take away the freedom +of our country (which amounts to many millions) you at the same time +refuse all responsibility for our debts. We had been recognized by you +as belligerent, and so are entirely in our rights in asking that when +you seize the riches of the country you shall also take its debts upon +your shoulders. So long as the British Government reaches the great goal +at which it is aiming, a matter so easily arranged as this should not +cause any difficulty: we are not bickering about trifles, but are +bringing forward what to us is a real hardship, and you must take it for +granted that when we say something here we really mean it. And now we +tell you that this matter is an obstacle in our way. Personally, we +have not signed many receipts: it was the officers of lower rank who +signed the greater number, and it is these very officers who form the +majority of the national meeting at Vereeniging. In some instances, I +may add, special persons were appointed for the purpose of carrying out +this work." + +Lord Milner: "We do not take over the assets without taking also the +liabilities. We take over all the debts owed by the country before the +war, and we have even agreed to take over a debt--a legal debt--in the +shape of notes, which notes we are fully aware it only became necessary +to issue on account of the war, and thus we are already paying a part of +the cost incurred in fighting us. I think this is a very great +concession; and when I agreed that it should be put down I said that I +believed (and I still am of the same opinion) that the English +Government would take exception to it, although I hope that this will +not be the case. But to go further than this, and to ask us to pay not +only a debt contracted under a law for the furtherance of the war, but +also every debt contracted by every officer in the armies of both +Republics, for the purpose of fighting us, is to my mind a most +extravagant proposal. In answer to what General Botha has said, I may +observe that the Commission appears to think that we have no persons +behind us whose feelings and prejudices (if you use that word) we are +bound to take into consideration. If this matter causes a difficulty +among your burghers, I can only say that I am sure that your proposal +will cause the British Government the greatest trouble when dealing with +the nation, with whose feelings they have to reckon." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I should like to explain the position of the +Orange Free State. In the Transvaal a law was passed empowering the +Government to issue Ł1,000,000; but in the Orange Free State nothing was +done, as the Government possessed the right to pay with receipts, and we +thought that a receipt was as good and as legal as a note; and +therefore, from my point of view, the two are of equal importance." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I might point out that we should not insist +so much on the technical meaning of words--and this is especially true +for your side, because we have assembled here with the aim of stopping +the hostilities which cause you such great expenses every month; and our +meeting may be able to bring these expenses to an end. Therefore, if you +accept our proposal and pay these receipts, you might save almost enough +to cover the cost you incur. It would be much cheaper to make an end of +the war by co-operation than to let matters drift on. Therefore I +believe that it is the duty of both parties to be willing to make +concessions when obstacles appear." + +General de Wet: "I can assure His Excellency, Lord Milner, that the +people always believed that should everything be lost they still would +be able to obtain this money due on receipts. If this is not granted, I +cannot imagine what the results will be. I am afraid of the +consequences; and I trust that you will do your best to meet our +wishes." + +Commandant-General Botha: "It will not be a very large sum, but we +cannot give you the exact amount." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "You can well understand that our expenses +are only a drop in the ocean compared with yours. If I am right, the +Orange Free State had three quarters of a million when the war began, +and the issue of receipts only started when that sum was exhausted. Your +Excellencies must acknowledge that we have the same obligation of +creditor through these receipts as we should have in any other case." + +Commandant-General Botha: "You have already many of our notes in your +possession. In one case alone there were fifty thousand hidden away, and +found by you. I have stated privately to Lord Milner that what we are +now striving to obtain has already been granted to us _de facto_ by Lord +Kitchener. In Lord Kitchener's Middelburg proposal the paying of the +Government notes was refused, but there was a proviso that the receipts +should be paid to the amount of one million. Should this now be +withdrawn, surely such a withdrawal would form a deviation from the +Middelburg proposal. The paying of notes is legal, and is on quite +another footing, and I cannot understand how it could have been refused +in the Middelburg proposal. That it should be granted now is only +reasonable. But as regards the payment of receipts, although it was +allowed then up to a certain amount, it is now withdrawn. At this +present stage of the proceedings I think that a point which had already +been practically conceded in the previous negotiations should not be +allowed to form a stumbling-block to a final agreement. I believe that +the amount is only small; I was for one year in conjunction with De la +Rey in command of the forces of the South African Republic. During that +period of time an account was kept of all the receipts, and only a short +time back the books were still in our possession. These receipts were +issued in an orderly manner, and each of them was duly entered in a +book, as far as I was able to judge. These receipts amounted to quite a +small sum; and although Lord Milner would draw back if the sum was very +big, the question how far he will go can be settled when the proposal is +accepted. Yet I personally think that there are no grounds for fear, and +the amount is really far smaller than you imagine." + +Lord Milner: "I do not think it is so much a question of amount. This +paying of notes and requisition notes appears to me very unreasonable. I +believe that in this matter I am only voicing the opinion of the great +majority of the British nation when I say that my countrymen would much +prefer to pay a large sum at the conclusion of hostilities with the +object of bettering the condition of the people who have been fighting +against them than to pay a much smaller sum to meet the costs incurred +by the Republics during the war. Whether such a view is right or wrong, +it is a view you have to reckon with. We do not wish to pay the accounts +of both parties; and my opinion of the clause quoted from the Middelburg +proposal is that that clause was one of its faults. But should anything +of the kind become necessary, then I think that the paying of the notes +is less objectionable than the paying of the requisition notes. I placed +this point about the payment of notes in the draft because I thought +that if it came to a choice between paying one or the other you would +prefer that the notes should be paid. However, if it should be thought +better to return on this point to the Middelburg proposal, although I am +greatly against the clause, I will waive my objection to it if Lord +Kitchener is agreeable." + +General Smuts: "I am afraid that we cannot agree to this, for we thought +that the notes would be beyond all dispute." + +Judge Hertzog: "I do not think that your Excellency is representing the +matter fairly when you say that you will not pay the bills of both +parties. There is one thing to be taken into consideration as regards +the Orange Free State, and which must be considered before everything +else, and that is, that we have made no loans nor have we given any +government notes. The notes we used were notes of the South African +Republic, which had been sent to the Orange Free State. Our law was +formed on the idea that in case of war all the costs should be paid by +commission notes. The Orange Free State acted on this principle, and +receipts were issued. If we take into consideration at the same time +that we have been and still are recognized by you as belligerent, then +we can only say: On our side we surrender everything that we possess, +and we only ask the other party to acknowledge the fact that if we had +contracted a loan it would have been to the charge of the British +Government, who, in taking everything from us, renders itself +responsible for our public loans. Lord Milner should understand that it +is of just as much importance to us for the receipts to be paid as it is +to the South African Republic for the loan, which it contracted before +the war, to be taken over by the British Government. But I can even go +further and give Lord Milner the assurance that we have acted more +economically when issuing these receipts than we should have done had we +contracted the loan previous to the war. Now we have only what is +absolutely necessary to meet our present needs. So that Lord Milner must +own that we find ourselves in the same position towards those who are in +possession of receipts, as we should have occupied towards any other +creditor we might have had before the war began. I must give my support +to what the Commandant-General has said; and I can only repeat what I +have already informally told Lord Milner, namely, that this difficulty +is almost insurmountable." + +Lord Milner: "We can refer this to our Government. But your proposal is +altogether antagonistic to the Middelburg proposal, which absolutely +rejected the idea of taking over all the debts of the two States." + +Lord Kitchener: "I should like to know the amount." + +General De la Rey: "My issue of notes amounts to between twenty and +fifty thousand pounds; but I cannot say what the issue in receipt has +been." + +Lord Milner: "There really is a feasible compromise, namely, to allow +the notes and receipts to come in and to establish the suggested limit +of Ł1,000,000." + +Lord Kitchener: "Would that meet your difficulty?" + +Commandant-General Botha: "No." + +Lord Kitchener: "Well, would two or three million be sufficient? We must +have a limit before we can do anything." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "It is impossible to stipulate the amount." + +Lord Kitchener: "If you were in a position to give a limit, it would +simplify matters." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I agree with that entirely, and I can quite +understand the position in which you are placed. Yet it is absolutely +impossible to assign an amount. Will you give us your permission to +adjourn for a moment in order to discuss the matter?" + +The meeting was then adjourned. It reassembled at 2.30 p.m. + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "We have agreed to fix on a sum of Ł3,000,000 +for the government notes and receipts; their amount paid _pro rata_ can +be lowered should this sum prove insufficient. We have drawn up an +article to lay before the meeting." + +General Smuts then read a draft which was inserted at the end of Article +11 in the draft agreement. + +In answer to a question by Lord Kitchener, Commander-in-Chief de Wet +said: "The prisoners of war on the different islands who are in +possession of such notes should be given an opportunity of sending them +in for payment." + +Lord Milner: "What is the next point you wish to raise? We now +understand what your position is." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Am I to understand that you mean that we are +getting away from the point in discussion?" + +Lord Milner: "This document contains your view of the matter, so we are +now aware of your idea." + +Commandant-General Botha: "We must know what to say to the delegates." + +Lord Kitchener: "Is this the only point you wish to bring forward, or +are there others in addition?" + +Commandant-General Botha: "There is another concerning the protection of +debtors, which is a vital question for us." + +Lord Milner: "We must not have any beating about the bush. Everything +must appear in the document." + +General Smuts: "Most of the debts contracted before the war will have to +be paid after the war; and if the debtors cannot pay we are afraid that +it will result in the ruin of a great part of the inhabitants. We should +like to see steps taken to prevent this. If Lord Milner intends to take +such steps, we should like to be informed what they are." + +Lord Milner: "I think it would be best if you were to make a proposal on +this point." + +General Smuts: "Our proposal is roughly that all interest which became +payable during the war should be joined to the principal, and that this +should be payable six months after the war." + +Lord Kitchener: "Is it necessary to make a proposal about this?" + +General Smuts: "If the Government is prepared to meet us in this +difficulty it will be unnecessary to place a formal clause in the draft +agreement." + +Lord Milner: "As I look at the matter, the Government is making certain +promises in this document, and I consider that all promises to which a +reference may be made later should appear in it. Everything to which the +Government is asked to bind itself should appear in this document, and +nothing else. I do not object to clauses being added, but I wish to +prevent any possible misunderstanding." + +General Smuts: "Well, in that case we are quite willing to propose such +a paragraph." + +Commandant-General Botha: "We waive this question, so that early +measures may be taken to arrive at an understanding. In case a great +number of the inhabitants become subjects of His Majesty, it is to every +one's interest, and principally to that of the Government, that these +people should not be ruined. They will be thrown upon the mercy of a +Government, whose duty it is to study their interests. If steps are not +taken to prevent it, speculators who have been buying up the liabilities +will, as soon as peace is concluded, enforce them, and directly the +Courts of Justice are opened they will issue summonses. Against this we +have to be on our guard." + +Lord Milner: "I agree with the Commandant-General. I think that as these +people become subjects of His Majesty, then some provision will have to +be made for them. But I believe it to be neither necessary nor advisable +to point out in every particular case the way in which His Majesty's +Government has to provide for these people. I think that an idea +exists--perhaps it is a very natural idea--because we have been fighting +against the burghers that, therefore, after peace has been concluded we +shall still retain a feeling of enmity against them. Just the opposite, +however, is the truth. Our endeavour will naturally be, from the moment +hostilities cease, to gain the confidence of the people and to do our +best to promote their welfare. But if we have to bind ourselves +beforehand in regard to the manner in which we shall deal with all sorts +of involved legal questions, further misunderstandings are certain to +occur. If you have not confidence in us--that we shall try to be a +righteous Government, and to maintain the balance between the different +classes of His Majesty's subjects--then you must put in writing every +point that strikes you, and let them be laid before His Majesty's +Government, to see what they think about them." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I trust that you will not think that we are +trying to tie the hands of His Majesty's Government. There are many +other points which will give the Government opportunity to win the +confidence of the people. But about things which concern the financial +position of burghers who are entirely ruined we feel it our duty to +obtain definite promises. They will be a weapon in our hands when we +return to the delegates." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I do not quite understand, Lord Milner. I did +not interpret Mr. Chamberlain's telegram in the sense that we had to +present new proposals in order to bind our hands further. I thought that +proposals were to be made with a view to establishing peace." + +Lord Kitchener: "I do not think that it is altogether necessary to +include this proposal in the document. It concerns the very involved +legal questions as to what the rights of creditor and debtor shall be, +and as to what the law in the Transvaal may be on the matter. I think +that every one can rest assured that the interests of the Boers will be +protected by the Government in every way; and this, whether the point is +put down now or left in the hands of the Government with the +recommendation from this Commission to take the matter into serious +consideration. + +"I think that I know of a better way to deal with this involved +question. Let this matter be brought under the consideration of the +Government. I may be mistaken, but, as far as I can see, it will prove a +very thorny question for the lawyers, and will take a long time before +it can be clearly stated. It is, however, the wish of us all that you +should return to the delegates equipped in such a way that you will be +able to arrive at a decision. You may rest assured that the matter which +you have brought before us has been included in the minutes of this +meeting. I do not think that it is necessary for you to go further than +this. The matter can now be carefully considered, not only here, but +also in England; and you may be quite sure that your interests will +receive, in every way, full consideration." + +General De la Rey: "I think that the matter has been sufficiently +discussed in the presence of your Excellencies, and that it need not be +placed in the draft contract, for by so doing one might stumble on legal +questions." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "This is my point of view: There are two +parties, and one of them is about to cease to exist. It is, therefore, +natural that this party cannot allow a vital question to pass unnoticed. +It is for this reason that I cannot agree that this matter should be +omitted from the draft contract. It will not be necessary that the +military Government which now exists should continue after the war." + +Lord Kitchener: "But the question will have to be settled by the Civil +Government. It is a matter for lawyers, and must be laid before them, +and will require much consideration." + +Commandant-General Botha: "When hostilities are concluded it will be +possible to summon a burgher for a debt contracted before the war. I put +this request because our law states that no burgher can be summoned till +sixty days have elapsed since the conclusion of peace." + +Lord Kitchener: "You may entirely rely upon this, that whenever the war +is over each burgher will have the absolute right to obtain +consideration for his position in every way, and that his interests will +be protected under the new as under the old régime." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I understand that perfectly. But the +possibility exists that syndicates may be formed to buy up all the +debts, and the people may be ruined before a single burgher is in the +position to earn anything or to have his position restored." + +Lord Kitchener: "I quite agree with what the Commandant-General has +said, and he is quite right to bring the question up. Yet I do not think +that the draft contract is the best place in which to bring it forward. +Once peace is a fact, then it will be the duty of every one to draw the +attention of the Government to what is required to aid the nation; but +to bring up difficulties at the present moment, and to attempt to right +them, seems to be an endless task, and one for which this document was +not destined." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I am of opinion that this is a matter which +should be settled by a proclamation; but I want to have as many weapons +as possible in my hands when I return to the national delegates, and one +of the first questions that will be asked me is this, 'What guarantee do +we possess that we shall not be ruined by our creditors?' It would not +be much trouble to you to give us now a draft of the proclamation which +would be issued as soon as peace is concluded." + +Lord Kitchener: "But this would be something quite apart from the matter +under discussion." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "Yes." + +Lord Milner: "What is the good then?" + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "It is such a vital question for us that you +cannot take it amiss if we insist upon it, for we have to give up +everything." + +Lord Kitchener: "Of course, no one is blaming you." + +Lord Milner: "But without any thought of blame, I must point out that +the effect of their proposal would be that another clause would have to +be inserted in the draft contract, undertaking that such a proclamation +would be issued." + +Lord Kitchener: "I think that as long as the delegates receive an +assurance that the Government will take this matter into consideration, +in the interests of their subjects, whom they are bound to protect, that +such an assurance ought to suffice. There should be no written +undertaking, but only a promise that the matter shall receive attention. +It is not advisable after the subject has been brought before the +Government to press the matter further. The feelings of the burghers, +moreover, in other ways than this, will be brought before Lord Milner." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "If we wished to do so, we could insist upon +many other little points, but we only bring up vital questions." + +Lord Kitchener: "This is one of the questions which, when once brought +under the consideration of the Government cannot be put aside; and you +may tell the burghers that their interests will be protected as fully as +is possible. I think that, in so complicated a matter, this ought to be +sufficient for them. All that is debated here is recorded in the +minutes, and these minutes will be considered not only here, but also in +England. Are you satisfied with this?" + +Commandant-General Botha: "Yes, so far as I am concerned." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I also am satisfied." + +Lord Milner: "I hope it is quite understood that if the matter is +allowed to remain where it is, my Government will be under no obligation +to treat the matter in any particular way." + +Lord Kitchener: "But there is a pledge that the matter will be properly +considered." + +Lord Milner: "Yes, naturally; if we put anything down in writing. I am +convinced that it is necessary to make it quite clear that this document +must contain everything about which there is anything in the form of a +pledge." + +Lord Kitchener: "There is, then, a pledge that the point upon which you +have touched will be considered in your interests." + +General Smuts: "There still remains the question of the payment of +receipts." + +Lord Kitchener: "That will be placed before the Government. The sum is +an essential point; I believe the amount to be considerable. I should +now like to know that it is understood that we are agreed about all +these draft proposals, including your amendments, and that there are no +further questions to be brought forward--it is necessary to know this, +as they would have to be telegraphed to England." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "We have no further points to raise." + +Lord Milner: "The telegram that I shall despatch is as follows: + + 'The Commission is prepared to lay before their burgher meeting the + following document (in the event of it being sanctioned by His + Majesty's Government), and to ask of the meeting a "Yes" or "No."' + +"Is that satisfactory?" + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "Yes, naturally. Only I cannot say that this +document has my approval. Yet I shall be content to abide by the +decision of the delegates." + +Judge Hertzog: "I should not like to think that we are bound to use our +influence with the delegates." + +Lord Milner: "I think that is understood. I understand that the members +of the Commission are not bound in respect of the opinions they may +express before the burghers. They are only bound, if the British +Government approves of the document, to lay it before the people. I +propose to send the following telegram: + + 'The Commission is prepared to lay the following document before + the burgher meeting at Vereeniging, for a "Yes" or "No" vote, in + the event of His Majesty's Government approving of it.' + +"I want also to state that we have completely deviated from the +Middelburg proposal. I believe everyone is fully aware that the +Middelburg proposal has been annulled altogether. Should an agreement be +arranged in conformity with this document, and signed, then no attempt +must be made to explain the document, or its terms, by anything in the +Middelburg proposal." + +The meeting was now adjourned. + + +WEDNESDAY, MAY 28TH, 1902. + +The Commission met Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner at eleven o'clock with +the purpose of hearing the British Government's answer to the draft +proposal sent by their Lordships. + +Lord Milner read the following memorandum: + +"In answer to the telegram composed at our last meeting with the consent +of the Commission and of which the members have received a copy, the +following message has been received from His Majesty's Government:-- + +'His Majesty's Government sanctions the laying before the meeting for a +"Yes" or "No" vote the document drawn up by the Commission and sent by +Lord Kitchener on the 21st May to the Secretary of War, with the +following amendments: + +'The final proposal made by the British Government, on which the +national representatives at Vereeniging have to answer "Yes" or "No." + +'General Lord Kitchener of Khartoum, Commander-in-Chief, and His +Excellency Lord Milner, High Commissioner, on behalf of the British +Government; + +'Messrs. S.W. Burger, F.W. Reitz, Louis Botha, J.H. De la Rey, L.J. +Meijer, and J.C. Krogh on behalf of the Government of the South African +Republic and its burghers; + +'Messrs. M.T. Steyn, W.J.C. Brebner, C.R. de Wet, J.B.M. Hertzog, and +C.H. Olivier on behalf of the Government of the Orange Free State and +its burghers, being anxious to put an end to the existing hostilities, +agree on the following points: + +'Firstly, the burgher forces now in the Veldt shall at once lay down +their arms, and surrender all the guns, small arms, and war stores in +their actual possession, or of which they have cognizance, and shall +abstain from any further opposition to the authority of His Majesty King +Edward VII., whom they acknowledge as their lawful sovereign. + +'The manner and details of this surrender shall be arranged by Lord +Kitchener, Commandant-General Botha, Assistant-Commandant-General J.H. +De la Rey, and Commander-in-Chief de Wet. + +'Secondly, burghers in the Veldt beyond the frontiers of the Transvaal +and of the Orange River Colony, and all prisoners of war who are out of +South Africa, who are burghers, shall, on their declaration that they +accept the status of subjects of His Majesty King Edward VII., be +brought back to their homes, as soon as transport and means of +subsistence can be assured. + +'Thirdly, the burghers who thus surrender, or who thus return, shall +lose neither their personal freedom nor their property. + +'Fourthly, no judicial proceedings, civil or criminal, shall be taken +against any of the burghers who thus return for any action in connexion +with the carrying on of the war. The benefit of this clause shall, +however, not extend to certain deeds antagonistic to the usages of +warfare, which have been communicated by the Commander-in-Chief to the +Boer Generals, and which shall be heard before a court martial +immediately after the cessation of hostilities. + +'Fifthly, the Dutch language shall be taught in the public schools of +the Transvaal and of the Orange River Colony when the parents of +children demand it; and shall be admitted in the Courts of Justice, +whenever this is required for the better and more effective +administration of justice. + +'Sixthly, the possession of rifles shall, on taking out a licence in +accordance with the law, be permitted in the Transvaal and the Orange +River Colony to persons who require them for their protection. + +'Seventhly, military administration in the Transvaal and in the Orange +River Colony shall, as soon as it is possible, be followed by civil +government; and, as soon as circumstances permit it, a representative +system tending towards autonomy shall be introduced. + +'Eighthly, the question of granting a franchise to the native shall not +be decided until a representative constitution has been granted. + +'Ninthly, no special tax shall be laid on landed property in the +Transvaal and Orange River Colony, to meet the expenses of the war. + +'Tenthly, as soon as circumstances permit there shall be appointed in +each district in the Transvaal and the Orange River Colony a Commission, +in which the inhabitants of that district shall be represented, under +the chairmanship of a magistrate or other official, with the view to +assist in the bringing back of the people to their farms, and in +procuring for those who, on account of losses in the war are unable to +provide for themselves, food, shelter, and such quantities of seed, +cattle, implements, etc., as are necessary for the resuming of their +previous callings. + +'His Majesty's Government shall place at the disposal of these +Commissions the sum of Ł3,000,000 for the above-mentioned purposes, and +shall allow that all notes issued in conformity with Law No. 1, 1900, of +the Government of the South African Republic, and all receipts given by +the officers in the Veldt of the late Republics, or by their order, may +be presented to a judicial Commission by the Government, and in case +such notes and receipts are found by this Commission to have been duly +issued for consideration in value, then they shall be accepted by the +said Commission as proof of war losses, suffered by the persons to whom +they had originally been given. In addition to the above-named free gift +of Ł3,000,000, His Majesty's Government will be prepared to grant +advances, in the shape of loans, for the same ends, free of interest for +two years, and afterwards repayable over a period of years with three +per cent. interest. No foreigner or rebel shall be entitled to benefit +by this clause.' + +Lord Milner: "In making this communication to the Commission we are +instructed to add that if this opportunity of concluding an honourable +peace is not taken advantage of within a time to be fixed by us, then +this conference shall be regarded as closed, and His Majesty's +Government shall not be bound in any way by the present terms. I have, +in order that there may be no mistake about these terms, made a copy of +the documents and of Lord Kitchener's telegram, also of the amendments +and additions determined on by His Majesty's Government, and of the +memorandum to which I have just drawn your attention." + +A debate now followed on the time that should be allowed for the +discussion of the proposals at Vereeniging, and it was agreed that +Commandant-General Botha should propose a term that very day before the +Commission left Pretoria. + +It was subsequently settled that the delegates must arrive at a decision +before Saturday evening, May 31st. + +General Botha asked if there were any objection to the delegates erasing +any paragraph of the proposal sent by the British Government. + +Lord Milner: "There must be no alteration. Only 'Yes' or 'No' is to be +answered." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I think that the burghers have the right to +erase any article they may wish, for they have the right to surrender +unconditionally." + +Lord Milner replied that the burghers certainly had the power to do so, +but the document of the British Government could not be changed. + +There now followed an informal discussion about the colonists who had +been fighting on the side of the Republics. + +Lord Milner communicated what the British Government's intentions were +with regard to these colonists; and read the following document:-- + +"His Majesty's Government has to formally place on record that the +colonists of Natal and the Cape Colony who have been engaged in fighting +and who now surrender shall, on their return, be dealt with by the +Colonial Governments in accordance with the laws of the Colonies, and +that all British subjects who have joined the enemy shall be liable to +be tried under the law of that part of the British Empire to which they +belong. + +"His Majesty's Government has received from the Government of Cape +Colony a statement of their opinion as regards the terms to be offered +to British subjects of the Cape Colony who are still in the Veldt or who +have surrendered since April 12th, 1901. The terms are as follows:--In +regard to the burghers, they all, on their surrender, after having laid +down their arms, shall sign a document before a resident magistrate of +the district in which their surrender has taken place, in which document +they shall declare themselves guilty of high treason; and their +punishment, in the event of their not having been guilty of murder, or +of other deeds in contradiction to the customs of civilized warfare, +shall be that for the rest of their lives they shall not be registered +as voters, nor shall they be able to vote in Parliamentary, district, or +municipal elections. As regards justices and veldtcornets of the Cape +Colony, and all other persons who had occupied official positions under +the Government of Cape Colony, and all who held the rank of commandant +in the rebel or burgher forces, they shall be brought on the charge of +high treason before the ordinary Courts of the country, or before such +special Courts as later on may legally be constituted. The punishment +for their misdeeds shall be left to the discretion of the Court, with +this reservation, that in no case shall capital punishment be inflicted. + +"The Government of Natal is of opinion that the rebels should be judged +by the laws of the Colony." + +The meeting now adjourned. + +The secretaries and Messrs. de Wet and J. Ferreira, with the help of +lawyers, set themselves the task of making copies of the proposal of the +British Government for the use of the national representatives at +Vereeniging. This work kept them engaged until the evening. + +At seven o'clock the Commission left Pretoria and returned to +Vereeniging. + + +THE MIDDELBURG PROPOSAL. + + LORD KITCHENER TO COMMANDANT-GENERAL BOTHA. + + PRETORIA, _March 7, 1901_. + + YOUR HONOUR,-- + + With reference to our conversation at Middelburg on the 28th + February, I have the honour to inform you that, in the event of a + general and complete cessation of hostilities, and the surrender of + all rifles, ammunition, cannon and other munitions of war in the + hands of the burghers, or in Government depots, or elsewhere, His + Majesty's Government is prepared to adopt the following measures. + + His Majesty's Government will at once grant an amnesty in the + Transvaal and Orange River Colony for all _bonâ fide_ acts of war + committed during the recent hostilities. British subjects belonging + to Natal and Cape Colony, while they will not be compelled to + return to those Colonies, will, if they do so, be liable to be + dealt with by the laws of those Colonies specially passed to meet + the circumstances arising out of the present war. As you are + doubtless aware, the special law in the Cape Colony has greatly + mitigated the ordinary penalties for high treason in the present + case. + + All prisoners of war, now in St. Helena, Ceylon, or elsewhere, + being burghers or colonists, will, on the completion of the + surrender, be brought back to their country as quickly as + arrangements can be made for their transport. + + At the earliest practicable date military administration will + cease, and will be replaced by civil administration in the form of + Crown Colony Government. There will, therefore, be, in the first + instance, in each of the new Colonies, a Governor and an Executive + Council, composed of the principal officials, with a Legislative + Council consisting of a certain number of official members to whom + a nominated unofficial element will be added. But it is the desire + of His Majesty's Government, as soon as circumstances permit, to + introduce a representative element, and ultimately to concede to + the new Colonies the privilege of self-government. Moreover, on the + cessation of hostilities, a High Court will be established in each + of the new Colonies to administer the laws of the land, and this + Court will be independent of the Executive. + + Church property, public trusts, and orphan funds will be + respected. + + Both the English and Dutch languages will be used and taught in + public schools when the parents of the children desire it, and + allowed in Courts of Law. + + As regards the debts of the late Republican Governments, His + Majesty's Government cannot undertake any liability. It is, + however, prepared, as an act of grace, to set aside a sum not + exceeding one million pounds sterling to repay inhabitants of the + Transvaal and Orange River Colony for goods requisitioned from them + by the late Republican Governments, or subsequent to annexation, by + Commandants in the field being in a position to enforce such + requisitions. But such claims will have to be established to the + satisfaction of a Judge or Judicial Commission, appointed by the + Government, to investigate and assess them, and, if exceeding in + the aggregate one million pounds, they will be liable to reduction + _pro rata_. + + I also beg to inform Your Honour that the new Government will take + into immediate consideration the possibility of assisting by loan + the occupants of farms, who will take the oath of allegiance, to + repair any injuries sustained by destruction of buildings or loss + of stock during the war, and that no special war tax will be + imposed upon farms to defray the expense of the war. + + When burghers require the protection of firearms, such will be + allowed to them by licence, and on due registration, provided they + take the oath of allegiance. Licences will also be issued for + sporting rifles, guns, etc., but military firearms will only be + allowed for purposes of protection. + + As regards the extension of the franchise to Kaffirs in the + Transvaal and Orange River Colony, it is not the intention of His + Majesty's Government to give such franchise before representative + Government is granted to those Colonies, and if then given it will + be so limited as to secure the just predominance of the white race. + The legal position of coloured persons will, however, be similar to + that which they hold in the Cape Colony. + + In conclusion I must inform Your Honour that, if the terms now + offered are not accepted after a reasonable delay for consideration + they must be regarded as cancelled. + + I have, etc., + KITCHENER, GENERAL, + Commander-in-Chief British Forces, South Africa. + To His Honour, Commandant-General Louis Botha. + + + + +Appendix C + +MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE SPECIAL NATIONAL REPRESENTATIVES AT +VEREENIGING, SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC, THURSDAY, THE 29TH OF MAY, 1902, +AND THE FOLLOWING DAYS + + +MAY 29TH, 1902. + +The Rev. J.D. Kestell having offered prayer, the Chairman requested +Vice-President Burger to address the meeting. + +Vice-President Burger said that the documents laid before the +Governments by the Commission would now be read to the meeting. +Thereupon Mr. D. Van Velden read the following letter: + + REPORT OF THE COMMISSION. + + PRETORIA, _28th May_, 1902. + + _To the Governments of the Orange Free State and the South African + Republic:_ + + HONBLE. GENTLEMEN,-- + + In accordance with instructions received from you, we went to + Pretoria in order to negotiate with the British authorities on the + question of peace. We have the honour to make the following report: + + The meetings lasted from Monday, May 19th, to Wednesday, May 28th, + its prolongation having been principally caused by the length of + time taken up by the cable correspondence with the British + Government. + + We first handed in a proposal (annexed under A)[113] in which we + attempted to negotiate on the basis of a limited independence with + surrender of part of our territory. Lords Kitchener and Milner + refused emphatically to negotiate on this basis, and expressed the + opinion that to cable this proposal to the British Government would + be detrimental to the objects of these negotiations. They told us + they had already informed the two Governments that the British + Government would only negotiate on the basis of an amended form of + the Middelburg proposal. In order finally to formulate this + proposal, Lord Milner asked the assistance of some members of the + Commission; and this was granted, on the understanding that the + assistance of these members of the Commission should be given + without prejudice to themselves. + + As the result of the deliberations of this sub-committee, Lord + Milner produced a draft proposal, in which we insisted that a fresh + clause (No. 11) should be inserted; and this was done. This draft + proposal (annexed under B)[114] was then cabled to the British + Government, revised by them, and then communicated to us in its + final shape (annexed under B).[115] We were informed by the British + Government that no further revision of this proposal would be + allowed, but that it must now be either accepted or rejected in its + entirety by the delegates of the two Republics; and that this + acceptance or rejection must take place within a stipulated time. + We then told Lord Kitchener that he should know our final decision + by the evening of the next Saturday at latest. + + During our formal negotiations certain informal conversations took + place in reference to the British subjects (in Cape Colony and + Natal) who have been fighting on our side. As a result of these + informal conversations a communication from the British Government + was imparted to us (annexed under B).[116] + + We have the honour to remain, etc., + + LOUIS BOTHA. + J.H. DE LA REY. + C.R. DE WET. + J.B.M. HERTZOG. + J.D. SMUTS. + +Vice-President Burger said that the delegates must proceed to discuss +this document, and that they would then be asked to decide--firstly, +whether the struggle should be continued; secondly, whether the proposal +of the British Government should be accepted; and, thirdly, whether they +were prepared to surrender unconditionally. + +It was decided that minutes of the meeting should be kept, and the +delegates then proceeded to discuss the different articles of the +British Government's proposal. The whole of the morning and a part of +the afternoon sitting were devoted to questions dealing with the meaning +of the several clauses, the members of the Commission answering to the +best of their ability. + +After these questions had been disposed of, Mr. De Clercq rose to speak. +He said that he had already given his own opinion, but that now it was +for the whole meeting to decide whether they would give up the war, and, +if they resolved to do so, whether they would accept the proposal +unconditionally. As to the proposal, it could not be denied that it did +not give all that they themselves desired, but _that_ could not have +been expected. Should they now return to their commandos and be asked by +their burghers what they had effected, they would have to reply, +"Nothing." How would they be able to meet their burghers with such an +answer as that? It would therefore be better to get terms from the +British Government; and by doing so they would also gratify the British +nation. As for himself, he was for accepting the proposal, unless it +could be proved to him that unconditional surrender would be a still +better course to take. + +General Nieuwouwdt then proposed that the meeting should, without +further delay, proceed to vote whether the war should be terminated, and +whether the terms offered to them should be accepted. + +General Froneman seconded this proposal. + +Mr. Birkenstock (Vrijheid) felt that this was too important a matter to +be treated with such haste. A decision about such a document as the one +now lying before the meeting could not be come to in a moment. The +delegates would hardly agree with the last speaker in his opinion that +they should at once proceed to vote whether the war should or should not +be continued. Time was required before coming to such a decision. +Moreover it had to be proved whether it were possible to continue the +war. There were some districts where it certainly could no longer be +carried on. Was it possible for one part of the nation to continue +fighting without the other? Then there was the question whether their +resources and the troops which they still had were sufficient to justify +them in prolonging the struggle. If they were insufficient the war must +be discontinued and terms must be accepted. It would not be an easy +thing to do; one could not, with a light heart, give up the independence +of their country; but half a loaf was better than no bread,[117] and +even such a sacrifice as this might be necessary if the nation was to be +saved. + +Commandant Jacobsz (Harrismith) was at one with the last speaker in +holding that they must not be in too great a hurry to vote on the +proposal. + +Mr. P.R. Viljoen (Heidelberg) felt that the proposal of the British +Government would so tightly bind them that they would never again be +free. They were _knee-haltered_[118] now, but under certain +circumstances they might even be _hobbled_.[119] + +He considered that the meeting should ask the Governments to stop the +war. + +General Du Toit (Wolmaransstad) said that the times through which they +were passing were very critical; every one ought to say exactly what he +thought, and no one ought to be condemned for doing so. A delegate who +should say that the war could not be continued must not be considered +disloyal to his country because he did so. As regarded the three +questions before the meeting, according to the opinion of his burghers +the war ought to be continued. The views of his burghers when he left +the commandos had been clearly expressed. "Let us retain our +independence, or go on fighting," they had said. But why were they of +this mind? Because they were unaware how matters stood in other +districts. The eyes of the delegates, however, while directed towards +God, were also able to observe the condition of the eastern parts of +their country. If the burghers in those parts could not hold out, it +would be impossible for the other commandos to do so. It could not be +denied that some of the commandos were no longer able to continue +fighting. That being the case, even if there were a majority in favour +of prolonging the struggle, that majority would have to yield to the +wishes of the minority, and for this reason: if the war were to be +continued in conformity with the wishes of the majority, and if the +minority were to be compelled to surrender (and nobody would be +surprised at this), then the majority would find themselves too weak to +go on fighting. Thus there were clear reasons why the war must be ended. +Moreover, its continuation would involve not only the _national_ but +also the _moral_ death of the Republics. But it was still to be proved +that a continuation of the war was even possible; for himself he feared +that it was not so, and if fight he must he could only fight without +hope and without heart. If he were now to go back to his burghers, and +they were to ask him why he persisted in the war, and he was compelled +to reply that he was doing so on the strength of opinions expressed in +newspapers, and on the encouragement given to the cause of the Republics +in their pages, he would be told that he was building on sand. Again, he +feared that if the war were to be continued, detached parties would be +formed which would try to obtain terms from the English for themselves. +And should the commandos in time become so weak as to be forced to +surrender unconditionally, what then would be the fate of the officers? +Would they not lose everything, and be banished into the bargain? Let no +one think, however, that he was trying merely to do what was best for +himself. No. There was now a chance for negotiating; should the meeting +let slip that chance, unconditional surrender would most certainly +result, and that would be disastrous to all. He hoped that he would not +be misunderstood; if the meeting decided to go on with the war, he, for +one, would not lay down his arms. No, he would actively prosecute the +war, and operate in conjunction with the other generals. But what would +be the use of it: he sided with those who held that the struggle could +no longer be carried on. + +Commandant Rheeder (Rouxville) wished to reply to those who demanded +reasons for the continuation of the war. One reason, he said, was to be +found in the fact that England would not allow them to have any +communication with the deputation in Europe; that meant that something +advantageous to us was being held back. Another was the consideration of +what their descendants in time to come would say. "How is it," they +would ask, "that we are not now free men? There were a large number of +burghers in the veldt to continue the war--what has become of our +independence?" And what answer shall we be able to make?--we whose +courage failed us before such tremendous odds, and who laid down our +arms when victory was still possible? The speaker would only be +satisfied if the meeting were unanimous for stopping the war, not +otherwise. He thought of the families. How would the delegates face +their families on their return, after the sacrifice of independence? He +considered that the commandos should leave those districts where +resistance was no longer possible and go to others. If to discontinue +the war meant to surrender independence, then the war must not be +discontinued. + +Vice-President Burger said that he had not heard from the last speaker +any reasons whatsoever for continuing the war. + +Commandant Rheeder then remarked that if they wanted to surrender their +country they should have done so earlier, when the burghers were not +entirely destitute. But now nothing was left to them. As to the +narrowness of the field of operations, there was still room enough to +fight. + +Commandant P.L. Uijs (Pretoria) referred to the frequent allusion which +had been made to their European deputation. That deputation was now in +Holland, and must know if anything was going on there to the advantage +of the Republics. If there were any hopeful signs there, their comrades +would certainly have informed them. They had not done so, and therefore +the meeting should dismiss this subject from its thoughts. + +The meeting then adjourned until 7.15 p.m. + +Upon reassembling, Commandant Cronje (Winburg) said that he would not +detain the meeting for long; he only wished to say a very few words. It +had been rightly said that they were passing through a momentous period +of their history. To his mind the present was _the_ critical epoch in +the existence of the African nation, whose destinies they had now to +decide. Delegates were asking what hopes they could now entertain. But +what grounds for hope were there when the war began? In his opinion +there were none. It was only that men believed then that Right was +Might, and put their trust in God. And God had helped them. When the +enemy had entered their country everything was dark. There had been a +day on which more than four thousand men had surrendered. Then, even as +now, they had been without hope. Then, even as now, those who wanted to +continue the war had been told that they were mad. That had been some +two years ago, and yet the war was still going on. Then, even as now, +there had been no food, and yet they had managed to live. The delegates +represented a free people; let them not take a step of which they would +afterwards repent. As regarded intervention, he had often said that one +could not rely on it. But they _could_ rely on God. When he returned to +his burghers, and was questioned as to his reason for the course of +action which he had advocated, he hoped to be able to answer, "Belief in +God." There had always been times when there was no food, and yet they +had always managed to live. A deputation had been officially sent to +Europe, and was now there to represent their interests. Had the meeting +lost its confidence in that deputation? Did it not realize that if the +case of the Republic was hopeless in Europe the deputation would send +word to that effect? It had been said that by continuing the war they +would be exterminating the nation. He did not believe this. The way to +exterminate the nation was to accept the British proposal. To go on with +the war was their only policy, and it was a very good policy. The +deputation had claimed that their advice should be taken before any +negotiations were attempted. What right, then, had the delegates to give +up the war on the basis of the proposal now before them? To do so was to +give the death blow to their national existence; later on they would +have cause to rue it. Moreover, the proposal did not safeguard the +interests of their brethren in Cape Colony. Again, landed property +belonging to burghers had already been sold, and in all probability +these burghers would never see any of the proceeds. The sum (Ł3,000,000) +which the proposal offered to compensate for all damages, was not +sufficient to cover damage already done. For these and other reasons the +proposal could not be accepted. No other course was open to them except +to reject the proposal and to continue hostilities. + +General Froneman (Ladybrand) agreed with the last speaker. He loved his +country, and could not think of surrendering it. The reasons which had +induced them to begin the war were still in force. He had been through +the whole campaign, and saw stronger reasons now than ever before for +the continuing of the war. His districts, like those of others, were +exhausted, and yet his burghers remained in the veldt. He had been +present at the surrender of the four thousand; he had seen General +Cronje give up his sword. Those had been dark days, but the struggle +still went on; they could still keep on their legs. It had been God's +will that this war should take place. Prayers had been offered that it +might be averted, but God had ruled it otherwise. Therefore they must +carry the war through, and never think of surrender. They were +Republicans. What would it be to have to give up that name for ever? He +had consulted his burghers and their women-folk; he had asked them, +"What conditions of peace will you accept?" They had answered, "No peace +at all, if it means any loss of independence." And so, before he could +vote for peace, he would have again to take the opinion of his burghers. + +Veldtcornet B.H. Breijtenbach (Utrecht) urged that a definite yes or no +must be given to the question, Is the war to continue? The general +condition of the country had been laid before the meeting, and it had +been clearly shown that its condition made the carrying on of the war +impossible. One could not escape from that fact. Why then should they +argue any longer? What reason had they for wishing to prolong this +struggle? They surely would not do so blindfold. Unless good reasons +could be alleged for continuing it, the war would have to be stopped. As +those good reasons were not forthcoming, he would vote with those who +were for peace. To continue the war would be a crime. Some of the last +few speakers had stated that there had been no sufficient reasons for +commencing the war. That might be true. They might have been +over-confident then. Be that as it might, they certainly had lost so +much ground since then that they must now give up the struggle. This was +his irrevocable opinion. It had been clearly shown that fourteen +commandos were unable to continue in the veldt. This made peace a +necessity, for what was to be gained by continuing a struggle without a +proper army. The war might last a few months longer, but it must end +then--and end in disaster. + +Commandant W.J. Viljoen (Witwatersrand) said that some speakers were for +and others against the continuation of hostilities. The first were +guided by faith alone; the second had brought forward definite grounds +for their opinion. A year ago both parties had been inspired by faith, +but what had been the result? He would be glad enough to be convinced, +but those who wished to continue the war must show grounds for such a +line of action. + +General De la Rey would only say a few words. He had received definite +instructions before he went to his burghers neither to encourage nor +discourage them, whatever they might say at their meetings. He had +strictly observed these instructions, and had never attempted to +influence them. There were present among the delegates nine men (one +being from Cape Colony) who represented his burghers, and who would +testify as to their state of mind and temper; he need not therefore say +anything. The delegates could bear witness how full of courage the men +were. Nevertheless, the war could not be continued. Say or do what they +would at that meeting, the war must cease. Some had talked about faith. +But what was faith? True faith consisted in saying, "Lord, Thy will, not +mine, be done." They must bow before the will of God. The delegates, he +continued, must choose one of the three courses which were open to them. +It would be a great calamity if they were to decide to surrender +unconditionally. Had it been necessary to do so it should have been done +while they still possessed something. Should they then continue the war? +But the question as to what would become of the people under those +circumstances must be faced--to continue fighting would be the ruin of +the nation. The delegates might go away determined to fight, but the +burghers would lay down their arms, and the state of affairs which would +thus ensue would not redound to their honour. But the British Government +offered guarantees; it would help the nation so that the nation might +help itself. If any one were to say now, "Continue fighting," he and his +generals might have the heart to do so if they kept their minds fixed on +their recent exploits. For himself, however, he would refuse absolutely +to accede to that request. And what real advantage had accrued from his +successes in the veldt? What had followed on them? All his cattle had +been taken away, some three hundred of his men had been killed, wounded, +or taken prisoner. Some of the delegates set their hopes on the +European deputation, but what did that deputation say a year ago? It +said that all depended on their continuing to fight. They _had_ +continued to fight. What more, then, was there left for them to do? Some +gentlemen present had definite mandates from their burghers, who very +likely had no knowledge of the actual state of affairs when they gave +those mandates. He himself had not known at that time in what a plight +the country was. He challenged each and all of the delegates to show +their burghers the proposal of the British Government, and then to see +if those burghers were not in favour of unconditional surrender. But if +the meeting insisted on the continuation of hostilities, the nation +would be driven into _hands-upping_; thus the war would end in dishonour +and disgrace. + +Landdrost Bosman (Wakkerstroom) was glad that General De la Rey had +spoken out so boldly; it was every one's duty to do so. He himself also +was against the continuance of the war. + +Although it had been said that the war had been begun in faith, it ought +not to be forgotten that it had also been begun with hope of +intervention, as was shown by the sending of the deputation to +Europe--that deputation which, as they had often heard, had done so much +good work. Another proof that there had then been hope of intervention +was that the burghers had ordered the delegates to keep them in +communication with the deputation. And that they had not relied +exclusively on faith at the beginning of the war was shown by the fact +that they had founded great hopes on what their brethren in Cape Colony +might accomplish. These hopes had now been dissipated by General Smuts, +who had just said that there was no chance of a general insurrection. + +Again, could the war be continued when their commandos were so much +weakened, and when food was so scarce? It was nonsense to say that food +had been scarce a year ago; there had been a sufficiency then, and at +the present time there was not. One could ride from Vereeniging to Piet +Retief without seeing more than two or three herds of cattle. Moreover, +the women and children were in a most pitiable condition. One delegate +had spoken against any scheme which would be as it were a trampling on +the blood which had already been spilt--he shared that delegate's +sentiments; but he considered that to shed yet more blood in a cause +which was to all appearance hopeless would be still more reprehensible. +He should prefer not to enter into the religious aspect of the question. +It was difficult to fathom the purposes of God; perhaps it might be the +Divine will that they should lose their independence. All that they +could do was to follow the course which seemed to be good and right. +Were they, then, to surrender unconditionally? He would say no. It would +be giving the enemy opportunities for doing things from which they might +otherwise desist. Moreover, by voting for such a policy the leaders +would incur the displeasure of the nation. In choosing what course they +would pursue the delegates should let nothing else sway them save the +good of the nation. They must not be carried away by their feelings; +they must listen only to the voice of reason. + +Commandant H.S. Grobler (Bethal) felt that, under the circumstances, the +war could not be continued. It had already reduced them to such straits +that they would soon have to fly to the utmost borders of their +territories, leaving the enemy unopposed in the very heart of the +country. At the beginning of the war they had not relied on faith alone; +there had also been guns, war material and provisions. But now none of +these things were left to them. It was terrible to him to think that +they must sacrifice the independence of their country. He was a true son +of his country, and could not consent to the surrender of her +independence unless that were the only way of saving the women and +children from starvation. But it was not only the women and children who +were on the verge of starvation; the burghers still left in the laagers +were in the same predicament. What, moreover, was to happen to the +prisoners of war, if the struggle were to be continued? And to the +families in the camps? The delegates must not forget those families. If +the people generally were dying a _national_, the families were dying a +_moral_, death. It was a sad thought that there were among their women +in the camps, many who were thus losing their moral vitality. It was a +thought which should make them determined to conclude the war. + +Commandant Van Niekerk (Ficksburg) said that his commandos had +commissioned him to hold out for independence. The proposal of the +British Government could not be accepted. They must take no hasty step. +If they persevered in the war, the enemy would grant them better terms. +All they had to do was to act like brave men. + +General J.G. Celliers (Lichtenburg) had already told the meeting what +mandate he had received from his burghers. But he was there to do the +best he could for the nation as a whole. The condition of the country +was very critical. The fact that his own commandos were faring well was +not a sufficient reason for continuing the war. He must take all +circumstances into consideration. He had said that he was in favour of +an arrangement by which peace should be made without the sacrifice of +independence. Such an arrangement they had attempted to bring about. +They had elected a Commission, which had done all in its power to give +effect to their wishes in this matter. And the result was the proposal +of the British Government now lying before them. That was what the +Commission had obtained for them. Which of them could say that he could +have obtained better terms for the people than those contained in that +proposal? Or that, if the war were to be continued, the people would +gain any advantage which that proposal did not give them? It had been +said that the deputation in Europe had encouraged the burghers in their +prolonged struggle. The last message they had received from the +deputation had been: "Go on till every remedy has been tried." Could +that be called encouragement? It had also been said that the nation must +have faith. He admitted the necessity--but it must not be the sort of +faith which chose what it would believe, and what it would disbelieve. +They must be prepared to believe that it might be the will of God that +they should yield to the enemy. As he had more insight into the state of +affairs than his burghers, and therefore was better qualified to form a +judgment, he did not feel himself bound by their mandate. Had the +burghers known what he now knew, they would have given him a very +different commission. He felt that it was a serious thing to continue +sacrificing the lives of his fellow-countrymen. Moreover, however dear +independence might be, it was useless to attempt impossibilities. Their +one aim should be to safeguard the interests of the nation. His vote +would be with those who were for accepting the proposal of the British +Government. + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet was the next to address the meeting. His +speech was as follows:-- + +"As I feel it to be my duty to speak out all my mind before this +meeting, I shall go back to the very beginning of the war. And recalling +my feelings at that period, I can say that I had less hope then for +intervention than I have now. I do not mean to say that I am sanguine +about it even now; but I know to-day, what I did not know then, that +great sympathy is felt for us by other nations. Even in England this +sympathy is to be found, as is shown by the largely-attended 'Pro-Boer' +meetings which have been held in that country. And that the feeling in +our favour is widespread is evident from the reports which we received +by word of mouth from the messenger to whom the deputation entrusted its +recent letter, for we cannot believe that the deputation would have +employed an unreliable person. And what did that messenger say? Among +other things, he said that our cause was winning new adherents every +day. It may be asked, however, why the deputation did not send a report +of its own? I reply that it had its hand upon the pulse of the +Governments, and that the information it was thus gaining was of such a +character that it could not be entrusted to any messenger whatsoever. +Perhaps the deputation was unable _in any way_ to communicate what it +knew to us--it would never do to noise abroad the secrets of European +policy. The silence of the delegates ought not, then, to discourage us; +on the contrary, we should regard it as a hopeful sign. + +"If there is any one man who feels deeply for the critical condition of +our country, I am that man. And critical our condition certainly is; so +that I am not surprised that some of us are asking, 'What hope have we +now in continuing the struggle?' But I would ask another question: 'What +hope had we at the beginning of the war?' Our faith in God--we had +nothing else to rely on! At the very outset of the war I knew that we, +with our forty-five thousand troops, were engaged in a contest against a +nation that had no less than seven hundred and fifty thousand men under +arms, and who could easily send against us a third of that number. And +to counterbalance the terrible odds against us, we had nothing, as I +knew, but our faith. At that time there were some who expected that +effectual help would come from Cape Colony. I was never deluded by this +hope. I knew of course that there were men there who would fight with us +against England; I knew how much those men sympathized with our cause; +but I also knew that the circumstances of that country would make it +impossible for the colonists to help us more than they have, as a matter +of fact, done. No! God was our one Hope when the war began. And if, when +the war is over, victory lies with us, it will not be the first time +that faith in God has enabled the weaker nation to overthrow the +stronger. + +"Those of you who urge that the war should be discontinued, ask us, who +are for carrying it on, what tangible reason we have for our hope. But +what tangible reason for hope was there at the beginning of the war? Are +our affairs darker now? Quite the contrary--miracles have been worked in +our favour during the last twenty-two months. General Botha wrote to me +some time ago, saying that the scarcity of ammunition was causing him +much anxiety. And he had good cause for that anxiety--ammunition was +exhausted. When a burgher came to me at that time with an empty +bandolier, it absolutely terrified me. But now, to use an expression of +General Joubert's, my pleasure is tempered with shame when I think of +the plentiful store of ammunition which we possess. I am not angry with +those of my compatriots who ask for reasons--I give my reasons--nor have +I given a thousandth part of them. + +"The enemy has already made us some concessions. There was a time when +Lord Salisbury said that the English Government would be satisfied with +nothing short of unconditional surrender. He does not say so to-day. +England is negotiating with us--that is to say, she shows signs of +yielding to our demands. If we continue the war, England will negotiate +again; she will offer still more favourable terms; she will not even +stick at independence. + +"Do you want more of my reasons? Look back once more upon our past +history, and you shall find them. Recall the time when the Transvaal was +at war with England. At that time we did not know the English so well as +we now know them; we had only thirteen cartridges for each man; and +there were the so-called 'Loyalists'--a chicken-hearted crew--to hamper +us. Faith was our only support then--and you all know how that war +resulted. + +"I am asked what I mean to do with the women and children. That is a +very difficult question to answer. We must have faith. I think also that +we might meet the emergency in this way--a part of the men should be +told off to lay down their arms for the sake of the women, and then they +could take the women with them to the English in the towns. This would +be a hard expedient, but it may be the only one possible. + +"America has been referred to by some of the speakers, who have compared +our circumstances with those of the United States, when they made war +upon England. The comparison is, in one respect at least, an apt one, +for we also have large territories to which we can always retreat. + +"As to Europe--we know little of the condition of things there. Our +information about Europe comes only from newspapers, and 'Jingo' +newspapers at that. If there is not a great deal going on in Europe +which England wants to hide from us, why is she so careful not to let us +see European journals? If there were anything in them _unfavourable_ to +our cause, England would flood our country with them in her own +interests. We must also note that England will not permit our deputation +to return to us. + +"Taking all these facts into consideration, and remembering that the +sympathy for us, which is to be found in England itself, may be regarded +as being, for all practical purposes, a sort of indirect intervention, I +maintain that this terrible struggle must be continued. We must fight +on, no matter how long, until our independence is absolutely secure." + +General Beijers (Waterberg) said that he had to give an answer to the +question whether he ought to follow his reason or his conscience; he +could only reply that conscience had the first claim upon him. If he +were to perish whilst following the guidance of reason, he would feel +that he had been unfaithful; whereas, were he to die whilst obeying the +dictates of conscience, he would not fear death. Martyrs of old had died +for their faith; but he feared that the martyr spirit was now only to be +met with in books! Those martyrs had died, and with their death it had +seemed that all was lost; but the truth, for which they had given up +their lives, had lived! + +But how is it now with us? We think our cause a righteous one, but are +we willing to die for it? Some spoke of our existence as a nation--but +whether that were to be preserved or lost, did not lie with us--it was +in the hands of God--He would take care of it. Right must conquer in the +end. They must take care to be on the side of right, should it even cost +them their lives. He agreed with those who said that, even if the +present deliberations were to come to nothing, they would have another +chance, later on, of negotiating. This had been proved by what had +already happened. General de Wet had shown them how Lord Salisbury had +gone back upon his first demands; he (General Beijers) could tell them +that on one occasion Lord Roberts had declined even to speak to General +Botha--and yet the English were negotiating with them now. He was quite +open to conviction, but at present he could not see that the war ought +to be stopped. Nevertheless he was not blind to the critical state of +their affairs. But their case was not yet hopeless; their anxiety about +food, their lack of horses--these were not insurmountable difficulties. +They might even find some means by which to save their womenfolk. + +No. These difficulties were not insuperable; but there was one +difficulty which _was_ insuperable--the present spirit of the nation. +When a spirit, be it what it might, inspired or ruled a man, then that +man would submit to no other sway. The spirit that now ruled the +burghers was a spirit that was driving them over to the enemy. Against +that spirit it was impossible to contend. General De la Rey had said +that, if the proposal now before the meeting were to be shown to the +burghers, they would at once accept it--that was the sort of spirit that +was in them, and one must take it into consideration, for he was +convinced that it presented an insurmountable obstacle to the +continuation of the war. + +The meeting was then closed with prayer. + +[Footnote 113: See page 363 _et seq._] + +[Footnote 114: See page 379 _et seq._] + +[Footnote 115: See page 391 _et seq._] + +[Footnote 116: See page 395 _et seq._] + +[Footnote 117: The Boer form of this proverb is: Half an egg is better +than an empty shell.] + +[Footnote 118: The head fastened to the knee.] + +[Footnote 119: Having two legs fastened together.] + + +FRIDAY, MAY 30TH, 1902. + +After the preliminary prayer had been offered, Vice-President Burger +said that before beginning the business of the day, it was his sad duty +to inform the meeting that the President of the Orange Free State had +been obliged to resign, on account of serious illness. President Steyn +had been compelled, in order to obtain medical assistance, to put +himself in the hands of the enemy. He had further to communicate that +Commander-in-Chief de Wet had been appointed Vice-President of the +Orange Free State. He wished to express his deep sympathy with the +representatives in the severe loss which they had sustained. President +Steyn, he said, had been a rock and pillar to their great cause. + +Vice-President de Wet having thanked the Vice-President of the South +African Republic for his kind and sympathetic words, Mr. J. Naude (the +representative of Pretoria, and of General Kemp's flying columns) put +some questions with regard to the colonists who had been fighting on the +Boer side. These questions were answered by General Smuts. Mr. Naude +then asked if the delegates were expected to come to any decision about +independence. + +General Botha replied that the Governments had informed Lords Kitchener +and Milner that they were not in a condition to decide that +question--that it was a matter for the nation to settle. The delegates +had then gone to their burghers, and now had returned, and were present. + +Mr. Naude said that it must therefore have been known at Klerksdorp that +the delegates had to decide upon the question of independence. If that +were so, he found himself in a difficulty. Either the delegates had been +misled, or they were the victims of a mistake, for they had never been +told that they had been elected as plenipotentiaries. Notwithstanding +all that the lawyers might say, he considered himself as having a +certain definite mission. He had obtained the votes of his burghers on +the understanding that he would take up a certain position. He had asked +them whether independence was to be given up, and they had answered in +the negative. He could not therefore vote for the acceptance of the +proposal now before the meeting, for that proposal demanded the +surrender of independence. His burghers had also insisted on being +allowed to keep their arms, and on the use of their language in schools +and Courts of Justice, both of which conditions were refused by the +British proposal. Since, therefore, he could not agree to the proposal, +he was for continuing the war. Some asked what were the chances of +success? He remembered the state of feeling among the burghers at +Warmebad--that was a dark time indeed. The Commandant-General had paid +those burghers a visit, and had told them that they had nothing to lose, +but everything to win, by continuing the struggle. That had been enough +for them. They had not had much prospect then; they could not see +whither their road was leading. But they had found out afterwards. It +had been a dark time too when Pretoria was taken, but most of the +burghers had remained steadfast. And after the darkness the light had +come back. Again a dark cloud was over them--it would pass away, and the +light would reappear. + +General De la Rey explained that he had not intended to mislead anybody +at the gatherings of the burghers. Every document which the Government +had handed over to him had been laid before those gatherings. Mr. Naude +had asked whether the delegates at that meeting had to decide about +independence. Most certainly they had. And to do so was a duty devolving +upon Mr. Naude as much as on any other delegate present. They would have +to decide, not for their own districts alone, but for the whole country. + +Mr. Naude said that he had no wish to free himself from his +responsibility, but he could not forget that he had come there with a +definite mission. + +Judge Hertzog wished again to explain the rights of the question from a +legal point of view. One must ask: If the nation were here, what would +it wish to be done? And one must act in conformity with what one thinks +its answer would be. The Judge then proceeded to speak on the matter in +general. What, he asked, were the arguments in favour of continuing the +war? In the first place, England was growing weaker just as their own +nation was. Any one could see that with their own eyes. It was true as +regarded the financial side of the question. No doubt England could +still collect millions of pounds, if she wished, but the time would come +when she would have trouble with her tax-payers. Already the British +Government found it difficult to pay the interest on the sum borrowed +for war expenses, as was proved by the fact that a corn tax had been +levied in England. That tax would not have been levied unless things had +been in a serious condition. In the second place, he would ask how it +was they had not been allowed to meet their deputation? It would only +have taken the deputation fourteen days to perform the journey; by now +it would have been among them. But permission had been refused them. And +why? It was said that to grant a permission would have been a military +irregularity. But the present meeting was also a military irregularity. +There must be something more behind that refusal. But what were the +arguments against going on with the war? He would enumerate them--the +situation in which they found themselves was critical; the country as a +whole was exhausted. Nearly all the horses had died or had been +captured. The strongest argument of all, however, was that some of their +own people had turned against them, and were fighting in the ranks of +the enemy. Then the condition of the women caused great anxiety; a fear +had been expressed that a moral decay might set in among the families in +the camps. That consideration had great weight with him. No one with any +heart could remain indifferent to it. If there was one thing which more +than anything else made him respect Commandant-General Botha, it was +that the Commandant-General had the heart to feel, and the courage to +express, the importance of that consideration. The present war was one +of the saddest that had ever been waged. He doubted if there had ever +been a war in which a nation had suffered as they had. But all those +sufferings, horrible though they were, did not influence his decision. +Did he but see the chance of finally securing freedom for the nation, he +would put all such considerations on one side, and go on fighting till +death. No; it was not the horror of the situation which influenced him; +there was something that weighed upon his heart yet more heavily--it was +_the holding of that meeting at Vereeniging_. He reproached no one. +Every one had acted with the best intentions. Nevertheless that meeting +was a fatal error; it would give them their death blow. For what had it +produced--a statement from the lips of the Commandant-General himself +that the condition of the country was hopeless. If there were yet any +burghers whose courage was not gone, would they not be utterly +disheartened when they heard what their leaders had said at that +meeting? That was the saddest thought of all. He could understand that +those burghers who had already lost heart should be leaving the +commandos, but now those who had never yet been disheartened would +become so. But notwithstanding all this, it was difficult to feel +certain which was the right course to pursue--to give up the war or to +continue it. He could only suggest that those who were now in doubt on +the matter should support the line of action which, before their doubt +began, had appeared to them to be best. + +Mr. L.J. Meijer (a member of the Government of the South African +Republic) then gave some account of the devastation of that part of the +country which lay to the north of the Eastern Railway, and on the +further side of the Sabi River. (This report coincided with those +already given by the delegates.) He went on to say that as they were all +in the dark, and could not see the road they were travelling along, they +must take reason and conscience for their guide. They had already lost +much: let them not lose everything. And what could they hope to gain by +continuing the struggle? To do so might be to throw away their last +chance of peace. What would their progeny say of them if they were to +persist in the struggle and thus lose everything they had possessed? +They would say, "Our forefathers were brave, but they had no brains." +Whereas, if they were to stop the war, their progeny would say, "Our +forefathers did not fight for their own glory." He pointed out that +however little the British proposal contained of what they desired, it +nevertheless promised them representative government. In the past he had +been against the war; he had wished that the five years' franchise +should be granted. Although the people had opposed this measure he had +always supported it. And why? Because he had feared that were that +measure not conceded African blood would stain the ground. Must they +still continue to shed blood? After the capture of Bloemfontein there +had been a secret meeting of the council of war at Pretoria. His +Government had then been willing to surrender, but the Free State had +refused. The two Governments had therefore decided to go on with the +war. A year later, in the month of June, there had been another meeting. +A letter had been sent to the Free State. The two Governments had met at +Waterval, and had once more decided to continue the struggle. Later on, +again, the Government of the South African Republic wrote another letter +to the Free State; but there had been no opportunity of meeting until +the present occasion, which saw them assembled together at Vereeniging. +Were they again going to decide to continue their resistance? It was a +matter for serious consideration. There was but little seed-corn left. +This must, if they had to go on fighting, be preserved from the enemy at +all costs; were it to be destroyed, the African nation must cease to +exist. But they could not continue the war. It was the Boers now who +were teaching the English how to fight against us; Boers now were with +the enemy's forces, showing them how to march by night, and pointing out +to them all the foot passes. + +Commandant Van Niekerk (Kroonstad) pointed out that the Colonists had +already rendered them valuable aid, and could still do so. Were they now +to abandon these Colonists, and--thinking only about saving +themselves--leave them to fight on alone? It would be sad indeed if the +burghers were compelled to lay down their arms. + +Commandant-General L. Botha said that in regard to the holding of a +national meeting, he had already chosen delegates with power to act. He +spoke of the state of affairs at the beginning of the war--the two +Republics had then at least sixty thousand men under arms. In reference +to the Cape Colony, he said that it had never been expected that that +country would allow its railways to be used for the transport of troops. +The Commandant-General then proceeded as follows:-- + +"I used to entertain hopes that the European Powers would interfere on +our behalf. All that they have done, however, has been to look on while +England was introducing all sorts of new methods of warfare, methods, +too, which are contrary to all international law. + +"When the war began we had plenty of provisions, and a commando could +remain for weeks in one spot without the local food supply running out. +Our families, too, were then well provided for. But all this is now +changed. One is only too thankful nowadays to know that our wives are +under English protection. This question of our womenfolk is one of our +greatest difficulties. What are we to do with them? One man answers that +some of the burghers should surrender themselves to the English, and +take the women with them. But most of the women now amongst us are the +wives of men already prisoners. And how can we expect those not their +own kith and kin to be willing to give up liberty for their sakes? + +"As to the deputation, we must remember that it was accredited to all +the Powers of Europe. And yet it has only been able to hand in its +credentials to the Netherlands Government. Does not this prove that no +other Government is willing to receive it? If you need further proof, I +refer you to the letter in which the deputation--they were still allowed +to write to us then--said: 'There is no chance for us in Europe.' The +deputation wanted to be allowed to return home, but our Government +advised them to remain in Europe, because their arrival in South Africa +would be a death blow to the hopes of many. That is why the deputation +is still in Europe. Later on they said that, although they knew that +there was no chance of intervention, yet they felt that they ought to +persist in their efforts, because of the sacrifices which we had already +made. It is possible that a war may arise in Europe from which we shall +gain something, but what right have we to expect such a contingency? +Moreover, great nations take but little interest in the fate of small +ones--indeed, it is to the advantage of the former that the small +nations should be wiped out of existence. + +"I cannot refrain from alluding to the faithlessness of some of our +burghers, who are to be found in the ranks of the enemy. But this is not +the only sign of the way in which affairs are trending--I look back on +the past. I remember that we have been fighting a full year since we +last heard of our deputation. What have we gained since June, 1901? +Nothing. On the contrary, we have been going backwards so fast that, if +this weakening process goes on much longer, we shall soon find ourselves +unable any more to call ourselves a fighting nation. What have we not +undergone in the course of this year which is just over! In the +concentration camps alone, twenty thousand women and children have died. +When I was in Pretoria I received reports from our information office, +and otherwise, of our losses. I found that there were thirty-one +thousand six hundred prisoners of war, of whom six hundred had died, and +that three thousand eight hundred of our burghers had been killed in the +war. Is not a loss such as this, in so short a time as two and a half +years, a serious matter? Think, too, of the sufferings which those +twenty thousand women who died in the camps must have endured! + +"I am not deaf to the claims of the colonists who have been fighting for +us. I have said that if we surrender our independence, we must provide +for them. Should we serve their interests by continuing the war? No, +indeed! The best thing for them would be that we should bring it to a +close. But if we are absolutely determined to go on fighting, let us at +least say to them, 'We advise _you_ to desist.' + +"What I am saying now is in substance what I said at Warmbad at a time +when there were two thousand men of that district in the Veldt. How many +are there now? Four hundred and eighty! On that occasion I also said +that we must continue the war until we were driven by sheer starvation +to make peace. Well, in some divisions starvation has already come. The +delegates themselves have had to confess that our strength up till now +has lain in the fact that we have been able to continue the struggle in +every district. In this way we have divided the enemy's forces. But if +we are compelled to abandon some of our districts, and to concentrate on +certain points, then the English also will concentrate, and attack us +with an irresistible force. + +"It has been suggested that we ought to march into Cape Colony. I know, +however, what that would mean--Commander-in-Chief de Wet marched into +the colonies. He had a large force, and the season of the year was +auspicious for his attempt, and yet he failed. How, then, shall we +succeed in winter, and with horses so weak that they can only go +_op-een-stap_.[120] + +"What, then, are we to do? Some will reply, 'Go on with the war,' Yes, +but for how long? For ten or twelve years? But would that be possible? +If in two years we have been reduced from sixty thousand fighting men to +half that number, where will our army be after another ten years of war? +It is clear enough to me that if we go on any longer, we shall be +compelled to surrender. Would it not be better to come to some agreement +with the enemy, while we have the opportunity? We have all received the +gift of reason; let us use it on the present occasion. + +"As far as I and my own burghers are concerned, to continue the struggle +is still possible. But we must not only think of ourselves. We must +almost think of others. There are, for instance, the widows and orphans. +If we accept the terms now offered to us, they will remain under our +care. But if we go on with the war until we are forced to surrender, who +will then take care of them? Or if we were all killed, what could we do +for them? We should not even be able to send a deputation to Europe, to +ask for money to help us to rebuild our farms, and to feed our burghers. + +"There are three questions now before us--three alternatives between +which we have to choose--the continuing of the war, unconditional +surrender, and the acceptance of the British proposal. With regard to +the first, I fail to see what satisfactory result can come to us from +persisting in this unequal contest, which must result in the end in our +extermination. As to the choice between the other two, in many ways +unconditional surrender would be the better. But, for the sake of the +nation, we may not choose it. Although to reject it may involve us in +many hardships, yet we must think of nothing else but the interests of +the nation. Our only course, then, is to accept the proposal of the +English Government. Its terms may not be very advantageous to us, but +nevertheless they rescue us from an almost impossible position." + +After a short adjournment the delegates again assembled at about 2 p.m. + +General C.H. Muller (Boksburg) said that his burghers had sent him to +defend their menaced independence. One part of them had authorized him +to act as his judgment should dictate; another part had ordered him to +hold out for independence and to try to get into communication with the +European deputation. He had long ago told his burghers that they must +trust in God if they wished to continue the war, for they could not do +so by relying only on their guns and rifles. He did not like to think of +what they would say if he were to go back to them and tell them that he +had not been in communication with the deputation, and that the +proposal of the English Government had been accepted. He could not bring +himself to surrender. Nevertheless, having in view what the +Commandant-General and others had said, he felt that he must do so, for +it was impossible for him to prosecute the war single-handed. But could +not the delegates continue to stand by one another, and make a covenant +with the Lord? The district which he represented was one of the poorest +in the whole country, and the Ł3,000,000 offered by the enemy did not +include any provision for those who, like his burghers, could do nothing +to help themselves. He would again suggest that the delegates should +make a vow unto the Lord. For himself, he could not vote for the +acceptance of the British proposal. + +General J.H. Smuts then spoke as follows:-- + +"Up till now I have taken no part in this discussion, but my opinions +are not unknown to my Government; we have arrived at a dark period both +in the history of our war, and in the course of our national +development. To me it is all the darker because I am one of those who, +as members of the Government of the South African Republic, provoked the +war with England. A man, however, may not draw back from the +consequences of his deeds. We must therefore keep back all private +feeling, and decide solely with a view to the lasting interests of our +nation. This is an important occasion for us--it is perhaps the last +time that we shall meet as a free people with a free government. Let us +then rise to the height of this occasion; let us arrive at a decision +for which our posterity shall bless, and not curse us. + +"The great danger for this meeting is that of deciding the questions +before it on purely military grounds. Nearly all the delegates here are +officers who in the past have never quailed before the overwhelming +forces of the enemy, and who therefore are never likely to do so in the +future. They do not know what fear is, and they are ready to shed the +last drop of their blood in the defence of their country. + +"Now if we look at the matter from _their_ point of view, that is to +say, if we look at it merely as a military question, I am bound to admit +that we shall come to the conclusion that the war _can_ be continued. We +are still an unconquered power; we have still about eighteen thousand +men in the field--veterans, with whom one can accomplish almost +anything. From a purely military standpoint, our cause is not yet lost. +But it is as a _nation_, and not as an _army_, that we are met here, and +it is therefore for the nation principally that we must consult. No one +sits here to represent this or that commando. One and all, we represent +the African nation, and not only those members of it which are now in +the field, but also those who rest beneath the soil, and those yet +unborn, who shall succeed us. + +"No! We do not only represent our burghers on commando, the troops over +which we are placed in command; we represent also the thousands who have +passed away, after making the last sacrifice for their country; the +prisoners scattered all the world over; the women and children dying by +the thousand in the prison camps of the enemy; we represent the blood +and the tears of the whole African nation. From the prisons, the camps, +the graves, the veldt, and from the womb of the future, that nation +cries out to us to make a wise decision now, to take no step which might +lead to the downfall or even to the extermination of their race, and +thus make all their sacrifices of no avail. Our struggle, up to the +present, has not been an aimless one. We have not been fighting in mere +desperation. We began this strife, and we have continued it, because we +wanted to maintain our independence and were prepared to sacrifice +everything for it. But we must not sacrifice the African nation itself +upon the altar of independence. So soon as we are convinced that our +chance of maintaining our autonomous position as Republics is, humanly +speaking, at an end, it becomes our clear duty to desist from our +efforts. We must not run the risk of sacrificing our nation and its +future to a mere idea which can no longer be realized. + +"And ought we not to be convinced that independence is now irretrievably +lost? We have been fighting without cessation for nearly three years. It +is no exaggeration to say that during that period we have been employing +all the strength and all the means which we possess, in the furtherance +of our cause. We have sacrificed thousands of lives; we have lost all +our earthly goods; our dear country is become one continuous desert; +more than twenty thousand of our women and children have perished in the +camps of the enemy. And has this brought us independence? Just the +reverse; it is receding further and further from us every day. The +longer we fight, the greater will be the distance between us and the aim +for which we are fighting. + +"The manner in which the enemy has been conducting, and still continues +to conduct, this war, has reduced our country to such a state of +exhaustion, that it will soon be a physical impossibility for us to +fight any longer. Our only hope lies in the chance of help from outside. +A year ago I, in the name of my Government, communicated the condition +of our nation to His Honour States-President Kruger, in Europe. He +wrote in reply that we must rely on the state of affairs in Cape +Colony--and the sympathy of European nations--and that we must continue +the war until all other means were exhausted." + +The speaker here enlarged upon the political developments which had +taken place in the United States and in the principal European countries +during the preceding two years, and then continued:-- + +"So far as we are concerned, the sum total of the foreign situation is +that we obtain a great deal of sympathy, for which we are naturally most +grateful. More than this we do not obtain, nor shall obtain for many a +long year. Europe will go on expressing sympathy with us until the last +Boer hero has died on the field and the last Boer woman has gone down to +her grave--until, in fact, the whole Boer nation has been sacrificed on +the altar of history and of humanity. + +"I have already, on a former occasion, told you what I think about the +situation in Cape Colony. We have made great mistakes there; perhaps +even now Cape Colony is not ripe for the sort of policy which we have +been pursuing with regard to it. At all events, we cannot entertain any +hopes of a general rising of the Colonists. We cannot, however, give too +much honour to those three thousand heroes in the Colony who have +sacrificed all in our behalf, even though they have not succeeded in +securing our independence for us. + +"Thus we have given President Kruger's advice a fair trial. For twelve +months we have been testing the value of the methods which he urged upon +us. And, as a result of it all, we have become convinced that those +methods are of no avail--that if we wish to remain independent we must +depend upon ourselves alone. But the facts which the various delegates +have brought before our notice show that we _cannot_ thus depend upon +ourselves; that, unless we obtain outside help, the struggle must come +to an end. We have, then, no hope of success. Our country is already +devastated and in ruins; let us stop before our people are ruined also. + +"And now the enemy approaches with a proposal, which, however +unacceptable it may be to us in other respects, includes the promise of +amnesty for our Colonial brethren who have been fighting side by side +with us. I fear that the day will come when we shall no longer be able +to save these so-called rebels, and then it will be a just ground for +reproach that we sacrificed their interests in a cause that was already +hopeless. Moreover, if we refused the proposal which the British +Government now makes to us, I am afraid that we shall considerably +weaken our position in the eyes of the world, and thus lose much of the +sympathy which to-day it evinces in our favour. + +"Brethren, we have vowed to stand fast to the bitter end; but let us be +men, and acknowledge that that end has now come, and that it is more +bitter than ever we thought it could be. For death itself would be sweet +compared with the step which we must now take. But let us bow before the +will of God. + +"The future is dark indeed, but we will not give up courage, and hope, +and trust in God. No one shall ever convince me that this unparalleled +sacrifice which the African nation has laid upon the altar of freedom +will be in vain. It has been a war for freedom--not only for the freedom +of the Boers, but for the freedom of all the nations of South Africa. +Its results we leave in God's hands. Perhaps it is His will to lead our +nation through defeat, through abasement, yes, and even through the +valley of the shadow of death, to the glory of a nobler future, to the +light of a brighter day." + +Commandant A.J. Bester (Bloemfontein) said that at the meeting at which +he had been elected his burghers had told him that they were resolved +not to become the subjects of England. The arguments now urged against +the continuation of the war were not new--they had been used in former +times of depression. History gave many instances in which their nation +had been delivered out of the most critical positions. One could not +help believing that Right would conquer. How was it to be explained that +two hundred and forty thousand troops had failed to exterminate two +small Republics? Then there had been miraculous escapes; surely the +thoughts of these ought to encourage them. They must all be of one mind. +His own decision was to stand or to fall for his freedom. + +Mr. Birkenstock (Vrijheid) asked whether the proposal could not be +accepted under protest. + +General J.C. Smuts answered that the meeting could empower the +Governments to accept the proposal, and to add that they did so with +such and such provisos. + +Commandant A.J. Bester (Bloemfontein) thought that there had been enough +said, and recommended that the discussion be closed. + +Commandant F.E. Mentz (Heilbron) also thought that it was not necessary +to argue any more. He believed that the war could not be continued. In +Heilbron, Bloemfontein, and part of Bethlehem there were not five head +of cattle left. The helpless condition of the women and children also +demanded consideration. The state of the country was becoming so +desperate that they were now obliged to break away from the kraals. He +himself had been compelled to this not long ago, and had lost forty men +in one day. He would have to leave his district, but could not bring it +to his heart to leave the women behind. It was quite clear to him that +the war must be stopped, for some parts of the Transvaal were absolutely +unable to go on fighting. Moreover, were the war to continue, commando +after commando would go over to the enemy. + +General Kemp (Krugersdorp) took a more encouraging view of affairs. He +would stand or fall with the independence. His mandate was to that +effect. His conscience also would not justify him in taking any other +course. He thought that the proposal of the English Government was +vague, that there was not sufficient provision for the Boer losses in +it, and that it treated the Dutch language as a foreign tongue. +Circumstances had often been dark, and the darkness would pass away this +time as it had done before. Remembering the commission which had been +given to him by the burghers, he could not do otherwise than vote for a +continuation of the war. + +Vice-President Burger: "I have already given my opinion. I am sorry that +the meeting seems to be divided. It is necessary for the welfare of our +nation that we should be of one mind. Are we to continue the war? From +what I have seen and heard, it is clear to me that we cannot do so. I +repeat that there is no possibility of it, neither does any real hope +exist that by doing so we should benefit the nation. It is idle to +compare our condition in the struggle in 1877-1881 with that in which we +now find ourselves; I speak from experience. + +"It is true that the victory was then ours; that it was so is due to the +help which we received from outside. The Orange Free State remained +neutral, but assistance came from President Brand in South Africa and +from Gladstone in England: thus it was not by our own sword that we were +enabled to win. + +"It will be asked why, if we have kept up the struggle for two years and +a half, can we not still continue to do so? + +"Because, in the meantime, we have become weaker and weaker, and if we +persist the end must be fatal. What grounds have we for expecting that +we may yet be victorious? Each man we lose renders us weaker; every +hundred men we lose means a similar gain to the enemy. England's +numerical strength does not diminish; on the contrary, there are even +more troops in the country at this moment than when Lord Roberts had the +command. England also has used our own men against us, and has not been +ashamed of arming the Kaffirs; the enemy are learning from our own men +in what way they should fight--he must be blind indeed who cannot see +these facts. + +"I do not think we can appropriately call this altogether a 'war of +faith.' Undoubtedly we began this war strong in the faith of God, but +there were also two or three other things to rely upon. We had +considerable confidence in our own weapons; we under-estimated the +enemy; the fighting spirit had seized upon our people; and the thought +of victory had banished that of the possibility of defeat. + +"The question still remains, What are we to do? I have no great opinion +of the document which lies before us: to me it holds out no inducement +to stop the war. If I feel compelled to treat for peace it is not on +account of any advantages that this proposal offers me: it is the weight +of my own responsibility which drives me to it. + +"If I think that by holding out I should dig the nation's grave, nothing +must induce me to continue the struggle. + +"Therefore I consider it my duty, as leader of our nation, to do my +utmost that not one man more shall be killed, that not one woman more +shall die. + +"The sacrifice must be made; is not this also a trial of our faith? What +shall we gain by going on? Nothing! It is obvious that further +surrenders will take place--here of a few, there of many--and our +weakness will increase. + +"We shall also be obliged to abandon large areas of the country. Will +this make us stronger? Rather, will it not enable the enemy to +concentrate still more? And the abandoned tracts--to whom will they +belong? To the enemy! + +"In all probability this is our last meeting. I do not believe that we +shall be given another chance to negotiate: we shall be deemed too +insignificant. If we reject this proposal, what prospects have we in the +future? If we accept it, we can, like a child, increase in size and +strength, but with its rejection goes our last opportunity. + +"Fell a tree and it will sprout again; uproot it and there is an end of +it. What has the nation done to deserve extinction? + +"Those who wish to continue the war are influenced chiefly by hope; but +on what is this hope founded? On our arms? No. On intervention? By no +means. On what then? No one can say. + +"I am sorry that the Transvaal and the Orange Free State are at variance +on this point, and I regret that it is the Transvaal which has to +declare itself unable to proceed further; but the enemy have +concentrated all their forces in this State, and we can hold out no +longer." + +Mr. L. Jacobsz: "I have hitherto not spoken, because I am a +non-combatant. I have also suffered much, although less than others. I +have listened to what has been said, but my opinion is not changed by +the views I have heard expressed. + +"I repeat now what I said at Klerksdorp, namely that the struggle cannot +continue. I have noted the condition of the country, which is such that +the commandos can no longer be supported. I would point out the +condition of the women and children, of whom many are dying, and all are +exposed to great dangers. If there was a chance of succeeding in the +end, then we might hold out, but there is no such chance; there is no +possibility of intervention, and the silence of the deputation is +ominous. + +"I sympathize with the heroes present at this meeting; we must have a +foundation for our faith, and we cannot altogether compare our people +with the people of Israel. Israel had promises made to them; we have +none. I would further point out that, in the interests of the nation, it +will not do to surrender unconditionally: the terms before us may be +deceptive, but they are the best obtainable. + +"With regard to the difficulty of those delegates who consider that they +are bound to act as they have been commissioned, I am of the same +opinion as Judge Hertzog and General Smuts." + +Commandant J.J. Alberts (Standerton) spoke more or less in the same +strain. He was of opinion that the war should be finished by ceding +territory, but, failing this, that it should be ended on any terms +obtainable. + +Vice-President de Wet expressed his opinion that, considering the short +time at their disposal, they should proceed, if possible, to make some +proposal. + +General D.A. Brand said that he would have spoken if he had not thought +that enough had been said; he considered it desirable to close the +discussion, and was willing to make a proposal. + +Veldtcornet D.J.E. Opperman (Pretoria South) considered that the +difficulties of continuing the war, and of accepting the proposal, were +equal. Some of his burghers would fight no longer. What troubled him +most was the condition of the women; it went to his heart to see these +families perish. He was of opinion that, for the sake of the women and +children who were suffering so intensely, the proposal should be +accepted under protest. + +Veldtcornet J. Van Steedden, seconded by Veldtcornet B.J. Roos, moved +that the discussion be now closed. + +The meeting was adjourned after prayer. + +[Footnote 120: The step of a tired horse.] + + +SATURDAY, MAY 31ST, 1902. + +The meeting was opened with prayer. + +General Nieuwouwdt, seconded by General Brand, made the following +proposal:-- + +"This meeting of special deputies from the two Republics, after +considering the proposal of His Majesty's Government for the +re-establishment of peace, and taking into consideration (_a_) the +demands of the burghers in the veldt and the commissions which they had +given to their representatives; (_b_) that they do not consider +themselves justified in concluding peace on the basis laid down by His +Majesty's Government before having been placed in communication with the +delegates of the Republic now in Europe, decides that it cannot accept +the proposal of His Majesty's Government, and orders the Governments of +the two Republics to communicate this decision to His Majesty's +Government through its representatives." + +Mr. P.R. Viljoen, seconded by General H.A. Alberts, made a proposal, +amended afterwards by General Smuts and Judge Hertzog, which appears +later on under the proposal of H.P.J. Pretorius and C. Botha. + +A third proposal by General E. Botha and General J.G. Celliers was laid +upon the table, but subsequently withdrawn. + +Mr. F.W. Reitz considered it to be his duty not only to the nation but +also to himself as a citizen, to say that, in case the proposal of the +British Government should be accepted, it would be necessary for the +meeting to make provisions as to whose signatures should be attached to +the necessary documents. He himself would not sign any document by which +the independence would be given up. + +Remarks were made by several members on the first proposal, and Mr. P.R. +Viljoen asked that no division should arise. + +Vice-President de Wet then said that, as the time was limited, and all +could not speak, he would propose that a Commission should be nominated +in order to draw up a third proposal in which various opinions of the +members should be set down; and that, whilst the Commission was occupied +in this way, the Orange Free State delegates on their part and those of +the South African Republic on their part, should meet in order that an +understanding might be come to between them. They must endeavour to come +to a decision, for it would be of the greatest possible advantage to +them. + +Commandant-General Botha thought that this hint should be taken. They +had suffered and fought together: let them not part in anger. + +The above-mentioned Commission was then decided upon, and Judge Hertzog +and General Smuts were elected. + +Then the Orange Free State delegates went to the tent of Vice-President +de Wet, whilst those of the South African Republic remained in the tent +in which the meeting was held. + +After a time of heated dispute--for every man was preparing himself for +the bitter end--they came to an agreement, and Judge Hertzog read the +following proposal:-- + +"We, the national representatives of both the South African Republic and +the Orange Free State, at the meeting held at Vereeniging, from the 15th +of May till the 31st of May, 1902, have with grief considered the +proposal made by His Majesty's Government in connexion with the +conclusion of the existing hostilities, and their communication that +this proposal had to be accepted, or rejected, unaltered. We are sorry +that His Majesty's Government has absolutely declined to negotiate with +the Governments of the Republics on the basis of their independence, or +to allow our Governments to enter into communication with our +deputations. Our people, however, have always been under the impression +that not only on the grounds of justice, but also taking into +consideration the great material and personal sacrifices made for their +independence, that it had a well-founded claim for that independence. + +"We have seriously considered the future of our country, and have +specially observed the following facts:-- + +"Firstly, that the military policy pursued by the British military +authorities has led to the general devastation of the territory of both +Republics by the burning down of farms and towns, by the destruction of +all means of subsistence, and by the exhausting of all resources +required for the maintenance of our families, the subsistence of our +armies, and the continuation of the war. + +"Secondly, that the placing of our families in the concentration camps +has brought on an unheard-of condition of suffering and sickness, so +that in a comparatively short time about twenty thousand of our beloved +ones have died there, and that the horrid probability has arisen that, +by continuing the war, our whole nation may die out in this way. + +"Thirdly, that the Kaffir tribe, within and without the frontiers of the +territory of the two Republics, are mostly armed and are taking part in +the war against us, and through the committing of murders and all sorts +of cruelties have caused an unbearable condition of affairs in many +districts of both Republics. An instance of this happened not long ago +in the district of Vrijheid, where fifty-six burghers on one occasion +were murdered and mutilated in a fearful manner. + +"Fourthly, that by the proclamations of the enemy the burghers still +fighting are threatened with the loss of all their movable and landed +property--and thus with utter ruin--which proclamations have already +been enforced. + +"Fifthly, that it has already, through the circumstances of the war, +become quite impossible for us to keep the many thousand prisoners of +war taken by our forces, and that we have thus been unable to inflict +much damage on the British forces (whereas the burghers who are taken +prisoners by the British armies are sent out of the country), and that, +after war has raged for nearly three years, there only remains an +insignificant part of the fighting forces with which we began. + +"Sixthly, that this fighting remainder, which is only a small minority +of our whole nation, has to fight against an overpowering force of the +enemy, and besides is reduced to a condition of starvation, and is +destitute of all necessaries, and that notwithstanding our utmost +efforts, and the sacrifice of everything that is dear and precious to +us, we cannot foresee an eventual victory. + +"We are therefore of opinion that there is no justifiable ground for +expecting that by continuing the war the nation will retain its +independence, and that, under these circumstances, the nation is not +justified in continuing the war, because this can only lead to social +and material ruin, not for us alone, but also for our posterity. +Compelled by the above-named circumstances and motives, we commission +both Governments to accept the proposal of His Majesty's Government, and +to sign it in the name of the people of both Republics. + +"We, the representative delegates, express our confidence that the +present circumstances will, by accepting the proposal of His Majesty's +Government, be speedily ameliorated in such a way that our nation will +be placed in a position to enjoy the privileges to which they think they +have a just claim, on the ground not only of their past sacrifices, but +also of those made in this war. + +"We have with great satisfaction taken note of the decision of His +Majesty's Government to grant a large measure of amnesty to the British +subjects who have taken up arms on our behalf, and to whom we are united +by bonds of love and honour; and express our wish that it may please His +Majesty to still further extend this amnesty." + +Mr. P.R. Viljoen then withdrew his proposal. + +Commandant H.P.J. Pretorius, seconded by General C. Botha, presented the +proposal, as read by the Commission. + +General Nieuwouwdt also withdrew his proposal, but it was at once taken +over by General C.C.J. Badenhorst, seconded by Commandant A.J. Bester, +of Bloemfontein. + +The meeting then adjourned till the afternoon. + + * * * * * + +In the afternoon at 2.05 it again met. + +Proceeding to the voting, the proposal of H.P.J. Pretorius, seconded by +General C. Botha, was accepted, by fifty-four votes against six. Then +Vice-President Burger spoke a few words suitable to the occasion as +follows:--"We are standing here at the grave of the two Republics. Much +yet remains to be done, although we shall not be able to do it in the +official capacities which we have formerly occupied. Let us not draw our +hands back from the work which it is our duty to accomplish. Let us ask +God to guide us, and to show us how we shall be enabled to keep our +nation together. We must be ready to forgive and forget, whenever we +meet our brethren. That part of our nation which has proved unfaithful +we must not reject." + +Later, Vice-President Burger spoke a few words of farewell to the +Commandant-General, to the Members of the Executive Councils, and to the +delegates. + +In the afternoon, as it turned out for the last time, Commandant +Jacobsz, seconded by General Muller, made the following proposal, which +was unanimously accepted by the meeting:-- + +"This meeting of Delegates, having in view the necessity of collecting +means to provide for the wants of the suffering women and children, +widows and orphans, and other destitute persons, who have through this +war come to a condition of want, and also having in view the +desirability of nominating a Committee, whose duty it shall be to +arrange the necessary steps in this matter, and to finally decide on the +management and distribution of the donations received, decides:-- + +"To nominate the Hon. Messrs. M.J. Steyn, S.W. Burger, L. Botha, C.R. de +Wet, J.H. De la Rey, A.P. Kriel, and J.D. Kestell, as the Committee, to +carry out all arrangements for the above-mentioned purposes, that may +seem desirable and expedient to them, and also to appoint new Members, +Sub-Committees and working Committees; and the said Committee is +empowered to draw up regulations, and to amend them from time to time as +shall seem to them expedient. + +"This meeting further decides to send abroad from the above-mentioned +Committee, Messrs. C.R. de Wet, L. Botha, and J.H. De la Rey, in order +that they may help in collecting the above-mentioned donations." + +Then this--the last meeting of the two Republics--was closed with +prayer. + + + + +Index + + +Aard, Commandant Frans van-- + Election as Commandant of Kroonstad, 115 + Killed in engagement between Kroonstad and Lindley, 157 + +Abraham's Kraal--Bombardment by British, Boer Flight, 52 + +_Achterlaaiers_, 3 + +Active Service--Calling up of Orange Free State Burghers, 4 + Commando Law as to Equipment, Provisions, etc., 3 + Notification to Orange Free State Burghers to hold themselves in + readiness, 3 + +Alberts, Capt.--Tribute to, 243 + +Albrecht, Major--Command of Boer Reinforcements at Koedoesberg, 28 + +Ammunition--Amount possessed by Boers in 1902, 408 + Capture of Ammunition by the Boers, 173 + Dewetsdorp, 178 + Doornspruit, Capture of Train near, 132 + Roodewal--Amount captured, 103 + Digging up, 191, 193 + Disposal of, 104, 106 + Tweefontein, 282 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Ammunition hidden in Cave, 298 + +Amnesty--General Amnesty for Boer Sympathisers in Cape Colony and Natal, + proposed, 322 + +Annexation of the South African Republic--Battles fought after the + alleged Annexation, 229 + Peace Negotiations at Pretoria, References to the Annexation, 367 + +Armistice to admit of attendance of Officers at the Vereeniging Meeting + (May, 1902), 315 + Misunderstanding on the part of the British Columns, 317 + +Arms, Surrender of, _see_ titles Banishment and Surrender + +Assistant-Commander-in-Chief Gen. de Wet obtaining Post from + Government, 95 + +Assistant-Commander-in-Chief of the Orange Free State-- + Prinsloo, Mr. Marthinus, Illegal Election of, 126 + Steenekamp, Commandant, Nomination of, 144 + + +Badenhorst, Siege of, by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 77, 78 + Abandonment of Siege, 79 + +Badenhorst, Veldtcornet, 94 + Vice-Commander-in-Chief in Districts of Boshof, etc., Appointment, 159 + +Baggage Animals of British Troops--Exhaustion of, 148 + Use of, 279 + +Baker's, Col., Column--Commander-in-Chief de Wet lying in wait with a + view to Reprisals, 271 + +Banishment Proclamation of Aug. 7, 1901 (Lord Kitchener's + Proclamation), 247-250 + Battles fought subsequent to, 252 + Burghers, Effect on, 252 + Kitchener's, Lord, Letter to Commander-in-Chief de Wet enclosing copy + of Proclamation, 247 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Reply, 248 + Officers, Effect on, 250 + President and Commander-in-Chief of Transvaal and Orange Free + State--Replies, 250, 251, 257, 258 + Steyn's, President, Letter to Lord Kitchener, 251-259 + Terms of, 247-251 + +Bank Notes of the South African Republic--Peace Terms, Arrangements for + honouring Notes, 380 + Prisoners of War, Opportunity of sending in Notes for Payment, 386 + +Barbed Wire Fences, _see_ Wire Fences + +Barton, Gen., Attack on at Frederiksstad by Commander-in-Chief de Wet + and Gen. Liebenberg, 164-167 + +Beijers, Gen.--Continuance of the War, Spirit of the Nation an + obstacle--Speech at Vereeniging Conference, 410 + Waterberg District, Situation in--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 339 + +Bergh, Capt.--Attacks on Boer Forces with bands of Kaffirs, 271 + +Bester, Commandant A.J.--Continuance of the War, Argument in favour of + at the Vereeniging Conference, 421 + +Bester Station, Skirmish at, 10 + +Bethlehem--Commandants of Boer Forces, Appointments, 227, 228 + Defence of--British Reinforcements, Arrival of, 121, 122 + Dispositions of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 120, 121 + _Voetgangers_ on Wolhuterskop, Bravery of, 121, 122 + Engagement near, 194, 195 + Fall of, 122 + +Bethlehem Commando--Fidelity of Burghers, 94, _note_ + +Bezuidenhoutspas--Occupation by Vrede Commando, 7, 8 + +Biddulphsberg Engagement--English wounded burnt by veldt fire, 84 + +"Big Constable"--Transvaalers mistaking President Steyn for Police + Agent, 86, 87 + +Birkenstock, Mr.--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, etc., 399 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 343 + +Blauwbank, Fight at, 30 + British Camp abandoned--Booty taken by Boers, 33, 34 + British Convoy, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Attack on, 32, 33 + +Blijdschap--Arrival of Laager of Women, 268 + De Lange sentenced to death for High Treason at, 268, _note_ + Massing of Commandos at, 268 + +_Blikkiescost_, 4 + +Blockhouse System--"Blockhead" System, alleged, 260 + Boer Success in breaking through Blockhouses, 260, 261 + Bothaville, Boers breaking through Blockhouse Line, 299 + British loss of faith in Blockhouses, 291, 292 + Cost of erection and maintenance, 262 + Description of, 262 + Districts surrounded by the British, 261 + Failure of, alleged, 261 + Lindley-Kroonstad Line, Boers breaking through, 287 + Palmietfontein, Boers breaking through Line near, 289, 290 + Prolongation of the War by, alleged, 263, 264 + Small number of Captures effected, 260, 261 + Springhaansnek--Commander-in-Chief de Wet breaking through the Line of + Blockhouses on the march to the South, 173 + Thaba'Nchu and Sanna's Post, Forts between--Capture by + Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 201, 202 + Trenches dug by British near Blockhouse Lines, etc., 288, 294, 295 + +Bloemfontein--Capture by British, 55 + Defence of--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Arrangements, 54 + Water Works--Occupation by General Broadwood, 61 + +"Boer Biscuits," 3 + +Boer Forces-- + Burghers who had returned home after fall of Bloemfontein, Re-call to + the front, 71 + Commandos left with Commander-in-Chief de Wet after fall of + Bloemfontein, _note_ 57 + Confusion among Burghers at Holspruits, 294, 295 + Discipline, _see_ that title + Disposition of Forces after fall of Bethlehem, 124 + Harrismith Commando, Refusal to part with Waggons--Return + home, 161, 163 + Medical Certificates, Abuse of, _note_ 59 + Mobility, _see_ that title + Numbers at Outset of War, 408, 414, 415, 491 + Numbers at the Termination of the War, 322, 338, 339, 347, 348, 359, + 360, 361, 362 + Orange Free State Commandos-- + Commander-in-Chief, Election of, 6, 7 + Harrismith, Concentration at, 4, 6-7 + Heilbron Commando, _see_ that title + Number of Burghers ready to fight after fall of Pretoria, 94 + Panic after Paardeberg, 48, 49, 51, 52, _note_ 57 + Permission given to Burghers by Commander-in-Chief de Wet to return + home, 56, _note_ 57--Gen. Joubert's Protest, 57 + Reduction in numbers due to Paardeberg Surrender, etc., 89, 90 + Roberts', Lord, Surrender Proclamation--Effect on Numbers rejoining + Commandos, 60 + Non-observance of Terms, Burghers returning to Commandos, 80 + Separation of Free Staters and Transvaalers after fall of Kroonstad, + Reasons for, 89, 90 + +Boesmanskop Skirmish, 80 + +Boshof, Vrow--Gift of Clothes to Burghers who had swum the Orange + River, 221, 222 + +Bosman, Landdrost--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, + etc., 404, 405, 406 + Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902--Report to the + Vereeniging Conference, 361, 362 + +Botha--Capture at Honingkopjes, Subsequent Escape and Death, 110 + +Botha, Commandant-General-- + Continuance of the War, Arguments against--Terms of Surrender, + etc., 414, 415 + Estcourt Skirmishes--Capture of Armoured Train, etc., 19 + Fortitude after Fall of Pretoria, 93 + Independence of the South African Republic and Orange Free + State--Vereeniging Conference Delegates' power to decide as to + Independence, 411 + Junction with Commander-in-Chief de Wet at + Rhenosterriviersbrug, 88, 89 + Middelburg Peace Proposals, _see_ that title + Mission to Europe on behalf of Relief Fund Committee, 428 + Peace Negotiations--Member of Commission of National Representatives + at the Pretoria Conference, 320, 365-396 + Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 337, 338, 354-358 + +Botha, General Philip-- + Dewetsdorp Defences, Occupation of, 175, 176 + Engagement with General Knox's Forces, 194, 195 + Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, 58 + Reinforcements sent to Commander-in-Chief de Wet before Paardeberg, + Command of, 36, 37 + Stinkfontein--Failure to recapture Position, 45 + Storming of, 40 + Tabaksberg, Engagement at, 83 + +Botha, Mr. Jan--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Tribute to, 150, 151 + +Bothaville--Boers breaking through Blockhouse Line, 299 + Surprise Attack by the British on Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Forces--Boer Panic, 168-170 + Losses of the Boers, 170-171 + +_Bout Span_, 5 + +Boys--Presence with Commandos, 287, 289, 290 + Children killed and wounded, 289, 290, 295, 296 + +Brabant's, General, Successes, 50 + +Brabant's Horse--Attack on Commandant Kritzinger and Captain + Scheepers, 185, 186 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Opinion of, 75, 76 + +Brand, President--Assistance rendered to South African Republic in War + of 1877-1881, 422, 423 + +Brandfort, Boer Forces at--Hotels closed by Commander-in-Chief, 60 + +_Brandwachten_, 22 + +Breijtenbach, Veldtcornet B.H.--Continuance of the War, Impossibility of + Carrying on the Struggle, 403, 404 + +British Forces--Artillery, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Tribute to, 25 + March from Bethlehem to Reitz, under guidance of Free + Staater, 263, 264 + Sixty Thousand Men, Cordon of, 291, 292, 293, 294 + +Broadwood, General--Occupation of Thaba'Nchu, 65, 66 + Retreat towards Thaba'Nchu before General Olivier, 62 + +Broodspioen, 207, 208 + +Bruwer, Commandant--Appointment to Command of Bethlehem + District, 227, 228 + +Buller, Sir Redvers--Drakensberg Frontier, Crossing of, 93 + Landing at Cape Town, 21 + Relief of Ladysmith, 50 + Strength of Positions operated against by Sir Redvers Buller, 21 + +Bulwana Hill--Boers surprised by British, 21 + +Burger, Vice-President--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, + etc., 398, 421, 422, 424, 425 + Meeting with Orange Free State Government, Letter to President + Steyn, 301, 302 + Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902--Address at the + Vereeniging Conference, 336, 337, 351-354 + Steyn, President, Resignation of--Announcement at Vereeniging + Conference, 411 + + +Cape Colony-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Attempted Inroad--March towards Cape + Colony-- + Blockhouses--Commander-in-Chief de Wet breaking through the Line at + Springhaansnek, 173, 187, 188, 189 + Dewetsdorp-- + Defences, British neglecting to hold, 175, 176 + Storming of, 175-179 + Forces under Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 172 + "Good Hope" Farm, Engagement near, 181 + Knox's, Gen., Arrival with British Reinforcements, 181 + Gun and Amount of Ammunition taken, 173 + Karmel, March towards, 181, 182 + Knox's, Gen., Pursuit of Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 185, 186, 187, 189, 190 + Orange and Caledon Rivers in flood--Commander-in-Chief de Wet + "cornered," 182, 183 + Prinsloo's, Commandant Michal, Commando--Appearance in the nick of + time, 187, 188 + Retreat across Orange River, 184, 185 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Expedition into-- + Capture of Farm held by British Troops, 207, 208 + Courage and Endurance of Burghers, 212 + Diminution in number of Boer Forces, 206, 207 + Engagements with British Troops, 206, 207, 212 + Escape of Boer Forces in the darkness, 216, 219, 220 + Fodder, Lack of, 206, 207 + Knox's, Gen., Movements, 201, 202, 203 + Miraculous Nature of Boer Achievements, 223, 224 + Moddervlei, Passage of--Boer Loss of Ammunition and Flour + Waggons, 208, 209, 210, 212 + Officers serving with Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 195, 196 + Position of Boer Forces after crossing Orange River, 205, 206 + Retreat across Orange River, Difficulties of, etc., 217-224 + Strategy employed to mislead Gen. Knox, 202, 203, 204 + General Rising of Burghers, Impossibility of--Reports of Delegates at + the Vereeniging Conference, 340, 341, 342, 355, 360, 361, 405, 406 + Position of affairs at the beginning of 1901--Colonial Burghers' + Sympathy with Boer Cause, 195, 196 + Sheep-farming, success of in North-Western Districts, 211 + Small Commandos sent to Cape Colony, Policy of, 234 + +Cape Mounted Rifles, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's opinion of, 77, 78 + +Cartwright, Mr., Editor of _South African News_--Punishment for + publication of "not to take prisoners" Anecdote concerning Lord + Kitchener, 184, 185 + +Casualties, _see_ Losses in Killed and Wounded, etc., on either side + +Cattle--Blockhouse Line between Lindley and Kroonstad, Boer Cattle + breaking through, 288 + Capture of Boer Cattle on "Majuba Day," 296, 297 + Destruction by the British, 192, 232 + Supply available on May 15, 1902--Report of Vereeniging + Delegates, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 343, 344, 345, 346, 351, 352 + +Causes of the War--British Government Interference with the inner policy + of the South African Republic, 252, 253 + Declaration of War by the South African Republics as the + Cause--President Steyn's Contradiction, 251, 252 + Extermination of the Republics already determined on by England, + alleged, 254, 255 + Franchise Law--British Government Demands, 252, 253, 254 + Goldfields the main object, alleged, 350, 351 + Jameson Raid as a Cause, alleged, 251, 252, 253 + Memorials to H.M. Government concerning alleged Grievances--President + Steyn's efforts to keep the Peace, 252, 253, 254 + Orange Free State joining issues with the Transvaal, 254, 255 + Steyn's, President, Letter to Lord Kitchener, 250-259 + Troops landed by the British Government prior to outbreak of + War, 253, 254 + Ultimatum of Boers, Lord Salisbury's Assertion, 53, 54 + +Ceylon--Boer Prisoners taken with Gen. Prinsloo sent to Ceylon, 156 + +Chamberlain, Mr. J.--Boer Ultimatum--Telegrams to Sir A. Milner, 329 + Jameson Raid--Defence of Mr. Rhodes, President Steyn on, 251, 252 + +Cilliers, Gen. J.G.--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, + etc., 404, 405 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Address at the Vereeniging + Conference, 353, 354 + +Cilliers, Sarah--Death at Frederiksstad Engagement, 166, 167 + +Clothing--De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Clothes hidden in Cave, 298 + Difficulty of obtaining, 233 + Hides for tanning, Destruction by the British, 233 + Stripping British Prisoners to obtain, 233 + +Colenso--British losses at, 23 + +Colesberg--Strength of Boer Positions, 26 + +Colonial Burghers--British subjects fighting on Boer Side, Boer Hopes of + Assistance unfulfilled, 405, 406, 408, 420 + British Government Intentions with regard to Rebels, 394, 395 + Proposal for General Amnesty, 413, 414 + Safeguarding in Peace Negotiations, 398, 402, 403, 411, 414, 415, 416, + 421, 427 + +Commandeering--Provisions of Commando Law, 3 + +Commander-in-Chief of Orange Free State-- + De Wet, Gen.--Appointment of, 49 + Secret Election of, 118 + Prinsloo, Election of, 6, 7 + +Commando Law--Provisions as to Commandeering, 3 + +Commandos--Division of into small parties, 225 + Advantages of, 227 + List of Districts and Commandants, 225-227 + Skirmishes, Splendid Record, 267 + Small Commandos sent into Cape Colony--De Wet's Policy, 234 + (For particular Commandos _see_ their names) + +Commissariat--Comparison of Boer and British Commissariat + Arrangements, 4, 5, 6, 7 + +Compensation for Boer Losses, _see_ Repatriation + +Concentration Camps--Number of Deaths in, etc., 416, 419, 426 + Women--Flight of to avoid being sent to Camps, 193, 279 + Maintenance of Boer Women and Children by the British + Government--President Steyn on, 257, 258 + Treatment of, 232, 257, 258 + +Conduct of the War by British--Exhaustion of the Republics, 419 + +Continuance of the War in 1902, Vereeniging Conference-- + Burghers, Attitude of, 404, 405, 410, 411 + Effect on Vereeniging Meeting, 413, 414 + Comparison of Situation with that of 1877-1881, Futility of, 421, 422 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Speech, 407 + Kruger's, President, Advice, 420 + Possibility, Question of--Situation in South African Republic, + Reliance on Government, etc., 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, + 354-358, 359, 360-362, 363, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, + 407, 408, 410, 412, 413, 414, 415, 417, 418, 420, 421, 422, 423, + 424, 426 + Reasons for, 400, 401 + +Correspondence relating to the War, Preservation of, 247 + +Court Martial on Commandant Vilonel, Composition of, _note_ 85 + +Cowboys, Capture by Boers--Blauwbank Capture, 33, 34 + +Cronje, Commandant--Continuance of the War, Reliance on God, etc., 402 + European Intervention, Boer Deputation to Foreign Courts, 402, 403 + +Cronje, Gen. A.P.--Modder Spruit, Command at, 11 + Sanna's Post, Share in Engagement, 64 + Vechtgeneraal of Orange Free State, Nomination as, 11 + +Cronje, Gen. Piet--De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Scheme for breaking + Lord Methuen's Railway Communications--Refusal to permit Execution + of, 23 + Ladysmith, Occupation of Positions South and Southwest of, 19 + Magersfontein--Command at, 23, 24 + Refusal to profit by Commander-in-Chief De Wet's Advice, 25 + Message in reply to Commander-in-Chief De Wet's warning before + Paardeberg, 31 + Retreat towards Paardeberg, 36, 37 + Surrender at Paardeberg (_see_ Paardeberg) + +Cronje, Vechtgeneraal Andreas--Command of Boers' Reinforcements from + Bloemfontein, 45 + +Cropper, F.C., Death of, near Lindley, 269 + + +Dakasburg Engagement, 200 + +Dalgety, Colonel--Command at Badenhorst, 77 + +Davel, Commandant--Command of President Steyn's Bodyguard, 191 + +Days of Thanksgiving and Humiliation, Appointment of, 243 + +De Clercq, Mr.--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, 399 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 344, 348 + +De la Rey, General--Colesberg Command, 24 + Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, etc., 403, 404 + Fortitude after Fall of Pretoria, 93 + Independence of the South African Republic--Powers of Vereeniging + Delegates to decide on Question, 411, 412 + Kraaipan, Capture of Armoured Train, 8 + Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, 58 + Magersfontein Laager, Command at, 23 + Mission to Europe on behalf of Relief Fund Committee, 428 + Peace Negotiations--Member of Commission of National Representatives + at the Pretoria Conference, 320, 365-396 + Permission given to Burghers to return home, 56 + Reitfontein, Work at, 52 + Roberts', Lord, Attempt to cross the Orange River--Success in + preventing, 26 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 358 + Steyn's, President, and General de Wet's visit to, 300 + +De Lange--Sentence of Death for High Treason at Blijdschap, 268 _note_ + +De Wet, General Piet--Advice to Commander-in-Chief De Wet after Siege of + Badenhorst, 81 + Discontinuance of Struggle proposed--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Reception of Proposal, 130 + Lindley Garrison, Capture of, 92 + Sanna's Post Engagement, Share in, 64 + Swartbooiskop, Guarding after Fight at Nicholson's Nek, 17 + +De Wet, Jacobus, Capture of, 296, 297 + +De Wet, Johannes--Death near Smithfield, 181 + +De Wet, Veldtcornet--Wounded during Retreat from Dewetsdorp, 181 + +Debtors, Protection of, against Creditors for Six Months after the + War--Peace Negotiations at Pretoria (May, 1902), 387 + +Declaration of War by South African Republic (_see_ Ultimatum) + +Deputation to European Powers to ask for Intervention (1900)--Departure + from Delagoa Bay, 53, 54 + Encouragement to continue Struggle, 407 + England's Refusal to permit Return of Deputation, 409, 412, 413 + European Governments unwilling to receive, 415, 416 + Failure of, 355, 356 + Object of, 54 + Silence of, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 407 + +Delagoa Bay Harbour, Forbidden to Boers by Portuguese Government, 53, + _note_ 54 + +Destitution caused by the War, 321, 322 + Appointment of Committee to Collect and Administer Relief Funds, 428 + +Devastation by the British--War against Boer Property, 192 + Crops destroyed, Corn burnt, etc., _note_ 83 + Farm-burning and Waggons (_see_ those titles) + Male Attire, Burning of, 221, 222 + +Dewetsdorp, Occupation by British, 71 + Storming by Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Forces, 174-179 + +Diederiks of Boshof, Commandant, 24 + +Discipline of Boer Forces--Imperfect Discipline, 7, 8, 9, 57 + Failure to remove Cattle along Railway Line, 111 + Roodewal, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Difficulties in carrying away + Booty, 103, 104 + Sanna's Post, irritating Results at, 67 + Stricter Discipline, Results of, 61 + Taljaart's and Prinsloo's, Veldtcornets, Burghers "preferred to go + their own way," 286 + Waggon Difficulty, 120, 121 + Harrismith Burghers' Refusal to part with their Waggons at + Spitskopje, 161-163 + +Doornberg, War Council at--Decision as to Presidential Election, 197 + +Doornspruit--Line near crossed by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, Capture of + Train, Ammunition, etc., 132 + +Drakensberg Range-- + Boundary between Boer and British Territory in 1899, 7, 8 + Passes, Occupation by Orange Free State Commandos, 7, 8 + +Drive Tactics of British-- + Bethlehem-Lindley to Frankfort-Vrede Line--Cordon of Sixty Thousand + Men, 290-296 + Boer Forces caught between Cordon of Troops and Vaal River, 135, 136 + Harrismith, Heilbron and Bethlehem District, 285, 286 + +Du Toit, General--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, + etc., 400, 401 + +Dundee, Line near, cut by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 9, 10 + + +Elandsfontein Engagement--Commandant Michal Prinsloo's Exploit, 119, 120 + +Elandskop--British Attack in Hope of Capturing Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 290, 291 + +Elandslaagte Engagement, 114 + +Els, Veldtcornet Marthinus, wounded outside Ladysmith, 20 + +Epithets applied by the British to the Boer Forces, 227, 228 + +European Journals kept from Republics by England, 409 + +Eustin, Lieut. Banie, wounded and captured by British, 204, 205 + +Extermination of the South African Republics--British Determination to + exterminate the Republics prior to the Outbreak of War, + alleged, 254, 255 + + +Fanny's Home Farm--Recapture of Guns by British, 285 + +Farm-burning, etc., by the British--Heilbron, Bethlehem and Harrismith + District, 285 + Roberts', Lord, Proclamations, ordering, 192 + Shelter, Lack of--Women living in Narrow Sheds, 290, 291 + Wholesale Destruction of Farms by the British, 232 + +Fauresmith and Jacobsdal Burghers--Failure to rejoin Commandos, 60 + Return Home without Permission after Poplar Grove, 56 + +Ferreira, Mr. T.S., Commander-in-Chief, at Kimberley--Death due to Gun + Accident, 49 + +Firing of the Veldt by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 141, 142 + +Fissher, Abraham--Member of Boer Deputation to Europe (1900), 53, 54 + +Food Supply--Failure of Food Supply, Reason for Acceptance of British + Peace Terms, 233, 321, 401, 402, 405, 406, 410, 416, 417, 421, 422, + 427, 428 + Kemp's, Gen., Plan of Commandeering Food Supplies from the + Kaffirs, 345 + Situation in the various Districts on May 15, 1902--Reports of the + Delegates to the Vereeniging Conference, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, + 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 355, 361, 362 + +Forces--Comparison between numbers, etc., engaged on either Side in + the War, 339 + (_See_ also titles Boer and British Forces) + +Fourie, General Piet--Bethlehem Engagement, 281 + Blauwbank, Exploits at, 33, 34, 35 + Cape Colony Expedition, Part in, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, + 210, 212, 213, 221, 222 + Commandos escaped from behind the Roodebergen, Command of, 238, 239 + Despatch of, to the South-Eastern Districts, 225 + Engagement with British Troops from Bloemfontein (1900), 80 + Prinsloo's Surrender, Escape from, 128 + Springhaansnek, Leader in Attack on Blockhouse Line, 187, 188, 189 + Vice-Commander-in-Chief in Bloemfontein District, Appointment, 157 + +Franchise--British Government Demands on the South African Republic + prior to Outbreak of War, 252, 253, 254 + +Frankfort, British Success at (1900), 82 + Ross', Commandant, Engagement with Colonel Rimington's Troops, 267 + +Fraser, Gordon--One of two faithful Burghers of Philippolis District, 94 + +Frederiksstad Station--Attack by Commander-in-Chief de Wet and General + Liebenberg on General Barton, Causes of Failure, etc., 165-168 + +French, General-- + Koedoesberg, Fight for, 27 + Magersfontein--Boer Lines broken through, 36, 37 + +Froneman, General-- + Continuance of the War at all Costs advocated, 402, 403 + Escape from Paardeberg, 41 + Frederiksstad, Attack on General Barton--Failure to hold advanced + Position, 165, 166, 167 + Koedoesberg, Share in Fighting at, 27, 28 + Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, 58 + Prinsloo's Surrender--Escape from, 128 + Railway Line wrecked near America Siding, 115, 116 + Reddersburg, March on, 72, 73 + Rhenosterriviersbrug Engagement, 99, 101, 104, 105 + Sanna's Post Engagement, Share in, 62 + Smithfield Expedition, Results of, 79 + Train captured by, near Jagersfontein Road Station, 203, 204 + Ventersburg, Failure to hold Position, 85 + + +Gatacre, General--Capture of Stormberg, 50 + +Gatsrand--Death of Danie Theron, 153, 154 + +Germany--Attitude towards the War, Reasons for + Non-intervention, 358, 359 + +Gladstone-- + Assistance rendered to South African Republic in War of + 1877-1881, 422, 423 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, tribute to, 85 + +Goldfields--Surrender of, to the British proposed, 350, 351, 352, 357, + 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364 + +Gouveneurskop--General de Villiers' Exploits at, 83 + +Government of Orange Free State-- + Accompanying Commander-in-Chief de Wet in Departure from + Roodebergen, 124, 129 + Bethlehem, Transference to, 117 + Cape Colony, Expedition into, Decision to accompany, 197 + Capture of Members of the Government by the British at Reitz--Escape + of President Steyn, 244 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Operations after Prinsloo's + Surrender--Government accompanying Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 124, 129 + Executive Raad, Constitution of, 198 + Heilbron, Transference to, 86 + Kroonstad, Transference to, 58 + Third Transference, Reasons for, 92 + Volksraad--Impossibility of assembling a legally constituted + Volksraad, 198, 199 + +Government of South African Republic-- + Capture of Members by the British at Reitz, 244 + Appointments to Vacancies, 244 + Treachery on the part of Burgher Steenekamp, 244 + Steyn's, President, Visit to Machadodorp, 144 + Termination of the War (_see_ that title) + +Governments of the Orange Free State and South African Republic-- + Peace Deliberations, Meeting at Klerksdorp, 303, 305 + Peace Negotiations at Pretoria, Boer Proposals for Retention of + Self-Government under British supervision, 366, 371, 372 + +Grain Waggons, captured by British near Vredefort, 133 + +"Granary" of Orange Free State lost to Boers, 84 + +Grant by the British Government for Repatriation Purposes, Re-stocking + Farms, etc., 394 + +Great Britain, King of--Thanks of Boer Generals for Efforts to promote + Peace--Resolution at the Vereeniging Conference, 346 + +Grobler, Commandant H.S.--Continuance of the War, Impossibility of + carrying on the Struggle, 406 + +Grobler, Mr. E.R.--Colesberg Command, 22 + +Groenkop, Description of, 278 + +"Guerillas"-- + Designation of Boer Forces by the British as "Guerillas," Objections + to the term, 228, 229 + Meaning of the term, 229 + +Guns-- + Boer Captures-- + Blauwbank, 33 + Colenso and Stormberg, 22 + Dakasburg Engagement-- + Capture of a Maxim-Nordenfeldt, 200 + Dewetsdorp, 178 + Nicholson's Nek, 16 + Sanna's Post, 67, 69 + Tweefontein, 282 + Boer Losses, 208, 209 + Bothaville, Number lost at, 170, 171 + Fanny's Home Farm, Recapture of Guns by the British, 285 + Frederiksstad, Retreat after--Loss of one gun, 167 + Springhaansnek, Gun Abandoned, 189, 190 + Ventersdorp, Loss of Krupp Gun near, 141 + + +"Hands-uppers," British use of, 18 + +Harbour, Boer Lack of, _note_ 53 + +Harrismith-- + Engagement with British Troops near, 272-274 + Boer Casualties, 274 + Failure of Boer Charge, 273 + Orange Free State Troops, Concentration at, 4, 6 + +Harrismith Burghers-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Visit to, 260 + Surrender following Prinsloo's Surrender, 128 + Waggon, Refusal to part with--Return home, 161-163 + +Hasebroek, Commandant--Cape Colony Expedition--Holding the Enemy in + Check, 212, 215, 219, 220 + Engagement with Colonel White near Thaba'Nchu, 189, 190 + +Hattingh, General--Command at Harrismith and Vrede Commandos, 161 + Commander-in-Chief in the Drakensberg Appointment, 117 + +Hattingh, Veldtcornet Johannes--Leader in Springhaansnek Attack on + Blockhouse Lines, 187 + +Heenop, David--Swimming the Orange River, 220 + +Heilbron--District to which Commander-in-Chief de Wet belonged, 4 + Government of Orange Free State transferred to, 86 + Mentz, Commandant F.E., Engagement with Colonel Byng's Column, 267 + +Heilbron Commando--Commandant Mr. L. Steenekamp, 4 + Vice-Commandant, Election of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 7 + Visits to, by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 230, 243 + +Heliographic Communication, Use by Boers, 286 _note_, 289 + +Hertzog, Judge--Continuance of the War, Arguments for and + against--Vereeniging Conference, 412 + Despatch of, to the South-Western Districts, 225 + Mission to bring back Commandos which had escaped from Prinsloo's + Surrender, 137 + Peace Negotiations--Member of Commission of National Representatives + at the Pretoria Conference, 320, 365-396 + Rejection of British Terms--Proposal, 425, 426 + Report on Attitude of Burghers in North-Western Parts of Cape + Colony, 195 + Vice-Commander-in-Chief, Appointment in Districts of Fauresmith, + etc., 158 + +Hides for Tanning--Destruction by the British, 233 + +Hijs, Commandant, P.L.--Impossibility of European Intervention, 401, 402 + +Holspruits--Boers breaking through British Lines, 293, 294 + +Honing Kopjes--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's first Engagement with Lord + Kitchener, 108-110 + +Honingspruit Station, Failure of Commandant Olivier's Attack, 115, 116 + +Horses--Bothaville, Capture of Horses by Boers, 299 + Condition of Boer Horses, 338, 339, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 355 + Dependence of the Boers on their Horses, 172 + Fodder, Scarcity of, 341, 355 + Skin Disease among, 271, 272 + Wild Horses of the Veldt, Use of, by the Boers, 292, 293 + +Humiliation Days, Appointment of, 243 + + +Independence of the Republics-- + Afrikander Feeling as to, 58 + British Government Attitude towards, 337 + Correspondence between Presidents Kruger and Steyn and Lord + Salisbury, 330-332 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Meetings to ascertain the feeling of the + Burghers as to Surrender of Independence, 313 + "Irretrievably Lost," 419 + Maintenance of--Burghers' Mandate to Vereeniging Delegates, 333, 337, + 338, 347, 348, 362, 363, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 407, 411, + 412, 417, 421, 422, 423, 424 + Peace Negotiations--Conference at Pretoria between Commission of the + National Representatives and Lords Kitchener and Milner + (May 19-28, 1902), 366, 370, 371 + Refusal of the British Government to consider Terms based on Retention + of Independence, 53, 54, 309, 310, 397 + Steyn, President, Views of, 306 + Surrender of--Conditions offered by the British in + exchange, 346, 347, 358 + Vereeniging Conference, opinions of Burghers' Delegates, 333, 336, + 346, 347, 348, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 362, 363, 364 + +Intervention of Foreign Powers on behalf of the Republics-- + Attitude of England towards, 356, 362, 363 + Boer Deputation to European Powers (_see_ Deputation) + Boer Hopes unfulfilled, 405, 406, 412, 414, 415, 416, 423, 424 + Germany, Reasons for Non-intervention, 358, 359 + Improbability of Intervention, 355, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 433 + Intervention not desired by Boers, 54 + Steyn, President, on, 354, 355 + + +Jameson Raid, President Steyn on, 251, 252 + +Jew at Nicholson's Nek--Burgher declining to do Business, 15 + +Johannesburg Police, Behaviour at Nicholson's Nek, 15, 16 + +Jonson, Burgher, Death at Bester Station--First Victim in the Fight for + Freedom, 10, 11 + +Joubert, General-- + Junction with Orange Free State Forces at Rietfontein, 13 + Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, 58 + + +Kaffirs--Arming by England, 422, 423 + Attitude towards the Boers--Reports of Vereeniging Delegates, 337, + 338, 339, 340, 343, 345, 346, 355, 361, 362, 363 + Boer Women, Treatment of, 151, 152, 153 + Capture of Kaffirs by Boers at Dewetsdorp, 178, 179 + Release of Prisoners, 181 + Treatment of Kaffirs by Boers--Kaffirs captured at Leeuwspruit + Bridge, 113 + Warfare, Native Methods--Boer Sufferings at the Hands of Zulus and + Basutos, 10 + +Kemp, General--Continuance of the War, Independence of the Republics, + etc., 421, 422 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 345, 347, 348 + +Kitchener, Lord--Armistice agreed on, to admit of Attendance of Boer + Officers at the Vereeniging Meeting, 316 + Misunderstanding on the Part of the British Columns, 317, 318 + Capture of President Steyn and Commander-in-Chief de Wet + anticipated--Visit to Wolvehock Station, 290, 291 + Escape from Armoured Train, near Leeuwspruit Bridge, 112 + Honingkopjes and Roodepoort--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's first + Engagement with Lord Kitchener, 108, 109 + Independence of Republics as basis for Peace Negotiations, Refusal to + consider--Pretoria Conference, 309, 310, 397 + Kroonstad, Arrival at, 111 + Middelburg Peace Proposals (_see_ that title) + Peace Negotiations--Conference at Pretoria with Commission of National + Representatives (May 19-28, 1902), 320, 365, 395, 396 + Proposals by the Boer Representatives in April, 1902, 305-313 + Prisoners, Order given to Gen. Knox "not to take prisoners"--_South + African News_ Statement, 184, 185 + +Klerksdorp--Peace Deliberations, Meeting of Governments of the + Republics, 303, 304, 305 + +Knight, Captain Wyndham-- + Surrender at Rhenosterriviersbrug, 105, 106 + Tribute to, by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 107 + +Knox, General--Bethlehem, Engagement near, with Generals Botha and + Fourie, and Commandant Prinsloo, 194, 195 + Cape Colony--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Operations--Attempted + Inroad--Fighting near Smithfield, 181 + Expedition into Cape Colony, Dispositions to prevent, 201, 202, 203 + Kroonstad taken by, 194, 195 + Pursuit of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 185, 186, 187, 189, 190 + Thaba'Nchu, Engagement near, with Gen. Fourie, 201, 202 + +Koedoesberg--Struggle between General French and Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 27, 28, 29 + +Kotzé, Mr. (General Prinsloo's Secretary)--Bearer to Commander-in-Chief + de Wet of News of General Prinsloo's Surrender, 135, 136, 137 + +Kraaipan--Armoured Train captured by Boers, 8, 9 + +Kritzinger, Commandant--Crossing of Orange River, Seizure of British + Outpost, 195, 196 + +Kritzinger, Commandant, and Captain Scheepers--Engagement with Brabant's + Horse, 185, 186 + +Krom Ellenborg, Sub-district to which Commander-in-Chief de Wet + belonged, 4 + +Kroonstad--British Advance, 86, 87 + Abandonment by Boers, 87, 88 + Capture by General Knox, 194, 195 + Government of Orange Free State transferred to, 58 + Government of Orange Free State transferred to Heilbron, 86, 87 + Kitchener's Lord, Arrival--Strength of British Forces, etc., 111 + +Kroonstad Commando, Share in Battle of Modderspruit, 10, 11 + +Kruger, President--Despatch of Mission to Europe to represent Condition + of the Country to President Kruger, proposed, 236, 237, 238 + Peace, Joint Letter to Lord Salisbury stating Conditions on which the + Republics were willing to make Peace, 330, 331, 332 + Poplar Grove, Visit to Boer Troops at, 50 + War Council at Kroonstad, Presence, at, 58 + +Krugersdorp-Potchefstroom Railway--Crossed by Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 149 + + +Ladysmith-- + British Retreat on Ladysmith, 9, 10 + Bulwana Hill--Boers surprised by British, 21 + Engagement of 3rd Nov., 1899, 29, 30 + Relief, 50 + +Landsheer, Doctor de--Death at Bothaville, English Newspaper + Report, 170, 171 + +Language Question-- + Equal Rights for English and Dutch Languages in Schools--Boer Peace + Proposals to Lord Kitchener (April, 1902), 308, 309 + Terms of the Peace Protocol, 380, 393, 394 + Objections to, 412, 421, 422 + +Leeuwspruit Railway Bridge--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Scheme for + breaking British Lines of Communication, 112 + Froneman's, General, Failure to carry out Instructions, 113 + Kitchener's Lord, Escape, 112 + +Leeuwspruit Scheme, Failure of, 112 + Methuen's, Lord, Railway Communications--General Cronje's Refusal to + permit Execution of Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Scheme for + Cutting, 23 + Orange Free State Railway--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Work + on, 153, 154 + Scheepers, Captain, Work of, 154 + Wolvehoek, Wrecking the Railway, 163 + +Liebenberg, General-- + Frederiksstad--Failure of Attack on General Barton, 164, 165, 166, 167 + Mooi River, Junction with Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 140, 141 + Retreat from Rustenburg, 142, 143 + +Liebenbergsvlei-- + British Retreat, 284 + Guns, Recapture by British at Fanny's Home Farm, 285 + +Lindley-- + British Garrison Captured by General Piet de Wet, 92 + Destruction by the British, Alleged, 271, 272 + Engagement near, 268 + Postponement of Second Boer Attack--Escape of the British during the + Night, 270 + Halt of Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Forces, 271, 272 + +Lindley-Kroonstad Line of Blockhouses--Boers breaking through the + Line, 287 + +Lines of Communication--Boer Attempts to cut British Lines, 172, 246 + America Siding Railway Line Wrecked by General Froneman, 115, 116 + De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Schemes of, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153 + Frederiksstad Station--Wrecking of Railway Bridge and Line, 140, 141 + "Little Majuba"--Name given to Swartbooiskop after Nicholson's Nek, 13 + +Loans by the British Government for restocking Farms, etc., 394 + +Long Tom damaged by Dynamite, 21 + +Looting by British, 6, 7 + +Losses in Killed, Wounded, etc., on either side during the War, 201, + 202, 247, 265, 266, 415, 416, 417, 422, 423 + Blijdschap, 269 + Bothaville, 170, 171 + Cape Colony Expedition, 206, 207, 208, 209 + Colenso, 22 + Dakasburg Engagement, 200 + Dewetsdorp, 177, 178 + Engagement between Commandant Hasebroek and Colonel White, 189 + Frederiksstad Engagement, 166, 167 + Heilbron, 26 + Koffiefontein, 35, 36 + Ladysmith, Engagement of 3rd Nov., 1899, 20 + Leeuwspruit Bridge, 112, 113 + Lindley, 267, 269 + Magersfontein, 23 + Modder Spruit, 11 + Nicholson's Nek, 16 + Paardeberg, 50 + Prinsloo's Surrender, 127 + Reitz, 265 + Rhenosterriviersbrug, 105 + Roodewal, Extent of British Losses, 102 + Sanna's Post, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 + Stinkfontein, 40, 46 + Stormberg, 23 + Tijgerfontein, 138, 139 + Tweefontein, 181 + Vanvurenskloof, 139, 140 + Verkijkersdorp, 239, 240 + Vredefort Engagement, 134, 135 + +Loyalty to British Government--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Final Advice + to the Boers, 324 + +Lubbe, Commandant--Return from Paardenberg's Drift, 36, 37 + Wounded and Captured near Thaba'Nchu, 82 + +Lyddite Shells, Effect of-- + Bethlehem Incident, 121, 122 + Magersfontein Laager, 24 + + +Maagbommen, 5 + +Macdonald, General Sir Hector-- + Command of Reinforcements against Bethlehem, 121, 122 + +Machadodorp--President Steyn's Visit to the Government of the South + African Republic, 144 + +Magalies Mountains, Passage of, by Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 145, 146, 147 + +Magersfontein Engagement-- + British Losses, 23 + +Magersfontein Laager-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Command, 23, 24 + Duties and Annoyances of Command, 64 + Shelling by British, 24 + Women, Presence of--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Failure to induce + Government to Prohibit, 25 + +Mailbags captured at Roodewal, Contents used by Boers, 102 + +"Majuba Day"--Capture of Commandant van Merwe and men, 296, 297 + +Malan, Lieut.--Expedition into Cape Colony, 206, 207 + +Martial Law--Proclamation by Governments of the Republics, 7, 8 + +Massey, Major--Command at Dewetsdorp, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Tribute, 175, 176 + +Matthijsen, Corporal Adriaan and the crossing of the Magalies + Mountains, 146, 147 + +Mauser Rifle in Portrait of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, History + of, 151, 152 + +Mears, Commandant--Loss of Guns at Fanny's Home Farm, 285 + +Medical Certificates, Abuse of by Burghers, _note_ 59 + +Meijer, Commandant J.--Tribute to, 271, 272 + +Mentz, Commandant J.E.-- + Continuance of the War, Impossibility of, 421, 422 + Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 351, 352 + +Merve, Commandant-General van, wounded at Sanna's Post, 68, 69 + +Merve, Commandant van der-- + Appointment to Command of Winburg Burghers, 64 + Capture of, on "Majuba Day," 296, 297 + +Meyer, Mr. J.L.--Continuance of the War, Arguments against, Vereeniging + Conference, 413, 414 + +Meyer, Veldtcornet--Loss of Position at Stinkfontein, 42 + +Middelburg Peace Proposals-- + Annulled by the Terms of Peace arranged at the Pretoria Conference + (May, 1902), 392 + Communications between the Boer Leaders with reference to the proposed + Conference, 230 + Difference between the Basis of Negotiations proposed by the Boer + Representatives in May, 1902, and the Middelburg + Proposals, 367, 372, 373 + Receipts issued by Boer Officers, Proviso as to Payment, 384, 385 + +Milner, Lord-- + Boer Ultimatum--Mr. Chamberlain's Telegrams, 329 + Independence of Republics as Basis for Peace Negotiations, Refusal to + consider--Pretoria Conference, 365-396, 397 + Peace Negotiations--Conference at Pretoria with Commission of National + Representatives (May 18-29, 1902), 320, 365-396 + +Mobility--British Incapacity to keep pace with Boers, 140, 141 (_see_ + also Waggons) + +Modder River--British entrenched at, 24 + +Modder Spruit, Battle of, 9, 10, 11 + Boer and British Losses, 11, 12 + +Modderrivierpoort (_see_ Poplar Grove) + +Muller, Capt.--Exploit at Roodewal, 101 + +Muller, General C.H.--Continuance of the War--Vereeniging Delegates' + Refusal to accept British Surrender Proposal, 417 + +Myringen, Burgher, killed at Rhenosterriviersbrug, 105, 106 + + +Naauwpoort--Prinsloo's Surrender, 85 + +Natal--British Subjects fighting for the Boers (_see_ Colonial Burghers) + +Natal Operations-- + Absence of Commander-in-Chief de Wet after 9th Dec., 1899, 21 + Bester Station Skirmish, 10, 11 + Colenso, Magersfontein, and Stormberg Engagements--British Losses, 23 + Drakensberg Passes, Occupation by Orange Free State Commandos, 7, 8 + Estcourt Skirmishes--General Louis Botha's Exploits, 19 + Failure of Boers to cut off English at Dundee and Elandslaagte, 9, 10 + Kraaipan, Capture of Armoured Train by General De la Rey, 8, 9 + Ladysmith (_see_ that title) + Modder Spruit, Battle of, 9, 10, 11 + Natal Frontier, Commander-in-Chief C. de Wet's Reconnaissance, 7, 8 + Nicholson's Neck (_see_ that title) + +National Representatives (_see_ Peace Negotiations) + +National Scouts--Arming men who had taken the Oath of Neutrality, 159 + Bergh's, Captain, Attacks on Boers with bands of Kaffirs, 271, 272 + Night Attacks by the British instigated by, 263, 264 + Services to the British, 184, 185, 223, 224 + +Naude, Mr. J.--Independence of the South African Republic and Orange + Free State, Vereeniging Delegates' power to decide as to Position of + British Subjects fighting on Boer side, etc., 411 + +Neikerk, Altie van--Capture at Honingkopjes, 186 + +Neikerk, Captain--Appointment as Commandant of President Steyn's + Bodyguard, 245 + +Nel, Commandant-- + Farm stormed by English--Escape of Commander-in-Chief C. de + Wet, 152, 153, 154 + Modder Spruit--West Wing of Boer Forces commanded by Nel, 10, 11 + Nicholson's Nek--Failure to hold Swartbooiskop, 13, 14 + Resignation, 115, 116 + +Nerwe, Van de--Drowned in crossing Orange River, 217 + +Netherlands-- + Peace--Correspondence with the British Government, 301, 302 + Boer Response to the Invitation implied in the forwarding of the + Correspondence, etc., 305, 306, 370, 371 + Queen of--Thanks of Boer Generals for efforts to promote + Peace--Resolution at the Vereeniging Conference, 345, 346 + +Newspapers--Circulation of European Papers prohibited in Republics by + England, 409 + +Nicholson's Nek-- + Ambulance for British wounded--Sir G. White's Delay in sending, 17 + Booty taken by Boers, 16 + Swartbooiskop-- + Nel's, Commandant, Failure to hold, 13, 14 + Storming by Steenekamp and Commander-in-Chief C. de Wet, 14, 15 + White Flag Incident, 15 + Transvaal Burghers, Work of, 17 + +Nieuwouwdt, General--Peace, Rejection of British Terms, + Proposal, 424, 425 + +Night Attacks by the British--Success of, Losses caused to the + Boers, 263, 264 + +Norvalspont--Commander-in-Chief C. de Wet's Schemes for Operations in + rear of British, 81, 82 + + +Oath of Neutrality, Breaking--Re-arming of Burghers who had taken the + Oath, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Scheme, 156-160 + British Military Authorities' Breach of Terms of Lord Roberts' + Proclamation justifying Scheme, 159, 160 + +Olivier, Commandant-- + Bethlehem District, Appointment to Command, 227, 228 + Honingspruit Station, Failure of Attack on, 115, 116 + Prinsloo's, General, Position as Private Burgher, Dissatisfaction + with, 118 + +Oliviershoekpas--Occupation by Bethlehem Commando, 7, 8 + +Orange Free State-- + Annexation of--Battles fought after the alleged Annexation, 228, 229 + De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Return of, 144, 150, 151 + Government (_see_ Government of Orange Free State) + Number of Burghers in Arms after Fall of Pretoria, 94 + Outbreak of War--Orange Free State joining issues with the South + African Republic, 254, 255 + President--Powers granted to President in Matters Concerning + War, 9, 10 + Situation of Boer and British Forces in 1901, President Steyn + on, 255, 256 + +Ortel, Mr. Charles--Owner of Abraham's Kraal, 51 + +Outbreak of the War, 7, 8 + + +Paardeberg--General Cronje's Forces surrounded by the British, + Bombardment of Laager, etc., 39 + Boer Reinforcements, Arrival of, 45 + Cronje's, Gen., Determination not to abandon Laager, 41 + Efforts to release General Cronje--Storming of Stinkfontein, + etc., 40-46 + Abandonment of Position by Boers, 44 + Botha's, General, Attempt to recapture Position abandoned on 25th + February, 45 + British Efforts to recapture Position, 42, 43, 44 + Way of Escape opened to General Cronje, 41, 43 + Sketch of Boer and British Positions, 38 + Surrender of General Cronje, 47 + Effect on Boer Forces, 48, 49, 51 + Theunisson, Mr., Capture by British, 6, 7 + +Paardenberg's Drift, British Advance on, 30 + Camp of "Water-draggers" surprised by British, 32, 33 + +Palmietfontein--Boers breaking through Blockhouse Line, 289, 290 + +Panic among Boer Forces-- + Burghers returning to Farms after Fall of Pretoria, 93 + Holspruits, 294, 295 + +Peace Negotiations--Boer Overtures, etc.-- + Armistice agreed on, to admit of attendance of Officers at the + Vereeniging Meeting, 315 + Misunderstanding on the part of the British Columns, 317, 318 + Concessions in addition to the Terms already offered in the + Negotiations of April, 1902, 366 + Conference at Pretoria between the Commission of National + Representatives and Lords Kitchener and Milner (19-28 May, + 1902), 320, 365 + Draft Document drawn up to place Negotiations in position to amend + the Middelburg Proposals, 376, 377 + Prolongation of Meetings due to Cable Correspondence with Great + Britain, 397 + Report of Commission discussed at Vereeniging Meeting, 397 + Governments of the Republics, Meeting at Klerksdorp, 303, 304, 305 + Burger's, Vice-President, Letter to President Steyn, 301, 302 + Independence (_see_ that subheading) + Middelburg Peace Proposals (_see_ that title) + National Representatives-- + Commission sent to the Pretoria Conference (May, 1902)-- + Decision to appoint Commission, 364 + Names of Members, 412 + Election of Representatives for the Commandos, 313, 314 + Meeting at Vereeniging (15th May) to consider the + Situation, 352, 353, 358, 359, 362, 363 + Peace Terms Proposed, 362, 363, 364 + Netherlands' Communication with the British Government, 301, 302 + Boer Response to the Invitation implied in the forwarding of the + Correspondence, etc., 305, 306, 370, 371 + Letter sent to Commandos, 336, 345, 346, 347 + Presidents of the Republics--Correspondence with Lord Salisbury, and + Lord Salisbury's Reply (5th March, 1900), 50, 53, 54, 330-332, 409 + Proposals to Lord Kitchener (April, 1902), 299 + Correspondence between Lord Kitchener and the Secretary of + State--Independence Difficulty, 401, 402 + Signing of Peace at Pretoria, 323, 324 + Steyn's, President, Views, 258, 259 + Terms of Peace sanctioned by the British Government and accepted by + the Boers (May, 1902)-- + Acceptance of British Terms, 320, 427, 428 + Acceptance under Protest proposed, 421 + Dissatisfaction among men of the Commandos, 324 + Failure of Food Supply as reason for acceptance, 321 + Unconditional Surrender v. Acceptance, 399, 401, 404, 405, 417, + 423, 424 + Better Terms, Possibility of obtaining, 406, 409, 410, 423, 424 + Decision as to Acceptance or Rejection essential, 425, 426 + Middelburg Proposal Annulled by the Terms of the Peace Protocol of + May, 1902, 392 + Milner's, Lord, Telegrams, 392 + Rejection of Terms proposed, 424, 425 + Signatures to Acceptance, Question of, 425, 426 + Sub-committee appointed to aid in formulating Peace + Proposals, 378, 398 + Text of Draft Proposal and of Draft Proposal with Amendments + sanctioned by the British Government, 379, 393 + Time allowed for discussion of Terms, 394, 395 + "Ultimatum," Description of British Terms, 321 + +Penzhorn, Mr., Relatives of--Kindness to Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 145 + +Petrusberg--Capture of by British, 51 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Visit, 232 + +Plans, Sketch Plans of Engagements, 97, 276 + +Plessis, Veldtcornet du--Death due to White Flag Treachery at + Reddersburg, 76 + +Poplar Grove-- + Concentration of Boer Troops at, 50 + Kruger's, President, Visit to Boer Troops, 50 + Panic among Boers--Commander-in-Chief de Wet unable to prevent + flight, 51 + +Potchefstroom, Portrait of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, History of Mauser + Rifle, which appears in the photograph, 151, 152 + +Potgieter, Commandant (of Wolmaranstadt)--Escape from Paardeberg, 41 + +Potgieter, Mr. Hendrik--Appointment as Public Prosecutor of Orange Free + State, 198 + +Preeij, Vice-Commandant Ignatius du, killed near Bethlehem, 194, 195 + +Presidency of Orange Free State-- + Expiration of President Steyn's term of office--Difficulties in the + way of an Election, Action of the Doornberg War Council, 197, 198 + Resignation of President Steyn, 411 + Rhodes, Mr., proposed as Candidate, 198 + +Pretoria-- + Capture by British, 92 + Panic ensuing among Transvaalers, 93 + Peace Negotiations--Conference between Commission of National + Representatives and Lords Kitchener and Milner (May 19-28, + 1902), 320, 365 + +Pretorius, Willem-- + Storming of British Schanze on Orange River, 204, 205 + Tribute to, 271, 272 + Veldtcornet, Nomination as, 205, 206 + +Prinsloo, Commandant Michal-- + Bethlehem Engagement, 194, 195 + Elandsfontein Exploit, 119, 120 + Liebenbergsvlei Engagement, 284 + Springhaansnek, Covering Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Passage of + Blockhouse Lines at, 187, 188 + Train captured and burned by, 152, 153 + Vice-Commander-in-Chief of Bethlehem and Ficksburg Sub-districts, + Appointment, 227, 228 + +Prinsloo, Mr. Marthinus-- + Assistant Commander-in-Chief, Irregular Election as, 126 + Commandant of Winburg District, 6, 7 + Commander-in-Chief of Orange Free State, Election, 6, 7 + Natal Campaign, Preliminary Arrangements, 7, 8 + Resignation of Post as Commander-in-Chief in the Drakensberg, 117 + Surrender at Naauwpoort, 85 + Letter to Commander-in-Chief de Wet announcing Surrender and + Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Reply, 136, 137 + News brought to Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 135, 136, 137, 138 + Suspicious Circumstances of Surrender, 127 + +Prinsloo's, Veldtcornet, Burghers, Capture of, 286 + +Prisoners--Boer Prisoners-- + Bank Notes of the South African Republic, Opportunity of sending in + for Payment, 386, 387 + Ceylon--Prisoners taken with General Prinsloo sent to Ceylon, 156 + Merwe, Commandant, and men--Capture on "Majuba Day," 296, 297 + Number taken by the British, Frederiksstad, 40, 46, 170, 171, 264, 265 + Total Number (35,000) in the Hands of the British in 1901, 256, 257 + Taljaart's and Prinsloo's Veldtcornets, Burghers, Capture of, 286 + British Prisoners-- + Boer Inability to keep their Prisoners, 227, 228, 426, 427 + Clothing taken by the Boers, 233 + Numbers taken, 16, 23, 66, 67, 69, 70, 76, 102, 105, 106, 112, 113, + 163, 178, 179, 185, 186, 194, 195, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 222, + 223, 267, 281 + Release on Fall of Pretoria due to Transvaalers' negligence, 92 + Treatment by Boers-- + Personal Property of Prisoners, etc., Disposition of, 101, _note_ + Prisoners taken in Cape Colony Expedition, Treatment of, 210 + Kaffir Prisoners taken by Boers-- + Dewetsdorp, 178, 179 + Release of Prisoners, 181 + Leeuwspruit Bridge, 113 + +"Pro-Boers"-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Tribute to, 218 + Meetings in England, 407 + +Public Prosecutor of Orange Free State--Appointment of Mr. Hendrick + Potgieter, 198 + + +Railways--Wrecking the Lines, Cutting British Lines of + Communication, 172, 242 + America Siding, Line near, wrecked by General Froneman, 115, 116 + De Aar and Hopetown, Line blown up, 208, 209, 211 + Frederiksstad Station, Bridge and Line wrecked, 115, 116 + Leeuwspruit, Failure of Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Attempt, 112, 113 + Orange Free State Line, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Work + on, 153, 154, 155 + Scheepers, Captain, Work of, 153, 154 + Schemes of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153 + Wolvehock, 163 + +Rebels--Colonial Burghers Fighting on Boer Side (_see_ Colonial + Burghers) + Roberts', Lord, Description of Burghers continuing to fight after + annexation of the Republics as "Rebels," 227, 228 + +Receipts issued by Boer Officers for the Purchase of Cattle, Grain, + etc.--Peace Negotiations, Boer Representatives' Request for a + Guarantee of Payment, 382 + Amount likely to be required, 386, 387 + Middelburg Proposal, 384, 385 + Orange Free State, Position with reference to + Receipts, 383, 384, 385, 386 + Terms of Peace Agreement, 380 + +Reddersburg--Boer Messenger fired on by British, 74 + British Commanding Officer's Reply to Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Advice to Surrender, 74 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Dispositions, 71-74 + Mostertshoek, British Failure to reinforce Detachment at, 75 + White Flag Treachery, 75, 76 + +Reich, Dr.--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Meeting with at Senekal, 231 + +Reitz--Engagement near, 263-266 + Surrender of Arms by Commandos after Declaration of Peace, 323, 324 + +Reitz, Secretary of State--Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902, + Report to the Vereeniging Conference, 350, 351 + +Relief Funds for Destitution caused by the War--Appointment of Committee + to Collect and Administer, 428 + +Repatriation of Boers--Compensation for Losses sustained during the + War--District Commissions, Institution of, 393, 394 + Grant of Ł3,000,000 by the British Government, 393, 394 + Inadequacy of Proposals, 402, 403, 421 + Loans by the British Government, 394, 395 + +Rheeder, Commandant--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, + etc., 401 + +Rhenoster River, Fighting on, 89, 90 + Hurried Retreat of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 90 + +Rhenosterriviersbrug--General Froneman's Success, 104, 105, 106 + +Rhodes, Mr. C.-- + Jameson Raid--Mr. Chamberlain's Defence of Mr. Rhodes, 251, 252 + Presidency of Orange Free State--Mr. Rhodes proposed as a + Candidate, 198 + +Rietfontein, Battle of (_see_ Modder Spruit) + +Roberts, Lord-- + Advance of, into the Orange Free State, 26 + Bloemfontein, Appearance before, 54 + Dispositions after Capture of Kroonstad (May 18, 1900), 88, 89 + Inaction after Paardeberg, 50 + Thaba'Nchu, Operations near (1900), 82 + Proclamations-- + Burning of Buildings within radius of Ten Miles from Railway wrecked + by Boers, 192 + Oath of Neutrality, Proclamation as to Charge against Lord Roberts + of violating Terms of Proclamation, 80, 159 + Effect in preventing Burghers from rejoining Commandos, 60 + Roodewal Disaster due to negligence of Lord Roberts, 105, 106 + Sanna's Post, Failure to reinforce Troops at, 70 _note_ + Ventersburg, Attack on, 85 + +Roch, General--Natal Campaign, General Roch's Command in Opening + Movement of Boer Forces, 9, 10 + +Roodebergen--De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Departure from, 124, 129 + Occupation by Boer Forces--Commander-in-Chief De Wet's Opposition to + Scheme, 124 + Passes of, 123 + +Roodepoort--Commander-in-Chief De Wet's first Engagement with Lord + Kitchener, 108, 109 + +Roodewal Station, Action at, 98-101 + Booty burnt by Boers, 104, 105 + Sketch Plan, 97 + +Roux, Assistant Commander-in-Chief--Prinsloo's Surrender, weak and + childish Conduct of General Roux, 126, 127 + +Roux, Deacon Paul, Appointment as Vechtgeneraal, 85 + +Russian Reception of Escaped Burghers, 110 _note_ + +Rustenburg--General Liebenberg's Retreat, 142, 143 + + +Salisbury, Marquess of--Peace Negotiations, Boer Proposals of March 5, + 1900--Reply to, 50, 53, 54, 409 + Peace--Correspondence with Presidents Kruger and Steyn, 330-332 + +Sanna's Post, Action at-- + Broadwood's, General, Troops, Arrival of, 65, 66 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Preparations, 62, 64 + Koornspruit, Position occupied by Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 64, 65, 66 + Women and Children from Thaba'Nchu, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Care + for, 66, 67 + +Scheepers, Captain, and Commandant Kritzinger-- + Brabant's Horse, Engagement with, 185, 186 + Despatch Rider chosen by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, to carry Message + to General Cronje before Paardeberg, 31, 32 + Orange River, Crossing of--Seizure of British Outpost, 195, 196 + Railway Lines, Wrecking of, 152, 153, 154 + Scouting Services, 124, 131 + Zandnek Engagement, 139, 140 + +Scouting-- + Boer and British Methods--Services rendered to the British by Boer + Deserters, etc., 18, 121, 122 + Importance of, 165, 166 + National Scouts, Services of (_see_ National Scouts) + +Secrecy as to Future Movements--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Determination to keep his Plans secret, 61, 199 + +Self-Government, Retention of under British Supervision--Peace + Negotiations, Boer Representatives' Proposals at the Pretoria + Conference (May 19, 1902), 366, 371, 372 + +Sheep--Huge Tail of African Sheep, 211 + +Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--De Wet's Commander-in-Chief, + Address at the Vereeniging Conference, 358-362 + +Situation of the Boer and British Forces in 1901, President Steyn + on, 255, 256 + +Sketch Plans of Engagements, 38, 97, 276 + +Smith, Veldtcornet Hans, of Rouxville, Desertion after + Roodewal, 106, 107 + +Smuts, General-- + Continuance of the War, Arguments for and against--Vereeniging + Conference, 418 + Peace Negotiations--Member of Commission of National Representatives + at the Pretoria Conference, 320, 365-396 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 340-342 + +Sobriety of Boers, 60 + +_South African News_--Publication of, Order not to take Prisoners, + Anecdote of Lord Kitchener, 184, 185 + +South African Republic-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Journey with General De la Rey, + Incidents during, 238, 239, 242 + Extermination of, by the British determined on prior to the Outbreak + of War, alleged, 254, 255 + Government of (_see_ Government of South African Republic) + Situation of, in 1902--Impossibility of continuing the War, 421, 422 + Situation of Boer and British Forces in 1901--President Steyn + on, 255, 256 + +Speller, Veldtcornet, of Wepener--Capture by British at Stinkfontein, 44 + +Springhaansnek--Blockhouse Line broken through by the + Boers, 173, 187, 188 + +Spruit, Commandant--Capture by British at Stinkfontein, 42, 43; + Subsequent Escape, 43 + +States-Procureur of Orange Free State--Capture of Mr. Jacob de Villiers + at Bothaville, 170, 171, 198 + +Steenekamp, Burgher--Betrayal of Members of the South African Government + to the British, 244 + +Steenekamp, Commandant-- + Assistant-Commander-in-Chief, Nomination as, 144 + Heilbron District, Commandant of, 4, 6, 7 + Illness of, 7, 8, 9, 10 + Vredefort Road Station, Attack on, 98, 105, 106 + +Steyn, President-- + Accompanying Commander-in-Chief de Wet in his departure from + Roodebergen, 129 + Bethlehem Engagement, Presence at, 117 + Bloemfontein, Departure from, 57 + Bodyguard-- + Davel, Commandant, Command of, 191 + Niekerk, Captain--Appointment as Commandant, 245 + Botha, General Philip, Visit to, 86, 87 + Burgher's Vice-President, Request for Meeting with Orange Free State + Government, 301, 302 + Cape Colony Expedition, Decision to accompany, 197 + Capture of Members of Governments of the South African Republics by + the British at Reitz--President Steyn's Escape, 244 + Causes of the War--Letter to Lord Kitchener, 250-259 + Commander-in-Chief of Orange Free State, Refusal to allow + Election--Consent to Election of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 118 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Schemes for operating in the Rear of the + British, Opposition to, 82 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Tribute to, 212 + Eyes, Weakness of--Visit to Dr. van Rennenkamp, 300 + Government of the South African Republic, Meetings with-- + Machadodorp Visit, 144 + Vrede Meeting, 231 + Illness of, 319 + Independence of the Republic, Refusal to surrender, 306 + Intervention of Foreign Powers, Attitude as to, 54 + Kroonstad War Council presided over by President Steyn, 58 + Peace--Correspondence between Presidents Kruger and Steyn and Lord + Salisbury, 330-332 + Resignation owing to Illness, 411 + Ventersdorp--Meeting with Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 168, 169 + Western Parts of the State, Visit to, 298-302 + +Steyn, Willie, Capture at Honing Kopjes--Subsequent Escape, 110 _note_ + +Stinkfontein, Stormed and Abandoned by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 40 + +Stormberg-- + British Losses at, 22, 23 + Capture by General Gatacre, 50 + +_Stormjagers_, 5 + +Strauss, David--Prisoner taken by the British in contravention of Lord + Roberts' Proclamation, 80 + +Stripping British Prisoners in order to obtain Clothing, 233 + +Supervision of the British Government--Peace Negotiations, Boer + Representatives' offer to accept Supervision as a Compromise on the + Independence Question, 366, 371, 372, 373 + +Surrender-- + Banishment Proclamation (_see_ that title) + Oath of Neutrality, Lord Roberts' Proclamation (_see_ Oath of + Neutrality) + Peace Negotiations at Pretoria in May, 1902--Draft Agreement, 376 + +Surrender of Arms after Declaration of Peace, 323, 324 + +Swartbooiskop-- + Nel's Commandant, Failure to hold, 13, 14 + Storming by Commandant Steenekamp and Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 14, 15 + +Swaziland--Cession to the British, Proposals of the Vereeniging + Conference, 350, 351, 360, 361, 363, 364 + +Sympathy felt for Boer Cause in England--Indirect Intervention, + etc., 407, 410, 420 + + +Tabaksberg Engagement, 83 + +Taljaart's, Veltcornet, Burghers, Capture of, 286 + +Telegraph Wires--cutting wires between Wolvehock and Viljoensdrift, 299 + +Telegraphic Communication between Orange Free State and Transvaal, 92 + +Termination of the War-- + Attitude of the Burghers, 237, 238 + Boer Women, Opinion of, 361, 362 + Conference between Transvaal and Orange Free State Governments-- + Decision to continue Fighting, 242, 243 + Klerksdorp Meeting, 303, 304, 305 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Forebodings, 58 + Letter from Commandants in the Field to Secretary of the Orange Free + State-- + Conference with Transvaal Government, 242 + Discussion of, by President Steyn and Generals De la Rey and De + Wet, 234 + Steyn's President, Answer, Extracts from, 236-239 + Terms of, 234-237 + Mission to President Kruger on behalf of South African Republic + proposed, 236, 237, 238 + Vereeniging Conference--Views of the Representatives, 346, 347, 348, + 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 354-358, 359, 360-362, 363 + +Territory, Session of--Peace Negotiations-- + Pretoria Conference, Boer Representatives' Offer, 366, 375 + Vereeniging Conference Proposals (15th May, 1902), 350, 351, 352, 357, + 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364 + +Thaba'Nchu-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Retreat on after Badenhorst, 81 + Occupation by General Broadwood, 65, 66 + +Thanksgiving Days, Appointment of, 243 + +Theron, Danie-- + Death at Gatsrand, 153, 154 + Paardeberg--Passing Enemy's Lines to carry Message from + Commander-in-Chief de Wet to General Cronje, 46 + Scouting Party, Appointment as Chief by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 54 + Scouting Services, 88, 89, 124, 131 + Train Captured by, 132 + +Theron, Jan--Appointment to succeed Commandant Danie Theron, 153, 154 + +Theunissen, Commandant of Winburg, 45 + Capture by British at Stinkfontein, 46 + Election as Commandant of Winburg, 6, 7 + +Thring, Veldtcornet--War Experiences, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Tribute, etc., 87, 88, 89 + +Tijgerfontein Engagement, 138, 139 + +Tintwaspas--Occupation by Kroonstad Commando, 7, 8 + +Tonder, Mr. Gideon van--Killed by Lyddite Shell at Magersfontein, 25 + +Trains-- + Blowing up with Dynamite, 230, 246 + Devices to throw the British off the Scent, 246 + Mechanical Devices, 246 + Boer Captures of, 132, 152, 153, 203, 204 + +Transvaalers-- + Negligence in leaving Prisoners at Pretoria, 92 + Nicholson's Nek, Work at, 17 + +Truter, Commandant--Abandonment of Krupp gun and Ammunition, 182 + +Tweefontein--Attack on British Position, 275-283 + Sketch Plan, 276 + + +Uijs, Commandant--Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902, Report to + the Vereeniging Conference, 349, 350 + +"Uitschudden"--Institution of, in order to obtain Clothing, 233 + +Ultimatum by the South African Republic-- + Cause of the War alleged-- + Salisbury's, Lord, Assertion, 53, 54, 409 + Salisbury's, Lord, Demand, 53, 54, 409 + Steyn's, President, Contradiction, 251, 252 + Chamberlain's, Mr. J., Telegrams to Sir A. Milner, 329 + Text of the "Ultimatum," 325-328 + +Unconditional Surrender--Discussion at Vereeniging Meeting of May 29, + 1902, 398, 399, 401, 405, 406, 423, 424 + + +Vaal River--Crossing of President Steyn's Party, 300 + +Valsch River Bridge, Destruction by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 88, 89 + +Van Dam, Under Captain--Command of Johannesburg Police at Nicholson's + Nek, 16 + +Van Niekerk, Commandant--Continuance of the War, Argument in favour + of, 414, 415 + +Van Reenen's Pass-- + Occupation by Harrismith and Winburg Commandos, 7, 8 + War Council at--Commander-in-Chief de Wet attending in place of + Commandant Steenekamp, 8, 9 + +Vanvurenskloof, Boer Retreat from, 139, 140 + +Vechtgeneraal of the Orange Free State-- + Abolition of Post, 95 + Creation of Post, 9, 10 + De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Appointment of, 22 + Roux, General Paul, appointed by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 85 + Ventersburg--Boer Lines broken through, 85 + +Ventersdorp-- + Fighting near, 140, 141, 142 + Meeting between President Steyn and Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 168, 169 + +Vereeniging-- + Meeting of General Representatives to discuss the Situation (May 15, + 1902), 333-364 + Authority given to Delegates to voice the wishes of their + Constituencies, 333, 337, 338, 400, 402, 403, 404, 405, 407, + 411, 412, 417, 421, 422, 423, 424 + Thanks of the meeting to the King of England and Queen of the + Netherlands for efforts to promote Peace, 345, 346 + Unity among Delegates essential, 337, 338, 349, 350, 351, 357 + Meeting of Special National Representatives to discuss British Peace + Terms (May 29, 1902), 397 + Armistice agreed on to admit of Attendance of Officers, 315 + Misunderstanding on the part of the British Columns, 317, 318 + Divisions among Delegates, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 426 + Meeting a Fatal Error, 413, 414 + Questions to be decided, 398, 411, 417 + (For details of subjects discussed _see_ Independence, Peace + Negotiations, etc.) + +Verkijkersdorp--Capture of Women's Laager near, by the British, and + Rescue by Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Commando, 238-241 + British Casualties, 239, 240 + +Vice-Commanders-in-Chief, Orange Free State-- + Badenhorst, Veldtcornet, C.C., Appointment for Districts of Boshof, + etc., 159 + De Wet, Gen., Appointment of, 49 + Fourie, Gen., Appointment for Districts of Bloemfontein, etc., 157 + Hertzog, Gen., Appointment for Districts of Fauresmith, etc., 158 + +Vice-President of Orange Free State-- + Appointment of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 411 + Creation of Temporary Post, 198 + +Viljoen, Mr. P.R.--Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902, Report of + the Vereeniging Conference, 346, 347 + +Villiers, General de--Death due to Wound received at Biddulphsberg, 84 + Natal Expedition, Commanding as Vechtgeneraal, 8, 9 + Prinsloo's Surrender, Escape from, 128 + Work in South-Eastern Districts of the Orange Free State, 83 + +Villiers, Mr. Jacob de, States-Procureur of Orange Free State, Capture + of at Bothaville, 170, 171, 198 + +Vilonel, Commandant-- + Resignation--Enforced Resignation due to Insubordination, 64 + Surrender to British--Recapture by Captain Pretorius and Trial for + Desertion, 84 + Removal from Bethlehem to Fouriesburg, 121, 122 + Waggons, Persistence in use of, 62 + +Visser, Commandant--Death of at Jagersfontein Engagement, Faithfulness + and Valour of Commandant Visser, 158 + +Vleeschkorporaal, Duties of, 4, 5 + +Vrede-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Meeting with Louis Botha, 231 + Meeting between President Steyn and the Transvaal Government, 231 + +Vrede Commando, Surrender following Prinsloo's Surrender, 128 + +Vredefort-- + Capture of British Outpost, 232 + Engagements near, 133, 134, 135 + Retreat of the Boers to the Vaal River, 164, 165 + Surrender of Arms by Commando after Declaration of Peace, 323, 324 + +Vredefort-weg Station--Commandant Steenekamp's Success at, 98, 105, 106 + +Vrijheid--Kaffir Atrocities, Murder and Mutilation of Burghers, 426, 427 + + +Waggons-- + Boer Reluctance to abandon use of, 62, 120, 121, 129, 131, 135, 136 + Harrismith Burghers' Refusal to part with their Waggons at + Spitskopje, 161-163 + De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Use of Little Waggon, 293, 294, 398 + Destruction by British, 120, 121, 191 + No Waggons with Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Commando, 279 + Vilonel's, Commandant, Persistence in using Waggons, 62 + Waggon Camps, Regulation prohibiting, 58 + +War Commission--Orders to commence Natal Campaign, 4 + +War Councils, 19 + Decisions of Council of March 28, 1900, 61 + Doornberg, Council at--Decision as to Presidential Election, 197 + Kroonstad Council--Officers present, Decisions, etc., 58 _note_, 59 + +War of 1877-1881--Futility of Comparison with War of 1899-1902, 421, 422 + +Warfare, Boer Methods of-- + Checking an Enemy's Advance--Boer Tactics, 213 + Rapidity of Action, Importance of, 75 + +Wauchope, General--Death at Magersfontein, 23 + +Weilbach, Commandant--Desertion of Post at Bloemfontein, 54 + +Wessels, General J.B.-- + Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, 58 + Sanna's Post Engagement, Share in, 64 + +Wessels, Mr. C.J.-- + Commander-in-Chief of Free Staters at Magersfontein and Kimberley, 23 + Member of Boer Deputation to Europe (1900), 53, 54 + +Wessels, Veldtcornet-- + Capture of, at Frederiksstad, 166, 167 + Dewetsdorp Exploits, 176, 177, 178 + +White, Colonel--Engagement with Commandant Hasebroek near + Thaba'Nchu, 189, 190 + +White Flag Treachery at Reddersburg, 75, 76 + +Wire Fencing-- + Bothaville Boers cutting the Wire, 299 + Erection of, by the British, 262 + Lindley-Kroonstad Line of Blockhouses--Escape of Boers, 287 + Palmietfontein, Boers breaking through Line, 289, 290 + +Witkopjes Rheboksfontein Engagement, 135, 136 + +Witwatersrand, Cession to the British--Proposals of the Vereeniging + Conference, 350, 351, 360, 361, 363, 364 + +Wolfaard Brothers--Wounded by Lyddite Shell at Magersfontein, 25 + +Wolmarans, Daniel--Member of Boer Deputation to Europe (1900), 53, 54 + +Wolvehock--Railway blown up by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 163 + +Women and Children-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Care for, after Sanna's Post, 66, 67 + Difficulties of providing for--Deliberations of the Vereeniging + Conference, 333, 339, 342, 343, 344, 345, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, + 356, 405, 406, 410, 412, 413, 415, 416, 417, 423, 424, 425, 426, + 427 + Flight of Boer Women to escape Capture by the British, 279 + Kaffir Treatment of Boer Women, 151, 152, 153 + Magersfontein Laager, Presence in, 25 + Sufferings in Concentration Camps, etc., 198, 290, 291, 421, 422 + Treatment by the British, 232, 239, 240, 241, 257, 258 + Verkijkersdorp Laager, Capture of by British, and rescue by + Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Commando, 238-241 + +Wonderkop--General de Villiers' Exploits, 83 + +Wounded, Boer Treatment of-- + Doornspruit, Care of Wounded after, 133, 134 + Nicholson's Nek--Care for Wounded by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 17 + + +Yeomanry, Imperial--Gallantry at Tweefontein, 281 + +Yule, General--Ladysmith Retreat conducted by, 9, 10 + + +Zandnek--Captain Scheepers' Engagement near, 139, 140 + +Zwavelkrans Farm--British Convoy Captured by Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 96, 98 + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THREE YEARS' WAR*** + + +******* This file should be named 18794-8.txt or 18794-8.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/7/9/18794 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/18794-8.zip b/18794-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..811cd61 --- /dev/null +++ b/18794-8.zip diff --git a/18794-h.zip b/18794-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0074b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/18794-h.zip diff --git a/18794-h/18794-h.htm b/18794-h/18794-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4e96b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/18794-h/18794-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,18339 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Three Years' War, by Christiaan Rudolf de Wet</title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + ul {list-style-type: none;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 1%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: left; + color: gray; + } /* page numbers */ + + .linenum {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */ + .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;} + .sidenote {width: 20%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em; + padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em; margin-left: 1em; + float: right; clear: right; margin-top: 1em; + font-size: smaller; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: dashed 1px;} + + .bb {border-bottom: solid 2px;} + .bl {border-left: solid 2px;} + .bt {border-top: solid 2px;} + .br {border-right: solid 2px;} + .bbox {border: solid 2px;} + + .center {text-align: center;} + .right {text-align: right;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + .u {text-decoration: underline;} + .hangindent {text-indent: -4em; margin-left: 8em; font-variant: small-caps;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .figleft {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: + 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .figright {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .footnotes {border: dashed 1px;} + .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + .footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;} + .fnanchor {vertical-align: super; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem br {display: none;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem span.i0 {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i4 {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + hr.full { width: 100%; } + pre {font-size: 75%;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> +<body> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, Three Years' War, by Christiaan Rudolf de Wet</h1> +<pre> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at <a href = "http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre> +<p>Title: Three Years' War</p> +<p>Author: Christiaan Rudolf de Wet</p> +<p>Release Date: July 8, 2006 [eBook #18794]</p> +<p>Language: English</p> +<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p> +<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THREE YEARS' WAR***</p> +<p> </p> +<h3>E-text prepared by Marilynda Fraser-Cunliffe, Taavi Kalju,<br /> + and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br /> + (http://www.pgdp.net/)</h3> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> </p> + + +<div class="figcenter"> + <a id="image01" name="image01"> + <img src="images/01.jpg" + alt="C. R. de Wet" + title="C. R. de Wet" /></a><br /> + <span class="caption">C. R. de Wet<br /><i>Copyright 1902 by Charles Scribner's Sons. N.Y.</i></span> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h1>THREE YEARS' WAR</h1> + +<h3>BY</h3> + +<h2>CHRISTIAAN RUDOLF DE WET</h2> + + +<h4>FRONTISPIECE BY</h4> + +<h3>JOHN S. SARGENT, R.A.</h3> + + +<h4><i>FOUR PLANS AND A MAP</i></h4> + + +<h5> +NEW YORK<br /> +CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS<br /> +1902<br /> +</h5> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<h5> +Copyright, 1902, BY<br /> +CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS<br /> +<br /> +<i>All rights reserved</i><br /> +<br /> +Published, December, 1902<br /> +<br /> +<b>TROW DIRECTORY</b><br /> +<br /> +PRINTING AND BOOKBINDING COMPANY<br /> +NEW YORK<br /> +</h5> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + + +<h3> +TO<br /> +MY FELLOW SUBJECTS<br /> +OF<br /> +THE BRITISH EMPIRE<br /> +</h3> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[Pg vii]</a></span></p> +<h2>Preface</h2> + + +<p>By way of introduction to my work I wish, dear reader, to say only this +short word: "I am no book-writer."—But I felt that the story of this +struggle, in which a small people fought for liberty and right, is +rightly said, throughout the civilized world, to be unknown, and that it +was my duty to record my personal experiences in this war, for the +present and for the future generations, not only for the Afrikander +people, but for the whole world.</p> + +<p>Not only did I consider this my duty, but I was encouraged to write by +the urgings of prominent men among my people, of men of various +nationalities and even of several British officers.</p> + +<p>Well, dear reader, I hope that you will not feel disappointed in reading +these experiences, as it is not in me, as is perhaps sometimes the case +with historical authors, to conjure up thrilling pictures—imaginary +things—and put them together merely to make up a book or to make a name +for themselves. That be far from me! In publishing my book (although it +is written in simple style) <i>I had one object only</i>, viz., to give to +the world a story which, although it does not contain the whole of the +truth, as regards this wondrous war, yet contains nothing but the +truth.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[Pg viii]</a></span></p> + +<p>The original has been written by me in Dutch, and I can therefore not be +answerable for its translation into other languages.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">C. R. de WET.</span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">[Pg ix]</a></span></p> +<h2>Contents</h2> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr> + <td align='right'>CHAPTER</td> + <td align='left'></td> + <td align='right'>PAGE</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>I.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">I Go on Commando as a Private Burgher</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_3'>3</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>II.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Nicholson's Nek</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_13'>13</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>III.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Ladysmith Besieged</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_19'>19</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>IV.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">I am Appointed Vechtgeneraal</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_22'>22</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>V.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Overwhelming Forces of Lord Roberts</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_26'>26</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>VI.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Paardeberg</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_39'>39</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>VII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Wild Flight from Poplar Grove</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_49'>49</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>VIII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Burghers Receive Permission to Return to their Homes</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_56'>56</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>IX.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Sanna's Post</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_61'>61</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>X.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Four Hundred and Seventy English taken Prisoner at Reddersburg</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_71'>71</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XI.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">An Unsuccessful Siege</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_77'>77</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">The English Swarm over our Country</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_82'>82</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XIII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Our Position at the End of May, 1900</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_92'>92</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XIV.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Roodewal</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_96'>96</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XV.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">I Make Lord Kitchener's Acquaintance</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_108'>108</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XVI.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Bethlehem is Captured by the English</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_117'>117</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XVII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Surrender of Prinsloo</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_123'>123</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XVIII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">I am Driven into the Transvaal</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_129'>129</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XIX.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">I Return to the Free State</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_144'>144</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XX.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Oath of Neutrality</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_156'>156</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXI.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Frederiksstad and Bothaville</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_161'>161</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">My March to the South</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_172'>172</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXIII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">I Fail to Enter Cape Colony</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_180'>180</a></td></tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_x" id="Page_x">[Pg x]</a></span>XXIV.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Wherein Something is Found About War against Women</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_191'>191</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXV.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">I Again Attempt To Enter Cape Colony</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_197'>197</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXVI.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Darkness Proves my Salvation</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_215'>215</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXVII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Was Ours a Guerilla War?</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_225'>225</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXVIII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Negotiations with the Enemy</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_230'>230</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXIX.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">President Steyn's Narrow Escape</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_242'>242</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXX.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Last Proclamation</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_246'>246</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXXI.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Blockhouses and Night Attacks</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_260'>260</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXXII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">My Commando of Seven Hundred Men</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_267'>267</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXXIII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">A Success at Tweefontein</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_275'>275</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXXIV.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">I Cut my Way Through Sixty Thousand Troops</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_284'>284</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXXV.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">I go to the Transvaal with President Steyn</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_298'>298</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXXVI.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Peace Negotiations</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_305'>305</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'>XXXVII.</td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">The End of the War</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_319'>319</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='right'></td> + <td align='left'><span class="smcap">Correspondence</span></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_325'>325</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='left'></td> + <td align='center'><b>APPENDICES</b></td> + <td align='left'></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='left' colspan="2"><div class="hangindent">A.—Report of the Meeting of the General Representatives held at Vereeniging in the South African Republic on the 15th of May, 1902, and the Following Days</div></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_333'>333</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='left' colspan="2"><div class="hangindent">B.—The Conference at Pretoria between the Commission of the National Representatives and Lords Kitchener and Milner (May 19th-May 28th, 1902)</div></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_365'>365</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='left' colspan="2"><div class="hangindent">C.—Minutes of the Meeting of the Special National Representatives at Vereeniging, South African Republic, Thursday, the 29th of May, 1902, And the Following Days</div></td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_397'>397</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='left'></td> + <td align='left'>INDEX</td> + <td align='right'><a href='#Page_429'>429</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align='left'></td> + <td align='left'>MAP</td> + <td align='right'><i>At end of volume</i></td> +</tr> +</table></div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span></p> +<h2>THREE YEARS WAR</h2> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2>CHAPTER I</h2> + +<h3>I Go on Commando as a Private Burgher</h3> + + +<p>In the month of September, 1899, the burghers of the Orange Free State +were notified, under the Commando Law, to hold themselves in readiness +to go on active service at the shortest possible notice.</p> + +<p>Before proceeding any further I should like to explain that portion of +the Commando Law which dealt with commandeering. It stipulated that +every burgher between the ages of sixteen and sixty must be prepared to +fight for his country at any moment; and that, if required for active +service, he must provide himself with a riding-horse, saddle and bridle, +with a rifle and thirty cartridges—or, if he were unable to obtain a +rifle, he must bring with him thirty bullets, thirty caps, and half a +pound of powder—in addition he must be provisioned for eight days. That +there should have been an alternative to the rifle was due to the fact +that the law was made at a time when only a few burghers possessed +breech-loading rifles—<i>achterlaaiers</i>, as we call them.</p> + +<p>With reference to the provisions the law did not specify their quality +or quantity, but there was an unwritten but strictly observed rule +amongst the burghers that they should consist of meat cut in strips, +salted, peppered, and dried, or else of sausages and "Boer biscuits."<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> +With regard to quantity, each burgher had to make his own estimate of +the amount he would require for eight days.</p> + +<p>It was not long after they were notified to hold themselves ready that +the burghers were called up for active service. On the 2nd of October, +1899, the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span> order came. On that day the Veldtcornets, or their +lieutenants, visited every farm and commandeered the men.</p> + +<p>Amongst the commandeered was I; and thus, as a private burgher, I +entered on the campaign. With me were my three sons—Kootie, Isaac, and +Christiaan.</p> + +<p>The following day the men of the sub-district of Krom Ellenborg, in the +district of Heilbron—to which I belonged—mustered at Elandslaagte +Farm. The Veldtcornet of this sub-district was Mr. Marthinus Els, and +the Commandant of the whole contingent Mr. Lucas Steenekamp. It soon +became known that the War Commission had decided that our commando was +to proceed as rapidly as possible to the Natal frontier, and that with +us were to go the troops from Vrede and Harrismith, as well as some from +Bethlehem, Winburg, and Kroonstad. Carrying out these orders, we all +arrived at Harrismith six days later.</p> + +<p>Commando life now began in real earnest.</p> + +<p>The eight days during which the burghers had to feed themselves were +soon over, and now it was the duty of the Government to provide for +them.</p> + +<p>It may be interesting to mention here that the British commissariat +differed greatly from ours. Rations were served out daily to their +troops. Each soldier received the same quantity and the same quality as +his comrade. Our methods were very different, except as regards flour, +coffee, sugar, and other articles of that nature. The British soldier, +for instance, received his meat ready cooked in the form of bully-beef +(<i>blikkiescost</i> we called it), whilst the burgher received his meat raw, +and had to cook it as best he could.</p> + +<p>Before I leave this subject I may be forgiven if I describe the method +of distributing meat to the burghers. After it had been cut up, the +Vleeschkorporaal<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> handed out the pieces—a sufficiently respon<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span>sible +task, as it proved, for, as the portions differed much in quality, it +became of the first importance that the Vleeschkorporaal should be a man +whose impartiality was above suspicion. To avoid any temptations to +favouritism, this useful personage used to turn his back on the +burghers, and as the men came up in turn he would pick up the piece of +meat which lay nearest to hand and, without looking round, give it to +the man who was waiting behind him to receive it.</p> + +<p>This arrangement should have been satisfactory to all, but it sometimes +happened that some burgher, whom fortune had not favoured, made no +effort to conceal his discontent, and thus squabbles frequently +occurred. Then the Vleeschkorporaal, fully convinced of his own +uprightness, would let his tongue go, and the burgher who had complained +was a man to be pitied. But such quarrels only occurred early in the +campaign. By the time that the Vleeschkorporaal had been a few weeks at +his work he had gained a considerable knowledge of human nature, and the +injustice of his fellows no longer troubled him. Accordingly he allowed +the complaints of the men to go in at one ear and at once to come out at +the other. The burghers, too, soon became convinced of the foolishness +of their conduct, and learnt the lesson of content and forbearance.</p> + +<p>As I have already stated, the burgher had to boil or roast his own meat. +The roasting was done on a spit cut in the shape of a fork, the wood +being obtained from a branch of the nearest tree. A more ambitious fork +was manufactured from fencing wire, and had sometimes even as many as +four prongs. A skillful man would so arrange the meat on his spit as to +have alternate pieces of fat and of lean, and thus get what we used to +call a <i>bout span</i>.<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p> + +<p>The burghers utilized the flour supplied to them in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span> making cakes; these +they cooked in boiling fat, and called them <i>stormjagers</i><a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> or +<i>maagbommen</i>.<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a></p> + +<p>Later on, the British, finding that by looting our cattle they could get +fresh meat for nothing, were no longer forced to be content with +bully-beef. They then, like ourselves, killed oxen and sheep; but, +unlike us, were very wasteful with it. Often, in the camping places they +had vacated, we found the remains of half-eaten oxen, sheep, pigs, and +poultry.</p> + +<p>But I shall not go further into this matter. I leave it to other pens to +describe how the British looted our property, wantonly killed our +cattle, and devastated our farms. In the course of this narrative my +intention is to mention only those cases which I saw with my own eyes. +The reader, perusing them, may well pause in surprise and cry out, "Can +such things be possible?" To such a question I have only one +answer—"They actually occurred, and so my only course is to record +them."</p> + +<p>But enough of these digressions. Let me return to my proper subject—the +story of my own experiences and doings in the great struggle which took +place between Boer and Briton.</p> + +<p>As I have already said, I had been commandeered, and, together with the +other burghers of the Heilbron commando, had just reached Harrismith, on +the road to the south-eastern frontier.</p> + +<p>During our stay there the other commandos, in obedience to Commando Law, +joined us, and we proceeded to elect a Commander-in-Chief. The +Commandants present were Steenekamp, of Heilbron; Anthonie Lombaard, of +Vrede; C.J. De Villiers, of Harrismith; Hans Nandé, of Bethlehem; +Marthinus Prinsloo, of Winburg; and C. Nel, of Kroonstad. The result of +the voting was that Prinsloo was chosen for the supreme command.</p> + +<p>Then the burghers of Winburg selected Mr. Theu<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>nissen as their +Commandant. He fulfilled his duties admirably, until he was made a +prisoner of war. This happened when he was leading a courageous attack +at Paardeberg in order to relieve General Piet Cronje.</p> + +<p>From Harrismith our commando advanced to within six miles of the +Natal-Free State frontier, and camped not far from Bezuidenhoutspas, in +the Drakensberg. This imposing range of mountains, which then formed the +dividing line between Boer and British territory, slopes down gently +into the Free State, but on the Natal side is very steep and +precipitous.</p> + +<p>The day after we had elected our Commander-in-Chief I was sent by +Commandant Steenekamp, with a small detachment of burghers, to the Natal +frontier. I saw nothing of the English there, for they had abandoned all +their positions on the frontier shortly before the beginning of the war. +When I returned in the evening I found that the burghers had chosen me, +in my absence, as Vice-Commandant<a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> under Commandant Steenekamp.</p> + +<p>It was at five o'clock on the afternoon of that day—the 11th of +October, 1899—that the time, which the ultimatum allowed to England, +expired. The British had not complied with the terms which the South +African Republic demanded—the time for negotiations had passed, and war +had actually broken out.</p> + +<p>On this very day martial law was proclaimed by the Governments of the +two Republics, and orders were given to occupy the passes on the +Drakensberg. Commander-in-Chief Prinsloo despatched Steenekamp that +night to Bezuidenhoutspas. Eastwards from there the following commandos +were to hold the passes:—Bothaspas was to be occupied by the commando +from Vrede; Van Reenen's Pass by the commandos from Harrismith and +Winburg; and Tintwaspas by the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span> commando from Kroonstad. Westwards, the +burghers from Bethlehem were to guard Oliviershoekpas.</p> + +<p>Commandant Steenekamp was very ill that night, and was unable to set +out; he accordingly ordered me to take his place and to proceed forward +with six hundred burghers.</p> + +<p>Although I had only to cover six miles, it cost me considerable thought +to arrange everything satisfactorily. This was due to the fact that real +discipline did not exist among the burghers. As the war proceeded, +however, a great improvement manifested itself in this matter, although +as long as the struggle lasted our discipline was always far from +perfect. I do not intend to imply that the burghers were unwilling or +unruly; it was only that they were quite unaccustomed to being under +orders. When I look back upon the campaign I realize how gigantic a task +I performed in regulating everything in accordance with my wishes.</p> + +<p>It did not take me long to get everything arranged, and we made an early +start.</p> + +<p>It was impossible to say what might lie before us. In spite of the fact +that I had visited the spot the day before, I had not been able to cross +the frontier. The English might have been on the precipitous side of the +mountains under the ridge without my being any the wiser. Perhaps on our +arrival we should find them in possession of the pass, occupying good +positions and quite prepared for our coming.</p> + +<p>Everything went well with us, however, and no untoward incident +occurred. When the sun rose the following morning the whole country, as +far as the eye could reach, lay before us calm and peaceful.</p> + +<p>I sent a full report of my doings to Commandant Steenekamp, and that +evening he himself, although still far from well, appeared with the +remaining part of the commando. He brought the news that war had started +in grim earnest. General De la Rey had attacked and captured an armoured +train at Kraaipan.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span></p> + +<p>Some days after this a war council was held at Van Reenen's Pass under +Commander-in-Chief Marthinus Prinsloo. As Commandant Steenekamp, owing +to his illness, was unable to be present, I attended the council in his +place. It was decided that a force of two thousand burghers, under +Commandant C.J. De Villiers, of Harrismith, as Vice-Vechtgeneraal,<a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> +should go down into Natal, and that the remaining forces should guard +the passes on the Drakensberg.</p> + +<p>Let me say, in parenthesis, that the laws of the Orange Free State make +no allusion to the post of Vechtgeneraal. But shortly before the war +began the Volksraad had given the President the power to appoint such an +officer. At the same session the President was allowed the veto on all +laws dealing with war.</p> + +<p>As Commandant Steenekamp was still prevented by his health from going to +the front, I was ordered, as Vice-Commandant of the Heilbron commando, +to proceed with five hundred men to Natal.</p> + +<p>It soon became apparent that we had been sent to Natal with the object +of cutting off the English who were stationed at Dundee and +Elandslaagte. We were to be aided in our task by the Transvaalers who +were coming from Volksrust and by a party of burghers from Vrede, all +under the command of General Roch.</p> + +<p>We did not arrive in time to be successful in this plan. That there had +been some bungling was not open to question. Yet I am unable to assert +to whom our failure was due—whether to the Commandants of the South +African Republic, or to Commander-in-Chief Prinsloo, or to Vechtgeneraal +De Villiers. For then I was merely a Vice-Commandant, who had not to +<i>give</i> orders, but to obey them. But whoever was to blame, it is +certainly true that when, early in the morning of the 23rd of October, I +cut the line near Dundee, I discovered that the English had retreated to +Ladysmith. It was General Yule who had led<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span> them, and he gained great +praise in British circles for the exploit.</p> + +<p>If we had only reached our destination a little sooner we should have +cut off their retreating troops and given them a very warm time. But now +that they had joined their comrades at Ladysmith, we had to be prepared +for an attack from their combined forces, and that before the +Transvaalers, who were still at Dundee, could reinforce us.</p> + +<p>The British did not keep us long in anxiety.</p> + +<p>At eight o'clock the following morning—the 24th of October—they came +out of Ladysmith, and the battle of Modder Spruit<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> began. With the +sole exception of the skirmish between the Harrismith burghers and the +Carabineers at Bester Station on the 18th of October, when Jonson, a +burgher of Harrismith, was killed—the earliest victim in our fight for +freedom—this was the first fighting the Free-Staters had seen.</p> + +<p>We occupied kopjes which formed a large semicircle to the west of the +railway between Ladysmith and Dundee. Our only gun was placed on the +side of a high kop on our western wing. Our men did not number more than +a thousand—the other burghers had remained behind as a rear-guard at +Bester Station.</p> + +<p>With three batteries of guns the English marched to the attack, the +troops leading the way, the guns some distance behind. A deafening +cannonade was opened on us by the enemy's artillery, at a range of about +4,500 yards. Our gun fired a few shots in return, but was soon silenced, +and we had to remove it from its position. Small arms were our only +weapons for the remainder of the contest.</p> + +<p>The English at once began as usual to attack our flanks, but they did +not attempt to get round our wings. Their object appeared to be to keep +us in small parties, so that we should be unable to concentrate a large +force anywhere.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p> + +<p>Meanwhile the troops which were making the attack pushed on closer and +closer to us. The country was of such a nature that they were able to +get quite near to us without coming under our fire, for small kloofs<a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> +and other inequalities of the ground afforded them excellent cover. But +when they did show themselves they were met by such a frightful and +unceasing fire that they could not approach nearer than two hundred +paces from our lines.</p> + +<p>The brunt of the attack was borne by the burghers from Kroonstad, who, +under Commandant Nel, formed our western wing. More to the east, where I +myself was, our men had less to endure. But every burgher, wherever he +might be, fought with the greatest courage. Although there were some who +fell killed or wounded, there was no sign of yielding throughout the +whole battle, and every one of our positions we successfully held.</p> + +<p>Till three o'clock in the afternoon we kept up our rifle fire on the +English, and then we ceased, for the enemy, realizing the impossibility +of driving us out of our positions, withdrew to Ladysmith. Shortly +afterwards we were able to go over the battlefield. There were not many +dead or wounded to be seen; but burghers who had been stationed on the +high kop previously mentioned had seen the English remove their wounded +during the engagement.</p> + +<p>We ourselves had eleven men killed and twenty-one wounded, of whom two +subsequently died. This loss touched us deeply, yet it was encouraging +to notice that it had not the effect of disheartening a single officer +or burgher.</p> + +<p>Just as the battle began Mr. A.P. Cronje arrived on the scene. He had +been nominated by the President as Vechtgeneraal, and had taken over the +command from Vice-General C.J. De Villiers. He was most useful in this +engagement. When it was over I agreed with him in thinking that our +forces were too<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span> weak to pursue the retreating English troops. As soon +as I was able to leave my position it gave me great pleasure to shake +hands with him, for he was an old friend and fellow-member of the +Volksraad. It was pleasant to greet him as Vechtgeneraal—he was the son +of a valiant officer who had fought in the Basuto war of 1865 and 1866. +He had reached the age of sixty-six years, an age when it is very hard +for a man to have to stand the strain which the duties of a +Vechtgeneraal necessarily entail.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER II</h2> + +<h3>Nicholson's Nek</h3> + + +<p>Until the 29th of October we retained our positions at Rietfontein. On +that date General Joubert joined us with a portion of the Transvaal +commandos. On his arrival it was settled that the Transvaalers should +proceed to the north of Ladysmith and occupy positions on the east of +Nicholson's Nek, whilst the Free-Staters were to go to the west and +north-west of that town.</p> + +<p>A party of burghers, under Commandant Nel, of Kroonstad, were ordered to +station themselves on a kop with a flat top, called Swartbooiskop,<a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> +an hour and a half to the south of Nicholson's Nek. After the battle +which was fought on the 30th of November this kop was christened by us +Little Majuba.</p> + +<p>Just after sunrise on the 30th of November the roaring of cannon came to +our ears. The sound came from the extreme end of our position, where the +Transvaalers were stationed. No sooner did we hear it than the order to +off-saddle was given. I myself asked Commandant Steenekamp, who had +arrived the previous day from Bezuidenhoutspas, to go to General Croup's +laager, about two miles distant, and to request him to advance to where +the firing was taking place. To this request General Croup acceded, and +Commandant Steenekamp went there with three hundred men, of whom I was +one. Our way led past the kop to the south of Nicholson's Nek. What a +sight met our gaze on our arrival there!</p> + +<p>The kop was occupied by the English.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span></p> + +<p>This must be ascribed to the negligence of Commandant Nel, who had +orders to guard the kop. He excused himself by assuring us that he had +been under the impression that one of his Veldtcornets and a number of +burghers were occupying the hill.</p> + +<p>What could we do now?</p> + +<p>Commandant Steenekamp and I decided that we must storm the hill with the +three hundred men whom we had at our disposal. And this we did, and were +sufficiently fortunate to capture the northern point of the kop.</p> + +<p>On reaching the summit we discovered that the British troops occupied +positions extending from the southern point to the middle of the +mountain.</p> + +<p>The enemy, the moment we appeared on the ridge, opened a heavy rifle +fire upon us. We answered with as severe a fusillade as theirs. Whilst +we were shooting, twenty of Commandant Nel's men joined us and helped us +to hold our ground. When we had been engaged in this way for some time +we saw that the only possible course was to fight our way from position +to position towards the English lines.</p> + +<p>I now observed that the mountain top was of an oblong shape, extending +from north to south for about a thousand paces. At the northern end, +where we were, the surface was smooth, but somewhat further south it +became rough and stony, affording very good cover. In our present +situation we were thus almost completely exposed to the enemy's fire. +The English, on the other hand, had excellent positions. There were a +number of ruined Kaffir kraals scattered about from the middle of the +mountain to its southern end, and these the enemy had occupied, thus +securing a great advantage.</p> + +<p>Our bullets hailed on the English, and very shortly they retreated to +the southernmost point of the mountain. This gave us the chance for +which we had been waiting, for now we could take the splendid positions +they had left.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span></p> + +<p>Whilst this was going on an amusing incident occurred. A Jew came up to +a burgher who was lying behind a stone, on a piece of ground where +boulders were scarce.</p> + +<p>"Sell me that stone for half-a-crown," whined the Jew.</p> + +<p>"Loop!"<a name="FNanchor_11_11" id="FNanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> the Boer cried; "I want it myself."</p> + +<p>"I will give you fifteen shillings," insisted the Jew.</p> + +<p>Although the Boer had never before possessed anything that had risen in +value with such surprising rapidity, at that moment he was anything but +ready to drive a bargain with the Jew, and without any hesitation he +positively declined to do business.</p> + +<p>In the positions from which the English had retired we found several +dead and wounded men, and succeeded in capturing some prisoners.</p> + +<p>The enemy were now very strongly posted at the south end of the +mountain, for there were in their neighbourhood many Kaffir kraals and +huge boulders to protect them from our marksmen. Their fire on us became +still more severe and unceasing, and their bullets whistled and sang +above our heads, or flattened themselves against the stones. We gave at +least as good as we got, and this was so little to their liking that +very soon a few white flags appeared in the kraals on their left wing, +and from that quarter the firing stopped suddenly.</p> + +<p>I immediately gave the order to cease fire and to advance towards the +enemy. All at once the English blazed away at us again. On our part, we +replied with vigour. But that did not continue long. In a very short +time white flags fluttered above every kraal—the victory was ours.</p> + +<p>I have no wish to say that a misuse of the white flag had taken place. I +was told when the battle was over that the firing had continued, because +the men on our eastern wing had not observed what their comrades on +their left had done. And this explanation I willingly accept.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span></p> + +<p>Our force in this engagement consisted only of three hundred men from +Heilbron, twenty from Kroonstad, and forty or fifty from the +Johannesburg Police, these latter under Captain Van Dam. The Police had +arrived on the battlefield during the fighting, and had behaved in a +most praiseworthy manner.</p> + +<p>But I overestimate our numbers, for it was not the <i>whole</i> of the +Heilbron contingent that reached the firing line. We had to leave some +of them behind with the horses at the foot of the kop, and there were +others who remained at the first safe position they reached—a frequent +occurrence at that period.</p> + +<p>I took careful note of our numbers when the battle was over, and I can +state with certainty that there were not more than two hundred burghers +actually engaged.</p> + +<p>Our losses amounted to four killed and five wounded. As to the losses of +the English, I myself counted two hundred and three dead and wounded, +and there may have been many whom I did not see. In regard to our +prisoners, as they marched past me four deep I counted eight hundred and +seventeen.</p> + +<p>In addition to the prisoners we also captured two Maxim and two mountain +guns. They, however, were out of order, and had not been used by the +English. The prisoners told us that parts of their big guns had been +lost in the night, owing to a stampede of the mules which carried them, +and consequently that the guns were incomplete when they reached the +mountain. Shortly afterwards we found the mules with the missing parts +of the guns.</p> + +<p>It was very lucky for us that the English were deprived of the use of +their guns, for it placed them on the same footing as ourselves, as it +compelled them to rely entirely on their rifles. Still they had the +advantage of position, not to mention the fact that they out-numbered us +by four to one.</p> + +<p>The guns did not comprise the whole of our capture: we also seized a +thousand Lee-Metford rifles,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span> twenty cases of cartridges, and some +baggage mules and horses.</p> + +<p>The fighting had continued without intermission from nine o'clock in the +morning until two in the afternoon. The day was exceedingly hot, and as +there was no water to be obtained nearer than a mile from the berg,<a name="FNanchor_12_12" id="FNanchor_12_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a> +we suffered greatly from thirst. The condition of the wounded touched my +heart deeply. It was pitiable to hear them cry, "Water! water!"</p> + +<p>I ordered my burghers to carry these unfortunate creatures to some +thorn-bushes, which afforded shelter from the scorching rays of the sun, +and where their doctors could attend to them. Other burghers I told off +to fetch water from our prisoners' canteens, to supply our own wounded.</p> + +<p>As soon as the wounded were safe under the shelter of the trees I +despatched a message to Sir George White asking him to send his +ambulance to fetch them, and also to make arrangements for the burial of +his dead. For some unexplained reason, the English ambulance did not +arrive till the following morning.</p> + +<p>We stayed on the mountain until sunset, and then went down to the +laager. I ordered my brother, Piet de Wet, with fifty men of the +Bethlehem commando, to remain behind and guard the kop.</p> + +<p>We reached camp at eight o'clock, and as the men had been without food +during the whole day it can be imagined with what delight each watched +his <i>bout span</i> frizzling on the spit. This, with a couple of +<i>stormjagers</i> and a tin of coffee, made up the meal, and speedily +restored them. They were exempted from sentry duty that night, and +greatly enjoyed their well-earned rest.</p> + +<p>To complete my narrative of the day's work, I have only to add that the +Transvaal burghers were engaged at various points some eight miles from +Nicholson's Nek, and succeeded in taking four hundred prisoners.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span></p> + +<p>We placed our sentries that evening with the greatest care. They were +stationed not only at a distance from the camp, as <i>Brandwachten</i>,<a name="FNanchor_13_13" id="FNanchor_13_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_13_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> +but also close round the laager itself. We were especially careful, as +it was rumoured that the English had armed the Zulus of Natal. Had this +been true, it would have been necessary to exercise the utmost vigilance +to guard against these barbarians.</p> + +<p>Since the very beginning of our existence as a nation—in 1836—our +people had been acquainted with black races, and bitter had been their +experience. All that our <i>voortrekkers</i><a name="FNanchor_14_14" id="FNanchor_14_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_14_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a> had suffered was indelibly +stamped on our memory. We well knew what the Zulus could do under cover +of darkness—their sanguinary night attacks were not easily forgotten. +Their name of "night-wolves" had been well earned. Also we Free-Staters +had endured much from the Basutos, in the wars of 1865 and 1867.</p> + +<p>History had thus taught us to place <i>Brandwachten</i> round our laagers at +night, and to reconnoitre during the hours of darkness as well as in the +day-time.</p> + +<p>Perhaps I shall be able to give later on a fuller account in these +pages—or, it may be, in another book—of the way we were accustomed to +reconnoitre, and of the reasons why the scouting of the British so +frequently ended in disaster. But I cannot resist saying here that the +English only learnt the art of scouting during the latter part of the +war, when they made use of the Boer deserters—the "Hands-uppers."</p> + +<p>These deserters were our undoing. I shall have a good deal more to say +about them before I finally lay down my pen, and I shall not hesitate to +call them by their true name—the name with which they will be for ever +branded before all the nations of the world.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER III</h2> + +<h3>Ladysmith Besieged</h3> + + +<p>The Orange Free State and the South African Republic held a joint +council of war on the 1st of November, and it was then decided to lay +siege to Ladysmith.</p> + +<p>We also agreed to send out a horse-commando in the direction of +Estcourt. This commando, under Vice-General Louis Botha, had several +skirmishes with the enemy. On the 15th of November he engaged an +armoured train, capturing a hundred of the British troops. This was +General Botha's chief exploit, and shortly afterwards he returned to +camp. But I must not anticipate.</p> + +<p>On the night of the council of war, General Piet Cronje was sent to +occupy positions to the south and south-west of Ladysmith. He had with +him the Heilbron burghers, a part of the commandos from Winburg and +Harrismith, and two Krupp guns. On the following day a brush took place +with the enemy, who, however, speedily fell back on Ladysmith. On the +3rd, a few of their infantry regiments, with a thousand or fifteen +hundred mounted troops, and two batteries of 15 and 12-pound Armstrong +guns, marched out of the town in a south-westerly direction.</p> + +<p>The English brought these two guns into position at such a distance from +us that we could not reach them with the Mauser; nor would it have been +safe for us to advance upon them, for between them and us lay an open +plain, which would have afforded no cover. One of our guns, which was +placed exactly in front of the enemy, did indeed begin to fire; but +after a shot or two, it received so much attention from the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span> English +artillery that we were compelled—just as at Rietfontein—to desist.</p> + +<p>The British infantry and cavalry did not show any excessive eagerness to +tackle us; and we, on our side, were as disinclined to come to close +quarters with them. Nevertheless, the enemy's infantry, backed up by the +thunder of twelve guns, did make an attempt to reach us; but though they +advanced repeatedly, they were for the most part careful to keep out of +range of our rifles. When they neglected this precaution, they soon +found themselves compelled to retire with loss.</p> + +<p>Our second gun, which had been placed on a <i>tafel-kop</i><a name="FNanchor_15_15" id="FNanchor_15_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_15_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a> to the east +of the ground where the engagement was taking place, did excellent work. +It effectually baulked the enemy's mounted troops in their repeated +efforts to outflank us on that side, and also made it impossible for the +English to bring their guns farther east, so as to command the +<i>tafel-kop</i>. They did, indeed, make an attempt to place some guns +between us and Platrand, which lay to the north of our eastern position, +but it was unsuccessful, for our Krupp on the <i>tafel-kop</i> brought such a +heavy fire to bear on the troops and gunners, that they were forced to +retire.</p> + +<p>We, on our part, as I have already said, found it equally impossible to +storm the English positions. To advance would have been to expose +ourselves to the fire of their heavy guns, whereas an attack to the +south would have involved exposure to a cross-fire from the guns on +Platrand.</p> + +<p>Altogether it was a most unsatisfactory engagement for us both. Nothing +decisive was effected; and, as is always the case in such battles, +little was done except by the big guns, which kept up a perpetual roar +from ten in the morning until five in the afternoon. At that hour the +British fell back on Ladysmith.</p> + +<p>Our loss was one killed and six wounded, among the latter being +Veldtcornet Marthinus Els, of Heilbron.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span></p> + +<p>It was evident that the English did not escape without loss, but we were +unable to ascertain its extent. My own opinion is that they did not lose +very heavily.</p> + +<p>From that day nothing of importance happened until I left Natal; though +both the Transvaalers and Free State burghers had a few slight brushes +with the enemy.</p> + +<p>During the night of December the 7th, "Long Tom," the big Transvaal gun, +which had been placed on Bulwana Hill, had been so seriously damaged by +dynamite, that it had to remain out of action for some time. We all +admitted that the English on that occasion acted with great skill and +prudence, and that the courage of their leaders deserved every praise. +Yet, if we had only been on our guard, we might have beaten off the +storming party; but they had caught us unawares. Nevertheless, the +mishap taught us a useful lesson: henceforth the Transvaal Commandants +were more strict, and their increased severity had an excellent effect +both on the burghers and gunners.</p> + +<p>General Sir Redvers Buller had landed at Cape Town early in November. We +were now expecting every day to hear that he had assumed the chief +command over the English army encamped between Estcourt and Colenso. The +number of troops there was continually increasing owing to the +reinforcements which kept pouring in from over the ocean.</p> + +<p>Great things were expected of Sir Redvers Buller, to whom the Boers, by +a play of words, had given a somewhat disrespectful nick-name. He had +not been long in Natal before his chance came. I must, however, be +silent about his successes and his failures, for, as I left Natal on the +9th of December, I had no personal experience of his methods. But this I +will say, that whatever his own people have to say to his discredit, Sir +Redvers Buller had to operate against stronger positions than any other +English general in South Africa.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER IV</h2> + +<h3>I am Appointed Vechtgeneraal</h3> + + +<p>Up to the 9th of December I had only been a Vice-Commandant, but on the +morning of that day I received a telegram from States-President Steyn, +asking me to go to the Western frontier as Vechtgeneraal.</p> + +<p>This came as a great surprise to me, and I telegraphed back to the +President asking for time to think the matter over. To tell the truth, I +should have much preferred to go through the campaign as a private +burgher.</p> + +<p>Almost immediately after this there came another telegram—this time +from Mr. A. Fisscher, a member of the Executive Council, and a man whom +I respected greatly on account of his official position. He urged me not +to decline the appointment, but to proceed at once to the Western +borders. I did not know what to do. However, after deliberating for a +short time, and with great difficulty overcoming my disinclination to +leave my present associates, I decided to accept the post offered to me. +Commandant Steenekamp was kind enough to allow me to take with me +fourteen men, with whom I had been on especially friendly terms; and, +after a few parting words to the Heilbron burghers, in which I thanked +them for all the pleasant times I had passed in their company, I left +the laager.</p> + +<p>It was heart-breaking to tear myself away from my commando: that 9th of +December was a day which I shall never forget.</p> + +<p>The following morning I arrived, with my staff, at Elandslaagte Station, +on our way to Bloemfontein. A special train, provided by the Transvaal +authorities,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> at the request of my Government, was waiting for us, and +we started without a moment's delay. As we journeyed on, the conductor +would sometimes ask me whether I should like to stop at such and such a +station, but my answer was always:</p> + +<p>"No! no! hurry on!"</p> + +<p>But when we got as far as Viljoen's Drift, there was an end to my +"special train!" In spite of the Government's orders that I was to be +sent forward without delay, I had to wait six hours, and then be content +to travel as an ordinary passenger.</p> + +<p>At Bloemfontein we found everything ready for us, and at once started on +our journey of sixty or seventy miles to Magersfontein, where we arrived +on December the 16th.</p> + +<p>During the time I had spent in travelling, three important engagements +had taken place, namely those of Colenso, Magersfontein and Stormberg. +At Colenso, the English had suffered heavy losses, and ten guns had +fallen into our hands. Magersfontein also had cost them dear, and there +General Wauchope had met his fate; while at Stormberg seven hundred of +them had been taken prisoners, and three of their big guns had been +captured by us.</p> + +<p>At Magersfontein were six or seven thousand Transvaal burghers under +General Piet Cronje, with General De la Rey as second in command. Thus +it fell to my lot to take over the command of the Free-Staters. The +Commander-in-Chief of these Free State burghers, as well as of those who +were camped round Kimberley, was Mr. C.J. Wessels; Mr. E.R. Grobler +commanded at Colesberg, and Mr. J.H. Olivier at Stormberg.</p> + +<p>I spent my first few days at Magersfontein in organizing the Free State +burghers. When this task had been accomplished, General De la Rey and I +asked General Cronje's permission to take fifteen hundred men, and carry +on operations in the direction of Hopetown and De Aar with the intention +of break<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>ing Lord Methuen's railway communications. But Cronje would +hear nothing of the scheme. Say what we would, there was no moving him. +He absolutely refused to allow fifteen hundred of his men to leave their +positions at Magersfontein, unless the Government found it impossible to +procure that number of burghers from elsewhere. Thus our plan came to +nothing.</p> + +<p>Shortly afterwards De la Rey was sent to the commandos at Colesberg, and +I succeeded him in the command of the Transvaalers at Magersfontein. The +Government then put General Wessels in sole command at Kimberley, and +gave General Cronje the chief command over the Free State burghers at +Magersfontein. Thus it was that I, as Vechtgeneraal, had to receive my +orders from Cronje. I had the following Commandants under me: Du Preez, +of Hoopstad; Grobler, of Fauresmith; D. Lubbe, of Jacobsdal; Piet +Fourie, of Bloemfontein; J. Kok and Jordaan, of Winburg; Ignatius +Ferreira, of Ladybrand; Paul De Villiers, of Ficksburg; Du Plessis, and, +subsequently, Commandant Diederiks, of Boshof.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>The English had entrenched themselves at the Modder River, we at +Magersfontein. There was little or nothing for us to do, and yet I never +had a more troublesome time in my life. I had all the Transvaalers under +my orders, in addition to the burghers of the Free State, and the +positions which I had to inspect every day extended over a distance of +fifteen miles from end to end. I had to listen to constant complaints; +one of the officers would say that he could not hold out against an +attack if it were delivered at such and such a point; another, that he +had not sufficient troops with him, not to mention other remarks which +were nonsensical in the extreme.</p> + +<p>In the meantime, the enemy was shelling our positions unceasingly. Not a +day passed but two of their Lyddite guns dropped shells amongst us. +Sometimes not more than four or five reached us in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span> twenty-four +hours; at other times from fifty to two hundred, and once as many as +four hundred and thirty-six.</p> + +<p>In spite of this, we had but few mishaps. Indeed, I can only remember +three instances of any one being hurt by the shells. A young burgher, +while riding behind a ridge and thus quite hidden from the enemy, was +hit by a bomb, and both he and his horse were blown to atoms. This youth +was a son of Mr. Gideon van Tonder, a member of the Executive Council. +Another Lyddite shell so severely wounded two brothers, named Wolfaard, +Potchefstroom burghers, that we almost despaired of their lives. +Nevertheless, they recovered. I do not want to imply that the British +Artillery were poor shots. Far from it. Their range was very good, and, +as they had plenty of practice every day, shot after shot went home. I +ascribe our comparative immunity to a Higher Power, which averted +misfortune from us.</p> + +<p>I had not been long at Magersfontein before I became convinced that Lord +Methuen was most unlikely to make another attack on our extensive +positions. I said nothing of this to any of the burghers, but on more +than one occasion, I told General Cronje what I thought about the +matter.</p> + +<p>"The enemy," I repeated to him over and over again, "will not attack us +here. He will flank us." But Cronje would not listen to me.</p> + +<p>The presence of women in our laager was a great hindrance to me in my +work. Indeed, I opened a correspondence with the Government on the +matter, and begged them to forbid it. But here again my efforts were +unavailing. Later on, we shall see in what a predicament the Republican +laagers were placed through the toleration of this irregularity.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile, the inevitable results of Cronje's policy became more and +more apparent to me, and before long we had to suffer for his obstinacy +in keeping us to our trenches and <i>schanzes</i>.<a name="FNanchor_16_16" id="FNanchor_16_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_16_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER V</h2> + +<h3>The Overwhelming Forces of Lord Roberts</h3> + + +<p>I speedily discovered the object which the English had in view in taking +such advanced positions and in bombarding Magersfontein. They wished to +give us the impression that they were able to attack us at any moment +and so to keep us tied to our positions. In the meantime they were +making preparations in another direction, for the movement which was +really intended—namely, the advance of Lord Roberts with his +overwhelming force.</p> + +<p>The Commander-in-Chief, Piet de Wet (and before him Commandant H. +Schorman), had plenty of work given them by the English. But General De +la Rey had been so successful that he had prevented Lord Roberts, +notwithstanding the enormous numbers he commanded, from crossing the +Orange River at Norvalspont, and had thus forced him to take the Modder +River route.</p> + +<p>Lord Roberts would have found it more convenient to have crossed the +Orange River, for the railway runs through Norvalspont. Yet had he +attempted it, he would have fared as badly as Sir Redvers Buller did in +Natal. Our positions at Colesberg, and to the north of the river, were +exceedingly strong. He was wise, therefore, in his decision to march +over the unbroken plains.</p> + +<p>It was now, as I had foreseen, that the English renewed their flanking +tactics.</p> + +<p>On the 11th of February, 1900, a strong contingent of mounted troops, +under General French, issued from the camps at Modder River and +Koedoesberg.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> This latter was a kop on the Riet River, about twelve +miles to the east of their main camp.</p> + +<p>At ten o'clock in the morning, General French started. Immediately I +received orders from General Cronje to proceed with three hundred and +fifty men to check the advancing troops. As I stood on the ridges of +Magersfontein, I was able to look down upon the English camps, and I saw +that it would be sheer madness to pit three hundred and fifty men +against General French's large force. Accordingly I asked that one +hundred and fifty more burghers and two guns might be placed at my +disposal. This request, however, was refused, and so I had to proceed +without them.</p> + +<p>When we arrived at Koedoesberg that afternoon, we found that the English +had already taken possession of the hill. They were stationed at its +southern end, and had nearly completed a stone wall across the hill from +east to west. Their camp was situated on the Riet River, which flows +beside the southern slopes of the <i>berg</i>. The enemy also held strong +positions on hillocks to the east of the mountain, whilst on the west +they occupied a ravine, which descended from the mountain to the river.</p> + +<p>Commandant Froneman and I determined to storm the <i>berg</i> without a +moment's delay. We reached the foot of the mountain in safety, and here +we were out of sight of the English. But it was impossible to remain in +this situation, and I gave orders that my men should climb the mountain. +We succeeded in reaching the summit, but were unable to get within seven +hundred paces of the enemy, owing to the severity of their fire from +behind the stone wall. And so we remained where we were until it became +quite dark, and then very quietly went back to the spot where we had +left our horses.</p> + +<p>As General French was in possession of the river, we had to ride about +four miles before we could obtain any water.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span></p> + +<p>Early the following morning we again occupied the positions we had held +on the previous evening. Although under a severe rifle fire, we then +rushed from position to position, and at last were only three hundred +paces from the enemy. And now I was forced to rest content with the +ground we had gained, for with only three hundred and fifty men I dare +not risk a further advance, owing to the strength of the enemy's +position.</p> + +<p>The previous day I had asked General Cronje to send me reinforcements, +and I had to delay the advance until their arrival. In a very short time +a small party of burghers made their appearance. They had two +field-pieces with them, and were under the command of Major Albrecht. We +placed the guns in position and trained them on the English.</p> + +<p>With the second shot we had found our range, while the third found its +mark in the wall, so that it was not long before the enemy had to +abandon that shelter. To find safe cover they were forced to retreat +some hundred paces. But we gained little by this, for the new positions +of the English were quite as good as those from which we had driven +them, and, moreover, were almost out of range of our guns. And we were +unable to bring our field-pieces any nearer because our gunners would +have been exposed to the enemy's rifle fire.</p> + +<p>Our Krupps made good practice on the four English guns which had been +stationed on the river bank to the south. Up till now these had kept up +a terrific fire on our guns, but we soon drove them across the river, to +seek protection behind the mountain. I despatched General Froneman to +hold the river bank, and the <i>sluit</i><a name="FNanchor_17_17" id="FNanchor_17_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_17_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a> which descended to the river +from the north. While carrying out this order he was exposed to a heavy +fire from the enemy's western wing, which was located in the +above-mentioned ravine, but he succeeded in reaching the river under +cover of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span> guns. Once there, the enemy's artillery made it impossible +for him to move.</p> + +<p>And now a curious incident occurred! A falcon, hovering over the heads +of our burghers in the <i>sluit</i>, was hit by a bullet from one of the +shrapnel shells and fell dead to the ground in the midst of the men. It +was already half-past four, and we began to ask ourselves how the affair +would end. At this juncture I received a report from a burgher, whom I +had placed on the eastern side of the mountain to watch the movements of +the English at the Modder River. He told me that a mountain corps, eight +hundred to a thousand men strong, was approaching us with two guns, with +the intention, as it appeared, of outflanking us. I also learnt that +eighty of my men had retreated. I had stationed them that morning on a +hillock three miles to the east of the mountain, my object being to +prevent General French from surrounding us.</p> + +<p>It now became necessary to check the advance of this mountain corps. But +how? There were only thirty-six men at my disposal. The other burghers +were in positions closer to the enemy, and I could not withdraw them +without exposing them too seriously to the bullets of the English. There +was nothing for it, but that I with my thirty-six burghers should attack +the force which threatened us.</p> + +<p>We rushed down the mountain and jumping on our horses, galloped against +the enemy. When we arrived at the precipice which falls sheer from the +mountain, the English were already so near that our only course was to +charge them.</p> + +<p>In front of us there was a plain which extended for some twelve hundred +paces to the foot of an abrupt rise in the ground. This we fortunately +reached before the English, although we were exposed all the way to the +fire of their guns. But even when we gained the rise we were little +better off, as it was too low to give us cover. The English were +scarcely more than four hundred paces from us. They dismounted and +opened<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span> a heavy fire. For ten or fifteen minutes we successfully kept +them back. Then the sun went down! and to my great relief the enemy +moved away in the direction of their comrades on the mountain. I ordered +all my men from their positions, and withdrew to the spot where we had +encamped the previous night. The burghers were exhausted by hunger and +thirst, for they had had nothing to eat except the provisions which they +had brought in their saddle-bags from the laager.</p> + +<p>That evening Andreas Cronje—- the General's brother—joined us with two +hundred and fifty men and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt.</p> + +<p>When the sun rose on the following day, the veldt was clear of the +enemy. General French had during the night retreated to headquarters. +What losses he had suffered I am unable to say; ours amounted to seven +wounded and two killed.</p> + +<p>Our task here was now ended, and so we returned to Magersfontein.</p> + +<p>The following morning a large force again left the English camp and took +the direction of the Koffiefontein diamond mine. General Cronje +immediately ordered me to take a force of four hundred and fifty men +with a Krupp and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt, and to drive back the enemy. At my +request, Commandants Andreas Cronje, Piet Fourie, Scholten and Lubbe +joined me, and that evening we camped quite close to the spot where the +English force was stationed!</p> + +<p>Early the next day, before the enemy had made any movement, we started +for Blauwbank,<a name="FNanchor_18_18" id="FNanchor_18_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_18_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a> and, having arrived there, we took up our positions. +Shortly afterwards the fight began; it was confined entirely to the +artillery.</p> + +<p>We soon saw that we should have to deal with the whole of Lord Roberts' +force, for there it was, advancing in the direction of Paardenberg's +Drift. It was thus clear that Lord Roberts had not sent his troops to +Koffiefontein with the intention of proceeding by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> that route to +Bloemfontein, but that his object had been to divide our forces, so as +to march via Paardenberg's Drift to the Capital.</p> + +<p>I accordingly withdrew with three hundred and fifty of the burghers in +the direction of Koffiefontein, and then hid my commando as best I +could. The remainder of the men—about a hundred in number—I placed +under Commandant Lubbe, giving him orders to proceed in a direction +parallel to the advance of the English, who now were nearing +Paardenberg's Drift, and to keep a keen eye on their movements. It was a +large force that Lubbe had to watch. It consisted chiefly of mounted +troops; but there were also nine or ten batteries and a convoy of light +mule waggons.</p> + +<p>I thought that as General Cronje was opposing them in front, my duty was +to keep myself in hiding and to reconnoitre.</p> + +<p>I wished to communicate with General Cronje before the English troops +came up to him, and with this object I sent out a despatch rider. The +man I chose for the mission was Commandant G.J. Scheepers—whose name +later in the war was on every man's lips for his exploits in Cape +Colony, but who then was only the head of our heliograph corps. I +informed General Cronje in my message that the English, who had been +stationed at Blauwbank, had made a move in the direction of +Paardenberg's Drift; and I advised him to get out of their road as +quickly as he could, for they numbered, according to my computation, +forty or fifty thousand men.</p> + +<p>I thought it wise to give Cronje this advice, on account of the women +and children in our camps, who might easily prove the cause of disaster. +When Scheepers returned he told me what reply General Cronje had made. +It is from no lack of respect for the General, whom I hold in the +highest honour as a hero incapable of fear, that I set down what he +said. It is rather from a wish to give a proof of his undaunted courage +that I quote his words.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Are you afraid of things like that?" he asked, when Scheepers had given +my message. "Just you go and shoot them down, and catch them when they +run."</p> + +<p>At Paardenberg's Drift there were some Free-Staters' camps that stood +apart from the others. In these camps there were a class of burghers who +were not much use in actual fighting. These men, called by us "water +draggers," correspond to the English "non-combatants." I ordered these +burghers to withdraw to a spot two hours' trek from there, where there +was more grass. But before all had obeyed this order, a small camp, +consisting of twenty or thirty waggons, was surprised and taken.</p> + +<p>In the meantime, keeping my little commando entirely concealed, I spied +out the enemy's movements.</p> + +<p>On the 16th of February, I thought I saw a chance of dealing an +effective blow at Lord Roberts. Some provision waggons, escorted by a +large convoy, were passing by, following in the wake of the British +troops. I asked myself whether it was possible for me to capture it then +and there, and came to the conclusion that it was out of the question. +With so many of the enemy's troops in the neighbourhood, the risk would +have been too great. I, therefore, still kept in hiding with my three +hundred and fifty burghers.</p> + +<p>I remained where I was throughout the next day; but in the evening I saw +the convoy camping near Blauwbank, just to the west of the Riet River. I +also observed that the greater part of the troops had gone forward with +Lord Roberts.</p> + +<p>On the 18th I still kept hidden, for the English army had not yet moved +out of camp. The troops, as I learnt afterwards, were awaiting the +arrival of columns from Belmont Station.</p> + +<p>On the following day I attacked the convoy on the flank. The three or +four hundred troops who were guarding it offered a stout resistance, +although they were without any guns.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p> + +<p>After fighting for two hours the English received a reinforcement of +cavalry, with four Armstrong guns, and redoubled their efforts to drive +us from the positions we had taken up under cover of the mule waggons. +As I knew that it would be a serious blow to Lord Roberts to lose the +provisions he was expecting, I was firmly resolved to capture them, +unless the force of numbers rendered the task quite impossible. I +accordingly resisted the enemy's attack with all the power I could.</p> + +<p>The battle raged until it became dark; and I think we were justified in +being satisfied with what we had achieved. We had captured sixteen +hundred oxen and forty prisoners; whilst General Fourie, whom I had +ordered to attack the camp on the south, had taken several prisoners and +a few water-carts.</p> + +<p>We remained that night in our positions. The small number of burghers I +had at my disposal made it impossible for me to surround the English +camp.</p> + +<p>To our great surprise, the following morning, we saw that the English +had gone. About twenty soldiers had, however, remained behind; we found +them hidden along the banks of the Riet River at a short distance from +the convoy. We also discovered thirty-six Kaffirs on a ridge about three +miles away. As to the enemy's camp, it was entirely deserted. Our booty +was enormous, and consisted of two hundred heavily-laden waggons, and +eleven or twelve water-carts and trollies. On some of the waggons we +found klinkers,<a name="FNanchor_19_19" id="FNanchor_19_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_19_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a> jam, milk, sardines, salmon, cases of corned beef, +and other such provisions in great variety. Other waggons were loaded +with rum; and still others contained oats and horse provender pressed +into bales. In addition to these stores, we took one field-piece, which +the English had left behind. It was, indeed, a gigantic capture; the +only question was what to do with it.</p> + +<p>Our prisoners told us that columns from Belmont<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> might be expected at +any moment. Had these arrived we should have been unable to hold out +against them.</p> + +<p>By some means or other it was necessary to get the provisions away, not +that we were then in any great need of them ourselves, but because we +knew that Lord Roberts would be put in a grave difficulty if he lost all +this food. I did not lose a moment's time, but at once ordered the +burghers to load up the waggons as speedily as possible, and to inspan. +It was necessary to reload the waggons, for the English troops had made +use of the contents to build <i>schanzes</i>; and excellent ones the +provisions had made.</p> + +<p>The loading of the waggons was simple enough, but when it came to +inspanning it was another matter. The Kaffir drivers alone knew where +each span had to be placed, and there were only thirty-six Kaffirs left. +But here the fact that every Boer is himself a handy conductor and +driver of waggons told in our favour. Consequently we did not find it +beyond our power to get the waggons on the move. It was, however, very +tedious work, for how could any of us be sure that we were not placing +the after-oxen in front and the fore-oxen behind? There was nothing left +for it but to turn out the best spans of sixteen oxen that we could, and +then to arrange them in the way that struck us as being most suitable. +It was all done in the most hurried manner, for our one idea was to be +off as quickly as possible.</p> + +<p>Even when we had started our troubles were not at an end. The waggons +would have been a hard pull for sixteen oxen properly arranged; so that +it is not surprising that our ill-sorted teams found the work almost +beyond their strength. Thus it happened that we took a very long time to +cover the first few miles, as we had constantly to be stopping to +re-arrange the oxen. But under the supervision of Commandant Piet +Fourie, whom I appointed Conductor-in-Chief, matters improved from hour +to hour.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span></p> + +<p>After a short time I issued orders that the convoy should proceed over +Koffiefontein to Edenberg. I then divided my burghers into two parties; +the first, consisting of two hundred men with the Krupp gun, I ordered +to proceed with the convoy; the second, consisting of a hundred and +fifty men with the Maxim-Nordenfeldt, I took under my own command, and +set out with them in the direction of Paardenberg's Drift.</p> + +<p>My spies had informed me that there were some fifty or sixty English +troops posted about eight miles from the spot where we had captured the +convoy. We made our way towards them, and when we were at a distance of +about three thousand yards, I sent a little note to their officer, +asking him to surrender. It was impossible for his troops to escape, for +they found themselves threatened on three sides.</p> + +<p>The sun had just gone down when my despatch-rider reached the English +camp; and the officer in command was not long in sending him his reply, +accompanied by an orderly.</p> + +<p>"Are you General De Wet?" the orderly asked me.</p> + +<p>"I am," replied I.</p> + +<p>"My officer in command," he said in a polite but determined voice, +"wishes me to tell you that we are a good hundred men strong, that we +are well provided with food and ammunition, and that we hold a strong +position in some houses and kraals. Every moment we are expecting ten +thousand men from Belmont, and we are waiting here with the sole purpose +of conducting them to Lord Roberts."</p> + +<p>I allowed him to speak without interrupting him; but when he had +finished, I answered him in quite as determined a voice as he had used +to me.</p> + +<p>"I will give you just enough time to get back and to tell your officer +in command that, if he does not surrender at once, I shall shell him and +storm his position. He will be allowed exactly ten minutes to make up +his mind—then the white flag must appear."</p> + +<p>"But where is your gun?" the orderly asked. In<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span> reply I pointed to the +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, which stood a few hundred paces behind us, surrounded +by some burghers.</p> + +<p>"Will you give us your word of honour," he asked me when he caught sight +of the gun, "not to stir from your position till we have got ten miles +away? That is the only condition on which we will abandon our +positions."</p> + +<p>I again allowed him to finish, although his demand filled me with the +utmost astonishment. I asked myself what sort of men this English +officer imagined the Boer Generals to be.</p> + +<p>"I demand unconditional surrender," I then said. "I give you ten minutes +from the moment you dismount on arriving at your camp; when those ten +minutes have passed I fire."</p> + +<p>He slung round, and galloped back to his camp, the stones flying from +his horse's hoofs.</p> + +<p>He had hardly dismounted before the white flag appeared. It did not take +us long to reach the camp, and there we found fifty-eight mounted men. +These prisoners I despatched that evening to join the convoy.</p> + +<p>I then advanced with my commando another six miles, with the object of +watching Lord Roberts' movements, in case he should send a force back to +retake the convoy he could so ill spare. But the following day we saw +nothing except a single scouting party coming from the direction of +Paardenberg's Drift. This proved to consist of the hundred burghers whom +I had sent with Commandant Lubbe to General Cronje's assistance. I heard +from Lubbe that General French had broken through, and had in all +probability relieved Kimberley; and that General Cronje was retreating +before Lord Roberts towards Paardeberg. I may say here that I was not at +all pleased that Commandant Lubbe should have returned.</p> + +<p>On account of Lubbe's information, I decided to advance at once in the +direction of Paardenberg's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span> Drift, and was on the point of doing so when +I received a report from President Steyn. He informed me that I should +find at a certain spot that evening, close to Koffiefontein, Mr. Philip +Botha<a name="FNanchor_20_20" id="FNanchor_20_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a> with a reinforcement of one hundred and fifty men. This report +convinced me that the convoy I had captured would reach Edenberg Station +without mishap, and accordingly I went after it to fetch back the gun +which would no longer be needed. I found the convoy encamped about six +miles from Koffiefontein. Immediately after my arrival, General Jacobs, +of Fauresmith, and Commandant Hertzog,<a name="FNanchor_21_21" id="FNanchor_21_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a> of Philippolis, brought the +news to me that troops were marching on us from Belmont Station. I told +Jacobs and Hertzog to return with their men, two or three hundred in +number to meet the approaching English.</p> + +<p>We were so well supplied with forage that our horses got as much as they +could eat. I had, therefore, no hesitation in ordering my men to +up-saddle at midnight, and by half-past two we had joined +Vice-Vechtgeneraal Philip Botha. I had sent him word to be ready to +move, so that we were able to hasten at once to General Cronje's +assistance. Our combined force amounted to three hundred men all told.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<div class="figcenter"> + <a id="image02" name="image02"> + <img src="images/02.jpg" + alt="PAARDEBERG (CRONJE'S)." + title="PAARDEBERG (CRONJE'S)." /></a><br /> + <span class="caption">PAARDEBERG (CRONJE'S).<br />FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.</span> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER VI</h2> + +<h3>Paardeberg</h3> + + +<p>An hour after sunrise we off-saddled, and heard, from the direction of +Paardeberg, the indescribable thunder of bombardment. That sound gave us +all the more reason for haste. We allowed our horses the shortest +possible time for rest, partook of the most hurried of breakfasts, and +at once were again on the move, with the frightful roar of the guns +always in our ears.</p> + +<p>About half-past four that afternoon, we reached a point some six miles +to the east of Paardeberg, and saw, on the right bank of the Modder +River, four miles to the north-east of the mountain, General Cronje's +laager. It was surrounded completely by the enemy, as a careful +inspection through our field-glasses showed.</p> + +<p>Immediately in front of us were the buildings and kraals of +Stinkfontein, and there on the opposite bank of the river stood +Paardeberg. To the left and to the right of it were khaki-coloured +groups dotted everywhere about—General Cronje was hemmed in on all +sides, he and his burghers—a mere handful compared with the encircling +multitude.</p> + +<p>What a spectacle we saw! All round the laager were the guns of the +English, belching forth death and destruction, while from within it at +every moment, as each successive shell tore up the ground, there rose a +cloud—a dark red cloud of dust.</p> + +<p>It was necessary to act—but how?</p> + +<p>We decided to make an immediate attack upon the nearest of Lord Roberts' +troops, those which were sta<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>tioned in the vicinity of Stinkfontein, and +to seize some ridges which lay about two and a half miles south-east of +the laager.</p> + +<p>Stinkfontein was about a thousand paces to the north of these ridges, +and perhaps a few hundred paces farther from where Cronje was stationed.</p> + +<p>We rode towards the ridges, and when we were from twelve to fourteen +hundred paces from Stinkfontein, we saw that the place was occupied by a +strong force of British troops.</p> + +<p>General Botha and I then arranged that he should storm the houses, +kraals and garden walls of Stinkfontein, whilst I charged the ridges. +And this we did, nothing daunted by the tremendous rifle fire which +burst upon us. Cronje's pitiable condition confronted us, and we had but +one thought—could we relieve him?</p> + +<p>We succeeded in driving the English out of Stinkfontein, and took sixty +of them prisoners.</p> + +<p>The enemy's fire played on us unceasingly, and notwithstanding the fact +that we occupied good positions, we lost two men, and had several of our +horses killed and wounded.</p> + +<p>We remained there for two and a half days—from the 22nd to the 25th of +February—and then were forced to retire. While evacuating our +positions, three of my burghers were killed, seven wounded, and fourteen +taken prisoner.</p> + +<p>But the reader will justly demand more details as to the surrender of +Cronje, an event which forms one of the most important chapters in the +history of the two Republics. I am able to give the following +particulars.</p> + +<p>After we had captured the positions referred to above, I gave orders +that the Krupp and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt should be brought up. For with +our hurried advance, the oxen attached to the big guns, as well as some +of the burghers' horses, had become so fatigued, that the guns and a +number of the burghers<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span> had been left behind. The ridges were so thickly +strewn with boulders, that even on the arrival of the guns, it was +impossible to place them in position until we had first cleared a path +for them. I made up my mind to turn these boulders to account by using +them to build <i>schanzes</i>, for I knew that a tremendous bombardment would +be opened upon our poor Krupp and Maxim-Nordenfeldt as soon as they made +themselves heard.</p> + +<p>During the night we built these <i>schanzes</i>, and before the sun rose the +following morning, the guns were placed in position.</p> + +<p>By daybreak the English had crept up to within a short distance of our +lines. It was the Krupp and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt that gave our answer.</p> + +<p>But we had to be very sparing of our ammunition, for it was almost +exhausted, and it would take at least five days to get a fresh supply +from Bloemfontein.</p> + +<p>Our arrival on the previous day had made a way of escape for General +Cronje. It is true that he would have been obliged to leave everything +behind him, but he and his burghers would have got away in safety. The +British had retreated before our advance, thus opening a road between us +and the laager. That road was made yet wider by the fire from our guns.</p> + +<p>But General Cronje would not move. Had he done so, his losses would not +have been heavy. His determination to remain in that ill-fated laager +cost him dearly.</p> + +<p>The world will honour that great general and his brave burghers; and if +I presume to criticize his conduct on this occasion, it is only because +I believe that he ought to have sacrificed his own ideas for the good of +the nation, and that he should have not been courageous at the expense +of his country's independence, to which he was as fiercely attached as +I.</p> + +<p>Some of the burghers in the laager made their escape, for, on the second +day, when our guns had cleared a wide path, Commandants Froneman and +Pot<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>gieter (of Wolmaranstadt), with twenty men, came galloping out of +the laager towards us.</p> + +<p>Although we were only a few in number, the British had their work cut +out to dislodge us. First they tried their favourite strategy of a +flanking movement, sending out strong columns of cavalry, with heavy +guns to surround us. It was necessary to prevent the fulfilment of this +project. I, therefore, removed the Krupp and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt from +their positions, and divided our little force into three portions. I +ordered the first to remain in their position, the second was to proceed +with the Krupp round our left wing, while I despatched the third party +to hold back the left wing of the British. I had no wish to share +General Cronje's unenviable position.</p> + +<p>We succeeded in checking the advance of the enemy's wings; and when he +saw that we were not to be outflanked he changed his tactics, and while +still retaining his wings where they were, in order to keep our men +occupied, he delivered at mid-day, on the 20th, an attack on our centre +with a strong force of infantry.</p> + +<p>The result of this was that the British gained one of our positions, +that, namely, which was held by Veldtcornet Meyer, an officer under +Commandant Spruit. Meyer was entirely unable to beat off the attack, +and, at nightfall, was compelled to retire about two or three hundred +paces, to a little ridge, which he held effectively.</p> + +<p>As the English took up the abandoned position, they raised a cheer, and +Commandant Spruit, who was ignorant of its meaning, and believed that +his men were still in possession, went there alone.</p> + +<p>"<i>Hoe gaat het?</i>"<a name="FNanchor_22_22" id="FNanchor_22_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_22_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a> he called out.</p> + +<p>"Hands up!" was the reply he received.</p> + +<p>There was nothing left for the Commandant to do but to give himself up. +The soldiers led him over a ridge, and struck a light to discover his +identity.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span> Finding papers in his pocket which showed that their prisoner +was an important personage, they raised cheer upon cheer.<a name="FNanchor_23_23" id="FNanchor_23_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_23_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a></p> + +<p>I heard them cheering, and thought that the enemy were about to attempt +another attack, and so gave orders that whatever happened our positions +must be held, for they were the key to General Cronje's escape. However, +no attack was delivered.</p> + +<p>Nobody could have foreseen that two thousand infantry would give up the +attack on positions which they had so nearly captured, and we all +expected a sanguinary engagement on the following morning. We had made +up our minds to stand firm, for we knew that if General Cronje failed to +make his way out, it would be a real calamity to our great cause.</p> + +<p>Fully expecting an attack, we remained all that night at our posts. Not +a man of us slept, but just before dawn we heard this order from the +English lines:</p> + +<p>"Fall in."</p> + +<p>"What can be the meaning of this?" we ask one another.</p> + +<p>Lying, sitting or standing, each of us is now at his post, and staring +out into the darkness, expecting an attack every moment. We hold our +breath and listen.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span> Is there no sound of approaching footsteps? And now +the light increases. Is it possible? Yes, our eyes do not deceive us. +The enemy is gone.</p> + +<p>Surprise and joy are on every face. One hears on all sides the +exclamation, "If only Cronje would make the attempt now." It was the +morning of the 25th of February.</p> + +<p>But the enemy were not to leave us alone for long. By nine o'clock they +were advancing upon us again, with both right and left wing reinforced. +I had only a few shots left for the Krupp, and thirty for the +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, and this last ammunition must now be expended on the +wings. One gun I despatched to the right, the other to the left, and the +English were checked in their advance. I had ordered the gunners, as +soon as they had fired their last round to bring their guns into safe +positions in the direction of Petrusberg. Very soon I observed that this +order was being executed, and thus learnt that the ammunition had run +out.</p> + +<p>The burghers who, with their rifles, had attempted to hold back the +wings, now having no longer any support from the big guns, were unable +to stand their ground against the overpowering forces of the enemy, and +shortly after the guns were removed, I saw them retreat.</p> + +<p>What was I to do? I was being bombarded incessantly, and since the +morning had been severely harassed by small-arm fire. All this, however, +I could have borne, but now the enemy began to surround me. It was a +hard thing to be thus forced to abandon the key to General Cronje's +escape.</p> + +<p>In all haste I ordered my men to retire. They had seen throughout that +this was unavoidable, and had even said to me:</p> + +<p>"If we remain here, General, we shall be surrounded with General +Cronje."</p> + +<p>All made good their retreat, with the exception of Veldtcornet Speller, +of Wepener, who, to my great<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span> regret, was taken prisoner there with +fourteen men. That occurred owing to my adjutant forgetting, in the +general confusion, to give them my orders to retreat. When Speller found +that he, with his fourteen men, was left behind, he defended himself, as +I heard later, with great valour, until at last he was captured by +overpowering numbers. It cost the English a good many dead and wounded +to get him out of his <i>schanzes</i>.</p> + +<p>Although I had foreseen that our escape would be a very difficult and +lengthy business, I had not thought that we should have been in such +danger of being made prisoners. But the English had very speedily taken +up positions to the right and left, with guns and Maxims, and for a good +nine miles of our retreat we were under their fire. Notwithstanding the +fact that during the whole of this time we were also harassed by +small-arm fire, we lost—incredible as it may appear—not more than one +killed and one wounded, and a few horses besides. The positions which we +had abandoned the British now occupied, hemming in General Cronje so +closely that he had not the slightest chance of breaking through their +lines.</p> + +<p>No sooner had we got out of range of the enemy's fire, than the first of +the reinforcements, which we had expected from Bloemfontein, arrived, +under the command of Vechtgeneraal Andreas Cronje. With him were +Commandants Thewnissen, of Winburg, and Vilonel, of Senekal.</p> + +<p>A council was at once held as to the best method of effecting the +release of General Cronje. It was decided to recapture the positions +which I had abandoned. But now the situation was so changed that there +were <i>three</i> positions which it was necessary for us to take. We agreed +that the attack should be made by three separate parties, that General +Philip Botha, with Commandant Thewnissen, should retake the positions +which we had abandoned at Stinkfontein, General Froneman the position +immediately to the north<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span> of these, and I, with General Andreas Cronje, +others still further north.</p> + +<p>The attack was made on the following morning. General Botha's attempt +failed, chiefly owing to the fact that day dawned before he reached his +position; a hot fight ensued, resulting in the capture of Commandant +Thewnissen and about one hundred men. As I was so placed as to be unable +to see how affairs were developing, it is difficult for me to hazard an +opinion as to whether Commandant Thewnissen was lacking in caution, or +whether he was insufficiently supported by General Botha. The burghers +who were present at the engagement accused General Botha, while he +declared that Thewnissen had been imprudent. However that may be, we had +failed in our essay. The position had not been taken, and Commandant +Thewnissen, with a hundred whom we could ill spare, were in the hands of +the enemy, And to make matters still worse, our men were already seized +with panic, arising from the now hopeless plight of General Cronje and +his large force.</p> + +<p>I, however, was not prepared to abandon all hope as yet. Danie Theron, +that famous captain of despatch-riders, had arrived on the previous day +with reinforcements. I asked him if he would take a verbal message to +General Cronje—I dare not send a written one, lest it should fall into +the hands of the English. Proud and distinct the answer came at +once—the only answer which such a hero as Danie Theron could have +given:</p> + +<p>"Yes, General, I will go."</p> + +<p>The risk which I was asking him to run could not have been surpassed +throughout the whole of our sanguinary struggle.</p> + +<p>I took him aside, and told him that he must go and tell General Cronje +that our fate depended upon the escape of himself and of the thousands +with him, and that, if he should fall into the enemy's hands, it would +be the death-blow to all our hopes. Theron was to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span> urge Cronje to +abandon the laager, and everything contained in it, to fight his way out +by night, and to meet me at two named places, where I would protect him +from the pursuit of the English.</p> + +<p>Danie Theron undertook to pass the enemy's lines, and to deliver my +message. He started on his errand on the night of the 25th of February.</p> + +<p>The following evening I went to the place of meeting, but to my great +disappointment General Cronje did not appear.</p> + +<p>On the morning of the 27th of February Theron returned. He had performed +an exploit unequalled in the war. Both in going and returning he had +crawled past the British sentries, tearing his trousers to rags during +the process. The blood was running from his knees, where the skin had +been scraped off. He told me that he had seen the General, who had said +that he did not think that the plan which I had proposed had any good +chance of success.</p> + +<p>At ten o'clock that day, General Cronje surrendered. Bitter was my +disappointment. Alas! my last attempt had been all in vain. The stubborn +General would not listen to good advice.</p> + +<p>I must repeat here what I have said before, that as far as my personal +knowledge of General Cronje goes, it is evident to me that his obstinacy +in maintaining his position must be ascribed to the fact that it was too +much to ask him—intrepid hero that he was—to abandon the laager. His +view was that he must stand or fall with it, nor did he consider the +certain consequences of his capture. He never realized that it would be +the cause of the death of many burghers, and of indescribable panic +throughout not only all the laagers on the veldt, but even those of +Colesberg, Stormberg and Ladysmith. If the famous Cronje were captured, +how could any ordinary burgher be expected to continue his resistance?</p> + +<p>It may be that it was the will of God, who rules the destinies of all +nations, to fill thus to the brim the cup<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span> which we had to empty, but +this consideration does not excuse General Cronje's conduct. Had he but +taken my advice, and attempted a night attack, he might have avoided +capture altogether.</p> + +<p>I have heard men say that as the General's horses had all been killed, +the attempt which I urged him to make must have failed—that at all +events he would have been pursued and overtaken by Lord Roberts' forces. +The answer to this is not far to seek. The English at that time did not +employ as scouts Kaffirs and Hottentots, who could lead them by night as +well as by day. Moreover, with the reinforcements I had received, I had +about sixteen hundred men under me, and they would have been very useful +in holding back the enemy, until Cronje had made his escape.</p> + +<p>No words can describe my feelings when I saw that Cronje had +surrendered, and noticed the result which this had on the burghers. +Depression and discouragement were written on every face. The effects of +this blow, it is not too much to say, made themselves apparent to the +very end of the war.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER VII</h2> + +<h3>The Wild Flight from Poplar Grove</h3> + + +<p>The surrender of General Cronje only made me all the more determined to +continue the struggle, notwithstanding the fact that many of the +burghers appeared to have quite lost heart. I had just been appointed +Commander-in-Chief, and at once set my hand to the work before me.</p> + +<p>Let me explain how this came about.</p> + +<p>As I have already said, General C.J. Wessels had been appointed +Commander-in-Chief at Kimberley. In the month of January he was +succeeded by Mr. J.S. Ferreira, who at once proceeded to make Kimberley +his headquarters. On the relief of that town, one part of the besieging +force went to Viertienstroomen, another in the direction of Boshof, +while a small party, in which was the Commander-in-Chief himself, set +out towards Koedoesrand, above Paardeberg.</p> + +<p>It was while I was engaged in my efforts to relieve Cronje, that a gun +accident occurred in which General Ferreira was fatally wounded. Not +only his own family, but the whole nation, lost in him a man whom they +can never forget. I received the sad news the day after his death, and, +although the place of his burial was not more than two hours' ride from +my camp, I was too much occupied with my own affairs to be able to +attend his funeral.</p> + +<p>On the following day I received from President Steyn the appointment of +Vice-Commander-in-Chief. I had no thought of declining it, but the work +which it would involve seemed likely to prove anything but easy. To have +the chief command, and at such a time as this! But I had to make the +best of it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span></p> + +<p>I began by concentrating my commandos, to the best of my ability, at +Modderrivierpoort (Poplar Grove), ten miles east of the scene of +Cronje's surrender. I had plenty of time to effect this, for Lord +Roberts remained inactive from the 24th of February to the 7th of March, +in order to rest a little after the gigantic task he had performed in +capturing Cronje's laager. His thoughts must have been busy during that +period with even more serious matters than the care of his weary troops; +for, if we had had two hundred killed and wounded, he must have lost as +many thousands.</p> + +<p>Those few days during which our enemy rested were also of advantage to +me in enabling me to dispose of the reinforcements, which I was now +receiving every day, and from almost every quarter.</p> + +<p>While I was thus engaged, I heard that General Buller had relieved +Ladysmith on the 1st of March, that General Gatacre had taken Stormberg +on the 5th, and that General Brabant was driving the Boers before him.</p> + +<p>These were the first results of General Cronje's surrender.</p> + +<p>But that fatal surrender was not only the undoing of our burghers; it +also reinforced the enemy, and gave him new courage. This was evident +from the reply which Lord Salisbury made to the peace proposals made by +our two Presidents on March 5th. But more of this anon.</p> + +<p>Our last day at Poplar Grove was signalized by a visit paid to us by +President Kruger, the venerable chief of the South African Republic. He +had travelled by rail from Pretoria to Bloemfontein; the remaining +ninety-six miles of the journey had been accomplished in a +horse-waggon—he, whom we all honoured so greatly, had been ready to +undergo even this hardship in order to visit us.</p> + +<p>The President's arrival was, however, at an unfortunate moment. It was +March the 7th, and Lord Rob<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>erts was approaching. His force, extending +over ten miles of ground, was now preparing to attack my burghers, whom +I had posted at various points along some twelve miles of the bank of +the Modder River. It did not seem possible for the old President even to +outspan, for I had received information that the enemy's right wing was +already threatening Petrusburg. But as the waggon had travelled that +morning over twelve miles of a heavy rain-soaked road, it was absolutely +necessary that the horses should be outspanned for rest. But hardly had +the harness been taken off the tired animals when a telegram arrived, +saying that Petrusburg was already in the hands of the English. +President Kruger was thus compelled to return without a moment's delay. +I saw him into his waggon, and then immediately mounted my horse, and +rode to the positions where my burghers were stationed.</p> + +<p>Again I was confronted with the baleful influence of Cronje's surrender. +A panic had seized my men. Before the English had even got near enough +to shell our positions to any purpose, the wild flight began. Soon every +position was evacuated. There was not even an attempt to hold them, +though some of them would have been almost impregnable. It was a flight +such as I had never seen before, and shall never see again.</p> + +<p>I did all that I could, but neither I nor my officers were able to +prevent the burghers from following whither the waggons and guns had +already preceded them. I tried every means. I had two of the best horses +that a man could wish to possess, and I rode them till they dropped. All +was in vain. It was fortunate for us that the advance of the English was +not very rapid. Had it been so, everything must have fallen into their +hands.</p> + +<p>In the evening we came to Abraham's Kraal, a farm belonging to Mr. +Charles Ortel, some eighteen miles from Poplar Grove. The enemy were +encamped about an hour and a half's ride from us.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span></p> + +<p>The next morning the burghers had but one desire, and that was to get +away. It was only with the greatest difficulty that I succeeded in +persuading them to go into position. I then hastened to Bloemfontein, in +order to take counsel with the Government about our affairs generally, +and especially to see what would be the most suitable positions to +occupy for the defence of the capital. Judge Hertzog and I went out +together to inspect the ground; we placed a hundred men in the forts, +with Kaffirs to dig trenches and throw up earthworks.</p> + +<p>I was back at Abraham's Kraal by nine o'clock on the morning of March +the 18th. I found that our forces had been placed in position by +Generals De la Rey, Andreas Cronje, Philip Botha, Froneman and Piet de +Wet, the last-named having arrived with his commandos from Colesberg a +few days before the rout at Poplar Grove.</p> + +<p>We had not long to wait before fighting began, fighting confined for the +most part to the artillery. The English shells were at first directed +against Abraham's Kraal, which was subjected to a terrific bombardment; +later on they turned their guns upon Rietfontein, where the Transvaalers +and a part of the Free State commandos, under General De la Rey, were +posted. The attack upon these positions was fierce and determined; but +De la Rey's burghers, though they lost heavily, repulsed it with +splendid courage. I will not say more of this. It is understood that +General De la Rey will himself describe what he and his men succeeded in +accomplishing on that occasion.</p> + +<p>From ten in the morning until sunset the fight continued, and still the +burghers held their positions. They had offered a magnificent +resistance. Their conduct had been beyond all praise, and it was hard to +believe that these were the same men who had fled panic-stricken from +Poplar Grove. But with the setting of the sun a change came over them. +Once more panic seized them; leaving their positions, they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span> retreated in +all haste towards Bloemfontein. And now they were only a disorderly +crowd of terrified men blindly flying before the enemy.</p> + +<p>But it was Bloemfontein that lay before them, and the thought that his +capital was in peril might well restore courage in the most disheartened +of our burghers. I felt that this would be the case, and a picture arose +before me of our men holding out, as they had never done before.</p> + +<p>Before going further I must say a few words about the peace proposals +which our Presidents made to the English Government on the 5th of March. +They called God to witness that it was for the independence of the two +Republics, and for that alone, that they fought, and suggested that +negotiations might be opened with the recognition of that independence +as their basis.</p> + +<p>Lord Salisbury replied that the only terms he would accept were +unconditional surrender. He asserted, as he did also on many subsequent +occasions, that it was our ultimatum that had caused the war. We have +always maintained that in making this assertion he misrepresented the +facts, to use no stronger term.<a name="FNanchor_24_24" id="FNanchor_24_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_24_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a></p> + +<p>Naturally our Government would not consent to such terms, and so the war +had to proceed.</p> + +<p>It was decided to send a deputation to Europe. This deputation, +consisting of Abraham Fissher,<a name="FNanchor_25_25" id="FNanchor_25_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_25_25" class="fnanchor">[25]</a> Cornelius H. Wessels,<a name="FNanchor_26_26" id="FNanchor_26_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_26_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a> and Daniel +Wolmarans,<a name="FNanchor_27_27" id="FNanchor_27_27"></a><a href="#Footnote_27_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a> sailed from Delagoa Bay.<a name="FNanchor_28_28" id="FNanchor_28_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_28_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p> + +<p>The reader may ask the object which this deputation had in view. Was it +that our Governments relied on foreign intervention? Emphatically, no! +They never thought of such a thing. Neither in his harangue to the +burghers at Poplar Grove, nor in any of his subsequent speeches, did +President Steyn give any hint of such an intention. The deputation was +sent in order that the whole world might know the state of affairs in +South Africa. It fulfilled its purpose, and was justified by its +results. It helped us to win the sympathy of the nations.</p> + +<p>But I must return to my narrative.</p> + +<p>A few days before the flight from Poplar Grove, I had appointed Danie +Theron captain of a scouting party. I now left him and his corps behind, +with instructions to keep me informed of Lord Roberts' movements, and +proceeded myself to Bloemfontein. There I disposed the available forces +for defence, and kept them occupied in throwing up <i>schanzes</i>. These +<i>schanzes</i> were erected to the west and south of the town, and at +distances of from four to six miles from it.</p> + +<p>On the evening of the 12th of March, Lord Roberts appeared, and a few +skirmishes ensued south of the town, but no engagement of any importance +took place. We awaited the morrow with various forebodings.</p> + +<p>For myself, I believed that that 13th of March should see a fight to the +finish, cost what it might! for if Bloemfontein was to be taken, it +would only be over our dead bodies.</p> + +<p>With this before my eyes, I made all necessary arrangements, riding at +nightfall from position to position, and speaking both to the officers +and to the private burghers. They must play the man, I told them, and +save the capital at any cost. An excellent spirit prevailed amongst +them; on every face one could read the determination to conquer or to +die.</p> + +<p>But when, about an hour before midnight, I reached the southern +positions, I heard a very different story.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span> They told me there that +Commandant Weilbach had deserted his post early in the evening. What was +I to do? It was impossible to search for him during the night, and I was +compelled to take burghers away from other commandos, and to place them +in the abandoned positions. On their arrival there, they discovered that +no sooner had Weilbach failed us than the enemy had seized his post—the +key to Bloemfontein! We did all that we could, but our situation had +been rendered hopeless by the action of a Commandant who ought to have +been dismissed out of hand for his conduct at Poplar Grove.</p> + +<p>That night I did not close an eye.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>The morning of the 13th of March dawned.</p> + +<p>Hardly had the sun risen, when the English in the entrenchments which +Commandant Weilbach had deserted, opened a flank fire on our nearest +positions.</p> + +<p>First one position and then another was abandoned by our burghers, who +followed one another's example like sheep; few made any attempt to +defend their posts, and in spite of my efforts and those of the officers +under me, they retreated to the north.</p> + +<p>Thus, without a single shot being fired, Bloemfontein fell into the +hands of the English.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER VIII</h2> + +<h3>The Burghers Receive Permission to Return to their Homes</h3> + + +<p>Thus Bloemfontein had fallen into the hands of the English; but whatever +valuables it contained were spared by the enemy. I did not myself +consider the place much superior to any other town, and I would not have +thought it a matter of any great importance if it had been destroyed. +Still, I felt it to be very regrettable that the town should have been +surrendered without a shot.</p> + +<p>How can I describe my feelings when I saw Bloemfontein in the hands of +the English? It was enough to break the heart of the bravest man amongst +us. Even worse than the fall of our capital was the fact that, as was +only to be expected, the burghers had become entirely disheartened; and +it seemed as if they were incapable now of offering any further +resistance. The commandos were completely demoralized. Indeed! the +burghers from Fauresmith and Jacobsdal had already returned home from +Poplar Grove without asking for permission to do so; and now all the +others were hurrying back in the greatest disorder to their own +districts.</p> + +<p>I felt sure that Lord Roberts' troops would remain for some time in the +capital, in order to obtain the rest they must have sorely needed. And I +now asked myself what I could do whilst the English were remaining +inactive. For notwithstanding all that had happened, I had not for a +single moment the thought of surrender. It seemed to me that my best +course was to allow the burghers, who had now been away<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span> from their +families for six months, an opportunity to take breath!<a name="FNanchor_29_29" id="FNanchor_29_29"></a><a href="#Footnote_29_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a></p> + +<p>After everything had been arranged I went to Brandfort and thence to +Kroonstad, at which place I was to meet President Steyn, who had left +Bloemfontein the evening before it fell.</p> + +<p>On my road to Kroonstad I fell in with General P.J. Joubert, who had +come to the Free State, hoping to be able to discover some method for +checking the advance of Lord Roberts. He was anything but pleased to +hear that I had given my men permission to remain at home till the 25th +of March.</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to tell me," he asked, "that you are going to give the +English a free hand, whilst your men take their holidays?"</p> + +<p>"I cannot catch a hare, General, with unwilling dogs," I made reply.</p> + +<p>But this did not satisfy the old warrior at all. At last I said:</p> + +<p>"You know the Afrikanders as well as I do, General. It is not our fault +that they don't know what discipline means. Whatever I had said or done, +the burghers would have gone home; but I'll give you my word that those +who come back will fight with renewed courage."</p> + +<p>I knew very well that there were some who would not return, but I +preferred to command ten men who were willing to fight, rather than a +hundred who shirked their duties.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile President Steyn had proclaimed Kroon<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>stad as the seat of the +Government, so that in future all matters were to be settled there.</p> + +<p>On March 20th, 1900, a war council was held, which was attended by from +fifty to sixty officers. President Steyn presided; and there sat beside +him that simple statesman, grown grey in his country's +service—President Kruger.</p> + +<p>The chief officers at this council were Commandant General Joubert, +Generals De la Rey, Philip Botha, Froneman, C.P. Cronje, J.B. Wessels, +and myself. A number of the members of both Governments also put in an +appearance at this meeting.</p> + +<p>Do not let it be imagined that the object we had in view was to come to +an agreement on any peace proposal made by the English. Nothing could +have been further from our minds than this. Lord Salisbury's letter to +our two Presidents, demanding unconditional surrender, had rendered any +thought of peace impossible. On the contrary, we were concerned to +discover the best method of continuing the war. We knew, I need scarcely +say, that humanly speaking ultimate victory for us was out of the +question—that had been clear from the very beginning. For how could our +diminutive army hope to stand against the overwhelming numbers at the +enemy's command? Yet we had always felt that no one is worthy of the +name of man who is not ready to vindicate the right, be the odds what +they may. We knew also, that the Afrikanders, although devoid of all +military discipline, had the idea of independence deeply rooted in their +hearts, and that they were worthy to exist as a Free Nation under a +Republican form of Government.</p> + +<p>I shall not enter upon all that happened at that meeting. I shall merely +note here that besides deciding to continue the war more energetically +than ever, we agreed unanimously that the great waggon-camps should be +done away with, and that henceforth only horse-commandos should be +employed. The sad experience we had gained from six months' warfare, +and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span> more especially the great misfortune that had overtaken the big +waggon-camp of General Cronje, were our reasons for this new +regulation.<a name="FNanchor_30_30" id="FNanchor_30_30"></a><a href="#Footnote_30_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a></p> + +<p>I left the meeting firmly determined that, come what might, I should +never allow another waggon-camp. But, as the reader will see before he +has concluded the perusal of these pages, it was not until many months +had elapsed that the waggons were finally suppressed. All the mischief +that they were destined to bring upon the African Nation was not yet +completed.</p> + +<p>One of the effects of this council was to produce an unusually good +spirit among the officers and burghers. There was only one thought in my +mind, and only one word on every tongue: "FORWARD!"</p> + +<p>I proceeded from Kroonstad to the railway bridge at Zand River, and +remained there until the 25th of March, when the commandos reassembled. +What I had foreseen occurred. The burghers were different men +altogether, and returned with renewed courage to the fight. They +streamed in such large numbers on this and the following days, that my +highest hopes were surpassed. It is true that certain burghers had +remained behind. Such was the case with the men from Fauresmith and +Jacobsdal, and with a large proportion of the commandos from +Philippolis, Smith<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>field, Wepener, and Bloemfontein. But with these +burghers I was unable to deal on account of Lord Roberts' Proclamations, +which made it impossible for me to compel the burghers to join the +commando; and I decided that I had better wait until I had done some +good work with the men I had, before I made any attempt to bring the +others back to the commando.</p> + +<p>On the 25th of March we went to Brandfort. The arrival of the burghers +at the village doubled and even trebled its population. I was forced to +close the hotels, as I discovered that my men were being supplied with +drink. From this I do not wish the reader to infer that the Afrikanders +are drunkards, for this is far from being the case. On the contrary, +when compared with other nations, they are remarkable for their +sobriety, and it is considered by them a disgrace for a man to be drunk.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER IX</h2> + +<h3>Sanna's Post</h3> + + +<p>On the 28th of March a council of war was held. The first business +transacted referred to disciplinary matters; the council then proceeded +to lay down the conditions under which the commandos were to operate. It +was decided that General De la Rey with his Transvaalers should remain +at Brandfort with certain Free State commandos under General Philip +Botha, and that the remaining troops, under my command, should withdraw +in the evening.</p> + +<p>Great was the curiosity of the officers and burghers concerning our +movements, but no man learnt anything from me. I was determined that in +future my plans should be kept entirely secret. Experience had taught me +that whenever a commanding officer allows his intentions to become +public something is sure to go wrong, and I made up my mind to hold the +reins of discipline with a firmer hand.</p> + +<p>It is, of course, true that scarcely anything could be done without the +free co-operation of the burghers. They joined the commando when they +wished, or, if they preferred it, stayed away. But now I intended that +the men who joined the commando should be under a far stricter +discipline than formerly, and success rewarded my efforts.</p> + +<p>We left Brandfort on the same evening. My object was to surprise the +little garrison at Sanna's Post, which guarded the Bloemfontein Water +Works, and thus to cut off the supply of water from that town.</p> + +<p>I started in the direction of Winburg, so as to throw every one off the +scent. On all sides one heard<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span> the question, "Where are we really going? +What can we have to do at Winburg?"</p> + +<p>The following day I concealed my commando, and that evening some spies, +on whom I could rely, and who were aware of my secret intentions, +brought me all the information I required.</p> + +<p>At this point I had a great deal of trouble with Commandant Vilonel. It +appeared that, notwithstanding the express interdiction of the council +of war, there were some thirty waggons, belonging to burghers from +Winburg who were under his orders. I reminded him of the decision to +which the council had come; but he replied that he did not wish his +burghers to have to undergo the hardship of travelling without waggons. +We started that evening, and, sure enough, there he was with his lumber +following behind us.</p> + +<p>I gave him notice in writing the next morning that he must send back the +waggons that very night when we were on the march. This provoked from +him a written request that a war council should be summoned to revise +the decision come to at Kroonstad. I answered that I absolutely declined +to do any such thing.</p> + +<p>In the course of that day I received a number of reports. I was informed +that General Olivier was driving General Broadwood from Ladybrand +towards Thaba'Nchu. A little later I heard from General Froneman and +Commandant Fourie how matters stood at Sanna's Post. I had disclosed my +plan to them, and sent them out to reconnoitre. There were—so they told +me—according to their estimation, about two hundred English troops +which were stationed in such and such positions.</p> + +<p>I at once summoned Generals A.P. Cronje, J.B. Wessels, C.C. Froneman, +and Piet de Wet, and took council with them, telling them of my plans +and enjoining strict secrecy. I then gave orders that Commandant P. +Fourie and C. Nel, with their burghers,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span> three hundred and fifty in +number, should proceed under my command to Koorn Spruit, and be there +before break of day.</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> + <a id="image03" name="image03"> + <img src="images/03.jpg" + alt="SANNA'S POST." + title="SANNA'S POST." /></a><br /> + <span class="caption">SANNA'S POST.<br />FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.</span> +</div> + +<p>We settled that Generals Cronje, Wessels, Froneman, and Piet De Wet +should proceed with the remaining burghers, numbering eleven hundred and +fifty, to the ridges east of the Modder River, right opposite Sanna's +Post. They were to take with them the guns, of which we had four or +five, and bombard Sanna's Post as soon as it was light.</p> + +<p>The English, I expected, would retreat to Bloemfontein, and then from my +position in Koorn Spruit I should be able to decimate them as they +passed that ravine. I had sent a large number of burghers with the four +generals so that our force might be sufficiently strong to turn General +Broadwood, in case he should hear that there was fighting at Sanna's +Post and come up to reinforce the garrison.</p> + +<p>Here again I had trouble with Commandant Vilonel. I had little time to +argue—the sun was already setting, and we had to be off at once. I had +declined to allow a single waggon to go with me, but the Commandant +declared that he would not abide by the decision of the council of war. +He also refused to allow his burghers to go into positions which he +himself had not reconnoitred. He asked that the attack should be +postponed until he had examined Sanna's Post through his telescope.</p> + +<p>My patience was now at an end. I told Commandant Vilonel that he must +obey my orders, and that if he did not do so I should dismiss him, +unless he himself resigned. He preferred to resign. My secretary +procured paper, and the Commandant wrote out his resignation. I at once +gave him his dismissal, and felt that a weight had been taken off my +shoulders now that I was free from so wrong-headed an officer.</p> + +<p>There was no time now for the burghers to elect a new Commandant in the +usual way. I therefore assembled the Winburg commando, and told them +that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span> Vilonel had resigned, that an opportunity of choosing a substitute +should be given to them later on, but that in the meanwhile I should +appoint Veldtcornet Gert Van der Merve. Nobody had anything to say +against "Gerie," who was a courageous and amiable man; and, after he had +given orders that the waggons should be sent home, we continued our +march.</p> + +<p>I met some of my spies at a <i>rendezvous</i> which I had given them on the +road to the Water Works, and learnt from them that the force under +General Broadwood had come that evening from the direction of Ladybrand +and now occupied Thaba'Nchu.</p> + +<p>I had ordered my generals to take up positions opposite Sanna's Post and +east of the Modder River. I now left them and rode on to Koorn Spruit, +not knowing that General Broadwood had left Thaba'Nchu after nightfall +and had proceeded to the Water Works. My advance was made as quietly as +possible, and as soon as we reached Koorn Spruit I hid my burghers in +the ravine, placing some to the right and some to the left of the +drift<a name="FNanchor_31_31" id="FNanchor_31_31"></a><a href="#Footnote_31_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a> on the road from Thaba'Nchu and Sanna's Post to Bloemfontein.</p> + +<p>As soon as it became light enough to see anything we discovered that +just above the spruit<a name="FNanchor_32_32" id="FNanchor_32_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_32_32" class="fnanchor">[32]</a> stood a waggon, with some Kaffirs and a number +of sheep and cattle beside it. The Kaffirs told us that the waggon +belonged to one of the "hands-uppers" from Thaba'Nchu, and that they had +been ordered to get it down to Bloemfontein as quickly as possible and +to sell it to the English. The owner of the sheep and of the cattle, +they said, was with General Broadwood, whose troops had just arrived at +Sanna's Post.</p> + +<p>The light grew brighter, and there, three thousand paces from us, was +Broadwood's huge force.</p> + +<p>I had only three hundred and fifty men with me; the other generals, to +the east of the Modder River, had not more than eleven hundred and fifty +between them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span></p> + +<p>The numbers against us were overwhelming, but I resolved to stand my +ground; and, fortunately, the positions which I had chosen were much to +our advantage—there would be no difficulty in concealing my burghers +and their horses.</p> + +<p>I ordered that every one should still remain hidden, even when our party +to the east of the Modder River began to shoot, and that not a round was +to be fired until I gave the command.</p> + +<p>General Broadwood was preparing to strike camp. It was then that I told +my men to allow the British troops to get to close quarters and +"hands-up" them, without wasting a single bullet.</p> + +<p>Then our guns began to fire.</p> + +<p>The result was a scene of confusion. Towards us, over the brow of the +hill, came the waggons pell-mell, with a few carts moving rapidly in +front. When the first of these reached the spruit its occupants—a man +with a woman beside him—became aware that something was wrong.</p> + +<p>I was standing at the top of the drift with Commandants Fourie and Nel. +I immediately ordered two of my adjutants to mount the cart and to sit +at the driver's side.</p> + +<p>The other carts came one after the other into the drift, and I ordered +them to follow close behind the first cart, at the same time warning the +occupants that if they gave any signal to the enemy, they would be shot.</p> + +<p>The carts were filled with English from Thaba'Nchu. I was very glad that +the women and children should thus reach a place of safety, before the +fighting began.</p> + +<p>So speedily did the carts follow each other that the English had no +suspicion of what was occurring, and very shortly the soldiers began to +pour into the drift in the greatest disorder. As soon as they reached +the stream they were met by the cry of "Hands up!"</p> + +<p>Directly they heard the words, a forest of hands rose in the air.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span></p> + +<p>More troops quickly followed, and we had disarmed two hundred of them +before they had time to know what was happening. The discipline among +the burghers was fairly satisfactory until the disarming work began. If +my men had only been able to think for themselves, they would have +thrown the rifles on the bank as they came into their hands, and so +would have disarmed far more of the English than they succeeded in +doing. But, as it was, the burghers kept on asking:</p> + +<p>"Where shall I put this rifle, General? What have I to do with this +horse?"</p> + +<p>That the work should be delayed by this sort of thing sorely tried my +hasty temper.</p> + +<p>Very soon the enemy in the rear discovered that there was something +wrong in the drift, for one of their officers suddenly gave orders that +the troops should fall back. But in the meantime, as I have already +stated, we had disarmed two hundred men; while, about a hundred paces +from us on the banks of the spruit stood five of their guns, and more +than a hundred of their waggons, in one confused mass. A little further +off—two or three hundred paces, perhaps—two more of the enemy's guns +had halted.</p> + +<p>The English fell back some thirteen hundred yards, to the station on the +Dewetsdorp-Bloemfontein railway. I need scarcely say that we opened a +terrific fire on them as they retreated. When they reached the station, +however, the buildings there gave them considerable protection. I little +knew when I voted in the Volksraad for the construction of this line, +that I was voting for the building of a station which our enemies would +one day use against us.</p> + +<p>An attempt was made by the English to save the five guns, but it was far +beyond their powers to do so. They did succeed, however, in getting the +other two guns away, and in placing them behind the station buildings. +From there they severely bombarded us with shrapnel shell.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span></p> + +<p>While the English troops were running to find cover in the buildings, +they suffered very heavily from our fire, and the ground between the +station and the spruit was soon strewn with their dead and wounded, +lying in heaps. But having arrived at the railway they rallied, and +posting themselves to the right and left of the station, they fired +sharply on us.</p> + +<p>The eleven hundred and fifty burghers who were to the east of the Modder +River now hurried up to my assistance. But unfortunately, when they +attempted to cross the river, they found that the Water-Works dam had +made it too deep to ford. So they proceeded up stream over some very +rough ground, being much inconvenienced by the dongas which they had to +cross. When they had covered three miles of this they were again +stopped, for an impassable donga blocked the way. They had therefore to +retrace their steps to the place whence they had started. Ultimately +they crossed the river below the dam, in the neighbourhood of the +waggon-drift.</p> + +<p>This delay gave General Broadwood a good three hours in which to tackle +us. And had it not been for the excellent positions we had taken on the +banks of the spruit, we would have been in a very awkward predicament. +But, as it was, only two of my men were hit during the whole of that +time.</p> + +<p>As soon as our reinforcements had crossed the river, General Broadwood +was forced to retire; and his troops came hurrying through Koorn Spruit +both on the right and on the left of our position. We fired at them as +they passed us, and took several more prisoners. Had I but commanded a +larger force, I could have captured every man of them. But it was +impossible, with my three hundred and fifty men, to surround two +thousand.</p> + +<p>Our men on the Modder River now attacked the enemy with the greatest +energy, and succeeded in putting them to flight, thus bringing the +battle to an end.</p> + +<p>The conduct of my burghers had been beyond<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span> praise. I had never seen +them more intrepid. Calm and determined, they stood their ground, when +the enemy streamed down upon them like a mighty river. Calm and +determined they awaited their arrival, and disarmed them as they came. +It was a fresh proof to me of the courage of the Afrikander, who indeed, +in my judgment, is in that quality surpassed by no one.</p> + +<p>Our loss was three killed and five wounded. Among the latter was +Commandant General Van der Merve, who, although very seriously injured, +fortunately recovered. I had no time myself to note the enemy's losses, +but, from their own report, it amounted to three hundred and fifty dead +and wounded. We captured four hundred and eighty prisoners, seven guns, +and one hundred and seventeen waggons.</p> + +<p>Here again I had the greatest trouble in unravelling the medley. Many of +the horses, mules and oxen had been killed, whilst some of the waggons +were broken. Everything was in a state of indescribable confusion, and +at any moment a force might arrive from Bloemfontein.</p> + +<p>But, fortunately, no reinforcement appeared. Our burghers who had +pursued the retreating English, saw, at about twelve o'clock, a body of +mounted troops approaching from Bloemfontein. But this force at once +came to a halt, remaining at the spot where we had first seen it.<a name="FNanchor_33_33" id="FNanchor_33_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_33_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span></p> + +<p>When everything was over a party of troops from General Olivier's +commando arrived on the scene of the recent operations. They had been +following General Broadwood, and on hearing the firing that morning, had +hastened in our direction, maintaining on their arrival, that it was +quite impossible for them to have come any sooner.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER X</h2> + +<h3>Four Hundred and Seventy English taken Prisoner at Reddersburg</h3> + + +<p>In the evening of the day on which the events described in the last +chapter occurred, I handed over the command to Generals Piet de Wet and +A.P. Cronje, and taking with me three of my staff, rode to Donkerpoort, +in the direction of Dewetsdorp, on a reconnoitring expedition.</p> + +<p>Early the following morning I came to a farm called Sterkfontein, where, +at noon, I received the news that a party of English, coming from +Smithfield, had occupied Dewetsdorp.</p> + +<p>It was thirty miles from Sterkfontein to my commando, but, +notwithstanding this, I sent an order that 1,500 men, under Generals +J.B. Wessels, C.C. Froneman and De Villiers, should come up with all +haste and bring three guns with them.</p> + +<p>During the time that must necessarily elapse before the arrival of this +force, I sent men out to visit the farms of those burghers who had gone +home after the fall of Bloemfontein, with orders to bring them back to +the front.</p> + +<p>By the evening of the 1st of April I had all the men of the district +together; but it was then too late to make a start.</p> + +<p>At ten o'clock the following morning the English left Dewetsdorp, and +marched towards Reddersburg. Directly I received news of this, I sent +word to the Generals, that they must hasten to Reddersburg; while I, +with the men who had rejoined, made my way to the north, so as to take +up a position on the enemy's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span> flank. I had with me one hundred and ten +men in all. Many of them were without rifles, having given up their arms +at Bloemfontein. Others were provided with serviceable <i>achterlaaiers</i>, +but had little or no ammunition, because they had already fired off +their cartridges in mere wantonness in the belief that they might have +to give up their rifles any day. My handful of burghers were thus as +good as unarmed.</p> + +<p>During our march I kept the English continually under surveillance. They +were unable to advance very rapidly, as the bulk of their force was made +up of infantry. But they were too far ahead for the commandos whom I had +sent in pursuit to be able to get at them; and for me, with the handful +of almost unarmed burghers which I commanded, to have attempted an +attack would have been worse than folly.</p> + +<p>On the evening of the 2nd of April, the English encamped on the hill to +the west of a farm called Oollogspoort; whilst we off-saddled to the +north of them, on Mr. Van der Walt's farm. The enemy, however, was not +aware of the position of our laager.</p> + +<p>The following morning, at four o'clock, I sent a third report to the +commandos. They had been some way on the road to Dewetsdorp, and thus, +far out of the course to Reddersburg, when my second report reached +them; and now my despatch rider met only Generals Froneman and De +Villiers with seven hundred men and three guns, and was too late to +prevent General Wessels from going on to Dewetsdorp.</p> + +<p>Shortly after sunrise General Froneman received my report. He had been +riding all night through without stopping, and many of his horses were +already tired out. But as my order was that the Generals were to leave +behind those who were unable to proceed, and to hasten on at once +without so much as off-saddling, he did not wait to be told twice, but +pushing forward with all speed, arrived on the 3rd of April at +Schwarskopjes on the Kaffir River. He had left Sanna's Post on the +afternoon of the previous day.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span></p> + +<p>Those who consider that he was marching with seven hundred men and three +Krupp guns, and that his horses were so exhausted that some of them had +to be left behind, will agree with me that he did a good day's work in +those twenty-four hours.</p> + +<p>Fortunately for us, it was not at that time the habit of the English to +start on their march before the sun had risen. And, by another lucky +chance, our opponents were off their guard, and quite unsuspicious of +attack, although they must, undoubtedly, have heard something of what +had happened at Sanna's Post.</p> + +<p>General Froneman gave me to understand that it was necessary to +off-saddle the horses, and to give them a long rest, as he had been +riding without any break since the previous evening.</p> + +<p>"However necessary it may be," I replied, "it is impossible;" and I +pointed out to him that if we were to delay, the English would occupy +the ridge between Muishondsfontein and Mostertshoek, and thus obtain the +best position. I, therefore, ordered the men to proceed with all speed, +and to leave behind those who could not go on. The General did not +appear to be "links"<a name="FNanchor_34_34" id="FNanchor_34_34"></a><a href="#Footnote_34_34" class="fnanchor">[34]</a> at this, but called out with his loud voice, +"Come on, burghers!"</p> + +<p>We were fortunate in being able to keep up with the enemy by riding +along a little plain, which was hidden from them by an intervening hill. +Our course ran in a direction parallel to their line of march, and at a +distance of about six miles from it. But unluckily, the English were the +first to reach the ridge. When we appeared at the point where the hill +which had concealed us from them came to an end, their vanguard had just +passed the eastern end of the ridge at which we were both aiming; and we +had still some four or five miles to go before we could reach it.</p> + +<p>I saw that the enemy was not strong enough to occupy the whole ridge, so +I at once gave orders to General De Villiers to advance, and to seize +the western end<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span> at a point just above the farmstead of Mostertshoek. +The enemy, observing this manœuvre, took up their position on the +eastern extremity of the ridge. Whereupon I divided the remaining +burghers into small companies, with orders to occupy kopjes from six to +seven hundred paces still further to the east; leaving to myself and +Commandant Nel the task of seizing a small ridge which lay south-east of +the English lines.</p> + +<p>All these positions would have to be taken under fire, and before making +the attempt I sent the following note to the British Commanding +Officer:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"<span class="smcap">Sir</span>,—</p> + +<p>"I am here with five hundred men, and am every moment expecting +reinforcements with three Krupps, against which you will not be +able to hold out. I therefore advise you, in order to prevent +bloodshed, to surrender."</p></div> + +<p>I sent this note post haste, and then rested a little while awaiting the +return of the despatch rider.</p> + +<p>And now a shameful incident occurred. The messenger had received the +answer to my letter, and had covered about a hundred paces on his way +back, when the enemy opened so heavy a fire upon him that it is +inexplicable how he managed to come through unscathed.</p> + +<p>The answer which he brought from the officer was in the following +terms:—</p> + +<p>"I'm d——d if I surrender!"</p> + +<p>I at once ordered my men to rush the positions which I had already +pointed out to them; and notwithstanding the fierce opposition of the +enemy, they succeeded in carrying out my orders.</p> + +<p>But although we had thus gained very good positions, those which the +English held were quite as good, and perhaps even better, except for the +fact that they were cut off from the water. However, when they had first +become aware of our presence—that is, while they were at +Muishondsfontein—they had taken the precaution of filling their +water-bottles.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span></p> + +<p>Our guns did not arrive until so late in the afternoon that only a few +shots could be fired before it became dark.</p> + +<p>Acting upon my orders, the burghers kept such good watch during the +night that escape was impossible for the English. I also sent a strong +guard to a point near Reddersburg, for I had heard that a reinforcement +of from thirteen hundred to two thousand British troops had come from +the direction of Bothathanie railway station, and were now encamped at +Reddersburg.</p> + +<p>I had begun operations with only four hundred men under me, but before +the sun rose on the following day my force had been doubled by the +addition of those who had been compelled to remain behind and rest their +tired horses.</p> + +<p>On the previous evening it had seemed to me highly improbable that we +should be able to storm the ridge in the morning. I had expected that +the force at Reddersburg—which lay only about four or five miles from +Mostertshoek—would have seen the fight in progress, or heard the +cannonading, and would have hastened to the assistance of their +comrades.<a name="FNanchor_35_35" id="FNanchor_35_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_35_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a> Nevertheless, I had given orders that as soon as it was +daylight, every one must do his utmost to force the English to +surrender.</p> + +<p>It was now rapidly growing lighter, and I ordered the gunners to keep up +a continuous fire with our three Krupps. This they did from half-past +five until eleven o'clock, and then the enemy hoisted the white flag.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span></p> + +<p>My men and I galloped towards the English, and our other two parties did +the same. But before we reached them, they again began to shoot, killing +Veldtcornet Du Plessis, of Kroonstad. This treacherous act enraged our +burghers, who at once commenced to fire with deadly effect.</p> + +<p>Soon the white flag appeared above almost every stone behind which an +Englishman lay, but our men did not at once cease firing. Indeed! I had +the greatest difficulty in calming them, and in inducing them to stop, +for they were, as may well be imagined, furious at the misuse of the +white flag.</p> + +<p>Strewn everywhere about on the ground lay the English killed and +wounded. According to the official statement, they had a hundred +casualties, the commanding officer himself being amongst the killed.</p> + +<p>We took four hundred and seventy prisoners of war, all of them belonging +to the Royal Irish Rifles and the Mounted Infantry. But I cared nothing +to what regiment they belonged or what was the rank of the officer in +command. Throughout the whole war I never troubled myself about such +matters.</p> + +<p>Our loss, in addition to Veldtcornet Du Plessis, whose death I have just +described, was only six wounded.</p> + +<p>I had no longer any need to fear a reinforcement from Reddersburg, but +nevertheless there was no time to be lost, for I had just heard from a +prisoner of war that a telegram had been sent from Dewetsdorp to the +garrison at Smithfield, bidding them consult their own safety by +withdrawing to Aliwal North. I made up my mind to capture that garrison +before it could decamp. I waited until I saw that the English ambulances +were busy with their wounded, and then with all speed rode off.</p> + +<p>As the direct road might prove to be held by Lord Roberts, I caused the +prisoners of war to be marched to Winburg viâ Thaba'Nchu. From thence +they were to be sent forward by rail to Pretoria.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XI</h2> + +<h3>An Unsuccessful Siege</h3> + + +<p>My object now was to reach Smithfield. We set out at once and late in +the evening I divided my commandos into two parties. The first, some +five hundred men in all, consisted chiefly of Smithfield burghers under +Commandant Swanepoel, of Yzervarkfontein, but there were also some +Wepener men amongst them. I gave General Froneman the command over this +party, and ordered him to proceed without delay and attack the small +English garrison at Smithfield. With the second party I rode off to join +the burghers who were under General J.B. Wessels.</p> + +<p>I came up with Wessels' division on the 6th of April at Badenhorst, on +the road from Dewetsdorp to Wepener. Badenhorst lies at a distance of +some ten miles from a ford on the Caledon River, called +Tammersbergsdrift, where Colonel Dalgety, with the highly renowned +C.M.R.<a name="FNanchor_36_36" id="FNanchor_36_36"></a><a href="#Footnote_36_36" class="fnanchor">[36]</a> and Brabant's Horse were at that time stationed. I call them +"highly renowned" to be in the fashion, for I must honestly avow that I +never could see for what they were renowned.</p> + +<p>During the fight at Mostertshoek on the previous day I had kept them +under observation, with the result that I learnt that they had +entrenched themselves strongly, and that they numbered about sixteen +hundred men, though this latter fact was a matter of indifference to me. +The history of Ladysmith, Mafeking, and Kimberley, however, served me as +a warning, and I asked myself whether it would be better to besiege<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span> the +wolf or to wait and see if he would not come out of his lair.</p> + +<p>But the wolf, on this occasion, was not to be enticed out on any +pretext; and moreover it was probable that Lord Roberts would be able to +send a relieving force from Bloemfontein; so I decided to attack at +once. First, however, I despatched some of my best scouts in the +direction of Bloemfontein and Reddersburg, while I ordered the commandos +under Generals Piet de Wet and A.P. Cronje to take up positions to the +east and south-east of the capital.</p> + +<p>Early in the morning of the 7th of April I made an attack on two points: +one to the south-west, the other to the south-east of Dalgety's +fortifications, opening fire on his troops at distances of from five to +fifteen hundred paces. I dare not approach any nearer for lack of +suitable cover. The place was so strongly fortified that many valuable +lives must have been sacrificed, had I been less cautious than I was.</p> + +<p>After a few days I received reinforcements, and was thus enabled to +surround the English completely. But their various positions were so +placed that it was impossible for me to shell any of them from both +sides, and thus to compel their occupants to surrender.</p> + +<p>Day succeeded to day, and still the siege continued.</p> + +<p>Before long we had captured some eight hundred of the trek-oxen, and +many of the horses of the enemy. Things were not going so badly for us +after all; and we plucked up our courage, and began to talk of the +probability of a speedy surrender on the part of the English.</p> + +<p>To tell the truth, there was not a man amongst us who would have asked +better than to make prisoners of the Cape Mounted Rifles and of +Brabant's Horse. They were Afrikanders, and as Afrikanders, although +neither Free-Staters nor Transvaalers, they ought, in our opinion, to +have been ashamed to fight against us.</p> + +<p>The English, we admitted, had a perfect right to hire such sweepings, +and to use them against us, but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span> we utterly despised them for allowing +themselves to be hired. We felt that their motive was not to obtain the +franchise of the Uitlanders, but—five shillings a day! And if it should +by any chance happen that any one of them should find his grave +there—well, the generation to come would not be very proud of that +grave. No! it would be regarded with horror as the grave of an +Afrikander who had helped to bring his brother Afrikanders to their +downfall.</p> + +<p>Although I never took it amiss if a colonist of Natal or of Cape Colony +was unwilling to fight with us against England, yet I admit that it +vexed me greatly to think that some of these colonists, for the sake of +a paltry five shillings a day, should be ready to shoot down their +fellow-countrymen. Such men, alas! there have always been, since, in the +first days of the human race, Cain killed his brother Abel. But Cain had +not long to wait for his reward!</p> + +<p>Whilst we were besieging these Afrikanders, news came that large columns +from Reddersburg and Bloemfontein were drawing near. So overwhelming +were their numbers that the commandos of Generals A.P. Cronje and Piet +de Wet were far too weak to hold them in check, and I had to despatch +two reinforcing parties, the first under Commandant Fourie, the second +under General J.B. Wessels.</p> + +<p>General Froneman had now returned from Smithfield, whither I had sent +him to attack the garrison. He told me that he had been unable to carry +out my orders, for, on his arrival at Smithfield, he had discovered that +the garrison—which had only consisted of some two or three hundred +men—had just departed. He learnt, however, that it was still possible +to overtake it before it reached Aliwal North. Unfortunately, he was +unable to persuade Commandant Swanepoel, who was in command of the +burghers, to pursue the retreating troops. He therefore had to content +himself with the fifteen men he had with him. He came in sight of the +enemy at Branziektekraal,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span> two hours from Aliwal North; but with the +mere handful of men, which was all that he had at his command, an attack +upon them was not to be thought of, and he had to turn back.</p> + +<p>His expedition, however, had not been without good result, for he +returned with about five hundred of those burghers who had gone home +after our commandos had left Stormberg.</p> + +<p>We had to thank Lord Roberts for this welcome addition to our forces. +The terms of the proclamation in which Lord Roberts had guaranteed the +property and personal liberty of the non-combatant burghers had not been +abided by. In the neighbourhood of Bloemfontein, Reddersburg, and +Dewetsdorp, and at every other place where it was possible, his troops +had made prisoners of burghers who had remained quietly on their farms. +The same course of action had been pursued by the column which fell into +our hands at Mostertshoek—I myself had liberated David Strauss and four +other citizens whom I had found there. While peacefully occupied on +their farms they had been taken prisoners by the English column, which +was then on its way from Dewetsdorp to Reddersburg.</p> + +<p>This disregard of his proclamations did not increase the respect which +the burghers felt for Lord Roberts. They felt that the word of the +English was not to be trusted, and, fearing for their own safety, they +returned to their commandos. I sent President Steyn a telegram, +informing him that our burghers were rejoining, and adding that Lord +Roberts was the best recruiting sergeant I had ever had!</p> + +<p>General Froneman and the men whom he had collected soon found work to +do. The enemy was expecting a reinforcement from Aliwal North, and I +sent the General, with six hundred troops, to oppose it. He came into +touch with it at Boesmanskop, and a slight skirmish took place.</p> + +<p>In the meanwhile I received a report from General<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span> Piet de Wet, who was +at Dewetsdorp, notifying me that the English forces outnumbered his own +so enormously that he could not withstand their advance. He suggested +that I ought at once to relinquish the siege and proceed in the +direction of Thaba'Nchu.</p> + +<p>I also received discouraging news from General Piet Fourie, who had had +a short but severe engagement with the troops that were coming from +Bloemfontein, and had been compelled to give way before their superior +forces.</p> + +<p>Piet de Wet's advice appealed to me all the more strongly since +reinforcements were pouring in upon the enemy from all sides. But I was +of opinion that I ought to go with a strong force after the enemy in the +direction of Norvalspont, as I was convinced that it was no longer +possible to check their advance. But General Piet de Wet differed from +me on this point, and held that we ought to keep in front of the +English, and I was at last compelled to give in to him.</p> + +<p>Accordingly I issued orders to General Froneman to desist from any +further attack upon the reinforcement with which he had been engaged, +and to join me. When he arrived I fell back on Thaba'Nchu.</p> + +<p>My siege of Colonel Dalgety, with his Brabant's Horse and Cape Mounted +Rifles, had lasted for sixteen days. Our total loss was only five killed +and thirteen wounded. The English, as I learnt from prisoners, had +suffered rather severely.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XII</h2> + +<h3>The English Swarm over our Country</h3> + + +<p>On April 25th we arrived at Alexandrië, six miles from Thaba'Nchu. The +latter place was already occupied by English outposts. General Philip +Botha now joined me; he had been engaging the enemy in the triangle +formed by Brandfort, Bloemfontein and Thaba'Nchu. My commandos numbered +some four thousand men, and I decided that it was time to concentrate my +forces.</p> + +<p>Lord Roberts was about to carry out the plans which he had formed at +Bloemfontein, namely, to outflank us with large bodies of mounted +troops. He attempted to do this to the north-east of Thaba'Nchu, but at +first was not successful. On a second attempt, however, he managed, +after a fierce fight, to break through our lines. It was during this +action that Commandant Lubbe was shot in the leg, and had the misfortune +to be taken prisoner. At Frankfort also, Lord Roberts met with success, +and General De la Rey was forced to retreat northwards.</p> + +<p>I was now firmly convinced, although I kept the belief to myself, that +the English would march to Kroonstad; and I could see, more clearly than +ever, the necessity of operating in their rear. I had suggested to +President Steyn when he had visited us at Alexandrië, that I should +proceed to Norvalspont, or even into Cape Colony, but he was against any +such project. This, however, was not because he disapproved of my +suggestion in itself, but because he feared that the Transvaalers might +say that the Free-Staters, now that their own country was in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span> +enemy's hands, were going to leave them in the lurch. Yet in spite of +his opposition, I had ultimately to carry out my own ideas, for, even if +I was misunderstood, I had to act as I thought best. I can only say that +each man of us who remained true to our great cause acted up to the best +of his convictions. If the results proved disastrous, one had best be +silent about them. There is no use crying over spilt milk.</p> + +<p>We now pushed our commandos forward to Zand River. At Tabaksberg General +Philip Botha had a short but severe engagement with Lord Roberts' +advanced columns. I was the last of the Generals to leave Thaba'Nchu.</p> + +<p>I was very anxious to prevent the "granary"<a name="FNanchor_37_37" id="FNanchor_37_37"></a><a href="#Footnote_37_37" class="fnanchor">[37]</a> of the Orange Free State +from falling into the hands of the English; with this object in view, I +left behind me at Korannaberg General De Villiers, with Commandants De +Villiers, of Ficksburg, Crowther, of Ladybrand, Roux, of Wepener, and +Potgieter, of Smithfield, and ordered the General to carry on operations +in the south-eastern districts of the Free State.</p> + +<p>This valiant General did some fine work, and fought splendidly at +Gouveneurskop and Wonderkop, inflicting very serious losses upon the +English. But nevertheless he had to yield to the superior numbers of the +enemy, who ultimately gained possession<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span> of the "granary" districts. But +he made them pay for it dearly.</p> + +<p>General De Villiers followed the English to Senekal and Lindley, and at +Biddulphsberg, near the first named village, he again engaged them +successfully, killing and wounding many of them. But a grave misfortune +overtook us here, for the General received a dangerous wound on the +head.</p> + +<p>There was still another most deplorable occurrence. In some way or other +the grass caught fire; and as it was very dry, and a high wind was +blowing, the flames ran along the ground to where many of the English +wounded were lying. There was no time to rescue them; and thus in this +terrible manner many a poor fellow lost his life.</p> + +<p>General De Villiers' wound was so serious, that the only course open was +to ask the commanding officer of the Senekal garrison to let him have +the benefit of the English doctors' skill. This request was willingly +granted, and De Villiers was placed under the care of the English +ambulance. Sad to say, he died of his wound.</p> + +<p>Some time later I was informed that the man who had carried the request +into Senekal was ex-Commandant Vilonel, who was then serving as a +private burgher. A few days later he surrendered, so that one naturally +inferred that he had arranged it all during his visit to Senekal.</p> + +<p>Shortly after he had given up his arms, he sent a letter to one of the +Veldtcornets, asking him to come to such and such a spot on a certain +evening, to meet an English officer and himself. The letter never +reached the hands of the person to whom Vilonel had addressed it; and +instead of the Veldtcornet, it was Captain Pretorius with a few +burghers, who went to the appointed place. The night was so dark that it +was impossible to recognize anybody.</p> + +<p>"Where is Veldtcornet—?" asked Mr. Vilonel.</p> + +<p>"You are my prisoner," was Captain Pretorius' reply, as he took +Vilonel's horse by the bridle.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Treason! treason!" cried poor Vilonel.</p> + +<p>They brought him back to the camp, and sent him thence to Bethlehem. A +court-martial<a name="FNanchor_38_38" id="FNanchor_38_38"></a><a href="#Footnote_38_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a> was shortly afterwards held at that town, and he was +condemned to a long term of imprisonment.</p> + +<p>In the place of General De Villiers I appointed Deacon Paul Roux as +Vechtgeneraal. He was a man in whom I placed absolute confidence. As a +minister of religion he had done good service among the commandos, and +in the fiercest battles he looked after the wounded with undaunted +courage. His advice to the officers on matters of war had also been +excellent, so that he was in every way a most admirable man. But his +fighting career unfortunately soon came to an end, for he was taken +prisoner in a most curious way near Naauwpoort, when Prinsloo +surrendered.</p> + +<p>I must now retrace my steps, and give some account of what I myself had +been doing during this time.</p> + +<p>I proceeded to the west of Doornberg, and only halted when I reached the +Zand River. What memories does the name of that river bring back to me! +It was on its banks that in 1852 the English Government concluded a +Convention with the Transvaal—only to break it when Sir Theophilus +Shepstone annexed that country on the 12th of April, 1877. But this +Convention was re-established by Gladstone—greatest and noblest of +English statesmen—when he acknowledged the independence of the South +African Republic.</p> + +<p>Here on the banks of this river, which was so pregnant with meaning, we +should stand, so I thought, and hold the English at bay. But alas! the +name with all its memories did not check the enemy's advance.</p> + +<p>On the 10th of May Lord Roberts attacked us with his united forces; and +although his losses were heavy, he succeeded in breaking through our +lines near Ven<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>tersburg, at two points which were held by General +Froneman. And thus the English were free to advance on Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>I gave orders to my commando to move on to Doornkop, which lies to the +east of Kroonstad. I myself, with Commandant Nel and some of his +adjutants, followed them when the sun had set. We rode the whole of that +night, and reached the township on the following morning. We immediately +arranged that the Government should withdraw from Kroonstad, and that +very day it was removed to Heilbron. President Steyn, however, did not +go to Heilbron, but paid a visit to General Philip Botha, whose commando +had held back the English outposts some six miles from Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>The President, before leaving the town, had stationed police on the +banks of the Valsch River with orders to prevent burghers from entering +the dorp<a name="FNanchor_39_39" id="FNanchor_39_39"></a><a href="#Footnote_39_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a>; he had only just crossed the drift before my arrival. I +came upon some burghers who, as they had been ordered, had off-saddled +at the south side of the river, and I asked them if they had seen the +President. As they were Transvaalers, they answered my question in the +negative.</p> + +<p>"But has nobody on horseback crossed here?" I said.</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes! the Big Constable<a name="FNanchor_40_40" id="FNanchor_40_40"></a><a href="#Footnote_40_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a> crossed," one of them replied. "And he +told us not to pass over the drift."</p> + +<p>"What was he like?" I inquired.</p> + +<p>"He was a man with a long red beard."</p> + +<p>I knew now who the "Big Constable" had been; and when I afterwards told +the President for whom he had been taken, he was greatly amused.</p> + +<p>General Philip Botha discussed the state of affairs with me, and we both +came to the conclusion that if Lord Roberts attacked us with his united +forces, his superior numbers would render it impossible for us to hold +our disadvantageous positions round Kroonstad. We had also to take into +consideration the fact that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span> my commando could not reach the town before +the following day. Whilst we were still talking, news arrived that there +was a strong force of cavalry on the banks of the Valsch River, six +miles from Kroonstad, and that it was rapidly approaching the town.</p> + +<p>On hearing this, I hastened back to the south of the township, where a +body of Kroonstad burghers had off-saddled, and I ordered them to get +into their saddles immediately, and ride with me to meet the enemy. In +less time than it takes to describe it, we were off. As we drew near to +the English we saw they had taken up a very good position. The sun had +already set, and nothing could be done save to exchange a few shots with +the enemy. So, after I had ordered my men to post themselves on the +enemy's front till the following morning, I rode back to Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>When I arrived there, I found that the last of the Transvaal commandos +had already retreated through the town and made for the north. I at once +sent orders to the burghers, whom I had just left, to abandon their +positions, and to prepare themselves to depart by train to +Rhenosterriviersbrug.</p> + +<p>At Kroonstad there was not a single burgher left. Only the inhabitants +of the township remained, and they were but too ready to "hands-up."</p> + +<p>One of these, however, was of a different mould. I refer to Veldtcornet +Thring, who had arrived with me at Kroonstad that morning, but who had +suddenly fallen ill. On the day following he was a prisoner in the hands +of the English.</p> + +<p>Thring was an honourable man in every way. Although an Englishman by +birth, he was at heart an Afrikander, for he had accepted the Orange +Free State as his second fatherland. Like many another Englishman, he +had become a fellow-citizen of ours, and had enjoyed the fat of the +land. But now, trusty burgher that he was, he had drawn his sword to +defend the burghers' rights.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span></p> + +<p>His earliest experiences were with the Kroonstad burghers, who went down +into Natal; later on he fought under me at Sanna's Post and +Mostertshoek, and took part in the siege of Colonel Dalgety at +Jammersbergsdrift. He had stood at my side at Thaba'Nchu and on the +banks of the Zand River. I had always found him the most willing and +reliable of officers, and he had won the respect and trust of every man +who knew him.</p> + +<p>He was faithful to the end. Although he might well have joined our +enemies, he preferred to set the seal of fidelity upon his life by his +imprisonment. Long may he live to enjoy the trust of the Afrikander +people!</p> + +<p>I remained late that evening in the town. It was somewhat risky to do +so, as the place was full of English inhabitants, and of Afrikanders who +did not favour our cause. In fact, I was surrounded by men who would +have been only too pleased to do me an injury.</p> + +<p>I said farewell to Kroonstad at ten o'clock that night, and was carried +to Rhenosterriviersbrug, thirty-four miles from Kroonstad, by the last +train that left the town. But before I departed, I took care that the +bridge over the Valsch River should be destroyed by dynamite.</p> + +<p>In the meantime, those portions of the Heilbron and Kroonstad commandos +which had gone into Natal at the beginning of the war, received orders +to leave the Drakensberg. Obeying these orders they joined me, and, with +my other troops, had occupied splendid positions on either side of the +railway line. Commandant General Louis Botha was also there with his +Transvaal burghers, having arrived in the Free State a few days +previously. Captain Danie Theron was still with me as my trustworthy +scout, and he constantly kept me informed of Lord Roberts' movements.</p> + +<p>For a few days Lord Roberts remained at Kroon<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>stad, but about the 18th +of May he again began to move his enormous forces. He sent out four +divisions. The first he despatched from Kroonstad to Heilbron; the +second from Lindley to the same destination; the third from Kroonstad to +Vredefort and Parijs, and the fourth from Kroonstad along the railway +line.</p> + +<p>The two Governments had agreed that Commandant General Louis Botha +should cross the Vaal River, and that we Free-Staters should remain +behind in our own country. And this was carried out, with our full +approval.</p> + +<p>The Governments had also decided that even if the English entered the +Transvaal, the Free State commandos were not to follow them. I had long +ago wished that something of this nature should be arranged, so that we +might not only have forces in front of the enemy, but also in their +rear. Thus the orders of the Governments exactly coincided with my +desires.</p> + +<p>Lest any one should think that the Transvaalers and the Free-Staters +separated here on account of a squabble, or because they found that they +could not work harmoniously together, let me state that this decision +was arrived at for purely strategic reasons. We had now been reduced to +a third of the original number of forty-five thousand burghers with +which we had started the campaign. This reduction was due partly to +Cronje's surrender, and partly to the fact that many of our men had +returned to their farms. How, then, could we think of making a stand, +with our tiny forces, against two hundred and forty thousand men, with +three or four hundred guns? All we could do was to make the best of +every little chance we got of hampering the enemy. If fortune should +desert us, it only remained to flee.</p> + +<p>To flee—what could be more bitter than that? Ah! many a time when I was +forced to yield to the enemy, I felt so degraded that I could scarcely +look a child in the face! Did I call myself a man? I asked myself, and +if so, why did I run away? No one can<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span> guess the horror which overcame +me when I had to retreat, or to order others to do so—there! I have +poured out my whole soul. If I did fly, it was only because one man +cannot stand against twelve.</p> + +<p>After the Transvaalers had crossed the Vaal River, I took twelve hundred +men to Heilbron, where there was already a party of my burghers. General +Roux with other Free-Staters was stationed east of Senekal, and the +remainder of our forces lay near Lindley. But the commandos from Vrede +and Harrismith, with part of the Bethlehem commando, still remained as +watchers on the Drakensberg.</p> + +<p>When I arrived at Heilbron, late at night, I received a report that +fighting was taking place on the Rhenoster River, between Heilbron and +Lindley, and that General J.B. Wessels and Commandant Steenekamp had +been driven back. But on the following morning, when the outposts came +in, they stated that they had seen nothing of this engagement. I +immediately sent out scouts, but hardly had they gone, before one of +them came galloping back with the news that the enemy had approached +quite close to the town. It was impossible for me to oppose a force of +five or six thousand men on the open plain; and I could not move to +suitable positions, for that would involve having the women and children +behind me when the enemy were bombarding me. I had therefore to be off +without a moment's delay. I had not even time to send my wife and my +children into a place of safety.</p> + +<p>Our whole stock of ammunition was on the rail at Wolvehoek. I had given +orders to Mr. Sarel Wessels, who had charge of the ammunition, to hold +himself in readiness to proceed with it by rail, through the Transvaal, +to Greylingstad as soon as he received orders to do so.</p> + +<p>But now the ammunition could not remain there, as Sir Redvers Buller was +gaining ground day by day towards the veldt on the Natal frontier and +the am<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>munition would thus be in danger of being taken. Therefore there +was nothing left for me but to get it through by way of Greylingstad +Station. It had to be done, and,—I had no carriages by which I could +convey it, as I had not sufficient hands to take carriages from the +trucks.<a name="FNanchor_41_41" id="FNanchor_41_41"></a><a href="#Footnote_41_41" class="fnanchor">[41]</a> There was only one way (course) open; the commandos from +Smithfield, Wepener and Bethulie still had, contrary to the Kroonstad +resolution, carriages with them at Frankfort; I hastened to that village +and sent the necessary number of these carriages under a strong escort, +to fetch the ammunition from Greylingstad.</p> + +<p>In order to do this responsible work I required a man whom I could +trust. Captain Danie Theron was no longer with me, because he, being a +Transvaaler, had gone with General Louis Botha. But there was another: +Gideon J. Scheepers.<a name="FNanchor_42_42" id="FNanchor_42_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_42_42" class="fnanchor">[42]</a> To him I entrusted the task of reconnoitring +the British, so that the carriages which were going to fetch the +ammunition could do in safety what they were required to do, and I knew +that he would do it.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XIII</h2> + +<h3>Our Position at the End of May, 1900</h3> + + +<p>Once more it became necessary that the seat of Government should be +changed, and towards the latter part of May our administrative +headquarters were established at a place between Frankfort and Heilbron. +The object of our Government in choosing this position was to be able to +keep up telegraphic communication with the Transvaal. And their choice +was soon to be justified, for after Johannesburg had been taken on May +31st and Pretoria on July 5th, the only telegraphic connexion between +the Free State and the South African Republic was viâ Frankfort, +Greylingstad and Middlesburg. The terminus, at the Transvaal end, was +situated not far from Pretoria.</p> + +<p>But, for the moment, it looked as if fortune were again going to smile +on us, after our long spell of ill luck. On May the 31st Lindley and its +garrison of Yeomanry fell into the hands of General Piet de Wet. The +Yeomanry lost heavily, and five hundred of them, including, as I was +told, several noblemen, were taken prisoner. These were the last +prisoners of war that we were able to send into the South African +Republic. Soon afterwards, when Pretoria was on the point of falling +into the enemy's hands, the prisoners there had to be sent further east, +but—owing either to the stupidity of the Transvaal Government, or to +the treachery of the guards—a great many of them were left behind for +Lord Roberts to release and re-arm against us. Our burghers grumbled +much at this, and blamed the negligence of the Transvaalers.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span></p> + +<p>Before we had had time to get the captured Yeomanry through into the +Transvaal, Sir Redvers Buller had forced his way over the Natal +frontier, crossing the Drakensberg between Botha's Pass and Laing's Nek. +This event, which happened on June the 17th, caused yet another panic +among our commandos.</p> + +<p>"We are now," they said, "surrounded on all sides. Resistance and escape +are equally impossible for us."</p> + +<p>Never during the whole course of the war were President Steyn and I so +full of care and anxiety as at this time. With Buller across our +frontier, and the enemy within the walls of Johannesburg and Pretoria, +it was as much as we could do to continue the contest at all. However +brave and determined many of our burghers and officers might be, and, in +fact, were, our numerical weakness was a fact that was not to be got +over, and might prove an insuperable obstacle to our success. Moreover, +the same thing was now going on in the Transvaal after the capture of +Pretoria, as we had witnessed in the Free State after the fall of +Bloemfontein—nearly all the burghers were leaving their commandos and +going back to their farms. Plenty of officers, but no troops! This was +the pass to which we were come.</p> + +<p>It was only the remembrance of how the tide had turned in the Free State +that gave us the strength to hold out any longer.</p> + +<p>President Steyn and I sent telegram after telegram to the Government and +to the chief officers, encouraging them to stand fast. Meanwhile the two +Generals, De la Rey and Louis Botha, were giving us all a splendid +example of fortitude. Gazing into the future unmoved, and facing it as +it were with clenched teeth, they prosecuted the war with invincible +determination.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>That the reader may the better appreciate the actual condition of our +affairs at this time, I think it well to make a short statement as to +the various districts<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span> of the Orange Free State, and the number of men +in each on whom we could still rely!</p> + +<p>The burghers of Philippolis and Kaapstad had surrendered <i>en masse</i> to +the English. In the first named of these districts, only Gordon Fraser +and Norval, in the second only Cornelius du Preez and another, whose +name has escaped my memory, remained loyal to our cause. I mention these +men here, because their faithfulness redounds to their everlasting +honour.</p> + +<p>In the district of Boshof, we could still reckon on Veldtcornet +Badenhorst,<a name="FNanchor_43_43" id="FNanchor_43_43"></a><a href="#Footnote_43_43" class="fnanchor">[43]</a> and twenty-seven men.</p> + +<p>Jacobsdal was represented by Commandant Pretorius (who had succeeded +Commandant Lubbe, after the latter had been wounded and taken prisoner +at Tabaksberg), and forty men.</p> + +<p>In the district of Fauresmith, Commandant Visser and some seventy men +had remained faithful.</p> + +<p>In Bethulie, Commandant Du Plooij, with nearly a hundred men, were still +in arms.</p> + +<p>Bloemfontein was represented by Commandant Piet Fourie and two hundred +burghers.</p> + +<p>The commandos of Rouxville, Smithfield, Wepener and Ladybrand, fell far +short of their full complement of men, as a great number had remained +behind at home.</p> + +<p>Of the burghers from Winburg, Kroonstad and Heilbron, many had already +laid down their arms, and the drain upon our troops in these districts +was still continuing.</p> + +<p>None of the burghers belonging to the districts of Ficksburg, +Bethlehem,<a name="FNanchor_44_44" id="FNanchor_44_44"></a><a href="#Footnote_44_44" class="fnanchor">[44]</a> Harrismith and Vrede had yet surrendered—their turn was +to come.</p> + +<p>All told, we were 8,000 burghers.</p> + +<p>After my men had gone northwards, those burghers of Hoopstad, Jacobsdal, +Fauresmith, Philippolis, Be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>thulie, Smithfield, Rouxville, Wepener, +Bloemfontein and the southern part of Ladybrand, who had laid down their +arms and remained at home between the beginning of March and the end of +May, were left undisturbed by Lord Roberts—so far as their private +liberty was concerned.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>I was now camped at Frankfort, waiting for the ammunition, which ought +to have already arrived from Greylingstad Station. It was about this +time that the Government decided, on the recommendation of some of the +officers, that the rank of Vechtgeneraal should be abolished. In +consequence of this decision all the officers of that rank resigned. I +did not approve of this course of action, and obtained from the +Government the rank of Assistant Commander-in-Chief. I was thus able to +re-appoint the old Vechtgeneraals, Piet de Wet, C.C. Froneman, Philip +Botha and Paul Roux, and I at once proceeded to do so.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XIV</h2> + +<h3>Roodewal</h3> + + +<p>The ammunition arrived safely, and towards the end of May I made my way +to a certain hill, some twelve miles from Heilbron, to which we had +given the name of Presidentskopje, and where Commandants Steenekamp and +J.H. Olivier were posted.</p> + +<p>Here I left the greater part of my commandos. But I myself, on the 2nd +of June, set out in the direction of Roodewal Station, taking with me +six hundred burghers, mounted on the best horses that were to be +obtained. I reached the farm of Leeuwfontein the same night, and found +it an excellent place in which to hide my men out of sight of the +Heilbron garrison. The farm stood about nine miles to the south of that +town.</p> + +<p>The following evening we moved on as far as Smithsdrift, which is a +drift on the road from Heilbron to Kroonstad. There again I concealed my +men.</p> + +<p>On the afternoon of the next day, June the 4th, news was brought me that +a convoy was on its way to Heilbron from Rhenoster River. This convoy +encamped that evening at the distance of a mile from the farm of +Zwavelkrans; the spot chosen was about five hundred paces from the +Rhenoster River, and quite unprotected.</p> + +<p>Before sunrise I sent a party of burghers down to the river, some five +hundred paces from where the convoy was encamped, and by daybreak we had +entirely surrounded the enemy.</p> + +<p>No sooner had the sun appeared than I despatched a burgher with a white +flag to the English officer in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span> command. I ordered my messenger to +inform the officer that he was surrounded, that escape was out of the +question, and that if he wished to avoid unnecessary bloodshed, his only +course was to surrender.</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> + <a id="image04" name="image04"> + <img src="images/04.jpg" + alt="ROODEWAL." + title="ROODEWAL." /></a><br /> + <span class="caption">ROODEWAL.<br />FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.</span> +</div> + +<p>On hearing this one of their men came to me with the object of demanding +certain conditions. It goes without saying that my answer +was—"Unconditional surrender!"</p> + +<p>He asked for time to communicate this to the officer in command. I +granted this request, and he returned to the convoy.</p> + +<p>We were not left in suspense for long. The white flag was hoisted almost +immediately, and two hundred <i>Bergschotten</i>,<a name="FNanchor_45_45" id="FNanchor_45_45"></a><a href="#Footnote_45_45" class="fnanchor">[45]</a> with fifty-six heavily +laden waggons, fell into our hands.</p> + +<p>Fortunately, all this occurred out of sight of Roodewal Station and +Heilbron, and, as not a single shot had been fired, I had no reason so +far to fear that there was any obstacle in the way of my main +project—the capture of the valuable booty at Roodewal.</p> + +<p>I at once returned with my capture to the spot where we had been the +previous night. General Philip Botha conducted the prisoners and the +booty to the President's camp, returning to our laager on the following +morning.</p> + +<p>On the evening of the 6th of June I started on my road to Roodewal. At +Walfontein I divided my troops into three parties. The first party, +consisting of three hundred men with one Krupp, I despatched under +Commandant Steenekamp to Vredefort Road Station, with orders to attack +it the following day at sunrise. General Froneman, with Commandants Nel +and Du Plooij, were in command of the second party, which consisted of +three hundred burghers, with two Krupps and one quick-firing gun. My +orders were that, at daybreak, they were to attack an English camp which +was lying a mile to the north of the railway station at Rhenoster River, +and close to some brick-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>coloured ridges. The third party I commanded +myself. It consisted of Commandant Fourie and eighty burghers, with one +Krupp; and with this force I pushed on to Roodewal Station.</p> + +<p>At Doorndraai I left behind me a few waggons, with twenty men to guard +them. I had previously stationed a hundred burghers there, with the +object of keeping in touch with the enemy.</p> + +<p>The information which Captain Scheepers had gained while scouting was +amply sufficient to show me how the land lay.</p> + +<p>Although I had heard that there were not more than fifty of the enemy at +Vredefort Road Station, I had nevertheless sent three hundred burghers +there. This was because I was aware that the main English force lay to +the north of the station, so that these fifty men might be reinforced at +the shortest possible notice. The numbers which General Froneman had to +encounter were much greater, and the enemy held safe positions. But as +General Froneman was himself able to take quite as good positions, I +only gave him the same number of troops as I had assigned to Commandant +Steenekamp. I also gave orders that two guns should proceed with him.</p> + +<p>I was informed that there were only one hundred of the English at +Roodewal, but that these hundred were very securely entrenched. My +information was, however, at fault, for I discovered later on that there +were at least double that number.</p> + +<p>I arrived at Roodewal very early in the morning of the 7th of June. I +brought my men up to within eight hundred paces of the station, and +ordered them to unharness the horses which were attached to the Krupp, +and to place it in position.</p> + +<p>But listen! There is the crack of rifles in the distance! That must be +the sound of the enemy's fire on General Froneman. Again, and yet again, +the sound meets my ears. Then all is quiet once more.</p> + +<p>It was still two hours before the sun would rise, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span> I took full +advantage of the opportunities which the darkness gave me. I ordered +four of my burghers to approach as close to the station as was possible, +and to find out everything they could about the enemy's position. +Following my directions, they crept with extreme caution towards the +English lines, until only a hundred paces separated them from the +station. They returned before it was light, and brought back word that +unless the enemy had thrown up unusually high <i>schanzes</i>, there must be +an untold quantity of provisions piled up there. Everything had been +very quiet, and they had seen no one stirring.</p> + +<p>The day now began to dawn, and as soon as it was light I sent a message +to the enemy demanding their surrender. The answer came back at once. On +the back of my note these words had been written:</p> + +<p>"We refuse to surrender."</p> + +<p>I instantly opened a hot fire upon them, bringing the Krupp as well as +the Mausers into action. But the reply of the enemy was no less severe.</p> + +<p>We had no cover. There was only a shallow <i>pan</i><a name="FNanchor_46_46" id="FNanchor_46_46"></a><a href="#Footnote_46_46" class="fnanchor">[46]</a>—so shallow that it +scarcely afforded protection to the horses' hoofs! A thousand paces to +the north-west of the railway I had observed a deep <i>pan</i> where the +horses would have had better cover, but even there our men would have +been just as exposed as they now were. I had decided against taking up +my position in this <i>pan</i>, because I should have been obliged to cross +the line to reach it, and in doing so should have run the risk of being +observed by the English.</p> + +<p>Thus it was that the burghers were compelled to lie flat down in order +to afford as little mark as possible to the enemy. But the men who +served the Krupp were naturally unable to do this; and, seeing that the +gun must be moved, I gave this order: "Inspan the gun, gallop it three +thousand paces back; then blaze away again as fiercely as you can!"</p> + +<p>Under a hail of bullets the horses were attached to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span> the gun. Whilst +this was being done, I ordered my men to fire upon the English +entrenchments with redoubled energy, and thus, if possible, prevent the +enemy from taking careful aim.</p> + +<p>Incredible though it may appear, Captain Muller got the gun away without +a single man or horse being hit. When he had covered three thousand +paces, he halted, and turning the Krupp on the enemy, he shelled them +with good effect.</p> + +<p>At about ten o'clock, General Froneman succeeded in forcing the English +troops which he had attacked to surrender. I therefore ordered the two +Krupps which he had with him to be brought up with the utmost despatch. +At half-past seven they arrived, and immediately opened fire on the +English.</p> + +<p>When the enemy had been under the fire of three guns and eighty Mausers +for an hour, they thought it best to hoist the white flag. We +accordingly ceased firing, and I rode out towards the station. Before I +had reached it, I was met by two of the officers. They told me that they +were willing to surrender, on condition that they were allowed to retain +their private property and the mail bags, for it appeared that there +were two English mails under their charge.</p> + +<p>I replied that so far as their private belongings were concerned, they +were welcome to keep them, as I never allowed the personal property of +my prisoners to be tampered with in my presence.<a name="FNanchor_47_47" id="FNanchor_47_47"></a><a href="#Footnote_47_47" class="fnanchor">[47]</a> But I told them +that the letters were a different matter, and that I could not allow +them to reach their destination—unless they were directed to a bonfire!</p> + +<p>There was nothing left for the officers to do, except to agree to my +terms then and there; for had they hesitated even for a moment, I should +certainly have stormed the station.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span></p> + +<p>But they wisely surrendered.</p> + +<p>On our arrival at the station, we were all filled with wonder at the +splendid entrenchments the English had constructed from bales of cotton, +blankets and post-bags. These entrenchments had been so effectual that +the enemy's loss was only twenty-seven killed and wounded—a remarkably +small number, when it is remembered that we took two hundred of them +prisoners.</p> + +<p>I had expected that our booty would be large, and my expectations were +more than realized. To begin with, there were the bales of clothing that +the English had used as entrenchments. Then there were hundreds of cases +of necessaries of every description. Of ammunition, also, there was no +lack, and amongst it there were projectiles for the Naval guns, with +which Lord Roberts had intended to bombard Pretoria.</p> + +<p>Some of the burghers attempted to lift these gigantic shells, but it +took more than one man to move them.</p> + +<p>I read in the newspapers afterwards that I had inflicted a loss of three +quarters of a million sterling on the English Government—let that give +the extent of my capture.</p> + +<p>But at that moment we did not realize how much harm we had done to them. +We had little time for anything which did not directly forward our +cause. I was, however, very sorry that I could not carry away with me +the blankets and boots which we found in large quantities, for they +would have been most valuable for winter use. But there was no time for +this, as the English held the railway and could at any moment bring up +reinforcements from Bloemfontein, from Kroonstad, or from Pretoria. So, +as I could not take the booty away with me, I was obliged to consign it +to the flames.</p> + +<p>But before I did this I gave the burghers permission to open the +post-bags, and to take what they liked out<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span> of them. For in these bags +there were useful articles of every description, such as underclothing, +stockings, cigars and cigarettes.</p> + +<p>Very soon every one was busy with the post-bags—as if each burgher had +been suddenly transformed into a most zealous postmaster!</p> + +<p>Whilst my men were thus pleasantly occupied, two prisoners asked me if I +would not allow them also to open the post-bags, and to investigate +their contents. I told them to take just what they fancied, for +everything that was left would be burnt.</p> + +<p>It was a very amusing sight to see the soldiers thus robbing their own +mail! They had such a large choice that they soon became too dainty to +consider even a plum-pudding worth looking at!</p> + +<p>Although I had ordered my men to wreck the bridges both to the north and +to the south of us, I still did not feel secure—any delay on our part +was fraught with danger, and the sooner we were off the better.</p> + +<p>But before we could start, I had to find some method of removing the +ammunition which I wished to take with me. Since I possessed no waggons +available for this purpose, my only course was to order my burghers to +carry away the quantity required. But my burghers were busily engaged in +looting.</p> + +<p>Those who have had any experience of our commandos will not need to be +told that it was a difficult task to get any men to help me in the work. +I did succeed, however, in dragging a few of the burghers away from the +post-bags. But the spirit of loot was upon them, and I was almost +powerless. Even when I had induced a burgher to work, he was off to the +post-bags again the instant my back was turned, and I had to go and hunt +him up, or else to find some other man to do the work. Yet, in spite of +this, I succeeded in removing the gun and Lee-Metford ammunition. We +carried away some six hundred cases of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span> this ammunition,<a name="FNanchor_48_48" id="FNanchor_48_48"></a><a href="#Footnote_48_48" class="fnanchor">[48]</a> and hid it +at a spot about three hundred paces from the station.</p> + +<p>When the sun set, the burghers were again on the march. But what a +curious spectacle they presented!</p> + +<p>Each man had loaded his horse so heavily with goods that there was no +room for himself on the saddle; he had, therefore, to walk, and lead his +horse by the bridle. And how could it be otherwise? For the burghers had +come from a shop where no money was demanded, and none paid!</p> + +<p>But the most amusing thing of all was to watch the "Tommies" when I gave +them the order to march. The poor Veldtcornet, who was entrusted with +the task of conducting them to our camp, had his hands full when he +tried to get them away from the booty; and when at last he succeeded, +the soldiers carried such enormous loads, that one could almost fancy +that every man of them was going to open a store. But they could not +carry such burdens for long, and soon they were obliged to diminish +their bulk, thus leaving a trail of parcels to mark the road they had +taken!</p> + +<p>And now it was time for the fire to do its work, and I ordered fifteen +men to set the great heap of booty alight. The flames burst out +everywhere simultaneously—our task was completed.</p> + +<p>In an instant we had mounted our horses and were off.</p> + +<p>When we had covered fifteen hundred paces, we heard the explosion of the +first shells, and wheeled round to view the conflagration. The night was +very dark, and this rendered the sight that met our eyes still more +imposing. It was the most beautiful display of fireworks that I have +ever seen.</p> + +<p>One could hear, between the thunder of the big bombs, the dull report of +exploding cordite. Meanwhile the dark sky was resplendent with the red +glow of the flames.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span></p> + +<p>I must now give some description of General Froneman's engagement to the +north of Rhenosterriviersbrug.<a name="FNanchor_49_49" id="FNanchor_49_49"></a><a href="#Footnote_49_49" class="fnanchor">[49]</a></p> + +<p>The firing we had heard before sunrise came from the English outposts, +as they were retreating to their camp. The burghers and the English had +both seized positions on small hills and in abandoned Kaffir kraals.<a name="FNanchor_50_50" id="FNanchor_50_50"></a><a href="#Footnote_50_50" class="fnanchor">[50]</a></p> + +<p>Although the English had very good positions, and out-numbered our men +by two to one, they found it impossible to hold out against our fire. +They had no guns, whilst we possessed, as the reader knows, two Krupps +and a quick-firing gun, which latter had the same effect as a +Maxim-Nordenfeldt. Thus the enemy was forced to surrender; and five +hundred of them were taken prisoner, among whom were Captain Wyndham +Knight and several other officers. Their casualties amounted to the +large total of one hundred and seventy killed and wounded, Colonel +Douglas being one of the killed.</p> + +<p>Commandant Steenekamp had also met with success, for he had captured the +English camp at Vredefortweg Station, and taken thirty prisoners, +without firing a shot.</p> + +<p>Thus we had made eight hundred of the enemy our prisoners, and destroyed +an enormous amount of their ammunition, and this with scarcely any loss +on our side. At Roodewal only two of my men had been wounded, whilst +General Froneman had lost but one killed—a burgher named Myringen—and +two slightly wounded.</p> + +<p>It had been a wonderful day for us—a day not easily forgotten.</p> + +<p>We were deeply thankful for our success. Our only regret was that it had +been impossible for us to keep more of the clothing and ammunition. But +although we had not been able to retain it, neither had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span> the enemy. It +was winter, and we had managed to burn their warm clothing. The English +would certainly feel the want of it; and some time must elapse before +they could receive a fresh supply from Europe.</p> + +<p>Undoubtedly Lord Roberts would be very angry with me; but I consoled +myself with the thought that his anger would soon blow over. I felt sure +that after calm consideration he would acknowledge that I had been +altogether within my rights, and that he had been rather unwise in +heaping together at one place so large a quantity of insufficiently +protected stores. He should have kept his supplies at Kroonstad, or, +better still, at Bloemfontein, until he had reconstructed all the +railway bridges which we had blown up on the line to Pretoria. Lord +Roberts had already begun to trust the Free-Staters too much; and he had +forgotten that, whatever else we may have been thinking about, never for +a single moment had we thought of surrendering our country.</p> + +<p>I received a report the following day that thirty English troops had +been seen eight miles to the west of Roodewal, and moving in the +direction of Kroonstad. I despatched General Froneman with thirty of the +burghers to fetch them in.</p> + +<p>The next day, which was the 9th of June, I went with our prisoners to +within three miles of the railway, and left them there under Veldtcornet +De Vos,<a name="FNanchor_51_51" id="FNanchor_51_51"></a><a href="#Footnote_51_51" class="fnanchor">[51]</a> ordering him to conduct them the rest of the way.</p> + +<p>It was now my duty to bring away the ammunition which I had left at +Roodewal and to put it into some safe place. With this in view, I sent +the Commandants, when night had fallen, to Roodewal, each with two +waggons, and ordered them to bring it to my farm at Roodepoort, which +was three miles away from the railway bridge over the Rhenoster River.</p> + +<p>There was a ford near my farm with sandy banks; and I told the +Commandants to bury the ammunition in this sand, on the south side of +the river, and to ob<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>literate all traces of what they had done by +crossing and re-crossing the spot with the waggons. I found out +subsequently that the Commandants had left some of the ammunition behind +at Roodewal.</p> + +<p>Before I conclude this chapter I have to record an event which filled me +with disgust.</p> + +<p>Veldtcornet Hans Smith, of Rouxville, contrived to have a conversation +with Captain Wyndham Knight, who, as I have already stated, was one of +our prisoners. The Veldtcornet obtained from him a "free pass" to +Kroonstad through the English lines, and also a written request to the +British authorities there to allow him and twenty burghers to proceed +without hindrance to Rouxville. Alas! that any Free State officer should +be capable of such conduct!</p> + +<p>Captain Wyndham Knight will be held in high esteem by all who truly +serve their country, for he was a man who never deserted the cause of +his fatherland, no matter what dangers he encountered.</p> + +<p>Veldtcornet Hans Smith with his twenty burghers decamped on the night of +the 10th of June, but some days had passed before I discovered the mean +trick he had played.</p> + +<p>It was far easier to fight against the great English army than against +this treachery among my own people, and an iron will was required to +fight against both at once. But, even though one possessed an iron will, +such events caused many bitter moments; they were trials which, as an +African proverb<a name="FNanchor_52_52" id="FNanchor_52_52"></a><a href="#Footnote_52_52" class="fnanchor">[52]</a> says, no single man's back was broad enough to +carry.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XV</h2> + +<h3>I Make Lord Kitchener's Acquaintance</h3> + + +<p>On the morning of June the 10th my anticipations were realized by the +approach of a large English force from Vredefortweg and Heilbron. +Commanded by Lord Kitchener, and numbering, as I estimated, from twelve +to fifteen thousand men, this force was intended to drive us from the +railway line.</p> + +<p>I gave orders that the few waggons which we had with us should proceed +in the direction of Kroonstad, to the west of the line; once out of +sight, they were to turn sharply to the west, and continue in that +direction. This manœuvre, I hoped, would serve to mislead the enemy, +who was on the look-out for us.</p> + +<p>So much for the waggons. For the rest, I felt that it would never do for +us to withdraw without having fired a shot, and I therefore got my men +into position on some kopjes (where Captain Wyndham Knight had been four +days previously, and which lay to the north of Rhenosterriviersbrug) on +my farm Roodepoort, and on the Honingkopjes.</p> + +<p>The English, with their well known predilection for a flank attack on +every possible opportunity, halted for an hour, and shelled our +positions with Lyddite and other guns. This did <i>not</i> have the desired +effect of inspiring terror in the burghers who were under my command at +Honingkopjes.</p> + +<p>Then the enemy began to move. I saw masses of their cavalry making for a +piece of rising ground to the north of Roodepoort. As the burghers there +were hidden from me, I was unable to observe from where I stood the +effect of this flank movement. Knowing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span> that if they were able to give +way and to retreat along the river we should have no means of +discovering the fact until it was too late and we were surrounded, I +came to the conclusion that it was essential for me to go to Roodepoort +to assure myself that the cavalry had not yet got round. But it was most +important that no suspicion of the danger which threatened us should be +aroused in the burghers—anything calculated to weaken their resistance +was to be avoided on such an occasion. Accordingly I merely told them +that I was going to see how affairs were progressing at Roodepoort, and +that in the meantime they must hold their position.</p> + +<p>I rode off, and discovered that the English were already so close to our +troops at Roodepoort that fighting with small arms had begun. I had just +reached an eminence between Roodepoort and the Honingkopjes when I saw +that the burghers in the position furthest towards the north-west were +beginning to flee. This was exactly what I had feared would happen. +Immediately afterwards the men in the centre position, and therefore the +nearest to me, followed their comrades' example. I watched them +loosening their horses, which had been tethered behind a little hill; +they were wild to get away from the guns of the English and from the +advance of this mighty force.</p> + +<p>It was impossible for me now to go and tell the burghers on the +Honingkopjes that the time had come when they too must retreat. My only +course was to order the men near me not to effect their escape along the +well protected banks of the river, but to the south, right across the +stream, by a route which would be visible to burghers on the +Honingkopjes. They obeyed my orders, and rode out under a heavy gun and +rifle fire, without, however, losing a single man. The men on the +Honingkopjes saw them in flight, and were thus able to leave their +position before the enemy had a chance of driving them into the river or +of cutting them off from the drift.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span></p> + +<p>Unfortunately, seven burghers from Heilbron were at a short distance +from the others, having taken up their position in a <i>kliphok</i>.<a name="FNanchor_53_53" id="FNanchor_53_53"></a><a href="#Footnote_53_53" class="fnanchor">[53]</a> +Fighting hard as they were, under a deafening gun-fire from the enemy, +who had approached to within a few paces of them, they did not observe +that their comrades had left their positions. Shortly afterwards, +despairing of holding the <i>kliphok</i> any longer, they ran down to the +foot of the hill for their horses, and saw that the rest of the burghers +were already fleeing some eight or nine hundred paces in front of them, +and that their own horses had joined in the flight. There was now only +one course open to them—to surrender to the English.<a name="FNanchor_54_54" id="FNanchor_54_54"></a><a href="#Footnote_54_54" class="fnanchor">[54]</a></p> + +<p>I ordered the burghers to retreat in the direction of Kroonstad, for by +now they had all fled from Roodepoort and Honingkopjes—a name which, +since that day, has never sounded very <i>sweet</i> to me.<a name="FNanchor_55_55" id="FNanchor_55_55"></a><a href="#Footnote_55_55" class="fnanchor">[55]</a></p> + +<p>During the morning I received a report informing me that there were +large stores at Kroonstad belonging to the English Commissariat, and +that there was only a handful of troops to protect them. I had no +thought, however, of attempting to destroy the provisions there, for I +felt sure that the British troops, who had but just now put us to +flight, would make for Kroonstad. They would know that the stores stood<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span> +in need of a stronger guard, and moreover they would naturally think +that we should be very likely to make an attack at a point where the +defence was so weak.</p> + +<p>Obviously, under these circumstances, it would never do for us to go to +Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>Accordingly, as soon as darkness came on, I turned suddenly to the west, +and arrived at Wonderheuve late at night. I found there Veldtcornet De +Vos with the prisoners of war.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile, as I had anticipated, the vast English army marched up along +thirty-four miles of railway to Kroonstad. Lord Kitchener, as I heard +later on, arrived there shortly after noon on the following day.</p> + +<p>We left Wonderheuve early in the morning, and advanced along Rietspruit +until we reached the farm of Vaalbank, where we remained until the +evening of the next day, June the 13th. That night I saw clearly that it +was necessary for us to cross the line if we wanted to keep ourselves +and our prisoners out of the clutches of Lord Kitchener; he had failed +to find us at Kroonstad, and would be certain to look for us in the +country to the west of the line.</p> + +<p>I also felt myself bound to wreck this line, for it was the only railway +which Lord Roberts could now utilize for forwarding the enormous +quantities of stores which his vast forces required.<a name="FNanchor_56_56" id="FNanchor_56_56"></a><a href="#Footnote_56_56" class="fnanchor">[56]</a> I resolved +therefore to cross it at Leeuwspruit, north of Rhenoster River bridge +(which the English had recently repaired), and then, in the morning, to +attack the English garrisons which had again occupied Roodewal and +Rhenoster River bridge.</p> + +<p>I had given orders that all the cattle along the railway line should be +removed; General Louis Botha had made the same regulation in regard to +the country round Pretoria and Johannesburg. If only our orders had been +carried out a little more strictly, and if only the most elementary +rules of strategy had been observed in our efforts to break the English +lines of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> communication, Lord Roberts and his thousands of troops in +Pretoria would have found themselves in the same plight as the +Samaritans in Samaria—they would have perished of hunger. It was not +their Commander-in-Chief's skill that saved them, not his habit of +taking into account all possible eventualities—no, they had to thank +the disobedience of our burghers for the fact that they were not all +starved to death in Pretoria.</p> + +<p>I arranged with General Froneman that he should cross the line at the +point I had already selected, that is to say, north of Rhenoster River +bridge, and that in the morning he should attack, from the eastern side, +the English who were posted at Leeuwspruit Bridge. I, in the meanwhile, +would make my way with a Krupp to the west side of the line, and having +found a place of concealment near Roodepoort, would be ready to fall +upon the English as soon as I heard that the other party had opened fire +on them from the east.</p> + +<p>But my plan was to come to nothing. For when, during the night, Froneman +reached the line, a skirmish took place then and there with the English +outposts at Leeuwspruit railway bridge. At the same time a train arrived +from the south, on which the burghers opened such a fierce fire that it +was speedily brought to a standstill. General Froneman at once gave +orders to storm the train, but his men did not carry out his orders.</p> + +<p><i>Had they done so, Lord Kitchener would have fallen into our hands!</i></p> + +<p>Nobody knew that he was in the train, and it was only later that we +heard how, when the train stopped, he got a horse out of one of the +waggons, mounted it, and disappeared into the darkness of the night.</p> + +<p>Shortly afterwards the train moved on again, and our great opportunity +was gone!</p> + +<p>General Froneman succeeded in overpowering the garrison at the railway +bridge, and took fifty-eight<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span> prisoners. He then set fire to the bridge, +which was a temporary wooden structure, having been built to replace +another similar one, which had been blown up with gunpowder.</p> + +<p>Three hundred Kaffirs were also made prisoners on this occasion. They +protested that they had no arms, and had only been employed in work upon +the railway line. This absence of rifles was their saving. Possibly they +had really been in possession of arms, and had thrown them away under +cover of the darkness; but the burghers could not know this, and +therefore acted upon the principle that it is better to let ten culprits +escape than to condemn an innocent man to death.</p> + +<p>General Froneman went on towards the east of Doorndraai. He was very +well satisfied with his bridge-burning and his capture of prisoners, and +in his satisfaction he never gave thought to me.</p> + +<p>I waited in my hiding-place, expecting that, as we had agreed, the +firing would begin from the east, but nothing happened. I did not care +to make an attack on my own account from the west, for my positions were +not practicable for the purpose, and being short of men, I feared that +such an attempt might end in disaster.</p> + +<p>It was now ten o'clock.</p> + +<p>A few English scouts appeared on the scene, and four of my men attacked +them. One of the enemy was shot, and the rest taken prisoners. And still +I did not hear anything from General Froneman.</p> + +<p>At last I came to the conclusion that he must have misunderstood my +instructions. If that were the case, I must do the best I could myself. +Accordingly I opened fire on the English with my Krupp.</p> + +<p>Still no news of General Froneman!</p> + +<p>Then I ordered my burghers to advance. Our first movement was over the +nearest rise to the north-west; we halted for a moment, and then made a +dash for Leeuwspruit Bridge—but we found nothing there.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span></p> + +<p>Late in the evening I met General Froneman, and heard from him the +narrative which I have given above.</p> + +<p>The following day I sent well on to twelve hundred prisoners of +war—including Kaffirs—to the President's camp, which lay east of +Heilbron. We then advanced to a point on the Rhenoster River, near +Slootkraal, remaining in concealment there until the night of the 16th +of June. The following morning we occupied some ridges at Elandslaagte, +on the look-out for a large English force which was marching from +Vredefortweg to Heilbron.</p> + +<p>My intention was to give them battle at Elandslaagte, and to hold on to +our positions there as long as possible; and then, if we could not beat +them off, to retire. If only the burghers had carried out my orders +strictly, we should certainly have inflicted heavy losses on the +English, even if we had not won a complete victory.</p> + +<p>The English had not sent out their scouts sufficiently far in advance, +and came riding on, suspecting nothing. We occupied positions on the +right and left of the road along which they were advancing, and my +orders were that the burghers should let the troops get right between +our ridges, which were about three hundred paces from each other, and +then fire on them from both sides at once.</p> + +<p>Instead of doing this, however, the burghers began to fire when the +English were five hundred paces from them—before, that is to say, they +had got anywhere near the door of the trap which I had set for them.</p> + +<p>The enemy wheeled round, and galloped back for about fifteen hundred +paces. They then dismounted, and fired on us. But, having no sort of +cover, they were soon compelled to mount their horses again and retire +to their guns, which were about three thousand yards from us. These guns +now opened a heavy fire upon our ridges; we replied with our three +Krupps, with which we made such good practice that we might<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span> have been +able to hold out there indefinitely, had not a Lyddite and an Armstrong +gun happened just then to arrive from Heilbron, which lay about ten +miles behind us. Thus attacked both in front and rear, there was nothing +to do but retire. Fortunately, we had not lost a single man.</p> + +<p>First we rode in a southerly direction, but as soon as we got into cover +we struck off to the east, setting our faces towards Heilbron.</p> + +<p>Then, to our immense relief, the sun went down. How often during our +long struggle for independence had not the setting of the sun seemed to +lift a leaden weight from my shoulders! If, on a few occasions, the +approach of night has been to our disadvantage, yet over and over again +it has been nothing less than our salvation.</p> + +<p>We got back safely, under cover of the darkness, to our little camp near +Slootkraal, and there remained in hiding until the following day. It was +there that Commandant Nel handed in his resignation. In his place the +burghers of Kroonstad chose Mr. Frans Van Aard as their Commandant.</p> + +<p>That night we set out for Paardenkraal, twenty miles to the north-east +of Kroonstad, staying there until the evening of the 19th.</p> + +<p>The time for my attack on the railway line having now come, I divided my +men into three parties for that purpose. I sent on Commandant J.H. +Olivier, who had joined me at Paardenkraal, to Honingspruit Station, +General Froneman to America Siding, while I myself made my way to +Serfontein Siding.</p> + +<p>At daybreak General Froneman wrecked the line near America Siding, and I +did the same at other places, also destroying the telegraph poles. Each +pole was first shot through with the Mauser, and then pulled until it +snapped at the point where the bullet had pierced it.</p> + +<p>Things did not go so well with Commandant Olivier. He attacked the +station, but, unfortunately, not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span> so early as had been arranged. +Consequently he was not able to bring his gun into action before the +enemy had observed him. When I came up to him there was a strong English +reinforcement from Kroonstad close at hand. We had too few men with us +to be able to offer resistance, and had to retreat, returning to +Paardenkraal at nightfall.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XVI</h2> + +<h3>Bethlehem is Captured by the English</h3> + + +<p>It was at this time that I decided to make my way to Lindley, which had +been retaken by the English a few days after General Piet de Wet had +captured the Yeomanry in that town. The object of my journey was to +discover if it were not possible to again seize the place. On the 21st +of June I covered half the distance to Lindley, and the following day I +arrived within ten miles of the town.</p> + +<p>I rode round the town with Piet de Wet the next day, in order to find +out our best method of attacking it.</p> + +<p>Commandant Olivier had been sent by me that morning in the direction of +Kroonstad to oppose a strong English column, which I had been informed +was approaching. But my plan must have leaked out in some way or other, +for the enemy carefully chose so well protected a route that they gave +Commandant Olivier no chance of attacking them. Thus the following +morning the English arrived safely at Lindley, and now there was no +possibility of capturing the town.</p> + +<p>In the meantime President Steyn's laager had moved from the east of +Heilbron and joined us. He himself, with the members of the Government, +had gone to Bethlehem. General Marthinus Prinsloo was there too; he had +resigned his post of Commander-in-Chief of the commandos which guarded +the Drakensberg. Commandant Hattingh of Vrede had been chosen in his +place, and he also was at Bethlehem.</p> + +<p>A difficulty now arose as to Prinsloo's position.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span> The President +declared that Prinsloo was nothing more than a private burgher; but +Commandant Olivier was not satisfied with this, and asked that there +might be an election of a Commander-in-Chief. This request, however, the +President refused to grant.</p> + +<p>I did not wish the office of Commander-in-Chief to devolve upon myself, +for I knew that I did not possess the confidence of the officers. And as +some eight miles to the east of Lindley there was telegraphic +communication with Bethlehem, I was able to hold a conversation with the +President over the wires. I accordingly again asked him to permit an +election. But it was all in vain; the President declined to allow an +election to take place.</p> + +<p>I now took matters into my own hands. I collected the officers together +with the object of holding a secret election. Thus I should discover +what their opinion of me might be as chief of the Free State forces. I +was firmly resolved that should the majority of the officers be against +me, and the President should still refuse his consent to an election, +that I would send in my resignation, and no longer continue to hold the +post of Commander-in-Chief.</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief Hattingh, Vechtgeneraal Roux, and all the oldest +commandants of the Free State, were present at this meeting. The voting +was by ballot; and the result was that there were two votes for General +Marthinus Prinsloo, one for General Piet de Wet, and twenty-seven for +myself.</p> + +<p>I at once wired to the President, and told him what had occurred. He was +ready to abide by the decision, and I was satisfied now that I knew +exactly where I stood. Mr. Marthinus Prinsloo was also contented with +the turn events had taken. And I must say this of him, that it was not +he who had insisted on an election.</p> + +<p>It soon became apparent that the enemy's object was the capture of +Bethlehem. The English forces round Senekal advanced towards Lindley, +and having<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span> been joined by the troops stationed there, had proceeded in +the direction of Bethlehem; consequently a very large British force was +marching on that town.</p> + +<p>We on our part now numbered over five thousand men, for General Roux had +joined us with some<a name="FNanchor_57_57" id="FNanchor_57_57"></a><a href="#Footnote_57_57" class="fnanchor">[57]</a> of his burghers.</p> + +<p>The English were unopposed until they reached Elandsfontein, but there a +battle took place in which big guns played the main rôle, although there +was also some heavy fighting with small arms.</p> + +<p>In this engagement Commandant Michal Prinsloo did a brave deed. I +arrived at his position just after the burghers had succeeded in +shooting down the men who served three of the enemy's guns. With a +hundred men he now stormed the guns, hoping to be able to bring them +back with him to our lines. Whilst he charged, I cannonaded the enemy, +with a Krupp and fifteen pound Armstrong, to such good effect that they +were forced to retreat behind a ridge. In this way Commandant Prinsloo +reached the guns safely, but he had no horses with him to drag them back +to us. He could do nothing but make the attempt to get them away by the +help of his burghers, and this he tried to accomplish under a fierce +fire from the English. But he would still have succeeded in the +endeavour, had not unfortunately a large force of the enemy appeared on +the scene, and attacked him and his hundred burghers. I was unable to +keep the English back, for both my guns had been disabled. The nipple of +the Armstrong had been blown away, and—for the first time—the lock of +the Krupp had become jammed. Had it not been for this mishap, Commandant +Prinsloo would certainly have been able to remove the guns to the other +side of a ridge, whither teams of our horses were already approaching. +But, as it was, he had to hurry away as fast as possible, and leave the +guns behind.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span></p> + +<p>When the enemy arrived they had outflanked us so far to the north, that +we had nothing open to us but again to abandon our positions. We +therefore retired to Blauwkop, and on the following day to Bethlehem.</p> + +<p>In the meantime I had once more become encumbered with a large waggon +camp, which proved a source of great danger. During the last few weeks +waggons had been accumulating round me without attracting my attention. +The reason that the burghers were so anxious to bring their waggons with +them, was to be found in the fact that the English, whenever they +arrived at one of our farms, always took the waggons and oxen. The Boers +felt it very hard to be robbed in this way of their property; and they +hoped to be able to save their waggons and carts by taking them to the +commando.</p> + +<p>It was natural for them to wish to save all they could; but I was +convinced that the waggons could only be saved at the expense of our +great cause. But nobody could see it in that light. And as I could only +appeal to the free will of my burghers, I dare not attempt to get rid of +the waggons by force. If I had made any such attempt, serious +consequences would certainly have followed, even if a revolt had not +ensued. The great fault of the burghers was disobedience, and this came +especially to the fore when their possessions were in jeopardy.</p> + +<p>I now made up my mind to defend the town of Bethlehem. The following +morning I went with the Generals and Commandants to reconnoitre the +country, so that I might be able to point out to each of them the +position that I wished him to occupy.</p> + +<p>Our line of defence began at the south of Wolhuterskop (a kop to the +south-west of Bethlehem), and extended from there to the north-west of +the town.</p> + +<p>When I had given my instructions to the officers,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span> they returned to +their commandos, which were stationed behind the first ridges to the +south of Bethlehem, and brought them to the positions I had assigned to +them.</p> + +<p>So many of the horses were exhausted, that a large number of the +burghers had to go on foot. Such of these <i>Voetgangers</i><a name="FNanchor_58_58" id="FNanchor_58_58"></a><a href="#Footnote_58_58" class="fnanchor">[58]</a> as were not +required to attend to the waggons, I placed at Wolhuterskop.</p> + +<p>When I had done this I gave notice to the inhabitants of Bethlehem, that +as the dorp would be defended, I must insist on the women and children +leaving it at once. It was not long before a number of women and +children, and even a few men, started out on their way to Fouriesburg. +The prisoner Vilonel, also, was conducted to this town.</p> + +<p>At four o'clock that afternoon the advance guards of the enemy +approached; and fifteen of their scouts made their appearance on the +ridge to the north of the town. The burghers reserved their fire until +these men were almost upon them. Then they let their Mausers speak, and +in a moment there were nine riderless horses. The other six English made +their escape, although they must have had wounds to show for their +rashness.<a name="FNanchor_59_59" id="FNanchor_59_59"></a><a href="#Footnote_59_59" class="fnanchor">[59]</a></p> + +<p>Only a few moments had passed before the roar of guns was mingled with +the crack of rifles, and the whole air was filled with the thunder of +battle.</p> + +<p>Everywhere the burghers fought with the utmost valour; the <i>Voetgangers</i> +on Wolhuterskop were perhaps the bravest of them all. Whenever the enemy +approached our positions, they were met by a torrent of bullets. And +thus the day came to a close.</p> + +<p>But the next day a large force of English appeared from the direction of +Reitz. This had come from the Transvaal, and, if I remember rightly, was +commanded by General Sir Hector Macdonald. He had come<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span> up and joined +Generals Clements, Hunter, Broadwood and Paget, with the object of once +and for all making an end of the Free-Staters.</p> + +<p>Our positions were now exposed to a most terrific bombardment, but +fortunately without any serious consequences. I must describe here the +fearful havoc that one lyddite shell wrought. It fell into the position +held by Commandant Steenekamp, to the north-west of Bethlehem, and +struck a rock behind which twenty-five of our horses were standing. +Without a single exception every horse was killed!</p> + +<p>The attack was pressed with the greatest vigour on the positions held by +Commandants Van Aard and Piet Fourie. It became impossible for these +officers to maintain their ground; and, at about twelve o'clock, before +I was able to send them any reinforcements, they were compelled to give +way.</p> + +<p>Thus retreat became inevitable, and the enemy entered Bethlehem.</p> + +<p>One of our guns we were unable to remove; but before we withdrew it was +thrown down the <i>krans</i><a name="FNanchor_60_60" id="FNanchor_60_60"></a><a href="#Footnote_60_60" class="fnanchor">[60]</a> of the mountain, and broken to pieces.</p> + +<p>I knew at the time the number the English had lost, but now it had +slipped my memory. I obtained the information from a man named Bland, +who acted as our telegraphist. He had tapped the telegraph wire at +Zwingkrans, and before General Clements had detected that he was not +communicating with Senekal, he had received from that General a full +list of the English killed and wounded.</p> + +<p>We withdrew our commandos in a southerly direction to Retiefsnek, +whither President Steyn and the Government had already preceded us.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XVII</h2> + +<h3>The Surrender of Prinsloo</h3> + + +<p>The English, now that they had taken Bethlehem, were in need of rest; +and this was especially the case with General Macdonald, who had come up +by forced marches from the far-off Transvaal. A short breathing space +was also a great benefit to us, for we had many preparations to make in +view of probable events in the near future. I did not deceive myself as +to the meaning of the present situation; now that all of us, except two +small parties at Commandonek and Witnek, had retreated behind the lofty +Roodebergen, I could see that, in all probability, we must before long +be annihilated by the immense forces of the enemy.</p> + +<p>The Roodebergen, which now separated us from the English, is a vast +chain of mountains, extending from the Caledon River on the Basuto +frontier to Slabbertsnek, then stretching away to Witzeshoek, where it +again touches Basutoland. The passes over this wild mountain range are +Commandonek, Witnek, Slabbertsnek, Retiefsnek, Naauwpoort and +Witzeshoek. These are almost the only places where the mountains can be +crossed by vehicles or horses; and, moreover, there are long stretches +where they are impassable even to pedestrians.</p> + +<p>It is plain enough, therefore, that nothing would have pleased the +English more than for us to have remained behind the Roodebergen. If +those Free-Staters—they must have been thinking—try to make a stand +there, it will be the last stand they will ever make.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span></p> + +<p>And the English would have been quite right in their anticipations. To +have stayed where we then were would, without doubt, have been the end +of us. Therefore, when the proposal was made that we should take +positions in the mountains, I opposed it as emphatically as I could, +alleging incontrovertible arguments against it. It was then decided that +all our forces, with the exception of a small watch, should issue forth +from behind the mountains.</p> + +<p>We also arranged to divide the whole of the commandos<a name="FNanchor_61_61" id="FNanchor_61_61"></a><a href="#Footnote_61_61" class="fnanchor">[61]</a> we had with us +into three parts:—</p> + +<p>I was in supreme command of the first division, which was to march under +the orders of General Botha. It consisted of burghers from Heilbron, +under Commandant Steenekamp, and of Kroonstad men, under Commandant Van +Aard. Besides these, there were also five hundred men from Bethlehem, +under Commandant Michal Prinsloo; the burghers from Boshof, under +Veldtcornet Badenhorst; a small number of Colonials from Griqualand, +under Vice-Commandant Van Zyl; and some Potchefstroom burghers, who +happened to be with us. Further, I took with me, for scouting purposes, +Danie Theron and his corps of eighty men, recruited from almost every +nation on the face of the earth; Captain Scheepers and his men also +served me in the same capacity.</p> + +<p>The Government and its officials were placed under my protection; and I +was to set out, on July the 15th, in the direction of +Kroonstad-Heilbron.</p> + +<p>The second division was entrusted to Assistant Commander-in-Chief Paul +Roux, with P.J. Fourie and C.C. Froneman as Vechtgeneraals. It was +composed of burghers from Fauresmith, under Commandant Visser; from +Bloemfontein, under Commandant Du Plooij; from Wepener, under Commandant +Roux; from Smithfield, under Commandant Potgieter; from Thaba'Nchu, +under Commandant J.H. Olivier; from Jacobsdal, under Commandant H. +Pretorius; and of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span> the Deetje Bloemfontein commando, under Commandant +Kolbe.</p> + +<p>This force was to wait until the day after my departure, that is, until +the 16th, and then proceed in the evening in the direction of +Bloemfontein. From the capital it was to go south, and during its +advance it was to bring back to the commandos all those burghers in the +southern districts who had remained behind.</p> + +<p>General Crowther was given the command over the third division, which +consisted of the burghers from Ficksburg, under Commandant P. De +Villiers; from Ladybrand, under Commandant Ferreira; from Winburg, under +Commandant Sarel Harebroek; and from Senekal, under Commandant Van der +Merve.</p> + +<p>This division was to start on the 16th, and marching to the north of +Bethlehem, was to continue advancing in that direction until it fell in +with the commandos from Harrismith and Vrede under Commander-in-Chief +Hattingh. It would then operate, under his directions, in the +north-eastern districts.</p> + +<p>The remainder of Commandant Michal Prinsloo's Bethlehem men—that is to +say, the burghers of Wittebergen—were to stay behind as a watch, and to +take orders from Mr. Marthinus Prinsloo. This watch was divided into +three sections: the first to occupy a position at Slabbertsnek, the +second at Retiefsnek, and the third at Naauwpoort. They were forbidden +to use waggons; thus if the enemy should appear in overwhelming numbers, +it would always be possible for them to escape across the mountains.</p> + +<p>My reason for selecting these men in preference to others, was that they +belonged to the district, and thus were well acquainted with every foot +of this rough and difficult country. Their duties were simply to protect +the large numbers of cattle which we had driven on to the mountains, and +I anticipated that there would be no difficulty about this, for now that +all our commandos had left those parts, the English would not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span> think it +worth while to send a large force against a mere handful of watchers.</p> + +<p>Thus everything was settled, and on the 15th of July I set out through +Slabbertsnek, expecting that the other generals would follow me, +conformably to my orders and the known wishes of the Government.</p> + +<p>But what really happened?</p> + +<p>Immediately after my departure, some of the officers, displeased that +Assistant Commander-in-Chief Roux should have been entrusted with the +command, expressed the wish that another meeting should be held and a +new Assistant Commander-in-Chief elected. This would have been +absolutely illegal, for the Volksraad had decreed that the President +should be empowered to alter all the commando-laws. But even then, all +would have gone well if Roux had only stood firm. Unfortunately, +however, he yielded, and on July the 17th a meeting was called together +at which Mr. Marthinus Prinsloo was chosen Assistant Commander-in-Chief. +He had a bare majority even at the actual meeting, and several officers, +who had been unable to be present, had still to record their votes.</p> + +<p>Not only, therefore, had Prinsloo been elected irregularly, but his +election, such as it was, could only be considered as provisional. +Nevertheless, for the moment, power was in his hands. How did he use it?</p> + +<p>He surrendered unconditionally to the English.</p> + +<p>On the 17th and 18th of July the enemy had broken through at +Slabbertsnek and Retiefsnek, causing the greatest confusion among our +forces.</p> + +<p>Many of the officers and burghers were for an immediate surrender, as +appears from the fact that the same assembly which, in defiance of the +law, elected Mr. Prinsloo as Commander-in-Chief, also decided, by +seventeen votes to thirteen, to give up their forces to the enemy. But +this decision was at once rescinded—an act of policy on the part of the +officers—and it was agreed to ask for an armistice of six days, to +enable them to take counsel with the Government.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span></p> + +<p>A more senseless course of action could hardly be imagined. The Boer +Army, as anybody could see, was in a very tight place. Did its officers +think that the English would be so foolish as to grant an armistice at +such a time as this—when all that the burghers wanted was a few days in +which to effect their escape? Either the officers were remarkably +short-sighted, or ... something worse.</p> + +<p>It was still possible for the commandos to retire in the direction of +Oldenburg or of Witzeshoek. But instead of getting this done with all +speed, Mr. Prinsloo began a correspondence with General Hunter about +this ridiculous armistice, which the English general of course refused +to grant.</p> + +<p>It was on July the 29th, 1900, that Prinsloo, with all the burghers on +the mountains, surrendered unconditionally to the enemy.</p> + +<p>The circumstances of this surrender were so suspicious, that it is hard +to acquit the man who was responsible for it of a definite act of +treachery; and the case against him is all the more grave from the fact +that Vilonel, who was at that time serving a term of imprisonment for +high treason, had a share in the transaction.</p> + +<p>Prinsloo's surrender included General Crowther, Commandants Paul De +Villiers, Ferreira, Joubert, Du Plooij, Potgieter, Crowther, Van der +Merve, and Roux; and about three thousand men.</p> + +<p>The most melancholy circumstance about the whole affair was that, when +the surrender was made, some of the burghers had reached the farm of +Salamon Raath, and were thus as good as free, and yet had to ride back, +and to go with the others to lay down their arms.</p> + +<p>As to Roux, the deposed Commander-in-Chief, there is a word to be added. +I had always heard that he was a very cautious man, and yet on this +occasion he acted like a child, going <i>in person</i> to General Hunter's +camp to protest against the surrender, on the ground that it was he +(Roux), and not Prinsloo, that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span> was Commander-in-Chief. One can hardly +believe that he really thought it possible thus to nullify Prinsloo's +act. But he certainly behaved as if he did, and his ingenuous conduct +must have afforded much amusement to the English general.</p> + +<p>If any one is in doubt as to what was the result of General Roux's +absurd escapade, I have only to say that the English had one prisoner +the more!</p> + +<p>Those who escaped were but few. Of all our large forces, there were only +Generals Froneman, Fourie and De Villiers (of Harrismith); Commandants +Hasebroek, Olivier, Visser, Kolbe, and a few others; a small number of +burghers, and six or seven guns, that did not fall into the hands of the +English.</p> + +<p>What, then, is to be our judgment on this act of Prinsloo and of the +other chief officers in command of our forces behind the Roodebergen?</p> + +<p>That it was nothing short of an act of murder, committed on the +Government, the country, and the nation, to surrender three thousand men +in such a way. Even the burghers themselves cannot be held to have been +altogether without guilt, though they can justly plead that they were +only obeying orders.</p> + +<p>The sequel to Prinsloo's surrender was on a par with it. A large number +of burghers from Harrismith and a small part of the Vrede commando, +although they had already made good their escape, rode quietly from +their farms into Harrismith, and there surrendered to General Sir Hector +Macdonald.—One could gnash one's teeth to think that a nation should so +readily rush to its own ruin!</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XVIII</h2> + +<h3>I am Driven into the Transvaal</h3> + + +<p>As I have already stated, I led my commando, on the 15th of July, +through Slabbertsnek, out of the mountain district. My force amounted to +the total of two thousand six hundred burghers. The Government travelled +with us, and also alas! four hundred waggons and carts. Whatever I did, +it seemed as if I could not get rid of the waggons!</p> + +<p>That night we reached a farm six miles to the east of Kaffirs Kop; +during our march we passed a column of the enemy that had left Bethlehem +in the afternoon.</p> + +<p>On the following day I came into contact with some English troops, who +were marching in the direction of Witnek. They sent out a body of +cavalry to ascertain what our plans might be. It was very annoying to me +that they should thus discover our whereabouts, because it made it +impossible to carry out my intention of attacking one or other of the +English forces.</p> + +<p>However, nothing was done that day, as neither we nor the enemy took up +the offensive.</p> + +<p>In the evening we pushed on to the east of Lindley, and the following +day remained at the spot we had reached. The next evening we marched to +the farm of Riversdale; and the night of the 18th found us on the farm +of Mr. Thomas Naudé, to the north-west of Lindley. We discovered that +the English had all left this village and gone to Bethlehem. My scouts +reported to me, the following day, that an English force, some four +hundred men strong, was approach<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>ing Lindley. Need I say that these men +had to be captured? With five hundred burghers and two guns I went out +to do this. When I was only a short distance from my camp, I received a +report that a large force of cavalry, numbering seven or eight thousand +men, had arrived on the scene from Bethlehem. This compelled me to +abandon the idea of capturing those four hundred men, and, instead, to +try to escape in a westerly direction from this large body of mounted +troops.</p> + +<p>That evening we reached the farm of Mr. C. Wessels, at Rivierplaats. The +next day we were forced to move on, for the mounted troops were coming +nearer to us. They marched, however, somewhat more to the right in the +direction of Roodewal; whereas I went towards Honingspruit, and halted +for the night at the farm of Paardenkraal.</p> + +<p>On the following morning, the 20th of July, I let the commando go on, +whilst I stayed behind to reconnoitre from a neighbouring kop. The +President, and also some members of the Government, remained with me. We +had the opportunity of accepting the invitation of Mr. C. Wessels to +take breakfast at his house. It was there that General Piet de Wet came +to me and asked if I still saw any chance of being able to continue the +struggle?</p> + +<p>The question made me very angry, and I did not try to hide the fact.</p> + +<p>"Are you mad?"<a name="FNanchor_62_62" id="FNanchor_62_62"></a><a href="#Footnote_62_62" class="fnanchor">[62]</a> I shouted, and with that I turned on my heel and +entered the house, quite unaware that Piet de Wet had that very moment +mounted his horse, and ridden away to follow his own course.</p> + +<p>After breakfast we climbed the kop; and when we had made our observation +we followed after the laager. On reaching the commando, I gave orders to +outspan at twelve o'clock.</p> + +<p>While this was being done I heard from my sons<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span> that Piet de Wet had +told them that we should all be captured that night near the railway +line. He had not known that it was my intention to cross the railway +that night, but he had guessed as much from the direction I let my +commando take.</p> + +<p>At two o'clock I received a report that two divisions of English troops +were drawing near. One division was six miles to the left, and the other +eight miles to the right of the road along which we had come.</p> + +<p>I gave orders immediately that the laager should break up. What an +indescribable burden this camp, with four hundred and sixty waggons and +carts, was to me! What a demoralizing effect it had upon the burghers! +My patience was sorely tried. Not only were we prevented from moving +rapidly by these hampering waggons, but also, should we have to fight, a +number of the burghers would be required to look after them, and so be +unable to fire a shot.</p> + +<p>We marched to the farm of Mr. Hendrik Serfontein, on Doornspruit, and +whilst I was there, waiting for darkness, some burghers, who were not my +scouts, brought a report that there were English camps both at +Honingspruit and at Kaallaagte.</p> + +<p>This alarmed the President and the members of the Government, because, +should this report prove true, we should be unable to cross the railway +line without hard fighting, and besides there would be a considerable +risk of being taken prisoner.</p> + +<p>For myself, I did not pay any attention to these burghers. I relied on +my own scouts, and I waited for their reports. I knew that if there had +been any truth in what we had been told, that I should have heard the +news already from the men whom I had sent out in the morning in that +direction. At last some of Captain Scheepers' men appeared—he was +scouting in front, and Captain Danie Theron in the rear—and reported +that the railway line was clear, with the exception that at Honingspruit +there were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span> half a dozen tents, and four in the Kaallaagte<a name="FNanchor_63_63" id="FNanchor_63_63"></a><a href="#Footnote_63_63" class="fnanchor">[63]</a> to the +north of Serfontein, and a few small outposts. This information came as +a great relief to the President and the members of the Government.</p> + +<p>If I was to escape from the large force which was dogging my footsteps, +it was now necessary to cross the railway. I had made all preparation +for this move. I had left behind me, that afternoon, on the banks of +Doornspruit a commando of burghers, with orders to keep the enemy back +until we should have crossed the line. And now I only waited until the +darkness should come to my assistance.</p> + +<p>As soon as the night came I ordered the waggons to proceed in four rows, +with a force on each side, and with a rearguard and vanguard. +Immediately behind the vanguard followed the President and myself. When +we were about twenty minutes' march from the railway line I ordered the +two wings of my force, which were about three miles apart, to occupy the +line to the right and left of Serfontein Siding.</p> + +<p>Before we had quite reached the railway I ordered the vanguard to remain +with the President, whilst I myself, with fifteen men, rode on to cut +the telegraph wire. Whilst we were engaged in this task a train +approached at full speed from the south. I had no dynamite with me, and +I could neither blow it up nor derail it. I could only place stones on +the line, but these were swept away by the cowcatcher, and so the train +passed in safety.</p> + +<p>I had forbidden any shooting, for an engagement would have only produced +the greatest confusion in my big laager.</p> + +<p>Just as the last waggon was crossing the line, I received a report that +Captain Theron had captured a train to the south of us. Having ordered +the waggons to proceed, I rode over to see what had happened. When I +arrived at the scene of action I found that the train had come to a +standstill owing to the break<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>ing down of the engine, and that on this +the English troops had at once opened fire on my men, but that it had +not been long before the enemy surrendered. Four of the English, but +only one of our burghers, had been wounded.</p> + +<p>It was very annoying that the laager was so far off, but it was +impossible to carry off the valuable ammunition which we found on the +train.</p> + +<p>I gave orders that the four wounded soldiers, who were under the care of +the conductor of the train, should be taken from the hut in which I had +found them, and placed in a van where they would be safe when I set fire +to the train. After the burghers had helped themselves to sugar, coffee, +and such things, I burned everything that was left. My ninety-eight +prisoners I took with me.</p> + +<p>We had not gone far when we heard the small arm ammunition explode; but +I cannot say that the sound troubled me at all!</p> + +<p>Thus we crossed the line in safety, and Piet de Wet's prediction did not +come true. He knew that we had a large force behind us, and believing +that the railway line in front of us would be occupied by troops, he had +said: "This evening you will all be captured on the railway line." Yet +instead of finding ourselves captured, we had taken ninety-eight +prisoners, and destroyed a heavily-laden train! How frequently a Higher +Power over-rules the future in a way we least expect!</p> + +<p>That night we reached the farm of Mahemsspruit. From there we moved on +to the Wonderheurel; and on the 22nd of July we arrived at the farm of +Vlakkuil. I remained here for a day, for I wished to find out what the +English troops (they had remained where we left them by the railway +line) were intending to do.</p> + +<p>Whilst I was waiting I despatched some corn on a few of my waggons to +Mr. Mackenzie's mills near Vredefort, giving orders that it should be +ground.</p> + +<p>During the afternoon it was reported to me that a strong column of +English were marching from Rhe<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>nosterriviersbrug to Vredefort, and that +they had camped on the farm Klipstapel, some eight miles from my laager.</p> + +<p>Shortly after sunrise the following morning a second report was brought +to me. It appeared that the enemy had sent out a force to capture our +grain waggons, and had nearly overtaken them.</p> + +<p>In an instant we were in our saddles, but we were too late to save our +corn.</p> + +<p>When the enemy saw us they halted at once; and meanwhile the waggons +hurried on, at their utmost speed, to our camp.</p> + +<p>The English numbered between five and six hundred men, whilst we were +only four hundred. But although we were the smaller force, I had no +intention of allowing our waggons to be captured without a shot, and I +ordered my burghers to charge.</p> + +<p>It was an open plain; there was no possible cover either for us or for +the English. But we could not consider matters of that sort.</p> + +<p>The burghers charged magnificently, and some even got to within two +hundred paces of the enemy. They then dismounted, and, lying flat upon +the ground, opened a fierce fire. One of the hottest fights one can +imagine followed.</p> + +<p>Fortunately a few paces behind the burghers there was a hollow, and here +the horses were placed.</p> + +<p>After an hour's fighting, I began to think that any moment the enemy +might be put to rout. But then something happened which had happened +very often before—a reinforcement appeared.</p> + +<p>This reinforcement brought two guns with it; thus nothing was left to me +but retreat. Our loss was five killed and twelve wounded. What the loss +of the English was I do not know, but if the Kaffirs who lived near +there are to be trusted, it must have been considerable.</p> + +<p>In the evening I moved my camp to Rhenosterpoort; whilst the English +went back to Klipstapel.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span></p> + +<p>And now the English concentrated their forces. Great Army Corps gathered +round. From Bethlehem and Kroonstad new columns were constantly +arriving, until my force seemed nothing in comparison with them.</p> + +<p>I was stationed on the farm of Rhenosterpoort, which is situated on the +Vaal River, twenty miles from Potchefstroom. At that town there was a +strong force of the enemy, on which I had constantly to keep my eye.</p> + +<p>But, notwithstanding their overpowering numbers, it seemed as if the +English had no desire to follow me into the mountains of Rhenosterpoort. +They had a different plan. They began to march around me, sending troops +from Vredefort over Wonderheurel to Rhenoster River, and placing camps +all along the river as far as Baltespoort, and from there again +extending their cordon until Scandinavierdrift was reached.</p> + +<p>We were forced now either to break through this cordon, or to cross the +Vaal River into the South African Republic. The Free-Stater preferred to +remain in his own country, and he would have been able to do so had we +not been hampered by a big "waggon-camp" and a large number of oxen. As +these were with us, the Boers found it hard to make up their minds to +break through the English lines as a horse-commando, as it necessitated +leaving all these waggons and oxen in the hands of the enemy. But there +we were between the cordon and the Vaal River.</p> + +<p>Almost every day we came into contact with the enemy's outposts, and we +had an engagement with them near Witkopjes Rheboksfontein. On another +occasion we met them on different terms, in Mr. C.J. Bornman's house. +Some of his "visitors" were, unfortunately for themselves, found to be +English scouts—and became our prisoners.</p> + +<p>We remained where we were until the 2nd of August. On that day we had to +drink a cup of bitterness. It was on the 2nd of August that I received +the news that Prinsloo had surrendered near Naauwpoort.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span></p> + +<p>A letter arrived from General Broadwood in which he told me that a +report from General Marthinus Prinsloo addressed to me had arrived +through his lines. The bearer of it was General Prinsloo's secretary, +Mr. Kotzé. And now the English General asked me if I would guarantee +that the secretary should be allowed to return, after he had given me +particulars of the report he had brought.</p> + +<p>Mr. Prinsloo's secretary must certainly have thought that he was the +chosen man to help us poor lost sheep, and to lead us safely into the +hands of the English! But I cannot help thinking that he was rather too +young for the task.</p> + +<p>I had a strong suspicion that there must have been some very important +screw loose in the forces which we had left stationed behind the +Roodebergen, for on the previous day I had received a letter from +General Knox, who was at Kroonstad, telling me that General Prinsloo and +his commandos had surrendered.</p> + +<p>In order to gain more information I gave General Broadwood my assurance +that I would allow Mr. Prinsloo's secretary to return unhurt.</p> + +<p>When I had done this the President and some members of the Government +rode out with me to meet the bearer of this report. We did not wish to +give him any opportunities to spy out our positions. Half way between +the English lines and our own we met him. He presented us with this +letter:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="right"><span class="smcap">Hunter's Camp</span>, <i>30th July, 1900</i>.</p> + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">To the Commander-in-Chief, C.R. de Wet.</span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Sir</span>,—</p> + +<p>I have been obliged, owing to the overwhelming forces of the enemy, +to surrender unconditionally with all the Orange Free State laagers +here.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">I have the honour to be, Sir,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Your obedient servant,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;"><span class="smcap">M. Prinsloo</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8em;"><i>Commander-in-Chief</i>.</span><br /> +</p></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span></p> + +<p>I sent my reply in an unclosed envelope. It ran as follows:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="right"><span class="smcap">In the Veldt</span>, <i>3rd August, 1900</i>.</p> + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">To Mr. M. Prinsloo.</span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Sir,—</span></p> + +<p>I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter dated +the 30th of last month. I am surprised to see that you call +yourself Commander-in-Chief. By what right do you usurp that title? +You have no right to act as Commander-in-Chief.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">I have the honour to be,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;"><span class="smcap">C.R. de Wet</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;"><i>Commander-in-Chief</i>.</span><br /> +</p></div> + +<p>Hardly had I written this letter before two men on horseback appeared. +They proved to be burghers sent by General Piet Fourie, who was with +Prinsloo at the time of his surrender. These burghers brought from +Generals Fourie, Froneman, and from Commandant Hasebroek and others, a +fuller report of the surrender of Prinsloo. We learnt from the report +that not all of the burghers had surrendered, but that, on the contrary, +some two thousand had escaped. This news relieved our minds.</p> + +<p>President Steyn and myself determined to despatch Judge Hertzog to the +commandos which had escaped, giving him instructions to bring them back +with him if possible. We had been told that these commandos were +somewhere on the Wilgerivier, in the district of Harrismith.</p> + +<p>My position had now become very difficult. It seemed, as far as I could +discover, that there were five or six English generals and forty +thousand troops, of which the greater part were mounted, all of them +trying their best to capture the Government and me.</p> + +<p>My force numbered two thousand five hundred men.</p> + +<p>On the afternoon when I received the above-mentioned letter, there was +still a way of escape open to me, through Parijs<a name="FNanchor_64_64" id="FNanchor_64_64"></a><a href="#Footnote_64_64" class="fnanchor">[64]</a> to Potchefstroom. +This road<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span> crossed the Vaal River at Schoemansdrift, and then followed +the course of the stream between Parijs and Vanvurenskloof. It was now, +however, somewhat unsafe, for that same afternoon a large force of the +enemy was marching along the Vaal River from Vredefort to Parijs. These +troops would be able to reach Vanvurenskloof early the following +morning; whilst the force at Potchefstroom, which I have already +mentioned in this chapter, would also be able to arrive there at the +same hour.</p> + +<p>I led my burghers that evening across the Vaal River to Venterskroon, +which lies six miles from Schoemansdrift. The following morning my +scouts reported that the English were rapidly approaching from +Potchefstroom in two divisions; one was at Zandnek: the other had +already reached Roodekraal on its way to Schoemansdrift. One of these +divisions, my scouts told me, might be turning aside to Vanvurenskloof.</p> + +<p>Now the road from Venterskroon passed between two mountain chains to the +north of Vanvurenskloof; and I feared that the English would block the +way there. I had to avoid this at all costs, but I had hardly a man +available for the purpose. The greater part of my burghers were still to +the south-east and south-west of the Vaal River.</p> + +<p>There was nothing left for me to do except to take the burghers who +remained with me, and, whilst the laager followed us as quickly as +possible, to advance and prevent the enemy from occupying the kloof. +This I did, and took a part of my men to Vanvurenskloof, whilst I sent +another body of burghers to Zandnek.</p> + +<p>Everything went smoothly. The enemy did not appear and the laager +escaped without let or hindrance—and so we camped at Vanvurenskloof.</p> + +<p>I must have misled the English, for they certainly would have thought +that I would come out by the road near Roodekraal. But I cannot +understand why<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span> the force in our rear, which had arrived at Parijs the +previous evening, remained there overnight, nor why, when they did move +on the following morning, they marched to Lindequesdrift, eight miles up +the Vaal River, and not, as might well have been expected, to +Vanvurenskloof.</p> + +<p>The burghers whom I sent in the direction of Roodekraal had a fight with +the enemy at Tijgerfontein. A heavy bombardment took place; and my men +told me afterwards that the baboons, of which there were a large number +in these mountains, sprang from cliff to cliff screaming with +fright—poor creatures—as the rocks were split on every side by the +lyddite shells.</p> + +<p>The burghers came to close quarters with the enemy, and a fierce +engagement with small arms took place.</p> + +<p>It appeared later that the enemy's casualties amounted to more than a +hundred dead and wounded. Our loss was only two men.</p> + +<p>As I have already stated, we camped at Vanvurenskloof. The next morning, +while we were still there, we were surprised by the enemy—an unpleasant +thing for men with empty stomachs.</p> + +<p>I did not receive any report from my scouts<a name="FNanchor_65_65" id="FNanchor_65_65"></a><a href="#Footnote_65_65" class="fnanchor">[65]</a> until the English were +not more than three thousand paces from us, and had already opened fire +on the laager, not only with their guns, but also with their rifles. We +at once took the best positions we could find; and meanwhile the waggons +got away as quickly as possible. They succeeded in getting over the +first ridge, and thus gained a certain amount of shelter, whilst we kept +the English busy.</p> + +<p>The enemy approached nearer and nearer to us with overpowering forces. +Then they charged, and I saw man after man fall, struck down by our +merciless fire.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span> We were quite unable to hold the enemy back, and so we +had to leave our positions, having lost one dead and one wounded.</p> + +<p>That night we marched ten miles to the east of Gatsrand, on the road to +Frederiksstad Station, and the following morning we arrived at the foot +of the mountain. Here we outspanned for a short time, but we could not +wait long, for our pursuers were following us at a great pace. It was +not only the force from the other side of Vanvurenskloof with which we +had to deal. The united forces of the English had now concentrated from +different points with the purpose of working our ruin.</p> + +<p>The English were exceedingly angry that we had escaped from them on the +Vaal River, for they had thought that they had us safely in their hands. +That we should have succeeded in eluding them was quite beyond their +calculations; and in order to free themselves from any blame in the +matter, they reported that we had crossed the river at a place where +there was no ford, but this was not true; we had crossed by the waggon +and post ford—the well-known Schoemansdrift.</p> + +<p>But whether the enemy were angry or not, there was no doubt that they +were pursuing us in very large numbers, and that we had to escape from +them. That evening, the 7th of August, we went to the north of +Frederiksstad Station, and blew up a bridge with two spans and wrecked +the line with dynamite.</p> + +<p>The following day we arrived at the Mooi River. This river is never dry +winter or summer, but always flows with a stream as clear as crystal. It +affords an inexhaustible supply of water to the rich land that lies +along its bank. It is a fitting name for it—the name of Mooi.<a name="FNanchor_66_66" id="FNanchor_66_66"></a><a href="#Footnote_66_66" class="fnanchor">[66]</a></p> + +<p>At the other side of this river we found General Liebenberg's commando, +which, like ourselves, was in the trap.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span></p> + +<p>The General joined us on our march, and the following day we were nine +miles from Ventersdorp.</p> + +<p>Early that morning a report came that the English were approaching and +were extended right across the country.</p> + +<p>"Inspan!"</p> + +<p>No man uttered a word of complaint; each man did his work so quickly +that one could hardly believe that a laager could be put on the move in +so short a time. And away the waggons and carts skurried, steering their +course to Ventersdorp.</p> + +<p>It was impossible to think of fighting—the enemy's numbers were far too +great. Our only safety lay in flight.</p> + +<p>We knew very well that an Englishman cannot keep up with a Boer on the +march, and that if he tries to do so, he soon finds that his horses and +oxen can go no further. Our intention was then to march at the very best +pace we could, so that the enemy might be forced to stop from sheer +exhaustion. And as the reader will soon see, our plan was successful.</p> + +<p>Nevertheless we had to do some fighting, to protect our laager from a +force of cavalry that was rapidly coming up with us.</p> + +<p>They wanted to make an end of this small body of Boers, which was always +retreating, but yet, now and again, offering some slight +resistance—this tiny force that was always teaching them unpleasant +lessons; first at Retiefsnek, then to the north of Lindley, then on the +railway line, then near Vredefort, then at Rhenosterpoort, and then +again at Tijgerfontein. Yes; this sort of thing must come to an end once +for all!</p> + +<p>We attacked the approaching troops, and succeeded in checking their +advance. But our resistance could not last long, and soon we had to +retreat and leave one of our Krupps behind us.</p> + +<p>Had I not continued firing with my Krupp until it was impossible to save +it, then, in all probability, the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span> laager would have been taken. But +with the loss of this Krupp we saved the laager.</p> + +<p>I withdrew my burghers; I released the prisoners whom I had with me.</p> + +<p>And now it was my task to make it as difficult as possible for my +pursuers. The winter grass on the veldt was dry and very inflammable, +and I decided to set fire to it, in order that the English might find it +impossible to obtain pasture for their oxen and cattle. I accordingly +set it alight, and very soon the country behind was black.</p> + +<p>We hurried on until we reached Mr. Smit's farm, which is one hour on +horseback from the southern slopes of the Witwatersrand—the great +dividing chain of mountains that runs in the direction of Marico. +Crossing this range, we continued on the march the whole night until, on +the morning of the 11th of August, we arrived at the southern side of +the Magaliesberg.</p> + +<p>In the afternoon we went over the saddle of the mountain and across the +Krokodil River.</p> + +<p>My idea was to remain here and give our horses and oxen a rest, for the +veldt was in good condition, and we could, if it were necessary, occupy +the shoulder of the mountain behind us.</p> + +<p>General Liebenberg took possession of the position to the west, near +Rustenburg; but hardly had he done so, before the English made their +appearance, coming over another part of the mountain. He sent me a +report to this effect, adding that he was unable to remain where he was +stationed.</p> + +<p>Thus again we had to retreat, and I was unable to give my animals the +rest I had intended to give them.</p> + +<p>We now took the road from Rustenburg to Pretoria, and arrived the +following evening close to Commandonek, which we soon found was held by +an English force.</p> + +<p>I left the laager behind and rode on in advance with a horse-commando. +When I was a short distance<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span> from the enemy, I sent a letter to the +officer in command, telling him that, if he did not surrender, I would +attack him. I did this in order to discover the strength of the English +force, and to find out if it were possible to attack the enemy at once, +and forcing our way through the Nek, get to the east of the forces that +were pursuing me.</p> + +<p>My despatch rider succeeded in getting into the English camp before he +could be blindfolded. He came back with the customary refusal, and +reported that although the enemy's force was not very large, still the +positions held were so strong that I could not hope to be able to +capture them before the English behind me arrived.</p> + +<p>I had therefore to give up the thought of breaking through these and +flanking the English. Thus, instead of attacking the enemy, we went in +the direction of Zoutpan, and arrived a few hours later at the Krokodil +River.</p> + +<p>I had now left the English a considerable distance behind me; and so at +last—we were able to give ourselves a little rest.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XIX</h2> + +<h3>I Return to the Free State</h3> + + +<p>Whilst we were encamped on the Krokodil River, President Steyn expressed +a wish to pay a visit, with the Members of his Government, to the +Government of the South African Republic, which was then at Machadodorp. +This was no easy task to accomplish, for one would have to pass through +a part of the Transvaal where there was a great scarcity of water—it +was little better than a desert—and where in some places the Kaffirs +were unfriendly. In other words, one would have to go through the +Boschveldt. There would also be some danger from the English, since the +President would have to cross the Pietersburg Railway, which was in that +direction.</p> + +<p>However, this plan was approved.</p> + +<p>I decided not to accompany the President, but to return at once with two +hundred riders to the Orange Free State. I intended to make it known on +the farms which I passed on the way that I was going back, hoping thus +to draw the attention of the English from our laager.</p> + +<p>I called together the Commandants, and informed them of my intention. +They agreed that the course I proposed was the right one. Commandant +Steenekamp was then nominated to act as Assistant Commander-in-Chief, +with the duty of conducting the laager through the Boschveldt.</p> + +<p>On August the 14th President Steyn left the laager on his way to +Machadodorp; and I myself took my departure three days later. I took +with me General Philip Botha and Commandant Prinsloo, and 200 men,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span> and +also Captain Scheepers with his corps, which consisted of thirty men. +With the addition of my staff we numbered altogether 246 men.</p> + +<p>Thus our ways parted—the President going to the Government of the South +African Republic, the laager to the north, and I back to the Free State. +I had now to cross the Magalies Mountains. The nearest two passes were +Olifantsnek and Commandonek. But the first named was too much to the +west, and the second was probably occupied by the English. I therefore +decided to take a footpath that crossed the mountains between the two +saddles. I was forced to choose this middle road because I had no means +of ascertaining whether Commandonek was, or was not, in the hands of the +enemy.</p> + +<p>On August 18th we arrived at a house where some Germans were living—the +parents and sisters of Mr. Penzhorn, Secretary to General Piet Cronje. +They were exceedingly friendly to us, and did all in their power to make +us comfortable.</p> + +<p>We did not stay here for long, but were on the march again the same day. +Soon after we had mounted our horses we came in sight of a large English +camp, which was stationed on the road from Rustenburg to Pretoria, +between Commandonek and Krokodil River. This camp lay about six miles to +the south-east of the point where we first saw it. Another great camp +stood about seven miles to the north-west.</p> + +<p>The enemy could see us clearly, as it was open veldt, with only a few +bushes cropping up here and there. We now rode on in the direction of +Wolhuterskop, which is close to the Magalies Mountains. I thought I +should thus be able to reach the great road from Rustenburg to Pretoria, +which was eight or nine miles from the footpath across the Magaliesberg. +When we were about two miles east of Wolhuterskop we suddenly came upon +two English scouts. One of them we captured; and he told us that there +was a great force of the enemy in front of us and marching<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span> in our +direction. What could we do now? It was impossible to proceed along the +footpath because that road was closed by the enemy. North and west of us +there were other bodies of troops, as I have already said; and there, +directly in front of us, were the chains of the Magaliesbergen. Thus we +found ourselves between four fires.</p> + +<p>In addition to this, I was much troubled by the thought that our horses +were now exhausted by all this endless marching. I knew this was also +the case with the English horses, but for all I knew, they might have +obtained fresh ones from Pretoria. They could at all events have picked +the best horses from each camp, and thus send an overpowering force +against me. This was one of those moments when a man has to keep his +presence of mind, or else all is lost.</p> + +<p>Whilst I was still thinking the matter over, troops began to come out of +the camps, about two miles to the west of us on the road between +Wolhuterskop and Magaliesberg. The scout who had escaped might now be +with that force. I had therefore to act at once.</p> + +<p>I decided on climbing the Magalies Mountains, without a path or road!</p> + +<p>Near by there was a Kaffir hut, and I rode up to it. When the Kaffir +came out to me, I pointed to the Magalies Mountains, and asked:—</p> + +<p>"Right before us, can a man cross there?"</p> + +<p>"No, baas,<a name="FNanchor_67_67" id="FNanchor_67_67"></a><a href="#Footnote_67_67" class="fnanchor">[67]</a> you cannot!" the Kaffir answered.</p> + +<p>"Has a man never ridden across here?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, baas," replied the Kaffir, "long ago."</p> + +<p>"Do baboons walk across?"</p> + +<p>"Yes! baboons do, but not a man."</p> + +<p>"Come on!" I said to my burghers. "This is our only way, and where a +baboon can cross, we can cross."</p> + +<p>With us was one Adriaan Matthijsen, a corporal<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span> who came from the +district of Bethlehem, and was a sort of jocular character. He looked up +at the mountains, 2,000 feet above him, and sighed:—</p> + +<p>"O Red Sea!"</p> + +<p>I replied, "The children of Israel had faith and went through, and all +you need is faith. This is not the first Red Sea we have met with and +will not be the last!"</p> + +<p>What Corporal Matthijsen thought I do not know, for he kept silence. But +he pulled a long face, as if saying to himself:—</p> + +<p>"Neither you, nor anybody else with us, is a Moses!"</p> + +<p>We climbed up unobserved to a bit of bush which, to continue the +metaphor of the Red Sea, was a "Pillar of Cloud" to hide us from the +English.</p> + +<p>We then reached a kloof<a name="FNanchor_68_68" id="FNanchor_68_68"></a><a href="#Footnote_68_68" class="fnanchor">[68]</a> running in a south-westerly direction, and +ascended by it, still out of sight of the English, till we reached a +point nearly half-way up the mountain. There we had to leave the kloof, +and, turning to the south, continue our ascent in full view of the +enemy.</p> + +<p>It was now so precipitous that there was no possibility of proceeding +any further on horseback. The burghers had therefore to lead their +horses, and had great difficulty even in keeping their own footing. It +frequently happened that a burgher fell and slipped backwards under his +horse. The climb became now more and more difficult; and when we had +nearly reached the top of the mountain, there was a huge slab of granite +as slippery as ice, and here man and horse stumbled still more, and were +continually falling.</p> + +<p>We were, as I have said, in view of the enemy, and although out of reach +of the Lee-Metfords, were in range of their big guns!</p> + +<p>I heard burghers muttering:—</p> + +<p>"Suppose the enemy should aim those guns at us<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>—what will become of us +then? Nobody can get out of the road here!"</p> + +<p>I told them that this could only be done if the English had a Howitzer. +But I did not add that this was a sort of gun which the columns now +pursuing me were likely enough to possess.</p> + +<p>But nothing happened. The English neither shot at us, nor did they +pursue us. Corporal Matthijsen would have said that they were more +cautious than Pharaoh.</p> + +<p>We now reached the top of the mountain—entirely exhausted. I have +ascended many a mountain—the rough cliffs of Majuba, the steep sides of +Nicholson's Nek—but never before had I been so tired as I was now; yet +in the depths of my heart I was satisfied. All our toil was repaid by +the glorious panorama that now stretched out before us to the south. We +saw the undulating veldt between the Magaliesbergen where we stood, and +the Witwatersrand. Through a ravine we had a view extending for many +miles, but wherever we cast our eyes there was no sign of anything that +resembled the enemy.</p> + +<p>As it was now too late to off-saddle, we began, after having taken a +little rest, to descend the mountain on the other side, my object being +to reach a farm where I hoped to get some sheep or oxen for my men, who +not only were tired out, but nearly famished.</p> + +<p>We went down the mountain—well, somewhat quicker than we had climbed +it; however, we could not go very fast, as the incline was steep. In an +hour and a half we reached a Boer farm.</p> + +<p>One can imagine how the burghers recovered their spirits as they ate +their supper, and what it meant for them to give their tired limbs a +rest.</p> + +<p>The following morning we found good horse-provender, and plenty of it. +It was not as yet the habit of the English to burn everything they came +across—they had not yet begun to carry out that policy of destruction.</p> + +<p>I now felt quite easy about the safety of our camp.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span> The attention of +the English would be turned in quite another direction.</p> + +<p>I was quite right in this view of the matter. For I heard a few days +later that the enemy had not been able to pursue the laager as their +draft-cattle and horses were so completely exhausted, that they had +fallen down dead in heaps. I heard also that they had soon been made +acquainted with the fact that I was on my way back to the Free State, +where I would soon begin again to wreck railway lines and telegraph +wires. They had also discovered that President Steyn had left the laager +and was on the road to Machadodorp.</p> + +<p>It was on the 18th of August, 1900, that we were able to eat our crust +of bread in safety on the farm just mentioned, and to let our horses +have as much food as they wanted. It seemed that for the time being a +heavy burden had fallen from our shoulders. That afternoon we crossed +the Krokodil River, and stopped at a "winkel"<a name="FNanchor_69_69" id="FNanchor_69_69"></a><a href="#Footnote_69_69" class="fnanchor">[69]</a> under the +Witwatersrand, which had been spared as yet, although it was nearly +empty of stores. Fodder, however, was plentiful, and thus, again, we +could give our horses a good feed.</p> + +<p>I now received a report that a strong contingent of the enemy was on the +march from Olifantsnek to Krugersdorp, and accordingly we rode off in +the night. We found that this force was the very one that had flanked +our laager the previous week, when we were passing Ventersdorp. The road +which the enemy were taking was the same which Jameson had marched when +he made his inroad into the South African Republic.</p> + +<p>My intention was to cross the enemy's path before daylight the following +morning, which I succeeded in doing; and we heard no more of this force. +I proceeded now in the direction of Gatsrand.</p> + +<p>From there I still went on, and crossed the Krugersdorp-Potchefstroom +Railway, about eight or ten miles to the north of Bank Station.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span></p> + +<p>The line was then not guarded everywhere. There were small garrisons at +the stations only, and so one could cross even in the day time. To my +vexation, I had not a single cartridge of dynamite, or any implements at +hand with which I could wreck the line. It was painful to see the +railway line and not be able to do any damage to it! I had made it a +rule never to be in the neighbourhood of a railway without interrupting +the enemy's means of communication.</p> + +<p>We arrived now at the farm of Messrs. Wolfaard, who had been captured +with General Cronje; and here I met Commandant Danie Theron, with his +eighty men. He had come to this place to avoid the troops lying between +Mooi River and Ventersdorp. His horses, although still weak, were yet +somewhat rested, and I gave him orders to join me in a few days, in +order to reinforce me until my commandos should come back. My intention +was not to undertake any great operations, for my force was not strong +enough for that. I intended my principal occupation to be to interrupt +the communications of the enemy by wrecking the line and telegraph.</p> + +<p>With regard to the main line in the Free State I must remark here that +things there were in a different condition from what they were on the +Krugersdorp line, which we had crossed. The Free State railway was Lord +Roberts' principal line of communication, and he had provided guards for +it everywhere.</p> + +<p>During the night of August 21st, we arrived at Vanvurenskloof. How +delightful it was when the sun rose to see once more the well-known +mountains to the south of the Vaal River in our own Free State!</p> + +<p>"There is the Free State," we called out to each other when day broke. +Every one was jubilant at seeing again that country which of all the +countries on the earth is the best. From here I despatched General Botha +with the purpose of collecting the burghers of Vrede and Harrismith who +had remained at home, and of bringing them back to join me.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span></p> + +<p>We remained only as long as was necessary to rest the horses, and then +at once went on. The same evening we arrived at the farm of +Rhenosterpoort, where our laager had waited since we had crossed the +Vaal River more than a week ago.</p> + +<p>The proprietor of the farm of Rhenosterpoort was old Mr. Jan Botha. It +could not be that he belonged to the family of Paul Botha, of Kroonstad, +for Jan Botha and his household (amongst whom was his son Jan, an +excellent veldtcornet) were true Afrikanders. And even if he did belong +to the family of Paul Botha, then the difference in his feelings and +actions from those of other members of his family was no greater than +that, alas! which frequently occurred in many families during this war. +One member put everything at the disposal of his country, whereas +another of the same name did everything possible against his country and +his people. But there was no such discord here. The two old brothers of +Mr. Botha, Philip and Hekky, were heart and soul with us.</p> + +<p>Potchefstroom was not at that time in the hands of the English. I rode +over to the town, and then it was that the well-known photo was taken of +me that has been spread about everywhere, in which I am represented with +a Mauser in my hand. I only mention this so as to draw attention to the +history of the weapon which I held in my hand. It is as follows:—</p> + +<p>When the enemy passed through Potchefstroom on their way to Pretoria, +they left a garrison behind them, and many burghers went there to give +up their arms, which forthwith were burnt in a heap. When the garrison +left the dorp the burghers returned. Amongst them were some who set to +work to make butts for the rifles that had been burnt.</p> + +<p>"This rifle," I was told by the man who showed it to me, "is the two +hundredth that has been taken out of the burnt heap and repaired."</p> + +<p>This made such an impression on me that I took it in my hand, and had my +photo taken with it. I am<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span> only sorry that I cannot mention the names of +the burghers who did that work. Their names are worthy to be enrolled on +the annals of our nation.</p> + +<p>After having provided myself with dynamite, I left Potchefstroom and +returned to my commando, then quietly withdrew in the night to +Rhenosterkop. From there I sent Veldtcornet Nicolaas Serfontein, of the +Bethlehem commando, in the direction of Reitz and Lindley, to bring the +Kaffirs there to a sense of their duty, for I had heard that they were +behaving very brutally to our women. The remainder of the Bethlehem +burghers under Commandant Prinsloo and Veldtcornet Du Preez, remained +with me to assist me in getting under my supervision the commandos which +had escaped from behind the Roodebergen. These were under the command of +General Fourie, and some were in the south of the State. I left Captain +Scheepers behind me with orders to wreck the line every night.</p> + +<p>That evening I went to Mr. Welman's farm, which was to the south-west of +Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>There I received a report that the commandos under General Fourie were +in the neighbourhood of Ladybrand. I sent a despatch to him and Judge +Hertzog asking them to come and see me, with a view to bringing the +burghers under arms again, in the southern and south-western districts +of the State.</p> + +<p>This letter was taken by Commandant Michal Prinsloo and some despatch +riders to General Fourie. The night that he crossed the line a train was +passing, and he wrecked the railway both in front of it and behind it. +The train could thus neither advance nor retreat, and it fell into the +hands of Commandant Prinsloo, who, after having taken what he wanted, +burnt it.</p> + +<p>With regard to myself, I remained in the neighbourhood of Commandant +Nel's farm.</p> + +<p>Here I had the most wonderful of all the escapes that God allowed me in +the whole course of the war.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span></p> + +<p>On the third evening at sunset, a Hottentot came to me. He said that his +"baas," whose family lived about twelve miles from the farm of +Commandant Nel, had laid down their arms, and that he could not remain +in the service of the wife of such a bad "baas." He asked me if he could +not become one of my "achterrijders."</p> + +<p>As he was still speaking to me, Landdrost Bosman from Bothaville, came +to pay me a visit.</p> + +<p>"Good," I said to the Hottentot, "I shall see you about this again." For +I wished to cross-question him. I then went into the house with the +Landdrost, and spent a good deal of time in writing with him. Late in +the evening he went back to Bothaville and I to bed exactly at eleven +o'clock.</p> + +<p>I had scarcely laid down when the Hottentot came back to my thoughts, +and I began to grow uneasy. I got up and went to the outhouse where my +Kaffir slept. I woke him up and asked him where the Hottentot was. "Oh, +he is gone," he replied, "to go and fetch his things to go with the +baas."</p> + +<p>I at once felt that there was something wrong, and went and called my +men. I told them to saddle-up, and went off with my staff to the farm of +Mr. Schoeman on the Valsch River, to the east of Bothaville.</p> + +<p>On the following morning before daybreak, a force of two hundred English +stormed the farm of Commandant Nel. They had come to take me prisoner.</p> + +<p>From Schoeman's farm I went to the Rhenoster River and found Captain +Scheepers there. He reported that he had wrecked the line for four or +five consecutive weeks, as I had told him.</p> + +<p>I also received there the sad news of the death of the +never-to-be-forgotten Danie Theron, in a fight at Gatsrand. A more brave +and faithful commander I have never seen.</p> + +<p>So Danie Theron was no more. His place would not be easily filled. Men +as lovable or as valiant there might be, but where should I find a man +who com<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>bined so many virtues and good qualities in one person? Not only +had he the heart of a lion but he also possessed consummate tact and the +greatest energy. When he received an order, or if he wished to do +anything, then it was bend or break with him. Danie Theron answered the +highest demands that could be made on a warrior.</p> + +<p>One of Commandant Theron's lieutenants, Jan Theron, was appointed in his +place.</p> + +<p>From there I went with Captain Scheepers to the railway line, where I +burnt a railway bridge temporarily constructed with sleepers, and +wrecked a great part of the rails with dynamite. I then proceeded to +various farms in the neighbourhood, and after a few days, with +Commandant Michal Prinsloo, who had joined me, I returned to the same +part of the railway in order to carry out its destruction on a larger +scale.</p> + +<p>At twenty-five different places a charge of dynamite was placed with one +man at the fuse, who had to set light to it as soon as he heard a +whistle, that all charges could be ignited at the same time, and every +one be out of the way when the pieces of iron were hurled in the air by +the explosion.</p> + +<p>When the signal was heard the lucifers were struck everywhere, and the +fuses ignited.</p> + +<p>The English, keeping watch on some other part of the line not far from +us, on seeing the lights fired so fiercely on the burghers that they all +took to their horses and galloped off.</p> + +<p>Only five charges exploded.</p> + +<p>I waited for a moment, but no sound broke the silence.</p> + +<p>"Come on!" I said, "we must fire all the charges."</p> + +<p>On reaching the line we had to search in the darkness for the spots +where the dynamite had been placed. And now again the order was given +that as soon as the whistle was blown every one had to ignite his fuse.</p> + +<p>Again there was a blunder!<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span></p> + +<p>One of the burghers ignited his fuse before the signal had been given, +and this caused such a panic that the others ran away. I and a few of my +staff lay flat on the ground where we were until this charge had +exploded, and then I went to fetch the burghers back.</p> + +<p>This time everything went off well, and all the charges exploded.</p> + +<p>The bridge I had destroyed had been rebuilt, and so I was forced to burn +it again. When this was done we departed and rode on to Rietspruit, +where we up-saddled, and then pushed on to Rhenosterpoort.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XX</h2> + +<h3>The Oath of Neutrality</h3> + + +<p>Arriving at Rhenosterpoort, I found there Commandant F. Van Aard, with +his commando. He told me that after I had left the laager, the burghers +had not been troubled again by the English. He had gone on to Waterberg, +and after having stayed there for a short time, he had returned to the +laager. He still had some of his waggons with him, but in many cases the +oxen had been so exhausted that the waggons had to be left behind, the +burghers returning on horseback, or even on foot. He also told me that +Vice-Commander-in-Chief Steenekamp had, just before my arrival, crossed +the line in the direction of Heilbron, in which district there were then +no English.</p> + +<p>Generals Fourie and Froneman, with Hertzog, were also at Rhenosterpoort, +having left their commandos behind, in the district of Winburg.</p> + +<p>They had much to tell me which I had heard already, but which I now +obtained at first hand. It appeared that the burghers who had been taken +prisoner with General Prinsloo had been sent to Ceylon, notwithstanding +the promise that had been given them that their property would be safe, +and that they would be allowed to return to their farms.</p> + +<p>It was now that I conceived the great plan of bringing under arms all +the burghers who had laid down their weapons, and taken the oath of +neutrality, and of sending them to operate in every part of the State. +To this end I went with these officers to the other side of the railway +line, in order to meet General<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span> Philip Botha in the country to the +south-east of Heilbron, and also, if possible, General Hattingh, who was +in command of the Harrismith and Vrede burghers.</p> + +<p>We succeeded in crossing the railway between Roodewal and Serfontein +siding, but not without fighting. Before we came to the railway line the +English opened a cross fire on us from the north-east, from the +direction of Roodewal; and almost directly afterwards another party +fired on us from the south. We succeeded, however, in getting through +with the waggons which Commandant Van Aard had with him, but we lost one +man killed, and three wounded.</p> + +<p>On the following day I gave Commandant Van Aard the order to go to his +district (Midden Valsch River) in order to give his burghers an +opportunity of getting their clothes washed, and of obtaining fresh +horses, if any were to be had. For although the enemy already had begun +to burn down our houses, and to carry away our horses, things had not as +yet reached such a pitch that the columns spared nothing that came in +their way.</p> + +<p>Commandant Van Aard started off on his errand, but alas! a few days +afterwards I heard that he—one of the most popular of all our +officers—had been killed in a fight near his own farm between Kroonstad +and Lindley. He was buried there, where he had fallen, on his own land.</p> + +<p>And now began the great work which I had proposed to accomplish.</p> + +<p>I gave instructions to Vice-Commander-in-Chief Piet Fourie to take under +his charge the districts of Bloemfontein, Bethulie, Smithfield, +Rouxville, and Wepener, and to permit the burghers there, who had +remained behind, to join us again. He was not, however, to compel +anybody to do so, because I was of opinion that a coerced burgher would +be of no real value to us, and would besides be untrustworthy. The +following officers were to serve under Fourie: Andrias, Van Tonder and +Kritzinger. The last-named had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span> been appointed in the place of +Commandant Olivier, who had been taken prisoner at Winburg.<a name="FNanchor_70_70" id="FNanchor_70_70"></a><a href="#Footnote_70_70" class="fnanchor">[70]</a></p> + +<p>I had appointed Judge Hertzog as a second Vice-Commander-in-Chief, to +carry out the same work in the districts of Fauresmith, Philippolis and +Jacobsdal. He had under him Commandant Hendrik Pretorius (of Jacobsdal) +and Commandant Visser. The latter was the man who, when the burghers +from Fauresmith, even before the taking of Bloemfontein, had remained +behind, broke through with seventy or eighty troops. He had always +behaved faithfully and valiantly until, in an engagement at +Jagersfontein, he gave up his life, a sacrifice for the rights of his +nation. His name will ever be held in honour by his people.</p> + +<p>These two Vice-Commanders-in-Chief had no easy task to perform. In fact, +as every one will admit, it was a giant's burden that I had laid upon +their shoulders. To lighten it a little I made the following +arrangement: I sent Captain Pretorius, with a small detachment, in +advance of General Fourie, to prepare the road for him, and Captain +Scheepers to do the same for Judge Hertzog. The first had to say: "Hold +yourselves in readiness! Oom Pieter!<a name="FNanchor_71_71" id="FNanchor_71_71"></a><a href="#Footnote_71_71" class="fnanchor">[71]</a> is coming." The other had to +say: "Be prepared! The Rechter<a name="FNanchor_72_72" id="FNanchor_72_72"></a><a href="#Footnote_72_72" class="fnanchor">[72]</a> is at hand!"</p> + +<p>All went well. General Fourie set to his task at once and did excellent +work. He had not been long in his division before he had collected seven +hundred and fifty men, and had had several skirmishes with the enemy. It +was on account of his acting so vigorously that the English again put +garrisons into some of the south-eastern townships, such as Dewetsdorp, +Wepener, and others.</p> + +<p>With General Hertzog things went even better. He had soon twelve hundred +men under arms. General Fourie had not succeeded in getting together an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span> +equally large force in his division, because many burghers from these +districts had been taken prisoner at the time of the surrender of +Prinsloo. General Hertzog also fought more than one battle at +Jagersfontein and Fauresmith.</p> + +<p>I ought to add that after I had crossed the Magaliesberg I had sent +Veldtcornet C.C. Badenhorst, with twenty-seven men, on a similar errand +to the districts of Boshof and Hoopstad. I promoted him to the rank of +commandant, and he soon had a thousand troops under him, so that he was +able to engage the enemy on several occasions. He had not been long +occupied in this way, before I appointed him Vice-Commander-in-Chief. +The reader who has followed me throughout this narrative, may very +naturally ask here how it could be justifiable for nearly three thousand +burghers thus to take up arms again, and break their oath of neutrality? +I will answer this question by another—who first broke the terms of +this oath?—the burghers or the English military authorities? The +military authorities without any doubt; what other answer can one give?</p> + +<p>Lord Roberts had issued a proclamation saying that, if the burghers took +an oath of neutrality, and remained quietly on their farms, he would +give them protection for their persons and property. But what happened? +He himself ordered them to report to the British military authorities, +should any Boer scout or commandos come to their farms, and threatened +them with punishment if they did not do so. Old people also who had +never stirred one step from their farms were fined hundreds of pounds +when the railway or telegraph lines in their neighbourhood were wrecked. +Besides, instead of protection being given to the burghers, their cattle +were taken from them by the military, at prices they would never have +thought of accepting, and often by force. Yes; and from widows, who had +not even sons on commando, everything was taken away. If then the +English, on their part, had broken the contract,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span> were not the burghers +perfectly justified in considering themselves no longer bound by the +conditions which the oath laid on them?</p> + +<p>And then if one goes further into the matter, and remembers that the +English had been employing such people as the National Scouts, and had +thus been arming men who had taken the oath of neutrality, how can one +think that the Boer was still under the obligation of keeping his oath?</p> + +<p>There is also the obligation which every one is under to his own +Government; for what Government could ever acknowledge an oath which +their citizens had no right to take?</p> + +<p>No! taking everything into consideration, no right-minded burgher could +have acted otherwise than to take his weapons up again, not only in +order to be faithful to his duty as a citizen, but also in order not to +be branded as a coward, as a man who in the future could never again +look any one in the face.</p> + +<p>I arranged various matters at Doornspruit, in the district of Kroonstad, +on the 23rd of September, 1900, and then went from there in the +direction of Rietfontein, in order to meet the commando which I had +ordered to be at Heilbron on the 25th.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXI</h2> + +<h3>Frederiksstad and Bothaville</h3> + + +<p>When I was on the road to Heilbron, I heard that the commandos under +General Hattingh (those, namely, of Harrismith and Vrede) were near the +Spitskopje, seven miles to the south-east of Heilbron. I therefore went +out of my course and proceeded in the direction of these commandos. They +were among those who had stood the crucial test, and had not surrendered +with Prinsloo.</p> + +<p>It was a real pleasure to me to meet the Harrismith burghers, and to +talk with them over bygone days. This was our first meeting since +December, 1899. The last time we had seen each other was when we were +encamped round Ladysmith, where we were, so to speak, neighbours—our +positions being contiguous.</p> + +<p>But what a shock went through my heart when I saw the cumbersome +waggon-camps which had come both from Vrede and Harrismith! For I +remembered what trouble and anxiety the waggons and carts had already +caused me, and how my commandos, in order to save them, had been forced +to fly 280 miles—from Slabbertsnek to Waterberg. As Commander-in-Chief, +I was now determined to carry out most strictly the Kroonstad regulation +and have nothing more to do with the waggons.</p> + +<p>I did not think that I should have any difficulty in convincing the +commanders of Harrismith and Vrede that the best thing would be to do +away with these unnecessary impediments, because, shortly before, the +English themselves had given me a text to preach from, by taking away a +great number of waggons from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span> Commandant Hasebroek at Winburg and at Vet +River. Nevertheless, my words fell on unwilling ears.</p> + +<p>It was not long after I had arrived in the camp when I got the burghers +together and spoke to them. After thanking the officers and men for not +having surrendered with Prinsloo at Naauwpoort, I congratulated them on +their success at Ladybrand, where they had driven the English out of the +town and forced them to take refuge in the caverns of Leliehoek. I then +went on to tackle the tender subject—as a Boer regards it—of +sacrificing the waggons. No! I did not say so much as that—I only +insisted on the waggons being sent home. Now this was very much the same +as saying: "Give up your waggons and carts to the enemy"—an order +which, expressed in that bald manner, would have given offence.</p> + +<p>However, I was resolved to have my way, and at the end of my speech, I +said, "I may not ask you, and I will not ask you what you will do with +regard to the waggons. I only tell you that they must disappear."</p> + +<p>On the following day I called the officers together, and gave them +direct orders to that effect. I was very polite, but also very +determined that the waggons should be sent off without a moment's delay. +I also gave orders that the Harrismith and Kroonstad burghers under +General Philip Botha should occupy themselves in cutting the English +lines of communication between Kroonstad and Zand River. The Bothaville +burghers were to carry out similar operations in their own district.</p> + +<p>On that same afternoon I rode with my staff to the Heilbron burghers, +who now had returned to their farms. (They had had permission to go home +after they had got back from Waterberg.) They had assembled in very +strong force.</p> + +<p>The enemy also had arrived in this part of the country, and we were +therefore obliged at once to get ourselves ready to fight in case it +should be necessary, or to retreat if the enemy should be too strong for +us.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span></p> + +<p>With the Heilbron, Harrismith and Vrede commandos, I had now a very +considerable force at my command.</p> + +<p>When I met the burghers on the 25th of September I found that I must +send a force in the direction of Kroonstad, in order to oppose outposts +which the enemy had stationed some six miles from that town.</p> + +<p>I at once sent orders to General Hattingh that he was to come over to me +with his burghers. But what did I hear? The burghers had not been able +to make up their minds to part with their waggons; most of the men from +Vrede and Harrismith had gone home with these waggons, although there +was a Kaffir driver and a leader for almost every one, and although I +had given express orders that these Kaffirs were to be the ones to take +back the waggons. How angry I was! At such moments as these one would be +well nigh driven mad were there not a Higher Power to hold one back.</p> + +<p>And, to make the situation still more serious, the English now came on +from all sides, and I had no troops! The Kroonstad burghers were in +their own district. I allowed those from Bethlehem to leave me in order +to carry on operations in their part of the country; the same likewise +with the Winburgers and the valiant Commandant Hasebroek, while the +burghers of Vrede and Harrismith had gone home.</p> + +<p>I had therefore with me only a small contingent from those districts, in +addition to the burghers from Heilbron.</p> + +<p>The reader will understand that, under these circumstances, the forces +which now began to concentrate on us were too great for us to withstand; +and that no other course lay open to me than to go through +Schoemansdrift; and, in case I should be pursued, to Bothaville, in +order to enter the <i>zandveld</i> (desert) through which it would be +difficult for the enemy to advance.</p> + +<p>We continued in the direction of Wolvehoek Sta<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span>tion, and on the +following night crossed the line between Vredefortweg and Wolvehoek, +where I wrecked the railway at various points, and also took prisoner a +small force of thirteen who had been lying asleep in their tents. This +last incident happened early in the morning of September 30th.</p> + +<p>We had crossed the line, and were about three miles on the further side +of it, when a train came up and bombarded us with an Armstrong and a +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, without however doing any damage. Our guns were too +far behind the vanguard, and the poor horses too tired to go back for +them, or we should have answered their fire. However, we got an +opportunity of using our big guns against 200 mounted men, who had +pursued us, but who, when they saw we were ready to receive them, turned +round and—took the shortest road to safety!</p> + +<p>That evening we marched to a place a little to the south of Parijs, and +the following day to the kopjes west of Vredefort. There we stayed a few +days until the enemy again began to concentrate at Heilbron.</p> + +<p>I then divided my commando into two parts. One part I took with me, +while I sent the Harrismith burghers (those at least who had not gone +home with the waggons) under General Philip Botha, in the direction of +Kroonstad, where he would meet the commando of that district, which had +received orders to operate to the west of the railway line. General +Philip Botha nominated Veldtcornet P. De Vos as Commandant of the +Kroonstad contingent instead of Commandant Frans Van Aard. He made a +good choice, for Commandant De Vos was not only a valiant officer, but +also a strictly honourable man.</p> + +<p>For some days the enemy remained encamped on the farm called Klipstapel, +which lies to the south-east of Vredefort. Then they attacked us. We +held our own for a day and a half, but at last had to retreat to the +Vaal River, whither the English, doubtless thinking that we were again +going to Waterberg,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span> did not pursue us. This was on the 7th of October, +1900.</p> + +<p>I now received a report from General Liebenberg that General Barton and +his column were in the neighbourhood of Frederiksstad Station. He asked +me (as he was too weak to venture anything alone) whether I would join +him in an attack upon the English General. I decided to do so, and sent +him a confidential letter saying that I would join him in a week's time.</p> + +<p>In order to mislead the English, I retreated ostentatiously through +Schoemansdrift to the farm of Baltespoort, which stands on the banks of +the Rhenoster River, fifteen miles from the drift. The following night I +returned by the way I had come, and crossed the river a little to the +west of Schoemansdrift.</p> + +<p>When on the following night we were again in the saddle I heard from +many a mouth, "Whither now?"</p> + +<p>Our destination was Frederiksstad Station, where we were to engage +General Barton. Previous to an attack, thorough scouting should always +take place. Accordingly I sent out my scouts, and discovered that +General Liebenberg had entirely cut off the English from their +communications, so that, except for heliographic messages, they were +entirely out of touch with the rest of their forces. Now I do not know +if they had "smelt a rat," but they were certainly well entrenched near +the station on ridges to the south-east and to the north.</p> + +<p>We had therefore to besiege General Barton in his entrenchments. For the +first five days we held positions to the east, to the south, and to the +north-west. On the fifth day I agreed with General Liebenberg that we +should take up a new position on the embankment north-west of the +strongest part of the English encampment. This position was to be held +by two hundred men, of whom I gave eighty to General Froneman and one +hundred and twenty to General Liebenberg. It was a position that we +could not leave during the day without great danger, and it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span> needed a +large force to hold it, for its garrison had to be strong enough to +defend itself if it should be attacked.</p> + +<p>If only my arrangements had been carried out all would have gone well.</p> + +<p>But what happened?</p> + +<p>I thought that two hundred men had gone in accordance with my orders to +that position. Instead of this there were only eighty there when, on the +following morning, a very strong reinforcement of English, ordered up by +General Barton, appeared from the direction of Krugersdorp. I did not +hear of this reinforcement till it was so close that there was no chance +for me to keep it back. In fact, when I got the report the enemy were +already storming the unfortunate handful of burghers and firing fiercely +upon them. If these burghers had only had enough ammunition they would +have been able to defend themselves, but as they were obliged to keep up +a continuous fire on the storming party their cartridges were speedily +exhausted. When this happened there was nothing for them to do but to +fly. This they did under a fierce fire from three guns, which had been +bombarding them continuously since the morning—doing but little damage +however, as our burghers were behind the railway embankment. But now +they had to fly over open ground, and on foot, as they had gone down +without their horses because there was no safe place for the animals.</p> + +<p>If two hundred burghers—the number I had arranged for—had been in the +position, there would have been no chance of the enemy's reinforcement +being able to drive them out: and in all probability General Barton +would have been obliged to surrender. Instead of this we had a loss of +thirty killed and wounded, and about the same number were taken +prisoners. Among the dead was the renowned Sarel Cilliers, grandson of +the worthy "voortrekker"<a name="FNanchor_73_73" id="FNanchor_73_73"></a><a href="#Footnote_73_73" class="fnanchor">[73]</a> of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span> the same name. Veldtcornet Jurie +Wessels was the most distinguished of the prisoners.</p> + +<p>It was a miserable affair altogether: General Froneman ought to have +called his men back when he saw that General Liebenberg had not sent his +contingent. I have heard however that Captain Cilliers refused to leave +the position until it became no longer tenable. It was hard indeed for +him to lose a battle thus, when it was nearly won, and to be compelled +to retreat when victory was all but within his grasp.</p> + +<p>We retired towards Vanvurenskloof, and on arriving there the following +evening heard that a great English force had come from Schoemansdrift +and captured Potchefstroom, that another force was at Tijgerfontein, and +a third at Schoemansdrift.</p> + +<p>Early next morning we crossed the Vaal River at Witbanksfontein. There +we off-saddled.</p> + +<p>Now I had sent out scouts—not, however, Commandant Jan Theron's men, +but ordinary burghers whom the Commandants had sent out—and just as we +had partaken about noon of a late breakfast, these burghers came +hurriedly into the camp, shouting: "The enemy is close at hand!"</p> + +<p>It was not long before every one had up-saddled, and we were off. The +English had taken up positions on the kopjes due north of the Vaal +River, whilst we had for our defence only kraals and boundary walls. As +these offered no shelter for our horses, we were forced to retreat. And +a most unpleasant time of it we had until we got out of range of their +guns and small arms. During this retreat we lost one of our guns. This +happened while I was with the left wing. One of the wheels of the +carriage fell off, and the gun had to be left behind. Another incident +of our flight was more remarkable. A shell from one of the enemy's guns +hit an ox waggon on which there were four cases of dynamite, and +everything was blown up.</p> + +<p>The oxen had just been unyoked and had left the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span> waggon, or else a +terrible catastrophe would have occurred.</p> + +<p>We lost also two burghers, who, thinking that it would be safe to go +into a dwelling house, and hide themselves there, gave an opportunity to +some English troops who were on the march from Schoemansdrift, to take +them prisoner.</p> + +<p>We retired for some distance in an easterly direction, and when it +became dark, swerved suddenly to the west, as if aiming for a point +somewhat to the south-west of Bothaville. The following evening we +stayed at Bronkhaistfontein, near the Witkopjes. From there we went on +next morning to the west of Rheboksfontein, remaining that night at +Winkeldrift, on the Rhenoster River.</p> + +<p>There I received a report that President Steyn with his staff was coming +from Machadodorp, where he had met the Transvaal Government. The +President requested me to come and see him, and also to meet General De +la Rey, who would be there.</p> + +<p>I told the commandos to go on in the direction of Bothaville and went +with my staff to the President. We met on the 31st of October near +Ventersdorp. From him I heard that when he came to Machadodorp President +Kruger was just ready to sail from Lourenço Marques, in the man-of-war +<i>Gelderland</i>, which had been specially sent by Queen Wilhelmina to bring +him over to the Netherlands. This was shortly before Portugal ceased to +be neutral—the old President got away only just in time.</p> + +<p>General De la Rey had been prevented from coming: and on the 2nd of +November I went with the President towards Bothaville.</p> + +<p>I had received reports from General Fourie, Judge Hertzog, and Captain +Scheepers, that the burghers in their districts had rejoined; this made +me think that the time had now come to make another dash into Cape +Colony. President Steyn had expressed a wish to go with us.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span></p> + +<p>We marched on with the intention of crossing the railway line somewhere +near Winburg. On the morning of the 5th we arrived at Bothaville, where +we found General Froneman, who had been marching with the commandos from +Rhenoster River. Little did we know that a terrible misfortune was +awaiting us.</p> + +<p>That very afternoon a strong English force, which indeed had been in +pursuit of us all the time, came up, and a skirmish took place, after +which the English withdrew out of reach of our guns, while we took up a +position under cover of the nearest hill. Without suspecting any harm we +went into camp about seven miles from the English, keeping the Valsch +River between us and them.</p> + +<p>I placed an outpost that night close to the river and told them to stay +there till the following day. The burghers of this watch returned in the +morning and reported that they had seen nothing but wreaths of smoke +ascending from the north bank of the river. They believed that these +came from the English camp.</p> + +<p>We were still safe then—so at least we all believed.</p> + +<p>But the corporal who had brought this report had but just left me, and +was scarcely one hundred paces off when I heard the report of rifles. I +thought at first that it was only some cattle being shot for food, but +all at once there were more shots, and what did we see? The English were +within three hundred paces of us, on a little hill near Bothaville, and +close to the spot from whence my outpost had just returned.</p> + +<p>It was early morning. The sun had not risen more than twenty minutes and +many of the burghers still lay asleep rolled up in their blankets.</p> + +<p>The scene which ensued was unlike anything I had ever witnessed before. +I heard a good deal about panics—I was now to see one with my own eyes. +Whilst I was looking for my horse to get him up-saddled a few of the +burghers were making some sort of a stand<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span> against the enemy. But all +those who had already up-saddled were riding away at break-neck speed. +Many even were leaving their saddles behind and galloping off bare-back. +As I up-saddled my horse I called out to them:—</p> + +<p>"Don't run away! Come back and storm the enemy's position!" But it was +no use. A panic had seized them, and the victims of that panic were +those brave men who had never thought of flight, but only of resisting +the enemy!</p> + +<p>The only thing I could do was to leap into the saddle and try to +persuade the fugitives to return. But I did not succeed, for as I +stopped them at one point others galloped past me, and I was thus kept +dodging from point to point, until the whole commando was out of range +of the firing.</p> + +<p>The leader of the enemy's storming party was Colonel Le Gallais, without +doubt one of the bravest English officers I have ever met. On this +occasion he did not encounter much resistance, for only a very few of +the burghers attacked him, and that only at one point of his position. +Among these burghers were Staats-Procureur Jacob De Villiers, and +Veldtcornet Jan Viljoen. As for the rest of our men, it was useless to +try to get them to come back to the fight. The gunners however did +everything they could to save their guns, but had not enough time to get +the oxen inspanned.</p> + +<p>Our loss was, as far as I could make out, nine killed, between twenty +and thirty wounded, and about one hundred prisoners. Among the dead were +Veldtcornets Jan Viljoen, of Heilbron, and Van Zijl, of Cape Colony; and +among the wounded, Staats-Procureur Jacob De Villiers and Jan Rechter, +the latter of whom subsequently died. The wounded who managed to escape +included General Froneman, who was slightly wounded in the chest; Mr. +Thomas Brain, who had been hit in the thigh; and one of my staff who was +severely wounded, his shoulder being pierced by a bullet.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span></p> + +<p>According to English reports, Dr. De Landsheer, a Belgian, was killed in +this engagement. The English newspapers asserted that the doctor was +found dead with a bandolier round his body. I can vouch for the fact +that the doctor possessed neither rifle nor bandolier, and I am unable +to believe that he armed himself on the battlefield.</p> + +<p>Six of our Krupp guns were captured in this battle, but as our +ammunition for these pieces was nearly exhausted, the loss of them made +little difference to us.</p> + +<p>I feel compelled to add that, if the burghers had stood shoulder to +shoulder we should certainly have driven back the enemy, and the mishap +would never have occurred. We were eight hundred men strong, and the +enemy numbered not more than one thousand to one thousand two hundred. +But a surprise attack such as theirs had been usually produces +disastrous consequences.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXII</h2> + +<h3>My March to the South</h3> + + +<p>The horses of the burghers were in a very weak condition; and as the +Boer is only half a man without his horse—for he relies on it to get +him out of any and every difficulty—I had now to advance, and see if I +could not find some means of providing my men with horses and saddles. I +went on this errand in the direction of Zandriviersbrug to the farm of +Mr. Jacobus Bornman.</p> + +<p>Here, however, I divided the commandos. General Froneman, with the Vrede +and Heilbron burghers, I sent back to cross the railway lines between +the Doorn and Zand Rivers, with orders to operate in the northern +districts of the State. I took with me Commandant Lategan of Colesberg, +with about one hundred and twenty men, and Commandant Jan Theron, with +eighty men, and proceeded on the 10th or 11th of November across the +railway line between Doorn River and Theronskoppen, with the intention +of executing my plan of making an inroad into the Cape Colony.</p> + +<p>We wrecked the railway line and blew up a few small bridges, and then +proceeded in the direction of Doornberg, where I met Commandant +Hasebroek and his burghers. I sent orders to General Philip Botha to +come with the Harrismith and Kroonstad burghers, which he had with him. +They arrived about the 13th of November.</p> + +<p>We then marched, with about fifteen hundred men, in the direction of +Springhaansnek, to the east of Thaba'Nchu. At the northern point of +Korannaberg,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span> Commandant Hasebroek remained behind, waiting for some of +his men to join him.</p> + +<p>We took with us one Krupp with sixteen rounds—that was our whole stock +of gun ammunition!</p> + +<p>By the afternoon of the 16th we had advanced as far as Springhaansnek. +The English had built a line of forts from Bloemfontein to Thaba'Nchu +and Ladybrand. And just at the point where we wanted to pass them, there +were two forts, one to the south and the other to the north, about 2,000 +paces from each other, on the shoulder of the mountain.</p> + +<p>My first step was to order the Krupp to fire six shots on one of these +forts; and, very much to the credit of my gunners, almost everyone of +these shots found its mark. Then I raced through.</p> + +<p>All went well. The only man hit was Vice-Assistant-Commandant Jan +Meijer, of Harrismith, who received a wound in the side. He was shot +while sitting in a cart, where he had been placed owing to a wound which +he had received a few days before, in the course of a hot engagement, +which General Philip Botha had had at Ventersburg Station.</p> + +<p>We now rode on through Rietpoort towards Dewetsdorp, staying, during the +night of the 17th of November, at a place on the Modder River. The +following day we only went a short distance, and halted at the farm of +Erinspride.</p> + +<p>On the 19th I made a point of advancing during the <i>day</i>, so as to be +observed by the garrison at Dewetsdorp.</p> + +<p>My object was to lead the garrison to think that we did not want to +attack them, but wished first to reconnoitre the positions. This would +have been quite an unnecessary proceeding, as the town was well known to +me, and I had already received information as to where the enemy was +posted.</p> + +<p>The garrison could only conclude that we were again flying, just as we +were supposed to have done—by readers of English newspapers—at +Springhaansnek.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span> They would be sure to think that after reconnoitring +their positions at Dewetsdorp we had gone on to Bloemfontein. Indeed, I +heard afterwards that they had sent a patrol, to pursue us to the hills +on the farm of Glengarry, and that this patrol had seen us march away in +the direction of Bloemfontein. In fact the enemy seemed to have a fixed +impression that I was going there. I was told that they had said: "De +Wet was either too wise or too frightened to attack Dewetsdorp; and if +he did, he would only be running his head against a wall." And again, +when they had received the telegram which informed them that I had gone +through Springhaansnek, they said: "If De Wet comes here to attack us, +it will be the last attack he will ever make."</p> + +<p>We came to the farm of Roodewal, and remained there, well out of sight, +the whole of the 20th of November. Meanwhile our friends (?) at +Dewetsdorp were saying: "The Boers are ever so far away."</p> + +<p>But on the evening of the same day I marched, very quietly, back to +Dewetsdorp, and crept up as close as I dared to the positions held by +the enemy's garrison. My early days had been spent in the vicinity of +this town, which had been named after my father by the Volksraad; and +later on I had bought from him the farm<a name="FNanchor_74_74" id="FNanchor_74_74"></a><a href="#Footnote_74_74" class="fnanchor">[74]</a> where I lived as a boy.</p> + +<p>By day or by night, I had been accustomed to ride freely in and out of +the old town; never before had I been forced to approach it, as I was +now, <i>like a thief</i>! Was nothing on this earth then solid or lasting? To +think that I must not enter Dewetsdorp unless I were prepared to +surrender to the English!</p> + +<p>I was <i>not</i> prepared to surrender to the English. Sooner than do that I +would break my way in by force of arms.</p> + +<p>At dawn, on the 21st of November, we took possession of three positions +round the town.</p> + +<p>General Botha, who had with him Jan and Arnoldus<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span> Du Plessis as guides, +went from Boesmansbank to a <i>tafelkop</i>,<a name="FNanchor_75_75" id="FNanchor_75_75"></a><a href="#Footnote_75_75" class="fnanchor">[75]</a> to the south-east of the +town. On this mountain the English had thrown up splendid <i>schanzes</i>, +and had also built gun forts there, which would have been very +advantageous to us, if we had only had more ammunition. The English had +undoubtedly built these forts with the intention of placing guns there, +and thus protecting the town on every side should danger threaten. But +they did not know how to guard their own forts, for when General Botha +arrived there he found only three sentries—and they were fast sleep! +Two of them escaped, leaving their clothes behind, but the third was +killed.</p> + +<p>Commandant De Vos and I occupied a position on the ridge which lies to +the north of the town; from this point we could shoot into the town at a +range of about 1,600 paces.</p> + +<p>Commandant Lategan was stationed on the hill to the west of the town, +close to the farm of Glengarry, whose owner, Mr. B.W. Richter—father of +my valiant Adjutants, B.W. and Jan Richter—must have been much +surprised that morning when he discovered that something very like an +attack was being made on Dewetsdorp.</p> + +<p>The enemy held strong positions on points of the ridge to the south-east +(above the Kaffir location) to the south-west and to the north-west. +Their <i>schanzes</i> were built of stones, and provided with trenches. On +the top of the <i>schanzes</i> sandbags had been placed, with spaces left +between them for the rifles.</p> + +<p>Of Major Massey, who was in command, and his force, consisting of parts +of the Gloucestershire regiment, the Highland Light Infantry, and the +Irish Rifles, five hundred all told, I have only to say that both +commanding officer and men displayed the greatest valour.</p> + +<p>Although Commandants Hasebroek and Prinsloo had not arrived, +nevertheless I had as many as nine<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span> hundred men. But I was obliged to +send a strong patrol to Roodekop, eighteen miles from us in the +direction of Bloemfontein, in order to receive reports in time, should +reinforcements be coming up to the help of the English. I had also to +send men to keep watch out towards Thaba'Nchu, Wepener and Reddersburg; +nor could I leave the President's little camp (which I had allowed to +proceed to the farm called "Prospect") without some protection. Thus it +was that of my nine hundred men, only four hundred and fifty were +available for the attack.</p> + +<p>It delighted me to see how courageous our burghers were at Dewetsdorp. +As one watched them creeping from <i>schanze</i> to <i>schanze</i>, often without +any cover whatever, and in danger at every moment of falling under the +enemy's fire, one felt that there was still hope.</p> + +<p>On the first day we advanced until we were close to the <i>schanzes</i> on +the south-east and on the north; we remained there during the night in +our positions, our food being brought to us.</p> + +<p>The second day, November 22nd, firing began very early in the morning, +and was kept up until the afternoon. Our most advanced burghers, those +of Harrismith, had come to within about one hundred paces of the first +<i>schanze</i>.</p> + +<p>I saw one of our men creeping on till he was close under the enemy's +fort. Directly afterwards I observed that rifles were being handed over +the <i>schanze</i> to this man. Later on it appeared that the man who had +done this valiant deed was none other than Veldtcornet Wessels, of +Harrismith. He was subsequently promoted to the rank of Commandant, to +take the place of Commandant Truter; later on again, he became +Vice-Commander-in-Chief.</p> + +<p>Our burghers could now enter this fort without incurring much danger. +But they had hardly done so, when the two English guns, which had been +placed to the west of the town, opened fire on them. When<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span> this +happened, I gave orders to my men that a great <i>schanze</i> of the English, +about eighty paces from the one which we had just taken, should be +stormed. This was successfully carried out by Veldtcornet Wessels, who +had with him about twenty-five men. The enemy meanwhile kept up a heavy +fire on our storming party, from some <i>schanzes</i> which lay still further +away; our men, therefore, had nothing left them but to take these also. +Then while our men kept in cover behind the fort which they had just +taken, the English left the <i>schanzes</i> upon which the storming party had +been firing so fiercely; this, however, Veldtcornet Wessels and his +burghers did not know, because, after having rested a little, and +desiring to renew the attack, they only saw that everything was quiet +there, and that they were now only under the fire of guns from the +western forts, which lay right above the town. I also had not observed +that the forts had been abandoned.</p> + +<p>Just as the sun was setting, and when it was too late to do anything, +General Philip Botha, with his two sons, Louis and Charlie, rushed up to +Veldtcornet Wessels and told him what the real state of affairs was.</p> + +<p>I now saw columns of black smoke rising from the mill of Mr. Wessels +Badenhorst, to the south of the town. Everybody was saying: "The English +are burning their commissariat; they are going to surrender!"</p> + +<p>The English had a strong fort on the north, near the place where +Commandant De Vos was stationed. In order to take this <i>schanze</i> one +would have been obliged to cross 200 metres of open ground. Moreover, it +was so placed that it was the only part of the English possession which +De Vos's guns commanded. Accordingly, when the sun had gone down, I sent +orders to him that he was to storm this <i>schanze</i> before daybreak on the +following morning.</p> + +<p>My orders were duly carried out.</p> + +<p>Commandant De Vos crept stealthily up to the fort,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span> and was not observed +by the enemy until he was close to them. They then fired fiercely on +him, killing two of his burghers, but our men would not be denied; they +leapt over the <i>schanze</i> and compelled the enemy to surrender. The +English losses on this occasion were six killed, a few wounded, and +about thirty taken prisoner.</p> + +<p>While this was going on, Veldtcornet Wessels, in accordance with orders +which I had given him the previous evening, had taken possession of the +river bank exactly opposite to the town, which he was now preparing to +storm.</p> + +<p>The English had only a few <i>schanzes</i> to the west of him, and these were +not more than two hundred paces off.</p> + +<p>I had been to the laager at "Prospect" the night before, with the +intention of returning so as to be in time for the storming of the town. +I had arranged to go there very early in the morning, because my journey +could be accomplished with much less risk if carried out in the dark. +Unfortunately, however, daylight overtook me when I had got no further +than the Kaffir location, and I had to race from there, over country +where I had no sort of cover, to the ravine near the town. From this +ravine to where Veldtcornet Wessels was waiting for me on the river +bank, I rode in comparative safety.</p> + +<p>The reader can easily imagine how delighted I was to meet again the +Dewetsdorp folk, to whom I was so well known. But I could not show +myself too much. That would not have been safe. After I had visited +three houses—those of the Schoolmaster, Mr. Otto, of Mr. Jacobus Roos, +and of old Mr. H. Van der Schijf—and had partaken in each of a cup of +coffee, I hurried off to my burghers.</p> + +<p>The remaining English <i>schanzes</i> had been so well constructed that their +occupants could still offer a very stubborn resistance, and they did so. +It was not until about three o'clock on the afternoon of the 23rd of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span> +November that we saw the white flag go up, and knew that the victory was +ours.</p> + +<p>We took four hundred and eight prisoners, amongst whom were Major Massey +and seven other officers. We also took fifty Kaffirs. Two Armstrong guns +with more than three hundred rounds of ammunition, some waggons, horses +and mules, and a great quantity of Lee-Metford cartridges also fell into +our hands.</p> + +<p>We never knew the exact numbers of the English dead and wounded, but +they must have lost something between seventy and one hundred men.</p> + +<p>Our own loss was heavy. Seven of the burghers were killed and fourteen +wounded; most of these, however, slightly.</p> + +<p>The sun had already set before we had put everything in order, and it +was late in the evening when we returned to our laager at "Prospect." +There I received a report that a great column was marching from the +direction of Reddersburg, in order to relieve Major Massey—but they +were too late!</p> + +<p>Very early the following morning we made preparations to intercept the +advance of this column. We took up positions to the west of Dewetsdorp, +and the day was spent in exchanging shots with the enemy's guns. During +the night we remained in our positions, but when the sun rose I +discovered that the column, which was already too strong for us, was +expecting a reinforcement, and as no attack was attempted on their side, +I decided to leave the position quietly, and to march on. My inroad into +Cape Colony must no longer be delayed.</p> + +<p>Our positions at Dewetsdorp were so situated that I could leave them +unnoticed. I thought it well, however, to leave behind a small number of +burghers as a decoy, so that the English should not pursue us at once.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXIII</h2> + +<h3>I Fail to Enter Cape Colony</h3> + + +<p>The enemy gave us plenty of time in which to effect our escape, and by +nightfall we had abandoned our positions at Platkop. Taking with us the +prisoners of war (whom I intended to set free on the far side of the +Orange River), we marched towards Vaalbank, arriving there on the +following morning. That day the English attacked us unawares. While I +was at Dewetsdorp, Captain Pretorius had come up to give me a report of +his recent doings. I had sent him, two months previously, from the +district of Heilbron to Fauresmith and Philippolis, in order to fetch +two or three hundred horses from those districts; he had told me that he +had brought the horses, and that they were with his 200 men at +Droogfontein.</p> + +<p>It was about eight o'clock in the morning after our night march that our +outpost at Vaalbank saw a mounted commando riding from Beijersberg in +the direction of Reddersburg. I was at once informed of this, but as I +was expecting Pretorius from that direction, I merely said: "It is sure +to be Captain Pretorius."</p> + +<p>"No; this is an <i>English</i> commando."</p> + +<p>English or Australian—it made very little matter—they were enemies.</p> + +<p>I had no need to give the order to off-saddle, the burghers did it at +once of their own accord. But before we were ready for him, the enemy +opened fire on us from the very ridge on which our outpost had been +stationed.</p> + +<p>Off went the burghers, and I made no effort to stop<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span> them, for the spot +where we were did not command a good view of the surrounding country, +and I already had my eye on some ridges, about half an hour's ride away. +There we should be able to reconnoitre, especially towards Dewetsdorp, +whence I expected the enemy at any moment. During the retreat +Veldtcornet de Wet was severely wounded. Moreover, some of our horses +had to be left behind, being too exhausted to go any further.</p> + +<p>We marched on towards Bethulie. When in the neighbourhood of this town, +and of the farm of "Klein Bloemfontein," I fell in with General Piet +Fourie and Captain Scheepers, and took them with me. While on this farm +I set free the Kaffirs whom I had taken prisoner at Dewetsdorp; they +pretended they had not been fighting, but were only waggon-drivers. I +gave them a pass to go into Basutoland.</p> + +<p>We then proceeded towards Karmel, and just as we were approaching the +farm of "Good Hope," we caught sight of an English column which had come +from Bethulie, and was making for Smithfield. I at once opened fire upon +them from two sides, but they were in such good positions that we failed +that day to drive them out. On the morrow, early in the morning, the +fight began afresh.</p> + +<p>About four o'clock in the afternoon General Charles Knox, with a large +reinforcement, arrived from Smithfield, and we had once more to retire. +It was here that I sustained a loss upon my staff—my nephew, Johannes +Jacobus de Wet. It was sad to think that I should never again see +Johannes—so brave and cheerful as he had always been. His death was a +great shock to me.</p> + +<p>Our only other casualties were four burghers wounded, whereas the enemy, +unless I am much mistaken, must have lost heavily.</p> + +<p>Whilst this fight was in progress General Hertzog joined me. We arranged +that he should with all speed make an inroad into Cape Colony, between +the Nor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>valspont and Hopetown railway bridges, and that I should do the +same between the railway bridges at Bethulie and Aliwal North. He was to +operate in the north-western part of the country, I in the eastern and +midland parts.</p> + +<p>That night we continued our march towards Karmel, under a heavy downpour +of rain. Next morning it was still raining when we started to continue +our march; later on in the day we off-saddled for a short time and then +went on again, so as to be able to cross the Caledon River before it +became impossible to do so. I can assure you that it rained so hard +while we were fording the Caledon, that, as the Boers say, "It was +enough to kill the big devils and cut off the legs of the little ones." +We then marched on—still through heavy rain.</p> + +<p>Commandant Truter, who was in command of the rear-guard, had left a +Krupp and an ammunition waggon behind. I was not at all pleased about +this, but, as we had not a single round of Krupp ammunition left, the +gun would only have hampered us.</p> + +<p>That evening we reached the Orange River, at a point some three miles to +the north of Odendaalsstroom, but, alas! what a sight met our eyes! The +river was quite impassable owing to the floods, and, in addition, the +ford was held by English troops stationed on the south bank.</p> + +<p>Our position was beginning to be critical, for there was an English +garrison at Aliwal North, so that I could not cross the Orange River by +the bridge there. It was also highly probable that the Caledon would be +in flood, and I knew that General Charles Knox had left a division of +his troops at Smithfield—they would be sure to be holding the bridge +over the Caledon at Commissiedrift. Moreover, Jammerbergsdrift, near +Wepener, was doubtless well guarded, so that there, too, I would have no +chance of crossing the river. There was still Basutoland, but we did not +wish to cross its borders—we were on good terms with the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span> Basutos and +we could not afford to make enemies of them. Surely we had enough +enemies already!</p> + +<p>To make the best of a bad job I sent Commandant Kritzinger<a name="FNanchor_76_76" id="FNanchor_76_76"></a><a href="#Footnote_76_76" class="fnanchor">[76]</a> and +Captain Scheepers, with their three hundred men, to march in the +direction of Rouxville with orders that as soon as the Orange River +became fordable, they were to cross it into Cape Colony without delay. I +entertained no doubt that they would succeed.</p> + +<p>Everything is as it must be, and unless one is a sluggard—who brings +trouble upon himself by doing nothing to avoid it—one has no reason to +complain.</p> + +<p>Such were my thoughts as I contemplated our situation.</p> + +<p>The Orange River was in flood—the Government and I, therefore, could +not possibly remain where we were for long. The English were so fond of +us that they would be sure to be paying us a visit! No, to wait there +until the river was fordable was not to be thought of.</p> + +<p>The reader will now perceive how it was that my projected inroad into +Cape Colony did not become a fact. My dear old friend, General Charles +Knox, was against it, and he had the best of the argument, for the river +was unfordable. What then was I to do? Retreat I could not, for the +Caledon also was now full. Again, as I have already explained, it would +not do for me to take refuge in Basutoland. But even that would be +better than to attempt to hold out where I was—in a narrow belt of +country between two rivers in flood—against the overpowering force +which was at General Knox's disposal, and which in ten or twelve days +would increase tenfold, by reinforcements from all parts of the country.</p> + +<p>I knew that the Orange and the Caledon Rivers sometimes remained +unfordable for weeks together. How could I then escape?—Oh, the English +had caught me at last! They hemmed me in on every<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span> side; I could not get +away from them. In fact they had "cornered" me, to use one of their own +favourite expressions. That they also thought so appears from what I +read afterwards in the <i>South African News</i>, where I saw that Lord +Kitchener had given orders to General Charles Knox "not to take any +prisoners there!" For the truth of this I cannot positively vouch; but +it was a very suspicious circumstance that Mr. Cartwright, the editor of +the newspaper to which I have referred, was afterwards thrown into +prison for having published this very anecdote about Lord Kitchener.</p> + +<p>Our prospects were then by no means bright; I knew very well that those +trusty counsellors of the English—the National Scouts—would have +advised their masters to seize the bridges and thus make escape +impossible for Steyn and De Wet.</p> + +<p>Without delay I proceeded to the Commissiedrift bridge over the Caledon. +As I feared, it was occupied by the enemy. Entrenchments had been dug, +and <i>schanzes</i> thrown up at both ends.</p> + +<p>Foiled here, I at once sent a man down to the river to see if it was +still rising. It might be the case that there had not been so much rain +higher up. The man whom I had sent soon returned, reporting that the +river was falling, and would be fordable by the evening. This was good +news indeed.</p> + +<p>On the other hand, our horses were exhausted. They had now for three +days been obliged to plough their way through the wet, muddy paths. We +had no forage to give them, and the grass was so young as yet that it +did not seem to strengthen them at all.</p> + +<p>Nevertheless, we had to be off. And there was but one road open to +us—we must somehow get across the Orange River and thus obtain +elbow-room. Accordingly we returned to make for Zevenfontein, a ford ten +or twelve miles further up the river. If it were not already in the +enemy's hands, we would surely be able to get across there. Shortly +before sunset, on the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span> 8th of December, we arrived at Zevenfontein. To +our immense joy, it was unoccupied and fordable.</p> + +<p>I at once marched towards Dewetsdorp, intending, if only General Knox +and his huge force would give me the chance, to rest my horses, and then +make another attempt to enter Cape Colony.</p> + +<p>But it was not to be.</p> + +<p>The English were afraid that if President Steyn and I were in Cape +Colony their troubles would be doubled. General Knox therefore +concentrated all his available forces in order to drive us northwards. +It was disappointing, but there was a bright side to it. If the English +were pursuing me, they would have to leave Commandant Kritzinger and +Captain Scheepers, who would thus be able to cross the Orange River.</p> + +<p>These two officers, however, were not left entirely in peace. While they +rested for a time near Zastron, in order to give their horses a chance +of recovering their strength, there came a division of Brabant's Horse +to pay them a visit. The result was that about sixty of the visitors +were wounded or taken prisoner, while the rest found it as much as they +could do to get back to Aliwal North, whence they had started. +Commandant Kritzinger and Captain Scheepers had then another opportunity +for rest until the day should come when they could make an inroad into +Cape Colony according to my instructions.</p> + +<p>Although, as I have already said, the English were passionately devoted +to President Steyn and myself, I was deprived of their endearments for +the space of two whole days, during which I was at Wilgeboomspruit. Here +I was joined by Commandant Hasebroek with his commando, and all of +us—horses as well as men—enjoyed a little rest. But very soon General +Knox was again at our heels, and, to escape him, I marched west in the +direction of Edenburg, hoping at last to be able to get into Cape +Colony. Not only were the forces of General Knox <i>behind</i> us, but, when +we arrived at the farm of "Hexrivier,"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span> and thus were within two hours' +march of Edenburg, I heard from my scouts, whom I had sent on in +advance, that there was a great English column in <i>front</i> of us at that +town.</p> + +<p>In the evening, therefore, I turned off towards the east, and marched in +the direction of Wepener.</p> + +<p>The following morning the enemy was again on our track; but, as we had +covered twenty miles during the night, we were so far ahead that it was +unnecessary for us to move very fast during that and the following day.</p> + +<p>At mid-day, the 13th of December, we took up excellent positions—placed +in a line of about eight miles from end to end—on the farm called +"Rietfontein," which is in the district of Wepener, north-east of +Daspoort. We were so strongly posted that the enemy had to halt and wait +for the arrival of the rearguard. I had calculated on this, and knew +that darkness would come to our aid before the English were ready to +attack us. But in front of us there was a strong line of forts, +extending from Bloemfontein through Thaba'Nchu and Springhaansnek, to +Ladybrand. Through this line we should have to fight our way; this would +be difficult enough, and it would never do to have General Knox at our +heels, to increase the difficulty. Our only plan, then, was to make a +long night march, and thus to get well out of the way.</p> + +<p>Accordingly, I gave orders to the men to hold their positions until +dark, and to let the enemy see that they were doing so. I had even had +<i>schanzes</i> built, so as to impress them with the idea that I intended to +attack them the following day if they advanced towards my positions. And +just before the night came on, I ordered the burghers to show themselves +from behind all our <i>schanzes</i>.</p> + +<p>Then night fell, and I at once gave orders to march off.</p> + +<p>The burghers could not understand this, and began to grumble about +it—what could their General mean?<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span> Why this sudden change in his plans? +I said nothing, but thought to myself, "You shall know why to-morrow."</p> + +<p>We marched directly towards Springhaansnek. It was very slow work, for +many of the burghers' horses were so weak that their owners had to go on +foot. General Philip Botha and I were with the rearguard, and did not +expect to reach the line of forts until ten o'clock on the following +morning.</p> + +<p>We had not advanced very far before we were joined by Commandant Michal +Prinsloo, who had with him three hundred of the Bethlehem burghers. He +had come down from Springhaansnek, and as his horses were in good +condition I ordered him to go in advance of us, to pass through +Springhaansnek, and then to occupy positions to the north of the lines +of forts and east of Thaba'Nchu.</p> + +<p>My object in making this arrangement was that when on the following +morning we were crossing the mountains, he might be able to hinder the +enemy at Thaba'Nchu from either checking our advance, or sending +reinforcements to the Springhaansnek forts.</p> + +<p>And in point of fact, Prinsloo's commando proved to be our salvation; +for the English, from their high position at Thaba'Nchu, spied us as +soon as day broke, and indeed sent troops to reinforce the point for +which we were making. But Prinsloo succeeded in holding them in check, +so that when we arrived at Springhaansnek we had to fight against strong +positions, but against nothing else—but I must not anticipate.</p> + +<p>Before it began to be light on the morning of the 14th of December, +Commandant Prinsloo passed through the enemy's lines between the forts. +The English fired upon him, but he did not turn back. Then a small +outpost of the enemy, which lay half-way between the forts, made an +attempt to turn the oncoming burghers by shooting at them from the +front. The Commandant only gave strict orders that the men must force +their way through. The conse<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span>quence was that two of the enemy, who did +not get out of the way in time, were literally ridden over. The burghers +thought that these two unfortunate men had been trodden to death by the +horses, but it was not likely that any of them would dismount to see if +this were actually the case.</p> + +<p>As I have already said, General Botha and I were in the rearguard. We +knew, however, that Vice-Commandant-in-Chief Piet Fourie—a man whom +nothing on earth would stop, if he had once made up his mind—was +leading the van, and that he was supported by Veldtcornet Johannes +Hattingh, who was as resolute and undaunted as his chief.</p> + +<p>Fourie did not wait for us to catch him up, but at once went down the +mountain side. When we saw this, General Botha and I rode with all speed +ahead, telling the burghers to come on more gently with their weary +horses. I did not fear thus to leave them behind, because I knew that +General Knox was still a long way in the rear.</p> + +<p>Just as General Fourie, leading the first storming-party, had passed +between the forts, we came up with him, our burghers still straggling on +behind us. As soon as we had crossed over the first piece of rising +ground, I halted my men, and ordered them to leave their horses out of +sight of the enemy, and to return to the brow of the hill, so as to be +able to fire into the forts on the right and left hand, which were from +eight hundred to nine hundred paces from us. From this hill we kept up +as fierce a fire as we could, and this to a great extent prevented the +enemy in those forts from firing on our burghers who were still coming +on in a long train.</p> + +<p>It is necessary, in order that the reader may understand the task which +we had set ourselves to accomplish, to say a few words about +Springhaansnek. At either side of the way by which we must pass, there +were two strong forts, at a distance of from a thousand to twelve +hundred paces from each other. In<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span> the space between them there was +absolutely no cover; and the distance from the point where the burghers +were first visible to the men in these forts, to the point where they +again disappeared from view, was at least three thousand paces.</p> + +<p>Over these terrible three thousand paces our burghers raced, while a +storm of bullets was poured in upon them from both sides. And of all +that force—eight thousand strong—no single man was killed, and only +one was wounded!</p> + +<p>Our marvellous escape can only be described to the providence and +irresistible protection of Almighty God, who kept His hand graciously +over us.</p> + +<p>What the enemy's loss was I never heard.</p> + +<p>In addition to the burghers, a few carts and waggons, as well as one of +the two guns which had been taken at Dewetsdorp, got safely through the +English lines. The other gun was left behind by the sergeant of the +artillery, before he reached the fighting line. He sent the horses of +the gun-carriage with the gunners, back to Commandant Hasel, who +subsequently followed us to Ijzernek, to the west of Thaba'Nchu.</p> + +<p>My ambulance with Dr. Fourie and Dr. Poutsma, were stopped by the +English. Dr. Fourie had, as was quite proper, remained outside the +fighting line, with the intention of coming through afterwards. This he +was permitted to do on the following day. He brought me a message from +General Knox to the effect that Commandant Hasebroek had lost heavily in +an engagement with Colonel White, who had marched out from Thaba'Nchu. +But I had already received information that the Commandant had got +through the enemy's lines unhurt, and that on the contrary it was he who +had killed some of Colonel White's men, while they were attacking him.</p> + +<p>We decided to retreat still further, in order to reach a place of safety +where we might rest our horses, in preparation for that long dash into +Cape Colony, which I still intended to carry out on the first +opportu<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span>nity. I felt sure, however, that my commandos would be allowed +no rest by the enemy as long as the President and I were with them. +Accordingly I planned that as soon as we got to the north of Winburg he +and I should absent ourselves from the commandos for some time, while I +proceeded to arrange certain matters (to be set down in a later chapter) +by which I hoped to effectually "settle"<a name="FNanchor_77_77" id="FNanchor_77_77"></a><a href="#Footnote_77_77" class="fnanchor">[77]</a> the English.</p> + +<p>On our arrival at a certain farm to the south of Senekal we discovered +that General Knox was once more at our heels. We had several small +engagements with him, in one of which a son of Commandant Truter, of +Harrismith, was killed.</p> + +<p>On the afternoon of Christmas Day, 1900, we left the farm, and rode on +to the Tafelkop, nine miles to the west of Senekal.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXIV</h2> + +<h3>Wherein Something is Found About War against Women</h3> + + +<p>It was decided here, on the 26th December, to divide the large commando +into two. The one part was to be under the command of +Assistant-Chief-Commander P.H. Botha, and the other +Assistant-Chief-Commander Pete Fourie.</p> + +<p>I entrusted to President Steyn a bodyguard under Commander Davel, who +went with the Government in the direction of Reitz.</p> + +<p>As regards myself, I went to Assistant-Chief-Commander C.C. Froneman, +who was with the Heilbron Commander, L. Steenekamp, in the neighbourhood +of Heilbron. It was my intention to take with me from there a strong +escort, and to dig up the ammunition at Roodewal taken on the 7th of +June, as both our Mauser and our Lee-Metford ammunition were nearly +exhausted, although we still had a fairly large supply of Martini-Henry +Giddy cartridges.</p> + +<p>I then started from Tafelkop, on the 27th of December, and arrived two +days later at General Froneman's commando, close to Heilbron. I had to +wait there till the evening of the 31st December, until the necessary +carriages and oxen had been got together for carrying the ammunition +with us. Carriages were now no longer to be got easily, because the +British had not only taken them away from the farms, but had also burnt +many of them. Where formerly in each farm there were at least one +carriage and a team of oxen, and in some two, three or even more, there +were now frequently not a single one. Even where there were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span> carriages +the women had always to keep them in readiness to fly on them before the +columns of the enemy, who had now already commenced to carry the women +away from their dwellings to the concentration camps within their own +lines, in nearly all villages where the English had established strong +garrisons. Proclamations had been issued by Lord Roberts, prescribing +that any building within ten miles from the railway, where the Boers had +blown up or broken up the railway line, should be burnt down. This was +also carried out, but not only within the specified radius, but also +everywhere throughout the State. Everywhere houses were burnt down or +destroyed with dynamite. And, worse still, the furniture itself and the +grain were burnt, and the sheep, cattle and horses were carried off. Nor +was it long before horses were shot down in heaps, and the sheep killed +by thousands by the Kaffirs and the National Scouts, or run through by +the troops with their bayonets. The devastation became worse and worse +from day to day. And the Boer women—did they lose courage with this +before their eyes? By no means, as when the capturing of women, or +rather the war against them and against the possessions of the Boer +commenced, they took to bitter flight to remain at least out of the +hands of the enemy. In order to keep something for themselves and their +children, they loaded the carriages with grain and the most +indispensable furniture. When then a column approached a farm, even at +night, in all sorts of weather, many a young daughter had to take hold +of the leading rope of the team of oxen, and the mother the whip, or +vice versa. Many a smart, well-bred daughter rode on horseback and urged +the cattle on, in order to keep out of the hands of the pursuers as long +as at all possible, and not to be carried away to the concentration +camps, which the British called Refugee Camps (Camps of Refuge). How +incorrect, indeed! Could any one ever have thought before the war that +the twentieth century could show such bar<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span>barities? No. Any one knows +that in war, cruelties more horrible than murder can take place, but +that such direct and indirect murder should have been committed against +defenceless women and children is a thing which I should have staked my +head could never have happened in a war waged by the civilized English +nation. And yet it happened. Laagers containing no one but women and +children and decrepit old men, were fired upon with cannon and rifles in +order to compel them to stop. I could append here hundreds of +declarations in proof of what I say. I do not do so, as my object is not +to write on this matter. I only touch upon it in passing. There are +sufficiently many righteous pens in South Africa and England to pillory +these deeds and bring them to the knowledge of the world, to remain on +record for the future. For what nation exists, or has existed, which has +not a historical record whether to its advantage or to its disadvantage? +I cannot do it here as it should be done. And too much cannot be said +about this shameful history.</p> + +<p>I had to unburden my heart. Now let me proceed.</p> + +<p>On the evening of the 1st of January, 1901, I pushed on towards Roodewal +Station, for I had obtained all the waggons I needed for my purpose. +Perhaps that night the outposts were asleep; but however that may be, we +reached the railway without the enemy being aware of our movements. The +hour was growing late, and so we had no choice but to remain where we +were, nine miles from the spot at which we aimed. But the following +evening we were again on the march, and reached the place where the +ammunition had been buried. We found it untouched, and just where we had +left it, a few miles from the railway, and quite close to the English +camp, at Rhenosterriviersbrug.</p> + +<p>We were very careful to recover every cartridge, since it was clear that +the war must still continue for a long space of time. <i>We</i> could have no +thought of giving up the struggle, whilst the pride of England would not +allow her to turn back.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span></p> + +<p>We loaded our waggons with the ammunition, and I gave to General +Froneman the task of conducting it across the railway line. I myself +proceeded to the Vredefort commandos, which were stationed some fifteen +miles away, for the state of affairs amongst these commandos called for +my presence. On the 4th of January, when night had fallen, I crossed the +railway near Vredefortweg, unnoticed by the enemy.</p> + +<p>Two days later I was back again with General Froneman's commando, where +I found that the ammunition had arrived in safety. I was informed that +General Knox had divided his forces into three parts, one of which had +engaged General Fourie and Commandant Prinsloo, near Bethlehem. We had +given the enemy a good beating, but had lost two men in the affair. I +regret to say that one of them was that clever officer, Vice-Commandant +Ignatius du Preeij. He was a man whom every burgher loved, for he was +goodness personified. The second of General Knox's division had set out +in the direction of Heilbron, whilst the third had pursued General +Philip Botha along the Liebenbergsvlei.<a name="FNanchor_78_78" id="FNanchor_78_78"></a><a href="#Footnote_78_78" class="fnanchor">[78]</a></p> + +<p>This division had attempted to mislead General Botha by all sorts of +tricks, but on January the 3rd he had put up notices outside different +farmhouses, stating that he did not like such familiarity.</p> + +<p>On one occasion the General, with only fifty burghers, had charged one +hundred and fifty of the bodyguard, and had taken one hundred and +seventeen prisoners, leaving the whole of the remainder either killed or +wounded.</p> + +<p>A panic now occurred among General Knox's forces. The division that was +marching to Heilbron suddenly turned aside towards Kroonstad, only to +meet with General Botha, who left them in anything but an undamaged +condition.</p> + +<p>The division which had been despatched to deal<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span> with General Fourie and +Commandant Prinsloo entered Senekal.</p> + +<p>When I arrived at General Botha's camp, which was situated six miles to +the east of Lindley, I found that General Knox had already taken +Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>After this we allowed ourselves a rest.</p> + +<p>On the 8th of January I received reports from Commandant Kritzinger and +Captain Scheepers dealing with the state of affairs in Cape Colony. They +informed me that they had safely crossed the Orange River by a +foot-path. There was another footpath, more to the south, which an +English outpost of eight men was guarding. These soldiers occupied a +house near by, and the first warning they had that we had crossed the +river was when the door of their abode opened, and they heard the order +to "hands up."</p> + +<p>Commandant Kritzinger and Captain Scheepers also assured me that the +sympathies of the Colonial burghers were strongly with us. Like every +other right-minded man, I had expected this to be the case, for "blood +is thicker than water."<a name="FNanchor_79_79" id="FNanchor_79_79"></a><a href="#Footnote_79_79" class="fnanchor">[79]</a></p> + +<p>Although the Colonials were well aware what a dangerous course they +would be pursuing if they joined us, and how, later, they would be sure +to be treated as rebels, they nevertheless threw in their lot with ours.</p> + +<p>From Judge Hertzog I received a very encouraging report as to the +burghers in the north-western parts of Cape Colony. This news decided me +on leaving behind, in their own districts, parts of the commandos from +all the various divisions, and on taking others to join with me in a +second expedition into Cape Colony. The following were the officers I +took with me, ordering them to assemble at Doornberg, in the district of +Winburg, on the 25th of January, 1901: Generals Piet Fourie, Philip +Botha and Froneman; Commandants Prinsloo (Bethlehem), Steyn (Ficksburg), +Hasebroek (Winburg), De Vos (Kroonstad), Merve<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span> (Parijs), Ross +(Frankfort), Wessel Wessels<a name="FNanchor_80_80" id="FNanchor_80_80"></a><a href="#Footnote_80_80" class="fnanchor">[80]</a> (Harrismith), Kolbe (Bloemfontein), and +Jan Theron, with the renowned Theron Scouts.</p> + +<p>From the 8th to the 25th of January we were in the north-western +districts of the Free State. We were waiting for a suitable opportunity +to make a dash into Cape Colony.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXV</h2> + +<h3>I Again Attempt to Enter Cape Colony</h3> + + +<p>I was now about to make a second attempt to march into Cape Colony. I +had great fears that my plans would leak out, since I was obliged to +mention them to the commandants. But I was not able to confine all +knowledge of my future movements entirely to the commandants. For I had +sent many a burgher home to fetch a second horse; and the burghers began +to make all sorts of guesses as to why they had to fetch the horses; and +one could hear them mutter: "We are going to the Colony."</p> + +<p>But nevertheless they were all in good spirits, with the exception of +some, who had for commander a most contradictory and obstinate officer.</p> + +<p>By January the 25th nearly the whole of my commandos had assembled; only +General Philip Botha, with the burghers from Vrede under Commandant +Hermanus Botha, had yet to arrive in order to complete our numbers; and +he had been prevented coming.</p> + +<p>President Steyn and the Government decided to go with me and my two +thousand burghers.</p> + +<p>At Doornberg the council of war was called together by the Government. +President Steyn then communicated to the meeting that his term of office +would soon expire. He pointed out that the provisions of the law +designed to meet this contingency could not be carried out, because a +legally constituted Volksraad could not be summoned at the present +moment.</p> + +<p>The council of war decided to propose a candidate to the burghers +without any delay, at the same time<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span> giving them the option of +nominating candidates of their own. Further, it was decided that the +candidate who should be elected should be sworn in as Vice-States +President, and retain that title until the time arrived when the +condition of the country should make it possible to hold an election in +conformity with the law.</p> + +<p>After the voting had taken place, it was found that the former +President, Marthinus Theunis Steyn, had been unanimously re-elected.</p> + +<p>At the burghers' meeting the voting resulted in the same way, except at +a meeting at which Mr. Cecil Rhodes was proposed as a candidate. This +proposal was not seconded!</p> + +<p>President Steyn was declared elected. And he was then sworn in.</p> + +<p>The executive Raad now consisted of the President, as chairman, with T. +Brain, Secretary of State, W.J.C. Brebner, Secretary of State, A.P. +Cronje, Jan Meijer and myself as members. Mr. Rocco De Villiers was +Secretary of the War Council, and Mr. Gordon Fraser, Private Secretary +to the States President.</p> + +<p>No States-Procureur had been appointed since Mr. Jacob De Villiers had +been taken prisoner at Bothaville; but the Council appointed Mr. Hendrik +Potgieter, Landdrost of Kroonstad, as Public Prosecutor.</p> + +<p>Various causes had made it impossible for a legally constituted +Volksraad to sit. Some members had, as we called it, "hands-upped"; +others had thought that they had done quite enough when they had voted +for the war. I would be the last to assert that they had done wrong in +voting thus. The whole world is convinced that, whatever the Boers might +have done, England was determined to colour the map of South Africa red! +And England succeeded beyond her expectations! For South Africa was +stained with the blood of burghers and defenceless women and children, +and with the blood of English soldiers who had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span> died in a quarrel for +which they were not responsible, and which could have been avoided!</p> + +<p>There were other members—and I had no patience with them—who had said: +"We will give our last drop of blood for our country," and then had +taken good care that no one should have a chance of getting even the +first drop! They preferred to remain quietly at home, and wait for the +English to come and make them prisoners of war!</p> + +<p>Only a minority of the members had remained faithful to our cause, and +these did not constitute a quorum; and so no sitting could take place. +This small party, as far as I can recollect, consisted of the following +ten members: C.H. Wessels Bishop, Chairman; Wessel Wessels (Vrede); J.B. +Wessels (Winburg); A.P. Cronje (Winburg); Jan Steijl (Bloemfontein); Jan +Meijer (Harrismith); J.J. Van Niekerk (Fauresmith); Daniel Steyn +(Heilbron); Hendrik Ecksteen (Vrede); and Hendrik Serfontein +(Kroonstad).</p> + +<p>We marched from Doornberg on the 26th of January to Commandant Sarel +Hasebroek's farm, which is eight miles to the north of Winburg.</p> + +<p>There was a strong English force seven or eight miles to the east of +Winburg, and another body of the enemy eleven or twelve miles still +further to the east. In addition, a column was marching northwards from +Ventersburg, west of our position.</p> + +<p>It was perfectly plain that the enemy were aware of our intentions; but +this, as I have already said, could not be helped. Our army was so +constituted that no secret could be kept; and I decided for the future +to tell no one of any further plans I might form.</p> + +<p>On the 27th of January I reconnoitred to the east of Winburg, and took +care to let myself be seen, for I wished to make it appear that it was +my intention to proceed in that direction in the evening. Meanwhile I +secretly sent my scouts to the west.</p> + +<p>That night I marched to the west of Winburg,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span> crossing the branch +railway without meeting with any opposition, and arrived on the +following morning at the Vet River—to the south of the town. We did not +advance very fast,<a name="FNanchor_81_81" id="FNanchor_81_81"></a><a href="#Footnote_81_81" class="fnanchor">[81]</a> as we expected that we should soon once more have +to face the difficulty of marching with exhausted horses.</p> + +<p>In the afternoon we continued our way till we had passed Tabaksberg. The +following morning, January 28th, I received a report that the English +were advancing in two divisions. I ordered my burghers to up-saddle and +to occupy positions to the east of Takasberg.</p> + +<p>The enemy's right wing was to the east, and we stationed ourselves on +some ridges that lay in front of them, but were unable to deliver an +attack. We charged their left wing, however, and captured a +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, which was in perfect order, at the cost of one killed +and three wounded. Our other losses amounted to a very small number.</p> + +<p>As to the enemy's losses, they took some of their dead and wounded away, +but they left behind them several of their dead at the spot where we had +captured the gun.</p> + +<p>To remain there and continue the fighting the next day could not even be +thought of; for if we had waited the English would have had time to +bring up reinforcements, and my plan of entering Cape Colony would have +been rendered impossible.</p> + +<p>Our position was difficult enough. The enemy were at our heels, and we +had to get away as best we could. In front of us there was the line of +fortifications from Bloemfontein to Ladybrand, which had been greatly +strengthened since we had forced our way through it at Springhaansnek. +It was impossible to get through at Springhaansnek now.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span></p> + +<p>I decided to march towards Thaba'Nchu. But in order to deceive the +English I sent a strong patrol on the following day in the direction of +Springhaansnek, ordering them to make no attempt to conceal their +movements.</p> + +<p>I could advance for eight miles without attracting the enemy's notice; +but if I had gone further I should have been seen from the forts. I need +scarcely say that it was greatly to my advantage not to give the English +a chance of seeing me. And so when we had covered eight miles we +off-saddled. If I had allowed the English to discover what I was doing +they would have brought up troops from Thaba'Nchu, Sanna's Post and +Bloemfontein; and these troops in combination with the force behind me +might have put me into a very awkward position.</p> + +<p>My old friend, General Knox, whose duty it had been to prevent me +entering Cape Colony on a previous occasion, was again entrusted with +the same task. Any person who has had dealings with this General will +acknowledge that he is apt to be rather a troublesome friend; for not +only does he understand the art of marching by night, but he is also +rather inclined to be overbearing when he measures his strength with +that of his opponents.</p> + +<p>And now, as we were in camp, congratulating ourselves that we were safe +for the time being, my scouts reported that this same General Knox was +approaching. I at once ordered the burghers to up-saddle, and to inspan +the ten waggons we had with us laden with ammunition and flour.</p> + +<p>I left behind me a portion of my commando under General Fourie, whose +duty it was to check General Knox, whilst I myself was going forward to +clear a road through the enemy's forts.</p> + +<p>It was lucky for us that General Knox had been deceived by the strong +patrol I had sent in the direction of Springhaansnek, and that he had +come to the conclusion that my commando was marching to the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span> same place. +He therefore started off in that direction and continued until he +discovered his mistake. Then he turned aside and came in contact with +General Fourie. Our men held him back for a few hours, and lost two men, +very badly wounded in the engagement.</p> + +<p>Whilst this was occurring I had reached the forts between Thaba'Nchu and +Sanna's Post. When I was there a reinforcement of cavalry approached +from the direction of Bloemfontein.</p> + +<p>I immediately opened fire (with a gun and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt at a range +of 4,000 paces) on the fort, which obstructed my road. After we had +fired a few shots the English abandoned that fort and fled to the +nearest fort to the east. Shortly afterwards this fort was also +abandoned.</p> + +<p>The fort to the west was captured by Commandant Steenekamp and the +Heilbron burghers. They succeeded in taking a few prisoners; but most of +the enemy fled to Sanna's Post. Only one of the Heilbron burghers was +wounded—Piet Steenekamp, the son of the Commandant.</p> + +<p>And now our road was clear; and we passed through! General Fourie joined +us two hours after sunset. Then we marched on to Dewetsdorp<a name="FNanchor_82_82" id="FNanchor_82_82"></a><a href="#Footnote_82_82" class="fnanchor">[82]</a> where we +arrived on January 31st.</p> + +<p>General Knox, I heard, proceeded to Bloemfontein; thence he sent his +troops to the railway bridge across the Orange River, near Bethulie. He +was now aware that we were determined to enter the Colony at all costs, +and so he stationed troops everywhere to turn us back. He placed forces +not only at Bethulie railway bridge, but also at Springfontein, and +Norvalspont. Thus he could easily prevent us crossing at the fords.</p> + +<p>I had now to find some trump card which would spoil the game he was +playing!</p> + +<p>I ordered General Froneman to proceed from the source of the Kaffir +River in the direction of Jagers<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span>fontein Road Station, to the west of +Dewetsdorp: General Fourie I despatched in the direction of +Odendaalsstroom, on the Orange River, to the farm of Klein +Kinderfontein, to the west of Smithfield.</p> + +<p>I then sent scouts to the neighbourhood of Odendaalsdrift. They told me +that there was an English patrol at the drift, and that they had heard +that the enemy expected that we should try and cross into Cape Colony at +that spot.</p> + +<p>The following day I ordered a patrol to ride up and down the river; and +I caused a report to be spread to the effect that I considered it too +dangerous to cross the Orange River below its junction with the Caledon, +owing to the river being already very full and quite unfordable if there +was any rain at all; and that I had for this reason decided to recall +General Froneman, and to take Odendaalsstroom by force, or else to +attack the enemy at the Aliwal-north Bridge.</p> + +<p>I felt quite sure that this rumour would reach General Knox that very +day, for he had plenty of friends in the neighbourhood of the Caledon +and the Orange River.</p> + +<p>General Froneman had orders to march in the direction of Zanddrift, +which is about half-way between Norvals Pont railway bridge and that of +Hopetown. He succeeded in capturing a train close to Jagersfontein Road +Station, by the simple device of blowing up the line both in front of it +and behind it. In this train the burghers found a great quantity of +things they greatly needed.</p> + +<p>It should not be forgotten that there were scarcely any factories in +South Africa, and this was more especially the case in the two +Republics. And, as all imports had been stopped for some considerable +time, it was natural that any booty which consisted of such things as +saddles, blankets and ammunition was very acceptable.</p> + +<p>When the burghers had helped themselves to what they wanted, the train +was burnt.</p> + +<p>For the space of a day I remained quiet, so that I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span> might be quite sure +that the English had received the report I had spread.</p> + +<p>I soon discovered that my plan had been quite successful. The English +marched off in the direction I wished, believing, no doubt, that the +rumours they had heard were true; whilst I, on the evening of the 5th of +February, 1901, took some of the burghers, with the guns and waggons, to +a spot between the stations of Springfontein and Jagersfontein, and the +following day remained in hiding.</p> + +<p>I left General Fourie behind me with a horse-commando, with orders to +remain there for two days, and to carry on manœuvres in the direction +of Odendaalsstroom.</p> + +<p>I crossed the railway line that evening without any mishap to my force, +but to my great sorrow the valiant Lieutenant Banie<a name="FNanchor_83_83" id="FNanchor_83_83"></a><a href="#Footnote_83_83" class="fnanchor">[83]</a> Enslin, one of +the best of my scouts, was severely wounded the same night, and fell +into the hands of the English. He had ridden in advance with one of +Theron's Scouting Corps, with the object of finding a favourable spot +where he could lead us across the railway. The night was very dark, and +he had lost his way. We crossed, as I have already said, without +hindrance; but he and his companions rode into an outpost of the enemy a +few miles to the north. The English opened fire on them, with the +unhappy result that the estimable Banie was so seriously wounded that he +had to be left behind. His comrades joined us the following morning, +bringing the sad news with them.</p> + +<p>We now continued our march at as rapid a pace as was possible; but the +road was so soaked by rain that it was difficult for the oxen and the +mules to draw the waggons and the guns.</p> + +<p>On the 8th of February we overtook General Froneman at Lubbesdrift, six +miles to the north of Philippolis. We pushed on that evening towards +Zanddrift, which we reached on the 10th of February.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span> Then we crossed +over into Cape Colony.</p> + +<p>When we had crossed the river, I received a report from my scouts that +there were about twenty of the enemy in a strong <i>schanze</i> on a kopje, +which was about half an hour's march further up stream. I gave orders +that a veldtcornet and twenty-five men, among whom was one of my staff, +Willem Pretorius, should go and capture the <i>schanze</i>.</p> + +<p>The veldtcornet preferred not to approach beyond a certain distance, and +consequently Willem Pretorius and four other men were left to do the +work.</p> + +<p>Willem climbed the hill from one side, and the others, dividing into +two, climbed it from the other side at two different points. They were +met by a severe fire from the fort, but when they got to close quarters +up went the white flag, and the English shouted "We surrender!"</p> + +<p>Thus Willem Pretorius and four burghers captured twenty prisoners and a +like number of horses, saddles, bridles, rifles and bandoliers, not to +mention some three thousand cartridges.</p> + +<p>When the veldtcornet at last arrived with his twenty men, he certainly +proved himself very useful in carrying away the booty!</p> + +<p>This veldtcornet was shortly afterwards "Stellenbosched."<a name="FNanchor_84_84" id="FNanchor_84_84"></a><a href="#Footnote_84_84" class="fnanchor">[84]</a> I then +nominated in his place Willem Pretorius<a name="FNanchor_85_85" id="FNanchor_85_85"></a><a href="#Footnote_85_85" class="fnanchor">[85]</a> as veldtcornet.</p> + +<p>We left the river that afternoon behind us, and marched south to Mr. +Bezuidenhout's farm. The following day we waited there for General +Fourie to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span> join us. He arrived the next day—and now we were ready to +begin the game once more!</p> + +<p>Our position was embarrassing, for not only was there a large English +force at General Fourie's heels, but also there were two strong columns +on the north from Colesberg, which were making for Hamelfontein. And +these two columns were some twelve miles from us.</p> + +<p>I at once set out in the direction of Hamelfontein, and the following +day I discovered that the enemy's columns had divided into two parties; +one of them had gone in a westerly direction, whilst the other was +marching straight towards us. Meanwhile the force which had pursued +General Fourie had crossed the river at Zanddrift.</p> + +<p>My intention had been to divide my force into three divisions directly I +arrived in the Colony. But I had been obliged to wait till General +Fourie could join me; and when he had come, there was such large numbers +of the enemy on every side that they gave me no opportunity of carrying +out my original intention.</p> + +<p>I may mention here that Lieutenant Malan, who became afterwards +Commandant, and ultimately Vechtgeneraal, had penetrated into the Colony +with fifty or sixty men, and had advanced considerably farther than I +had done.</p> + +<p>That afternoon I ordered the small waggon to proceed to a point between +Philipstown and Petrusville.</p> + +<p>We had several slight skirmishes with the English; and at sunset we +nearly fell into their hands, but fortunately we were successful in +holding the enemy in check until our small laager had passed.</p> + +<p>During that night we marched to Hondeblaf River. The following morning +we found that there was no grass for the horses, for the locusts had +eaten it all. The horses, poor creatures, were very hungry, and also +much exhausted by all those forced marches. When we had been at Winburg, +the pasture had been very<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span> poor although it had rained every day. This, +of course, was very good for the veldt; but unfortunately it did not +rain grass—the veldt required time to produce it.</p> + +<p>All this was most unlucky. Already some of my men had to go on foot, and +there were no horses to be obtained in that district.</p> + +<p>The number of my burghers had now been diminished by nearly six hundred +men. Commandant Prinsloo had remained behind with three hundred men, +Vice-Commandant Van Tonder with one hundred, and lastly, Commandant De +Vos at the Orange River with two hundred.</p> + +<p>There was now only one course open to us—and that was to cross as +quickly as possible the railway line near Hopetown, for if an English +force was brought down by rail, it would mean our utter destruction.</p> + +<p>We accordingly moved away at once from Hondeblaf River. The following +day the English were again hot on our track. I ordered General Fourie +and General Froneman to oppose the enemy, for it was necessary that +something should be done to save our rearguard from being cut off. These +Generals had several sharp engagements with the English, resulting in +the capture of a number of prisoners, and a considerable loss in dead +and wounded to the English.</p> + +<p>After we had been on the march for a short time, a "Broodspioen"<a name="FNanchor_86_86" id="FNanchor_86_86"></a><a href="#Footnote_86_86" class="fnanchor">[86]</a> +came rushing up to me. (Had not my scouts been riding in a different +direction they would have given me notice of his proximity.) He told me +that he and a friend of his of the same calling had gone to a farm near +by to buy bread, but when they had approached the house, a number of +English soldiers appeared at the door and called out "hands<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span> up!" His +friend had been captured, but he having been some fifteen paces from the +house, had managed to escape under a hail of bullets. He had had to +gallop one thousand paces before he could get out of range behind a +ridge that stretched between us and the farm. I ordered the burghers to +halt behind the ridge, and sent a small body of men ahead to determine +the strength of the enemy. We could now see that the English had hidden +their horses behind some fruit-trees. When they caught sight of our men +on the top of the ridge, they took up positions behind kraals and a +dam-wall not far from the house, knowing well that escape was +impossible.</p> + +<p>I thought it best to send a note to this handful of men, advising them +to surrender, for I did not wish that any of my burghers' lives should +be sacrificed in an unnecessary attack. Whilst I was writing the letter +they punctuated it by an incessant fire, to which the burghers replied +by a few shots, although none of the enemy were visible. As soon, +however, as my despatch rider appeared with a white flag, their firing +ceased. The answer they returned left something to be desired—"We shall +not surrender!"</p> + +<p>I immediately ordered fifty of my men to attack them. Hardly had I given +the order, when a number of young burghers sprung on their horses and +galloped at break-neck pace towards the kraals.</p> + +<p>And now there was an end to all boasting, for without firing a single +shot the enemy surrendered.</p> + +<p>We took twenty prisoners there, and an equal number of rifles and +bandoliers. The horses we captured—again twenty in number—were in +excellent condition, and all up-saddled. We now had made ninety men our +prisoners since we crossed the Orange River.</p> + +<p>The joy of the Broodspioen, who had been for fifty minutes in the hands +of the English, was very great; and I believe he never returned again to +his very doubtful profession.</p> + +<p>The following day we came to a farm about six<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span> miles to the east of +Houtkraal Station, which we christened Moddervlei,<a name="FNanchor_87_87" id="FNanchor_87_87"></a><a href="#Footnote_87_87" class="fnanchor">[87]</a> on account of the +experience we had on the night following our arrival.</p> + +<p>The great English force was close behind us, and when night fell the +enemy were not more than five miles from us.</p> + +<p>It was at the hour of sunset, shortly before we came to the swamp, which +I shall presently describe, that my scouts came across fifteen of the +enemy. When the English saw our men they turned round at once. But they +did not get away before one was shot from his horse, and another +seriously wounded, and several of them taken prisoner.</p> + +<p>I now sent two patrols to blow up the railway, seven miles at each side +of the point where I intended to cross. I had no wish that an armoured +train should appear and prevent my crossing.</p> + +<p>But, before we could reach the railway line a swamp lay in our way. This +swamp was about one thousand paces broad, and was covered knee deep with +water, and in some places even deeper; for heavy rain had fallen during +the afternoon. The water, however, would have been a matter of very +little consequence, had it not been that the bottom of the swamp was of +such a nature that the horses sank in it up to their knees, and even +sometimes up to their girths. But we fourteen hundred riders had to get +over it somehow or other!</p> + +<p>Let the reader try to picture to himself the condition of the swamp when +the last burgher had crossed!</p> + +<p>Many of the men lost their balance as their horses struggled in the mud, +and several of the burghers had to dismount and lead their poor +tired-out animals.</p> + +<p>The guns and the waggons caused us a great deal of trouble. We inspanned +thirty oxen to each gun; but if it got stuck fast in the mud, fifty oxen +were sometimes not sufficient to move it.</p> + +<p>At last we got the guns through, and succeeded in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span> getting a trolley, +and the little waggon which carried my documents and papers, safely to +the other side. But the ammunition and flour-waggons were impossible to +move when they had once entered the swamp.</p> + +<p>It was a night which I shall never forget!</p> + +<p>We had now to determine what we should do with the waggons. The day +would soon break and we could only cross the railway line when darkness +covered our movements. It would be disastrous to us if, while we were +still between the swamp and the railway, troops should be brought up by +rail from De Aar and Hopetown.</p> + +<p>It was perfectly clear that those who had crossed the swamp must go on. +And so I advanced, at the same time giving General Fourie orders to +remain behind with a hundred of the men whose horses were less exhausted +than those of the other burghers, and to try to get the waggons through. +In the event of the enemy arriving before his task was completed, I told +him to leave the waggons and make his escape to the south.</p> + +<p>Having given these orders, I proceeded with my commando to the railway +line. Only the weakest of the horses were with us, so that many of my +burghers had to go on foot.</p> + +<p>The ninety prisoners we had taken were with me. I could not release +them, because I did not want them to tell the enemy how exhausted our +horses were. Should the English know this they would know exactly where +our weak point lay.</p> + +<p>I pitied the poor "Tommies," but what else could I do but order them to +march with me? I treated them as well as I could, and made no difference +between them and the burghers. And after all, many of our own men had to +go on foot.</p> + +<p>Any delay was dangerous, and so we hurried on as fast as possible. When +we reached the railway line, day had already begun to break. +Fortunately, we<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span> met with no opposition; the patrols had followed my +orders and broken the line.</p> + +<p>When the sun rose one could see what a terrible condition the burghers +were in. On every man's face utter exhaustion could be read. But how +could it have been otherwise? The men had had fighting to do the +previous day, and had only once been able to off-saddle, and that not +long enough to cook a piece of meat. Rain had also been falling in +torrents, and most of the men were wet to the skin, for very few of them +had waterproofs. And to make matters still worse, the burghers were +covered with the mud from the swamp that still clung to them.</p> + +<p>Twenty-four hours had passed without the men being able to lie down and +rest; and sleep, of course, had been entirely impossible.</p> + +<p>Three miles beyond the railway line I gave orders to off-saddle, +although there was no grass for the horses. Hardly had we dismounted +when I was told that we should find grass about one hour's ride further +on. And so we mounted again, fatigued though we were, and found pasture +at last for the poor animals. I thought it better that the masters +should endure more hardships than that the horses should go without +grass. We were rewarded for our short ride by the knowledge that our +horses had something to eat, and we could sleep in peace without having +to think that our animals were starving.</p> + +<p>But before we could sleep hunger compelled us to kill a sheep which we +had bought from a farmer living near. In that part of Cape Colony +sheep-farming is almost the only occupation, and so well adapted is this +district for rearing sheep that it is quite an exception to see a lean +one. It may interest some of my readers to know that the African sheep +has a very remarkable peculiarity; it possesses a huge tail, which +sometimes weighs as much as ten pounds.</p> + +<p>We were unable to obtain bread, and our flour had remained behind in the +waggons. The sound of an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span> explosion had told us that General Fourie had +not been able to save them, and that by now they must have been burnt.</p> + +<p>I heard later on that General Fourie had been attacked by the English +and had not been able to set fire to the waggons himself. But the +English, so my scouts informed me, had done the work for him, and so +thoroughly that they had also burnt some of their own waggons which had +got into the swamp.</p> + +<p>After we had helped ourselves to a good "African boutspan," and had +slept with our saddles as pillows, we were all in good spirits again, +although we could not forget our experiences in the swamp.</p> + +<p>The burghers whom I had with me were of the right stamp, and were +prepared to sacrifice everything for the freedom of the people. If any +one had asked them whether they were ready to undergo any further +hardships, they would have replied that a hundred swamps would not +discourage them. They knew that freedom was a pearl of such value that +no man since the world began had been able to set a price upon it.</p> + +<p>When General Fourie had abandoned the waggons, he retreated to the +south, crossing the railway at De Aar. He joined me again near +Petrusville when I was returning to the Free State.</p> + +<p>As the English had to march round the swamp, leaving their waggons +behind, we were not pressed for time, or obliged to march very far. We +took advantage of this respite to give our horses a little rest.</p> + +<p>I now proceeded to the west of Hopetown, in the direction of +Strijdenburg. The following day the English were again on our heels in +greater numbers than ever, and advancing more speedily than before. I +was obliged to engage their vanguard for nearly the whole of that day.</p> + +<p>That evening we arrived at a spot about ten or twelve miles to the +north-west of Strijdenburg. Here I left<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span> Commandant Hasebroek behind +with three hundred men, till the following morning, with orders to watch +the enemy and hold them back if necessary. This would give my burghers +who were on foot, or whose horses were exhausted, a chance of getting +away.</p> + +<p>I might here explain to the uninitiated our methods of checking the +advance of the enemy.</p> + +<p>The burghers who had the best horses would remain behind any rise or +kopje they could find in the neighbourhood. When the enemy approached +and saw ahead of them two or three hundred burghers they would halt and +bring their guns (which were usually placed in the middle of the column) +to the front. When they had got the guns in position, they would bombard +the ridge behind which the burghers were stationed. But as our men had +no wish to remain under fire, they would then quietly withdraw out of +sight. But the English would continue bombarding the hill, and would +send flanking parties to the right and left. Sometimes it would take the +English several hours before they could make sure that there were no +Boers behind the rise.</p> + +<p>It was tactics such as the above that gave my burghers who were +handicapped by the condition of their horses, time to retreat.</p> + +<p>It sometimes happened, in these rearguard actions, when the position was +favourable, that the enemy were led into an ambush, and then they were +either captured or sent racing back under our fire to bring up their +guns and main force. Had we not acted in some such way as this, all my +men would have been taken prisoner in this and in many other marches.</p> + +<p>The large forces which the English on all occasions concentrated round +me deprived me of any chance of fighting a great battle; and I could +only act in the way I did.</p> + +<p>If the reader is eager to know how it was that I kept out of the enemy's +hands until the end of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span> war, I can only answer, although I may not +be understood, that I ascribed it to nothing else than this:—It was not +God's will that I should fall into their hands.</p> + +<p>Let those who rejoice at my miraculous escapes give all the praise to +God.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXVI</h2> + +<h3>Darkness Proves my Salvation</h3> + + +<p>Commandant Hasebroek held the enemy in check whilst we continued our +march to a place called Vrouwpan. On the following day we struck the +Brak River at a point ten miles south-east of its confluence with the +Orange River, to the east of Prieska. It was not fordable, and we had to +off-saddle.</p> + +<p>There was absolutely no chance of getting across—the best of swimmers +would have been helpless in that swollen torrent, which rushed down to +the Orange River, its great waves roaring like a tempestuous sea.</p> + +<p>About two hours before sunset Commandant Hasebroek reported that the +English were rapidly approaching. The question was, "Which way shall we +go?" It was impossible to escape either to the south of the river or in +the direction of the enemy, for the veldt was too flat to afford us any +cover. If we were not to be cornered against an impassable torrent, we +must make our way down stream to the north-west; and even then we should +be in danger of being driven on to the Orange River, which was only ten +miles distant. By taking this road the English would not see us, on +account of a ridge which lay between us and them.</p> + +<p>My plan was to get behind this ridge and to march under its shelter +until darkness came on; then, proceeding up the Orange River, to attack +the enemy in the rear. They were, however, only nine miles from us, and +should their advance be rapid, they would reach the friendly ridge +before night came on; and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span> danger would then be that before I had +fulfilled my purpose, we should be hemmed in between two swollen rivers +with the most fatal consequences. The risk was great, but no other +course was open to us. There was no time to seek advice from any one; I +had but a moment to spare in which to acquaint President Steyn with my +scheme. He said at once: "General, do as you think best."</p> + +<p>My mind had been already made up; but my respect for the President was +so great, and we had always worked in such harmony, that I did not like +to do anything without his knowledge; besides which, his advice was +often of great value. Joshua of old prayed that the day might be +lengthened: but here the case was different; we had reason to be +thankful that the day was passed and night had begun to fall before the +vanguard of the enemy had reached the ridge, from the summit of which +they might have observed us.</p> + +<p>That night was the darkest I had ever known. And this was in our favour. +Very quietly we retreated in a line parallel with the English column +until, on the following morning, we were not only out of sight but a +good nine or ten miles behind the enemy, who were marching on, fully +expecting to corner us between the two rivers.</p> + +<p>The English army had been enormously reinforced, and it was clear that +now more than ever they were putting forth all their powers to silence +President Steyn and myself effectually.</p> + +<p>From their point of view they were right; for had things turned out in +such a way that we could have remained in Cape Colony, then I am +convinced we should have made matters very awkward for them.</p> + +<p>But what were we to do now? With so many burghers on foot or provided +only with worn-out horses, it was useless to think of circumventing the +enemy, and thus getting once more to the south of them; whereas to go up +stream along the banks of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span> Orange River until we could discover a +ford, and then to return across it into the Free State, would mean the +upsetting of my plan of campaign.</p> + +<p>I was obliged to make the best of a bad bargain; and I decided to find a +way across the Orange River before the enemy had discovered my +whereabouts.</p> + +<p>That day, the 20th of February, we set out along the river, looking for +a ford. The river was falling, but as there was no feasible crossing we +had no choice but to go on, trusting that we should find one near the +confluence of the two rivers. Here again we were disappointed; the punts +which should have been there had been destroyed some time before by the +English, but we heard of a boat six miles higher up, so on we marched. +When found, it was only a small boat, capable of holding, at most, +twelve men, but we got to work at once, and by the evening of the 22nd +there were two hundred dismounted burghers on the other bank of the +river. Some crossed by swimming, in attempting which a man of the name +of Van de Nerwe was drowned.</p> + +<p>A few of those who crossed in the boat succeeded in pulling their horses +after them.</p> + +<p>On the morning of the 23rd I received a report that the English forces +were close on our heels. We did not expect them so soon, but they had +made a long night's march. Without delay we off-saddled, and proceeded +along the river, while the rearguard covered our retreat. The force of +the enemy was, however, too great, and the rearguard had, after a short +engagement, to give way.</p> + +<p>Fortunately the veldt was broken, and we could (as we had done a few +days previously) march ahead out of sight of the enemy. Towards two +o'clock in the afternoon we were obliged to off-saddle, but could only +do so for one hour, for the English were upon us again. Our gun and +Maxim-Nordenfeldt we had to leave behind for the enemy; the draught +cattle had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span> become exhausted, and we had no dynamite with which to blow +up the guns.</p> + +<p>But what did it matter? England had already so many big guns that two +more could not make much difference, if added to the four hundred which +that country—one of the oldest and strongest of Empires—had brought +against a small nation, fighting only to defend its sacred rights.</p> + +<p>Nevertheless, it cut me to the heart to give up my guns<a name="FNanchor_88_88" id="FNanchor_88_88"></a><a href="#Footnote_88_88" class="fnanchor">[88]</a> on that +day—the 23rd of February—the commemoration day of the independence of +the Orange Free State. In happier times we had celebrated this day +amongst our friends, to the accompaniment of salvoes of rifles. Now we +were obliged to celebrate it by giving up the only two guns with which +we could still shoot, and which we were now to see turned upon +ourselves.</p> + +<p>My feelings on that day I can never forget! Those Englishmen who go by +the name of "Pro-Boers" are the best fitted to describe the anguish +which then overpowered me, for they stood up for justice even against +their own people. And this not because they were hostile to their +Government, or to the greatness of England's power, but only because +they were not without moral sense, because they could not stifle +conscience at the expense of justice, nor identify themselves with +iniquitous actions.</p> + +<p>But the day will come—of this I am convinced—when not Pro-Boers only, +but all England will acknowledge our rights—the rights which we shall +then have earned by our quiet faithfulness and obedience. I cannot +believe that any father will look without pity on a child who comes to +him as a child should—obedient and submissive.</p> + +<p>The 23rd of February, 1901, the forty-seventh anniversary of the Orange +Free States, had been a disastrous day for us indeed, but it was to end +in another miraculous escape, for in the darkness of that evening<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span> it +again happened that we were delivered from an apparently unavoidable +misfortune. As I have said already, the English were firing on my +rear-guard; at the same time my scouts came in to tell me that, just in +front of us, at a distance of not quite four miles, there was another +great army of the enemy. I had intended to march that night to the west +of Hopetown. But now if I went in that direction I should only run +straight on to this army. If we went to the left we could only advance +2,000 paces before being visible to the English on the kop close to +Hopetown, from where they could make known our movements by heliograph. +At our front, at our back, on our left, the outlook was hopeless; and to +the right lay the cruel river. Stand still we could not—the enemy were +upon us—it was impossible that anything could save us—no, not +impossible—a rescue was at hand.</p> + +<p>The sun was just going down, and by the time we could be seen from +Hopetown, night would have covered us with its sheltering wings.</p> + +<p>We should then be able to execute a flank movement, and make a detour +round the enemy who were before us. But now I knew that we must be +prepared to march nearly the whole night through, in order that we might +be able, early on the following morning, to cross the railway lines. If +we did not do this, then we should have the enemy close in our rear, and +perhaps an armour train threatening us in front. But ... there were the +burghers on foot and those who had weak horses; and I had not the heart +to make them march on foot for so long a time, yet the thought of +allowing such trustworthy patriotic burghers to fall into the hands of +the enemy was unbearable. I therefore decided on letting them take a +cross road to the north, to the banks of the Orange River about five +miles from our position. There, on the banks of the river, were many +bushes amongst which they could hide themselves until the enemy had +passed by. They<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span> could then proceed along the banks of the river and +cross it by means of the boat. I cautioned them not to march in one +troop, or in one trail, but to spread out, so that the English could not +easily follow their tracks. In this the poor burghers succeeded; they +already, on that memorable and sad day, had marched eighteen miles; but +they had yet to cover another five miles to the river before they could +take their night's rest. They accomplished this feat (on the second day) +under the valiant and true Commandant Hasebroek, whose horse, although +tired, was still able to proceed. As for me, I marched away in the +evening, and after we had rested that night for a few hours, we arrived +at a place a short distance to the south of Hopetown. About eight +o'clock we crossed the line, which was fortunately at that point not as +yet guarded by forts, and off-saddled about six miles beyond. We had +eaten nothing since the previous day, and it will easily be understood +that we were so hungry that we, as the Boer proverb says,—"could have +eaten off a nail's head." There we got some sheep, and it was not long +before they were killed, broiled, and eaten; what a meal we made!</p> + +<p>Towards mid-day we headed once more for the Orange River. We thought +that by the time we arrived it would be fordable, for we had seen on the +previous morning that it was falling rapidly, but what was our +disappointment! there must have been rain higher up the stream, as the +river had become fuller, and there was still no chance of crossing.</p> + +<p>The English were approaching. We had, however, to use our field glasses +to enable us to see them, as we were fifteen or sixteen miles in front +of them. Once more there were burghers whose horses were tired and who +had to march on foot. We thought now that there would be a better chance +at Limoensdrift; and every one who knew this ford said that it was a +shallow one. The following day saw us there, and—the river was quite +full! We then tried higher<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span> up, still with the same result—every drift +was unfordable.</p> + +<p>At last we reached the Zanddrift, where we had crossed seventeen days +before. We knew that this was a shallow drift, and on arriving there I +got two young burghers,—of whom the one, David Heenop, was an excellent +swimmer,—to make a trial. The water had not appeared to be so deep as +we found it to be, when the two burghers plunged into it. They could not +remain on their horses' backs, but had to swim alongside of them to the +other side of the river. All thought of their return was out of the +question; they had risked their lives in crossing, and I gave them +orders from my side of the river not to attempt the passage back. But +they had not a stitch of clothing on them, for they had stripped +themselves before entering the water! In this state, then, they were +obliged to mount their horses and proceed, and this under a burning sun, +which scorched them with its rays. About three-quarters of an hour's +ride from there was a Boer farm; their only course, they thought, was to +ask for gowns from the ladies there, in which to dress themselves. When +they arrived at a short distance from the house (such was the account +they gave on joining me later on) they halted and shouted to the house +for clothing. A Boer vrouw<a name="FNanchor_89_89" id="FNanchor_89_89"></a><a href="#Footnote_89_89" class="fnanchor">[89]</a> named Boshof, sent to each one through +her son—not a gown, but a pair of trousers and a shirt of her +husband's, which she had been able to hide from the English, who had +passed there, and who generally took away, or burnt, all male attire.</p> + +<p>The enemy had, in the meantime, approached quite close to us, and we +were again obliged to look for a drift up stream. We had hopes that if +the river did not all of a sudden rise, we should find one. We came so +close to the English that we had to open fire on their advance guard +before we could proceed.</p> + +<p>Here General Judge Hartzog met us with his com<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span>mandos from the +south-west of Cape Colony, and with him, General Fourie.</p> + +<p>That night we marched about fourteen miles.</p> + +<p>In the night, after crossing the Zeekoe River, we arrived at a Boer +farm, to which (we are told) twenty English scouts had paid a visit +shortly after sunset, and, having asked for information concerning us, +had gone away by the same road we were following. About four or five +miles from there we had to cross a ridge. It was dark, and I had +forgotten those twenty English. I had sent out no scouts before me, but +rode, as was my habit, with my staff, in front of the commandos. As we +approached the summit of the mountain I saw a group of horses fastened +together, and some men lying in front of them. The horses and men were +not twenty paces to the left of the path, among the bushes. I thought at +first that they were some of my burghers who had ridden on in advance, +and were now lying there asleep; I myself had rested for a while at the +foot of the mountains, to give the burghers, who were on foot, a chance +of coming up with me. The thought angered me, for it would have been +against all orders that any burghers, without special permission, should +go in advance. I proceeded to wake them up.</p> + +<p>"What do you mean by riding ahead like this?" I called out to them. +Nearly all with one accord sprang up and asked, "Who are you?" "Hands +up!" I called out; as one man their hands went up. They explained that +they were seven of the twenty scouts before mentioned,—but here the +remainder opened fire upon us from about two hundred paces to the front. +I called out to the burghers, "Charge!"</p> + +<p>The burghers did so, but as they came to the little hill where we had +seen the sparks from the guns they found nobody. The English had fled, +and, as the moon had just gone down, it was too dark to pursue them. +Taking with us the seven prisoners, we continued on our way until the +following morning. We<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span> allowed them to retain their clothes. It was +still before the "uitschuddings"<a name="FNanchor_90_90" id="FNanchor_90_90"></a><a href="#Footnote_90_90" class="fnanchor">[90]</a> period.</p> + +<p>The day broke, and after having been turned back on the banks of the +Brak River, we marched to the fifteenth ford. "If we could only get +across here," we said. We knew that once across we should have a respite +from the enemy, and could with thankful hearts take breath even if it +were only for three or four days.</p> + +<p>When we came to the river I at once ordered a few burghers to undress +and go in. Alas! when the horses entered the ford, the water came over +their backs, and they had almost to swim. "Now they will have to swim!" +we cried, but presently we saw that the farther they went the shallower +it became, and that they walked where we expected them to swim, until at +last the water reached only to the horses' knees.</p> + +<p>What a scramble there was now among the burghers in order to cross! Soon +the river was one mass of men from bank to bank.</p> + +<p>I can hardly describe the different exclamations of joy, the Psalms and +the songs that now rose up from the burghers splashing through the +water. "Never will we return," "No more of the Colony for me," "The Free +State," "On to the Free State!" "The Free State for ever!" Then again, +"Praise the Lord with cheerful song," "Hurrah!" These were among the +expressions which met my ears.</p> + +<p>Although this was only an old waggon-ford, which had not been used for +the last few years, my little waggon and a few carts got across. One of +the carts was drawn by two small donkeys. Somebody told me that the +little donkeys had to swim a short distance where it was deep, and at +one time disappeared beneath the water; but that the driver was so full +of joy—or of fear—that he went on whipping the water!</p> + +<p>A fearful experience we had had! We asked each other in wonder, "Is it +possible? How could we have endured it?" But as I have only been +hinting<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span> at things, the reader will perhaps say, "O come! it hasn't been +as bad as all that!"</p> + +<p>Give me leave then, dear reader, to place before you the whole of the +circumstances. England's great power pitted against two Republics, +which, in comparison with European countries, were nearly uninhabited! +This mighty Empire employed against us, besides their own English, +Scotch and Irish soldiers, volunteers from the Australian, New Zealand, +Canadian and South African Colonies; hired against us both black and +white nations, and, what is the worst of all, the national scouts from +our own nation sent out against us. Think, further, that all harbours +were closed to us, and that there were therefore no imports. Can you not +see that the whole course of events was a miracle from beginning to end? +A miracle of God in the eyes of every one who looks at it with an +unbiassed mind, but even more apparent to those who had personal +experience of it. Yet, however that may be, I had to declare again that +if there had been no national scouts and no Kaffirs, in all human +probability matters would have taken another turn. But as things have +turned out, all that can now be said is, that we have done our best, and +that to ask any one to do more is unreasonable. May it be the cry of +every one, "God willed it so—His name be praised!"</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXVII</h2> + +<h3>Was Ours a Guerilla War?</h3> + + +<p>Something almost miraculous now happened! Hardly had we been three hours +across the river when it became completely unfordable!</p> + +<p>We knew that we should have now a few days at least in which to rest +ourselves, and we marched slowly to the farm of Lubbeshoop. From there I +sent General Fourie to operate in the south-eastern districts, where he +had been before, and despatched Judge Hertzog to the south-western +districts.</p> + +<p>We were of the opinion that we should be able to do better work if we +divided the commandos up into small parties. We could not risk any great +battles, and, if we divided our forces, the English would have to divide +their forces too.</p> + +<p>The commandos were now divided as follows:</p> + +<p>1. The district of Kroonstad: the men under Commandants Philip De Vos, +Jan Cilliers and Maree.</p> + +<p>Sub-district of Heilbron: the men under Commandants F.E. Mentz, Lucas +Steenekamp and J. Van de Merwe.</p> + +<p>All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Johannes Hattingh.</p> + +<p>2. The district of Vrede: the men under Commandants Ross and Manie +Botha.</p> + +<p>Sub-district of Harrismith: the men under Commandants Jan Meijer, Jan +Jacobsz,<a name="FNanchor_91_91" id="FNanchor_91_91"></a><a href="#Footnote_91_91" class="fnanchor">[91]</a> and (at a later period) Brukes.</p> + +<p>All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Wessel Wessels.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span></p> + +<p>3. The district of Winburg: the men under Commandant Hasebroek.</p> + +<p>The sub-district of Ladybrand: the men under Commandant Koen.</p> + +<p>The sub-district of Ficksburg: the men under Commandant Steyn.<a name="FNanchor_92_92" id="FNanchor_92_92"></a><a href="#Footnote_92_92" class="fnanchor">[92]</a></p> + +<p>The sub-district of Bethlehem: the men under Commandant Michal Prinsloo.</p> + +<p>All of these men were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief C.C. Froneman.</p> + +<p>4. The district of Boshof: the men under Commandant J.N. Jacobsz, P. +Erasmus and H. Theunissen.<a name="FNanchor_93_93" id="FNanchor_93_93"></a><a href="#Footnote_93_93" class="fnanchor">[93]</a></p> + +<p>Sub-district of Hoopstad: the men under Commandants Jacobus Theron (of +Winburg) and A.J. Bester (of Brandfort).</p> + +<p>All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief C.C.J. Badenhorst.</p> + +<p>5. The district of Philippolis: the men under Commandants Munnik and +Hertzog.</p> + +<p>Sub-district of Fauresmith: the men under Commandant Charles Nieuwouwdt.</p> + +<p>Sub-district of Jacobsdal: the men under Commandant Hendrik Pretorius.</p> + +<p>Sub-district of Petrusburg: the men under Commandant Van du Berg.</p> + +<p>All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge J.B.M. Hertzog, +who also was in command of the western part of Bloemfontein.</p> + +<p>6. The district of the southern part of Bloemfontein: the men under +Commandants Ackerman and Willem Kolbe.</p> + +<p>Sub-district of Thaba'Nchu: the men under Commandant J.P. Strijl (a +member of the Volksraad).<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span></p> + +<p>Sub-districts of Bethulie and Smithfield: the men under Commandant +Gideon Joubert.</p> + +<p>Sub-district of Rouxville: the men under Commandant Frederik Rheeders.</p> + +<p>Sub-district of Wepener: the men under Commandant R. Coetzee.</p> + +<p>All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Piet Fourie, and later +on under George Brand.</p> + +<p>Not long after this arrangement had been made the district under General +Froneman was divided into two divisions, and Commandant Michal Prinsloo +was promoted to be Vice-Commander-in-Chief of Bethlehem and Ficksburg as +separate sub-districts. Bethlehem was then given three Commandants, +namely, Commandants Olivier, Rautenbach and Bruwer.</p> + +<p>All this new arrangement of our forces made it impossible for great +battles to be fought; it offered us the opportunity of frequently +engaging the enemy in skirmishes, and inflicting heavier losses upon +them than would otherwise have been the case. For the same reason our +losses grew larger from month to month, but they did not increase in the +same proportion as those of the enemy. Again, we captured more prisoners +than formerly. It is much to be regretted that we were unable to keep +them, for had we been in a position to do so, the world would have been +astonished at their number. But unfortunately we were now unable to +retain any of our prisoners. We had no St. Helena, Ceylon or Bermuda, +whither we could send them. Thus, whilst every prisoner which the +English captured meant one less man for us, the thousands of prisoners +we took from the English were no loss to them at all, for in most cases +it was only a few hours before they could fight again. All that was +required was that a rifle should be ready in the camp on a prisoner's +return, and he was prepared for service once more.</p> + +<p>The fact that we fought throughout the Free State in small detachments, +put the English to some trouble,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span> for they felt themselves obliged to +discover a vocabulary of names to apply to us!</p> + +<p>Thus when Lord Roberts on the 24th of May, 1900, proclaimed the Orange +Free State (and afterwards the Transvaal) as annexed by the British +Crown, he described those who continued to fight as rebels. Then again +we were called "Sniping Bands" and "Brigands." But the list of epithets +was not exhausted yet, for it appeared that we were "Guerillas," and our +leaders "Guerilla Chiefs!"</p> + +<p>I was always at a loss to understand by what right the English +designated us "Guerillas." They had, however, to withdraw the +<i>soubriquet</i> at the Peace Negotiations, when they acknowledged that our +leaders formed a legal government.</p> + +<p>Let me say a few words more about this term "Guerillas." We will suppose +that England has captured New York, St. Petersburg, Berlin, Paris, +Amsterdam, or any other capital of a free and independent State, Kingdom +or Empire, and that the Government of such State, Kingdom or Empire +still continues to defend itself. Would England then be entitled to call +their antagonists "Guerillas"? Or, we will suppose that England's +capital has been taken by another nation, but the English Government +still remains in existence. Could England then be considered to be +annexed by the other nation, and could the enemy term the English +"Guerillas"? Surely it would be impossible!</p> + +<p>The only case in which one can use this word, is when one civilized +nation has so completely vanquished another, that not only is the +capital taken, but also the country from border to border is so +completely conquered that any resistance is out of the question.</p> + +<p>But that nothing like this had happened in South Africa is clear to +every one who recalls the names of Lindley,<a name="FNanchor_94_94" id="FNanchor_94_94"></a><a href="#Footnote_94_94" class="fnanchor">[94]</a> Roodewal, Dewetsdorp, +Vlakfontein, Tafel<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span>kop<a name="FNanchor_95_95" id="FNanchor_95_95"></a><a href="#Footnote_95_95" class="fnanchor">[95]</a> and Tweefontein, not to speak of many other +glorious battle-fields on which we fought <i>after</i> the so-called +annexation.</p> + +<p>Nor must we forget to mention the defeat that Lord Methuen received at +the hands of General De la Rey immediately before the conclusion of +peace; a defeat which put the crown on all our victories.</p> + +<p>But, as I have already said, it very soon appeared that when England +stamped us as "Guerillas," they really did not mean to use the word at +all.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXVIII</h2> + +<h3>Negotiations with the Enemy</h3> + + +<p>It was the intention of President Steyn to remain for some time in the +division of Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge Hertzog. Meanwhile, I went to +the northern commandos, in order to keep in touch with Generals Louis +Botha and De la Rey and our Government. When I was about twelve miles to +the south of Petrusburg, I received a letter from General Botha, +informing me that Lord Kitchener desired to have a conference held, at +Middelburg, in the middle of February, as the English Government wanted +to make a Peace Proposal. General Botha asked the President and myself +to come yet nearer, so that, in case we might be wanted, we should be +within reach.</p> + +<p>I sent on his letter to President Steyn, giving him my opinion of it, +and asking if he would come. The President, who was always ready to do +anything for his country or people, did not lose one moment, but came at +once. Meanwhile, I went on ahead with my staff, taking with me also +Captain Louis Wessels, and five of his men.</p> + +<p>About the 15th of March I crossed the railway line, ten miles to the +north of Brandfort, during the night. There we placed some charges of +dynamite under the rails, but before we had completed our work, a train +came up so quietly that one might call it a "scouting train." It was a +dark night, and there was no lantern at the head of the engine, so that +we did not see it until it was close upon us. We had, therefore, no +chance to ignite the fuse. We retired to a distance of about one hundred +paces from the line, when a fierce<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span> fire was opened upon us from the +train. We replied to this as the train went past, to be succeeded +immediately afterwards by a second one. As soon as this also had passed +us, we fired the fuses and blew up the railway line at different places +close to each other.</p> + +<p>Immediately after this two trains came up, stopping close to the place +where the explosions had occurred, and fired on us for about ten minutes +without intermission. We paid them back in their own coin, and then each +train went its way, leaving the repairing of the line to the following +day.</p> + +<p>From there we marched on, without accident, except that a German +received a slight wound, and one horse was killed. We soon reached +Senekal (which had been abandoned by the English), where for the first +time I met Dr. Reich and his wife. The doctor received us very heartily; +although he did not belong to our Field Ambulance, he did everything +that he could for our wounded, as he had done for those of the enemy.</p> + +<p>From Senekal I went on to pay a visit to the Heilbron commando, after +which I proceeded to Vrede, arriving there on the 24th of February.</p> + +<p>It was at Vrede that I had asked Louis Botha to meet me, if he could +manage it, and the day after my arrival this meeting took place. The +General told me that the negotiations between him and Lord Kitchener had +resulted in nothing.</p> + +<p>Although this was not very satisfactory, still it was just as well that +I should meet the Commandant-General of the Transvaal. We had much to +discuss and, after a long talk, we parted with the firm determination +that, whatever happened, we would continue the war.</p> + +<p>On the 27th General Botha returned to the Transvaal, and I to the +Heilbron commando. After a few days President Steyn came from the south +of the Free State, in order to meet the Transvaal Government at Vrede. +After this meeting had taken place<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span> he went off to a camp of his own, +for it was thought better that he should not remain with the commandos +any longer. I gave him fifty burghers, under the command of Commandant +Davel, to serve as a bodyguard.</p> + +<p>I had but just returned from my meeting with General Botha when a +serious matter arose at Petrusburg, demanding my immediate presence +there. It was three hundred and sixty miles there and back, and the +journey promised to be anything but a pleasure trip—far less a safe +excursion—for me; but the country's interest requiring it, I started on +the 8th of April, although much fatigued by my inroad into Cape Colony.</p> + +<p>My staff succeeded in capturing an outpost of sixteen men on the railway +line near Vredefort, the English losing one killed and two wounded.</p> + +<p>I visited the commando at Vredefort, arranged everything at Petrusburg, +and started on my return journey on the 17th. I crossed the railway line +between Smaldeel and Ventersburg Road Station, and after paying +Commandant Hasebroek a short visit, I came back to the Heilbron +commando.</p> + +<p>Our tactics of dividing our commandos, and thus keeping the English busy +in every part of the Free State, or, where they were too numerous for +us, of refusing to allow them to give us battle, so enraged them that +they no longer spared the farmhouses in the north and north-western +districts. Even in the south and south-west many of the houses were +wrecked, but the work of destruction was not carried out with the same +completeness as in the afore-mentioned districts. The enemy, moreover, +did not spare our cattle, but either drove them off or killed them for +food. As for our women-folk—any of them who fell into the hands of the +enemy were sent off to the concentration camps.</p> + +<p>I have no space here, however, to write about the treatment of the +women; it is such a serious matter that it would require whole chapters +to deal with it adequately. Abler pens than mine will deal with it in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span> +full detail. I will only remark here that the Boer women were shamefully +treated, and that if England wishes to efface the impression which these +cruelties have left upon the hearts of our people, she will have to act +as every great conquering race must act, if it is ever to be reconciled +with the nations it has vanquished.</p> + +<p>Our winter season had now begun. We had no provisions except meat, bread +and maize. Even these were rather scarce, but we could not yet say that +we were altogether destitute. Coffee and sugar—except when we had an +opportunity of helping ourselves from the enemy's stores—were unknown +to us. With regard to the first-named commodity, however, the reader +must know that in the district of Boshof there grows a wild tree, whose +roots make an excellent substitute for coffee. Broken up into small +pieces and roasted, they supplied us with a delicious beverage. The only +pity was that the tree was so scarce that the demand for this concoction +very greatly exceeded the supply. We therefore invented another +drink—which we also called coffee—and which was composed of corn, +barley, maize, dried peaches, sweet potatoes, and miscellaneous +ingredients. My own favourite beverage was abundant—especially after +heavy rain!</p> + +<p>The question of clothing was now beginning to be a very serious one. We +were reduced to mending our trousers, and even our jackets with leather. +For the tanning of this leather the old and feeble were employed, who, +as soon as the enemy approached, fled, and as soon as they had passed, +returned to their tanning. At a later period the English had a trick of +taking the hides out of the tanning tubs and cutting them to pieces, in +the hope, I suppose, that we should then be compelled to go barefoot and +unclothed.</p> + +<p>It was to obviate such a catastrophe as this that the custom of +<i>Uitschudden</i><a name="FNanchor_96_96" id="FNanchor_96_96"></a><a href="#Footnote_96_96" class="fnanchor">[96]</a> now came into force. The burghers, although against +orders, stripped every prisoner. The English had begun by taking away, +or<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span> burning, the clothes which the burghers had left in their +houses—that was bad enough. But that they should cut up the hides, +which they found in the tanning tubs, was still worse; and—the burghers +paid them back in the same coin by stripping the troops.</p> + +<p>Towards the end of May I crossed the railway line to Parijs and +Vredefort, intending to go on from there to see General De la Rey, and +discuss our affairs with him. I had come to the conclusion that it would +be good policy to send small commandos into Cape Colony; for small +bodies of men can move rapidly, and are thus able to get out of the way +if they are threatened by overpowering numbers. Moreover, such small +detachments would compel the English to divide their forces.</p> + +<p>When I reached Vredefort I received a despatch from President Steyn, +summoning me to him. I had thus to abandon my idea of visiting General +De la Rey; instead of this, I wrote him a letter requesting him to come +to the President. I also sent for Judge Hertzog.</p> + +<p>De la Rey was the first to arrive, and, without waiting for Judge +Hertzog, we at once proceeded to take into consideration the following +letter from the Government of the South African Republic.</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="right"><span style="margin-right: 8em;"><span class="smcap">Government Offices</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-right: 6em;"><span class="smcap">In the Field</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-right: 4em;">District Ermelo,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-right: 2em;">South African Republic,</span><br /> +<i>May 10th, 1901</i>. +</p> + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">To the Government Secretary, O.F.S.</span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Sir</span>,—</p> + +<p>I have the honour to report to you that to-day the following +officers met the Government, namely, the Commandant-General, +General B. Viljoen, General J.C. Smuts (Staats-Procureur), the +last-named representing the western districts. Our situation was +seriously discussed, and, among others, the following facts were +pointed out:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span>—</p> + +<p>1. That small parties of burghers are still continually laying down +their arms, and that the danger arising from this is becoming every +day more threatening, namely, that we are exposed to the risk of +our campaign ending in disgrace, as the consequence of these +surrenders may be that the Government and the officers will be left +in the field without any burghers, and that, therefore, heavy +responsibility rests upon the Government and War Officers, as they +represent the nation and not themselves only.</p> + +<p>2. That our ammunition is so exhausted that no battle of any +importance can be fought, and that this lack of ammunition will +soon bring us to the necessity of flying helplessly before the +enemy. And that through this same lack it has become impossible for +us to afford adequate protection to our people and their cattle, +with the result that the general population is being reduced to +poverty and despair, and that even the troops will soon be unable +to be supplied with provisions.</p> + +<p>3. That through the above-mentioned conditions the authority of the +Government is becoming more and more weakened, and that thus the +danger arises of the people losing all respect and reverence for +lawful authority, and falling into a condition of lawlessness. And +that to prolong the war can only lead to hastening the ruin of the +people, and making it clear to them that the only authority in the +country is that of the enemy.</p> + +<p>4. That not only is our nation becoming disorganized in the manner +above referred to, but that it will also most certainly happen that +the leaders of the nation, whose personal influence has hitherto +kept it together, will fall into utter contempt, and lose that +influence which is our only hope for reviving the national spirit +in the future.</p> + +<p>5. That the people are constantly demanding to be told what hope +still exists of successfully prosecuting the war, and that they +have the right to expect to be informed in an honest and +straightforward manner<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span> that their cause is hopeless, whenever this +has become evident to the Government and the Leaders.</p> + +<p>Up to the present time the Government and the nation have been +expecting that, with the co-operation of their Deputation and by +the aid of European complications, there would be some hope for the +success of their cause, and the Government feels strongly that +before taking any decisive step, an attempt should again be made to +arrive with certainty at the results of the Deputation and the +political situation in Europe.</p> + +<p>Having taken all the facts into consideration, the Government, +acting in conjunction with the above-mentioned officers, have +arrived at the following decision:</p> + +<p>Firstly, that a request should be addressed this very day to Lord +Kitchener, asking that through the intervention of ambassadors sent +by us to Europe, the condition of our country may be allowed to be +placed before President Kruger, which ambassadors are to return +with all possible speed.</p> + +<p>Secondly, that should this request be refused, or lead to no +results, an armistice should be asked for, by which the opportunity +should be given us of finally deciding in consultation with your +Government, and the people of the two States, what we must do.</p> + +<p>This second proposal is, however, subject to any solution which +your Government, taking into consideration the above-mentioned +grievances, may be able to suggest.</p> + +<p>The Government feels very keenly that it would no longer be right +to allow things to go on as they have been going on, and that the +time has arrived for taking some definite steps; it will, +therefore, be glad to receive an answer from your Government as +soon as possible.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">I have the honour to be,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Yours, etc.,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;"><span class="smcap">F.W. Reitz</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8em;"><i>Secretary of State.</i></span><br /> +</p></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span></p> + +<p>The answer which the President sent to this letter was formerly in my +possession, but has been lost with many of my documents. I am able, +however, to give an extract, which I received from the Rev. J.D. +Kestell. It was to the following effect:—</p> + +<p>The President was much disappointed with the letter of the Transvaal +Government; he said that although there had been in the past some +surrenders in the Free State, this difficulty had now been overcome. +Moreover, although the ammunition had for a long time been scarce, +nevertheless, after every fight, there had been enough to begin the next +with. To the question, What probability was there of their being able to +continue the struggle? he would reply by asking another question—What +hope had the two little Republics, at the beginning of the war, of +winning the fight against the might of England? If they had trusted in +God at the beginning, why did they not continue to trust in Him?</p> + +<p>He also pointed out that if the Boer cause was really quite hopeless, +the Deputation would have been sure to send word to that effect. +Further, he assured the Transvaal Government that if an armistice were +to be obtained, and if during it the people of the Free State were to be +asked for their opinion, the decision of the burghers who were still in +the field would be to continue the war.</p> + +<p>He could not approve of the decision of the Transvaal Government to ask +Lord Kitchener to allow ambassadors to be sent to Europe, for, by so +doing, the Government would be showing its hand to the enemy; he added +that he was very sorry that such a decision had been taken without first +consulting the Free State.</p> + +<p>As to the fear expressed by the Transvaal Government, that the +Authorities and the Officers in the field would be left without +burghers, the President said, that even if the Government and the +Officers of the Free State were to surrender, the nation would not do +so. It would be a great misfortune, he added,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span> if the Orange Free State, +which had not only lost its property and the lives of many of its +burghers but also even its very independence, in the defence of the +sister Republic, should now be abandoned by that Republic; that then all +confidence in one another and all co-operation between Afrikanders would +come to an end for ever: and that, under such circumstances, it would be +too much to expect that the African nation should ever be able to rise +again. If then the Boers wished to remain a nation, it was absolutely +necessary to continue the war.</p> + +<p>After having quoted various appropriate passages from the newspapers, +the President went on as follows:—</p> + +<p>"All these considerations combine to make me believe that we should be +committing a National murder if we were to give in now. Brethren! Hold +out a little longer. Let not our sufferings and our struggles be in +vain; let not our faith in the God of our fathers become a byword. Do +all that you can to encourage one another."</p> + +<p>The President concluded this very remarkable and powerful letter with +the question:—</p> + +<p>"Are we again to leave the Colonial burghers in the lurch? God forbid."</p> + +<p>We decided to set out for the Transvaal in order to discuss the matter +with the Government; and on the evening of the 5th of June we marched +four or five miles from Liebenbergsvlei, to a place opposite +Verkijkersdorp. We were, all told, between sixty and seventy men, +including the staff and part of the bodyguard of President Steyn, the +staff of General De la Rey, and eight of my staff officers.</p> + +<p>The following morning, an hour and a half after sunrise, a burgher came +galloping up to tell us that the enemy had just captured a laager of +women.<a name="FNanchor_97_97" id="FNanchor_97_97"></a><a href="#Footnote_97_97" class="fnanchor">[97]</a><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span></p> + +<p>It seemed impossible to ride over to the rescue of these women, for our +horses had still to make the long journey into the Transvaal. I asked +our guest, General De la Rey, what he thought about the matter. He at +once replied that we must go and liberate the women. As we were already +up-saddled in readiness for our march, I had nothing to do but to give +the order to start. The President, with his staff and some of the +bodyguard, remained behind; while General De la Rey, Commandant Davel +and I, with fifty-five men, hurried off. The retired General, Piet +Fourie, was also with us.</p> + +<p>The enemy had marched with the laager on to a hill near the Kaffir +kraal, consisting of four or five huts and a building made of sods.</p> + +<p>We first caught sight of the English when we were at a distance of four +miles from them; they were then busy drawing up the waggons of the women +in rows of ten or twelve. The oxen belonging to the first row stood +close against the kraal, as we saw later on; those of the second row +being behind them, and so on.</p> + +<p>The women told us afterwards that they had asked to be allowed to retire +to a place where they would not run the risk of being shot by us (for +the English had taken cover barely one hundred paces behind the waggons +and were preparing to fight us from there), but that they were ordered +to remain behind the soldiers. They were thus exposed to the danger of +being hit by us, if we shot a little too high. It was, they said, the +most terrible day they had ever spent.</p> + +<p>When we came within range of the English, they opened a hot fire upon +us. We had to gallop over ground as smooth as a table with no cover +until we were close up to them, and protected by a small hill. We left +our horses here, and ran as fast as we could up the incline. At the top +we were within forty paces of the place where the English were lying in +wait for us. As soon as our heads appeared over the brow of the hill +they fired on us; but there was only one round<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span> fired, for our reply was +so sharp and severe that many of them were at once mowed down. The rest +jumped up and retreated behind the last row of waggons, several of them, +however, being killed during their flight.</p> + +<p>Our men dashed through between the waggons, but the English were the +first to reach the kraal. They had made loopholes in its walls, through +which they now fired on us. The only shelter we had was a Kaffir hut, +which as is well known, always has a round wall. There was no chance for +us to make loopholes—the wall was too solid—so that if a burgher +wanted to shoot he had to expose his whole body, while the English lay +ready behind their loopholes to fire on us. So it happened that eleven +burghers were killed and seven wounded. Among the dead was Captain +Thijnsma, and among the wounded, Lieutenant H. Howell.</p> + +<p>In the meantime we had got the waggons away, except the row which was +nearest to the kraal, and which were too close to the enemy for us to be +able to approach them safely.</p> + +<p>No sooner had the English taken refuge in the kraal than the women fled +with the waggons; and it is astonishing to relate that only one little +boy of thirteen years was killed, and a woman and a girl slightly +wounded. One of the burghers whom the English had taken prisoner was +also killed.</p> + +<p>I have no exact figure as to the losses of the English, but judging from +the number of dead and wounded lying on the battlefield, I should say +that their casualties must have been about eighty.</p> + +<p>The fight lasted from eleven till three o'clock, and then a +reinforcement of cavalry, from eight hundred to one thousand men strong, +appeared with some guns. The force with which we had been engaged, +numbering about two hundred men, belonged to the column which was now +coming up. As we could not drive the English from the kraal before the +arrival of the reinforcements, we had to give way.</p> + +<p>Although I had given orders that all the waggons<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span> which had managed to +escape should be sent on to Reitz, in the actual event only a few carts +went there. The women had left the waggons behind, close to the hill at +the foot of the English position, where I could not see them, in order +to await the result. They had forgotten what I had told them, namely, +that they were to get away as quickly as possible. This order I had +given in the expectation that a reinforcement might arrive at any +moment.</p> + +<p>After I had ordered a few men to bring the wounded into a safe place, I +retired with the remainder, some forty-five in number. Among these was +Veldtcornet Serfontein and his burghers.</p> + +<p>The English now directed their fire upon the women's laager, to compel +it to come to a standstill. Whether any of the women and children were +killed or wounded I was unable to ascertain, but it was horrible to see +the bombs bursting over their heads. Thus the women again fell into the +hands of the enemy.</p> + +<p>With four of my adjutants and Piet Fourie, I succeeded in driving away +quite one thousand five hundred head of cattle. The bombs fell heavily +on them also, but I got them safely away. Late that evening we arrived +at the spot where we had left President Steyn, only to find that he had +gone away. He had been obliged to retreat before the force which the +previous evening had been at Duminy Drift, and which had passed near him +during the day. The President had accordingly gone some twelve miles in +the direction of Lindley.</p> + +<p>It was one of the coldest nights we had that winter, and our pack-horses +which were carrying the blankets were with the President. It was +impossible for us to sleep without any covering on such a night as that, +and so we were obliged to march on. We had moreover to look for +something to eat, for we had had nothing since breakfast. Our horses had +never had their saddles off from the time we went out to fight until we +arrived about midnight at the President's camp.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXIX</h2> + +<h3>President Steyn's Narrow Escape</h3> + + +<p>The following morning we had to continue our journey to the Transvaal. +It being necessary to keep out of sight of the enemy, we marched first a +short distance to the south, and then went south-east. After a few days +we reached Vrede. There Commandant Manie Botha spared us a few burghers +who knew this part of the country well to serve as guides across the +railway line. We headed to the north of Volksrust, and on the second +evening after we had left Vrede, we struck the railway line at a spot +which was guarded by an outpost. They opened fire on us at once. General +De la Rey and I then came to the decision that after the burghers had +exchanged a few shots, we would quietly retreat a short distance, and +then, with a sweep, try and cross the line at another spot. This ruse +was successful and we crossed unobserved. But the first of our men had +hardly got seventy paces from the railway line, when a fearful explosion +of dynamite took place, not thirty paces from the spot where we had +crossed. Whether this was managed by electricity or whether the hindmost +horses had struck on the connecting wire of some trap set by the enemy, +I cannot say; at all events, we escaped with only a fright.</p> + +<p>On the fourth day after this we met the Transvaal Government and held a +conference at once, in accordance with the letter mentioned in my last +chapter. It grieved us much that things should have taken this turn, for +it nearly always happened that somehow matters of this sort came to the +ears of the English.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span></p> + +<p>But the Transvaal Government had again taken courage, as they had +received an answer to the cable which they had sent to the Deputation, +which answer instructed them to hold out; and also because two +successful battles had taken place shortly before—one fought by General +Kemp, and the other by Commandant Muller. We remained there for two +days, and after it had been settled by the two Governments that the war +should be continued with all our might, and also that days of +thanksgiving and humiliation should be appointed, we went away +accompanied by the genial and friendly Commandant Alberts, of +Standerton, who brought us across the Natal-Transvaal railway. Captain +Alberts was renowned as a valiant soldier; we now also found him to be a +most sociable man. He beguiled the time with agreeable narratives of +events in which he had taken part, and almost before we realized it we +had reached the railway line. We crossed in safety and took a hearty +farewell of our friendly Commandant and his burghers.</p> + +<p>On our march to Zilverbank—a farm on the Waterval River—I did not +require any guide, for I knew the surroundings, having lived there for +two years. After breakfast on the following morning we went on to within +four or five miles south of Hexrivier farm, about three miles to the +north of the Vaal River. There we off-saddled; and shortly after General +De la Rey took leave of us. He wanted to cross the railway at a place +between Vereeniging and Meyerton Station. This would lead him by a +shorter road to his commandos than if he went through the Free State. +Our farewell was affectionate—all the more so because we did not know +whether we should see each other again on this earth. Then we continued +on our way with light hearts; having been inspirited, not only by the +pleasant company of the last few days, but also by the decision taken by +the two Governments, that, come what might, our independence should not +be sacrificed by us.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span></p> + +<p>I crossed the Vaal River at Villiersdorp and remained there that evening +and through the following day. Then President Steyn and I parted. He +went to Bezuidenhoutsdrift, and I, by way of Frankfort, to the Heilbron +commando. I remained at Frankfort for one night, with Commandant Ross +and his men, and had a very enjoyable time.</p> + +<p>With the Heilbron people I stayed a few days only, because I had +important work to accomplish in the Winburg district; to this district +therefore I went.</p> + +<p>As the commandos were now so scattered there was enough work for each of +us in his own district, and I had much more riding to do than formerly. +I found Commandant Hasebroek and his men at Doornberg a few days later. +Whilst there I received from President Steyn a report of his narrow +escape at Reitz, on the 11th of July, 1901, when he and some of his +bodyguard escaped, whilst, unfortunately, Commandant Davel and all the +members of the Government, except Mr. W.C.J. Brebner, who was absent, +were taken prisoners.</p> + +<p>From Winburg I paid a visit to Vice-Commandant-in-Chief J. Hattingh, of +the Kroonstad commando, and then went to President Steyn. My joy in +finding that the President was safe, was only equalled by my grief at +the loss of such old friends as General Cronje, Member of the Executive +Council; General J.B. Wessels; T. Brain, Secretary to the Government; +Commandant Davel; Rocco De Villiers, Secretary to the Executive Council; +Gordon Fraser, Private Secretary to the President; MacHardy, Assistant +Secretary; Pieter Steyn, brother of the President and Veldtcornet of the +staff; and my other friends in the bodyguard. It was sad to think that +such men were prisoners, and were lost to us so long as the war +continued. We had become rather accustomed to such experiences, but what +made this so hard to bear was that treachery had a hand in it—when the +English took the Government and President Steyn's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span> bodyguard prisoners, +they had had a Free State burgher as their guide.</p> + +<p>The vacant posts in the Government had now to be filled up, and the +President appointed the following persons:—In the place of A.P. Cronje, +General C.H. Olivier, as Member of the Executive Council; and in place +of Mr. T. Brain, Mr. W.C.J. Brebner, as Government Secretary. Mr. +Johannes Theron he appointed Secretary to the Executive Council, instead +of Mr. Rocco De Villiers; and Mr. B.J. Du Plessis Private Secretary to +himself in place of Mr. Gordon Fraser.</p> + +<p>The President also decided to have, in future, only thirty burghers as +his bodyguard, and appointed Captain Niekerk as their Commandant.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXX</h2> + +<h3>The Last Proclamation</h3> + + +<p>I now impressed upon my officers as forcibly as I could the importance +of intercepting the communications of the enemy by blowing up their +trains. A mechanical device had been thought of, by which this could be +done. The barrel and lock of a gun, in connexion with a dynamite +cartridge, were placed under a sleeper, so that when a passing engine +pressed the rail on to this machine, it exploded, and the train was +blown up. It was terrible to take human lives in such a manner; still, +however fearful, it was not contrary to the rules of civilized warfare, +and we were entirely within our rights in obstructing the enemy's lines +of communication in this manner.</p> + +<p>Owing to this, the English were obliged to place many more thousands of +soldiers along the railway line, in order to keep the track clear. Even +then, the trains, for a considerable time, could not run by night. The +English soon discovered how we arranged these explosions, and the guards +carefully inspected the lines each day to find out if one of these +machines had been placed beneath the rails. We knew that one had been +found and removed, whenever we saw a train pass over the spot without +being blown up. This, however, only made us more careful. We went to the +spot which we had fixed upon for the explosion, hollowed out the gravel, +placed the machine under the sleeper, and covered it up again, throwing +the gravel that was left to a good distance from the line. After this, +the guards could not discover where the machine was placed. They trebled +the troops on the line in consequence.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span></p> + +<p>The month of July had passed, and we wondered what August held in store +for us. The customary fights of the different commandos still went on; +here five, here ten, here thirty of the English were killed, wounded or +made prisoners. If these numbers had been put down they would have +mounted up to a considerable total; but the war was not of such a nature +that an office could be opened to record them. Reports of battles were +sent to me, and after I had allowed them to accumulate for three or four +weeks, they were sent to the different Vice-Commandants-in-Chief for +their general information, and then torn up.</p> + +<p>Many reports and much correspondence concerning the beginning of the war +have been preserved. I gave them to a trustworthy friend with +instructions to bury them, but do not know where he placed them, as he +was taken prisoner later on, and I have never been able to find out +where he was sent to. These documents are of great value, and ought to +be published.</p> + +<p>I was on the farm of Blijdschap, between Harrismith and Bethlehem—my +English friends, Generals Knox, Elliott and Paget, with their Colonels +Rimington, Byng, Baker, etc., etc., will not have forgotten where +Blijdschap is—when I received a letter from Lord Kitchener, enclosing +his Proclamation of the 7th of August, 1901.</p> + +<p>This proclamation was as follows:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"By his Excellency Baron Kitchener of Khartoum, G.C.B., K.C.M.G., +General Commander-in-Chief of His Majesty's forces in South Africa; +High Commissioner of South Africa, and Administrator of the +Transvaal, etc.</p> + +<p>"Whereas the former Orange Free State and South African Republic +are annexed to His Majesty's possessions;</p> + +<p>"And whereas His Majesty's forces have now been for some +considerable time in full possession of the Government seats of +both the above-mentioned terri<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span>tories, with all their public +offices and means of administration, as well as of the principal +towns and the whole railway;</p> + +<p>"And whereas the great majority of burghers of the two late +Republics (which number thirty-five thousand over and above those +who have been killed in the war) are now prisoners of war, or have +subjected themselves to His Majesty's Government, and are now +living in safety, in villages or camps under the protection of His +Majesty's forces;</p> + +<p>"And whereas the burghers of the late Republics, now under arms +against His Majesty's forces, are not only few in number, but have +also lost nearly all their guns, and war requisites, and are +without proper military organization, and are therefore not in a +position to carry on a regular war, or to make any organized +resistance against His Majesty's forces in any part of the country;</p> + +<p>"And whereas the burghers who are now still under arms, although +not in a position to carry on a regular war, continue to make +attacks on small posts and divisions of His Majesty's forces, to +plunder and to destroy farms, and to cut the railway and telegraph +lines, both in the Orange River Colony and in the Transvaal and +other parts of His Majesty's South African possessions;</p> + +<p>"And whereas the country is thus kept in a state of unrest, and the +carrying on of agriculture and industries is hindered;</p> + +<p>"And whereas His Majesty's Government has decided to make an end of +a situation which involves unnecessary bloodshed and devastation, +and which is ruining the great majority of the inhabitants, who are +willing to live in peace, and are desirous of earning a livelihood +for themselves and their families;</p> + +<p>"And whereas it is only just that steps should be taken against +those who still resist, and principally against those persons who +are in authority, and who are responsible for the continuance of +the present state of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span> disorganization in the country, and who +instigate their fellow citizens to persist in their hopeless +resistance against His Majesty's Government;</p> + +<p>"I, Horatio Herbert Baron Kitchener, of Khartoum, G.C.B., K.C.M.G., +General Commander-in-Chief of His Majesty's forces in South Africa; +High Commissioner in South Africa, on behalf of His Majesty's +Government, proclaim and make known as follows:</p> + +<p>"All Commandants, Veldtcornets and leaders of armed bands—being +burghers of the late Republics—still resisting His Majesty's +forces in the Orange River Colony and the Transvaal, or in any part +of His Majesty's South African possessions, and all members of the +Government of the late Orange Free State and of the late South +African Republic, shall, unless they surrender before the 15th +September of this year, be banished for ever from South Africa; and +the cost of maintaining the families of such burghers shall be +recoverable from, and become a charge on, their properties, whether +landed or movable, in both Colonies.</p> + +<p class="center">"GOD SAVE THE KING.</p> + +<p>"Given under my hand at Pretoria, the seventh day of August, 1901.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;"><span class="smcap">"Kitchener</span>, <span class="smcap">General</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;"><i>High Commissioner of South Africa."</i></span><br /> +</p></div> + +<p>I answered Lord Kitchener very carefully in the following words:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"<span class="smcap">Excellency</span>,—</p> + +<p>"I acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's missive in which +was enclosed your Proclamation, dated the 7th August, 1901. I and +my officers assure your Excellency that we fight with one aim +only—our independence, which we never can or will sacrifice!"</p></div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span></p> + +<p>It would have been childish to fear that letter and that Proclamation. +From the short answer which I sent to Lord Kitchener, the reader will +clearly see the opinion that I and my officers held concerning it: +"Bangmaak is nog niet doodmaak,"<a name="FNanchor_98_98" id="FNanchor_98_98"></a><a href="#Footnote_98_98" class="fnanchor">[98]</a> as our proverb says.</p> + +<p>It was curious to see how this Proclamation was taken by the burghers. +It had no effect whatsoever. I heard many burghers say that it would now +be seen whether the officers had the cause of their country really at +heart or not, and whether they were themselves to surrender and lay down +their arms before the 15th of September. I must here declare that I know +of no single case where an officer in consequence of this proclamation +surrendered; on the contrary, when the day fixed by Lord Kitchener for +the surrender had passed, the burghers had more reason to trust in their +officers than before; and I can assure my readers that if at the +beginning of the war we had had officers of the same kind as we had +towards the end of the strife, it would have been easier to have +maintained discipline.</p> + +<p>September the 15th was thus fixed upon by Lord Kitchener as the last day +on which we should have an opportunity of surrendering. The President +and Commander-in-Chief of the Transvaal and the Orange Free State +returned answer that they would still continue the war, and subsequent +events put a seal to their answer.</p> + +<p>Three battles were fought—one by General Brand at Blakfontein, another +by General De la Rey in the west of the Transvaal, and yet another by +General Botha at Itala, all in the month of September.</p> + +<p>President Steyn sent Lord Kitchener a long letter, in which he showed +most clearly what the causes of the war had been, and what was the +condition of matters at that time. The letter was as follows:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span>—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="right"><span class="smcap">In the Veldt,</span> <i>August 15th</i>, 1901.</p> + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">To His Excellency, Lord Kitchener, etc.</span></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Excellency</span>,—</p> + +<p>I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's +letter, dated Aug. 7th, 1901, enclosing your Excellency's +Proclamation of the same date.</p> + +<p>The conciliatory tone of your Excellency's letter encourages me to +speak freely, and to answer it at some length. I have noticed that +not only your Excellency in your letter asserts, but that also +responsible statesmen in your country assert, that the declaration +of war from the South African Republic, and the inroad on the +British territory, had been the cause of the war. I hardly believe +it necessary to remind your Excellency that, in 1895, when the +South African Republic was unarmed and peaceful, and had no thought +but that their neighbours were civilized nations, an unexpected +attack was made on them from the British territory. I do not +consider it necessary to point out to your Excellency that the mad +enterprise—for surely the instigators of it could not have been +sane—miscarried, and the whole body of invaders fell into the +hands of the South African Republic. The South African Government, +trusting in the integrity of the English nation, handed over to His +Majesty's Government all the persons whom they had taken prisoner, +notwithstanding that, in conformity with international law, these +persons had merited death.</p> + +<p>I also do not consider it necessary to remind your Excellency that +after an honest judge had condemned the leaders of this expedition +to imprisonment, the most prominent of them were not compelled to +serve the whole of their time, but, previous to its termination, +were liberated for various most insufficient reasons. Neither need +I remind your Excellency that when a Parliamentary Commission was +nominated, to investigate the causes and reasons of the said +expedi<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span>tion, this Commission, instead of investigating the matter, +would not allow the proofs to come to light, and that, when the +Commission, notwithstanding the high influence at work during its +sitting, had found the chief conspirator, Mr. Rhodes, guilty, and +had reported him as such to Parliament, Mr. Chamberlain, who was +one of the members of the Commission, contradicted his own +report<a name="FNanchor_99_99" id="FNanchor_99_99"></a><a href="#Footnote_99_99" class="fnanchor">[99]</a> by defending Mr. Rhodes.</p> + +<p>Your Excellency will have to acknowledge that the South African +Republic as well as the civilized world was perfectly justified in +coming to the conclusion that the Jameson expedition, which we +first believed to have been undertaken by irresponsible persons, +and without the cognizance of His Majesty's Government, was well +known, if not to all, yet still to some members of His Majesty's +Government. I need not remind your Excellency that since that time, +not only has no reasonable indemnity been paid to the South African +Republic, as was at that time promised, but also that the Republic +has been harassed with despatches and threats concerning its +internal Government. I also need not tell your Excellency that +outside influence was used in order that memorials to His Majesty's +Government might be drawn up concerning alleged grievances, so that +His Majesty's Government might have the desired opportunity of +interfering with the inner policy of the South African Republic.</p> + +<p>As I have said, I do not think it necessary to remind your +Excellency of the above-mentioned facts, because I am of opinion +that they are well known to you. I, however, should like your +Excellency to be good enough to pay attention to the following +facts:—</p> + +<p>When, at the time of the circulation of the last-mentioned +Memorial, I could see that a certain party was working hard to +involve the British Government in a war with the South African +Republic, I stepped into the breach, and endeavoured, by bringing +the par<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span>ties together, and by using my influence with the South +African Republic, to induce the latter to give in to the demands of +His Majesty's Government in order to maintain the peace.</p> + +<p>I succeeded in getting the Transvaal to yield, not because I was of +the opinion that the English Government had any right to make such +demands, but only in order to prevent bloodshed. When the British +Government was still not satisfied, then the South African +Government made concession after concession to the ever-increasing +demands made upon them, until at last there came a request that the +law on franchise should be laid before a Commission. On the behest +of the British Agent in Pretoria, the South African Republic made a +proposal granting far more than was demanded by the High +Commissioner. As this proposal was not accepted by His Majesty's +Government, who made yet further demands, the South African +Republic withdrew their proposal, and declared themselves willing +to accept England's proposal to lay the law before the Commission. +The British Government then closed all correspondence, and wrote to +the South African Republic saying that they would make their +demands later on. In other words, the British Government then gave +to the South African Republic an ultimatum, and it was clear that +they were only prevented from commencing the war at once by the +fact that they had not then landed sufficient troops in the +country.</p> + +<p>The Orange Free State Government then again came to the rescue, in +order to attempt at the last moment to avoid the war, and cabled +through the High Commissioner direct to the British Government, +asking for information as to the nature of the demands which were +to be made upon the South African Republic; which cable, to my +sorrow, was never sent in its entirety. The only answer to my cable +was the continual arrival of transports of troops from all quarters +of the globe, which were massed, not only on the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span> frontier of the +South African Republic, but also on the frontiers of the still +friendly Orange Free State. Then, when the South African Republic +saw that England had no intention of repairing the alleged +grievances, but had only brought them up as an excuse for depriving +the Republic of its independence, they requested that the troops +might be taken from their frontiers, and that all disputes might be +settled by arbitration. This happened about three weeks after the +British Government had issued their ultimatum, and about one month +after the Orange Free State Government had received a wire asking +them to remain neutral, thus clearly giving them to understand that +the British Government intended to make war on the South African +Government. This telegram was sent to the Orange Free State because +they knew that the latter had made a defensive alliance with the +South African Republic since the year 1899.</p> + +<p>Then the South African Republic decided that they must defend their +frontiers against the enemy who threatened their borders, and I was +obliged to take a most painful step, namely, that of severing the +bonds of friendship that existed between us and the British +Government, and, true to our alliance with the Transvaal, to help +the sister Republic. That we were perfectly correct in our surmise +that the British Government had firmly decided to wipe out the two +Republics has been clearly proved since the breaking out of the +war. It was not only made evident from the documents that fell into +our hands, although there it was easy to gather that since 1896, +that is from Jameson's raid, the British Government was firmly +determined to make an inroad into the two Republics: only lately it +has been acknowledged by Lord Lansdowne that he in June, 1899, had +already discussed with Lord Wolseley (then Commander-in-Chief of +His Majesty's troops), the best time at which to make an attack on +the two Republics. Your Excellency will thus see that it was not we +who drew the sword,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span> but that we only put it away from our throats. +We have only acted in self-defence—one of the holiest rights of +man—in order to assert our right to exist. And therefore I think, +with all respect, that we have a right to trust in a just God.</p> + +<p>I again observe that your Excellency reverts to the impossibility +of intervention by any foreign power, and that your Excellency +interprets our resistance as only based on the hope of such +intervention.</p> + +<p>With your Excellency's permission, I should like to clear up our +position with regard to intervention. It is this: We hope, and +still are hoping, that the moral feeling of the civilized world +would protest against the crime which England is now permitting in +South Africa, namely, that of endeavouring to exterminate a young +nation, but we were still firmly determined that, should our hopes +not be realized, we would exert our utmost strength to defend +ourselves, and this decision, based on a firm trust in a merciful +God, is still unshaken in us.</p> + +<p>I further notice that your Excellency thinks that our fight is +hopeless. I do not know on what grounds this assumption is based. +Let us for a moment compare our mutual situations of to-day with +those of a year ago, after the surrender of General Prinsloo. Then, +the Cape Colony was altogether quiet, and free from our commandos. +The Orange Free State was almost entirely in your hands, not only +as regards the principal townships, railway lines and villages, but +also the whole country, except where Commandant Hasebroek was, with +his commando. And in the South African Republic the situation was +very similar. That country was also mainly held by you, except in +the parts which General De la Rey and General Botha occupied with +their commandos, far up in the Boschveldt.</p> + +<p>How do matters stand now?</p> + +<p>The Cape Colony is, so to speak, overrun by our commandos, and they +are really in temporary posses<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span>sion of the greater part of Cape +Colony. They go about there as they choose, and many of our +nationality and others also are continuing to join us there, and +uniting forces with us against the cruel injustice that is being +done to the Republics.</p> + +<p>In the Orange Free State I willingly acknowledge that your +Excellency is in possession of the Capital, the railways, and some +other towns not on the railways, but that is all that your +Excellency has got. The whole of the Orange Free State, except the +parts which I have just mentioned, is in our possession. In most of +the principal towns there are landdrosts<a name="FNanchor_100_100" id="FNanchor_100_100"></a><a href="#Footnote_100_100" class="fnanchor">[100]</a> appointed by us; thus +in this State the keeping of order and the administration of +justice are managed by us, and not by your Excellency. In the +Transvaal it is just the same. There also justice and order are +managed by magistrates appointed by our Government.</p> + +<p>May I be permitted to say that your Excellency's jurisdiction is +limited by the range of your Excellency's guns. If your Excellency +will look on the matter from a military point of view then it must +be acknowledged that notwithstanding the enormous forces that are +brought against us in the field, our cause, in the past year, has +made wonderful progress. Therefore we need be in no way +discouraged, and, if your Proclamation is based on the assumption +that we are so, then it has now even less justification than it had +a year ago. I am sorry that anything I say should appear boastful, +but the assertions in your Excellency's Proclamation compel me to +speak in this manner.</p> + +<p>With regard to the 35,000 men which your Excellency says are in +your hands, I cannot speak as to the numbers, but this much I will +say, I am not referring to those men who were led astray by the +Proclamation of your Excellency's predecessor, and so failed in +their duty to their Government; nor to those—thank God they are +but few—who from treachery<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span> or other cause have gone over to the +enemy; but of the remainder who have been taken, not too honestly, +as prisoners of war, and are still kept as such. Of these I will +say that they are either old men and feeble, or young boys not yet +of age, who were carried off by force from their farms by your +Excellency's troops, and shut up against their will in your +Excellency's camps. To say of these therefore, that they are +"dwelling peacefully with you," is an assertion which can hardly be +taken seriously. I am able to say with perfect truth, that except +the prisoners, and the few who have gone over to the enemy, the +overpowering majority of the fighting burghers are still under +arms. As regards those who have gone over from us to the enemy—a +rare occurrence now—I can only say that our experience is not +unique, for history shows that in all wars for freedom, as in +America and elsewhere, there were such: and we shall try to get on +without them.</p> + +<p>As regards the 74,000 women and children who, as your Excellency +alleges, are maintained in the camps, it appears to me that your +Excellency must be unaware of the cruel manner in which these +defenceless ones were dragged away from their dwellings by your +Excellency's troops, who first destroyed all the goods and property +of their wretched captives. Yes, to such a pass had it come, that +whenever your men were seen approaching, the poor sacrifices of the +war, in all weathers, by day and by night, would flee from their +dwellings in order that they might not be taken.</p> + +<p>Does your Excellency realize that your troops have not been ashamed +to fire (in the full knowledge of what they were doing) with guns +and small arms on our helpless ones when they, to avoid capture, +had taken flight, either alone or with their waggons, and thus many +women and children have been killed and wounded. I will give you an +instance. Not long ago, on the 6th of June, at Graspan, near Reitz, +a camp of women, falsely reported as a convoy to your Excellency, +was taken by your troops. This was res<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span>cued again by us, whilst +your troops took shelter behind our women, and when your +reinforcement came up, they opened fire with guns and small arms on +that camp, notwithstanding the fact that they knew it contained +women only.</p> + +<p>I can quote hundreds of cases of this kind, but I do not think it +necessary, because if your Excellency will take the trouble to ask +any soldier who respects the truth, he will be compelled to confirm +my assertion. To say that the women are in your camps of their own +free will is not in accordance with the facts, and for any one to +assert that they are brought to the camps because the Boers are +unwilling to provide for the maintenance of their families as it is +said that His Excellency the Minister for War has asserted in +Parliament, is to make himself guilty of calumny, that will do more +harm to the calumniator than to us, and is a statement which I am +sure can never meet with your Excellency's approval.</p> + +<p>Now, as regards the Proclamation itself, I can give your Excellency +the assurance as far as I am myself concerned, that it will make no +difference to my fulfilling my duty faithfully to the end, for I +shall be guided by my conscience and not by the enemy. Our country +is ruined; our hearths and homes are wrecked; our cattle are +looted, or killed by the thousand; our women and children are made +prisoners, insulted, and carried away by the troops and armed +Kaffirs; and many hundreds have already given their lives for the +freedom of their fatherland. Can we now—when it is merely a +question of banishment—shrink from our duty? Can we become +faithless to the hundreds of killed and prisoners, who, trusting in +our firmness, offered their lives and freedom for the fatherland? +Or can we lose faith in a just God, who has so wonderfully upheld +us till now? I am convinced that should we do so, we should be +despised not only by your Excellency and all honest men, but also +by ourselves.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span></p> + +<p>I will close by giving your Excellency the assurance that no one is +more anxious than I to see peace restored, and I am therefore ready +to meet your Excellency at any time in order to discuss the terms +on which this peace can be arranged; but in order that I may not +mislead your Excellency, I have to say that no peace will be +accepted by us which imperils the independence of the two +Republics, or which does not take into consideration the interests +of our Colonial brethren who have joined us. If it is a crime to +fight in one's self-defence, and if such a crime is to be punished, +then I am of opinion that His Majesty's Government should be +satisfied with the annihilation of the country, the misery of women +and children and the general desolation which this war has already +caused. It is in your Excellency's power more than in that of any +one else, to put a stop to this, and by doing so, to restore this +unfortunate part of the world to its former happiness. We ask no +magnanimity, we only demand justice. I enclose a translation of my +letter in order to avoid any misinterpretation of it by your +Excellency, as this happened not long ago when a letter which I had +written to the Government of the South African Republic, and which +at Reitz fell into your hands, was published in such a way that it +was nearly unrecognizable, as not only was it wrongly interpreted +in some places, but sentences were inserted which had never been +written, and other parts were left out altogether, so that an +entirely wrong meaning was given to the letter.</p> + +<p>I have the honour, etc.,</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="smcap">M.T. Steyn</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;"><i>State-President of the Orange Free State.</i></span><br /> +</p></div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXI</h2> + +<h3>Blockhouses and Night Attacks</h3> + + +<p>While the great events recorded at the end of my last chapter were in +progress, I paid a visit to the Harrismith burghers, who were under the +command of Commandant Jan Jacobsz, and also to some of the Bethlehem +men. On my return I learnt that the enemy were occupied in building a +line of blockhouses from Heilbron to Frankfort.</p> + +<p>It has always seemed to me a most unaccountable circumstance that +England—the all-powerful—could not catch the Boers without the aid of +these blockhouses. There were so many other ways in which the thing +might have been done, and better done; and the following incident, which +occurred during the war, serves to show that this policy of the +<i>blockhouse</i> might equally well have been called the policy of the +<i>blockhead</i>.</p> + +<p>On the 27th of February, 1902, the English made one of their biggest +"catches" in the Free State. They had made a great "kraal"—what they +themselves call a "drive"—and stood, "hand in hand," one might almost +say, in a ring around us, coming from Heilbron, Frankfort, Bethlehem, +and Harrismith, and stretching, on the Transvaal side, from Vrede to the +Drakensberg.</p> + +<p>Narrower and narrower did the circle become, hemming us in more closely +at every moment. The result was that they "bagged" an enormous number of +men and cattle, without a solitary burgher (or, for the matter of that, +a solitary ox) having been captured by means of their famous blockhouse +system.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span></p> + +<p>The English have been constantly boasting in the newspapers about the +advantages of their blockhouses, but they have never been able to give +an instance of a capture effected by them. On the contrary, when during +the last stages of the war it happened, as it often did, that they drove +some of our men against one or other of the great blockhouse lines which +then intersected the country, and it became necessary for us to fight +our way through, we generally succeeded in doing so. And that, with +fewer casualties than when, as in the instance I have just given, they +concentrated their forces, and formed a circle around us.</p> + +<p>The English then were busy when I returned from the south in building a +blockhouse line from Heilbron to Frankfort. They accomplished this +speedily, and then proceeded to the construction of other similar lines, +not being contented until they had "pegged out" the country as +follows:—</p> + +<p>On the Natal frontier there was a line from Vrede to Bothaspas, +continued westward by a series of forts to Harrismith, whence the line +went on, still westward, to Bethlehem, and thence down to the Basutoland +border at Fouriesburg.</p> + +<p>Kroonstad was made, so to speak, the "axle," whence a series of "spokes" +proceeded; one to the north-east, to Vrede; a second to the north-west, +through Driekopjes Diamond Mine, to Winkledrift, and thence down the +Rhenoster River to its confluence with the Vaal; a third, to the +south-east, to Lindley; and a fourth, to the south-west, along the +railway line, to the frontier of Cape Colony.</p> + +<p>In the western districts there was a line along the left bank of the +Valsch River to the point where it joins the Vaal, and another (also +terminating at the Vaal River) starting from Zand River railway bridge, +and running parallel to the Zand River. There was also a line from +Boshof, across the Cape Colony frontier, to Kimberley.</p> + +<p>Last, but not least, came the "White Elephant"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span> with which the reader is +already acquainted—the line from Bloemfontein to Ladybrand, through +Thaba'Nchu.</p> + +<p>All these lines were in the Free State. I make no mention here of the +thousands of miles of similar blockhouse lines, which made a sort of +spider's web of the South African Republic.</p> + +<p>The blockhouses themselves were sometimes round, sometimes angular, +erections. The roofs were always of iron. The walls were pierced with +loop-holes four feet from the ground, and from four to six feet from one +another. Sometimes stone was used in the construction of these walls, at +other times iron. In the latter case the wall is double, the space of +from six to nine inches between the inner and the outer wall being +filled with earth.</p> + +<p>These buildings stood at a distance of from a hundred to a thousand +paces from one another; everything depended upon the lie of the ground, +and the means at the enemy's disposal; a greater distance than a +thousand paces was exceptional. They were always so placed that each of +them could be seen by its neighbours on both sides, the line which they +followed being a zigzag.</p> + +<p>Between the blockhouses were fences, made with five strands of barbed +wire. Parallel with these was a trench, three feet deep and four to five +feet across at the top, but narrower at the bottom. Where the material +could be procured, there was also a stone wall, to serve as an +additional obstacle. Sometimes there were two lines of fences, the upper +one—erected on the top of the earth thrown up from the +trench—consisting of three or four strands only.</p> + +<p>There was thus a regular network of wires in the vicinity of the +blockhouses—the English seemed to think that a Boer might be netted +like a fish. If a wild horse had been trapped there, I should like to +have been there to see, but I should not have liked to have been the +wild horse.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span></p> + +<p>The building of these blockhouses cost many thousands of pounds, and +still greater were the expenses incurred in providing the soldiers in +them with food, which had to be fetched up by special convoys. And it +was all money thrown away! and worse than thrown away! for when I come +to describe how I broke through these blockhouse lines (see next page), +the reader will see that this wonderful scheme of the English prolonged +the war for at least three months.</p> + +<p>Let us turn now to another, and a more successful device of the enemy.</p> + +<p>From the first weeks of the winter, 1901—the reader must remember that +our winter commences in <i>May</i>—the English began to make night attacks +upon us; at last they had found out a way of inflicting severe losses +upon us, and these night attacks grew more and more frequent during the +last period of the war. But they would never have thought of them at +all, if they had not been instructed in them by the National Scouts—our +own flesh and blood!</p> + +<p>These tactics were not always successful. It sometimes happened that the +English got "cornered"; sometimes they had to "right about turn" and run +for their lives. The latter was the case at Witkopjes, five miles to the +south of Heilbron, and again, near Makenwaansstad. But on only too many +occasions they managed to surprise troops of burghers on their camping +places, and, having captured those who could not run away, they left the +dead and wounded on the ground.</p> + +<p>We soon discovered that these night attacks were the most difficult of +the enemy's tactics with which we had to deal.</p> + +<p>Sometimes the burghers, surprised by a sudden visit from the English at +such an unconventional hour, found it necessary to run away at once as +fast as their legs would carry them, so that they often arrived at the +nearest camp without their hats. Indeed a series of these attacks +produced such a panic among our<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</a></span> men that I have known a Boer lose not +only his hat, but also his head.</p> + +<p>I come now, in the regular course of my narrative, to an engagement +between my burghers and an English force which had marched from +Bethlehem to Reitz, a distance of thirty miles. This force was guided by +a son of one of the Free State Members of Parliament, and, marching all +night, reached Reitz just as the day began to dawn. This was a smart +piece of business; and though the guide to whom its success was due was +my enemy, I fully appreciated the skill which he then displayed.</p> + +<p>The English captured ten or twelve burghers at Reitz, whither they had +perhaps gone in search of the President.</p> + +<p>I was ten miles to the west, on the farm of Blijdschap, and did not +receive reports of what had happened until towards noon.</p> + +<p>What was I to do? I could not call up men from Heilbron, Bethlehem, +Vrede, or Harrismith: it would have been at least twenty-four hours +before they could have arrived. All I could do was to summon Veldtcornet +Vlok with some of the Parijs commandos and Veldtcornet Louwrens, and +Matthijs De Beer, and the men. With these and my staff we would not +number more than sixty or seventy all told.</p> + +<p>I at once gave orders to these veldtcornets to meet me at a certain +place, and they were there by the appointed hour.</p> + +<p>My intention was to deliver a flank attack upon the English while they +retreated during the night; for, as they only numbered five hundred men, +I felt sure that they would not care to remain thirty miles away from +their column, but would fall back upon Bethlehem.</p> + +<p>In the afternoon I marched to within a short distance of Reitz, in order +to discover the enemy's plans; then, immediately after sunset, I sent a +few burghers quite close to the town, with orders to meet me again at a +certain point about two thousand paces to the south,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</a></span> and to inform me +whither the enemy were going to march. The scouts returned at ten +o'clock that night, and reported that the enemy was on the march towards +Harrismith. In order to reach this town they would have to start by the +Bethlehem road, from which the Harrismith road forks, at about eight +thousand paces from the town.</p> + +<p>Our horses stood ready up-saddled; I had only to give the order to +mount.</p> + +<p>I meant to cross the Bethlehem road and go to a deep hollow which I knew +of near the Harrismith road; then, when the English appeared against the +horizon, we would fire at them.</p> + +<p>But my scouts had blundered. The English were not going to Harrismith +after all. For as we came to the Bethlehem road, we nearly stumbled over +them. They were riding quietly along only a short distance from us. As +we were galloping they knew of our proximity before we were aware of +theirs, and when we were less than two hundred paces from them they +opened fire.</p> + +<p>"Charge, burghers!"</p> + +<p>They all heard me, but they did not all obey. About fifty of the most +valiant of them galloped straight at the enemy. The rest fled.</p> + +<p>After a short but fierce engagement we were forced to retire, as six of +our men had been hit. Fortunately, their wounds were but slight, the +most severe being that of my son Isaac, who had been shot through the +leg below the knee.</p> + +<p>We rode away a short distance, and saw looming through the darkness a +company of horsemen approaching us from Reitz. I thought at first that +they were some of my own burghers—the ones who had taken to their +heels—but it turned out to be General Wessel Wessels, who was nearer +than I knew with his staff, in all some twenty men. I, however, could +muster seventy, and we decided to cut off the retreat of the enemy. But +they had, in the meantime, been riding<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</a></span> on so fast that we did not reach +them until it had grown quite light. An engagement, short and fierce as +the last, ensued, but as the enemy was from six to seven times as strong +as we were, and had a gun and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt with them, we could +not stand against them, and had to let them go on their road.</p> + +<p>We were fortunate in suffering no loss there, and while the English +marched on to Bethlehem we rode off in the opposite direction.</p> + +<p>We had now a short period of repose. The English were so busy building +blockhouses that they had no time to fight us. Our poor horses were in a +miserable condition, for so little rain had fallen that the grass was +very dry and sapless. But at least we could now give them the rest which +they sorely needed.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXII</h2> + +<h3>My Commando of Seven Hundred Men</h3> + + +<p>Towards the end of September Commandant F.E. Mentz had an engagement +with Colonel Byng's column near Heilbron. A portion of this officer's +force had held a ridge where there were some Kaffir kraals for cover; +and Commandant Mentz had with fifty burghers stormed this ridge, +shooting down from thirty to forty of the enemy, and taking twenty-five +prisoners. We lost two killed and three wounded. The Frankfort burghers +under Commandant Ross had also not been idle, for they had attacked a +division of Colonel Rimington's troops with the result that sixteen +killed and wounded fell into their hands—among these were seven of the +National Scouts.</p> + +<p>Thus fighting was taking place all over the country. I do not give any +report of the various engagements, as I was not present at them, and, as +I have already said, I only wish to record my own experiences. But it +will be easily seen, even from the scanty information I can give of +these skirmishes, that our small commandos had a splendid record of +success.</p> + +<p>It is my intention to ask all my Vice-Commanders-in-Chief to narrate +their experiences. And when the whole story is told I am convinced that +the world will be astonished at what we were able to accomplish.</p> + +<p>But however well these small commandos had fought, I myself believed +that the time had now come to make a great stroke. With this object in +view I gave orders that a number of the burghers should come to +Blijdschap, in the district of Bethlehem, under<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[Pg 268]</a></span> the command of the +following officers:—General Michal Prinsloo with Commandants Olivier, +and Rautenbach of the Bethlehem Commando; Commandant David Van Coller, +who was in command of the Heilbron burghers in the place of Commandant +Steenekamp, who had resigned; Commandant Hermanus Botha of Vrede; +Commandant Roen of Ladybrand; and Commandant Jan Cilliers of Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>By the beginning of November I had a force of seven hundred burghers +under me at Blijdschap.<a name="FNanchor_101_101" id="FNanchor_101_101"></a><a href="#Footnote_101_101" class="fnanchor">[101]</a></p> + +<p>Although the spring was now far advanced, the veldt was in a very +backward condition. I therefore ordered the various subdivisions of my +commando to go and camp on the different farms in the neighbourhood. I +spread the horses over a large area, as they would thus find better +pasture and so the sooner recover their strength.</p> + +<p>When November was drawing to a close I had an engagement with the +English to the south of Lindley. I had with me at that time General +Hattingh, General Wessel Wessels, and General Michal Prinsloo.</p> + +<p>An English force had encamped two days previously on the farm of +Jagersrust, which lies some ten miles to the south-east of Heilbron, and +about the same distance from Blijdschap. I had wished to make an attack +on them the night they arrived, but they were too near to Heilbron for +me to venture on it.</p> + +<p>The previous week three columns which came from Winburg and Kroonstad +had been operating near the Liebenbergsvlei, and driving a large laager +of women before them towards the north-east of the Liebenbergsvlei. But +they had now left the laager alone and returned to Kroonstad. The women +had arrived at Blijdschap at noon on November 28th on their way back to +Lindley.</p> + +<p>The morning following, two hours after sunrise, I received a report from +General Hattingh, who with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[Pg 269]</a></span> Commandant Cilliers and a hundred men was +stationed close to Blijdschap. The General reported that the English +from Jagersrust were hotly pursuing the women's laager. And it soon +appeared that the women were being driven to the west of Blijdschap.</p> + +<p>When General Hattingh heard that the English were hard by, he was some +twenty minutes' ride from Blijdschap, but he mounted his horse at once +and rode there as quickly as he could. On his arrival he immediately +gave orders to up-saddle, and, having sent me a second report, he +started in pursuit of the enemy.</p> + +<p>As soon as I had received General Hattingh's reports, I followed him +with General Wessels and a force of only a hundred men. I was at least +five miles from General Hattingh, and the English were twelve miles +ahead. General Michal Prinsloo was unfortunately a considerable distance +away; and thus it was that I could not at once get together my whole +force of six hundred burghers.</p> + +<p>But General Michal Prinsloo had spent the time in attacking the English +force on their left front. Shortly after he had engaged the enemy I came +up behind them and delivered an attack on their right. But the veldt was +very uneven and high hills and intervening hollows made any co-operation +between us impossible, for one force could not tell where the other +force was.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile General Hattingh had attacked the enemy in the rear and thus +compelled them to withdraw their vanguard, which was then not far from +the women's laager and had nearly succeeded in capturing it. But now +that the whole force of the enemy was opposed to General Hattingh, he +was forced to give way and leave his positions. We lost two killed and +three wounded. Among the dead was the valiant F.C. Klopper of Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>When I, with General Wessels and Commandant Hermanus Botha hurried up, +Commandant Hattingh was just on the point of retreating.</p> + +<p>The English I saw numbered about a thousand<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[Pg 270]</a></span> mounted men and they had +three guns with them. I determined to make a flank attack, and +accordingly marched round to their right, at the same time sending +orders to General Prinsloo to get in the rear, or if he preferred in +front of the enemy, so that we might make a united attack upon them as +they marched in the direction of Lindley.</p> + +<p>It now began to rain and a little later a very heavy thunderstorm burst +on our heads. This forced the English to halt on the farm of +Victoriespruit.</p> + +<p>The rain continued to fall in torrents and hindered General Prinsloo +carrying out my orders.</p> + +<p>And now the sun went down.</p> + +<p>As our horses were quite exhausted by the hot pursuit after the English, +and the burghers wet through to the skin, I decided to postpone the +attack to the following day. I was also influenced in my decision by the +consideration that as the English were so far from any point from which +reinforcements could come, it was quite safe to let them alone until the +morning. Nobody could have foreseen that they would escape that night.</p> + +<p>We slept about five miles from them to the north-east, whilst General +Prinsloo and his men were not very far away to the south-east.</p> + +<p>That night we placed the ordinary outposts, but no "brandwachten."</p> + +<p>When on the next morning I sent my scouts out to discover the movements +of the enemy, what was my surprise when they reported that they had +fled. They had gone, my scouts informed me, towards Heilbron, which was +about eighteen miles off, and they had left behind them five laden +waggons and one cart; and where they had crossed Karoospruit they had, +very naturally, lightened their waggons, and flour, seed, oats, +tarpaulins, and tents marked the point where they had crossed the +spruit. The enemy were already so far ahead when I received this report +that it was quite out of the question to catch them before they reached<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[Pg 271]</a></span> +Heilbron; so all idea of pursuing them had to be abandoned.</p> + +<p>So far as I was able to find out, this column was under the command of +Colonel Rimington.</p> + +<p>As I was unable now to get in touch with the enemy, I set off with my +commando to what was once the town of Lindley. Alas! it could not any +more be called a town. Every house was burnt down; not even the church +and parsonage were spared.</p> + +<p>We found the veldt in very good condition; the early spring rains and +the downpours of the previous day had quite revived the grass. And so I +decided to remain at Lindley as long as possible, to give our horses a +chance of recovering their condition. It was impossible to provide them +with forage, for the amount the English had left behind was entirely +insufficient as a supply for the large number of horses we had with us.</p> + +<p>For ten or twelve days we remained at Lindley, and so the horses had a +short breathing time, but not long enough to give the poor animals time +fully to regain their strength. In addition to being overworked, some of +our horses were suffering from a skin disease which we were quite unable +to cure. This disease had never before been known in the Republics.</p> + +<p>When I was at Lindley I sent Commandant Johannes Meijer, one of my +staff, with forty men, to Cape Colony. With him went that brave soldier, +Captain Willem Pretorius, of whom I have made mention previously. If +Commandant Meijer had had sufficient time to collect a commando in the +Colony, I am sure that he would have proved that the younger generation +of Free-Staters, to whom he and Willem Pretorius belonged, possess +qualities which were entirely unsuspected before the war began.</p> + +<p>On the 8th of December three columns of the enemy appeared from +Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>It had been my plan to remain at Lindley and wait my chance of dealing +with Colonel Baker, for he had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[Pg 272]</a></span> under him a certain National Scout, who +constantly made raids from Winburg with a band of four or five hundred +Kaffirs. A few months previously a division of Commandant Hasebroek's +commando had been attacked at Doornberg by this man's Kaffirs, and four +burghers had been murdered in a horrible manner. More cases of this +nature had taken place, and I only mention this one in passing. I am not +in a position to give all the instances, but many of them were sworn to +in affidavits, of which copies were sent to Lord Kitchener. The original +affidavits fell into the hands of the English; but fresh ones shall be +drawn up on my return to South Africa, so that I may be able to prove +the statements I have made. The narration of these brutalities I prefer +to leave to persons more conversant With the facts than myself. I have +only alluded to the subject so as to make it clear why I like to keep my +eye on Colonel Baker's column.</p> + +<p>I must now continue my story where I left it.</p> + +<p>I took up my position to the north-west of Lindley, in front of the +columns which approached from Kroonstad. But after a few skirmishes with +them, I returned to the east till darkness came on. When night had +fallen I went round to the south, behind Kaffirskop, expecting to +receive the news that Colonel Baker was coming up from Winburg, for he +generally carried on his operations in conjunction with the forces at +Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>On the following day the enemy marched to Liebenbergsvlei, between +Bethlehem and Reitz. Thence they took the road between Lindley and Reitz +to Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>Piet de Wet, of the National Scouts, was with these columns.</p> + +<p>After we had remained two days at Kaffirskop, we crossed the Valsch +River. The news then came that a column with a convoy was on the march +from Harrismith to Bethlehem.</p> + +<p>I felt that it was my duty to attack this column,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[Pg 273]</a></span> but, although I +advanced with all haste, I was not in time to catch the enemy before +they reached Bethlehem. When I saw this, I decided to wait, at a +distance of some fifteen miles to the north-east of Bethlehem, for I +expected that the column would return to Harrismith.</p> + +<p>The troops remained in Bethlehem till the morning of the 18th of +December; they then marched out towards Harrismith.</p> + +<p>I at once divided my commando into two parts, each consisting of two +hundred and fifty men. One of these divisions I posted behind the +eastern end of the Langberg, about forty miles from Bethlehem; the other +on the banks of the Tijgerkloofspruit, at the point where the road to +Harrismith crosses the stream.</p> + +<p>I gave strict orders to both divisions that as soon as I opened fire on +the English with the Maxim-Nordenfeldt, they were to charge down on them +from both sides at the same time.</p> + +<p>The enemy, I may mention, were about six or seven hundred men strong, +and had two guns.</p> + +<p>I myself, with the Maxim-Nordenfeldt, was now on a high round hill, on +the eastern side of Tijgerkloof. I was very careful to be out of sight +of the English, so that they might get quite close to the burghers +before the gun disclosed my presence.</p> + +<p>I succeeded in hiding my burghers so successfully that the English did +not observe them until they were within about twelve hundred paces of my +men in Tijgerkloof.</p> + +<p>Some of the enemy's scouts rode on ahead, and when I judged that they +must almost immediately see the burghers, I ordered Captain Muller, who +was standing behind a rise, to come out of cover and open fire; then I +jumped on my horse, and down the hill I went, at full gallop, to my +burghers.</p> + +<p>I had scarcely covered half the distance, when Captain Muller opened +fire on the enemy.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[Pg 274]</a></span></p> + +<p>As the sound fell on my ears, it seemed to me that nothing now could +save them!</p> + +<p>What was now my bitter disappointment when I saw that only one-third of +my burghers were charging. The others were keeping under cover, and do +what I would I could not drive them out.</p> + +<p>Everything went wrong.</p> + +<p>When the burghers who were charging the English discovered that the +greater part of their comrades had remained, they turned round and +retreated. But before this had happened they had attacked the English at +four different points.</p> + +<p>It had been a short but a very hot engagement.</p> + +<p>There was no possibility of inducing my men to charge, and so I thought +it wisest to retreat, swallowing my disappointment as best I could.</p> + +<p>The burghers re-assembled to the south of the Langberg; and we found +that our loss was two killed and nine wounded, of whom two subsequently +died.</p> + +<p>We could not ascertain the English losses, but we saw their ambulances +very busy. We heard afterwards that they had suffered much more severely +than we had done.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[Pg 275]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXIII</h2> + +<h3>A Success at Tweefontein</h3> + + +<p>The column had marched to Harrismith.</p> + +<p>It was time that I accomplished something further, and I determined that +the next blow I struck should be a heavy one. I therefore retired to the +north-east of Bethlehem, and concealed my men in the veldt round +Tijgerkloof (which was suited to the purpose) whilst I made my plans.</p> + +<p>Colonel Firman's brigade was camped between Bethlehem and Harrismith, at +Elands River bridge, where he was building the line of blockhouses +between the two towns. This camp was so well entrenched that there was +no possibility of storming it, and I knew that so long as Colonel Firman +thought I was still in the neighbourhood he would not dare to come out +and give me an opportunity of attacking him.</p> + +<p>I saw that a ruse was necessary to entice him out of his fortress. With +this object in view I sent for Commandant Jan Jacobsz, with his fifty +men from Witzeshoek. When he joined me I confided my secret to him, and +ordered him to go back with his fifty men, and to let Colonel Firman see +him doing so. He also had instructions to let some of his veldtcornets +ride to the Kaffir kraals, which were close to the English camp, in +order to tell these Kaffirs that he had had orders to come to me with +fifty men, but that when he arrived I had commanded him to return to his +district, because I was going to march with my commando to Winburg.</p> + +<p>The following day Colonel Firman's scouts were, as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[Pg 277]</a></span> might have been +expected, informed by the Kaffirs of what they had heard from the +burghers under Commandant Jacobsz; and the day after—that is, the 22nd +of December—Colonel Firman's column, about six to seven hundred men +strong, marched from Elands River to Tweefontein, half-way between +Elands River and Tijgerkloof. On the farm of Tweefontein there was a +mountain called Groenkop—which has since, for a reason which will soon +be apparent to the reader, received the name of "Christmas Kop."</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> + <a id="image05" name="image05"> + <img src="images/05.jpg" + alt="TWEEFONTEIN." + title="TWEEFONTEIN." /></a><br /> + <span class="caption">TWEEFONTEIN.<br />FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.</span> +</div> + +<p>I gave Commandant Jacobsz orders to come to me with his fifty men on +Christmas Eve, but this time with the strict injunction that he must +conceal his march from the enemy. I also called up Veldtcornet Beukes, +with his fifty men, from Wilge River, in the district of Harrismith. +Veldtcornet Beukes was a brave man and trustworthy; he was shortly +afterwards promoted to the command of a division of the Harrismith +burghers.</p> + +<p>My intention was to attack Colonel Firman early on Christmas morning.</p> + +<p>Two days previously I had, with General Prinsloo and the Commandant, +reconnoitred the neighbourhood of Groenkop, on which Colonel Firman was +encamped. I approached as near as possible to the mountain, but could +only inspect it from the west, north, and east, but on the following day +I reconnoitred it also from the south.</p> + +<p>My plan of making the attack early the next morning was somewhat spoilt +by the fact that the English had already, on the 21st of December, +quitted their camp on the mountain. Thus they had had four days in which +to entrench themselves.</p> + +<p>Whilst we were reconnoitring the mountain from the south, we saw three +horsemen coming cautiously out of the camp, riding in a north-easterly +direction, and thus giving us no chance to intercept them. Commandant +Olivier and Captain Potgieter now made a détour, so that they could cut +off the unsuspecting<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[Pg 278]</a></span> scouts from their camp, and could also get nearer +to the mountain themselves. I knew that by doing so they would draw the +fire of the two guns, which would tell me precisely where Colonel +Firman's battery stood.</p> + +<p>Before these officers could accomplish their purpose they were observed, +and seeing that they could not cut off the three men, they turned their +horses and galloped back. But when they saw that the three scouts had +the temerity to pursue them, they faced round at the first rise and +suddenly confronted them. The three (who were Kaffirs), seeing that the +tables were turned, hastily wheeled round towards their own camp, but +before they could reach it one of their number was caught and shot down. +One gun and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt now fired upon our two officers as +long as they were in sight, and thus we learnt that the guns were placed +on the high western point of the mountain, from which they could shoot +in all directions.</p> + +<p>Let me describe Groenkop. On its western side was a precipice, on the +north and south a steep descent, and on the east a gentle slope which +ran down to the plain.</p> + +<p>From which side should the attack take place?</p> + +<p>Some of the officers were of the opinion that this should take place on +the east, where it was the least steep, but I differed from them, for +through our field-glasses we could see that the walls of the fort were +so built that it was quite clear the enemy had thought that, should they +be attacked, it would be from the east. The forts were built in a +semicircle towards that side, and although this would be of little +importance once the fight had begun (because the defenders had only to +jump over the wall to find themselves still entrenched), still it was to +the advantage of the attacking party to come from a side where they +would not be expected.</p> + +<p>These reasons brought me to the conclusion that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[Pg 279]</a></span> the English would not +be on the look-out for us from the west, and I therefore decided to make +the attack from this side, the steep side of the mountain. But I did not +then know how steep it really was.</p> + +<p>On the western point there were four forts close to each other. Each was +sufficient to give shelter to about twenty five men. To the south there +were four forts, and to the east three.</p> + +<p>The top of the mountain was not more than three to four hundred paces in +diameter. To the east in a hollow the convoy was placed, and from every +<i>schanze</i> we could rake it with our fire.</p> + +<p>I remained on the spot from which I was reconnoitring, and sent word to +the commando, in the afternoon of the 24th of December, to come to a +certain place at Tijgerkloof, which they could do without being +observed. I ordered them to remain there until nightfall, and then to +advance within four miles of Groenkop, to the north, where I would meet +them.</p> + +<p>This was done. I found the commando at the appointed place, and also +General Brand and Commandant Karel Coetzee, who had come on a visit that +day to my commando. They also took part in the attack. My men consisted +of burghers from General Michal Prinsloo, Commandants Hermanus Botha, +Van Coller, Olivier, Rautenbach, Koen, Jan Jacobsz and Mears, in all six +hundred men. Of these I left one hundred in charge of the +Maxim-Nordenfeldt and the pack-horses.</p> + +<p>We had not a single waggon with us; every man put what he had with him +on his pack-horse, for long we had made it a rule not to be hampered +with waggons. Yet whenever we picked up reports of engagements in the +camping places of the English we repeatedly saw that they had taken a +Boer camp—and their greatest delight was to say that it was one of De +Wet's convoys.</p> + +<p>They could not have been convoys of mine, because for the last fifteen +months I had had no waggon-camp<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">[Pg 280]</a></span> with me. If a waggon-camp was taken, it +could only have been one consisting of women, who were flying in order +to escape capture by the English, and to avoid being sent to the +concentration camps. Everywhere in the State the women were taking to +flight, and their terror was increased tenfold when the news came that +many a woman and child had found an untimely grave in these camps.</p> + +<p>The troops which had not remained with the pack-horses now advanced +towards the mountain. Each commando was ordered to ride by itself, and +to leave in single file. My orders were that they were to march quietly +to the western foot of the mountain; here the horses were to be left +behind, and the climb made on foot, the burghers keeping the same order +as that in which they had been riding. Should the English, however, +discover us before we reached the mountain, we must then storm it +altogether, and leave the horses wherever we had dismounted.</p> + +<p>We succeeded in coming to the mountain unobserved, and at once began the +climb. It was exactly two o'clock in the morning of December 25th, 1901.</p> + +<p>When we had gone up about half-way we heard the challenge of a sentry:—</p> + +<p>"Halt; who goes there?"</p> + +<p>Then followed a few shots.</p> + +<p>My command rang out through the night—</p> + +<p>"Burghers, Storm!"</p> + +<p>The word was taken up by the burghers themselves, and on all sides one +heard "Storm! Storm!"</p> + +<p>It was a never-to-be-forgotten moment. Amidst the bullets, which we +could hear whistling above and around us, the burghers advanced to the +top, calling out, "Storm! Storm!"</p> + +<p>The mountain, however, was so steep that it can scarcely be said that we +stormed it; it was much more of a climb. Often our feet slipped from +under us, and we fell to the ground; but in an instant we<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">[Pg 281]</a></span> were up again +and climbed on, and on, to gain the summit.</p> + +<p>I think that after the sentry heard us, three or four minutes must have +elapsed before the troops, who were lying asleep in their tents or on +the veldt, were awakened and could come out, because their camp was +about a hundred paces distant from our point of attack.</p> + +<p>Directly we reached the top the deafening roar of a heavy fight began, +and lasted from fifteen to twenty minutes. Shortly before this the +Armstrong gun and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt had each fired two shots, but +they fired no more; as we reached the top the gunners were shot down at +their guns.</p> + +<p>After a short but desperate struggle the English gave way, or +surrendered, and we took possession of the Armstrong and +Maxim-Nordenfeldt.</p> + +<p>We continued to fire on the troops, who had retreated to a short +distance. Again they gave way, and took up another position a little +further on, and so it went on for about two thousand paces, and then the +English took to flight.</p> + +<p>As we had no horses with us and it was dark, we did not pursue the +fleeing enemy, but returned to the camp. The whole engagement lasted, so +far as I could judge, for about an hour. I cannot say for certain, +because I made no note of the time.</p> + +<p>It was a party of Yeomanry with whom we had been dealing, and I must say +they behaved very gallantly under exceptionally trying circumstances; +for it is always to be expected that when men are attacked during the +night a certain amount of confusion must ensue.</p> + +<p>It was heartrending to hear the moaning of the wounded in the dark. The +burghers helped the doctors to bring the wounded into the tents, where +they could be attended to; I gave the doctors as much water as they +liked to take for the wounded.</p> + +<p>It was greatly to be deplored that the ambulance<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_282" id="Page_282">[Pg 282]</a></span> had been placed in the +centre of the camp, for this was the cause of Dr. Reid being fatally +wounded.</p> + +<p>When the day began to dawn we brought the waggons and guns down the +mountain. I sent them in the direction of Langberg, to the west of +Groenkop.</p> + +<p>The enemy lost about one hundred and sixteen dead and wounded, and two +hundred and forty prisoners of war.</p> + +<p>Our loss was also heavy—fourteen dead and thirty wounded; among the +dead were Commandant Olivier from Bethlehem and Vice-Veldtcornet Jan +Dalebout from Harrismith; among the wounded was one of my own staff, +Gert de Wet. Later on two more died, one of them being Veldtcornet +Louwrens. I appointed Mr. A.J. Bester as Commandant in the place of +Commandant Olivier.</p> + +<p>Besides one Armstrong and one Maxim-Nordenfeldt, our booty consisted of +twenty waggons, mostly ox-waggons, a great quantity of rifle and gun +ammunition, guns, tents, five hundred horses and mules, and one waggon +laden with spirits, so that the burghers, who were not averse to this, +could now satisfy their thirst.</p> + +<p>The sun had hardly risen when the enemy opened fire from a mountain two +miles to the north-east of Groenkop, where there was a little camp with +one gun. If I still had had the same numbers as were with me at the +storming of Groenkop, then I could also have taken this little camp. But +it was not to be thought of, for some of my men had been sent away with +the waggons, and the others—well, every one had a horse that he had +taken from the English, and as these horses were in the pink of +condition for rapid retreat, I thought it wiser not to call upon the +burghers to attack. I ordered them, therefore, to go back after the +waggons, and in the evening we camped to the north of Bethlehem. From +here, on the following day, I sent the prisoners of war through +Naauwpoort into Basutoland.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_283" id="Page_283">[Pg 283]</a></span></p> + +<p>On the same day I gave orders to General Michal Prinsloo to take the +commando and to strike a course between Reitz and Heilbron. I myself +paid a visit to President Steyn and General Wessel Wessels, after which +I put matters straight in our hospital at Bezuidenhoutsdrift, which was +under the charge of Dr. H.J. Poutsma.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">[Pg 284]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXIV</h2> + +<h3>I Cut my Way Through Sixty Thousand Troops</h3> + + +<p>The English could not endure the thought that we had their guns in our +possession. And, accordingly, when General Michal Prinsloo came near the +Liebenbergsvlei, on the road between Reitz and Heilbron, he met a strong +force of the enemy which had come from Kroonstad. The English then had a +taste of what it was like to be under the fire of our artillery; and so +well did the gunners do their work that the enemy were forced to +retreat. This occurred shortly before sunset on the afternoon of the +28th of December.</p> + +<p>But the forces in front of General Prinsloo were too strong for him, and +so when night came he marched past, and the following morning was twelve +miles to the south-west of them.</p> + +<p>The enemy advanced against the position which General Prinsloo had +occupied the previous day, quite unaware that he was now in their rear. +In the meantime the General was watching their movements from behind, +and quietly enjoying their mistake.</p> + +<p>I left the hospital that afternoon, and crossing the Liebenbergsvlei to +the rear of the English, I joined the Heilbron commando.</p> + +<p>The following day the enemy retreated to the farm of Groenvlei, which +lies just to the north of Lindley. They remained there for a few days +awaiting large reinforcements.</p> + +<p>"I quite understand your plan," I said to myself, as I set to work to +split up the great force which the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">[Pg 285]</a></span> enemy were concentrating. And with +this object in view I sent each Commandant to his own district, +believing that by dispersing my own men I should again induce the +English to divide their troops into smaller parties. Commandant Mears, +with his fifty men, I ordered to remain with the guns and the artillery, +and to guard them by very careful scouting.</p> + +<p>In less than a fortnight seven large columns of the enemy were operating +in the district between Heilbron and Bethlehem and Harrismith. These +columns burnt all the houses within their reach, and those which had +been spared before were now given over to the flames. And not only were +the houses destroyed, but every head of cattle was taken.</p> + +<p>Towards the end of January, 1902, still more columns arrived and a +"drive" began.</p> + +<p>I remained in the neighbourhood until the 2nd of February and stationed +Commandant Mears with the guns to the east of the Wilge River. The +English formed a circle round him, but he succeeded in getting the guns +away in safety. When he was out of their clutches, I sent him orders to +bring the guns through the blockhouse line between Lindley and +Bethlehem, and then to push on towards Winburg.</p> + +<p>It was my intention, on arriving there, to collect as rapidly as +possible a commando from the men of Bethlehem, Kroonstad, and Winburg, +and to attack the first column that gave me a chance of doing so.</p> + +<p>Commandant Mears carried out my orders at once. A force of the enemy had +been waiting for him for three or four days at the farm of Fanny's Home, +on the Liebenbergsvlei. But before the sun had risen, a strong force +under Colonel Byng had surrounded him and forced him to abandon the +guns. And not only were the guns lost, but Captain Muller and thirteen +gunners were taken prisoner.</p> + +<p>Thus the guns had not been of much benefit to us, for the English had +kept us so constantly on the move that it had been impossible to use +them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_286" id="Page_286">[Pg 286]</a></span></p> + +<p>The forces of the enemy between Harrismith and Vrede had formed a line +extending from the Harrismith-Bethlehem blockhouses to the blockhouses +between Vrede, Frankfort and Heilbron. And now the troops were advancing +in close contact with each other, hoping thus to force us against one or +other line of blockhouses.</p> + +<p>Nearer and nearer they came, until at noon on February the 5th we saw +them to the east of Liebenbergsvlei. As I was watching their movements +from the top of Elandskop, I was informed by heliogram<a name="FNanchor_102_102" id="FNanchor_102_102"></a><a href="#Footnote_102_102" class="fnanchor">[102]</a> from +Blaauwkop and Verkijkerskop that there was a cordon of the English from +Frankfort to a spot between Bethlehem and Lindley.</p> + +<p>The intention of the enemy appeared to be to drive us against the +Heilbron-Kroonstad blockhouses and the railway line. We had therefore to +be prepared to fight our way through the blockhouses. And these, as I +found out lately, had been greatly strengthened.</p> + +<p>On the 6th of February I was on the march, intending to advance to +Slangfontein, to the west of Heilbron. I sent orders to Commandants +Mentz, Van der Merwe, and Van Coller, to take a portion of Commandant +Bester's burghers, telling them to go to Slangfontein. For I hoped to +break through at some point or other that night.</p> + +<p>Still nearer the enemy came, marching almost shoulder to shoulder.</p> + +<p>The Commandants Van Coller and Van der Merwe did not go to Slangfontein. +They broke through the English columns near Jagersrust, and crossed the +Heilbron-Frankfort blockhouse line, where they put a few soldiers to +flight, not, however, without a loss of two burghers, who were killed.</p> + +<p>Neither did the burghers under Veldtcornets Tal<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287">[Pg 287]</a></span>jaart and Prinsloo +arrive. They preferred to go their own way—and all were captured with +the exception of twenty-eight men. But this misfortune was not due to +the blockhouses. On the contrary, they were taken prisoners when they +were attempting to hide themselves in small bodies. In this way more +than a hundred burghers fell into the hands of the English.</p> + +<p>There were now with me Commandant Mentz, and portions of the commandos +of Commandants Bester, Cilliers, and Mears.</p> + +<p>That afternoon we marched to a farm which was twelve miles from the +Lindley-Kroonstad line of blockhouses. When it was quite dark, we left +the farm with the intention of breaking through this line before +daybreak. There had been five or six hundred head of cattle with us, +but, without my being aware of it, they had gone astray in the darkness.</p> + +<p>We intentionally left the path, because we thought that the English +would be most vigilant at points where paths crossed the line.</p> + +<p>Suddenly we found ourselves at a wire fence. The darkness was so thick, +that it was only after we had cut the wire that we discovered that we +were close to a blockhouse. Although the house was not more than a +hundred paces from us, we could hear and see nothing. When we were some +four hundred paces on the other side of the line of the blockhouses, I +sent a burgher back to see if all the men and cattle had crossed +safely—for we were riding in a long trail, and amongst us were old men +and youngsters of only ten years, or even less. These boys would have +been taken away from their mothers had they stayed at home; and thus the +only way to keep them from captivity was to let them join the commandos.</p> + +<p>The burgher soon returned, and told me that the whole commando and all +the cattle had crossed the line. Then I marched forward again.</p> + +<p>At break of day we were close to the Valsch River. Here I made a short +halt, in order to allow the strag<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">[Pg 288]</a></span>glers to come up. It was then that a +man came to me who had been riding far behind, and had thus not seen +that we had cut the wire. He was probably one of those who quite +needlessly feared a blockhouse line.</p> + +<p>"General, when shall we come to the blockhouses?" he asked me.</p> + +<p>"Oh! we are through long ago!" I answered.</p> + +<p>It did not require any deep insight, I can assure you, to see how +delighted this burgher was that we were safely out of it!</p> + +<p>We discovered now that the cattle had not crossed the line. When I +investigated the matter more closely, I found that they had gone astray +before we reached the blockhouses. But it was impossible to wait for +them, and there was nothing left but to proceed without them.</p> + +<p>When we arrived at the Valsch River, there was a sound of shouting +behind us, and presently the cattle appeared coming over a rise. I heard +from the drivers that they had lost their way, and had only reached the +blockhouses at daylight. But they had succeeded in breaking through +under a fierce rifle fire. Twenty head of cattle had been killed or +wounded, and one of the men's horses had been shot under him.</p> + +<p>The burghers who had accomplished this valiant deed were: Jan Potgieter, +Gert Potgieter, Jzoon, and Wessel Potgieter—all from the district of +Heilbron.</p> + +<p>I have, myself, seen a report in an English paper of my breaking through +the blockhouse line. This paper declared that I had driven a great herd +of cattle in front of me to break down the fencing!... This is the way +the English write the reports.</p> + +<p>This breaking through of my cattle inspired the English, at least so I +thought, to dig trenches everywhere. But they were again wrong; for +although a vehicle might have some difficulty before the trench was +filled in, no riders, pedestrians, or cattle would have been stopped for +a moment.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">[Pg 289]</a></span></p> + +<p>And now we marched on, till we reached a spot about fourteen miles to +the south of the blockhouse line; and there we remained for three days.</p> + +<p>Whilst we were waiting here, I sent two burghers back to the blockhouse +line, to discover in what direction the English columns had marched, so +that I might know where I should go myself. Now, less than ever, was it +advisable to make night marches, for our horses were in a very poor +condition.</p> + +<p>The day following I received a heliographic message from these burghers, +who were now on the other side of the line. They signalled that I could +come on with my commando, since the English columns had returned to +Kroonstad and Heilbron.</p> + +<p>When night came I started on my way back. I did not go (as before) to +the east of Lindley, but to the farm of Palmietfontein, which lies to +the west. When we were close to the line, I sent some burghers in +advance to cut the wire. But this time there was a reception ready for +us, which we certainly would rather have been without! This was to be +ascribed to the fact that instead of only two scouts, as I had ordered, +about ten had gone to reconnoitre. So large a number had attracted the +attention of the enemy, and the guards had concentrated at the spot +where we wished to break through.</p> + +<p>Thus before my commando reached the line a fierce fire was opened on it +from two sides. Yet notwithstanding this the wires were cut and we +reached the other side, but not without loss. One of my burghers was +killed, and one wounded. A boy of ten was also killed, and another of +seven severely wounded. We could not ascertain the losses of the enemy.</p> + +<p>It was terrible that children should be exposed to such dangers; but, as +I have already said, if we had not taken them with us they would have +been captured. During the very "drive" I have just described, two +children who had remained at home with their mothers<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">[Pg 290]</a></span> were taken +prisoner by the English. One of these was a boy of nine, the little son +of Jacobus Theron. Notwithstanding the prayers and entreaties of the +poor mother, he was torn from her and carried away. In the same way +another boy, twelve years old, whose name I do not know, was dragged +from his mother's arms.</p> + +<p>The chronicling of such inexplicable cruelties I leave to other pens. I +have drawn attention to them to make it clear that it was not without +good cause that children joined the commandos. Some of these little ones +became a prey to the bullets of the enemy, and the South African soil is +stained by the blood of children slain by England.</p> + +<p>With the exception of the sad incidents I have described, we came +through in safety.</p> + +<p>I afterwards heard that Lord Kitchener had on this occasion gone to +Wolvehoek Station in order to see President Steyn and myself carried +away in the train to banishment! But his calculations were not +altogether correct.</p> + +<p>A Higher Power had willed it otherwise.</p> + +<p>The burghers had now returned to their own districts. I myself went to a +farm in the neighbourhood of Elandskop belonging to Mr. Hendrick +Prinsloo—the <i>rooije</i>.<a name="FNanchor_103_103" id="FNanchor_103_103"></a><a href="#Footnote_103_103" class="fnanchor">[103]</a> After I had been there a few days I heard +that a strong column was approaching Lindley from Kroonstad. During the +night of the 17th of February this column attacked some burghers who +were posted less than four miles from Elandskop, with the object—as I +heard later—of catching me. And they would have been quite successful +in their attempt had I been sleeping in the house where their +information led them to believe they would find me. But as a matter of +fact, I seldom, if ever, slept in a house, for to tell the truth, there +were scarcely any houses left to sleep in! The women who had escaped +capture lived in narrow shelters, which had been made by placing +corrugated iron<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">[Pg 291]</a></span> sheets on what was left standing of the walls that +remained.</p> + +<p>I crossed the Liebenbergsvlei on the 18th of February, and proceeded to +the farm of Rondebosch, which stands to the north-east of Reitz. There I +met the Government.</p> + +<p>And now another big "drive" took place. The English columns marched to +the south of the Kroonstad-Lindley blockhouse line in the direction of +Bethlehem. Other troops came from Heilbron, and advanced to the north of +the Heilbron-Frankfort line, driving Commandant Ross across this line to +the south.</p> + +<p>Nearer and nearer these two great divisions approached each other, until +at last they stretched without any break from the Bethlehem-Lindley to +the Frankfort-Vrede line of blockhouses. On the 21st of February the +whole column moved towards Vrede and Harrismith.</p> + +<p>It seemed to me that my best plan would be to go with President Steyn +and the Government to the Witkopjes, which lay between Harrismith and +Vrede, and then to break through the English columns near Vrede or +Harrismith, or, if it proved impossible to do so at these points, at +least to force a way through somewhere.</p> + +<p>On this occasion we had a great deal more difficulty in escaping from +the English than we had had during the previous "drive." Not only had we +to deal with these large forces behind, but also with thousands of +troops which were now approaching from Villiersdorp, Standerton, +Volksrust, and Laingsnek, and which were extended across the country in +one continuous line. The whole cordon thus formed consisted, as the +English themselves acknowledge, of sixty thousand men.</p> + +<p>And again on this occasion they did not attempt to drive us against one +or other of the blockhouse lines, but they came, column on column, from +all sides, and formed a big circle round us. They thus made it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">[Pg 292]</a></span> quite +apparent that they had lost all faith in their blockhouses.</p> + +<p>I only received news of the approach of these reinforcements on the +evening of the 22nd of February, after they had passed the blockhouses. +The report was brought to me by Commandant Hermanus Botha, a party of +whose burghers had been driven across the Vrede-Frankfort line during +the previous night. I have already stated that some of the burghers +under Commandant Ross had shared the same experience, and now they were +retreating before the English. I also heard that Commandant Mentz had +gone eastwards, in the belief that the forces behind him would move to +the west, but that unfortunately the columns also moved to the east, so +that he jumped into the lion's mouth, which was only too ready to close!</p> + +<p>We marched that night to Cornelius River, and the day following to Mr. +James Howell's farm at Brakfontein. It was my intention to break through +somewhere between Vrede and Bothaspas.</p> + +<p>But my scouts brought me word in the evening that there was a very poor +chance of success in that neighbourhood, for the columns had +concentrated there. Other scouts, however, reported that there was a +small opening at Kalkkrans, on the Holspruit; and so I decided to march +to Kalkkrans.</p> + +<p>When the sun had set I left Brakfontein and started on my road to +Kalkkrans, with the firm determination to force my way through there, +cost what it might. If I failed in the attempt I knew that it would mean +an irretrievable loss, for not only should I myself be captured, but +also President Steyn and the whole Government.</p> + +<p>I had with me a portion of the Harrismith burghers, the commandos from +Vrede and Frankfort, and sections of the commandos from Standerton and +Wakkerstroom, these latter under Commandant Alberts. This Commandant had +come to these districts to obtain horses for his burghers; he was +obliged to be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">[Pg 293]</a></span> content with the wild horses of the veldt, for there were +no others to be had.</p> + +<p>Beside the above burghers, I had with me old men and children, and +others who were non-combatants. These had joined the commando to escape +falling into the enemy's hands.</p> + +<p>Altogether I had well-nigh two thousand persons with me. Commandant +Mentz was, like myself, enclosed in the "drive," but some distance away. +General Wessels, Commandant Beukes, and some of the Bethlehem burghers +were in the same predicament to the west of us. I did not know for +certain where these officers were placed, and therefore I could not +inform them of my plan to break through that night, for I had only come +to this determination after the sun had set. But I felt sure that they +would at all costs make their way through the cordon.<a name="FNanchor_104_104" id="FNanchor_104_104"></a><a href="#Footnote_104_104" class="fnanchor">[104]</a></p> + +<p>Commandant Jan Meijer had met me at Brakfontein, but one party of his +burghers was still six miles to the south. When I decided to break +through, I sent him orders to follow me; and this he was quite capable +of doing, as he was well acquainted with this part of the country. My +orders were that the mounted men were to proceed in advance, taking with +them my little waggon drawn by eight mules.</p> + +<p>This waggon had accompanied me into Cape Colony, and since that +time—for fourteen weary months—had never left me. I had even taken it +with me when, a fortnight previously, I had broken through the +blockhouse lines.</p> + +<p>Behind the horsemen came the aged and the sick, who occupied the +remaining vehicles, and lastly the cattle, divided into several herds.</p> + +<p>In this order we rode on.</p> + +<p>When we were approaching the spot at which I expected to find the enemy, +I ordered Commandant Ross and one hundred men, with Hermanus Botha<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">[Pg 294]</a></span> and +Alberts, and portions of their commandos, to go on ahead of us.</p> + +<p>After passing through Holspruit we inclined to the west, as the road to +the east would, according to my scouts, have led us right into the +English camp. But it was not with one camp only that we had to deal: the +English were everywhere: a whole army lay before us—an army so immense +that many Englishmen thought that it would be a task beyond the stupid +and illiterate Boer to count it, much less to understand its +significance. I will pander to the English conception of us and say, "We +have seen them: they are a great big lot!"</p> + +<p>We had hardly moved three hundred paces from where we had crossed +Holspruit, when the English, lined up about three hundred yards in front +of us, and opened fire. We saw that they did not intend our flight to be +an easy one.</p> + +<p>Before we had reached the "spruit,"<a name="FNanchor_105_105" id="FNanchor_105_105"></a><a href="#Footnote_105_105" class="fnanchor">[105]</a> and while crossing it, the +burghers had kept pushing ahead and crowds had even passed us, but the +enemy's fire checked them and they wheeled round.</p> + +<p>Only the men under Commandants Ross, Botha, and Alberts did not waver. +These officers and their veldtcornets with less than one hundred men +stormed the nearest position of the enemy, who were occupying a fort on +the brow of a steep bank.</p> + +<p>I shouted to my command: "Charge."</p> + +<p>I exerted all my powers of persuasion to arrest the flight of my +burghers; even bringing the sjambok into the argument.</p> + +<p>Two hundred and fifty were all that I could bring back to the fight, +whilst, as I have said, the Commandants had a hundred with them when +they charged; the rest, regardless of my attempts to stop them, fled.</p> + +<p>I was also without my staff, some of whom had remained under the fire of +the enemy awaiting my<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">[Pg 295]</a></span> orders as to what was to be done with my little +waggon. Others, amongst whom was my son Kootie, who was then acting as +my secretary, had followed me, but had got lost in the confusion of the +moment.</p> + +<p>This confusion arose from the fact that the burghers imagined that they +had got through at the first attempt, but had found themselves again +fired at from the front. Meanwhile, I hurried to and fro, encouraging +the burghers in their attempts to break through. When thus engaged I +came across two of my staff, Albertus Theunissen and Burt Nissey. To +them I gave the order: "Get the waggon through at all costs." I also +found my son, Isaac, and kept him with me. The English now were firing +not only from in front but also on our right, and there was nothing for +it but to clear a road for ourselves, and this we eventually succeeded +in doing, and in about forty minutes had at last broken through.</p> + +<p>The enemy had dug trenches, thirty to forty paces from each other, which +served as <i>schanzes</i>. In each of these trenches were placed ten to +thirty men. They had also a Maxim-Nordenfeldt, which, at first, kept up +a hot fire; but soon was silenced as the gunners were shot down. The +rest of the troops retired with the gun, but had to leave the caisson +behind them. It was evident to me from the way in which they fired that +the English were retreating, and so I dispatched two men to tell the +burghers, who had gone back, to come on; but this they did not do, +thinking perhaps that they could discover a safer route on the following +evening. This was short-sighted policy on their part, for the circle +within which they were caught was daily becoming narrower, and it was +plain that on the third day the enemy would be so close that all hope of +escape would be gone.</p> + +<p>The two burghers did not return, and we went on without them, taking +with us our wounded—twelve in number. Two of these, whose injuries were +seri<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">[Pg 296]</a></span>ous, had been placed by some of my staff on my waggon; one was Van +der Merwe, a member of President Steyn's bodyguard; the other was a boy +of thirteen years old, named Olivier.</p> + +<p>We hurried on, and came, shortly after sundown, to the farm called +"Bavaria," on the Bothasberg. There Van der Merwe died.</p> + +<p>The boy had already been relieved from his sufferings. Thus, once again, +the soil drank the blood of a child.</p> + +<p>Eleven of my men were left dead on the battlefield. We had to leave them +there, for to recover their bodies might have meant the sacrifice of +more lives.</p> + +<p>When the burghers and I forced our way through the storm of bullets, we +had with us President Steyn, the Members of the Government, and the Rev. +D. Kestell, minister of the Dutch Reformed Church at Harrismith.</p> + +<p>The greater part of the English, indeed all of them, so far as we could +observe, remained, during the 24th, on the spot where we had left them. +We found out, later on, that we had broken through their lines at the +point where Colonel Rimington's force was stationed.</p> + +<p>The following day the columns departed. We then went to bury our dead, +but found that the enemy had already done so. But as the graves which +they had made were very shallow, we dug them deeper.</p> + +<p>During that night (the 25th) another force of burghers, to the number of +about three hundred and fifty, broke through the English cordon. Our men +only lost two killed, and eleven wounded.</p> + +<p>Besides those already mentioned, the burghers under General Wessel +Wessels and Commandant Mentz were also among those who escaped of the +two thousand troops surrounded by the enemy.</p> + +<p>With the others it fared but ill.</p> + +<p>The English closed in, and the circle became narrower and narrower.</p> + +<p>On the 27th of February, 1902—"Majuba Day"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">[Pg 297]</a></span>—Commandant Van Merwe and +four hundred men fell into the hands of the enemy.<a name="FNanchor_106_106" id="FNanchor_106_106"></a><a href="#Footnote_106_106" class="fnanchor">[106]</a></p> + +<p>On that very day, in the year 1881, the famous battle of Majuba had been +fought. Nineteen years afterwards, on the same day of the same month, we +suffered a terrible defeat at Paardeberg, where we lost General Piet +Cronje and a great force of burghers.</p> + +<p>And now the 27th of February had come round again, and this time it was +the twenty-first anniversary of Majuba that we were celebrating. The day +of our coming of age had thus arrived, if I may be allowed to say so. +But instead of the Republics now attaining their majority—as they +should have done, according to all precedent—<i>minority</i> would have been +a more fitting word to describe the condition in which we now found +ourselves—for, through the losses which we had just sustained, we were +<i>minus</i> not only a large number of burghers, but also an enormous +quantity of cattle, which ought to have served as food to our commandos +and families, but which the enemy had captured.</p> + +<p>The cattle which had just been taken from us had formed the greater part +of our cattle in this district. We had always been able, until now, to +get them safely away; the unevenness of the veldt here was greatly in +our favour. This time we could not. How am I to explain the +inexplicable? <i>We had sinned—but not against England!</i></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">[Pg 298]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXV</h2> + +<h3>I go to the Transvaal with President Steyn</h3> + + +<p>On the 26th of February I went with the Government to Duminys Drift, on +the Wilge River, and we thus found ourselves again at the farm of +Rondebosch.</p> + +<p>The Government remained there for a few days, and then President Steyn +decided to go into the western parts of the State, where Generals +Badenhorst and Nieuwouwdt were then operating. He thought that if he +absented himself from the north-eastern districts the English would +cease their devastations in that part of the country, for it was well +known that the enemy's concentration of forces was principally aimed at +the President and myself.</p> + +<p>I, however, did not intend to follow his example, but, on the contrary, +got myself ready to join the Heilbron commando. By March 22nd all my +preparations were made, and I had, alas! to say farewell to my trusty +friend—my little waggon! I saw that it must be relinquished—that I +could not carry it about with me any longer. I left it at a farm, first +taking out my documents and papers; I ordered these to be concealed for +greater safety, in a cave on the farm of General Wessels.</p> + +<p>The clothes and ammunition of myself and staff had been hidden in this +cave for some time.</p> + +<p>The following day I joined President Steyn, who told me that he wished +me to accompany him in his march to the west. And although it did not +agree with my own ideas—principally, because I did not want the enemy +to think that I was running away from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">[Pg 299]</a></span> them—I consented to this plan, +and the more willingly because it was some time since I had visited the +western commandos.</p> + +<p>It was a long journey that lay before us, and I had only the clothes +that I was then wearing. I would have sent for another suit had I not +heard that the enemy were encamped close to the cave where our treasures +lay hidden.<a name="FNanchor_107_107" id="FNanchor_107_107"></a><a href="#Footnote_107_107" class="fnanchor">[107]</a></p> + +<p>I had therefore to do the best I could with what I had. There was no +clothing to be got in the western districts, so that when my present +outfit was worn out, I should be compelled to put on "khaki"—although +there was nothing I relished less than to rob a prisoner of war.</p> + +<p>We started out that same evening in the direction of the railway line. +Our party consisted of about two hundred men, composed as follows: the +President, with his bodyguard of thirty men, under Commandant H. Van +Niekerk, the Government, Commandant Van de Merwe, of Vredefort, my staff +and myself.</p> + +<p>Before daybreak we got through the Heilbron-Frankfort line of +blockhouses without accident; and on the following night (March 5th) we +crossed the railway line, between Wolvehoek and Viljoensdrift. Whilst we +were occupied there in cutting the telegraph wires, the enemy fired a +few rounds on us, at a distance of five hundred or six hundred paces. We +approached nearer, and they then opened fire with a Maxim—but without +doing any damage.</p> + +<p>We continued on our road, past Parijs and Vredefort, towards Bothaville, +and we came upon a blockhouse line which extended from Kroonstad to the +Vaal River. We rested for two days, to the north of Bothaville; during +this time my scouts captured from the enemy eighteen horses, most of +which were in good condition.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">[Pg 300]</a></span></p> + +<p>On the night of March 12th we broke through the blockhouse line, some +five miles to the west of Bothaville. When we were about fifty paces +from the line, somebody to our left challenged us:</p> + +<p>"Halt! Who goes there?"</p> + +<p>He challenged us a second time, and then fired.</p> + +<p>At once seven or eight sentries fired upon us. Shots also were directed +at us from the right. Nevertheless we cut through the barbed wire and +crossed in safety, the firing still continuing, until we were about +fifteen hundred paces on the far side of the line. Fortunately no one +was hit.</p> + +<p>Having thus escaped from the last "White Elephant" that we should have +to reckon with, the next obstacle to be encountered was the Vaal River. +For the President, since we had crossed the Valsch River, had decided to +visit De la Rey, in order to place himself under medical advice. His +eyes had become very weak during the last fortnight or so, and he +thought that Dr. Van Rennenkampf might be able to do something for them.</p> + +<p>Thus we had to cross the Vaal River.</p> + +<p>But we heard that there was a military post at Commandodrift, where we +wanted to cross, and further, that all the other fords were occupied by +the English. We should have been in a great difficulty had not one of +our burghers, Pietersen, who knew this district thoroughly, brought us +across the river by a footpath ford.</p> + +<p>We crossed on March 15th. The current was so strong that in places the +horses were almost swimming; in other places the river-bed was strewn +with huge boulders, over which our steeds had to climb. However, we all +managed to get safely over, and arrived at Witpoort on the evening of +the 16th. On the following day we joined General De la Rey.</p> + +<p>It was a most interesting occasion. We had a hearty reception, several +impromptu "addresses" being presented to the President, who in turn +spoke to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">[Pg 301]</a></span> the burghers with much fire and enthusiasm. They were already +in the best of spirits, as they might well be, for their General had but +recently won victories over Von Donop and Lord Methuen.</p> + +<p>Dr. Van Rennenkampf, having examined the President's eyes, said that he +must remain for some time under his care. Accordingly I left President +Steyn with De la Rey, and, on the third day after our arrival, set out +with my staff to join General Badenhorst, who was then in the +neighbourhood of Boshof. It was becoming more and more important that I +should see Badenhorst and Nieuwouwdt, and discuss with them how best +they might collect their forces, for I wished to be able to attack the +first English column that should enter the western district of the +State.</p> + +<p>I had received reports that, with the exception of the garrison at +Boshof, the west, for the moment, was free from the enemy; and this +information caused me no surprise, for I could well believe that they +had just "packed up their trunks" in the north.</p> + +<p>On the 25th of March I joined General Badenhorst on the Gannapan,<a name="FNanchor_108_108" id="FNanchor_108_108"></a><a href="#Footnote_108_108" class="fnanchor">[108]</a> +thirty miles to the north-east of Boshof. I at once sent an express to +General Nieuwouwdt, ordering him to come to me with all speed, and to +bring about four hundred and fifty of his men with him. Meanwhile, +General Badenhorst received instructions from me to get all his +scattered commandos together.<a name="FNanchor_109_109" id="FNanchor_109_109"></a><a href="#Footnote_109_109" class="fnanchor">[109]</a></p> + +<p>Before there had been time for these orders to be carried out I +received, on March 28th, a letter from President Steyn, giving me the +following information:</p> + +<p>Mr. S.W. Burger, Vice-States President of the South African Republic, +had written to President Steyn, saying that he was at Kroonstad, and +that he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">[Pg 302]</a></span> wished to meet the Government of the Orange Free State. He also +said that a copy of the correspondence between the Governments of the +Queen of the Netherlands and of the King of England had been sent to him +by Lord Kitchener.</p> + +<p>From this correspondence it appeared that the Netherlands Government +(considering the condition of affairs to be exceptional, in that the +Boers who were still fighting were unable to negotiate either with the +British Government or with the Deputation in Europe) felt justified in +offering to act as an intermediary. In this capacity they were prepared +to ask the Deputation if they were willing—supposing that a safe +conduct could be obtained from England—to go to South Africa, and +discuss matters with the Boers, in order to be able subsequently to +return to Europe, empowered to conclude a Treaty of Peace, which would +be binding both in South Africa and in Europe.</p> + +<p>Lord Lansdowne, in the name of the British Government, replied that his +Government highly appreciated the humane intentions of the Government of +the Netherlands, but that they had made up their minds to abide by their +former decision, and not to accept any foreign intervention. Further, +that the Deputation could, if they wished, address a request for a safe +conduct to the British Government, but that the matter could not be +decided in England, until the precise nature of the request, and the +grounds on which it was preferred, were fully understood.</p> + +<p>Lord Lansdowne also said that the British Government was not quite clear +as to whether the Deputation still retained any influence over the Boer +leaders in South Africa; that they thought that the power to negotiate +for the Orange Free State lay with President Steyn, and, for the +Transvaal, with President Burger; and that they considered that the most +satisfactory arrangement would be for the leaders of the Boers to +negotiate directly with the Commander-in-Chief of the British forces in +South Africa, who had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">[Pg 303]</a></span> been ordered to transmit at once to the British +Government any offers or proposals which might be made to him.</p> + +<p>Lord Lansdowne concluded by saying that, if the Boers wished to +negotiate, it must be in South Africa, and not in Europe. For, if the +Deputation were to go to South Africa, at least three months must elapse +before anything could be effected, and, as hostilities must continue +during this delay, much suffering would be caused.</p> + +<p>Vice-President Burger went on to say that when he received a copy of +this correspondence he could only conclude that Lord Kitchener, +indirectly at least, if not directly, was asking the Boer leaders to +negotiate with him. Accordingly, he wrote to Lord Kitchener for a free +pass, and, having obtained it, came with his Government by rail to +Kroonstad. He now, accordingly, requested President Steyn to let him +know when and where the two Governments could meet. He also intimated +that he had written to Lord Kitchener, informing him that he +wished—after consulting the Government of the Orange Free State—to +make a Peace Proposal.</p> + +<p>President Steyn told me that when the Free State Government received +this letter from President Burger, they had not been able to see their +way to refuse what the latter asked, as the promise of a Peace Proposal +had already been sent. They had regretted, however, that the Transvaal +Government had made use of a safe conduct, and gone through the English +lines—not that they had for one moment distrusted the Government—but +simply because the proceeding had seemed to have been ill-advised. +Nevertheless the Free State, finding itself not only obliged to discuss +the matters in question with the Transvaal, but also, conjointly with +the Transvaal, to make a Proposal to Lord Kitchener, had appointed a +place of meeting in accordance with the request which had been addressed +to it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">[Pg 304]</a></span></p> + +<p>This was what I learnt from President Steyn's letter.</p> + +<p>On the 5th of April the President received another letter from President +Burger, arranging that the meeting should take place at Klerksdorp. A +safe conduct for the President and Government of the Orange Free State +was sent at the same time.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">[Pg 305]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXVI</h2> + +<h3>Peace Negotiations</h3> + + +<p>General De la Rey, who, as a Member of the Transvaal Government, had to +be present at the coming deliberations, accompanied the President to +Klerksdorp, where they arrived on the 9th of April, and found the +Transvaal Government already there awaiting them.</p> + +<p>The two Governments held their first meeting in the afternoon of the +same day. The South African Republic was represented +by:—Vice-States-President S.W. Burger; Commandant-General Louis Botha; +Secretary of State F.W. Reitz; General De la Rey; Ex-General L.J. +Meijer; and Mr. J.B. Krogh. Although not a member of the Government, the +States-Procureur, L. Jacobsz, was also present.</p> + +<p>On behalf of the Orange Free State appeared:—States-President M.T. +Steyn; Commander-in-Chief C.R. de Wet; Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge +J.B.M. Hertzog; States-Secretary W.J.C. Brebner; and General C.H. +Olivier.</p> + +<p>It was decided that no minutes should be taken. Accordingly, I am only +able to give a summary of the proceedings.</p> + +<p>The meeting having been opened with prayer, the Vice-President of the +South African Republic said that the fact that Lord Kitchener had sent +in a copy of the correspondence between the Governments of the +Netherlands and England, was looked upon by himself and his Government +as an invitation on the part of England to the two States to discuss the +matter dealt with in that correspondence, and to see if<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">[Pg 306]</a></span> peace could not +be concluded. Before, however, the meeting could make a proposal, it +would be necessary to hear what the state of affairs really was.</p> + +<p>Thereupon, firstly, Commandant-General Louis Botha, then I, and lastly, +General De la Rey, gave a report of how matters stood.</p> + +<p>President Burger now asked whether an interview with Lord Kitchener +should be asked for, and (in case Lord Kitchener acceded to this) what +we were to demand, and what we should be prepared to sacrifice. He went +on to ask President Steyn what he thought of the proposal which the +Transvaal had made to the Free State Government in the October of the +previous year.</p> + +<p>President Steyn answered that he was still of the same opinion as in +June, 1901, when the two Governments had agreed to stand by +Independence. If the English now refused to grant Independence, then the +war must continue. He said that he would rather surrender to the English +unconditionally than make terms with them.</p> + +<p>The remainder of the day was occupied in listening to speeches from +State-Secretary Reitz and President Burger.</p> + +<p>On the following day the speakers were:—L.J. Meijer, J.B. Krogh, +myself, State-Secretary Reitz, and Judge Hertzog. The last-named made a +proposal, which was seconded by General C.H. Olivier. This proposal, +after it had been subjected for revision to a Commission, consisting of +the two Presidents, Mr. Reitz, and Judge Hertzog, was accepted on the +following day. It ran as follows:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"The Governments of the South African Republic and of the Orange +Free State, having met, induced thereto by the receipt, from His +Excellency Lord Kitchener, of the correspondence exchanged in +Europe between the Government of His Majesty the King of England, +and that of Her Majesty the Queen<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">[Pg 307]</a></span> of the Netherlands, referring to +the desirability of giving to the Governments of these Republics an +opportunity to come into communication with their plenipotentiaries +in Europe, who still enjoy the trust of both Governments:</p> + +<p>"And taking into consideration the conciliatory spirit which, as it +appears from this correspondence, inspires the Government of His +Britannic Majesty, and also of the desire therein uttered by Lord +Lansdowne, in the name of his Government, to make an end to this +strife:</p> + +<p>"Are of opinion that it is now a favourable moment to again shew +their readiness to do everything possible to bring this war to an +end:</p> + +<p>"And decide, therefore to make certain proposals to His Excellency +Lord Kitchener, as representative of the Government of His +Britannic Majesty, which may serve as a basis for further +negotiations, having in view the achievement of the desired peace.</p> + +<p>"Further, it is the opinion of these two Governments that, in order +to expedite the achievement of the desired aim, and to prevent, as +far as possible, any misunderstanding, His Excellency Lord +Kitchener should be asked to meet personally these Governments at a +time and place by him appointed, so that the said Governments may +lay before him Peace Proposals (as they will be prepared to do), in +order that, by direct conversation and discussion with him, all +such questions as shall arise may be solved at once, and also that +this meeting may further and bring about the desired result."</p></div> + +<p>A letter was now written to Lord Kitchener (who was at Pretoria) +enclosing the above Proposal, and signed by the two Presidents.</p> + +<p>In the afternoon the two Governments met again, to consider what +proposals they should make to the British Government. After a lengthy +discussion, it was decided, on the proposal of General De la Rey,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">[Pg 308]</a></span> +seconded by States-Procureur L. Jacobsz, that the matter in hand should +be entrusted to the Commission, which consisted, as I have already said, +of the two Presidents, States-Secretary Reitz, and Judge Hertzog: and +the next morning this Commission handed in the following report, which +was accepted by the meeting:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"The Commission, after having taken into consideration the wish of +the meeting, namely, that proposals should be drafted (in connexion +with the letter of yesterday, signed by the two Presidents, to His +Excellency Lord Kitchener) for eventual consideration by His +Excellency Lord Kitchener, proposes the following points:—</p> + +<p> +"1. The concluding of a Treaty of Friendship and Peace, including:<br /> +<br /> +"(<i>a</i>) Arrangements <i>re</i> a Customs Union.<br /> +<br /> +"(<i>b</i>) " <i>re</i> Post, Telegraph and Railway Union.<br /> +<br /> +"(<i>c</i>) Granting of the Franchise.<br /> +<br /> +"2. Demolition of all States Forts.<br /> +<br /> +"3. Arbitration in any future differences which may arise between<br /> +the contracting parties; the arbitrators to be nominated in equal<br /> +numbers from each party from among their own subjects; the said<br /> +arbitrators to add one to their number, who is to have the casting<br /> +vote.<br /> +<br /> +"4. Equal rights for the English and Dutch languages in the schools.<br /> +<br /> +"5. Reciprocal amnesty."<br /> +</p></div> + +<p>The same morning a letter enclosing this proposal was sent to Lord +Kitchener, after which Judge Hertzog and Commander Louis Botha addressed +the meeting.</p> + +<p>After the latter had finished an address of great importance, General +Wilson, who had the command at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">[Pg 309]</a></span> Klerksdorp, entered the room where the +meeting was being held and stated that Lord Kitchener was prepared to +grant us an interview, and that we could travel to Pretoria that very +evening.</p> + +<p>Accordingly, on the evening of the 11th of April, we went to Pretoria, +where, on the following morning, we met Lord Kitchener and handed in our +proposal.</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener wished for a proposal of a very different character from +that of the two Governments; but as it would not have been proper for +them to make any proposal injurious to Independence, the Presidents +declared that they could not do so, and asked him to send to the English +Government the proposal which they had already laid before him. Lord +Kitchener at last acceded to this request, and the following telegram +was accordingly sent to England:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="center"><span class="smcap">From Lord Kitchener to the Secretary of State.</span></p> + +<p class="right">"<span class="smcap">Pretoria</span>, <i>April 12th, 1902</i>.</p> + +<p>"The Boer Representatives desire to acquaint His Majesty's +Government with the fact that they entertain an earnest wish for +peace, and that they, therefore, have decided to ask the British +Government to bring hostilities to an end, and to proceed to +formulate a Treaty of Peace. They are ready to accept an Agreement, +by which, in their opinion, all future wars between them and the +British Government in South Africa may be avoided. They think that +this aim can be attained if provisions are made in relation to the +following points:—</p> + +<p>"1. Franchise.</p> + +<p>"2. Equal rights for the Dutch and English languages in Educational +matters.</p> + +<p>"3. Customs Union.</p> + +<p>"4. Demolition of all the forts in the Transvaal and Free State.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">[Pg 310]</a></span></p> + +<p>"5. Arbitration in case of future disagreements, and only subjects +of the parties to be arbitrators.</p> + +<p>"6. Mutual amnesty.</p> + +<p>"But in case these terms should not be satisfactory, then they wish +to know what terms the British Government will give them, so that +the result which they all desire may be attained."</p></div> + +<p>On Monday, April 15th, Lord Kitchener sent to the two Governments a copy +of the following telegram, which he had received from the Secretary of +State:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="center"><span class="smcap">From Secretary of State to Lord Kitchener.</span></p> + +<p class="right">"<span class="smcap">London</span>, <i>April 13th, 1902</i>.</p> + +<p>"His Majesty's Government shares with all its heart in the earnest +wish of the Boer Representatives, and trusts that the present +negotiations will lead thereto. But they have already declared in +the clearest manner and have to repeat that they cannot take into +consideration any proposals which have as basis the sanction of the +Independence of the former Republics, which are now formally +annexed to the British Crown. And it would be well if you and +Milner were to meet the Boer Representatives, and make this plain +to them. You must encourage them to make fresh proposals which we +will willingly receive."</p></div> + +<p>In this telegram, as the reader will have observed, the name of Lord +Milner is mentioned. Up till now we were dealing with Lord Kitchener +alone, but at our next conversation the first-named was also present.</p> + +<p>Both Representatives of the British Government insisted that we should +negotiate with them, taking the surrender of our Independence for +granted. We could not do so. We had repeatedly told Lord Kitchener that, +constitutionally, it was beyond the power of our Governments to discuss +terms based on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_311" id="Page_311">[Pg 311]</a></span> the giving up of Independence. Only the nation could do +that. Should however, the British Government make a proposal which had, +as a basis, the temporary withdrawal only of the Independence, then we +would lay this proposal before the nation.</p> + +<p>Thereupon the following telegram was drawn up and dispatched:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="center"><span class="smcap">From Lord Kitchener to the Secretary of State.</span></p> + +<p class="right">"<span class="smcap">Pretoria</span>, <i>April 14th, 1902</i>.</p> + +<p>"A difficulty has arisen in connexion with the negotiations. The +representatives declare that, constitutionally, they are not +entitled to discuss terms which are based on the surrender of their +independence, as the burghers alone can agree to such a basis. If, +however, His Majesty's Government can propose terms by which their +independence shall be subsequently given back to them, the +representatives, on the matter being fully explained to them, will +lay such conditions before the people, without giving expression to +their own opinions."</p></div> + +<p>The reply to this was as follows:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="center"><span class="smcap">From the Secretary of State to Lord Kitchener.</span></p> + +<p class="right">"<span class="smcap">London,</span> <i>April 16th</i>.</p> + +<p>"With great astonishment we have received the message from the Boer +leaders, as contained in your cable. The meeting was arranged in +accordance with their desires, and they must have been aware, from +our repeated declarations, that we should not be prepared to +consider any proposal based on the revival of the independence of +the two South African States. We, therefore, were justified in +believing that the Boer representatives had abandoned all idea of +Independence, and that they would make terms for the surrender of +the forces still in the Veldt. They now<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_312" id="Page_312">[Pg 312]</a></span> declare that they are not +constitutionally in a position to discuss any terms which do not +include the restoration of their Independence, but they ask what +conditions would be made if, after consulting their followers, they +should abandon the claim for Independence. This does not seem to us +a satisfactory way of expediting the end of the hostilities which +have caused the loss of so many lives and so much money. We are, +however, as we said before, desirous of preventing any further +bloodshed and of accelerating the restoration of peace and +prosperity in the countries harassed by the war, and we empower you +and Lord Milner to refer the Boer leaders to the offer made by you +to General Botha more than twelve months ago, and to inform them +that—although the great decrease which has lately taken place in +the forces opposed to us, and also the further sacrifices involved +by the refusal of that offer, would justify us in dictating harder +terms—we are still prepared, in the hope of a lasting peace and +reconciliation, to accept a general surrender in the spirit of that +offer, with such amendments with regard to details as might be +agreed upon mutually."</p></div> + +<p>It was quite self-evident that the Governments could not accept this +proposal of the British Government, because by it the independence of +the Republics would be sacrificed.</p> + +<p>President Steyn pointed out emphatically that it lay beyond our right to +decide and conclude anything that would endanger the independence of the +two Republics. The nation alone could decide on the question of +independence. For this reason, therefore, we asked if we might consult +the people, and it was agreed by Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner that we +should go back to our commandos and hold meetings in every district, in +order to learn thus the will of the nation. It was further agreed that +at the meetings of the nation representatives should be chosen who, on +the 15th of May, 1902, at Vereeniging, should inform the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_313" id="Page_313">[Pg 313]</a></span> Governments +what course the nation desired them to take.</p> + +<p>On the 18th of April Commandant-General Louis Botha, General De la Rey, +and I left Pretoria, provided with a safe conduct for ourselves and for +anyone whom we should appoint, and proceeded to our different commandos.</p> + +<p>I went first to the burghers of Vrede at Prankop, where I met General +Wessel Wessels with his commandos on the 22nd of April. The nation was +in a very miserable condition, suffering from the want of all +necessaries, and living only on meat and maize, which food was also +exceedingly scarce, and would only last for a few months more. +Notwithstanding this, the burghers decided, to a man, that they would +not be satisfied with anything less than independence, and that if the +English would not accede to this they would continue to fight.</p> + +<p>Mr. Wessel Wessels, Member of the Volksraad, was elected as chairman, +and Mr. Pieter Schravezander as secretary. The representatives chosen +were Commandants A. Ross, Hermanus Botha, and Louis Botha (son of Philip +Botha).</p> + +<p>My second meeting I held at Drupfontein, in the district of Bethlehem, +on the 24th of April, with the burghers under the command of Commandants +Frans Jacobsz, Mears, and Bruwer. Mr. J.H. Naude was made chairman, and +Landdrost J.H.B. Wessels secretary. It was unanimously decided that +independence had to be maintained, and Commandants Frans Jacobsz and +Bruwer were chosen as representatives.</p> + +<p>The next meeting I held on the 26th of April, at Tweepoort Farm, with +the commandos under General Michal Prinsloo. Mr. Jan Van Schalkwijk was +chosen as chairman, and Mr. B.J. Malan as secretary. Here also the votes +were unanimous, and General Michal Prinsloo, Commandant Rautenbach, and +Commandant J.J. Van Niekerk were elected as representatives.</p> + +<p>After that on Roodekraal Farm. I met the burghers<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_314" id="Page_314">[Pg 314]</a></span> under Commandants +Cilliers, Bester, Mentz, and Van Coller. The chairman was B.W. Steyn +(Member of the Volksraad), and the secretary Mr. S.J.M. Wessels. Here +again it was unanimously decided not to surrender the independence, and +Commandants Mentz, Van Coller and Bester were the representatives +chosen.</p> + +<p>The fifth meeting I held with the commandos under General Johannes +Hattingh, on the 1st of May, on the Weltevrede Farm, under the +chairmanship of Mr. Jan Lategan, Johannes C. Pietersen being secretary. +As representatives we chose General Hattingh and Commandant Philip De +Vos. The voting was unanimous that the independence should be +maintained.</p> + +<p>On the 3rd of May I held my sixth meeting, with the commandos under +General C.C. Froneman, at Schaapplaats. Mr. Jan Maree was chairman, and +Mr. David Ross secretary.</p> + +<p>The result was the same as at the other meetings, and General Froneman, +Commandants F. Cronje and J.J. Koen were chosen to represent the +commandos.</p> + +<p>From there I went to Dewetsdorp, where I met, on the 5th of May, General +George Brand's commandos. Mr. C. Smith acted as chairman, and Mr. W.J. +Selm as secretary; the representatives chosen were General Brand and +Commander J. Rheeder; and the burghers were equally determined to keep +their independence.</p> + +<p>I went on to Bloemfontein, and thence by rail to Brandfort, and +afterwards to the Quaggashoek Farm, where, on the 11th, I held my eighth +meeting, with the commandos of C.C.J. Badenhorst. The chairman was Mr. +N.B. Gildenhuis, and the secretary Mr. H.M.G. Davis. The elected +representatives were General Badenhorst and Commandants A.J. Bester and +Jacobsz. This was my last meeting, and it also decided on maintaining +the independence.</p> + +<p>The commandos under the Commandants Van der Merwe and Van Niekerk +(Vredefort and Parijs), Flemming (Hoopstad), Nagel (part of Kroonstad),<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_315" id="Page_315">[Pg 315]</a></span> +and General Nieuwouwdt (Fauresmith, Philippolis, and Jacobsdal), were +visited by Commander-in-Chief Judge Hertzog, Member of the Executive +Council. At meetings held with these commandos the following +representatives were chosen:—General Nieuwouwdt, and the Commandants +Munnik Hertzog, J. Van der Merwe, C. Van Niekerk, Flemming, A.J. Bester, +F. Jacobsz, H. Pretorius, and Veldtcornet Kritzinger.</p> + +<p>At these meetings also the burghers were unanimous in their decision not +to give up their independence. I must add that Commandant H. Van Niekerk +was chosen as representative of the bodyguard of President Steyn. It had +been agreed with Lord Kitchener at Pretoria that if the chief officers +of a commando were chosen as representatives, then there would be an +armistice between this commando and the English during the time the +officers were absent at the meeting at Vereeniging. It was also decided +that Lord Kitchener should be informed of the date of the departure of +such officers.</p> + +<p>This was done. I sent the following telegram on the 25th of April to +Pretoria:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"<span class="smcap">To His Excellency, Headquarters, Pretoria:</span></p> + +<p>"At meetings held in the districts of Vrede and Harrismith and in +that part of Bethlehem east and north-east of the blockhouse lines +of Fouriesburg, Bethlehem, and Harrismith, General Wessels and the +Commandants were duly chosen as representatives.</p> + +<p>"I have decided that all the representatives shall leave their +different commandos on the 11th of May, and therefore, in +accordance with our mutual agreement, I shall expect an armistice +to be granted to the different commandos from that date until the +return of their commandants from the meeting at Vereeniging, on or +about the 15th of May.</p> + +<p>"I should be glad to receive Your Excellency's sanction to my +request that each Representative should have the right to take one +man with him.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_316" id="Page_316">[Pg 316]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Your Excellency will greatly oblige by sending a reply to +Kaffirsdorp in the district of Bethlehem, where I am awaiting an +answer.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">"C.R. DE WET,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">General Commander-in-Chief, Orange Free State.</span><br /> +<span class="smcap">Bethlehem</span>, <i>April 25th, 1902</i>."<br /> +</p></div> + +<p>To this I received the following answer from Lord Kitchener:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="right">"<span class="smcap">Imperial Residency, Pretoria</span>,<br /> +<i>April 25th, 1902</i>. +</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">To General de Wet, Kaffirsdorp.</span></p> + +<p>"In answer to your message, I agree altogether with your demands +that during the absence of the chosen Representatives from their +commandos, from the 11th of May until their return, such commandos +shall not be troubled by us. I also agree that every +Representative, as you propose, shall be accompanied by one man.</p> + +<p>"I shall also be glad if you would send an officer, at least two +days before the Meeting, in order to let me know about the number, +and the necessary arrangements for the treatment of the +Representatives at this Meeting.</p> + +<p><span style="margin-left: 4em;">(Signed) "KITCHENER."</span></p></div> + +<p>On the 11th of May I sent a telegram to Lord Kitchener, in which I said +that, as all my generals and chief officers had been chosen as +Representatives, the armistice must begin on the 11th of May. The +telegram was as follows:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="center"><span class="smcap">From General de Wet to His Excellency Lord Kitchener.</span></p> + +<p class="right">"<span class="smcap">Pretoria</span>, <i>May 11th, 1902</i>.</p> + +<p>"The following chief officers have been chosen as Representatives +for the commandos of the districts:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_317" id="Page_317">[Pg 317]</a></span> Hoopstad, Boshof, and parts of +Winburg and Bloemfontein,—districts to the west of the railway +line.</p> + +<p>"1. General C. Badenhorst.</p> + +<p>"2. Commandant J. Jacobsz.</p> + +<p>"3. Commandant A. Bester.</p> + +<p>"It thus appears that all my generals and chief commanding officers +are chosen as Representatives to attend at the Meeting of +Vereeniging, on the 15th inst., and according to our mutual +agreement at Pretoria, an armistice will be given from to-day (11th +May, 1902) in all districts of the Orange Free State up to a date +which shall be agreed upon after the close of the Meeting at +Vereeniging. Any answer, previous to noon of the 11th inst., will +reach me at Brandfort.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Commander-in-Chief,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Orange Free State Armies."</span><br /> +</p></div> + +<p>In answer to this I received the following telegram:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="right">"<span class="smcap">Imperial Residency, Pretoria,</span><br /> +<i>May 12th</i>. +</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">To General de Wet, Brandfort.</span></p> + +<p>"I have given orders, according to our Agreement, that from +to-morrow, the 13th inst., all commandos, whose leaders or chief +officers have been chosen to attend the Meeting at Vereeniging, +shall be exempted from being attacked by my columns during the +absence of their leaders, in so far as such commandos withhold from +offensive operations. But that does not imply that outposts cannot +be taken prisoner in case they should approach our lines.</p> + +<p><span style="margin-left: 4em;">"KITCHENER."</span></p></div> + +<p>It was rather surprising to me that Lord Kitchener, in this telegram, +spoke only of an armistice beginning on the 13th of May, because in his +telegram of the 25th he had agreed that there should be an armistice +from the 11th of May. I heard also from officers of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_318" id="Page_318">[Pg 318]</a></span> Heilbron, Vrede, +and Bethlehem, whom I met, on the evening of the 14th of May, at +Wolvehoek Station, that the English columns had operated in their +districts on the 11th, 12th, 13th, and 14th. My order was that my +officers should not operate, but should retreat, if the enemy should +unexpectedly operate on the 11th. On the above-mentioned dates houses +were burnt down, cattle carried away, maize and other grain destroyed, +burghers taken prisoner, and (in one instance) shot.</p> + +<p>Such a misunderstanding was very regrettable, and all the more so +because we were never indemnified for the damage thus done.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_319" id="Page_319">[Pg 319]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXVII</h2> + +<h3>The End of the War</h3> + + +<p>On the morning of the 15th of May, I arrived at Vereeniging with some of +the Free State delegates. The others were already there, together with +the thirty Transvaal delegates, Commandant-General Louis Botha and +General De la Rey. In addition to the above, the following had also +arrived: Vice-State President Burger, States-President Steyn, the +members of the two Governments, and General J.C. Smuts (from Cape +Colony).</p> + +<p>I was exceedingly sorry to find that President Steyn was seriously ill. +For the last six weeks he had been in the doctor's hands; and, since his +arrival at Pretoria, had been under the care of Dr. Van der Merwe, of +Krugersdorp. This physician said that serious consequences might ensue +if his patient were to attend our meetings, and advised him to go to his +home at Krugersdorp, where he could be properly nursed. It was sad for +us to receive this news immediately we arrived. We asked ourselves what +we should do without the President at our meetings? At this moment he +seemed more indispensable to us than ever before.</p> + +<p>President Steyn was a statesman in the best sense of the word. He had +gained the respect and even the affection of us all. Of him, if of any +man, it may be said that he never swerved from his duty to his country. +No task was too great for him, no burden too heavy, if thereby he could +serve his people. Whatever hardships he had endured, he had never been +known to complain—he would endure anything for us. He had fought in our +cause until he could fight no longer, until sickness laid him low; and +he was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_320" id="Page_320">[Pg 320]</a></span> worn out, and weak as a child. <i>Weak</i>, did I say? Yes! but only +in the body—his mind was still as strong, as brave, as clear as ever.</p> + +<p>And thus it was that President Steyn was only able to be present on two +occasions at our meetings; for, on the 29th of May—before the National +Representatives had come to any decision—he went with Dr. Van der Merwe +to Krugersdorp.</p> + +<p>As I write these lines—six months after the meetings at +Vereeniging—and think that during all the intervening time he has been +lying on a bed of sickness—I am cheered by the news which I received in +Holland that hopes are now entertained of his ultimate recovery.</p> + +<p>The National Representatives began their important deliberations on the +morning of the 13th of May, 1902.</p> + +<p>For three days we discussed the condition of our country, and then +proceeded with Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner to Pretoria. This +Commission was composed of Commandant-General L. Botha, +Commander-in-Chief C.R. de Wet, Vice-Commandant-General J.H. De la Rey, +Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge J.B.M. Hertzog, and States-Procureur J.C. +Smuts.</p> + +<p>The negotiations with the representatives of the British Government +continued from the 18th to the 29th of May; and upon their conclusion +the Commission communicated to the National Representatives the terms on +which England was prepared to conclude peace.</p> + +<p>On May the 31st we decided to accept the proposals of the English +Government.<a name="FNanchor_110_110" id="FNanchor_110_110"></a><a href="#Footnote_110_110" class="fnanchor">[110]</a> The Independence of the two Republics was at an end!</p> + +<p>I will not attempt to describe the struggle it cost us to accept these +proposals. Suffice it to say that when it was over, it had left its mark +on every face.</p> + +<p>There were sixty of us there, and each in turn must answer Yes or No. It +was an ultimatum—this proposal of England's.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_321" id="Page_321">[Pg 321]</a></span></p> + +<p>What were we to do? To continue the struggle meant extermination. +Already our women and children were dying by the thousand, and +starvation was knocking at the door—and knocking loudly!</p> + +<p>In certain districts, such as Boshof and Hoopstad, it was still possible +to prolong the war, as was also the case in the districts of Generals +Brand and Nieuwouwdt, where the sheep and oxen, which had been captured +from the enemy, provided an ample supply of food. But from the +last-named districts all the women and children had departed, leaving +the burghers free to wander at will in search of food—to Boshof, to +Hoopstad, and even into the Colony.</p> + +<p>In other parts of the Free State things were very different. In the +north-eastern and northern districts—for instance, in Ladybrand, +Winburg, Kroonstad, Heilbron, Bethlehem, Harrismith and Vrede—there +were still many families, and these could not be sent to Boshof or to +Hoopstad or to the Colony. And when, reduced to dire want, the commandos +should be obliged to abandon these districts, their wives and families +would have to be left behind—to starve!</p> + +<p>The condition of affairs in the Transvaal was no better. We Free-Staters +had thought—and I, for one, had supported the view at +Vereeniging—that, before sacrificing our independence, we ought to tell +the owners of these farms, where there were still women and children, to +go and surrender with their families, and thus save them from +starvation. But we soon realized that such a course was not +practicable—it would involve the loss of too many burghers.</p> + +<p>Moreover, even if, by some such scheme as this, we had succeeded in +saving the women, we, who remained in the field, would still have been +exposed to the dangers of starvation, for many of us, having no horses, +could not have left want behind us, by removing to Cape Colony or some +other equally prosperous region.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_322" id="Page_322">[Pg 322]</a></span></p> + +<p>In the large eastern divisions of the Transvaal also, there were many +burghers without horses, while the poor jaded creatures that remained +were far too feeble and exhausted to carry their masters into Cape +Colony, without the certainty of being captured by the enemy.</p> + +<p>Our forces were now only twenty thousand in all, of which the Transvaal +supplied ten thousand, the Free State six thousand, while the remainder +came from Cape Colony. But our numerical weakness would not in itself +have caused us to abandon the struggle had we but received encouraging +news from the Colony. But alas! reports which we received from there +left us no room for hope.</p> + +<p>No room for hope! that was the message of Vereeniging—a message which +struck a chill in every heart. One after another we painted the +destitution, the misery of our districts, and each picture was more +gloomy than the last. At length the moment of decision came, and what +course remained open to us? This only—to resign ourselves to our fate, +intolerable though it appeared, to accept the British proposal, and to +lay down our arms.</p> + +<p>Most bitter of all was the thought that we must abandon our brethren in +Cape Colony and in Natal, who had thrown in their lot with ours. And +many a sleepless night has this caused me. But we could not help +ourselves. There was nothing else to do.</p> + +<p>And as things have turned out, may we not hope that the Cape and Natal +Governments, following in the wake of the British Nation, will soon +understand that the wiser course is to forgive and forget, and to grant +as comprehensive an amnesty as possible? It is surely not unjust to +expect this of these Governments, when one remembers that whatever the +Colonists may have done, must be ascribed to the tie that binds them to +us—the closest of all ties—that of blood.</p> + +<p>It is now for the two Governments to strive to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_323" id="Page_323">[Pg 323]</a></span> realize the situation, +and then, by granting a general amnesty, to promote, as far as in them +lies, the true progress of South Africa.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>On the evening of the 31st of May, 1902, the members of the Government +of both Republics met Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner, in the former's +house, at Pretoria.</p> + +<p>It was there that the Treaty of Peace—the British Proposal which the +National Representatives had accepted—was now to be signed.</p> + +<p>It was a never-to-be-forgotten evening. In the space of a few short +minutes that was done which could never be undone. A decision arrived at +in a meeting could always be taken into reconsideration, but a document +solemnly signed, as on that night, by two parties, bound them both for +ever.</p> + +<p>Every one of us who put his name to that document knew that he was in +honour bound to act in accordance with it. It was a bitter moment, but +not so bitter as when, earlier on the same day, the National +Representatives had come to the decision that the fatal step must be +taken.</p> + +<p>On the 2nd June, 1902, the Representatives left Vereeniging, and +returned every man to his own commando. It was now their sad duty to +tell their brave and patient burghers that the independence which they +cherished so dearly was gone, and to prepare them to surrender their +arms at the appointed places.</p> + +<p>I left Pretoria on the 3rd of June with General Elliott, who had to +accompany me to the various centres to receive the burghers' arms.</p> + +<p>On the 5th of June the first commando laid down their weapons near +Vredefort. To every man there, as to myself, this surrender was no more +and no less than the sacrifice of our independence. I have often been +present at the death-bed and at the burial of those who have been +nearest to my heart—father, mother, brother<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_324" id="Page_324">[Pg 324]</a></span> and friend—but the grief +which I felt on those occasions was not to be compared with what I now +underwent at the burial of my Nation!</p> + +<p>It was at Reitz that the commandos of Vrede, Harrismith, Heilbron and +Bethlehem laid down their arms. Accordingly I went there on the 7th of +June, and again had to be a spectator of what I fain would never have +witnessed. Had I then to go on from commando to commando, to undergo +everywhere the martyrdom of beholding ceaseless surrenders? No! I had +had enough, and could bear no more. I decided, therefore, to visit all +the other commandos, in order to acquaint the burghers with what had +taken place, and to explain to them why we, however unsatisfactory the +Peace Proposal was, had felt bound to accept it, and then to leave each +commando before the men handed over their arms to General Elliott. +Everywhere I found the men utterly despondent and dissatisfied.</p> + +<p>The whole miserable business came to an end on the 16th of June, when +the burghers who had fought under Generals Nieuwouwdt and Brand, laid +down their arms—the Nation had submitted to its fate!</p> + +<p>There was nothing left for us now but to hope that the Power which had +conquered us, the Power to which we were compelled to submit, though it +cut us to the heart to do so, and which, by the surrender of our arms, +we had accepted as our Ruler, would draw us nearer and ever nearer by +the strong cords of love.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>To my Nation I address one last word.</p> + +<p>Be loyal to the new Government! Loyalty pays best in the end. Loyalty +alone is worthy of a Nation which has shed its blood for Freedom!</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_325" id="Page_325">[Pg 325]</a></span></p> +<h2>CORRESPONDENCE</h2> + + +<h4>A LETTER FROM THE STATES-SECRETARY OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC TO THE +BRITISH AGENT AT PRETORIA</h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="right"><span style="margin-right: 2em;"><span class="smcap">Ministry of Foreign Affairs,</span></span><br /> +<span class="smcap">Pretoria</span>, <i>9th October, 1899</i>. +</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Sir</span>,—</p> + +<p>The Government of the South African Republic feel themselves +compelled to again refer the Government of Her Majesty, the Queen +of Great Britain, to the London Convention of 1884, concluded +between this Republic and the United Kingdom, which in Article XIV. +guarantees certain specified rights to the white inhabitants of +this Republic, to wit:—</p> + +<p>"All those who, although not born in this Country, yet abide by the +laws of the South African Republic, (<i>a</i>) shall have full freedom +to come with their families into, to travel in, or to reside in any +part of the South African Republic; (<i>b</i>) shall be entitled to hold +in possession their houses, factories or warehouses, shops, and +allotments, either on hire or as their own property; (<i>c</i>) may +transact their business, either in person or through agents, to +their own satisfaction; (<i>d</i>) shall not be subjected to any other +general or local taxation—with regard to their families or +properties, or their commerce or trade—than those which shall be +laid on the burghers of the said Republics."</p> + +<p>Our Government wishes also to draw attention to the fact that the +above-mentioned rights are the only ones which Her Majesty's +Government, in the above-mentioned Convention, has stipulated for +the foreign inhabitants in this Republic, and that only +contravention of these rights can give the British Government the +right of diplomatic intervention; whereas, further, the adjustment +of all other questions concerning the position, or the rights, of +the foreign inhabitants under the said Convention is vested in the +Government and National Representatives of the South African +Republic; among the questions the adjustment of which comes +exclusively under the authority of the Government and the +Volksraad, are those of the Franchise and representation in this +Republic.</p> + +<p>Although, therefore, the exclusive right of this Franchise and +representation is indisputable, our Government has approved of +discussing in a friendly way the Franchise and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_326" id="Page_326">[Pg 326]</a></span> representation +with Her Majesty's Government; without, however, acknowledging by +so doing any right thereto on the side of Her Majesty's Government. +Our Government has also, by the wording of the already existing +Voting Law, and the decision concerning the representation, always +kept this friendly consultation in view.</p> + +<p>On the side of Her Majesty's Government, however, the friendly +manner of these consultations has made way for a more threatening +tone; and the minds of the people of this Republic, and of the +whole population of South Africa, have been brought into a state of +apprehension; and a state of unusual tension has been created by +the action of Her Majesty's Government, in no longer abiding by the +laws concerning the voting right, and the decision concerning the +representation of this Republic; and lastly, as is expressed in +your letter of the 25th of September, 1899, in breaking off all +friendly communication, giving us to understand that Her Majesty's +Government were about to formulate their own proposals for final +arrangement. Our Government can see in the before-mentioned +notification nothing less than a new violation of the Convention of +1884, which does not reserve to Her Majesty's Government the right +of a one-sided adjustment of a question which belongs exclusively +to the inner policy of our Government, and has been already settled +by them.</p> + +<p>On the grounds of the tension, the considerable loss arising +therefrom, and the interruption of business in general, which is +caused by the correspondence on the Franchise and the +representation of this Republic, Her Majesty's Government has not +long ago insisted on a speedy adjustment, and finally, through your +intervention, insisted on an answer—within forty-eight +hours—(later on somewhat amended)—to your Memorandum of the 12th +of September, which was answered by the Memorandum of our +Government of the 15th of September, and by the Memorandum of the +25th of September, 1899; on which other friendly negotiations were +interrupted, and our Government received notice that the proposal +for final arrangement would be made within a short time; but +although these promises were repeated, no such proposal has as yet +reached our Government. When the friendly correspondence was still +going on, a great increase of troops was made by Her Majesty's +Government, which troops were drawn up in the neighbourhood of the +frontiers of our Republic. Taking into consideration certain events +in the history of our Republic, which events need not here be +recited, our Government found themselves compelled to look upon the +Army in the neighbourhood of the frontier as a threat to the +independence of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_327" id="Page_327">[Pg 327]</a></span> the South African Republic, because they were not +aware of any circumstances which could justify the presence of such +a force in South Africa and in the neighbourhood of their frontier.</p> + +<p>In answer to a question concerning this, addressed to His +Excellency the High Commissioner, our Government received, to their +great astonishment, the covert accusation that from the State of +the Republic an attack on Her Majesty's Colonies was being +arranged, and also a mysterious hint of coming possibilities, by +which our Government were strengthened in their suspicion, that the +independence of the Republic was threatened.</p> + +<p>As a measure of defence, they were, therefore, compelled to send a +body of burghers to the frontiers in order, if required, to be able +to resist such an eventuality. The unlawful interference of Her +Majesty's Government in the inner policy of our Republic, in +defiance of the London Convention of 1884, which interference +consisted in the exceptional strengthening of troops in the +neighbourhood of the Republic's borders, has thus created an +unbearable state of affairs, of which our Government—not only in +the interests of our Republic, but also in the interests of the +whole of South Africa,—feel it their duty to bring to an end as +speedily as possible, and consider themselves called upon to insist +emphatically and energetically on an immediate conclusion of this +condition of things, and to ask Her Majesty's Government to give +them the assurance (<i>a</i>) that all points of mutual difference shall +be adjusted by friendly arbitration, or by any other amicable way +that may be agreed upon between our Government and that of Her +Majesty; (<i>b</i>) that the troops on the frontiers of the Republic +shall be recalled at once, and that all reinforcements which, after +the 1st of June, 1899, have arrived in South Africa, shall be +removed within a time agreed upon with our Government,—with the +counter assurance and guarantee from our Government that no attack +on, or hostilities against, any part of the possessions of the +British Government shall be undertaken by the Republic during the +further negotiations within the time which shall be agreed upon by +the Government—our Government shall, in accordance with this, be +ready to call back the armed burghers of the Republic from the +frontiers; (<i>c</i>) that Her Majesty's troops, which are now on the +high sea, shall not be landed in any of the harbours of South +Africa.</p> + +<p>Our Government has to insist on an immediate and favourable answer +on the above four points, and urgently requests Her Majesty's +Government to give an answer in this spirit before, or on, +Wednesday, October 11th, 1889, before 5 o'clock<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_328" id="Page_328">[Pg 328]</a></span> in the afternoon. +They wish to add further, that in case, against their expectations, +no satisfactory answer within this time should be received by them, +that they, to their great sorrow, would be obliged to look upon the +actions of Her Majesty's Government as a formal declaration of war, +for the consequences of which they do not consider themselves +responsible; and, in case further movements of troops should take +place within the above-mentioned time in the direction of our +borders, that our Government will be compelled to look upon this +also as a formal declaration of war.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">I have the honour to be, etc.,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;"><span class="smcap">F.W. Reitz</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;"><i>State-Secretary.</i></span><br /> +</p></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_329" id="Page_329">[Pg 329]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>MR. CHAMBERLAIN'S TELEGRAMS:—</h4> + + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">From Mr. Chamberlain to the High Commissioner, Sir Alfred +Milner.</span></p> + +<p class="center">(Sent 7.30 p.m. <i>10th October, 1899</i>)</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"10th <i>October</i>, No. 7. The British Agent has, in answering the +demands of the Government of the South African Republic, to say +that, as the Government of the South African Republic have declared +in their dispatch, that they will look upon a refusal to consent to +their demands as a formal declaration of war, he has received +orders to demand his passport."</p></div> + + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">From Mr. Chamberlain to the High Commissioner, Sir Alfred +Milner.</span></p> + +<p class="center">(Sent 10.45 p.m. <i>10th October, 1899</i>)</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"10th <i>October</i>, No. 8. The Government of Her Majesty has received +with great sorrow the determined demands of the Government of the +South African Republic contained in your telegram of the 9th of +October, No. 3. You will, as an answer to the Government of the +South African Republic, communicate to them that the conditions put +forward by the Government of the South African Republic are of such +a nature that the Government of Her Majesty cannot possibly think +of taking them into consideration."</p></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_330" id="Page_330">[Pg 330]</a></span></p> + + +<h4>CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN THE TWO PRESIDENTS AND LORD SALISBURY</h4> + + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">From the States-President of the South African Republic and the +Orange Free State to His Excellency Lord Salisbury, London.</span></p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="right">"<span class="smcap">Bloemfontein</span>, <i>5th March, 1900</i>.</p> + +<p>"The blood and tears of the thousands who have suffered through +this war, and the prospect of all the moral and material ruin which +now threatens South Africa, render it necessary for both parties +carrying on the war to ask themselves calmly, and in the faith of +the Trinity, for what they are fighting and if the aims of both +justify all this horrible misery and devastation. On this account, +and with an eye to the assertion of several English Statesmen that +the war was begun and carried on with the determined end to +undermine Her Majesty's authority in South Africa, and to establish +in the whole of South Africa a Government independent of Her +Majesty's Government, we consider it our duty to declare that this +War was only commenced as a measure of defence and for the purpose +of obtaining a guarantee for the threatened independence of the +South African Republic, and was only continued in order to ensure +the indisputable independence of both Republics as Sovereign +International States, and to obtain the assurance that the subjects +of Her Majesty who have taken part with us in the war will not +suffer the least hurt either in their lives or their possessions. +On these conditions alone we demand, as in the past, to see peace +restored in South Africa, and an end made to the wrong that now +exists there. But if Her Majesty's Government has decided upon +destroying the independence of the Republic, nothing remains to us +and our people but to persist to the bitter end on the road now +taken, notwithstanding the overpowering might of the British +Empire, trusting that God, who has lit the inextinguishable fire of +the love of liberty in our hearts, and in the hearts of our +fathers, will not abandon us, but will fulfil His work in us, and +in our descendants.</p> + +<p>"We hesitated to lay this declaration earlier before Your +Excellency, because we were afraid that as long as the advan<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_331" id="Page_331">[Pg 331]</a></span>tage +was on our side, and our Army had in their occupation positions of +defence far into the British Colonies, such a declaration would +have hurt the feelings of the English nation; but now that the +prestige of the British Empire may be considered to be restored, +through the capture of one of our armies, and we are compelled by +this to sacrifice other positions which our armies occupied, this +difficulty is removed, and we can no longer hesitate to tell you, +in the face of the whole civilized world, why we are fighting, and +on what conditions we are prepared to make peace."</p></div> + + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">From Lord Salisbury to their Excellencies the States-Presidents of +the South African Republic and Orange Free State.</span></p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="right">"<span class="smcap">London</span>, <i>11th March, 1900</i>.</p> + +<p>"I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Honour's +cable, dated 5th March, from Bloemfontein, of which the purport is +principally whether Her Majesty's Government will acknowledge the +indisputable independence of the South African Republic and Orange +Free State and treat them as Sovereign International States, and +will offer to conclude the war on these conditions.</p> + +<p>"In the beginning of October of this year, there was peace between +the Queen and the two Republics, under the Convention which then +held good. There was a discussion carried on during a few months +between Her Majesty's Government and the South African Republic, of +which the purport was the amendment of very serious grievances +under which English inhabitants suffered in the South African +Republic. In the course of these negotiations, the South African +Republic obtained the knowledge that Her Majesty's Government had +made considerable preparations for war, and had taken steps to +provide the necessary reinforcements for the English garrisons at +Cape Colony and Natal. No inroad on the rights guaranteed by the +Conventions had, until then, taken place on the English side. +Suddenly the South African Republic, after having two days +previously issued an insulting ultimatum, declared War on Her +Majesty; and the Orange Free State, with which there had been no +disagreement, took a similar step. Thereupon an inroad was made +into Her Majesty's territory by the two Republics; three towns +within the British frontier were besieged, a great part of the two +Colonies was over-run, with great destruction of property and life, +and the Republics claimed the right to treat the inhabitants of Her +Majesty's territory as if this territory had been annexed by one of +these States. The Transvaal having these actions in view, had for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_332" id="Page_332">[Pg 332]</a></span> +years stored up, on an enormous scale, military provisions, which +could only have been destined for use against England.</p> + +<p>"Your Excellencies made some remarks of a negative nature +concerning the aim for which these preparations were made. I do not +consider it necessary to discuss the question which you have thus +raised, but the consequences of the preparations, made in great +secrecy, have been that the British Empire has found itself forced +to repel an inroad which has brought on a costly war, and caused +the loss of thousands of valuable lives. This great misfortune has +been the punishment that Great Britain has had to undergo during +the last few years for having suffered the two Republics to exist. +Keeping in sight the use which the two Republics have made of the +position presented to them, and the misfortunes which their +unprovoked attacks on Her Majesty's territory have brought, Her +Majesty's Government can only reply to Your Honour's telegram by +saying that they are not prepared to acknowledge the independence +either of the South African Republic, or of the Orange Free State."</p></div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_333" id="Page_333">[Pg 333]</a></span></p> +<h2>Appendix A</h2> + +<h3><span class="smcap">REPORT OF THE MEETING OF THE GENERAL REPRESENTATIVES HELD AT +VEREENIGING, IN THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC, ON THE 15th OF MAY, 1902, +AND THE FOLLOWING DAYS</span></h3> + + +<p>The first meeting of the representatives of the two Governments took +place at 11.30 a.m. on May 15th.</p> + +<p>There were present:—</p> + +<p><i>For the South African Republic</i>—His Honour the President, S.W. Burger, +F.W. Reitz, Commandant-General L. Botha, Messrs. J.B. Krogh, L.J. +Meijer, L.J. Jacobs, and His Honour the Staats-Procureur.</p> + +<p><i>For the Orange Free State</i>—States-President, M.J. Steyn; Judge, J.B.M. +Hertzog; Secretary of State, W.J.C. Brebner; Commander-in-Chief, C.R. de +Wet; and Mr. C.H. Olivier.</p> + +<p>The first matter discussed was the formula for the oath which the +delegates were to take, and it was decided that it should run as +follows:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"We, the undersigned, duly swear that we, as special national +representatives, will remain true to our people, country, and +Government, and that we will serve them to the best of our ability, +and fulfil our duties faithfully and with all necessary secrecy, as +is the duty of all faithful burghers and representatives of the +nation. So help us God."</p></div> + +<p>The question now arose as to whether the representatives had the right +to decide, if circumstances rendered it necessary, upon any matter +touching the independence of the country, irrespective of the powers +given to the various delegates, for at some of the meetings the +delegates had only received limited powers, whilst at others full +authority had been given them to act according to their own judgment.</p> + +<p>After considerable discussion it was decided to lay the matter before +the delegates themselves.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_334" id="Page_334">[Pg 334]</a></span></p> + +<p>The following representatives were called into the tent, and took the +oath:—</p> + +<p><i>For the South African Republic.</i></p> + +<p>1. H.A. Alberts, Vechtgeneraal; for Heidelberg.</p> + +<p>2. J.J. Alberts, Commandant; for Standerton and Wakkerstroom.</p> + +<p>3. J.F. De Beer, Commandant; for Bloemhof.</p> + +<p>4. C.F. Beijers, Assistant-Commandant-General; for Waterberg.</p> + +<p>5. C. Birkenstock, burgher; for Vrijheid.</p> + +<p>6. H.J. Bosman, magistrate; for Wakkerstroom.</p> + +<p>7. Christiaan Botha, Assistant-Commandant-General; for Swaziland and the +States Artillery.</p> + +<p>8. B.H. Breijtenbach, Veldtcornet; for Utrecht.</p> + +<p>9. C.J. Brits, Vechtgeneraal; for Standerton.</p> + +<p>10. J.B. Cilluos, Vechtgeneraal; for Lichtenburg.</p> + +<p>11. J. De Clercq, burgher; for Middelburg.</p> + +<p>12. T.A. Dönges, Veldtcornet; for Dorp Middelburg in Regeeringswacht.</p> + +<p>13. H.S. Grobler, Commandant; for Bethal.</p> + +<p>14. J.L. Grobler, burgher; for Carolina.</p> + +<p>15. J.N.H. Grobler, Vechtgeneraal; for Ermelo.</p> + +<p>16. B.J. Van Heerden, Veldtcornet; for Rustenburg.</p> + +<p>17. J.F. Jordaan, Commandant; for Vrijheid.</p> + +<p>18. J. Kemp, Vechtgeneraal; for Krugersdorp.</p> + +<p>19. P.J. Liebenberg, Vechtgeneraal; for Potchefstroom.</p> + +<p>20. C.H. Muller, Vechtgeneraal; for Boksburg.</p> + +<p>21. J.F. Naude, burgher; for Pretoria, late Commandant with General +Kemp.</p> + +<p>22. D.J.E. Opperman, Veldtcornet; for Pretoria.</p> + +<p>23. B.J. Roos, Veldtcornet; for Piet Retief.</p> + +<p>24. P.D. Roux, Veldtcornet; for Marico.</p> + +<p>25. D.J. Schoeman, Commandant; for Lijdenburg.</p> + +<p>26. T.C. Stoffberg, Landdrost; for Zoutpansberg.</p> + +<p>27. S.P. Du Toit, Vechtgeneraal; for Wolmaransstad.</p> + +<p>28. P.L. Uijs, Commandant; for Pretoria.</p> + +<p>29. P.R. Viljoen, burgher; for Heidelberg.</p> + +<p>30. W.J. Viljoen, Commandant; for Witwatersrand.</p> + +<p><i>For the Orange Free State.</i></p> + +<p>1. C.C.F. Badenhorst, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Boshof, Hoopstad, +West Bloemfontein, Winburg, and Kroonstad.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_335" id="Page_335">[Pg 335]</a></span></p> + +<p>2. A.J. Bester, Commandant; for Bethlehem.</p> + +<p>3. A.J. Bester, Commandant; for Bloemfontein.</p> + +<p>4. L.P.H. Botha, Commandant; for Harrismith.</p> + +<p>5. G.A. Brand, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Bethulie, Rouxville, +Caledon River, and Wepener in the eastern part of Bloemfontein.</p> + +<p>6. H.J. Brouwer, Commandant; for Bethlehem.</p> + +<p>7. D.H. Van Coller, Commandant; for Heilbron.</p> + +<p>8. F.R. Cronje, Commandant; for Winburg.</p> + +<p>9. D.F.H. Flemming, Commandant; for Hoopstad.</p> + +<p>10. C.C. Froneman, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Winburg and Ladybrand.</p> + +<p>11. F.J.W.J. Hattingh, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for the eastern part of +Kroonstad, in the district of Heilbron.</p> + +<p>12. J.B.M. Hertzog, Commandant; for Philippolis.</p> + +<p>13. J.N. Jacobs, Commandant; for Boshof.</p> + +<p>14. F.P. Jacobsz, Commandant; for Harrismith.</p> + +<p>15. A.J. De Kock, Commandant; for Vrede.</p> + +<p>16. J.J. Koen, Commandant; for Ladybrand.</p> + +<p>17. H.J. Kritzinger, Veldtcornet; for Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>18. F.E. Mentz, Commandant; for Heilbron.</p> + +<p>19. J.A.P. Van der Merwe, Commandant; for Heilbron.</p> + +<p>20. C.A. Van Niekerk, Commandant; for Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>21. H. Van Niekerk, Commandant.</p> + +<p>22. J.J. Van Niekerk, Commandant; for Ficksburg.</p> + +<p>23. I.K. Nieuwouwdt, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Fauresmith, +Philippolis, and Jacobsdal.</p> + +<p>24. H.P.J. Pretorius, Commandant; for Jacobsdal.</p> + +<p>25. A.M. Prinsloo, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Bethlehem in Ficksburg.</p> + +<p>26. L.J. Rautenbach, Commandant; for Bethlehem.</p> + +<p>27. F.J. Rheeder, Commandant; for Rouxville.</p> + +<p>28. A. Ross, Commandant; for Vrede.</p> + +<p>29. P.W. De Vos, Commandant; for Kroonstad.</p> + +<p>30. W.J. Wessels, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Harrismith and Vrede.</p> + +<p>The meeting now proceeded to choose a chairman, and the following were +proposed:—J. De Clercq, C.F. Beijers, C.C. Froneman, W.J. Wessels, and +G.A. Brand.</p> + +<p>The choice of the meeting fell on General C.F. Beijers, who called upon +the Rev. Mr. Kestell to offer prayer.</p> + +<p>His Honour, S.W. Burger, now declared that the meeting was formally +opened, and after the Chairman had spoken a few words, the +representatives adjourned until three o'clock.</p> + +<p>When they reassembled, the Chairman requested President<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_336" id="Page_336">[Pg 336]</a></span> Burger to +explain the objects for which the meeting had been called.</p> + +<p>Then the President spoke a few words of welcome to all; he expressed his +sorrow for the absence of some who would certainly have been present had +they not given their lives for their country. But still there were many +left to represent the two Republics.</p> + +<p>"The difficulties which confront us," continued the President, "are like +a great mountain, at the foot of which we have just arrived. Everything +now depends on us who are assembled together here. It is impossible to +deny that the state of affairs is very serious, and that the future +looms dark before us. Our position requires the most careful +consideration, and as there are sure to be differences of opinion, it +will be necessary for us to bear with one another, and yet, at the same +time, to speak our minds freely."</p> + +<p>The President proceeded to refer to the correspondence which had taken +place between Holland and England. A copy of this correspondence had +been sent, through Lord Kitchener, to the Governments of the two +Republics. The opinion of the Transvaal Government (which was the first +to receive the correspondence) was that advantage should be taken of +this opportunity. It was proposed to ask Lord Kitchener to allow the +Transvaal Government to meet that of the Orange Free State, so that they +might discuss the desirability of making a peace proposal to England. +The two Governments had accordingly met, and had corresponded with Lord +Kitchener and Lord Milner. As a result of this, a letter, with the above +correspondence annexed, had been sent to the various commandos.</p> + +<p>"We felt," continued President Burger, "that we had no power to +surrender our independence, and that we were only justified in making +such terms of peace as would not endanger our national existence. +Whether it is or is not our duty to surrender our independence is a +question that must be left to the decision of our people. And it is to +represent the people that you are here. It is from your lips, then, that +our Governments must learn the opinions of the two nations. It is clear +enough that the English Government has no idea of allowing us to remain +independent—it expresses surprise that we even dare to speak of such a +thing.</p> + +<p>"You have now to report upon the condition of the country, and upon the +circumstances in which your wives and children are placed. You have also +to decide whether you are willing to make any further sacrifices. We +have lost so much already that it would be hard, indeed, to lose our +independence as well. But, although this matter is so near to our +hearts, we must<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_337" id="Page_337">[Pg 337]</a></span> still listen to the voice of reason. The practical +question, then, which we have to ask ourselves is, whether we are +prepared to watch our people being gradually exterminated before our +eyes, or whether we should not rather seek a remedy.</p> + +<p>"The Government can do nothing without the support of the nation. You, +therefore, must determine our best course. For instance, if you come to +the conclusion that we have exhausted every expedient, will you still +continue the struggle? Are we not to desist until every man of us is in +captivity, in exile, or in his grave? Again let me urge you to speak +freely, and yet with consideration for the feelings of others. For +myself, I can truly say that my spirit is not yet broken; but I would +hear from you what the feeling of the people is."</p> + +<p>"At this point, however, a difficulty arises. Some of you, having only +received limited powers from your constituencies, appear to think that +you would not be justified in exceeding your mandates, while others have +been authorized to act as circumstances may seem to require. But I do +not think that this difficulty should be insurmountable. At least I beg +of you not to allow it to cause any dissension among you. Let us all be +of one mind. If <i>we</i> are united, then will the nation be united also; +but if we are divided, in what a plight will the nation find itself?"</p> + +<p>A letter was then read from the deputation in Europe, which had been +written five months previously, and which had been brought through the +English lines in safety. It contained little more than an assurance that +our cause occupied a better position in Europe than it had ever done +before.</p> + +<p>The Chairman then asked Commandant L. Botha to address the meeting.</p> + +<p>Complying with this request, the Commandant said that he wished to be +assured, before anything further was done, that the fact that some of +the representatives had been entrusted with limited powers, whereas +others had been given a free hand, was not going to prove to be an +insurmountable obstacle to united action on their part.</p> + +<p>To this Judge Hertzog replied that it was a principle in law that a +delegate is not to be regarded as a mere agent or mouthpiece of his +constituents, but, on the contrary (when dealing with public affairs), +as a plenipotentiary—with the right, whatever his brief might be, of +acting to the best of his judgment.</p> + +<p>States-Procureur Smuts concurred in this opinion, which appeared to +satisfy both the Commandant-General and also all the other +representatives, for no further allusion was made to the subject by +anybody.</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha now made his report.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_338" id="Page_338">[Pg 338]</a></span></p> + +<p>In the districts of Vrijheid and Utrecht, he stated, the store of maize +was so small that it could not last for more than a short time; but +there was still a great number of slaughter-cattle. In the districts of +Wakkerstroom there was hardly sufficient grain for one month's +consumption. Two other districts had still a large enough number of +slaughter-cattle—enough, in fact, to last for two or three months. In +Ermelo, to the west and north-west of the blockhouses, and in Bethal, +Standerton, and Middelburg, there was grain for one month. But the +Heidelberg and Pretoria commandos had now, for the first time, no corn +remaining for food. In the neighbourhood of Boksburg the only grain left +was the old maize of the previous year, whilst there were no cattle at +all in the district. When he had visited Boksburg he had found that the +commandos had had no meat for three days. In the country between +Vereeniging and Ermelo there were only thirty-six goats, and no cattle +whatsoever. In the Wakkerstroom district, however, there were still a +few slaughter-cattle. The horses were everywhere worn out and exhausted. +They had been so constantly kept on the move, owing to the enemy's +increasing attacks, they could now only cover the shortest distances.</p> + +<p>The Kaffir question was becoming from day to day more serious. At +Vrijheid, for instance, there was a Kaffir commando which had already +made several attacks upon the burghers. This attitude of the Kaffir +population was producing a very dispiriting effect upon the burghers.</p> + +<p>The women were in a most pitiable state, now that the lines of +blockhouses had been extended in all directions over the country. +Sometimes the commandos had to break through the lines and leave the +women behind alone; and when the burghers later on returned they would +perhaps find that the women had been driven from their houses, and, in +some instances, treated with atrocious cruelty.</p> + +<p>Referring to the numbers in the field, he said that there were, in the +whole of the Transvaal, ten thousand eight hundred and sixteen men, and +that three thousand two hundred and ninety-six of them had no horses. +The enemy during the summer had taken many of the burghers prisoner; and +since June, 1901, the commandos had diminished to the extent of six +thousand and eighty-four men. The burghers thus lost to them had either +been killed, or taken prisoner, or had surrendered their arms.</p> + +<p>The number of households was two thousand six hundred and forty.</p> + +<p>The Commandant-General concluded by saying that the three greatest +difficulties with which they were confronted were their horses, their +food supply, and the miserable condition of their women and children.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_339" id="Page_339">[Pg 339]</a></span></p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet then spoke. He said he would leave it to the +delegates who were officers to make reports. They had come from far and +near, and knew exactly what the condition of things was. He, however, +could state that the number of burghers in the Orange Free State was six +thousand one hundred and twenty, of whom about four hundred were not +available for service. The Basutos, he found, were more favourably +inclined to the Boer cause than ever before.</p> + +<p>"General De la Rey," continued General de Wet, "like myself, does not +quite know what task he has to perform here, but he thinks with me that +the duty of making reports belongs to the delegates. However, he feels +bound to state that in his divisions there is a great scarcity of +everything. But precisely the same state of affairs existed there a year +ago. And when his burghers were at that time without food—well, he went +and got it for them." (Cheers.)</p> + +<p>General Beijers (Waterberg) then addressed the delegates, telling them +that he would not detain them long. In Zoutpansberg, he stated, they had +still a plentiful supply of food, for they were able to buy from the +Kaffirs. At Waterberg the Kaffirs were neutral, but at Zoutpansberg they +were getting out of hand. Yet, since no co-operation existed amongst +them, they were not to be feared, and any uprising could easily be +quelled.</p> + +<p>Besides this trouble, they had many difficulties to face, which were +produced by horse-sickness and fever.</p> + +<p>As to the question of grain, there was food enough for the whole of the +Transvaal and the Orange Free State. But now the English were beginning +to buy up the maize at £1 a sack.</p> + +<p>General Muller (Boksburg) reported that in his division the burghers had +never suffered from hunger. He could still hold out for a few months +more, as food could be obtained from the Kaffirs. There was, it could +not be denied, a tendency to mutiny amongst the Kaffirs, but he did not +think that this need cause any anxiety. He believed that he would be +able to carry on operations until the end of the winter.</p> + +<p>General Froneman (Ladybrand) said that the condition of his divisions, +namely Winburg and Ladybrand, gave no cause for uneasiness. There were +still eighty families in the districts, but they were able to provide +for all their necessities. The Kaffirs were peaceable and well disposed, +and were of great service to the burghers, for whom they bought clothing +in Basutoland. It was possible for the burghers, he considered, to hold +out for more than a year.</p> + +<p>General Hattingh (Kroonstad) declared that in one part of the Kroonstad +district there were still plenty of sheep and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_340" id="Page_340">[Pg 340]</a></span> cattle, and that seed had +been sown for next year's harvest. But another part of the district was +entirely exhausted, and had to obtain its supplies from Bethlehem.</p> + +<p>General Badenhorst (Boshof) stated that he could report on the Boshof +district and the parts of the Winburg and Bloemfontein districts to the +west of the railway. There were enough cattle to last his commandos for +years, even if they had no other food at all. Recently he had captured +fifteen hundred head of cattle, and he was in a position to give +assistance to other districts. Grain, however, was not so plentiful as +it had been the previous year, but nevertheless there was still a large +enough supply to permit him to send help to others.</p> + +<p>General Nieuwouwdt (Fauresmith) reported that his district was entirely +devastated, and that for the last seven months there had been a dearth +of all provisions; nevertheless, his burghers had contrived to live. +There was, moreover, enough corn left to last them for another year. +There were now only three women in the whole of his district.</p> + +<p>General Prinsloo (Bethlehem) declared that he would be telling a +falsehood if he were to say that there was no food in his district. He +possessed slaughter-cattle and corn, and could help other districts. One +of his commandants had recently found a store of maize (consisting of +one hundred and thirty sacks) buried in the ground. The enemy had made +many inroads into his district, and especially during the last few +months. The blockhouses were a source of constant annoyance to him.</p> + +<p>General Brand (Bethulie) reported upon the south-western part of the +Orange Free State, where he commanded. There were some parts of his +division, he said, which had been entirely laid waste. Everything had +been carried off; there was not a sheep left; and the burghers had been +without meat for days. But he was able to capture booty, and could still +hold out for a year.</p> + +<p>General Wessels (Harrismith) drew attention to the constant passage of +large Kaffir families through the districts of Harrismith and Vrede. He +could tell the delegates that the Kaffirs had been quite astonished that +there were still cattle and sheep and supplies of grain in the +districts. He had not yet come to the end of his provisions; but, even +if everything were taken, he saw a chance of obtaining food from +elsewhere.</p> + +<p>Commandant C.A. Van Niekerk (Kroonstad) declared that if there was one +part of the country which was entirely exhausted it was the part where +he was in command, namely Hoopstad and a portion of Kroonstad. But yet, +during the last twelve months, they had been able to obtain food, and +even<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_341" id="Page_341">[Pg 341]</a></span> to sow for the ensuing year. There were no cattle in his district; +but he had taken a thousand sheep and fifty-two cattle from the English.</p> + +<p>Commandant Van der Merwe (Heilbron) spoke to the same effect.</p> + +<p>General Smuts was the next to address the meeting. He began by saying +that his expedition into Cape Colony had been the outcome of the advice +which the deputation had given in July, 1901, namely to continue the +war. That <i>he</i> had been in command of it had come about in the following +way. News had been received in the Transvaal that affairs in Cape Colony +were taking a favourable turn, and accordingly General De la Rey had +received orders to go thither, and to take over the command there. But +afterwards it was thought wiser to annul these orders, because De la Rey +could not well be spared from the western parts of the Transvaal. Owing +to this, he (General Smuts) took the task upon his own shoulders, and +crossed the Orange River with two hundred men. He had had a difficult +task to accomplish. He had marched through Cape Colony to Grahamstad, +and from thence he had pushed on towards the coast, through Graaff +Reinet. Thence he had proceeded to the neighbourhood where he was now +carrying on operations.</p> + +<p>He had visited every commando, and as he had seen that there were signs +of disorder amongst them he had taken them all under his own command. In +this way he had found himself at the head of some fifteen hundred men. +During his expeditions Commandant Lotter had been captured with a +hundred men; this had reduced his force to only fourteen hundred. But +since then the number had nearly doubled, so that they now had two +thousand six hundred men (divided into twenty commandos) under arms in +Cape Colony. In addition to these men there was a division under General +De Villiers operating in Griqualand West, and another under Commandant +Van der Merwe in Bechuanaland. The total numbers of these two divisions +amounted to about seven hundred men.</p> + +<p>Passing on to the question whether help was to be expected from Cape +Colony, General Smuts declared that there would be no general rising. +The reports which represented such a rising as possible had exaggerated +matters. There were great difficulties in the way of a general rising. +First, there was the question of horses—and in Cape Colony the want of +horses was as great, if not greater, than in the Republics. Secondly, it +was exceedingly difficult for Colonials to rise, for they knew that not +only would they have to be <i>voetgangers</i>,<a name="FNanchor_111_111" id="FNanchor_111_111"></a><a href="#Footnote_111_111" class="fnanchor">[111]</a> but also that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_342" id="Page_342">[Pg 342]</a></span> if they +were captured they would be very severely punished by the English. The +scarcity of grass was also greatly against any such attempt. The horses +had to be fed, and, as the enemy had forbidden any sowing, it was almost +impossible to find food for them. A counter proclamation had indeed been +issued by the Republics, but it had been of no avail.</p> + +<p>He was of opinion that the small commandos which had already been in +Cape Colony had done the best they could. The question that now arose +was whether the whole of their forces ought to be sent from the +Republics into Cape Colony. He himself thought that there was an opening +for them, but the difficulty was to find a method of getting them there. +The existence of this difficulty, and the facts which he had brought +before the delegates, had forced him to the conclusion that a general +rising in Cape Colony was an impossibility.</p> + +<p>As to the continuation of the war and matters of that nature, they must +naturally be settled by the Republics, and not by Cape Colony.</p> + +<p>The meeting was then adjourned until eight o'clock in the evening.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Upon its reassembling, Commandant Nijs (Pretoria, North) said that in +that part of the district of Pretoria which lay to the north of the +Delagoa Bay Railway there were still cattle enough to last for a +considerable time, but that the store of grain would be exhausted within +a fortnight. The number of horses also was insufficient. The district +could muster one hundred and fifty-three mounted men and one hundred and +twenty-eight <i>voetgangers</i>. In the division of Onderwijk, Middelburg, +there were twenty-six mounted men and thirty-eight <i>voetgangers</i>.</p> + +<p>Commandant Grobler (Bethal) stated that in his district they had not +been left undisturbed during the summer. Only a short time previously he +had lost sixty-three men in an engagement, where he had been besieged in +a kraal, out of which he, with one hundred and fifty-three burghers, had +managed to escape. Bethal had been laid waste from one end to the other, +and he had no provisions for his commandos. He had on his hands three +hundred women and children; these were in a serious position, owing to +the lack of food; some of the women had also been assaulted by Kaffirs.</p> + +<p>General Christiaan Botha (Swaziland) then reported on the condition of +the Swaziland commando. They had no provisions in hand, and were simply +living by favour of the Kaffirs. They had no women there. His commando +of one hundred and thirteen men was still at Piet Retief. As there<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_343" id="Page_343">[Pg 343]</a></span> was +no grain to be had, they were compelled to go from kraal to kraal and +buy food from the Kaffirs, and this required money. Yet somehow or other +they had managed to keep soul and body together. "I have fought for the +Transvaal," he concluded, "for two and a half years, and now, since I +hear that there is food in the Free State, I shall fight for the Free +State for two and a half years more."</p> + +<p>General Brits (Standerton) said that he had still provisions for two +months, but no cattle. He had sixty-five families with him, and found it +very difficult to provide them with the necessaries of life. Altogether, +things were in a most critical state.</p> + +<p>Mr. Birkenstock (Vrijheid) spoke as follows:</p> + +<p>"I shall go deeper into some of the points which the Commandant-General +has brought forward in his general report of the matter. At Vrijheid we +have been harassed by large forces of the enemy for six or eight months, +and the district is now completely devastated. The presence of women and +children causes great difficulty, for of late the English have refused +to receive the families which, compelled by absolute famine, wished to +take refuge with them. There is also continual danger from the Kaffirs, +whose attitude towards us is becoming positively hostile. Both horses +and grain are scarce; but as far as the latter is concerned there will +be sufficient, provided that the enemy does not return. One morning +recently a Kaffir commando, shortly before daybreak, attacked a party of +our men, who lost fifty-six killed out of a total of seventy. That peace +must be made at all costs is the opinion of all the families in my +district, and I feel it my duty to bring this opinion before you."</p> + +<p>Commandant Alberts (Pretoria and Middelburg) said that his burghers had +had no rest for a year, and that during that period no ploughing or +sowing had been done in the district. Consequently a commando would not +be able to find the means of subsistence there. On three occasions he +had been forced to take refuge in a kraal, but fortunately had always +been able to make his escape. They had no cattle which they could use +for food, although he had received some, through Commandant Roos, from +the Free State. Their horses were in the worst possible condition.</p> + +<p>Landdrost Bosman (Wakkerstroom) then gave an account of the condition of +affairs in his district. They were dependent for everything, except +meat, upon the Kaffirs, giving them meat in exchange. This year there +had been a very poor crop of mealies, and, such as it was, it had been +much damaged by the enemy. Still the burghers might manage, with what +mealies they had, to last out for another two months;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_344" id="Page_344">[Pg 344]</a></span> but the women and +children also needed to be provided for. The cattle were beginning to +run short, and the few horses that they had were so weak that they would +require a fortnight's rest before they could be used. It might become +necessary for the commandos to leave the district, and if so, what was +to become of the families?</p> + +<p>Mr. De Clercq (Middelburg) regretted that he was unable to give as +cheery a report as some of the gentlemen present had done. The part of +Middelburg which he represented was in an almost hopeless condition. +There were no slaughter-cattle, and only enough grain to last for a very +short time. Out of five hundred horses only one hundred now remained, +and these could do no work, being too weak even to get away when it +became necessary to retreat from the enemy. The state of the burghers +was very discouraging; if they should be compelled to leave the district +the question would arise whether, considering the condition of their +horses, it would be possible for them to reach their new destination. +There were fifty families in Middelburg, and things were going very +badly with them. The district would have to be abandoned, and what would +then be the fate of the families, which even now could only be scantily +provided for? The women had wished to go on foot to the English, but he +had advised them to wait until the results of the present negotiations +should become known.</p> + +<p>Commandant David Schoeman (Lijdenburg) said that although but a short +time ago there had been eight hundred head of cattle in his district, +they had now all been carried off. Grain there was none. Should fighting +be continued, he was at a loss to know how he could provide for the +women.</p> + +<p>Commandant Opperman (Pretoria, South) reported on that part of the +Pretoria district which lies south of the line. What he said agreed +substantially with the report of Commandant Alberts. (See page 343.)</p> + +<p>Commandant Liebenberg (Potchefstroom) stated that during the last eight +or nine months blockhouses had been erected in his district. All that +was now left to him was a strip of country about twelve miles long; here +he could still exist. A good deal of seed had been sown, but the crops +had of late fallen into the hands of the English. The grain was +altogether spoilt; some of it had been burnt, the rest trodden down by +the horses. There were ninety-three households in his district. Between +Lichtenburg and Potchefstroom there were some women from the Orange Free +State who were reduced to the most dire straits. They had told him that +if things did not improve they intended to go on foot to Klerksdorp, +and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_345" id="Page_345">[Pg 345]</a></span> he had replied that they must wait for the result of the +negotiations. He had still four hundred mounted men, in addition to one +hundred <i>voetgangers</i>. He could hold out for a short time longer, and +then would have to look for some way out of his difficulties.</p> + +<p>General Du Toit (Wolmaransstad) said that there were five hundred +families in his district, but little enough for them to live on. Though +his horses were weak, he would be able to save himself by strategy if he +should get into a tight corner. His commandos were small—only four +hundred and fifty mounted men. The cattle were in good condition, but +grain was scarce.</p> + +<p>Commandant De Beer (Bloemhof) had still under his command as many as +four hundred and forty-four mounted men and one hundred and sixty-five +<i>voetgangers</i>. Both grain and cattle were scarce, but then Bloemhof had +never possessed many head of cattle. So far the families had not +suffered from want. He would be able to hold out for another year.</p> + +<p>General Kemp reported that he had under him Krugersdorp, Rustenburg, and +parts of Pretoria and Johannesburg. In the district of Krugersdorp no +more sowing was possible, and the majority of cattle had been carried +away. Yet there was no want. Why should he lack for anything when he was +in possession of a great "commissariat" extending as far as the +Zoutpansberg, where General Beijers was in command? He took what he +wanted from the Kaffirs—it was not their property; he was only taking +back what really belonged to the burghers.</p> + +<p>Commandant-in-Chief de Wet here asked why the eastern divisions of the +Transvaal could not do like General Kemp, and take what they required +from the Kaffirs?</p> + +<p>General Kemp replied that the fact that in the eastern parts the Kaffirs +were united with the English made the difference. The Kaffirs there, he +said, gave all they looted to the English, who then sold them the cattle +back again. If then cattle were taken in those parts, it would be cattle +which was really the property of the Kaffirs. Moreover, the Zulus were +Kaffirs of a different sort to those with which he (the General) had to +deal. General Botha also had said that among the Kaffirs in the Eastern +Transvaal there were not to be found any cattle belonging to the +burghers.</p> + +<p>Mr. J.L. Grobler (Carolina) had not as yet had to complain of any lack +of cattle or grain in his district. The English, however, by their +system of blockhouses, had cut the burghers off from the greater part of +the crop. If nothing happened, the newly-sown crops ought to produce a +good harvest; but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_346" id="Page_346">[Pg 346]</a></span> he did not like the temper of the Kaffirs. His men +could still hold out for another six or seven months. The three hundred +horses still remaining to them were in a weak condition; such as they +were, there was not one apiece for the burghers.</p> + +<p>Mr. J. Naude (Pretoria) said that he represented a part of Pretoria and +General Kemp's flying column. In his district sowing and harvesting went +on as usual. There were fortunately no women and children. Although the +commandos had not a superabundance of cattle, yet no one lacked for any +of the necessaries of life.</p> + +<p>The meeting was then closed with prayer, and adjourned until the +following morning.</p> + + +<h4><span class="smcap">Friday, May 16th, 1902.</span></h4> + +<p>The meeting opened with prayer a little after nine a.m. The +correspondence which the two Governments had addressed to the burghers, +in order that it might be communicated to their representatives at one +of these meetings, was first read. It was then debated whether the +meeting should request Lord Kitchener to put it into communication with +the deputation in Europe. After speeches <i>pro</i> and <i>con</i>, it was decided +not to do so.</p> + +<p>Thereupon General Froneman proposed the following resolution:</p> + +<p>"This meeting is of opinion that the Governments should be asked in the +first place to thank His Majesty the King of England and Her Majesty the +Queen of the Netherlands, through Lord Kitchener, for the efforts which +(as appears from the correspondence between the said Governments) they +have made to set on foot negotiations for peace; and, in the second +place, to express to them the regret of this meeting that His Majesty's +Government has not accepted the proposal of Her Majesty's Government +that the representatives of the two Republics now in Europe (who still +enjoy the full confidence of their fellow-countrymen) should be allowed +to return home, and also that Lord Kitchener has declined a similar +request addressed to him by the Governments of the two Republics."</p> + +<p>This proposal was seconded by Commandant Flemming, and carried.</p> + +<p>After another proposal, made by H.J. Bosman, and seconded by J.L. +Grobler, had been rejected, the correspondence referred to above came +under discussion.</p> + +<p>The first speaker was Mr. P.R. Viljoen, who spoke as follows:</p> + +<p>"We can apply to our own country those words of Scrip<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_347" id="Page_347">[Pg 347]</a></span>ture, 'The place +whereon thou standest is holy ground.' The soil on which we are now +standing, wet as it is with the blood and tears of our forefathers and +also of the many who have fallen in this present struggle, may well be +regarded as 'holy ground.'</p> + +<p>"That we should ever have to surrender this country is a horrible +thought. Yet it must be faced. It is certain at least that many +districts must be abandoned, for the enemy is doing his utmost to +collect us together at a few isolated places, where he will be able to +concentrate his forces upon us.</p> + +<p>"From the reports which we have received it appears that the state of +affairs in the Orange Free State is still hopeful. Not so in the +Transvaal. There our prospects are of the gloomiest.</p> + +<p>"My opinion is that we must endeavour to bring this war to an end. If +there was the least chance of our being able to maintain our +independence, we would still fight on, and not even the bitterest +sufferings would appear unendurable. But have we any such chance?—that +is the question which we have got to answer.</p> + +<p>"We know nothing, it will be said, of the present state of affairs in +Europe, for the report from our deputation, which has just been read in +your presence, is six months old. Nevertheless, if anything favourable +to us had occurred since then, we must have heard of it by now.</p> + +<p>"It is evident that we must endeavour to obtain peace on terms +honourable to ourselves. But how are we to do so? By keeping our +independence in view when making terms with the enemy, you will answer. +Nevertheless, I think it would be advisable for us to commission our +Governments to ask the English Government once more what concessions it +is prepared to make to us on condition of our surrendering our +independence. Until we know this we can come to no final decision.</p> + +<p>"Though it is a bitter thing to have to say, yet I feel it my duty to +tell you that I honestly believe it to be impossible for us to carry on +the war any longer."</p> + +<p>Mr. De Clercq then addressed the meeting in the following words:</p> + +<p>"The question before us is, whether or not the war can be continued? To +answer it, we must look forward into the future. We must ask ourselves +what consequences will ensue from a continuance of hostilities, and what +will be the result of their cessation.</p> + +<p>"We have only fifteen thousand men against the enemy's quarter of a +million. Our food and horses are scarce, and we<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_348" id="Page_348">[Pg 348]</a></span> have other difficulties +besides these. It is impossible to go on with the struggle.</p> + +<p>"Nevertheless, if I believed that to do so would give us a chance of +retaining our independence, I also would be ready for further +sacrifices. But as it is impossible to retain our independence, surely +we shall only be storing up misery for the future if we continue +fighting until every man of us is a prisoner or in his grave. I am of +opinion that our most reasonable course is to save what is still left to +us—our existence as a nation. It is not too late to save it now, but +who can tell what the future holds in store for us? If we are to be +still further reduced in number, we shall soon cease to exist as a +nation. Can it be right to sacrifice a nation which has fought as the +African nation has done?"</p> + +<p>Commandant Rheeder (Rouxville) then spoke as follows:</p> + +<p>"I know that the times are very dark, but still there are some rays of +light. You have been asked whether you will continue fighting until you +are exterminated. But there is another alternative. Will you not +continue fighting until you are relieved? I maintain that our +independence must be a <i>sine quâ non</i> of any negotiations that we +make—we cannot give it up. So long as we have life we must continue to +fight, and we must only lay down our arms when relief arrives."</p> + +<p>General Kemp now rose to his feet. "I am fully aware," he said, "of the +very serious position in which we are placed. Yet, when the war began, +the position was no less grave. We must continue our resistance. When we +recall to our minds how much this war has cost us, and what rivers of +blood have flowed, we feel that it is impossible to surrender. As far as +I am concerned, unless relief comes, I will fight on till I die.</p> + +<p>"But one should not look only at the dark side of the picture. It is +true enough that in some districts food is scarce, but there are none in +which it is absolutely unobtainable. The districts threatened by famine +must be abandoned—that is the way to deal with the difficulty.</p> + +<p>"It has been pointed out that a large number of our men have been killed +or taken prisoners. This fact, however, only fills me with courage. A +cause that has cost us so dearly must never be forsaken. To own +ourselves beaten would be to dig a grave for the African nation, out of +which it would never rise. Why should we lose our trust in God? Up to +this moment He has aided us, and He will always be our Helper."</p> + +<p>Vice-Commandant Breijtenbach (Utrecht) then spoke as follows:</p> + +<p>"The burghers whom I represent have told me to inform them, when these +deliberations have come to an end, whether<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_349" id="Page_349">[Pg 349]</a></span> a continuation of the war is +possible, and if it be possible, how it is to be accomplished. If I +cannot assure them that we are able to continue the struggle, the men of +Utrecht will not fight any more. As you know, I can give them no such +assurance.</p> + +<p>"There are ten districts in the Transvaal which are unable to fight any +longer. It surely is not proposed to leave these districts in the lurch! +We must not only consult our sentiments, but also our reason. And what +does the voice of reason say? This—that the continuation of the war is +an impossibility. Should you decide now to continue the war, you would +have to start a fresh campaign; and you know that that is beyond our +powers.</p> + +<p>"A previous speaker has referred to the help of the Lord, but who is +able to fathom His counsels? Yet we can understand the answer God has +given to our prayer—that prayer which we offered with the Mausers in +our hands when the war began. And what was the answer we received ... I +leave it to you to reply.</p> + +<p>"Yes, we must use our reason. If we continue the struggle we give the +death-blow to our existence as a nation. We have been told that there +are ten districts that cannot go on fighting. Are we going to say, 'We +will continue the struggle and leave these districts to their fate'? No! +We must save what we can."</p> + +<p>General Liebenberg then spoke. "I am able to give my support," he said, +"to all that has fallen from the lips of Messrs. Viljoen and De Clercq. +It cannot be doubted that the future is very dark. Yes, we can only +trust in God, and use our reason to the best of our ability. I have been +commissioned by those whom I represent to retain our independence if +possible, and if it be not possible to make peace on the best terms that +we can get."</p> + +<p>Commandant Uijs was the next speaker. He explained that if the war were +to be continued he would have to leave his district and abandon the +women and children to the mercy of the Kaffirs. He could see a chance of +saving the mounted men if only he could feel certain that they would all +follow him, but the case of the women and children would be hopeless. A +serious difficulty confronted the delegates, and it was with them, and +no longer with the Government, that its solution rested. Never before +had he been called upon to face so gigantic a task. It was not the time +now to criticize one another, but to practise mutual forbearance. The +Bible had been quoted by one of the speakers, but let them not forget +the text in which the king is spoken of who calculated whether he was +strong enough with ten thousand to encounter him who<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_350" id="Page_350">[Pg 350]</a></span> marched against +him with twenty thousand. Then there was the question as to the disposal +of the widows and orphans. What was to become of them if the burghers, +by refusing to come to terms with the enemy, should no longer be able to +act as their mutual protectors? Let them make no more widows and +orphans, but let them open their eyes and recognize that the hand of God +was against them.</p> + +<p>The next business was the reading of two letters—one from General Malan +and the other from General Kritzinger. Malan reported on his doings in +the Cape Colony, while Kritzinger advised that the war should be +discontinued.</p> + +<p>General Du Toit then spoke, emphasizing the responsibility of the +delegates and the importance of the occasion. He went on to say that he +represented a part of the nation which had suffered very severely, but +which nevertheless had commissioned him to stand up for independence, if +by any means it could be retained; if he failed in this, he was to take +whatever course seemed best to him. In his district the burghers were +not reduced to such a pass as to oblige them to surrender, but the +condition of other districts must also be taken into consideration, and +if it appeared that the war could not be continued, the delegates must +get the best terms they could. In their demands they must be +united—this was the principal reason why dissension was so much to be +avoided. For himself, he could only say that whether the meeting voted +to continue the war or to bring it to a conclusion, he would fall in +with the wishes of the majority. Any decision would be better than the +failure of this conference, as that would leave everything undecided.</p> + +<p>He was followed by Secretary of State Reitz, who said:</p> + +<p>"You all know what the Governments have done. The question now is, Is +there anything further that we can do? For my part, I think that there +is. We might offer to surrender Witwatersrand and Swaziland; we might +also relinquish our rights to a foreign policy; we might even accede to +an English Protectorate. If France has been able to do without Alsace +and Lorraine, surely we can do without the goldfields. What benefit have +they ever done us? Did the money they brought ever do us any good? No! +rather it did us harm. It was the gold which caused the war. It is then +actually to our advantage to cede the goldfields, and moreover by so +doing we shall be rid of a very troublesome part of our population."</p> + +<p>Mr. Reitz then went on to discuss in detail the position in regard to +Swaziland, the question of a British Protectorate, and the surrender of +our right to treat with foreign powers.</p> + +<p>General Muller (Boksburg) expressed sympathy with the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_351" id="Page_351">[Pg 351]</a></span> views of the +Secretary of State, while Vice-Commandant Roux (Marico) said that he was +prepared to sacrifice many things, but that he intended to hold out for +independence.</p> + +<p>The next speech was made by Landdrost Stoffberg (Zoutpansberg), who +said:</p> + +<p>"I agree with General Du Toit in what he said about the necessity for +unity amongst us. Disunion must not be so much as mentioned. I have a +mandate from the burghers of Zoutpansberg not to sacrifice our +independence. But if anything short of this will satisfy the English, I +am quite prepared to make concessions. Some of the burghers think that +it might be well to surrender the goldfields for a certain sum of money, +while others point out that the gold was the cause of the war. I also +think that we have suffered through the gold, and that we might give up +the goldfields without doing ourselves any harm. For what has the gold +done for us? It has enriched us, many will say. Yes! but it has also +been a stumbling-block to many a man. And is it not better to be a poor +but independent nation than to be rich and at the same time subject to +another Power. Let the goldfields go. We shall still, with our markets, +be rich enough."</p> + +<p>Commandant Mentz (Heilbron) then rose.</p> + +<p>"I appeal to the forbearance of the delegates," he said, "for making any +speech at this meeting. I fear I am unable to give as rose-coloured a +report as my brother Free-Staters have done: My district has been +continually harassed by the enemy's troops, and great devastation has +been wrought. But the greatest trouble I have is the presence of so many +families, for there are still two hundred in the district. I have only +eighty burghers under my command, and it is clear to me that I shall +soon be obliged to leave the district. What will then become of these +families? I received a commission not to sacrifice our independence. But +since my burghers met more than half of them have been made prisoners. +The remainder have instructed me to do my best to preserve our +independence, but if I find that it cannot be maintained to act +according to my own judgment. It appears to me that it may be possible +to retain our independence by ceding some part of the country; if this +be the case it ought most certainly to be done. I can remember the late +President Brand saying in connexion with the diamond fields, 'Give them +up; you will gain more by giving them up than by keeping them.' This +remark may well apply to the present situation."</p> + +<p>Commandant Flemming (Cape Town) reported that his district was well-nigh +devastated. But they still possessed a fair number of cattle, which they +had carried away with them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_352" id="Page_352">[Pg 352]</a></span> But even if they had no cattle, that would +be no excuse for surrender, for in his district it was possible to live +on the game. The view which he and his burghers had taken was that since +they had already sacrificed nearly everything they possessed, they would +not now sacrifice their independence. For should this also be lost, then +there would be nothing left to them. That had been their opinion, but +they had not then known how matters stood in the Transvaal. Now that he +was aware of the state of affairs, he agreed with State Secretary Reitz +that their best course was to cede a part of their territory.</p> + +<p>Vice-President Burger now rose from his seat, and said:</p> + +<p>"This meeting has to formulate a fresh proposal to the English +Government, and to await its answer. If this proposal be rejected, well, +you will be no worse off than you are at present. If there be a man who +has earnestly considered what the sacrifice of everything means to us, +then I am that man. It has been said, we must retain our independence, +or else continue to fight; and we are still able to hold out for another +six months, or even a year. Now, supposing that we can hold out another +year, what should we gain by doing so? Why, we should only grow weaker, +whilst the enemy grew stronger! I emphatically state that the war cannot +be carried on any longer; and I ask if there is any man here who can +maintain with a clear conscience that the struggle can be successfully +continued.</p> + +<p>"Some of you may tell me that complications may arise in Europe. But +that is a groundless hope. Others may say that it is astonishing enough +that we have been able to hold out till now, and that we still have the +power of making our voices heard. Yes! that is very surprising; but +shall we retain this power long? I heard some delegates say, 'We shall +fight till we die!' That is a manly sentiment. But was it not, perhaps, +prompted by a desire to make a fine speech, which would go down to +posterity? Was not the aim in some cases that future generations might +recall these speeches when they were told of the brave fight our men had +made?</p> + +<p>"Let every one consider this well: Is he prepared to sacrifice the +nation on the shrine of his own ambition? Ambition, although it may cost +us our lives, can never lead to martyrdom. A martyr is made of finer +stuff!</p> + +<p>"Have we not arrived at the stage of our history when we must pray, 'Thy +will be done'? That prayer, considered rightly, is a prayer of faith. Do +not let us imagine that we can compel God to do <i>our</i> will—that is not +faith.</p> + +<p>"I beg of you to consider what will become of the women<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_353" id="Page_353">[Pg 353]</a></span> and the +children and the banished burghers if you still persist until your last +shot has been fired. What right shall we have to intercede for these +unfortunate ones when we have rejected the proposals of the English +Government? We shall have no right whatsoever.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps it is God's will that the English nation should oppress us, in +order that our pride may be subdued, and that we may come through the +fire of our troubles purified.</p> + +<p>"My opinion is that we should make a peace proposal to England, yielding +as much as we rightly can; and if England rejects our proposal, it will +be time enough then to see what other course is open to us.</p> + +<p>"There is one fact which we cannot allow ourselves to forget. There are +ten districts in the Transvaal which must be abandoned. In the Free +State, too, there are districts in a similar plight. It is the opinion +of lawyers that so long as the inhabitants remain in a district their +property cannot lawfully be confiscated; but if the district be +abandoned, then confiscations can take place.</p> + +<p>"It is criminal to say, 'Come what may, we will fight till everything is +lost and all of us are dead!'"</p> + +<p>The following resolution was then proposed by General Kemp, and seconded +by Mr. J. Nand:</p> + +<p>"<i>This meeting decides, in order to expedite the work in hand, to depart +from the original programme; and to constitute a Commission, to be +composed of the Hon. Jacob Smits and the Hon. Judge Hertzog, and to give +this Commission authority to draw up, conjointly with the two State +Presidents, a draft proposal, to be laid before the delegates to-morrow +morning.</i>"</p> + +<p>This resolution was put to the meeting, and accepted by the delegates. +The meeting then adjourned.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>At half-past seven in the evening the delegates reassembled.</p> + +<p>General Cilliers (Lichtenburg and Marico) was the first to make a +report. "In my division," he said, "things are in a very favourable +condition. Yet we are bound to take the other divisions into +consideration. My burghers said to me, 'Stand firm for independence!' +But when they gave me the order they did not know about the condition of +the other districts. Will those other districts—such of them, I mean, +as are in a worse predicament than ourselves—be able to co-operate with +us in continuing the war? Some of them have already answered my question +in the negative. Must we then not ask ourselves, What will be the best +for the nation as a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_354" id="Page_354">[Pg 354]</a></span> whole? Shall we say continue the war, or shall we +approach the enemy and make a proposal?</p> + +<p>"But are we really justified in prolonging the struggle, and making +still further sacrifices? Some will answer, 'Yes, for we have a God in +whom we have trusted from the beginning; shall we not continue to trust +in Him who has worked such wonders for us already?' But I have heard a +brother say, 'God's hand is against us.' It was bitter to hear these +words from him, and for myself I will have none of them. My vote is +given here and now for a continuance of the war.</p> + +<p>"But we must hear what the rest of the delegates have to say, and if +they can point out some other way by which we can retain even a portion +of our national independence, we must be ready to follow it."</p> + +<p>General Froneman next addressed the meeting.</p> + +<p>"I fear," he began, "that too much is being made of the condition of my +division: things are not so prosperous with us as some here appear to +imagine. But for all that, my burghers are for nothing short of absolute +independence. They cannot forget the blood which has already been spilt +in our cause. They mean to hold out until they are relieved.</p> + +<p>"I sympathize deeply with those districts that are less happily +circumstanced than my own, but it pains me to discover that there are +some here who doubt that God is for us. For what has supported us up +till now save faith in God?—the faith of those who first prayed God to +prevent the war, and then, when they saw that this was not His will, +fought like men, putting all their trust in Him.</p> + +<p>"Up till now the Lord hath been my helper; the enemy has cut us off from +everything, and yet we see our two little Republics still full of hope, +still holding out."</p> + +<p>He concluded his speech by saying that he would like to hear the +opinions of Generals Botha, De Wet, and De la Rey. They ought to be able +to throw much light upon the matter.</p> + +<p>Commandant General Botha then rose, and said:</p> + +<p>"I am glad to have an opportunity of giving my views upon the present +state of affairs. We know that differences of opinion are to be found +everywhere and on every question; when, therefore, a man differs from +those who think that this war can and ought to be continued, we must +ascribe his opinion to discouragement, weakness, or cowardice. We must +acknowledge the truth of the facts from which he draws his conclusions, +and which have compelled him to utter it. His object is to make known +the true state of the country—which indeed is his plain duty. Were he +not to do so on the present occasion he would be accused, later on, of +having kept secret<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_355" id="Page_355">[Pg 355]</a></span> what he ought to have revealed. Differences of +opinion then need not, and must not, cause a disunion and discord. +Whatever our private opinions may be, yet, as delegates of the burghers, +we must speak and act as one man.</p> + +<p>"The war has now lasted two years. But the question for us to answer is +this: Are we going forwards or backwards? My own conviction—a +conviction founded upon the views expressed by my commandos and the +speeches which I have listened to at this meeting—is that we are not +gaining, but losing ground. There is nothing, in my opinion, more +evident than that, during the last six months, the tide has been setting +steadily against us, and in favour of the enemy.</p> + +<p>"A year ago there were no blockhouses. We could cross and recross the +country as we wished, and harass the enemy at every turn. But now things +wear a very different aspect. We can pass the blockhouses by night +indeed, but never by day. They are likely to prove the ruin of our +commandos.</p> + +<p>"Then, as regards food. We are told that there is food here, and food +there; but how are we to get at it? How are we to transport it from one +district to another? Outside the frontiers of our Republics there are +plenty of provisions, but it becomes daily more difficult to get them +into our hands. The cattle, for instance, that used to be at Ladysmith +have now been removed to Estcourt. Even the friendly Kaffirs, from whom +we are now able to obtain provisions, may quite possibly soon turn +against us. The time is coming when we shall be compelled to say, +'Hunger drives us to surrender.'</p> + +<p>"The horses have been chased about so incessantly, and have suffered so +much from want of forage, that their strength is almost exhausted. They +are so weak that it is almost impossible to accomplish any long distance +with them.</p> + +<p>"As to the Cape Colony, I had always understood that the Colonists were +going to rise <i>en bloc</i>, but General Smuts has just told us that there +is no chance of such a thing happening. And he speaks from personal +knowledge, having just returned from paying them a visit. Moreover, he +has seen our horses, and says that it is impossible for them to go into +the Colony, so it appears that our successes there are over. This is a +severe check indeed; but it could not have been otherwise. We have not +enough horses to enable us to give the Colonists effectual help, and +they themselves have been cowed by the heavy penalties imposed upon all +those who did rise. Many of those who are well disposed towards us dare +not join us now.</p> + +<p>"Again, there is no chance of European intervention: not one of the +Powers will do anything for us. To see this it is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_356" id="Page_356">[Pg 356]</a></span> only necessary to +peruse that correspondence between the Netherlands and England, which +was the cause of these negotiations. There we shall find that the Dutch +Minister says that our deputation is only accredited to Holland, whereas +it had been accredited by the two Republics to all the Governments in +Europe. Moreover, the correspondence makes it very plain that England +will not tolerate the intervention of any foreign Power whatsoever. But +the truth is, that no foreign Power wants to help us. When the women +were first made prisoners I thought that European intervention might +perhaps be attempted, because to make prisoners of women is a thing +quite outside the usual methods of warfare. But nothing was done even +then. We were told that we had the sympathy of the nations of +Europe—their sympathy, and nothing more!</p> + +<p>"I have come to a subject that is very near our hearts—our women-folk. +If this meeting decides upon war, it will have to make provision for our +wives and children, who will then be exposed to every kind of danger. +Throughout this war the presence of the women has caused me anxiety and +much distress. At first I managed to get them into the townships, but +later on this became impossible, because the English refused to receive +them. I then conceived the idea of getting a few of our burghers to +surrender, and sending the women in with them. But this plan was not +practical, because most of the families were those of prisoners of war, +and the men still on commando were not so closely related to these +families as to be willing to sacrifice their freedom for them.</p> + +<p>"We have heard much talk about fighting 'to the bitter end.' But what is +'the bitter end'? Is it to come when all of us are either banished or in +our graves? Or does it mean the time when the nation has fought until it +never can fight again? As to myself, personally, I can still continue +the struggle. I have horses, my household is well provided for, and as +far as my own inclination goes I am all for going on. But am I only to +consider myself? Is it not my first duty to look at the interests of my +nation? I have always been, and still am, of the opinion that, before +letting the nation go to rack and ruin, it is our duty to parley. We +must not let the chance for negotiations slip out of our hands. When our +numbers have fallen to only four or five thousand men under arms we +shall no longer have that chance, and this will undoubtedly happen if we +hold out for another year, or even six months.</p> + +<p>"There are some who say, 'We must trust in God and keep on fighting,' +and I grant them that miracles are possible at all times. But it is +beyond our power to say whether God will<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_357" id="Page_357">[Pg 357]</a></span> work a miracle for us. We do +not know what His will may be. If we continue the war, and if it should +afterwards appear that everything has been in vain, our responsibility +will be only the heavier, the blinder our confidence now is. And over +and over again we shall hear, 'He is dead,' 'and he, and he.' Will not +this make our remorse all the more bitter? Our commandos are so weak, +our country so exhausted, that the loss of one great battle, the +surrender of a single strong force, would spell ruin for us.</p> + +<p>"'But we have managed to hold out for so long.' Yes, but there is a +natural reason, a military reason, why this has been the case. The fact +that our commandos have been spread over so large a tract of country has +compelled the British, up to the present time, to divide their forces. +But things have changed now; we have had to abandon district after +district, and must now operate on a far more limited territory. In other +words, the British army can at last concentrate its forces upon us.</p> + +<p>"I firmly believe that, under like circumstances, no other nation in the +world would have fought as our nation has done. Shall such a nation +perish? No! we must save it. If we delegates are convinced that we can +no longer offer resistance to the enemy, it is our plain duty to tell +the people so. We must not let them be exterminated for want of timely +advice. More than twenty thousand women and children have died in the +camps during this one year.</p> + +<p>"There are men of our own kith and kin who are helping to bring us to +ruin. If we continue the war, it may be that the Afrikanders against us +will outnumber our own men.</p> + +<p>"What is there left to hope for? Are we to retain our independence by +ceding a part of our territories? Most assuredly yes, if such a +compromise is feasible. As regards Swaziland, it is of so little +importance to us that we can give it up without a thought. Then there +are the goldfields—let them go. They are but a cancerous growth, +sapping the very life of our country.</p> + +<p>"We must face the fact that things are not at a standstill: we are +slipping back every moment. We must all pull together, or everything is +lost. If our sacrifices will buy our independence, well and good. But +suppose that we are compelled to give it up—well, if it even comes to +this, we must never do so unconditionally. An unconditional surrender +would be well enough if the leaders only had to be considered. But we +must think of the interests of the nation. We must say to our people, +'We have no thought of ourselves: our only desire is to place ourselves +in the breach, if so we may save you.'"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_358" id="Page_358">[Pg 358]</a></span></p> + +<p>General Botha then proceeded to discuss eventualities in the event of +independence being lost. Representative government, he said, might +perhaps still be retained, and the national language need not +necessarily be supplanted. Thus the nation would still retain its old +ideals and its old customs. General Roux had been pertinently asked +whether it were better to strive for the recuperation of the people now +or to wait until they were altogether overpowered and reduced to such +straits that it would require some thirty years before they could once +more call themselves a nation. He then went into the terms of the +proposal by the British Government, and repeated that there must be no +idea of unconditional surrender.</p> + +<p>The General concluded in the following words:</p> + +<p>"Although we do not <i>wish</i> to accept terms, we have no right to refuse +them altogether. On the other hand we must not say to the English, 'Do +with us as you like.' For then our descendants would eternally reproach +us. We should have lost the privilege of looking after our own wives and +children. They would be handed over to strangers. No! we must secure by +some means or other that we ourselves shall be able to provide for them. +The fate of our country is in the hands of the men in this tent. It has +been bitter, indeed, for me to have to speak as I have done. But if I +have not spoken the truth, convince me of my error, and I will be the +first to own it. But do not condemn me, for I have had no other object +than to tell you what I believe to be the truth."</p> + +<p>General De la Rey spoke.</p> + +<p>"I will not detain you long," he began, "but there are a few points to +which I wish to draw attention. In regard to the districts under my +command, every one will understand that my burghers, after their recent +brilliant successes, are firmly resolved not to sacrifice their +independence. If I allude to the battles which I have just fought it is +with no thought of boasting, but only that you may picture to yourselves +the effect which they must have had upon the enemy; and that no one may +be angry with myself and my burghers for standing firm when our feet are +on such solid ground.</p> + +<p>"But since my arrival at Vereeniging I have heard about our districts +where matters are in a far less favourable condition than in my own. So +far as I myself am concerned, I cannot think of laying down my arms. Yet +it appears to me that some parts of the country will be compelled by +starvation to give up the struggle. It is well that those who represent +these parts have spoken openly, and not left this meeting in ignorance +of the state of affairs only to go and lay down their arms.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_359" id="Page_359">[Pg 359]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I myself have never thought intervention possible. Even before the war +broke out I said that nothing would come of it. I saw that South Africa +was divided between Germany and England. And that if only the Republics +could be extinguished, then England and Germany would be the only Powers +left, and Germany would be safe. But if the Republics were victorious, +then Germany would be in danger. Why then should Germany interfere in +favour of the Republics, when she has everything to lose by such a +course of action? No! intervention was entirely out of the question.</p> + +<p>"There has been talk about fighting to the bitter end; but has not the +bitter end already come? Each man must answer that question for himself.</p> + +<p>"You must remember that everything has been sacrificed—cattle, goods, +money, wife, and child. Our men are going about naked, and some of our +women have nothing but clothes made of skins to wear. Is not this the +bitter end?</p> + +<p>"I believe that the time has now come to negotiate. England will never +again give us the chance of doing so, should we allow this opportunity +to slip by. But how shall we negotiate? I must leave it to this meeting +to answer that question. If we do not obtain what we ask for, we shall +at least stand or fall together. Yet let us act with reason.</p> + +<p>"I cannot agree with one of the opinions expressed by Commandant-General +Botha and States-Secretary Reitz. They have stated that they are against +surrendering the goldfields to England; firstly, because England would +never accept such a proposal, for by doing so she would declare to the +whole world that she had only been fighting for the goldfields; and, +secondly, because if we gave up the goldfields we should lose a source +of revenue, without the aid of which we could not repair the damages +which the war has wrought."</p> + +<p>Commandant-in-Chief de Wet spoke as follows:</p> + +<p>"I am of opinion that the circumstances in the Orange Free State are no +less critical than those in the Transvaal. Nine districts were entirely +ruined; but these, though at one time abandoned by the burghers, have +now been reoccupied.</p> + +<p>"If I now differ from those who are of opinion that it is useless to +prolong the war, it must not be thought that I am lacking in respect for +their judgment. By no means. I know that what has been said about the +wretched plight of the people is only too true; but they must not take +it amiss if I point out that the same condition of affairs was described +in the correspondence from the Transvaal which fell into the hands of +the English at Reitz. But, granting that the facts have been correctly +stated, even then the Orange Free State will refuse to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_360" id="Page_360">[Pg 360]</a></span> give in. Let me +be candid with you, and say frankly that, in my opinion, this is +virtually the Transvaal's war. This, however, makes no difference to me. +For me the barrier of the Vaal River has never existed. I have always +endeavoured to maintain the Nauwere-Vereeniging,<a name="FNanchor_112_112" id="FNanchor_112_112"></a><a href="#Footnote_112_112" class="fnanchor">[112]</a> and I feel +strongly the obligation which the union of the two States casts on each +one of us. They are two nations, but their cause is one.</p> + +<p>"What, then, is the prevailing feeling in the Orange Free State? Of the +six thousand burghers who have been attending meetings, I myself have +been in command of five thousand, and I can confidently say that never +were five thousand men more unanimous in their opinion than were those I +led when they cried, as with one voice, 'Persevere; we have everything +to lose, but we have not yet lost it.' What, then, is the answer to be? +I am firmly persuaded that we have only one course before us. If we are +unable to obtain what we are asking for, then it only remains for us to +alleviate as best we may the lot of those who cannot help themselves. I +do not as yet clearly see how this is going to be done, but, at all +costs, let us continue fighting. What was our total strength when we +began this war? Sixty thousand men all told. Against this the English +had a standing army of seven hundred and fifty thousand troops. Of these +two hundred and fifty thousand, or one-third, are now in South Africa. +We know from experience that they are unable to send more than +one-third. And we? Have we not also one-third of our army left?</p> + +<p>"I do not wish to imply that I am not prepared to concede something, but +nothing will induce me to consent to any part of the country in <i>our</i> +territory being given up. It will never do to have an English colony +planted in our midst, for England then would have far too firm a hold +upon our country.</p> + +<p>"It is said, and with some truth, that the goldfields have been a curse +to us, but surely there is no reason why they should continue to be so. +I fail to see how, without retaining possession of these goldfields, the +Republics are to be saved. Swaziland perhaps could be ceded, but never +the goldfields. I feel that any intervention is out of the question; but +is not the very fact that it has not taken place a sure proof that it +was not the will of God? Does it not show that He is minded to form us, +by this war, into a nation worthy of the name? Let us then bow to the +will of the Almighty.</p> + +<p>"My people will perhaps say, 'Our Generals see only the religious side +of the question.' They will be right. Without faith we should have been +foolish indeed to have embarked on this war and to continue it for so +many months. Indeed,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_361" id="Page_361">[Pg 361]</a></span> it <i>must</i> be a matter of faith, for the future is +hidden from us. What <i>has been</i> is within our ken, but what is before is +beyond the knowledge of the wisest man.</p> + +<p>"Cape Colony is a great disappointment to me. I do not refer so much to +what we have learnt about it from the reports as to the fact that no +general uprising can be expected in that quarter. So much we have heard +from General Smuts. But though there is to be no uprising, we have no +reason to think that there has been any falling off in the number of our +adherents in the Colony. The little contingent there has been of great +help to us: they have kept fifty thousand troops occupied, with which +otherwise we should have had to reckon.</p> + +<p>"I feel deeply for our women and children; I am giving earnest +consideration to their miserable plight. But their sufferings are among +what we may call the necessary circumstances of the war. I have nothing +to do with the circumstances. For me, this is a war of religion, and +thus I can only consider the great principles involved. Circumstances +are to me but as obstacles to be cleared out of the road.</p> + +<p>"If we own ourselves defeated—if we surrender to the foe—we can expect +little mercy from him. We shall at all events have dug the grave of our +national independence, and, as things are, what difference is there +between this and digging our own graves?"</p> + +<p>Mr. Birkenstock said that the question about the goldfields must be +carefully considered. This source of income must not be given up.</p> + +<p>The meeting was then closed with prayer.</p> + + +<h4><span class="smcap">Saturday, May 17th</span>, 1902.</h4> + +<p>The Chairman first called upon Chief Commandant de Wet to offer up +prayer.</p> + +<p>A private report from Mr. J. Schmorderer, who had brought the missive +from the deputation in Europe, was then read.</p> + +<p>The first delegate to speak was Landdrost Bosman (Wakkerstroom), who +said:</p> + +<p>"My opinion is that the best way of ascertaining the probable future +course of events is to see what has already happened in the past. A year +ago there were six hundred burghers in my district, and each man had a +horse; now there are not more than half that number, and many of them +have to go on foot. Last year we had from three to four thousand bags of +maize ready to hand; this year there are not more than as many hundred, +and how to get at them is more than I can tell. If such<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_362" id="Page_362">[Pg 362]</a></span> has been the +history of the past year, in what sort of condition shall we be at the +end of the present one?</p> + +<p>"The great difficulty with regard to our families is not how to clothe +them, but how to feed them. I know of a woman who has lived for weeks on +nothing but fruit. I myself have had to satisfy my hunger with mealies +for days together, although I have no wish to complain about it. Even +the scanty food we can get has to be obtained from the Kaffirs by +persuasion. Moreover, the Kaffirs side with the English, who in their +counter-marches are clearing all the food out of the country.</p> + +<p>"The men in my district told me that if I came back and reported that +the war was to be continued, they would be obliged—for the sake of +their wives and children—to go straight to the nearest English camp and +lay down their arms. As to the women it is true that they are at present +full of hope and courage, but if they knew how matters stood in the +veldt, they would think very differently. Even now there are many of +them who say that the war ought to be put a stop to, if only for their +sakes.</p> + +<p>"The Kaffirs are another great source of trouble; in this problem they +are a factor which cannot be neglected.</p> + +<p>"There is no hope of intervention, nor can we expect anything from the +English nation. Facts that have come to my knowledge prove to me that +England has become more and more determined to fight to the bitter end.</p> + +<p>"I do not see what we can possibly gain by continuing the war. Our own +people are helping the English, and every day the enemy are improving +their position. What advantage can there then be in persisting in the +struggle? We have now a chance of negotiating, and we should seize that +chance. For we have the opportunity given us of obtaining some help for +our ruined compatriots, who would be entirely unable to make a fresh +start without assistance.</p> + +<p>"As to the religious side of this matter, I am not ashamed to say that I +believe I am serving God in the course which I am taking. We must not +attempt to obtain the impossible against all reason. If we make any such +attempt, the results will probably be exactly opposite to what we wish. +I have the greatest doubt whether it really is in order to give glory to +God that the nation wishes to retain its independence. On the contrary I +believe that the motive is obstinacy, a vice to which human nature is +always prone.</p> + +<p>"It has been said that it would be shameful to disregard the blood +already spilt; but surely one ought also to consider the blood that +might yet be shed in a useless struggle."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_363" id="Page_363">[Pg 363]</a></span></p> + +<p>The proposal of the Commission was now read, and after some discussion +accepted. It ran as follows:</p> + +<p>The meeting of national representatives from both Republics—after +having considered the correspondence exchanged, and the negotiations +conducted, between the Governments of the two Republics and His +Excellency Lord Kitchener, on behalf of the British Government; and +after having heard the reports of the deputies from the different parts +of both Republics; and after having received the latest reports from the +representatives of the two Republics in Europe; and having taken into +consideration the fact that the British Government has refused to accept +the proposal of our Governments made on the same basis; and +notwithstanding the above-mentioned refusal of the British +Government—still wishes to give expression to the ardent desire of the +two Republics to retain their independence, for which already so much +material and personal sacrifice has been made, and decides in the name +of the people of both Republics to empower both Governments as +follows:—To conclude a peace on the following basis, to wit: the +retention of a limited independence offering an addition to what has +already been offered by the two Governments in their negotiations, dated +the 15th of April, 1902.</p> + +<p>(<i>a</i>) To give up all foreign relations and embassies.</p> + +<p>(<i>b</i>) To accept the Protectorate of Great Britain.</p> + +<p>(<i>c</i>) To surrender parts of the territory of the South African Republic.</p> + +<p>(<i>d</i>) To conclude a defensive alliance with Great Britain in regard to +South Africa.</p> + +<p>During the discussion it was clearly explained that the territory which +it was suggested should be ceded was the already mentioned goldfields +and Swaziland. The question was put whether the South African Republics +would have to pay for the damage done during the war. "By all means let +us pay," said Mr. De Clercq. "If I could only buy back the independence +of the Orange Free State, I would gladly give all I possess."</p> + +<p>Several other Transvaal delegates expressed themselves in the same +sense, and said that they fully appreciated the sacrifices which the +Orange Free State had made. General Froneman thanked them in the name of +the Free State.</p> + +<p>He felt that the two Republics no longer thought of themselves as having +conflicting interests. In the fire of this war they had been firmly +welded together.</p> + +<p>Commandant Ross (Vrede) thought it wrong even to discuss the possibility +of giving up independence. The delegates had received a definite +mandate. They had been com<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_364" id="Page_364">[Pg 364]</a></span>missioned to see that the national +independence had remained untouched, whatever else might have to be +given up. This being the case, they might come to decisions on all other +points, so long as they remembered that independence was not an open +question.</p> + +<p>Commandant J. Van Niekerk (Ficksburg) spoke to the same purpose. He +could not even think of sacrificing independence.</p> + +<p>After some other delegates had made a few short remarks, General Brand, +seconded by Commandant A.J. De Kock, proposed the following resolution, +which was accepted by the meeting:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"This meeting of the national representatives of the two Republics +hereby charge the Governments to nominate a Commission for the +purpose of entering upon negotiations with His Excellency Lord +Kitchener, acting on behalf of His Britannic Majesty's Government. +The Commission is to endeavour to make peace on satisfactory terms, +and is then to lay the result of its negotiations before this +meeting, for the sanction of the two Governments."</p></div> + +<p>The meeting was then closed with prayer.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_365" id="Page_365">[Pg 365]</a></span></p> +<h2>Appendix B</h2> + +<h3><span class="smcap">THE CONFERENCE AT PRETORIA BETWEEN THE COMMISSION OF THE NATIONAL +REPRESENTATIVES AND LORDS KITCHENER AND MILNER (MAY 19th-MAY 28th</span>, +1902)</h3> + + +<p>Minutes of the Conference held at Pretoria on May 19th, 1902, between +Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner, representatives of the British +Government, and Commandant-General L. Botha, Commander-in-Chief C.R. de +Wet, General J.H. De la Rey, Judge J.B.M. Hertzog, and General J.C. +Smuts, delegates of the national representatives, who had met at +Vereeniging on May 15th, 1902.</p> + +<p>Mr. N.J. de Wet acted as interpreter; Mr. O. Walrond was secretary for +the English Government; and the Rev. J.D. Kestell and D. Van Velden +acted in a similar capacity for the Commission.</p> + +<p>The Conference met at ten o'clock in the morning at the house of Lord +Kitchener. After having greeted each other, the members took their seats +at the table in the centre of the room.</p> + +<p>Commandant-General L. Botha opened the proceedings in the following +words:</p> + +<p>"Allow me to state that, although the negotiations have taken a longer +time than we expected, I am able to assure your Excellencies that we are +acting in good faith, and that everything has been done with the sole +aim of concluding the peace which we all desire.</p> + +<p>"I must also draw attention to the fact that everything we transact here +must be submitted to our national representatives, in order to obtain +their sanction."</p> + +<p>The suggestion was then made that the proposals which the Commission was +prepared to make should be laid before the Conference, whereupon the +following letter was read to the meeting:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_366" id="Page_366">[Pg 366]</a></span></p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="right"><span class="smcap">Pretoria</span>, <i>19th May, 1902</i>.</p> + +<p class="center"><i>To their Excellencies, Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner, Pretoria.</i></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Your Excellencies</span>,—</p> + +<p>With a view to finally concluding the existing hostilities, and +being fully empowered by the Government of the two Republics, we +have the honour to propose the following points—in addition to the +conditions already offered in the negotiations of April last—as a +basis for negotiations:</p> + +<p>(<i>a</i>) We are prepared to cede our independence as regards our +foreign relations.</p> + +<p>(<i>b</i>) We wish to retain self-government in our country, under +British supervision.</p> + +<p>(<i>c</i>) We are prepared to cede a part of our territory.</p> + +<p>Should your Excellencies be prepared to negotiate on this basis, +then the above-mentioned points can be elaborated.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">We have the honour to be,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Your Excellencies' most obedient servants,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">LOUIS BOTHA.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">C.R. DE WET.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">J.H. DE LA REY.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">J.B.M. HERTZOG.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">J.C. SMUTS.</span><br /> +</p></div> + +<p>When this letter had been read, a discussion followed.</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "Considering the wide difference between this proposal and +that made by His Majesty's Government, when we last met, I fear that I +can hold out very little hope of any good results following negotiations +on the basis you have suggested."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "We can take those proposals into consideration, but I +cannot see how it is possible to bring them into harmony with those of +His Majesty's Government."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "If this is the position you take, we should +like to receive from you a final answer to our proposals."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "Do you wish us to refer your proposals to His Majesty's +Government?"</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "Yes, unless you have full powers to give us a +final reply."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I am quite convinced that your proposal will be rejected; +and I feel bound to say that to refer it, as it stands, to His Majesty's +Government will only do you harm."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "If you have no power to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_367" id="Page_367">[Pg 367]</a></span> decide upon this +proposal here, we should like you to refer it to His Majesty's +Government."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I have no objection to taking the responsibility of +refusing your proposal on myself. The instructions received by myself +and Lord Kitchener are quite clear on this point."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "I must then understand that when Lord +Salisbury said that this war was not carried on with a view to annex +territory, he did not mean it."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "It is no longer a question of territory, for annexation +is an accomplished fact."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "I am unable to see how our proposal is +inconsistent with annexation."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I cannot now recall the exact words used by Lord +Salisbury, but it is true that Lord Salisbury declared that his +Government did not begin the war with the intention of obtaining +territory. But in the course of the war circumstances developed in such +a way that the decision to annex the Republics became a necessity, and +the British Government have pronounced their firm intention not to +withdraw from this decision."</p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog: "I should like to be informed as to what the great +difference is between the basis now proposed by us and that laid down by +His Majesty's Government during the negotiations of last year—I do not +mean the difference in details, but in principle."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Do you mean by your proposal that the Boers will become +British citizens?"</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "I cannot see that our proposal is necessarily in +contradiction to that of last year. Our proposal only makes provision +concerning the administration."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner then quoted from the terms offered at Middelburg by the +British Government the previous year:—</p> + +<p>"At the earliest possible date military administration shall cease, and +be replaced by civil administration in the form of a Crown Colony +Government. At first there will be in each of the new Colonies a +Governor, an Executive Council consisting of the highest officials, and +a Legislative Council, which latter shall consist of a certain number of +official members and also of a nominated non-official element. But it is +the wish of His Majesty's Government to introduce a representative +element as soon as circumstances permit, and, in course of time, to +grant to the new colonies the right of self-government.</p> + +<p>"It may be that I do not properly understand your proposal, but it seems +to me to differ not only in detail, but also in spirit from the scheme I +have just read to you."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_368" id="Page_368">[Pg 368]</a></span></p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog: "I entirely agree with you that there is a difference in +idea between the two proposals; but only such a difference in idea as +might well be found between Colonies of the same State. In other words, +one constitution is adapted for one colony, whilst another constitution +is found fitting for another colony, but yet they all belong to the same +Empire."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "Exactly. There are different constitutions in different +Colonies; but it seems to me that the <i>policy</i> laid down in your +proposal differs from that laid down by His Majesty's Government."</p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog: "I think that I am expressing the opinion of the whole +Commission when I say that we wish for peace. I draw attention to this +to show the way in which, according to my opinion, we should consider +the matter. For if we on both sides are really desirous of coming to a +settlement, we should not make too much of theoretical difficulties, so +long as the practical aim has been obtained. For instance, the different +Colonies which now are joined to form the United States once possessed +constitutions differing much from one another. Now the constitution laid +down in our proposal does not differ so much from that laid down in +yours that a practical difference should arise therefrom; and such a +practical difference would arise if you insisted upon carrying on +negotiations on your own basis. I imagine that England has a certain +object before her in South Africa, and I believe that that object can be +as well obtained by our proposal as by that of Middelburg. I therefore +ask, Is the difference so great that, in order for England to obtain her +object, an entirely new status must be called into existence?"</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "We are comparing two different things. Here in the +Middelburg scheme there are a number of definite proposals, which enter +upon a great mass of particulars. I do not mean to imply that <i>we</i> have +not the power to go into particulars. I perfectly understand that it +lies within the power of Lord Kitchener and myself to carry on further +deliberations with you about details, so as to throw light on any +doubtful points, and, perhaps, to make such changes as would not +fundamentally affect the scheme. As you say that your proposals are not +in contradiction with those formulated at Middelburg, then there is no +reason why you should not lay aside your proposals and discuss the +Middelburg proposals, which are definite."</p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog: "I quite admit that you, Lord Milner, are entitled to say +that there is a fundamental difference between our proposals. But it is +another question whether the difficulty that thus arises is of such a +nature that we—those<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_369" id="Page_369">[Pg 369]</a></span> of us who on both sides are anxious to conclude +peace—should not be able to find a solution to it satisfactory to both +parties. I cannot answer that question; nor can I see why the same +result would not be reached by negotiating on the basis proposed by us +as by carrying on negotiations on the Middelburg proposal."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I understand, then, that you acknowledge that there is a +fundamental difference between the two bases. Well, I do not think that +we are empowered to negotiate on a basis differing from that laid down +in the last report of His Majesty's Government, and also differing from +the tenor of the Middelburg proposal. I may say that I believe that His +Majesty's Government in their latest message went as far as it was +possible for them to go with the object of meeting you. The whole spirit +of the telegram was to that effect."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I hope you will understand that I do not +speak as a lawyer. (Lord Kitchener, laughing: "That's the case with me +too!") I fully concur with what General Botha and Judge Hertzog have +said in regard to our eagerness to establish peace. In order to be +brief, I will only remark that I did not understand His Excellency, Lord +Milner, to mean—any more than I myself meant—that we should go to the +nation with the Middelburg proposal, with the idea of coming back with +it unaltered."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "No; if I gave that impression, I did not intend to do so. +But I believe that when you went to your people with the last message +from His Majesty's Government it was with the knowledge—which the +message itself made clear—that His Majesty's Government was not +prepared to take into consideration any terms which differed widely from +the policy laid down in the Middelburg proposal."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "That was indeed what I understood; and +accordingly we have now come with a proposal which does not differ very +much from the Middelburg proposal."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "I thought that the vital principle your Government had +in view was the destruction of our independence, and in our proposal the +independence of the two Republics with regard to foreign relations is +given up. I was therefore of opinion that the two parties might come to +an arrangement on this basis. I did not think that for the restoration +of peace the Middelburg terms were essential."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "Not in the details, but in the general ideas. As the +British Government has laid down a basis, and you have had weeks in +which to consider the matter, it would never do for you now to put it on +one side. Lord Kitchener<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_370" id="Page_370">[Pg 370]</a></span> has given your nation considerable time in +which to take counsel; and now you come back, and, ignoring the +Middelburg terms, you propose entirely different ones of your own, and +say, let us negotiate on these. I do not believe that I and Lord +Kitchener would be justified in doing this. But in case he is of another +opinion, the British Government can be asked if they are prepared to set +on one side all the former deliberations and begin again on a new +basis."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "We cannot, of course, prevent Lord Kitchener +from asking his Government any questions he pleases, but, at the same +time, we request that you will cable our behests to the English +Government."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "I cannot see that we are beginning again on a +new basis, for, in consequence of the negotiations in April last, you +were ordered by the British Government to encourage us to make fresh +proposals. Our present proposal is the direct result of that order."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I did my best to get fresh proposals from you, but you +would not make any. You forced the British Government into making +proposals."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "I am of opinion that we must both work +together in this matter of formulating proposals."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "You were asked to make proposals, but you did not do +so; and now, after the British Government has made a proposal, you +yourselves come forward with one of your own."</p> + +<p>General De la Rey: "I think that it was the encouragement given us by +correspondence between the Netherlands and the British Government that +caused us to make our proposals."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "That correspondence was at the beginning of the +negotiations."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "If we had been obliged to make a new +proposal in April, we would not have been able to make one so fair, and +so much to the advantage of the British Government, as our present one, +for, not having consulted the nation, we would have been compelled to +insist on entire independence."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I must remind you of what has taken place; not with the +object of putting you in the wrong, but in order to make the position +clear, for there are some points about it which are not very clear. You +came and made a proposal. The British Government gave you a distinct +answer—they refused to accept it. Their answer was perfectly outspoken, +and perfectly intelligible. At the same time they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_371" id="Page_371">[Pg 371]</a></span> said, 'We are anxious +for peace; will you make other proposals?' You then said, 'No! we have +no power to do so; we must first consult the nation.' We admitted that +argument. Then you said, 'Let the British Government make proposals.' +The British Government did so, and they are fully entitled to an answer. +In what position do you think you are placing Lord Kitchener and myself? +You come back with a totally fresh proposal, and do not say anything +about ours. This is not fair treatment to the British Government, and we +are not bound to take your proposal into consideration."</p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog: "I have endeavoured to show that our reply really cannot +be taken as ignoring the proposal of the British Government. The great +question in the correspondence in April between us and the British +Government was the question of independence; and now, after having +consulted the nation, we come here and say that we are prepared to +sacrifice in some degree our independence, and we indicate how far we +will give it up. And, as General Smuts has said, that is the basis which +we have laid down in our present proposal."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "You say that you give up your independence as regards +foreign relations."</p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog: "Yes. But then you must understand that this is only a +general principle, which we treat in detail later on."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "The independence is given up both in regard to our +foreign relations and in regard to interior administration, which will +be placed under the supervision of the British Government. So that the +effect of these two articles is, that the independence is sacrificed, +and that the two Republics will not in the future be able to be regarded +as Sovereign States."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I understand perfectly well that they would not be +Sovereign States any longer, but my intellect is not bright enough for +me to be able to say what they really would be."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "They would be a new kind of 'international animal.'"</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "It has more than once happened in the course of history +that difficulties have been solved by compromise. And this draft +proposal goes as near as seems possible towards making us a Colony."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Do you accept the annexation?"</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "Not formally; but I do not see in what way this proposal +is in opposition to the annexation proclamation."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_372" id="Page_372">[Pg 372]</a></span></p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I am afraid I am not clever enough to comprehend this. +There would be two Governments in one State. And how do you imagine that +this arrangement could be carried on?"</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "A more ample explanation will have to be given of the +word 'supervision'; and I thought that this was just one of the points +on which we could carry on further discussions and negotiations."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I am certainly not going to give up an explicit basis for +a vague proposal."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I feel convinced that your proposal would never be able +to be carried out in the practical governing of a country."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I agree that our proposal has not been fully +worked out, but neither have the Middelburg proposals. This was clearly +indicated by Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner when these proposals were +made, and they were only looked upon as a basis on which we could +negotiate, so that the business might be begun. We naturally cannot +compel the British Government to accept our proposal; but, at all +events, it is a basis."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I am very anxious that these discussions should not end in +smoke, and I shall not allow any formalities to stand in the way, but to +abandon the definite proposals of Middelburg (March 7th) for a thing +like this, and to begin a fresh discussion on the basis of something +which is so very vague will surely land us in trouble. I believe we are +quite entitled to keep you to the Middelburg proposal, which we might +modify in regard to details."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "Perhaps it would be well if you would first +give an answer to our proposals."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I think that (unless your Excellencies have +power to give a final answer to our terms) it would not be unfair if we +were to ask you to lay our proposal before your Government."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "We are come here with the earnest intention +of concluding peace; and I think that if our proposal is carried out +Boer and Briton will be able to live side by side in this country. I +presume that it is the wish of both parties to be fair and just, and to +make a peace by which both can abide, and which will be permanent in +South Africa."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "That is certainly our aim."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Your proposal would involve important changes in our +own—changes which, so far as I understand them, we should be unable to +permit."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "I am of opinion that before<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_373" id="Page_373">[Pg 373]</a></span> a proposal is +made from your side you should give a definite answer to ours."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner: "Well, then, change your proposal into +ours."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I do not believe that the British Government is prepared +to go any further to meet you than they have done in their last +proposal. They think that they have already gone far in their efforts +for peace—further, indeed, than the general opinion of the British +public would warrant."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "The difference between our proposals seems to be too +great."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "We shall always remain under the supervision +of the British Government."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Will you then consider yourselves British subjects? +'Supervision' is a new word, and 'suzerainty' has already caused us too +much trouble."</p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog: "The idea is not so very new. There are several kinds of +different States, all belonging to the British Empire. For instance, +there is Basutoland."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "There are many different kinds, but this one is a new +variety."</p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog: "If your Excellencies could only understand us! We have +no wish to lose a single minute. We have been to the nation, and we know +what the nation wants and what their temper is. If, then, we are to make +a proposal here, it must be:—Firstly, a proposal which shall meet the +English Government in a fair way; and, secondly, a proposal which we are +honestly convinced will be acceptable to our nation. And such a proposal +we have laid before you. And now we are placed in a disadvantageous +position, for we are here before your Excellencies, who have not full +power finally to decide the matter."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "We are in the same position as yourselves."</p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog: "We offer you here what we know is in accordance with the +mind of the nation; we cannot possibly do anything that is against it."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "Are we to understand that the Middelburg proposals are not +according to the mind of your people?"</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "As yet no answer has been given to them. The only +decision come to by the national meeting is that which we are now laying +before you."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Are you prepared to set aside your present proposal and +to hand in another one bearing a closer resemblance to that of +Middelburg? We must try and find some middle course; and as we are here +to endeavour to arrive<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_374" id="Page_374">[Pg 374]</a></span> at something definite, let us try to obtain a +basis for discussion. Shall we make a new proposal?"</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "As soon as there is a final answer to our proposal we +shall be able to take a fresh one into consideration."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I believe that the fact that you have refused to enter +upon the proposal made by the British Government justifies us in not +considering your proposal. Let us rather say that your very refusal +implies your answer to what we have proposed."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "I understand the position to be as follows—The British +Government has declined our proposals, and at the same time holds fast +to the old basis, but without prejudice to its power of making a new +proposal."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "The whole difference between you and myself is that I take +the letter of 7th March to be the utmost concession that the British +Government is able to grant; not that that letter binds us down to every +clause of the proposal, but that it is an indication of how far our +Government is prepared to go on the general question. Your answer, +however, is no answer at all."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener then read his telegram, dated 14th April. ["A difficulty +has arisen in getting on with the proceedings; the representatives state +that constitutionally they have no power to discuss terms based on the +surrender of independence, inasmuch as only the burghers can agree to +such a basis. Therefore, if they were to propose terms, it would put +them in a false position with regard to the people. If, however, His +Majesty's Government could state the terms which, subsequently to a +relinquishment of independence, they would be prepared to grant, the +representatives, after asking for the necessary explanations, and +without any expression of approval or disapproval, would submit such +conditions to their people."] "Clearly you have not kept to what you +undertook in this telegram."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "If it had only been a question of our +feelings being hurt by having to give an answer on the basis proposed to +us by the British then it would not have been necessary for the people +to come together at Vereeniging. But in matter of fact we have come here +with a proposal, which, rightly understood, is nearly equivocal to the +Middelburg proposal, and which meets the wishes of the English +Government as far as possible."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "I do not see why we should insist so much on +our proposal. If it is not to the mind of your Excellencies, if it is an +unacceptable proposal, then let us have a definite answer to it."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_375" id="Page_375">[Pg 375]</a></span></p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "We wish to have an answer to the proposal made by us."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "I do not see that any proposal has been made by the +British Government. A certain basis only has been laid down, and +therefore no formal answer is required."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "Our proposal is six times as definite as yours, and I +believe that the British Government is justified in wanting to know if +your people are inclined to come to terms on the general lines which +have been placed before them."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Here is quite an original suggestion: How would it be +if you were to go back to your people and ask them if they would not +make a proposal?"</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "You must understand that the Middelburg proposal, with +all that took place in April, has been read to the people. Their answer +was neither 'Yes' nor 'No.' They simply elected the delegates. The +delegates as yet have not given any answer. They are still considering +the matter, and, in order to gain time, they have commissioned us to see +whether we could not come to some arrangement."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "We are getting away from the subject. Tell us what +alterations you want, and then place our proposal before your people."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Should you agree that your proposal is not in +opposition to the annexation, we shall have accomplished something."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "Is it your opinion that our proposal must be set aside?"</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Yes, surely. It is impossible for us to act on it."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "It is impossible for us to take your proposal into +consideration. We can send it to England, but this would certainly tend +to hinder the negotiations. This is my personal opinion, which naturally +you are not bound to accept. All that we can say is, that this is the +only answer that we can give you."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "It would be better to draw up a new document, in which +everything of importance would be noted down, and all unimportant +matters left out."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "But paragraph 3 of our proposal has not even been +mentioned. We are prepared to cede a part of our territory."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "This would be in contradiction to the annexation of the +whole. If the <i>whole</i> becomes annexed by us, how then can a <i>part</i> be +ceded by you?"</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "The ceded part would then become a Crown Colony, the +remaining part being governed as is here proposed."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_376" id="Page_376">[Pg 376]</a></span></p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "You mean that one part would become a British Colony of +the ordinary type, and another part a protected Republic?"</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Two forms of government in the same country would lead +to great friction. Our proposals are too divergent. From a military +point of view, the two forms of government could not co-exist. Before a +year was over we should be at war again."</p> + +<p>The meeting was then adjourned till the afternoon.</p> + +<p>During the interval the Commission discussed the situation, and sent +General J.C. Smuts to deliberate on several points with Lord Kitchener +and Lord Milner.</p> + +<p>The meeting opened again at four o'clock.</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "In consequence of an informal conversation with General +Smuts, Lord Kitchener and I have drawn up a document, which will show +the form in which, as we think, the only agreement that can be arrived +at must be worded. It is a draft document, and we believe the +Governments will be able to sign it. Our idea is that after it has been +taken into consideration here it might be laid before the burghers, and +you could ask them, 'Are you willing that we should put our signatures +to it?'"</p> + +<p>This document ran as follows:—"The undersigned, leaders of the Boer +forces in the Veldt, accepting, in their own name, and in that of the +said burghers, the annexations as mentioned in the proclamations of Lord +Roberts, dated respectively the 24th May, in the year of our Lord +nineteen hundred, and number 15, dated 1st day of September, in the year +of our Lord nineteen hundred, and accepting as a consequence thereof +their status of British citizens, agree herewith immediately to lay down +their weapons, and to hand over all guns, small arms, ammunition, and +stores in their possession, or under their hold, and to cease all +further resistance against the Government of His Majesty King Edward +Seventh, or his successors. They do this trusting in the assurance of +His Majesty's Government that neither their personal freedom nor their +property shall be taken away from them, or from the burghers who +surrender with them; and that the future action of His Majesty's +Government in relation to the consequences of the war shall be in +harmony with the declaration mentioned below. It is clearly understood +that all burghers who at present are prisoners of war, in order to be +able to enjoy the above-mentioned assurance, will have to notify their +acceptance of the status of British citizens."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "Are we to understand that our proposal is now +altogether rejected?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_377" id="Page_377">[Pg 377]</a></span></p> + +<p>Lord Milner and Lord Kitchener: "Yes."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "Then I understand that you are going to be +guided only by the Middelburg proposals?"</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "No; we can alter them."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "This draft document was originally written out in order to +be annexed to the Middelburg proposals. But instead of the Middelburg +proposals, this document is now drawn up, in order to place us in the +position to formulate the proposals differently."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "If the idea is then that the Middelburg proposals should +be amended, would it not be best to do so now, and then to annex them to +this document?"</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "That which will take the place of the Middelburg proposals +has to be added as a schedule to this document, and we have to work out +this schedule together."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "I think it would be far better if you were to alter the +proposal yourselves, and then lay it before us for consideration; we +could then see what we could do to meet you."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I think that a sub-committee should be formed by you in +order to draw up the schedule."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "My idea is that the schedule should be drawn up, so that +it and the document could be taken into consideration together."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "We should like to consider first whether we will help in +drawing it up."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I am willing to draw it up in conjunction with you, or to +let it be drawn up by you alone, but, from past experience, I must +decline to draw it up by myself."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "If we were to sign this document, would not the outcome +be that we leaders made ourselves responsible for the laying down of +arms by our burghers."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "Yes. And should your men not lay down their arms it would +be a great misfortune."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I do not think so, for if some of the burghers refused +to lay down their arms, the signatories could not help it. There are +sure to be some who are dissatisfied."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "The document does not mention this."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "It can be amended."</p> + +<p>General De la Rey: "Well, then, there can be no peace, for one part of +the burghers will hold back and continue the war."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "If the national meeting agrees to give you power to sign +this document, it will certainly mean that the burghers as a whole are +agreeable; and those who after this do not submit will be—well, I do +not know what I can call<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_378" id="Page_378">[Pg 378]</a></span> them—outlaws. But we will not consider such +an eventuality possible."</p> + +<p>General Botha: "We desire a peace that will be honourable to both +parties. And, as I understand this document, we are leaving honour +behind us, for we are now not only surrendering our independence, but we +are allowing every burgher to be fettered hand and foot. Where is the +'honourable peace' for us? If we conclude peace, we have to do it as men +who have to live and die here. We must not agree to a peace which leaves +behind in the hearts of one party a wound that will never heal. I will +do everything in my power to obtain peace. But it seems to me that this +document asks too much of us, because, if I interpret it aright, it +means that we must surrender our independence, that every one must give +up his weapons, and that the leaders, in addition, must sign an +undertaking to this effect."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "All that we wish is that the people should live peacefully +together as British citizens. If we do not obtain this, then I do not +know what we do obtain."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I do not think that the Commandant-General realizes +what the schedule contains. In it we state what we are ready to grant. +Perhaps it would be best that the schedule should be arranged now, and +then you will see that an honourable peace is proposed."</p> + +<p>General Botha: "Well, then, explain the document."</p> + +<p>Lords Kitchener and Milner: "You are to help us: we do not know what the +burghers demand."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "By signing this document we shall place +ourselves in the position which the Commandant-General has so clearly +described."</p> + +<p>General De la Rey: "We cannot form a judgment on anything that is not +properly elaborated. I have no objection to the constitution of a +sub-committee with the duty of helping in the work."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "I also have no objection, since I understand +that it binds nobody to anything."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "No, nobody will be bound."</p> + +<p>General De la Rey: "We wish to have the matter concluded, so that we may +know what is before us."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I should like to have it clearly understood +that I do not think there is the least chance of a Government of which +Lords Kitchener and Milner are the heads being accepted. An arrangement +of this nature would, it seems to me, be an insurmountable difficulty. +When I feel so strongly in this matter, it would not be fair to their +Excellencies for me to remain silent."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_379" id="Page_379">[Pg 379]</a></span></p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I think it would be better if General de Wet were to +wait until he has seen the whole document before he gives his opinion."</p> + +<p>It was then agreed that Judge Hertzog and General Smuts should act as a +sub-committee, in order to draw up a complete draft with Lord Kitchener, +who was to be assisted by Sir Richard Solomon.</p> + +<p>The meeting then adjourned.</p> + +<p>On Wednesday, 21st May, 1902, the Conference reassembled.</p> + +<p>Lord Milner laid before the meeting the documents which he had drawn up +with the help of the sub-committee. It was in the form of a contract, +and the names of the members of both Governments were now filled in. The +document was the same as that telegraphed, with the exception of Article +11, dealing with the notes and receipts and the sum of three million +pounds.</p> + +<p>It was read in Dutch and English, and ran as follows:—</p> + +<p>"General Lord Kitchener of Khartoum, Commander-in-Chief, and His +Excellency Lord Milner, High Commissioner, on behalf of the British +Government;</p> + +<p>"Messrs. S.D. Burger, F.W. Reitz, Louis Botha, J.H. De la Rey, L.J. +Meijer, and J.C. Krogh, on behalf of the Government of the South African +Republic and its burghers;</p> + +<p>"Messrs. M.T. Steyn, W.J.C. Brebner, C.R. de Wet, J.B.M. Hertzog, and +C.H. Olivier, on behalf of the Government of the Orange Free State and +its burghers, being anxious to put an end to the existing hostilities, +agree on the following points:—</p> + +<p>"Firstly, the burgher forces now in the Veldt shall at once lay down +their arms, and surrender all the guns, small arms and war stores in +their actual possession, or of which they have cognizance; and shall +refrain from any further opposition to the authority of His Majesty King +Edward VII., whom they acknowledge as their lawful sovereign.</p> + +<p>"The manner and details of this surrender shall be arranged by Lord +Kitchener, Commandant-General Botha, Assistant-Commandant-General J.H. +De la Rey, and Commander-in-Chief de Wet.</p> + +<p>"Secondly, burghers in the Veldt beyond the frontiers of the Transvaal +and of the Orange River Colony shall, on their surrender, be brought +back to their homes.</p> + +<p>"Thirdly, all prisoners of war, being at the time burghers out of South +Africa, shall, on their declaring that they accept this status of +subjects of His Majesty King Edward VII., be brought back to the farms +on which they were living before the war.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_380" id="Page_380">[Pg 380]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Fourthly, the burghers who thus surrender, or who thus return, shall +lose neither their personal freedom nor their property.</p> + +<p>"Fifthly, no judicial proceedings, civil or criminal, shall be taken +against any of the burghers who thus return for any action of theirs in +connexion with the carrying on of the war.</p> + +<p>"Sixthly, the Dutch language shall be taught in the public schools of +the Transvaal and of the Orange River Colony, where the parents of the +children demand it; and shall be admitted in the courts of justice, +wherever this is required for the better and more effective +administration of justice.</p> + +<p>"Seventhly, the possession of rifles shall, on taking out a license in +accordance with the law, be permitted in the Transvaal and in the Orange +River Colony, to persons who require them for their protection.</p> + +<p>"Eighthly, military administration in the Transvaal and in the Orange +River Colony shall, as soon as possible, be followed by civil +government; and, as soon as circumstances permit it, a representative +system tending towards autonomy shall be introduced.</p> + +<p>"Ninthly, the question of granting the franchise to the natives shall +not be decided until a representative constitution has been granted.</p> + +<p>"Tenthly, no special tax shall be laid on landed property in the +Transvaal and Orange River Colony to meet the expenses of the war.</p> + +<p>"Eleventhly, a judicial Commission shall be appointed, to which the +government bank notes, issued under Law No. 1 of the South African +Republic, may be presented within six months. All such notes, if found +to have been duly issued in conformity with the terms of the law, and if +the presenting party shall have given consideration in value, shall be +honoured, but without interest.</p> + +<p>"All receipts issued in the Veldt by the officers of the late Republics, +or by their orders, may also be presented to the said Commission within +six months; and if they have been given <i>bona fide</i> in exchange for +goods used by the burghers in the Veldt, they shall be paid in full to +the persons to whom they were originally issued.</p> + +<p>"The amount payable on account of the said Government's notes and +receipts shall not exceed £3,000,000; and in case the whole amount of +such notes and receipts accepted by the Commission should exceed that +amount, a <i>pro rata</i> reduction shall be made.</p> + +<p>"The prisoners of war shall be given facilities to present their notes +and receipts within the above-mentioned six months.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_381" id="Page_381">[Pg 381]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Twelfthly, as soon as circumstances shall permit, there shall be +appointed in each district of the Transvaal and of the Orange River +Colony a Commission, in which the inhabitants of that district shall be +represented, under the chairmanship of a magistrate or other official, +with a view to assist in the bringing back of the people to their farms, +and in procuring for those who, on account of losses through the war, +are unable to provide for themselves, food, shelter, and such quantities +of seed, cattle, implements, etc., as are necessary for the resuming of +their previous callings. Funds for this purpose, repayable by +instalments extending over a number of years, shall be advanced—free of +interest—by the Government."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "If we come to an agreement, it will be the <i>English</i> +document which will be wired to England, on which His Majesty's +Government will decide, and which will be signed."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "Will not a Dutch translation be annexed?"</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I have no objection to the addition of a Dutch +translation. This, then, is the document which we are prepared to lay +before the English Government."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "There are a few points on which I wish to +speak. The first is in reference to the receipts given by our officers. +It seems to me quite right that they should be mentioned in the +paragraph about government notes. These receipts were issued, in +accordance with instructions given by our Government, for the purchase +of cattle, grain, and other necessaries for the support of our +commandos; and the chief officers now present, as well as all other +officers, have acted according to these instructions and issued +receipts. Therefore I make this request. Some of these receipts were +afterwards paid in part, and others in full, in government notes. But +many were not paid at all. I do not believe that the amount is great, +but it will strengthen our hands to be able to take up this affair +honourably, for our honour is concerned in so far as we have signed the +receipts. It will be a great point in our favour to be able to go before +our delegates and tell them that they are guaranteed on this point, for +most of them are officers."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I understand that General Botha refers not to +commandeer or requisition notes, but only to actual receipts issued on +the Treasury."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I do not see any difference between these receipts and +commandeer notes. The willingness of persons to sell goods makes no +difference in a legal document."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I mean that it makes a difference whether<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_382" id="Page_382">[Pg 382]</a></span> it is an +order on the Treasury or a requisition note. I should limit this +(guarantee) to receipts on the Treasury, issued in consequence of a law +that permitted a certain sum to be issued."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "No decision was come to in the Free State as +to how much was to be issued."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Am I to understand by this that it is an unlimited +amount, or does it come within the amount decided on by the Volksraad?"</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "While the Government existed the Volksraad empowered it +to issue notes up to a certain amount. And this was done. Moreover the +officers in the Veldt had the right to make purchases for the commandos +and to give receipts for them."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I can see no difference between receipts and requisition +notes, and they have been issued for an unlimited amount."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "These receipts were issued under a totally different +law. They were not paid out of the credit voted by the Volksraad."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I would have it clearly understood that I +quite agree with what has been said by the Commandant-General, namely +that the honour of every officer is engaged for these documents, and if +your Excellencies agree it will give us a strong weapon with which to +return to the delegates."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "The proposal is <i>de facto</i> that the British Government +shall repay all the monies which the Republics borrowed with the object +of fighting against England."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "Yet we have fought honourably, and if we +give up our independence it is no more than fair that you should meet us +in this matter."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "Am I to understand your position to be that +we must surrender everything, and that whilst you take away the freedom +of our country (which amounts to many millions) you at the same time +refuse all responsibility for our debts. We had been recognized by you +as belligerent, and so are entirely in our rights in asking that when +you seize the riches of the country you shall also take its debts upon +your shoulders. So long as the British Government reaches the great goal +at which it is aiming, a matter so easily arranged as this should not +cause any difficulty: we are not bickering about trifles, but are +bringing forward what to us is a real hardship, and you must take it for +granted that when we say something here we really mean it. And now we +tell you that this matter is an obstacle in our way. Per<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_383" id="Page_383">[Pg 383]</a></span>sonally, we +have not signed many receipts: it was the officers of lower rank who +signed the greater number, and it is these very officers who form the +majority of the national meeting at Vereeniging. In some instances, I +may add, special persons were appointed for the purpose of carrying out +this work."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "We do not take over the assets without taking also the +liabilities. We take over all the debts owed by the country before the +war, and we have even agreed to take over a debt—a legal debt—in the +shape of notes, which notes we are fully aware it only became necessary +to issue on account of the war, and thus we are already paying a part of +the cost incurred in fighting us. I think this is a very great +concession; and when I agreed that it should be put down I said that I +believed (and I still am of the same opinion) that the English +Government would take exception to it, although I hope that this will +not be the case. But to go further than this, and to ask us to pay not +only a debt contracted under a law for the furtherance of the war, but +also every debt contracted by every officer in the armies of both +Republics, for the purpose of fighting us, is to my mind a most +extravagant proposal. In answer to what General Botha has said, I may +observe that the Commission appears to think that we have no persons +behind us whose feelings and prejudices (if you use that word) we are +bound to take into consideration. If this matter causes a difficulty +among your burghers, I can only say that I am sure that your proposal +will cause the British Government the greatest trouble when dealing with +the nation, with whose feelings they have to reckon."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I should like to explain the position of the +Orange Free State. In the Transvaal a law was passed empowering the +Government to issue £1,000,000; but in the Orange Free State nothing was +done, as the Government possessed the right to pay with receipts, and we +thought that a receipt was as good and as legal as a note; and +therefore, from my point of view, the two are of equal importance."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "I might point out that we should not insist +so much on the technical meaning of words—and this is especially true +for your side, because we have assembled here with the aim of stopping +the hostilities which cause you such great expenses every month; and our +meeting may be able to bring these expenses to an end. Therefore, if you +accept our proposal and pay these receipts, you might save almost enough +to cover the cost you incur. It would be much cheaper to make an end of +the war by co-operation than to let matters drift on. Therefore I +believe that it is the duty of both parties to be willing to make +concessions when obstacles appear."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_384" id="Page_384">[Pg 384]</a></span></p> + +<p>General de Wet: "I can assure His Excellency, Lord Milner, that the +people always believed that should everything be lost they still would +be able to obtain this money due on receipts. If this is not granted, I +cannot imagine what the results will be. I am afraid of the +consequences; and I trust that you will do your best to meet our +wishes."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "It will not be a very large sum, but we +cannot give you the exact amount."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "You can well understand that our expenses +are only a drop in the ocean compared with yours. If I am right, the +Orange Free State had three quarters of a million when the war began, +and the issue of receipts only started when that sum was exhausted. Your +Excellencies must acknowledge that we have the same obligation of +creditor through these receipts as we should have in any other case."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "You have already many of our notes in your +possession. In one case alone there were fifty thousand hidden away, and +found by you. I have stated privately to Lord Milner that what we are +now striving to obtain has already been granted to us <i>de facto</i> by Lord +Kitchener. In Lord Kitchener's Middelburg proposal the paying of the +Government notes was refused, but there was a proviso that the receipts +should be paid to the amount of one million. Should this now be +withdrawn, surely such a withdrawal would form a deviation from the +Middelburg proposal. The paying of notes is legal, and is on quite +another footing, and I cannot understand how it could have been refused +in the Middelburg proposal. That it should be granted now is only +reasonable. But as regards the payment of receipts, although it was +allowed then up to a certain amount, it is now withdrawn. At this +present stage of the proceedings I think that a point which had already +been practically conceded in the previous negotiations should not be +allowed to form a stumbling-block to a final agreement. I believe that +the amount is only small; I was for one year in conjunction with De la +Rey in command of the forces of the South African Republic. During that +period of time an account was kept of all the receipts, and only a short +time back the books were still in our possession. These receipts were +issued in an orderly manner, and each of them was duly entered in a +book, as far as I was able to judge. These receipts amounted to quite a +small sum; and although Lord Milner would draw back if the sum was very +big, the question how far he will go can be settled when the proposal is +accepted. Yet I personally think that there are no grounds for fear, and +the amount is really far smaller than you imagine."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_385" id="Page_385">[Pg 385]</a></span></p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I do not think it is so much a question of amount. This +paying of notes and requisition notes appears to me very unreasonable. I +believe that in this matter I am only voicing the opinion of the great +majority of the British nation when I say that my countrymen would much +prefer to pay a large sum at the conclusion of hostilities with the +object of bettering the condition of the people who have been fighting +against them than to pay a much smaller sum to meet the costs incurred +by the Republics during the war. Whether such a view is right or wrong, +it is a view you have to reckon with. We do not wish to pay the accounts +of both parties; and my opinion of the clause quoted from the Middelburg +proposal is that that clause was one of its faults. But should anything +of the kind become necessary, then I think that the paying of the notes +is less objectionable than the paying of the requisition notes. I placed +this point about the payment of notes in the draft because I thought +that if it came to a choice between paying one or the other you would +prefer that the notes should be paid. However, if it should be thought +better to return on this point to the Middelburg proposal, although I am +greatly against the clause, I will waive my objection to it if Lord +Kitchener is agreeable."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "I am afraid that we cannot agree to this, for we thought +that the notes would be beyond all dispute."</p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog: "I do not think that your Excellency is representing the +matter fairly when you say that you will not pay the bills of both +parties. There is one thing to be taken into consideration as regards +the Orange Free State, and which must be considered before everything +else, and that is, that we have made no loans nor have we given any +government notes. The notes we used were notes of the South African +Republic, which had been sent to the Orange Free State. Our law was +formed on the idea that in case of war all the costs should be paid by +commission notes. The Orange Free State acted on this principle, and +receipts were issued. If we take into consideration at the same time +that we have been and still are recognized by you as belligerent, then +we can only say: On our side we surrender everything that we possess, +and we only ask the other party to acknowledge the fact that if we had +contracted a loan it would have been to the charge of the British +Government, who, in taking everything from us, renders itself +responsible for our public loans. Lord Milner should understand that it +is of just as much importance to us for the receipts to be paid as it is +to the South African Republic for the loan, which it contracted before +the war, to be taken over by the British Government. But I can even go<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_386" id="Page_386">[Pg 386]</a></span> +further and give Lord Milner the assurance that we have acted more +economically when issuing these receipts than we should have done had we +contracted the loan previous to the war. Now we have only what is +absolutely necessary to meet our present needs. So that Lord Milner must +own that we find ourselves in the same position towards those who are in +possession of receipts, as we should have occupied towards any other +creditor we might have had before the war began. I must give my support +to what the Commandant-General has said; and I can only repeat what I +have already informally told Lord Milner, namely, that this difficulty +is almost insurmountable."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "We can refer this to our Government. But your proposal is +altogether antagonistic to the Middelburg proposal, which absolutely +rejected the idea of taking over all the debts of the two States."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I should like to know the amount."</p> + +<p>General De la Rey: "My issue of notes amounts to between twenty and +fifty thousand pounds; but I cannot say what the issue in receipt has +been."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "There really is a feasible compromise, namely, to allow +the notes and receipts to come in and to establish the suggested limit +of £1,000,000."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Would that meet your difficulty?"</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "No."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Well, would two or three million be sufficient? We must +have a limit before we can do anything."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "It is impossible to stipulate the amount."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "If you were in a position to give a limit, it would +simplify matters."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I agree with that entirely, and I can quite +understand the position in which you are placed. Yet it is absolutely +impossible to assign an amount. Will you give us your permission to +adjourn for a moment in order to discuss the matter?"</p> + +<p>The meeting was then adjourned. It reassembled at 2.30 p.m.</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "We have agreed to fix on a sum of £3,000,000 +for the government notes and receipts; their amount paid <i>pro rata</i> can +be lowered should this sum prove insufficient. We have drawn up an +article to lay before the meeting."</p> + +<p>General Smuts then read a draft which was inserted at the end of Article +11 in the draft agreement.</p> + +<p>In answer to a question by Lord Kitchener, Commander-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_387" id="Page_387">[Pg 387]</a></span>in-Chief de Wet +said: "The prisoners of war on the different islands who are in +possession of such notes should be given an opportunity of sending them +in for payment."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "What is the next point you wish to raise? We now +understand what your position is."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "Am I to understand that you mean that we are +getting away from the point in discussion?"</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "This document contains your view of the matter, so we are +now aware of your idea."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "We must know what to say to the delegates."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Is this the only point you wish to bring forward, or +are there others in addition?"</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "There is another concerning the protection of +debtors, which is a vital question for us."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "We must not have any beating about the bush. Everything +must appear in the document."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "Most of the debts contracted before the war will have to +be paid after the war; and if the debtors cannot pay we are afraid that +it will result in the ruin of a great part of the inhabitants. We should +like to see steps taken to prevent this. If Lord Milner intends to take +such steps, we should like to be informed what they are."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I think it would be best if you were to make a proposal on +this point."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "Our proposal is roughly that all interest which became +payable during the war should be joined to the principal, and that this +should be payable six months after the war."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Is it necessary to make a proposal about this?"</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "If the Government is prepared to meet us in this +difficulty it will be unnecessary to place a formal clause in the draft +agreement."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "As I look at the matter, the Government is making certain +promises in this document, and I consider that all promises to which a +reference may be made later should appear in it. Everything to which the +Government is asked to bind itself should appear in this document, and +nothing else. I do not object to clauses being added, but I wish to +prevent any possible misunderstanding."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "Well, in that case we are quite willing to propose such +a paragraph."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "We waive this question, so that early +measures may be taken to arrive at an understand<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_388" id="Page_388">[Pg 388]</a></span>ing. In case a great +number of the inhabitants become subjects of His Majesty, it is to every +one's interest, and principally to that of the Government, that these +people should not be ruined. They will be thrown upon the mercy of a +Government, whose duty it is to study their interests. If steps are not +taken to prevent it, speculators who have been buying up the liabilities +will, as soon as peace is concluded, enforce them, and directly the +Courts of Justice are opened they will issue summonses. Against this we +have to be on our guard."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I agree with the Commandant-General. I think that as these +people become subjects of His Majesty, then some provision will have to +be made for them. But I believe it to be neither necessary nor advisable +to point out in every particular case the way in which His Majesty's +Government has to provide for these people. I think that an idea +exists—perhaps it is a very natural idea—because we have been fighting +against the burghers that, therefore, after peace has been concluded we +shall still retain a feeling of enmity against them. Just the opposite, +however, is the truth. Our endeavour will naturally be, from the moment +hostilities cease, to gain the confidence of the people and to do our +best to promote their welfare. But if we have to bind ourselves +beforehand in regard to the manner in which we shall deal with all sorts +of involved legal questions, further misunderstandings are certain to +occur. If you have not confidence in us—that we shall try to be a +righteous Government, and to maintain the balance between the different +classes of His Majesty's subjects—then you must put in writing every +point that strikes you, and let them be laid before His Majesty's +Government, to see what they think about them."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I trust that you will not think that we are +trying to tie the hands of His Majesty's Government. There are many +other points which will give the Government opportunity to win the +confidence of the people. But about things which concern the financial +position of burghers who are entirely ruined we feel it our duty to +obtain definite promises. They will be a weapon in our hands when we +return to the delegates."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "I do not quite understand, Lord Milner. I did +not interpret Mr. Chamberlain's telegram in the sense that we had to +present new proposals in order to bind our hands further. I thought that +proposals were to be made with a view to establishing peace."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I do not think that it is altogether necessary to +include this proposal in the document. It concerns the very involved +legal questions as to what the rights<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_389" id="Page_389">[Pg 389]</a></span> of creditor and debtor shall be, +and as to what the law in the Transvaal may be on the matter. I think +that every one can rest assured that the interests of the Boers will be +protected by the Government in every way; and this, whether the point is +put down now or left in the hands of the Government with the +recommendation from this Commission to take the matter into serious +consideration.</p> + +<p>"I think that I know of a better way to deal with this involved +question. Let this matter be brought under the consideration of the +Government. I may be mistaken, but, as far as I can see, it will prove a +very thorny question for the lawyers, and will take a long time before +it can be clearly stated. It is, however, the wish of us all that you +should return to the delegates equipped in such a way that you will be +able to arrive at a decision. You may rest assured that the matter which +you have brought before us has been included in the minutes of this +meeting. I do not think that it is necessary for you to go further than +this. The matter can now be carefully considered, not only here, but +also in England; and you may be quite sure that your interests will +receive, in every way, full consideration."</p> + +<p>General De la Rey: "I think that the matter has been sufficiently +discussed in the presence of your Excellencies, and that it need not be +placed in the draft contract, for by so doing one might stumble on legal +questions."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "This is my point of view: There are two +parties, and one of them is about to cease to exist. It is, therefore, +natural that this party cannot allow a vital question to pass unnoticed. +It is for this reason that I cannot agree that this matter should be +omitted from the draft contract. It will not be necessary that the +military Government which now exists should continue after the war."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "But the question will have to be settled by the Civil +Government. It is a matter for lawyers, and must be laid before them, +and will require much consideration."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "When hostilities are concluded it will be +possible to summon a burgher for a debt contracted before the war. I put +this request because our law states that no burgher can be summoned till +sixty days have elapsed since the conclusion of peace."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "You may entirely rely upon this, that whenever the war +is over each burgher will have the absolute right to obtain +consideration for his position in every way, and that his interests will +be protected under the new as under the old régime."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_390" id="Page_390">[Pg 390]</a></span></p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "I understand that perfectly. But the +possibility exists that syndicates may be formed to buy up all the +debts, and the people may be ruined before a single burgher is in the +position to earn anything or to have his position restored."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I quite agree with what the Commandant-General has +said, and he is quite right to bring the question up. Yet I do not think +that the draft contract is the best place in which to bring it forward. +Once peace is a fact, then it will be the duty of every one to draw the +attention of the Government to what is required to aid the nation; but +to bring up difficulties at the present moment, and to attempt to right +them, seems to be an endless task, and one for which this document was +not destined."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I am of opinion that this is a matter which +should be settled by a proclamation; but I want to have as many weapons +as possible in my hands when I return to the national delegates, and one +of the first questions that will be asked me is this, 'What guarantee do +we possess that we shall not be ruined by our creditors?' It would not +be much trouble to you to give us now a draft of the proclamation which +would be issued as soon as peace is concluded."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "But this would be something quite apart from the matter +under discussion."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "Yes."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "What is the good then?"</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "It is such a vital question for us that you +cannot take it amiss if we insist upon it, for we have to give up +everything."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "Of course, no one is blaming you."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "But without any thought of blame, I must point out that +the effect of their proposal would be that another clause would have to +be inserted in the draft contract, undertaking that such a proclamation +would be issued."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "I think that as long as the delegates receive an +assurance that the Government will take this matter into consideration, +in the interests of their subjects, whom they are bound to protect, that +such an assurance ought to suffice. There should be no written +undertaking, but only a promise that the matter shall receive attention. +It is not advisable after the subject has been brought before the +Government to press the matter further. The feelings of the burghers, +moreover, in other ways than this, will be brought before Lord Milner."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "If we wished to do so, we<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_391" id="Page_391">[Pg 391]</a></span> could insist upon +many other little points, but we only bring up vital questions."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "This is one of the questions which, when once brought +under the consideration of the Government cannot be put aside; and you +may tell the burghers that their interests will be protected as fully as +is possible. I think that, in so complicated a matter, this ought to be +sufficient for them. All that is debated here is recorded in the +minutes, and these minutes will be considered not only here, but also in +England. Are you satisfied with this?"</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "Yes, so far as I am concerned."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I also am satisfied."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I hope it is quite understood that if the matter is +allowed to remain where it is, my Government will be under no obligation +to treat the matter in any particular way."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "But there is a pledge that the matter will be properly +considered."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "Yes, naturally; if we put anything down in writing. I am +convinced that it is necessary to make it quite clear that this document +must contain everything about which there is anything in the form of a +pledge."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "There is, then, a pledge that the point upon which you +have touched will be considered in your interests."</p> + +<p>General Smuts: "There still remains the question of the payment of +receipts."</p> + +<p>Lord Kitchener: "That will be placed before the Government. The sum is +an essential point; I believe the amount to be considerable. I should +now like to know that it is understood that we are agreed about all +these draft proposals, including your amendments, and that there are no +further questions to be brought forward—it is necessary to know this, +as they would have to be telegraphed to England."</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "We have no further points to raise."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "The telegram that I shall despatch is as follows:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>'The Commission is prepared to lay before their burgher meeting the +following document (in the event of it being sanctioned by His +Majesty's Government), and to ask of the meeting a "Yes" or "No."'</p></div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_392" id="Page_392">[Pg 392]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Is that satisfactory?"</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "Yes, naturally. Only I cannot say that this +document has my approval. Yet I shall be content to abide by the +decision of the delegates."</p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog: "I should not like to think that we are bound to use our +influence with the delegates."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "I think that is understood. I understand that the members +of the Commission are not bound in respect of the opinions they may +express before the burghers. They are only bound, if the British +Government approves of the document, to lay it before the people. I +propose to send the following telegram:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>'The Commission is prepared to lay the following document before +the burgher meeting at Vereeniging, for a "Yes" or "No" vote, in +the event of His Majesty's Government approving of it.'</p></div> + +<p>"I want also to state that we have completely deviated from the +Middelburg proposal. I believe everyone is fully aware that the +Middelburg proposal has been annulled altogether. Should an agreement be +arranged in conformity with this document, and signed, then no attempt +must be made to explain the document, or its terms, by anything in the +Middelburg proposal."</p> + +<p>The meeting was now adjourned.</p> + + +<h4><span class="smcap">Wednesday, May 28th, 1902.</span></h4> + +<p>The Commission met Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner at eleven o'clock with +the purpose of hearing the British Government's answer to the draft +proposal sent by their Lordships.</p> + +<p>Lord Milner read the following memorandum:</p> + +<p>"In answer to the telegram composed at our last meeting with the consent +of the Commission and of which the members have received a copy, the +following message has been received from His Majesty's Government:—</p> + +<p>'His Majesty's Government sanctions the laying before the meeting for a +"Yes" or "No" vote the document drawn up by the Commission and sent by +Lord Kitchener on the 21st May to the Secretary of War, with the +following amendments:</p> + +<p>'The final proposal made by the British Government, on which the +national representatives at Vereeniging have to answer "Yes" or "No."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_393" id="Page_393">[Pg 393]</a></span></p> + +<p>'General Lord Kitchener of Khartoum, Commander-in-Chief, and His +Excellency Lord Milner, High Commissioner, on behalf of the British +Government;</p> + +<p>'Messrs. S.W. Burger, F.W. Reitz, Louis Botha, J.H. De la Rey, L.J. +Meijer, and J.C. Krogh on behalf of the Government of the South African +Republic and its burghers;</p> + +<p>'Messrs. M.T. Steyn, W.J.C. Brebner, C.R. de Wet, J.B.M. Hertzog, and +C.H. Olivier on behalf of the Government of the Orange Free State and +its burghers, being anxious to put an end to the existing hostilities, +agree on the following points:</p> + +<p>'Firstly, the burgher forces now in the Veldt shall at once lay down +their arms, and surrender all the guns, small arms, and war stores in +their actual possession, or of which they have cognizance, and shall +abstain from any further opposition to the authority of His Majesty King +Edward VII., whom they acknowledge as their lawful sovereign.</p> + +<p>'The manner and details of this surrender shall be arranged by Lord +Kitchener, Commandant-General Botha, Assistant-Commandant-General J.H. +De la Rey, and Commander-in-Chief de Wet.</p> + +<p>'Secondly, burghers in the Veldt beyond the frontiers of the Transvaal +and of the Orange River Colony, and all prisoners of war who are out of +South Africa, who are burghers, shall, on their declaration that they +accept the status of subjects of His Majesty King Edward VII., be +brought back to their homes, as soon as transport and means of +subsistence can be assured.</p> + +<p>'Thirdly, the burghers who thus surrender, or who thus return, shall +lose neither their personal freedom nor their property.</p> + +<p>'Fourthly, no judicial proceedings, civil or criminal, shall be taken +against any of the burghers who thus return for any action in connexion +with the carrying on of the war. The benefit of this clause shall, +however, not extend to certain deeds antagonistic to the usages of +warfare, which have been communicated by the Commander-in-Chief to the +Boer Generals, and which shall be heard before a court martial +immediately after the cessation of hostilities.</p> + +<p>'Fifthly, the Dutch language shall be taught in the public schools of +the Transvaal and of the Orange River Colony when the parents of +children demand it; and shall be admitted in the Courts of Justice, +whenever this is required for the better and more effective +administration of justice.</p> + +<p>'Sixthly, the possession of rifles shall, on taking out a licence in +accordance with the law, be permitted in the Trans<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_394" id="Page_394">[Pg 394]</a></span>vaal and the Orange +River Colony to persons who require them for their protection.</p> + +<p>'Seventhly, military administration in the Transvaal and in the Orange +River Colony shall, as soon as it is possible, be followed by civil +government; and, as soon as circumstances permit it, a representative +system tending towards autonomy shall be introduced.</p> + +<p>'Eighthly, the question of granting a franchise to the native shall not +be decided until a representative constitution has been granted.</p> + +<p>'Ninthly, no special tax shall be laid on landed property in the +Transvaal and Orange River Colony, to meet the expenses of the war.</p> + +<p>'Tenthly, as soon as circumstances permit there shall be appointed in +each district in the Transvaal and the Orange River Colony a Commission, +in which the inhabitants of that district shall be represented, under +the chairmanship of a magistrate or other official, with the view to +assist in the bringing back of the people to their farms, and in +procuring for those who, on account of losses in the war are unable to +provide for themselves, food, shelter, and such quantities of seed, +cattle, implements, etc., as are necessary for the resuming of their +previous callings.</p> + +<p>'His Majesty's Government shall place at the disposal of these +Commissions the sum of £3,000,000 for the above-mentioned purposes, and +shall allow that all notes issued in conformity with Law No. 1, 1900, of +the Government of the South African Republic, and all receipts given by +the officers in the Veldt of the late Republics, or by their order, may +be presented to a judicial Commission by the Government, and in case +such notes and receipts are found by this Commission to have been duly +issued for consideration in value, then they shall be accepted by the +said Commission as proof of war losses, suffered by the persons to whom +they had originally been given. In addition to the above-named free gift +of £3,000,000, His Majesty's Government will be prepared to grant +advances, in the shape of loans, for the same ends, free of interest for +two years, and afterwards repayable over a period of years with three +per cent. interest. No foreigner or rebel shall be entitled to benefit +by this clause.'</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "In making this communication to the Commission we are +instructed to add that if this opportunity of concluding an honourable +peace is not taken advantage of within a time to be fixed by us, then +this conference shall be regarded as closed, and His Majesty's +Government shall not be bound in any way by the present terms. I have, +in order<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_395" id="Page_395">[Pg 395]</a></span> that there may be no mistake about these terms, made a copy of +the documents and of Lord Kitchener's telegram, also of the amendments +and additions determined on by His Majesty's Government, and of the +memorandum to which I have just drawn your attention."</p> + +<p>A debate now followed on the time that should be allowed for the +discussion of the proposals at Vereeniging, and it was agreed that +Commandant-General Botha should propose a term that very day before the +Commission left Pretoria.</p> + +<p>It was subsequently settled that the delegates must arrive at a decision +before Saturday evening, May 31st.</p> + +<p>General Botha asked if there were any objection to the delegates erasing +any paragraph of the proposal sent by the British Government.</p> + +<p>Lord Milner: "There must be no alteration. Only 'Yes' or 'No' is to be +answered."</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha: "I think that the burghers have the right to +erase any article they may wish, for they have the right to surrender +unconditionally."</p> + +<p>Lord Milner replied that the burghers certainly had the power to do so, +but the document of the British Government could not be changed.</p> + +<p>There now followed an informal discussion about the colonists who had +been fighting on the side of the Republics.</p> + +<p>Lord Milner communicated what the British Government's intentions were +with regard to these colonists; and read the following document:—</p> + +<p>"His Majesty's Government has to formally place on record that the +colonists of Natal and the Cape Colony who have been engaged in fighting +and who now surrender shall, on their return, be dealt with by the +Colonial Governments in accordance with the laws of the Colonies, and +that all British subjects who have joined the enemy shall be liable to +be tried under the law of that part of the British Empire to which they +belong.</p> + +<p>"His Majesty's Government has received from the Government of Cape +Colony a statement of their opinion as regards the terms to be offered +to British subjects of the Cape Colony who are still in the Veldt or who +have surrendered since April 12th, 1901. The terms are as follows:—In +regard to the burghers, they all, on their surrender, after having laid +down their arms, shall sign a document before a resident magistrate of +the district in which their surrender has taken place, in which document +they shall declare themselves guilty of high treason; and their +punishment, in the event of their not having been guilty of murder, or +of other deeds in contradiction<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_396" id="Page_396">[Pg 396]</a></span> to the customs of civilized warfare, +shall be that for the rest of their lives they shall not be registered +as voters, nor shall they be able to vote in Parliamentary, district, or +municipal elections. As regards justices and veldtcornets of the Cape +Colony, and all other persons who had occupied official positions under +the Government of Cape Colony, and all who held the rank of commandant +in the rebel or burgher forces, they shall be brought on the charge of +high treason before the ordinary Courts of the country, or before such +special Courts as later on may legally be constituted. The punishment +for their misdeeds shall be left to the discretion of the Court, with +this reservation, that in no case shall capital punishment be inflicted.</p> + +<p>"The Government of Natal is of opinion that the rebels should be judged +by the laws of the Colony."</p> + +<p>The meeting now adjourned.</p> + +<p>The secretaries and Messrs. de Wet and J. Ferreira, with the help of +lawyers, set themselves the task of making copies of the proposal of the +British Government for the use of the national representatives at +Vereeniging. This work kept them engaged until the evening.</p> + +<p>At seven o'clock the Commission left Pretoria and returned to +Vereeniging.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_396a" id="Page_396a">[Pg 396<i>a</i>]</a></span></p> + +<h4>THE MIDDELBURG PROPOSAL.</h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="center"><span class="smcap">Lord Kitchener to Commandant-General Botha.</span></p> + +<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Pretoria</span>, <i>March 7, 1901</i>.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Your Honour</span>,—</p> + +<p>With reference to our conversation at Middelburg on the 28th +February, I have the honour to inform you that, in the event of a +general and complete cessation of hostilities, and the surrender of +all rifles, ammunition, cannon and other munitions of war in the +hands of the burghers, or in Government depots, or elsewhere, His +Majesty's Government is prepared to adopt the following measures.</p> + +<p>His Majesty's Government will at once grant an amnesty in the +Transvaal and Orange River Colony for all <i>bonâ fide</i> acts of war +committed during the recent hostilities. British subjects belonging +to Natal and Cape Colony, while they will not be compelled to +return to those Colonies, will, if they do so, be liable to be +dealt with by the laws of those Colonies specially passed to meet +the circumstances arising out of the present war. As you are +doubtless aware, the special law in the Cape Colony has greatly +mitigated the ordinary penalties for high treason in the present +case.</p> + +<p>All prisoners of war, now in St. Helena, Ceylon, or elsewhere, +being burghers or colonists, will, on the completion of the +surrender, be brought back to their country as quickly as +arrangements can be made for their transport.</p> + +<p>At the earliest practicable date military administration will +cease, and will be replaced by civil administration in the form of +Crown Colony Government. There will, therefore, be, in the first +instance, in each of the new Colonies, a Governor and an Executive +Council, composed of the principal officials, with a Legislative +Council consisting of a certain number of official members to whom +a nominated unofficial element will be added. But it is the desire +of His Majesty's Government, as soon as circumstances permit, to +introduce a representative element, and ultimately to concede to +the new Colonies the privilege of self-government. Moreover, on the +cessation of hostilities, a High Court will be established in each +of the new Colonies to administer the laws of the land, and this +Court will be independent of the Executive.</p> + +<p>Church property, public trusts, and orphan funds will be +respected.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_396b" id="Page_396b">[Pg 396<i>b</i>]</a></span></p> + +<p>Both the English and Dutch languages will be used and taught in +public schools when the parents of the children desire it, and +allowed in Courts of Law.</p> + +<p>As regards the debts of the late Republican Governments, His +Majesty's Government cannot undertake any liability. It is, +however, prepared, as an act of grace, to set aside a sum not +exceeding one million pounds sterling to repay inhabitants of the +Transvaal and Orange River Colony for goods requisitioned from them +by the late Republican Governments, or subsequent to annexation, by +Commandants in the field being in a position to enforce such +requisitions. But such claims will have to be established to the +satisfaction of a Judge or Judicial Commission, appointed by the +Government, to investigate and assess them, and, if exceeding in +the aggregate one million pounds, they will be liable to reduction +<i>pro rata</i>.</p> + +<p>I also beg to inform Your Honour that the new Government will take +into immediate consideration the possibility of assisting by loan +the occupants of farms, who will take the oath of allegiance, to +repair any injuries sustained by destruction of buildings or loss +of stock during the war, and that no special war tax will be +imposed upon farms to defray the expense of the war.</p> + +<p>When burghers require the protection of firearms, such will be +allowed to them by licence, and on due registration, provided they +take the oath of allegiance. Licences will also be issued for +sporting rifles, guns, etc., but military firearms will only be +allowed for purposes of protection.</p> + +<p>As regards the extension of the franchise to Kaffirs in the +Transvaal and Orange River Colony, it is not the intention of His +Majesty's Government to give such franchise before representative +Government is granted to those Colonies, and if then given it will +be so limited as to secure the just predominance of the white race. +The legal position of coloured persons will, however, be similar to +that which they hold in the Cape Colony.</p> + +<p>In conclusion I must inform Your Honour that, if the terms now +offered are not accepted after a reasonable delay for consideration +they must be regarded as cancelled.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">I have, etc.,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 8em;">KITCHENER, GENERAL,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Commander-in-Chief British Forces, South Africa.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">To His Honour, Commandant-General Louis Botha.</span><br /> +</p></div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_397" id="Page_397">[Pg 397]</a></span></p> +<h2>Appendix C</h2> + +<h3><span class="smcap">MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE SPECIAL NATIONAL REPRESENTATIVES AT +VEREENIGING, SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC, THURSDAY, THE 29th OF MAY, 1902, +AND THE FOLLOWING DAYS</span></h3> + + +<h4><span class="smcap">May 29th, 1902.</span></h4> + +<p>The Rev. J.D. Kestell having offered prayer, the Chairman requested +Vice-President Burger to address the meeting.</p> + +<p>Vice-President Burger said that the documents laid before the +Governments by the Commission would now be read to the meeting. +Thereupon Mr. D. Van Velden read the following letter:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="center"><span class="smcap">Report of the Commission.</span></p> + +<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Pretoria</span>, <i>28th May</i>, 1902.</p> + +<p class="center"><i>To the Governments of the Orange Free State and the South African +Republic:</i></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Honble. Gentlemen</span>,—</p> + +<p>In accordance with instructions received from you, we went to +Pretoria in order to negotiate with the British authorities on the +question of peace. We have the honour to make the following report:</p> + +<p>The meetings lasted from Monday, May 19th, to Wednesday, May 28th, +its prolongation having been principally caused by the length of +time taken up by the cable correspondence with the British +Government.</p> + +<p>We first handed in a proposal (annexed under A)<a name="FNanchor_113_113" id="FNanchor_113_113"></a><a href="#Footnote_113_113" class="fnanchor">[113]</a> in which we +attempted to negotiate on the basis of a limited independence with +surrender of part of our territory. Lords Kitchener and Milner +refused emphatically to negotiate on this basis, and expressed the +opinion that to cable this proposal to the British Government would +be detrimental to the objects of these negotiations. They told us +they had already informed the two Governments that the British +Government<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_398" id="Page_398">[Pg 398]</a></span> would only negotiate on the basis of an amended form of +the Middelburg proposal. In order finally to formulate this +proposal, Lord Milner asked the assistance of some members of the +Commission; and this was granted, on the understanding that the +assistance of these members of the Commission should be given +without prejudice to themselves.</p> + +<p>As the result of the deliberations of this sub-committee, Lord +Milner produced a draft proposal, in which we insisted that a fresh +clause (No. 11) should be inserted; and this was done. This draft +proposal (annexed under B)<a name="FNanchor_114_114" id="FNanchor_114_114"></a><a href="#Footnote_114_114" class="fnanchor">[114]</a> was then cabled to the British +Government, revised by them, and then communicated to us in its +final shape (annexed under B).<a name="FNanchor_115_115" id="FNanchor_115_115"></a><a href="#Footnote_115_115" class="fnanchor">[115]</a> We were informed by the British +Government that no further revision of this proposal would be +allowed, but that it must now be either accepted or rejected in its +entirety by the delegates of the two Republics; and that this +acceptance or rejection must take place within a stipulated time. +We then told Lord Kitchener that he should know our final decision +by the evening of the next Saturday at latest.</p> + +<p>During our formal negotiations certain informal conversations took +place in reference to the British subjects (in Cape Colony and +Natal) who have been fighting on our side. As a result of these +informal conversations a communication from the British Government +was imparted to us (annexed under B).<a name="FNanchor_116_116" id="FNanchor_116_116"></a><a href="#Footnote_116_116" class="fnanchor">[116]</a></p> + +<p><span style="margin-left: 2em;">We have the honour to remain, etc.,</span></p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">LOUIS BOTHA.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">J.H. DE LA REY.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">C.R. DE WET.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">J.B.M. HERTZOG.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">J.D. SMUTS.</span><br /> +</p></div> + +<p>Vice-President Burger said that the delegates must proceed to discuss +this document, and that they would then be asked to decide—firstly, +whether the struggle should be continued; secondly, whether the proposal +of the British Government should be accepted; and, thirdly, whether they +were prepared to surrender unconditionally.</p> + +<p>It was decided that minutes of the meeting should be kept, and the +delegates then proceeded to discuss the different articles of the +British Government's proposal. The whole of the morning and a part of +the afternoon sitting were devoted to questions dealing with the meaning +of the several clauses, the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_399" id="Page_399">[Pg 399]</a></span> members of the Commission answering to the +best of their ability.</p> + +<p>After these questions had been disposed of, Mr. De Clercq rose to speak. +He said that he had already given his own opinion, but that now it was +for the whole meeting to decide whether they would give up the war, and, +if they resolved to do so, whether they would accept the proposal +unconditionally. As to the proposal, it could not be denied that it did +not give all that they themselves desired, but <i>that</i> could not have +been expected. Should they now return to their commandos and be asked by +their burghers what they had effected, they would have to reply, +"Nothing." How would they be able to meet their burghers with such an +answer as that? It would therefore be better to get terms from the +British Government; and by doing so they would also gratify the British +nation. As for himself, he was for accepting the proposal, unless it +could be proved to him that unconditional surrender would be a still +better course to take.</p> + +<p>General Nieuwouwdt then proposed that the meeting should, without +further delay, proceed to vote whether the war should be terminated, and +whether the terms offered to them should be accepted.</p> + +<p>General Froneman seconded this proposal.</p> + +<p>Mr. Birkenstock (Vrijheid) felt that this was too important a matter to +be treated with such haste. A decision about such a document as the one +now lying before the meeting could not be come to in a moment. The +delegates would hardly agree with the last speaker in his opinion that +they should at once proceed to vote whether the war should or should not +be continued. Time was required before coming to such a decision. +Moreover it had to be proved whether it were possible to continue the +war. There were some districts where it certainly could no longer be +carried on. Was it possible for one part of the nation to continue +fighting without the other? Then there was the question whether their +resources and the troops which they still had were sufficient to justify +them in prolonging the struggle. If they were insufficient the war must +be discontinued and terms must be accepted. It would not be an easy +thing to do; one could not, with a light heart, give up the independence +of their country; but half a loaf was better than no bread,<a name="FNanchor_117_117" id="FNanchor_117_117"></a><a href="#Footnote_117_117" class="fnanchor">[117]</a> and +even such a sacrifice as this might be necessary if the nation was to be +saved.</p> + +<p>Commandant Jacobsz (Harrismith) was at one with the last speaker in +holding that they must not be in too great a hurry to vote on the +proposal.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_400" id="Page_400">[Pg 400]</a></span></p> + +<p>Mr. P.R. Viljoen (Heidelberg) felt that the proposal of the British +Government would so tightly bind them that they would never again be +free. They were <i>knee-haltered</i><a name="FNanchor_118_118" id="FNanchor_118_118"></a><a href="#Footnote_118_118" class="fnanchor">[118]</a> now, but under certain +circumstances they might even be <i>hobbled</i>.<a name="FNanchor_119_119" id="FNanchor_119_119"></a><a href="#Footnote_119_119" class="fnanchor">[119]</a></p> + +<p>He considered that the meeting should ask the Governments to stop the +war.</p> + +<p>General Du Toit (Wolmaransstad) said that the times through which they +were passing were very critical; every one ought to say exactly what he +thought, and no one ought to be condemned for doing so. A delegate who +should say that the war could not be continued must not be considered +disloyal to his country because he did so. As regarded the three +questions before the meeting, according to the opinion of his burghers +the war ought to be continued. The views of his burghers when he left +the commandos had been clearly expressed. "Let us retain our +independence, or go on fighting," they had said. But why were they of +this mind? Because they were unaware how matters stood in other +districts. The eyes of the delegates, however, while directed towards +God, were also able to observe the condition of the eastern parts of +their country. If the burghers in those parts could not hold out, it +would be impossible for the other commandos to do so. It could not be +denied that some of the commandos were no longer able to continue +fighting. That being the case, even if there were a majority in favour +of prolonging the struggle, that majority would have to yield to the +wishes of the minority, and for this reason: if the war were to be +continued in conformity with the wishes of the majority, and if the +minority were to be compelled to surrender (and nobody would be +surprised at this), then the majority would find themselves too weak to +go on fighting. Thus there were clear reasons why the war must be ended. +Moreover, its continuation would involve not only the <i>national</i> but +also the <i>moral</i> death of the Republics. But it was still to be proved +that a continuation of the war was even possible; for himself he feared +that it was not so, and if fight he must he could only fight without +hope and without heart. If he were now to go back to his burghers, and +they were to ask him why he persisted in the war, and he was compelled +to reply that he was doing so on the strength of opinions expressed in +newspapers, and on the encouragement given to the cause of the Republics +in their pages, he would be told that he was building on sand. Again, he +feared that if the war were to be continued, detached parties would be +formed which would try to obtain terms from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_401" id="Page_401">[Pg 401]</a></span> the English for themselves. +And should the commandos in time become so weak as to be forced to +surrender unconditionally, what then would be the fate of the officers? +Would they not lose everything, and be banished into the bargain? Let no +one think, however, that he was trying merely to do what was best for +himself. No. There was now a chance for negotiating; should the meeting +let slip that chance, unconditional surrender would most certainly +result, and that would be disastrous to all. He hoped that he would not +be misunderstood; if the meeting decided to go on with the war, he, for +one, would not lay down his arms. No, he would actively prosecute the +war, and operate in conjunction with the other generals. But what would +be the use of it: he sided with those who held that the struggle could +no longer be carried on.</p> + +<p>Commandant Rheeder (Rouxville) wished to reply to those who demanded +reasons for the continuation of the war. One reason, he said, was to be +found in the fact that England would not allow them to have any +communication with the deputation in Europe; that meant that something +advantageous to us was being held back. Another was the consideration of +what their descendants in time to come would say. "How is it," they +would ask, "that we are not now free men? There were a large number of +burghers in the veldt to continue the war—what has become of our +independence?" And what answer shall we be able to make?—we whose +courage failed us before such tremendous odds, and who laid down our +arms when victory was still possible? The speaker would only be +satisfied if the meeting were unanimous for stopping the war, not +otherwise. He thought of the families. How would the delegates face +their families on their return, after the sacrifice of independence? He +considered that the commandos should leave those districts where +resistance was no longer possible and go to others. If to discontinue +the war meant to surrender independence, then the war must not be +discontinued.</p> + +<p>Vice-President Burger said that he had not heard from the last speaker +any reasons whatsoever for continuing the war.</p> + +<p>Commandant Rheeder then remarked that if they wanted to surrender their +country they should have done so earlier, when the burghers were not +entirely destitute. But now nothing was left to them. As to the +narrowness of the field of operations, there was still room enough to +fight.</p> + +<p>Commandant P.L. Uijs (Pretoria) referred to the frequent allusion which +had been made to their European deputation. That deputation was now in +Holland, and must know if anything was going on there to the advantage +of the Republics.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_402" id="Page_402">[Pg 402]</a></span> If there were any hopeful signs there, their comrades +would certainly have informed them. They had not done so, and therefore +the meeting should dismiss this subject from its thoughts.</p> + +<p>The meeting then adjourned until 7.15 p.m.</p> + +<p>Upon reassembling, Commandant Cronje (Winburg) said that he would not +detain the meeting for long; he only wished to say a very few words. It +had been rightly said that they were passing through a momentous period +of their history. To his mind the present was <i>the</i> critical epoch in +the existence of the African nation, whose destinies they had now to +decide. Delegates were asking what hopes they could now entertain. But +what grounds for hope were there when the war began? In his opinion +there were none. It was only that men believed then that Right was +Might, and put their trust in God. And God had helped them. When the +enemy had entered their country everything was dark. There had been a +day on which more than four thousand men had surrendered. Then, even as +now, they had been without hope. Then, even as now, those who wanted to +continue the war had been told that they were mad. That had been some +two years ago, and yet the war was still going on. Then, even as now, +there had been no food, and yet they had managed to live. The delegates +represented a free people; let them not take a step of which they would +afterwards repent. As regarded intervention, he had often said that one +could not rely on it. But they <i>could</i> rely on God. When he returned to +his burghers, and was questioned as to his reason for the course of +action which he had advocated, he hoped to be able to answer, "Belief in +God." There had always been times when there was no food, and yet they +had always managed to live. A deputation had been officially sent to +Europe, and was now there to represent their interests. Had the meeting +lost its confidence in that deputation? Did it not realize that if the +case of the Republic was hopeless in Europe the deputation would send +word to that effect? It had been said that by continuing the war they +would be exterminating the nation. He did not believe this. The way to +exterminate the nation was to accept the British proposal. To go on with +the war was their only policy, and it was a very good policy. The +deputation had claimed that their advice should be taken before any +negotiations were attempted. What right, then, had the delegates to give +up the war on the basis of the proposal now before them? To do so was to +give the death blow to their national existence; later on they would +have cause to rue it. Moreover, the proposal did not safeguard the +interests of their brethren in Cape Col<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_403" id="Page_403">[Pg 403]</a></span>ony. Again, landed property +belonging to burghers had already been sold, and in all probability +these burghers would never see any of the proceeds. The sum (£3,000,000) +which the proposal offered to compensate for all damages, was not +sufficient to cover damage already done. For these and other reasons the +proposal could not be accepted. No other course was open to them except +to reject the proposal and to continue hostilities.</p> + +<p>General Froneman (Ladybrand) agreed with the last speaker. He loved his +country, and could not think of surrendering it. The reasons which had +induced them to begin the war were still in force. He had been through +the whole campaign, and saw stronger reasons now than ever before for +the continuing of the war. His districts, like those of others, were +exhausted, and yet his burghers remained in the veldt. He had been +present at the surrender of the four thousand; he had seen General +Cronje give up his sword. Those had been dark days, but the struggle +still went on; they could still keep on their legs. It had been God's +will that this war should take place. Prayers had been offered that it +might be averted, but God had ruled it otherwise. Therefore they must +carry the war through, and never think of surrender. They were +Republicans. What would it be to have to give up that name for ever? He +had consulted his burghers and their women-folk; he had asked them, +"What conditions of peace will you accept?" They had answered, "No peace +at all, if it means any loss of independence." And so, before he could +vote for peace, he would have again to take the opinion of his burghers.</p> + +<p>Veldtcornet B.H. Breijtenbach (Utrecht) urged that a definite yes or no +must be given to the question, Is the war to continue? The general +condition of the country had been laid before the meeting, and it had +been clearly shown that its condition made the carrying on of the war +impossible. One could not escape from that fact. Why then should they +argue any longer? What reason had they for wishing to prolong this +struggle? They surely would not do so blindfold. Unless good reasons +could be alleged for continuing it, the war would have to be stopped. As +those good reasons were not forthcoming, he would vote with those who +were for peace. To continue the war would be a crime. Some of the last +few speakers had stated that there had been no sufficient reasons for +commencing the war. That might be true. They might have been +over-confident then. Be that as it might, they certainly had lost so +much ground since then that they must now give up the struggle. This was +his irrevocable opinion. It had been clearly shown that fourteen +commandos were unable<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_404" id="Page_404">[Pg 404]</a></span> to continue in the veldt. This made peace a +necessity, for what was to be gained by continuing a struggle without a +proper army. The war might last a few months longer, but it must end +then—and end in disaster.</p> + +<p>Commandant W.J. Viljoen (Witwatersrand) said that some speakers were for +and others against the continuation of hostilities. The first were +guided by faith alone; the second had brought forward definite grounds +for their opinion. A year ago both parties had been inspired by faith, +but what had been the result? He would be glad enough to be convinced, +but those who wished to continue the war must show grounds for such a +line of action.</p> + +<p>General De la Rey would only say a few words. He had received definite +instructions before he went to his burghers neither to encourage nor +discourage them, whatever they might say at their meetings. He had +strictly observed these instructions, and had never attempted to +influence them. There were present among the delegates nine men (one +being from Cape Colony) who represented his burghers, and who would +testify as to their state of mind and temper; he need not therefore say +anything. The delegates could bear witness how full of courage the men +were. Nevertheless, the war could not be continued. Say or do what they +would at that meeting, the war must cease. Some had talked about faith. +But what was faith? True faith consisted in saying, "Lord, Thy will, not +mine, be done." They must bow before the will of God. The delegates, he +continued, must choose one of the three courses which were open to them. +It would be a great calamity if they were to decide to surrender +unconditionally. Had it been necessary to do so it should have been done +while they still possessed something. Should they then continue the war? +But the question as to what would become of the people under those +circumstances must be faced—to continue fighting would be the ruin of +the nation. The delegates might go away determined to fight, but the +burghers would lay down their arms, and the state of affairs which would +thus ensue would not redound to their honour. But the British Government +offered guarantees; it would help the nation so that the nation might +help itself. If any one were to say now, "Continue fighting," he and his +generals might have the heart to do so if they kept their minds fixed on +their recent exploits. For himself, however, he would refuse absolutely +to accede to that request. And what real advantage had accrued from his +successes in the veldt? What had followed on them? All his cattle had +been taken away, some three hundred of his men had been killed, wounded, +or taken prisoner. Some of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_405" id="Page_405">[Pg 405]</a></span> delegates set their hopes on the +European deputation, but what did that deputation say a year ago? It +said that all depended on their continuing to fight. They <i>had</i> +continued to fight. What more, then, was there left for them to do? Some +gentlemen present had definite mandates from their burghers, who very +likely had no knowledge of the actual state of affairs when they gave +those mandates. He himself had not known at that time in what a plight +the country was. He challenged each and all of the delegates to show +their burghers the proposal of the British Government, and then to see +if those burghers were not in favour of unconditional surrender. But if +the meeting insisted on the continuation of hostilities, the nation +would be driven into <i>hands-upping</i>; thus the war would end in dishonour +and disgrace.</p> + +<p>Landdrost Bosman (Wakkerstroom) was glad that General De la Rey had +spoken out so boldly; it was every one's duty to do so. He himself also +was against the continuance of the war.</p> + +<p>Although it had been said that the war had been begun in faith, it ought +not to be forgotten that it had also been begun with hope of +intervention, as was shown by the sending of the deputation to +Europe—that deputation which, as they had often heard, had done so much +good work. Another proof that there had then been hope of intervention +was that the burghers had ordered the delegates to keep them in +communication with the deputation. And that they had not relied +exclusively on faith at the beginning of the war was shown by the fact +that they had founded great hopes on what their brethren in Cape Colony +might accomplish. These hopes had now been dissipated by General Smuts, +who had just said that there was no chance of a general insurrection.</p> + +<p>Again, could the war be continued when their commandos were so much +weakened, and when food was so scarce? It was nonsense to say that food +had been scarce a year ago; there had been a sufficiency then, and at +the present time there was not. One could ride from Vereeniging to Piet +Retief without seeing more than two or three herds of cattle. Moreover, +the women and children were in a most pitiable condition. One delegate +had spoken against any scheme which would be as it were a trampling on +the blood which had already been spilt—he shared that delegate's +sentiments; but he considered that to shed yet more blood in a cause +which was to all appearance hopeless would be still more reprehensible. +He should prefer not to enter into the religious aspect of the question. +It was difficult to fathom the purposes of God; perhaps it might be the +Divine will that they should lose their independ<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_406" id="Page_406">[Pg 406]</a></span>ence. All that they +could do was to follow the course which seemed to be good and right. +Were they, then, to surrender unconditionally? He would say no. It would +be giving the enemy opportunities for doing things from which they might +otherwise desist. Moreover, by voting for such a policy the leaders +would incur the displeasure of the nation. In choosing what course they +would pursue the delegates should let nothing else sway them save the +good of the nation. They must not be carried away by their feelings; +they must listen only to the voice of reason.</p> + +<p>Commandant H.S. Grobler (Bethal) felt that, under the circumstances, the +war could not be continued. It had already reduced them to such straits +that they would soon have to fly to the utmost borders of their +territories, leaving the enemy unopposed in the very heart of the +country. At the beginning of the war they had not relied on faith alone; +there had also been guns, war material and provisions. But now none of +these things were left to them. It was terrible to him to think that +they must sacrifice the independence of their country. He was a true son +of his country, and could not consent to the surrender of her +independence unless that were the only way of saving the women and +children from starvation. But it was not only the women and children who +were on the verge of starvation; the burghers still left in the laagers +were in the same predicament. What, moreover, was to happen to the +prisoners of war, if the struggle were to be continued? And to the +families in the camps? The delegates must not forget those families. If +the people generally were dying a <i>national</i>, the families were dying a +<i>moral</i>, death. It was a sad thought that there were among their women +in the camps, many who were thus losing their moral vitality. It was a +thought which should make them determined to conclude the war.</p> + +<p>Commandant Van Niekerk (Ficksburg) said that his commandos had +commissioned him to hold out for independence. The proposal of the +British Government could not be accepted. They must take no hasty step. +If they persevered in the war, the enemy would grant them better terms. +All they had to do was to act like brave men.</p> + +<p>General J.G. Celliers (Lichtenburg) had already told the meeting what +mandate he had received from his burghers. But he was there to do the +best he could for the nation as a whole. The condition of the country +was very critical. The fact that his own commandos were faring well was +not a sufficient reason for continuing the war. He must take all +circumstances into consideration. He had said that he was in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_407" id="Page_407">[Pg 407]</a></span> favour of +an arrangement by which peace should be made without the sacrifice of +independence. Such an arrangement they had attempted to bring about. +They had elected a Commission, which had done all in its power to give +effect to their wishes in this matter. And the result was the proposal +of the British Government now lying before them. That was what the +Commission had obtained for them. Which of them could say that he could +have obtained better terms for the people than those contained in that +proposal? Or that, if the war were to be continued, the people would +gain any advantage which that proposal did not give them? It had been +said that the deputation in Europe had encouraged the burghers in their +prolonged struggle. The last message they had received from the +deputation had been: "Go on till every remedy has been tried." Could +that be called encouragement? It had also been said that the nation must +have faith. He admitted the necessity—but it must not be the sort of +faith which chose what it would believe, and what it would disbelieve. +They must be prepared to believe that it might be the will of God that +they should yield to the enemy. As he had more insight into the state of +affairs than his burghers, and therefore was better qualified to form a +judgment, he did not feel himself bound by their mandate. Had the +burghers known what he now knew, they would have given him a very +different commission. He felt that it was a serious thing to continue +sacrificing the lives of his fellow-countrymen. Moreover, however dear +independence might be, it was useless to attempt impossibilities. Their +one aim should be to safeguard the interests of the nation. His vote +would be with those who were for accepting the proposal of the British +Government.</p> + +<p>Commander-in-Chief de Wet was the next to address the meeting. His +speech was as follows:—</p> + +<p>"As I feel it to be my duty to speak out all my mind before this +meeting, I shall go back to the very beginning of the war. And recalling +my feelings at that period, I can say that I had less hope then for +intervention than I have now. I do not mean to say that I am sanguine +about it even now; but I know to-day, what I did not know then, that +great sympathy is felt for us by other nations. Even in England this +sympathy is to be found, as is shown by the largely-attended 'Pro-Boer' +meetings which have been held in that country. And that the feeling in +our favour is widespread is evident from the reports which we received +by word of mouth from the messenger to whom the deputation entrusted its +recent letter, for we cannot believe that the deputation would have +employed an unreliable person. And what did that messenger say? Among<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_408" id="Page_408">[Pg 408]</a></span> +other things, he said that our cause was winning new adherents every +day. It may be asked, however, why the deputation did not send a report +of its own? I reply that it had its hand upon the pulse of the +Governments, and that the information it was thus gaining was of such a +character that it could not be entrusted to any messenger whatsoever. +Perhaps the deputation was unable <i>in any way</i> to communicate what it +knew to us—it would never do to noise abroad the secrets of European +policy. The silence of the delegates ought not, then, to discourage us; +on the contrary, we should regard it as a hopeful sign.</p> + +<p>"If there is any one man who feels deeply for the critical condition of +our country, I am that man. And critical our condition certainly is; so +that I am not surprised that some of us are asking, 'What hope have we +now in continuing the struggle?' But I would ask another question: 'What +hope had we at the beginning of the war?' Our faith in God—we had +nothing else to rely on! At the very outset of the war I knew that we, +with our forty-five thousand troops, were engaged in a contest against a +nation that had no less than seven hundred and fifty thousand men under +arms, and who could easily send against us a third of that number. And +to counterbalance the terrible odds against us, we had nothing, as I +knew, but our faith. At that time there were some who expected that +effectual help would come from Cape Colony. I was never deluded by this +hope. I knew of course that there were men there who would fight with us +against England; I knew how much those men sympathized with our cause; +but I also knew that the circumstances of that country would make it +impossible for the colonists to help us more than they have, as a matter +of fact, done. No! God was our one Hope when the war began. And if, when +the war is over, victory lies with us, it will not be the first time +that faith in God has enabled the weaker nation to overthrow the +stronger.</p> + +<p>"Those of you who urge that the war should be discontinued, ask us, who +are for carrying it on, what tangible reason we have for our hope. But +what tangible reason for hope was there at the beginning of the war? Are +our affairs darker now? Quite the contrary—miracles have been worked in +our favour during the last twenty-two months. General Botha wrote to me +some time ago, saying that the scarcity of ammunition was causing him +much anxiety. And he had good cause for that anxiety—ammunition was +exhausted. When a burgher came to me at that time with an empty +bandolier, it absolutely terrified me. But now, to use an expression of +General Joubert's, my pleasure is tempered with shame when I think<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_409" id="Page_409">[Pg 409]</a></span> of +the plentiful store of ammunition which we possess. I am not angry with +those of my compatriots who ask for reasons—I give my reasons—nor have +I given a thousandth part of them.</p> + +<p>"The enemy has already made us some concessions. There was a time when +Lord Salisbury said that the English Government would be satisfied with +nothing short of unconditional surrender. He does not say so to-day. +England is negotiating with us—that is to say, she shows signs of +yielding to our demands. If we continue the war, England will negotiate +again; she will offer still more favourable terms; she will not even +stick at independence.</p> + +<p>"Do you want more of my reasons? Look back once more upon our past +history, and you shall find them. Recall the time when the Transvaal was +at war with England. At that time we did not know the English so well as +we now know them; we had only thirteen cartridges for each man; and +there were the so-called 'Loyalists'—a chicken-hearted crew—to hamper +us. Faith was our only support then—and you all know how that war +resulted.</p> + +<p>"I am asked what I mean to do with the women and children. That is a +very difficult question to answer. We must have faith. I think also that +we might meet the emergency in this way—a part of the men should be +told off to lay down their arms for the sake of the women, and then they +could take the women with them to the English in the towns. This would +be a hard expedient, but it may be the only one possible.</p> + +<p>"America has been referred to by some of the speakers, who have compared +our circumstances with those of the United States, when they made war +upon England. The comparison is, in one respect at least, an apt one, +for we also have large territories to which we can always retreat.</p> + +<p>"As to Europe—we know little of the condition of things there. Our +information about Europe comes only from newspapers, and 'Jingo' +newspapers at that. If there is not a great deal going on in Europe +which England wants to hide from us, why is she so careful not to let us +see European journals? If there were anything in them <i>unfavourable</i> to +our cause, England would flood our country with them in her own +interests. We must also note that England will not permit our deputation +to return to us.</p> + +<p>"Taking all these facts into consideration, and remembering that the +sympathy for us, which is to be found in England itself, may be regarded +as being, for all practical purposes, a sort of indirect intervention, I +maintain that this terrible struggle must be continued. We must fight +on, no matter how long, until our independence is absolutely secure."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_410" id="Page_410">[Pg 410]</a></span></p> + +<p>General Beijers (Waterberg) said that he had to give an answer to the +question whether he ought to follow his reason or his conscience; he +could only reply that conscience had the first claim upon him. If he +were to perish whilst following the guidance of reason, he would feel +that he had been unfaithful; whereas, were he to die whilst obeying the +dictates of conscience, he would not fear death. Martyrs of old had died +for their faith; but he feared that the martyr spirit was now only to be +met with in books! Those martyrs had died, and with their death it had +seemed that all was lost; but the truth, for which they had given up +their lives, had lived!</p> + +<p>But how is it now with us? We think our cause a righteous one, but are +we willing to die for it? Some spoke of our existence as a nation—but +whether that were to be preserved or lost, did not lie with us—it was +in the hands of God—He would take care of it. Right must conquer in the +end. They must take care to be on the side of right, should it even cost +them their lives. He agreed with those who said that, even if the +present deliberations were to come to nothing, they would have another +chance, later on, of negotiating. This had been proved by what had +already happened. General de Wet had shown them how Lord Salisbury had +gone back upon his first demands; he (General Beijers) could tell them +that on one occasion Lord Roberts had declined even to speak to General +Botha—and yet the English were negotiating with them now. He was quite +open to conviction, but at present he could not see that the war ought +to be stopped. Nevertheless he was not blind to the critical state of +their affairs. But their case was not yet hopeless; their anxiety about +food, their lack of horses—these were not insurmountable difficulties. +They might even find some means by which to save their womenfolk.</p> + +<p>No. These difficulties were not insuperable; but there was one +difficulty which <i>was</i> insuperable—the present spirit of the nation. +When a spirit, be it what it might, inspired or ruled a man, then that +man would submit to no other sway. The spirit that now ruled the +burghers was a spirit that was driving them over to the enemy. Against +that spirit it was impossible to contend. General De la Rey had said +that, if the proposal now before the meeting were to be shown to the +burghers, they would at once accept it—that was the sort of spirit that +was in them, and one must take it into consideration, for he was +convinced that it presented an insurmountable obstacle to the +continuation of the war.</p> + +<p>The meeting was then closed with prayer.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_411" id="Page_411">[Pg 411]</a></span></p> +<h4><span class="smcap">Friday, May 30th, 1902.</span></h4> + +<p>After the preliminary prayer had been offered, Vice-President Burger +said that before beginning the business of the day, it was his sad duty +to inform the meeting that the President of the Orange Free State had +been obliged to resign, on account of serious illness. President Steyn +had been compelled, in order to obtain medical assistance, to put +himself in the hands of the enemy. He had further to communicate that +Commander-in-Chief de Wet had been appointed Vice-President of the +Orange Free State. He wished to express his deep sympathy with the +representatives in the severe loss which they had sustained. President +Steyn, he said, had been a rock and pillar to their great cause.</p> + +<p>Vice-President de Wet having thanked the Vice-President of the South +African Republic for his kind and sympathetic words, Mr. J. Naude (the +representative of Pretoria, and of General Kemp's flying columns) put +some questions with regard to the colonists who had been fighting on the +Boer side. These questions were answered by General Smuts. Mr. Naude +then asked if the delegates were expected to come to any decision about +independence.</p> + +<p>General Botha replied that the Governments had informed Lords Kitchener +and Milner that they were not in a condition to decide that +question—that it was a matter for the nation to settle. The delegates +had then gone to their burghers, and now had returned, and were present.</p> + +<p>Mr. Naude said that it must therefore have been known at Klerksdorp that +the delegates had to decide upon the question of independence. If that +were so, he found himself in a difficulty. Either the delegates had been +misled, or they were the victims of a mistake, for they had never been +told that they had been elected as plenipotentiaries. Notwithstanding +all that the lawyers might say, he considered himself as having a +certain definite mission. He had obtained the votes of his burghers on +the understanding that he would take up a certain position. He had asked +them whether independence was to be given up, and they had answered in +the negative. He could not therefore vote for the acceptance of the +proposal now before the meeting, for that proposal demanded the +surrender of independence. His burghers had also insisted on being +allowed to keep their arms, and on the use of their language in schools +and Courts of Justice, both of which conditions were refused by the +British proposal. Since, therefore, he could not agree to the proposal, +he was for continuing the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_412" id="Page_412">[Pg 412]</a></span> war. Some asked what were the chances of +success? He remembered the state of feeling among the burghers at +Warmebad—that was a dark time indeed. The Commandant-General had paid +those burghers a visit, and had told them that they had nothing to lose, +but everything to win, by continuing the struggle. That had been enough +for them. They had not had much prospect then; they could not see +whither their road was leading. But they had found out afterwards. It +had been a dark time too when Pretoria was taken, but most of the +burghers had remained steadfast. And after the darkness the light had +come back. Again a dark cloud was over them—it would pass away, and the +light would reappear.</p> + +<p>General De la Rey explained that he had not intended to mislead anybody +at the gatherings of the burghers. Every document which the Government +had handed over to him had been laid before those gatherings. Mr. Naude +had asked whether the delegates at that meeting had to decide about +independence. Most certainly they had. And to do so was a duty devolving +upon Mr. Naude as much as on any other delegate present. They would have +to decide, not for their own districts alone, but for the whole country.</p> + +<p>Mr. Naude said that he had no wish to free himself from his +responsibility, but he could not forget that he had come there with a +definite mission.</p> + +<p>Judge Hertzog wished again to explain the rights of the question from a +legal point of view. One must ask: If the nation were here, what would +it wish to be done? And one must act in conformity with what one thinks +its answer would be. The Judge then proceeded to speak on the matter in +general. What, he asked, were the arguments in favour of continuing the +war? In the first place, England was growing weaker just as their own +nation was. Any one could see that with their own eyes. It was true as +regarded the financial side of the question. No doubt England could +still collect millions of pounds, if she wished, but the time would come +when she would have trouble with her tax-payers. Already the British +Government found it difficult to pay the interest on the sum borrowed +for war expenses, as was proved by the fact that a corn tax had been +levied in England. That tax would not have been levied unless things had +been in a serious condition. In the second place, he would ask how it +was they had not been allowed to meet their deputation? It would only +have taken the deputation fourteen days to perform the journey; by now +it would have been among them. But permission had been refused them. And +why? It was said that to grant a permission would have been a military +irregularity. But the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_413" id="Page_413">[Pg 413]</a></span> present meeting was also a military irregularity. +There must be something more behind that refusal. But what were the +arguments against going on with the war? He would enumerate them—the +situation in which they found themselves was critical; the country as a +whole was exhausted. Nearly all the horses had died or had been +captured. The strongest argument of all, however, was that some of their +own people had turned against them, and were fighting in the ranks of +the enemy. Then the condition of the women caused great anxiety; a fear +had been expressed that a moral decay might set in among the families in +the camps. That consideration had great weight with him. No one with any +heart could remain indifferent to it. If there was one thing which more +than anything else made him respect Commandant-General Botha, it was +that the Commandant-General had the heart to feel, and the courage to +express, the importance of that consideration. The present war was one +of the saddest that had ever been waged. He doubted if there had ever +been a war in which a nation had suffered as they had. But all those +sufferings, horrible though they were, did not influence his decision. +Did he but see the chance of finally securing freedom for the nation, he +would put all such considerations on one side, and go on fighting till +death. No; it was not the horror of the situation which influenced him; +there was something that weighed upon his heart yet more heavily—it was +<i>the holding of that meeting at Vereeniging</i>. He reproached no one. +Every one had acted with the best intentions. Nevertheless that meeting +was a fatal error; it would give them their death blow. For what had it +produced—a statement from the lips of the Commandant-General himself +that the condition of the country was hopeless. If there were yet any +burghers whose courage was not gone, would they not be utterly +disheartened when they heard what their leaders had said at that +meeting? That was the saddest thought of all. He could understand that +those burghers who had already lost heart should be leaving the +commandos, but now those who had never yet been disheartened would +become so. But notwithstanding all this, it was difficult to feel +certain which was the right course to pursue—to give up the war or to +continue it. He could only suggest that those who were now in doubt on +the matter should support the line of action which, before their doubt +began, had appeared to them to be best.</p> + +<p>Mr. L.J. Meijer (a member of the Government of the South African +Republic) then gave some account of the devastation of that part of the +country which lay to the north of the Eastern Railway, and on the +further side of the Sabi River. (This<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_414" id="Page_414">[Pg 414]</a></span> report coincided with those +already given by the delegates.) He went on to say that as they were all +in the dark, and could not see the road they were travelling along, they +must take reason and conscience for their guide. They had already lost +much: let them not lose everything. And what could they hope to gain by +continuing the struggle? To do so might be to throw away their last +chance of peace. What would their progeny say of them if they were to +persist in the struggle and thus lose everything they had possessed? +They would say, "Our forefathers were brave, but they had no brains." +Whereas, if they were to stop the war, their progeny would say, "Our +forefathers did not fight for their own glory." He pointed out that +however little the British proposal contained of what they desired, it +nevertheless promised them representative government. In the past he had +been against the war; he had wished that the five years' franchise +should be granted. Although the people had opposed this measure he had +always supported it. And why? Because he had feared that were that +measure not conceded African blood would stain the ground. Must they +still continue to shed blood? After the capture of Bloemfontein there +had been a secret meeting of the council of war at Pretoria. His +Government had then been willing to surrender, but the Free State had +refused. The two Governments had therefore decided to go on with the +war. A year later, in the month of June, there had been another meeting. +A letter had been sent to the Free State. The two Governments had met at +Waterval, and had once more decided to continue the struggle. Later on, +again, the Government of the South African Republic wrote another letter +to the Free State; but there had been no opportunity of meeting until +the present occasion, which saw them assembled together at Vereeniging. +Were they again going to decide to continue their resistance? It was a +matter for serious consideration. There was but little seed-corn left. +This must, if they had to go on fighting, be preserved from the enemy at +all costs; were it to be destroyed, the African nation must cease to +exist. But they could not continue the war. It was the Boers now who +were teaching the English how to fight against us; Boers now were with +the enemy's forces, showing them how to march by night, and pointing out +to them all the foot passes.</p> + +<p>Commandant Van Niekerk (Kroonstad) pointed out that the Colonists had +already rendered them valuable aid, and could still do so. Were they now +to abandon these Colonists, and—thinking only about saving +themselves—leave them to fight on alone? It would be sad indeed if the +burghers were compelled to lay down their arms.</p> + +<p>Commandant-General L. Botha said that in regard to the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_415" id="Page_415">[Pg 415]</a></span> holding of a +national meeting, he had already chosen delegates with power to act. He +spoke of the state of affairs at the beginning of the war—the two +Republics had then at least sixty thousand men under arms. In reference +to the Cape Colony, he said that it had never been expected that that +country would allow its railways to be used for the transport of troops. +The Commandant-General then proceeded as follows:—</p> + +<p>"I used to entertain hopes that the European Powers would interfere on +our behalf. All that they have done, however, has been to look on while +England was introducing all sorts of new methods of warfare, methods, +too, which are contrary to all international law.</p> + +<p>"When the war began we had plenty of provisions, and a commando could +remain for weeks in one spot without the local food supply running out. +Our families, too, were then well provided for. But all this is now +changed. One is only too thankful nowadays to know that our wives are +under English protection. This question of our womenfolk is one of our +greatest difficulties. What are we to do with them? One man answers that +some of the burghers should surrender themselves to the English, and +take the women with them. But most of the women now amongst us are the +wives of men already prisoners. And how can we expect those not their +own kith and kin to be willing to give up liberty for their sakes?</p> + +<p>"As to the deputation, we must remember that it was accredited to all +the Powers of Europe. And yet it has only been able to hand in its +credentials to the Netherlands Government. Does not this prove that no +other Government is willing to receive it? If you need further proof, I +refer you to the letter in which the deputation—they were still allowed +to write to us then—said: 'There is no chance for us in Europe.' The +deputation wanted to be allowed to return home, but our Government +advised them to remain in Europe, because their arrival in South Africa +would be a death blow to the hopes of many. That is why the deputation +is still in Europe. Later on they said that, although they knew that +there was no chance of intervention, yet they felt that they ought to +persist in their efforts, because of the sacrifices which we had already +made. It is possible that a war may arise in Europe from which we shall +gain something, but what right have we to expect such a contingency? +Moreover, great nations take but little interest in the fate of small +ones—indeed, it is to the advantage of the former that the small +nations should be wiped out of existence.</p> + +<p>"I cannot refrain from alluding to the faithlessness of some<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_416" id="Page_416">[Pg 416]</a></span> of our +burghers, who are to be found in the ranks of the enemy. But this is not +the only sign of the way in which affairs are trending—I look back on +the past. I remember that we have been fighting a full year since we +last heard of our deputation. What have we gained since June, 1901? +Nothing. On the contrary, we have been going backwards so fast that, if +this weakening process goes on much longer, we shall soon find ourselves +unable any more to call ourselves a fighting nation. What have we not +undergone in the course of this year which is just over! In the +concentration camps alone, twenty thousand women and children have died. +When I was in Pretoria I received reports from our information office, +and otherwise, of our losses. I found that there were thirty-one +thousand six hundred prisoners of war, of whom six hundred had died, and +that three thousand eight hundred of our burghers had been killed in the +war. Is not a loss such as this, in so short a time as two and a half +years, a serious matter? Think, too, of the sufferings which those +twenty thousand women who died in the camps must have endured!</p> + +<p>"I am not deaf to the claims of the colonists who have been fighting for +us. I have said that if we surrender our independence, we must provide +for them. Should we serve their interests by continuing the war? No, +indeed! The best thing for them would be that we should bring it to a +close. But if we are absolutely determined to go on fighting, let us at +least say to them, 'We advise <i>you</i> to desist.'</p> + +<p>"What I am saying now is in substance what I said at Warmbad at a time +when there were two thousand men of that district in the Veldt. How many +are there now? Four hundred and eighty! On that occasion I also said +that we must continue the war until we were driven by sheer starvation +to make peace. Well, in some divisions starvation has already come. The +delegates themselves have had to confess that our strength up till now +has lain in the fact that we have been able to continue the struggle in +every district. In this way we have divided the enemy's forces. But if +we are compelled to abandon some of our districts, and to concentrate on +certain points, then the English also will concentrate, and attack us +with an irresistible force.</p> + +<p>"It has been suggested that we ought to march into Cape Colony. I know, +however, what that would mean—Commander-in-Chief de Wet marched into +the colonies. He had a large force, and the season of the year was +auspicious for his attempt, and yet he failed. How, then, shall we +succeed in winter, and with horses so weak that they can only go +<i>op-een-stap</i>.<a name="FNanchor_120_120" id="FNanchor_120_120"></a><a href="#Footnote_120_120" class="fnanchor">[120]</a><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_417" id="Page_417">[Pg 417]</a></span></p> + +<p>"What, then, are we to do? Some will reply, 'Go on with the war,' Yes, +but for how long? For ten or twelve years? But would that be possible? +If in two years we have been reduced from sixty thousand fighting men to +half that number, where will our army be after another ten years of war? +It is clear enough to me that if we go on any longer, we shall be +compelled to surrender. Would it not be better to come to some agreement +with the enemy, while we have the opportunity? We have all received the +gift of reason; let us use it on the present occasion.</p> + +<p>"As far as I and my own burghers are concerned, to continue the struggle +is still possible. But we must not only think of ourselves. We must +almost think of others. There are, for instance, the widows and orphans. +If we accept the terms now offered to us, they will remain under our +care. But if we go on with the war until we are forced to surrender, who +will then take care of them? Or if we were all killed, what could we do +for them? We should not even be able to send a deputation to Europe, to +ask for money to help us to rebuild our farms, and to feed our burghers.</p> + +<p>"There are three questions now before us—three alternatives between +which we have to choose—the continuing of the war, unconditional +surrender, and the acceptance of the British proposal. With regard to +the first, I fail to see what satisfactory result can come to us from +persisting in this unequal contest, which must result in the end in our +extermination. As to the choice between the other two, in many ways +unconditional surrender would be the better. But, for the sake of the +nation, we may not choose it. Although to reject it may involve us in +many hardships, yet we must think of nothing else but the interests of +the nation. Our only course, then, is to accept the proposal of the +English Government. Its terms may not be very advantageous to us, but +nevertheless they rescue us from an almost impossible position."</p> + +<p>After a short adjournment the delegates again assembled at about 2 p.m.</p> + +<p>General C.H. Muller (Boksburg) said that his burghers had sent him to +defend their menaced independence. One part of them had authorized him +to act as his judgment should dictate; another part had ordered him to +hold out for independence and to try to get into communication with the +European deputation. He had long ago told his burghers that they must +trust in God if they wished to continue the war, for they could not do +so by relying only on their guns and rifles. He did not like to think of +what they would say if he were to go back to them and tell them that he +had not been in communi<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_418" id="Page_418">[Pg 418]</a></span>cation with the deputation, and that the +proposal of the English Government had been accepted. He could not bring +himself to surrender. Nevertheless, having in view what the +Commandant-General and others had said, he felt that he must do so, for +it was impossible for him to prosecute the war single-handed. But could +not the delegates continue to stand by one another, and make a covenant +with the Lord? The district which he represented was one of the poorest +in the whole country, and the £3,000,000 offered by the enemy did not +include any provision for those who, like his burghers, could do nothing +to help themselves. He would again suggest that the delegates should +make a vow unto the Lord. For himself, he could not vote for the +acceptance of the British proposal.</p> + +<p>General J.H. Smuts then spoke as follows:—</p> + +<p>"Up till now I have taken no part in this discussion, but my opinions +are not unknown to my Government; we have arrived at a dark period both +in the history of our war, and in the course of our national +development. To me it is all the darker because I am one of those who, +as members of the Government of the South African Republic, provoked the +war with England. A man, however, may not draw back from the +consequences of his deeds. We must therefore keep back all private +feeling, and decide solely with a view to the lasting interests of our +nation. This is an important occasion for us—it is perhaps the last +time that we shall meet as a free people with a free government. Let us +then rise to the height of this occasion; let us arrive at a decision +for which our posterity shall bless, and not curse us.</p> + +<p>"The great danger for this meeting is that of deciding the questions +before it on purely military grounds. Nearly all the delegates here are +officers who in the past have never quailed before the overwhelming +forces of the enemy, and who therefore are never likely to do so in the +future. They do not know what fear is, and they are ready to shed the +last drop of their blood in the defence of their country.</p> + +<p>"Now if we look at the matter from <i>their</i> point of view, that is to +say, if we look at it merely as a military question, I am bound to admit +that we shall come to the conclusion that the war <i>can</i> be continued. We +are still an unconquered power; we have still about eighteen thousand +men in the field—veterans, with whom one can accomplish almost +anything. From a purely military standpoint, our cause is not yet lost. +But it is as a <i>nation</i>, and not as an <i>army</i>, that we are met here, and +it is therefore for the nation principally that we must consult. No one +sits here to represent this or that commando. One<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_419" id="Page_419">[Pg 419]</a></span> and all, we represent +the African nation, and not only those members of it which are now in +the field, but also those who rest beneath the soil, and those yet +unborn, who shall succeed us.</p> + +<p>"No! We do not only represent our burghers on commando, the troops over +which we are placed in command; we represent also the thousands who have +passed away, after making the last sacrifice for their country; the +prisoners scattered all the world over; the women and children dying by +the thousand in the prison camps of the enemy; we represent the blood +and the tears of the whole African nation. From the prisons, the camps, +the graves, the veldt, and from the womb of the future, that nation +cries out to us to make a wise decision now, to take no step which might +lead to the downfall or even to the extermination of their race, and +thus make all their sacrifices of no avail. Our struggle, up to the +present, has not been an aimless one. We have not been fighting in mere +desperation. We began this strife, and we have continued it, because we +wanted to maintain our independence and were prepared to sacrifice +everything for it. But we must not sacrifice the African nation itself +upon the altar of independence. So soon as we are convinced that our +chance of maintaining our autonomous position as Republics is, humanly +speaking, at an end, it becomes our clear duty to desist from our +efforts. We must not run the risk of sacrificing our nation and its +future to a mere idea which can no longer be realized.</p> + +<p>"And ought we not to be convinced that independence is now irretrievably +lost? We have been fighting without cessation for nearly three years. It +is no exaggeration to say that during that period we have been employing +all the strength and all the means which we possess, in the furtherance +of our cause. We have sacrificed thousands of lives; we have lost all +our earthly goods; our dear country is become one continuous desert; +more than twenty thousand of our women and children have perished in the +camps of the enemy. And has this brought us independence? Just the +reverse; it is receding further and further from us every day. The +longer we fight, the greater will be the distance between us and the aim +for which we are fighting.</p> + +<p>"The manner in which the enemy has been conducting, and still continues +to conduct, this war, has reduced our country to such a state of +exhaustion, that it will soon be a physical impossibility for us to +fight any longer. Our only hope lies in the chance of help from outside. +A year ago I, in the name of my Government, communicated the condition +of our nation<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_420" id="Page_420">[Pg 420]</a></span> to His Honour States-President Kruger, in Europe. He +wrote in reply that we must rely on the state of affairs in Cape +Colony—and the sympathy of European nations—and that we must continue +the war until all other means were exhausted."</p> + +<p>The speaker here enlarged upon the political developments which had +taken place in the United States and in the principal European countries +during the preceding two years, and then continued:—</p> + +<p>"So far as we are concerned, the sum total of the foreign situation is +that we obtain a great deal of sympathy, for which we are naturally most +grateful. More than this we do not obtain, nor shall obtain for many a +long year. Europe will go on expressing sympathy with us until the last +Boer hero has died on the field and the last Boer woman has gone down to +her grave—until, in fact, the whole Boer nation has been sacrificed on +the altar of history and of humanity.</p> + +<p>"I have already, on a former occasion, told you what I think about the +situation in Cape Colony. We have made great mistakes there; perhaps +even now Cape Colony is not ripe for the sort of policy which we have +been pursuing with regard to it. At all events, we cannot entertain any +hopes of a general rising of the Colonists. We cannot, however, give too +much honour to those three thousand heroes in the Colony who have +sacrificed all in our behalf, even though they have not succeeded in +securing our independence for us.</p> + +<p>"Thus we have given President Kruger's advice a fair trial. For twelve +months we have been testing the value of the methods which he urged upon +us. And, as a result of it all, we have become convinced that those +methods are of no avail—that if we wish to remain independent we must +depend upon ourselves alone. But the facts which the various delegates +have brought before our notice show that we <i>cannot</i> thus depend upon +ourselves; that, unless we obtain outside help, the struggle must come +to an end. We have, then, no hope of success. Our country is already +devastated and in ruins; let us stop before our people are ruined also.</p> + +<p>"And now the enemy approaches with a proposal, which, however +unacceptable it may be to us in other respects, includes the promise of +amnesty for our Colonial brethren who have been fighting side by side +with us. I fear that the day will come when we shall no longer be able +to save these so-called rebels, and then it will be a just ground for +reproach that we sacrificed their interests in a cause that was already +hopeless. Moreover, if we refused the proposal which the British +Government now makes to us, I am afraid that we shall considerably +weaken our position in the eyes of the world, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_421" id="Page_421">[Pg 421]</a></span> thus lose much of the +sympathy which to-day it evinces in our favour.</p> + +<p>"Brethren, we have vowed to stand fast to the bitter end; but let us be +men, and acknowledge that that end has now come, and that it is more +bitter than ever we thought it could be. For death itself would be sweet +compared with the step which we must now take. But let us bow before the +will of God.</p> + +<p>"The future is dark indeed, but we will not give up courage, and hope, +and trust in God. No one shall ever convince me that this unparalleled +sacrifice which the African nation has laid upon the altar of freedom +will be in vain. It has been a war for freedom—not only for the freedom +of the Boers, but for the freedom of all the nations of South Africa. +Its results we leave in God's hands. Perhaps it is His will to lead our +nation through defeat, through abasement, yes, and even through the +valley of the shadow of death, to the glory of a nobler future, to the +light of a brighter day."</p> + +<p>Commandant A.J. Bester (Bloemfontein) said that at the meeting at which +he had been elected his burghers had told him that they were resolved +not to become the subjects of England. The arguments now urged against +the continuation of the war were not new—they had been used in former +times of depression. History gave many instances in which their nation +had been delivered out of the most critical positions. One could not +help believing that Right would conquer. How was it to be explained that +two hundred and forty thousand troops had failed to exterminate two +small Republics? Then there had been miraculous escapes; surely the +thoughts of these ought to encourage them. They must all be of one mind. +His own decision was to stand or to fall for his freedom.</p> + +<p>Mr. Birkenstock (Vrijheid) asked whether the proposal could not be +accepted under protest.</p> + +<p>General J.C. Smuts answered that the meeting could empower the +Governments to accept the proposal, and to add that they did so with +such and such provisos.</p> + +<p>Commandant A.J. Bester (Bloemfontein) thought that there had been enough +said, and recommended that the discussion be closed.</p> + +<p>Commandant F.E. Mentz (Heilbron) also thought that it was not necessary +to argue any more. He believed that the war could not be continued. In +Heilbron, Bloemfontein, and part of Bethlehem there were not five head +of cattle left. The helpless condition of the women and children also +demanded consideration. The state of the country was becoming so +desperate that they were now obliged to break away from the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_422" id="Page_422">[Pg 422]</a></span> kraals. He +himself had been compelled to this not long ago, and had lost forty men +in one day. He would have to leave his district, but could not bring it +to his heart to leave the women behind. It was quite clear to him that +the war must be stopped, for some parts of the Transvaal were absolutely +unable to go on fighting. Moreover, were the war to continue, commando +after commando would go over to the enemy.</p> + +<p>General Kemp (Krugersdorp) took a more encouraging view of affairs. He +would stand or fall with the independence. His mandate was to that +effect. His conscience also would not justify him in taking any other +course. He thought that the proposal of the English Government was +vague, that there was not sufficient provision for the Boer losses in +it, and that it treated the Dutch language as a foreign tongue. +Circumstances had often been dark, and the darkness would pass away this +time as it had done before. Remembering the commission which had been +given to him by the burghers, he could not do otherwise than vote for a +continuation of the war.</p> + +<p>Vice-President Burger: "I have already given my opinion. I am sorry that +the meeting seems to be divided. It is necessary for the welfare of our +nation that we should be of one mind. Are we to continue the war? From +what I have seen and heard, it is clear to me that we cannot do so. I +repeat that there is no possibility of it, neither does any real hope +exist that by doing so we should benefit the nation. It is idle to +compare our condition in the struggle in 1877-1881 with that in which we +now find ourselves; I speak from experience.</p> + +<p>"It is true that the victory was then ours; that it was so is due to the +help which we received from outside. The Orange Free State remained +neutral, but assistance came from President Brand in South Africa and +from Gladstone in England: thus it was not by our own sword that we were +enabled to win.</p> + +<p>"It will be asked why, if we have kept up the struggle for two years and +a half, can we not still continue to do so?</p> + +<p>"Because, in the meantime, we have become weaker and weaker, and if we +persist the end must be fatal. What grounds have we for expecting that +we may yet be victorious? Each man we lose renders us weaker; every +hundred men we lose means a similar gain to the enemy. England's +numerical strength does not diminish; on the contrary, there are even +more troops in the country at this moment than when Lord Roberts had the +command. England also has used our own men against us, and has not been +ashamed of arming the Kaffirs; the enemy are learning from our own men +in what way they should fight—he must be blind indeed who cannot see +these facts.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_423" id="Page_423">[Pg 423]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I do not think we can appropriately call this altogether a 'war of +faith.' Undoubtedly we began this war strong in the faith of God, but +there were also two or three other things to rely upon. We had +considerable confidence in our own weapons; we under-estimated the +enemy; the fighting spirit had seized upon our people; and the thought +of victory had banished that of the possibility of defeat.</p> + +<p>"The question still remains, What are we to do? I have no great opinion +of the document which lies before us: to me it holds out no inducement +to stop the war. If I feel compelled to treat for peace it is not on +account of any advantages that this proposal offers me: it is the weight +of my own responsibility which drives me to it.</p> + +<p>"If I think that by holding out I should dig the nation's grave, nothing +must induce me to continue the struggle.</p> + +<p>"Therefore I consider it my duty, as leader of our nation, to do my +utmost that not one man more shall be killed, that not one woman more +shall die.</p> + +<p>"The sacrifice must be made; is not this also a trial of our faith? What +shall we gain by going on? Nothing! It is obvious that further +surrenders will take place—here of a few, there of many—and our +weakness will increase.</p> + +<p>"We shall also be obliged to abandon large areas of the country. Will +this make us stronger? Rather, will it not enable the enemy to +concentrate still more? And the abandoned tracts—to whom will they +belong? To the enemy!</p> + +<p>"In all probability this is our last meeting. I do not believe that we +shall be given another chance to negotiate: we shall be deemed too +insignificant. If we reject this proposal, what prospects have we in the +future? If we accept it, we can, like a child, increase in size and +strength, but with its rejection goes our last opportunity.</p> + +<p>"Fell a tree and it will sprout again; uproot it and there is an end of +it. What has the nation done to deserve extinction?</p> + +<p>"Those who wish to continue the war are influenced chiefly by hope; but +on what is this hope founded? On our arms? No. On intervention? By no +means. On what then? No one can say.</p> + +<p>"I am sorry that the Transvaal and the Orange Free State are at variance +on this point, and I regret that it is the Transvaal which has to +declare itself unable to proceed further; but the enemy have +concentrated all their forces in this State, and we can hold out no +longer."</p> + +<p>Mr. L. Jacobsz: "I have hitherto not spoken, because I am a +non-combatant. I have also suffered much, although less than others. I +have listened to what has been said, but my opinion is not changed by +the views I have heard expressed.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_424" id="Page_424">[Pg 424]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I repeat now what I said at Klerksdorp, namely that the struggle cannot +continue. I have noted the condition of the country, which is such that +the commandos can no longer be supported. I would point out the +condition of the women and children, of whom many are dying, and all are +exposed to great dangers. If there was a chance of succeeding in the +end, then we might hold out, but there is no such chance; there is no +possibility of intervention, and the silence of the deputation is +ominous.</p> + +<p>"I sympathize with the heroes present at this meeting; we must have a +foundation for our faith, and we cannot altogether compare our people +with the people of Israel. Israel had promises made to them; we have +none. I would further point out that, in the interests of the nation, it +will not do to surrender unconditionally: the terms before us may be +deceptive, but they are the best obtainable.</p> + +<p>"With regard to the difficulty of those delegates who consider that they +are bound to act as they have been commissioned, I am of the same +opinion as Judge Hertzog and General Smuts."</p> + +<p>Commandant J.J. Alberts (Standerton) spoke more or less in the same +strain. He was of opinion that the war should be finished by ceding +territory, but, failing this, that it should be ended on any terms +obtainable.</p> + +<p>Vice-President de Wet expressed his opinion that, considering the short +time at their disposal, they should proceed, if possible, to make some +proposal.</p> + +<p>General D.A. Brand said that he would have spoken if he had not thought +that enough had been said; he considered it desirable to close the +discussion, and was willing to make a proposal.</p> + +<p>Veldtcornet D.J.E. Opperman (Pretoria South) considered that the +difficulties of continuing the war, and of accepting the proposal, were +equal. Some of his burghers would fight no longer. What troubled him +most was the condition of the women; it went to his heart to see these +families perish. He was of opinion that, for the sake of the women and +children who were suffering so intensely, the proposal should be +accepted under protest.</p> + +<p>Veldtcornet J. Van Steedden, seconded by Veldtcornet B.J. Roos, moved +that the discussion be now closed.</p> + +<p>The meeting was adjourned after prayer.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_425" id="Page_425">[Pg 425]</a></span></p> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Saturday, May 31st, 1902.</span></h4> + +<p>The meeting was opened with prayer.</p> + +<p>General Nieuwouwdt, seconded by General Brand, made the following +proposal:—</p> + +<p>"This meeting of special deputies from the two Republics, after +considering the proposal of His Majesty's Government for the +re-establishment of peace, and taking into consideration (<i>a</i>) the +demands of the burghers in the veldt and the commissions which they had +given to their representatives; (<i>b</i>) that they do not consider +themselves justified in concluding peace on the basis laid down by His +Majesty's Government before having been placed in communication with the +delegates of the Republic now in Europe, decides that it cannot accept +the proposal of His Majesty's Government, and orders the Governments of +the two Republics to communicate this decision to His Majesty's +Government through its representatives."</p> + +<p>Mr. P.R. Viljoen, seconded by General H.A. Alberts, made a proposal, +amended afterwards by General Smuts and Judge Hertzog, which appears +later on under the proposal of H.P.J. Pretorius and C. Botha.</p> + +<p>A third proposal by General E. Botha and General J.G. Celliers was laid +upon the table, but subsequently withdrawn.</p> + +<p>Mr. F.W. Reitz considered it to be his duty not only to the nation but +also to himself as a citizen, to say that, in case the proposal of the +British Government should be accepted, it would be necessary for the +meeting to make provisions as to whose signatures should be attached to +the necessary documents. He himself would not sign any document by which +the independence would be given up.</p> + +<p>Remarks were made by several members on the first proposal, and Mr. P.R. +Viljoen asked that no division should arise.</p> + +<p>Vice-President de Wet then said that, as the time was limited, and all +could not speak, he would propose that a Commission should be nominated +in order to draw up a third proposal in which various opinions of the +members should be set down; and that, whilst the Commission was occupied +in this way, the Orange Free State delegates on their part and those of +the South African Republic on their part, should meet in order that an +understanding might be come to between them. They must endeavour to come +to a decision, for it would be of the greatest possible advantage to +them.</p> + +<p>Commandant-General Botha thought that this hint should be taken. They +had suffered and fought together: let them not part in anger.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_426" id="Page_426">[Pg 426]</a></span></p> + +<p>The above-mentioned Commission was then decided upon, and Judge Hertzog +and General Smuts were elected.</p> + +<p>Then the Orange Free State delegates went to the tent of Vice-President +de Wet, whilst those of the South African Republic remained in the tent +in which the meeting was held.</p> + +<p>After a time of heated dispute—for every man was preparing himself for +the bitter end—they came to an agreement, and Judge Hertzog read the +following proposal:—</p> + +<p>"We, the national representatives of both the South African Republic and +the Orange Free State, at the meeting held at Vereeniging, from the 15th +of May till the 31st of May, 1902, have with grief considered the +proposal made by His Majesty's Government in connexion with the +conclusion of the existing hostilities, and their communication that +this proposal had to be accepted, or rejected, unaltered. We are sorry +that His Majesty's Government has absolutely declined to negotiate with +the Governments of the Republics on the basis of their independence, or +to allow our Governments to enter into communication with our +deputations. Our people, however, have always been under the impression +that not only on the grounds of justice, but also taking into +consideration the great material and personal sacrifices made for their +independence, that it had a well-founded claim for that independence.</p> + +<p>"We have seriously considered the future of our country, and have +specially observed the following facts:—</p> + +<p>"Firstly, that the military policy pursued by the British military +authorities has led to the general devastation of the territory of both +Republics by the burning down of farms and towns, by the destruction of +all means of subsistence, and by the exhausting of all resources +required for the maintenance of our families, the subsistence of our +armies, and the continuation of the war.</p> + +<p>"Secondly, that the placing of our families in the concentration camps +has brought on an unheard-of condition of suffering and sickness, so +that in a comparatively short time about twenty thousand of our beloved +ones have died there, and that the horrid probability has arisen that, +by continuing the war, our whole nation may die out in this way.</p> + +<p>"Thirdly, that the Kaffir tribe, within and without the frontiers of the +territory of the two Republics, are mostly armed and are taking part in +the war against us, and through the committing of murders and all sorts +of cruelties have caused an unbearable condition of affairs in many +districts of both Republics. An instance of this happened not long ago +in the district of Vrijheid, where fifty-six burghers on one occasion +were murdered and mutilated in a fearful manner.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_427" id="Page_427">[Pg 427]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Fourthly, that by the proclamations of the enemy the burghers still +fighting are threatened with the loss of all their movable and landed +property—and thus with utter ruin—which proclamations have already +been enforced.</p> + +<p>"Fifthly, that it has already, through the circumstances of the war, +become quite impossible for us to keep the many thousand prisoners of +war taken by our forces, and that we have thus been unable to inflict +much damage on the British forces (whereas the burghers who are taken +prisoners by the British armies are sent out of the country), and that, +after war has raged for nearly three years, there only remains an +insignificant part of the fighting forces with which we began.</p> + +<p>"Sixthly, that this fighting remainder, which is only a small minority +of our whole nation, has to fight against an overpowering force of the +enemy, and besides is reduced to a condition of starvation, and is +destitute of all necessaries, and that notwithstanding our utmost +efforts, and the sacrifice of everything that is dear and precious to +us, we cannot foresee an eventual victory.</p> + +<p>"We are therefore of opinion that there is no justifiable ground for +expecting that by continuing the war the nation will retain its +independence, and that, under these circumstances, the nation is not +justified in continuing the war, because this can only lead to social +and material ruin, not for us alone, but also for our posterity. +Compelled by the above-named circumstances and motives, we commission +both Governments to accept the proposal of His Majesty's Government, and +to sign it in the name of the people of both Republics.</p> + +<p>"We, the representative delegates, express our confidence that the +present circumstances will, by accepting the proposal of His Majesty's +Government, be speedily ameliorated in such a way that our nation will +be placed in a position to enjoy the privileges to which they think they +have a just claim, on the ground not only of their past sacrifices, but +also of those made in this war.</p> + +<p>"We have with great satisfaction taken note of the decision of His +Majesty's Government to grant a large measure of amnesty to the British +subjects who have taken up arms on our behalf, and to whom we are united +by bonds of love and honour; and express our wish that it may please His +Majesty to still further extend this amnesty."</p> + +<p>Mr. P.R. Viljoen then withdrew his proposal.</p> + +<p>Commandant H.P.J. Pretorius, seconded by General C. Botha, presented the +proposal, as read by the Commission.</p> + +<p>General Nieuwouwdt also withdrew his proposal, but it was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_428" id="Page_428">[Pg 428]</a></span> at once taken +over by General C.C.J. Badenhorst, seconded by Commandant A.J. Bester, +of Bloemfontein.</p> + +<p>The meeting then adjourned till the afternoon.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>In the afternoon at 2.05 it again met.</p> + +<p>Proceeding to the voting, the proposal of H.P.J. Pretorius, seconded by +General C. Botha, was accepted, by fifty-four votes against six. Then +Vice-President Burger spoke a few words suitable to the occasion as +follows:—"We are standing here at the grave of the two Republics. Much +yet remains to be done, although we shall not be able to do it in the +official capacities which we have formerly occupied. Let us not draw our +hands back from the work which it is our duty to accomplish. Let us ask +God to guide us, and to show us how we shall be enabled to keep our +nation together. We must be ready to forgive and forget, whenever we +meet our brethren. That part of our nation which has proved unfaithful +we must not reject."</p> + +<p>Later, Vice-President Burger spoke a few words of farewell to the +Commandant-General, to the Members of the Executive Councils, and to the +delegates.</p> + +<p>In the afternoon, as it turned out for the last time, Commandant +Jacobsz, seconded by General Muller, made the following proposal, which +was unanimously accepted by the meeting:—</p> + +<p>"This meeting of Delegates, having in view the necessity of collecting +means to provide for the wants of the suffering women and children, +widows and orphans, and other destitute persons, who have through this +war come to a condition of want, and also having in view the +desirability of nominating a Committee, whose duty it shall be to +arrange the necessary steps in this matter, and to finally decide on the +management and distribution of the donations received, decides:—</p> + +<p>"To nominate the Hon. Messrs. M.J. Steyn, S.W. Burger, L. Botha, C.R. de +Wet, J.H. De la Rey, A.P. Kriel, and J.D. Kestell, as the Committee, to +carry out all arrangements for the above-mentioned purposes, that may +seem desirable and expedient to them, and also to appoint new Members, +Sub-Committees and working Committees; and the said Committee is +empowered to draw up regulations, and to amend them from time to time as +shall seem to them expedient.</p> + +<p>"This meeting further decides to send abroad from the above-mentioned +Committee, Messrs. C.R. de Wet, L. Botha, and J.H. De la Rey, in order +that they may help in collecting the above-mentioned donations."</p> + +<p>Then this—the last meeting of the two Republics—was closed with +prayer.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_429" id="Page_429">[Pg 429]</a></span></p> +<h2>Index</h2> + + + +<ul> +<li>Aard, Commandant Frans van—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Election as Commandant of Kroonstad, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Killed in engagement between Kroonstad and Lindley, <a href='#Page_157'>157</a></span></li> + +<li>Abraham's Kraal—Bombardment by British, Boer Flight, <a href='#Page_52'>52</a></li> + +<li><i>Achterlaaiers</i>, <a href='#Page_3'>3</a></li> + +<li>Active Service—Calling up of Orange Free State Burghers, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Commando Law as to Equipment, Provisions, etc., <a href='#Page_3'>3</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Notification to Orange Free State Burghers to hold themselves in readiness, <a href='#Page_3'>3</a></span></li> + +<li>Alberts, Capt.—Tribute to, <a href='#Page_243'>243</a></li> + +<li>Albrecht, Major—Command of Boer Reinforcements at Koedoesberg, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a></li> + +<li>Ammunition—Amount possessed by Boers in 1902, <a href='#Page_408'>408</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture of Ammunition by the Boers, <a href='#Page_173'>173</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Dewetsdorp, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Doornspruit, Capture of Train near, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Roodewal—Amount captured, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 6em;">Digging up, <a href='#Page_191'>191</a>, <a href='#Page_193'>193</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 6em;">Disposal of, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a>, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Tweefontein, <a href='#Page_282'>282</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Ammunition hidden in Cave, <a href='#Page_298'>298</a></span></li> + +<li>Amnesty—General Amnesty for Boer Sympathisers in Cape Colony and Natal, proposed, <a href='#Page_322'>322</a></li> + +<li>Annexation of the South African Republic—Battles fought after the alleged Annexation, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Negotiations at Pretoria, References to the Annexation, <a href='#Page_367'>367</a></span></li> + +<li>Armistice to admit of attendance of Officers at the Vereeniging Meeting (May, 1902), <a href='#Page_315'>315</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Misunderstanding on the part of the British Columns, <a href='#Page_317'>317</a></span></li> + +<li>Arms, Surrender of, <i>see</i> titles Banishment and Surrender</li> + +<li>Assistant-Commander-in-Chief Gen. de Wet obtaining Post from Government, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a></li> + +<li>Assistant-Commander-in-Chief of the Orange Free State—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Prinsloo, Mr. Marthinus, Illegal Election of, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Steenekamp, Commandant, Nomination of, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></span></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Badenhorst, Siege of, by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_77'>77</a>, <a href='#Page_78'>78</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Abandonment of Siege, <a href='#Page_79'>79</a></span></li> + +<li>Badenhorst, Veldtcornet, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vice-Commander-in-Chief in Districts of Boshof, etc., Appointment, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a></span></li> + +<li>Baggage Animals of British Troops—Exhaustion of, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Use of, <a href='#Page_279'>279</a></span></li> + +<li>Baker's, Col., Column—Commander-in-Chief de Wet lying in wait with a view to Reprisals, <a href='#Page_271'>271</a></li> + +<li>Banishment Proclamation of Aug. 7, 1901 (Lord Kitchener's Proclamation), <a href='#Page_247'>247-250</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Battles fought subsequent to, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Burghers, Effect on, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kitchener's, Lord, Letter to Commander-in-Chief de Wet enclosing copy of Proclamation, <a href='#Page_247'>247</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Reply, <a href='#Page_248'>248</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Officers, Effect on, <a href='#Page_250'>250</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">President and Commander-in-Chief of Transvaal and Orange Free State—Replies, <a href='#Page_250'>250</a>, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a>, <a href='#Page_257'>257</a>, <a href='#Page_258'>258</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Steyn's, President, Letter to Lord Kitchener, <a href='#Page_251'>251-259</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Terms of, <a href='#Page_247'>247-251</a></span></li> + +<li>Bank Notes of the South African Republic—Peace Terms, Arrangements for honouring Notes, <a href='#Page_380'>380</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Prisoners of War, Opportunity of sending in Notes for Payment, <a href='#Page_386'>386</a></span></li> + +<li>Barbed Wire Fences, <i>see</i> Wire Fences</li> + +<li>Barton, Gen., Attack on at Frederiksstad by Commander-in-Chief de Wet and Gen. Liebenberg, <a href='#Page_164'>164-167</a></li> + +<li>Beijers, Gen.—Continuance of the War, Spirit of the Nation an obstacle—Speech at Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_410'>410</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Waterberg District, Situation in—Report to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_339'>339</a></span></li> + +<li>Bergh, Capt.—Attacks on Boer Forces with bands of Kaffirs, <a href='#Page_271'>271</a></li> + +<li>Bester, Commandant A.J.—Continuance of the War, Argument in favour of at the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a></li> + +<li>Bester Station, Skirmish at, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a></li> + +<li>Bethlehem—Commandants of Boer Forces, Appointments, <a href='#Page_227'>227</a>, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_430" id="Page_430">[Pg 430]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Defence of—British Reinforcements, Arrival of, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Dispositions of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a>, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;"><i>Voetgangers</i> on Wolhuterskop, Bravery of, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Engagement near, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a>, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Fall of, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></span></li> + +<li>Bethlehem Commando—Fidelity of Burghers, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a>, <a href='#Footnote_44_44'><i>note</i></a></li> + +<li>Bezuidenhoutspas—Occupation by Vrede Commando, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></li> + +<li>Biddulphsberg Engagement—English wounded burnt by veldt fire, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a></li> + +<li>"Big Constable"—Transvaalers mistaking President Steyn for Police Agent, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a>, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> + +<li>Birkenstock, Mr.—Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, etc., <a href='#Page_399'>399</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902—Report to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_343'>343</a></span></li> + +<li>Blauwbank, Fight at, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Camp abandoned—Booty taken by Boers, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a>, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Convoy, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Attack on, <a href='#Page_32'>32</a>, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a></span></li> + +<li>Blijdschap—Arrival of Laager of Women, <a href='#Page_268'>268</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Lange sentenced to death for High Treason at, <a href='#Page_268'>268</a>, <a href='#Footnote_101_101'><i>note</i></a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Massing of Commandos at, <a href='#Page_268'>268</a></span></li> + +<li><i>Blikkiescost</i>, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a></li> + +<li>Blockhouse System—"Blockhead" System, alleged, <a href='#Page_260'>260</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Success in breaking through Blockhouses, <a href='#Page_260'>260</a>, <a href='#Page_261'>261</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bothaville, Boers breaking through Blockhouse Line, <a href='#Page_299'>299</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British loss of faith in Blockhouses, <a href='#Page_291'>291</a>, <a href='#Page_292'>292</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Cost of erection and maintenance, <a href='#Page_262'>262</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Description of, <a href='#Page_262'>262</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Districts surrounded by the British, <a href='#Page_261'>261</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Failure of, alleged, <a href='#Page_261'>261</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Lindley-Kroonstad Line, Boers breaking through, <a href='#Page_287'>287</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Palmietfontein, Boers breaking through Line near, <a href='#Page_289'>289</a>, <a href='#Page_290'>290</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Prolongation of the War by, alleged, <a href='#Page_263'>263</a>, <a href='#Page_264'>264</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Small number of Captures effected, <a href='#Page_260'>260</a>, <a href='#Page_261'>261</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Springhaansnek—Commander-in-Chief de Wet breaking through the Line of Blockhouses on the march to the South, <a href='#Page_173'>173</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Thaba'Nchu and Sanna's Post, Forts between—Capture by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_201'>201</a>, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Trenches dug by British near Blockhouse Lines, etc., <a href='#Page_288'>288</a>, <a href='#Page_294'>294</a>, <a href='#Page_295'>295</a></span></li> + +<li>Bloemfontein—Capture by British, <a href='#Page_55'>55</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Defence of—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Arrangements, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Water Works—Occupation by General Broadwood, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></span></li> + +<li>"Boer Biscuits," <a href='#Page_3'>3</a></li> + +<li>Boer Forces—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Burghers who had returned home after fall of Bloemfontein, Re-call to the front, <a href='#Page_71'>71</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Commandos left with Commander-in-Chief de Wet after fall of Bloemfontein, <a href='#Footnote_29_29'><i>note</i> 57</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Confusion among Burghers at Holspruits, <a href='#Page_294'>294</a>, <a href='#Page_295'>295</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Discipline, <i>see</i> that title</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Disposition of Forces after fall of Bethlehem, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Harrismith Commando, Refusal to part with Waggons—Return home, <a href='#Page_161'>161</a>, <a href='#Page_163'>163</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Medical Certificates, Abuse of, <a href='#Footnote_30_30'><i>note</i> 59</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Mobility, <i>see</i> that title</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Numbers at Outset of War, <a href='#Page_408'>408</a>, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a>, <a href='#Page_415'>415</a>, <a href='#Page_419'>419</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Numbers at the Termination of the War, <a href='#Page_322'>322</a>, <a href='#Page_338'>338</a>, <a href='#Page_339'>339</a>, <a href='#Page_347'>347</a>, <a href='#Page_348'>348</a>, <a href='#Page_359'>359</a>, <a href='#Page_360'>360</a>, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Orange Free State Commandos—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Commander-in-Chief, Election of, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Harrismith, Concentration at, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a>, <a href='#Page_6'>6-7</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Heilbron Commando, <i>see</i> that title</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Number of Burghers ready to fight after fall of Pretoria, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Panic after Paardeberg, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a>, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a>, <a href='#Page_51'>51</a>, <a href='#Page_52'>52</a>, <a href='#Footnote_29_29'><i>note</i> 57</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Permission given to Burghers by Commander-in-Chief de Wet to return home, <a href='#Page_56'>56</a> <a href='#Footnote_29_29'><i>note</i></a>, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a>—Gen. Joubert's Protest, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Reduction in numbers due to Paardeberg Surrender, etc., <a href='#Page_89'>89</a>, <a href='#Page_90'>90</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Roberts', Lord, Surrender Proclamation—Effect on Numbers rejoining Commandos, <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Non-observance of Terms, Burghers returning to Commandos, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Separation of Free Staters and Transvaalers after fall of Kroonstad, Reasons for, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a>, <a href='#Page_90'>90</a></span></li> + +<li>Boesmanskop Skirmish, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a></li> + +<li>Boshof, Vrow—Gift of Clothes to Burghers who had swum the Orange River, <a href='#Page_221'>221</a>, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a></li> + +<li>Bosman, Landdrost—Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, etc., <a href='#Page_404'>404</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_406'>406</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902—Report to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a></span></li> + +<li>Botha—Capture at Honingkopjes, Subsequent Escape and Death, <a href='#Page_110'>110</a></li> + +<li>Botha, Commandant-General—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Continuance of the War, Arguments against—Terms of Surrender, etc., <a href='#Page_414'>414</a>, <a href='#Page_415'>415</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Estcourt Skirmishes—Capture of Armoured Train, etc., <a href='#Page_19'>19</a></span></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_431" id="Page_431">[Pg 431]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Fortitude after Fall of Pretoria, <a href='#Page_93'>93</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Independence of the South African Republic and Orange Free State—Vereeniging Conference Delegates' power to decide as to Independence, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Junction with Commander-in-Chief de Wet at Rhenosterriviersbrug, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Middelburg Peace Proposals, <i>see</i> that title</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Mission to Europe on behalf of Relief Fund Committee, <a href='#Page_428'>428</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Negotiations—Member of Commission of National Representatives at the Pretoria Conference, <a href='#Page_320'>320</a>, <a href='#Page_365'>365-396</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902—Report to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_337'>337</a>, <a href='#Page_338'>338</a>, <a href='#Page_354'>354-358</a></span></li> + +<li>Botha, General Philip—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Dewetsdorp Defences, Occupation of, <a href='#Page_175'>175</a>, <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Engagement with General Knox's Forces, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a>, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Reinforcements sent to Commander-in-Chief de Wet before Paardeberg, Command of, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a>, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Stinkfontein—Failure to recapture Position, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Storming of, <a href='#Page_40'>40</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Tabaksberg, Engagement at, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></span></li> + +<li>Botha, Mr. Jan—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Tribute to, <a href='#Page_150'>150</a>, <a href='#Page_151'>151</a></li> + +<li>Bothaville—Boers breaking through Blockhouse Line, <a href='#Page_299'>299</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Surprise Attack by the British on Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Forces—Boer Panic, <a href='#Page_168'>168-170</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Losses of the Boers, <a href='#Page_170'>170-171</a></span></li> + +<li><i>Bout Span</i>, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a></li> + +<li>Boys—Presence with Commandos, <a href='#Page_287'>287</a>, <a href='#Page_289'>289</a>, <a href='#Page_290'>290</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Children killed and wounded, <a href='#Page_289'>289</a>, <a href='#Page_290'>290</a>, <a href='#Page_295'>295</a>, <a href='#Page_296'>296</a></span></li> + +<li>Brabant's, General, Successes, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></li> + +<li>Brabant's Horse—Attack on Commandant Kritzinger and Captain Scheepers, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a>, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Opinion of, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a>, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></span></li> + +<li>Brand, President—Assistance rendered to South African Republic in War of 1877-1881, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a></li> + +<li>Brandfort, Boer Forces at—Hotels closed by Commander-in-Chief, <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></li> + +<li><i>Brandwachten</i>, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a></li> + +<li>Breijtenbach, Veldtcornet B.H.—Continuance of the War, Impossibility of Carrying on the Struggle, <a href='#Page_403'>403</a>, <a href='#Page_404'>404</a></li> + +<li>British Forces—Artillery, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Tribute to, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">March from Bethlehem to Reitz, under guidance of Free Staater, <a href='#Page_263'>263</a>, <a href='#Page_264'>264</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sixty Thousand Men, Cordon of, <a href='#Page_291'>291</a>, <a href='#Page_292'>292</a>, <a href='#Page_293'>293</a>, <a href='#Page_294'>294</a></span></li> + +<li>Broadwood, General—Occupation of Thaba'Nchu, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Retreat towards Thaba'Nchu before General Olivier, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a></span></li> + +<li>Broodspioen, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a>, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a></li> + +<li>Bruwer, Commandant—Appointment to Command of Bethlehem District, <a href='#Page_227'>227</a>, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a></li> + +<li>Buller, Sir Redvers—Drakensberg Frontier, Crossing of, <a href='#Page_93'>93</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Landing at Cape Town, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Relief of Ladysmith, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Strength of Positions operated against by Sir Redvers Buller, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a></span></li> + +<li>Bulwana Hill—Boers surprised by British, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a></li> + +<li>Burger, Vice-President—Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, etc., <a href='#Page_398'>398</a>, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a>, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a>, <a href='#Page_425'>425</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Meeting with Orange Free State Government, Letter to President Steyn, <a href='#Page_301'>301</a>, <a href='#Page_302'>302</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902—Address at the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_336'>336</a>, <a href='#Page_337'>337</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351-354</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Steyn, President, Resignation of—Announcement at Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a></span></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Cape Colony—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Attempted Inroad—March towards Cape Colony—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Blockhouses—Commander-in-Chief de Wet breaking through the Line at Springhaansnek, <a href='#Page_173'>173</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>, <a href='#Page_188'>188</a>, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Dewetsdorp—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 6em;">Defences, British neglecting to hold, <a href='#Page_175'>175</a>, <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 6em;">Storming of, <a href='#Page_175'>175-179</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Forces under Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_172'>172</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">"Good Hope" Farm, Engagement near, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 6em;">Knox's, Gen., Arrival with British Reinforcements, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Gun and Amount of Ammunition taken, <a href='#Page_173'>173</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Karmel, March towards, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a>, <a href='#Page_182'>182</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Knox's, Gen., Pursuit of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a>, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a>, <a href='#Page_190'>190</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Orange and Caledon Rivers in flood—Commander-in-Chief de Wet "cornered," <a href='#Page_182'>182</a>, <a href='#Page_183'>183</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Prinsloo's, Commandant Michal, Commando—Appearance in the nick of time, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>, <a href='#Page_188'>188</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Retreat across Orange River, <a href='#Page_184'>184</a>, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a></span></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_432" id="Page_432">[Pg 432]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Expedition into—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Capture of Farm held by British Troops, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a>, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Courage and Endurance of Burghers, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Diminution in number of Boer Forces, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Engagements with British Troops, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a>, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Escape of Boer Forces in the darkness, <a href='#Page_216'>216</a>, <a href='#Page_219'>219</a>, <a href='#Page_220'>220</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Fodder, Lack of, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Knox's, Gen., Movements, <a href='#Page_201'>201</a>, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a>, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Miraculous Nature of Boer Achievements, <a href='#Page_223'>223</a>, <a href='#Page_224'>224</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Moddervlei, Passage of—Boer Loss of Ammunition and Flour Waggons, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a>, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a>, <a href='#Page_210'>210</a>, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Officers serving with Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a>, <a href='#Page_196'>196</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Position of Boer Forces after crossing Orange River, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Retreat across Orange River, Difficulties of, etc., <a href='#Page_217'>217-224</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Strategy employed to mislead Gen. Knox, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a>, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a>, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">General Rising of Burghers, Impossibility of—Reports of Delegates at the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_340'>340</a>, <a href='#Page_341'>341</a>, <a href='#Page_342'>342</a>, <a href='#Page_355'>355</a>, <a href='#Page_360'>360</a>, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_406'>406</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Position of affairs at the beginning of 1901—Colonial Burghers' Sympathy with Boer Cause, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a>, <a href='#Page_196'>196</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sheep-farming, success of in North-Western Districts, <a href='#Page_211'>211</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Small Commandos sent to Cape Colony, Policy of, <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></span></li> + +<li>Cape Mounted Rifles, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's opinion of, <a href='#Page_77'>77</a>, <a href='#Page_78'>78</a></li> + +<li>Cartwright, Mr., Editor of <i>South African News</i>—Punishment for publication of "not to take prisoners" Anecdote concerning Lord Kitchener, <a href='#Page_184'>184</a>, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a></li> + +<li>Casualties, <i>see</i> Losses in Killed and Wounded, etc., on either side</li> + +<li>Cattle—Blockhouse Line between Lindley and Kroonstad, Boer Cattle breaking through, <a href='#Page_288'>288</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture of Boer Cattle on "Majuba Day," <a href='#Page_296'>296</a>, <a href='#Page_297'>297</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Destruction by the British, <a href='#Page_192'>192</a>, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Supply available on May 15, 1902—Report of Vereeniging Delegates, <a href='#Page_337'>337</a>, <a href='#Page_338'>338</a>, <a href='#Page_339'>339</a>, <a href='#Page_340'>340</a>, <a href='#Page_341'>341</a>, <a href='#Page_343'>343</a>, <a href='#Page_344'>344</a>, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a>, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a>, <a href='#Page_352'>352</a></span></li> + +<li>Causes of the War—British Government Interference with the inner policy of the South African Republic, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a>, <a href='#Page_253'>253</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Declaration of War by the South African Republics as the Cause—President Steyn's Contradiction, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a>, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Extermination of the Republics already determined on by England, alleged, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a>, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Franchise Law—British Government Demands, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a>, <a href='#Page_253'>253</a>, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Goldfields the main object, alleged, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Jameson Raid as a Cause, alleged, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a>, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a>, <a href='#Page_253'>253</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Memorials to H.M. Government concerning alleged Grievances—President Steyn's efforts to keep the Peace, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a>, <a href='#Page_253'>253</a>, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Orange Free State joining issues with the Transvaal, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a>, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Steyn's, President, Letter to Lord Kitchener, <a href='#Page_250'>250-259</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Troops landed by the British Government prior to outbreak of War, <a href='#Page_253'>253</a>, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ultimatum of Boers, Lord Salisbury's Assertion, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></span></li> + +<li>Ceylon—Boer Prisoners taken with Gen. Prinsloo sent to Ceylon, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a></li> + +<li>Chamberlain, Mr. J.—Boer Ultimatum—Telegrams to Sir A. Milner, <a href='#Page_329'>329</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Jameson Raid—Defence of Mr. Rhodes, President Steyn on, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a>, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a></span></li> + +<li>Cilliers, Gen. J.G.—Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, etc., <a href='#Page_404'>404</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902—Address at the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_353'>353</a>, <a href='#Page_354'>354</a></span></li> + +<li>Cilliers, Sarah—Death at Frederiksstad Engagement, <a href='#Page_166'>166</a>, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a></li> + +<li>Clothing—De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Clothes hidden in Cave, <a href='#Page_298'>298</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Difficulty of obtaining, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Hides for tanning, Destruction by the British, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Stripping British Prisoners to obtain, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a></span></li> + +<li>Colenso—British losses at, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></li> + +<li>Colesberg—Strength of Boer Positions, <a href='#Page_26'>26</a></li> + +<li>Colonial Burghers—British subjects fighting on Boer Side, Boer Hopes of Assistance unfulfilled, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_406'>406</a>, <a href='#Page_408'>408</a>, <a href='#Page_420'>420</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Government Intentions with regard to Rebels, <a href='#Page_394'>394</a>, <a href='#Page_395'>395</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Proposal for General Amnesty, <a href='#Page_413'>413</a>, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Safeguarding in Peace Negotiations, <a href='#Page_398'>398</a>, <a href='#Page_402'>402</a>, <a href='#Page_403'>403</a>, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a>, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a>, <a href='#Page_415'>415</a>, <a href='#Page_416'>416</a>, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_427'>427</a></span></li> + +<li>Commandeering—Provisions of Commando Law, <a href='#Page_3'>3</a></li> + +<li>Commander-in-Chief of Orange Free State—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet, Gen.—Appointment of, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Secret Election of, <a href='#Page_118'>118</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Prinsloo, Election of, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></span></li> + +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_433" id="Page_433">[Pg 433]</a></span>Commando Law—Provisions as to Commandeering, <a href='#Page_3'>3</a></li> + +<li>Commandos—Division of into small parties, <a href='#Page_225'>225</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Advantages of, <a href='#Page_227'>227</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">List of Districts and Commandants, <a href='#Page_225'>225-227</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Skirmishes, Splendid Record, <a href='#Page_267'>267</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Small Commandos sent into Cape Colony—De Wet's Policy, <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">(For particular Commandos <i>see</i> their names)</span></li> + +<li>Commissariat—Comparison of Boer and British Commissariat Arrangements, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a>, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a>, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></li> + +<li>Compensation for Boer Losses, <i>see</i> Repatriation</li> + +<li>Concentration Camps—Number of Deaths in, etc., <a href='#Page_416'>416</a>, <a href='#Page_419'>419</a>, <a href='#Page_426'>426</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Women—Flight of to avoid being sent to Camps, <a href='#Page_193'>193</a>, <a href='#Page_279'>279</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Maintenance of Boer Women and Children by the British Government—President Steyn on, <a href='#Page_257'>257</a>, <a href='#Page_258'>258</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Treatment of, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a>, <a href='#Page_257'>257</a>, <a href='#Page_258'>258</a></span></li> + +<li>Conduct of the War by British—Exhaustion of the Republics, <a href='#Page_419'>419</a></li> + +<li>Continuance of the War in 1902, Vereeniging Conference—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Burghers, Attitude of, <a href='#Page_404'>404</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_410'>410</a>, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Effect on Vereeniging Meeting, <a href='#Page_413'>413</a>, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Comparison of Situation with that of 1877-1881, Futility of, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Speech, <a href='#Page_407'>407</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kruger's, President, Advice, <a href='#Page_420'>420</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Possibility, Question of—Situation in South African Republic, Reliance on Government, etc., <a href='#Page_347'>347</a>, <a href='#Page_348'>348</a>, <a href='#Page_349'>349</a>, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a>, <a href='#Page_352'>352</a>, <a href='#Page_353'>353</a>, <a href='#Page_354'>354-358</a>, <a href='#Page_359'>359</a>, <a href='#Page_360'>360-362</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a>, <a href='#Page_399'>399</a>, <a href='#Page_400'>400</a>, <a href='#Page_401'>401</a>, <a href='#Page_402'>402</a>, <a href='#Page_403'>403</a>, <a href='#Page_404'>404</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_407'>407</a>, <a href='#Page_408'>408</a>, <a href='#Page_410'>410</a>, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a>, <a href='#Page_413'>413</a>, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a>, <a href='#Page_415'>415</a>, <a href='#Page_417'>417</a>, <a href='#Page_418'>418</a>, <a href='#Page_420'>420</a>, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a>, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a>, <a href='#Page_426'>426</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Reasons for, <a href='#Page_400'>400</a>, <a href='#Page_401'>401</a></span></li> + +<li>Correspondence relating to the War, Preservation of, <a href='#Page_247'>247</a></li> + +<li>Court Martial on Commandant Vilonel, Composition of, <a href='#Footnote_38_38'><i>note</i> 85</a></li> + +<li>Cowboys, Capture by Boers—Blauwbank Capture, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a>, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> + +<li>Cronje, Commandant—Continuance of the War, Reliance on God, etc., <a href='#Page_402'>402</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">European Intervention, Boer Deputation to Foreign Courts, <a href='#Page_402'>402</a>, <a href='#Page_403'>403</a></span></li> + +<li>Cronje, Gen. A.P.—Modder Spruit, Command at, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sanna's Post, Share in Engagement, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vechtgeneraal of Orange Free State, Nomination as, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a></span></li> + +<li>Cronje, Gen. Piet—De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Scheme for breaking Lord Methuen's Railway Communications—Refusal to permit Execution of, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ladysmith, Occupation of Positions South and Southwest of, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Magersfontein—Command at, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>, <a href='#Page_24'>24</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Refusal to profit by Commander-in-Chief De Wet's Advice, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Message in reply to Commander-in-Chief De Wet's warning before Paardeberg, <a href='#Page_31'>31</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Retreat towards Paardeberg, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a>, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Surrender at Paardeberg (<i>see</i> Paardeberg)</span></li> + +<li>Cronje, Vechtgeneraal Andreas—Command of Boers' Reinforcements from Bloemfontein, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> + +<li>Cropper, F.C., Death of, near Lindley, <a href='#Page_269'>269</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Dakasburg Engagement, <a href='#Page_200'>200</a></li> + +<li>Dalgety, Colonel—Command at Badenhorst, <a href='#Page_77'>77</a></li> + +<li>Davel, Commandant—Command of President Steyn's Bodyguard, <a href='#Page_191'>191</a></li> + +<li>Days of Thanksgiving and Humiliation, Appointment of, <a href='#Page_243'>243</a></li> + +<li>De Clercq, Mr.—Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, <a href='#Page_399'>399</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902—Report to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_344'>344</a>, <a href='#Page_348'>348</a></span></li> + +<li>De la Rey, General—Colesberg Command, <a href='#Page_24'>24</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, etc., <a href='#Page_403'>403</a>, <a href='#Page_404'>404</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Fortitude after Fall of Pretoria, <a href='#Page_93'>93</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Independence of the South African Republic—Powers of Vereeniging Delegates to decide on Question, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a>, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kraaipan, Capture of Armoured Train, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Magersfontein Laager, Command at, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Mission to Europe on behalf of Relief Fund Committee, <a href='#Page_428'>428</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Negotiations—Member of Commission of National Representatives at the Pretoria Conference, <a href='#Page_320'>320</a>, <a href='#Page_365'>365-396</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Permission given to Burghers to return home, <a href='#Page_56'>56</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Reitfontein, Work at, <a href='#Page_52'>52</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Roberts', Lord, Attempt to cross the Orange River—Success in preventing, <a href='#Page_26'>26</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902—Report to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_358'>358</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Steyn's, President, and General de Wet's visit to, <a href='#Page_300'>300</a></span></li> + +<li>De Lange—Sentence of Death for High Treason at Blijdschap, <a href='#Footnote_101_101'>268 <i>note</i></a></li> + +<li>De Wet, General Piet—Advice to Commander-in-Chief De Wet after Siege of Badenhorst, <a href='#Page_81'>81</a></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_434" id="Page_434">[Pg 434]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Discontinuance of Struggle proposed—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Reception of Proposal, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Lindley Garrison, Capture of, <a href='#Page_92'>92</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sanna's Post Engagement, Share in, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Swartbooiskop, Guarding after Fight at Nicholson's Nek, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a></span></li> + +<li>De Wet, Jacobus, Capture of, <a href='#Page_296'>296</a>, <a href='#Page_297'>297</a></li> + +<li>De Wet, Johannes—Death near Smithfield, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></li> + +<li>De Wet, Veldtcornet—Wounded during Retreat from Dewetsdorp, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></li> + +<li>Debtors, Protection of, against Creditors for Six Months after the War—Peace Negotiations at Pretoria (May, 1902), <a href='#Page_387'>387</a></li> + +<li>Declaration of War by South African Republic (<i>see</i> Ultimatum)</li> + +<li>Deputation to European Powers to ask for Intervention (1900)—Departure from Delagoa Bay, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Encouragement to continue Struggle, <a href='#Page_407'>407</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">England's Refusal to permit Return of Deputation, <a href='#Page_409'>409</a>, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a>, <a href='#Page_413'>413</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">European Governments unwilling to receive, <a href='#Page_415'>415</a>, <a href='#Page_416'>416</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Failure of, <a href='#Page_355'>355</a>, <a href='#Page_356'>356</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Object of, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Silence of, <a href='#Page_401'>401</a>, <a href='#Page_402'>402</a>, <a href='#Page_403'>403</a>, <a href='#Page_404'>404</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_407'>407</a></span></li> + +<li>Delagoa Bay Harbour, Forbidden to Boers by Portuguese Government, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Footnote_28_28'><i>note</i> 54</a></li> + +<li>Destitution caused by the War, <a href='#Page_321'>321</a>, <a href='#Page_322'>322</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Appointment of Committee to Collect and Administer Relief Funds, <a href='#Page_428'>428</a></span></li> + +<li>Devastation by the British—War against Boer Property, <a href='#Page_192'>192</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Crops destroyed, Corn burnt, etc., <a href='#Footnote_37_37'><i>note</i> 83</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Farm-burning and Waggons (<i>see</i> those titles)</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Male Attire, Burning of, <a href='#Page_221'>221</a>, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a></span></li> + +<li>Dewetsdorp, Occupation by British, <a href='#Page_71'>71</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Storming by Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Forces, <a href='#Page_174'>174-179</a></span></li> + +<li>Diederiks of Boshof, Commandant, <a href='#Page_24'>24</a></li> + +<li>Discipline of Boer Forces—Imperfect Discipline, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a>, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Failure to remove Cattle along Railway Line, <a href='#Page_111'>111</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Roodewal, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Difficulties in carrying away Booty, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a>, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sanna's Post, irritating Results at, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Stricter Discipline, Results of, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Taljaart's and Prinsloo's, Veldtcornets, Burghers "preferred to go their own way," <a href='#Page_286'>286</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Waggon Difficulty, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a>, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Harrismith Burghers' Refusal to part with their Waggons at Spitskopje, <a href='#Page_161'>161-163</a></span></li> + +<li>Doornberg, War Council at—Decision as to Presidential Election, <a href='#Page_197'>197</a></li> + +<li>Doornspruit—Line near crossed by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, Capture of Train, Ammunition, etc., <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></li> + +<li>Drakensberg Range—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boundary between Boer and British Territory in 1899, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Passes, Occupation by Orange Free State Commandos, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></span></li> + +<li>Drive Tactics of British—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bethlehem-Lindley to Frankfort-Vrede Line—Cordon of Sixty Thousand Men, <a href='#Page_290'>290-296</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Forces caught between Cordon of Troops and Vaal River, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Harrismith, Heilbron and Bethlehem District, <a href='#Page_285'>285</a>, <a href='#Page_286'>286</a></span></li> + +<li>Du Toit, General—Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, etc., <a href='#Page_400'>400</a>, <a href='#Page_401'>401</a></li> + +<li>Dundee, Line near, cut by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Elandsfontein Engagement—Commandant Michal Prinsloo's Exploit, <a href='#Page_119'>119</a>, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a></li> + +<li>Elandskop—British Attack in Hope of Capturing Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_290'>290</a>, <a href='#Page_291'>291</a></li> + +<li>Elandslaagte Engagement, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a></li> + +<li>Els, Veldtcornet Marthinus, wounded outside Ladysmith, <a href='#Page_20'>20</a></li> + +<li>Epithets applied by the British to the Boer Forces, <a href='#Page_227'>227</a>, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a></li> + +<li>European Journals kept from Republics by England, <a href='#Page_409'>409</a></li> + +<li>Eustin, Lieut. Banie, wounded and captured by British, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a>, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a></li> + +<li>Extermination of the South African Republics—British Determination to exterminate the Republics prior to the Outbreak of War, alleged, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a>, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Fanny's Home Farm—Recapture of Guns by British, <a href='#Page_285'>285</a></li> + +<li>Farm-burning, etc., by the British—Heilbron, Bethlehem and Harrismith District, <a href='#Page_285'>285</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Roberts', Lord, Proclamations, ordering, <a href='#Page_192'>192</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Shelter, Lack of—Women living in Narrow Sheds, <a href='#Page_290'>290</a>, <a href='#Page_291'>291</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Wholesale Destruction of Farms by the British, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a></span></li> + +<li>Fauresmith and Jacobsdal Burghers—Failure to rejoin Commandos, <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Return Home without Permission after Poplar Grove, <a href='#Page_56'>56</a></span></li> + +<li>Ferreira, Mr. T.S., Commander-in-Chief, at Kimberley—Death due to Gun Accident, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> + +<li>Firing of the Veldt by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a>, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></li> + +<li>Fissher, Abraham—Member of Boer Deputation to Europe (1900), <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></li> + +<li>Food Supply—Failure of Food Supply, Reason for Acceptance of British Peace Terms, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a>, <a href='#Page_321'>321</a>, <a href='#Page_401'>401</a>, <a href='#Page_402'>402</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_406'>406</a>, <a href='#Page_410'>410</a>, <a href='#Page_416'>416</a>, <a href='#Page_417'>417</a>, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a>, <a href='#Page_427'>427</a>, <a href='#Page_428'>428</a></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_435" id="Page_435">[Pg 435]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kemp's, Gen., Plan of Commandeering Food Supplies from the Kaffirs, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation in the various Districts on May 15, 1902—Reports of the Delegates to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_337'>337</a>, <a href='#Page_338'>338</a>, <a href='#Page_339'>339</a>, <a href='#Page_340'>340</a>, <a href='#Page_341'>341</a>, <a href='#Page_342'>342</a>, <a href='#Page_343'>343</a>, <a href='#Page_344'>344</a>, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a>, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a>, <a href='#Page_355'>355</a>, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a></span></li> + +<li>Forces—Comparison between numbers, etc., engaged on either Side in the War, <a href='#Page_339'>339</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">(<i>See</i> also titles Boer and British Forces)</span></li> + +<li>Fourie, General Piet—Bethlehem Engagement, <a href='#Page_281'>281</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Blauwbank, Exploits at, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a>, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a>, <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Cape Colony Expedition, Part in, <a href='#Page_201'>201</a>, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a>, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a>, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a>, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a>, <a href='#Page_210'>210</a>, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a>, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a>, <a href='#Page_221'>221</a>, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Commandos escaped from behind the Roodebergen, Command of, <a href='#Page_238'>238</a>, <a href='#Page_239'>239</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Despatch of, to the South-Eastern Districts, <a href='#Page_225'>225</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Engagement with British Troops from Bloemfontein (1900), <a href='#Page_80'>80</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Prinsloo's Surrender, Escape from, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Springhaansnek, Leader in Attack on Blockhouse Line, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>, <a href='#Page_188'>188</a>, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vice-Commander-in-Chief in Bloemfontein District, Appointment, <a href='#Page_157'>157</a></span></li> + +<li>Franchise—British Government Demands on the South African Republic prior to Outbreak of War, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a>, <a href='#Page_253'>253</a>, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a></li> + +<li>Frankfort, British Success at (1900), <a href='#Page_82'>82</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ross', Commandant, Engagement with Colonel Rimington's Troops, <a href='#Page_267'>267</a></span></li> + +<li>Fraser, Gordon—One of two faithful Burghers of Philippolis District, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a></li> + +<li>Frederiksstad Station—Attack by Commander-in-Chief de Wet and General Liebenberg on General Barton, Causes of Failure, etc., <a href='#Page_165'>165-168</a></li> + +<li>French, General—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Koedoesberg, Fight for, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Magersfontein—Boer Lines broken through, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a>, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></span></li> + +<li>Froneman, General—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Continuance of the War at all Costs advocated, <a href='#Page_402'>402</a>, <a href='#Page_403'>403</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Escape from Paardeberg, <a href='#Page_41'>41</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Frederiksstad, Attack on General Barton—Failure to hold advanced Position, <a href='#Page_165'>165</a>, <a href='#Page_166'>166</a>, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Koedoesberg, Share in Fighting at, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Prinsloo's Surrender—Escape from, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Railway Line wrecked near America Siding, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a>, <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Reddersburg, March on, <a href='#Page_72'>72</a>, <a href='#Page_73'>73</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Rhenosterriviersbrug Engagement, <a href='#Page_99'>99</a>, <a href='#Page_101'>101</a>, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a>, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sanna's Post Engagement, Share in, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Smithfield Expedition, Results of, <a href='#Page_79'>79</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Train captured by, near Jagersfontein Road Station, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a>, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ventersburg, Failure to hold Position, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a></span></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Gatacre, General—Capture of Stormberg, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></li> + +<li>Gatsrand—Death of Danie Theron, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></li> + +<li>Germany—Attitude towards the War, Reasons for Non-intervention, <a href='#Page_358'>358</a>, <a href='#Page_359'>359</a></li> + +<li>Gladstone—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Assistance rendered to South African Republic in War of 1877-1881, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, tribute to, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a></span></li> + +<li>Goldfields—Surrender of, to the British proposed, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a>, <a href='#Page_352'>352</a>, <a href='#Page_357'>357</a>, <a href='#Page_358'>358</a>, <a href='#Page_359'>359</a>, <a href='#Page_360'>360</a>, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a>, <a href='#Page_364'>364</a></li> + +<li>Gouveneurskop—General de Villiers' Exploits at, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> + +<li>Government of Orange Free State—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Accompanying Commander-in-Chief de Wet in Departure from Roodebergen, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bethlehem, Transference to, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Cape Colony, Expedition into, Decision to accompany, <a href='#Page_197'>197</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture of Members of the Government by the British at Reitz—Escape of President Steyn, <a href='#Page_244'>244</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Operations after Prinsloo's Surrender—Government accompanying Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Executive Raad, Constitution of, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Heilbron, Transference to, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kroonstad, Transference to, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Third Transference, Reasons for, <a href='#Page_92'>92</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Volksraad—Impossibility of assembling a legally constituted Volksraad, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a>, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a></span></li> + +<li>Government of South African Republic—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture of Members by the British at Reitz, <a href='#Page_244'>244</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Appointments to Vacancies, <a href='#Page_244'>244</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Treachery on the part of Burgher Steenekamp, <a href='#Page_244'>244</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Steyn's, President, Visit to Machadodorp, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Termination of the War (<i>see</i> that title)</span></li> + +<li>Governments of the Orange Free State and South African Republic—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Deliberations, Meeting at Klerksdorp, <a href='#Page_303'>303</a>, <a href='#Page_305'>305</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Negotiations at Pretoria, Boer Proposals for Retention of Self-Government under British supervision, <a href='#Page_366'>366</a>, <a href='#Page_371'>371</a>, <a href='#Page_372'>372</a></span></li> + +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_436" id="Page_436">[Pg 436]</a></span>Grain Waggons, captured by British near Vredefort, <a href='#Page_133'>133</a></li> + +<li>"Granary" of Orange Free State lost to Boers, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a></li> + +<li>Grant by the British Government for Repatriation Purposes, Re-stocking Farms, etc., <a href='#Page_394'>394</a></li> + +<li>Great Britain, King of—Thanks of Boer Generals for Efforts to promote Peace—Resolution at the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a></li> + +<li>Grobler, Commandant H.S.—Continuance of the War, Impossibility of carrying on the Struggle, <a href='#Page_406'>406</a></li> + +<li>Grobler, Mr. E.R.—Colesberg Command, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a></li> + +<li>Groenkop, Description of, <a href='#Page_278'>278</a></li> + +<li>"Guerillas"—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Designation of Boer Forces by the British as "Guerillas," Objections to the term, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a>, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Meaning of the term, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a></span></li> + +<li>Guns—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Captures—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Blauwbank, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Colenso and Stormberg, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Dakasburg Engagement—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 6em;">Capture of a Maxim-Nordenfeldt, <a href='#Page_200'>200</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Dewetsdorp, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Nicholson's Nek, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Sanna's Post, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a>, <a href='#Page_69'>69</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Tweefontein, <a href='#Page_282'>282</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Losses, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a>, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Bothaville, Number lost at, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Fanny's Home Farm, Recapture of Guns by the British, <a href='#Page_285'>285</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Frederiksstad, Retreat after—Loss of one gun, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Springhaansnek, Gun Abandoned, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a>, <a href='#Page_190'>190</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Ventersdorp, Loss of Krupp Gun near, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a></span></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>"Hands-uppers," British use of, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a></li> + +<li>Harbour, Boer Lack of, <a href='#Footnote_28_28'><i>note</i> 53</a></li> + +<li>Harrismith—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Engagement with British Troops near, <a href='#Page_272'>272-274</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Boer Casualties, <a href='#Page_274'>274</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Failure of Boer Charge, <a href='#Page_273'>273</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Orange Free State Troops, Concentration at, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a>, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a></span></li> + +<li>Harrismith Burghers—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Visit to, <a href='#Page_260'>260</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Surrender following Prinsloo's Surrender, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Waggon, Refusal to part with—Return home, <a href='#Page_161'>161-163</a></span></li> + +<li>Hasebroek, Commandant—Cape Colony Expedition—Holding the Enemy in Check, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a>, <a href='#Page_215'>215</a>, <a href='#Page_219'>219</a>, <a href='#Page_220'>220</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Engagement with Colonel White near Thaba'Nchu, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a>, <a href='#Page_190'>190</a></span></li> + +<li>Hattingh, General—Command at Harrismith and Vrede Commandos, <a href='#Page_161'>161</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Commander-in-Chief in the Drakensberg Appointment, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></span></li> + +<li>Hattingh, Veldtcornet Johannes—Leader in Springhaansnek Attack on Blockhouse Lines, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a></li> + +<li>Heenop, David—Swimming the Orange River, <a href='#Page_220'>220</a></li> + +<li>Heilbron—District to which Commander-in-Chief de Wet belonged, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Government of Orange Free State transferred to, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Mentz, Commandant F.E., Engagement with Colonel Byng's Column, <a href='#Page_267'>267</a></span></li> + +<li>Heilbron Commando—Commandant Mr. L. Steenekamp, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vice-Commandant, Election of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Visits to, by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_230'>230</a>, <a href='#Page_243'>243</a></span></li> + +<li>Heliographic Communication, Use by Boers, <a href='#Footnote_102_102'>286 <i>note</i></a>, <a href='#Page_289'>289</a></li> + +<li>Hertzog, Judge—Continuance of the War, Arguments for and against—Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Despatch of, to the South-Western Districts, <a href='#Page_225'>225</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Mission to bring back Commandos which had escaped from Prinsloo's Surrender, <a href='#Page_137'>137</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Negotiations—Member of Commission of National Representatives at the Pretoria Conference, <a href='#Page_320'>320</a>, <a href='#Page_365'>365-396</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Rejection of British Terms—Proposal, <a href='#Page_425'>425</a>, <a href='#Page_426'>426</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Report on Attitude of Burghers in North-Western Parts of Cape Colony, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vice-Commander-in-Chief, Appointment in Districts of Fauresmith, etc., <a href='#Page_158'>158</a></span></li> + +<li>Hides for Tanning—Destruction by the British, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a></li> + +<li>Hijs, Commandant, P.L.—Impossibility of European Intervention, <a href='#Page_401'>401</a>, <a href='#Page_402'>402</a></li> + +<li>Holspruits—Boers breaking through British Lines, <a href='#Page_293'>293</a>, <a href='#Page_294'>294</a></li> + +<li>Honing Kopjes—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's first Engagement with Lord Kitchener, <a href='#Page_108'>108-110</a></li> + +<li>Honingspruit Station, Failure of Commandant Olivier's Attack, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a>, <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></li> + +<li>Horses—Bothaville, Capture of Horses by Boers, <a href='#Page_299'>299</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Condition of Boer Horses, <a href='#Page_338'>338</a>, <a href='#Page_339'>339</a>, <a href='#Page_341'>341</a>, <a href='#Page_342'>342</a>, <a href='#Page_343'>343</a>, <a href='#Page_344'>344</a>, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a>, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a>, <a href='#Page_355'>355</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Dependence of the Boers on their Horses, <a href='#Page_172'>172</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Fodder, Scarcity of, <a href='#Page_341'>341</a>, <a href='#Page_355'>355</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Skin Disease among, <a href='#Page_271'>271</a>, <a href='#Page_272'>272</a></span></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_437" id="Page_437">[Pg 437]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Wild Horses of the Veldt, Use of, by the Boers, <a href='#Page_292'>292</a>, <a href='#Page_293'>293</a></span></li> + +<li>Humiliation Days, Appointment of, <a href='#Page_243'>243</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Independence of the Republics—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Afrikander Feeling as to, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Government Attitude towards, <a href='#Page_337'>337</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Correspondence between Presidents Kruger and Steyn and Lord Salisbury, <a href='#Page_330'>330-332</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Meetings to ascertain the feeling of the Burghers as to Surrender of Independence, <a href='#Page_313'>313</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Irretrievably Lost," <a href='#Page_419'>419</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Maintenance of—Burghers' Mandate to Vereeniging Delegates, <a href='#Page_333'>333</a>, <a href='#Page_337'>337</a>, <a href='#Page_338'>338</a>, <a href='#Page_347'>347</a>, <a href='#Page_348'>348</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a>, <a href='#Page_400'>400</a>, <a href='#Page_401'>401</a>, <a href='#Page_402'>402</a>, <a href='#Page_403'>403</a>, <a href='#Page_404'>404</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_407'>407</a>, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a>, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a>, <a href='#Page_417'>417</a>, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a>, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Negotiations—Conference at Pretoria between Commission of the National Representatives and Lords Kitchener and Milner (May 19-28, 1902), <a href='#Page_366'>366</a>, <a href='#Page_370'>370</a>, <a href='#Page_371'>371</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Refusal of the British Government to consider Terms based on Retention of Independence, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_309'>309</a>, <a href='#Page_310'>310</a>, <a href='#Page_397'>397</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Steyn, President, Views of, <a href='#Page_306'>306</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Surrender of—Conditions offered by the British in exchange, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a>, <a href='#Page_347'>347</a>, <a href='#Page_358'>358</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vereeniging Conference, opinions of Burghers' Delegates, <a href='#Page_333'>333</a>, <a href='#Page_336'>336</a>, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a>, <a href='#Page_347'>347</a>, <a href='#Page_348'>348</a>, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a>, <a href='#Page_352'>352</a>, <a href='#Page_353'>353</a>, <a href='#Page_354'>354</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a>, <a href='#Page_364'>364</a></span></li> + +<li>Intervention of Foreign Powers on behalf of the Republics—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Attitude of England towards, <a href='#Page_356'>356</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Deputation to European Powers (<i>see</i> Deputation)</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Hopes unfulfilled, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_406'>406</a>, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a>, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a>, <a href='#Page_415'>415</a>, <a href='#Page_416'>416</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a>, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Germany, Reasons for Non-intervention, <a href='#Page_358'>358</a>, <a href='#Page_359'>359</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Improbability of Intervention, <a href='#Page_355'>355</a>, <a href='#Page_358'>358</a>, <a href='#Page_359'>359</a>, <a href='#Page_360'>360</a>, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a>, <a href='#Page_433'>433</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Intervention not desired by Boers, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Steyn, President, on, <a href='#Page_354'>354</a>, <a href='#Page_355'>355</a></span></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Jameson Raid, President Steyn on, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a>, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a></li> + +<li>Jew at Nicholson's Nek—Burgher declining to do Business, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a></li> + +<li>Johannesburg Police, Behaviour at Nicholson's Nek, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a></li> + +<li>Jonson, Burgher, Death at Bester Station—First Victim in the Fight for Freedom, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a></li> + +<li>Joubert, General—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Junction with Orange Free State Forces at Rietfontein, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Kaffirs—Arming by England, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Attitude towards the Boers—Reports of Vereeniging Delegates, <a href='#Page_337'>337</a>, <a href='#Page_338'>338</a>, <a href='#Page_339'>339</a>, <a href='#Page_340'>340</a>, <a href='#Page_343'>343</a>, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a>, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a>, <a href='#Page_355'>355</a>, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Women, Treatment of, <a href='#Page_151'>151</a>, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture of Kaffirs by Boers at Dewetsdorp, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a>, <a href='#Page_179'>179</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Release of Prisoners, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Treatment of Kaffirs by Boers—Kaffirs captured at Leeuwspruit Bridge, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Warfare, Native Methods—Boer Sufferings at the Hands of Zulus and Basutos, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a></span></li> + +<li>Kemp, General—Continuance of the War, Independence of the Republics, etc., <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation in South Africa on May <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>, 1902—Report to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a>, <a href='#Page_347'>347</a>, <a href='#Page_348'>348</a></span></li> + +<li>Kitchener, Lord—Armistice agreed on, to admit of Attendance of Boer Officers at the Vereeniging Meeting, <a href='#Page_316'>316</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Misunderstanding on the Part of the British Columns, <a href='#Page_317'>317</a>, <a href='#Page_318'>318</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture of President Steyn and Commander-in-Chief de Wet anticipated—Visit to Wolvehock Station, <a href='#Page_290'>290</a>, <a href='#Page_291'>291</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Escape from Armoured Train, near Leeuwspruit Bridge, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Honingkopjes and Roodepoort—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's first Engagement with Lord Kitchener, <a href='#Page_108'>108</a>, <a href='#Page_109'>109</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Independence of Republics as basis for Peace Negotiations, Refusal to consider—Pretoria Conference, <a href='#Page_309'>309</a>, <a href='#Page_310'>310</a>, <a href='#Page_397'>397</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kroonstad, Arrival at, <a href='#Page_111'>111</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Middelburg Peace Proposals (<i>see</i> that title)</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Negotiations—Conference at Pretoria with Commission of National Representatives (May 19-28, 1902), <a href='#Page_320'>320</a>, <a href='#Page_365'>365</a>, <a href='#Page_395'>395</a>, <a href='#Page_396'>396</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Proposals by the Boer Representatives in April, 1902, <a href='#Page_305'>305-313</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Prisoners, Order given to Gen. Knox "not to take prisoners"—<i>South African News</i> Statement, <a href='#Page_184'>184</a>, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a></span></li> + +<li>Klerksdorp—Peace Deliberations, Meeting of Governments of the Republics, <a href='#Page_303'>303</a>, <a href='#Page_304'>304</a>, <a href='#Page_305'>305</a></li> + +<li>Knight, Captain Wyndham—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Surrender at Rhenosterriviersbrug, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a>, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Tribute to, by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_107'>107</a></span></li> + +<li>Knox, General—Bethlehem, Engagement near, with Generals Botha and Fourie, and Commandant Prinsloo, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a>, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Cape Colony—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Operations—Attempted Inroad—Fighting near Smithfield, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></span></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_438" id="Page_438">[Pg 438]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Expedition into Cape Colony, Dispositions to prevent, <a href='#Page_201'>201</a>, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a>, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kroonstad taken by, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a>, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Pursuit of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a>, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a>, <a href='#Page_190'>190</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Thaba'Nchu, Engagement near, with Gen. Fourie, <a href='#Page_201'>201</a>, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a></span></li> + +<li>Koedoesberg—Struggle between General French and Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a>, <a href='#Page_29'>29</a></li> + +<li>Kotzé, Mr. (General Prinsloo's Secretary)—Bearer to Commander-in-Chief de Wet of News of General Prinsloo's Surrender, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>, <a href='#Page_137'>137</a></li> + +<li>Kraaipan—Armoured Train captured by Boers, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a>, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a></li> + +<li>Kritzinger, Commandant—Crossing of Orange River, Seizure of British Outpost, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a>, <a href='#Page_196'>196</a></li> + +<li>Kritzinger, Commandant, and Captain Scheepers—Engagement with Brabant's Horse, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a>, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a></li> + +<li>Krom Ellenborg, Sub-district to which Commander-in-Chief de Wet belonged, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a></li> + +<li>Kroonstad—British Advance, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a>, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Abandonment by Boers, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a>, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture by General Knox, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a>, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Government of Orange Free State transferred to, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Government of Orange Free State transferred to Heilbron, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a>, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kitchener's Lord, Arrival—Strength of British Forces, etc., <a href='#Page_111'>111</a></span></li> + +<li>Kroonstad Commando, Share in Battle of Modderspruit, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a></li> + +<li>Kruger, President—Despatch of Mission to Europe to represent Condition of the Country to President Kruger, proposed, <a href='#Page_236'>236</a>, <a href='#Page_237'>237</a>, <a href='#Page_238'>238</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace, Joint Letter to Lord Salisbury stating Conditions on which the Republics were willing to make Peace, <a href='#Page_330'>330</a>, <a href='#Page_331'>331</a>, <a href='#Page_332'>332</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Poplar Grove, Visit to Boer Troops at, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">War Council at Kroonstad, Presence, at, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> + +<li>Krugersdorp-Potchefstroom Railway—Crossed by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_149'>149</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Ladysmith—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Retreat on Ladysmith, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bulwana Hill—Boers surprised by British, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Engagement of 3rd Nov., 1899, <a href='#Page_29'>29</a>, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Relief, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></span></li> + +<li>Landsheer, Doctor de—Death at Bothaville, English Newspaper Report, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a></li> + +<li>Language Question—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Equal Rights for English and Dutch Languages in Schools—Boer Peace Proposals to Lord Kitchener (April, 1902), <a href='#Page_308'>308</a>, <a href='#Page_309'>309</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Terms of the Peace Protocol, <a href='#Page_380'>380</a>, <a href='#Page_393'>393</a>, <a href='#Page_394'>394</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Objections to, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a>, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a></span></li> + +<li>Leeuwspruit Railway Bridge—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Scheme for breaking British Lines of Communication, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Froneman's, General, Failure to carry out Instructions, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kitchener's Lord, Escape, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a></span></li> + +<li>Leeuwspruit Scheme, Failure of, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Methuen's, Lord, Railway Communications—General Cronje's Refusal to permit Execution of Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Scheme for Cutting, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Orange Free State Railway—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Work on, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Scheepers, Captain, Work of, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Wolvehoek, Wrecking the Railway, <a href='#Page_163'>163</a></span></li> + +<li>Liebenberg, General—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Frederiksstad—Failure of Attack on General Barton, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>, <a href='#Page_165'>165</a>, <a href='#Page_166'>166</a>, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Mooi River, Junction with Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a>, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Retreat from Rustenburg, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a>, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></span></li> + +<li>Liebenbergsvlei—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Retreat, <a href='#Page_284'>284</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Guns, Recapture by British at Fanny's Home Farm, <a href='#Page_285'>285</a></span></li> + +<li>Lindley—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Garrison Captured by General Piet de Wet, <a href='#Page_92'>92</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Destruction by the British, Alleged, <a href='#Page_271'>271</a>, <a href='#Page_272'>272</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Engagement near, <a href='#Page_268'>268</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Postponement of Second Boer Attack—Escape of the British during the Night, <a href='#Page_270'>270</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Halt of Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Forces, <a href='#Page_271'>271</a>, <a href='#Page_272'>272</a></span></li> + +<li>Lindley-Kroonstad Line of Blockhouses—Boers breaking through the Line, <a href='#Page_287'>287</a></li> + +<li>Lines of Communication—Boer Attempts to cut British Lines, <a href='#Page_172'>172</a>, <a href='#Page_246'>246</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">America Siding Railway Line Wrecked by General Froneman, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a>, <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Schemes of, <a href='#Page_149'>149</a>, <a href='#Page_150'>150</a>, <a href='#Page_151'>151</a>, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Frederiksstad Station—Wrecking of Railway Bridge and Line, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a>, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Little Majuba"—Name given to Swartbooiskop after Nicholson's Nek, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a></span></li> + +<li>Loans by the British Government for restocking Farms, etc., <a href='#Page_394'>394</a></li> + +<li>Long Tom damaged by Dynamite, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a></li> + +<li>Looting by British, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></li> + +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_439" id="Page_439">[Pg 439]</a></span>Losses in Killed, Wounded, etc., on either side during the War, <a href='#Page_201'>201</a>, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a>, <a href='#Page_247'>247</a>, <a href='#Page_265'>265</a>, <a href='#Page_266'>266</a>, <a href='#Page_415'>415</a>, <a href='#Page_416'>416</a>, <a href='#Page_417'>417</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Blijdschap, <a href='#Page_269'>269</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bothaville, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Cape Colony Expedition, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a>, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a>, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Colenso, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Dakasburg Engagement, <a href='#Page_200'>200</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Dewetsdorp, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a>, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Engagement between Commandant Hasebroek and Colonel White, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Frederiksstad Engagement, <a href='#Page_166'>166</a>, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Heilbron, <a href='#Page_26'>26</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Koffiefontein, <a href='#Page_35'>35</a>, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ladysmith, Engagement of 3rd Nov., 1899, <a href='#Page_20'>20</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Leeuwspruit Bridge, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a>, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Lindley, <a href='#Page_267'>267</a>, <a href='#Page_269'>269</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Magersfontein, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Modder Spruit, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Nicholson's Nek, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Paardeberg, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Prinsloo's Surrender, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Reitz, <a href='#Page_265'>265</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Rhenosterriviersbrug, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Roodewal, Extent of British Losses, <a href='#Page_102'>102</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sanna's Post, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a>, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a>, <a href='#Page_68'>68</a>, <a href='#Page_69'>69</a>, <a href='#Page_70'>70</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Stinkfontein, <a href='#Page_40'>40</a>, <a href='#Page_46'>46</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Stormberg, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Tijgerfontein, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Tweefontein, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vanvurenskloof, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a>, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Verkijkersdorp, <a href='#Page_239'>239</a>, <a href='#Page_240'>240</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vredefort Engagement, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a>, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a></span></li> + +<li>Loyalty to British Government—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Final Advice to the Boers, <a href='#Page_324'>324</a></li> + +<li>Lubbe, Commandant—Return from Paardenberg's Drift, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a>, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Wounded and Captured near Thaba'Nchu, <a href='#Page_82'>82</a></span></li> + +<li>Lyddite Shells, Effect of—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bethlehem Incident, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Magersfontein Laager, <a href='#Page_24'>24</a></span></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Maagbommen, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a></li> + +<li>Macdonald, General Sir Hector—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Command of Reinforcements against Bethlehem, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></span></li> + +<li>Machadodorp—President Steyn's Visit to the Government of the South African Republic, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></li> + +<li>Magalies Mountains, Passage of, by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a>, <a href='#Page_146'>146</a>, <a href='#Page_147'>147</a></li> + +<li>Magersfontein Engagement—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Losses, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></span></li> + +<li>Magersfontein Laager—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Command, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>, <a href='#Page_24'>24</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Duties and Annoyances of Command, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Shelling by British, <a href='#Page_24'>24</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Women, Presence of—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Failure to induce Government to Prohibit, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a></span></li> + +<li>Mailbags captured at Roodewal, Contents used by Boers, <a href='#Page_102'>102</a></li> + +<li>"Majuba Day"—Capture of Commandant van Merwe and men, <a href='#Page_296'>296</a>, <a href='#Page_297'>297</a></li> + +<li>Malan, Lieut.—Expedition into Cape Colony, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a></li> + +<li>Martial Law—Proclamation by Governments of the Republics, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></li> + +<li>Massey, Major—Command at Dewetsdorp, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Tribute, <a href='#Page_175'>175</a>, <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></li> + +<li>Matthijsen, Corporal Adriaan and the crossing of the Magalies Mountains, <a href='#Page_146'>146</a>, <a href='#Page_147'>147</a></li> + +<li>Mauser Rifle in Portrait of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, History of, <a href='#Page_151'>151</a>, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a></li> + +<li>Mears, Commandant—Loss of Guns at Fanny's Home Farm, <a href='#Page_285'>285</a></li> + +<li>Medical Certificates, Abuse of by Burghers, <a href='#Footnote_30_30'><i>note</i> 59</a></li> + +<li>Meijer, Commandant J.—Tribute to, <a href='#Page_271'>271</a>, <a href='#Page_272'>272</a></li> + +<li>Mentz, Commandant J.E.—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Continuance of the War, Impossibility of, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902—Report to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a>, <a href='#Page_352'>352</a></span></li> + +<li>Merve, Commandant-General van, wounded at Sanna's Post, <a href='#Page_68'>68</a>, <a href='#Page_69'>69</a></li> + +<li>Merve, Commandant van der—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Appointment to Command of Winburg Burghers, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture of, on "Majuba Day," <a href='#Page_296'>296</a>, <a href='#Page_297'>297</a></span></li> + +<li>Meyer, Mr. J.L.—Continuance of the War, Arguments against, Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_413'>413</a>, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a></li> + +<li>Meyer, Veldtcornet—Loss of Position at Stinkfontein, <a href='#Page_42'>42</a></li> + +<li>Middelburg Peace Proposals—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Annulled by the Terms of Peace arranged at the Pretoria Conference (May, 1902), <a href='#Page_392'>392</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Communications between the Boer Leaders with reference to the proposed Conference, <a href='#Page_230'>230</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Difference between the Basis of Negotiations proposed by the Boer Representatives in May, 1902, and the Middelburg Proposals, <a href='#Page_367'>367</a>, <a href='#Page_372'>372</a>, <a href='#Page_373'>373</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Receipts issued by Boer Officers, Proviso as to Payment, <a href='#Page_384'>384</a>, <a href='#Page_385'>385</a></span></li> + +<li>Milner, Lord—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Ultimatum—Mr. Chamberlain's Telegrams, <a href='#Page_329'>329</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Independence of Republics as Basis for Peace Negotiations, Refusal to consider—Pretoria Conference, <a href='#Page_365'>365-396</a>, <a href='#Page_397'>397</a></span></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_440" id="Page_440">[Pg 440]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Negotiations—Conference at Pretoria with Commission of National Representatives (May 18-29, 1902), <a href='#Page_320'>320</a>, <a href='#Page_365'>365-396</a></span></li> + +<li>Mobility—British Incapacity to keep pace with Boers, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a>, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a> (<i>see</i> also Waggons)</li> + +<li>Modder River—British entrenched at, <a href='#Page_24'>24</a></li> + +<li>Modder Spruit, Battle of, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer and British Losses, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a>, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a></span></li> + +<li>Modderrivierpoort (<i>see</i> Poplar Grove)</li> + +<li>Muller, Capt.—Exploit at Roodewal, <a href='#Page_101'>101</a></li> + +<li>Muller, General C.H.—Continuance of the War—Vereeniging Delegates' Refusal to accept British Surrender Proposal, <a href='#Page_417'>417</a></li> + +<li>Myringen, Burgher, killed at Rhenosterriviersbrug, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a>, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Naauwpoort—Prinsloo's Surrender, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a></li> + +<li>Natal—British Subjects fighting for the Boers (<i>see</i> Colonial Burghers)</li> + +<li>Natal Operations—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Absence of Commander-in-Chief de Wet after 9th Dec., 1899, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bester Station Skirmish, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Colenso, Magersfontein, and Stormberg Engagements—British Losses, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Drakensberg Passes, Occupation by Orange Free State Commandos, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Estcourt Skirmishes—General Louis Botha's Exploits, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Failure of Boers to cut off English at Dundee and Elandslaagte, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kraaipan, Capture of Armoured Train by General De la Rey, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a>, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ladysmith (<i>see</i> that title)</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Modder Spruit, Battle of, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Natal Frontier, Commander-in-Chief C. de Wet's Reconnaissance, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Nicholson's Neck (<i>see</i> that title)</span></li> + +<li>National Representatives (<i>see</i> Peace Negotiations)</li> + +<li>National Scouts—Arming men who had taken the Oath of Neutrality, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bergh's, Captain, Attacks on Boers with bands of Kaffirs, <a href='#Page_271'>271</a>, <a href='#Page_272'>272</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Night Attacks by the British instigated by, <a href='#Page_263'>263</a>, <a href='#Page_264'>264</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Services to the British, <a href='#Page_184'>184</a>, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a>, <a href='#Page_223'>223</a>, <a href='#Page_224'>224</a></span></li> + +<li>Naude, Mr. J.—Independence of the South African Republic and Orange Free State, Vereeniging Delegates' power to decide as to Position of British Subjects fighting on Boer side, etc., <a href='#Page_411'>411</a></li> + +<li>Neikerk, Altie van—Capture at Honingkopjes, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a></li> + +<li>Neikerk, Captain—Appointment as Commandant of President Steyn's Bodyguard, <a href='#Page_245'>245</a></li> + +<li>Nel, Commandant—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Farm stormed by English—Escape of Commander-in-Chief C. de Wet, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Modder Spruit—West Wing of Boer Forces commanded by Nel, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Nicholson's Nek—Failure to hold Swartbooiskop, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a>, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Resignation, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a>, <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></span></li> + +<li>Nerwe, Van de—Drowned in crossing Orange River, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a></li> + +<li>Netherlands—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace—Correspondence with the British Government, <a href='#Page_301'>301</a>, <a href='#Page_302'>302</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Response to the Invitation implied in the forwarding of the Correspondence, etc., <a href='#Page_305'>305</a>, <a href='#Page_306'>306</a>, <a href='#Page_370'>370</a>, <a href='#Page_371'>371</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Queen of—Thanks of Boer Generals for efforts to promote Peace—Resolution at the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a>, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a></span></li> + +<li>Newspapers—Circulation of European Papers prohibited in Republics by England, <a href='#Page_409'>409</a></li> + +<li>Nicholson's Nek—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ambulance for British wounded—Sir G. White's Delay in sending, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Booty taken by Boers, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Swartbooiskop—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Nel's, Commandant, Failure to hold, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a>, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Storming by Steenekamp and Commander-in-Chief C. de Wet, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a>, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">White Flag Incident, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Transvaal Burghers, Work of, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a></span></li> + +<li>Nieuwouwdt, General—Peace, Rejection of British Terms, Proposal, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a>, <a href='#Page_425'>425</a></li> + +<li>Night Attacks by the British—Success of, Losses caused to the Boers, <a href='#Page_263'>263</a>, <a href='#Page_264'>264</a></li> + +<li>Norvalspont—Commander-in-Chief C. de Wet's Schemes for Operations in rear of British, <a href='#Page_81'>81</a>, <a href='#Page_82'>82</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Oath of Neutrality, Breaking—Re-arming of Burghers who had taken the Oath, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Scheme, <a href='#Page_156'>156-160</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Military Authorities' Breach of Terms of Lord Roberts' Proclamation justifying Scheme, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>, <a href='#Page_160'>160</a></span></li> + +<li>Olivier, Commandant—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bethlehem District, Appointment to Command, <a href='#Page_227'>227</a>, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Honingspruit Station, Failure of Attack on, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a>, <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Prinsloo's, General, Position as Private Burgher, Dissatisfaction with, <a href='#Page_118'>118</a></span></li> + +<li>Oliviershoekpas—Occupation by Bethlehem Commando, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></li> + +<li>Orange Free State—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Annexation of—Battles fought after the alleged Annexation, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a>, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Return of, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a>, <a href='#Page_150'>150</a>, <a href='#Page_151'>151</a></span></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_441" id="Page_441">[Pg 441]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Government (<i>see</i> Government of Orange Free State)</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Number of Burghers in Arms after Fall of Pretoria, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Outbreak of War—Orange Free State joining issues with the South African Republic, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a>, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">President—Powers granted to President in Matters Concerning War, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation of Boer and British Forces in 1901, President Steyn on, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a>, <a href='#Page_256'>256</a></span></li> + +<li>Ortel, Mr. Charles—Owner of Abraham's Kraal, <a href='#Page_51'>51</a></li> + +<li>Outbreak of the War, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Paardeberg—General Cronje's Forces surrounded by the British, Bombardment of Laager, etc., <a href='#Page_39'>39</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Reinforcements, Arrival of, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Cronje's, Gen., Determination not to abandon Laager, <a href='#Page_41'>41</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Efforts to release General Cronje—Storming of Stinkfontein, etc., <a href='#Page_40'>40-46</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Abandonment of Position by Boers, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Botha's, General, Attempt to recapture Position abandoned on 25th February, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">British Efforts to recapture Position, <a href='#Page_42'>42</a>, <a href='#Page_43'>43</a>, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Way of Escape opened to General Cronje, <a href='#Page_41'>41</a>, <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sketch of Boer and British Positions, <a href='#image02'>38</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Surrender of General Cronje, <a href='#Page_47'>47</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Effect on Boer Forces, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a>, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a>, <a href='#Page_51'>51</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Theunisson, Mr., Capture by British, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></span></li> + +<li>Paardenberg's Drift, British Advance on, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Camp of "Water-draggers" surprised by British, <a href='#Page_32'>32</a>, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a></span></li> + +<li>Palmietfontein—Boers breaking through Blockhouse Line, <a href='#Page_289'>289</a>, <a href='#Page_290'>290</a></li> + +<li>Panic among Boer Forces—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Burghers returning to Farms after Fall of Pretoria, <a href='#Page_93'>93</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Holspruits, <a href='#Page_294'>294</a>, <a href='#Page_295'>295</a></span></li> + +<li>Peace Negotiations—Boer Overtures, etc.—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Armistice agreed on, to admit of attendance of Officers at the Vereeniging Meeting, <a href='#Page_315'>315</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Misunderstanding on the part of the British Columns, <a href='#Page_317'>317</a>, <a href='#Page_318'>318</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Concessions in addition to the Terms already offered in the Negotiations of April, 1902, <a href='#Page_366'>366</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Conference at Pretoria between the Commission of National Representatives and Lords Kitchener and Milner (19-28 May, 1902), <a href='#Page_320'>320</a>, <a href='#Page_365'>365</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Draft Document drawn up to place Negotiations in position to amend the Middelburg Proposals, <a href='#Page_376'>376</a>, <a href='#Page_377'>377</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Prolongation of Meetings due to Cable Correspondence with Great Britain, <a href='#Page_397'>397</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Report of Commission discussed at Vereeniging Meeting, <a href='#Page_397'>397</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Governments of the Republics, Meeting at Klerksdorp, <a href='#Page_303'>303</a>, <a href='#Page_304'>304</a>, <a href='#Page_305'>305</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Burger's, Vice-President, Letter to President Steyn, <a href='#Page_301'>301</a>, <a href='#Page_302'>302</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Independence (<i>see</i> that subheading)</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Middelburg Peace Proposals (<i>see</i> that title)</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">National Representatives—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Commission sent to the Pretoria Conference (May, 1902)—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 6em;">Decision to appoint Commission, <a href='#Page_364'>364</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 6em;">Names of Members, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Election of Representatives for the Commandos, <a href='#Page_313'>313</a>, <a href='#Page_314'>314</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Meeting at Vereeniging (15th May) to consider the Situation, <a href='#Page_352'>352</a>, <a href='#Page_353'>353</a>, <a href='#Page_358'>358</a>, <a href='#Page_359'>359</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Peace Terms Proposed, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a>, <a href='#Page_364'>364</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Netherlands' Communication with the British Government, <a href='#Page_301'>301</a>, <a href='#Page_302'>302</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Boer Response to the Invitation implied in the forwarding of the Correspondence, etc., <a href='#Page_305'>305</a>, <a href='#Page_306'>306</a>, <a href='#Page_370'>370</a>, <a href='#Page_371'>371</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Letter sent to Commandos, <a href='#Page_336'>336</a>, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a>, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a>, <a href='#Page_347'>347</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Presidents of the Republics—Correspondence with Lord Salisbury, and Lord Salisbury's Reply (5th March, 1900), <a href='#Page_50'>50</a>, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_330'>330-332</a>, <a href='#Page_409'>409</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Proposals to Lord Kitchener (April, 1902), <a href='#Page_299'>299</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Correspondence between Lord Kitchener and the Secretary of State—Independence Difficulty, <a href='#Page_401'>401</a>, <a href='#Page_402'>402</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Signing of Peace at Pretoria, <a href='#Page_323'>323</a>, <a href='#Page_324'>324</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Steyn's, President, Views, <a href='#Page_258'>258</a>, <a href='#Page_259'>259</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Terms of Peace sanctioned by the British Government and accepted by the Boers (May, 1902)—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Acceptance of British Terms, <a href='#Page_320'>320</a>, <a href='#Page_427'>427</a>, <a href='#Page_428'>428</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Acceptance under Protest proposed, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Dissatisfaction among men of the Commandos, <a href='#Page_324'>324</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Failure of Food Supply as reason for acceptance, <a href='#Page_321'>321</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Unconditional Surrender v. Acceptance, <a href='#Page_399'>399</a>, <a href='#Page_401'>401</a>, <a href='#Page_404'>404</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_417'>417</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a>, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Better Terms, Possibility of obtaining, <a href='#Page_406'>406</a>, <a href='#Page_409'>409</a>, <a href='#Page_410'>410</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a>, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Decision as to Acceptance or Rejection essential, <a href='#Page_425'>425</a>, <a href='#Page_426'>426</a></span></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_442" id="Page_442">[Pg 442]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Middelburg Proposal Annulled by the Terms of the Peace Protocol of May, 1902, <a href='#Page_392'>392</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Milner's, Lord, Telegrams, <a href='#Page_392'>392</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Rejection of Terms proposed, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a>, <a href='#Page_425'>425</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Signatures to Acceptance, Question of, <a href='#Page_425'>425</a>, <a href='#Page_426'>426</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sub-committee appointed to aid in formulating Peace Proposals, <a href='#Page_378'>378</a>, <a href='#Page_398'>398</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Text of Draft Proposal and of Draft Proposal with Amendments sanctioned by the British Government, <a href='#Page_379'>379</a>, <a href='#Page_393'>393</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Time allowed for discussion of Terms, <a href='#Page_394'>394</a>, <a href='#Page_395'>395</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Ultimatum," Description of British Terms, <a href='#Page_321'>321</a></span></li> + +<li>Penzhorn, Mr., Relatives of—Kindness to Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a></li> + +<li>Petrusberg—Capture of by British, <a href='#Page_51'>51</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Visit, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a></span></li> + +<li>Plans, Sketch Plans of Engagements, <a href='#image04'>97</a>, <a href='#image05'>276</a></li> + +<li>Plessis, Veldtcornet du—Death due to White Flag Treachery at Reddersburg, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></li> + +<li>Poplar Grove—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Concentration of Boer Troops at, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kruger's, President, Visit to Boer Troops, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Panic among Boers—Commander-in-Chief de Wet unable to prevent flight, <a href='#Page_51'>51</a></span></li> + +<li>Potchefstroom, Portrait of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, History of Mauser Rifle, which appears in the photograph, <a href='#Page_151'>151</a>, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a></li> + +<li>Potgieter, Commandant (of Wolmaranstadt)—Escape from Paardeberg, <a href='#Page_41'>41</a></li> + +<li>Potgieter, Mr. Hendrik—Appointment as Public Prosecutor of Orange Free State, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a></li> + +<li>Preeij, Vice-Commandant Ignatius du, killed near Bethlehem, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a>, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a></li> + +<li>Presidency of Orange Free State—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Expiration of President Steyn's term of office—Difficulties in the way of an Election, Action of the Doornberg War Council, <a href='#Page_197'>197</a>, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Resignation of President Steyn, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Rhodes, Mr., proposed as Candidate, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a></span></li> + +<li>Pretoria—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture by British, <a href='#Page_92'>92</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Panic ensuing among Transvaalers, <a href='#Page_93'>93</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Negotiations—Conference between Commission of National Representatives and Lords Kitchener and Milner (May 19-28, 1902), <a href='#Page_320'>320</a>, <a href='#Page_365'>365</a></span></li> + +<li>Pretorius, Willem—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Storming of British Schanze on Orange River, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a>, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Tribute to, <a href='#Page_271'>271</a>, <a href='#Page_272'>272</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Veldtcornet, Nomination as, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a></span></li> + +<li>Prinsloo, Commandant Michal—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bethlehem Engagement, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a>, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Elandsfontein Exploit, <a href='#Page_119'>119</a>, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Liebenbergsvlei Engagement, <a href='#Page_284'>284</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Springhaansnek, Covering Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Passage of Blockhouse Lines at, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>, <a href='#Page_188'>188</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Train captured and burned by, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vice-Commander-in-Chief of Bethlehem and Ficksburg Sub-districts, Appointment, <a href='#Page_227'>227</a>, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a></span></li> + +<li>Prinsloo, Mr. Marthinus—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Assistant Commander-in-Chief, Irregular Election as, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Commandant of Winburg District, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Commander-in-Chief of Orange Free State, Election, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Natal Campaign, Preliminary Arrangements, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Resignation of Post as Commander-in-Chief in the Drakensberg, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Surrender at Naauwpoort, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Letter to Commander-in-Chief de Wet announcing Surrender and Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Reply, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>, <a href='#Page_137'>137</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">News brought to Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>, <a href='#Page_137'>137</a>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Suspicious Circumstances of Surrender, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></span></li> + +<li>Prinsloo's, Veldtcornet, Burghers, Capture of, <a href='#Page_286'>286</a></li> + +<li>Prisoners—Boer Prisoners—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bank Notes of the South African Republic, Opportunity of sending in for Payment, <a href='#Page_386'>386</a>, <a href='#Page_387'>387</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ceylon—Prisoners taken with General Prinsloo sent to Ceylon, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Merwe, Commandant, and men—Capture on "Majuba Day," <a href='#Page_296'>296</a>, <a href='#Page_297'>297</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Number taken by the British, Frederiksstad, <a href='#Page_40'>40</a>, <a href='#Page_46'>46</a>, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a>, <a href='#Page_264'>264</a>, <a href='#Page_265'>265</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Total Number (35,000) in the Hands of the British in 1901, <a href='#Page_256'>256</a>, <a href='#Page_257'>257</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Taljaart's and Prinsloo's Veldtcornets, Burghers, Capture of, <a href='#Page_286'>286</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Prisoners—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Inability to keep their Prisoners, <a href='#Page_227'>227</a>, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a>, <a href='#Page_426'>426</a>, <a href='#Page_427'>427</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Clothing taken by the Boers, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Numbers taken, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a>, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a>, <a href='#Page_69'>69</a>, <a href='#Page_70'>70</a>, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a>, <a href='#Page_102'>102</a>, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a>, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a>, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a>, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a>, <a href='#Page_163'>163</a>, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a>, <a href='#Page_179'>179</a>, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a>, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a>, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a>, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a>, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a>, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a>, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a>, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a>, <a href='#Page_223'>223</a>, <a href='#Page_267'>267</a>, <a href='#Page_281'>281</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Release on Fall of Pretoria due to Transvaalers' negligence, <a href='#Page_92'>92</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Treatment by Boers—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Personal Property of Prisoners, etc., Disposition of, <a href='#Page_101'>101</a>, <a href='#Footnote_47_47'><i>note</i></a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Prisoners taken in Cape Colony Expedition, Treatment of, <a href='#Page_210'>210</a></span></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_443" id="Page_443">[Pg 443]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kaffir Prisoners taken by Boers—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Dewetsdorp, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a>, <a href='#Page_179'>179</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Release of Prisoners, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Leeuwspruit Bridge, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></span></li> + +<li>"Pro-Boers"—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Tribute to, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Meetings in England, <a href='#Page_407'>407</a></span></li> + +<li>Public Prosecutor of Orange Free State—Appointment of Mr. Hendrick Potgieter, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Railways—Wrecking the Lines, Cutting British Lines of Communication, <a href='#Page_172'>172</a>, <a href='#Page_242'>242</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">America Siding, Line near, wrecked by General Froneman, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a>, <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Aar and Hopetown, Line blown up, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a>, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a>, <a href='#Page_211'>211</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Frederiksstad Station, Bridge and Line wrecked, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a>, <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Leeuwspruit, Failure of Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Attempt, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a>, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Orange Free State Line, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Work on, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a>, <a href='#Page_155'>155</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Scheepers, Captain, Work of, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Schemes of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_149'>149</a>, <a href='#Page_150'>150</a>, <a href='#Page_151'>151</a>, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Wolvehock, <a href='#Page_163'>163</a></span></li> + +<li>Rebels—Colonial Burghers Fighting on Boer Side (<i>see</i> Colonial Burghers)</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Roberts', Lord, Description of Burghers continuing to fight after annexation of the Republics as "Rebels," <a href='#Page_227'>227</a>, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a></span></li> + +<li>Receipts issued by Boer Officers for the Purchase of Cattle, Grain, etc.—Peace Negotiations, Boer Representatives' Request for a Guarantee of Payment, <a href='#Page_382'>382</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Amount likely to be required, <a href='#Page_386'>386</a>, <a href='#Page_387'>387</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Middelburg Proposal, <a href='#Page_384'>384</a>, <a href='#Page_385'>385</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Orange Free State, Position with reference to Receipts, <a href='#Page_383'>383</a>, <a href='#Page_384'>384</a>, <a href='#Page_385'>385</a>, <a href='#Page_386'>386</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Terms of Peace Agreement, <a href='#Page_380'>380</a></span></li> + +<li>Reddersburg—Boer Messenger fired on by British, <a href='#Page_74'>74</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Commanding Officer's Reply to Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Advice to Surrender, <a href='#Page_74'>74</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Dispositions, <a href='#Page_71'>71-74</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Mostertshoek, British Failure to reinforce Detachment at, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">White Flag Treachery, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a>, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></span></li> + +<li>Reich, Dr.—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Meeting with at Senekal, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a></li> + +<li>Reitz—Engagement near, <a href='#Page_263'>263-266</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Surrender of Arms by Commandos after Declaration of Peace, <a href='#Page_323'>323</a>, <a href='#Page_324'>324</a></span></li> + +<li>Reitz, Secretary of State—Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902, Report to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a></li> + +<li>Relief Funds for Destitution caused by the War—Appointment of Committee to Collect and Administer, <a href='#Page_428'>428</a></li> + +<li>Repatriation of Boers—Compensation for Losses sustained during the War—District Commissions, Institution of, <a href='#Page_393'>393</a>, <a href='#Page_394'>394</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Grant of £3,000,000 by the British Government, <a href='#Page_393'>393</a>, <a href='#Page_394'>394</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Inadequacy of Proposals, <a href='#Page_402'>402</a>, <a href='#Page_403'>403</a>, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Loans by the British Government, <a href='#Page_394'>394</a>, <a href='#Page_395'>395</a></span></li> + +<li>Rheeder, Commandant—Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, etc., <a href='#Page_401'>401</a></li> + +<li>Rhenoster River, Fighting on, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a>, <a href='#Page_90'>90</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Hurried Retreat of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_90'>90</a></span></li> + +<li>Rhenosterriviersbrug—General Froneman's Success, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a>, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a>, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></li> + +<li>Rhodes, Mr. C.—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Jameson Raid—Mr. Chamberlain's Defence of Mr. Rhodes, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a>, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Presidency of Orange Free State—Mr. Rhodes proposed as a Candidate, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a></span></li> + +<li>Rietfontein, Battle of (<i>see</i> Modder Spruit)</li> + +<li>Roberts, Lord—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Advance of, into the Orange Free State, <a href='#Page_26'>26</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bloemfontein, Appearance before, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Dispositions after Capture of Kroonstad (May 18, 1900), <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Inaction after Paardeberg, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Thaba'Nchu, Operations near (1900), <a href='#Page_82'>82</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Proclamations—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Burning of Buildings within radius of Ten Miles from Railway wrecked by Boers, <a href='#Page_192'>192</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Oath of Neutrality, Proclamation as to Charge against Lord Roberts of violating Terms of Proclamation, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a>, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 6em;">Effect in preventing Burghers from rejoining Commandos, <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Roodewal Disaster due to negligence of Lord Roberts, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a>, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sanna's Post, Failure to reinforce Troops at, <a href='#Footnote_33_33'>70 <i>note</i></a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ventersburg, Attack on, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a></span></li> + +<li>Roch, General—Natal Campaign, General Roch's Command in Opening Movement of Boer Forces, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a></li> + +<li>Roodebergen—De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Departure from, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Occupation by Boer Forces—Commander-in-Chief De Wet's Opposition to Scheme, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Passes of, <a href='#Page_123'>123</a></span></li> + +<li>Roodepoort—Commander-in-Chief De Wet's first Engagement with Lord Kitchener, <a href='#Page_108'>108</a>, <a href='#Page_109'>109</a></li> + +<li>Roodewal Station, Action at, <a href='#Page_98'>98-101</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Booty burnt by Boers, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a>, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sketch Plan, <a href='#image04'>97</a></span></li> + +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_444" id="Page_444">[Pg 444]</a></span>Roux, Assistant Commander-in-Chief—Prinsloo's Surrender, weak and childish Conduct of General Roux, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a>, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> + +<li>Roux, Deacon Paul, Appointment as Vechtgeneraal, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a></li> + +<li>Russian Reception of Escaped Burghers, <a href='#Footnote_54_54'>110 <i>note</i></a></li> + +<li>Rustenburg—General Liebenberg's Retreat, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a>, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Salisbury, Marquess of—Peace Negotiations, Boer Proposals of March 5, 1900—Reply to, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a>, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_409'>409</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace—Correspondence with Presidents Kruger and Steyn, <a href='#Page_330'>330-332</a></span></li> + +<li>Sanna's Post, Action at—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Broadwood's, General, Troops, Arrival of, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Preparations, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Koornspruit, Position occupied by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a>, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Women and Children from Thaba'Nchu, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Care for, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a>, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a></span></li> + +<li>Scheepers, Captain, and Commandant Kritzinger—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Brabant's Horse, Engagement with, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a>, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Despatch Rider chosen by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, to carry Message to General Cronje before Paardeberg, <a href='#Page_31'>31</a>, <a href='#Page_32'>32</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Orange River, Crossing of—Seizure of British Outpost, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a>, <a href='#Page_196'>196</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Railway Lines, Wrecking of, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Scouting Services, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Zandnek Engagement, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a>, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></span></li> + +<li>Scouting—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer and British Methods—Services rendered to the British by Boer Deserters, etc., <a href='#Page_18'>18</a>, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Importance of, <a href='#Page_165'>165</a>, <a href='#Page_166'>166</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">National Scouts, Services of (<i>see</i> National Scouts)</span></li> + +<li>Secrecy as to Future Movements—Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Determination to keep his Plans secret, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a>, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a></li> + +<li>Self-Government, Retention of under British Supervision—Peace Negotiations, Boer Representatives' Proposals at the Pretoria Conference (May 19, 1902), <a href='#Page_366'>366</a>, <a href='#Page_371'>371</a>, <a href='#Page_372'>372</a></li> + +<li>Sheep—Huge Tail of African Sheep, <a href='#Page_211'>211</a></li> + +<li>Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902—De Wet's Commander-in-Chief, Address at the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_358'>358-362</a></li> + +<li>Situation of the Boer and British Forces in 1901, President Steyn on, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a>, <a href='#Page_256'>256</a></li> + +<li>Sketch Plans of Engagements, <a href='#image02'>38</a>, <a href='#image04'>97</a>, <a href='#image05'>276</a></li> + +<li>Smith, Veldtcornet Hans, of Rouxville, Desertion after Roodewal, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a>, <a href='#Page_107'>107</a></li> + +<li>Smuts, General—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Continuance of the War, Arguments for and against—Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_418'>418</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Negotiations—Member of Commission of National Representatives at the Pretoria Conference, <a href='#Page_320'>320</a>, <a href='#Page_365'>365-396</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902—Report to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_340'>340-342</a></span></li> + +<li>Sobriety of Boers, <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></li> + +<li><i>South African News</i>—Publication of, Order not to take Prisoners, Anecdote of Lord Kitchener, <a href='#Page_184'>184</a>, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a></li> + +<li>South African Republic—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Journey with General De la Rey, Incidents during, <a href='#Page_238'>238</a>, <a href='#Page_239'>239</a>, <a href='#Page_242'>242</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Extermination of, by the British determined on prior to the Outbreak of War, alleged, <a href='#Page_254'>254</a>, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Government of (<i>see</i> Government of South African Republic)</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation of, in 1902—Impossibility of continuing the War, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Situation of Boer and British Forces in 1901—President Steyn on, <a href='#Page_255'>255</a>, <a href='#Page_256'>256</a></span></li> + +<li>Speller, Veldtcornet, of Wepener—Capture by British at Stinkfontein, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a></li> + +<li>Springhaansnek—Blockhouse Line broken through by the Boers, <a href='#Page_173'>173</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>, <a href='#Page_188'>188</a></li> + +<li>Spruit, Commandant—Capture by British at Stinkfontein, <a href='#Page_42'>42</a>, <a href='#Page_43'>43</a>; Subsequent Escape, <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> + +<li>States-Procureur of Orange Free State—Capture of Mr. Jacob de Villiers at Bothaville, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a>, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a></li> + +<li>Steenekamp, Burgher—Betrayal of Members of the South African Government to the British, <a href='#Page_244'>244</a></li> + +<li>Steenekamp, Commandant—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Assistant-Commander-in-Chief, Nomination as, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Heilbron District, Commandant of, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a>, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Illness of, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a>, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vredefort Road Station, Attack on, <a href='#Page_98'>98</a>, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a>, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></span></li> + +<li>Steyn, President—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Accompanying Commander-in-Chief de Wet in his departure from Roodebergen, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bethlehem Engagement, Presence at, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bloemfontein, Departure from, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bodyguard—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Davel, Commandant, Command of, <a href='#Page_191'>191</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Niekerk, Captain—Appointment as Commandant, <a href='#Page_245'>245</a></span></li> +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_445" id="Page_445">[Pg 445]</a></span> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Botha, General Philip, Visit to, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a>, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Burgher's Vice-President, Request for Meeting with Orange Free State Government, <a href='#Page_301'>301</a>, <a href='#Page_302'>302</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Cape Colony Expedition, Decision to accompany, <a href='#Page_197'>197</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture of Members of Governments of the South African Republics by the British at Reitz—President Steyn's Escape, <a href='#Page_244'>244</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Causes of the War—Letter to Lord Kitchener, <a href='#Page_250'>250-259</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Commander-in-Chief of Orange Free State, Refusal to allow Election—Consent to Election of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_118'>118</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Schemes for operating in the Rear of the British, Opposition to, <a href='#Page_82'>82</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Tribute to, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Eyes, Weakness of—Visit to Dr. van Rennenkamp, <a href='#Page_300'>300</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Government of the South African Republic, Meetings with—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Machadodorp Visit, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Vrede Meeting, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Illness of, <a href='#Page_319'>319</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Independence of the Republic, Refusal to surrender, <a href='#Page_306'>306</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Intervention of Foreign Powers, Attitude as to, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kroonstad War Council presided over by President Steyn, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace—Correspondence between Presidents Kruger and Steyn and Lord Salisbury, <a href='#Page_330'>330-332</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Resignation owing to Illness, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ventersdorp—Meeting with Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_168'>168</a>, <a href='#Page_169'>169</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Western Parts of the State, Visit to, <a href='#Page_298'>298-302</a></span></li> + +<li>Steyn, Willie, Capture at Honing Kopjes—Subsequent Escape, <a href='#Footnote_54_54'>110 <i>note</i></a></li> + +<li>Stinkfontein, Stormed and Abandoned by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_40'>40</a></li> + +<li>Stormberg—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Losses at, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a>, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture by General Gatacre, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></span></li> + +<li><i>Stormjagers</i>, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a></li> + +<li>Strauss, David—Prisoner taken by the British in contravention of Lord Roberts' Proclamation, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a></li> + +<li>Stripping British Prisoners in order to obtain Clothing, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a></li> + +<li>Supervision of the British Government—Peace Negotiations, Boer Representatives' offer to accept Supervision as a Compromise on the Independence Question, <a href='#Page_366'>366</a>, <a href='#Page_371'>371</a>, <a href='#Page_372'>372</a>, <a href='#Page_373'>373</a></li> + +<li>Surrender—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Banishment Proclamation (<i>see</i> that title)</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Oath of Neutrality, Lord Roberts' Proclamation (<i>see</i> Oath of Neutrality)</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Peace Negotiations at Pretoria in May, 1902—Draft Agreement, <a href='#Page_376'>376</a></span></li> + +<li>Surrender of Arms after Declaration of Peace, <a href='#Page_323'>323</a>, <a href='#Page_324'>324</a></li> + +<li>Swartbooiskop—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Nel's Commandant, Failure to hold, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a>, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Storming by Commandant Steenekamp and Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a>, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a></span></li> + +<li>Swaziland—Cession to the British, Proposals of the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a>, <a href='#Page_360'>360</a>, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a>, <a href='#Page_364'>364</a></li> + +<li>Sympathy felt for Boer Cause in England—Indirect Intervention, etc., <a href='#Page_407'>407</a>, <a href='#Page_410'>410</a>, <a href='#Page_420'>420</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Tabaksberg Engagement, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> + +<li>Taljaart's, Veltcornet, Burghers, Capture of, <a href='#Page_286'>286</a></li> + +<li>Telegraph Wires—cutting wires between Wolvehock and Viljoensdrift, <a href='#Page_299'>299</a></li> + +<li>Telegraphic Communication between Orange Free State and Transvaal, <a href='#Page_92'>92</a></li> + +<li>Termination of the War—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Attitude of the Burghers, <a href='#Page_237'>237</a>, <a href='#Page_238'>238</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Women, Opinion of, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Conference between Transvaal and Orange Free State Governments—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Decision to continue Fighting, <a href='#Page_242'>242</a>, <a href='#Page_243'>243</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Klerksdorp Meeting, <a href='#Page_303'>303</a>, <a href='#Page_304'>304</a>, <a href='#Page_305'>305</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Forebodings, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Letter from Commandants in the Field to Secretary of the Orange Free State—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Conference with Transvaal Government, <a href='#Page_242'>242</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Discussion of, by President Steyn and Generals De la Rey and De Wet, <a href='#Page_234'>234</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Steyn's President, Answer, Extracts from, <a href='#Page_236'>236-239</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Terms of, <a href='#Page_234'>234-237</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Mission to President Kruger on behalf of South African Republic proposed, <a href='#Page_236'>236</a>, <a href='#Page_237'>237</a>, <a href='#Page_238'>238</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vereeniging Conference—Views of the Representatives, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a>, <a href='#Page_347'>347</a>, <a href='#Page_348'>348</a>, <a href='#Page_349'>349</a>, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a>, <a href='#Page_352'>352</a>, <a href='#Page_353'>353</a>, <a href='#Page_354'>354</a>, <a href='#Page_354'>354-358</a>, <a href='#Page_359'>359</a>, <a href='#Page_360'>360-362</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a></span></li> + +<li>Territory, Session of—Peace Negotiations—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Pretoria Conference, Boer Representatives' Offer, <a href='#Page_366'>366</a>, <a href='#Page_375'>375</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vereeniging Conference Proposals (15th May, 1902), <a href='#Page_350'>350</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a>, <a href='#Page_352'>352</a>, <a href='#Page_357'>357</a>, <a href='#Page_358'>358</a>, <a href='#Page_359'>359</a>, <a href='#Page_360'>360</a>, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a>, <a href='#Page_362'>362</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a>, <a href='#Page_364'>364</a></span></li> + +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_446" id="Page_446">[Pg 446]</a></span>Thaba'Nchu—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Retreat on after Badenhorst, <a href='#Page_81'>81</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Occupation by General Broadwood, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></span></li> + +<li>Thanksgiving Days, Appointment of, <a href='#Page_243'>243</a></li> + +<li>Theron, Danie—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Death at Gatsrand, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Paardeberg—Passing Enemy's Lines to carry Message from Commander-in-Chief de Wet to General Cronje, <a href='#Page_46'>46</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Scouting Party, Appointment as Chief by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Scouting Services, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a>, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Train Captured by, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></span></li> + +<li>Theron, Jan—Appointment to succeed Commandant Danie Theron, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></li> + +<li>Theunissen, Commandant of Winburg, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture by British at Stinkfontein, <a href='#Page_46'>46</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Election as Commandant of Winburg, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></span></li> + +<li>Thring, Veldtcornet—War Experiences, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Tribute, etc., <a href='#Page_87'>87</a>, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></li> + +<li>Tijgerfontein Engagement, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a></li> + +<li>Tintwaspas—Occupation by Kroonstad Commando, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></li> + +<li>Tonder, Mr. Gideon van—Killed by Lyddite Shell at Magersfontein, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a></li> + +<li>Trains—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Blowing up with Dynamite, <a href='#Page_230'>230</a>, <a href='#Page_246'>246</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Devices to throw the British off the Scent, <a href='#Page_246'>246</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Mechanical Devices, <a href='#Page_246'>246</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Captures of, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a>, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a>, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a></span></li> + +<li>Transvaalers—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Negligence in leaving Prisoners at Pretoria, <a href='#Page_92'>92</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Nicholson's Nek, Work at, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a></span></li> + +<li>Truter, Commandant—Abandonment of Krupp gun and Ammunition, <a href='#Page_182'>182</a></li> + +<li>Tweefontein—Attack on British Position, <a href='#Page_275'>275-283</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sketch Plan, <a href='#image05'>276</a></span></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Uijs, Commandant—Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902, Report to the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_349'>349</a>, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a></li> + +<li>"Uitschudden"—Institution of, in order to obtain Clothing, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a></li> + +<li>Ultimatum by the South African Republic—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Cause of the War alleged—</span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Salisbury's, Lord, Assertion, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_409'>409</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Salisbury's, Lord, Demand, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_409'>409</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Steyn's, President, Contradiction, <a href='#Page_251'>251</a>, <a href='#Page_252'>252</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Chamberlain's, Mr. J., Telegrams to Sir A. Milner, <a href='#Page_329'>329</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Text of the "Ultimatum," <a href='#Page_325'>325-328</a></span></li> + +<li>Unconditional Surrender—Discussion at Vereeniging Meeting of May 29, 1902, <a href='#Page_398'>398</a>, <a href='#Page_399'>399</a>, <a href='#Page_401'>401</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_406'>406</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a>, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Vaal River—Crossing of President Steyn's Party, <a href='#Page_300'>300</a></li> + +<li>Valsch River Bridge, Destruction by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></li> + +<li>Van Dam, Under Captain—Command of Johannesburg Police at Nicholson's Nek, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a></li> + +<li>Van Niekerk, Commandant—Continuance of the War, Argument in favour of, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a>, <a href='#Page_415'>415</a></li> + +<li>Van Reenen's Pass—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Occupation by Harrismith and Winburg Commandos, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">War Council at—Commander-in-Chief de Wet attending in place of Commandant Steenekamp, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a>, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a></span></li> + +<li>Vanvurenskloof, Boer Retreat from, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a>, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></li> + +<li>Vechtgeneraal of the Orange Free State—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Abolition of Post, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Creation of Post, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Appointment of, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Roux, General Paul, appointed by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ventersburg—Boer Lines broken through, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a></span></li> + +<li>Ventersdorp—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Fighting near, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a>, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a>, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Meeting between President Steyn and Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_168'>168</a>, <a href='#Page_169'>169</a></span></li> + +<li>Vereeniging—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Meeting of General Representatives to discuss the Situation (May 15, 1902), <a href='#Page_333'>333-364</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Authority given to Delegates to voice the wishes of their Constituencies, <a href='#Page_333'>333</a>, <a href='#Page_337'>337</a>, <a href='#Page_338'>338</a>, <a href='#Page_400'>400</a>, <a href='#Page_402'>402</a>, <a href='#Page_403'>403</a>, <a href='#Page_404'>404</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_407'>407</a>, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a>, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a>, <a href='#Page_417'>417</a>, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a>, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Thanks of the meeting to the King of England and Queen of the Netherlands for efforts to promote Peace, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a>, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Unity among Delegates essential, <a href='#Page_337'>337</a>, <a href='#Page_338'>338</a>, <a href='#Page_349'>349</a>, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a>, <a href='#Page_357'>357</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Meeting of Special National Representatives to discuss British Peace Terms (May 29, 1902), <a href='#Page_397'>397</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Armistice agreed on to admit of Attendance of Officers, <a href='#Page_315'>315</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Misunderstanding on the part of the British Columns, <a href='#Page_317'>317</a>, <a href='#Page_318'>318</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Divisions among Delegates, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a>, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a>, <a href='#Page_425'>425</a>, <a href='#Page_426'>426</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Meeting a Fatal Error, <a href='#Page_413'>413</a>, <a href='#Page_414'>414</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Questions to be decided, <a href='#Page_398'>398</a>, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a>, <a href='#Page_417'>417</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">(For details of subjects discussed <i>see</i> Independence, Peace Negotiations, etc.)</span></li> + +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_447" id="Page_447">[Pg 447]</a></span>Verkijkersdorp—Capture of Women's Laager near, by the British, and Rescue by Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Commando, <a href='#Page_238'>238-241</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">British Casualties, <a href='#Page_239'>239</a>, <a href='#Page_240'>240</a></span></li> + +<li>Vice-Commanders-in-Chief, Orange Free State—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Badenhorst, Veldtcornet, C.C., Appointment for Districts of Boshof, etc., <a href='#Page_159'>159</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet, Gen., Appointment of, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Fourie, Gen., Appointment for Districts of Bloemfontein, etc., <a href='#Page_157'>157</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Hertzog, Gen., Appointment for Districts of Fauresmith, etc., <a href='#Page_158'>158</a></span></li> + +<li>Vice-President of Orange Free State—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Appointment of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_411'>411</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Creation of Temporary Post, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a></span></li> + +<li>Viljoen, Mr. P.R.—Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902, Report of the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_346'>346</a>, <a href='#Page_347'>347</a></li> + +<li>Villiers, General de—Death due to Wound received at Biddulphsberg, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Natal Expedition, Commanding as Vechtgeneraal, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a>, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Prinsloo's Surrender, Escape from, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Work in South-Eastern Districts of the Orange Free State, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></span></li> + +<li>Villiers, Mr. Jacob de, States-Procureur of Orange Free State, Capture of at Bothaville, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a>, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a></li> + +<li>Vilonel, Commandant—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Resignation—Enforced Resignation due to Insubordination, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Surrender to British—Recapture by Captain Pretorius and Trial for Desertion, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Removal from Bethlehem to Fouriesburg, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Waggons, Persistence in use of, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a></span></li> + +<li>Visser, Commandant—Death of at Jagersfontein Engagement, Faithfulness and Valour of Commandant Visser, <a href='#Page_158'>158</a></li> + +<li>Vleeschkorporaal, Duties of, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a>, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a></li> + +<li>Vrede—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Meeting with Louis Botha, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Meeting between President Steyn and the Transvaal Government, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a></span></li> + +<li>Vrede Commando, Surrender following Prinsloo's Surrender, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></li> + +<li>Vredefort—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture of British Outpost, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Engagements near, <a href='#Page_133'>133</a>, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a>, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Retreat of the Boers to the Vaal River, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>, <a href='#Page_165'>165</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Surrender of Arms by Commando after Declaration of Peace, <a href='#Page_323'>323</a>, <a href='#Page_324'>324</a></span></li> + +<li>Vredefort-weg Station—Commandant Steenekamp's Success at, <a href='#Page_98'>98</a>, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a>, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></li> + +<li>Vrijheid—Kaffir Atrocities, Murder and Mutilation of Burghers, <a href='#Page_426'>426</a>, <a href='#Page_427'>427</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Waggons—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Boer Reluctance to abandon use of, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a>, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a>, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 4em;">Harrismith Burghers' Refusal to part with their Waggons at Spitskopje, <a href='#Page_161'>161-163</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Use of Little Waggon, <a href='#Page_293'>293</a>, <a href='#Page_294'>294</a>, <a href='#Page_398'>398</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Destruction by British, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a>, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_191'>191</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">No Waggons with Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Commando, <a href='#Page_279'>279</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Vilonel's, Commandant, Persistence in using Waggons, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Waggon Camps, Regulation prohibiting, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> + +<li>War Commission—Orders to commence Natal Campaign, <a href='#Page_4'>4</a></li> + +<li>War Councils, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Decisions of Council of March 28, 1900, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Doornberg, Council at—Decision as to Presidential Election, <a href='#Page_197'>197</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kroonstad Council—Officers present, Decisions, etc., <a href='#Page_58'>58</a> <a href='#Footnote_30_30'><i>note</i></a>, <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></span></li> + +<li>War of 1877-1881—Futility of Comparison with War of 1899-1902, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a></li> + +<li>Warfare, Boer Methods of—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Checking an Enemy's Advance—Boer Tactics, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Rapidity of Action, Importance of, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></span></li> + +<li>Wauchope, General—Death at Magersfontein, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></li> + +<li>Weilbach, Commandant—Desertion of Post at Bloemfontein, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></li> + +<li>Wessels, General J.B.—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sanna's Post Engagement, Share in, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a></span></li> + +<li>Wessels, Mr. C.J.—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Commander-in-Chief of Free Staters at Magersfontein and Kimberley, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Member of Boer Deputation to Europe (1900), <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></span></li> + +<li>Wessels, Veldtcornet—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Capture of, at Frederiksstad, <a href='#Page_166'>166</a>, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Dewetsdorp Exploits, <a href='#Page_176'>176</a>, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a>, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></span></li> + +<li>White, Colonel—Engagement with Commandant Hasebroek near Thaba'Nchu, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a>, <a href='#Page_190'>190</a></li> + +<li>White Flag Treachery at Reddersburg, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a>, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></li> + +<li>Wire Fencing—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Bothaville Boers cutting the Wire, <a href='#Page_299'>299</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Erection of, by the British, <a href='#Page_262'>262</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Lindley-Kroonstad Line of Blockhouses—Escape of Boers, <a href='#Page_287'>287</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Palmietfontein, Boers breaking through Line, <a href='#Page_289'>289</a>, <a href='#Page_290'>290</a></span></li> + +<li>Witkopjes Rheboksfontein Engagement, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a></li> + +<li>Witwatersrand, Cession to the British—Proposals of the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a>, <a href='#Page_360'>360</a>, <a href='#Page_361'>361</a>, <a href='#Page_363'>363</a>, <a href='#Page_364'>364</a></li> + +<li>Wolfaard Brothers—Wounded by Lyddite Shell at Magersfontein, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a></li> + +<li><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_448" id="Page_448">[Pg 448]</a></span>Wolmarans, Daniel—Member of Boer Deputation to Europe (1900), <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></li> + +<li>Wolvehock—Railway blown up by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_163'>163</a></li> + +<li>Women and Children—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Care for, after Sanna's Post, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a>, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Difficulties of providing for—Deliberations of the Vereeniging Conference, <a href='#Page_333'>333</a>, <a href='#Page_339'>339</a>, <a href='#Page_342'>342</a>, <a href='#Page_343'>343</a>, <a href='#Page_344'>344</a>, <a href='#Page_345'>345</a>, <a href='#Page_349'>349</a>, <a href='#Page_350'>350</a>, <a href='#Page_351'>351</a>, <a href='#Page_352'>352</a>, <a href='#Page_353'>353</a>, <a href='#Page_356'>356</a>, <a href='#Page_405'>405</a>, <a href='#Page_406'>406</a>, <a href='#Page_410'>410</a>, <a href='#Page_412'>412</a>, <a href='#Page_413'>413</a>, <a href='#Page_415'>415</a>, <a href='#Page_416'>416</a>, <a href='#Page_417'>417</a>, <a href='#Page_423'>423</a>, <a href='#Page_424'>424</a>, <a href='#Page_425'>425</a>, <a href='#Page_426'>426</a>, <a href='#Page_427'>427</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Flight of Boer Women to escape Capture by the British, <a href='#Page_279'>279</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Kaffir Treatment of Boer Women, <a href='#Page_151'>151</a>, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Magersfontein Laager, Presence in, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Sufferings in Concentration Camps, etc., <a href='#Page_198'>198</a>, <a href='#Page_290'>290</a>, <a href='#Page_291'>291</a>, <a href='#Page_421'>421</a>, <a href='#Page_422'>422</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Treatment by the British, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a>, <a href='#Page_239'>239</a>, <a href='#Page_240'>240</a>, <a href='#Page_241'>241</a>, <a href='#Page_257'>257</a>, <a href='#Page_258'>258</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Verkijkersdorp Laager, Capture of by British, and rescue by Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Commando, <a href='#Page_238'>238-241</a></span></li> + +<li>Wonderkop—General de Villiers' Exploits, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> + +<li>Wounded, Boer Treatment of—</li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Doornspruit, Care of Wounded after, <a href='#Page_133'>133</a>, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a></span></li> +<li> <span style="margin-left: 2em;">Nicholson's Nek—Care for Wounded by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a></span></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Yeomanry, Imperial—Gallantry at Tweefontein, <a href='#Page_281'>281</a></li> + +<li>Yule, General—Ladysmith Retreat conducted by, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a></li> +</ul> +<ul> +<li>Zandnek—Captain Scheepers' Engagement near, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a>, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></li> + +<li>Zwavelkrans Farm—British Convoy Captured by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, <a href='#Page_96'>96</a>, <a href='#Page_98'>98</a></li> +</ul> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> Small loaves manufactured of flour, with fermented raisins +instead of yeast, and twice baked.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Officer in charge of the meat—literally, Flesh-corporal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> Literally, a team of oxen which are not all of the same +colour.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> Storm-hunters; so-called from being rapidly cooked.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> Stomach-bombs—a reflection on their wholesomeness.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> A Vice-Commandant has no duties to fulfil so long as the +Commandant is himself in camp and fit for work.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Fighting general.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> Sometimes referred to as the battle of Rietfontein.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> Water-courses.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> About nine miles: distance reckoned by average pace of +ridden horse—six miles an hour.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_11_11" id="Footnote_11_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> Clear off.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_12_12" id="Footnote_12_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> Hill.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_13_13" id="Footnote_13_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a> Literally, watch-fire men. They were the furthest +outposts, whose duty it was to signal by means of their fires.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_14_14" id="Footnote_14_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a> Pioneers.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_15_15" id="Footnote_15_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a> A table-shaped mountain.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_16_16" id="Footnote_16_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_16_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a> A shelter-mound of earth and boulders.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_17_17" id="Footnote_17_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_17_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a> A ravine or water-course.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_18_18" id="Footnote_18_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_18_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a> In the district of Jacobsdal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_19_19" id="Footnote_19_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a> Biscuits.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_20_20" id="Footnote_20_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a> Mr. Philip Botha had just been appointed +Vice-Vechtgeneraal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_21_21" id="Footnote_21_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_21_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a> Brother to Judge Hertzog.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_22_22" id="Footnote_22_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_22_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a> "How is it with you?"</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_23_23" id="Footnote_23_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a> Eleven or twelve days after, Commandant Spruit was again +with us. When he appeared, he seemed to us like one risen from the dead. +We all rejoiced, not only because he was a God-fearing man, but also +because he was of a lovable disposition. I heard from his own mouth how +he had escaped. He told me that the day after his capture, he was sent, +under a strong escort, from Lord Roberts' Headquarters to the railway +station at Modder River, and that he started from there, with a guard of +six men on his road to Cape Town. During the night as they drew near De +Aar, his guards fell asleep, and our brave Commandant prepared to leave +the train. He seized a favourable opportunity when the engine was +climbing a steep gradient and jumped off. But the pace was fast enough +to throw him to the ground, though fortunately he only sustained slight +injury. When daylight came he hid himself. Having made out his bearings +he began to make his way back on the following night. He passed a house, +but dared not seek admission, for he did not know who its occupants +might be. As he had no food with him, his sufferings from hunger were +great, but still he persevered, concealing himself during the day, and +only walking during the hours of darkness. At last he reached the +railway line to the north of Colesberg, and from there was carried to +Bloemfontein, where he enjoyed a well-earned rest. In the second week of +March he returned to his commando, to the great delight of everybody.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_24_24" id="Footnote_24_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a> This correspondence will be found in <a href="#Page_246">Chapter XXX</a>.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_25_25" id="Footnote_25_25"></a><a href="#FNanchor_25_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a> Member of the Free State Volksraad and Executive Council.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_26_26" id="Footnote_26_26"></a><a href="#FNanchor_26_26"><span class="label">[26]</span></a> Member of the Free State Volksraad and Executive Council, +and also President of the Volksraad.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_27_27" id="Footnote_27_27"></a><a href="#FNanchor_27_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a> Member of the first Volksraad of the South African +Republic.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_28_28" id="Footnote_28_28"></a><a href="#FNanchor_28_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a> This harbour, then the only harbour in South Africa open +to us, was subsequently forbidden us by the Portuguese Government, whose +officials even went so far as to arrest eight hundred of our burghers +(who, for want of horses, had taken refuge in Portuguese territory), and +to send them to Portugal. The ports of German West Africa cannot be +counted among those which were available for us. Not only were they too +far from us to be of any service, but also, in order to reach them, it +would have been necessary to go through English territory, for they were +separated from us by Griqualand West, Bechuanaland, and isolated +portions of Cape Colony. We had, therefore, during the latter portion of +the war, to depend for supplies upon what little we were able to capture +from the enemy.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_29_29" id="Footnote_29_29"></a><a href="#FNanchor_29_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a> The men I still had with me belonged to commandos from +Bloemfontein, Ladybrand, Wepener, Ficksburg, Bethlehem and Winburg. They +were respectively under Commandants Piet Fourie, Crowther, Fouche, De +Villiers, Michal Prinsloo and Vilonel; and these Commandants took orders +from Vechtgeneraals J.B. Wessels, A.P. Cronje, C.C. Froneman, W. Kolbe +and Philip Botha. +</p><p> +The Colesberg and Stormberg commandos had received the order to go +northwards in the direction of Thaba'Nchu and Ladybrand. These commandos +also had been panic-stricken since General Cronje's surrender. +</p><p> +The Kroonstad, Heilbron, Harrismith and Vrede burghers, under +Commander-in-Chief Prinsloo, were directed to remain where they were, +and guard the Drakensberg. +</p><p> +General De la Rey followed my example, and gave his men permission to +return home for some time.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_30_30" id="Footnote_30_30"></a><a href="#FNanchor_30_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a> This council also enacted that officers should be very +chary in accepting doctors' certificates. The old law had laid it down +that if a burgher produced a medical certificate, declaring him unfit +for duty, he should be exempted from service. That there had been a +grave abuse of this was the experience of almost every officer. There +were several very dubious cases; and it was curious to note how many +sudden attacks of heart disease occurred—if one were to credit the +medical certificates. I remember myself that on the 7th of March, when +the burghers fled from Poplar Grove, I had thrust upon me suddenly eight +separate certificates, which had all been issued that morning, each +declaring that some burgher or other was suffering from disease of the +heart. When the eighth was presented to me, and I found that it also +alleged the same complaint, I lost all patience, and let the doctor know +that was quite enough for one day. When this question of certificates +was discussed at the council, I suggested in joke that no certificate +should be accepted unless it was signed by three old women, as a +guarantee of good faith. The system had indeed been carried to such +lengths, and certificates had been issued right and left in such a +lavish manner, that one almost suspected that the English must have had +a hand in it!</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_31_31" id="Footnote_31_31"></a><a href="#FNanchor_31_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a> Ford.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_32_32" id="Footnote_32_32"></a><a href="#FNanchor_32_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a> Water-course or ravine.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_33_33" id="Footnote_33_33"></a><a href="#FNanchor_33_33"><span class="label">[33]</span></a> I may note here that it seemed very strange to me and to +all whose opinion I asked, that Lord Roberts, with his sixty thousand +men, sent no reinforcements from Bloemfontein. The battle had taken +place not more than seventeen miles from the capital, and it had lasted +for four hours; so that there had been ample time to send help. The +English cannot urge in excuse that, owing to our having cut the +telegraph wire, Lord Roberts could know nothing of General Broadwood's +position. The booming of the guns must have been distinctly heard at +Bloemfontein, as it was a still morning. In addition to this plain +warning, the English had an outpost at Borsmanskop, between Koorn Spruit +and Bloemfontein. I do not mention these things with the object of +throwing an unfavourable light upon Lord Roberts' conduct, but merely to +show that even in the great English Army, incomprehensible +irregularities were not unknown, and irregularities of such a character +as to quite put in the shade the bungles we were sometimes guilty of. +But the Republics, young though they were, never thought of boasting +about the order, organization, or discipline of their armies; on the +contrary they were perhaps a little inclined to take too lenient a view +when irregularities occurred.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_34_34" id="Footnote_34_34"></a><a href="#FNanchor_34_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a> Vexed.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_35_35" id="Footnote_35_35"></a><a href="#FNanchor_35_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a> I have never been able to understand why the great force, +stationed at Reddersburg, made no attempt to come to the aid of the +unfortunate victims at Mostertshoek. Their conduct seems to me to have +been even more blameworthy than the similar negligence which occurred at +Sanna's Post. They were not more than five miles off, and could watch +the whole engagement—and yet they never stirred a foot to come and help +their comrades. And it was fortunate for us that it was so, for we +should have stood no chance at all against a large force. +</p><p> +To oppose successfully such bodies of men as our burghers had to meet +during this war demanded <i>rapidity of action</i> more than anything else. +We had to be quick at fighting, quick at reconnoitring, quick (if it +became necessary) at flying! This was exactly what I myself aimed at, +and had not so many of our burghers proved false to their own colours, +England—as the great Bismarck foretold—would have found her grave in +South Africa.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_36_36" id="Footnote_36_36"></a><a href="#FNanchor_36_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a> Cape Mounted Rifles.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_37_37" id="Footnote_37_37"></a><a href="#FNanchor_37_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a> This "granary" lay in the Ladybrand, Ficksburg and +Bethlehem districts, and not only supplied the Free State, but also the +greater part of the Transvaal. If the districts of Wepener, Rouxville, +Bloemfontein, and Thaba'Nchu be included, this "granary" was the source +of a very large yield of corn, and there had been an especially rich +harvest that year. As the men were away on commando, the Kaffirs reaped +the corn under the supervision of the Boer women; and where Kaffirs were +not obtainable the women did the work with their own hands, and were +assisted by their little sons and daughters. The women had provided such +a large supply, that had not the English burnt the corn by the thousand +sacks, the war could have been continued. It was hard indeed for them to +watch the soldiers flinging the corn on the ground before their horses' +hoofs. Still harder was it to see that which had cost them so much +labour thrown into the flames. +</p><p> +In spite of the fact that the English, in order to destroy our crops, +had let their horses and draught oxen loose upon the land, there was +still an abundant harvest—perhaps the best that we had ever seen. And +so it happened that whilst the men were at the front, the housewives +could feed the horses in the stable. But Lord Roberts, acting on the +advice of unfaithful burghers, laid his hand upon the housewives' work, +and burnt the grain that they had stored.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_38_38" id="Footnote_38_38"></a><a href="#FNanchor_38_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a> This Court was not composed of officers, but consisted of +three persons, one of whom was a lawyer.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_39_39" id="Footnote_39_39"></a><a href="#FNanchor_39_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a> Township.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_40_40" id="Footnote_40_40"></a><a href="#FNanchor_40_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a> Police Agent.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_41_41" id="Footnote_41_41"></a><a href="#FNanchor_41_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a> Railway trucks.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_42_42" id="Footnote_42_42"></a><a href="#FNanchor_42_42"><span class="label">[42]</span></a> Everyone will know him, this brave man of pure Afrikander +blood, subsequently a famous Commander, a martyr. I appointed him +Captain of Scouts, and from the moment that he commenced his work I saw +that a <i>man</i> had come forward. It was sad to think in what manner such a +man was deprived of his life. I shall speak more of him later on, for, +as our proverb says, "I had eaten too much salt" to pass over his career +unnoticed</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_43_43" id="Footnote_43_43"></a><a href="#FNanchor_43_43"><span class="label">[43]</span></a> Afterwards Commandant, and, still later, Assistant +Commander-in-Chief.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_44_44" id="Footnote_44_44"></a><a href="#FNanchor_44_44"><span class="label">[44]</span></a> At the conclusion of peace it was the Bethlehem commando +which had the greatest number of burghers under arms.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_45_45" id="Footnote_45_45"></a><a href="#FNanchor_45_45"><span class="label">[45]</span></a> Highlanders.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_46_46" id="Footnote_46_46"></a><a href="#FNanchor_46_46"><span class="label">[46]</span></a> A pond which only contains water during "the rains."</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_47_47" id="Footnote_47_47"></a><a href="#FNanchor_47_47"><span class="label">[47]</span></a> The <i>Uitschudden</i> (stripping) of the enemy had not become +necessary at that date. I can say for myself that when, at a later +period, it came into practice, I never witnessed it with any +satisfaction. Yet what could the burghers do but help themselves to the +prisoners' clothing, when England had put a stop to our imports, and cut +off all our supplies?</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_48_48" id="Footnote_48_48"></a><a href="#FNanchor_48_48"><span class="label">[48]</span></a> At this time the burghers were beginning to use the rifles +which they had taken from the enemy.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_49_49" id="Footnote_49_49"></a><a href="#FNanchor_49_49"><span class="label">[49]</span></a> Rhenoster River bridge.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_50_50" id="Footnote_50_50"></a><a href="#FNanchor_50_50"><span class="label">[50]</span></a> These dated back to the time of Moselekatze (Umzilygazi).</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_51_51" id="Footnote_51_51"></a><a href="#FNanchor_51_51"><span class="label">[51]</span></a> He was afterwards appointed Commandant.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_52_52" id="Footnote_52_52"></a><a href="#FNanchor_52_52"><span class="label">[52]</span></a> Literally the proverb runs as follows: "There are some +trials which will not sit in one man's clothes."</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_53_53" id="Footnote_53_53"></a><a href="#FNanchor_53_53"><span class="label">[53]</span></a> I.e. the ruins of Kaffir stone huts, built in the time of +Moselekatze.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_54_54" id="Footnote_54_54"></a><a href="#FNanchor_54_54"><span class="label">[54]</span></a> Among these seven burghers were Willie Steyn, Attie Van +Niekerk, and a certain young Botha. It was Steyn and Botha, with two men +of the name of Steytler, and two other Free-Staters whose names I have +forgotten, who managed to escape from the ship that lay anchored in the +harbour of Ceylon. They swam a distance of several miles to a Russian +ship, by which they were carried to one of the Russian ports, where they +received every hospitality. I shall always be grateful to the Russians +for this. They then travelled through Germany into Holland, being +subsequently conveyed in a German ship to German West Africa. Thence +they made their way through Boesmansland to Cape Colony, and, after many +adventures, joined General Hermanus Maritz's commando. Botha, +unfortunately, was killed in a skirmish some time later. What will the +world say of these young burghers? Surely, that more valiant and +faithful men than they have never lived. I regret that I do not remember +the names of all Willie Steyn's comrades. I travelled with him by train +from the Free State to Cape Town, where I had to join General Louis +Botha and J.H. De la Rey, so as to accompany them to Europe on my +nation's behalf. He promised then to give me all the particulars of his +escape, but I suppose there has been some obstacle in the way.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_55_55" id="Footnote_55_55"></a><a href="#FNanchor_55_55"><span class="label">[55]</span></a> The word <i>honing</i> means honey.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_56_56" id="Footnote_56_56"></a><a href="#FNanchor_56_56"><span class="label">[56]</span></a> At that time the Natal and Delagoa Bay railways were still +in our possession.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_57_57" id="Footnote_57_57"></a><a href="#FNanchor_57_57"><span class="label">[57]</span></a> He had left the remainder of his burghers at Witnek and at +Houtnek, near Ficksburg.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_58_58" id="Footnote_58_58"></a><a href="#FNanchor_58_58"><span class="label">[58]</span></a> Infantry.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_59_59" id="Footnote_59_59"></a><a href="#FNanchor_59_59"><span class="label">[59]</span></a> As I have already stated, I intend to write on another +occasion a book dealing with the art of scouting; and the above incident +will there form a striking proof of how foolishly the English scouts did +their work.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_60_60" id="Footnote_60_60"></a><a href="#FNanchor_60_60"><span class="label">[60]</span></a> Precipice.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_61_61" id="Footnote_61_61"></a><a href="#FNanchor_61_61"><span class="label">[61]</span></a> The Harrismith and Vrede commandos had also received +orders to join us.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_62_62" id="Footnote_62_62"></a><a href="#FNanchor_62_62"><span class="label">[62]</span></a> I put down here the very words I used, for any other +course would not be honest.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_63_63" id="Footnote_63_63"></a><a href="#FNanchor_63_63"><span class="label">[63]</span></a> Kaallaagte—a barren hollow.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_64_64" id="Footnote_64_64"></a><a href="#FNanchor_64_64"><span class="label">[64]</span></a> Parijs is situated on the Vaal River.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_65_65" id="Footnote_65_65"></a><a href="#FNanchor_65_65"><span class="label">[65]</span></a> The reason why Captain Scheepers was so late in sending +his report was because he himself was engaging the enemy with six of his +men near Zandnek. He had come across a convoy of fourteen waggons and +thirty men, and had, after an hour's fight, nearly brought them to the +point of surrendering, when reinforcements arrived. He was thus forced +to retire, and then discovered that the enemy were approaching our +laager; and he had a hair's breadth escape from capture in bringing me +the report.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_66_66" id="Footnote_66_66"></a><a href="#FNanchor_66_66"><span class="label">[66]</span></a> "Mooi" means beautiful in the Taal language.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_67_67" id="Footnote_67_67"></a><a href="#FNanchor_67_67"><span class="label">[67]</span></a> Master.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_68_68" id="Footnote_68_68"></a><a href="#FNanchor_68_68"><span class="label">[68]</span></a> Ravine.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_69_69" id="Footnote_69_69"></a><a href="#FNanchor_69_69"><span class="label">[69]</span></a> General Store.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_70_70" id="Footnote_70_70"></a><a href="#FNanchor_70_70"><span class="label">[70]</span></a> Commandant Van Tender had been made prisoner at the same +time, but he eluded the vigilance of his captors, and running for his +life under a shower of their bullets, got away in safety.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_71_71" id="Footnote_71_71"></a><a href="#FNanchor_71_71"><span class="label">[71]</span></a> Uncle Peter.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_72_72" id="Footnote_72_72"></a><a href="#FNanchor_72_72"><span class="label">[72]</span></a> Judge.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_73_73" id="Footnote_73_73"></a><a href="#FNanchor_73_73"><span class="label">[73]</span></a> Pioneer.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_74_74" id="Footnote_74_74"></a><a href="#FNanchor_74_74"><span class="label">[74]</span></a> Nieuwjaarsfontein.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_75_75" id="Footnote_75_75"></a><a href="#FNanchor_75_75"><span class="label">[75]</span></a> A table-shaped hill.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_76_76" id="Footnote_76_76"></a><a href="#FNanchor_76_76"><span class="label">[76]</span></a> He was subsequently appointed Vice-Commander-in-Chief in +Cape Colony.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_77_77" id="Footnote_77_77"></a><a href="#FNanchor_77_77"><span class="label">[77]</span></a> In the original a Kaffir word is used here. The literal +meaning of the phrase is "to throw the knuckle bones"—the Kaffir +equivalent for dice.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_78_78" id="Footnote_78_78"></a><a href="#FNanchor_78_78"><span class="label">[78]</span></a> <i>Vlei</i>—a valley with stagnant water in it.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_79_79" id="Footnote_79_79"></a><a href="#FNanchor_79_79"><span class="label">[79]</span></a> The Boer proverb is:—"Blood creeps where it cannot +walk."</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_80_80" id="Footnote_80_80"></a><a href="#FNanchor_80_80"><span class="label">[80]</span></a> I had appointed him in place of Commandant Truter, who had +resigned.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_81_81" id="Footnote_81_81"></a><a href="#FNanchor_81_81"><span class="label">[81]</span></a> Our forethought proved later on to have been of little +avail. For notwithstanding the bountiful rains which had fallen at the +end of November and the beginning of January in the southern and western +parts of the State we found, when we arrived there, that the grass had +been entirely destroyed by the locusts. Neither could we obtain any +fodder; and so the difficulty of providing for our horses was as great +as ever.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_82_82" id="Footnote_82_82"></a><a href="#FNanchor_82_82"><span class="label">[82]</span></a> At this date the English had not re-garrisoned the town.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_83_83" id="Footnote_83_83"></a><a href="#FNanchor_83_83"><span class="label">[83]</span></a> Barend.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_84_84" id="Footnote_84_84"></a><a href="#FNanchor_84_84"><span class="label">[84]</span></a> Stellenbosched: this was the word the English applied to +officers, who, on account of inefficiency, or for other reasons, had to +be dismissed. Stellenbosch was a place where only very unimportant work +was performed.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_85_85" id="Footnote_85_85"></a><a href="#FNanchor_85_85"><span class="label">[85]</span></a> I must give a short account of Willem Pretorius, for he +was a dear friend of mine. He had only reached the age of twenty when I +made him a Veldtcornet. His courage certainly could not be surpassed, +yet he never let it go beyond his reason. About twenty days before the +conclusion of Peace, he was killed by a bullet at a range of 1,100 +paces. Throughout the whole previous course of the war fortune had +favoured him almost miraculously: six horses had been killed and many +more wounded under him; yet he had never received more than a scratch. +But in the end he, like so many other brave men, was destined to die for +the country that he loved so dearly. Poor Willem! You and the other +heroes in our struggle will live for ever in our memories.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_86_86" id="Footnote_86_86"></a><a href="#FNanchor_86_86"><span class="label">[86]</span></a> Broodspioen: <i>literally</i> a bread spy. This was the name +applied to a burgher, who, with or without an order from his officer, +rode in advance of his commando to obtain bread for himself and his +comrades. He was frequently a man who placed the interests of his +stomach before the safety of his commando.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_87_87" id="Footnote_87_87"></a><a href="#FNanchor_87_87"><span class="label">[87]</span></a> A swamp.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_88_88" id="Footnote_88_88"></a><a href="#FNanchor_88_88"><span class="label">[88]</span></a> There were still two Krupps left, but we had no ammunition +for them.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_89_89" id="Footnote_89_89"></a><a href="#FNanchor_89_89"><span class="label">[89]</span></a> Farmer's wife.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_90_90" id="Footnote_90_90"></a><a href="#FNanchor_90_90"><span class="label">[90]</span></a> Stripping.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_91_91" id="Footnote_91_91"></a><a href="#FNanchor_91_91"><span class="label">[91]</span></a> Veldtcornet Franz Jacobsz was afterwards appointed in the +place of this Commandant, who resigned.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_92_92" id="Footnote_92_92"></a><a href="#FNanchor_92_92"><span class="label">[92]</span></a> When this Commandant resigned, Veldtcornet J.J. Van +Niekerk was appointed in his place.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_93_93" id="Footnote_93_93"></a><a href="#FNanchor_93_93"><span class="label">[93]</span></a> When, at a later period, Commandant Theunissen was put in +command of the burghers of Fauresmith, Commandant Mijburg was appointed +in his place. This latter Commandant was afterwards killed.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_94_94" id="Footnote_94_94"></a><a href="#FNanchor_94_94"><span class="label">[94]</span></a> Where the yeomanry were captured.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_95_95" id="Footnote_95_95"></a><a href="#FNanchor_95_95"><span class="label">[95]</span></a> (District Vrede)—encounter with Brabant's Horse.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_96_96" id="Footnote_96_96"></a><a href="#FNanchor_96_96"><span class="label">[96]</span></a> Stripping.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_97_97" id="Footnote_97_97"></a><a href="#FNanchor_97_97"><span class="label">[97]</span></a> The previous evening we had received a report of two +English camps on the Wilge River: One at Duminy Drift, the other at +Steildrift—under General Elliott. They were led by Piet de Wet and +other National Scouts.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_98_98" id="Footnote_98_98"></a><a href="#FNanchor_98_98"><span class="label">[98]</span></a> Nobody dies of fright.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_99_99" id="Footnote_99_99"></a><a href="#FNanchor_99_99"><span class="label">[99]</span></a> The report of the Commission of which he was a member.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_100_100" id="Footnote_100_100"></a><a href="#FNanchor_100_100"><span class="label">[100]</span></a> Resident Magistrates.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_101_101" id="Footnote_101_101"></a><a href="#FNanchor_101_101"><span class="label">[101]</span></a> A court-martial was held at this place, and several +persons appeared before it. A certain De Lange was condemned to death +for high treason.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_102_102" id="Footnote_102_102"></a><a href="#FNanchor_102_102"><span class="label">[102]</span></a> We had heliographic communication between Elandskop and +Blaauwkop, which formed a connecting link between Bethlehem and Lindley; +and from Blaauwkop we had communication with Verkijkerskop. There was +also heliographic communication between Bethlehem and Lindley, and +Biddulphsberg, across the line of blockhouses.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_103_103" id="Footnote_103_103"></a><a href="#FNanchor_103_103"><span class="label">[103]</span></a> "Rooije" is the Taal for "red."</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_104_104" id="Footnote_104_104"></a><a href="#FNanchor_104_104"><span class="label">[104]</span></a> In this I was correct. They contrived to break through +where the enemy were more scattered.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_105_105" id="Footnote_105_105"></a><a href="#FNanchor_105_105"><span class="label">[105]</span></a> Spruit—rivulet.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_106_106" id="Footnote_106_106"></a><a href="#FNanchor_106_106"><span class="label">[106]</span></a> Also my son, Jacobus (Kootie). He has now returned from +St. Helena, whither he had been sent as a prisoner, and we have met. He +tells me that on the night when I broke through, he wanted to come with +me, but was unable to do so, because his horse had been shot under +him.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_107_107" id="Footnote_107_107"></a><a href="#FNanchor_107_107"><span class="label">[107]</span></a> Shortly afterwards I heard that it was Colonel +Rimington's column who were encamped there. They discovered the cave, +and removed the documents and wearing apparel, leaving me with only a +suit of clothes—which I should have liked to preserve as a curiosity!</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_108_108" id="Footnote_108_108"></a><a href="#FNanchor_108_108"><span class="label">[108]</span></a> A salt lake.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_109_109" id="Footnote_109_109"></a><a href="#FNanchor_109_109"><span class="label">[109]</span></a> Commandant Jacobsz was somewhere not very far from +Kimberley; Commandant Bester, close to Brandfort; Commandant Jacobus +Theron, near Smaldeel; Commandant Flemming, near Hoopstad; and +Commandant Pieter Erasmus, near the Gannapan.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_110_110" id="Footnote_110_110"></a><a href="#FNanchor_110_110"><span class="label">[110]</span></a> A complete report of the various proceedings in connexion +with the conclusion of peace will be found in the Appendix of this +book.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_111_111" id="Footnote_111_111"></a><a href="#FNanchor_111_111"><span class="label">[111]</span></a> Infantry.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_112_112" id="Footnote_112_112"></a><a href="#FNanchor_112_112"><span class="label">[112]</span></a> Closer Union.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_113_113" id="Footnote_113_113"></a><a href="#FNanchor_113_113"><span class="label">[113]</span></a> See page <a href="#Page_363">363</a> <i>et seq.</i></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_114_114" id="Footnote_114_114"></a><a href="#FNanchor_114_114"><span class="label">[114]</span></a> See page <a href="#Page_379">379</a> <i>et seq.</i></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_115_115" id="Footnote_115_115"></a><a href="#FNanchor_115_115"><span class="label">[115]</span></a> See page <a href="#Page_391">391</a> <i>et seq.</i></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_116_116" id="Footnote_116_116"></a><a href="#FNanchor_116_116"><span class="label">[116]</span></a> See page <a href="#Page_395">395</a> <i>et seq.</i></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_117_117" id="Footnote_117_117"></a><a href="#FNanchor_117_117"><span class="label">[117]</span></a> The Boer form of this proverb is: Half an egg is better +than an empty shell.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_118_118" id="Footnote_118_118"></a><a href="#FNanchor_118_118"><span class="label">[118]</span></a> The head fastened to the knee.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_119_119" id="Footnote_119_119"></a><a href="#FNanchor_119_119"><span class="label">[119]</span></a> Having two legs fastened together.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_120_120" id="Footnote_120_120"></a><a href="#FNanchor_120_120"><span class="label">[120]</span></a> The step of a tired horse.</p></div> +</div> + +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THREE YEARS' WAR***</p> +<p>******* This file should be named 18794-h.txt or 18794-h.zip *******</p> +<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br /> +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/7/9/18794">http://www.gutenberg.org/1/8/7/9/18794</a></p> +<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed.</p> + +<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution.</p> + + + +<pre> +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">http://www.gutenberg.org/license)</a>. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">http://www.gutenberg.org</a> + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a> + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a> + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** +</pre> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/18794-h/images/01.jpg b/18794-h/images/01.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1590e46 --- /dev/null +++ b/18794-h/images/01.jpg diff --git a/18794-h/images/02.jpg b/18794-h/images/02.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..74ee2d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/18794-h/images/02.jpg diff --git a/18794-h/images/03.jpg b/18794-h/images/03.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b054997 --- /dev/null +++ b/18794-h/images/03.jpg diff --git a/18794-h/images/04.jpg b/18794-h/images/04.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..43d74fc --- /dev/null +++ b/18794-h/images/04.jpg diff --git a/18794-h/images/05.jpg b/18794-h/images/05.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c12c3be --- /dev/null +++ b/18794-h/images/05.jpg diff --git a/18794.txt b/18794.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f992853 --- /dev/null +++ b/18794.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18358 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Three Years' War, by Christiaan Rudolf de Wet + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Three Years' War + + +Author: Christiaan Rudolf de Wet + + + +Release Date: July 8, 2006 [eBook #18794] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THREE YEARS' WAR*** + + +E-text prepared by Marilynda Fraser-Cunliffe, Taavi Kalju, and the Project +Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net/) + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustrations. + See 18794-h.htm or 18794-h.zip: + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/7/9/18794/18794-h/18794-h.htm) + or + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/7/9/18794/18794-h.zip) + + + + + +THREE YEARS' WAR + +by + +CHRISTIAAN RUDOLF DE WET + +Frontispiece by John S. Sargent, R.A. + +Four Plans and a Map + + + + + + + +[Illustration: (signature) C. R. de Wet + + + + +New York +Charles Scribner's Sons +1902 +Copyright, 1902, by +Charles Scribner's Sons +All rights reserved +Published, December, 1902 +Trow Directory +Printing and Bookbinding Company +New York + + + + + TO +MY FELLOW SUBJECTS + OF +THE BRITISH EMPIRE + + + + +Preface + + +By way of introduction to my work I wish, dear reader, to say only this +short word: "I am no book-writer."--But I felt that the story of this +struggle, in which a small people fought for liberty and right, is +rightly said, throughout the civilized world, to be unknown, and that it +was my duty to record my personal experiences in this war, for the +present and for the future generations, not only for the Afrikander +people, but for the whole world. + +Not only did I consider this my duty, but I was encouraged to write by +the urgings of prominent men among my people, of men of various +nationalities and even of several British officers. + +Well, dear reader, I hope that you will not feel disappointed in reading +these experiences, as it is not in me, as is perhaps sometimes the case +with historical authors, to conjure up thrilling pictures--imaginary +things--and put them together merely to make up a book or to make a name +for themselves. That be far from me! In publishing my book (although it +is written in simple style) _I had one object only_, viz., to give to +the world a story which, although it does not contain the whole of the +truth, as regards this wondrous war, yet contains nothing but the +truth. + +The original has been written by me in Dutch, and I can therefore not be +answerable for its translation into other languages. + +C. R. DE WET. + + + + +Contents + + +CHAPTER PAGE + + I. I GO ON COMMANDO AS A PRIVATE BURGHER 3 + + II. NICHOLSON'S NEK 13 + + III. LADYSMITH BESIEGED 19 + + IV. I AM APPOINTED VECHTGENERAAL 22 + + V. THE OVERWHELMING FORCES OF LORD ROBERTS 26 + + VI. PAARDEBERG 39 + + VII. THE WILD FLIGHT FROM POPLAR GROVE 49 + + VIII. THE BURGHERS RECEIVE PERMISSION TO RETURN TO THEIR HOMES 56 + + IX. SANNA'S POST 61 + + X. FOUR HUNDRED AND SEVENTY ENGLISH TAKEN PRISONER AT REDDERSBURG 71 + + XI. AN UNSUCCESSFUL SIEGE 77 + + XII. THE ENGLISH SWARM OVER OUR COUNTRY 82 + + XIII. OUR POSITION AT THE END OF MAY, 1900 92 + + XIV. ROODEWAL 96 + + XV. I MAKE LORD KITCHENER'S ACQUAINTANCE 108 + + XVI. BETHLEHEM IS CAPTURED BY THE ENGLISH 117 + + XVII. THE SURRENDER OF PRINSLOO 123 + + XVIII. I AM DRIVEN INTO THE TRANSVAAL 129 + + XIX. I RETURN TO THE FREE STATE 144 + + XX. THE OATH OF NEUTRALITY 156 + + XXI. FREDERIKSSTAD AND BOTHAVILLE 161 + + XXII. MY MARCH TO THE SOUTH 172 + + XXIII. I FAIL TO ENTER CAPE COLONY 180 + + XXIV. WHEREIN SOMETHING IS FOUND ABOUT WAR AGAINST WOMEN 191 + + XXV. I AGAIN ATTEMPT TO ENTER CAPE COLONY 197 + + XXVI. DARKNESS PROVES MY SALVATION 215 + + XXVII. WAS OURS A GUERILLA WAR? 225 + +XXVIII. NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE ENEMY 230 + + XXIX. PRESIDENT STEYN'S NARROW ESCAPE 242 + + XXX. THE LAST PROCLAMATION 246 + + XXXI. BLOCKHOUSES AND NIGHT ATTACKS 260 + + XXXII. MY COMMANDO OF SEVEN HUNDRED MEN 267 + +XXXIII. A SUCCESS AT TWEEFONTEIN 275 + + XXXIV. I CUT MY WAY THROUGH SIXTY THOUSAND TROOPS 284 + + XXXV. I GO TO THE TRANSVAAL WITH PRESIDENT STEYN 298 + + XXXVI. PEACE NEGOTIATIONS 305 + +XXXVII. THE END OF THE WAR 319 + +CORRESPONDENCE 325 + + +APPENDICES + +A.--REPORT OF THE MEETING OF THE GENERAL REPRESENTATIVES HELD AT + VEREENIGING IN THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC ON THE 15TH OF + MAY, 1902, AND THE FOLLOWING DAYS 333 + +B.--THE CONFERENCE AT PRETORIA BETWEEN THE COMMISSION OF THE + NATIONAL REPRESENTATIVES AND LORDS KITCHENER AND MILNER + (MAY 19TH-MAY 28TH, 1902) 365 + +C.--MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE SPECIAL NATIONAL + REPRESENTATIVES AT VEREENIGING, SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC, + THURSDAY, THE 29TH OF MAY, 1902, AND THE FOLLOWING DAYS 397 + +INDEX 429 + +MAP _At end of volume_ + + + + +THREE YEARS WAR + + + + +CHAPTER I + +I Go on Commando as a Private Burgher + + +In the month of September, 1899, the burghers of the Orange Free State +were notified, under the Commando Law, to hold themselves in readiness +to go on active service at the shortest possible notice. + +Before proceeding any further I should like to explain that portion of +the Commando Law which dealt with commandeering. It stipulated that +every burgher between the ages of sixteen and sixty must be prepared to +fight for his country at any moment; and that, if required for active +service, he must provide himself with a riding-horse, saddle and bridle, +with a rifle and thirty cartridges--or, if he were unable to obtain a +rifle, he must bring with him thirty bullets, thirty caps, and half a +pound of powder--in addition he must be provisioned for eight days. That +there should have been an alternative to the rifle was due to the fact +that the law was made at a time when only a few burghers possessed +breech-loading rifles--_achterlaaiers_, as we call them. + +With reference to the provisions the law did not specify their quality +or quantity, but there was an unwritten but strictly observed rule +amongst the burghers that they should consist of meat cut in strips, +salted, peppered, and dried, or else of sausages and "Boer biscuits."[1] +With regard to quantity, each burgher had to make his own estimate of +the amount he would require for eight days. + +It was not long after they were notified to hold themselves ready that +the burghers were called up for active service. On the 2nd of October, +1899, the order came. On that day the Veldtcornets, or their +lieutenants, visited every farm and commandeered the men. + +Amongst the commandeered was I; and thus, as a private burgher, I +entered on the campaign. With me were my three sons--Kootie, Isaac, and +Christiaan. + +The following day the men of the sub-district of Krom Ellenborg, in the +district of Heilbron--to which I belonged--mustered at Elandslaagte +Farm. The Veldtcornet of this sub-district was Mr. Marthinus Els, and +the Commandant of the whole contingent Mr. Lucas Steenekamp. It soon +became known that the War Commission had decided that our commando was +to proceed as rapidly as possible to the Natal frontier, and that with +us were to go the troops from Vrede and Harrismith, as well as some from +Bethlehem, Winburg, and Kroonstad. Carrying out these orders, we all +arrived at Harrismith six days later. + +Commando life now began in real earnest. + +The eight days during which the burghers had to feed themselves were +soon over, and now it was the duty of the Government to provide for +them. + +It may be interesting to mention here that the British commissariat +differed greatly from ours. Rations were served out daily to their +troops. Each soldier received the same quantity and the same quality as +his comrade. Our methods were very different, except as regards flour, +coffee, sugar, and other articles of that nature. The British soldier, +for instance, received his meat ready cooked in the form of bully-beef +(_blikkiescost_ we called it), whilst the burgher received his meat raw, +and had to cook it as best he could. + +Before I leave this subject I may be forgiven if I describe the method +of distributing meat to the burghers. After it had been cut up, the +Vleeschkorporaal[2] handed out the pieces--a sufficiently responsible +task, as it proved, for, as the portions differed much in quality, it +became of the first importance that the Vleeschkorporaal should be a man +whose impartiality was above suspicion. To avoid any temptations to +favouritism, this useful personage used to turn his back on the +burghers, and as the men came up in turn he would pick up the piece of +meat which lay nearest to hand and, without looking round, give it to +the man who was waiting behind him to receive it. + +This arrangement should have been satisfactory to all, but it sometimes +happened that some burgher, whom fortune had not favoured, made no +effort to conceal his discontent, and thus squabbles frequently +occurred. Then the Vleeschkorporaal, fully convinced of his own +uprightness, would let his tongue go, and the burgher who had complained +was a man to be pitied. But such quarrels only occurred early in the +campaign. By the time that the Vleeschkorporaal had been a few weeks at +his work he had gained a considerable knowledge of human nature, and the +injustice of his fellows no longer troubled him. Accordingly he allowed +the complaints of the men to go in at one ear and at once to come out at +the other. The burghers, too, soon became convinced of the foolishness +of their conduct, and learnt the lesson of content and forbearance. + +As I have already stated, the burgher had to boil or roast his own meat. +The roasting was done on a spit cut in the shape of a fork, the wood +being obtained from a branch of the nearest tree. A more ambitious fork +was manufactured from fencing wire, and had sometimes even as many as +four prongs. A skillful man would so arrange the meat on his spit as to +have alternate pieces of fat and of lean, and thus get what we used to +call a _bout span_.[3] + +The burghers utilized the flour supplied to them in making cakes; these +they cooked in boiling fat, and called them _stormjagers_[4] or +_maagbommen_.[5] + +Later on, the British, finding that by looting our cattle they could get +fresh meat for nothing, were no longer forced to be content with +bully-beef. They then, like ourselves, killed oxen and sheep; but, +unlike us, were very wasteful with it. Often, in the camping places they +had vacated, we found the remains of half-eaten oxen, sheep, pigs, and +poultry. + +But I shall not go further into this matter. I leave it to other pens to +describe how the British looted our property, wantonly killed our +cattle, and devastated our farms. In the course of this narrative my +intention is to mention only those cases which I saw with my own eyes. +The reader, perusing them, may well pause in surprise and cry out, "Can +such things be possible?" To such a question I have only one +answer--"They actually occurred, and so my only course is to record +them." + +But enough of these digressions. Let me return to my proper subject--the +story of my own experiences and doings in the great struggle which took +place between Boer and Briton. + +As I have already said, I had been commandeered, and, together with the +other burghers of the Heilbron commando, had just reached Harrismith, on +the road to the south-eastern frontier. + +During our stay there the other commandos, in obedience to Commando Law, +joined us, and we proceeded to elect a Commander-in-Chief. The +Commandants present were Steenekamp, of Heilbron; Anthonie Lombaard, of +Vrede; C.J. De Villiers, of Harrismith; Hans Nande, of Bethlehem; +Marthinus Prinsloo, of Winburg; and C. Nel, of Kroonstad. The result of +the voting was that Prinsloo was chosen for the supreme command. + +Then the burghers of Winburg selected Mr. Theunissen as their +Commandant. He fulfilled his duties admirably, until he was made a +prisoner of war. This happened when he was leading a courageous attack +at Paardeberg in order to relieve General Piet Cronje. + +From Harrismith our commando advanced to within six miles of the +Natal-Free State frontier, and camped not far from Bezuidenhoutspas, in +the Drakensberg. This imposing range of mountains, which then formed the +dividing line between Boer and British territory, slopes down gently +into the Free State, but on the Natal side is very steep and +precipitous. + +The day after we had elected our Commander-in-Chief I was sent by +Commandant Steenekamp, with a small detachment of burghers, to the Natal +frontier. I saw nothing of the English there, for they had abandoned all +their positions on the frontier shortly before the beginning of the war. +When I returned in the evening I found that the burghers had chosen me, +in my absence, as Vice-Commandant[6] under Commandant Steenekamp. + +It was at five o'clock on the afternoon of that day--the 11th of +October, 1899--that the time, which the ultimatum allowed to England, +expired. The British had not complied with the terms which the South +African Republic demanded--the time for negotiations had passed, and war +had actually broken out. + +On this very day martial law was proclaimed by the Governments of the +two Republics, and orders were given to occupy the passes on the +Drakensberg. Commander-in-Chief Prinsloo despatched Steenekamp that +night to Bezuidenhoutspas. Eastwards from there the following commandos +were to hold the passes:--Bothaspas was to be occupied by the commando +from Vrede; Van Reenen's Pass by the commandos from Harrismith and +Winburg; and Tintwaspas by the commando from Kroonstad. Westwards, the +burghers from Bethlehem were to guard Oliviershoekpas. + +Commandant Steenekamp was very ill that night, and was unable to set +out; he accordingly ordered me to take his place and to proceed forward +with six hundred burghers. + +Although I had only to cover six miles, it cost me considerable thought +to arrange everything satisfactorily. This was due to the fact that real +discipline did not exist among the burghers. As the war proceeded, +however, a great improvement manifested itself in this matter, although +as long as the struggle lasted our discipline was always far from +perfect. I do not intend to imply that the burghers were unwilling or +unruly; it was only that they were quite unaccustomed to being under +orders. When I look back upon the campaign I realize how gigantic a task +I performed in regulating everything in accordance with my wishes. + +It did not take me long to get everything arranged, and we made an early +start. + +It was impossible to say what might lie before us. In spite of the fact +that I had visited the spot the day before, I had not been able to cross +the frontier. The English might have been on the precipitous side of the +mountains under the ridge without my being any the wiser. Perhaps on our +arrival we should find them in possession of the pass, occupying good +positions and quite prepared for our coming. + +Everything went well with us, however, and no untoward incident +occurred. When the sun rose the following morning the whole country, as +far as the eye could reach, lay before us calm and peaceful. + +I sent a full report of my doings to Commandant Steenekamp, and that +evening he himself, although still far from well, appeared with the +remaining part of the commando. He brought the news that war had started +in grim earnest. General De la Rey had attacked and captured an armoured +train at Kraaipan. + +Some days after this a war council was held at Van Reenen's Pass under +Commander-in-Chief Marthinus Prinsloo. As Commandant Steenekamp, owing +to his illness, was unable to be present, I attended the council in his +place. It was decided that a force of two thousand burghers, under +Commandant C.J. De Villiers, of Harrismith, as Vice-Vechtgeneraal,[7] +should go down into Natal, and that the remaining forces should guard +the passes on the Drakensberg. + +Let me say, in parenthesis, that the laws of the Orange Free State make +no allusion to the post of Vechtgeneraal. But shortly before the war +began the Volksraad had given the President the power to appoint such an +officer. At the same session the President was allowed the veto on all +laws dealing with war. + +As Commandant Steenekamp was still prevented by his health from going to +the front, I was ordered, as Vice-Commandant of the Heilbron commando, +to proceed with five hundred men to Natal. + +It soon became apparent that we had been sent to Natal with the object +of cutting off the English who were stationed at Dundee and +Elandslaagte. We were to be aided in our task by the Transvaalers who +were coming from Volksrust and by a party of burghers from Vrede, all +under the command of General Roch. + +We did not arrive in time to be successful in this plan. That there had +been some bungling was not open to question. Yet I am unable to assert +to whom our failure was due--whether to the Commandants of the South +African Republic, or to Commander-in-Chief Prinsloo, or to Vechtgeneraal +De Villiers. For then I was merely a Vice-Commandant, who had not to +_give_ orders, but to obey them. But whoever was to blame, it is +certainly true that when, early in the morning of the 23rd of October, I +cut the line near Dundee, I discovered that the English had retreated to +Ladysmith. It was General Yule who had led them, and he gained great +praise in British circles for the exploit. + +If we had only reached our destination a little sooner we should have +cut off their retreating troops and given them a very warm time. But now +that they had joined their comrades at Ladysmith, we had to be prepared +for an attack from their combined forces, and that before the +Transvaalers, who were still at Dundee, could reinforce us. + +The British did not keep us long in anxiety. + +At eight o'clock the following morning--the 24th of October--they came +out of Ladysmith, and the battle of Modder Spruit[8] began. With the +sole exception of the skirmish between the Harrismith burghers and the +Carabineers at Bester Station on the 18th of October, when Jonson, a +burgher of Harrismith, was killed--the earliest victim in our fight for +freedom--this was the first fighting the Free-Staters had seen. + +We occupied kopjes which formed a large semicircle to the west of the +railway between Ladysmith and Dundee. Our only gun was placed on the +side of a high kop on our western wing. Our men did not number more than +a thousand--the other burghers had remained behind as a rear-guard at +Bester Station. + +With three batteries of guns the English marched to the attack, the +troops leading the way, the guns some distance behind. A deafening +cannonade was opened on us by the enemy's artillery, at a range of about +4,500 yards. Our gun fired a few shots in return, but was soon silenced, +and we had to remove it from its position. Small arms were our only +weapons for the remainder of the contest. + +The English at once began as usual to attack our flanks, but they did +not attempt to get round our wings. Their object appeared to be to keep +us in small parties, so that we should be unable to concentrate a large +force anywhere. + +Meanwhile the troops which were making the attack pushed on closer and +closer to us. The country was of such a nature that they were able to +get quite near to us without coming under our fire, for small kloofs[9] +and other inequalities of the ground afforded them excellent cover. But +when they did show themselves they were met by such a frightful and +unceasing fire that they could not approach nearer than two hundred +paces from our lines. + +The brunt of the attack was borne by the burghers from Kroonstad, who, +under Commandant Nel, formed our western wing. More to the east, where I +myself was, our men had less to endure. But every burgher, wherever he +might be, fought with the greatest courage. Although there were some who +fell killed or wounded, there was no sign of yielding throughout the +whole battle, and every one of our positions we successfully held. + +Till three o'clock in the afternoon we kept up our rifle fire on the +English, and then we ceased, for the enemy, realizing the impossibility +of driving us out of our positions, withdrew to Ladysmith. Shortly +afterwards we were able to go over the battlefield. There were not many +dead or wounded to be seen; but burghers who had been stationed on the +high kop previously mentioned had seen the English remove their wounded +during the engagement. + +We ourselves had eleven men killed and twenty-one wounded, of whom two +subsequently died. This loss touched us deeply, yet it was encouraging +to notice that it had not the effect of disheartening a single officer +or burgher. + +Just as the battle began Mr. A.P. Cronje arrived on the scene. He had +been nominated by the President as Vechtgeneraal, and had taken over the +command from Vice-General C.J. De Villiers. He was most useful in this +engagement. When it was over I agreed with him in thinking that our +forces were too weak to pursue the retreating English troops. As soon +as I was able to leave my position it gave me great pleasure to shake +hands with him, for he was an old friend and fellow-member of the +Volksraad. It was pleasant to greet him as Vechtgeneraal--he was the son +of a valiant officer who had fought in the Basuto war of 1865 and 1866. +He had reached the age of sixty-six years, an age when it is very hard +for a man to have to stand the strain which the duties of a +Vechtgeneraal necessarily entail. + +[Footnote 1: Small loaves manufactured of flour, with fermented raisins +instead of yeast, and twice baked.] + +[Footnote 2: Officer in charge of the meat--literally, Flesh-corporal.] + +[Footnote 3: Literally, a team of oxen which are not all of the same +colour.] + +[Footnote 4: Storm-hunters; so-called from being rapidly cooked.] + +[Footnote 5: Stomach-bombs--a reflection on their wholesomeness.] + +[Footnote 6: A Vice-Commandant has no duties to fulfil so long as the +Commandant is himself in camp and fit for work.] + +[Footnote 7: Fighting general.] + +[Footnote 8: Sometimes referred to as the battle of Rietfontein.] + +[Footnote 9: Water-courses.] + + + + +CHAPTER II + +Nicholson's Nek + + +Until the 29th of October we retained our positions at Rietfontein. On +that date General Joubert joined us with a portion of the Transvaal +commandos. On his arrival it was settled that the Transvaalers should +proceed to the north of Ladysmith and occupy positions on the east of +Nicholson's Nek, whilst the Free-Staters were to go to the west and +north-west of that town. + +A party of burghers, under Commandant Nel, of Kroonstad, were ordered to +station themselves on a kop with a flat top, called Swartbooiskop,[10] +an hour and a half to the south of Nicholson's Nek. After the battle +which was fought on the 30th of November this kop was christened by us +Little Majuba. + +Just after sunrise on the 30th of November the roaring of cannon came to +our ears. The sound came from the extreme end of our position, where the +Transvaalers were stationed. No sooner did we hear it than the order to +off-saddle was given. I myself asked Commandant Steenekamp, who had +arrived the previous day from Bezuidenhoutspas, to go to General Croup's +laager, about two miles distant, and to request him to advance to where +the firing was taking place. To this request General Croup acceded, and +Commandant Steenekamp went there with three hundred men, of whom I was +one. Our way led past the kop to the south of Nicholson's Nek. What a +sight met our gaze on our arrival there! + +The kop was occupied by the English. + +This must be ascribed to the negligence of Commandant Nel, who had +orders to guard the kop. He excused himself by assuring us that he had +been under the impression that one of his Veldtcornets and a number of +burghers were occupying the hill. + +What could we do now? + +Commandant Steenekamp and I decided that we must storm the hill with the +three hundred men whom we had at our disposal. And this we did, and were +sufficiently fortunate to capture the northern point of the kop. + +On reaching the summit we discovered that the British troops occupied +positions extending from the southern point to the middle of the +mountain. + +The enemy, the moment we appeared on the ridge, opened a heavy rifle +fire upon us. We answered with as severe a fusillade as theirs. Whilst +we were shooting, twenty of Commandant Nel's men joined us and helped us +to hold our ground. When we had been engaged in this way for some time +we saw that the only possible course was to fight our way from position +to position towards the English lines. + +I now observed that the mountain top was of an oblong shape, extending +from north to south for about a thousand paces. At the northern end, +where we were, the surface was smooth, but somewhat further south it +became rough and stony, affording very good cover. In our present +situation we were thus almost completely exposed to the enemy's fire. +The English, on the other hand, had excellent positions. There were a +number of ruined Kaffir kraals scattered about from the middle of the +mountain to its southern end, and these the enemy had occupied, thus +securing a great advantage. + +Our bullets hailed on the English, and very shortly they retreated to +the southernmost point of the mountain. This gave us the chance for +which we had been waiting, for now we could take the splendid positions +they had left. + +Whilst this was going on an amusing incident occurred. A Jew came up to +a burgher who was lying behind a stone, on a piece of ground where +boulders were scarce. + +"Sell me that stone for half-a-crown," whined the Jew. + +"Loop!"[11] the Boer cried; "I want it myself." + +"I will give you fifteen shillings," insisted the Jew. + +Although the Boer had never before possessed anything that had risen in +value with such surprising rapidity, at that moment he was anything but +ready to drive a bargain with the Jew, and without any hesitation he +positively declined to do business. + +In the positions from which the English had retired we found several +dead and wounded men, and succeeded in capturing some prisoners. + +The enemy were now very strongly posted at the south end of the +mountain, for there were in their neighbourhood many Kaffir kraals and +huge boulders to protect them from our marksmen. Their fire on us became +still more severe and unceasing, and their bullets whistled and sang +above our heads, or flattened themselves against the stones. We gave at +least as good as we got, and this was so little to their liking that +very soon a few white flags appeared in the kraals on their left wing, +and from that quarter the firing stopped suddenly. + +I immediately gave the order to cease fire and to advance towards the +enemy. All at once the English blazed away at us again. On our part, we +replied with vigour. But that did not continue long. In a very short +time white flags fluttered above every kraal--the victory was ours. + +I have no wish to say that a misuse of the white flag had taken place. I +was told when the battle was over that the firing had continued, because +the men on our eastern wing had not observed what their comrades on +their left had done. And this explanation I willingly accept. + +Our force in this engagement consisted only of three hundred men from +Heilbron, twenty from Kroonstad, and forty or fifty from the +Johannesburg Police, these latter under Captain Van Dam. The Police had +arrived on the battlefield during the fighting, and had behaved in a +most praiseworthy manner. + +But I overestimate our numbers, for it was not the _whole_ of the +Heilbron contingent that reached the firing line. We had to leave some +of them behind with the horses at the foot of the kop, and there were +others who remained at the first safe position they reached--a frequent +occurrence at that period. + +I took careful note of our numbers when the battle was over, and I can +state with certainty that there were not more than two hundred burghers +actually engaged. + +Our losses amounted to four killed and five wounded. As to the losses of +the English, I myself counted two hundred and three dead and wounded, +and there may have been many whom I did not see. In regard to our +prisoners, as they marched past me four deep I counted eight hundred and +seventeen. + +In addition to the prisoners we also captured two Maxim and two mountain +guns. They, however, were out of order, and had not been used by the +English. The prisoners told us that parts of their big guns had been +lost in the night, owing to a stampede of the mules which carried them, +and consequently that the guns were incomplete when they reached the +mountain. Shortly afterwards we found the mules with the missing parts +of the guns. + +It was very lucky for us that the English were deprived of the use of +their guns, for it placed them on the same footing as ourselves, as it +compelled them to rely entirely on their rifles. Still they had the +advantage of position, not to mention the fact that they out-numbered us +by four to one. + +The guns did not comprise the whole of our capture: we also seized a +thousand Lee-Metford rifles, twenty cases of cartridges, and some +baggage mules and horses. + +The fighting had continued without intermission from nine o'clock in the +morning until two in the afternoon. The day was exceedingly hot, and as +there was no water to be obtained nearer than a mile from the berg,[12] +we suffered greatly from thirst. The condition of the wounded touched my +heart deeply. It was pitiable to hear them cry, "Water! water!" + +I ordered my burghers to carry these unfortunate creatures to some +thorn-bushes, which afforded shelter from the scorching rays of the sun, +and where their doctors could attend to them. Other burghers I told off +to fetch water from our prisoners' canteens, to supply our own wounded. + +As soon as the wounded were safe under the shelter of the trees I +despatched a message to Sir George White asking him to send his +ambulance to fetch them, and also to make arrangements for the burial of +his dead. For some unexplained reason, the English ambulance did not +arrive till the following morning. + +We stayed on the mountain until sunset, and then went down to the +laager. I ordered my brother, Piet de Wet, with fifty men of the +Bethlehem commando, to remain behind and guard the kop. + +We reached camp at eight o'clock, and as the men had been without food +during the whole day it can be imagined with what delight each watched +his _bout span_ frizzling on the spit. This, with a couple of +_stormjagers_ and a tin of coffee, made up the meal, and speedily +restored them. They were exempted from sentry duty that night, and +greatly enjoyed their well-earned rest. + +To complete my narrative of the day's work, I have only to add that the +Transvaal burghers were engaged at various points some eight miles from +Nicholson's Nek, and succeeded in taking four hundred prisoners. + +We placed our sentries that evening with the greatest care. They were +stationed not only at a distance from the camp, as _Brandwachten_,[13] +but also close round the laager itself. We were especially careful, as +it was rumoured that the English had armed the Zulus of Natal. Had this +been true, it would have been necessary to exercise the utmost vigilance +to guard against these barbarians. + +Since the very beginning of our existence as a nation--in 1836--our +people had been acquainted with black races, and bitter had been their +experience. All that our _voortrekkers_[14] had suffered was indelibly +stamped on our memory. We well knew what the Zulus could do under cover +of darkness--their sanguinary night attacks were not easily forgotten. +Their name of "night-wolves" had been well earned. Also we Free-Staters +had endured much from the Basutos, in the wars of 1865 and 1867. + +History had thus taught us to place _Brandwachten_ round our laagers at +night, and to reconnoitre during the hours of darkness as well as in the +day-time. + +Perhaps I shall be able to give later on a fuller account in these +pages--or, it may be, in another book--of the way we were accustomed to +reconnoitre, and of the reasons why the scouting of the British so +frequently ended in disaster. But I cannot resist saying here that the +English only learnt the art of scouting during the latter part of the +war, when they made use of the Boer deserters--the "Hands-uppers." + +These deserters were our undoing. I shall have a good deal more to say +about them before I finally lay down my pen, and I shall not hesitate to +call them by their true name--the name with which they will be for ever +branded before all the nations of the world. + +[Footnote 10: About nine miles: distance reckoned by average pace of +ridden horse--six miles an hour.] + +[Footnote 11: Clear off.] + +[Footnote 12: Hill.] + +[Footnote 13: Literally, watch-fire men. They were the furthest +outposts, whose duty it was to signal by means of their fires.] + +[Footnote 14: Pioneers.] + + + + +CHAPTER III + +Ladysmith Besieged + + +The Orange Free State and the South African Republic held a joint +council of war on the 1st of November, and it was then decided to lay +siege to Ladysmith. + +We also agreed to send out a horse-commando in the direction of +Estcourt. This commando, under Vice-General Louis Botha, had several +skirmishes with the enemy. On the 15th of November he engaged an +armoured train, capturing a hundred of the British troops. This was +General Botha's chief exploit, and shortly afterwards he returned to +camp. But I must not anticipate. + +On the night of the council of war, General Piet Cronje was sent to +occupy positions to the south and south-west of Ladysmith. He had with +him the Heilbron burghers, a part of the commandos from Winburg and +Harrismith, and two Krupp guns. On the following day a brush took place +with the enemy, who, however, speedily fell back on Ladysmith. On the +3rd, a few of their infantry regiments, with a thousand or fifteen +hundred mounted troops, and two batteries of 15 and 12-pound Armstrong +guns, marched out of the town in a south-westerly direction. + +The English brought these two guns into position at such a distance from +us that we could not reach them with the Mauser; nor would it have been +safe for us to advance upon them, for between them and us lay an open +plain, which would have afforded no cover. One of our guns, which was +placed exactly in front of the enemy, did indeed begin to fire; but +after a shot or two, it received so much attention from the English +artillery that we were compelled--just as at Rietfontein--to desist. + +The British infantry and cavalry did not show any excessive eagerness to +tackle us; and we, on our side, were as disinclined to come to close +quarters with them. Nevertheless, the enemy's infantry, backed up by the +thunder of twelve guns, did make an attempt to reach us; but though they +advanced repeatedly, they were for the most part careful to keep out of +range of our rifles. When they neglected this precaution, they soon +found themselves compelled to retire with loss. + +Our second gun, which had been placed on a _tafel-kop_[15] to the east +of the ground where the engagement was taking place, did excellent work. +It effectually baulked the enemy's mounted troops in their repeated +efforts to outflank us on that side, and also made it impossible for the +English to bring their guns farther east, so as to command the +_tafel-kop_. They did, indeed, make an attempt to place some guns +between us and Platrand, which lay to the north of our eastern position, +but it was unsuccessful, for our Krupp on the _tafel-kop_ brought such a +heavy fire to bear on the troops and gunners, that they were forced to +retire. + +We, on our part, as I have already said, found it equally impossible to +storm the English positions. To advance would have been to expose +ourselves to the fire of their heavy guns, whereas an attack to the +south would have involved exposure to a cross-fire from the guns on +Platrand. + +Altogether it was a most unsatisfactory engagement for us both. Nothing +decisive was effected; and, as is always the case in such battles, +little was done except by the big guns, which kept up a perpetual roar +from ten in the morning until five in the afternoon. At that hour the +British fell back on Ladysmith. + +Our loss was one killed and six wounded, among the latter being +Veldtcornet Marthinus Els, of Heilbron. + +It was evident that the English did not escape without loss, but we were +unable to ascertain its extent. My own opinion is that they did not lose +very heavily. + +From that day nothing of importance happened until I left Natal; though +both the Transvaalers and Free State burghers had a few slight brushes +with the enemy. + +During the night of December the 7th, "Long Tom," the big Transvaal gun, +which had been placed on Bulwana Hill, had been so seriously damaged by +dynamite, that it had to remain out of action for some time. We all +admitted that the English on that occasion acted with great skill and +prudence, and that the courage of their leaders deserved every praise. +Yet, if we had only been on our guard, we might have beaten off the +storming party; but they had caught us unawares. Nevertheless, the +mishap taught us a useful lesson: henceforth the Transvaal Commandants +were more strict, and their increased severity had an excellent effect +both on the burghers and gunners. + +General Sir Redvers Buller had landed at Cape Town early in November. We +were now expecting every day to hear that he had assumed the chief +command over the English army encamped between Estcourt and Colenso. The +number of troops there was continually increasing owing to the +reinforcements which kept pouring in from over the ocean. + +Great things were expected of Sir Redvers Buller, to whom the Boers, by +a play of words, had given a somewhat disrespectful nick-name. He had +not been long in Natal before his chance came. I must, however, be +silent about his successes and his failures, for, as I left Natal on the +9th of December, I had no personal experience of his methods. But this I +will say, that whatever his own people have to say to his discredit, Sir +Redvers Buller had to operate against stronger positions than any other +English general in South Africa. + +[Footnote 15: A table-shaped mountain.] + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +I am Appointed Vechtgeneraal + + +Up to the 9th of December I had only been a Vice-Commandant, but on the +morning of that day I received a telegram from States-President Steyn, +asking me to go to the Western frontier as Vechtgeneraal. + +This came as a great surprise to me, and I telegraphed back to the +President asking for time to think the matter over. To tell the truth, I +should have much preferred to go through the campaign as a private +burgher. + +Almost immediately after this there came another telegram--this time +from Mr. A. Fisscher, a member of the Executive Council, and a man whom +I respected greatly on account of his official position. He urged me not +to decline the appointment, but to proceed at once to the Western +borders. I did not know what to do. However, after deliberating for a +short time, and with great difficulty overcoming my disinclination to +leave my present associates, I decided to accept the post offered to me. +Commandant Steenekamp was kind enough to allow me to take with me +fourteen men, with whom I had been on especially friendly terms; and, +after a few parting words to the Heilbron burghers, in which I thanked +them for all the pleasant times I had passed in their company, I left +the laager. + +It was heart-breaking to tear myself away from my commando: that 9th of +December was a day which I shall never forget. + +The following morning I arrived, with my staff, at Elandslaagte Station, +on our way to Bloemfontein. A special train, provided by the Transvaal +authorities, at the request of my Government, was waiting for us, and +we started without a moment's delay. As we journeyed on, the conductor +would sometimes ask me whether I should like to stop at such and such a +station, but my answer was always: + +"No! no! hurry on!" + +But when we got as far as Viljoen's Drift, there was an end to my +"special train!" In spite of the Government's orders that I was to be +sent forward without delay, I had to wait six hours, and then be content +to travel as an ordinary passenger. + +At Bloemfontein we found everything ready for us, and at once started on +our journey of sixty or seventy miles to Magersfontein, where we arrived +on December the 16th. + +During the time I had spent in travelling, three important engagements +had taken place, namely those of Colenso, Magersfontein and Stormberg. +At Colenso, the English had suffered heavy losses, and ten guns had +fallen into our hands. Magersfontein also had cost them dear, and there +General Wauchope had met his fate; while at Stormberg seven hundred of +them had been taken prisoners, and three of their big guns had been +captured by us. + +At Magersfontein were six or seven thousand Transvaal burghers under +General Piet Cronje, with General De la Rey as second in command. Thus +it fell to my lot to take over the command of the Free-Staters. The +Commander-in-Chief of these Free State burghers, as well as of those who +were camped round Kimberley, was Mr. C.J. Wessels; Mr. E.R. Grobler +commanded at Colesberg, and Mr. J.H. Olivier at Stormberg. + +I spent my first few days at Magersfontein in organizing the Free State +burghers. When this task had been accomplished, General De la Rey and I +asked General Cronje's permission to take fifteen hundred men, and carry +on operations in the direction of Hopetown and De Aar with the intention +of breaking Lord Methuen's railway communications. But Cronje would +hear nothing of the scheme. Say what we would, there was no moving him. +He absolutely refused to allow fifteen hundred of his men to leave their +positions at Magersfontein, unless the Government found it impossible to +procure that number of burghers from elsewhere. Thus our plan came to +nothing. + +Shortly afterwards De la Rey was sent to the commandos at Colesberg, and +I succeeded him in the command of the Transvaalers at Magersfontein. The +Government then put General Wessels in sole command at Kimberley, and +gave General Cronje the chief command over the Free State burghers at +Magersfontein. Thus it was that I, as Vechtgeneraal, had to receive my +orders from Cronje. I had the following Commandants under me: Du Preez, +of Hoopstad; Grobler, of Fauresmith; D. Lubbe, of Jacobsdal; Piet +Fourie, of Bloemfontein; J. Kok and Jordaan, of Winburg; Ignatius +Ferreira, of Ladybrand; Paul De Villiers, of Ficksburg; Du Plessis, and, +subsequently, Commandant Diederiks, of Boshof. + + * * * * * + +The English had entrenched themselves at the Modder River, we at +Magersfontein. There was little or nothing for us to do, and yet I never +had a more troublesome time in my life. I had all the Transvaalers under +my orders, in addition to the burghers of the Free State, and the +positions which I had to inspect every day extended over a distance of +fifteen miles from end to end. I had to listen to constant complaints; +one of the officers would say that he could not hold out against an +attack if it were delivered at such and such a point; another, that he +had not sufficient troops with him, not to mention other remarks which +were nonsensical in the extreme. + +In the meantime, the enemy was shelling our positions unceasingly. Not a +day passed but two of their Lyddite guns dropped shells amongst us. +Sometimes not more than four or five reached us in the twenty-four +hours; at other times from fifty to two hundred, and once as many as +four hundred and thirty-six. + +In spite of this, we had but few mishaps. Indeed, I can only remember +three instances of any one being hurt by the shells. A young burgher, +while riding behind a ridge and thus quite hidden from the enemy, was +hit by a bomb, and both he and his horse were blown to atoms. This youth +was a son of Mr. Gideon van Tonder, a member of the Executive Council. +Another Lyddite shell so severely wounded two brothers, named Wolfaard, +Potchefstroom burghers, that we almost despaired of their lives. +Nevertheless, they recovered. I do not want to imply that the British +Artillery were poor shots. Far from it. Their range was very good, and, +as they had plenty of practice every day, shot after shot went home. I +ascribe our comparative immunity to a Higher Power, which averted +misfortune from us. + +I had not been long at Magersfontein before I became convinced that Lord +Methuen was most unlikely to make another attack on our extensive +positions. I said nothing of this to any of the burghers, but on more +than one occasion, I told General Cronje what I thought about the +matter. + +"The enemy," I repeated to him over and over again, "will not attack us +here. He will flank us." But Cronje would not listen to me. + +The presence of women in our laager was a great hindrance to me in my +work. Indeed, I opened a correspondence with the Government on the +matter, and begged them to forbid it. But here again my efforts were +unavailing. Later on, we shall see in what a predicament the Republican +laagers were placed through the toleration of this irregularity. + +Meanwhile, the inevitable results of Cronje's policy became more and +more apparent to me, and before long we had to suffer for his obstinacy +in keeping us to our trenches and _schanzes_.[16] + +[Footnote 16: A shelter-mound of earth and boulders.] + + + + +CHAPTER V + +The Overwhelming Forces of Lord Roberts + + +I speedily discovered the object which the English had in view in taking +such advanced positions and in bombarding Magersfontein. They wished to +give us the impression that they were able to attack us at any moment +and so to keep us tied to our positions. In the meantime they were +making preparations in another direction, for the movement which was +really intended--namely, the advance of Lord Roberts with his +overwhelming force. + +The Commander-in-Chief, Piet de Wet (and before him Commandant H. +Schorman), had plenty of work given them by the English. But General De +la Rey had been so successful that he had prevented Lord Roberts, +notwithstanding the enormous numbers he commanded, from crossing the +Orange River at Norvalspont, and had thus forced him to take the Modder +River route. + +Lord Roberts would have found it more convenient to have crossed the +Orange River, for the railway runs through Norvalspont. Yet had he +attempted it, he would have fared as badly as Sir Redvers Buller did in +Natal. Our positions at Colesberg, and to the north of the river, were +exceedingly strong. He was wise, therefore, in his decision to march +over the unbroken plains. + +It was now, as I had foreseen, that the English renewed their flanking +tactics. + +On the 11th of February, 1900, a strong contingent of mounted troops, +under General French, issued from the camps at Modder River and +Koedoesberg. This latter was a kop on the Riet River, about twelve +miles to the east of their main camp. + +At ten o'clock in the morning, General French started. Immediately I +received orders from General Cronje to proceed with three hundred and +fifty men to check the advancing troops. As I stood on the ridges of +Magersfontein, I was able to look down upon the English camps, and I saw +that it would be sheer madness to pit three hundred and fifty men +against General French's large force. Accordingly I asked that one +hundred and fifty more burghers and two guns might be placed at my +disposal. This request, however, was refused, and so I had to proceed +without them. + +When we arrived at Koedoesberg that afternoon, we found that the English +had already taken possession of the hill. They were stationed at its +southern end, and had nearly completed a stone wall across the hill from +east to west. Their camp was situated on the Riet River, which flows +beside the southern slopes of the _berg_. The enemy also held strong +positions on hillocks to the east of the mountain, whilst on the west +they occupied a ravine, which descended from the mountain to the river. + +Commandant Froneman and I determined to storm the _berg_ without a +moment's delay. We reached the foot of the mountain in safety, and here +we were out of sight of the English. But it was impossible to remain in +this situation, and I gave orders that my men should climb the mountain. +We succeeded in reaching the summit, but were unable to get within seven +hundred paces of the enemy, owing to the severity of their fire from +behind the stone wall. And so we remained where we were until it became +quite dark, and then very quietly went back to the spot where we had +left our horses. + +As General French was in possession of the river, we had to ride about +four miles before we could obtain any water. + +Early the following morning we again occupied the positions we had held +on the previous evening. Although under a severe rifle fire, we then +rushed from position to position, and at last were only three hundred +paces from the enemy. And now I was forced to rest content with the +ground we had gained, for with only three hundred and fifty men I dare +not risk a further advance, owing to the strength of the enemy's +position. + +The previous day I had asked General Cronje to send me reinforcements, +and I had to delay the advance until their arrival. In a very short time +a small party of burghers made their appearance. They had two +field-pieces with them, and were under the command of Major Albrecht. We +placed the guns in position and trained them on the English. + +With the second shot we had found our range, while the third found its +mark in the wall, so that it was not long before the enemy had to +abandon that shelter. To find safe cover they were forced to retreat +some hundred paces. But we gained little by this, for the new positions +of the English were quite as good as those from which we had driven +them, and, moreover, were almost out of range of our guns. And we were +unable to bring our field-pieces any nearer because our gunners would +have been exposed to the enemy's rifle fire. + +Our Krupps made good practice on the four English guns which had been +stationed on the river bank to the south. Up till now these had kept up +a terrific fire on our guns, but we soon drove them across the river, to +seek protection behind the mountain. I despatched General Froneman to +hold the river bank, and the _sluit_[17] which descended to the river +from the north. While carrying out this order he was exposed to a heavy +fire from the enemy's western wing, which was located in the +above-mentioned ravine, but he succeeded in reaching the river under +cover of the guns. Once there, the enemy's artillery made it impossible +for him to move. + +And now a curious incident occurred! A falcon, hovering over the heads +of our burghers in the _sluit_, was hit by a bullet from one of the +shrapnel shells and fell dead to the ground in the midst of the men. It +was already half-past four, and we began to ask ourselves how the affair +would end. At this juncture I received a report from a burgher, whom I +had placed on the eastern side of the mountain to watch the movements of +the English at the Modder River. He told me that a mountain corps, eight +hundred to a thousand men strong, was approaching us with two guns, with +the intention, as it appeared, of outflanking us. I also learnt that +eighty of my men had retreated. I had stationed them that morning on a +hillock three miles to the east of the mountain, my object being to +prevent General French from surrounding us. + +It now became necessary to check the advance of this mountain corps. But +how? There were only thirty-six men at my disposal. The other burghers +were in positions closer to the enemy, and I could not withdraw them +without exposing them too seriously to the bullets of the English. There +was nothing for it, but that I with my thirty-six burghers should attack +the force which threatened us. + +We rushed down the mountain and jumping on our horses, galloped against +the enemy. When we arrived at the precipice which falls sheer from the +mountain, the English were already so near that our only course was to +charge them. + +In front of us there was a plain which extended for some twelve hundred +paces to the foot of an abrupt rise in the ground. This we fortunately +reached before the English, although we were exposed all the way to the +fire of their guns. But even when we gained the rise we were little +better off, as it was too low to give us cover. The English were +scarcely more than four hundred paces from us. They dismounted and +opened a heavy fire. For ten or fifteen minutes we successfully kept +them back. Then the sun went down! and to my great relief the enemy +moved away in the direction of their comrades on the mountain. I ordered +all my men from their positions, and withdrew to the spot where we had +encamped the previous night. The burghers were exhausted by hunger and +thirst, for they had had nothing to eat except the provisions which they +had brought in their saddle-bags from the laager. + +That evening Andreas Cronje--- the General's brother--joined us with two +hundred and fifty men and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt. + +When the sun rose on the following day, the veldt was clear of the +enemy. General French had during the night retreated to headquarters. +What losses he had suffered I am unable to say; ours amounted to seven +wounded and two killed. + +Our task here was now ended, and so we returned to Magersfontein. + +The following morning a large force again left the English camp and took +the direction of the Koffiefontein diamond mine. General Cronje +immediately ordered me to take a force of four hundred and fifty men +with a Krupp and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt, and to drive back the enemy. At my +request, Commandants Andreas Cronje, Piet Fourie, Scholten and Lubbe +joined me, and that evening we camped quite close to the spot where the +English force was stationed! + +Early the next day, before the enemy had made any movement, we started +for Blauwbank,[18] and, having arrived there, we took up our positions. +Shortly afterwards the fight began; it was confined entirely to the +artillery. + +We soon saw that we should have to deal with the whole of Lord Roberts' +force, for there it was, advancing in the direction of Paardenberg's +Drift. It was thus clear that Lord Roberts had not sent his troops to +Koffiefontein with the intention of proceeding by that route to +Bloemfontein, but that his object had been to divide our forces, so as +to march via Paardenberg's Drift to the Capital. + +I accordingly withdrew with three hundred and fifty of the burghers in +the direction of Koffiefontein, and then hid my commando as best I +could. The remainder of the men--about a hundred in number--I placed +under Commandant Lubbe, giving him orders to proceed in a direction +parallel to the advance of the English, who now were nearing +Paardenberg's Drift, and to keep a keen eye on their movements. It was a +large force that Lubbe had to watch. It consisted chiefly of mounted +troops; but there were also nine or ten batteries and a convoy of light +mule waggons. + +I thought that as General Cronje was opposing them in front, my duty was +to keep myself in hiding and to reconnoitre. + +I wished to communicate with General Cronje before the English troops +came up to him, and with this object I sent out a despatch rider. The +man I chose for the mission was Commandant G.J. Scheepers--whose name +later in the war was on every man's lips for his exploits in Cape +Colony, but who then was only the head of our heliograph corps. I +informed General Cronje in my message that the English, who had been +stationed at Blauwbank, had made a move in the direction of +Paardenberg's Drift; and I advised him to get out of their road as +quickly as he could, for they numbered, according to my computation, +forty or fifty thousand men. + +I thought it wise to give Cronje this advice, on account of the women +and children in our camps, who might easily prove the cause of disaster. +When Scheepers returned he told me what reply General Cronje had made. +It is from no lack of respect for the General, whom I hold in the +highest honour as a hero incapable of fear, that I set down what he +said. It is rather from a wish to give a proof of his undaunted courage +that I quote his words. + +"Are you afraid of things like that?" he asked, when Scheepers had given +my message. "Just you go and shoot them down, and catch them when they +run." + +At Paardenberg's Drift there were some Free-Staters' camps that stood +apart from the others. In these camps there were a class of burghers who +were not much use in actual fighting. These men, called by us "water +draggers," correspond to the English "non-combatants." I ordered these +burghers to withdraw to a spot two hours' trek from there, where there +was more grass. But before all had obeyed this order, a small camp, +consisting of twenty or thirty waggons, was surprised and taken. + +In the meantime, keeping my little commando entirely concealed, I spied +out the enemy's movements. + +On the 16th of February, I thought I saw a chance of dealing an +effective blow at Lord Roberts. Some provision waggons, escorted by a +large convoy, were passing by, following in the wake of the British +troops. I asked myself whether it was possible for me to capture it then +and there, and came to the conclusion that it was out of the question. +With so many of the enemy's troops in the neighbourhood, the risk would +have been too great. I, therefore, still kept in hiding with my three +hundred and fifty burghers. + +I remained where I was throughout the next day; but in the evening I saw +the convoy camping near Blauwbank, just to the west of the Riet River. I +also observed that the greater part of the troops had gone forward with +Lord Roberts. + +On the 18th I still kept hidden, for the English army had not yet moved +out of camp. The troops, as I learnt afterwards, were awaiting the +arrival of columns from Belmont Station. + +On the following day I attacked the convoy on the flank. The three or +four hundred troops who were guarding it offered a stout resistance, +although they were without any guns. + +After fighting for two hours the English received a reinforcement of +cavalry, with four Armstrong guns, and redoubled their efforts to drive +us from the positions we had taken up under cover of the mule waggons. +As I knew that it would be a serious blow to Lord Roberts to lose the +provisions he was expecting, I was firmly resolved to capture them, +unless the force of numbers rendered the task quite impossible. I +accordingly resisted the enemy's attack with all the power I could. + +The battle raged until it became dark; and I think we were justified in +being satisfied with what we had achieved. We had captured sixteen +hundred oxen and forty prisoners; whilst General Fourie, whom I had +ordered to attack the camp on the south, had taken several prisoners and +a few water-carts. + +We remained that night in our positions. The small number of burghers I +had at my disposal made it impossible for me to surround the English +camp. + +To our great surprise, the following morning, we saw that the English +had gone. About twenty soldiers had, however, remained behind; we found +them hidden along the banks of the Riet River at a short distance from +the convoy. We also discovered thirty-six Kaffirs on a ridge about three +miles away. As to the enemy's camp, it was entirely deserted. Our booty +was enormous, and consisted of two hundred heavily-laden waggons, and +eleven or twelve water-carts and trollies. On some of the waggons we +found klinkers,[19] jam, milk, sardines, salmon, cases of corned beef, +and other such provisions in great variety. Other waggons were loaded +with rum; and still others contained oats and horse provender pressed +into bales. In addition to these stores, we took one field-piece, which +the English had left behind. It was, indeed, a gigantic capture; the +only question was what to do with it. + +Our prisoners told us that columns from Belmont might be expected at +any moment. Had these arrived we should have been unable to hold out +against them. + +By some means or other it was necessary to get the provisions away, not +that we were then in any great need of them ourselves, but because we +knew that Lord Roberts would be put in a grave difficulty if he lost all +this food. I did not lose a moment's time, but at once ordered the +burghers to load up the waggons as speedily as possible, and to inspan. +It was necessary to reload the waggons, for the English troops had made +use of the contents to build _schanzes_; and excellent ones the +provisions had made. + +The loading of the waggons was simple enough, but when it came to +inspanning it was another matter. The Kaffir drivers alone knew where +each span had to be placed, and there were only thirty-six Kaffirs left. +But here the fact that every Boer is himself a handy conductor and +driver of waggons told in our favour. Consequently we did not find it +beyond our power to get the waggons on the move. It was, however, very +tedious work, for how could any of us be sure that we were not placing +the after-oxen in front and the fore-oxen behind? There was nothing left +for it but to turn out the best spans of sixteen oxen that we could, and +then to arrange them in the way that struck us as being most suitable. +It was all done in the most hurried manner, for our one idea was to be +off as quickly as possible. + +Even when we had started our troubles were not at an end. The waggons +would have been a hard pull for sixteen oxen properly arranged; so that +it is not surprising that our ill-sorted teams found the work almost +beyond their strength. Thus it happened that we took a very long time to +cover the first few miles, as we had constantly to be stopping to +re-arrange the oxen. But under the supervision of Commandant Piet +Fourie, whom I appointed Conductor-in-Chief, matters improved from hour +to hour. + +After a short time I issued orders that the convoy should proceed over +Koffiefontein to Edenberg. I then divided my burghers into two parties; +the first, consisting of two hundred men with the Krupp gun, I ordered +to proceed with the convoy; the second, consisting of a hundred and +fifty men with the Maxim-Nordenfeldt, I took under my own command, and +set out with them in the direction of Paardenberg's Drift. + +My spies had informed me that there were some fifty or sixty English +troops posted about eight miles from the spot where we had captured the +convoy. We made our way towards them, and when we were at a distance of +about three thousand yards, I sent a little note to their officer, +asking him to surrender. It was impossible for his troops to escape, for +they found themselves threatened on three sides. + +The sun had just gone down when my despatch-rider reached the English +camp; and the officer in command was not long in sending him his reply, +accompanied by an orderly. + +"Are you General De Wet?" the orderly asked me. + +"I am," replied I. + +"My officer in command," he said in a polite but determined voice, +"wishes me to tell you that we are a good hundred men strong, that we +are well provided with food and ammunition, and that we hold a strong +position in some houses and kraals. Every moment we are expecting ten +thousand men from Belmont, and we are waiting here with the sole purpose +of conducting them to Lord Roberts." + +I allowed him to speak without interrupting him; but when he had +finished, I answered him in quite as determined a voice as he had used +to me. + +"I will give you just enough time to get back and to tell your officer +in command that, if he does not surrender at once, I shall shell him and +storm his position. He will be allowed exactly ten minutes to make up +his mind--then the white flag must appear." + +"But where is your gun?" the orderly asked. In reply I pointed to the +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, which stood a few hundred paces behind us, surrounded +by some burghers. + +"Will you give us your word of honour," he asked me when he caught sight +of the gun, "not to stir from your position till we have got ten miles +away? That is the only condition on which we will abandon our +positions." + +I again allowed him to finish, although his demand filled me with the +utmost astonishment. I asked myself what sort of men this English +officer imagined the Boer Generals to be. + +"I demand unconditional surrender," I then said. "I give you ten minutes +from the moment you dismount on arriving at your camp; when those ten +minutes have passed I fire." + +He slung round, and galloped back to his camp, the stones flying from +his horse's hoofs. + +He had hardly dismounted before the white flag appeared. It did not take +us long to reach the camp, and there we found fifty-eight mounted men. +These prisoners I despatched that evening to join the convoy. + +I then advanced with my commando another six miles, with the object of +watching Lord Roberts' movements, in case he should send a force back to +retake the convoy he could so ill spare. But the following day we saw +nothing except a single scouting party coming from the direction of +Paardenberg's Drift. This proved to consist of the hundred burghers whom +I had sent with Commandant Lubbe to General Cronje's assistance. I heard +from Lubbe that General French had broken through, and had in all +probability relieved Kimberley; and that General Cronje was retreating +before Lord Roberts towards Paardeberg. I may say here that I was not at +all pleased that Commandant Lubbe should have returned. + +On account of Lubbe's information, I decided to advance at once in the +direction of Paardenberg's Drift, and was on the point of doing so when +I received a report from President Steyn. He informed me that I should +find at a certain spot that evening, close to Koffiefontein, Mr. Philip +Botha[20] with a reinforcement of one hundred and fifty men. This report +convinced me that the convoy I had captured would reach Edenberg Station +without mishap, and accordingly I went after it to fetch back the gun +which would no longer be needed. I found the convoy encamped about six +miles from Koffiefontein. Immediately after my arrival, General Jacobs, +of Fauresmith, and Commandant Hertzog,[21] of Philippolis, brought the +news to me that troops were marching on us from Belmont Station. I told +Jacobs and Hertzog to return with their men, two or three hundred in +number to meet the approaching English. + +We were so well supplied with forage that our horses got as much as they +could eat. I had, therefore, no hesitation in ordering my men to +up-saddle at midnight, and by half-past two we had joined +Vice-Vechtgeneraal Philip Botha. I had sent him word to be ready to +move, so that we were able to hasten at once to General Cronje's +assistance. Our combined force amounted to three hundred men all told. + +[Footnote 17: A ravine or water-course.] + +[Footnote 18: In the district of Jacobsdal.] + +[Footnote 19: Biscuits.] + +[Footnote 20: Mr. Philip Botha had just been appointed +Vice-Vechtgeneraal.] + +[Footnote 21: Brother to Judge Hertzog.] + + + + +[Illustration: PAARDEBERG (CRONJE'S). + +FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.] + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +Paardeberg + + +An hour after sunrise we off-saddled, and heard, from the direction of +Paardeberg, the indescribable thunder of bombardment. That sound gave us +all the more reason for haste. We allowed our horses the shortest +possible time for rest, partook of the most hurried of breakfasts, and +at once were again on the move, with the frightful roar of the guns +always in our ears. + +About half-past four that afternoon, we reached a point some six miles +to the east of Paardeberg, and saw, on the right bank of the Modder +River, four miles to the north-east of the mountain, General Cronje's +laager. It was surrounded completely by the enemy, as a careful +inspection through our field-glasses showed. + +Immediately in front of us were the buildings and kraals of +Stinkfontein, and there on the opposite bank of the river stood +Paardeberg. To the left and to the right of it were khaki-coloured +groups dotted everywhere about--General Cronje was hemmed in on all +sides, he and his burghers--a mere handful compared with the encircling +multitude. + +What a spectacle we saw! All round the laager were the guns of the +English, belching forth death and destruction, while from within it at +every moment, as each successive shell tore up the ground, there rose a +cloud--a dark red cloud of dust. + +It was necessary to act--but how? + +We decided to make an immediate attack upon the nearest of Lord Roberts' +troops, those which were stationed in the vicinity of Stinkfontein, and +to seize some ridges which lay about two and a half miles south-east of +the laager. + +Stinkfontein was about a thousand paces to the north of these ridges, +and perhaps a few hundred paces farther from where Cronje was stationed. + +We rode towards the ridges, and when we were from twelve to fourteen +hundred paces from Stinkfontein, we saw that the place was occupied by a +strong force of British troops. + +General Botha and I then arranged that he should storm the houses, +kraals and garden walls of Stinkfontein, whilst I charged the ridges. +And this we did, nothing daunted by the tremendous rifle fire which +burst upon us. Cronje's pitiable condition confronted us, and we had but +one thought--could we relieve him? + +We succeeded in driving the English out of Stinkfontein, and took sixty +of them prisoners. + +The enemy's fire played on us unceasingly, and notwithstanding the fact +that we occupied good positions, we lost two men, and had several of our +horses killed and wounded. + +We remained there for two and a half days--from the 22nd to the 25th of +February--and then were forced to retire. While evacuating our +positions, three of my burghers were killed, seven wounded, and fourteen +taken prisoner. + +But the reader will justly demand more details as to the surrender of +Cronje, an event which forms one of the most important chapters in the +history of the two Republics. I am able to give the following +particulars. + +After we had captured the positions referred to above, I gave orders +that the Krupp and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt should be brought up. For with +our hurried advance, the oxen attached to the big guns, as well as some +of the burghers' horses, had become so fatigued, that the guns and a +number of the burghers had been left behind. The ridges were so thickly +strewn with boulders, that even on the arrival of the guns, it was +impossible to place them in position until we had first cleared a path +for them. I made up my mind to turn these boulders to account by using +them to build _schanzes_, for I knew that a tremendous bombardment would +be opened upon our poor Krupp and Maxim-Nordenfeldt as soon as they made +themselves heard. + +During the night we built these _schanzes_, and before the sun rose the +following morning, the guns were placed in position. + +By daybreak the English had crept up to within a short distance of our +lines. It was the Krupp and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt that gave our answer. + +But we had to be very sparing of our ammunition, for it was almost +exhausted, and it would take at least five days to get a fresh supply +from Bloemfontein. + +Our arrival on the previous day had made a way of escape for General +Cronje. It is true that he would have been obliged to leave everything +behind him, but he and his burghers would have got away in safety. The +British had retreated before our advance, thus opening a road between us +and the laager. That road was made yet wider by the fire from our guns. + +But General Cronje would not move. Had he done so, his losses would not +have been heavy. His determination to remain in that ill-fated laager +cost him dearly. + +The world will honour that great general and his brave burghers; and if +I presume to criticize his conduct on this occasion, it is only because +I believe that he ought to have sacrificed his own ideas for the good of +the nation, and that he should have not been courageous at the expense +of his country's independence, to which he was as fiercely attached as +I. + +Some of the burghers in the laager made their escape, for, on the second +day, when our guns had cleared a wide path, Commandants Froneman and +Potgieter (of Wolmaranstadt), with twenty men, came galloping out of +the laager towards us. + +Although we were only a few in number, the British had their work cut +out to dislodge us. First they tried their favourite strategy of a +flanking movement, sending out strong columns of cavalry, with heavy +guns to surround us. It was necessary to prevent the fulfilment of this +project. I, therefore, removed the Krupp and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt from +their positions, and divided our little force into three portions. I +ordered the first to remain in their position, the second was to proceed +with the Krupp round our left wing, while I despatched the third party +to hold back the left wing of the British. I had no wish to share +General Cronje's unenviable position. + +We succeeded in checking the advance of the enemy's wings; and when he +saw that we were not to be outflanked he changed his tactics, and while +still retaining his wings where they were, in order to keep our men +occupied, he delivered at mid-day, on the 20th, an attack on our centre +with a strong force of infantry. + +The result of this was that the British gained one of our positions, +that, namely, which was held by Veldtcornet Meyer, an officer under +Commandant Spruit. Meyer was entirely unable to beat off the attack, +and, at nightfall, was compelled to retire about two or three hundred +paces, to a little ridge, which he held effectively. + +As the English took up the abandoned position, they raised a cheer, and +Commandant Spruit, who was ignorant of its meaning, and believed that +his men were still in possession, went there alone. + +"_Hoe gaat het?_"[22] he called out. + +"Hands up!" was the reply he received. + +There was nothing left for the Commandant to do but to give himself up. +The soldiers led him over a ridge, and struck a light to discover his +identity. Finding papers in his pocket which showed that their prisoner +was an important personage, they raised cheer upon cheer.[23] + +I heard them cheering, and thought that the enemy were about to attempt +another attack, and so gave orders that whatever happened our positions +must be held, for they were the key to General Cronje's escape. However, +no attack was delivered. + +Nobody could have foreseen that two thousand infantry would give up the +attack on positions which they had so nearly captured, and we all +expected a sanguinary engagement on the following morning. We had made +up our minds to stand firm, for we knew that if General Cronje failed to +make his way out, it would be a real calamity to our great cause. + +Fully expecting an attack, we remained all that night at our posts. Not +a man of us slept, but just before dawn we heard this order from the +English lines: + +"Fall in." + +"What can be the meaning of this?" we ask one another. + +Lying, sitting or standing, each of us is now at his post, and staring +out into the darkness, expecting an attack every moment. We hold our +breath and listen. Is there no sound of approaching footsteps? And now +the light increases. Is it possible? Yes, our eyes do not deceive us. +The enemy is gone. + +Surprise and joy are on every face. One hears on all sides the +exclamation, "If only Cronje would make the attempt now." It was the +morning of the 25th of February. + +But the enemy were not to leave us alone for long. By nine o'clock they +were advancing upon us again, with both right and left wing reinforced. +I had only a few shots left for the Krupp, and thirty for the +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, and this last ammunition must now be expended on the +wings. One gun I despatched to the right, the other to the left, and the +English were checked in their advance. I had ordered the gunners, as +soon as they had fired their last round to bring their guns into safe +positions in the direction of Petrusberg. Very soon I observed that this +order was being executed, and thus learnt that the ammunition had run +out. + +The burghers who, with their rifles, had attempted to hold back the +wings, now having no longer any support from the big guns, were unable +to stand their ground against the overpowering forces of the enemy, and +shortly after the guns were removed, I saw them retreat. + +What was I to do? I was being bombarded incessantly, and since the +morning had been severely harassed by small-arm fire. All this, however, +I could have borne, but now the enemy began to surround me. It was a +hard thing to be thus forced to abandon the key to General Cronje's +escape. + +In all haste I ordered my men to retire. They had seen throughout that +this was unavoidable, and had even said to me: + +"If we remain here, General, we shall be surrounded with General +Cronje." + +All made good their retreat, with the exception of Veldtcornet Speller, +of Wepener, who, to my great regret, was taken prisoner there with +fourteen men. That occurred owing to my adjutant forgetting, in the +general confusion, to give them my orders to retreat. When Speller found +that he, with his fourteen men, was left behind, he defended himself, as +I heard later, with great valour, until at last he was captured by +overpowering numbers. It cost the English a good many dead and wounded +to get him out of his _schanzes_. + +Although I had foreseen that our escape would be a very difficult and +lengthy business, I had not thought that we should have been in such +danger of being made prisoners. But the English had very speedily taken +up positions to the right and left, with guns and Maxims, and for a good +nine miles of our retreat we were under their fire. Notwithstanding the +fact that during the whole of this time we were also harassed by +small-arm fire, we lost--incredible as it may appear--not more than one +killed and one wounded, and a few horses besides. The positions which we +had abandoned the British now occupied, hemming in General Cronje so +closely that he had not the slightest chance of breaking through their +lines. + +No sooner had we got out of range of the enemy's fire, than the first of +the reinforcements, which we had expected from Bloemfontein, arrived, +under the command of Vechtgeneraal Andreas Cronje. With him were +Commandants Thewnissen, of Winburg, and Vilonel, of Senekal. + +A council was at once held as to the best method of effecting the +release of General Cronje. It was decided to recapture the positions +which I had abandoned. But now the situation was so changed that there +were _three_ positions which it was necessary for us to take. We agreed +that the attack should be made by three separate parties, that General +Philip Botha, with Commandant Thewnissen, should retake the positions +which we had abandoned at Stinkfontein, General Froneman the position +immediately to the north of these, and I, with General Andreas Cronje, +others still further north. + +The attack was made on the following morning. General Botha's attempt +failed, chiefly owing to the fact that day dawned before he reached his +position; a hot fight ensued, resulting in the capture of Commandant +Thewnissen and about one hundred men. As I was so placed as to be unable +to see how affairs were developing, it is difficult for me to hazard an +opinion as to whether Commandant Thewnissen was lacking in caution, or +whether he was insufficiently supported by General Botha. The burghers +who were present at the engagement accused General Botha, while he +declared that Thewnissen had been imprudent. However that may be, we had +failed in our essay. The position had not been taken, and Commandant +Thewnissen, with a hundred whom we could ill spare, were in the hands of +the enemy, And to make matters still worse, our men were already seized +with panic, arising from the now hopeless plight of General Cronje and +his large force. + +I, however, was not prepared to abandon all hope as yet. Danie Theron, +that famous captain of despatch-riders, had arrived on the previous day +with reinforcements. I asked him if he would take a verbal message to +General Cronje--I dare not send a written one, lest it should fall into +the hands of the English. Proud and distinct the answer came at +once--the only answer which such a hero as Danie Theron could have +given: + +"Yes, General, I will go." + +The risk which I was asking him to run could not have been surpassed +throughout the whole of our sanguinary struggle. + +I took him aside, and told him that he must go and tell General Cronje +that our fate depended upon the escape of himself and of the thousands +with him, and that, if he should fall into the enemy's hands, it would +be the death-blow to all our hopes. Theron was to urge Cronje to +abandon the laager, and everything contained in it, to fight his way out +by night, and to meet me at two named places, where I would protect him +from the pursuit of the English. + +Danie Theron undertook to pass the enemy's lines, and to deliver my +message. He started on his errand on the night of the 25th of February. + +The following evening I went to the place of meeting, but to my great +disappointment General Cronje did not appear. + +On the morning of the 27th of February Theron returned. He had performed +an exploit unequalled in the war. Both in going and returning he had +crawled past the British sentries, tearing his trousers to rags during +the process. The blood was running from his knees, where the skin had +been scraped off. He told me that he had seen the General, who had said +that he did not think that the plan which I had proposed had any good +chance of success. + +At ten o'clock that day, General Cronje surrendered. Bitter was my +disappointment. Alas! my last attempt had been all in vain. The stubborn +General would not listen to good advice. + +I must repeat here what I have said before, that as far as my personal +knowledge of General Cronje goes, it is evident to me that his obstinacy +in maintaining his position must be ascribed to the fact that it was too +much to ask him--intrepid hero that he was--to abandon the laager. His +view was that he must stand or fall with it, nor did he consider the +certain consequences of his capture. He never realized that it would be +the cause of the death of many burghers, and of indescribable panic +throughout not only all the laagers on the veldt, but even those of +Colesberg, Stormberg and Ladysmith. If the famous Cronje were captured, +how could any ordinary burgher be expected to continue his resistance? + +It may be that it was the will of God, who rules the destinies of all +nations, to fill thus to the brim the cup which we had to empty, but +this consideration does not excuse General Cronje's conduct. Had he but +taken my advice, and attempted a night attack, he might have avoided +capture altogether. + +I have heard men say that as the General's horses had all been killed, +the attempt which I urged him to make must have failed--that at all +events he would have been pursued and overtaken by Lord Roberts' forces. +The answer to this is not far to seek. The English at that time did not +employ as scouts Kaffirs and Hottentots, who could lead them by night as +well as by day. Moreover, with the reinforcements I had received, I had +about sixteen hundred men under me, and they would have been very useful +in holding back the enemy, until Cronje had made his escape. + +No words can describe my feelings when I saw that Cronje had +surrendered, and noticed the result which this had on the burghers. +Depression and discouragement were written on every face. The effects of +this blow, it is not too much to say, made themselves apparent to the +very end of the war. + +[Footnote 22: "How is it with you?"] + +[Footnote 23: Eleven or twelve days after, Commandant Spruit was again +with us. When he appeared, he seemed to us like one risen from the dead. +We all rejoiced, not only because he was a God-fearing man, but also +because he was of a lovable disposition. I heard from his own mouth how +he had escaped. He told me that the day after his capture, he was sent, +under a strong escort, from Lord Roberts' Headquarters to the railway +station at Modder River, and that he started from there, with a guard of +six men on his road to Cape Town. During the night as they drew near De +Aar, his guards fell asleep, and our brave Commandant prepared to leave +the train. He seized a favourable opportunity when the engine was +climbing a steep gradient and jumped off. But the pace was fast enough +to throw him to the ground, though fortunately he only sustained slight +injury. When daylight came he hid himself. Having made out his bearings +he began to make his way back on the following night. He passed a house, +but dared not seek admission, for he did not know who its occupants +might be. As he had no food with him, his sufferings from hunger were +great, but still he persevered, concealing himself during the day, and +only walking during the hours of darkness. At last he reached the +railway line to the north of Colesberg, and from there was carried to +Bloemfontein, where he enjoyed a well-earned rest. In the second week of +March he returned to his commando, to the great delight of everybody.] + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +The Wild Flight from Poplar Grove + + +The surrender of General Cronje only made me all the more determined to +continue the struggle, notwithstanding the fact that many of the +burghers appeared to have quite lost heart. I had just been appointed +Commander-in-Chief, and at once set my hand to the work before me. + +Let me explain how this came about. + +As I have already said, General C.J. Wessels had been appointed +Commander-in-Chief at Kimberley. In the month of January he was +succeeded by Mr. J.S. Ferreira, who at once proceeded to make Kimberley +his headquarters. On the relief of that town, one part of the besieging +force went to Viertienstroomen, another in the direction of Boshof, +while a small party, in which was the Commander-in-Chief himself, set +out towards Koedoesrand, above Paardeberg. + +It was while I was engaged in my efforts to relieve Cronje, that a gun +accident occurred in which General Ferreira was fatally wounded. Not +only his own family, but the whole nation, lost in him a man whom they +can never forget. I received the sad news the day after his death, and, +although the place of his burial was not more than two hours' ride from +my camp, I was too much occupied with my own affairs to be able to +attend his funeral. + +On the following day I received from President Steyn the appointment of +Vice-Commander-in-Chief. I had no thought of declining it, but the work +which it would involve seemed likely to prove anything but easy. To have +the chief command, and at such a time as this! But I had to make the +best of it. + +I began by concentrating my commandos, to the best of my ability, at +Modderrivierpoort (Poplar Grove), ten miles east of the scene of +Cronje's surrender. I had plenty of time to effect this, for Lord +Roberts remained inactive from the 24th of February to the 7th of March, +in order to rest a little after the gigantic task he had performed in +capturing Cronje's laager. His thoughts must have been busy during that +period with even more serious matters than the care of his weary troops; +for, if we had had two hundred killed and wounded, he must have lost as +many thousands. + +Those few days during which our enemy rested were also of advantage to +me in enabling me to dispose of the reinforcements, which I was now +receiving every day, and from almost every quarter. + +While I was thus engaged, I heard that General Buller had relieved +Ladysmith on the 1st of March, that General Gatacre had taken Stormberg +on the 5th, and that General Brabant was driving the Boers before him. + +These were the first results of General Cronje's surrender. + +But that fatal surrender was not only the undoing of our burghers; it +also reinforced the enemy, and gave him new courage. This was evident +from the reply which Lord Salisbury made to the peace proposals made by +our two Presidents on March 5th. But more of this anon. + +Our last day at Poplar Grove was signalized by a visit paid to us by +President Kruger, the venerable chief of the South African Republic. He +had travelled by rail from Pretoria to Bloemfontein; the remaining +ninety-six miles of the journey had been accomplished in a +horse-waggon--he, whom we all honoured so greatly, had been ready to +undergo even this hardship in order to visit us. + +The President's arrival was, however, at an unfortunate moment. It was +March the 7th, and Lord Roberts was approaching. His force, extending +over ten miles of ground, was now preparing to attack my burghers, whom +I had posted at various points along some twelve miles of the bank of +the Modder River. It did not seem possible for the old President even to +outspan, for I had received information that the enemy's right wing was +already threatening Petrusburg. But as the waggon had travelled that +morning over twelve miles of a heavy rain-soaked road, it was absolutely +necessary that the horses should be outspanned for rest. But hardly had +the harness been taken off the tired animals when a telegram arrived, +saying that Petrusburg was already in the hands of the English. +President Kruger was thus compelled to return without a moment's delay. +I saw him into his waggon, and then immediately mounted my horse, and +rode to the positions where my burghers were stationed. + +Again I was confronted with the baleful influence of Cronje's surrender. +A panic had seized my men. Before the English had even got near enough +to shell our positions to any purpose, the wild flight began. Soon every +position was evacuated. There was not even an attempt to hold them, +though some of them would have been almost impregnable. It was a flight +such as I had never seen before, and shall never see again. + +I did all that I could, but neither I nor my officers were able to +prevent the burghers from following whither the waggons and guns had +already preceded them. I tried every means. I had two of the best horses +that a man could wish to possess, and I rode them till they dropped. All +was in vain. It was fortunate for us that the advance of the English was +not very rapid. Had it been so, everything must have fallen into their +hands. + +In the evening we came to Abraham's Kraal, a farm belonging to Mr. +Charles Ortel, some eighteen miles from Poplar Grove. The enemy were +encamped about an hour and a half's ride from us. + +The next morning the burghers had but one desire, and that was to get +away. It was only with the greatest difficulty that I succeeded in +persuading them to go into position. I then hastened to Bloemfontein, in +order to take counsel with the Government about our affairs generally, +and especially to see what would be the most suitable positions to +occupy for the defence of the capital. Judge Hertzog and I went out +together to inspect the ground; we placed a hundred men in the forts, +with Kaffirs to dig trenches and throw up earthworks. + +I was back at Abraham's Kraal by nine o'clock on the morning of March +the 18th. I found that our forces had been placed in position by +Generals De la Rey, Andreas Cronje, Philip Botha, Froneman and Piet de +Wet, the last-named having arrived with his commandos from Colesberg a +few days before the rout at Poplar Grove. + +We had not long to wait before fighting began, fighting confined for the +most part to the artillery. The English shells were at first directed +against Abraham's Kraal, which was subjected to a terrific bombardment; +later on they turned their guns upon Rietfontein, where the Transvaalers +and a part of the Free State commandos, under General De la Rey, were +posted. The attack upon these positions was fierce and determined; but +De la Rey's burghers, though they lost heavily, repulsed it with +splendid courage. I will not say more of this. It is understood that +General De la Rey will himself describe what he and his men succeeded in +accomplishing on that occasion. + +From ten in the morning until sunset the fight continued, and still the +burghers held their positions. They had offered a magnificent +resistance. Their conduct had been beyond all praise, and it was hard to +believe that these were the same men who had fled panic-stricken from +Poplar Grove. But with the setting of the sun a change came over them. +Once more panic seized them; leaving their positions, they retreated in +all haste towards Bloemfontein. And now they were only a disorderly +crowd of terrified men blindly flying before the enemy. + +But it was Bloemfontein that lay before them, and the thought that his +capital was in peril might well restore courage in the most disheartened +of our burghers. I felt that this would be the case, and a picture arose +before me of our men holding out, as they had never done before. + +Before going further I must say a few words about the peace proposals +which our Presidents made to the English Government on the 5th of March. +They called God to witness that it was for the independence of the two +Republics, and for that alone, that they fought, and suggested that +negotiations might be opened with the recognition of that independence +as their basis. + +Lord Salisbury replied that the only terms he would accept were +unconditional surrender. He asserted, as he did also on many subsequent +occasions, that it was our ultimatum that had caused the war. We have +always maintained that in making this assertion he misrepresented the +facts, to use no stronger term.[24] + +Naturally our Government would not consent to such terms, and so the war +had to proceed. + +It was decided to send a deputation to Europe. This deputation, +consisting of Abraham Fissher,[25] Cornelius H. Wessels,[26] and Daniel +Wolmarans,[27] sailed from Delagoa Bay.[28] + +The reader may ask the object which this deputation had in view. Was it +that our Governments relied on foreign intervention? Emphatically, no! +They never thought of such a thing. Neither in his harangue to the +burghers at Poplar Grove, nor in any of his subsequent speeches, did +President Steyn give any hint of such an intention. The deputation was +sent in order that the whole world might know the state of affairs in +South Africa. It fulfilled its purpose, and was justified by its +results. It helped us to win the sympathy of the nations. + +But I must return to my narrative. + +A few days before the flight from Poplar Grove, I had appointed Danie +Theron captain of a scouting party. I now left him and his corps behind, +with instructions to keep me informed of Lord Roberts' movements, and +proceeded myself to Bloemfontein. There I disposed the available forces +for defence, and kept them occupied in throwing up _schanzes_. These +_schanzes_ were erected to the west and south of the town, and at +distances of from four to six miles from it. + +On the evening of the 12th of March, Lord Roberts appeared, and a few +skirmishes ensued south of the town, but no engagement of any importance +took place. We awaited the morrow with various forebodings. + +For myself, I believed that that 13th of March should see a fight to the +finish, cost what it might! for if Bloemfontein was to be taken, it +would only be over our dead bodies. + +With this before my eyes, I made all necessary arrangements, riding at +nightfall from position to position, and speaking both to the officers +and to the private burghers. They must play the man, I told them, and +save the capital at any cost. An excellent spirit prevailed amongst +them; on every face one could read the determination to conquer or to +die. + +But when, about an hour before midnight, I reached the southern +positions, I heard a very different story. They told me there that +Commandant Weilbach had deserted his post early in the evening. What was +I to do? It was impossible to search for him during the night, and I was +compelled to take burghers away from other commandos, and to place them +in the abandoned positions. On their arrival there, they discovered that +no sooner had Weilbach failed us than the enemy had seized his post--the +key to Bloemfontein! We did all that we could, but our situation had +been rendered hopeless by the action of a Commandant who ought to have +been dismissed out of hand for his conduct at Poplar Grove. + +That night I did not close an eye. + + * * * * * + +The morning of the 13th of March dawned. + +Hardly had the sun risen, when the English in the entrenchments which +Commandant Weilbach had deserted, opened a flank fire on our nearest +positions. + +First one position and then another was abandoned by our burghers, who +followed one another's example like sheep; few made any attempt to +defend their posts, and in spite of my efforts and those of the officers +under me, they retreated to the north. + +Thus, without a single shot being fired, Bloemfontein fell into the +hands of the English. + +[Footnote 24: This correspondence will be found in Chapter XXX.] + +[Footnote 25: Member of the Free State Volksraad and Executive Council.] + +[Footnote 26: Member of the Free State Volksraad and Executive Council, +and also President of the Volksraad.] + +[Footnote 27: Member of the first Volksraad of the South African +Republic.] + +[Footnote 28: This harbour, then the only harbour in South Africa open +to us, was subsequently forbidden us by the Portuguese Government, whose +officials even went so far as to arrest eight hundred of our burghers +(who, for want of horses, had taken refuge in Portuguese territory), and +to send them to Portugal. The ports of German West Africa cannot be +counted among those which were available for us. Not only were they too +far from us to be of any service, but also, in order to reach them, it +would have been necessary to go through English territory, for they were +separated from us by Griqualand West, Bechuanaland, and isolated +portions of Cape Colony. We had, therefore, during the latter portion of +the war, to depend for supplies upon what little we were able to capture +from the enemy.] + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +The Burghers Receive Permission to Return to their Homes + + +Thus Bloemfontein had fallen into the hands of the English; but whatever +valuables it contained were spared by the enemy. I did not myself +consider the place much superior to any other town, and I would not have +thought it a matter of any great importance if it had been destroyed. +Still, I felt it to be very regrettable that the town should have been +surrendered without a shot. + +How can I describe my feelings when I saw Bloemfontein in the hands of +the English? It was enough to break the heart of the bravest man amongst +us. Even worse than the fall of our capital was the fact that, as was +only to be expected, the burghers had become entirely disheartened; and +it seemed as if they were incapable now of offering any further +resistance. The commandos were completely demoralized. Indeed! the +burghers from Fauresmith and Jacobsdal had already returned home from +Poplar Grove without asking for permission to do so; and now all the +others were hurrying back in the greatest disorder to their own +districts. + +I felt sure that Lord Roberts' troops would remain for some time in the +capital, in order to obtain the rest they must have sorely needed. And I +now asked myself what I could do whilst the English were remaining +inactive. For notwithstanding all that had happened, I had not for a +single moment the thought of surrender. It seemed to me that my best +course was to allow the burghers, who had now been away from their +families for six months, an opportunity to take breath![29] + +After everything had been arranged I went to Brandfort and thence to +Kroonstad, at which place I was to meet President Steyn, who had left +Bloemfontein the evening before it fell. + +On my road to Kroonstad I fell in with General P.J. Joubert, who had +come to the Free State, hoping to be able to discover some method for +checking the advance of Lord Roberts. He was anything but pleased to +hear that I had given my men permission to remain at home till the 25th +of March. + +"Do you mean to tell me," he asked, "that you are going to give the +English a free hand, whilst your men take their holidays?" + +"I cannot catch a hare, General, with unwilling dogs," I made reply. + +But this did not satisfy the old warrior at all. At last I said: + +"You know the Afrikanders as well as I do, General. It is not our fault +that they don't know what discipline means. Whatever I had said or done, +the burghers would have gone home; but I'll give you my word that those +who come back will fight with renewed courage." + +I knew very well that there were some who would not return, but I +preferred to command ten men who were willing to fight, rather than a +hundred who shirked their duties. + +Meanwhile President Steyn had proclaimed Kroonstad as the seat of the +Government, so that in future all matters were to be settled there. + +On March 20th, 1900, a war council was held, which was attended by +from fifty to sixty officers. President Steyn presided; and there +sat beside him that simple statesman, grown grey in his country's +service--President Kruger. + +The chief officers at this council were Commandant General Joubert, +Generals De la Rey, Philip Botha, Froneman, C.P. Cronje, J.B. Wessels, +and myself. A number of the members of both Governments also put in an +appearance at this meeting. + +Do not let it be imagined that the object we had in view was to come to +an agreement on any peace proposal made by the English. Nothing could +have been further from our minds than this. Lord Salisbury's letter to +our two Presidents, demanding unconditional surrender, had rendered any +thought of peace impossible. On the contrary, we were concerned to +discover the best method of continuing the war. We knew, I need scarcely +say, that humanly speaking ultimate victory for us was out of the +question--that had been clear from the very beginning. For how could our +diminutive army hope to stand against the overwhelming numbers at the +enemy's command? Yet we had always felt that no one is worthy of the +name of man who is not ready to vindicate the right, be the odds what +they may. We knew also, that the Afrikanders, although devoid of all +military discipline, had the idea of independence deeply rooted in their +hearts, and that they were worthy to exist as a Free Nation under a +Republican form of Government. + +I shall not enter upon all that happened at that meeting. I shall merely +note here that besides deciding to continue the war more energetically +than ever, we agreed unanimously that the great waggon-camps should be +done away with, and that henceforth only horse-commandos should be +employed. The sad experience we had gained from six months' warfare, +and more especially the great misfortune that had overtaken the big +waggon-camp of General Cronje, were our reasons for this new +regulation.[30] + +I left the meeting firmly determined that, come what might, I should +never allow another waggon-camp. But, as the reader will see before he +has concluded the perusal of these pages, it was not until many months +had elapsed that the waggons were finally suppressed. All the mischief +that they were destined to bring upon the African Nation was not yet +completed. + +One of the effects of this council was to produce an unusually good +spirit among the officers and burghers. There was only one thought in my +mind, and only one word on every tongue: "FORWARD!" + +I proceeded from Kroonstad to the railway bridge at Zand River, and +remained there until the 25th of March, when the commandos reassembled. +What I had foreseen occurred. The burghers were different men +altogether, and returned with renewed courage to the fight. They +streamed in such large numbers on this and the following days, that my +highest hopes were surpassed. It is true that certain burghers had +remained behind. Such was the case with the men from Fauresmith and +Jacobsdal, and with a large proportion of the commandos from +Philippolis, Smithfield, Wepener, and Bloemfontein. But with these +burghers I was unable to deal on account of Lord Roberts' Proclamations, +which made it impossible for me to compel the burghers to join the +commando; and I decided that I had better wait until I had done some +good work with the men I had, before I made any attempt to bring the +others back to the commando. + +On the 25th of March we went to Brandfort. The arrival of the burghers +at the village doubled and even trebled its population. I was forced to +close the hotels, as I discovered that my men were being supplied with +drink. From this I do not wish the reader to infer that the Afrikanders +are drunkards, for this is far from being the case. On the contrary, +when compared with other nations, they are remarkable for their +sobriety, and it is considered by them a disgrace for a man to be drunk. + +[Footnote 29: The men I still had with me belonged to commandos from +Bloemfontein, Ladybrand, Wepener, Ficksburg, Bethlehem and Winburg. They +were respectively under Commandants Piet Fourie, Crowther, Fouche, De +Villiers, Michal Prinsloo and Vilonel; and these Commandants took orders +from Vechtgeneraals J.B. Wessels, A.P. Cronje, C.C. Froneman, W. Kolbe +and Philip Botha. + +The Colesberg and Stormberg commandos had received the order to go +northwards in the direction of Thaba'Nchu and Ladybrand. These commandos +also had been panic-stricken since General Cronje's surrender. + +The Kroonstad, Heilbron, Harrismith and Vrede burghers, under +Commander-in-Chief Prinsloo, were directed to remain where they were, +and guard the Drakensberg. + +General De la Rey followed my example, and gave his men permission to +return home for some time.] + +[Footnote 30: This council also enacted that officers should be very +chary in accepting doctors' certificates. The old law had laid it down +that if a burgher produced a medical certificate, declaring him unfit +for duty, he should be exempted from service. That there had been a +grave abuse of this was the experience of almost every officer. There +were several very dubious cases; and it was curious to note how many +sudden attacks of heart disease occurred--if one were to credit the +medical certificates. I remember myself that on the 7th of March, when +the burghers fled from Poplar Grove, I had thrust upon me suddenly eight +separate certificates, which had all been issued that morning, each +declaring that some burgher or other was suffering from disease of the +heart. When the eighth was presented to me, and I found that it also +alleged the same complaint, I lost all patience, and let the doctor know +that was quite enough for one day. When this question of certificates +was discussed at the council, I suggested in joke that no certificate +should be accepted unless it was signed by three old women, as a +guarantee of good faith. The system had indeed been carried to such +lengths, and certificates had been issued right and left in such a +lavish manner, that one almost suspected that the English must have had +a hand in it!] + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +Sanna's Post + + +On the 28th of March a council of war was held. The first business +transacted referred to disciplinary matters; the council then proceeded +to lay down the conditions under which the commandos were to operate. It +was decided that General De la Rey with his Transvaalers should remain +at Brandfort with certain Free State commandos under General Philip +Botha, and that the remaining troops, under my command, should withdraw +in the evening. + +Great was the curiosity of the officers and burghers concerning our +movements, but no man learnt anything from me. I was determined that in +future my plans should be kept entirely secret. Experience had taught me +that whenever a commanding officer allows his intentions to become +public something is sure to go wrong, and I made up my mind to hold the +reins of discipline with a firmer hand. + +It is, of course, true that scarcely anything could be done without the +free co-operation of the burghers. They joined the commando when they +wished, or, if they preferred it, stayed away. But now I intended that +the men who joined the commando should be under a far stricter +discipline than formerly, and success rewarded my efforts. + +We left Brandfort on the same evening. My object was to surprise the +little garrison at Sanna's Post, which guarded the Bloemfontein Water +Works, and thus to cut off the supply of water from that town. + +I started in the direction of Winburg, so as to throw every one off the +scent. On all sides one heard the question, "Where are we really going? +What can we have to do at Winburg?" + +The following day I concealed my commando, and that evening some spies, +on whom I could rely, and who were aware of my secret intentions, +brought me all the information I required. + +At this point I had a great deal of trouble with Commandant Vilonel. It +appeared that, notwithstanding the express interdiction of the council +of war, there were some thirty waggons, belonging to burghers from +Winburg who were under his orders. I reminded him of the decision to +which the council had come; but he replied that he did not wish his +burghers to have to undergo the hardship of travelling without waggons. +We started that evening, and, sure enough, there he was with his lumber +following behind us. + +I gave him notice in writing the next morning that he must send back the +waggons that very night when we were on the march. This provoked from +him a written request that a war council should be summoned to revise +the decision come to at Kroonstad. I answered that I absolutely declined +to do any such thing. + +In the course of that day I received a number of reports. I was informed +that General Olivier was driving General Broadwood from Ladybrand +towards Thaba'Nchu. A little later I heard from General Froneman and +Commandant Fourie how matters stood at Sanna's Post. I had disclosed my +plan to them, and sent them out to reconnoitre. There were--so they told +me--according to their estimation, about two hundred English troops +which were stationed in such and such positions. + +I at once summoned Generals A.P. Cronje, J.B. Wessels, C.C. Froneman, +and Piet de Wet, and took council with them, telling them of my plans +and enjoining strict secrecy. I then gave orders that Commandant P. +Fourie and C. Nel, with their burghers, three hundred and fifty in +number, should proceed under my command to Koorn Spruit, and be there +before break of day. + +[Illustration: SANNA'S POST. + +FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.] + +We settled that Generals Cronje, Wessels, Froneman, and Piet De Wet +should proceed with the remaining burghers, numbering eleven hundred and +fifty, to the ridges east of the Modder River, right opposite Sanna's +Post. They were to take with them the guns, of which we had four or +five, and bombard Sanna's Post as soon as it was light. + +The English, I expected, would retreat to Bloemfontein, and then from my +position in Koorn Spruit I should be able to decimate them as they +passed that ravine. I had sent a large number of burghers with the four +generals so that our force might be sufficiently strong to turn General +Broadwood, in case he should hear that there was fighting at Sanna's +Post and come up to reinforce the garrison. + +Here again I had trouble with Commandant Vilonel. I had little time to +argue--the sun was already setting, and we had to be off at once. I had +declined to allow a single waggon to go with me, but the Commandant +declared that he would not abide by the decision of the council of war. +He also refused to allow his burghers to go into positions which he +himself had not reconnoitred. He asked that the attack should be +postponed until he had examined Sanna's Post through his telescope. + +My patience was now at an end. I told Commandant Vilonel that he must +obey my orders, and that if he did not do so I should dismiss him, +unless he himself resigned. He preferred to resign. My secretary +procured paper, and the Commandant wrote out his resignation. I at once +gave him his dismissal, and felt that a weight had been taken off my +shoulders now that I was free from so wrong-headed an officer. + +There was no time now for the burghers to elect a new Commandant in the +usual way. I therefore assembled the Winburg commando, and told them +that Vilonel had resigned, that an opportunity of choosing a substitute +should be given to them later on, but that in the meanwhile I should +appoint Veldtcornet Gert Van der Merve. Nobody had anything to say +against "Gerie," who was a courageous and amiable man; and, after he had +given orders that the waggons should be sent home, we continued our +march. + +I met some of my spies at a _rendezvous_ which I had given them on the +road to the Water Works, and learnt from them that the force under +General Broadwood had come that evening from the direction of Ladybrand +and now occupied Thaba'Nchu. + +I had ordered my generals to take up positions opposite Sanna's Post and +east of the Modder River. I now left them and rode on to Koorn Spruit, +not knowing that General Broadwood had left Thaba'Nchu after nightfall +and had proceeded to the Water Works. My advance was made as quietly as +possible, and as soon as we reached Koorn Spruit I hid my burghers in +the ravine, placing some to the right and some to the left of the +drift[31] on the road from Thaba'Nchu and Sanna's Post to Bloemfontein. + +As soon as it became light enough to see anything we discovered that +just above the spruit[32] stood a waggon, with some Kaffirs and a number +of sheep and cattle beside it. The Kaffirs told us that the waggon +belonged to one of the "hands-uppers" from Thaba'Nchu, and that they had +been ordered to get it down to Bloemfontein as quickly as possible and +to sell it to the English. The owner of the sheep and of the cattle, +they said, was with General Broadwood, whose troops had just arrived at +Sanna's Post. + +The light grew brighter, and there, three thousand paces from us, was +Broadwood's huge force. + +I had only three hundred and fifty men with me; the other generals, to +the east of the Modder River, had not more than eleven hundred and fifty +between them. + +The numbers against us were overwhelming, but I resolved to stand my +ground; and, fortunately, the positions which I had chosen were much to +our advantage--there would be no difficulty in concealing my burghers +and their horses. + +I ordered that every one should still remain hidden, even when our party +to the east of the Modder River began to shoot, and that not a round was +to be fired until I gave the command. + +General Broadwood was preparing to strike camp. It was then that I told +my men to allow the British troops to get to close quarters and +"hands-up" them, without wasting a single bullet. + +Then our guns began to fire. + +The result was a scene of confusion. Towards us, over the brow of the +hill, came the waggons pell-mell, with a few carts moving rapidly in +front. When the first of these reached the spruit its occupants--a man +with a woman beside him--became aware that something was wrong. + +I was standing at the top of the drift with Commandants Fourie and Nel. +I immediately ordered two of my adjutants to mount the cart and to sit +at the driver's side. + +The other carts came one after the other into the drift, and I ordered +them to follow close behind the first cart, at the same time warning the +occupants that if they gave any signal to the enemy, they would be shot. + +The carts were filled with English from Thaba'Nchu. I was very glad that +the women and children should thus reach a place of safety, before the +fighting began. + +So speedily did the carts follow each other that the English had no +suspicion of what was occurring, and very shortly the soldiers began to +pour into the drift in the greatest disorder. As soon as they reached +the stream they were met by the cry of "Hands up!" + +Directly they heard the words, a forest of hands rose in the air. + +More troops quickly followed, and we had disarmed two hundred of them +before they had time to know what was happening. The discipline among +the burghers was fairly satisfactory until the disarming work began. If +my men had only been able to think for themselves, they would have +thrown the rifles on the bank as they came into their hands, and so +would have disarmed far more of the English than they succeeded in +doing. But, as it was, the burghers kept on asking: + +"Where shall I put this rifle, General? What have I to do with this +horse?" + +That the work should be delayed by this sort of thing sorely tried my +hasty temper. + +Very soon the enemy in the rear discovered that there was something +wrong in the drift, for one of their officers suddenly gave orders that +the troops should fall back. But in the meantime, as I have already +stated, we had disarmed two hundred men; while, about a hundred paces +from us on the banks of the spruit stood five of their guns, and more +than a hundred of their waggons, in one confused mass. A little further +off--two or three hundred paces, perhaps--two more of the enemy's guns +had halted. + +The English fell back some thirteen hundred yards, to the station on the +Dewetsdorp-Bloemfontein railway. I need scarcely say that we opened a +terrific fire on them as they retreated. When they reached the station, +however, the buildings there gave them considerable protection. I little +knew when I voted in the Volksraad for the construction of this line, +that I was voting for the building of a station which our enemies would +one day use against us. + +An attempt was made by the English to save the five guns, but it was far +beyond their powers to do so. They did succeed, however, in getting the +other two guns away, and in placing them behind the station buildings. +From there they severely bombarded us with shrapnel shell. + +While the English troops were running to find cover in the buildings, +they suffered very heavily from our fire, and the ground between the +station and the spruit was soon strewn with their dead and wounded, +lying in heaps. But having arrived at the railway they rallied, and +posting themselves to the right and left of the station, they fired +sharply on us. + +The eleven hundred and fifty burghers who were to the east of the Modder +River now hurried up to my assistance. But unfortunately, when they +attempted to cross the river, they found that the Water-Works dam had +made it too deep to ford. So they proceeded up stream over some very +rough ground, being much inconvenienced by the dongas which they had to +cross. When they had covered three miles of this they were again +stopped, for an impassable donga blocked the way. They had therefore to +retrace their steps to the place whence they had started. Ultimately +they crossed the river below the dam, in the neighbourhood of the +waggon-drift. + +This delay gave General Broadwood a good three hours in which to tackle +us. And had it not been for the excellent positions we had taken on the +banks of the spruit, we would have been in a very awkward predicament. +But, as it was, only two of my men were hit during the whole of that +time. + +As soon as our reinforcements had crossed the river, General Broadwood +was forced to retire; and his troops came hurrying through Koorn Spruit +both on the right and on the left of our position. We fired at them as +they passed us, and took several more prisoners. Had I but commanded a +larger force, I could have captured every man of them. But it was +impossible, with my three hundred and fifty men, to surround two +thousand. + +Our men on the Modder River now attacked the enemy with the greatest +energy, and succeeded in putting them to flight, thus bringing the +battle to an end. + +The conduct of my burghers had been beyond praise. I had never seen +them more intrepid. Calm and determined, they stood their ground, when +the enemy streamed down upon them like a mighty river. Calm and +determined they awaited their arrival, and disarmed them as they came. +It was a fresh proof to me of the courage of the Afrikander, who indeed, +in my judgment, is in that quality surpassed by no one. + +Our loss was three killed and five wounded. Among the latter was +Commandant General Van der Merve, who, although very seriously injured, +fortunately recovered. I had no time myself to note the enemy's losses, +but, from their own report, it amounted to three hundred and fifty dead +and wounded. We captured four hundred and eighty prisoners, seven guns, +and one hundred and seventeen waggons. + +Here again I had the greatest trouble in unravelling the medley. Many of +the horses, mules and oxen had been killed, whilst some of the waggons +were broken. Everything was in a state of indescribable confusion, and +at any moment a force might arrive from Bloemfontein. + +But, fortunately, no reinforcement appeared. Our burghers who had +pursued the retreating English, saw, at about twelve o'clock, a body of +mounted troops approaching from Bloemfontein. But this force at once +came to a halt, remaining at the spot where we had first seen it.[33] + +When everything was over a party of troops from General Olivier's +commando arrived on the scene of the recent operations. They had been +following General Broadwood, and on hearing the firing that morning, had +hastened in our direction, maintaining on their arrival, that it was +quite impossible for them to have come any sooner. + +[Footnote 31: Ford.] + +[Footnote 32: Water-course or ravine.] + +[Footnote 33: I may note here that it seemed very strange to me and to +all whose opinion I asked, that Lord Roberts, with his sixty thousand +men, sent no reinforcements from Bloemfontein. The battle had taken +place not more than seventeen miles from the capital, and it had lasted +for four hours; so that there had been ample time to send help. The +English cannot urge in excuse that, owing to our having cut the +telegraph wire, Lord Roberts could know nothing of General Broadwood's +position. The booming of the guns must have been distinctly heard at +Bloemfontein, as it was a still morning. In addition to this plain +warning, the English had an outpost at Borsmanskop, between Koorn Spruit +and Bloemfontein. I do not mention these things with the object of +throwing an unfavourable light upon Lord Roberts' conduct, but merely to +show that even in the great English Army, incomprehensible +irregularities were not unknown, and irregularities of such a character +as to quite put in the shade the bungles we were sometimes guilty of. +But the Republics, young though they were, never thought of boasting +about the order, organization, or discipline of their armies; on the +contrary they were perhaps a little inclined to take too lenient a view +when irregularities occurred.] + + + + +CHAPTER X + +Four Hundred and Seventy English taken Prisoner at Reddersburg + + +In the evening of the day on which the events described in the last +chapter occurred, I handed over the command to Generals Piet de Wet and +A.P. Cronje, and taking with me three of my staff, rode to Donkerpoort, +in the direction of Dewetsdorp, on a reconnoitring expedition. + +Early the following morning I came to a farm called Sterkfontein, where, +at noon, I received the news that a party of English, coming from +Smithfield, had occupied Dewetsdorp. + +It was thirty miles from Sterkfontein to my commando, but, +notwithstanding this, I sent an order that 1,500 men, under Generals +J.B. Wessels, C.C. Froneman and De Villiers, should come up with all +haste and bring three guns with them. + +During the time that must necessarily elapse before the arrival of this +force, I sent men out to visit the farms of those burghers who had gone +home after the fall of Bloemfontein, with orders to bring them back to +the front. + +By the evening of the 1st of April I had all the men of the district +together; but it was then too late to make a start. + +At ten o'clock the following morning the English left Dewetsdorp, and +marched towards Reddersburg. Directly I received news of this, I sent +word to the Generals, that they must hasten to Reddersburg; while I, +with the men who had rejoined, made my way to the north, so as to take +up a position on the enemy's flank. I had with me one hundred and ten +men in all. Many of them were without rifles, having given up their arms +at Bloemfontein. Others were provided with serviceable _achterlaaiers_, +but had little or no ammunition, because they had already fired off +their cartridges in mere wantonness in the belief that they might have +to give up their rifles any day. My handful of burghers were thus as +good as unarmed. + +During our march I kept the English continually under surveillance. They +were unable to advance very rapidly, as the bulk of their force was made +up of infantry. But they were too far ahead for the commandos whom I had +sent in pursuit to be able to get at them; and for me, with the handful +of almost unarmed burghers which I commanded, to have attempted an +attack would have been worse than folly. + +On the evening of the 2nd of April, the English encamped on the hill to +the west of a farm called Oollogspoort; whilst we off-saddled to the +north of them, on Mr. Van der Walt's farm. The enemy, however, was not +aware of the position of our laager. + +The following morning, at four o'clock, I sent a third report to the +commandos. They had been some way on the road to Dewetsdorp, and thus, +far out of the course to Reddersburg, when my second report reached +them; and now my despatch rider met only Generals Froneman and De +Villiers with seven hundred men and three guns, and was too late to +prevent General Wessels from going on to Dewetsdorp. + +Shortly after sunrise General Froneman received my report. He had been +riding all night through without stopping, and many of his horses were +already tired out. But as my order was that the Generals were to leave +behind those who were unable to proceed, and to hasten on at once +without so much as off-saddling, he did not wait to be told twice, but +pushing forward with all speed, arrived on the 3rd of April at +Schwarskopjes on the Kaffir River. He had left Sanna's Post on the +afternoon of the previous day. + +Those who consider that he was marching with seven hundred men and three +Krupp guns, and that his horses were so exhausted that some of them had +to be left behind, will agree with me that he did a good day's work in +those twenty-four hours. + +Fortunately for us, it was not at that time the habit of the English to +start on their march before the sun had risen. And, by another lucky +chance, our opponents were off their guard, and quite unsuspicious of +attack, although they must, undoubtedly, have heard something of what +had happened at Sanna's Post. + +General Froneman gave me to understand that it was necessary to +off-saddle the horses, and to give them a long rest, as he had been +riding without any break since the previous evening. + +"However necessary it may be," I replied, "it is impossible;" and I +pointed out to him that if we were to delay, the English would occupy +the ridge between Muishondsfontein and Mostertshoek, and thus obtain the +best position. I, therefore, ordered the men to proceed with all speed, +and to leave behind those who could not go on. The General did not +appear to be "links"[34] at this, but called out with his loud voice, +"Come on, burghers!" + +We were fortunate in being able to keep up with the enemy by riding +along a little plain, which was hidden from them by an intervening hill. +Our course ran in a direction parallel to their line of march, and at a +distance of about six miles from it. But unluckily, the English were the +first to reach the ridge. When we appeared at the point where the hill +which had concealed us from them came to an end, their vanguard had just +passed the eastern end of the ridge at which we were both aiming; and we +had still some four or five miles to go before we could reach it. + +I saw that the enemy was not strong enough to occupy the whole ridge, so +I at once gave orders to General De Villiers to advance, and to seize +the western end at a point just above the farmstead of Mostertshoek. +The enemy, observing this manoeuvre, took up their position on the +eastern extremity of the ridge. Whereupon I divided the remaining +burghers into small companies, with orders to occupy kopjes from six to +seven hundred paces still further to the east; leaving to myself and +Commandant Nel the task of seizing a small ridge which lay south-east of +the English lines. + +All these positions would have to be taken under fire, and before making +the attempt I sent the following note to the British Commanding +Officer:-- + + "SIR,-- + + "I am here with five hundred men, and am every moment expecting + reinforcements with three Krupps, against which you will not be + able to hold out. I therefore advise you, in order to prevent + bloodshed, to surrender." + +I sent this note post haste, and then rested a little while awaiting the +return of the despatch rider. + +And now a shameful incident occurred. The messenger had received the +answer to my letter, and had covered about a hundred paces on his way +back, when the enemy opened so heavy a fire upon him that it is +inexplicable how he managed to come through unscathed. + +The answer which he brought from the officer was in the following +terms:-- + +"I'm d----d if I surrender!" + +I at once ordered my men to rush the positions which I had already +pointed out to them; and notwithstanding the fierce opposition of the +enemy, they succeeded in carrying out my orders. + +But although we had thus gained very good positions, those which the +English held were quite as good, and perhaps even better, except for the +fact that they were cut off from the water. However, when they had first +become aware of our presence--that is, while they were at +Muishondsfontein--they had taken the precaution of filling their +water-bottles. + +Our guns did not arrive until so late in the afternoon that only a few +shots could be fired before it became dark. + +Acting upon my orders, the burghers kept such good watch during the +night that escape was impossible for the English. I also sent a strong +guard to a point near Reddersburg, for I had heard that a reinforcement +of from thirteen hundred to two thousand British troops had come from +the direction of Bothathanie railway station, and were now encamped at +Reddersburg. + +I had begun operations with only four hundred men under me, but before +the sun rose on the following day my force had been doubled by the +addition of those who had been compelled to remain behind and rest their +tired horses. + +On the previous evening it had seemed to me highly improbable that we +should be able to storm the ridge in the morning. I had expected that +the force at Reddersburg--which lay only about four or five miles from +Mostertshoek--would have seen the fight in progress, or heard the +cannonading, and would have hastened to the assistance of their +comrades.[35] Nevertheless, I had given orders that as soon as it was +daylight, every one must do his utmost to force the English to +surrender. + +It was now rapidly growing lighter, and I ordered the gunners to keep up +a continuous fire with our three Krupps. This they did from half-past +five until eleven o'clock, and then the enemy hoisted the white flag. + +My men and I galloped towards the English, and our other two parties did +the same. But before we reached them, they again began to shoot, killing +Veldtcornet Du Plessis, of Kroonstad. This treacherous act enraged our +burghers, who at once commenced to fire with deadly effect. + +Soon the white flag appeared above almost every stone behind which an +Englishman lay, but our men did not at once cease firing. Indeed! I had +the greatest difficulty in calming them, and in inducing them to stop, +for they were, as may well be imagined, furious at the misuse of the +white flag. + +Strewn everywhere about on the ground lay the English killed and +wounded. According to the official statement, they had a hundred +casualties, the commanding officer himself being amongst the killed. + +We took four hundred and seventy prisoners of war, all of them belonging +to the Royal Irish Rifles and the Mounted Infantry. But I cared nothing +to what regiment they belonged or what was the rank of the officer in +command. Throughout the whole war I never troubled myself about such +matters. + +Our loss, in addition to Veldtcornet Du Plessis, whose death I have just +described, was only six wounded. + +I had no longer any need to fear a reinforcement from Reddersburg, but +nevertheless there was no time to be lost, for I had just heard from a +prisoner of war that a telegram had been sent from Dewetsdorp to the +garrison at Smithfield, bidding them consult their own safety by +withdrawing to Aliwal North. I made up my mind to capture that garrison +before it could decamp. I waited until I saw that the English ambulances +were busy with their wounded, and then with all speed rode off. + +As the direct road might prove to be held by Lord Roberts, I caused the +prisoners of war to be marched to Winburg via Thaba'Nchu. From thence +they were to be sent forward by rail to Pretoria. + +[Footnote 34: Vexed.] + +[Footnote 35: I have never been able to understand why the great force, +stationed at Reddersburg, made no attempt to come to the aid of the +unfortunate victims at Mostertshoek. Their conduct seems to me to have +been even more blameworthy than the similar negligence which occurred at +Sanna's Post. They were not more than five miles off, and could watch +the whole engagement--and yet they never stirred a foot to come and help +their comrades. And it was fortunate for us that it was so, for we +should have stood no chance at all against a large force. + +To oppose successfully such bodies of men as our burghers had to meet +during this war demanded _rapidity of action_ more than anything else. +We had to be quick at fighting, quick at reconnoitring, quick (if it +became necessary) at flying! This was exactly what I myself aimed at, +and had not so many of our burghers proved false to their own colours, +England--as the great Bismarck foretold--would have found her grave in +South Africa.] + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +An Unsuccessful Siege + + +My object now was to reach Smithfield. We set out at once and late in +the evening I divided my commandos into two parties. The first, some +five hundred men in all, consisted chiefly of Smithfield burghers under +Commandant Swanepoel, of Yzervarkfontein, but there were also some +Wepener men amongst them. I gave General Froneman the command over this +party, and ordered him to proceed without delay and attack the small +English garrison at Smithfield. With the second party I rode off to join +the burghers who were under General J.B. Wessels. + +I came up with Wessels' division on the 6th of April at Badenhorst, on +the road from Dewetsdorp to Wepener. Badenhorst lies at a distance of +some ten miles from a ford on the Caledon River, called +Tammersbergsdrift, where Colonel Dalgety, with the highly renowned +C.M.R.[36] and Brabant's Horse were at that time stationed. I call them +"highly renowned" to be in the fashion, for I must honestly avow that I +never could see for what they were renowned. + +During the fight at Mostertshoek on the previous day I had kept them +under observation, with the result that I learnt that they had +entrenched themselves strongly, and that they numbered about sixteen +hundred men, though this latter fact was a matter of indifference to me. +The history of Ladysmith, Mafeking, and Kimberley, however, served me as +a warning, and I asked myself whether it would be better to besiege the +wolf or to wait and see if he would not come out of his lair. + +But the wolf, on this occasion, was not to be enticed out on any +pretext; and moreover it was probable that Lord Roberts would be able to +send a relieving force from Bloemfontein; so I decided to attack at +once. First, however, I despatched some of my best scouts in the +direction of Bloemfontein and Reddersburg, while I ordered the commandos +under Generals Piet de Wet and A.P. Cronje to take up positions to the +east and south-east of the capital. + +Early in the morning of the 7th of April I made an attack on two points: +one to the south-west, the other to the south-east of Dalgety's +fortifications, opening fire on his troops at distances of from five to +fifteen hundred paces. I dare not approach any nearer for lack of +suitable cover. The place was so strongly fortified that many valuable +lives must have been sacrificed, had I been less cautious than I was. + +After a few days I received reinforcements, and was thus enabled to +surround the English completely. But their various positions were so +placed that it was impossible for me to shell any of them from both +sides, and thus to compel their occupants to surrender. + +Day succeeded to day, and still the siege continued. + +Before long we had captured some eight hundred of the trek-oxen, and +many of the horses of the enemy. Things were not going so badly for us +after all; and we plucked up our courage, and began to talk of the +probability of a speedy surrender on the part of the English. + +To tell the truth, there was not a man amongst us who would have asked +better than to make prisoners of the Cape Mounted Rifles and of +Brabant's Horse. They were Afrikanders, and as Afrikanders, although +neither Free-Staters nor Transvaalers, they ought, in our opinion, to +have been ashamed to fight against us. + +The English, we admitted, had a perfect right to hire such sweepings, +and to use them against us, but we utterly despised them for allowing +themselves to be hired. We felt that their motive was not to obtain the +franchise of the Uitlanders, but--five shillings a day! And if it should +by any chance happen that any one of them should find his grave +there--well, the generation to come would not be very proud of that +grave. No! it would be regarded with horror as the grave of an +Afrikander who had helped to bring his brother Afrikanders to their +downfall. + +Although I never took it amiss if a colonist of Natal or of Cape Colony +was unwilling to fight with us against England, yet I admit that it +vexed me greatly to think that some of these colonists, for the sake of +a paltry five shillings a day, should be ready to shoot down their +fellow-countrymen. Such men, alas! there have always been, since, in the +first days of the human race, Cain killed his brother Abel. But Cain had +not long to wait for his reward! + +Whilst we were besieging these Afrikanders, news came that large columns +from Reddersburg and Bloemfontein were drawing near. So overwhelming +were their numbers that the commandos of Generals A.P. Cronje and Piet +de Wet were far too weak to hold them in check, and I had to despatch +two reinforcing parties, the first under Commandant Fourie, the second +under General J.B. Wessels. + +General Froneman had now returned from Smithfield, whither I had sent +him to attack the garrison. He told me that he had been unable to carry +out my orders, for, on his arrival at Smithfield, he had discovered that +the garrison--which had only consisted of some two or three hundred +men--had just departed. He learnt, however, that it was still possible +to overtake it before it reached Aliwal North. Unfortunately, he was +unable to persuade Commandant Swanepoel, who was in command of the +burghers, to pursue the retreating troops. He therefore had to content +himself with the fifteen men he had with him. He came in sight of the +enemy at Branziektekraal, two hours from Aliwal North; but with the +mere handful of men, which was all that he had at his command, an attack +upon them was not to be thought of, and he had to turn back. + +His expedition, however, had not been without good result, for he +returned with about five hundred of those burghers who had gone home +after our commandos had left Stormberg. + +We had to thank Lord Roberts for this welcome addition to our forces. +The terms of the proclamation in which Lord Roberts had guaranteed the +property and personal liberty of the non-combatant burghers had not been +abided by. In the neighbourhood of Bloemfontein, Reddersburg, and +Dewetsdorp, and at every other place where it was possible, his troops +had made prisoners of burghers who had remained quietly on their farms. +The same course of action had been pursued by the column which fell into +our hands at Mostertshoek--I myself had liberated David Strauss and four +other citizens whom I had found there. While peacefully occupied on +their farms they had been taken prisoners by the English column, which +was then on its way from Dewetsdorp to Reddersburg. + +This disregard of his proclamations did not increase the respect which +the burghers felt for Lord Roberts. They felt that the word of the +English was not to be trusted, and, fearing for their own safety, they +returned to their commandos. I sent President Steyn a telegram, +informing him that our burghers were rejoining, and adding that Lord +Roberts was the best recruiting sergeant I had ever had! + +General Froneman and the men whom he had collected soon found work to +do. The enemy was expecting a reinforcement from Aliwal North, and I +sent the General, with six hundred troops, to oppose it. He came into +touch with it at Boesmanskop, and a slight skirmish took place. + +In the meanwhile I received a report from General Piet de Wet, who was +at Dewetsdorp, notifying me that the English forces outnumbered his own +so enormously that he could not withstand their advance. He suggested +that I ought at once to relinquish the siege and proceed in the +direction of Thaba'Nchu. + +I also received discouraging news from General Piet Fourie, who had had +a short but severe engagement with the troops that were coming from +Bloemfontein, and had been compelled to give way before their superior +forces. + +Piet de Wet's advice appealed to me all the more strongly since +reinforcements were pouring in upon the enemy from all sides. But I was +of opinion that I ought to go with a strong force after the enemy in the +direction of Norvalspont, as I was convinced that it was no longer +possible to check their advance. But General Piet de Wet differed from +me on this point, and held that we ought to keep in front of the +English, and I was at last compelled to give in to him. + +Accordingly I issued orders to General Froneman to desist from any +further attack upon the reinforcement with which he had been engaged, +and to join me. When he arrived I fell back on Thaba'Nchu. + +My siege of Colonel Dalgety, with his Brabant's Horse and Cape Mounted +Rifles, had lasted for sixteen days. Our total loss was only five killed +and thirteen wounded. The English, as I learnt from prisoners, had +suffered rather severely. + +[Footnote 36: Cape Mounted Rifles.] + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +The English Swarm over our Country + + +On April 25th we arrived at Alexandrie, six miles from Thaba'Nchu. The +latter place was already occupied by English outposts. General Philip +Botha now joined me; he had been engaging the enemy in the triangle +formed by Brandfort, Bloemfontein and Thaba'Nchu. My commandos numbered +some four thousand men, and I decided that it was time to concentrate my +forces. + +Lord Roberts was about to carry out the plans which he had formed at +Bloemfontein, namely, to outflank us with large bodies of mounted +troops. He attempted to do this to the north-east of Thaba'Nchu, but at +first was not successful. On a second attempt, however, he managed, +after a fierce fight, to break through our lines. It was during this +action that Commandant Lubbe was shot in the leg, and had the misfortune +to be taken prisoner. At Frankfort also, Lord Roberts met with success, +and General De la Rey was forced to retreat northwards. + +I was now firmly convinced, although I kept the belief to myself, that +the English would march to Kroonstad; and I could see, more clearly than +ever, the necessity of operating in their rear. I had suggested to +President Steyn when he had visited us at Alexandrie, that I should +proceed to Norvalspont, or even into Cape Colony, but he was against any +such project. This, however, was not because he disapproved of my +suggestion in itself, but because he feared that the Transvaalers might +say that the Free-Staters, now that their own country was in the +enemy's hands, were going to leave them in the lurch. Yet in spite of +his opposition, I had ultimately to carry out my own ideas, for, even if +I was misunderstood, I had to act as I thought best. I can only say that +each man of us who remained true to our great cause acted up to the best +of his convictions. If the results proved disastrous, one had best be +silent about them. There is no use crying over spilt milk. + +We now pushed our commandos forward to Zand River. At Tabaksberg General +Philip Botha had a short but severe engagement with Lord Roberts' +advanced columns. I was the last of the Generals to leave Thaba'Nchu. + +I was very anxious to prevent the "granary"[37] of the Orange Free State +from falling into the hands of the English; with this object in view, I +left behind me at Korannaberg General De Villiers, with Commandants De +Villiers, of Ficksburg, Crowther, of Ladybrand, Roux, of Wepener, and +Potgieter, of Smithfield, and ordered the General to carry on operations +in the south-eastern districts of the Free State. + +This valiant General did some fine work, and fought splendidly at +Gouveneurskop and Wonderkop, inflicting very serious losses upon the +English. But nevertheless he had to yield to the superior numbers of the +enemy, who ultimately gained possession of the "granary" districts. But +he made them pay for it dearly. + +General De Villiers followed the English to Senekal and Lindley, and at +Biddulphsberg, near the first named village, he again engaged them +successfully, killing and wounding many of them. But a grave misfortune +overtook us here, for the General received a dangerous wound on the +head. + +There was still another most deplorable occurrence. In some way or other +the grass caught fire; and as it was very dry, and a high wind was +blowing, the flames ran along the ground to where many of the English +wounded were lying. There was no time to rescue them; and thus in this +terrible manner many a poor fellow lost his life. + +General De Villiers' wound was so serious, that the only course open was +to ask the commanding officer of the Senekal garrison to let him have +the benefit of the English doctors' skill. This request was willingly +granted, and De Villiers was placed under the care of the English +ambulance. Sad to say, he died of his wound. + +Some time later I was informed that the man who had carried the request +into Senekal was ex-Commandant Vilonel, who was then serving as a +private burgher. A few days later he surrendered, so that one naturally +inferred that he had arranged it all during his visit to Senekal. + +Shortly after he had given up his arms, he sent a letter to one of the +Veldtcornets, asking him to come to such and such a spot on a certain +evening, to meet an English officer and himself. The letter never +reached the hands of the person to whom Vilonel had addressed it; and +instead of the Veldtcornet, it was Captain Pretorius with a few +burghers, who went to the appointed place. The night was so dark that it +was impossible to recognize anybody. + +"Where is Veldtcornet--?" asked Mr. Vilonel. + +"You are my prisoner," was Captain Pretorius' reply, as he took +Vilonel's horse by the bridle. + +"Treason! treason!" cried poor Vilonel. + +They brought him back to the camp, and sent him thence to Bethlehem. A +court-martial[38] was shortly afterwards held at that town, and he was +condemned to a long term of imprisonment. + +In the place of General De Villiers I appointed Deacon Paul Roux as +Vechtgeneraal. He was a man in whom I placed absolute confidence. As a +minister of religion he had done good service among the commandos, and +in the fiercest battles he looked after the wounded with undaunted +courage. His advice to the officers on matters of war had also been +excellent, so that he was in every way a most admirable man. But his +fighting career unfortunately soon came to an end, for he was taken +prisoner in a most curious way near Naauwpoort, when Prinsloo +surrendered. + +I must now retrace my steps, and give some account of what I myself had +been doing during this time. + +I proceeded to the west of Doornberg, and only halted when I reached the +Zand River. What memories does the name of that river bring back to me! +It was on its banks that in 1852 the English Government concluded a +Convention with the Transvaal--only to break it when Sir Theophilus +Shepstone annexed that country on the 12th of April, 1877. But this +Convention was re-established by Gladstone--greatest and noblest of +English statesmen--when he acknowledged the independence of the South +African Republic. + +Here on the banks of this river, which was so pregnant with meaning, we +should stand, so I thought, and hold the English at bay. But alas! the +name with all its memories did not check the enemy's advance. + +On the 10th of May Lord Roberts attacked us with his united forces; and +although his losses were heavy, he succeeded in breaking through our +lines near Ventersburg, at two points which were held by General +Froneman. And thus the English were free to advance on Kroonstad. + +I gave orders to my commando to move on to Doornkop, which lies to the +east of Kroonstad. I myself, with Commandant Nel and some of his +adjutants, followed them when the sun had set. We rode the whole of that +night, and reached the township on the following morning. We immediately +arranged that the Government should withdraw from Kroonstad, and that +very day it was removed to Heilbron. President Steyn, however, did not +go to Heilbron, but paid a visit to General Philip Botha, whose commando +had held back the English outposts some six miles from Kroonstad. + +The President, before leaving the town, had stationed police on the +banks of the Valsch River with orders to prevent burghers from entering +the dorp[39]; he had only just crossed the drift before my arrival. I +came upon some burghers who, as they had been ordered, had off-saddled +at the south side of the river, and I asked them if they had seen the +President. As they were Transvaalers, they answered my question in the +negative. + +"But has nobody on horseback crossed here?" I said. + +"Oh, yes! the Big Constable[40] crossed," one of them replied. "And he +told us not to pass over the drift." + +"What was he like?" I inquired. + +"He was a man with a long red beard." + +I knew now who the "Big Constable" had been; and when I afterwards told +the President for whom he had been taken, he was greatly amused. + +General Philip Botha discussed the state of affairs with me, and we both +came to the conclusion that if Lord Roberts attacked us with his united +forces, his superior numbers would render it impossible for us to hold +our disadvantageous positions round Kroonstad. We had also to take into +consideration the fact that my commando could not reach the town before +the following day. Whilst we were still talking, news arrived that there +was a strong force of cavalry on the banks of the Valsch River, six +miles from Kroonstad, and that it was rapidly approaching the town. + +On hearing this, I hastened back to the south of the township, where a +body of Kroonstad burghers had off-saddled, and I ordered them to get +into their saddles immediately, and ride with me to meet the enemy. In +less time than it takes to describe it, we were off. As we drew near to +the English we saw they had taken up a very good position. The sun had +already set, and nothing could be done save to exchange a few shots with +the enemy. So, after I had ordered my men to post themselves on the +enemy's front till the following morning, I rode back to Kroonstad. + +When I arrived there, I found that the last of the Transvaal commandos +had already retreated through the town and made for the north. I at once +sent orders to the burghers, whom I had just left, to abandon their +positions, and to prepare themselves to depart by train to +Rhenosterriviersbrug. + +At Kroonstad there was not a single burgher left. Only the inhabitants +of the township remained, and they were but too ready to "hands-up." + +One of these, however, was of a different mould. I refer to Veldtcornet +Thring, who had arrived with me at Kroonstad that morning, but who had +suddenly fallen ill. On the day following he was a prisoner in the hands +of the English. + +Thring was an honourable man in every way. Although an Englishman by +birth, he was at heart an Afrikander, for he had accepted the Orange +Free State as his second fatherland. Like many another Englishman, he +had become a fellow-citizen of ours, and had enjoyed the fat of the +land. But now, trusty burgher that he was, he had drawn his sword to +defend the burghers' rights. + +His earliest experiences were with the Kroonstad burghers, who went down +into Natal; later on he fought under me at Sanna's Post and +Mostertshoek, and took part in the siege of Colonel Dalgety at +Jammersbergsdrift. He had stood at my side at Thaba'Nchu and on the +banks of the Zand River. I had always found him the most willing and +reliable of officers, and he had won the respect and trust of every man +who knew him. + +He was faithful to the end. Although he might well have joined our +enemies, he preferred to set the seal of fidelity upon his life by his +imprisonment. Long may he live to enjoy the trust of the Afrikander +people! + +I remained late that evening in the town. It was somewhat risky to do +so, as the place was full of English inhabitants, and of Afrikanders who +did not favour our cause. In fact, I was surrounded by men who would +have been only too pleased to do me an injury. + +I said farewell to Kroonstad at ten o'clock that night, and was carried +to Rhenosterriviersbrug, thirty-four miles from Kroonstad, by the last +train that left the town. But before I departed, I took care that the +bridge over the Valsch River should be destroyed by dynamite. + +In the meantime, those portions of the Heilbron and Kroonstad commandos +which had gone into Natal at the beginning of the war, received orders +to leave the Drakensberg. Obeying these orders they joined me, and, with +my other troops, had occupied splendid positions on either side of the +railway line. Commandant General Louis Botha was also there with his +Transvaal burghers, having arrived in the Free State a few days +previously. Captain Danie Theron was still with me as my trustworthy +scout, and he constantly kept me informed of Lord Roberts' movements. + +For a few days Lord Roberts remained at Kroonstad, but about the 18th +of May he again began to move his enormous forces. He sent out four +divisions. The first he despatched from Kroonstad to Heilbron; the +second from Lindley to the same destination; the third from Kroonstad to +Vredefort and Parijs, and the fourth from Kroonstad along the railway +line. + +The two Governments had agreed that Commandant General Louis Botha +should cross the Vaal River, and that we Free-Staters should remain +behind in our own country. And this was carried out, with our full +approval. + +The Governments had also decided that even if the English entered the +Transvaal, the Free State commandos were not to follow them. I had long +ago wished that something of this nature should be arranged, so that we +might not only have forces in front of the enemy, but also in their +rear. Thus the orders of the Governments exactly coincided with my +desires. + +Lest any one should think that the Transvaalers and the Free-Staters +separated here on account of a squabble, or because they found that they +could not work harmoniously together, let me state that this decision +was arrived at for purely strategic reasons. We had now been reduced to +a third of the original number of forty-five thousand burghers with +which we had started the campaign. This reduction was due partly to +Cronje's surrender, and partly to the fact that many of our men had +returned to their farms. How, then, could we think of making a stand, +with our tiny forces, against two hundred and forty thousand men, with +three or four hundred guns? All we could do was to make the best of +every little chance we got of hampering the enemy. If fortune should +desert us, it only remained to flee. + +To flee--what could be more bitter than that? Ah! many a time when I was +forced to yield to the enemy, I felt so degraded that I could scarcely +look a child in the face! Did I call myself a man? I asked myself, and +if so, why did I run away? No one can guess the horror which overcame +me when I had to retreat, or to order others to do so--there! I have +poured out my whole soul. If I did fly, it was only because one man +cannot stand against twelve. + +After the Transvaalers had crossed the Vaal River, I took twelve hundred +men to Heilbron, where there was already a party of my burghers. General +Roux with other Free-Staters was stationed east of Senekal, and the +remainder of our forces lay near Lindley. But the commandos from Vrede +and Harrismith, with part of the Bethlehem commando, still remained as +watchers on the Drakensberg. + +When I arrived at Heilbron, late at night, I received a report that +fighting was taking place on the Rhenoster River, between Heilbron and +Lindley, and that General J.B. Wessels and Commandant Steenekamp had +been driven back. But on the following morning, when the outposts came +in, they stated that they had seen nothing of this engagement. I +immediately sent out scouts, but hardly had they gone, before one of +them came galloping back with the news that the enemy had approached +quite close to the town. It was impossible for me to oppose a force of +five or six thousand men on the open plain; and I could not move to +suitable positions, for that would involve having the women and children +behind me when the enemy were bombarding me. I had therefore to be off +without a moment's delay. I had not even time to send my wife and my +children into a place of safety. + +Our whole stock of ammunition was on the rail at Wolvehoek. I had given +orders to Mr. Sarel Wessels, who had charge of the ammunition, to hold +himself in readiness to proceed with it by rail, through the Transvaal, +to Greylingstad as soon as he received orders to do so. + +But now the ammunition could not remain there, as Sir Redvers Buller was +gaining ground day by day towards the veldt on the Natal frontier and +the ammunition would thus be in danger of being taken. Therefore there +was nothing left for me but to get it through by way of Greylingstad +Station. It had to be done, and,--I had no carriages by which I could +convey it, as I had not sufficient hands to take carriages from the +trucks.[41] There was only one way (course) open; the commandos from +Smithfield, Wepener and Bethulie still had, contrary to the Kroonstad +resolution, carriages with them at Frankfort; I hastened to that village +and sent the necessary number of these carriages under a strong escort, +to fetch the ammunition from Greylingstad. + +In order to do this responsible work I required a man whom I could +trust. Captain Danie Theron was no longer with me, because he, being a +Transvaaler, had gone with General Louis Botha. But there was another: +Gideon J. Scheepers.[42] To him I entrusted the task of reconnoitring +the British, so that the carriages which were going to fetch the +ammunition could do in safety what they were required to do, and I knew +that he would do it. + +[Footnote 37: This "granary" lay in the Ladybrand, Ficksburg and +Bethlehem districts, and not only supplied the Free State, but also the +greater part of the Transvaal. If the districts of Wepener, Rouxville, +Bloemfontein, and Thaba'Nchu be included, this "granary" was the source +of a very large yield of corn, and there had been an especially rich +harvest that year. As the men were away on commando, the Kaffirs reaped +the corn under the supervision of the Boer women; and where Kaffirs were +not obtainable the women did the work with their own hands, and were +assisted by their little sons and daughters. The women had provided such +a large supply, that had not the English burnt the corn by the thousand +sacks, the war could have been continued. It was hard indeed for them to +watch the soldiers flinging the corn on the ground before their horses' +hoofs. Still harder was it to see that which had cost them so much +labour thrown into the flames. + +In spite of the fact that the English, in order to destroy our crops, +had let their horses and draught oxen loose upon the land, there was +still an abundant harvest--perhaps the best that we had ever seen. And +so it happened that whilst the men were at the front, the housewives +could feed the horses in the stable. But Lord Roberts, acting on the +advice of unfaithful burghers, laid his hand upon the housewives' work, +and burnt the grain that they had stored.] + +[Footnote 38: This Court was not composed of officers, but consisted of +three persons, one of whom was a lawyer.] + +[Footnote 39: Township.] + +[Footnote 40: Police Agent.] + +[Footnote 41: Railway trucks.] + +[Footnote 42: Everyone will know him, this brave man of pure Afrikander +blood, subsequently a famous Commander, a martyr. I appointed him +Captain of Scouts, and from the moment that he commenced his work I saw +that a _man_ had come forward. It was sad to think in what manner such a +man was deprived of his life. I shall speak more of him later on, for, +as our proverb says, "I had eaten too much salt" to pass over his career +unnoticed] + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +Our Position at the End of May, 1900 + + +Once more it became necessary that the seat of Government should be +changed, and towards the latter part of May our administrative +headquarters were established at a place between Frankfort and Heilbron. +The object of our Government in choosing this position was to be able to +keep up telegraphic communication with the Transvaal. And their choice +was soon to be justified, for after Johannesburg had been taken on May +31st and Pretoria on July 5th, the only telegraphic connexion between +the Free State and the South African Republic was via Frankfort, +Greylingstad and Middlesburg. The terminus, at the Transvaal end, was +situated not far from Pretoria. + +But, for the moment, it looked as if fortune were again going to smile +on us, after our long spell of ill luck. On May the 31st Lindley and its +garrison of Yeomanry fell into the hands of General Piet de Wet. The +Yeomanry lost heavily, and five hundred of them, including, as I was +told, several noblemen, were taken prisoner. These were the last +prisoners of war that we were able to send into the South African +Republic. Soon afterwards, when Pretoria was on the point of falling +into the enemy's hands, the prisoners there had to be sent further east, +but--owing either to the stupidity of the Transvaal Government, or to +the treachery of the guards--a great many of them were left behind for +Lord Roberts to release and re-arm against us. Our burghers grumbled +much at this, and blamed the negligence of the Transvaalers. + +Before we had had time to get the captured Yeomanry through into the +Transvaal, Sir Redvers Buller had forced his way over the Natal +frontier, crossing the Drakensberg between Botha's Pass and Laing's Nek. +This event, which happened on June the 17th, caused yet another panic +among our commandos. + +"We are now," they said, "surrounded on all sides. Resistance and escape +are equally impossible for us." + +Never during the whole course of the war were President Steyn and I so +full of care and anxiety as at this time. With Buller across our +frontier, and the enemy within the walls of Johannesburg and Pretoria, +it was as much as we could do to continue the contest at all. However +brave and determined many of our burghers and officers might be, and, in +fact, were, our numerical weakness was a fact that was not to be got +over, and might prove an insuperable obstacle to our success. Moreover, +the same thing was now going on in the Transvaal after the capture of +Pretoria, as we had witnessed in the Free State after the fall of +Bloemfontein--nearly all the burghers were leaving their commandos and +going back to their farms. Plenty of officers, but no troops! This was +the pass to which we were come. + +It was only the remembrance of how the tide had turned in the Free State +that gave us the strength to hold out any longer. + +President Steyn and I sent telegram after telegram to the Government and +to the chief officers, encouraging them to stand fast. Meanwhile the two +Generals, De la Rey and Louis Botha, were giving us all a splendid +example of fortitude. Gazing into the future unmoved, and facing it as +it were with clenched teeth, they prosecuted the war with invincible +determination. + + * * * * * + +That the reader may the better appreciate the actual condition of our +affairs at this time, I think it well to make a short statement as to +the various districts of the Orange Free State, and the number of men +in each on whom we could still rely! + +The burghers of Philippolis and Kaapstad had surrendered _en masse_ to +the English. In the first named of these districts, only Gordon Fraser +and Norval, in the second only Cornelius du Preez and another, whose +name has escaped my memory, remained loyal to our cause. I mention these +men here, because their faithfulness redounds to their everlasting +honour. + +In the district of Boshof, we could still reckon on Veldtcornet +Badenhorst,[43] and twenty-seven men. + +Jacobsdal was represented by Commandant Pretorius (who had succeeded +Commandant Lubbe, after the latter had been wounded and taken prisoner +at Tabaksberg), and forty men. + +In the district of Fauresmith, Commandant Visser and some seventy men +had remained faithful. + +In Bethulie, Commandant Du Plooij, with nearly a hundred men, were still +in arms. + +Bloemfontein was represented by Commandant Piet Fourie and two hundred +burghers. + +The commandos of Rouxville, Smithfield, Wepener and Ladybrand, fell far +short of their full complement of men, as a great number had remained +behind at home. + +Of the burghers from Winburg, Kroonstad and Heilbron, many had already +laid down their arms, and the drain upon our troops in these districts +was still continuing. + +None of the burghers belonging to the districts of Ficksburg, +Bethlehem,[44] Harrismith and Vrede had yet surrendered--their turn was +to come. + +All told, we were 8,000 burghers. + +After my men had gone northwards, those burghers of Hoopstad, Jacobsdal, +Fauresmith, Philippolis, Bethulie, Smithfield, Rouxville, Wepener, +Bloemfontein and the southern part of Ladybrand, who had laid down their +arms and remained at home between the beginning of March and the end of +May, were left undisturbed by Lord Roberts--so far as their private +liberty was concerned. + + * * * * * + +I was now camped at Frankfort, waiting for the ammunition, which ought +to have already arrived from Greylingstad Station. It was about this +time that the Government decided, on the recommendation of some of the +officers, that the rank of Vechtgeneraal should be abolished. In +consequence of this decision all the officers of that rank resigned. I +did not approve of this course of action, and obtained from the +Government the rank of Assistant Commander-in-Chief. I was thus able to +re-appoint the old Vechtgeneraals, Piet de Wet, C.C. Froneman, Philip +Botha and Paul Roux, and I at once proceeded to do so. + +[Footnote 43: Afterwards Commandant, and, still later, Assistant +Commander-in-Chief.] + +[Footnote 44: At the conclusion of peace it was the Bethlehem commando +which had the greatest number of burghers under arms.] + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +Roodewal + + +The ammunition arrived safely, and towards the end of May I made my way +to a certain hill, some twelve miles from Heilbron, to which we had +given the name of Presidentskopje, and where Commandants Steenekamp and +J.H. Olivier were posted. + +Here I left the greater part of my commandos. But I myself, on the 2nd +of June, set out in the direction of Roodewal Station, taking with me +six hundred burghers, mounted on the best horses that were to be +obtained. I reached the farm of Leeuwfontein the same night, and found +it an excellent place in which to hide my men out of sight of the +Heilbron garrison. The farm stood about nine miles to the south of that +town. + +The following evening we moved on as far as Smithsdrift, which is a +drift on the road from Heilbron to Kroonstad. There again I concealed my +men. + +On the afternoon of the next day, June the 4th, news was brought me that +a convoy was on its way to Heilbron from Rhenoster River. This convoy +encamped that evening at the distance of a mile from the farm of +Zwavelkrans; the spot chosen was about five hundred paces from the +Rhenoster River, and quite unprotected. + +Before sunrise I sent a party of burghers down to the river, some five +hundred paces from where the convoy was encamped, and by daybreak we had +entirely surrounded the enemy. + +No sooner had the sun appeared than I despatched a burgher with a white +flag to the English officer in command. I ordered my messenger to +inform the officer that he was surrounded, that escape was out of the +question, and that if he wished to avoid unnecessary bloodshed, his only +course was to surrender. + +[Illustration: ROODEWAL. + +FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.] + +On hearing this one of their men came to me with the object of demanding +certain conditions. It goes without saying that my answer +was--"Unconditional surrender!" + +He asked for time to communicate this to the officer in command. I +granted this request, and he returned to the convoy. + +We were not left in suspense for long. The white flag was hoisted almost +immediately, and two hundred _Bergschotten_,[45] with fifty-six heavily +laden waggons, fell into our hands. + +Fortunately, all this occurred out of sight of Roodewal Station and +Heilbron, and, as not a single shot had been fired, I had no reason so +far to fear that there was any obstacle in the way of my main +project--the capture of the valuable booty at Roodewal. + +I at once returned with my capture to the spot where we had been the +previous night. General Philip Botha conducted the prisoners and the +booty to the President's camp, returning to our laager on the following +morning. + +On the evening of the 6th of June I started on my road to Roodewal. At +Walfontein I divided my troops into three parties. The first party, +consisting of three hundred men with one Krupp, I despatched under +Commandant Steenekamp to Vredefort Road Station, with orders to attack +it the following day at sunrise. General Froneman, with Commandants Nel +and Du Plooij, were in command of the second party, which consisted of +three hundred burghers, with two Krupps and one quick-firing gun. My +orders were that, at daybreak, they were to attack an English camp which +was lying a mile to the north of the railway station at Rhenoster River, +and close to some brick-coloured ridges. The third party I commanded +myself. It consisted of Commandant Fourie and eighty burghers, with one +Krupp; and with this force I pushed on to Roodewal Station. + +At Doorndraai I left behind me a few waggons, with twenty men to guard +them. I had previously stationed a hundred burghers there, with the +object of keeping in touch with the enemy. + +The information which Captain Scheepers had gained while scouting was +amply sufficient to show me how the land lay. + +Although I had heard that there were not more than fifty of the enemy at +Vredefort Road Station, I had nevertheless sent three hundred burghers +there. This was because I was aware that the main English force lay to +the north of the station, so that these fifty men might be reinforced at +the shortest possible notice. The numbers which General Froneman had to +encounter were much greater, and the enemy held safe positions. But as +General Froneman was himself able to take quite as good positions, I +only gave him the same number of troops as I had assigned to Commandant +Steenekamp. I also gave orders that two guns should proceed with him. + +I was informed that there were only one hundred of the English at +Roodewal, but that these hundred were very securely entrenched. My +information was, however, at fault, for I discovered later on that there +were at least double that number. + +I arrived at Roodewal very early in the morning of the 7th of June. I +brought my men up to within eight hundred paces of the station, and +ordered them to unharness the horses which were attached to the Krupp, +and to place it in position. + +But listen! There is the crack of rifles in the distance! That must be +the sound of the enemy's fire on General Froneman. Again, and yet again, +the sound meets my ears. Then all is quiet once more. + +It was still two hours before the sun would rise, and I took full +advantage of the opportunities which the darkness gave me. I ordered +four of my burghers to approach as close to the station as was possible, +and to find out everything they could about the enemy's position. +Following my directions, they crept with extreme caution towards the +English lines, until only a hundred paces separated them from the +station. They returned before it was light, and brought back word that +unless the enemy had thrown up unusually high _schanzes_, there must be +an untold quantity of provisions piled up there. Everything had been +very quiet, and they had seen no one stirring. + +The day now began to dawn, and as soon as it was light I sent a message +to the enemy demanding their surrender. The answer came back at once. On +the back of my note these words had been written: + +"We refuse to surrender." + +I instantly opened a hot fire upon them, bringing the Krupp as well as +the Mausers into action. But the reply of the enemy was no less severe. + +We had no cover. There was only a shallow _pan_[46]--so shallow that it +scarcely afforded protection to the horses' hoofs! A thousand paces to +the north-west of the railway I had observed a deep _pan_ where the +horses would have had better cover, but even there our men would have +been just as exposed as they now were. I had decided against taking up +my position in this _pan_, because I should have been obliged to cross +the line to reach it, and in doing so should have run the risk of being +observed by the English. + +Thus it was that the burghers were compelled to lie flat down in order +to afford as little mark as possible to the enemy. But the men who +served the Krupp were naturally unable to do this; and, seeing that the +gun must be moved, I gave this order: "Inspan the gun, gallop it three +thousand paces back; then blaze away again as fiercely as you can!" + +Under a hail of bullets the horses were attached to the gun. Whilst +this was being done, I ordered my men to fire upon the English +entrenchments with redoubled energy, and thus, if possible, prevent the +enemy from taking careful aim. + +Incredible though it may appear, Captain Muller got the gun away without +a single man or horse being hit. When he had covered three thousand +paces, he halted, and turning the Krupp on the enemy, he shelled them +with good effect. + +At about ten o'clock, General Froneman succeeded in forcing the English +troops which he had attacked to surrender. I therefore ordered the two +Krupps which he had with him to be brought up with the utmost despatch. +At half-past seven they arrived, and immediately opened fire on the +English. + +When the enemy had been under the fire of three guns and eighty Mausers +for an hour, they thought it best to hoist the white flag. We +accordingly ceased firing, and I rode out towards the station. Before I +had reached it, I was met by two of the officers. They told me that they +were willing to surrender, on condition that they were allowed to retain +their private property and the mail bags, for it appeared that there +were two English mails under their charge. + +I replied that so far as their private belongings were concerned, they +were welcome to keep them, as I never allowed the personal property of +my prisoners to be tampered with in my presence.[47] But I told them +that the letters were a different matter, and that I could not allow +them to reach their destination--unless they were directed to a bonfire! + +There was nothing left for the officers to do, except to agree to my +terms then and there; for had they hesitated even for a moment, I should +certainly have stormed the station. + +But they wisely surrendered. + +On our arrival at the station, we were all filled with wonder at the +splendid entrenchments the English had constructed from bales of cotton, +blankets and post-bags. These entrenchments had been so effectual that +the enemy's loss was only twenty-seven killed and wounded--a remarkably +small number, when it is remembered that we took two hundred of them +prisoners. + +I had expected that our booty would be large, and my expectations were +more than realized. To begin with, there were the bales of clothing that +the English had used as entrenchments. Then there were hundreds of cases +of necessaries of every description. Of ammunition, also, there was no +lack, and amongst it there were projectiles for the Naval guns, with +which Lord Roberts had intended to bombard Pretoria. + +Some of the burghers attempted to lift these gigantic shells, but it +took more than one man to move them. + +I read in the newspapers afterwards that I had inflicted a loss of three +quarters of a million sterling on the English Government--let that give +the extent of my capture. + +But at that moment we did not realize how much harm we had done to them. +We had little time for anything which did not directly forward our +cause. I was, however, very sorry that I could not carry away with me +the blankets and boots which we found in large quantities, for they +would have been most valuable for winter use. But there was no time for +this, as the English held the railway and could at any moment bring up +reinforcements from Bloemfontein, from Kroonstad, or from Pretoria. So, +as I could not take the booty away with me, I was obliged to consign it +to the flames. + +But before I did this I gave the burghers permission to open the +post-bags, and to take what they liked out of them. For in these bags +there were useful articles of every description, such as underclothing, +stockings, cigars and cigarettes. + +Very soon every one was busy with the post-bags--as if each burgher had +been suddenly transformed into a most zealous postmaster! + +Whilst my men were thus pleasantly occupied, two prisoners asked me if I +would not allow them also to open the post-bags, and to investigate +their contents. I told them to take just what they fancied, for +everything that was left would be burnt. + +It was a very amusing sight to see the soldiers thus robbing their own +mail! They had such a large choice that they soon became too dainty to +consider even a plum-pudding worth looking at! + +Although I had ordered my men to wreck the bridges both to the north and +to the south of us, I still did not feel secure--any delay on our part +was fraught with danger, and the sooner we were off the better. + +But before we could start, I had to find some method of removing the +ammunition which I wished to take with me. Since I possessed no waggons +available for this purpose, my only course was to order my burghers to +carry away the quantity required. But my burghers were busily engaged in +looting. + +Those who have had any experience of our commandos will not need to be +told that it was a difficult task to get any men to help me in the work. +I did succeed, however, in dragging a few of the burghers away from the +post-bags. But the spirit of loot was upon them, and I was almost +powerless. Even when I had induced a burgher to work, he was off to the +post-bags again the instant my back was turned, and I had to go and hunt +him up, or else to find some other man to do the work. Yet, in spite of +this, I succeeded in removing the gun and Lee-Metford ammunition. We +carried away some six hundred cases of this ammunition,[48] and hid it +at a spot about three hundred paces from the station. + +When the sun set, the burghers were again on the march. But what a +curious spectacle they presented! + +Each man had loaded his horse so heavily with goods that there was no +room for himself on the saddle; he had, therefore, to walk, and lead his +horse by the bridle. And how could it be otherwise? For the burghers had +come from a shop where no money was demanded, and none paid! + +But the most amusing thing of all was to watch the "Tommies" when I gave +them the order to march. The poor Veldtcornet, who was entrusted with +the task of conducting them to our camp, had his hands full when he +tried to get them away from the booty; and when at last he succeeded, +the soldiers carried such enormous loads, that one could almost fancy +that every man of them was going to open a store. But they could not +carry such burdens for long, and soon they were obliged to diminish +their bulk, thus leaving a trail of parcels to mark the road they had +taken! + +And now it was time for the fire to do its work, and I ordered fifteen +men to set the great heap of booty alight. The flames burst out +everywhere simultaneously--our task was completed. + +In an instant we had mounted our horses and were off. + +When we had covered fifteen hundred paces, we heard the explosion of the +first shells, and wheeled round to view the conflagration. The night was +very dark, and this rendered the sight that met our eyes still more +imposing. It was the most beautiful display of fireworks that I have +ever seen. + +One could hear, between the thunder of the big bombs, the dull report of +exploding cordite. Meanwhile the dark sky was resplendent with the red +glow of the flames. + +I must now give some description of General Froneman's engagement to the +north of Rhenosterriviersbrug.[49] + +The firing we had heard before sunrise came from the English outposts, +as they were retreating to their camp. The burghers and the English had +both seized positions on small hills and in abandoned Kaffir kraals.[50] + +Although the English had very good positions, and out-numbered our men +by two to one, they found it impossible to hold out against our fire. +They had no guns, whilst we possessed, as the reader knows, two Krupps +and a quick-firing gun, which latter had the same effect as a +Maxim-Nordenfeldt. Thus the enemy was forced to surrender; and five +hundred of them were taken prisoner, among whom were Captain Wyndham +Knight and several other officers. Their casualties amounted to the +large total of one hundred and seventy killed and wounded, Colonel +Douglas being one of the killed. + +Commandant Steenekamp had also met with success, for he had captured the +English camp at Vredefortweg Station, and taken thirty prisoners, +without firing a shot. + +Thus we had made eight hundred of the enemy our prisoners, and destroyed +an enormous amount of their ammunition, and this with scarcely any loss +on our side. At Roodewal only two of my men had been wounded, whilst +General Froneman had lost but one killed--a burgher named Myringen--and +two slightly wounded. + +It had been a wonderful day for us--a day not easily forgotten. + +We were deeply thankful for our success. Our only regret was that it had +been impossible for us to keep more of the clothing and ammunition. But +although we had not been able to retain it, neither had the enemy. It +was winter, and we had managed to burn their warm clothing. The English +would certainly feel the want of it; and some time must elapse before +they could receive a fresh supply from Europe. + +Undoubtedly Lord Roberts would be very angry with me; but I consoled +myself with the thought that his anger would soon blow over. I felt sure +that after calm consideration he would acknowledge that I had been +altogether within my rights, and that he had been rather unwise in +heaping together at one place so large a quantity of insufficiently +protected stores. He should have kept his supplies at Kroonstad, or, +better still, at Bloemfontein, until he had reconstructed all the +railway bridges which we had blown up on the line to Pretoria. Lord +Roberts had already begun to trust the Free-Staters too much; and he had +forgotten that, whatever else we may have been thinking about, never for +a single moment had we thought of surrendering our country. + +I received a report the following day that thirty English troops had +been seen eight miles to the west of Roodewal, and moving in the +direction of Kroonstad. I despatched General Froneman with thirty of the +burghers to fetch them in. + +The next day, which was the 9th of June, I went with our prisoners to +within three miles of the railway, and left them there under Veldtcornet +De Vos,[51] ordering him to conduct them the rest of the way. + +It was now my duty to bring away the ammunition which I had left at +Roodewal and to put it into some safe place. With this in view, I sent +the Commandants, when night had fallen, to Roodewal, each with two +waggons, and ordered them to bring it to my farm at Roodepoort, which +was three miles away from the railway bridge over the Rhenoster River. + +There was a ford near my farm with sandy banks; and I told the +Commandants to bury the ammunition in this sand, on the south side of +the river, and to obliterate all traces of what they had done by +crossing and re-crossing the spot with the waggons. I found out +subsequently that the Commandants had left some of the ammunition behind +at Roodewal. + +Before I conclude this chapter I have to record an event which filled me +with disgust. + +Veldtcornet Hans Smith, of Rouxville, contrived to have a conversation +with Captain Wyndham Knight, who, as I have already stated, was one of +our prisoners. The Veldtcornet obtained from him a "free pass" to +Kroonstad through the English lines, and also a written request to the +British authorities there to allow him and twenty burghers to proceed +without hindrance to Rouxville. Alas! that any Free State officer should +be capable of such conduct! + +Captain Wyndham Knight will be held in high esteem by all who truly +serve their country, for he was a man who never deserted the cause of +his fatherland, no matter what dangers he encountered. + +Veldtcornet Hans Smith with his twenty burghers decamped on the night of +the 10th of June, but some days had passed before I discovered the mean +trick he had played. + +It was far easier to fight against the great English army than against +this treachery among my own people, and an iron will was required to +fight against both at once. But, even though one possessed an iron will, +such events caused many bitter moments; they were trials which, as an +African proverb[52] says, no single man's back was broad enough to +carry. + +[Footnote 45: Highlanders.] + +[Footnote 46: A pond which only contains water during "the rains."] + +[Footnote 47: The _Uitschudden_ (stripping) of the enemy had not become +necessary at that date. I can say for myself that when, at a later +period, it came into practice, I never witnessed it with any +satisfaction. Yet what could the burghers do but help themselves to the +prisoners' clothing, when England had put a stop to our imports, and cut +off all our supplies?] + +[Footnote 48: At this time the burghers were beginning to use the rifles +which they had taken from the enemy.] + +[Footnote 49: Rhenoster River bridge.] + +[Footnote 50: These dated back to the time of Moselekatze (Umzilygazi).] + +[Footnote 51: He was afterwards appointed Commandant.] + +[Footnote 52: Literally the proverb runs as follows: "There are some +trials which will not sit in one man's clothes."] + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +I Make Lord Kitchener's Acquaintance + + +On the morning of June the 10th my anticipations were realized by the +approach of a large English force from Vredefortweg and Heilbron. +Commanded by Lord Kitchener, and numbering, as I estimated, from twelve +to fifteen thousand men, this force was intended to drive us from the +railway line. + +I gave orders that the few waggons which we had with us should proceed +in the direction of Kroonstad, to the west of the line; once out of +sight, they were to turn sharply to the west, and continue in that +direction. This manoeuvre, I hoped, would serve to mislead the enemy, +who was on the look-out for us. + +So much for the waggons. For the rest, I felt that it would never do for +us to withdraw without having fired a shot, and I therefore got my men +into position on some kopjes (where Captain Wyndham Knight had been four +days previously, and which lay to the north of Rhenosterriviersbrug) on +my farm Roodepoort, and on the Honingkopjes. + +The English, with their well known predilection for a flank attack on +every possible opportunity, halted for an hour, and shelled our +positions with Lyddite and other guns. This did _not_ have the desired +effect of inspiring terror in the burghers who were under my command at +Honingkopjes. + +Then the enemy began to move. I saw masses of their cavalry making for a +piece of rising ground to the north of Roodepoort. As the burghers there +were hidden from me, I was unable to observe from where I stood the +effect of this flank movement. Knowing that if they were able to give +way and to retreat along the river we should have no means of +discovering the fact until it was too late and we were surrounded, I +came to the conclusion that it was essential for me to go to Roodepoort +to assure myself that the cavalry had not yet got round. But it was most +important that no suspicion of the danger which threatened us should be +aroused in the burghers--anything calculated to weaken their resistance +was to be avoided on such an occasion. Accordingly I merely told them +that I was going to see how affairs were progressing at Roodepoort, and +that in the meantime they must hold their position. + +I rode off, and discovered that the English were already so close to our +troops at Roodepoort that fighting with small arms had begun. I had just +reached an eminence between Roodepoort and the Honingkopjes when I saw +that the burghers in the position furthest towards the north-west were +beginning to flee. This was exactly what I had feared would happen. +Immediately afterwards the men in the centre position, and therefore the +nearest to me, followed their comrades' example. I watched them +loosening their horses, which had been tethered behind a little hill; +they were wild to get away from the guns of the English and from the +advance of this mighty force. + +It was impossible for me now to go and tell the burghers on the +Honingkopjes that the time had come when they too must retreat. My only +course was to order the men near me not to effect their escape along the +well protected banks of the river, but to the south, right across the +stream, by a route which would be visible to burghers on the +Honingkopjes. They obeyed my orders, and rode out under a heavy gun and +rifle fire, without, however, losing a single man. The men on the +Honingkopjes saw them in flight, and were thus able to leave their +position before the enemy had a chance of driving them into the river or +of cutting them off from the drift. + +Unfortunately, seven burghers from Heilbron were at a short distance +from the others, having taken up their position in a _kliphok_.[53] +Fighting hard as they were, under a deafening gun-fire from the enemy, +who had approached to within a few paces of them, they did not observe +that their comrades had left their positions. Shortly afterwards, +despairing of holding the _kliphok_ any longer, they ran down to the +foot of the hill for their horses, and saw that the rest of the burghers +were already fleeing some eight or nine hundred paces in front of them, +and that their own horses had joined in the flight. There was now only +one course open to them--to surrender to the English.[54] + +I ordered the burghers to retreat in the direction of Kroonstad, for by +now they had all fled from Roodepoort and Honingkopjes--a name which, +since that day, has never sounded very _sweet_ to me.[55] + +During the morning I received a report informing me that there were +large stores at Kroonstad belonging to the English Commissariat, and +that there was only a handful of troops to protect them. I had no +thought, however, of attempting to destroy the provisions there, for I +felt sure that the British troops, who had but just now put us to +flight, would make for Kroonstad. They would know that the stores stood +in need of a stronger guard, and moreover they would naturally think +that we should be very likely to make an attack at a point where the +defence was so weak. + +Obviously, under these circumstances, it would never do for us to go to +Kroonstad. + +Accordingly, as soon as darkness came on, I turned suddenly to the west, +and arrived at Wonderheuve late at night. I found there Veldtcornet De +Vos with the prisoners of war. + +Meanwhile, as I had anticipated, the vast English army marched up along +thirty-four miles of railway to Kroonstad. Lord Kitchener, as I heard +later on, arrived there shortly after noon on the following day. + +We left Wonderheuve early in the morning, and advanced along Rietspruit +until we reached the farm of Vaalbank, where we remained until the +evening of the next day, June the 13th. That night I saw clearly that it +was necessary for us to cross the line if we wanted to keep ourselves +and our prisoners out of the clutches of Lord Kitchener; he had failed +to find us at Kroonstad, and would be certain to look for us in the +country to the west of the line. + +I also felt myself bound to wreck this line, for it was the only railway +which Lord Roberts could now utilize for forwarding the enormous +quantities of stores which his vast forces required.[56] I resolved +therefore to cross it at Leeuwspruit, north of Rhenoster River bridge +(which the English had recently repaired), and then, in the morning, to +attack the English garrisons which had again occupied Roodewal and +Rhenoster River bridge. + +I had given orders that all the cattle along the railway line should be +removed; General Louis Botha had made the same regulation in regard to +the country round Pretoria and Johannesburg. If only our orders had been +carried out a little more strictly, and if only the most elementary +rules of strategy had been observed in our efforts to break the English +lines of communication, Lord Roberts and his thousands of troops in +Pretoria would have found themselves in the same plight as the +Samaritans in Samaria--they would have perished of hunger. It was not +their Commander-in-Chief's skill that saved them, not his habit of +taking into account all possible eventualities--no, they had to thank +the disobedience of our burghers for the fact that they were not all +starved to death in Pretoria. + +I arranged with General Froneman that he should cross the line at the +point I had already selected, that is to say, north of Rhenoster River +bridge, and that in the morning he should attack, from the eastern side, +the English who were posted at Leeuwspruit Bridge. I, in the meanwhile, +would make my way with a Krupp to the west side of the line, and having +found a place of concealment near Roodepoort, would be ready to fall +upon the English as soon as I heard that the other party had opened fire +on them from the east. + +But my plan was to come to nothing. For when, during the night, Froneman +reached the line, a skirmish took place then and there with the English +outposts at Leeuwspruit railway bridge. At the same time a train arrived +from the south, on which the burghers opened such a fierce fire that it +was speedily brought to a standstill. General Froneman at once gave +orders to storm the train, but his men did not carry out his orders. + +_Had they done so, Lord Kitchener would have fallen into our hands!_ + +Nobody knew that he was in the train, and it was only later that we +heard how, when the train stopped, he got a horse out of one of the +waggons, mounted it, and disappeared into the darkness of the night. + +Shortly afterwards the train moved on again, and our great opportunity +was gone! + +General Froneman succeeded in overpowering the garrison at the railway +bridge, and took fifty-eight prisoners. He then set fire to the bridge, +which was a temporary wooden structure, having been built to replace +another similar one, which had been blown up with gunpowder. + +Three hundred Kaffirs were also made prisoners on this occasion. They +protested that they had no arms, and had only been employed in work upon +the railway line. This absence of rifles was their saving. Possibly they +had really been in possession of arms, and had thrown them away under +cover of the darkness; but the burghers could not know this, and +therefore acted upon the principle that it is better to let ten culprits +escape than to condemn an innocent man to death. + +General Froneman went on towards the east of Doorndraai. He was very +well satisfied with his bridge-burning and his capture of prisoners, and +in his satisfaction he never gave thought to me. + +I waited in my hiding-place, expecting that, as we had agreed, the +firing would begin from the east, but nothing happened. I did not care +to make an attack on my own account from the west, for my positions were +not practicable for the purpose, and being short of men, I feared that +such an attempt might end in disaster. + +It was now ten o'clock. + +A few English scouts appeared on the scene, and four of my men attacked +them. One of the enemy was shot, and the rest taken prisoners. And still +I did not hear anything from General Froneman. + +At last I came to the conclusion that he must have misunderstood my +instructions. If that were the case, I must do the best I could myself. +Accordingly I opened fire on the English with my Krupp. + +Still no news of General Froneman! + +Then I ordered my burghers to advance. Our first movement was over the +nearest rise to the north-west; we halted for a moment, and then made a +dash for Leeuwspruit Bridge--but we found nothing there. + +Late in the evening I met General Froneman, and heard from him the +narrative which I have given above. + +The following day I sent well on to twelve hundred prisoners of +war--including Kaffirs--to the President's camp, which lay east of +Heilbron. We then advanced to a point on the Rhenoster River, near +Slootkraal, remaining in concealment there until the night of the 16th +of June. The following morning we occupied some ridges at Elandslaagte, +on the look-out for a large English force which was marching from +Vredefortweg to Heilbron. + +My intention was to give them battle at Elandslaagte, and to hold on to +our positions there as long as possible; and then, if we could not beat +them off, to retire. If only the burghers had carried out my orders +strictly, we should certainly have inflicted heavy losses on the +English, even if we had not won a complete victory. + +The English had not sent out their scouts sufficiently far in advance, +and came riding on, suspecting nothing. We occupied positions on the +right and left of the road along which they were advancing, and my +orders were that the burghers should let the troops get right between +our ridges, which were about three hundred paces from each other, and +then fire on them from both sides at once. + +Instead of doing this, however, the burghers began to fire when the +English were five hundred paces from them--before, that is to say, they +had got anywhere near the door of the trap which I had set for them. + +The enemy wheeled round, and galloped back for about fifteen hundred +paces. They then dismounted, and fired on us. But, having no sort of +cover, they were soon compelled to mount their horses again and retire +to their guns, which were about three thousand yards from us. These guns +now opened a heavy fire upon our ridges; we replied with our three +Krupps, with which we made such good practice that we might have been +able to hold out there indefinitely, had not a Lyddite and an Armstrong +gun happened just then to arrive from Heilbron, which lay about ten +miles behind us. Thus attacked both in front and rear, there was nothing +to do but retire. Fortunately, we had not lost a single man. + +First we rode in a southerly direction, but as soon as we got into cover +we struck off to the east, setting our faces towards Heilbron. + +Then, to our immense relief, the sun went down. How often during our +long struggle for independence had not the setting of the sun seemed to +lift a leaden weight from my shoulders! If, on a few occasions, the +approach of night has been to our disadvantage, yet over and over again +it has been nothing less than our salvation. + +We got back safely, under cover of the darkness, to our little camp near +Slootkraal, and there remained in hiding until the following day. It was +there that Commandant Nel handed in his resignation. In his place the +burghers of Kroonstad chose Mr. Frans Van Aard as their Commandant. + +That night we set out for Paardenkraal, twenty miles to the north-east +of Kroonstad, staying there until the evening of the 19th. + +The time for my attack on the railway line having now come, I divided my +men into three parties for that purpose. I sent on Commandant J.H. +Olivier, who had joined me at Paardenkraal, to Honingspruit Station, +General Froneman to America Siding, while I myself made my way to +Serfontein Siding. + +At daybreak General Froneman wrecked the line near America Siding, and I +did the same at other places, also destroying the telegraph poles. Each +pole was first shot through with the Mauser, and then pulled until it +snapped at the point where the bullet had pierced it. + +Things did not go so well with Commandant Olivier. He attacked the +station, but, unfortunately, not so early as had been arranged. +Consequently he was not able to bring his gun into action before the +enemy had observed him. When I came up to him there was a strong English +reinforcement from Kroonstad close at hand. We had too few men with us +to be able to offer resistance, and had to retreat, returning to +Paardenkraal at nightfall. + +[Footnote 53: I.e. the ruins of Kaffir stone huts, built in the time of +Moselekatze.] + +[Footnote 54: Among these seven burghers were Willie Steyn, Attie Van +Niekerk, and a certain young Botha. It was Steyn and Botha, with two men +of the name of Steytler, and two other Free-Staters whose names I have +forgotten, who managed to escape from the ship that lay anchored in the +harbour of Ceylon. They swam a distance of several miles to a Russian +ship, by which they were carried to one of the Russian ports, where they +received every hospitality. I shall always be grateful to the Russians +for this. They then travelled through Germany into Holland, being +subsequently conveyed in a German ship to German West Africa. Thence +they made their way through Boesmansland to Cape Colony, and, after many +adventures, joined General Hermanus Maritz's commando. Botha, +unfortunately, was killed in a skirmish some time later. What will the +world say of these young burghers? Surely, that more valiant and +faithful men than they have never lived. I regret that I do not remember +the names of all Willie Steyn's comrades. I travelled with him by train +from the Free State to Cape Town, where I had to join General Louis +Botha and J.H. De la Rey, so as to accompany them to Europe on my +nation's behalf. He promised then to give me all the particulars of his +escape, but I suppose there has been some obstacle in the way.] + +[Footnote 55: The word _honing_ means honey.] + +[Footnote 56: At that time the Natal and Delagoa Bay railways were still +in our possession.] + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +Bethlehem is Captured by the English + + +It was at this time that I decided to make my way to Lindley, which had +been retaken by the English a few days after General Piet de Wet had +captured the Yeomanry in that town. The object of my journey was to +discover if it were not possible to again seize the place. On the 21st +of June I covered half the distance to Lindley, and the following day I +arrived within ten miles of the town. + +I rode round the town with Piet de Wet the next day, in order to find +out our best method of attacking it. + +Commandant Olivier had been sent by me that morning in the direction of +Kroonstad to oppose a strong English column, which I had been informed +was approaching. But my plan must have leaked out in some way or other, +for the enemy carefully chose so well protected a route that they gave +Commandant Olivier no chance of attacking them. Thus the following +morning the English arrived safely at Lindley, and now there was no +possibility of capturing the town. + +In the meantime President Steyn's laager had moved from the east of +Heilbron and joined us. He himself, with the members of the Government, +had gone to Bethlehem. General Marthinus Prinsloo was there too; he had +resigned his post of Commander-in-Chief of the commandos which guarded +the Drakensberg. Commandant Hattingh of Vrede had been chosen in his +place, and he also was at Bethlehem. + +A difficulty now arose as to Prinsloo's position. The President +declared that Prinsloo was nothing more than a private burgher; but +Commandant Olivier was not satisfied with this, and asked that there +might be an election of a Commander-in-Chief. This request, however, the +President refused to grant. + +I did not wish the office of Commander-in-Chief to devolve upon myself, +for I knew that I did not possess the confidence of the officers. And as +some eight miles to the east of Lindley there was telegraphic +communication with Bethlehem, I was able to hold a conversation with the +President over the wires. I accordingly again asked him to permit an +election. But it was all in vain; the President declined to allow an +election to take place. + +I now took matters into my own hands. I collected the officers together +with the object of holding a secret election. Thus I should discover +what their opinion of me might be as chief of the Free State forces. I +was firmly resolved that should the majority of the officers be against +me, and the President should still refuse his consent to an election, +that I would send in my resignation, and no longer continue to hold the +post of Commander-in-Chief. + +Commander-in-Chief Hattingh, Vechtgeneraal Roux, and all the oldest +commandants of the Free State, were present at this meeting. The voting +was by ballot; and the result was that there were two votes for General +Marthinus Prinsloo, one for General Piet de Wet, and twenty-seven for +myself. + +I at once wired to the President, and told him what had occurred. He was +ready to abide by the decision, and I was satisfied now that I knew +exactly where I stood. Mr. Marthinus Prinsloo was also contented with +the turn events had taken. And I must say this of him, that it was not +he who had insisted on an election. + +It soon became apparent that the enemy's object was the capture of +Bethlehem. The English forces round Senekal advanced towards Lindley, +and having been joined by the troops stationed there, had proceeded in +the direction of Bethlehem; consequently a very large British force was +marching on that town. + +We on our part now numbered over five thousand men, for General Roux had +joined us with some[57] of his burghers. + +The English were unopposed until they reached Elandsfontein, but there a +battle took place in which big guns played the main role, although there +was also some heavy fighting with small arms. + +In this engagement Commandant Michal Prinsloo did a brave deed. I +arrived at his position just after the burghers had succeeded in +shooting down the men who served three of the enemy's guns. With a +hundred men he now stormed the guns, hoping to be able to bring them +back with him to our lines. Whilst he charged, I cannonaded the enemy, +with a Krupp and fifteen pound Armstrong, to such good effect that they +were forced to retreat behind a ridge. In this way Commandant Prinsloo +reached the guns safely, but he had no horses with him to drag them back +to us. He could do nothing but make the attempt to get them away by the +help of his burghers, and this he tried to accomplish under a fierce +fire from the English. But he would still have succeeded in the +endeavour, had not unfortunately a large force of the enemy appeared on +the scene, and attacked him and his hundred burghers. I was unable to +keep the English back, for both my guns had been disabled. The nipple of +the Armstrong had been blown away, and--for the first time--the lock of +the Krupp had become jammed. Had it not been for this mishap, Commandant +Prinsloo would certainly have been able to remove the guns to the other +side of a ridge, whither teams of our horses were already approaching. +But, as it was, he had to hurry away as fast as possible, and leave the +guns behind. + +When the enemy arrived they had outflanked us so far to the north, that +we had nothing open to us but again to abandon our positions. We +therefore retired to Blauwkop, and on the following day to Bethlehem. + +In the meantime I had once more become encumbered with a large waggon +camp, which proved a source of great danger. During the last few weeks +waggons had been accumulating round me without attracting my attention. +The reason that the burghers were so anxious to bring their waggons with +them, was to be found in the fact that the English, whenever they +arrived at one of our farms, always took the waggons and oxen. The Boers +felt it very hard to be robbed in this way of their property; and they +hoped to be able to save their waggons and carts by taking them to the +commando. + +It was natural for them to wish to save all they could; but I was +convinced that the waggons could only be saved at the expense of our +great cause. But nobody could see it in that light. And as I could only +appeal to the free will of my burghers, I dare not attempt to get rid of +the waggons by force. If I had made any such attempt, serious +consequences would certainly have followed, even if a revolt had not +ensued. The great fault of the burghers was disobedience, and this came +especially to the fore when their possessions were in jeopardy. + +I now made up my mind to defend the town of Bethlehem. The following +morning I went with the Generals and Commandants to reconnoitre the +country, so that I might be able to point out to each of them the +position that I wished him to occupy. + +Our line of defence began at the south of Wolhuterskop (a kop to the +south-west of Bethlehem), and extended from there to the north-west of +the town. + +When I had given my instructions to the officers, they returned to +their commandos, which were stationed behind the first ridges to the +south of Bethlehem, and brought them to the positions I had assigned to +them. + +So many of the horses were exhausted, that a large number of the +burghers had to go on foot. Such of these _Voetgangers_[58] as were not +required to attend to the waggons, I placed at Wolhuterskop. + +When I had done this I gave notice to the inhabitants of Bethlehem, that +as the dorp would be defended, I must insist on the women and children +leaving it at once. It was not long before a number of women and +children, and even a few men, started out on their way to Fouriesburg. +The prisoner Vilonel, also, was conducted to this town. + +At four o'clock that afternoon the advance guards of the enemy +approached; and fifteen of their scouts made their appearance on the +ridge to the north of the town. The burghers reserved their fire until +these men were almost upon them. Then they let their Mausers speak, and +in a moment there were nine riderless horses. The other six English made +their escape, although they must have had wounds to show for their +rashness.[59] + +Only a few moments had passed before the roar of guns was mingled with +the crack of rifles, and the whole air was filled with the thunder of +battle. + +Everywhere the burghers fought with the utmost valour; the _Voetgangers_ +on Wolhuterskop were perhaps the bravest of them all. Whenever the enemy +approached our positions, they were met by a torrent of bullets. And +thus the day came to a close. + +But the next day a large force of English appeared from the direction of +Reitz. This had come from the Transvaal, and, if I remember rightly, was +commanded by General Sir Hector Macdonald. He had come up and joined +Generals Clements, Hunter, Broadwood and Paget, with the object of once +and for all making an end of the Free-Staters. + +Our positions were now exposed to a most terrific bombardment, but +fortunately without any serious consequences. I must describe here the +fearful havoc that one lyddite shell wrought. It fell into the position +held by Commandant Steenekamp, to the north-west of Bethlehem, and +struck a rock behind which twenty-five of our horses were standing. +Without a single exception every horse was killed! + +The attack was pressed with the greatest vigour on the positions held by +Commandants Van Aard and Piet Fourie. It became impossible for these +officers to maintain their ground; and, at about twelve o'clock, before +I was able to send them any reinforcements, they were compelled to give +way. + +Thus retreat became inevitable, and the enemy entered Bethlehem. + +One of our guns we were unable to remove; but before we withdrew it was +thrown down the _krans_[60] of the mountain, and broken to pieces. + +I knew at the time the number the English had lost, but now it had +slipped my memory. I obtained the information from a man named Bland, +who acted as our telegraphist. He had tapped the telegraph wire at +Zwingkrans, and before General Clements had detected that he was not +communicating with Senekal, he had received from that General a full +list of the English killed and wounded. + +We withdrew our commandos in a southerly direction to Retiefsnek, +whither President Steyn and the Government had already preceded us. + +[Footnote 57: He had left the remainder of his burghers at Witnek and at +Houtnek, near Ficksburg.] + +[Footnote 58: Infantry.] + +[Footnote 59: As I have already stated, I intend to write on another +occasion a book dealing with the art of scouting; and the above incident +will there form a striking proof of how foolishly the English scouts did +their work.] + +[Footnote 60: Precipice.] + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +The Surrender of Prinsloo + + +The English, now that they had taken Bethlehem, were in need of rest; +and this was especially the case with General Macdonald, who had come up +by forced marches from the far-off Transvaal. A short breathing space +was also a great benefit to us, for we had many preparations to make in +view of probable events in the near future. I did not deceive myself as +to the meaning of the present situation; now that all of us, except two +small parties at Commandonek and Witnek, had retreated behind the lofty +Roodebergen, I could see that, in all probability, we must before long +be annihilated by the immense forces of the enemy. + +The Roodebergen, which now separated us from the English, is a vast +chain of mountains, extending from the Caledon River on the Basuto +frontier to Slabbertsnek, then stretching away to Witzeshoek, where it +again touches Basutoland. The passes over this wild mountain range are +Commandonek, Witnek, Slabbertsnek, Retiefsnek, Naauwpoort and +Witzeshoek. These are almost the only places where the mountains can be +crossed by vehicles or horses; and, moreover, there are long stretches +where they are impassable even to pedestrians. + +It is plain enough, therefore, that nothing would have pleased the +English more than for us to have remained behind the Roodebergen. If +those Free-Staters--they must have been thinking--try to make a stand +there, it will be the last stand they will ever make. + +And the English would have been quite right in their anticipations. To +have stayed where we then were would, without doubt, have been the end +of us. Therefore, when the proposal was made that we should take +positions in the mountains, I opposed it as emphatically as I could, +alleging incontrovertible arguments against it. It was then decided that +all our forces, with the exception of a small watch, should issue forth +from behind the mountains. + +We also arranged to divide the whole of the commandos[61] we had with us +into three parts:-- + +I was in supreme command of the first division, which was to march under +the orders of General Botha. It consisted of burghers from Heilbron, +under Commandant Steenekamp, and of Kroonstad men, under Commandant Van +Aard. Besides these, there were also five hundred men from Bethlehem, +under Commandant Michal Prinsloo; the burghers from Boshof, under +Veldtcornet Badenhorst; a small number of Colonials from Griqualand, +under Vice-Commandant Van Zyl; and some Potchefstroom burghers, who +happened to be with us. Further, I took with me, for scouting purposes, +Danie Theron and his corps of eighty men, recruited from almost every +nation on the face of the earth; Captain Scheepers and his men also +served me in the same capacity. + +The Government and its officials were placed under my protection; +and I was to set out, on July the 15th, in the direction of +Kroonstad-Heilbron. + +The second division was entrusted to Assistant Commander-in-Chief Paul +Roux, with P.J. Fourie and C.C. Froneman as Vechtgeneraals. It was +composed of burghers from Fauresmith, under Commandant Visser; from +Bloemfontein, under Commandant Du Plooij; from Wepener, under Commandant +Roux; from Smithfield, under Commandant Potgieter; from Thaba'Nchu, +under Commandant J.H. Olivier; from Jacobsdal, under Commandant H. +Pretorius; and of the Deetje Bloemfontein commando, under Commandant +Kolbe. + +This force was to wait until the day after my departure, that is, until +the 16th, and then proceed in the evening in the direction of +Bloemfontein. From the capital it was to go south, and during its +advance it was to bring back to the commandos all those burghers in the +southern districts who had remained behind. + +General Crowther was given the command over the third division, which +consisted of the burghers from Ficksburg, under Commandant P. De +Villiers; from Ladybrand, under Commandant Ferreira; from Winburg, under +Commandant Sarel Harebroek; and from Senekal, under Commandant Van der +Merve. + +This division was to start on the 16th, and marching to the north of +Bethlehem, was to continue advancing in that direction until it fell in +with the commandos from Harrismith and Vrede under Commander-in-Chief +Hattingh. It would then operate, under his directions, in the +north-eastern districts. + +The remainder of Commandant Michal Prinsloo's Bethlehem men--that is to +say, the burghers of Wittebergen--were to stay behind as a watch, and to +take orders from Mr. Marthinus Prinsloo. This watch was divided into +three sections: the first to occupy a position at Slabbertsnek, the +second at Retiefsnek, and the third at Naauwpoort. They were forbidden +to use waggons; thus if the enemy should appear in overwhelming numbers, +it would always be possible for them to escape across the mountains. + +My reason for selecting these men in preference to others, was that they +belonged to the district, and thus were well acquainted with every foot +of this rough and difficult country. Their duties were simply to protect +the large numbers of cattle which we had driven on to the mountains, and +I anticipated that there would be no difficulty about this, for now that +all our commandos had left those parts, the English would not think it +worth while to send a large force against a mere handful of watchers. + +Thus everything was settled, and on the 15th of July I set out through +Slabbertsnek, expecting that the other generals would follow me, +conformably to my orders and the known wishes of the Government. + +But what really happened? + +Immediately after my departure, some of the officers, displeased that +Assistant Commander-in-Chief Roux should have been entrusted with the +command, expressed the wish that another meeting should be held and a +new Assistant Commander-in-Chief elected. This would have been +absolutely illegal, for the Volksraad had decreed that the President +should be empowered to alter all the commando-laws. But even then, all +would have gone well if Roux had only stood firm. Unfortunately, +however, he yielded, and on July the 17th a meeting was called together +at which Mr. Marthinus Prinsloo was chosen Assistant Commander-in-Chief. +He had a bare majority even at the actual meeting, and several officers, +who had been unable to be present, had still to record their votes. + +Not only, therefore, had Prinsloo been elected irregularly, but his +election, such as it was, could only be considered as provisional. +Nevertheless, for the moment, power was in his hands. How did he use it? + +He surrendered unconditionally to the English. + +On the 17th and 18th of July the enemy had broken through at +Slabbertsnek and Retiefsnek, causing the greatest confusion among our +forces. + +Many of the officers and burghers were for an immediate surrender, as +appears from the fact that the same assembly which, in defiance of the +law, elected Mr. Prinsloo as Commander-in-Chief, also decided, by +seventeen votes to thirteen, to give up their forces to the enemy. But +this decision was at once rescinded--an act of policy on the part of the +officers--and it was agreed to ask for an armistice of six days, to +enable them to take counsel with the Government. + +A more senseless course of action could hardly be imagined. The Boer +Army, as anybody could see, was in a very tight place. Did its officers +think that the English would be so foolish as to grant an armistice at +such a time as this--when all that the burghers wanted was a few days in +which to effect their escape? Either the officers were remarkably +short-sighted, or ... something worse. + +It was still possible for the commandos to retire in the direction of +Oldenburg or of Witzeshoek. But instead of getting this done with all +speed, Mr. Prinsloo began a correspondence with General Hunter about +this ridiculous armistice, which the English general of course refused +to grant. + +It was on July the 29th, 1900, that Prinsloo, with all the burghers on +the mountains, surrendered unconditionally to the enemy. + +The circumstances of this surrender were so suspicious, that it is hard +to acquit the man who was responsible for it of a definite act of +treachery; and the case against him is all the more grave from the fact +that Vilonel, who was at that time serving a term of imprisonment for +high treason, had a share in the transaction. + +Prinsloo's surrender included General Crowther, Commandants Paul De +Villiers, Ferreira, Joubert, Du Plooij, Potgieter, Crowther, Van der +Merve, and Roux; and about three thousand men. + +The most melancholy circumstance about the whole affair was that, when +the surrender was made, some of the burghers had reached the farm of +Salamon Raath, and were thus as good as free, and yet had to ride back, +and to go with the others to lay down their arms. + +As to Roux, the deposed Commander-in-Chief, there is a word to be added. +I had always heard that he was a very cautious man, and yet on this +occasion he acted like a child, going _in person_ to General Hunter's +camp to protest against the surrender, on the ground that it was he +(Roux), and not Prinsloo, that was Commander-in-Chief. One can hardly +believe that he really thought it possible thus to nullify Prinsloo's +act. But he certainly behaved as if he did, and his ingenuous conduct +must have afforded much amusement to the English general. + +If any one is in doubt as to what was the result of General Roux's +absurd escapade, I have only to say that the English had one prisoner +the more! + +Those who escaped were but few. Of all our large forces, there were only +Generals Froneman, Fourie and De Villiers (of Harrismith); Commandants +Hasebroek, Olivier, Visser, Kolbe, and a few others; a small number of +burghers, and six or seven guns, that did not fall into the hands of the +English. + +What, then, is to be our judgment on this act of Prinsloo and of the +other chief officers in command of our forces behind the Roodebergen? + +That it was nothing short of an act of murder, committed on the +Government, the country, and the nation, to surrender three thousand men +in such a way. Even the burghers themselves cannot be held to have been +altogether without guilt, though they can justly plead that they were +only obeying orders. + +The sequel to Prinsloo's surrender was on a par with it. A large number +of burghers from Harrismith and a small part of the Vrede commando, +although they had already made good their escape, rode quietly from +their farms into Harrismith, and there surrendered to General Sir Hector +Macdonald.--One could gnash one's teeth to think that a nation should so +readily rush to its own ruin! + +[Footnote 61: The Harrismith and Vrede commandos had also received +orders to join us.] + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +I am Driven into the Transvaal + + +As I have already stated, I led my commando, on the 15th of July, +through Slabbertsnek, out of the mountain district. My force amounted to +the total of two thousand six hundred burghers. The Government travelled +with us, and also alas! four hundred waggons and carts. Whatever I did, +it seemed as if I could not get rid of the waggons! + +That night we reached a farm six miles to the east of Kaffirs Kop; +during our march we passed a column of the enemy that had left Bethlehem +in the afternoon. + +On the following day I came into contact with some English troops, who +were marching in the direction of Witnek. They sent out a body of +cavalry to ascertain what our plans might be. It was very annoying to me +that they should thus discover our whereabouts, because it made it +impossible to carry out my intention of attacking one or other of the +English forces. + +However, nothing was done that day, as neither we nor the enemy took up +the offensive. + +In the evening we pushed on to the east of Lindley, and the following +day remained at the spot we had reached. The next evening we marched to +the farm of Riversdale; and the night of the 18th found us on the farm +of Mr. Thomas Naude, to the north-west of Lindley. We discovered that +the English had all left this village and gone to Bethlehem. My scouts +reported to me, the following day, that an English force, some four +hundred men strong, was approaching Lindley. Need I say that these men +had to be captured? With five hundred burghers and two guns I went out +to do this. When I was only a short distance from my camp, I received a +report that a large force of cavalry, numbering seven or eight thousand +men, had arrived on the scene from Bethlehem. This compelled me to +abandon the idea of capturing those four hundred men, and, instead, to +try to escape in a westerly direction from this large body of mounted +troops. + +That evening we reached the farm of Mr. C. Wessels, at Rivierplaats. The +next day we were forced to move on, for the mounted troops were coming +nearer to us. They marched, however, somewhat more to the right in the +direction of Roodewal; whereas I went towards Honingspruit, and halted +for the night at the farm of Paardenkraal. + +On the following morning, the 20th of July, I let the commando go on, +whilst I stayed behind to reconnoitre from a neighbouring kop. The +President, and also some members of the Government, remained with me. We +had the opportunity of accepting the invitation of Mr. C. Wessels to +take breakfast at his house. It was there that General Piet de Wet came +to me and asked if I still saw any chance of being able to continue the +struggle? + +The question made me very angry, and I did not try to hide the fact. + +"Are you mad?"[62] I shouted, and with that I turned on my heel and +entered the house, quite unaware that Piet de Wet had that very moment +mounted his horse, and ridden away to follow his own course. + +After breakfast we climbed the kop; and when we had made our observation +we followed after the laager. On reaching the commando, I gave orders to +outspan at twelve o'clock. + +While this was being done I heard from my sons that Piet de Wet had +told them that we should all be captured that night near the railway +line. He had not known that it was my intention to cross the railway +that night, but he had guessed as much from the direction I let my +commando take. + +At two o'clock I received a report that two divisions of English troops +were drawing near. One division was six miles to the left, and the other +eight miles to the right of the road along which we had come. + +I gave orders immediately that the laager should break up. What an +indescribable burden this camp, with four hundred and sixty waggons and +carts, was to me! What a demoralizing effect it had upon the burghers! +My patience was sorely tried. Not only were we prevented from moving +rapidly by these hampering waggons, but also, should we have to fight, a +number of the burghers would be required to look after them, and so be +unable to fire a shot. + +We marched to the farm of Mr. Hendrik Serfontein, on Doornspruit, and +whilst I was there, waiting for darkness, some burghers, who were not my +scouts, brought a report that there were English camps both at +Honingspruit and at Kaallaagte. + +This alarmed the President and the members of the Government, because, +should this report prove true, we should be unable to cross the railway +line without hard fighting, and besides there would be a considerable +risk of being taken prisoner. + +For myself, I did not pay any attention to these burghers. I relied on +my own scouts, and I waited for their reports. I knew that if there had +been any truth in what we had been told, that I should have heard the +news already from the men whom I had sent out in the morning in that +direction. At last some of Captain Scheepers' men appeared--he was +scouting in front, and Captain Danie Theron in the rear--and reported +that the railway line was clear, with the exception that at Honingspruit +there were half a dozen tents, and four in the Kaallaagte[63] to the +north of Serfontein, and a few small outposts. This information came as +a great relief to the President and the members of the Government. + +If I was to escape from the large force which was dogging my footsteps, +it was now necessary to cross the railway. I had made all preparation +for this move. I had left behind me, that afternoon, on the banks of +Doornspruit a commando of burghers, with orders to keep the enemy back +until we should have crossed the line. And now I only waited until the +darkness should come to my assistance. + +As soon as the night came I ordered the waggons to proceed in four rows, +with a force on each side, and with a rearguard and vanguard. +Immediately behind the vanguard followed the President and myself. When +we were about twenty minutes' march from the railway line I ordered the +two wings of my force, which were about three miles apart, to occupy the +line to the right and left of Serfontein Siding. + +Before we had quite reached the railway I ordered the vanguard to remain +with the President, whilst I myself, with fifteen men, rode on to cut +the telegraph wire. Whilst we were engaged in this task a train +approached at full speed from the south. I had no dynamite with me, and +I could neither blow it up nor derail it. I could only place stones on +the line, but these were swept away by the cowcatcher, and so the train +passed in safety. + +I had forbidden any shooting, for an engagement would have only produced +the greatest confusion in my big laager. + +Just as the last waggon was crossing the line, I received a report that +Captain Theron had captured a train to the south of us. Having ordered +the waggons to proceed, I rode over to see what had happened. When I +arrived at the scene of action I found that the train had come to a +standstill owing to the breaking down of the engine, and that on this +the English troops had at once opened fire on my men, but that it had +not been long before the enemy surrendered. Four of the English, but +only one of our burghers, had been wounded. + +It was very annoying that the laager was so far off, but it was +impossible to carry off the valuable ammunition which we found on the +train. + +I gave orders that the four wounded soldiers, who were under the care of +the conductor of the train, should be taken from the hut in which I had +found them, and placed in a van where they would be safe when I set fire +to the train. After the burghers had helped themselves to sugar, coffee, +and such things, I burned everything that was left. My ninety-eight +prisoners I took with me. + +We had not gone far when we heard the small arm ammunition explode; but +I cannot say that the sound troubled me at all! + +Thus we crossed the line in safety, and Piet de Wet's prediction did not +come true. He knew that we had a large force behind us, and believing +that the railway line in front of us would be occupied by troops, he had +said: "This evening you will all be captured on the railway line." Yet +instead of finding ourselves captured, we had taken ninety-eight +prisoners, and destroyed a heavily-laden train! How frequently a Higher +Power over-rules the future in a way we least expect! + +That night we reached the farm of Mahemsspruit. From there we moved on +to the Wonderheurel; and on the 22nd of July we arrived at the farm of +Vlakkuil. I remained here for a day, for I wished to find out what the +English troops (they had remained where we left them by the railway +line) were intending to do. + +Whilst I was waiting I despatched some corn on a few of my waggons to +Mr. Mackenzie's mills near Vredefort, giving orders that it should be +ground. + +During the afternoon it was reported to me that a strong column of +English were marching from Rhenosterriviersbrug to Vredefort, and that +they had camped on the farm Klipstapel, some eight miles from my laager. + +Shortly after sunrise the following morning a second report was brought +to me. It appeared that the enemy had sent out a force to capture our +grain waggons, and had nearly overtaken them. + +In an instant we were in our saddles, but we were too late to save our +corn. + +When the enemy saw us they halted at once; and meanwhile the waggons +hurried on, at their utmost speed, to our camp. + +The English numbered between five and six hundred men, whilst we were +only four hundred. But although we were the smaller force, I had no +intention of allowing our waggons to be captured without a shot, and I +ordered my burghers to charge. + +It was an open plain; there was no possible cover either for us or for +the English. But we could not consider matters of that sort. + +The burghers charged magnificently, and some even got to within two +hundred paces of the enemy. They then dismounted, and, lying flat upon +the ground, opened a fierce fire. One of the hottest fights one can +imagine followed. + +Fortunately a few paces behind the burghers there was a hollow, and here +the horses were placed. + +After an hour's fighting, I began to think that any moment the enemy +might be put to rout. But then something happened which had happened +very often before--a reinforcement appeared. + +This reinforcement brought two guns with it; thus nothing was left to me +but retreat. Our loss was five killed and twelve wounded. What the loss +of the English was I do not know, but if the Kaffirs who lived near +there are to be trusted, it must have been considerable. + +In the evening I moved my camp to Rhenosterpoort; whilst the English +went back to Klipstapel. + +And now the English concentrated their forces. Great Army Corps gathered +round. From Bethlehem and Kroonstad new columns were constantly +arriving, until my force seemed nothing in comparison with them. + +I was stationed on the farm of Rhenosterpoort, which is situated on the +Vaal River, twenty miles from Potchefstroom. At that town there was a +strong force of the enemy, on which I had constantly to keep my eye. + +But, notwithstanding their overpowering numbers, it seemed as if the +English had no desire to follow me into the mountains of Rhenosterpoort. +They had a different plan. They began to march around me, sending troops +from Vredefort over Wonderheurel to Rhenoster River, and placing camps +all along the river as far as Baltespoort, and from there again +extending their cordon until Scandinavierdrift was reached. + +We were forced now either to break through this cordon, or to cross the +Vaal River into the South African Republic. The Free-Stater preferred to +remain in his own country, and he would have been able to do so had we +not been hampered by a big "waggon-camp" and a large number of oxen. As +these were with us, the Boers found it hard to make up their minds to +break through the English lines as a horse-commando, as it necessitated +leaving all these waggons and oxen in the hands of the enemy. But there +we were between the cordon and the Vaal River. + +Almost every day we came into contact with the enemy's outposts, and we +had an engagement with them near Witkopjes Rheboksfontein. On another +occasion we met them on different terms, in Mr. C.J. Bornman's house. +Some of his "visitors" were, unfortunately for themselves, found to be +English scouts--and became our prisoners. + +We remained where we were until the 2nd of August. On that day we had to +drink a cup of bitterness. It was on the 2nd of August that I received +the news that Prinsloo had surrendered near Naauwpoort. + +A letter arrived from General Broadwood in which he told me that a +report from General Marthinus Prinsloo addressed to me had arrived +through his lines. The bearer of it was General Prinsloo's secretary, +Mr. Kotze. And now the English General asked me if I would guarantee +that the secretary should be allowed to return, after he had given me +particulars of the report he had brought. + +Mr. Prinsloo's secretary must certainly have thought that he was the +chosen man to help us poor lost sheep, and to lead us safely into the +hands of the English! But I cannot help thinking that he was rather too +young for the task. + +I had a strong suspicion that there must have been some very important +screw loose in the forces which we had left stationed behind the +Roodebergen, for on the previous day I had received a letter from +General Knox, who was at Kroonstad, telling me that General Prinsloo and +his commandos had surrendered. + +In order to gain more information I gave General Broadwood my assurance +that I would allow Mr. Prinsloo's secretary to return unhurt. + +When I had done this the President and some members of the Government +rode out with me to meet the bearer of this report. We did not wish to +give him any opportunities to spy out our positions. Half way between +the English lines and our own we met him. He presented us with this +letter:-- + + HUNTER'S CAMP, _30th July, 1900_. + + TO THE COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF, C.R. DE WET. + + SIR,-- + + I have been obliged, owing to the overwhelming forces of the enemy, + to surrender unconditionally with all the Orange Free State laagers + here. + + I have the honour to be, Sir, + Your obedient servant, + M. PRINSLOO, + _Commander-in-Chief_. + +I sent my reply in an unclosed envelope. It ran as follows:-- + + IN THE VELDT, _3rd August, 1900_. + + TO MR. M. PRINSLOO. + + SIR,-- + + I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter dated + the 30th of last month. I am surprised to see that you call + yourself Commander-in-Chief. By what right do you usurp that title? + You have no right to act as Commander-in-Chief. + + I have the honour to be, + C.R. DE WET, + _Commander-in-Chief_. + +Hardly had I written this letter before two men on horseback appeared. +They proved to be burghers sent by General Piet Fourie, who was with +Prinsloo at the time of his surrender. These burghers brought from +Generals Fourie, Froneman, and from Commandant Hasebroek and others, a +fuller report of the surrender of Prinsloo. We learnt from the report +that not all of the burghers had surrendered, but that, on the contrary, +some two thousand had escaped. This news relieved our minds. + +President Steyn and myself determined to despatch Judge Hertzog to the +commandos which had escaped, giving him instructions to bring them back +with him if possible. We had been told that these commandos were +somewhere on the Wilgerivier, in the district of Harrismith. + +My position had now become very difficult. It seemed, as far as I could +discover, that there were five or six English generals and forty +thousand troops, of which the greater part were mounted, all of them +trying their best to capture the Government and me. + +My force numbered two thousand five hundred men. + +On the afternoon when I received the above-mentioned letter, there was +still a way of escape open to me, through Parijs[64] to Potchefstroom. +This road crossed the Vaal River at Schoemansdrift, and then followed +the course of the stream between Parijs and Vanvurenskloof. It was now, +however, somewhat unsafe, for that same afternoon a large force of the +enemy was marching along the Vaal River from Vredefort to Parijs. These +troops would be able to reach Vanvurenskloof early the following +morning; whilst the force at Potchefstroom, which I have already +mentioned in this chapter, would also be able to arrive there at the +same hour. + +I led my burghers that evening across the Vaal River to Venterskroon, +which lies six miles from Schoemansdrift. The following morning my +scouts reported that the English were rapidly approaching from +Potchefstroom in two divisions; one was at Zandnek: the other had +already reached Roodekraal on its way to Schoemansdrift. One of these +divisions, my scouts told me, might be turning aside to Vanvurenskloof. + +Now the road from Venterskroon passed between two mountain chains to the +north of Vanvurenskloof; and I feared that the English would block the +way there. I had to avoid this at all costs, but I had hardly a man +available for the purpose. The greater part of my burghers were still to +the south-east and south-west of the Vaal River. + +There was nothing left for me to do except to take the burghers who +remained with me, and, whilst the laager followed us as quickly as +possible, to advance and prevent the enemy from occupying the kloof. +This I did, and took a part of my men to Vanvurenskloof, whilst I sent +another body of burghers to Zandnek. + +Everything went smoothly. The enemy did not appear and the laager +escaped without let or hindrance--and so we camped at Vanvurenskloof. + +I must have misled the English, for they certainly would have thought +that I would come out by the road near Roodekraal. But I cannot +understand why the force in our rear, which had arrived at Parijs the +previous evening, remained there overnight, nor why, when they did move +on the following morning, they marched to Lindequesdrift, eight miles up +the Vaal River, and not, as might well have been expected, to +Vanvurenskloof. + +The burghers whom I sent in the direction of Roodekraal had a fight with +the enemy at Tijgerfontein. A heavy bombardment took place; and my men +told me afterwards that the baboons, of which there were a large number +in these mountains, sprang from cliff to cliff screaming with +fright--poor creatures--as the rocks were split on every side by the +lyddite shells. + +The burghers came to close quarters with the enemy, and a fierce +engagement with small arms took place. + +It appeared later that the enemy's casualties amounted to more than a +hundred dead and wounded. Our loss was only two men. + +As I have already stated, we camped at Vanvurenskloof. The next morning, +while we were still there, we were surprised by the enemy--an unpleasant +thing for men with empty stomachs. + +I did not receive any report from my scouts[65] until the English were +not more than three thousand paces from us, and had already opened fire +on the laager, not only with their guns, but also with their rifles. We +at once took the best positions we could find; and meanwhile the waggons +got away as quickly as possible. They succeeded in getting over the +first ridge, and thus gained a certain amount of shelter, whilst we kept +the English busy. + +The enemy approached nearer and nearer to us with overpowering forces. +Then they charged, and I saw man after man fall, struck down by our +merciless fire. We were quite unable to hold the enemy back, and so we +had to leave our positions, having lost one dead and one wounded. + +That night we marched ten miles to the east of Gatsrand, on the road to +Frederiksstad Station, and the following morning we arrived at the foot +of the mountain. Here we outspanned for a short time, but we could not +wait long, for our pursuers were following us at a great pace. It was +not only the force from the other side of Vanvurenskloof with which we +had to deal. The united forces of the English had now concentrated from +different points with the purpose of working our ruin. + +The English were exceedingly angry that we had escaped from them on the +Vaal River, for they had thought that they had us safely in their hands. +That we should have succeeded in eluding them was quite beyond their +calculations; and in order to free themselves from any blame in the +matter, they reported that we had crossed the river at a place where +there was no ford, but this was not true; we had crossed by the waggon +and post ford--the well-known Schoemansdrift. + +But whether the enemy were angry or not, there was no doubt that they +were pursuing us in very large numbers, and that we had to escape from +them. That evening, the 7th of August, we went to the north of +Frederiksstad Station, and blew up a bridge with two spans and wrecked +the line with dynamite. + +The following day we arrived at the Mooi River. This river is never dry +winter or summer, but always flows with a stream as clear as crystal. It +affords an inexhaustible supply of water to the rich land that lies +along its bank. It is a fitting name for it--the name of Mooi.[66] + +At the other side of this river we found General Liebenberg's commando, +which, like ourselves, was in the trap. + +The General joined us on our march, and the following day we were nine +miles from Ventersdorp. + +Early that morning a report came that the English were approaching and +were extended right across the country. + +"Inspan!" + +No man uttered a word of complaint; each man did his work so quickly +that one could hardly believe that a laager could be put on the move in +so short a time. And away the waggons and carts skurried, steering their +course to Ventersdorp. + +It was impossible to think of fighting--the enemy's numbers were far too +great. Our only safety lay in flight. + +We knew very well that an Englishman cannot keep up with a Boer on the +march, and that if he tries to do so, he soon finds that his horses and +oxen can go no further. Our intention was then to march at the very best +pace we could, so that the enemy might be forced to stop from sheer +exhaustion. And as the reader will soon see, our plan was successful. + +Nevertheless we had to do some fighting, to protect our laager from a +force of cavalry that was rapidly coming up with us. + +They wanted to make an end of this small body of Boers, which was always +retreating, but yet, now and again, offering some slight +resistance--this tiny force that was always teaching them unpleasant +lessons; first at Retiefsnek, then to the north of Lindley, then on the +railway line, then near Vredefort, then at Rhenosterpoort, and then +again at Tijgerfontein. Yes; this sort of thing must come to an end once +for all! + +We attacked the approaching troops, and succeeded in checking their +advance. But our resistance could not last long, and soon we had to +retreat and leave one of our Krupps behind us. + +Had I not continued firing with my Krupp until it was impossible to save +it, then, in all probability, the laager would have been taken. But +with the loss of this Krupp we saved the laager. + +I withdrew my burghers; I released the prisoners whom I had with me. + +And now it was my task to make it as difficult as possible for my +pursuers. The winter grass on the veldt was dry and very inflammable, +and I decided to set fire to it, in order that the English might find it +impossible to obtain pasture for their oxen and cattle. I accordingly +set it alight, and very soon the country behind was black. + +We hurried on until we reached Mr. Smit's farm, which is one hour on +horseback from the southern slopes of the Witwatersrand--the great +dividing chain of mountains that runs in the direction of Marico. +Crossing this range, we continued on the march the whole night until, on +the morning of the 11th of August, we arrived at the southern side of +the Magaliesberg. + +In the afternoon we went over the saddle of the mountain and across the +Krokodil River. + +My idea was to remain here and give our horses and oxen a rest, for the +veldt was in good condition, and we could, if it were necessary, occupy +the shoulder of the mountain behind us. + +General Liebenberg took possession of the position to the west, near +Rustenburg; but hardly had he done so, before the English made their +appearance, coming over another part of the mountain. He sent me a +report to this effect, adding that he was unable to remain where he was +stationed. + +Thus again we had to retreat, and I was unable to give my animals the +rest I had intended to give them. + +We now took the road from Rustenburg to Pretoria, and arrived the +following evening close to Commandonek, which we soon found was held by +an English force. + +I left the laager behind and rode on in advance with a horse-commando. +When I was a short distance from the enemy, I sent a letter to the +officer in command, telling him that, if he did not surrender, I would +attack him. I did this in order to discover the strength of the English +force, and to find out if it were possible to attack the enemy at once, +and forcing our way through the Nek, get to the east of the forces that +were pursuing me. + +My despatch rider succeeded in getting into the English camp before he +could be blindfolded. He came back with the customary refusal, and +reported that although the enemy's force was not very large, still the +positions held were so strong that I could not hope to be able to +capture them before the English behind me arrived. + +I had therefore to give up the thought of breaking through these and +flanking the English. Thus, instead of attacking the enemy, we went in +the direction of Zoutpan, and arrived a few hours later at the Krokodil +River. + +I had now left the English a considerable distance behind me; and so at +last--we were able to give ourselves a little rest. + +[Footnote 62: I put down here the very words I used, for any other +course would not be honest.] + +[Footnote 63: Kaallaagte--a barren hollow.] + +[Footnote 64: Parijs is situated on the Vaal River.] + +[Footnote 65: The reason why Captain Scheepers was so late in sending +his report was because he himself was engaging the enemy with six of his +men near Zandnek. He had come across a convoy of fourteen waggons and +thirty men, and had, after an hour's fight, nearly brought them to the +point of surrendering, when reinforcements arrived. He was thus forced +to retire, and then discovered that the enemy were approaching our +laager; and he had a hair's breadth escape from capture in bringing me +the report.] + +[Footnote 66: "Mooi" means beautiful in the Taal language.] + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +I Return to the Free State + + +Whilst we were encamped on the Krokodil River, President Steyn expressed +a wish to pay a visit, with the Members of his Government, to the +Government of the South African Republic, which was then at Machadodorp. +This was no easy task to accomplish, for one would have to pass through +a part of the Transvaal where there was a great scarcity of water--it +was little better than a desert--and where in some places the Kaffirs +were unfriendly. In other words, one would have to go through the +Boschveldt. There would also be some danger from the English, since the +President would have to cross the Pietersburg Railway, which was in that +direction. + +However, this plan was approved. + +I decided not to accompany the President, but to return at once with two +hundred riders to the Orange Free State. I intended to make it known on +the farms which I passed on the way that I was going back, hoping thus +to draw the attention of the English from our laager. + +I called together the Commandants, and informed them of my intention. +They agreed that the course I proposed was the right one. Commandant +Steenekamp was then nominated to act as Assistant Commander-in-Chief, +with the duty of conducting the laager through the Boschveldt. + +On August the 14th President Steyn left the laager on his way to +Machadodorp; and I myself took my departure three days later. I took +with me General Philip Botha and Commandant Prinsloo, and 200 men, and +also Captain Scheepers with his corps, which consisted of thirty men. +With the addition of my staff we numbered altogether 246 men. + +Thus our ways parted--the President going to the Government of the South +African Republic, the laager to the north, and I back to the Free State. +I had now to cross the Magalies Mountains. The nearest two passes were +Olifantsnek and Commandonek. But the first named was too much to the +west, and the second was probably occupied by the English. I therefore +decided to take a footpath that crossed the mountains between the two +saddles. I was forced to choose this middle road because I had no means +of ascertaining whether Commandonek was, or was not, in the hands of the +enemy. + +On August 18th we arrived at a house where some Germans were living--the +parents and sisters of Mr. Penzhorn, Secretary to General Piet Cronje. +They were exceedingly friendly to us, and did all in their power to make +us comfortable. + +We did not stay here for long, but were on the march again the same day. +Soon after we had mounted our horses we came in sight of a large English +camp, which was stationed on the road from Rustenburg to Pretoria, +between Commandonek and Krokodil River. This camp lay about six miles to +the south-east of the point where we first saw it. Another great camp +stood about seven miles to the north-west. + +The enemy could see us clearly, as it was open veldt, with only a few +bushes cropping up here and there. We now rode on in the direction of +Wolhuterskop, which is close to the Magalies Mountains. I thought I +should thus be able to reach the great road from Rustenburg to Pretoria, +which was eight or nine miles from the footpath across the Magaliesberg. +When we were about two miles east of Wolhuterskop we suddenly came upon +two English scouts. One of them we captured; and he told us that there +was a great force of the enemy in front of us and marching in our +direction. What could we do now? It was impossible to proceed along the +footpath because that road was closed by the enemy. North and west of us +there were other bodies of troops, as I have already said; and there, +directly in front of us, were the chains of the Magaliesbergen. Thus we +found ourselves between four fires. + +In addition to this, I was much troubled by the thought that our horses +were now exhausted by all this endless marching. I knew this was also +the case with the English horses, but for all I knew, they might have +obtained fresh ones from Pretoria. They could at all events have picked +the best horses from each camp, and thus send an overpowering force +against me. This was one of those moments when a man has to keep his +presence of mind, or else all is lost. + +Whilst I was still thinking the matter over, troops began to come out of +the camps, about two miles to the west of us on the road between +Wolhuterskop and Magaliesberg. The scout who had escaped might now be +with that force. I had therefore to act at once. + +I decided on climbing the Magalies Mountains, without a path or road! + +Near by there was a Kaffir hut, and I rode up to it. When the Kaffir +came out to me, I pointed to the Magalies Mountains, and asked:-- + +"Right before us, can a man cross there?" + +"No, baas,[67] you cannot!" the Kaffir answered. + +"Has a man never ridden across here?" + +"Yes, baas," replied the Kaffir, "long ago." + +"Do baboons walk across?" + +"Yes! baboons do, but not a man." + +"Come on!" I said to my burghers. "This is our only way, and where a +baboon can cross, we can cross." + +With us was one Adriaan Matthijsen, a corporal who came from the +district of Bethlehem, and was a sort of jocular character. He looked up +at the mountains, 2,000 feet above him, and sighed:-- + +"O Red Sea!" + +I replied, "The children of Israel had faith and went through, and all +you need is faith. This is not the first Red Sea we have met with and +will not be the last!" + +What Corporal Matthijsen thought I do not know, for he kept silence. But +he pulled a long face, as if saying to himself:-- + +"Neither you, nor anybody else with us, is a Moses!" + +We climbed up unobserved to a bit of bush which, to continue the +metaphor of the Red Sea, was a "Pillar of Cloud" to hide us from the +English. + +We then reached a kloof[68] running in a south-westerly direction, and +ascended by it, still out of sight of the English, till we reached a +point nearly half-way up the mountain. There we had to leave the kloof, +and, turning to the south, continue our ascent in full view of the +enemy. + +It was now so precipitous that there was no possibility of proceeding +any further on horseback. The burghers had therefore to lead their +horses, and had great difficulty even in keeping their own footing. It +frequently happened that a burgher fell and slipped backwards under his +horse. The climb became now more and more difficult; and when we had +nearly reached the top of the mountain, there was a huge slab of granite +as slippery as ice, and here man and horse stumbled still more, and were +continually falling. + +We were, as I have said, in view of the enemy, and although out of reach +of the Lee-Metfords, were in range of their big guns! + +I heard burghers muttering:-- + +"Suppose the enemy should aim those guns at us--what will become of us +then? Nobody can get out of the road here!" + +I told them that this could only be done if the English had a Howitzer. +But I did not add that this was a sort of gun which the columns now +pursuing me were likely enough to possess. + +But nothing happened. The English neither shot at us, nor did they +pursue us. Corporal Matthijsen would have said that they were more +cautious than Pharaoh. + +We now reached the top of the mountain--entirely exhausted. I have +ascended many a mountain--the rough cliffs of Majuba, the steep sides of +Nicholson's Nek--but never before had I been so tired as I was now; yet +in the depths of my heart I was satisfied. All our toil was repaid by +the glorious panorama that now stretched out before us to the south. We +saw the undulating veldt between the Magaliesbergen where we stood, and +the Witwatersrand. Through a ravine we had a view extending for many +miles, but wherever we cast our eyes there was no sign of anything that +resembled the enemy. + +As it was now too late to off-saddle, we began, after having taken a +little rest, to descend the mountain on the other side, my object being +to reach a farm where I hoped to get some sheep or oxen for my men, who +not only were tired out, but nearly famished. + +We went down the mountain--well, somewhat quicker than we had climbed +it; however, we could not go very fast, as the incline was steep. In an +hour and a half we reached a Boer farm. + +One can imagine how the burghers recovered their spirits as they ate +their supper, and what it meant for them to give their tired limbs a +rest. + +The following morning we found good horse-provender, and plenty of it. +It was not as yet the habit of the English to burn everything they came +across--they had not yet begun to carry out that policy of destruction. + +I now felt quite easy about the safety of our camp. The attention of +the English would be turned in quite another direction. + +I was quite right in this view of the matter. For I heard a few days +later that the enemy had not been able to pursue the laager as their +draft-cattle and horses were so completely exhausted, that they had +fallen down dead in heaps. I heard also that they had soon been made +acquainted with the fact that I was on my way back to the Free State, +where I would soon begin again to wreck railway lines and telegraph +wires. They had also discovered that President Steyn had left the laager +and was on the road to Machadodorp. + +It was on the 18th of August, 1900, that we were able to eat our crust +of bread in safety on the farm just mentioned, and to let our horses +have as much food as they wanted. It seemed that for the time being a +heavy burden had fallen from our shoulders. That afternoon we crossed +the Krokodil River, and stopped at a "winkel"[69] under the +Witwatersrand, which had been spared as yet, although it was nearly +empty of stores. Fodder, however, was plentiful, and thus, again, we +could give our horses a good feed. + +I now received a report that a strong contingent of the enemy was on the +march from Olifantsnek to Krugersdorp, and accordingly we rode off in +the night. We found that this force was the very one that had flanked +our laager the previous week, when we were passing Ventersdorp. The road +which the enemy were taking was the same which Jameson had marched when +he made his inroad into the South African Republic. + +My intention was to cross the enemy's path before daylight the following +morning, which I succeeded in doing; and we heard no more of this force. +I proceeded now in the direction of Gatsrand. + +From there I still went on, and crossed the Krugersdorp-Potchefstroom +Railway, about eight or ten miles to the north of Bank Station. + +The line was then not guarded everywhere. There were small garrisons at +the stations only, and so one could cross even in the day time. To my +vexation, I had not a single cartridge of dynamite, or any implements at +hand with which I could wreck the line. It was painful to see the +railway line and not be able to do any damage to it! I had made it a +rule never to be in the neighbourhood of a railway without interrupting +the enemy's means of communication. + +We arrived now at the farm of Messrs. Wolfaard, who had been captured +with General Cronje; and here I met Commandant Danie Theron, with his +eighty men. He had come to this place to avoid the troops lying between +Mooi River and Ventersdorp. His horses, although still weak, were yet +somewhat rested, and I gave him orders to join me in a few days, in +order to reinforce me until my commandos should come back. My intention +was not to undertake any great operations, for my force was not strong +enough for that. I intended my principal occupation to be to interrupt +the communications of the enemy by wrecking the line and telegraph. + +With regard to the main line in the Free State I must remark here that +things there were in a different condition from what they were on the +Krugersdorp line, which we had crossed. The Free State railway was Lord +Roberts' principal line of communication, and he had provided guards for +it everywhere. + +During the night of August 21st, we arrived at Vanvurenskloof. How +delightful it was when the sun rose to see once more the well-known +mountains to the south of the Vaal River in our own Free State! + +"There is the Free State," we called out to each other when day broke. +Every one was jubilant at seeing again that country which of all the +countries on the earth is the best. From here I despatched General Botha +with the purpose of collecting the burghers of Vrede and Harrismith who +had remained at home, and of bringing them back to join me. + +We remained only as long as was necessary to rest the horses, and then +at once went on. The same evening we arrived at the farm of +Rhenosterpoort, where our laager had waited since we had crossed the +Vaal River more than a week ago. + +The proprietor of the farm of Rhenosterpoort was old Mr. Jan Botha. It +could not be that he belonged to the family of Paul Botha, of Kroonstad, +for Jan Botha and his household (amongst whom was his son Jan, an +excellent veldtcornet) were true Afrikanders. And even if he did belong +to the family of Paul Botha, then the difference in his feelings and +actions from those of other members of his family was no greater than +that, alas! which frequently occurred in many families during this war. +One member put everything at the disposal of his country, whereas +another of the same name did everything possible against his country and +his people. But there was no such discord here. The two old brothers of +Mr. Botha, Philip and Hekky, were heart and soul with us. + +Potchefstroom was not at that time in the hands of the English. I rode +over to the town, and then it was that the well-known photo was taken of +me that has been spread about everywhere, in which I am represented with +a Mauser in my hand. I only mention this so as to draw attention to the +history of the weapon which I held in my hand. It is as follows:-- + +When the enemy passed through Potchefstroom on their way to Pretoria, +they left a garrison behind them, and many burghers went there to give +up their arms, which forthwith were burnt in a heap. When the garrison +left the dorp the burghers returned. Amongst them were some who set to +work to make butts for the rifles that had been burnt. + +"This rifle," I was told by the man who showed it to me, "is the two +hundredth that has been taken out of the burnt heap and repaired." + +This made such an impression on me that I took it in my hand, and had my +photo taken with it. I am only sorry that I cannot mention the names of +the burghers who did that work. Their names are worthy to be enrolled on +the annals of our nation. + +After having provided myself with dynamite, I left Potchefstroom and +returned to my commando, then quietly withdrew in the night to +Rhenosterkop. From there I sent Veldtcornet Nicolaas Serfontein, of the +Bethlehem commando, in the direction of Reitz and Lindley, to bring the +Kaffirs there to a sense of their duty, for I had heard that they were +behaving very brutally to our women. The remainder of the Bethlehem +burghers under Commandant Prinsloo and Veldtcornet Du Preez, remained +with me to assist me in getting under my supervision the commandos which +had escaped from behind the Roodebergen. These were under the command of +General Fourie, and some were in the south of the State. I left Captain +Scheepers behind me with orders to wreck the line every night. + +That evening I went to Mr. Welman's farm, which was to the south-west of +Kroonstad. + +There I received a report that the commandos under General Fourie were +in the neighbourhood of Ladybrand. I sent a despatch to him and Judge +Hertzog asking them to come and see me, with a view to bringing the +burghers under arms again, in the southern and south-western districts +of the State. + +This letter was taken by Commandant Michal Prinsloo and some despatch +riders to General Fourie. The night that he crossed the line a train was +passing, and he wrecked the railway both in front of it and behind it. +The train could thus neither advance nor retreat, and it fell into the +hands of Commandant Prinsloo, who, after having taken what he wanted, +burnt it. + +With regard to myself, I remained in the neighbourhood of Commandant +Nel's farm. + +Here I had the most wonderful of all the escapes that God allowed me in +the whole course of the war. + +On the third evening at sunset, a Hottentot came to me. He said that his +"baas," whose family lived about twelve miles from the farm of +Commandant Nel, had laid down their arms, and that he could not remain +in the service of the wife of such a bad "baas." He asked me if he could +not become one of my "achterrijders." + +As he was still speaking to me, Landdrost Bosman from Bothaville, came +to pay me a visit. + +"Good," I said to the Hottentot, "I shall see you about this again." For +I wished to cross-question him. I then went into the house with the +Landdrost, and spent a good deal of time in writing with him. Late in +the evening he went back to Bothaville and I to bed exactly at eleven +o'clock. + +I had scarcely laid down when the Hottentot came back to my thoughts, +and I began to grow uneasy. I got up and went to the outhouse where my +Kaffir slept. I woke him up and asked him where the Hottentot was. "Oh, +he is gone," he replied, "to go and fetch his things to go with the +baas." + +I at once felt that there was something wrong, and went and called my +men. I told them to saddle-up, and went off with my staff to the farm of +Mr. Schoeman on the Valsch River, to the east of Bothaville. + +On the following morning before daybreak, a force of two hundred English +stormed the farm of Commandant Nel. They had come to take me prisoner. + +From Schoeman's farm I went to the Rhenoster River and found Captain +Scheepers there. He reported that he had wrecked the line for four or +five consecutive weeks, as I had told him. + +I also received there the sad news of the death of the +never-to-be-forgotten Danie Theron, in a fight at Gatsrand. A more brave +and faithful commander I have never seen. + +So Danie Theron was no more. His place would not be easily filled. Men +as lovable or as valiant there might be, but where should I find a man +who combined so many virtues and good qualities in one person? Not only +had he the heart of a lion but he also possessed consummate tact and the +greatest energy. When he received an order, or if he wished to do +anything, then it was bend or break with him. Danie Theron answered the +highest demands that could be made on a warrior. + +One of Commandant Theron's lieutenants, Jan Theron, was appointed in his +place. + +From there I went with Captain Scheepers to the railway line, where I +burnt a railway bridge temporarily constructed with sleepers, and +wrecked a great part of the rails with dynamite. I then proceeded to +various farms in the neighbourhood, and after a few days, with +Commandant Michal Prinsloo, who had joined me, I returned to the same +part of the railway in order to carry out its destruction on a larger +scale. + +At twenty-five different places a charge of dynamite was placed with one +man at the fuse, who had to set light to it as soon as he heard a +whistle, that all charges could be ignited at the same time, and every +one be out of the way when the pieces of iron were hurled in the air by +the explosion. + +When the signal was heard the lucifers were struck everywhere, and the +fuses ignited. + +The English, keeping watch on some other part of the line not far from +us, on seeing the lights fired so fiercely on the burghers that they all +took to their horses and galloped off. + +Only five charges exploded. + +I waited for a moment, but no sound broke the silence. + +"Come on!" I said, "we must fire all the charges." + +On reaching the line we had to search in the darkness for the spots +where the dynamite had been placed. And now again the order was given +that as soon as the whistle was blown every one had to ignite his fuse. + +Again there was a blunder! + +One of the burghers ignited his fuse before the signal had been given, +and this caused such a panic that the others ran away. I and a few of my +staff lay flat on the ground where we were until this charge had +exploded, and then I went to fetch the burghers back. + +This time everything went off well, and all the charges exploded. + +The bridge I had destroyed had been rebuilt, and so I was forced to burn +it again. When this was done we departed and rode on to Rietspruit, +where we up-saddled, and then pushed on to Rhenosterpoort. + +[Footnote 67: Master.] + +[Footnote 68: Ravine.] + +[Footnote 69: General Store.] + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +The Oath of Neutrality + + +Arriving at Rhenosterpoort, I found there Commandant F. Van Aard, with +his commando. He told me that after I had left the laager, the burghers +had not been troubled again by the English. He had gone on to Waterberg, +and after having stayed there for a short time, he had returned to the +laager. He still had some of his waggons with him, but in many cases the +oxen had been so exhausted that the waggons had to be left behind, the +burghers returning on horseback, or even on foot. He also told me that +Vice-Commander-in-Chief Steenekamp had, just before my arrival, crossed +the line in the direction of Heilbron, in which district there were then +no English. + +Generals Fourie and Froneman, with Hertzog, were also at Rhenosterpoort, +having left their commandos behind, in the district of Winburg. + +They had much to tell me which I had heard already, but which I now +obtained at first hand. It appeared that the burghers who had been taken +prisoner with General Prinsloo had been sent to Ceylon, notwithstanding +the promise that had been given them that their property would be safe, +and that they would be allowed to return to their farms. + +It was now that I conceived the great plan of bringing under arms all +the burghers who had laid down their weapons, and taken the oath of +neutrality, and of sending them to operate in every part of the State. +To this end I went with these officers to the other side of the railway +line, in order to meet General Philip Botha in the country to the +south-east of Heilbron, and also, if possible, General Hattingh, who was +in command of the Harrismith and Vrede burghers. + +We succeeded in crossing the railway between Roodewal and Serfontein +siding, but not without fighting. Before we came to the railway line the +English opened a cross fire on us from the north-east, from the +direction of Roodewal; and almost directly afterwards another party +fired on us from the south. We succeeded, however, in getting through +with the waggons which Commandant Van Aard had with him, but we lost one +man killed, and three wounded. + +On the following day I gave Commandant Van Aard the order to go to his +district (Midden Valsch River) in order to give his burghers an +opportunity of getting their clothes washed, and of obtaining fresh +horses, if any were to be had. For although the enemy already had begun +to burn down our houses, and to carry away our horses, things had not as +yet reached such a pitch that the columns spared nothing that came in +their way. + +Commandant Van Aard started off on his errand, but alas! a few days +afterwards I heard that he--one of the most popular of all our +officers--had been killed in a fight near his own farm between Kroonstad +and Lindley. He was buried there, where he had fallen, on his own land. + +And now began the great work which I had proposed to accomplish. + +I gave instructions to Vice-Commander-in-Chief Piet Fourie to take under +his charge the districts of Bloemfontein, Bethulie, Smithfield, +Rouxville, and Wepener, and to permit the burghers there, who had +remained behind, to join us again. He was not, however, to compel +anybody to do so, because I was of opinion that a coerced burgher would +be of no real value to us, and would besides be untrustworthy. The +following officers were to serve under Fourie: Andrias, Van Tonder and +Kritzinger. The last-named had been appointed in the place of +Commandant Olivier, who had been taken prisoner at Winburg.[70] + +I had appointed Judge Hertzog as a second Vice-Commander-in-Chief, to +carry out the same work in the districts of Fauresmith, Philippolis and +Jacobsdal. He had under him Commandant Hendrik Pretorius (of Jacobsdal) +and Commandant Visser. The latter was the man who, when the burghers +from Fauresmith, even before the taking of Bloemfontein, had remained +behind, broke through with seventy or eighty troops. He had always +behaved faithfully and valiantly until, in an engagement at +Jagersfontein, he gave up his life, a sacrifice for the rights of his +nation. His name will ever be held in honour by his people. + +These two Vice-Commanders-in-Chief had no easy task to perform. In fact, +as every one will admit, it was a giant's burden that I had laid upon +their shoulders. To lighten it a little I made the following +arrangement: I sent Captain Pretorius, with a small detachment, in +advance of General Fourie, to prepare the road for him, and Captain +Scheepers to do the same for Judge Hertzog. The first had to say: "Hold +yourselves in readiness! Oom Pieter![71] is coming." The other had to +say: "Be prepared! The Rechter[72] is at hand!" + +All went well. General Fourie set to his task at once and did excellent +work. He had not been long in his division before he had collected seven +hundred and fifty men, and had had several skirmishes with the enemy. It +was on account of his acting so vigorously that the English again put +garrisons into some of the south-eastern townships, such as Dewetsdorp, +Wepener, and others. + +With General Hertzog things went even better. He had soon twelve hundred +men under arms. General Fourie had not succeeded in getting together an +equally large force in his division, because many burghers from these +districts had been taken prisoner at the time of the surrender of +Prinsloo. General Hertzog also fought more than one battle at +Jagersfontein and Fauresmith. + +I ought to add that after I had crossed the Magaliesberg I had sent +Veldtcornet C.C. Badenhorst, with twenty-seven men, on a similar errand +to the districts of Boshof and Hoopstad. I promoted him to the rank of +commandant, and he soon had a thousand troops under him, so that he was +able to engage the enemy on several occasions. He had not been long +occupied in this way, before I appointed him Vice-Commander-in-Chief. +The reader who has followed me throughout this narrative, may very +naturally ask here how it could be justifiable for nearly three thousand +burghers thus to take up arms again, and break their oath of neutrality? +I will answer this question by another--who first broke the terms of +this oath?--the burghers or the English military authorities? The +military authorities without any doubt; what other answer can one give? + +Lord Roberts had issued a proclamation saying that, if the burghers took +an oath of neutrality, and remained quietly on their farms, he would +give them protection for their persons and property. But what happened? +He himself ordered them to report to the British military authorities, +should any Boer scout or commandos come to their farms, and threatened +them with punishment if they did not do so. Old people also who had +never stirred one step from their farms were fined hundreds of pounds +when the railway or telegraph lines in their neighbourhood were wrecked. +Besides, instead of protection being given to the burghers, their cattle +were taken from them by the military, at prices they would never have +thought of accepting, and often by force. Yes; and from widows, who had +not even sons on commando, everything was taken away. If then the +English, on their part, had broken the contract, were not the burghers +perfectly justified in considering themselves no longer bound by the +conditions which the oath laid on them? + +And then if one goes further into the matter, and remembers that the +English had been employing such people as the National Scouts, and had +thus been arming men who had taken the oath of neutrality, how can one +think that the Boer was still under the obligation of keeping his oath? + +There is also the obligation which every one is under to his own +Government; for what Government could ever acknowledge an oath which +their citizens had no right to take? + +No! taking everything into consideration, no right-minded burgher could +have acted otherwise than to take his weapons up again, not only in +order to be faithful to his duty as a citizen, but also in order not to +be branded as a coward, as a man who in the future could never again +look any one in the face. + +I arranged various matters at Doornspruit, in the district of Kroonstad, +on the 23rd of September, 1900, and then went from there in the +direction of Rietfontein, in order to meet the commando which I had +ordered to be at Heilbron on the 25th. + +[Footnote 70: Commandant Van Tender had been made prisoner at the same +time, but he eluded the vigilance of his captors, and running for his +life under a shower of their bullets, got away in safety.] + +[Footnote 71: Uncle Peter.] + +[Footnote 72: Judge.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +Frederiksstad and Bothaville + + +When I was on the road to Heilbron, I heard that the commandos under +General Hattingh (those, namely, of Harrismith and Vrede) were near the +Spitskopje, seven miles to the south-east of Heilbron. I therefore went +out of my course and proceeded in the direction of these commandos. They +were among those who had stood the crucial test, and had not surrendered +with Prinsloo. + +It was a real pleasure to me to meet the Harrismith burghers, and to +talk with them over bygone days. This was our first meeting since +December, 1899. The last time we had seen each other was when we were +encamped round Ladysmith, where we were, so to speak, neighbours--our +positions being contiguous. + +But what a shock went through my heart when I saw the cumbersome +waggon-camps which had come both from Vrede and Harrismith! For I +remembered what trouble and anxiety the waggons and carts had already +caused me, and how my commandos, in order to save them, had been forced +to fly 280 miles--from Slabbertsnek to Waterberg. As Commander-in-Chief, +I was now determined to carry out most strictly the Kroonstad regulation +and have nothing more to do with the waggons. + +I did not think that I should have any difficulty in convincing the +commanders of Harrismith and Vrede that the best thing would be to do +away with these unnecessary impediments, because, shortly before, the +English themselves had given me a text to preach from, by taking away a +great number of waggons from Commandant Hasebroek at Winburg and at Vet +River. Nevertheless, my words fell on unwilling ears. + +It was not long after I had arrived in the camp when I got the burghers +together and spoke to them. After thanking the officers and men for not +having surrendered with Prinsloo at Naauwpoort, I congratulated them on +their success at Ladybrand, where they had driven the English out of the +town and forced them to take refuge in the caverns of Leliehoek. I then +went on to tackle the tender subject--as a Boer regards it--of +sacrificing the waggons. No! I did not say so much as that--I only +insisted on the waggons being sent home. Now this was very much the same +as saying: "Give up your waggons and carts to the enemy"--an order +which, expressed in that bald manner, would have given offence. + +However, I was resolved to have my way, and at the end of my speech, I +said, "I may not ask you, and I will not ask you what you will do with +regard to the waggons. I only tell you that they must disappear." + +On the following day I called the officers together, and gave them +direct orders to that effect. I was very polite, but also very +determined that the waggons should be sent off without a moment's delay. +I also gave orders that the Harrismith and Kroonstad burghers under +General Philip Botha should occupy themselves in cutting the English +lines of communication between Kroonstad and Zand River. The Bothaville +burghers were to carry out similar operations in their own district. + +On that same afternoon I rode with my staff to the Heilbron burghers, +who now had returned to their farms. (They had had permission to go home +after they had got back from Waterberg.) They had assembled in very +strong force. + +The enemy also had arrived in this part of the country, and we were +therefore obliged at once to get ourselves ready to fight in case it +should be necessary, or to retreat if the enemy should be too strong for +us. + +With the Heilbron, Harrismith and Vrede commandos, I had now a very +considerable force at my command. + +When I met the burghers on the 25th of September I found that I must +send a force in the direction of Kroonstad, in order to oppose outposts +which the enemy had stationed some six miles from that town. + +I at once sent orders to General Hattingh that he was to come over to me +with his burghers. But what did I hear? The burghers had not been able +to make up their minds to part with their waggons; most of the men from +Vrede and Harrismith had gone home with these waggons, although there +was a Kaffir driver and a leader for almost every one, and although I +had given express orders that these Kaffirs were to be the ones to take +back the waggons. How angry I was! At such moments as these one would be +well nigh driven mad were there not a Higher Power to hold one back. + +And, to make the situation still more serious, the English now came on +from all sides, and I had no troops! The Kroonstad burghers were in +their own district. I allowed those from Bethlehem to leave me in order +to carry on operations in their part of the country; the same likewise +with the Winburgers and the valiant Commandant Hasebroek, while the +burghers of Vrede and Harrismith had gone home. + +I had therefore with me only a small contingent from those districts, in +addition to the burghers from Heilbron. + +The reader will understand that, under these circumstances, the forces +which now began to concentrate on us were too great for us to withstand; +and that no other course lay open to me than to go through +Schoemansdrift; and, in case I should be pursued, to Bothaville, in +order to enter the _zandveld_ (desert) through which it would be +difficult for the enemy to advance. + +We continued in the direction of Wolvehoek Station, and on the +following night crossed the line between Vredefortweg and Wolvehoek, +where I wrecked the railway at various points, and also took prisoner a +small force of thirteen who had been lying asleep in their tents. This +last incident happened early in the morning of September 30th. + +We had crossed the line, and were about three miles on the further side +of it, when a train came up and bombarded us with an Armstrong and a +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, without however doing any damage. Our guns were too +far behind the vanguard, and the poor horses too tired to go back for +them, or we should have answered their fire. However, we got an +opportunity of using our big guns against 200 mounted men, who had +pursued us, but who, when they saw we were ready to receive them, turned +round and--took the shortest road to safety! + +That evening we marched to a place a little to the south of Parijs, and +the following day to the kopjes west of Vredefort. There we stayed a few +days until the enemy again began to concentrate at Heilbron. + +I then divided my commando into two parts. One part I took with me, +while I sent the Harrismith burghers (those at least who had not gone +home with the waggons) under General Philip Botha, in the direction of +Kroonstad, where he would meet the commando of that district, which had +received orders to operate to the west of the railway line. General +Philip Botha nominated Veldtcornet P. De Vos as Commandant of the +Kroonstad contingent instead of Commandant Frans Van Aard. He made a +good choice, for Commandant De Vos was not only a valiant officer, but +also a strictly honourable man. + +For some days the enemy remained encamped on the farm called Klipstapel, +which lies to the south-east of Vredefort. Then they attacked us. We +held our own for a day and a half, but at last had to retreat to the +Vaal River, whither the English, doubtless thinking that we were again +going to Waterberg, did not pursue us. This was on the 7th of October, +1900. + +I now received a report from General Liebenberg that General Barton and +his column were in the neighbourhood of Frederiksstad Station. He asked +me (as he was too weak to venture anything alone) whether I would join +him in an attack upon the English General. I decided to do so, and sent +him a confidential letter saying that I would join him in a week's time. + +In order to mislead the English, I retreated ostentatiously through +Schoemansdrift to the farm of Baltespoort, which stands on the banks of +the Rhenoster River, fifteen miles from the drift. The following night I +returned by the way I had come, and crossed the river a little to the +west of Schoemansdrift. + +When on the following night we were again in the saddle I heard from +many a mouth, "Whither now?" + +Our destination was Frederiksstad Station, where we were to engage +General Barton. Previous to an attack, thorough scouting should always +take place. Accordingly I sent out my scouts, and discovered that +General Liebenberg had entirely cut off the English from their +communications, so that, except for heliographic messages, they were +entirely out of touch with the rest of their forces. Now I do not know +if they had "smelt a rat," but they were certainly well entrenched near +the station on ridges to the south-east and to the north. + +We had therefore to besiege General Barton in his entrenchments. For the +first five days we held positions to the east, to the south, and to the +north-west. On the fifth day I agreed with General Liebenberg that we +should take up a new position on the embankment north-west of the +strongest part of the English encampment. This position was to be held +by two hundred men, of whom I gave eighty to General Froneman and one +hundred and twenty to General Liebenberg. It was a position that we +could not leave during the day without great danger, and it needed a +large force to hold it, for its garrison had to be strong enough to +defend itself if it should be attacked. + +If only my arrangements had been carried out all would have gone well. + +But what happened? + +I thought that two hundred men had gone in accordance with my orders to +that position. Instead of this there were only eighty there when, on the +following morning, a very strong reinforcement of English, ordered up by +General Barton, appeared from the direction of Krugersdorp. I did not +hear of this reinforcement till it was so close that there was no chance +for me to keep it back. In fact, when I got the report the enemy were +already storming the unfortunate handful of burghers and firing fiercely +upon them. If these burghers had only had enough ammunition they would +have been able to defend themselves, but as they were obliged to keep up +a continuous fire on the storming party their cartridges were speedily +exhausted. When this happened there was nothing for them to do but to +fly. This they did under a fierce fire from three guns, which had been +bombarding them continuously since the morning--doing but little damage +however, as our burghers were behind the railway embankment. But now +they had to fly over open ground, and on foot, as they had gone down +without their horses because there was no safe place for the animals. + +If two hundred burghers--the number I had arranged for--had been in the +position, there would have been no chance of the enemy's reinforcement +being able to drive them out: and in all probability General Barton +would have been obliged to surrender. Instead of this we had a loss of +thirty killed and wounded, and about the same number were taken +prisoners. Among the dead was the renowned Sarel Cilliers, grandson of +the worthy "voortrekker"[73] of the same name. Veldtcornet Jurie +Wessels was the most distinguished of the prisoners. + +It was a miserable affair altogether: General Froneman ought to have +called his men back when he saw that General Liebenberg had not sent his +contingent. I have heard however that Captain Cilliers refused to leave +the position until it became no longer tenable. It was hard indeed for +him to lose a battle thus, when it was nearly won, and to be compelled +to retreat when victory was all but within his grasp. + +We retired towards Vanvurenskloof, and on arriving there the following +evening heard that a great English force had come from Schoemansdrift +and captured Potchefstroom, that another force was at Tijgerfontein, and +a third at Schoemansdrift. + +Early next morning we crossed the Vaal River at Witbanksfontein. There +we off-saddled. + +Now I had sent out scouts--not, however, Commandant Jan Theron's men, +but ordinary burghers whom the Commandants had sent out--and just as we +had partaken about noon of a late breakfast, these burghers came +hurriedly into the camp, shouting: "The enemy is close at hand!" + +It was not long before every one had up-saddled, and we were off. The +English had taken up positions on the kopjes due north of the Vaal +River, whilst we had for our defence only kraals and boundary walls. As +these offered no shelter for our horses, we were forced to retreat. And +a most unpleasant time of it we had until we got out of range of their +guns and small arms. During this retreat we lost one of our guns. This +happened while I was with the left wing. One of the wheels of the +carriage fell off, and the gun had to be left behind. Another incident +of our flight was more remarkable. A shell from one of the enemy's guns +hit an ox waggon on which there were four cases of dynamite, and +everything was blown up. + +The oxen had just been unyoked and had left the waggon, or else a +terrible catastrophe would have occurred. + +We lost also two burghers, who, thinking that it would be safe to go +into a dwelling house, and hide themselves there, gave an opportunity to +some English troops who were on the march from Schoemansdrift, to take +them prisoner. + +We retired for some distance in an easterly direction, and when it +became dark, swerved suddenly to the west, as if aiming for a point +somewhat to the south-west of Bothaville. The following evening we +stayed at Bronkhaistfontein, near the Witkopjes. From there we went on +next morning to the west of Rheboksfontein, remaining that night at +Winkeldrift, on the Rhenoster River. + +There I received a report that President Steyn with his staff was coming +from Machadodorp, where he had met the Transvaal Government. The +President requested me to come and see him, and also to meet General De +la Rey, who would be there. + +I told the commandos to go on in the direction of Bothaville and went +with my staff to the President. We met on the 31st of October near +Ventersdorp. From him I heard that when he came to Machadodorp President +Kruger was just ready to sail from Lourenco Marques, in the man-of-war +_Gelderland_, which had been specially sent by Queen Wilhelmina to bring +him over to the Netherlands. This was shortly before Portugal ceased to +be neutral--the old President got away only just in time. + +General De la Rey had been prevented from coming: and on the 2nd of +November I went with the President towards Bothaville. + +I had received reports from General Fourie, Judge Hertzog, and Captain +Scheepers, that the burghers in their districts had rejoined; this made +me think that the time had now come to make another dash into Cape +Colony. President Steyn had expressed a wish to go with us. + +We marched on with the intention of crossing the railway line somewhere +near Winburg. On the morning of the 5th we arrived at Bothaville, where +we found General Froneman, who had been marching with the commandos from +Rhenoster River. Little did we know that a terrible misfortune was +awaiting us. + +That very afternoon a strong English force, which indeed had been in +pursuit of us all the time, came up, and a skirmish took place, after +which the English withdrew out of reach of our guns, while we took up a +position under cover of the nearest hill. Without suspecting any harm we +went into camp about seven miles from the English, keeping the Valsch +River between us and them. + +I placed an outpost that night close to the river and told them to stay +there till the following day. The burghers of this watch returned in the +morning and reported that they had seen nothing but wreaths of smoke +ascending from the north bank of the river. They believed that these +came from the English camp. + +We were still safe then--so at least we all believed. + +But the corporal who had brought this report had but just left me, and +was scarcely one hundred paces off when I heard the report of rifles. I +thought at first that it was only some cattle being shot for food, but +all at once there were more shots, and what did we see? The English were +within three hundred paces of us, on a little hill near Bothaville, and +close to the spot from whence my outpost had just returned. + +It was early morning. The sun had not risen more than twenty minutes and +many of the burghers still lay asleep rolled up in their blankets. + +The scene which ensued was unlike anything I had ever witnessed before. +I heard a good deal about panics--I was now to see one with my own eyes. +Whilst I was looking for my horse to get him up-saddled a few of the +burghers were making some sort of a stand against the enemy. But all +those who had already up-saddled were riding away at break-neck speed. +Many even were leaving their saddles behind and galloping off bare-back. +As I up-saddled my horse I called out to them:-- + +"Don't run away! Come back and storm the enemy's position!" But it was +no use. A panic had seized them, and the victims of that panic were +those brave men who had never thought of flight, but only of resisting +the enemy! + +The only thing I could do was to leap into the saddle and try to +persuade the fugitives to return. But I did not succeed, for as I +stopped them at one point others galloped past me, and I was thus kept +dodging from point to point, until the whole commando was out of range +of the firing. + +The leader of the enemy's storming party was Colonel Le Gallais, without +doubt one of the bravest English officers I have ever met. On this +occasion he did not encounter much resistance, for only a very few of +the burghers attacked him, and that only at one point of his position. +Among these burghers were Staats-Procureur Jacob De Villiers, and +Veldtcornet Jan Viljoen. As for the rest of our men, it was useless to +try to get them to come back to the fight. The gunners however did +everything they could to save their guns, but had not enough time to get +the oxen inspanned. + +Our loss was, as far as I could make out, nine killed, between twenty +and thirty wounded, and about one hundred prisoners. Among the dead were +Veldtcornets Jan Viljoen, of Heilbron, and Van Zijl, of Cape Colony; and +among the wounded, Staats-Procureur Jacob De Villiers and Jan Rechter, +the latter of whom subsequently died. The wounded who managed to escape +included General Froneman, who was slightly wounded in the chest; Mr. +Thomas Brain, who had been hit in the thigh; and one of my staff who was +severely wounded, his shoulder being pierced by a bullet. + +According to English reports, Dr. De Landsheer, a Belgian, was killed in +this engagement. The English newspapers asserted that the doctor was +found dead with a bandolier round his body. I can vouch for the fact +that the doctor possessed neither rifle nor bandolier, and I am unable +to believe that he armed himself on the battlefield. + +Six of our Krupp guns were captured in this battle, but as our +ammunition for these pieces was nearly exhausted, the loss of them made +little difference to us. + +I feel compelled to add that, if the burghers had stood shoulder to +shoulder we should certainly have driven back the enemy, and the mishap +would never have occurred. We were eight hundred men strong, and the +enemy numbered not more than one thousand to one thousand two hundred. +But a surprise attack such as theirs had been usually produces +disastrous consequences. + +[Footnote 73: Pioneer.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +My March to the South + + +The horses of the burghers were in a very weak condition; and as the +Boer is only half a man without his horse--for he relies on it to get +him out of any and every difficulty--I had now to advance, and see if I +could not find some means of providing my men with horses and saddles. I +went on this errand in the direction of Zandriviersbrug to the farm of +Mr. Jacobus Bornman. + +Here, however, I divided the commandos. General Froneman, with the Vrede +and Heilbron burghers, I sent back to cross the railway lines between +the Doorn and Zand Rivers, with orders to operate in the northern +districts of the State. I took with me Commandant Lategan of Colesberg, +with about one hundred and twenty men, and Commandant Jan Theron, with +eighty men, and proceeded on the 10th or 11th of November across the +railway line between Doorn River and Theronskoppen, with the intention +of executing my plan of making an inroad into the Cape Colony. + +We wrecked the railway line and blew up a few small bridges, and then +proceeded in the direction of Doornberg, where I met Commandant +Hasebroek and his burghers. I sent orders to General Philip Botha to +come with the Harrismith and Kroonstad burghers, which he had with him. +They arrived about the 13th of November. + +We then marched, with about fifteen hundred men, in the direction of +Springhaansnek, to the east of Thaba'Nchu. At the northern point of +Korannaberg, Commandant Hasebroek remained behind, waiting for some of +his men to join him. + +We took with us one Krupp with sixteen rounds--that was our whole stock +of gun ammunition! + +By the afternoon of the 16th we had advanced as far as Springhaansnek. +The English had built a line of forts from Bloemfontein to Thaba'Nchu +and Ladybrand. And just at the point where we wanted to pass them, there +were two forts, one to the south and the other to the north, about 2,000 +paces from each other, on the shoulder of the mountain. + +My first step was to order the Krupp to fire six shots on one of these +forts; and, very much to the credit of my gunners, almost everyone of +these shots found its mark. Then I raced through. + +All went well. The only man hit was Vice-Assistant-Commandant Jan +Meijer, of Harrismith, who received a wound in the side. He was shot +while sitting in a cart, where he had been placed owing to a wound which +he had received a few days before, in the course of a hot engagement, +which General Philip Botha had had at Ventersburg Station. + +We now rode on through Rietpoort towards Dewetsdorp, staying, during the +night of the 17th of November, at a place on the Modder River. The +following day we only went a short distance, and halted at the farm of +Erinspride. + +On the 19th I made a point of advancing during the _day_, so as to be +observed by the garrison at Dewetsdorp. + +My object was to lead the garrison to think that we did not want to +attack them, but wished first to reconnoitre the positions. This would +have been quite an unnecessary proceeding, as the town was well known to +me, and I had already received information as to where the enemy was +posted. + +The garrison could only conclude that we were again flying, just as we +were supposed to have done--by readers of English newspapers--at +Springhaansnek. They would be sure to think that after reconnoitring +their positions at Dewetsdorp we had gone on to Bloemfontein. Indeed, I +heard afterwards that they had sent a patrol, to pursue us to the hills +on the farm of Glengarry, and that this patrol had seen us march away in +the direction of Bloemfontein. In fact the enemy seemed to have a fixed +impression that I was going there. I was told that they had said: "De +Wet was either too wise or too frightened to attack Dewetsdorp; and if +he did, he would only be running his head against a wall." And again, +when they had received the telegram which informed them that I had gone +through Springhaansnek, they said: "If De Wet comes here to attack us, +it will be the last attack he will ever make." + +We came to the farm of Roodewal, and remained there, well out of sight, +the whole of the 20th of November. Meanwhile our friends (?) at +Dewetsdorp were saying: "The Boers are ever so far away." + +But on the evening of the same day I marched, very quietly, back to +Dewetsdorp, and crept up as close as I dared to the positions held by +the enemy's garrison. My early days had been spent in the vicinity of +this town, which had been named after my father by the Volksraad; and +later on I had bought from him the farm[74] where I lived as a boy. + +By day or by night, I had been accustomed to ride freely in and out of +the old town; never before had I been forced to approach it, as I was +now, _like a thief_! Was nothing on this earth then solid or lasting? To +think that I must not enter Dewetsdorp unless I were prepared to +surrender to the English! + +I was _not_ prepared to surrender to the English. Sooner than do that I +would break my way in by force of arms. + +At dawn, on the 21st of November, we took possession of three positions +round the town. + +General Botha, who had with him Jan and Arnoldus Du Plessis as guides, +went from Boesmansbank to a _tafelkop_,[75] to the south-east of the +town. On this mountain the English had thrown up splendid _schanzes_, +and had also built gun forts there, which would have been very +advantageous to us, if we had only had more ammunition. The English had +undoubtedly built these forts with the intention of placing guns there, +and thus protecting the town on every side should danger threaten. But +they did not know how to guard their own forts, for when General Botha +arrived there he found only three sentries--and they were fast sleep! +Two of them escaped, leaving their clothes behind, but the third was +killed. + +Commandant De Vos and I occupied a position on the ridge which lies to +the north of the town; from this point we could shoot into the town at a +range of about 1,600 paces. + +Commandant Lategan was stationed on the hill to the west of the town, +close to the farm of Glengarry, whose owner, Mr. B.W. Richter--father of +my valiant Adjutants, B.W. and Jan Richter--must have been much +surprised that morning when he discovered that something very like an +attack was being made on Dewetsdorp. + +The enemy held strong positions on points of the ridge to the south-east +(above the Kaffir location) to the south-west and to the north-west. +Their _schanzes_ were built of stones, and provided with trenches. On +the top of the _schanzes_ sandbags had been placed, with spaces left +between them for the rifles. + +Of Major Massey, who was in command, and his force, consisting of parts +of the Gloucestershire regiment, the Highland Light Infantry, and the +Irish Rifles, five hundred all told, I have only to say that both +commanding officer and men displayed the greatest valour. + +Although Commandants Hasebroek and Prinsloo had not arrived, +nevertheless I had as many as nine hundred men. But I was obliged to +send a strong patrol to Roodekop, eighteen miles from us in the +direction of Bloemfontein, in order to receive reports in time, should +reinforcements be coming up to the help of the English. I had also to +send men to keep watch out towards Thaba'Nchu, Wepener and Reddersburg; +nor could I leave the President's little camp (which I had allowed to +proceed to the farm called "Prospect") without some protection. Thus it +was that of my nine hundred men, only four hundred and fifty were +available for the attack. + +It delighted me to see how courageous our burghers were at Dewetsdorp. +As one watched them creeping from _schanze_ to _schanze_, often without +any cover whatever, and in danger at every moment of falling under the +enemy's fire, one felt that there was still hope. + +On the first day we advanced until we were close to the _schanzes_ on +the south-east and on the north; we remained there during the night in +our positions, our food being brought to us. + +The second day, November 22nd, firing began very early in the morning, +and was kept up until the afternoon. Our most advanced burghers, those +of Harrismith, had come to within about one hundred paces of the first +_schanze_. + +I saw one of our men creeping on till he was close under the enemy's +fort. Directly afterwards I observed that rifles were being handed over +the _schanze_ to this man. Later on it appeared that the man who had +done this valiant deed was none other than Veldtcornet Wessels, of +Harrismith. He was subsequently promoted to the rank of Commandant, to +take the place of Commandant Truter; later on again, he became +Vice-Commander-in-Chief. + +Our burghers could now enter this fort without incurring much danger. +But they had hardly done so, when the two English guns, which had been +placed to the west of the town, opened fire on them. When this +happened, I gave orders to my men that a great _schanze_ of the English, +about eighty paces from the one which we had just taken, should be +stormed. This was successfully carried out by Veldtcornet Wessels, who +had with him about twenty-five men. The enemy meanwhile kept up a heavy +fire on our storming party, from some _schanzes_ which lay still further +away; our men, therefore, had nothing left them but to take these also. +Then while our men kept in cover behind the fort which they had just +taken, the English left the _schanzes_ upon which the storming party had +been firing so fiercely; this, however, Veldtcornet Wessels and his +burghers did not know, because, after having rested a little, and +desiring to renew the attack, they only saw that everything was quiet +there, and that they were now only under the fire of guns from the +western forts, which lay right above the town. I also had not observed +that the forts had been abandoned. + +Just as the sun was setting, and when it was too late to do anything, +General Philip Botha, with his two sons, Louis and Charlie, rushed up to +Veldtcornet Wessels and told him what the real state of affairs was. + +I now saw columns of black smoke rising from the mill of Mr. Wessels +Badenhorst, to the south of the town. Everybody was saying: "The English +are burning their commissariat; they are going to surrender!" + +The English had a strong fort on the north, near the place where +Commandant De Vos was stationed. In order to take this _schanze_ one +would have been obliged to cross 200 metres of open ground. Moreover, it +was so placed that it was the only part of the English possession which +De Vos's guns commanded. Accordingly, when the sun had gone down, I sent +orders to him that he was to storm this _schanze_ before daybreak on the +following morning. + +My orders were duly carried out. + +Commandant De Vos crept stealthily up to the fort, and was not observed +by the enemy until he was close to them. They then fired fiercely on +him, killing two of his burghers, but our men would not be denied; they +leapt over the _schanze_ and compelled the enemy to surrender. The +English losses on this occasion were six killed, a few wounded, and +about thirty taken prisoner. + +While this was going on, Veldtcornet Wessels, in accordance with orders +which I had given him the previous evening, had taken possession of the +river bank exactly opposite to the town, which he was now preparing to +storm. + +The English had only a few _schanzes_ to the west of him, and these were +not more than two hundred paces off. + +I had been to the laager at "Prospect" the night before, with the +intention of returning so as to be in time for the storming of the town. +I had arranged to go there very early in the morning, because my journey +could be accomplished with much less risk if carried out in the dark. +Unfortunately, however, daylight overtook me when I had got no further +than the Kaffir location, and I had to race from there, over country +where I had no sort of cover, to the ravine near the town. From this +ravine to where Veldtcornet Wessels was waiting for me on the river +bank, I rode in comparative safety. + +The reader can easily imagine how delighted I was to meet again the +Dewetsdorp folk, to whom I was so well known. But I could not show +myself too much. That would not have been safe. After I had visited +three houses--those of the Schoolmaster, Mr. Otto, of Mr. Jacobus Roos, +and of old Mr. H. Van der Schijf--and had partaken in each of a cup of +coffee, I hurried off to my burghers. + +The remaining English _schanzes_ had been so well constructed that their +occupants could still offer a very stubborn resistance, and they did so. +It was not until about three o'clock on the afternoon of the 23rd of +November that we saw the white flag go up, and knew that the victory was +ours. + +We took four hundred and eight prisoners, amongst whom were Major Massey +and seven other officers. We also took fifty Kaffirs. Two Armstrong guns +with more than three hundred rounds of ammunition, some waggons, horses +and mules, and a great quantity of Lee-Metford cartridges also fell into +our hands. + +We never knew the exact numbers of the English dead and wounded, but +they must have lost something between seventy and one hundred men. + +Our own loss was heavy. Seven of the burghers were killed and fourteen +wounded; most of these, however, slightly. + +The sun had already set before we had put everything in order, and it +was late in the evening when we returned to our laager at "Prospect." +There I received a report that a great column was marching from the +direction of Reddersburg, in order to relieve Major Massey--but they +were too late! + +Very early the following morning we made preparations to intercept the +advance of this column. We took up positions to the west of Dewetsdorp, +and the day was spent in exchanging shots with the enemy's guns. During +the night we remained in our positions, but when the sun rose I +discovered that the column, which was already too strong for us, was +expecting a reinforcement, and as no attack was attempted on their side, +I decided to leave the position quietly, and to march on. My inroad into +Cape Colony must no longer be delayed. + +Our positions at Dewetsdorp were so situated that I could leave them +unnoticed. I thought it well, however, to leave behind a small number of +burghers as a decoy, so that the English should not pursue us at once. + +[Footnote 74: Nieuwjaarsfontein.] + +[Footnote 75: A table-shaped hill.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +I Fail to Enter Cape Colony + + +The enemy gave us plenty of time in which to effect our escape, and by +nightfall we had abandoned our positions at Platkop. Taking with us the +prisoners of war (whom I intended to set free on the far side of the +Orange River), we marched towards Vaalbank, arriving there on the +following morning. That day the English attacked us unawares. While I +was at Dewetsdorp, Captain Pretorius had come up to give me a report of +his recent doings. I had sent him, two months previously, from the +district of Heilbron to Fauresmith and Philippolis, in order to fetch +two or three hundred horses from those districts; he had told me that he +had brought the horses, and that they were with his 200 men at +Droogfontein. + +It was about eight o'clock in the morning after our night march that our +outpost at Vaalbank saw a mounted commando riding from Beijersberg in +the direction of Reddersburg. I was at once informed of this, but as I +was expecting Pretorius from that direction, I merely said: "It is sure +to be Captain Pretorius." + +"No; this is an _English_ commando." + +English or Australian--it made very little matter--they were enemies. + +I had no need to give the order to off-saddle, the burghers did it at +once of their own accord. But before we were ready for him, the enemy +opened fire on us from the very ridge on which our outpost had been +stationed. + +Off went the burghers, and I made no effort to stop them, for the spot +where we were did not command a good view of the surrounding country, +and I already had my eye on some ridges, about half an hour's ride away. +There we should be able to reconnoitre, especially towards Dewetsdorp, +whence I expected the enemy at any moment. During the retreat +Veldtcornet de Wet was severely wounded. Moreover, some of our horses +had to be left behind, being too exhausted to go any further. + +We marched on towards Bethulie. When in the neighbourhood of this town, +and of the farm of "Klein Bloemfontein," I fell in with General Piet +Fourie and Captain Scheepers, and took them with me. While on this farm +I set free the Kaffirs whom I had taken prisoner at Dewetsdorp; they +pretended they had not been fighting, but were only waggon-drivers. I +gave them a pass to go into Basutoland. + +We then proceeded towards Karmel, and just as we were approaching the +farm of "Good Hope," we caught sight of an English column which had come +from Bethulie, and was making for Smithfield. I at once opened fire upon +them from two sides, but they were in such good positions that we failed +that day to drive them out. On the morrow, early in the morning, the +fight began afresh. + +About four o'clock in the afternoon General Charles Knox, with a large +reinforcement, arrived from Smithfield, and we had once more to retire. +It was here that I sustained a loss upon my staff--my nephew, Johannes +Jacobus de Wet. It was sad to think that I should never again see +Johannes--so brave and cheerful as he had always been. His death was a +great shock to me. + +Our only other casualties were four burghers wounded, whereas the enemy, +unless I am much mistaken, must have lost heavily. + +Whilst this fight was in progress General Hertzog joined me. We arranged +that he should with all speed make an inroad into Cape Colony, between +the Norvalspont and Hopetown railway bridges, and that I should do the +same between the railway bridges at Bethulie and Aliwal North. He was to +operate in the north-western part of the country, I in the eastern and +midland parts. + +That night we continued our march towards Karmel, under a heavy downpour +of rain. Next morning it was still raining when we started to continue +our march; later on in the day we off-saddled for a short time and then +went on again, so as to be able to cross the Caledon River before it +became impossible to do so. I can assure you that it rained so hard +while we were fording the Caledon, that, as the Boers say, "It was +enough to kill the big devils and cut off the legs of the little ones." +We then marched on--still through heavy rain. + +Commandant Truter, who was in command of the rear-guard, had left a +Krupp and an ammunition waggon behind. I was not at all pleased about +this, but, as we had not a single round of Krupp ammunition left, the +gun would only have hampered us. + +That evening we reached the Orange River, at a point some three miles to +the north of Odendaalsstroom, but, alas! what a sight met our eyes! The +river was quite impassable owing to the floods, and, in addition, the +ford was held by English troops stationed on the south bank. + +Our position was beginning to be critical, for there was an English +garrison at Aliwal North, so that I could not cross the Orange River by +the bridge there. It was also highly probable that the Caledon would be +in flood, and I knew that General Charles Knox had left a division of +his troops at Smithfield--they would be sure to be holding the bridge +over the Caledon at Commissiedrift. Moreover, Jammerbergsdrift, near +Wepener, was doubtless well guarded, so that there, too, I would have no +chance of crossing the river. There was still Basutoland, but we did not +wish to cross its borders--we were on good terms with the Basutos and +we could not afford to make enemies of them. Surely we had enough +enemies already! + +To make the best of a bad job I sent Commandant Kritzinger[76] and +Captain Scheepers, with their three hundred men, to march in the +direction of Rouxville with orders that as soon as the Orange River +became fordable, they were to cross it into Cape Colony without delay. I +entertained no doubt that they would succeed. + +Everything is as it must be, and unless one is a sluggard--who brings +trouble upon himself by doing nothing to avoid it--one has no reason to +complain. + +Such were my thoughts as I contemplated our situation. + +The Orange River was in flood--the Government and I, therefore, could +not possibly remain where we were for long. The English were so fond of +us that they would be sure to be paying us a visit! No, to wait there +until the river was fordable was not to be thought of. + +The reader will now perceive how it was that my projected inroad into +Cape Colony did not become a fact. My dear old friend, General Charles +Knox, was against it, and he had the best of the argument, for the river +was unfordable. What then was I to do? Retreat I could not, for the +Caledon also was now full. Again, as I have already explained, it would +not do for me to take refuge in Basutoland. But even that would be +better than to attempt to hold out where I was--in a narrow belt of +country between two rivers in flood--against the overpowering force +which was at General Knox's disposal, and which in ten or twelve days +would increase tenfold, by reinforcements from all parts of the country. + +I knew that the Orange and the Caledon Rivers sometimes remained +unfordable for weeks together. How could I then escape?--Oh, the English +had caught me at last! They hemmed me in on every side; I could not get +away from them. In fact they had "cornered" me, to use one of their own +favourite expressions. That they also thought so appears from what I +read afterwards in the _South African News_, where I saw that Lord +Kitchener had given orders to General Charles Knox "not to take any +prisoners there!" For the truth of this I cannot positively vouch; but +it was a very suspicious circumstance that Mr. Cartwright, the editor of +the newspaper to which I have referred, was afterwards thrown into +prison for having published this very anecdote about Lord Kitchener. + +Our prospects were then by no means bright; I knew very well that those +trusty counsellors of the English--the National Scouts--would have +advised their masters to seize the bridges and thus make escape +impossible for Steyn and De Wet. + +Without delay I proceeded to the Commissiedrift bridge over the Caledon. +As I feared, it was occupied by the enemy. Entrenchments had been dug, +and _schanzes_ thrown up at both ends. + +Foiled here, I at once sent a man down to the river to see if it was +still rising. It might be the case that there had not been so much rain +higher up. The man whom I had sent soon returned, reporting that the +river was falling, and would be fordable by the evening. This was good +news indeed. + +On the other hand, our horses were exhausted. They had now for three +days been obliged to plough their way through the wet, muddy paths. We +had no forage to give them, and the grass was so young as yet that it +did not seem to strengthen them at all. + +Nevertheless, we had to be off. And there was but one road open to +us--we must somehow get across the Orange River and thus obtain +elbow-room. Accordingly we returned to make for Zevenfontein, a ford ten +or twelve miles further up the river. If it were not already in the +enemy's hands, we would surely be able to get across there. Shortly +before sunset, on the 8th of December, we arrived at Zevenfontein. To +our immense joy, it was unoccupied and fordable. + +I at once marched towards Dewetsdorp, intending, if only General Knox +and his huge force would give me the chance, to rest my horses, and then +make another attempt to enter Cape Colony. + +But it was not to be. + +The English were afraid that if President Steyn and I were in Cape +Colony their troubles would be doubled. General Knox therefore +concentrated all his available forces in order to drive us northwards. +It was disappointing, but there was a bright side to it. If the English +were pursuing me, they would have to leave Commandant Kritzinger and +Captain Scheepers, who would thus be able to cross the Orange River. + +These two officers, however, were not left entirely in peace. While they +rested for a time near Zastron, in order to give their horses a chance +of recovering their strength, there came a division of Brabant's Horse +to pay them a visit. The result was that about sixty of the visitors +were wounded or taken prisoner, while the rest found it as much as they +could do to get back to Aliwal North, whence they had started. +Commandant Kritzinger and Captain Scheepers had then another opportunity +for rest until the day should come when they could make an inroad into +Cape Colony according to my instructions. + +Although, as I have already said, the English were passionately devoted +to President Steyn and myself, I was deprived of their endearments for +the space of two whole days, during which I was at Wilgeboomspruit. Here +I was joined by Commandant Hasebroek with his commando, and all of +us--horses as well as men--enjoyed a little rest. But very soon General +Knox was again at our heels, and, to escape him, I marched west in the +direction of Edenburg, hoping at last to be able to get into Cape +Colony. Not only were the forces of General Knox _behind_ us, but, when +we arrived at the farm of "Hexrivier," and thus were within two hours' +march of Edenburg, I heard from my scouts, whom I had sent on in +advance, that there was a great English column in _front_ of us at that +town. + +In the evening, therefore, I turned off towards the east, and marched in +the direction of Wepener. + +The following morning the enemy was again on our track; but, as we had +covered twenty miles during the night, we were so far ahead that it was +unnecessary for us to move very fast during that and the following day. + +At mid-day, the 13th of December, we took up excellent positions--placed +in a line of about eight miles from end to end--on the farm called +"Rietfontein," which is in the district of Wepener, north-east of +Daspoort. We were so strongly posted that the enemy had to halt and wait +for the arrival of the rearguard. I had calculated on this, and knew +that darkness would come to our aid before the English were ready to +attack us. But in front of us there was a strong line of forts, +extending from Bloemfontein through Thaba'Nchu and Springhaansnek, to +Ladybrand. Through this line we should have to fight our way; this would +be difficult enough, and it would never do to have General Knox at our +heels, to increase the difficulty. Our only plan, then, was to make a +long night march, and thus to get well out of the way. + +Accordingly, I gave orders to the men to hold their positions until +dark, and to let the enemy see that they were doing so. I had even had +_schanzes_ built, so as to impress them with the idea that I intended to +attack them the following day if they advanced towards my positions. And +just before the night came on, I ordered the burghers to show themselves +from behind all our _schanzes_. + +Then night fell, and I at once gave orders to march off. + +The burghers could not understand this, and began to grumble about +it--what could their General mean? Why this sudden change in his plans? +I said nothing, but thought to myself, "You shall know why to-morrow." + +We marched directly towards Springhaansnek. It was very slow work, for +many of the burghers' horses were so weak that their owners had to go on +foot. General Philip Botha and I were with the rearguard, and did not +expect to reach the line of forts until ten o'clock on the following +morning. + +We had not advanced very far before we were joined by Commandant Michal +Prinsloo, who had with him three hundred of the Bethlehem burghers. He +had come down from Springhaansnek, and as his horses were in good +condition I ordered him to go in advance of us, to pass through +Springhaansnek, and then to occupy positions to the north of the lines +of forts and east of Thaba'Nchu. + +My object in making this arrangement was that when on the following +morning we were crossing the mountains, he might be able to hinder the +enemy at Thaba'Nchu from either checking our advance, or sending +reinforcements to the Springhaansnek forts. + +And in point of fact, Prinsloo's commando proved to be our salvation; +for the English, from their high position at Thaba'Nchu, spied us as +soon as day broke, and indeed sent troops to reinforce the point for +which we were making. But Prinsloo succeeded in holding them in check, +so that when we arrived at Springhaansnek we had to fight against strong +positions, but against nothing else--but I must not anticipate. + +Before it began to be light on the morning of the 14th of December, +Commandant Prinsloo passed through the enemy's lines between the forts. +The English fired upon him, but he did not turn back. Then a small +outpost of the enemy, which lay half-way between the forts, made an +attempt to turn the oncoming burghers by shooting at them from the +front. The Commandant only gave strict orders that the men must force +their way through. The consequence was that two of the enemy, who did +not get out of the way in time, were literally ridden over. The burghers +thought that these two unfortunate men had been trodden to death by the +horses, but it was not likely that any of them would dismount to see if +this were actually the case. + +As I have already said, General Botha and I were in the rearguard. We +knew, however, that Vice-Commandant-in-Chief Piet Fourie--a man whom +nothing on earth would stop, if he had once made up his mind--was +leading the van, and that he was supported by Veldtcornet Johannes +Hattingh, who was as resolute and undaunted as his chief. + +Fourie did not wait for us to catch him up, but at once went down the +mountain side. When we saw this, General Botha and I rode with all speed +ahead, telling the burghers to come on more gently with their weary +horses. I did not fear thus to leave them behind, because I knew that +General Knox was still a long way in the rear. + +Just as General Fourie, leading the first storming-party, had passed +between the forts, we came up with him, our burghers still straggling on +behind us. As soon as we had crossed over the first piece of rising +ground, I halted my men, and ordered them to leave their horses out of +sight of the enemy, and to return to the brow of the hill, so as to be +able to fire into the forts on the right and left hand, which were from +eight hundred to nine hundred paces from us. From this hill we kept up +as fierce a fire as we could, and this to a great extent prevented the +enemy in those forts from firing on our burghers who were still coming +on in a long train. + +It is necessary, in order that the reader may understand the task which +we had set ourselves to accomplish, to say a few words about +Springhaansnek. At either side of the way by which we must pass, there +were two strong forts, at a distance of from a thousand to twelve +hundred paces from each other. In the space between them there was +absolutely no cover; and the distance from the point where the burghers +were first visible to the men in these forts, to the point where they +again disappeared from view, was at least three thousand paces. + +Over these terrible three thousand paces our burghers raced, while a +storm of bullets was poured in upon them from both sides. And of all +that force--eight thousand strong--no single man was killed, and only +one was wounded! + +Our marvellous escape can only be described to the providence and +irresistible protection of Almighty God, who kept His hand graciously +over us. + +What the enemy's loss was I never heard. + +In addition to the burghers, a few carts and waggons, as well as one of +the two guns which had been taken at Dewetsdorp, got safely through the +English lines. The other gun was left behind by the sergeant of the +artillery, before he reached the fighting line. He sent the horses of +the gun-carriage with the gunners, back to Commandant Hasel, who +subsequently followed us to Ijzernek, to the west of Thaba'Nchu. + +My ambulance with Dr. Fourie and Dr. Poutsma, were stopped by the +English. Dr. Fourie had, as was quite proper, remained outside the +fighting line, with the intention of coming through afterwards. This he +was permitted to do on the following day. He brought me a message from +General Knox to the effect that Commandant Hasebroek had lost heavily in +an engagement with Colonel White, who had marched out from Thaba'Nchu. +But I had already received information that the Commandant had got +through the enemy's lines unhurt, and that on the contrary it was he who +had killed some of Colonel White's men, while they were attacking him. + +We decided to retreat still further, in order to reach a place of safety +where we might rest our horses, in preparation for that long dash into +Cape Colony, which I still intended to carry out on the first +opportunity. I felt sure, however, that my commandos would be allowed +no rest by the enemy as long as the President and I were with them. +Accordingly I planned that as soon as we got to the north of Winburg he +and I should absent ourselves from the commandos for some time, while I +proceeded to arrange certain matters (to be set down in a later chapter) +by which I hoped to effectually "settle"[77] the English. + +On our arrival at a certain farm to the south of Senekal we discovered +that General Knox was once more at our heels. We had several small +engagements with him, in one of which a son of Commandant Truter, of +Harrismith, was killed. + +On the afternoon of Christmas Day, 1900, we left the farm, and rode on +to the Tafelkop, nine miles to the west of Senekal. + +[Footnote 76: He was subsequently appointed Vice-Commander-in-Chief in +Cape Colony.] + +[Footnote 77: In the original a Kaffir word is used here. The literal +meaning of the phrase is "to throw the knuckle bones"--the Kaffir +equivalent for dice.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +Wherein Something is Found About War against Women + + +It was decided here, on the 26th December, to divide the large +commando into two. The one part was to be under the command +of Assistant-Chief-Commander P.H. Botha, and the other +Assistant-Chief-Commander Pete Fourie. + +I entrusted to President Steyn a bodyguard under Commander Davel, who +went with the Government in the direction of Reitz. + +As regards myself, I went to Assistant-Chief-Commander C.C. Froneman, +who was with the Heilbron Commander, L. Steenekamp, in the neighbourhood +of Heilbron. It was my intention to take with me from there a strong +escort, and to dig up the ammunition at Roodewal taken on the 7th of +June, as both our Mauser and our Lee-Metford ammunition were nearly +exhausted, although we still had a fairly large supply of Martini-Henry +Giddy cartridges. + +I then started from Tafelkop, on the 27th of December, and arrived two +days later at General Froneman's commando, close to Heilbron. I had to +wait there till the evening of the 31st December, until the necessary +carriages and oxen had been got together for carrying the ammunition +with us. Carriages were now no longer to be got easily, because the +British had not only taken them away from the farms, but had also burnt +many of them. Where formerly in each farm there were at least one +carriage and a team of oxen, and in some two, three or even more, there +were now frequently not a single one. Even where there were carriages +the women had always to keep them in readiness to fly on them before the +columns of the enemy, who had now already commenced to carry the women +away from their dwellings to the concentration camps within their own +lines, in nearly all villages where the English had established strong +garrisons. Proclamations had been issued by Lord Roberts, prescribing +that any building within ten miles from the railway, where the Boers had +blown up or broken up the railway line, should be burnt down. This was +also carried out, but not only within the specified radius, but also +everywhere throughout the State. Everywhere houses were burnt down or +destroyed with dynamite. And, worse still, the furniture itself and the +grain were burnt, and the sheep, cattle and horses were carried off. Nor +was it long before horses were shot down in heaps, and the sheep killed +by thousands by the Kaffirs and the National Scouts, or run through by +the troops with their bayonets. The devastation became worse and worse +from day to day. And the Boer women--did they lose courage with this +before their eyes? By no means, as when the capturing of women, or +rather the war against them and against the possessions of the Boer +commenced, they took to bitter flight to remain at least out of the +hands of the enemy. In order to keep something for themselves and their +children, they loaded the carriages with grain and the most +indispensable furniture. When then a column approached a farm, even at +night, in all sorts of weather, many a young daughter had to take hold +of the leading rope of the team of oxen, and the mother the whip, or +vice versa. Many a smart, well-bred daughter rode on horseback and urged +the cattle on, in order to keep out of the hands of the pursuers as long +as at all possible, and not to be carried away to the concentration +camps, which the British called Refugee Camps (Camps of Refuge). How +incorrect, indeed! Could any one ever have thought before the war that +the twentieth century could show such barbarities? No. Any one knows +that in war, cruelties more horrible than murder can take place, but +that such direct and indirect murder should have been committed against +defenceless women and children is a thing which I should have staked my +head could never have happened in a war waged by the civilized English +nation. And yet it happened. Laagers containing no one but women and +children and decrepit old men, were fired upon with cannon and rifles in +order to compel them to stop. I could append here hundreds of +declarations in proof of what I say. I do not do so, as my object is not +to write on this matter. I only touch upon it in passing. There are +sufficiently many righteous pens in South Africa and England to pillory +these deeds and bring them to the knowledge of the world, to remain on +record for the future. For what nation exists, or has existed, which has +not a historical record whether to its advantage or to its disadvantage? +I cannot do it here as it should be done. And too much cannot be said +about this shameful history. + +I had to unburden my heart. Now let me proceed. + +On the evening of the 1st of January, 1901, I pushed on towards Roodewal +Station, for I had obtained all the waggons I needed for my purpose. +Perhaps that night the outposts were asleep; but however that may be, we +reached the railway without the enemy being aware of our movements. The +hour was growing late, and so we had no choice but to remain where we +were, nine miles from the spot at which we aimed. But the following +evening we were again on the march, and reached the place where the +ammunition had been buried. We found it untouched, and just where we had +left it, a few miles from the railway, and quite close to the English +camp, at Rhenosterriviersbrug. + +We were very careful to recover every cartridge, since it was clear that +the war must still continue for a long space of time. _We_ could have no +thought of giving up the struggle, whilst the pride of England would not +allow her to turn back. + +We loaded our waggons with the ammunition, and I gave to General +Froneman the task of conducting it across the railway line. I myself +proceeded to the Vredefort commandos, which were stationed some fifteen +miles away, for the state of affairs amongst these commandos called for +my presence. On the 4th of January, when night had fallen, I crossed the +railway near Vredefortweg, unnoticed by the enemy. + +Two days later I was back again with General Froneman's commando, where +I found that the ammunition had arrived in safety. I was informed that +General Knox had divided his forces into three parts, one of which had +engaged General Fourie and Commandant Prinsloo, near Bethlehem. We had +given the enemy a good beating, but had lost two men in the affair. I +regret to say that one of them was that clever officer, Vice-Commandant +Ignatius du Preeij. He was a man whom every burgher loved, for he was +goodness personified. The second of General Knox's division had set out +in the direction of Heilbron, whilst the third had pursued General +Philip Botha along the Liebenbergsvlei.[78] + +This division had attempted to mislead General Botha by all sorts of +tricks, but on January the 3rd he had put up notices outside different +farmhouses, stating that he did not like such familiarity. + +On one occasion the General, with only fifty burghers, had charged one +hundred and fifty of the bodyguard, and had taken one hundred and +seventeen prisoners, leaving the whole of the remainder either killed or +wounded. + +A panic now occurred among General Knox's forces. The division that was +marching to Heilbron suddenly turned aside towards Kroonstad, only to +meet with General Botha, who left them in anything but an undamaged +condition. + +The division which had been despatched to deal with General Fourie and +Commandant Prinsloo entered Senekal. + +When I arrived at General Botha's camp, which was situated six miles to +the east of Lindley, I found that General Knox had already taken +Kroonstad. + +After this we allowed ourselves a rest. + +On the 8th of January I received reports from Commandant Kritzinger and +Captain Scheepers dealing with the state of affairs in Cape Colony. They +informed me that they had safely crossed the Orange River by a +foot-path. There was another footpath, more to the south, which an +English outpost of eight men was guarding. These soldiers occupied a +house near by, and the first warning they had that we had crossed the +river was when the door of their abode opened, and they heard the order +to "hands up." + +Commandant Kritzinger and Captain Scheepers also assured me that the +sympathies of the Colonial burghers were strongly with us. Like every +other right-minded man, I had expected this to be the case, for "blood +is thicker than water."[79] + +Although the Colonials were well aware what a dangerous course they +would be pursuing if they joined us, and how, later, they would be sure +to be treated as rebels, they nevertheless threw in their lot with ours. + +From Judge Hertzog I received a very encouraging report as to the +burghers in the north-western parts of Cape Colony. This news decided me +on leaving behind, in their own districts, parts of the commandos from +all the various divisions, and on taking others to join with me in a +second expedition into Cape Colony. The following were the officers I +took with me, ordering them to assemble at Doornberg, in the district of +Winburg, on the 25th of January, 1901: Generals Piet Fourie, Philip +Botha and Froneman; Commandants Prinsloo (Bethlehem), Steyn (Ficksburg), +Hasebroek (Winburg), De Vos (Kroonstad), Merve (Parijs), Ross +(Frankfort), Wessel Wessels[80] (Harrismith), Kolbe (Bloemfontein), and +Jan Theron, with the renowned Theron Scouts. + +From the 8th to the 25th of January we were in the north-western +districts of the Free State. We were waiting for a suitable opportunity +to make a dash into Cape Colony. + +[Footnote 78: _Vlei_--a valley with stagnant water in it.] + +[Footnote 79: The Boer proverb is:--"Blood creeps where it cannot +walk."] + +[Footnote 80: I had appointed him in place of Commandant Truter, who had +resigned.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +I Again Attempt to Enter Cape Colony + + +I was now about to make a second attempt to march into Cape Colony. I +had great fears that my plans would leak out, since I was obliged to +mention them to the commandants. But I was not able to confine all +knowledge of my future movements entirely to the commandants. For I had +sent many a burgher home to fetch a second horse; and the burghers began +to make all sorts of guesses as to why they had to fetch the horses; and +one could hear them mutter: "We are going to the Colony." + +But nevertheless they were all in good spirits, with the exception of +some, who had for commander a most contradictory and obstinate officer. + +By January the 25th nearly the whole of my commandos had assembled; only +General Philip Botha, with the burghers from Vrede under Commandant +Hermanus Botha, had yet to arrive in order to complete our numbers; and +he had been prevented coming. + +President Steyn and the Government decided to go with me and my two +thousand burghers. + +At Doornberg the council of war was called together by the Government. +President Steyn then communicated to the meeting that his term of office +would soon expire. He pointed out that the provisions of the law +designed to meet this contingency could not be carried out, because a +legally constituted Volksraad could not be summoned at the present +moment. + +The council of war decided to propose a candidate to the burghers +without any delay, at the same time giving them the option of +nominating candidates of their own. Further, it was decided that the +candidate who should be elected should be sworn in as Vice-States +President, and retain that title until the time arrived when the +condition of the country should make it possible to hold an election in +conformity with the law. + +After the voting had taken place, it was found that the former +President, Marthinus Theunis Steyn, had been unanimously re-elected. + +At the burghers' meeting the voting resulted in the same way, except at +a meeting at which Mr. Cecil Rhodes was proposed as a candidate. This +proposal was not seconded! + +President Steyn was declared elected. And he was then sworn in. + +The executive Raad now consisted of the President, as chairman, with T. +Brain, Secretary of State, W.J.C. Brebner, Secretary of State, A.P. +Cronje, Jan Meijer and myself as members. Mr. Rocco De Villiers was +Secretary of the War Council, and Mr. Gordon Fraser, Private Secretary +to the States President. + +No States-Procureur had been appointed since Mr. Jacob De Villiers had +been taken prisoner at Bothaville; but the Council appointed Mr. Hendrik +Potgieter, Landdrost of Kroonstad, as Public Prosecutor. + +Various causes had made it impossible for a legally constituted +Volksraad to sit. Some members had, as we called it, "hands-upped"; +others had thought that they had done quite enough when they had voted +for the war. I would be the last to assert that they had done wrong in +voting thus. The whole world is convinced that, whatever the Boers might +have done, England was determined to colour the map of South Africa red! +And England succeeded beyond her expectations! For South Africa was +stained with the blood of burghers and defenceless women and children, +and with the blood of English soldiers who had died in a quarrel for +which they were not responsible, and which could have been avoided! + +There were other members--and I had no patience with them--who had said: +"We will give our last drop of blood for our country," and then had +taken good care that no one should have a chance of getting even the +first drop! They preferred to remain quietly at home, and wait for the +English to come and make them prisoners of war! + +Only a minority of the members had remained faithful to our cause, and +these did not constitute a quorum; and so no sitting could take place. +This small party, as far as I can recollect, consisted of the following +ten members: C.H. Wessels Bishop, Chairman; Wessel Wessels (Vrede); J.B. +Wessels (Winburg); A.P. Cronje (Winburg); Jan Steijl (Bloemfontein); Jan +Meijer (Harrismith); J.J. Van Niekerk (Fauresmith); Daniel Steyn +(Heilbron); Hendrik Ecksteen (Vrede); and Hendrik Serfontein +(Kroonstad). + +We marched from Doornberg on the 26th of January to Commandant Sarel +Hasebroek's farm, which is eight miles to the north of Winburg. + +There was a strong English force seven or eight miles to the east of +Winburg, and another body of the enemy eleven or twelve miles still +further to the east. In addition, a column was marching northwards from +Ventersburg, west of our position. + +It was perfectly plain that the enemy were aware of our intentions; but +this, as I have already said, could not be helped. Our army was so +constituted that no secret could be kept; and I decided for the future +to tell no one of any further plans I might form. + +On the 27th of January I reconnoitred to the east of Winburg, and took +care to let myself be seen, for I wished to make it appear that it was +my intention to proceed in that direction in the evening. Meanwhile I +secretly sent my scouts to the west. + +That night I marched to the west of Winburg, crossing the branch +railway without meeting with any opposition, and arrived on the +following morning at the Vet River--to the south of the town. We did not +advance very fast,[81] as we expected that we should soon once more have +to face the difficulty of marching with exhausted horses. + +In the afternoon we continued our way till we had passed Tabaksberg. The +following morning, January 28th, I received a report that the English +were advancing in two divisions. I ordered my burghers to up-saddle and +to occupy positions to the east of Takasberg. + +The enemy's right wing was to the east, and we stationed ourselves on +some ridges that lay in front of them, but were unable to deliver an +attack. We charged their left wing, however, and captured a +Maxim-Nordenfeldt, which was in perfect order, at the cost of one killed +and three wounded. Our other losses amounted to a very small number. + +As to the enemy's losses, they took some of their dead and wounded away, +but they left behind them several of their dead at the spot where we had +captured the gun. + +To remain there and continue the fighting the next day could not even be +thought of; for if we had waited the English would have had time to +bring up reinforcements, and my plan of entering Cape Colony would have +been rendered impossible. + +Our position was difficult enough. The enemy were at our heels, and we +had to get away as best we could. In front of us there was the line of +fortifications from Bloemfontein to Ladybrand, which had been greatly +strengthened since we had forced our way through it at Springhaansnek. +It was impossible to get through at Springhaansnek now. + +I decided to march towards Thaba'Nchu. But in order to deceive the +English I sent a strong patrol on the following day in the direction of +Springhaansnek, ordering them to make no attempt to conceal their +movements. + +I could advance for eight miles without attracting the enemy's notice; +but if I had gone further I should have been seen from the forts. I need +scarcely say that it was greatly to my advantage not to give the English +a chance of seeing me. And so when we had covered eight miles we +off-saddled. If I had allowed the English to discover what I was doing +they would have brought up troops from Thaba'Nchu, Sanna's Post and +Bloemfontein; and these troops in combination with the force behind me +might have put me into a very awkward position. + +My old friend, General Knox, whose duty it had been to prevent me +entering Cape Colony on a previous occasion, was again entrusted with +the same task. Any person who has had dealings with this General will +acknowledge that he is apt to be rather a troublesome friend; for not +only does he understand the art of marching by night, but he is also +rather inclined to be overbearing when he measures his strength with +that of his opponents. + +And now, as we were in camp, congratulating ourselves that we were safe +for the time being, my scouts reported that this same General Knox was +approaching. I at once ordered the burghers to up-saddle, and to inspan +the ten waggons we had with us laden with ammunition and flour. + +I left behind me a portion of my commando under General Fourie, whose +duty it was to check General Knox, whilst I myself was going forward to +clear a road through the enemy's forts. + +It was lucky for us that General Knox had been deceived by the strong +patrol I had sent in the direction of Springhaansnek, and that he had +come to the conclusion that my commando was marching to the same place. +He therefore started off in that direction and continued until he +discovered his mistake. Then he turned aside and came in contact with +General Fourie. Our men held him back for a few hours, and lost two men, +very badly wounded in the engagement. + +Whilst this was occurring I had reached the forts between Thaba'Nchu and +Sanna's Post. When I was there a reinforcement of cavalry approached +from the direction of Bloemfontein. + +I immediately opened fire (with a gun and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt at a range +of 4,000 paces) on the fort, which obstructed my road. After we had +fired a few shots the English abandoned that fort and fled to the +nearest fort to the east. Shortly afterwards this fort was also +abandoned. + +The fort to the west was captured by Commandant Steenekamp and the +Heilbron burghers. They succeeded in taking a few prisoners; but most of +the enemy fled to Sanna's Post. Only one of the Heilbron burghers was +wounded--Piet Steenekamp, the son of the Commandant. + +And now our road was clear; and we passed through! General Fourie joined +us two hours after sunset. Then we marched on to Dewetsdorp[82] where we +arrived on January 31st. + +General Knox, I heard, proceeded to Bloemfontein; thence he sent his +troops to the railway bridge across the Orange River, near Bethulie. He +was now aware that we were determined to enter the Colony at all costs, +and so he stationed troops everywhere to turn us back. He placed forces +not only at Bethulie railway bridge, but also at Springfontein, and +Norvalspont. Thus he could easily prevent us crossing at the fords. + +I had now to find some trump card which would spoil the game he was +playing! + +I ordered General Froneman to proceed from the source of the Kaffir +River in the direction of Jagersfontein Road Station, to the west of +Dewetsdorp: General Fourie I despatched in the direction of +Odendaalsstroom, on the Orange River, to the farm of Klein +Kinderfontein, to the west of Smithfield. + +I then sent scouts to the neighbourhood of Odendaalsdrift. They told me +that there was an English patrol at the drift, and that they had heard +that the enemy expected that we should try and cross into Cape Colony at +that spot. + +The following day I ordered a patrol to ride up and down the river; and +I caused a report to be spread to the effect that I considered it too +dangerous to cross the Orange River below its junction with the Caledon, +owing to the river being already very full and quite unfordable if there +was any rain at all; and that I had for this reason decided to recall +General Froneman, and to take Odendaalsstroom by force, or else to +attack the enemy at the Aliwal-north Bridge. + +I felt quite sure that this rumour would reach General Knox that very +day, for he had plenty of friends in the neighbourhood of the Caledon +and the Orange River. + +General Froneman had orders to march in the direction of Zanddrift, +which is about half-way between Norvals Pont railway bridge and that of +Hopetown. He succeeded in capturing a train close to Jagersfontein Road +Station, by the simple device of blowing up the line both in front of it +and behind it. In this train the burghers found a great quantity of +things they greatly needed. + +It should not be forgotten that there were scarcely any factories in +South Africa, and this was more especially the case in the two +Republics. And, as all imports had been stopped for some considerable +time, it was natural that any booty which consisted of such things as +saddles, blankets and ammunition was very acceptable. + +When the burghers had helped themselves to what they wanted, the train +was burnt. + +For the space of a day I remained quiet, so that I might be quite sure +that the English had received the report I had spread. + +I soon discovered that my plan had been quite successful. The English +marched off in the direction I wished, believing, no doubt, that the +rumours they had heard were true; whilst I, on the evening of the 5th of +February, 1901, took some of the burghers, with the guns and waggons, to +a spot between the stations of Springfontein and Jagersfontein, and the +following day remained in hiding. + +I left General Fourie behind me with a horse-commando, with orders to +remain there for two days, and to carry on manoeuvres in the direction +of Odendaalsstroom. + +I crossed the railway line that evening without any mishap to my force, +but to my great sorrow the valiant Lieutenant Banie[83] Enslin, one of +the best of my scouts, was severely wounded the same night, and fell +into the hands of the English. He had ridden in advance with one of +Theron's Scouting Corps, with the object of finding a favourable spot +where he could lead us across the railway. The night was very dark, and +he had lost his way. We crossed, as I have already said, without +hindrance; but he and his companions rode into an outpost of the enemy a +few miles to the north. The English opened fire on them, with the +unhappy result that the estimable Banie was so seriously wounded that he +had to be left behind. His comrades joined us the following morning, +bringing the sad news with them. + +We now continued our march at as rapid a pace as was possible; but the +road was so soaked by rain that it was difficult for the oxen and the +mules to draw the waggons and the guns. + +On the 8th of February we overtook General Froneman at Lubbesdrift, six +miles to the north of Philippolis. We pushed on that evening towards +Zanddrift, which we reached on the 10th of February. Then we crossed +over into Cape Colony. + +When we had crossed the river, I received a report from my scouts that +there were about twenty of the enemy in a strong _schanze_ on a kopje, +which was about half an hour's march further up stream. I gave orders +that a veldtcornet and twenty-five men, among whom was one of my staff, +Willem Pretorius, should go and capture the _schanze_. + +The veldtcornet preferred not to approach beyond a certain distance, and +consequently Willem Pretorius and four other men were left to do the +work. + +Willem climbed the hill from one side, and the others, dividing into +two, climbed it from the other side at two different points. They were +met by a severe fire from the fort, but when they got to close quarters +up went the white flag, and the English shouted "We surrender!" + +Thus Willem Pretorius and four burghers captured twenty prisoners and a +like number of horses, saddles, bridles, rifles and bandoliers, not to +mention some three thousand cartridges. + +When the veldtcornet at last arrived with his twenty men, he certainly +proved himself very useful in carrying away the booty! + +This veldtcornet was shortly afterwards "Stellenbosched."[84] I then +nominated in his place Willem Pretorius[85] as veldtcornet. + +We left the river that afternoon behind us, and marched south to Mr. +Bezuidenhout's farm. The following day we waited there for General +Fourie to join us. He arrived the next day--and now we were ready to +begin the game once more! + +Our position was embarrassing, for not only was there a large English +force at General Fourie's heels, but also there were two strong columns +on the north from Colesberg, which were making for Hamelfontein. And +these two columns were some twelve miles from us. + +I at once set out in the direction of Hamelfontein, and the following +day I discovered that the enemy's columns had divided into two parties; +one of them had gone in a westerly direction, whilst the other was +marching straight towards us. Meanwhile the force which had pursued +General Fourie had crossed the river at Zanddrift. + +My intention had been to divide my force into three divisions directly I +arrived in the Colony. But I had been obliged to wait till General +Fourie could join me; and when he had come, there was such large numbers +of the enemy on every side that they gave me no opportunity of carrying +out my original intention. + +I may mention here that Lieutenant Malan, who became afterwards +Commandant, and ultimately Vechtgeneraal, had penetrated into the Colony +with fifty or sixty men, and had advanced considerably farther than I +had done. + +That afternoon I ordered the small waggon to proceed to a point between +Philipstown and Petrusville. + +We had several slight skirmishes with the English; and at sunset we +nearly fell into their hands, but fortunately we were successful in +holding the enemy in check until our small laager had passed. + +During that night we marched to Hondeblaf River. The following morning +we found that there was no grass for the horses, for the locusts had +eaten it all. The horses, poor creatures, were very hungry, and also +much exhausted by all those forced marches. When we had been at Winburg, +the pasture had been very poor although it had rained every day. This, +of course, was very good for the veldt; but unfortunately it did not +rain grass--the veldt required time to produce it. + +All this was most unlucky. Already some of my men had to go on foot, and +there were no horses to be obtained in that district. + +The number of my burghers had now been diminished by nearly six hundred +men. Commandant Prinsloo had remained behind with three hundred men, +Vice-Commandant Van Tonder with one hundred, and lastly, Commandant De +Vos at the Orange River with two hundred. + +There was now only one course open to us--and that was to cross as +quickly as possible the railway line near Hopetown, for if an English +force was brought down by rail, it would mean our utter destruction. + +We accordingly moved away at once from Hondeblaf River. The following +day the English were again hot on our track. I ordered General Fourie +and General Froneman to oppose the enemy, for it was necessary that +something should be done to save our rearguard from being cut off. These +Generals had several sharp engagements with the English, resulting in +the capture of a number of prisoners, and a considerable loss in dead +and wounded to the English. + +After we had been on the march for a short time, a "Broodspioen"[86] +came rushing up to me. (Had not my scouts been riding in a different +direction they would have given me notice of his proximity.) He told me +that he and a friend of his of the same calling had gone to a farm near +by to buy bread, but when they had approached the house, a number of +English soldiers appeared at the door and called out "hands up!" His +friend had been captured, but he having been some fifteen paces from the +house, had managed to escape under a hail of bullets. He had had to +gallop one thousand paces before he could get out of range behind a +ridge that stretched between us and the farm. I ordered the burghers to +halt behind the ridge, and sent a small body of men ahead to determine +the strength of the enemy. We could now see that the English had hidden +their horses behind some fruit-trees. When they caught sight of our men +on the top of the ridge, they took up positions behind kraals and a +dam-wall not far from the house, knowing well that escape was +impossible. + +I thought it best to send a note to this handful of men, advising them +to surrender, for I did not wish that any of my burghers' lives should +be sacrificed in an unnecessary attack. Whilst I was writing the letter +they punctuated it by an incessant fire, to which the burghers replied +by a few shots, although none of the enemy were visible. As soon, +however, as my despatch rider appeared with a white flag, their firing +ceased. The answer they returned left something to be desired--"We shall +not surrender!" + +I immediately ordered fifty of my men to attack them. Hardly had I given +the order, when a number of young burghers sprung on their horses and +galloped at break-neck pace towards the kraals. + +And now there was an end to all boasting, for without firing a single +shot the enemy surrendered. + +We took twenty prisoners there, and an equal number of rifles and +bandoliers. The horses we captured--again twenty in number--were in +excellent condition, and all up-saddled. We now had made ninety men our +prisoners since we crossed the Orange River. + +The joy of the Broodspioen, who had been for fifty minutes in the hands +of the English, was very great; and I believe he never returned again to +his very doubtful profession. + +The following day we came to a farm about six miles to the east of +Houtkraal Station, which we christened Moddervlei,[87] on account of the +experience we had on the night following our arrival. + +The great English force was close behind us, and when night fell the +enemy were not more than five miles from us. + +It was at the hour of sunset, shortly before we came to the swamp, which +I shall presently describe, that my scouts came across fifteen of the +enemy. When the English saw our men they turned round at once. But they +did not get away before one was shot from his horse, and another +seriously wounded, and several of them taken prisoner. + +I now sent two patrols to blow up the railway, seven miles at each side +of the point where I intended to cross. I had no wish that an armoured +train should appear and prevent my crossing. + +But, before we could reach the railway line a swamp lay in our way. This +swamp was about one thousand paces broad, and was covered knee deep with +water, and in some places even deeper; for heavy rain had fallen during +the afternoon. The water, however, would have been a matter of very +little consequence, had it not been that the bottom of the swamp was of +such a nature that the horses sank in it up to their knees, and even +sometimes up to their girths. But we fourteen hundred riders had to get +over it somehow or other! + +Let the reader try to picture to himself the condition of the swamp when +the last burgher had crossed! + +Many of the men lost their balance as their horses struggled in the mud, +and several of the burghers had to dismount and lead their poor +tired-out animals. + +The guns and the waggons caused us a great deal of trouble. We inspanned +thirty oxen to each gun; but if it got stuck fast in the mud, fifty oxen +were sometimes not sufficient to move it. + +At last we got the guns through, and succeeded in getting a trolley, +and the little waggon which carried my documents and papers, safely to +the other side. But the ammunition and flour-waggons were impossible to +move when they had once entered the swamp. + +It was a night which I shall never forget! + +We had now to determine what we should do with the waggons. The day +would soon break and we could only cross the railway line when darkness +covered our movements. It would be disastrous to us if, while we were +still between the swamp and the railway, troops should be brought up by +rail from De Aar and Hopetown. + +It was perfectly clear that those who had crossed the swamp must go on. +And so I advanced, at the same time giving General Fourie orders to +remain behind with a hundred of the men whose horses were less exhausted +than those of the other burghers, and to try to get the waggons through. +In the event of the enemy arriving before his task was completed, I told +him to leave the waggons and make his escape to the south. + +Having given these orders, I proceeded with my commando to the railway +line. Only the weakest of the horses were with us, so that many of my +burghers had to go on foot. + +The ninety prisoners we had taken were with me. I could not release +them, because I did not want them to tell the enemy how exhausted our +horses were. Should the English know this they would know exactly where +our weak point lay. + +I pitied the poor "Tommies," but what else could I do but order them to +march with me? I treated them as well as I could, and made no difference +between them and the burghers. And after all, many of our own men had to +go on foot. + +Any delay was dangerous, and so we hurried on as fast as possible. When +we reached the railway line, day had already begun to break. +Fortunately, we met with no opposition; the patrols had followed my +orders and broken the line. + +When the sun rose one could see what a terrible condition the burghers +were in. On every man's face utter exhaustion could be read. But how +could it have been otherwise? The men had had fighting to do the +previous day, and had only once been able to off-saddle, and that not +long enough to cook a piece of meat. Rain had also been falling in +torrents, and most of the men were wet to the skin, for very few of them +had waterproofs. And to make matters still worse, the burghers were +covered with the mud from the swamp that still clung to them. + +Twenty-four hours had passed without the men being able to lie down and +rest; and sleep, of course, had been entirely impossible. + +Three miles beyond the railway line I gave orders to off-saddle, +although there was no grass for the horses. Hardly had we dismounted +when I was told that we should find grass about one hour's ride further +on. And so we mounted again, fatigued though we were, and found pasture +at last for the poor animals. I thought it better that the masters +should endure more hardships than that the horses should go without +grass. We were rewarded for our short ride by the knowledge that our +horses had something to eat, and we could sleep in peace without having +to think that our animals were starving. + +But before we could sleep hunger compelled us to kill a sheep which we +had bought from a farmer living near. In that part of Cape Colony +sheep-farming is almost the only occupation, and so well adapted is this +district for rearing sheep that it is quite an exception to see a lean +one. It may interest some of my readers to know that the African sheep +has a very remarkable peculiarity; it possesses a huge tail, which +sometimes weighs as much as ten pounds. + +We were unable to obtain bread, and our flour had remained behind in the +waggons. The sound of an explosion had told us that General Fourie had +not been able to save them, and that by now they must have been burnt. + +I heard later on that General Fourie had been attacked by the English +and had not been able to set fire to the waggons himself. But the +English, so my scouts informed me, had done the work for him, and so +thoroughly that they had also burnt some of their own waggons which had +got into the swamp. + +After we had helped ourselves to a good "African boutspan," and had +slept with our saddles as pillows, we were all in good spirits again, +although we could not forget our experiences in the swamp. + +The burghers whom I had with me were of the right stamp, and were +prepared to sacrifice everything for the freedom of the people. If any +one had asked them whether they were ready to undergo any further +hardships, they would have replied that a hundred swamps would not +discourage them. They knew that freedom was a pearl of such value that +no man since the world began had been able to set a price upon it. + +When General Fourie had abandoned the waggons, he retreated to the +south, crossing the railway at De Aar. He joined me again near +Petrusville when I was returning to the Free State. + +As the English had to march round the swamp, leaving their waggons +behind, we were not pressed for time, or obliged to march very far. We +took advantage of this respite to give our horses a little rest. + +I now proceeded to the west of Hopetown, in the direction of +Strijdenburg. The following day the English were again on our heels in +greater numbers than ever, and advancing more speedily than before. I +was obliged to engage their vanguard for nearly the whole of that day. + +That evening we arrived at a spot about ten or twelve miles to the +north-west of Strijdenburg. Here I left Commandant Hasebroek behind +with three hundred men, till the following morning, with orders to watch +the enemy and hold them back if necessary. This would give my burghers +who were on foot, or whose horses were exhausted, a chance of getting +away. + +I might here explain to the uninitiated our methods of checking the +advance of the enemy. + +The burghers who had the best horses would remain behind any rise or +kopje they could find in the neighbourhood. When the enemy approached +and saw ahead of them two or three hundred burghers they would halt and +bring their guns (which were usually placed in the middle of the column) +to the front. When they had got the guns in position, they would bombard +the ridge behind which the burghers were stationed. But as our men had +no wish to remain under fire, they would then quietly withdraw out of +sight. But the English would continue bombarding the hill, and would +send flanking parties to the right and left. Sometimes it would take the +English several hours before they could make sure that there were no +Boers behind the rise. + +It was tactics such as the above that gave my burghers who were +handicapped by the condition of their horses, time to retreat. + +It sometimes happened, in these rearguard actions, when the position was +favourable, that the enemy were led into an ambush, and then they were +either captured or sent racing back under our fire to bring up their +guns and main force. Had we not acted in some such way as this, all my +men would have been taken prisoner in this and in many other marches. + +The large forces which the English on all occasions concentrated round +me deprived me of any chance of fighting a great battle; and I could +only act in the way I did. + +If the reader is eager to know how it was that I kept out of the enemy's +hands until the end of the war, I can only answer, although I may not +be understood, that I ascribed it to nothing else than this:--It was not +God's will that I should fall into their hands. + +Let those who rejoice at my miraculous escapes give all the praise to +God. + +[Footnote 81: Our forethought proved later on to have been of little +avail. For notwithstanding the bountiful rains which had fallen at the +end of November and the beginning of January in the southern and western +parts of the State we found, when we arrived there, that the grass had +been entirely destroyed by the locusts. Neither could we obtain any +fodder; and so the difficulty of providing for our horses was as great +as ever.] + +[Footnote 82: At this date the English had not re-garrisoned the town.] + +[Footnote 83: Barend.] + +[Footnote 84: Stellenbosched: this was the word the English applied to +officers, who, on account of inefficiency, or for other reasons, had to +be dismissed. Stellenbosch was a place where only very unimportant work +was performed.] + +[Footnote 85: I must give a short account of Willem Pretorius, for he +was a dear friend of mine. He had only reached the age of twenty when I +made him a Veldtcornet. His courage certainly could not be surpassed, +yet he never let it go beyond his reason. About twenty days before the +conclusion of Peace, he was killed by a bullet at a range of 1,100 +paces. Throughout the whole previous course of the war fortune had +favoured him almost miraculously: six horses had been killed and many +more wounded under him; yet he had never received more than a scratch. +But in the end he, like so many other brave men, was destined to die for +the country that he loved so dearly. Poor Willem! You and the other +heroes in our struggle will live for ever in our memories.] + +[Footnote 86: Broodspioen: _literally_ a bread spy. This was the name +applied to a burgher, who, with or without an order from his officer, +rode in advance of his commando to obtain bread for himself and his +comrades. He was frequently a man who placed the interests of his +stomach before the safety of his commando.] + +[Footnote 87: A swamp.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + +Darkness Proves my Salvation + + +Commandant Hasebroek held the enemy in check whilst we continued our +march to a place called Vrouwpan. On the following day we struck the +Brak River at a point ten miles south-east of its confluence with the +Orange River, to the east of Prieska. It was not fordable, and we had to +off-saddle. + +There was absolutely no chance of getting across--the best of swimmers +would have been helpless in that swollen torrent, which rushed down to +the Orange River, its great waves roaring like a tempestuous sea. + +About two hours before sunset Commandant Hasebroek reported that the +English were rapidly approaching. The question was, "Which way shall we +go?" It was impossible to escape either to the south of the river or in +the direction of the enemy, for the veldt was too flat to afford us any +cover. If we were not to be cornered against an impassable torrent, we +must make our way down stream to the north-west; and even then we should +be in danger of being driven on to the Orange River, which was only ten +miles distant. By taking this road the English would not see us, on +account of a ridge which lay between us and them. + +My plan was to get behind this ridge and to march under its shelter +until darkness came on; then, proceeding up the Orange River, to attack +the enemy in the rear. They were, however, only nine miles from us, and +should their advance be rapid, they would reach the friendly ridge +before night came on; and the danger would then be that before I had +fulfilled my purpose, we should be hemmed in between two swollen rivers +with the most fatal consequences. The risk was great, but no other +course was open to us. There was no time to seek advice from any one; I +had but a moment to spare in which to acquaint President Steyn with my +scheme. He said at once: "General, do as you think best." + +My mind had been already made up; but my respect for the President was +so great, and we had always worked in such harmony, that I did not like +to do anything without his knowledge; besides which, his advice was +often of great value. Joshua of old prayed that the day might be +lengthened: but here the case was different; we had reason to be +thankful that the day was passed and night had begun to fall before the +vanguard of the enemy had reached the ridge, from the summit of which +they might have observed us. + +That night was the darkest I had ever known. And this was in our favour. +Very quietly we retreated in a line parallel with the English column +until, on the following morning, we were not only out of sight but a +good nine or ten miles behind the enemy, who were marching on, fully +expecting to corner us between the two rivers. + +The English army had been enormously reinforced, and it was clear that +now more than ever they were putting forth all their powers to silence +President Steyn and myself effectually. + +From their point of view they were right; for had things turned out in +such a way that we could have remained in Cape Colony, then I am +convinced we should have made matters very awkward for them. + +But what were we to do now? With so many burghers on foot or provided +only with worn-out horses, it was useless to think of circumventing the +enemy, and thus getting once more to the south of them; whereas to go up +stream along the banks of the Orange River until we could discover a +ford, and then to return across it into the Free State, would mean the +upsetting of my plan of campaign. + +I was obliged to make the best of a bad bargain; and I decided to find a +way across the Orange River before the enemy had discovered my +whereabouts. + +That day, the 20th of February, we set out along the river, looking for +a ford. The river was falling, but as there was no feasible crossing we +had no choice but to go on, trusting that we should find one near the +confluence of the two rivers. Here again we were disappointed; the punts +which should have been there had been destroyed some time before by the +English, but we heard of a boat six miles higher up, so on we marched. +When found, it was only a small boat, capable of holding, at most, +twelve men, but we got to work at once, and by the evening of the 22nd +there were two hundred dismounted burghers on the other bank of the +river. Some crossed by swimming, in attempting which a man of the name +of Van de Nerwe was drowned. + +A few of those who crossed in the boat succeeded in pulling their horses +after them. + +On the morning of the 23rd I received a report that the English forces +were close on our heels. We did not expect them so soon, but they had +made a long night's march. Without delay we off-saddled, and proceeded +along the river, while the rearguard covered our retreat. The force of +the enemy was, however, too great, and the rearguard had, after a short +engagement, to give way. + +Fortunately the veldt was broken, and we could (as we had done a few +days previously) march ahead out of sight of the enemy. Towards two +o'clock in the afternoon we were obliged to off-saddle, but could only +do so for one hour, for the English were upon us again. Our gun and +Maxim-Nordenfeldt we had to leave behind for the enemy; the draught +cattle had become exhausted, and we had no dynamite with which to blow +up the guns. + +But what did it matter? England had already so many big guns that two +more could not make much difference, if added to the four hundred which +that country--one of the oldest and strongest of Empires--had brought +against a small nation, fighting only to defend its sacred rights. + +Nevertheless, it cut me to the heart to give up my guns[88] on that +day--the 23rd of February--the commemoration day of the independence of +the Orange Free State. In happier times we had celebrated this day +amongst our friends, to the accompaniment of salvoes of rifles. Now we +were obliged to celebrate it by giving up the only two guns with which +we could still shoot, and which we were now to see turned upon +ourselves. + +My feelings on that day I can never forget! Those Englishmen who go by +the name of "Pro-Boers" are the best fitted to describe the anguish +which then overpowered me, for they stood up for justice even against +their own people. And this not because they were hostile to their +Government, or to the greatness of England's power, but only because +they were not without moral sense, because they could not stifle +conscience at the expense of justice, nor identify themselves with +iniquitous actions. + +But the day will come--of this I am convinced--when not Pro-Boers only, +but all England will acknowledge our rights--the rights which we shall +then have earned by our quiet faithfulness and obedience. I cannot +believe that any father will look without pity on a child who comes to +him as a child should--obedient and submissive. + +The 23rd of February, 1901, the forty-seventh anniversary of the Orange +Free States, had been a disastrous day for us indeed, but it was to end +in another miraculous escape, for in the darkness of that evening it +again happened that we were delivered from an apparently unavoidable +misfortune. As I have said already, the English were firing on my +rear-guard; at the same time my scouts came in to tell me that, just in +front of us, at a distance of not quite four miles, there was another +great army of the enemy. I had intended to march that night to the west +of Hopetown. But now if I went in that direction I should only run +straight on to this army. If we went to the left we could only advance +2,000 paces before being visible to the English on the kop close to +Hopetown, from where they could make known our movements by heliograph. +At our front, at our back, on our left, the outlook was hopeless; and to +the right lay the cruel river. Stand still we could not--the enemy were +upon us--it was impossible that anything could save us--no, not +impossible--a rescue was at hand. + +The sun was just going down, and by the time we could be seen from +Hopetown, night would have covered us with its sheltering wings. + +We should then be able to execute a flank movement, and make a detour +round the enemy who were before us. But now I knew that we must be +prepared to march nearly the whole night through, in order that we might +be able, early on the following morning, to cross the railway lines. If +we did not do this, then we should have the enemy close in our rear, and +perhaps an armour train threatening us in front. But ... there were the +burghers on foot and those who had weak horses; and I had not the heart +to make them march on foot for so long a time, yet the thought of +allowing such trustworthy patriotic burghers to fall into the hands of +the enemy was unbearable. I therefore decided on letting them take a +cross road to the north, to the banks of the Orange River about five +miles from our position. There, on the banks of the river, were many +bushes amongst which they could hide themselves until the enemy had +passed by. They could then proceed along the banks of the river and +cross it by means of the boat. I cautioned them not to march in one +troop, or in one trail, but to spread out, so that the English could not +easily follow their tracks. In this the poor burghers succeeded; they +already, on that memorable and sad day, had marched eighteen miles; but +they had yet to cover another five miles to the river before they could +take their night's rest. They accomplished this feat (on the second day) +under the valiant and true Commandant Hasebroek, whose horse, although +tired, was still able to proceed. As for me, I marched away in the +evening, and after we had rested that night for a few hours, we arrived +at a place a short distance to the south of Hopetown. About eight +o'clock we crossed the line, which was fortunately at that point not as +yet guarded by forts, and off-saddled about six miles beyond. We had +eaten nothing since the previous day, and it will easily be understood +that we were so hungry that we, as the Boer proverb says,--"could have +eaten off a nail's head." There we got some sheep, and it was not long +before they were killed, broiled, and eaten; what a meal we made! + +Towards mid-day we headed once more for the Orange River. We thought +that by the time we arrived it would be fordable, for we had seen on the +previous morning that it was falling rapidly, but what was our +disappointment! there must have been rain higher up the stream, as the +river had become fuller, and there was still no chance of crossing. + +The English were approaching. We had, however, to use our field glasses +to enable us to see them, as we were fifteen or sixteen miles in front +of them. Once more there were burghers whose horses were tired and who +had to march on foot. We thought now that there would be a better chance +at Limoensdrift; and every one who knew this ford said that it was a +shallow one. The following day saw us there, and--the river was quite +full! We then tried higher up, still with the same result--every drift +was unfordable. + +At last we reached the Zanddrift, where we had crossed seventeen days +before. We knew that this was a shallow drift, and on arriving there I +got two young burghers,--of whom the one, David Heenop, was an excellent +swimmer,--to make a trial. The water had not appeared to be so deep as +we found it to be, when the two burghers plunged into it. They could not +remain on their horses' backs, but had to swim alongside of them to the +other side of the river. All thought of their return was out of the +question; they had risked their lives in crossing, and I gave them +orders from my side of the river not to attempt the passage back. But +they had not a stitch of clothing on them, for they had stripped +themselves before entering the water! In this state, then, they were +obliged to mount their horses and proceed, and this under a burning sun, +which scorched them with its rays. About three-quarters of an hour's +ride from there was a Boer farm; their only course, they thought, was to +ask for gowns from the ladies there, in which to dress themselves. When +they arrived at a short distance from the house (such was the account +they gave on joining me later on) they halted and shouted to the house +for clothing. A Boer vrouw[89] named Boshof, sent to each one through +her son--not a gown, but a pair of trousers and a shirt of her +husband's, which she had been able to hide from the English, who had +passed there, and who generally took away, or burnt, all male attire. + +The enemy had, in the meantime, approached quite close to us, and we +were again obliged to look for a drift up stream. We had hopes that if +the river did not all of a sudden rise, we should find one. We came so +close to the English that we had to open fire on their advance guard +before we could proceed. + +Here General Judge Hartzog met us with his commandos from the +south-west of Cape Colony, and with him, General Fourie. + +That night we marched about fourteen miles. + +In the night, after crossing the Zeekoe River, we arrived at a Boer +farm, to which (we are told) twenty English scouts had paid a visit +shortly after sunset, and, having asked for information concerning us, +had gone away by the same road we were following. About four or five +miles from there we had to cross a ridge. It was dark, and I had +forgotten those twenty English. I had sent out no scouts before me, but +rode, as was my habit, with my staff, in front of the commandos. As we +approached the summit of the mountain I saw a group of horses fastened +together, and some men lying in front of them. The horses and men were +not twenty paces to the left of the path, among the bushes. I thought at +first that they were some of my burghers who had ridden on in advance, +and were now lying there asleep; I myself had rested for a while at the +foot of the mountains, to give the burghers, who were on foot, a chance +of coming up with me. The thought angered me, for it would have been +against all orders that any burghers, without special permission, should +go in advance. I proceeded to wake them up. + +"What do you mean by riding ahead like this?" I called out to them. +Nearly all with one accord sprang up and asked, "Who are you?" "Hands +up!" I called out; as one man their hands went up. They explained that +they were seven of the twenty scouts before mentioned,--but here the +remainder opened fire upon us from about two hundred paces to the front. +I called out to the burghers, "Charge!" + +The burghers did so, but as they came to the little hill where we had +seen the sparks from the guns they found nobody. The English had fled, +and, as the moon had just gone down, it was too dark to pursue them. +Taking with us the seven prisoners, we continued on our way until the +following morning. We allowed them to retain their clothes. It was +still before the "uitschuddings"[90] period. + +The day broke, and after having been turned back on the banks of the +Brak River, we marched to the fifteenth ford. "If we could only get +across here," we said. We knew that once across we should have a respite +from the enemy, and could with thankful hearts take breath even if it +were only for three or four days. + +When we came to the river I at once ordered a few burghers to undress +and go in. Alas! when the horses entered the ford, the water came over +their backs, and they had almost to swim. "Now they will have to swim!" +we cried, but presently we saw that the farther they went the shallower +it became, and that they walked where we expected them to swim, until at +last the water reached only to the horses' knees. + +What a scramble there was now among the burghers in order to cross! Soon +the river was one mass of men from bank to bank. + +I can hardly describe the different exclamations of joy, the Psalms and +the songs that now rose up from the burghers splashing through the +water. "Never will we return," "No more of the Colony for me," "The Free +State," "On to the Free State!" "The Free State for ever!" Then again, +"Praise the Lord with cheerful song," "Hurrah!" These were among the +expressions which met my ears. + +Although this was only an old waggon-ford, which had not been used for +the last few years, my little waggon and a few carts got across. One of +the carts was drawn by two small donkeys. Somebody told me that the +little donkeys had to swim a short distance where it was deep, and at +one time disappeared beneath the water; but that the driver was so full +of joy--or of fear--that he went on whipping the water! + +A fearful experience we had had! We asked each other in wonder, "Is it +possible? How could we have endured it?" But as I have only been +hinting at things, the reader will perhaps say, "O come! it hasn't been +as bad as all that!" + +Give me leave then, dear reader, to place before you the whole of the +circumstances. England's great power pitted against two Republics, +which, in comparison with European countries, were nearly uninhabited! +This mighty Empire employed against us, besides their own English, +Scotch and Irish soldiers, volunteers from the Australian, New Zealand, +Canadian and South African Colonies; hired against us both black and +white nations, and, what is the worst of all, the national scouts from +our own nation sent out against us. Think, further, that all harbours +were closed to us, and that there were therefore no imports. Can you not +see that the whole course of events was a miracle from beginning to end? +A miracle of God in the eyes of every one who looks at it with an +unbiassed mind, but even more apparent to those who had personal +experience of it. Yet, however that may be, I had to declare again that +if there had been no national scouts and no Kaffirs, in all human +probability matters would have taken another turn. But as things have +turned out, all that can now be said is, that we have done our best, and +that to ask any one to do more is unreasonable. May it be the cry of +every one, "God willed it so--His name be praised!" + +[Footnote 88: There were still two Krupps left, but we had no ammunition +for them.] + +[Footnote 89: Farmer's wife.] + +[Footnote 90: Stripping.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + +Was Ours a Guerilla War? + + +Something almost miraculous now happened! Hardly had we been three hours +across the river when it became completely unfordable! + +We knew that we should have now a few days at least in which to rest +ourselves, and we marched slowly to the farm of Lubbeshoop. From there I +sent General Fourie to operate in the south-eastern districts, where he +had been before, and despatched Judge Hertzog to the south-western +districts. + +We were of the opinion that we should be able to do better work if we +divided the commandos up into small parties. We could not risk any great +battles, and, if we divided our forces, the English would have to divide +their forces too. + +The commandos were now divided as follows: + +1. The district of Kroonstad: the men under Commandants Philip De Vos, +Jan Cilliers and Maree. + +Sub-district of Heilbron: the men under Commandants F.E. Mentz, Lucas +Steenekamp and J. Van de Merwe. + +All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Johannes Hattingh. + +2. The district of Vrede: the men under Commandants Ross and Manie +Botha. + +Sub-district of Harrismith: the men under Commandants Jan Meijer, Jan +Jacobsz,[91] and (at a later period) Brukes. + +All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Wessel Wessels. + +3. The district of Winburg: the men under Commandant Hasebroek. + +The sub-district of Ladybrand: the men under Commandant Koen. + +The sub-district of Ficksburg: the men under Commandant Steyn.[92] + +The sub-district of Bethlehem: the men under Commandant Michal Prinsloo. + +All of these men were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief C.C. Froneman. + +4. The district of Boshof: the men under Commandant J.N. Jacobsz, P. +Erasmus and H. Theunissen.[93] + +Sub-district of Hoopstad: the men under Commandants Jacobus Theron (of +Winburg) and A.J. Bester (of Brandfort). + +All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief C.C.J. Badenhorst. + +5. The district of Philippolis: the men under Commandants Munnik and +Hertzog. + +Sub-district of Fauresmith: the men under Commandant Charles Nieuwouwdt. + +Sub-district of Jacobsdal: the men under Commandant Hendrik Pretorius. + +Sub-district of Petrusburg: the men under Commandant Van du Berg. + +All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge J.B.M. Hertzog, +who also was in command of the western part of Bloemfontein. + +6. The district of the southern part of Bloemfontein: the men under +Commandants Ackerman and Willem Kolbe. + +Sub-district of Thaba'Nchu: the men under Commandant J.P. Strijl (a +member of the Volksraad). + +Sub-districts of Bethulie and Smithfield: the men under Commandant +Gideon Joubert. + +Sub-district of Rouxville: the men under Commandant Frederik Rheeders. + +Sub-district of Wepener: the men under Commandant R. Coetzee. + +All of these were under Vice-Commander-in-Chief Piet Fourie, and later +on under George Brand. + +Not long after this arrangement had been made the district under General +Froneman was divided into two divisions, and Commandant Michal Prinsloo +was promoted to be Vice-Commander-in-Chief of Bethlehem and Ficksburg as +separate sub-districts. Bethlehem was then given three Commandants, +namely, Commandants Olivier, Rautenbach and Bruwer. + +All this new arrangement of our forces made it impossible for great +battles to be fought; it offered us the opportunity of frequently +engaging the enemy in skirmishes, and inflicting heavier losses upon +them than would otherwise have been the case. For the same reason our +losses grew larger from month to month, but they did not increase in the +same proportion as those of the enemy. Again, we captured more prisoners +than formerly. It is much to be regretted that we were unable to keep +them, for had we been in a position to do so, the world would have been +astonished at their number. But unfortunately we were now unable to +retain any of our prisoners. We had no St. Helena, Ceylon or Bermuda, +whither we could send them. Thus, whilst every prisoner which the +English captured meant one less man for us, the thousands of prisoners +we took from the English were no loss to them at all, for in most cases +it was only a few hours before they could fight again. All that was +required was that a rifle should be ready in the camp on a prisoner's +return, and he was prepared for service once more. + +The fact that we fought throughout the Free State in small detachments, +put the English to some trouble, for they felt themselves obliged to +discover a vocabulary of names to apply to us! + +Thus when Lord Roberts on the 24th of May, 1900, proclaimed the Orange +Free State (and afterwards the Transvaal) as annexed by the British +Crown, he described those who continued to fight as rebels. Then again +we were called "Sniping Bands" and "Brigands." But the list of epithets +was not exhausted yet, for it appeared that we were "Guerillas," and our +leaders "Guerilla Chiefs!" + +I was always at a loss to understand by what right the English +designated us "Guerillas." They had, however, to withdraw the +_soubriquet_ at the Peace Negotiations, when they acknowledged that our +leaders formed a legal government. + +Let me say a few words more about this term "Guerillas." We will suppose +that England has captured New York, St. Petersburg, Berlin, Paris, +Amsterdam, or any other capital of a free and independent State, Kingdom +or Empire, and that the Government of such State, Kingdom or Empire +still continues to defend itself. Would England then be entitled to call +their antagonists "Guerillas"? Or, we will suppose that England's +capital has been taken by another nation, but the English Government +still remains in existence. Could England then be considered to be +annexed by the other nation, and could the enemy term the English +"Guerillas"? Surely it would be impossible! + +The only case in which one can use this word, is when one civilized +nation has so completely vanquished another, that not only is the +capital taken, but also the country from border to border is so +completely conquered that any resistance is out of the question. + +But that nothing like this had happened in South Africa is clear to +every one who recalls the names of Lindley,[94] Roodewal, Dewetsdorp, +Vlakfontein, Tafelkop[95] and Tweefontein, not to speak of many other +glorious battle-fields on which we fought _after_ the so-called +annexation. + +Nor must we forget to mention the defeat that Lord Methuen received at +the hands of General De la Rey immediately before the conclusion of +peace; a defeat which put the crown on all our victories. + +But, as I have already said, it very soon appeared that when England +stamped us as "Guerillas," they really did not mean to use the word at +all. + +[Footnote 91: Veldtcornet Franz Jacobsz was afterwards appointed in the +place of this Commandant, who resigned.] + +[Footnote 92: When this Commandant resigned, Veldtcornet J.J. Van +Niekerk was appointed in his place.] + +[Footnote 93: When, at a later period, Commandant Theunissen was put in +command of the burghers of Fauresmith, Commandant Mijburg was appointed +in his place. This latter Commandant was afterwards killed.] + +[Footnote 94: Where the yeomanry were captured.] + +[Footnote 95: (District Vrede)--encounter with Brabant's Horse.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + +Negotiations with the Enemy + + +It was the intention of President Steyn to remain for some time in the +division of Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge Hertzog. Meanwhile, I went to +the northern commandos, in order to keep in touch with Generals Louis +Botha and De la Rey and our Government. When I was about twelve miles to +the south of Petrusburg, I received a letter from General Botha, +informing me that Lord Kitchener desired to have a conference held, at +Middelburg, in the middle of February, as the English Government wanted +to make a Peace Proposal. General Botha asked the President and myself +to come yet nearer, so that, in case we might be wanted, we should be +within reach. + +I sent on his letter to President Steyn, giving him my opinion of it, +and asking if he would come. The President, who was always ready to do +anything for his country or people, did not lose one moment, but came at +once. Meanwhile, I went on ahead with my staff, taking with me also +Captain Louis Wessels, and five of his men. + +About the 15th of March I crossed the railway line, ten miles to the +north of Brandfort, during the night. There we placed some charges of +dynamite under the rails, but before we had completed our work, a train +came up so quietly that one might call it a "scouting train." It was a +dark night, and there was no lantern at the head of the engine, so that +we did not see it until it was close upon us. We had, therefore, no +chance to ignite the fuse. We retired to a distance of about one hundred +paces from the line, when a fierce fire was opened upon us from the +train. We replied to this as the train went past, to be succeeded +immediately afterwards by a second one. As soon as this also had passed +us, we fired the fuses and blew up the railway line at different places +close to each other. + +Immediately after this two trains came up, stopping close to the place +where the explosions had occurred, and fired on us for about ten minutes +without intermission. We paid them back in their own coin, and then each +train went its way, leaving the repairing of the line to the following +day. + +From there we marched on, without accident, except that a German +received a slight wound, and one horse was killed. We soon reached +Senekal (which had been abandoned by the English), where for the first +time I met Dr. Reich and his wife. The doctor received us very heartily; +although he did not belong to our Field Ambulance, he did everything +that he could for our wounded, as he had done for those of the enemy. + +From Senekal I went on to pay a visit to the Heilbron commando, after +which I proceeded to Vrede, arriving there on the 24th of February. + +It was at Vrede that I had asked Louis Botha to meet me, if he could +manage it, and the day after my arrival this meeting took place. The +General told me that the negotiations between him and Lord Kitchener had +resulted in nothing. + +Although this was not very satisfactory, still it was just as well that +I should meet the Commandant-General of the Transvaal. We had much to +discuss and, after a long talk, we parted with the firm determination +that, whatever happened, we would continue the war. + +On the 27th General Botha returned to the Transvaal, and I to the +Heilbron commando. After a few days President Steyn came from the south +of the Free State, in order to meet the Transvaal Government at Vrede. +After this meeting had taken place he went off to a camp of his own, +for it was thought better that he should not remain with the commandos +any longer. I gave him fifty burghers, under the command of Commandant +Davel, to serve as a bodyguard. + +I had but just returned from my meeting with General Botha when a +serious matter arose at Petrusburg, demanding my immediate presence +there. It was three hundred and sixty miles there and back, and the +journey promised to be anything but a pleasure trip--far less a safe +excursion--for me; but the country's interest requiring it, I started on +the 8th of April, although much fatigued by my inroad into Cape Colony. + +My staff succeeded in capturing an outpost of sixteen men on the railway +line near Vredefort, the English losing one killed and two wounded. + +I visited the commando at Vredefort, arranged everything at Petrusburg, +and started on my return journey on the 17th. I crossed the railway line +between Smaldeel and Ventersburg Road Station, and after paying +Commandant Hasebroek a short visit, I came back to the Heilbron +commando. + +Our tactics of dividing our commandos, and thus keeping the English busy +in every part of the Free State, or, where they were too numerous for +us, of refusing to allow them to give us battle, so enraged them that +they no longer spared the farmhouses in the north and north-western +districts. Even in the south and south-west many of the houses were +wrecked, but the work of destruction was not carried out with the same +completeness as in the afore-mentioned districts. The enemy, moreover, +did not spare our cattle, but either drove them off or killed them for +food. As for our women-folk--any of them who fell into the hands of the +enemy were sent off to the concentration camps. + +I have no space here, however, to write about the treatment of the +women; it is such a serious matter that it would require whole chapters +to deal with it adequately. Abler pens than mine will deal with it in +full detail. I will only remark here that the Boer women were shamefully +treated, and that if England wishes to efface the impression which these +cruelties have left upon the hearts of our people, she will have to act +as every great conquering race must act, if it is ever to be reconciled +with the nations it has vanquished. + +Our winter season had now begun. We had no provisions except meat, bread +and maize. Even these were rather scarce, but we could not yet say that +we were altogether destitute. Coffee and sugar--except when we had an +opportunity of helping ourselves from the enemy's stores--were unknown +to us. With regard to the first-named commodity, however, the reader +must know that in the district of Boshof there grows a wild tree, whose +roots make an excellent substitute for coffee. Broken up into small +pieces and roasted, they supplied us with a delicious beverage. The only +pity was that the tree was so scarce that the demand for this concoction +very greatly exceeded the supply. We therefore invented another +drink--which we also called coffee--and which was composed of corn, +barley, maize, dried peaches, sweet potatoes, and miscellaneous +ingredients. My own favourite beverage was abundant--especially after +heavy rain! + +The question of clothing was now beginning to be a very serious one. We +were reduced to mending our trousers, and even our jackets with leather. +For the tanning of this leather the old and feeble were employed, who, +as soon as the enemy approached, fled, and as soon as they had passed, +returned to their tanning. At a later period the English had a trick of +taking the hides out of the tanning tubs and cutting them to pieces, in +the hope, I suppose, that we should then be compelled to go barefoot and +unclothed. + +It was to obviate such a catastrophe as this that the custom of +_Uitschudden_[96] now came into force. The burghers, although against +orders, stripped every prisoner. The English had begun by taking away, +or burning, the clothes which the burghers had left in their +houses--that was bad enough. But that they should cut up the hides, +which they found in the tanning tubs, was still worse; and--the burghers +paid them back in the same coin by stripping the troops. + +Towards the end of May I crossed the railway line to Parijs and +Vredefort, intending to go on from there to see General De la Rey, and +discuss our affairs with him. I had come to the conclusion that it would +be good policy to send small commandos into Cape Colony; for small +bodies of men can move rapidly, and are thus able to get out of the way +if they are threatened by overpowering numbers. Moreover, such small +detachments would compel the English to divide their forces. + +When I reached Vredefort I received a despatch from President Steyn, +summoning me to him. I had thus to abandon my idea of visiting General +De la Rey; instead of this, I wrote him a letter requesting him to come +to the President. I also sent for Judge Hertzog. + +De la Rey was the first to arrive, and, without waiting for Judge +Hertzog, we at once proceeded to take into consideration the following +letter from the Government of the South African Republic. + + GOVERNMENT OFFICES, + IN THE FIELD, + District Ermelo, + South African Republic, + _May 10th, 1901_. + + TO THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARY, O.F.S. + + SIR,-- + + I have the honour to report to you that to-day the following + officers met the Government, namely, the Commandant-General, + General B. Viljoen, General J.C. Smuts (Staats-Procureur), the + last-named representing the western districts. Our situation was + seriously discussed, and, among others, the following facts were + pointed out:-- + + 1. That small parties of burghers are still continually laying down + their arms, and that the danger arising from this is becoming every + day more threatening, namely, that we are exposed to the risk of + our campaign ending in disgrace, as the consequence of these + surrenders may be that the Government and the officers will be left + in the field without any burghers, and that, therefore, heavy + responsibility rests upon the Government and War Officers, as they + represent the nation and not themselves only. + + 2. That our ammunition is so exhausted that no battle of any + importance can be fought, and that this lack of ammunition will + soon bring us to the necessity of flying helplessly before the + enemy. And that through this same lack it has become impossible for + us to afford adequate protection to our people and their cattle, + with the result that the general population is being reduced to + poverty and despair, and that even the troops will soon be unable + to be supplied with provisions. + + 3. That through the above-mentioned conditions the authority of the + Government is becoming more and more weakened, and that thus the + danger arises of the people losing all respect and reverence for + lawful authority, and falling into a condition of lawlessness. And + that to prolong the war can only lead to hastening the ruin of the + people, and making it clear to them that the only authority in the + country is that of the enemy. + + 4. That not only is our nation becoming disorganized in the manner + above referred to, but that it will also most certainly happen that + the leaders of the nation, whose personal influence has hitherto + kept it together, will fall into utter contempt, and lose that + influence which is our only hope for reviving the national spirit + in the future. + + 5. That the people are constantly demanding to be told what hope + still exists of successfully prosecuting the war, and that they + have the right to expect to be informed in an honest and + straightforward manner that their cause is hopeless, whenever this + has become evident to the Government and the Leaders. + + Up to the present time the Government and the nation have been + expecting that, with the co-operation of their Deputation and by + the aid of European complications, there would be some hope for the + success of their cause, and the Government feels strongly that + before taking any decisive step, an attempt should again be made to + arrive with certainty at the results of the Deputation and the + political situation in Europe. + + Having taken all the facts into consideration, the Government, + acting in conjunction with the above-mentioned officers, have + arrived at the following decision: + + Firstly, that a request should be addressed this very day to Lord + Kitchener, asking that through the intervention of ambassadors sent + by us to Europe, the condition of our country may be allowed to be + placed before President Kruger, which ambassadors are to return + with all possible speed. + + Secondly, that should this request be refused, or lead to no + results, an armistice should be asked for, by which the opportunity + should be given us of finally deciding in consultation with your + Government, and the people of the two States, what we must do. + + This second proposal is, however, subject to any solution which + your Government, taking into consideration the above-mentioned + grievances, may be able to suggest. + + The Government feels very keenly that it would no longer be right + to allow things to go on as they have been going on, and that the + time has arrived for taking some definite steps; it will, + therefore, be glad to receive an answer from your Government as + soon as possible. + + I have the honour to be, + Yours, etc., + F.W. REITZ, + _Secretary of State._ + +The answer which the President sent to this letter was formerly in my +possession, but has been lost with many of my documents. I am able, +however, to give an extract, which I received from the Rev. J.D. +Kestell. It was to the following effect:-- + +The President was much disappointed with the letter of the Transvaal +Government; he said that although there had been in the past some +surrenders in the Free State, this difficulty had now been overcome. +Moreover, although the ammunition had for a long time been scarce, +nevertheless, after every fight, there had been enough to begin the next +with. To the question, What probability was there of their being able to +continue the struggle? he would reply by asking another question--What +hope had the two little Republics, at the beginning of the war, of +winning the fight against the might of England? If they had trusted in +God at the beginning, why did they not continue to trust in Him? + +He also pointed out that if the Boer cause was really quite hopeless, +the Deputation would have been sure to send word to that effect. +Further, he assured the Transvaal Government that if an armistice were +to be obtained, and if during it the people of the Free State were to be +asked for their opinion, the decision of the burghers who were still in +the field would be to continue the war. + +He could not approve of the decision of the Transvaal Government to ask +Lord Kitchener to allow ambassadors to be sent to Europe, for, by so +doing, the Government would be showing its hand to the enemy; he added +that he was very sorry that such a decision had been taken without first +consulting the Free State. + +As to the fear expressed by the Transvaal Government, that the +Authorities and the Officers in the field would be left without +burghers, the President said, that even if the Government and the +Officers of the Free State were to surrender, the nation would not do +so. It would be a great misfortune, he added, if the Orange Free State, +which had not only lost its property and the lives of many of its +burghers but also even its very independence, in the defence of the +sister Republic, should now be abandoned by that Republic; that then all +confidence in one another and all co-operation between Afrikanders would +come to an end for ever: and that, under such circumstances, it would be +too much to expect that the African nation should ever be able to rise +again. If then the Boers wished to remain a nation, it was absolutely +necessary to continue the war. + +After having quoted various appropriate passages from the newspapers, +the President went on as follows:-- + +"All these considerations combine to make me believe that we should be +committing a National murder if we were to give in now. Brethren! Hold +out a little longer. Let not our sufferings and our struggles be in +vain; let not our faith in the God of our fathers become a byword. Do +all that you can to encourage one another." + +The President concluded this very remarkable and powerful letter with +the question:-- + +"Are we again to leave the Colonial burghers in the lurch? God forbid." + +We decided to set out for the Transvaal in order to discuss the matter +with the Government; and on the evening of the 5th of June we marched +four or five miles from Liebenbergsvlei, to a place opposite +Verkijkersdorp. We were, all told, between sixty and seventy men, +including the staff and part of the bodyguard of President Steyn, the +staff of General De la Rey, and eight of my staff officers. + +The following morning, an hour and a half after sunrise, a burgher came +galloping up to tell us that the enemy had just captured a laager of +women.[97] + +It seemed impossible to ride over to the rescue of these women, for our +horses had still to make the long journey into the Transvaal. I asked +our guest, General De la Rey, what he thought about the matter. He at +once replied that we must go and liberate the women. As we were already +up-saddled in readiness for our march, I had nothing to do but to give +the order to start. The President, with his staff and some of the +bodyguard, remained behind; while General De la Rey, Commandant Davel +and I, with fifty-five men, hurried off. The retired General, Piet +Fourie, was also with us. + +The enemy had marched with the laager on to a hill near the Kaffir +kraal, consisting of four or five huts and a building made of sods. + +We first caught sight of the English when we were at a distance of four +miles from them; they were then busy drawing up the waggons of the women +in rows of ten or twelve. The oxen belonging to the first row stood +close against the kraal, as we saw later on; those of the second row +being behind them, and so on. + +The women told us afterwards that they had asked to be allowed to retire +to a place where they would not run the risk of being shot by us (for +the English had taken cover barely one hundred paces behind the waggons +and were preparing to fight us from there), but that they were ordered +to remain behind the soldiers. They were thus exposed to the danger of +being hit by us, if we shot a little too high. It was, they said, the +most terrible day they had ever spent. + +When we came within range of the English, they opened a hot fire upon +us. We had to gallop over ground as smooth as a table with no cover +until we were close up to them, and protected by a small hill. We left +our horses here, and ran as fast as we could up the incline. At the top +we were within forty paces of the place where the English were lying in +wait for us. As soon as our heads appeared over the brow of the hill +they fired on us; but there was only one round fired, for our reply was +so sharp and severe that many of them were at once mowed down. The rest +jumped up and retreated behind the last row of waggons, several of them, +however, being killed during their flight. + +Our men dashed through between the waggons, but the English were the +first to reach the kraal. They had made loopholes in its walls, through +which they now fired on us. The only shelter we had was a Kaffir hut, +which as is well known, always has a round wall. There was no chance for +us to make loopholes--the wall was too solid--so that if a burgher +wanted to shoot he had to expose his whole body, while the English lay +ready behind their loopholes to fire on us. So it happened that eleven +burghers were killed and seven wounded. Among the dead was Captain +Thijnsma, and among the wounded, Lieutenant H. Howell. + +In the meantime we had got the waggons away, except the row which was +nearest to the kraal, and which were too close to the enemy for us to be +able to approach them safely. + +No sooner had the English taken refuge in the kraal than the women fled +with the waggons; and it is astonishing to relate that only one little +boy of thirteen years was killed, and a woman and a girl slightly +wounded. One of the burghers whom the English had taken prisoner was +also killed. + +I have no exact figure as to the losses of the English, but judging from +the number of dead and wounded lying on the battlefield, I should say +that their casualties must have been about eighty. + +The fight lasted from eleven till three o'clock, and then a +reinforcement of cavalry, from eight hundred to one thousand men strong, +appeared with some guns. The force with which we had been engaged, +numbering about two hundred men, belonged to the column which was now +coming up. As we could not drive the English from the kraal before the +arrival of the reinforcements, we had to give way. + +Although I had given orders that all the waggons which had managed to +escape should be sent on to Reitz, in the actual event only a few carts +went there. The women had left the waggons behind, close to the hill at +the foot of the English position, where I could not see them, in order +to await the result. They had forgotten what I had told them, namely, +that they were to get away as quickly as possible. This order I had +given in the expectation that a reinforcement might arrive at any +moment. + +After I had ordered a few men to bring the wounded into a safe place, I +retired with the remainder, some forty-five in number. Among these was +Veldtcornet Serfontein and his burghers. + +The English now directed their fire upon the women's laager, to compel +it to come to a standstill. Whether any of the women and children were +killed or wounded I was unable to ascertain, but it was horrible to see +the bombs bursting over their heads. Thus the women again fell into the +hands of the enemy. + +With four of my adjutants and Piet Fourie, I succeeded in driving away +quite one thousand five hundred head of cattle. The bombs fell heavily +on them also, but I got them safely away. Late that evening we arrived +at the spot where we had left President Steyn, only to find that he had +gone away. He had been obliged to retreat before the force which the +previous evening had been at Duminy Drift, and which had passed near him +during the day. The President had accordingly gone some twelve miles in +the direction of Lindley. + +It was one of the coldest nights we had that winter, and our pack-horses +which were carrying the blankets were with the President. It was +impossible for us to sleep without any covering on such a night as that, +and so we were obliged to march on. We had moreover to look for +something to eat, for we had had nothing since breakfast. Our horses had +never had their saddles off from the time we went out to fight until we +arrived about midnight at the President's camp. + +[Footnote 96: Stripping.] + +[Footnote 97: The previous evening we had received a report of two +English camps on the Wilge River: One at Duminy Drift, the other at +Steildrift--under General Elliott. They were led by Piet de Wet and +other National Scouts.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + +President Steyn's Narrow Escape + + +The following morning we had to continue our journey to the Transvaal. +It being necessary to keep out of sight of the enemy, we marched first a +short distance to the south, and then went south-east. After a few days +we reached Vrede. There Commandant Manie Botha spared us a few burghers +who knew this part of the country well to serve as guides across the +railway line. We headed to the north of Volksrust, and on the second +evening after we had left Vrede, we struck the railway line at a spot +which was guarded by an outpost. They opened fire on us at once. General +De la Rey and I then came to the decision that after the burghers had +exchanged a few shots, we would quietly retreat a short distance, and +then, with a sweep, try and cross the line at another spot. This ruse +was successful and we crossed unobserved. But the first of our men had +hardly got seventy paces from the railway line, when a fearful explosion +of dynamite took place, not thirty paces from the spot where we had +crossed. Whether this was managed by electricity or whether the hindmost +horses had struck on the connecting wire of some trap set by the enemy, +I cannot say; at all events, we escaped with only a fright. + +On the fourth day after this we met the Transvaal Government and held a +conference at once, in accordance with the letter mentioned in my last +chapter. It grieved us much that things should have taken this turn, for +it nearly always happened that somehow matters of this sort came to the +ears of the English. + +But the Transvaal Government had again taken courage, as they had +received an answer to the cable which they had sent to the Deputation, +which answer instructed them to hold out; and also because two +successful battles had taken place shortly before--one fought by General +Kemp, and the other by Commandant Muller. We remained there for two +days, and after it had been settled by the two Governments that the war +should be continued with all our might, and also that days of +thanksgiving and humiliation should be appointed, we went away +accompanied by the genial and friendly Commandant Alberts, of +Standerton, who brought us across the Natal-Transvaal railway. Captain +Alberts was renowned as a valiant soldier; we now also found him to be a +most sociable man. He beguiled the time with agreeable narratives of +events in which he had taken part, and almost before we realized it we +had reached the railway line. We crossed in safety and took a hearty +farewell of our friendly Commandant and his burghers. + +On our march to Zilverbank--a farm on the Waterval River--I did not +require any guide, for I knew the surroundings, having lived there for +two years. After breakfast on the following morning we went on to within +four or five miles south of Hexrivier farm, about three miles to the +north of the Vaal River. There we off-saddled; and shortly after General +De la Rey took leave of us. He wanted to cross the railway at a place +between Vereeniging and Meyerton Station. This would lead him by a +shorter road to his commandos than if he went through the Free State. +Our farewell was affectionate--all the more so because we did not know +whether we should see each other again on this earth. Then we continued +on our way with light hearts; having been inspirited, not only by the +pleasant company of the last few days, but also by the decision taken by +the two Governments, that, come what might, our independence should not +be sacrificed by us. + +I crossed the Vaal River at Villiersdorp and remained there that evening +and through the following day. Then President Steyn and I parted. He +went to Bezuidenhoutsdrift, and I, by way of Frankfort, to the Heilbron +commando. I remained at Frankfort for one night, with Commandant Ross +and his men, and had a very enjoyable time. + +With the Heilbron people I stayed a few days only, because I had +important work to accomplish in the Winburg district; to this district +therefore I went. + +As the commandos were now so scattered there was enough work for each of +us in his own district, and I had much more riding to do than formerly. +I found Commandant Hasebroek and his men at Doornberg a few days later. +Whilst there I received from President Steyn a report of his narrow +escape at Reitz, on the 11th of July, 1901, when he and some of his +bodyguard escaped, whilst, unfortunately, Commandant Davel and all the +members of the Government, except Mr. W.C.J. Brebner, who was absent, +were taken prisoners. + +From Winburg I paid a visit to Vice-Commandant-in-Chief J. Hattingh, of +the Kroonstad commando, and then went to President Steyn. My joy in +finding that the President was safe, was only equalled by my grief at +the loss of such old friends as General Cronje, Member of the Executive +Council; General J.B. Wessels; T. Brain, Secretary to the Government; +Commandant Davel; Rocco De Villiers, Secretary to the Executive Council; +Gordon Fraser, Private Secretary to the President; MacHardy, Assistant +Secretary; Pieter Steyn, brother of the President and Veldtcornet of the +staff; and my other friends in the bodyguard. It was sad to think that +such men were prisoners, and were lost to us so long as the war +continued. We had become rather accustomed to such experiences, but what +made this so hard to bear was that treachery had a hand in it--when the +English took the Government and President Steyn's bodyguard prisoners, +they had had a Free State burgher as their guide. + +The vacant posts in the Government had now to be filled up, and the +President appointed the following persons:--In the place of A.P. Cronje, +General C.H. Olivier, as Member of the Executive Council; and in place +of Mr. T. Brain, Mr. W.C.J. Brebner, as Government Secretary. Mr. +Johannes Theron he appointed Secretary to the Executive Council, instead +of Mr. Rocco De Villiers; and Mr. B.J. Du Plessis Private Secretary to +himself in place of Mr. Gordon Fraser. + +The President also decided to have, in future, only thirty burghers as +his bodyguard, and appointed Captain Niekerk as their Commandant. + + + + +CHAPTER XXX + +The Last Proclamation + + +I now impressed upon my officers as forcibly as I could the importance +of intercepting the communications of the enemy by blowing up their +trains. A mechanical device had been thought of, by which this could be +done. The barrel and lock of a gun, in connexion with a dynamite +cartridge, were placed under a sleeper, so that when a passing engine +pressed the rail on to this machine, it exploded, and the train was +blown up. It was terrible to take human lives in such a manner; still, +however fearful, it was not contrary to the rules of civilized warfare, +and we were entirely within our rights in obstructing the enemy's lines +of communication in this manner. + +Owing to this, the English were obliged to place many more thousands of +soldiers along the railway line, in order to keep the track clear. Even +then, the trains, for a considerable time, could not run by night. The +English soon discovered how we arranged these explosions, and the guards +carefully inspected the lines each day to find out if one of these +machines had been placed beneath the rails. We knew that one had been +found and removed, whenever we saw a train pass over the spot without +being blown up. This, however, only made us more careful. We went to the +spot which we had fixed upon for the explosion, hollowed out the gravel, +placed the machine under the sleeper, and covered it up again, throwing +the gravel that was left to a good distance from the line. After this, +the guards could not discover where the machine was placed. They trebled +the troops on the line in consequence. + +The month of July had passed, and we wondered what August held in store +for us. The customary fights of the different commandos still went on; +here five, here ten, here thirty of the English were killed, wounded or +made prisoners. If these numbers had been put down they would have +mounted up to a considerable total; but the war was not of such a nature +that an office could be opened to record them. Reports of battles were +sent to me, and after I had allowed them to accumulate for three or four +weeks, they were sent to the different Vice-Commandants-in-Chief for +their general information, and then torn up. + +Many reports and much correspondence concerning the beginning of the war +have been preserved. I gave them to a trustworthy friend with +instructions to bury them, but do not know where he placed them, as he +was taken prisoner later on, and I have never been able to find out +where he was sent to. These documents are of great value, and ought to +be published. + +I was on the farm of Blijdschap, between Harrismith and Bethlehem--my +English friends, Generals Knox, Elliott and Paget, with their Colonels +Rimington, Byng, Baker, etc., etc., will not have forgotten where +Blijdschap is--when I received a letter from Lord Kitchener, enclosing +his Proclamation of the 7th of August, 1901. + +This proclamation was as follows: + + "By his Excellency Baron Kitchener of Khartoum, G.C.B., K.C.M.G., + General Commander-in-Chief of His Majesty's forces in South Africa; + High Commissioner of South Africa, and Administrator of the + Transvaal, etc. + + "Whereas the former Orange Free State and South African Republic + are annexed to His Majesty's possessions; + + "And whereas His Majesty's forces have now been for some + considerable time in full possession of the Government seats of + both the above-mentioned territories, with all their public + offices and means of administration, as well as of the principal + towns and the whole railway; + + "And whereas the great majority of burghers of the two late + Republics (which number thirty-five thousand over and above those + who have been killed in the war) are now prisoners of war, or have + subjected themselves to His Majesty's Government, and are now + living in safety, in villages or camps under the protection of His + Majesty's forces; + + "And whereas the burghers of the late Republics, now under arms + against His Majesty's forces, are not only few in number, but have + also lost nearly all their guns, and war requisites, and are + without proper military organization, and are therefore not in a + position to carry on a regular war, or to make any organized + resistance against His Majesty's forces in any part of the country; + + "And whereas the burghers who are now still under arms, although + not in a position to carry on a regular war, continue to make + attacks on small posts and divisions of His Majesty's forces, to + plunder and to destroy farms, and to cut the railway and telegraph + lines, both in the Orange River Colony and in the Transvaal and + other parts of His Majesty's South African possessions; + + "And whereas the country is thus kept in a state of unrest, and the + carrying on of agriculture and industries is hindered; + + "And whereas His Majesty's Government has decided to make an end of + a situation which involves unnecessary bloodshed and devastation, + and which is ruining the great majority of the inhabitants, who are + willing to live in peace, and are desirous of earning a livelihood + for themselves and their families; + + "And whereas it is only just that steps should be taken against + those who still resist, and principally against those persons who + are in authority, and who are responsible for the continuance of + the present state of disorganization in the country, and who + instigate their fellow citizens to persist in their hopeless + resistance against His Majesty's Government; + + "I, Horatio Herbert Baron Kitchener, of Khartoum, G.C.B., K.C.M.G., + General Commander-in-Chief of His Majesty's forces in South Africa; + High Commissioner in South Africa, on behalf of His Majesty's + Government, proclaim and make known as follows: + + "All Commandants, Veldtcornets and leaders of armed bands--being + burghers of the late Republics--still resisting His Majesty's + forces in the Orange River Colony and the Transvaal, or in any part + of His Majesty's South African possessions, and all members of the + Government of the late Orange Free State and of the late South + African Republic, shall, unless they surrender before the 15th + September of this year, be banished for ever from South Africa; and + the cost of maintaining the families of such burghers shall be + recoverable from, and become a charge on, their properties, whether + landed or movable, in both Colonies. + + "GOD SAVE THE KING. + + "Given under my hand at Pretoria, the seventh day of August, 1901. + + "KITCHENER, GENERAL, + _High Commissioner of South Africa._" + +I answered Lord Kitchener very carefully in the following words:-- + + "EXCELLENCY,-- + + "I acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's missive in which + was enclosed your Proclamation, dated the 7th August, 1901. I and + my officers assure your Excellency that we fight with one aim + only--our independence, which we never can or will sacrifice!" + +It would have been childish to fear that letter and that Proclamation. +From the short answer which I sent to Lord Kitchener, the reader will +clearly see the opinion that I and my officers held concerning it: +"Bangmaak is nog niet doodmaak,"[98] as our proverb says. + +It was curious to see how this Proclamation was taken by the burghers. +It had no effect whatsoever. I heard many burghers say that it would now +be seen whether the officers had the cause of their country really at +heart or not, and whether they were themselves to surrender and lay down +their arms before the 15th of September. I must here declare that I know +of no single case where an officer in consequence of this proclamation +surrendered; on the contrary, when the day fixed by Lord Kitchener for +the surrender had passed, the burghers had more reason to trust in their +officers than before; and I can assure my readers that if at the +beginning of the war we had had officers of the same kind as we had +towards the end of the strife, it would have been easier to have +maintained discipline. + +September the 15th was thus fixed upon by Lord Kitchener as the last day +on which we should have an opportunity of surrendering. The President +and Commander-in-Chief of the Transvaal and the Orange Free State +returned answer that they would still continue the war, and subsequent +events put a seal to their answer. + +Three battles were fought--one by General Brand at Blakfontein, another +by General De la Rey in the west of the Transvaal, and yet another by +General Botha at Itala, all in the month of September. + +President Steyn sent Lord Kitchener a long letter, in which he showed +most clearly what the causes of the war had been, and what was the +condition of matters at that time. The letter was as follows:-- + + IN THE VELDT, _August 15th_, 1901. + + TO HIS EXCELLENCY, LORD KITCHENER, ETC. + + EXCELLENCY,-- + + I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's + letter, dated Aug. 7th, 1901, enclosing your Excellency's + Proclamation of the same date. + + The conciliatory tone of your Excellency's letter encourages me to + speak freely, and to answer it at some length. I have noticed that + not only your Excellency in your letter asserts, but that also + responsible statesmen in your country assert, that the declaration + of war from the South African Republic, and the inroad on the + British territory, had been the cause of the war. I hardly believe + it necessary to remind your Excellency that, in 1895, when the + South African Republic was unarmed and peaceful, and had no thought + but that their neighbours were civilized nations, an unexpected + attack was made on them from the British territory. I do not + consider it necessary to point out to your Excellency that the mad + enterprise--for surely the instigators of it could not have been + sane--miscarried, and the whole body of invaders fell into the + hands of the South African Republic. The South African Government, + trusting in the integrity of the English nation, handed over to His + Majesty's Government all the persons whom they had taken prisoner, + notwithstanding that, in conformity with international law, these + persons had merited death. + + I also do not consider it necessary to remind your Excellency that + after an honest judge had condemned the leaders of this expedition + to imprisonment, the most prominent of them were not compelled to + serve the whole of their time, but, previous to its termination, + were liberated for various most insufficient reasons. Neither need + I remind your Excellency that when a Parliamentary Commission was + nominated, to investigate the causes and reasons of the said + expedition, this Commission, instead of investigating the matter, + would not allow the proofs to come to light, and that, when the + Commission, notwithstanding the high influence at work during its + sitting, had found the chief conspirator, Mr. Rhodes, guilty, and + had reported him as such to Parliament, Mr. Chamberlain, who was + one of the members of the Commission, contradicted his own + report[99] by defending Mr. Rhodes. + + Your Excellency will have to acknowledge that the South African + Republic as well as the civilized world was perfectly justified in + coming to the conclusion that the Jameson expedition, which we + first believed to have been undertaken by irresponsible persons, + and without the cognizance of His Majesty's Government, was well + known, if not to all, yet still to some members of His Majesty's + Government. I need not remind your Excellency that since that time, + not only has no reasonable indemnity been paid to the South African + Republic, as was at that time promised, but also that the Republic + has been harassed with despatches and threats concerning its + internal Government. I also need not tell your Excellency that + outside influence was used in order that memorials to His Majesty's + Government might be drawn up concerning alleged grievances, so that + His Majesty's Government might have the desired opportunity of + interfering with the inner policy of the South African Republic. + + As I have said, I do not think it necessary to remind your + Excellency of the above-mentioned facts, because I am of opinion + that they are well known to you. I, however, should like your + Excellency to be good enough to pay attention to the following + facts:-- + + When, at the time of the circulation of the last-mentioned + Memorial, I could see that a certain party was working hard to + involve the British Government in a war with the South African + Republic, I stepped into the breach, and endeavoured, by bringing + the parties together, and by using my influence with the South + African Republic, to induce the latter to give in to the demands of + His Majesty's Government in order to maintain the peace. + + I succeeded in getting the Transvaal to yield, not because I was of + the opinion that the English Government had any right to make such + demands, but only in order to prevent bloodshed. When the British + Government was still not satisfied, then the South African + Government made concession after concession to the ever-increasing + demands made upon them, until at last there came a request that the + law on franchise should be laid before a Commission. On the behest + of the British Agent in Pretoria, the South African Republic made a + proposal granting far more than was demanded by the High + Commissioner. As this proposal was not accepted by His Majesty's + Government, who made yet further demands, the South African + Republic withdrew their proposal, and declared themselves willing + to accept England's proposal to lay the law before the Commission. + The British Government then closed all correspondence, and wrote to + the South African Republic saying that they would make their + demands later on. In other words, the British Government then gave + to the South African Republic an ultimatum, and it was clear that + they were only prevented from commencing the war at once by the + fact that they had not then landed sufficient troops in the + country. + + The Orange Free State Government then again came to the rescue, in + order to attempt at the last moment to avoid the war, and cabled + through the High Commissioner direct to the British Government, + asking for information as to the nature of the demands which were + to be made upon the South African Republic; which cable, to my + sorrow, was never sent in its entirety. The only answer to my cable + was the continual arrival of transports of troops from all quarters + of the globe, which were massed, not only on the frontier of the + South African Republic, but also on the frontiers of the still + friendly Orange Free State. Then, when the South African Republic + saw that England had no intention of repairing the alleged + grievances, but had only brought them up as an excuse for depriving + the Republic of its independence, they requested that the troops + might be taken from their frontiers, and that all disputes might be + settled by arbitration. This happened about three weeks after the + British Government had issued their ultimatum, and about one month + after the Orange Free State Government had received a wire asking + them to remain neutral, thus clearly giving them to understand that + the British Government intended to make war on the South African + Government. This telegram was sent to the Orange Free State because + they knew that the latter had made a defensive alliance with the + South African Republic since the year 1899. + + Then the South African Republic decided that they must defend their + frontiers against the enemy who threatened their borders, and I was + obliged to take a most painful step, namely, that of severing the + bonds of friendship that existed between us and the British + Government, and, true to our alliance with the Transvaal, to help + the sister Republic. That we were perfectly correct in our surmise + that the British Government had firmly decided to wipe out the two + Republics has been clearly proved since the breaking out of the + war. It was not only made evident from the documents that fell into + our hands, although there it was easy to gather that since 1896, + that is from Jameson's raid, the British Government was firmly + determined to make an inroad into the two Republics: only lately it + has been acknowledged by Lord Lansdowne that he in June, 1899, had + already discussed with Lord Wolseley (then Commander-in-Chief of + His Majesty's troops), the best time at which to make an attack on + the two Republics. Your Excellency will thus see that it was not we + who drew the sword, but that we only put it away from our throats. + We have only acted in self-defence--one of the holiest rights of + man--in order to assert our right to exist. And therefore I think, + with all respect, that we have a right to trust in a just God. + + I again observe that your Excellency reverts to the impossibility + of intervention by any foreign power, and that your Excellency + interprets our resistance as only based on the hope of such + intervention. + + With your Excellency's permission, I should like to clear up our + position with regard to intervention. It is this: We hope, and + still are hoping, that the moral feeling of the civilized world + would protest against the crime which England is now permitting in + South Africa, namely, that of endeavouring to exterminate a young + nation, but we were still firmly determined that, should our hopes + not be realized, we would exert our utmost strength to defend + ourselves, and this decision, based on a firm trust in a merciful + God, is still unshaken in us. + + I further notice that your Excellency thinks that our fight is + hopeless. I do not know on what grounds this assumption is based. + Let us for a moment compare our mutual situations of to-day with + those of a year ago, after the surrender of General Prinsloo. Then, + the Cape Colony was altogether quiet, and free from our commandos. + The Orange Free State was almost entirely in your hands, not only + as regards the principal townships, railway lines and villages, but + also the whole country, except where Commandant Hasebroek was, with + his commando. And in the South African Republic the situation was + very similar. That country was also mainly held by you, except in + the parts which General De la Rey and General Botha occupied with + their commandos, far up in the Boschveldt. + + How do matters stand now? + + The Cape Colony is, so to speak, overrun by our commandos, and they + are really in temporary possession of the greater part of Cape + Colony. They go about there as they choose, and many of our + nationality and others also are continuing to join us there, and + uniting forces with us against the cruel injustice that is being + done to the Republics. + + In the Orange Free State I willingly acknowledge that your + Excellency is in possession of the Capital, the railways, and some + other towns not on the railways, but that is all that your + Excellency has got. The whole of the Orange Free State, except the + parts which I have just mentioned, is in our possession. In most of + the principal towns there are landdrosts[100] appointed by us; thus + in this State the keeping of order and the administration of + justice are managed by us, and not by your Excellency. In the + Transvaal it is just the same. There also justice and order are + managed by magistrates appointed by our Government. + + May I be permitted to say that your Excellency's jurisdiction is + limited by the range of your Excellency's guns. If your Excellency + will look on the matter from a military point of view then it must + be acknowledged that notwithstanding the enormous forces that are + brought against us in the field, our cause, in the past year, has + made wonderful progress. Therefore we need be in no way + discouraged, and, if your Proclamation is based on the assumption + that we are so, then it has now even less justification than it had + a year ago. I am sorry that anything I say should appear boastful, + but the assertions in your Excellency's Proclamation compel me to + speak in this manner. + + With regard to the 35,000 men which your Excellency says are in + your hands, I cannot speak as to the numbers, but this much I will + say, I am not referring to those men who were led astray by the + Proclamation of your Excellency's predecessor, and so failed in + their duty to their Government; nor to those--thank God they are + but few--who from treachery or other cause have gone over to the + enemy; but of the remainder who have been taken, not too honestly, + as prisoners of war, and are still kept as such. Of these I will + say that they are either old men and feeble, or young boys not yet + of age, who were carried off by force from their farms by your + Excellency's troops, and shut up against their will in your + Excellency's camps. To say of these therefore, that they are + "dwelling peacefully with you," is an assertion which can hardly be + taken seriously. I am able to say with perfect truth, that except + the prisoners, and the few who have gone over to the enemy, the + overpowering majority of the fighting burghers are still under + arms. As regards those who have gone over from us to the enemy--a + rare occurrence now--I can only say that our experience is not + unique, for history shows that in all wars for freedom, as in + America and elsewhere, there were such: and we shall try to get on + without them. + + As regards the 74,000 women and children who, as your Excellency + alleges, are maintained in the camps, it appears to me that your + Excellency must be unaware of the cruel manner in which these + defenceless ones were dragged away from their dwellings by your + Excellency's troops, who first destroyed all the goods and property + of their wretched captives. Yes, to such a pass had it come, that + whenever your men were seen approaching, the poor sacrifices of the + war, in all weathers, by day and by night, would flee from their + dwellings in order that they might not be taken. + + Does your Excellency realize that your troops have not been ashamed + to fire (in the full knowledge of what they were doing) with guns + and small arms on our helpless ones when they, to avoid capture, + had taken flight, either alone or with their waggons, and thus many + women and children have been killed and wounded. I will give you an + instance. Not long ago, on the 6th of June, at Graspan, near Reitz, + a camp of women, falsely reported as a convoy to your Excellency, + was taken by your troops. This was rescued again by us, whilst + your troops took shelter behind our women, and when your + reinforcement came up, they opened fire with guns and small arms on + that camp, notwithstanding the fact that they knew it contained + women only. + + I can quote hundreds of cases of this kind, but I do not think it + necessary, because if your Excellency will take the trouble to ask + any soldier who respects the truth, he will be compelled to confirm + my assertion. To say that the women are in your camps of their own + free will is not in accordance with the facts, and for any one to + assert that they are brought to the camps because the Boers are + unwilling to provide for the maintenance of their families as it is + said that His Excellency the Minister for War has asserted in + Parliament, is to make himself guilty of calumny, that will do more + harm to the calumniator than to us, and is a statement which I am + sure can never meet with your Excellency's approval. + + Now, as regards the Proclamation itself, I can give your Excellency + the assurance as far as I am myself concerned, that it will make no + difference to my fulfilling my duty faithfully to the end, for I + shall be guided by my conscience and not by the enemy. Our country + is ruined; our hearths and homes are wrecked; our cattle are + looted, or killed by the thousand; our women and children are made + prisoners, insulted, and carried away by the troops and armed + Kaffirs; and many hundreds have already given their lives for the + freedom of their fatherland. Can we now--when it is merely a + question of banishment--shrink from our duty? Can we become + faithless to the hundreds of killed and prisoners, who, trusting in + our firmness, offered their lives and freedom for the fatherland? + Or can we lose faith in a just God, who has so wonderfully upheld + us till now? I am convinced that should we do so, we should be + despised not only by your Excellency and all honest men, but also + by ourselves. + + I will close by giving your Excellency the assurance that no one is + more anxious than I to see peace restored, and I am therefore ready + to meet your Excellency at any time in order to discuss the terms + on which this peace can be arranged; but in order that I may not + mislead your Excellency, I have to say that no peace will be + accepted by us which imperils the independence of the two + Republics, or which does not take into consideration the interests + of our Colonial brethren who have joined us. If it is a crime to + fight in one's self-defence, and if such a crime is to be punished, + then I am of opinion that His Majesty's Government should be + satisfied with the annihilation of the country, the misery of women + and children and the general desolation which this war has already + caused. It is in your Excellency's power more than in that of any + one else, to put a stop to this, and by doing so, to restore this + unfortunate part of the world to its former happiness. We ask no + magnanimity, we only demand justice. I enclose a translation of my + letter in order to avoid any misinterpretation of it by your + Excellency, as this happened not long ago when a letter which I had + written to the Government of the South African Republic, and which + at Reitz fell into your hands, was published in such a way that it + was nearly unrecognizable, as not only was it wrongly interpreted + in some places, but sentences were inserted which had never been + written, and other parts were left out altogether, so that an + entirely wrong meaning was given to the letter. + + I have the honour, etc., + + M.T. STEYN, + _State-President of the Orange Free State._ + +[Footnote 98: Nobody dies of fright.] + +[Footnote 99: The report of the Commission of which he was a member.] + +[Footnote 100: Resident Magistrates.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI + +Blockhouses and Night Attacks + + +While the great events recorded at the end of my last chapter were in +progress, I paid a visit to the Harrismith burghers, who were under the +command of Commandant Jan Jacobsz, and also to some of the Bethlehem +men. On my return I learnt that the enemy were occupied in building a +line of blockhouses from Heilbron to Frankfort. + +It has always seemed to me a most unaccountable circumstance that +England--the all-powerful--could not catch the Boers without the aid of +these blockhouses. There were so many other ways in which the thing +might have been done, and better done; and the following incident, which +occurred during the war, serves to show that this policy of the +_blockhouse_ might equally well have been called the policy of the +_blockhead_. + +On the 27th of February, 1902, the English made one of their biggest +"catches" in the Free State. They had made a great "kraal"--what they +themselves call a "drive"--and stood, "hand in hand," one might almost +say, in a ring around us, coming from Heilbron, Frankfort, Bethlehem, +and Harrismith, and stretching, on the Transvaal side, from Vrede to the +Drakensberg. + +Narrower and narrower did the circle become, hemming us in more closely +at every moment. The result was that they "bagged" an enormous number of +men and cattle, without a solitary burgher (or, for the matter of that, +a solitary ox) having been captured by means of their famous blockhouse +system. + +The English have been constantly boasting in the newspapers about the +advantages of their blockhouses, but they have never been able to give +an instance of a capture effected by them. On the contrary, when during +the last stages of the war it happened, as it often did, that they drove +some of our men against one or other of the great blockhouse lines which +then intersected the country, and it became necessary for us to fight +our way through, we generally succeeded in doing so. And that, with +fewer casualties than when, as in the instance I have just given, they +concentrated their forces, and formed a circle around us. + +The English then were busy when I returned from the south in building a +blockhouse line from Heilbron to Frankfort. They accomplished this +speedily, and then proceeded to the construction of other similar lines, +not being contented until they had "pegged out" the country as +follows:-- + +On the Natal frontier there was a line from Vrede to Bothaspas, +continued westward by a series of forts to Harrismith, whence the line +went on, still westward, to Bethlehem, and thence down to the Basutoland +border at Fouriesburg. + +Kroonstad was made, so to speak, the "axle," whence a series of "spokes" +proceeded; one to the north-east, to Vrede; a second to the north-west, +through Driekopjes Diamond Mine, to Winkledrift, and thence down the +Rhenoster River to its confluence with the Vaal; a third, to the +south-east, to Lindley; and a fourth, to the south-west, along the +railway line, to the frontier of Cape Colony. + +In the western districts there was a line along the left bank of the +Valsch River to the point where it joins the Vaal, and another (also +terminating at the Vaal River) starting from Zand River railway bridge, +and running parallel to the Zand River. There was also a line from +Boshof, across the Cape Colony frontier, to Kimberley. + +Last, but not least, came the "White Elephant" with which the reader is +already acquainted--the line from Bloemfontein to Ladybrand, through +Thaba'Nchu. + +All these lines were in the Free State. I make no mention here of the +thousands of miles of similar blockhouse lines, which made a sort of +spider's web of the South African Republic. + +The blockhouses themselves were sometimes round, sometimes angular, +erections. The roofs were always of iron. The walls were pierced with +loop-holes four feet from the ground, and from four to six feet from one +another. Sometimes stone was used in the construction of these walls, at +other times iron. In the latter case the wall is double, the space of +from six to nine inches between the inner and the outer wall being +filled with earth. + +These buildings stood at a distance of from a hundred to a thousand +paces from one another; everything depended upon the lie of the ground, +and the means at the enemy's disposal; a greater distance than a +thousand paces was exceptional. They were always so placed that each of +them could be seen by its neighbours on both sides, the line which they +followed being a zigzag. + +Between the blockhouses were fences, made with five strands of barbed +wire. Parallel with these was a trench, three feet deep and four to five +feet across at the top, but narrower at the bottom. Where the material +could be procured, there was also a stone wall, to serve as an +additional obstacle. Sometimes there were two lines of fences, the upper +one--erected on the top of the earth thrown up from the +trench--consisting of three or four strands only. + +There was thus a regular network of wires in the vicinity of the +blockhouses--the English seemed to think that a Boer might be netted +like a fish. If a wild horse had been trapped there, I should like to +have been there to see, but I should not have liked to have been the +wild horse. + +The building of these blockhouses cost many thousands of pounds, and +still greater were the expenses incurred in providing the soldiers in +them with food, which had to be fetched up by special convoys. And it +was all money thrown away! and worse than thrown away! for when I come +to describe how I broke through these blockhouse lines (see next page), +the reader will see that this wonderful scheme of the English prolonged +the war for at least three months. + +Let us turn now to another, and a more successful device of the enemy. + +From the first weeks of the winter, 1901--the reader must remember that +our winter commences in _May_--the English began to make night attacks +upon us; at last they had found out a way of inflicting severe losses +upon us, and these night attacks grew more and more frequent during the +last period of the war. But they would never have thought of them at +all, if they had not been instructed in them by the National Scouts--our +own flesh and blood! + +These tactics were not always successful. It sometimes happened that the +English got "cornered"; sometimes they had to "right about turn" and run +for their lives. The latter was the case at Witkopjes, five miles to the +south of Heilbron, and again, near Makenwaansstad. But on only too many +occasions they managed to surprise troops of burghers on their camping +places, and, having captured those who could not run away, they left the +dead and wounded on the ground. + +We soon discovered that these night attacks were the most difficult of +the enemy's tactics with which we had to deal. + +Sometimes the burghers, surprised by a sudden visit from the English at +such an unconventional hour, found it necessary to run away at once as +fast as their legs would carry them, so that they often arrived at the +nearest camp without their hats. Indeed a series of these attacks +produced such a panic among our men that I have known a Boer lose not +only his hat, but also his head. + +I come now, in the regular course of my narrative, to an engagement +between my burghers and an English force which had marched from +Bethlehem to Reitz, a distance of thirty miles. This force was guided by +a son of one of the Free State Members of Parliament, and, marching all +night, reached Reitz just as the day began to dawn. This was a smart +piece of business; and though the guide to whom its success was due was +my enemy, I fully appreciated the skill which he then displayed. + +The English captured ten or twelve burghers at Reitz, whither they had +perhaps gone in search of the President. + +I was ten miles to the west, on the farm of Blijdschap, and did not +receive reports of what had happened until towards noon. + +What was I to do? I could not call up men from Heilbron, Bethlehem, +Vrede, or Harrismith: it would have been at least twenty-four hours +before they could have arrived. All I could do was to summon Veldtcornet +Vlok with some of the Parijs commandos and Veldtcornet Louwrens, and +Matthijs De Beer, and the men. With these and my staff we would not +number more than sixty or seventy all told. + +I at once gave orders to these veldtcornets to meet me at a certain +place, and they were there by the appointed hour. + +My intention was to deliver a flank attack upon the English while they +retreated during the night; for, as they only numbered five hundred men, +I felt sure that they would not care to remain thirty miles away from +their column, but would fall back upon Bethlehem. + +In the afternoon I marched to within a short distance of Reitz, in order +to discover the enemy's plans; then, immediately after sunset, I sent a +few burghers quite close to the town, with orders to meet me again at a +certain point about two thousand paces to the south, and to inform me +whither the enemy were going to march. The scouts returned at ten +o'clock that night, and reported that the enemy was on the march towards +Harrismith. In order to reach this town they would have to start by the +Bethlehem road, from which the Harrismith road forks, at about eight +thousand paces from the town. + +Our horses stood ready up-saddled; I had only to give the order to +mount. + +I meant to cross the Bethlehem road and go to a deep hollow which I knew +of near the Harrismith road; then, when the English appeared against the +horizon, we would fire at them. + +But my scouts had blundered. The English were not going to Harrismith +after all. For as we came to the Bethlehem road, we nearly stumbled over +them. They were riding quietly along only a short distance from us. As +we were galloping they knew of our proximity before we were aware of +theirs, and when we were less than two hundred paces from them they +opened fire. + +"Charge, burghers!" + +They all heard me, but they did not all obey. About fifty of the most +valiant of them galloped straight at the enemy. The rest fled. + +After a short but fierce engagement we were forced to retire, as six of +our men had been hit. Fortunately, their wounds were but slight, the +most severe being that of my son Isaac, who had been shot through the +leg below the knee. + +We rode away a short distance, and saw looming through the darkness a +company of horsemen approaching us from Reitz. I thought at first that +they were some of my own burghers--the ones who had taken to their +heels--but it turned out to be General Wessel Wessels, who was nearer +than I knew with his staff, in all some twenty men. I, however, could +muster seventy, and we decided to cut off the retreat of the enemy. But +they had, in the meantime, been riding on so fast that we did not reach +them until it had grown quite light. An engagement, short and fierce as +the last, ensued, but as the enemy was from six to seven times as strong +as we were, and had a gun and a Maxim-Nordenfeldt with them, we could +not stand against them, and had to let them go on their road. + +We were fortunate in suffering no loss there, and while the English +marched on to Bethlehem we rode off in the opposite direction. + +We had now a short period of repose. The English were so busy building +blockhouses that they had no time to fight us. Our poor horses were in a +miserable condition, for so little rain had fallen that the grass was +very dry and sapless. But at least we could now give them the rest which +they sorely needed. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII + +My Commando of Seven Hundred Men + + +Towards the end of September Commandant F.E. Mentz had an engagement +with Colonel Byng's column near Heilbron. A portion of this officer's +force had held a ridge where there were some Kaffir kraals for cover; +and Commandant Mentz had with fifty burghers stormed this ridge, +shooting down from thirty to forty of the enemy, and taking twenty-five +prisoners. We lost two killed and three wounded. The Frankfort burghers +under Commandant Ross had also not been idle, for they had attacked a +division of Colonel Rimington's troops with the result that sixteen +killed and wounded fell into their hands--among these were seven of the +National Scouts. + +Thus fighting was taking place all over the country. I do not give any +report of the various engagements, as I was not present at them, and, as +I have already said, I only wish to record my own experiences. But it +will be easily seen, even from the scanty information I can give of +these skirmishes, that our small commandos had a splendid record of +success. + +It is my intention to ask all my Vice-Commanders-in-Chief to narrate +their experiences. And when the whole story is told I am convinced that +the world will be astonished at what we were able to accomplish. + +But however well these small commandos had fought, I myself believed +that the time had now come to make a great stroke. With this object in +view I gave orders that a number of the burghers should come to +Blijdschap, in the district of Bethlehem, under the command of the +following officers:--General Michal Prinsloo with Commandants Olivier, +and Rautenbach of the Bethlehem Commando; Commandant David Van Coller, +who was in command of the Heilbron burghers in the place of Commandant +Steenekamp, who had resigned; Commandant Hermanus Botha of Vrede; +Commandant Roen of Ladybrand; and Commandant Jan Cilliers of Kroonstad. + +By the beginning of November I had a force of seven hundred burghers +under me at Blijdschap.[101] + +Although the spring was now far advanced, the veldt was in a very +backward condition. I therefore ordered the various subdivisions of my +commando to go and camp on the different farms in the neighbourhood. I +spread the horses over a large area, as they would thus find better +pasture and so the sooner recover their strength. + +When November was drawing to a close I had an engagement with the +English to the south of Lindley. I had with me at that time General +Hattingh, General Wessel Wessels, and General Michal Prinsloo. + +An English force had encamped two days previously on the farm of +Jagersrust, which lies some ten miles to the south-east of Heilbron, and +about the same distance from Blijdschap. I had wished to make an attack +on them the night they arrived, but they were too near to Heilbron for +me to venture on it. + +The previous week three columns which came from Winburg and Kroonstad +had been operating near the Liebenbergsvlei, and driving a large laager +of women before them towards the north-east of the Liebenbergsvlei. But +they had now left the laager alone and returned to Kroonstad. The women +had arrived at Blijdschap at noon on November 28th on their way back to +Lindley. + +The morning following, two hours after sunrise, I received a report from +General Hattingh, who with Commandant Cilliers and a hundred men was +stationed close to Blijdschap. The General reported that the English +from Jagersrust were hotly pursuing the women's laager. And it soon +appeared that the women were being driven to the west of Blijdschap. + +When General Hattingh heard that the English were hard by, he was some +twenty minutes' ride from Blijdschap, but he mounted his horse at once +and rode there as quickly as he could. On his arrival he immediately +gave orders to up-saddle, and, having sent me a second report, he +started in pursuit of the enemy. + +As soon as I had received General Hattingh's reports, I followed him +with General Wessels and a force of only a hundred men. I was at least +five miles from General Hattingh, and the English were twelve miles +ahead. General Michal Prinsloo was unfortunately a considerable distance +away; and thus it was that I could not at once get together my whole +force of six hundred burghers. + +But General Michal Prinsloo had spent the time in attacking the English +force on their left front. Shortly after he had engaged the enemy I came +up behind them and delivered an attack on their right. But the veldt was +very uneven and high hills and intervening hollows made any co-operation +between us impossible, for one force could not tell where the other +force was. + +Meanwhile General Hattingh had attacked the enemy in the rear and thus +compelled them to withdraw their vanguard, which was then not far from +the women's laager and had nearly succeeded in capturing it. But now +that the whole force of the enemy was opposed to General Hattingh, he +was forced to give way and leave his positions. We lost two killed and +three wounded. Among the dead was the valiant F.C. Klopper of Kroonstad. + +When I, with General Wessels and Commandant Hermanus Botha hurried up, +Commandant Hattingh was just on the point of retreating. + +The English I saw numbered about a thousand mounted men and they had +three guns with them. I determined to make a flank attack, and +accordingly marched round to their right, at the same time sending +orders to General Prinsloo to get in the rear, or if he preferred in +front of the enemy, so that we might make a united attack upon them as +they marched in the direction of Lindley. + +It now began to rain and a little later a very heavy thunderstorm burst +on our heads. This forced the English to halt on the farm of +Victoriespruit. + +The rain continued to fall in torrents and hindered General Prinsloo +carrying out my orders. + +And now the sun went down. + +As our horses were quite exhausted by the hot pursuit after the English, +and the burghers wet through to the skin, I decided to postpone the +attack to the following day. I was also influenced in my decision by the +consideration that as the English were so far from any point from which +reinforcements could come, it was quite safe to let them alone until the +morning. Nobody could have foreseen that they would escape that night. + +We slept about five miles from them to the north-east, whilst General +Prinsloo and his men were not very far away to the south-east. + +That night we placed the ordinary outposts, but no "brandwachten." + +When on the next morning I sent my scouts out to discover the movements +of the enemy, what was my surprise when they reported that they had +fled. They had gone, my scouts informed me, towards Heilbron, which was +about eighteen miles off, and they had left behind them five laden +waggons and one cart; and where they had crossed Karoospruit they had, +very naturally, lightened their waggons, and flour, seed, oats, +tarpaulins, and tents marked the point where they had crossed the +spruit. The enemy were already so far ahead when I received this report +that it was quite out of the question to catch them before they reached +Heilbron; so all idea of pursuing them had to be abandoned. + +So far as I was able to find out, this column was under the command of +Colonel Rimington. + +As I was unable now to get in touch with the enemy, I set off with my +commando to what was once the town of Lindley. Alas! it could not any +more be called a town. Every house was burnt down; not even the church +and parsonage were spared. + +We found the veldt in very good condition; the early spring rains and +the downpours of the previous day had quite revived the grass. And so I +decided to remain at Lindley as long as possible, to give our horses a +chance of recovering their condition. It was impossible to provide them +with forage, for the amount the English had left behind was entirely +insufficient as a supply for the large number of horses we had with us. + +For ten or twelve days we remained at Lindley, and so the horses had a +short breathing time, but not long enough to give the poor animals time +fully to regain their strength. In addition to being overworked, some of +our horses were suffering from a skin disease which we were quite unable +to cure. This disease had never before been known in the Republics. + +When I was at Lindley I sent Commandant Johannes Meijer, one of my +staff, with forty men, to Cape Colony. With him went that brave soldier, +Captain Willem Pretorius, of whom I have made mention previously. If +Commandant Meijer had had sufficient time to collect a commando in the +Colony, I am sure that he would have proved that the younger generation +of Free-Staters, to whom he and Willem Pretorius belonged, possess +qualities which were entirely unsuspected before the war began. + +On the 8th of December three columns of the enemy appeared from +Kroonstad. + +It had been my plan to remain at Lindley and wait my chance of dealing +with Colonel Baker, for he had under him a certain National Scout, who +constantly made raids from Winburg with a band of four or five hundred +Kaffirs. A few months previously a division of Commandant Hasebroek's +commando had been attacked at Doornberg by this man's Kaffirs, and four +burghers had been murdered in a horrible manner. More cases of this +nature had taken place, and I only mention this one in passing. I am not +in a position to give all the instances, but many of them were sworn to +in affidavits, of which copies were sent to Lord Kitchener. The original +affidavits fell into the hands of the English; but fresh ones shall be +drawn up on my return to South Africa, so that I may be able to prove +the statements I have made. The narration of these brutalities I prefer +to leave to persons more conversant With the facts than myself. I have +only alluded to the subject so as to make it clear why I like to keep my +eye on Colonel Baker's column. + +I must now continue my story where I left it. + +I took up my position to the north-west of Lindley, in front of the +columns which approached from Kroonstad. But after a few skirmishes with +them, I returned to the east till darkness came on. When night had +fallen I went round to the south, behind Kaffirskop, expecting to +receive the news that Colonel Baker was coming up from Winburg, for he +generally carried on his operations in conjunction with the forces at +Kroonstad. + +On the following day the enemy marched to Liebenbergsvlei, between +Bethlehem and Reitz. Thence they took the road between Lindley and Reitz +to Kroonstad. + +Piet de Wet, of the National Scouts, was with these columns. + +After we had remained two days at Kaffirskop, we crossed the Valsch +River. The news then came that a column with a convoy was on the march +from Harrismith to Bethlehem. + +I felt that it was my duty to attack this column, but, although I +advanced with all haste, I was not in time to catch the enemy before +they reached Bethlehem. When I saw this, I decided to wait, at a +distance of some fifteen miles to the north-east of Bethlehem, for I +expected that the column would return to Harrismith. + +The troops remained in Bethlehem till the morning of the 18th of +December; they then marched out towards Harrismith. + +I at once divided my commando into two parts, each consisting of two +hundred and fifty men. One of these divisions I posted behind the +eastern end of the Langberg, about forty miles from Bethlehem; the other +on the banks of the Tijgerkloofspruit, at the point where the road to +Harrismith crosses the stream. + +I gave strict orders to both divisions that as soon as I opened fire on +the English with the Maxim-Nordenfeldt, they were to charge down on them +from both sides at the same time. + +The enemy, I may mention, were about six or seven hundred men strong, +and had two guns. + +I myself, with the Maxim-Nordenfeldt, was now on a high round hill, on +the eastern side of Tijgerkloof. I was very careful to be out of sight +of the English, so that they might get quite close to the burghers +before the gun disclosed my presence. + +I succeeded in hiding my burghers so successfully that the English did +not observe them until they were within about twelve hundred paces of my +men in Tijgerkloof. + +Some of the enemy's scouts rode on ahead, and when I judged that they +must almost immediately see the burghers, I ordered Captain Muller, who +was standing behind a rise, to come out of cover and open fire; then I +jumped on my horse, and down the hill I went, at full gallop, to my +burghers. + +I had scarcely covered half the distance, when Captain Muller opened +fire on the enemy. + +As the sound fell on my ears, it seemed to me that nothing now could +save them! + +What was now my bitter disappointment when I saw that only one-third of +my burghers were charging. The others were keeping under cover, and do +what I would I could not drive them out. + +Everything went wrong. + +When the burghers who were charging the English discovered that the +greater part of their comrades had remained, they turned round and +retreated. But before this had happened they had attacked the English at +four different points. + +It had been a short but a very hot engagement. + +There was no possibility of inducing my men to charge, and so I thought +it wisest to retreat, swallowing my disappointment as best I could. + +The burghers re-assembled to the south of the Langberg; and we found +that our loss was two killed and nine wounded, of whom two subsequently +died. + +We could not ascertain the English losses, but we saw their ambulances +very busy. We heard afterwards that they had suffered much more severely +than we had done. + +[Footnote 101: A court-martial was held at this place, and several +persons appeared before it. A certain De Lange was condemned to death +for high treason.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII + +A Success at Tweefontein + + +The column had marched to Harrismith. + +It was time that I accomplished something further, and I determined that +the next blow I struck should be a heavy one. I therefore retired to the +north-east of Bethlehem, and concealed my men in the veldt round +Tijgerkloof (which was suited to the purpose) whilst I made my plans. + +Colonel Firman's brigade was camped between Bethlehem and Harrismith, at +Elands River bridge, where he was building the line of blockhouses +between the two towns. This camp was so well entrenched that there was +no possibility of storming it, and I knew that so long as Colonel Firman +thought I was still in the neighbourhood he would not dare to come out +and give me an opportunity of attacking him. + +I saw that a ruse was necessary to entice him out of his fortress. With +this object in view I sent for Commandant Jan Jacobsz, with his fifty +men from Witzeshoek. When he joined me I confided my secret to him, and +ordered him to go back with his fifty men, and to let Colonel Firman see +him doing so. He also had instructions to let some of his veldtcornets +ride to the Kaffir kraals, which were close to the English camp, in +order to tell these Kaffirs that he had had orders to come to me with +fifty men, but that when he arrived I had commanded him to return to his +district, because I was going to march with my commando to Winburg. + +The following day Colonel Firman's scouts were, as might have been +expected, informed by the Kaffirs of what they had heard from the +burghers under Commandant Jacobsz; and the day after--that is, the 22nd +of December--Colonel Firman's column, about six to seven hundred men +strong, marched from Elands River to Tweefontein, half-way between +Elands River and Tijgerkloof. On the farm of Tweefontein there was a +mountain called Groenkop--which has since, for a reason which will soon +be apparent to the reader, received the name of "Christmas Kop." + +[Illustration: TWEEFONTEIN. + +FROM A SKETCH BY THE AUTHOR.] + +I gave Commandant Jacobsz orders to come to me with his fifty men on +Christmas Eve, but this time with the strict injunction that he must +conceal his march from the enemy. I also called up Veldtcornet Beukes, +with his fifty men, from Wilge River, in the district of Harrismith. +Veldtcornet Beukes was a brave man and trustworthy; he was shortly +afterwards promoted to the command of a division of the Harrismith +burghers. + +My intention was to attack Colonel Firman early on Christmas morning. + +Two days previously I had, with General Prinsloo and the Commandant, +reconnoitred the neighbourhood of Groenkop, on which Colonel Firman was +encamped. I approached as near as possible to the mountain, but could +only inspect it from the west, north, and east, but on the following day +I reconnoitred it also from the south. + +My plan of making the attack early the next morning was somewhat spoilt +by the fact that the English had already, on the 21st of December, +quitted their camp on the mountain. Thus they had had four days in which +to entrench themselves. + +Whilst we were reconnoitring the mountain from the south, we saw three +horsemen coming cautiously out of the camp, riding in a north-easterly +direction, and thus giving us no chance to intercept them. Commandant +Olivier and Captain Potgieter now made a detour, so that they could cut +off the unsuspecting scouts from their camp, and could also get nearer +to the mountain themselves. I knew that by doing so they would draw the +fire of the two guns, which would tell me precisely where Colonel +Firman's battery stood. + +Before these officers could accomplish their purpose they were observed, +and seeing that they could not cut off the three men, they turned their +horses and galloped back. But when they saw that the three scouts had +the temerity to pursue them, they faced round at the first rise and +suddenly confronted them. The three (who were Kaffirs), seeing that the +tables were turned, hastily wheeled round towards their own camp, but +before they could reach it one of their number was caught and shot down. +One gun and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt now fired upon our two officers as +long as they were in sight, and thus we learnt that the guns were placed +on the high western point of the mountain, from which they could shoot +in all directions. + +Let me describe Groenkop. On its western side was a precipice, on the +north and south a steep descent, and on the east a gentle slope which +ran down to the plain. + +From which side should the attack take place? + +Some of the officers were of the opinion that this should take place on +the east, where it was the least steep, but I differed from them, for +through our field-glasses we could see that the walls of the fort were +so built that it was quite clear the enemy had thought that, should they +be attacked, it would be from the east. The forts were built in a +semicircle towards that side, and although this would be of little +importance once the fight had begun (because the defenders had only to +jump over the wall to find themselves still entrenched), still it was to +the advantage of the attacking party to come from a side where they +would not be expected. + +These reasons brought me to the conclusion that the English would not +be on the look-out for us from the west, and I therefore decided to make +the attack from this side, the steep side of the mountain. But I did not +then know how steep it really was. + +On the western point there were four forts close to each other. Each was +sufficient to give shelter to about twenty five men. To the south there +were four forts, and to the east three. + +The top of the mountain was not more than three to four hundred paces in +diameter. To the east in a hollow the convoy was placed, and from every +_schanze_ we could rake it with our fire. + +I remained on the spot from which I was reconnoitring, and sent word to +the commando, in the afternoon of the 24th of December, to come to a +certain place at Tijgerkloof, which they could do without being +observed. I ordered them to remain there until nightfall, and then to +advance within four miles of Groenkop, to the north, where I would meet +them. + +This was done. I found the commando at the appointed place, and also +General Brand and Commandant Karel Coetzee, who had come on a visit that +day to my commando. They also took part in the attack. My men consisted +of burghers from General Michal Prinsloo, Commandants Hermanus Botha, +Van Coller, Olivier, Rautenbach, Koen, Jan Jacobsz and Mears, in all six +hundred men. Of these I left one hundred in charge of the +Maxim-Nordenfeldt and the pack-horses. + +We had not a single waggon with us; every man put what he had with him +on his pack-horse, for long we had made it a rule not to be hampered +with waggons. Yet whenever we picked up reports of engagements in the +camping places of the English we repeatedly saw that they had taken a +Boer camp--and their greatest delight was to say that it was one of De +Wet's convoys. + +They could not have been convoys of mine, because for the last fifteen +months I had had no waggon-camp with me. If a waggon-camp was taken, it +could only have been one consisting of women, who were flying in order +to escape capture by the English, and to avoid being sent to the +concentration camps. Everywhere in the State the women were taking to +flight, and their terror was increased tenfold when the news came that +many a woman and child had found an untimely grave in these camps. + +The troops which had not remained with the pack-horses now advanced +towards the mountain. Each commando was ordered to ride by itself, and +to leave in single file. My orders were that they were to march quietly +to the western foot of the mountain; here the horses were to be left +behind, and the climb made on foot, the burghers keeping the same order +as that in which they had been riding. Should the English, however, +discover us before we reached the mountain, we must then storm it +altogether, and leave the horses wherever we had dismounted. + +We succeeded in coming to the mountain unobserved, and at once began the +climb. It was exactly two o'clock in the morning of December 25th, 1901. + +When we had gone up about half-way we heard the challenge of a sentry:-- + +"Halt; who goes there?" + +Then followed a few shots. + +My command rang out through the night-- + +"Burghers, Storm!" + +The word was taken up by the burghers themselves, and on all sides one +heard "Storm! Storm!" + +It was a never-to-be-forgotten moment. Amidst the bullets, which we +could hear whistling above and around us, the burghers advanced to the +top, calling out, "Storm! Storm!" + +The mountain, however, was so steep that it can scarcely be said that we +stormed it; it was much more of a climb. Often our feet slipped from +under us, and we fell to the ground; but in an instant we were up again +and climbed on, and on, to gain the summit. + +I think that after the sentry heard us, three or four minutes must have +elapsed before the troops, who were lying asleep in their tents or on +the veldt, were awakened and could come out, because their camp was +about a hundred paces distant from our point of attack. + +Directly we reached the top the deafening roar of a heavy fight began, +and lasted from fifteen to twenty minutes. Shortly before this the +Armstrong gun and the Maxim-Nordenfeldt had each fired two shots, but +they fired no more; as we reached the top the gunners were shot down at +their guns. + +After a short but desperate struggle the English gave way, or +surrendered, and we took possession of the Armstrong and +Maxim-Nordenfeldt. + +We continued to fire on the troops, who had retreated to a short +distance. Again they gave way, and took up another position a little +further on, and so it went on for about two thousand paces, and then the +English took to flight. + +As we had no horses with us and it was dark, we did not pursue the +fleeing enemy, but returned to the camp. The whole engagement lasted, so +far as I could judge, for about an hour. I cannot say for certain, +because I made no note of the time. + +It was a party of Yeomanry with whom we had been dealing, and I must say +they behaved very gallantly under exceptionally trying circumstances; +for it is always to be expected that when men are attacked during the +night a certain amount of confusion must ensue. + +It was heartrending to hear the moaning of the wounded in the dark. The +burghers helped the doctors to bring the wounded into the tents, where +they could be attended to; I gave the doctors as much water as they +liked to take for the wounded. + +It was greatly to be deplored that the ambulance had been placed in the +centre of the camp, for this was the cause of Dr. Reid being fatally +wounded. + +When the day began to dawn we brought the waggons and guns down the +mountain. I sent them in the direction of Langberg, to the west of +Groenkop. + +The enemy lost about one hundred and sixteen dead and wounded, and two +hundred and forty prisoners of war. + +Our loss was also heavy--fourteen dead and thirty wounded; among the +dead were Commandant Olivier from Bethlehem and Vice-Veldtcornet Jan +Dalebout from Harrismith; among the wounded was one of my own staff, +Gert de Wet. Later on two more died, one of them being Veldtcornet +Louwrens. I appointed Mr. A.J. Bester as Commandant in the place of +Commandant Olivier. + +Besides one Armstrong and one Maxim-Nordenfeldt, our booty consisted of +twenty waggons, mostly ox-waggons, a great quantity of rifle and gun +ammunition, guns, tents, five hundred horses and mules, and one waggon +laden with spirits, so that the burghers, who were not averse to this, +could now satisfy their thirst. + +The sun had hardly risen when the enemy opened fire from a mountain two +miles to the north-east of Groenkop, where there was a little camp with +one gun. If I still had had the same numbers as were with me at the +storming of Groenkop, then I could also have taken this little camp. But +it was not to be thought of, for some of my men had been sent away with +the waggons, and the others--well, every one had a horse that he had +taken from the English, and as these horses were in the pink of +condition for rapid retreat, I thought it wiser not to call upon the +burghers to attack. I ordered them, therefore, to go back after the +waggons, and in the evening we camped to the north of Bethlehem. From +here, on the following day, I sent the prisoners of war through +Naauwpoort into Basutoland. + +On the same day I gave orders to General Michal Prinsloo to take the +commando and to strike a course between Reitz and Heilbron. I myself +paid a visit to President Steyn and General Wessel Wessels, after which +I put matters straight in our hospital at Bezuidenhoutsdrift, which was +under the charge of Dr. H.J. Poutsma. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV + +I Cut my Way Through Sixty Thousand Troops + + +The English could not endure the thought that we had their guns in our +possession. And, accordingly, when General Michal Prinsloo came near the +Liebenbergsvlei, on the road between Reitz and Heilbron, he met a strong +force of the enemy which had come from Kroonstad. The English then had a +taste of what it was like to be under the fire of our artillery; and so +well did the gunners do their work that the enemy were forced to +retreat. This occurred shortly before sunset on the afternoon of the +28th of December. + +But the forces in front of General Prinsloo were too strong for him, and +so when night came he marched past, and the following morning was twelve +miles to the south-west of them. + +The enemy advanced against the position which General Prinsloo had +occupied the previous day, quite unaware that he was now in their rear. +In the meantime the General was watching their movements from behind, +and quietly enjoying their mistake. + +I left the hospital that afternoon, and crossing the Liebenbergsvlei to +the rear of the English, I joined the Heilbron commando. + +The following day the enemy retreated to the farm of Groenvlei, which +lies just to the north of Lindley. They remained there for a few days +awaiting large reinforcements. + +"I quite understand your plan," I said to myself, as I set to work to +split up the great force which the enemy were concentrating. And with +this object in view I sent each Commandant to his own district, +believing that by dispersing my own men I should again induce the +English to divide their troops into smaller parties. Commandant Mears, +with his fifty men, I ordered to remain with the guns and the artillery, +and to guard them by very careful scouting. + +In less than a fortnight seven large columns of the enemy were operating +in the district between Heilbron and Bethlehem and Harrismith. These +columns burnt all the houses within their reach, and those which had +been spared before were now given over to the flames. And not only were +the houses destroyed, but every head of cattle was taken. + +Towards the end of January, 1902, still more columns arrived and a +"drive" began. + +I remained in the neighbourhood until the 2nd of February and stationed +Commandant Mears with the guns to the east of the Wilge River. The +English formed a circle round him, but he succeeded in getting the guns +away in safety. When he was out of their clutches, I sent him orders to +bring the guns through the blockhouse line between Lindley and +Bethlehem, and then to push on towards Winburg. + +It was my intention, on arriving there, to collect as rapidly as +possible a commando from the men of Bethlehem, Kroonstad, and Winburg, +and to attack the first column that gave me a chance of doing so. + +Commandant Mears carried out my orders at once. A force of the enemy had +been waiting for him for three or four days at the farm of Fanny's Home, +on the Liebenbergsvlei. But before the sun had risen, a strong force +under Colonel Byng had surrounded him and forced him to abandon the +guns. And not only were the guns lost, but Captain Muller and thirteen +gunners were taken prisoner. + +Thus the guns had not been of much benefit to us, for the English had +kept us so constantly on the move that it had been impossible to use +them. + +The forces of the enemy between Harrismith and Vrede had formed a line +extending from the Harrismith-Bethlehem blockhouses to the blockhouses +between Vrede, Frankfort and Heilbron. And now the troops were advancing +in close contact with each other, hoping thus to force us against one or +other line of blockhouses. + +Nearer and nearer they came, until at noon on February the 5th we saw +them to the east of Liebenbergsvlei. As I was watching their movements +from the top of Elandskop, I was informed by heliogram[102] from +Blaauwkop and Verkijkerskop that there was a cordon of the English from +Frankfort to a spot between Bethlehem and Lindley. + +The intention of the enemy appeared to be to drive us against the +Heilbron-Kroonstad blockhouses and the railway line. We had therefore to +be prepared to fight our way through the blockhouses. And these, as I +found out lately, had been greatly strengthened. + +On the 6th of February I was on the march, intending to advance to +Slangfontein, to the west of Heilbron. I sent orders to Commandants +Mentz, Van der Merwe, and Van Coller, to take a portion of Commandant +Bester's burghers, telling them to go to Slangfontein. For I hoped to +break through at some point or other that night. + +Still nearer the enemy came, marching almost shoulder to shoulder. + +The Commandants Van Coller and Van der Merwe did not go to Slangfontein. +They broke through the English columns near Jagersrust, and crossed the +Heilbron-Frankfort blockhouse line, where they put a few soldiers to +flight, not, however, without a loss of two burghers, who were killed. + +Neither did the burghers under Veldtcornets Taljaart and Prinsloo +arrive. They preferred to go their own way--and all were captured with +the exception of twenty-eight men. But this misfortune was not due to +the blockhouses. On the contrary, they were taken prisoners when they +were attempting to hide themselves in small bodies. In this way more +than a hundred burghers fell into the hands of the English. + +There were now with me Commandant Mentz, and portions of the commandos +of Commandants Bester, Cilliers, and Mears. + +That afternoon we marched to a farm which was twelve miles from the +Lindley-Kroonstad line of blockhouses. When it was quite dark, we left +the farm with the intention of breaking through this line before +daybreak. There had been five or six hundred head of cattle with us, +but, without my being aware of it, they had gone astray in the darkness. + +We intentionally left the path, because we thought that the English +would be most vigilant at points where paths crossed the line. + +Suddenly we found ourselves at a wire fence. The darkness was so thick, +that it was only after we had cut the wire that we discovered that we +were close to a blockhouse. Although the house was not more than a +hundred paces from us, we could hear and see nothing. When we were some +four hundred paces on the other side of the line of the blockhouses, I +sent a burgher back to see if all the men and cattle had crossed +safely--for we were riding in a long trail, and amongst us were old men +and youngsters of only ten years, or even less. These boys would have +been taken away from their mothers had they stayed at home; and thus the +only way to keep them from captivity was to let them join the commandos. + +The burgher soon returned, and told me that the whole commando and all +the cattle had crossed the line. Then I marched forward again. + +At break of day we were close to the Valsch River. Here I made a short +halt, in order to allow the stragglers to come up. It was then that a +man came to me who had been riding far behind, and had thus not seen +that we had cut the wire. He was probably one of those who quite +needlessly feared a blockhouse line. + +"General, when shall we come to the blockhouses?" he asked me. + +"Oh! we are through long ago!" I answered. + +It did not require any deep insight, I can assure you, to see how +delighted this burgher was that we were safely out of it! + +We discovered now that the cattle had not crossed the line. When I +investigated the matter more closely, I found that they had gone astray +before we reached the blockhouses. But it was impossible to wait for +them, and there was nothing left but to proceed without them. + +When we arrived at the Valsch River, there was a sound of shouting +behind us, and presently the cattle appeared coming over a rise. I heard +from the drivers that they had lost their way, and had only reached the +blockhouses at daylight. But they had succeeded in breaking through +under a fierce rifle fire. Twenty head of cattle had been killed or +wounded, and one of the men's horses had been shot under him. + +The burghers who had accomplished this valiant deed were: Jan Potgieter, +Gert Potgieter, Jzoon, and Wessel Potgieter--all from the district of +Heilbron. + +I have, myself, seen a report in an English paper of my breaking through +the blockhouse line. This paper declared that I had driven a great herd +of cattle in front of me to break down the fencing!... This is the way +the English write the reports. + +This breaking through of my cattle inspired the English, at least so I +thought, to dig trenches everywhere. But they were again wrong; for +although a vehicle might have some difficulty before the trench was +filled in, no riders, pedestrians, or cattle would have been stopped for +a moment. + +And now we marched on, till we reached a spot about fourteen miles to +the south of the blockhouse line; and there we remained for three days. + +Whilst we were waiting here, I sent two burghers back to the blockhouse +line, to discover in what direction the English columns had marched, so +that I might know where I should go myself. Now, less than ever, was it +advisable to make night marches, for our horses were in a very poor +condition. + +The day following I received a heliographic message from these burghers, +who were now on the other side of the line. They signalled that I could +come on with my commando, since the English columns had returned to +Kroonstad and Heilbron. + +When night came I started on my way back. I did not go (as before) to +the east of Lindley, but to the farm of Palmietfontein, which lies to +the west. When we were close to the line, I sent some burghers in +advance to cut the wire. But this time there was a reception ready for +us, which we certainly would rather have been without! This was to be +ascribed to the fact that instead of only two scouts, as I had ordered, +about ten had gone to reconnoitre. So large a number had attracted the +attention of the enemy, and the guards had concentrated at the spot +where we wished to break through. + +Thus before my commando reached the line a fierce fire was opened on it +from two sides. Yet notwithstanding this the wires were cut and we +reached the other side, but not without loss. One of my burghers was +killed, and one wounded. A boy of ten was also killed, and another of +seven severely wounded. We could not ascertain the losses of the enemy. + +It was terrible that children should be exposed to such dangers; but, as +I have already said, if we had not taken them with us they would have +been captured. During the very "drive" I have just described, two +children who had remained at home with their mothers were taken +prisoner by the English. One of these was a boy of nine, the little son +of Jacobus Theron. Notwithstanding the prayers and entreaties of the +poor mother, he was torn from her and carried away. In the same way +another boy, twelve years old, whose name I do not know, was dragged +from his mother's arms. + +The chronicling of such inexplicable cruelties I leave to other pens. I +have drawn attention to them to make it clear that it was not without +good cause that children joined the commandos. Some of these little ones +became a prey to the bullets of the enemy, and the South African soil is +stained by the blood of children slain by England. + +With the exception of the sad incidents I have described, we came +through in safety. + +I afterwards heard that Lord Kitchener had on this occasion gone to +Wolvehoek Station in order to see President Steyn and myself carried +away in the train to banishment! But his calculations were not +altogether correct. + +A Higher Power had willed it otherwise. + +The burghers had now returned to their own districts. I myself went to a +farm in the neighbourhood of Elandskop belonging to Mr. Hendrick +Prinsloo--the _rooije_.[103] After I had been there a few days I heard +that a strong column was approaching Lindley from Kroonstad. During the +night of the 17th of February this column attacked some burghers who +were posted less than four miles from Elandskop, with the object--as I +heard later--of catching me. And they would have been quite successful +in their attempt had I been sleeping in the house where their +information led them to believe they would find me. But as a matter of +fact, I seldom, if ever, slept in a house, for to tell the truth, there +were scarcely any houses left to sleep in! The women who had escaped +capture lived in narrow shelters, which had been made by placing +corrugated iron sheets on what was left standing of the walls that +remained. + +I crossed the Liebenbergsvlei on the 18th of February, and proceeded to +the farm of Rondebosch, which stands to the north-east of Reitz. There I +met the Government. + +And now another big "drive" took place. The English columns marched to +the south of the Kroonstad-Lindley blockhouse line in the direction of +Bethlehem. Other troops came from Heilbron, and advanced to the north of +the Heilbron-Frankfort line, driving Commandant Ross across this line to +the south. + +Nearer and nearer these two great divisions approached each other, until +at last they stretched without any break from the Bethlehem-Lindley to +the Frankfort-Vrede line of blockhouses. On the 21st of February the +whole column moved towards Vrede and Harrismith. + +It seemed to me that my best plan would be to go with President Steyn +and the Government to the Witkopjes, which lay between Harrismith and +Vrede, and then to break through the English columns near Vrede or +Harrismith, or, if it proved impossible to do so at these points, at +least to force a way through somewhere. + +On this occasion we had a great deal more difficulty in escaping from +the English than we had had during the previous "drive." Not only had we +to deal with these large forces behind, but also with thousands of +troops which were now approaching from Villiersdorp, Standerton, +Volksrust, and Laingsnek, and which were extended across the country in +one continuous line. The whole cordon thus formed consisted, as the +English themselves acknowledge, of sixty thousand men. + +And again on this occasion they did not attempt to drive us against one +or other of the blockhouse lines, but they came, column on column, from +all sides, and formed a big circle round us. They thus made it quite +apparent that they had lost all faith in their blockhouses. + +I only received news of the approach of these reinforcements on the +evening of the 22nd of February, after they had passed the blockhouses. +The report was brought to me by Commandant Hermanus Botha, a party of +whose burghers had been driven across the Vrede-Frankfort line during +the previous night. I have already stated that some of the burghers +under Commandant Ross had shared the same experience, and now they were +retreating before the English. I also heard that Commandant Mentz had +gone eastwards, in the belief that the forces behind him would move to +the west, but that unfortunately the columns also moved to the east, so +that he jumped into the lion's mouth, which was only too ready to close! + +We marched that night to Cornelius River, and the day following to Mr. +James Howell's farm at Brakfontein. It was my intention to break through +somewhere between Vrede and Bothaspas. + +But my scouts brought me word in the evening that there was a very poor +chance of success in that neighbourhood, for the columns had +concentrated there. Other scouts, however, reported that there was a +small opening at Kalkkrans, on the Holspruit; and so I decided to march +to Kalkkrans. + +When the sun had set I left Brakfontein and started on my road to +Kalkkrans, with the firm determination to force my way through there, +cost what it might. If I failed in the attempt I knew that it would mean +an irretrievable loss, for not only should I myself be captured, but +also President Steyn and the whole Government. + +I had with me a portion of the Harrismith burghers, the commandos from +Vrede and Frankfort, and sections of the commandos from Standerton and +Wakkerstroom, these latter under Commandant Alberts. This Commandant had +come to these districts to obtain horses for his burghers; he was +obliged to be content with the wild horses of the veldt, for there were +no others to be had. + +Beside the above burghers, I had with me old men and children, and +others who were non-combatants. These had joined the commando to escape +falling into the enemy's hands. + +Altogether I had well-nigh two thousand persons with me. Commandant +Mentz was, like myself, enclosed in the "drive," but some distance away. +General Wessels, Commandant Beukes, and some of the Bethlehem burghers +were in the same predicament to the west of us. I did not know for +certain where these officers were placed, and therefore I could not +inform them of my plan to break through that night, for I had only come +to this determination after the sun had set. But I felt sure that they +would at all costs make their way through the cordon.[104] + +Commandant Jan Meijer had met me at Brakfontein, but one party of his +burghers was still six miles to the south. When I decided to break +through, I sent him orders to follow me; and this he was quite capable +of doing, as he was well acquainted with this part of the country. My +orders were that the mounted men were to proceed in advance, taking with +them my little waggon drawn by eight mules. + +This waggon had accompanied me into Cape Colony, and since that +time--for fourteen weary months--had never left me. I had even taken it +with me when, a fortnight previously, I had broken through the +blockhouse lines. + +Behind the horsemen came the aged and the sick, who occupied the +remaining vehicles, and lastly the cattle, divided into several herds. + +In this order we rode on. + +When we were approaching the spot at which I expected to find the enemy, +I ordered Commandant Ross and one hundred men, with Hermanus Botha and +Alberts, and portions of their commandos, to go on ahead of us. + +After passing through Holspruit we inclined to the west, as the road to +the east would, according to my scouts, have led us right into the +English camp. But it was not with one camp only that we had to deal: the +English were everywhere: a whole army lay before us--an army so immense +that many Englishmen thought that it would be a task beyond the stupid +and illiterate Boer to count it, much less to understand its +significance. I will pander to the English conception of us and say, "We +have seen them: they are a great big lot!" + +We had hardly moved three hundred paces from where we had crossed +Holspruit, when the English, lined up about three hundred yards in front +of us, and opened fire. We saw that they did not intend our flight to be +an easy one. + +Before we had reached the "spruit,"[105] and while crossing it, the +burghers had kept pushing ahead and crowds had even passed us, but the +enemy's fire checked them and they wheeled round. + +Only the men under Commandants Ross, Botha, and Alberts did not waver. +These officers and their veldtcornets with less than one hundred men +stormed the nearest position of the enemy, who were occupying a fort on +the brow of a steep bank. + +I shouted to my command: "Charge." + +I exerted all my powers of persuasion to arrest the flight of my +burghers; even bringing the sjambok into the argument. + +Two hundred and fifty were all that I could bring back to the fight, +whilst, as I have said, the Commandants had a hundred with them when +they charged; the rest, regardless of my attempts to stop them, fled. + +I was also without my staff, some of whom had remained under the fire of +the enemy awaiting my orders as to what was to be done with my little +waggon. Others, amongst whom was my son Kootie, who was then acting as +my secretary, had followed me, but had got lost in the confusion of the +moment. + +This confusion arose from the fact that the burghers imagined that they +had got through at the first attempt, but had found themselves again +fired at from the front. Meanwhile, I hurried to and fro, encouraging +the burghers in their attempts to break through. When thus engaged I +came across two of my staff, Albertus Theunissen and Burt Nissey. To +them I gave the order: "Get the waggon through at all costs." I also +found my son, Isaac, and kept him with me. The English now were firing +not only from in front but also on our right, and there was nothing for +it but to clear a road for ourselves, and this we eventually succeeded +in doing, and in about forty minutes had at last broken through. + +The enemy had dug trenches, thirty to forty paces from each other, which +served as _schanzes_. In each of these trenches were placed ten to +thirty men. They had also a Maxim-Nordenfeldt, which, at first, kept up +a hot fire; but soon was silenced as the gunners were shot down. The +rest of the troops retired with the gun, but had to leave the caisson +behind them. It was evident to me from the way in which they fired that +the English were retreating, and so I dispatched two men to tell the +burghers, who had gone back, to come on; but this they did not do, +thinking perhaps that they could discover a safer route on the following +evening. This was short-sighted policy on their part, for the circle +within which they were caught was daily becoming narrower, and it was +plain that on the third day the enemy would be so close that all hope of +escape would be gone. + +The two burghers did not return, and we went on without them, taking +with us our wounded--twelve in number. Two of these, whose injuries were +serious, had been placed by some of my staff on my waggon; one was Van +der Merwe, a member of President Steyn's bodyguard; the other was a boy +of thirteen years old, named Olivier. + +We hurried on, and came, shortly after sundown, to the farm called +"Bavaria," on the Bothasberg. There Van der Merwe died. + +The boy had already been relieved from his sufferings. Thus, once again, +the soil drank the blood of a child. + +Eleven of my men were left dead on the battlefield. We had to leave them +there, for to recover their bodies might have meant the sacrifice of +more lives. + +When the burghers and I forced our way through the storm of bullets, we +had with us President Steyn, the Members of the Government, and the Rev. +D. Kestell, minister of the Dutch Reformed Church at Harrismith. + +The greater part of the English, indeed all of them, so far as we could +observe, remained, during the 24th, on the spot where we had left them. +We found out, later on, that we had broken through their lines at the +point where Colonel Rimington's force was stationed. + +The following day the columns departed. We then went to bury our dead, +but found that the enemy had already done so. But as the graves which +they had made were very shallow, we dug them deeper. + +During that night (the 25th) another force of burghers, to the number of +about three hundred and fifty, broke through the English cordon. Our men +only lost two killed, and eleven wounded. + +Besides those already mentioned, the burghers under General Wessel +Wessels and Commandant Mentz were also among those who escaped of the +two thousand troops surrounded by the enemy. + +With the others it fared but ill. + +The English closed in, and the circle became narrower and narrower. + +On the 27th of February, 1902--"Majuba Day"--Commandant Van Merwe and +four hundred men fell into the hands of the enemy.[106] + +On that very day, in the year 1881, the famous battle of Majuba had been +fought. Nineteen years afterwards, on the same day of the same month, we +suffered a terrible defeat at Paardeberg, where we lost General Piet +Cronje and a great force of burghers. + +And now the 27th of February had come round again, and this time it was +the twenty-first anniversary of Majuba that we were celebrating. The day +of our coming of age had thus arrived, if I may be allowed to say so. +But instead of the Republics now attaining their majority--as they +should have done, according to all precedent--_minority_ would have been +a more fitting word to describe the condition in which we now found +ourselves--for, through the losses which we had just sustained, we were +_minus_ not only a large number of burghers, but also an enormous +quantity of cattle, which ought to have served as food to our commandos +and families, but which the enemy had captured. + +The cattle which had just been taken from us had formed the greater part +of our cattle in this district. We had always been able, until now, to +get them safely away; the unevenness of the veldt here was greatly in +our favour. This time we could not. How am I to explain the +inexplicable? _We had sinned--but not against England!_ + +[Footnote 102: We had heliographic communication between Elandskop and +Blaauwkop, which formed a connecting link between Bethlehem and Lindley; +and from Blaauwkop we had communication with Verkijkerskop. There was +also heliographic communication between Bethlehem and Lindley, and +Biddulphsberg, across the line of blockhouses.] + +[Footnote 103: "Rooije" is the Taal for "red."] + +[Footnote 104: In this I was correct. They contrived to break through +where the enemy were more scattered.] + +[Footnote 105: Spruit--rivulet.] + +[Footnote 106: Also my son, Jacobus (Kootie). He has now returned from +St. Helena, whither he had been sent as a prisoner, and we have met. He +tells me that on the night when I broke through, he wanted to come with +me, but was unable to do so, because his horse had been shot under +him.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXXV + +I go to the Transvaal with President Steyn + + +On the 26th of February I went with the Government to Duminys Drift, on +the Wilge River, and we thus found ourselves again at the farm of +Rondebosch. + +The Government remained there for a few days, and then President Steyn +decided to go into the western parts of the State, where Generals +Badenhorst and Nieuwouwdt were then operating. He thought that if he +absented himself from the north-eastern districts the English would +cease their devastations in that part of the country, for it was well +known that the enemy's concentration of forces was principally aimed at +the President and myself. + +I, however, did not intend to follow his example, but, on the contrary, +got myself ready to join the Heilbron commando. By March 22nd all my +preparations were made, and I had, alas! to say farewell to my trusty +friend--my little waggon! I saw that it must be relinquished--that I +could not carry it about with me any longer. I left it at a farm, first +taking out my documents and papers; I ordered these to be concealed for +greater safety, in a cave on the farm of General Wessels. + +The clothes and ammunition of myself and staff had been hidden in this +cave for some time. + +The following day I joined President Steyn, who told me that he wished +me to accompany him in his march to the west. And although it did not +agree with my own ideas--principally, because I did not want the enemy +to think that I was running away from them--I consented to this plan, +and the more willingly because it was some time since I had visited the +western commandos. + +It was a long journey that lay before us, and I had only the clothes +that I was then wearing. I would have sent for another suit had I not +heard that the enemy were encamped close to the cave where our treasures +lay hidden.[107] + +I had therefore to do the best I could with what I had. There was no +clothing to be got in the western districts, so that when my present +outfit was worn out, I should be compelled to put on "khaki"--although +there was nothing I relished less than to rob a prisoner of war. + +We started out that same evening in the direction of the railway line. +Our party consisted of about two hundred men, composed as follows: the +President, with his bodyguard of thirty men, under Commandant H. Van +Niekerk, the Government, Commandant Van de Merwe, of Vredefort, my staff +and myself. + +Before daybreak we got through the Heilbron-Frankfort line of +blockhouses without accident; and on the following night (March 5th) we +crossed the railway line, between Wolvehoek and Viljoensdrift. Whilst we +were occupied there in cutting the telegraph wires, the enemy fired a +few rounds on us, at a distance of five hundred or six hundred paces. We +approached nearer, and they then opened fire with a Maxim--but without +doing any damage. + +We continued on our road, past Parijs and Vredefort, towards Bothaville, +and we came upon a blockhouse line which extended from Kroonstad to the +Vaal River. We rested for two days, to the north of Bothaville; during +this time my scouts captured from the enemy eighteen horses, most of +which were in good condition. + +On the night of March 12th we broke through the blockhouse line, some +five miles to the west of Bothaville. When we were about fifty paces +from the line, somebody to our left challenged us: + +"Halt! Who goes there?" + +He challenged us a second time, and then fired. + +At once seven or eight sentries fired upon us. Shots also were directed +at us from the right. Nevertheless we cut through the barbed wire and +crossed in safety, the firing still continuing, until we were about +fifteen hundred paces on the far side of the line. Fortunately no one +was hit. + +Having thus escaped from the last "White Elephant" that we should have +to reckon with, the next obstacle to be encountered was the Vaal River. +For the President, since we had crossed the Valsch River, had decided to +visit De la Rey, in order to place himself under medical advice. His +eyes had become very weak during the last fortnight or so, and he +thought that Dr. Van Rennenkampf might be able to do something for them. + +Thus we had to cross the Vaal River. + +But we heard that there was a military post at Commandodrift, where we +wanted to cross, and further, that all the other fords were occupied by +the English. We should have been in a great difficulty had not one of +our burghers, Pietersen, who knew this district thoroughly, brought us +across the river by a footpath ford. + +We crossed on March 15th. The current was so strong that in places the +horses were almost swimming; in other places the river-bed was strewn +with huge boulders, over which our steeds had to climb. However, we all +managed to get safely over, and arrived at Witpoort on the evening of +the 16th. On the following day we joined General De la Rey. + +It was a most interesting occasion. We had a hearty reception, several +impromptu "addresses" being presented to the President, who in turn +spoke to the burghers with much fire and enthusiasm. They were already +in the best of spirits, as they might well be, for their General had but +recently won victories over Von Donop and Lord Methuen. + +Dr. Van Rennenkampf, having examined the President's eyes, said that he +must remain for some time under his care. Accordingly I left President +Steyn with De la Rey, and, on the third day after our arrival, set out +with my staff to join General Badenhorst, who was then in the +neighbourhood of Boshof. It was becoming more and more important that I +should see Badenhorst and Nieuwouwdt, and discuss with them how best +they might collect their forces, for I wished to be able to attack the +first English column that should enter the western district of the +State. + +I had received reports that, with the exception of the garrison at +Boshof, the west, for the moment, was free from the enemy; and this +information caused me no surprise, for I could well believe that they +had just "packed up their trunks" in the north. + +On the 25th of March I joined General Badenhorst on the Gannapan,[108] +thirty miles to the north-east of Boshof. I at once sent an express to +General Nieuwouwdt, ordering him to come to me with all speed, and to +bring about four hundred and fifty of his men with him. Meanwhile, +General Badenhorst received instructions from me to get all his +scattered commandos together.[109] + +Before there had been time for these orders to be carried out I +received, on March 28th, a letter from President Steyn, giving me the +following information: + +Mr. S.W. Burger, Vice-States President of the South African Republic, +had written to President Steyn, saying that he was at Kroonstad, and +that he wished to meet the Government of the Orange Free State. He also +said that a copy of the correspondence between the Governments of the +Queen of the Netherlands and of the King of England had been sent to him +by Lord Kitchener. + +From this correspondence it appeared that the Netherlands Government +(considering the condition of affairs to be exceptional, in that the +Boers who were still fighting were unable to negotiate either with the +British Government or with the Deputation in Europe) felt justified in +offering to act as an intermediary. In this capacity they were prepared +to ask the Deputation if they were willing--supposing that a safe +conduct could be obtained from England--to go to South Africa, and +discuss matters with the Boers, in order to be able subsequently to +return to Europe, empowered to conclude a Treaty of Peace, which would +be binding both in South Africa and in Europe. + +Lord Lansdowne, in the name of the British Government, replied that his +Government highly appreciated the humane intentions of the Government of +the Netherlands, but that they had made up their minds to abide by their +former decision, and not to accept any foreign intervention. Further, +that the Deputation could, if they wished, address a request for a safe +conduct to the British Government, but that the matter could not be +decided in England, until the precise nature of the request, and the +grounds on which it was preferred, were fully understood. + +Lord Lansdowne also said that the British Government was not quite clear +as to whether the Deputation still retained any influence over the Boer +leaders in South Africa; that they thought that the power to negotiate +for the Orange Free State lay with President Steyn, and, for the +Transvaal, with President Burger; and that they considered that the most +satisfactory arrangement would be for the leaders of the Boers to +negotiate directly with the Commander-in-Chief of the British forces in +South Africa, who had been ordered to transmit at once to the British +Government any offers or proposals which might be made to him. + +Lord Lansdowne concluded by saying that, if the Boers wished to +negotiate, it must be in South Africa, and not in Europe. For, if the +Deputation were to go to South Africa, at least three months must elapse +before anything could be effected, and, as hostilities must continue +during this delay, much suffering would be caused. + +Vice-President Burger went on to say that when he received a copy of +this correspondence he could only conclude that Lord Kitchener, +indirectly at least, if not directly, was asking the Boer leaders to +negotiate with him. Accordingly, he wrote to Lord Kitchener for a free +pass, and, having obtained it, came with his Government by rail to +Kroonstad. He now, accordingly, requested President Steyn to let him +know when and where the two Governments could meet. He also intimated +that he had written to Lord Kitchener, informing him that he +wished--after consulting the Government of the Orange Free State--to +make a Peace Proposal. + +President Steyn told me that when the Free State Government received +this letter from President Burger, they had not been able to see their +way to refuse what the latter asked, as the promise of a Peace Proposal +had already been sent. They had regretted, however, that the Transvaal +Government had made use of a safe conduct, and gone through the English +lines--not that they had for one moment distrusted the Government--but +simply because the proceeding had seemed to have been ill-advised. +Nevertheless the Free State, finding itself not only obliged to discuss +the matters in question with the Transvaal, but also, conjointly with +the Transvaal, to make a Proposal to Lord Kitchener, had appointed a +place of meeting in accordance with the request which had been addressed +to it. + +This was what I learnt from President Steyn's letter. + +On the 5th of April the President received another letter from President +Burger, arranging that the meeting should take place at Klerksdorp. A +safe conduct for the President and Government of the Orange Free State +was sent at the same time. + +[Footnote 107: Shortly afterwards I heard that it was Colonel +Rimington's column who were encamped there. They discovered the cave, +and removed the documents and wearing apparel, leaving me with only a +suit of clothes--which I should have liked to preserve as a curiosity!] + +[Footnote 108: A salt lake.] + +[Footnote 109: Commandant Jacobsz was somewhere not very far from +Kimberley; Commandant Bester, close to Brandfort; Commandant Jacobus +Theron, near Smaldeel; Commandant Flemming, near Hoopstad; and +Commandant Pieter Erasmus, near the Gannapan.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI + +Peace Negotiations + + +General De la Rey, who, as a Member of the Transvaal Government, had to +be present at the coming deliberations, accompanied the President to +Klerksdorp, where they arrived on the 9th of April, and found the +Transvaal Government already there awaiting them. + +The two Governments held their first meeting in the afternoon +of the same day. The South African Republic was represented +by:--Vice-States-President S.W. Burger; Commandant-General Louis Botha; +Secretary of State F.W. Reitz; General De la Rey; Ex-General L.J. +Meijer; and Mr. J.B. Krogh. Although not a member of the Government, the +States-Procureur, L. Jacobsz, was also present. + +On behalf of the Orange Free State appeared:--States-President M.T. +Steyn; Commander-in-Chief C.R. de Wet; Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge +J.B.M. Hertzog; States-Secretary W.J.C. Brebner; and General C.H. +Olivier. + +It was decided that no minutes should be taken. Accordingly, I am only +able to give a summary of the proceedings. + +The meeting having been opened with prayer, the Vice-President of the +South African Republic said that the fact that Lord Kitchener had sent +in a copy of the correspondence between the Governments of the +Netherlands and England, was looked upon by himself and his Government +as an invitation on the part of England to the two States to discuss the +matter dealt with in that correspondence, and to see if peace could not +be concluded. Before, however, the meeting could make a proposal, it +would be necessary to hear what the state of affairs really was. + +Thereupon, firstly, Commandant-General Louis Botha, then I, and lastly, +General De la Rey, gave a report of how matters stood. + +President Burger now asked whether an interview with Lord Kitchener +should be asked for, and (in case Lord Kitchener acceded to this) what +we were to demand, and what we should be prepared to sacrifice. He went +on to ask President Steyn what he thought of the proposal which the +Transvaal had made to the Free State Government in the October of the +previous year. + +President Steyn answered that he was still of the same opinion as in +June, 1901, when the two Governments had agreed to stand by +Independence. If the English now refused to grant Independence, then the +war must continue. He said that he would rather surrender to the English +unconditionally than make terms with them. + +The remainder of the day was occupied in listening to speeches from +State-Secretary Reitz and President Burger. + +On the following day the speakers were:--L.J. Meijer, J.B. Krogh, +myself, State-Secretary Reitz, and Judge Hertzog. The last-named made a +proposal, which was seconded by General C.H. Olivier. This proposal, +after it had been subjected for revision to a Commission, consisting of +the two Presidents, Mr. Reitz, and Judge Hertzog, was accepted on the +following day. It ran as follows:-- + + "The Governments of the South African Republic and of the Orange + Free State, having met, induced thereto by the receipt, from His + Excellency Lord Kitchener, of the correspondence exchanged in + Europe between the Government of His Majesty the King of England, + and that of Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, referring to + the desirability of giving to the Governments of these Republics an + opportunity to come into communication with their plenipotentiaries + in Europe, who still enjoy the trust of both Governments: + + "And taking into consideration the conciliatory spirit which, as it + appears from this correspondence, inspires the Government of His + Britannic Majesty, and also of the desire therein uttered by Lord + Lansdowne, in the name of his Government, to make an end to this + strife: + + "Are of opinion that it is now a favourable moment to again shew + their readiness to do everything possible to bring this war to an + end: + + "And decide, therefore to make certain proposals to His Excellency + Lord Kitchener, as representative of the Government of His + Britannic Majesty, which may serve as a basis for further + negotiations, having in view the achievement of the desired peace. + + "Further, it is the opinion of these two Governments that, in order + to expedite the achievement of the desired aim, and to prevent, as + far as possible, any misunderstanding, His Excellency Lord + Kitchener should be asked to meet personally these Governments at a + time and place by him appointed, so that the said Governments may + lay before him Peace Proposals (as they will be prepared to do), in + order that, by direct conversation and discussion with him, all + such questions as shall arise may be solved at once, and also that + this meeting may further and bring about the desired result." + +A letter was now written to Lord Kitchener (who was at Pretoria) +enclosing the above Proposal, and signed by the two Presidents. + +In the afternoon the two Governments met again, to consider what +proposals they should make to the British Government. After a lengthy +discussion, it was decided, on the proposal of General De la Rey, +seconded by States-Procureur L. Jacobsz, that the matter in hand should +be entrusted to the Commission, which consisted, as I have already said, +of the two Presidents, States-Secretary Reitz, and Judge Hertzog: and +the next morning this Commission handed in the following report, which +was accepted by the meeting:-- + + "The Commission, after having taken into consideration the wish of + the meeting, namely, that proposals should be drafted (in connexion + with the letter of yesterday, signed by the two Presidents, to His + Excellency Lord Kitchener) for eventual consideration by His + Excellency Lord Kitchener, proposes the following points:-- + + "1. The concluding of a Treaty of Friendship and Peace, including: + + "(_a_) Arrangements _re_ a Customs Union. + + "(_b_) " _re_ Post, Telegraph and Railway Union. + + "(_c_) Granting of the Franchise. + + "2. Demolition of all States Forts. + + "3. Arbitration in any future differences which may arise between + the contracting parties; the arbitrators to be nominated in equal + numbers from each party from among their own subjects; the said + arbitrators to add one to their number, who is to have the casting + vote. + + "4. Equal rights for the English and Dutch languages in the schools. + + "5. Reciprocal amnesty." + +The same morning a letter enclosing this proposal was sent to Lord +Kitchener, after which Judge Hertzog and Commander Louis Botha addressed +the meeting. + +After the latter had finished an address of great importance, General +Wilson, who had the command at Klerksdorp, entered the room where the +meeting was being held and stated that Lord Kitchener was prepared to +grant us an interview, and that we could travel to Pretoria that very +evening. + +Accordingly, on the evening of the 11th of April, we went to Pretoria, +where, on the following morning, we met Lord Kitchener and handed in our +proposal. + +Lord Kitchener wished for a proposal of a very different character from +that of the two Governments; but as it would not have been proper for +them to make any proposal injurious to Independence, the Presidents +declared that they could not do so, and asked him to send to the English +Government the proposal which they had already laid before him. Lord +Kitchener at last acceded to this request, and the following telegram +was accordingly sent to England: + + FROM LORD KITCHENER TO THE SECRETARY OF STATE. + + "PRETORIA, _April 12th, 1902_. + + "The Boer Representatives desire to acquaint His Majesty's + Government with the fact that they entertain an earnest wish for + peace, and that they, therefore, have decided to ask the British + Government to bring hostilities to an end, and to proceed to + formulate a Treaty of Peace. They are ready to accept an Agreement, + by which, in their opinion, all future wars between them and the + British Government in South Africa may be avoided. They think that + this aim can be attained if provisions are made in relation to the + following points:-- + + "1. Franchise. + + "2. Equal rights for the Dutch and English languages in Educational + matters. + + "3. Customs Union. + + "4. Demolition of all the forts in the Transvaal and Free State. + + "5. Arbitration in case of future disagreements, and only subjects + of the parties to be arbitrators. + + "6. Mutual amnesty. + + "But in case these terms should not be satisfactory, then they wish + to know what terms the British Government will give them, so that + the result which they all desire may be attained." + +On Monday, April 15th, Lord Kitchener sent to the two Governments a copy +of the following telegram, which he had received from the Secretary of +State:-- + + FROM SECRETARY OF STATE TO LORD KITCHENER. + + "LONDON, _April 13th, 1902_. + + "His Majesty's Government shares with all its heart in the earnest + wish of the Boer Representatives, and trusts that the present + negotiations will lead thereto. But they have already declared in + the clearest manner and have to repeat that they cannot take into + consideration any proposals which have as basis the sanction of the + Independence of the former Republics, which are now formally + annexed to the British Crown. And it would be well if you and + Milner were to meet the Boer Representatives, and make this plain + to them. You must encourage them to make fresh proposals which we + will willingly receive." + +In this telegram, as the reader will have observed, the name of Lord +Milner is mentioned. Up till now we were dealing with Lord Kitchener +alone, but at our next conversation the first-named was also present. + +Both Representatives of the British Government insisted that we should +negotiate with them, taking the surrender of our Independence for +granted. We could not do so. We had repeatedly told Lord Kitchener that, +constitutionally, it was beyond the power of our Governments to discuss +terms based on the giving up of Independence. Only the nation could do +that. Should however, the British Government make a proposal which had, +as a basis, the temporary withdrawal only of the Independence, then we +would lay this proposal before the nation. + +Thereupon the following telegram was drawn up and dispatched:-- + + FROM LORD KITCHENER TO THE SECRETARY OF STATE. + + "PRETORIA, _April 14th, 1902_. + + "A difficulty has arisen in connexion with the negotiations. The + representatives declare that, constitutionally, they are not + entitled to discuss terms which are based on the surrender of their + independence, as the burghers alone can agree to such a basis. If, + however, His Majesty's Government can propose terms by which their + independence shall be subsequently given back to them, the + representatives, on the matter being fully explained to them, will + lay such conditions before the people, without giving expression to + their own opinions." + +The reply to this was as follows:-- + + FROM THE SECRETARY OF STATE TO LORD KITCHENER. + + "LONDON, _April 16th_. + + "With great astonishment we have received the message from the Boer + leaders, as contained in your cable. The meeting was arranged in + accordance with their desires, and they must have been aware, from + our repeated declarations, that we should not be prepared to + consider any proposal based on the revival of the independence of + the two South African States. We, therefore, were justified in + believing that the Boer representatives had abandoned all idea of + Independence, and that they would make terms for the surrender of + the forces still in the Veldt. They now declare that they are not + constitutionally in a position to discuss any terms which do not + include the restoration of their Independence, but they ask what + conditions would be made if, after consulting their followers, they + should abandon the claim for Independence. This does not seem to us + a satisfactory way of expediting the end of the hostilities which + have caused the loss of so many lives and so much money. We are, + however, as we said before, desirous of preventing any further + bloodshed and of accelerating the restoration of peace and + prosperity in the countries harassed by the war, and we empower you + and Lord Milner to refer the Boer leaders to the offer made by you + to General Botha more than twelve months ago, and to inform them + that--although the great decrease which has lately taken place in + the forces opposed to us, and also the further sacrifices involved + by the refusal of that offer, would justify us in dictating harder + terms--we are still prepared, in the hope of a lasting peace and + reconciliation, to accept a general surrender in the spirit of that + offer, with such amendments with regard to details as might be + agreed upon mutually." + +It was quite self-evident that the Governments could not accept this +proposal of the British Government, because by it the independence of +the Republics would be sacrificed. + +President Steyn pointed out emphatically that it lay beyond our right to +decide and conclude anything that would endanger the independence of the +two Republics. The nation alone could decide on the question of +independence. For this reason, therefore, we asked if we might consult +the people, and it was agreed by Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner that we +should go back to our commandos and hold meetings in every district, in +order to learn thus the will of the nation. It was further agreed that +at the meetings of the nation representatives should be chosen who, on +the 15th of May, 1902, at Vereeniging, should inform the Governments +what course the nation desired them to take. + +On the 18th of April Commandant-General Louis Botha, General De la Rey, +and I left Pretoria, provided with a safe conduct for ourselves and for +anyone whom we should appoint, and proceeded to our different commandos. + +I went first to the burghers of Vrede at Prankop, where I met General +Wessel Wessels with his commandos on the 22nd of April. The nation was +in a very miserable condition, suffering from the want of all +necessaries, and living only on meat and maize, which food was also +exceedingly scarce, and would only last for a few months more. +Notwithstanding this, the burghers decided, to a man, that they would +not be satisfied with anything less than independence, and that if the +English would not accede to this they would continue to fight. + +Mr. Wessel Wessels, Member of the Volksraad, was elected as chairman, +and Mr. Pieter Schravezander as secretary. The representatives chosen +were Commandants A. Ross, Hermanus Botha, and Louis Botha (son of Philip +Botha). + +My second meeting I held at Drupfontein, in the district of Bethlehem, +on the 24th of April, with the burghers under the command of Commandants +Frans Jacobsz, Mears, and Bruwer. Mr. J.H. Naude was made chairman, and +Landdrost J.H.B. Wessels secretary. It was unanimously decided that +independence had to be maintained, and Commandants Frans Jacobsz and +Bruwer were chosen as representatives. + +The next meeting I held on the 26th of April, at Tweepoort Farm, with +the commandos under General Michal Prinsloo. Mr. Jan Van Schalkwijk was +chosen as chairman, and Mr. B.J. Malan as secretary. Here also the votes +were unanimous, and General Michal Prinsloo, Commandant Rautenbach, and +Commandant J.J. Van Niekerk were elected as representatives. + +After that on Roodekraal Farm. I met the burghers under Commandants +Cilliers, Bester, Mentz, and Van Coller. The chairman was B.W. Steyn +(Member of the Volksraad), and the secretary Mr. S.J.M. Wessels. Here +again it was unanimously decided not to surrender the independence, and +Commandants Mentz, Van Coller and Bester were the representatives +chosen. + +The fifth meeting I held with the commandos under General Johannes +Hattingh, on the 1st of May, on the Weltevrede Farm, under the +chairmanship of Mr. Jan Lategan, Johannes C. Pietersen being secretary. +As representatives we chose General Hattingh and Commandant Philip De +Vos. The voting was unanimous that the independence should be +maintained. + +On the 3rd of May I held my sixth meeting, with the commandos under +General C.C. Froneman, at Schaapplaats. Mr. Jan Maree was chairman, and +Mr. David Ross secretary. + +The result was the same as at the other meetings, and General Froneman, +Commandants F. Cronje and J.J. Koen were chosen to represent the +commandos. + +From there I went to Dewetsdorp, where I met, on the 5th of May, General +George Brand's commandos. Mr. C. Smith acted as chairman, and Mr. W.J. +Selm as secretary; the representatives chosen were General Brand and +Commander J. Rheeder; and the burghers were equally determined to keep +their independence. + +I went on to Bloemfontein, and thence by rail to Brandfort, and +afterwards to the Quaggashoek Farm, where, on the 11th, I held my eighth +meeting, with the commandos of C.C.J. Badenhorst. The chairman was Mr. +N.B. Gildenhuis, and the secretary Mr. H.M.G. Davis. The elected +representatives were General Badenhorst and Commandants A.J. Bester and +Jacobsz. This was my last meeting, and it also decided on maintaining +the independence. + +The commandos under the Commandants Van der Merwe and Van Niekerk +(Vredefort and Parijs), Flemming (Hoopstad), Nagel (part of Kroonstad), +and General Nieuwouwdt (Fauresmith, Philippolis, and Jacobsdal), were +visited by Commander-in-Chief Judge Hertzog, Member of the Executive +Council. At meetings held with these commandos the following +representatives were chosen:--General Nieuwouwdt, and the Commandants +Munnik Hertzog, J. Van der Merwe, C. Van Niekerk, Flemming, A.J. Bester, +F. Jacobsz, H. Pretorius, and Veldtcornet Kritzinger. + +At these meetings also the burghers were unanimous in their decision not +to give up their independence. I must add that Commandant H. Van Niekerk +was chosen as representative of the bodyguard of President Steyn. It had +been agreed with Lord Kitchener at Pretoria that if the chief officers +of a commando were chosen as representatives, then there would be an +armistice between this commando and the English during the time the +officers were absent at the meeting at Vereeniging. It was also decided +that Lord Kitchener should be informed of the date of the departure of +such officers. + +This was done. I sent the following telegram on the 25th of April to +Pretoria:-- + + "TO HIS EXCELLENCY, HEADQUARTERS, PRETORIA: + + "At meetings held in the districts of Vrede and Harrismith and in + that part of Bethlehem east and north-east of the blockhouse lines + of Fouriesburg, Bethlehem, and Harrismith, General Wessels and the + Commandants were duly chosen as representatives. + + "I have decided that all the representatives shall leave their + different commandos on the 11th of May, and therefore, in + accordance with our mutual agreement, I shall expect an armistice + to be granted to the different commandos from that date until the + return of their commandants from the meeting at Vereeniging, on or + about the 15th of May. + + "I should be glad to receive Your Excellency's sanction to my + request that each Representative should have the right to take one + man with him. + + "Your Excellency will greatly oblige by sending a reply to + Kaffirsdorp in the district of Bethlehem, where I am awaiting an + answer. + + "C.R. DE WET, + General Commander-in-Chief, Orange Free State. + BETHLEHEM, _April 25th, 1902_." + +To this I received the following answer from Lord Kitchener:-- + + "IMPERIAL RESIDENCY, PRETORIA, + _April 25th, 1902_. + + "TO GENERAL DE WET, KAFFIRSDORP. + + "In answer to your message, I agree altogether with your demands + that during the absence of the chosen Representatives from their + commandos, from the 11th of May until their return, such commandos + shall not be troubled by us. I also agree that every + Representative, as you propose, shall be accompanied by one man. + + "I shall also be glad if you would send an officer, at least two + days before the Meeting, in order to let me know about the number, + and the necessary arrangements for the treatment of the + Representatives at this Meeting. + + (Signed) "KITCHENER." + +On the 11th of May I sent a telegram to Lord Kitchener, in which I said +that, as all my generals and chief officers had been chosen as +Representatives, the armistice must begin on the 11th of May. The +telegram was as follows:-- + + FROM GENERAL DE WET TO HIS EXCELLENCY LORD KITCHENER. + + "PRETORIA, _May 11th, 1902_. + + "The following chief officers have been chosen as Representatives + for the commandos of the districts: Hoopstad, Boshof, and parts of + Winburg and Bloemfontein,--districts to the west of the railway + line. + + "1. General C. Badenhorst. + + "2. Commandant J. Jacobsz. + + "3. Commandant A. Bester. + + "It thus appears that all my generals and chief commanding officers + are chosen as Representatives to attend at the Meeting of + Vereeniging, on the 15th inst., and according to our mutual + agreement at Pretoria, an armistice will be given from to-day (11th + May, 1902) in all districts of the Orange Free State up to a date + which shall be agreed upon after the close of the Meeting at + Vereeniging. Any answer, previous to noon of the 11th inst., will + reach me at Brandfort. + + "Commander-in-Chief, + Orange Free State Armies." + +In answer to this I received the following telegram:-- + + "IMPERIAL RESIDENCY, PRETORIA, + _May 12th_. + + "TO GENERAL DE WET, BRANDFORT. + + "I have given orders, according to our Agreement, that from + to-morrow, the 13th inst., all commandos, whose leaders or chief + officers have been chosen to attend the Meeting at Vereeniging, + shall be exempted from being attacked by my columns during the + absence of their leaders, in so far as such commandos withhold from + offensive operations. But that does not imply that outposts cannot + be taken prisoner in case they should approach our lines. + + "KITCHENER." + +It was rather surprising to me that Lord Kitchener, in this telegram, +spoke only of an armistice beginning on the 13th of May, because in his +telegram of the 25th he had agreed that there should be an armistice +from the 11th of May. I heard also from officers of Heilbron, Vrede, +and Bethlehem, whom I met, on the evening of the 14th of May, at +Wolvehoek Station, that the English columns had operated in their +districts on the 11th, 12th, 13th, and 14th. My order was that my +officers should not operate, but should retreat, if the enemy should +unexpectedly operate on the 11th. On the above-mentioned dates houses +were burnt down, cattle carried away, maize and other grain destroyed, +burghers taken prisoner, and (in one instance) shot. + +Such a misunderstanding was very regrettable, and all the more so +because we were never indemnified for the damage thus done. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII + +The End of the War + + +On the morning of the 15th of May, I arrived at Vereeniging with some of +the Free State delegates. The others were already there, together with +the thirty Transvaal delegates, Commandant-General Louis Botha and +General De la Rey. In addition to the above, the following had also +arrived: Vice-State President Burger, States-President Steyn, the +members of the two Governments, and General J.C. Smuts (from Cape +Colony). + +I was exceedingly sorry to find that President Steyn was seriously ill. +For the last six weeks he had been in the doctor's hands; and, since his +arrival at Pretoria, had been under the care of Dr. Van der Merwe, of +Krugersdorp. This physician said that serious consequences might ensue +if his patient were to attend our meetings, and advised him to go to his +home at Krugersdorp, where he could be properly nursed. It was sad for +us to receive this news immediately we arrived. We asked ourselves what +we should do without the President at our meetings? At this moment he +seemed more indispensable to us than ever before. + +President Steyn was a statesman in the best sense of the word. He had +gained the respect and even the affection of us all. Of him, if of any +man, it may be said that he never swerved from his duty to his country. +No task was too great for him, no burden too heavy, if thereby he could +serve his people. Whatever hardships he had endured, he had never been +known to complain--he would endure anything for us. He had fought in our +cause until he could fight no longer, until sickness laid him low; and +he was worn out, and weak as a child. _Weak_, did I say? Yes! but only +in the body--his mind was still as strong, as brave, as clear as ever. + +And thus it was that President Steyn was only able to be present on two +occasions at our meetings; for, on the 29th of May--before the National +Representatives had come to any decision--he went with Dr. Van der Merwe +to Krugersdorp. + +As I write these lines--six months after the meetings at +Vereeniging--and think that during all the intervening time he has been +lying on a bed of sickness--I am cheered by the news which I received in +Holland that hopes are now entertained of his ultimate recovery. + +The National Representatives began their important deliberations on the +morning of the 13th of May, 1902. + +For three days we discussed the condition of our country, and then +proceeded with Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner to Pretoria. This +Commission was composed of Commandant-General L. Botha, +Commander-in-Chief C.R. de Wet, Vice-Commandant-General J.H. De la Rey, +Vice-Commander-in-Chief Judge J.B.M. Hertzog, and States-Procureur J.C. +Smuts. + +The negotiations with the representatives of the British Government +continued from the 18th to the 29th of May; and upon their conclusion +the Commission communicated to the National Representatives the terms on +which England was prepared to conclude peace. + +On May the 31st we decided to accept the proposals of the English +Government.[110] The Independence of the two Republics was at an end! + +I will not attempt to describe the struggle it cost us to accept these +proposals. Suffice it to say that when it was over, it had left its mark +on every face. + +There were sixty of us there, and each in turn must answer Yes or No. It +was an ultimatum--this proposal of England's. + +What were we to do? To continue the struggle meant extermination. +Already our women and children were dying by the thousand, and +starvation was knocking at the door--and knocking loudly! + +In certain districts, such as Boshof and Hoopstad, it was still possible +to prolong the war, as was also the case in the districts of Generals +Brand and Nieuwouwdt, where the sheep and oxen, which had been captured +from the enemy, provided an ample supply of food. But from the +last-named districts all the women and children had departed, leaving +the burghers free to wander at will in search of food--to Boshof, to +Hoopstad, and even into the Colony. + +In other parts of the Free State things were very different. In the +north-eastern and northern districts--for instance, in Ladybrand, +Winburg, Kroonstad, Heilbron, Bethlehem, Harrismith and Vrede--there +were still many families, and these could not be sent to Boshof or to +Hoopstad or to the Colony. And when, reduced to dire want, the commandos +should be obliged to abandon these districts, their wives and families +would have to be left behind--to starve! + +The condition of affairs in the Transvaal was no better. We +Free-Staters had thought--and I, for one, had supported the view at +Vereeniging--that, before sacrificing our independence, we ought to tell +the owners of these farms, where there were still women and children, to +go and surrender with their families, and thus save them from +starvation. But we soon realized that such a course was not +practicable--it would involve the loss of too many burghers. + +Moreover, even if, by some such scheme as this, we had succeeded in +saving the women, we, who remained in the field, would still have been +exposed to the dangers of starvation, for many of us, having no horses, +could not have left want behind us, by removing to Cape Colony or some +other equally prosperous region. + +In the large eastern divisions of the Transvaal also, there were many +burghers without horses, while the poor jaded creatures that remained +were far too feeble and exhausted to carry their masters into Cape +Colony, without the certainty of being captured by the enemy. + +Our forces were now only twenty thousand in all, of which the Transvaal +supplied ten thousand, the Free State six thousand, while the remainder +came from Cape Colony. But our numerical weakness would not in itself +have caused us to abandon the struggle had we but received encouraging +news from the Colony. But alas! reports which we received from there +left us no room for hope. + +No room for hope! that was the message of Vereeniging--a message which +struck a chill in every heart. One after another we painted the +destitution, the misery of our districts, and each picture was more +gloomy than the last. At length the moment of decision came, and what +course remained open to us? This only--to resign ourselves to our fate, +intolerable though it appeared, to accept the British proposal, and to +lay down our arms. + +Most bitter of all was the thought that we must abandon our brethren in +Cape Colony and in Natal, who had thrown in their lot with ours. And +many a sleepless night has this caused me. But we could not help +ourselves. There was nothing else to do. + +And as things have turned out, may we not hope that the Cape and Natal +Governments, following in the wake of the British Nation, will soon +understand that the wiser course is to forgive and forget, and to grant +as comprehensive an amnesty as possible? It is surely not unjust to +expect this of these Governments, when one remembers that whatever the +Colonists may have done, must be ascribed to the tie that binds them to +us--the closest of all ties--that of blood. + +It is now for the two Governments to strive to realize the situation, +and then, by granting a general amnesty, to promote, as far as in them +lies, the true progress of South Africa. + + * * * * * + +On the evening of the 31st of May, 1902, the members of the Government +of both Republics met Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner, in the former's +house, at Pretoria. + +It was there that the Treaty of Peace--the British Proposal which the +National Representatives had accepted--was now to be signed. + +It was a never-to-be-forgotten evening. In the space of a few short +minutes that was done which could never be undone. A decision arrived at +in a meeting could always be taken into reconsideration, but a document +solemnly signed, as on that night, by two parties, bound them both for +ever. + +Every one of us who put his name to that document knew that he was in +honour bound to act in accordance with it. It was a bitter moment, but +not so bitter as when, earlier on the same day, the National +Representatives had come to the decision that the fatal step must be +taken. + +On the 2nd June, 1902, the Representatives left Vereeniging, and +returned every man to his own commando. It was now their sad duty to +tell their brave and patient burghers that the independence which they +cherished so dearly was gone, and to prepare them to surrender their +arms at the appointed places. + +I left Pretoria on the 3rd of June with General Elliott, who had to +accompany me to the various centres to receive the burghers' arms. + +On the 5th of June the first commando laid down their weapons near +Vredefort. To every man there, as to myself, this surrender was no more +and no less than the sacrifice of our independence. I have often been +present at the death-bed and at the burial of those who have been +nearest to my heart--father, mother, brother and friend--but the grief +which I felt on those occasions was not to be compared with what I now +underwent at the burial of my Nation! + +It was at Reitz that the commandos of Vrede, Harrismith, Heilbron and +Bethlehem laid down their arms. Accordingly I went there on the 7th of +June, and again had to be a spectator of what I fain would never have +witnessed. Had I then to go on from commando to commando, to undergo +everywhere the martyrdom of beholding ceaseless surrenders? No! I had +had enough, and could bear no more. I decided, therefore, to visit all +the other commandos, in order to acquaint the burghers with what had +taken place, and to explain to them why we, however unsatisfactory the +Peace Proposal was, had felt bound to accept it, and then to leave each +commando before the men handed over their arms to General Elliott. +Everywhere I found the men utterly despondent and dissatisfied. + +The whole miserable business came to an end on the 16th of June, when +the burghers who had fought under Generals Nieuwouwdt and Brand, laid +down their arms--the Nation had submitted to its fate! + +There was nothing left for us now but to hope that the Power which had +conquered us, the Power to which we were compelled to submit, though it +cut us to the heart to do so, and which, by the surrender of our arms, +we had accepted as our Ruler, would draw us nearer and ever nearer by +the strong cords of love. + + * * * * * + +To my Nation I address one last word. + +Be loyal to the new Government! Loyalty pays best in the end. Loyalty +alone is worthy of a Nation which has shed its blood for Freedom! + +[Footnote 110: A complete report of the various proceedings in connexion +with the conclusion of peace will be found in the Appendix of this +book.] + + + + +CORRESPONDENCE + + +A LETTER FROM THE STATES-SECRETARY OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC TO THE +BRITISH AGENT AT PRETORIA + + MINISTRY OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS, + PRETORIA, _9th October, 1899_. + + SIR,-- + + The Government of the South African Republic feel themselves + compelled to again refer the Government of Her Majesty, the Queen + of Great Britain, to the London Convention of 1884, concluded + between this Republic and the United Kingdom, which in Article XIV. + guarantees certain specified rights to the white inhabitants of + this Republic, to wit:-- + + "All those who, although not born in this Country, yet abide by the + laws of the South African Republic, (_a_) shall have full freedom + to come with their families into, to travel in, or to reside in any + part of the South African Republic; (_b_) shall be entitled to hold + in possession their houses, factories or warehouses, shops, and + allotments, either on hire or as their own property; (_c_) may + transact their business, either in person or through agents, to + their own satisfaction; (_d_) shall not be subjected to any other + general or local taxation--with regard to their families or + properties, or their commerce or trade--than those which shall be + laid on the burghers of the said Republics." + + Our Government wishes also to draw attention to the fact that the + above-mentioned rights are the only ones which Her Majesty's + Government, in the above-mentioned Convention, has stipulated for + the foreign inhabitants in this Republic, and that only + contravention of these rights can give the British Government the + right of diplomatic intervention; whereas, further, the adjustment + of all other questions concerning the position, or the rights, of + the foreign inhabitants under the said Convention is vested in the + Government and National Representatives of the South African + Republic; among the questions the adjustment of which comes + exclusively under the authority of the Government and the + Volksraad, are those of the Franchise and representation in this + Republic. + + Although, therefore, the exclusive right of this Franchise and + representation is indisputable, our Government has approved of + discussing in a friendly way the Franchise and the representation + with Her Majesty's Government; without, however, acknowledging by + so doing any right thereto on the side of Her Majesty's Government. + Our Government has also, by the wording of the already existing + Voting Law, and the decision concerning the representation, always + kept this friendly consultation in view. + + On the side of Her Majesty's Government, however, the friendly + manner of these consultations has made way for a more threatening + tone; and the minds of the people of this Republic, and of the + whole population of South Africa, have been brought into a state of + apprehension; and a state of unusual tension has been created by + the action of Her Majesty's Government, in no longer abiding by the + laws concerning the voting right, and the decision concerning the + representation of this Republic; and lastly, as is expressed in + your letter of the 25th of September, 1899, in breaking off all + friendly communication, giving us to understand that Her Majesty's + Government were about to formulate their own proposals for final + arrangement. Our Government can see in the before-mentioned + notification nothing less than a new violation of the Convention of + 1884, which does not reserve to Her Majesty's Government the right + of a one-sided adjustment of a question which belongs exclusively + to the inner policy of our Government, and has been already settled + by them. + + On the grounds of the tension, the considerable loss arising + therefrom, and the interruption of business in general, which is + caused by the correspondence on the Franchise and the + representation of this Republic, Her Majesty's Government has not + long ago insisted on a speedy adjustment, and finally, through your + intervention, insisted on an answer--within forty-eight + hours--(later on somewhat amended)--to your Memorandum of the 12th + of September, which was answered by the Memorandum of our + Government of the 15th of September, and by the Memorandum of the + 25th of September, 1899; on which other friendly negotiations were + interrupted, and our Government received notice that the proposal + for final arrangement would be made within a short time; but + although these promises were repeated, no such proposal has as yet + reached our Government. When the friendly correspondence was still + going on, a great increase of troops was made by Her Majesty's + Government, which troops were drawn up in the neighbourhood of the + frontiers of our Republic. Taking into consideration certain events + in the history of our Republic, which events need not here be + recited, our Government found themselves compelled to look upon the + Army in the neighbourhood of the frontier as a threat to the + independence of the South African Republic, because they were not + aware of any circumstances which could justify the presence of such + a force in South Africa and in the neighbourhood of their frontier. + + In answer to a question concerning this, addressed to His + Excellency the High Commissioner, our Government received, to their + great astonishment, the covert accusation that from the State of + the Republic an attack on Her Majesty's Colonies was being + arranged, and also a mysterious hint of coming possibilities, by + which our Government were strengthened in their suspicion, that the + independence of the Republic was threatened. + + As a measure of defence, they were, therefore, compelled to send a + body of burghers to the frontiers in order, if required, to be able + to resist such an eventuality. The unlawful interference of Her + Majesty's Government in the inner policy of our Republic, in + defiance of the London Convention of 1884, which interference + consisted in the exceptional strengthening of troops in the + neighbourhood of the Republic's borders, has thus created an + unbearable state of affairs, of which our Government--not only in + the interests of our Republic, but also in the interests of the + whole of South Africa,--feel it their duty to bring to an end as + speedily as possible, and consider themselves called upon to insist + emphatically and energetically on an immediate conclusion of this + condition of things, and to ask Her Majesty's Government to give + them the assurance (_a_) that all points of mutual difference shall + be adjusted by friendly arbitration, or by any other amicable way + that may be agreed upon between our Government and that of Her + Majesty; (_b_) that the troops on the frontiers of the Republic + shall be recalled at once, and that all reinforcements which, after + the 1st of June, 1899, have arrived in South Africa, shall be + removed within a time agreed upon with our Government,--with the + counter assurance and guarantee from our Government that no attack + on, or hostilities against, any part of the possessions of the + British Government shall be undertaken by the Republic during the + further negotiations within the time which shall be agreed upon by + the Government--our Government shall, in accordance with this, be + ready to call back the armed burghers of the Republic from the + frontiers; (_c_) that Her Majesty's troops, which are now on the + high sea, shall not be landed in any of the harbours of South + Africa. + + Our Government has to insist on an immediate and favourable answer + on the above four points, and urgently requests Her Majesty's + Government to give an answer in this spirit before, or on, + Wednesday, October 11th, 1889, before 5 o'clock in the afternoon. + They wish to add further, that in case, against their expectations, + no satisfactory answer within this time should be received by them, + that they, to their great sorrow, would be obliged to look upon the + actions of Her Majesty's Government as a formal declaration of war, + for the consequences of which they do not consider themselves + responsible; and, in case further movements of troops should take + place within the above-mentioned time in the direction of our + borders, that our Government will be compelled to look upon this + also as a formal declaration of war. + + I have the honour to be, etc., + F.W. REITZ, + _State-Secretary._ + + +MR. CHAMBERLAIN'S TELEGRAMS:-- + + +FROM MR. CHAMBERLAIN TO THE HIGH COMMISSIONER, SIR ALFRED +MILNER. + +(Sent 7.30 p.m. _10th October, 1899_) + + "10th _October_, No. 7. The British Agent has, in answering the + demands of the Government of the South African Republic, to say + that, as the Government of the South African Republic have declared + in their dispatch, that they will look upon a refusal to consent to + their demands as a formal declaration of war, he has received + orders to demand his passport." + + +FROM MR. CHAMBERLAIN TO THE HIGH COMMISSIONER, SIR ALFRED +MILNER. + +(Sent 10.45 p.m. _10th October, 1899_) + + "10th _October_, No. 8. The Government of Her Majesty has received + with great sorrow the determined demands of the Government of the + South African Republic contained in your telegram of the 9th of + October, No. 3. You will, as an answer to the Government of the + South African Republic, communicate to them that the conditions put + forward by the Government of the South African Republic are of such + a nature that the Government of Her Majesty cannot possibly think + of taking them into consideration." + + +CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN THE TWO PRESIDENTS AND LORD SALISBURY + + +FROM THE STATES-PRESIDENT OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC AND THE +ORANGE FREE STATE TO HIS EXCELLENCY LORD SALISBURY, LONDON. + + "BLOEMFONTEIN, _5th March, 1900_. + + "The blood and tears of the thousands who have suffered through + this war, and the prospect of all the moral and material ruin which + now threatens South Africa, render it necessary for both parties + carrying on the war to ask themselves calmly, and in the faith of + the Trinity, for what they are fighting and if the aims of both + justify all this horrible misery and devastation. On this account, + and with an eye to the assertion of several English Statesmen that + the war was begun and carried on with the determined end to + undermine Her Majesty's authority in South Africa, and to establish + in the whole of South Africa a Government independent of Her + Majesty's Government, we consider it our duty to declare that this + War was only commenced as a measure of defence and for the purpose + of obtaining a guarantee for the threatened independence of the + South African Republic, and was only continued in order to ensure + the indisputable independence of both Republics as Sovereign + International States, and to obtain the assurance that the subjects + of Her Majesty who have taken part with us in the war will not + suffer the least hurt either in their lives or their possessions. + On these conditions alone we demand, as in the past, to see peace + restored in South Africa, and an end made to the wrong that now + exists there. But if Her Majesty's Government has decided upon + destroying the independence of the Republic, nothing remains to us + and our people but to persist to the bitter end on the road now + taken, notwithstanding the overpowering might of the British + Empire, trusting that God, who has lit the inextinguishable fire of + the love of liberty in our hearts, and in the hearts of our + fathers, will not abandon us, but will fulfil His work in us, and + in our descendants. + + "We hesitated to lay this declaration earlier before Your + Excellency, because we were afraid that as long as the advantage + was on our side, and our Army had in their occupation positions of + defence far into the British Colonies, such a declaration would + have hurt the feelings of the English nation; but now that the + prestige of the British Empire may be considered to be restored, + through the capture of one of our armies, and we are compelled by + this to sacrifice other positions which our armies occupied, this + difficulty is removed, and we can no longer hesitate to tell you, + in the face of the whole civilized world, why we are fighting, and + on what conditions we are prepared to make peace." + + +FROM LORD SALISBURY TO THEIR EXCELLENCIES THE STATES-PRESIDENTS OF +THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC AND ORANGE FREE STATE. + + "LONDON, _11th March, 1900_. + + "I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Honour's + cable, dated 5th March, from Bloemfontein, of which the purport is + principally whether Her Majesty's Government will acknowledge the + indisputable independence of the South African Republic and Orange + Free State and treat them as Sovereign International States, and + will offer to conclude the war on these conditions. + + "In the beginning of October of this year, there was peace between + the Queen and the two Republics, under the Convention which then + held good. There was a discussion carried on during a few months + between Her Majesty's Government and the South African Republic, of + which the purport was the amendment of very serious grievances + under which English inhabitants suffered in the South African + Republic. In the course of these negotiations, the South African + Republic obtained the knowledge that Her Majesty's Government had + made considerable preparations for war, and had taken steps to + provide the necessary reinforcements for the English garrisons at + Cape Colony and Natal. No inroad on the rights guaranteed by the + Conventions had, until then, taken place on the English side. + Suddenly the South African Republic, after having two days + previously issued an insulting ultimatum, declared War on Her + Majesty; and the Orange Free State, with which there had been no + disagreement, took a similar step. Thereupon an inroad was made + into Her Majesty's territory by the two Republics; three towns + within the British frontier were besieged, a great part of the two + Colonies was over-run, with great destruction of property and life, + and the Republics claimed the right to treat the inhabitants of Her + Majesty's territory as if this territory had been annexed by one of + these States. The Transvaal having these actions in view, had for + years stored up, on an enormous scale, military provisions, which + could only have been destined for use against England. + + "Your Excellencies made some remarks of a negative nature + concerning the aim for which these preparations were made. I do not + consider it necessary to discuss the question which you have thus + raised, but the consequences of the preparations, made in great + secrecy, have been that the British Empire has found itself forced + to repel an inroad which has brought on a costly war, and caused + the loss of thousands of valuable lives. This great misfortune has + been the punishment that Great Britain has had to undergo during + the last few years for having suffered the two Republics to exist. + Keeping in sight the use which the two Republics have made of the + position presented to them, and the misfortunes which their + unprovoked attacks on Her Majesty's territory have brought, Her + Majesty's Government can only reply to Your Honour's telegram by + saying that they are not prepared to acknowledge the independence + either of the South African Republic, or of the Orange Free State." + + + + +Appendix A + +REPORT OF THE MEETING OF THE GENERAL REPRESENTATIVES HELD AT +VEREENIGING, IN THE SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC, ON THE 15TH OF MAY, 1902, +AND THE FOLLOWING DAYS + + +The first meeting of the representatives of the two Governments took +place at 11.30 a.m. on May 15th. + +There were present:-- + +_For the South African Republic_--His Honour the President, S.W. Burger, +F.W. Reitz, Commandant-General L. Botha, Messrs. J.B. Krogh, L.J. +Meijer, L.J. Jacobs, and His Honour the Staats-Procureur. + +_For the Orange Free State_--States-President, M.J. Steyn; Judge, J.B.M. +Hertzog; Secretary of State, W.J.C. Brebner; Commander-in-Chief, C.R. de +Wet; and Mr. C.H. Olivier. + +The first matter discussed was the formula for the oath which the +delegates were to take, and it was decided that it should run as +follows:-- + + "We, the undersigned, duly swear that we, as special national + representatives, will remain true to our people, country, and + Government, and that we will serve them to the best of our ability, + and fulfil our duties faithfully and with all necessary secrecy, as + is the duty of all faithful burghers and representatives of the + nation. So help us God." + +The question now arose as to whether the representatives had the right +to decide, if circumstances rendered it necessary, upon any matter +touching the independence of the country, irrespective of the powers +given to the various delegates, for at some of the meetings the +delegates had only received limited powers, whilst at others full +authority had been given them to act according to their own judgment. + +After considerable discussion it was decided to lay the matter before +the delegates themselves. + +The following representatives were called into the tent, and took the +oath:-- + +_For the South African Republic._ + +1. H.A. Alberts, Vechtgeneraal; for Heidelberg. + +2. J.J. Alberts, Commandant; for Standerton and Wakkerstroom. + +3. J.F. De Beer, Commandant; for Bloemhof. + +4. C.F. Beijers, Assistant-Commandant-General; for Waterberg. + +5. C. Birkenstock, burgher; for Vrijheid. + +6. H.J. Bosman, magistrate; for Wakkerstroom. + +7. Christiaan Botha, Assistant-Commandant-General; for Swaziland and the +States Artillery. + +8. B.H. Breijtenbach, Veldtcornet; for Utrecht. + +9. C.J. Brits, Vechtgeneraal; for Standerton. + +10. J.B. Cilluos, Vechtgeneraal; for Lichtenburg. + +11. J. De Clercq, burgher; for Middelburg. + +12. T.A. Doenges, Veldtcornet; for Dorp Middelburg in Regeeringswacht. + +13. H.S. Grobler, Commandant; for Bethal. + +14. J.L. Grobler, burgher; for Carolina. + +15. J.N.H. Grobler, Vechtgeneraal; for Ermelo. + +16. B.J. Van Heerden, Veldtcornet; for Rustenburg. + +17. J.F. Jordaan, Commandant; for Vrijheid. + +18. J. Kemp, Vechtgeneraal; for Krugersdorp. + +19. P.J. Liebenberg, Vechtgeneraal; for Potchefstroom. + +20. C.H. Muller, Vechtgeneraal; for Boksburg. + +21. J.F. Naude, burgher; for Pretoria, late Commandant with General +Kemp. + +22. D.J.E. Opperman, Veldtcornet; for Pretoria. + +23. B.J. Roos, Veldtcornet; for Piet Retief. + +24. P.D. Roux, Veldtcornet; for Marico. + +25. D.J. Schoeman, Commandant; for Lijdenburg. + +26. T.C. Stoffberg, Landdrost; for Zoutpansberg. + +27. S.P. Du Toit, Vechtgeneraal; for Wolmaransstad. + +28. P.L. Uijs, Commandant; for Pretoria. + +29. P.R. Viljoen, burgher; for Heidelberg. + +30. W.J. Viljoen, Commandant; for Witwatersrand. + +_For the Orange Free State._ + +1. C.C.F. Badenhorst, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Boshof, Hoopstad, +West Bloemfontein, Winburg, and Kroonstad. + +2. A.J. Bester, Commandant; for Bethlehem. + +3. A.J. Bester, Commandant; for Bloemfontein. + +4. L.P.H. Botha, Commandant; for Harrismith. + +5. G.A. Brand, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Bethulie, Rouxville, +Caledon River, and Wepener in the eastern part of Bloemfontein. + +6. H.J. Brouwer, Commandant; for Bethlehem. + +7. D.H. Van Coller, Commandant; for Heilbron. + +8. F.R. Cronje, Commandant; for Winburg. + +9. D.F.H. Flemming, Commandant; for Hoopstad. + +10. C.C. Froneman, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Winburg and Ladybrand. + +11. F.J.W.J. Hattingh, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for the eastern part of +Kroonstad, in the district of Heilbron. + +12. J.B.M. Hertzog, Commandant; for Philippolis. + +13. J.N. Jacobs, Commandant; for Boshof. + +14. F.P. Jacobsz, Commandant; for Harrismith. + +15. A.J. De Kock, Commandant; for Vrede. + +16. J.J. Koen, Commandant; for Ladybrand. + +17. H.J. Kritzinger, Veldtcornet; for Kroonstad. + +18. F.E. Mentz, Commandant; for Heilbron. + +19. J.A.P. Van der Merwe, Commandant; for Heilbron. + +20. C.A. Van Niekerk, Commandant; for Kroonstad. + +21. H. Van Niekerk, Commandant. + +22. J.J. Van Niekerk, Commandant; for Ficksburg. + +23. I.K. Nieuwouwdt, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Fauresmith, +Philippolis, and Jacobsdal. + +24. H.P.J. Pretorius, Commandant; for Jacobsdal. + +25. A.M. Prinsloo, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Bethlehem in Ficksburg. + +26. L.J. Rautenbach, Commandant; for Bethlehem. + +27. F.J. Rheeder, Commandant; for Rouxville. + +28. A. Ross, Commandant; for Vrede. + +29. P.W. De Vos, Commandant; for Kroonstad. + +30. W.J. Wessels, Vice-Commandant-in-Chief; for Harrismith and Vrede. + +The meeting now proceeded to choose a chairman, and the following were +proposed:--J. De Clercq, C.F. Beijers, C.C. Froneman, W.J. Wessels, and +G.A. Brand. + +The choice of the meeting fell on General C.F. Beijers, who called upon +the Rev. Mr. Kestell to offer prayer. + +His Honour, S.W. Burger, now declared that the meeting was formally +opened, and after the Chairman had spoken a few words, the +representatives adjourned until three o'clock. + +When they reassembled, the Chairman requested President Burger to +explain the objects for which the meeting had been called. + +Then the President spoke a few words of welcome to all; he expressed his +sorrow for the absence of some who would certainly have been present had +they not given their lives for their country. But still there were many +left to represent the two Republics. + +"The difficulties which confront us," continued the President, "are like +a great mountain, at the foot of which we have just arrived. Everything +now depends on us who are assembled together here. It is impossible to +deny that the state of affairs is very serious, and that the future +looms dark before us. Our position requires the most careful +consideration, and as there are sure to be differences of opinion, it +will be necessary for us to bear with one another, and yet, at the same +time, to speak our minds freely." + +The President proceeded to refer to the correspondence which had taken +place between Holland and England. A copy of this correspondence had +been sent, through Lord Kitchener, to the Governments of the two +Republics. The opinion of the Transvaal Government (which was the first +to receive the correspondence) was that advantage should be taken of +this opportunity. It was proposed to ask Lord Kitchener to allow the +Transvaal Government to meet that of the Orange Free State, so that they +might discuss the desirability of making a peace proposal to England. +The two Governments had accordingly met, and had corresponded with Lord +Kitchener and Lord Milner. As a result of this, a letter, with the above +correspondence annexed, had been sent to the various commandos. + +"We felt," continued President Burger, "that we had no power to +surrender our independence, and that we were only justified in making +such terms of peace as would not endanger our national existence. +Whether it is or is not our duty to surrender our independence is a +question that must be left to the decision of our people. And it is to +represent the people that you are here. It is from your lips, then, that +our Governments must learn the opinions of the two nations. It is clear +enough that the English Government has no idea of allowing us to remain +independent--it expresses surprise that we even dare to speak of such a +thing. + +"You have now to report upon the condition of the country, and upon the +circumstances in which your wives and children are placed. You have also +to decide whether you are willing to make any further sacrifices. We +have lost so much already that it would be hard, indeed, to lose our +independence as well. But, although this matter is so near to our +hearts, we must still listen to the voice of reason. The practical +question, then, which we have to ask ourselves is, whether we are +prepared to watch our people being gradually exterminated before our +eyes, or whether we should not rather seek a remedy. + +"The Government can do nothing without the support of the nation. You, +therefore, must determine our best course. For instance, if you come to +the conclusion that we have exhausted every expedient, will you still +continue the struggle? Are we not to desist until every man of us is in +captivity, in exile, or in his grave? Again let me urge you to speak +freely, and yet with consideration for the feelings of others. For +myself, I can truly say that my spirit is not yet broken; but I would +hear from you what the feeling of the people is." + +"At this point, however, a difficulty arises. Some of you, having only +received limited powers from your constituencies, appear to think that +you would not be justified in exceeding your mandates, while others have +been authorized to act as circumstances may seem to require. But I do +not think that this difficulty should be insurmountable. At least I beg +of you not to allow it to cause any dissension among you. Let us all be +of one mind. If _we_ are united, then will the nation be united also; +but if we are divided, in what a plight will the nation find itself?" + +A letter was then read from the deputation in Europe, which had been +written five months previously, and which had been brought through the +English lines in safety. It contained little more than an assurance that +our cause occupied a better position in Europe than it had ever done +before. + +The Chairman then asked Commandant L. Botha to address the meeting. + +Complying with this request, the Commandant said that he wished to be +assured, before anything further was done, that the fact that some of +the representatives had been entrusted with limited powers, whereas +others had been given a free hand, was not going to prove to be an +insurmountable obstacle to united action on their part. + +To this Judge Hertzog replied that it was a principle in law that a +delegate is not to be regarded as a mere agent or mouthpiece of his +constituents, but, on the contrary (when dealing with public affairs), +as a plenipotentiary--with the right, whatever his brief might be, of +acting to the best of his judgment. + +States-Procureur Smuts concurred in this opinion, which appeared to +satisfy both the Commandant-General and also all the other +representatives, for no further allusion was made to the subject by +anybody. + +Commandant-General Botha now made his report. + +In the districts of Vrijheid and Utrecht, he stated, the store of maize +was so small that it could not last for more than a short time; but +there was still a great number of slaughter-cattle. In the districts of +Wakkerstroom there was hardly sufficient grain for one month's +consumption. Two other districts had still a large enough number of +slaughter-cattle--enough, in fact, to last for two or three months. In +Ermelo, to the west and north-west of the blockhouses, and in Bethal, +Standerton, and Middelburg, there was grain for one month. But the +Heidelberg and Pretoria commandos had now, for the first time, no corn +remaining for food. In the neighbourhood of Boksburg the only grain left +was the old maize of the previous year, whilst there were no cattle at +all in the district. When he had visited Boksburg he had found that the +commandos had had no meat for three days. In the country between +Vereeniging and Ermelo there were only thirty-six goats, and no cattle +whatsoever. In the Wakkerstroom district, however, there were still a +few slaughter-cattle. The horses were everywhere worn out and exhausted. +They had been so constantly kept on the move, owing to the enemy's +increasing attacks, they could now only cover the shortest distances. + +The Kaffir question was becoming from day to day more serious. At +Vrijheid, for instance, there was a Kaffir commando which had already +made several attacks upon the burghers. This attitude of the Kaffir +population was producing a very dispiriting effect upon the burghers. + +The women were in a most pitiable state, now that the lines of +blockhouses had been extended in all directions over the country. +Sometimes the commandos had to break through the lines and leave the +women behind alone; and when the burghers later on returned they would +perhaps find that the women had been driven from their houses, and, in +some instances, treated with atrocious cruelty. + +Referring to the numbers in the field, he said that there were, in the +whole of the Transvaal, ten thousand eight hundred and sixteen men, and +that three thousand two hundred and ninety-six of them had no horses. +The enemy during the summer had taken many of the burghers prisoner; and +since June, 1901, the commandos had diminished to the extent of six +thousand and eighty-four men. The burghers thus lost to them had either +been killed, or taken prisoner, or had surrendered their arms. + +The number of households was two thousand six hundred and forty. + +The Commandant-General concluded by saying that the three greatest +difficulties with which they were confronted were their horses, their +food supply, and the miserable condition of their women and children. + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet then spoke. He said he would leave it to the +delegates who were officers to make reports. They had come from far and +near, and knew exactly what the condition of things was. He, however, +could state that the number of burghers in the Orange Free State was six +thousand one hundred and twenty, of whom about four hundred were not +available for service. The Basutos, he found, were more favourably +inclined to the Boer cause than ever before. + +"General De la Rey," continued General de Wet, "like myself, does not +quite know what task he has to perform here, but he thinks with me that +the duty of making reports belongs to the delegates. However, he feels +bound to state that in his divisions there is a great scarcity of +everything. But precisely the same state of affairs existed there a year +ago. And when his burghers were at that time without food--well, he went +and got it for them." (Cheers.) + +General Beijers (Waterberg) then addressed the delegates, telling them +that he would not detain them long. In Zoutpansberg, he stated, they had +still a plentiful supply of food, for they were able to buy from the +Kaffirs. At Waterberg the Kaffirs were neutral, but at Zoutpansberg they +were getting out of hand. Yet, since no co-operation existed amongst +them, they were not to be feared, and any uprising could easily be +quelled. + +Besides this trouble, they had many difficulties to face, which were +produced by horse-sickness and fever. + +As to the question of grain, there was food enough for the whole of the +Transvaal and the Orange Free State. But now the English were beginning +to buy up the maize at L1 a sack. + +General Muller (Boksburg) reported that in his division the burghers had +never suffered from hunger. He could still hold out for a few months +more, as food could be obtained from the Kaffirs. There was, it could +not be denied, a tendency to mutiny amongst the Kaffirs, but he did not +think that this need cause any anxiety. He believed that he would be +able to carry on operations until the end of the winter. + +General Froneman (Ladybrand) said that the condition of his divisions, +namely Winburg and Ladybrand, gave no cause for uneasiness. There were +still eighty families in the districts, but they were able to provide +for all their necessities. The Kaffirs were peaceable and well disposed, +and were of great service to the burghers, for whom they bought clothing +in Basutoland. It was possible for the burghers, he considered, to hold +out for more than a year. + +General Hattingh (Kroonstad) declared that in one part of the Kroonstad +district there were still plenty of sheep and cattle, and that seed had +been sown for next year's harvest. But another part of the district was +entirely exhausted, and had to obtain its supplies from Bethlehem. + +General Badenhorst (Boshof) stated that he could report on the Boshof +district and the parts of the Winburg and Bloemfontein districts to the +west of the railway. There were enough cattle to last his commandos for +years, even if they had no other food at all. Recently he had captured +fifteen hundred head of cattle, and he was in a position to give +assistance to other districts. Grain, however, was not so plentiful as +it had been the previous year, but nevertheless there was still a large +enough supply to permit him to send help to others. + +General Nieuwouwdt (Fauresmith) reported that his district was entirely +devastated, and that for the last seven months there had been a dearth +of all provisions; nevertheless, his burghers had contrived to live. +There was, moreover, enough corn left to last them for another year. +There were now only three women in the whole of his district. + +General Prinsloo (Bethlehem) declared that he would be telling a +falsehood if he were to say that there was no food in his district. He +possessed slaughter-cattle and corn, and could help other districts. One +of his commandants had recently found a store of maize (consisting of +one hundred and thirty sacks) buried in the ground. The enemy had made +many inroads into his district, and especially during the last few +months. The blockhouses were a source of constant annoyance to him. + +General Brand (Bethulie) reported upon the south-western part of the +Orange Free State, where he commanded. There were some parts of his +division, he said, which had been entirely laid waste. Everything had +been carried off; there was not a sheep left; and the burghers had been +without meat for days. But he was able to capture booty, and could still +hold out for a year. + +General Wessels (Harrismith) drew attention to the constant passage of +large Kaffir families through the districts of Harrismith and Vrede. He +could tell the delegates that the Kaffirs had been quite astonished that +there were still cattle and sheep and supplies of grain in the +districts. He had not yet come to the end of his provisions; but, even +if everything were taken, he saw a chance of obtaining food from +elsewhere. + +Commandant C.A. Van Niekerk (Kroonstad) declared that if there was one +part of the country which was entirely exhausted it was the part where +he was in command, namely Hoopstad and a portion of Kroonstad. But yet, +during the last twelve months, they had been able to obtain food, and +even to sow for the ensuing year. There were no cattle in his district; +but he had taken a thousand sheep and fifty-two cattle from the English. + +Commandant Van der Merwe (Heilbron) spoke to the same effect. + +General Smuts was the next to address the meeting. He began by saying +that his expedition into Cape Colony had been the outcome of the advice +which the deputation had given in July, 1901, namely to continue the +war. That _he_ had been in command of it had come about in the following +way. News had been received in the Transvaal that affairs in Cape Colony +were taking a favourable turn, and accordingly General De la Rey had +received orders to go thither, and to take over the command there. But +afterwards it was thought wiser to annul these orders, because De la Rey +could not well be spared from the western parts of the Transvaal. Owing +to this, he (General Smuts) took the task upon his own shoulders, and +crossed the Orange River with two hundred men. He had had a difficult +task to accomplish. He had marched through Cape Colony to Grahamstad, +and from thence he had pushed on towards the coast, through Graaff +Reinet. Thence he had proceeded to the neighbourhood where he was now +carrying on operations. + +He had visited every commando, and as he had seen that there were signs +of disorder amongst them he had taken them all under his own command. In +this way he had found himself at the head of some fifteen hundred men. +During his expeditions Commandant Lotter had been captured with a +hundred men; this had reduced his force to only fourteen hundred. But +since then the number had nearly doubled, so that they now had two +thousand six hundred men (divided into twenty commandos) under arms in +Cape Colony. In addition to these men there was a division under General +De Villiers operating in Griqualand West, and another under Commandant +Van der Merwe in Bechuanaland. The total numbers of these two divisions +amounted to about seven hundred men. + +Passing on to the question whether help was to be expected from Cape +Colony, General Smuts declared that there would be no general rising. +The reports which represented such a rising as possible had exaggerated +matters. There were great difficulties in the way of a general rising. +First, there was the question of horses--and in Cape Colony the want of +horses was as great, if not greater, than in the Republics. Secondly, it +was exceedingly difficult for Colonials to rise, for they knew that not +only would they have to be _voetgangers_,[111] but also that if they +were captured they would be very severely punished by the English. The +scarcity of grass was also greatly against any such attempt. The horses +had to be fed, and, as the enemy had forbidden any sowing, it was almost +impossible to find food for them. A counter proclamation had indeed been +issued by the Republics, but it had been of no avail. + +He was of opinion that the small commandos which had already been in +Cape Colony had done the best they could. The question that now arose +was whether the whole of their forces ought to be sent from the +Republics into Cape Colony. He himself thought that there was an opening +for them, but the difficulty was to find a method of getting them there. +The existence of this difficulty, and the facts which he had brought +before the delegates, had forced him to the conclusion that a general +rising in Cape Colony was an impossibility. + +As to the continuation of the war and matters of that nature, they must +naturally be settled by the Republics, and not by Cape Colony. + +The meeting was then adjourned until eight o'clock in the evening. + + * * * * * + +Upon its reassembling, Commandant Nijs (Pretoria, North) said that in +that part of the district of Pretoria which lay to the north of the +Delagoa Bay Railway there were still cattle enough to last for a +considerable time, but that the store of grain would be exhausted within +a fortnight. The number of horses also was insufficient. The district +could muster one hundred and fifty-three mounted men and one hundred and +twenty-eight _voetgangers_. In the division of Onderwijk, Middelburg, +there were twenty-six mounted men and thirty-eight _voetgangers_. + +Commandant Grobler (Bethal) stated that in his district they had not +been left undisturbed during the summer. Only a short time previously he +had lost sixty-three men in an engagement, where he had been besieged in +a kraal, out of which he, with one hundred and fifty-three burghers, had +managed to escape. Bethal had been laid waste from one end to the other, +and he had no provisions for his commandos. He had on his hands three +hundred women and children; these were in a serious position, owing to +the lack of food; some of the women had also been assaulted by Kaffirs. + +General Christiaan Botha (Swaziland) then reported on the condition of +the Swaziland commando. They had no provisions in hand, and were simply +living by favour of the Kaffirs. They had no women there. His commando +of one hundred and thirteen men was still at Piet Retief. As there was +no grain to be had, they were compelled to go from kraal to kraal and +buy food from the Kaffirs, and this required money. Yet somehow or other +they had managed to keep soul and body together. "I have fought for the +Transvaal," he concluded, "for two and a half years, and now, since I +hear that there is food in the Free State, I shall fight for the Free +State for two and a half years more." + +General Brits (Standerton) said that he had still provisions for two +months, but no cattle. He had sixty-five families with him, and found it +very difficult to provide them with the necessaries of life. Altogether, +things were in a most critical state. + +Mr. Birkenstock (Vrijheid) spoke as follows: + +"I shall go deeper into some of the points which the Commandant-General +has brought forward in his general report of the matter. At Vrijheid we +have been harassed by large forces of the enemy for six or eight months, +and the district is now completely devastated. The presence of women and +children causes great difficulty, for of late the English have refused +to receive the families which, compelled by absolute famine, wished to +take refuge with them. There is also continual danger from the Kaffirs, +whose attitude towards us is becoming positively hostile. Both horses +and grain are scarce; but as far as the latter is concerned there will +be sufficient, provided that the enemy does not return. One morning +recently a Kaffir commando, shortly before daybreak, attacked a party of +our men, who lost fifty-six killed out of a total of seventy. That peace +must be made at all costs is the opinion of all the families in my +district, and I feel it my duty to bring this opinion before you." + +Commandant Alberts (Pretoria and Middelburg) said that his burghers had +had no rest for a year, and that during that period no ploughing or +sowing had been done in the district. Consequently a commando would not +be able to find the means of subsistence there. On three occasions he +had been forced to take refuge in a kraal, but fortunately had always +been able to make his escape. They had no cattle which they could use +for food, although he had received some, through Commandant Roos, from +the Free State. Their horses were in the worst possible condition. + +Landdrost Bosman (Wakkerstroom) then gave an account of the condition of +affairs in his district. They were dependent for everything, except +meat, upon the Kaffirs, giving them meat in exchange. This year there +had been a very poor crop of mealies, and, such as it was, it had been +much damaged by the enemy. Still the burghers might manage, with what +mealies they had, to last out for another two months; but the women and +children also needed to be provided for. The cattle were beginning to +run short, and the few horses that they had were so weak that they would +require a fortnight's rest before they could be used. It might become +necessary for the commandos to leave the district, and if so, what was +to become of the families? + +Mr. De Clercq (Middelburg) regretted that he was unable to give as +cheery a report as some of the gentlemen present had done. The part of +Middelburg which he represented was in an almost hopeless condition. +There were no slaughter-cattle, and only enough grain to last for a very +short time. Out of five hundred horses only one hundred now remained, +and these could do no work, being too weak even to get away when it +became necessary to retreat from the enemy. The state of the burghers +was very discouraging; if they should be compelled to leave the district +the question would arise whether, considering the condition of their +horses, it would be possible for them to reach their new destination. +There were fifty families in Middelburg, and things were going very +badly with them. The district would have to be abandoned, and what would +then be the fate of the families, which even now could only be scantily +provided for? The women had wished to go on foot to the English, but he +had advised them to wait until the results of the present negotiations +should become known. + +Commandant David Schoeman (Lijdenburg) said that although but a short +time ago there had been eight hundred head of cattle in his district, +they had now all been carried off. Grain there was none. Should fighting +be continued, he was at a loss to know how he could provide for the +women. + +Commandant Opperman (Pretoria, South) reported on that part of the +Pretoria district which lies south of the line. What he said agreed +substantially with the report of Commandant Alberts. (See page 343.) + +Commandant Liebenberg (Potchefstroom) stated that during the last eight +or nine months blockhouses had been erected in his district. All that +was now left to him was a strip of country about twelve miles long; here +he could still exist. A good deal of seed had been sown, but the crops +had of late fallen into the hands of the English. The grain was +altogether spoilt; some of it had been burnt, the rest trodden down by +the horses. There were ninety-three households in his district. Between +Lichtenburg and Potchefstroom there were some women from the Orange Free +State who were reduced to the most dire straits. They had told him that +if things did not improve they intended to go on foot to Klerksdorp, +and he had replied that they must wait for the result of the +negotiations. He had still four hundred mounted men, in addition to one +hundred _voetgangers_. He could hold out for a short time longer, and +then would have to look for some way out of his difficulties. + +General Du Toit (Wolmaransstad) said that there were five hundred +families in his district, but little enough for them to live on. Though +his horses were weak, he would be able to save himself by strategy if he +should get into a tight corner. His commandos were small--only four +hundred and fifty mounted men. The cattle were in good condition, but +grain was scarce. + +Commandant De Beer (Bloemhof) had still under his command as many as +four hundred and forty-four mounted men and one hundred and sixty-five +_voetgangers_. Both grain and cattle were scarce, but then Bloemhof had +never possessed many head of cattle. So far the families had not +suffered from want. He would be able to hold out for another year. + +General Kemp reported that he had under him Krugersdorp, Rustenburg, and +parts of Pretoria and Johannesburg. In the district of Krugersdorp no +more sowing was possible, and the majority of cattle had been carried +away. Yet there was no want. Why should he lack for anything when he was +in possession of a great "commissariat" extending as far as the +Zoutpansberg, where General Beijers was in command? He took what he +wanted from the Kaffirs--it was not their property; he was only taking +back what really belonged to the burghers. + +Commandant-in-Chief de Wet here asked why the eastern divisions of the +Transvaal could not do like General Kemp, and take what they required +from the Kaffirs? + +General Kemp replied that the fact that in the eastern parts the Kaffirs +were united with the English made the difference. The Kaffirs there, he +said, gave all they looted to the English, who then sold them the cattle +back again. If then cattle were taken in those parts, it would be cattle +which was really the property of the Kaffirs. Moreover, the Zulus were +Kaffirs of a different sort to those with which he (the General) had to +deal. General Botha also had said that among the Kaffirs in the Eastern +Transvaal there were not to be found any cattle belonging to the +burghers. + +Mr. J.L. Grobler (Carolina) had not as yet had to complain of any lack +of cattle or grain in his district. The English, however, by their +system of blockhouses, had cut the burghers off from the greater part of +the crop. If nothing happened, the newly-sown crops ought to produce a +good harvest; but he did not like the temper of the Kaffirs. His men +could still hold out for another six or seven months. The three hundred +horses still remaining to them were in a weak condition; such as they +were, there was not one apiece for the burghers. + +Mr. J. Naude (Pretoria) said that he represented a part of Pretoria and +General Kemp's flying column. In his district sowing and harvesting went +on as usual. There were fortunately no women and children. Although the +commandos had not a superabundance of cattle, yet no one lacked for any +of the necessaries of life. + +The meeting was then closed with prayer, and adjourned until the +following morning. + +[Footnote 111: Infantry.] + + +FRIDAY, MAY 16TH, 1902. + +The meeting opened with prayer a little after nine a.m. The +correspondence which the two Governments had addressed to the burghers, +in order that it might be communicated to their representatives at one +of these meetings, was first read. It was then debated whether the +meeting should request Lord Kitchener to put it into communication with +the deputation in Europe. After speeches _pro_ and _con_, it was decided +not to do so. + +Thereupon General Froneman proposed the following resolution: + +"This meeting is of opinion that the Governments should be asked in the +first place to thank His Majesty the King of England and Her Majesty the +Queen of the Netherlands, through Lord Kitchener, for the efforts which +(as appears from the correspondence between the said Governments) they +have made to set on foot negotiations for peace; and, in the second +place, to express to them the regret of this meeting that His Majesty's +Government has not accepted the proposal of Her Majesty's Government +that the representatives of the two Republics now in Europe (who still +enjoy the full confidence of their fellow-countrymen) should be allowed +to return home, and also that Lord Kitchener has declined a similar +request addressed to him by the Governments of the two Republics." + +This proposal was seconded by Commandant Flemming, and carried. + +After another proposal, made by H.J. Bosman, and seconded by J.L. +Grobler, had been rejected, the correspondence referred to above came +under discussion. + +The first speaker was Mr. P.R. Viljoen, who spoke as follows: + +"We can apply to our own country those words of Scripture, 'The place +whereon thou standest is holy ground.' The soil on which we are now +standing, wet as it is with the blood and tears of our forefathers and +also of the many who have fallen in this present struggle, may well be +regarded as 'holy ground.' + +"That we should ever have to surrender this country is a horrible +thought. Yet it must be faced. It is certain at least that many +districts must be abandoned, for the enemy is doing his utmost to +collect us together at a few isolated places, where he will be able to +concentrate his forces upon us. + +"From the reports which we have received it appears that the state of +affairs in the Orange Free State is still hopeful. Not so in the +Transvaal. There our prospects are of the gloomiest. + +"My opinion is that we must endeavour to bring this war to an end. If +there was the least chance of our being able to maintain our +independence, we would still fight on, and not even the bitterest +sufferings would appear unendurable. But have we any such chance?--that +is the question which we have got to answer. + +"We know nothing, it will be said, of the present state of affairs in +Europe, for the report from our deputation, which has just been read in +your presence, is six months old. Nevertheless, if anything favourable +to us had occurred since then, we must have heard of it by now. + +"It is evident that we must endeavour to obtain peace on terms +honourable to ourselves. But how are we to do so? By keeping our +independence in view when making terms with the enemy, you will answer. +Nevertheless, I think it would be advisable for us to commission our +Governments to ask the English Government once more what concessions it +is prepared to make to us on condition of our surrendering our +independence. Until we know this we can come to no final decision. + +"Though it is a bitter thing to have to say, yet I feel it my duty to +tell you that I honestly believe it to be impossible for us to carry on +the war any longer." + +Mr. De Clercq then addressed the meeting in the following words: + +"The question before us is, whether or not the war can be continued? To +answer it, we must look forward into the future. We must ask ourselves +what consequences will ensue from a continuance of hostilities, and what +will be the result of their cessation. + +"We have only fifteen thousand men against the enemy's quarter of a +million. Our food and horses are scarce, and we have other difficulties +besides these. It is impossible to go on with the struggle. + +"Nevertheless, if I believed that to do so would give us a chance of +retaining our independence, I also would be ready for further +sacrifices. But as it is impossible to retain our independence, surely +we shall only be storing up misery for the future if we continue +fighting until every man of us is a prisoner or in his grave. I am of +opinion that our most reasonable course is to save what is still left to +us--our existence as a nation. It is not too late to save it now, but +who can tell what the future holds in store for us? If we are to be +still further reduced in number, we shall soon cease to exist as a +nation. Can it be right to sacrifice a nation which has fought as the +African nation has done?" + +Commandant Rheeder (Rouxville) then spoke as follows: + +"I know that the times are very dark, but still there are some rays of +light. You have been asked whether you will continue fighting until you +are exterminated. But there is another alternative. Will you not +continue fighting until you are relieved? I maintain that our +independence must be a _sine qua non_ of any negotiations that we +make--we cannot give it up. So long as we have life we must continue to +fight, and we must only lay down our arms when relief arrives." + +General Kemp now rose to his feet. "I am fully aware," he said, "of the +very serious position in which we are placed. Yet, when the war began, +the position was no less grave. We must continue our resistance. When we +recall to our minds how much this war has cost us, and what rivers of +blood have flowed, we feel that it is impossible to surrender. As far as +I am concerned, unless relief comes, I will fight on till I die. + +"But one should not look only at the dark side of the picture. It is +true enough that in some districts food is scarce, but there are none in +which it is absolutely unobtainable. The districts threatened by famine +must be abandoned--that is the way to deal with the difficulty. + +"It has been pointed out that a large number of our men have been killed +or taken prisoners. This fact, however, only fills me with courage. A +cause that has cost us so dearly must never be forsaken. To own +ourselves beaten would be to dig a grave for the African nation, out of +which it would never rise. Why should we lose our trust in God? Up to +this moment He has aided us, and He will always be our Helper." + +Vice-Commandant Breijtenbach (Utrecht) then spoke as follows: + +"The burghers whom I represent have told me to inform them, when these +deliberations have come to an end, whether a continuation of the war is +possible, and if it be possible, how it is to be accomplished. If I +cannot assure them that we are able to continue the struggle, the men of +Utrecht will not fight any more. As you know, I can give them no such +assurance. + +"There are ten districts in the Transvaal which are unable to fight any +longer. It surely is not proposed to leave these districts in the lurch! +We must not only consult our sentiments, but also our reason. And what +does the voice of reason say? This--that the continuation of the war is +an impossibility. Should you decide now to continue the war, you would +have to start a fresh campaign; and you know that that is beyond our +powers. + +"A previous speaker has referred to the help of the Lord, but who is +able to fathom His counsels? Yet we can understand the answer God has +given to our prayer--that prayer which we offered with the Mausers in +our hands when the war began. And what was the answer we received ... I +leave it to you to reply. + +"Yes, we must use our reason. If we continue the struggle we give the +death-blow to our existence as a nation. We have been told that there +are ten districts that cannot go on fighting. Are we going to say, 'We +will continue the struggle and leave these districts to their fate'? No! +We must save what we can." + +General Liebenberg then spoke. "I am able to give my support," he said, +"to all that has fallen from the lips of Messrs. Viljoen and De Clercq. +It cannot be doubted that the future is very dark. Yes, we can only +trust in God, and use our reason to the best of our ability. I have been +commissioned by those whom I represent to retain our independence if +possible, and if it be not possible to make peace on the best terms that +we can get." + +Commandant Uijs was the next speaker. He explained that if the war were +to be continued he would have to leave his district and abandon the +women and children to the mercy of the Kaffirs. He could see a chance of +saving the mounted men if only he could feel certain that they would all +follow him, but the case of the women and children would be hopeless. A +serious difficulty confronted the delegates, and it was with them, and +no longer with the Government, that its solution rested. Never before +had he been called upon to face so gigantic a task. It was not the time +now to criticize one another, but to practise mutual forbearance. The +Bible had been quoted by one of the speakers, but let them not forget +the text in which the king is spoken of who calculated whether he was +strong enough with ten thousand to encounter him who marched against +him with twenty thousand. Then there was the question as to the disposal +of the widows and orphans. What was to become of them if the burghers, +by refusing to come to terms with the enemy, should no longer be able to +act as their mutual protectors? Let them make no more widows and +orphans, but let them open their eyes and recognize that the hand of God +was against them. + +The next business was the reading of two letters--one from General Malan +and the other from General Kritzinger. Malan reported on his doings in +the Cape Colony, while Kritzinger advised that the war should be +discontinued. + +General Du Toit then spoke, emphasizing the responsibility of the +delegates and the importance of the occasion. He went on to say that he +represented a part of the nation which had suffered very severely, but +which nevertheless had commissioned him to stand up for independence, if +by any means it could be retained; if he failed in this, he was to take +whatever course seemed best to him. In his district the burghers were +not reduced to such a pass as to oblige them to surrender, but the +condition of other districts must also be taken into consideration, and +if it appeared that the war could not be continued, the delegates must +get the best terms they could. In their demands they must be +united--this was the principal reason why dissension was so much to be +avoided. For himself, he could only say that whether the meeting voted +to continue the war or to bring it to a conclusion, he would fall in +with the wishes of the majority. Any decision would be better than the +failure of this conference, as that would leave everything undecided. + +He was followed by Secretary of State Reitz, who said: + +"You all know what the Governments have done. The question now is, Is +there anything further that we can do? For my part, I think that there +is. We might offer to surrender Witwatersrand and Swaziland; we might +also relinquish our rights to a foreign policy; we might even accede to +an English Protectorate. If France has been able to do without Alsace +and Lorraine, surely we can do without the goldfields. What benefit have +they ever done us? Did the money they brought ever do us any good? No! +rather it did us harm. It was the gold which caused the war. It is then +actually to our advantage to cede the goldfields, and moreover by so +doing we shall be rid of a very troublesome part of our population." + +Mr. Reitz then went on to discuss in detail the position in regard to +Swaziland, the question of a British Protectorate, and the surrender of +our right to treat with foreign powers. + +General Muller (Boksburg) expressed sympathy with the views of the +Secretary of State, while Vice-Commandant Roux (Marico) said that he was +prepared to sacrifice many things, but that he intended to hold out for +independence. + +The next speech was made by Landdrost Stoffberg (Zoutpansberg), who +said: + +"I agree with General Du Toit in what he said about the necessity for +unity amongst us. Disunion must not be so much as mentioned. I have a +mandate from the burghers of Zoutpansberg not to sacrifice our +independence. But if anything short of this will satisfy the English, I +am quite prepared to make concessions. Some of the burghers think that +it might be well to surrender the goldfields for a certain sum of money, +while others point out that the gold was the cause of the war. I also +think that we have suffered through the gold, and that we might give up +the goldfields without doing ourselves any harm. For what has the gold +done for us? It has enriched us, many will say. Yes! but it has also +been a stumbling-block to many a man. And is it not better to be a poor +but independent nation than to be rich and at the same time subject to +another Power. Let the goldfields go. We shall still, with our markets, +be rich enough." + +Commandant Mentz (Heilbron) then rose. + +"I appeal to the forbearance of the delegates," he said, "for making any +speech at this meeting. I fear I am unable to give as rose-coloured a +report as my brother Free-Staters have done: My district has been +continually harassed by the enemy's troops, and great devastation has +been wrought. But the greatest trouble I have is the presence of so many +families, for there are still two hundred in the district. I have only +eighty burghers under my command, and it is clear to me that I shall +soon be obliged to leave the district. What will then become of these +families? I received a commission not to sacrifice our independence. But +since my burghers met more than half of them have been made prisoners. +The remainder have instructed me to do my best to preserve our +independence, but if I find that it cannot be maintained to act +according to my own judgment. It appears to me that it may be possible +to retain our independence by ceding some part of the country; if this +be the case it ought most certainly to be done. I can remember the late +President Brand saying in connexion with the diamond fields, 'Give them +up; you will gain more by giving them up than by keeping them.' This +remark may well apply to the present situation." + +Commandant Flemming (Cape Town) reported that his district was well-nigh +devastated. But they still possessed a fair number of cattle, which they +had carried away with them. But even if they had no cattle, that would +be no excuse for surrender, for in his district it was possible to live +on the game. The view which he and his burghers had taken was that since +they had already sacrificed nearly everything they possessed, they would +not now sacrifice their independence. For should this also be lost, then +there would be nothing left to them. That had been their opinion, but +they had not then known how matters stood in the Transvaal. Now that he +was aware of the state of affairs, he agreed with State Secretary Reitz +that their best course was to cede a part of their territory. + +Vice-President Burger now rose from his seat, and said: + +"This meeting has to formulate a fresh proposal to the English +Government, and to await its answer. If this proposal be rejected, well, +you will be no worse off than you are at present. If there be a man who +has earnestly considered what the sacrifice of everything means to us, +then I am that man. It has been said, we must retain our independence, +or else continue to fight; and we are still able to hold out for another +six months, or even a year. Now, supposing that we can hold out another +year, what should we gain by doing so? Why, we should only grow weaker, +whilst the enemy grew stronger! I emphatically state that the war cannot +be carried on any longer; and I ask if there is any man here who can +maintain with a clear conscience that the struggle can be successfully +continued. + +"Some of you may tell me that complications may arise in Europe. But +that is a groundless hope. Others may say that it is astonishing enough +that we have been able to hold out till now, and that we still have the +power of making our voices heard. Yes! that is very surprising; but +shall we retain this power long? I heard some delegates say, 'We shall +fight till we die!' That is a manly sentiment. But was it not, perhaps, +prompted by a desire to make a fine speech, which would go down to +posterity? Was not the aim in some cases that future generations might +recall these speeches when they were told of the brave fight our men had +made? + +"Let every one consider this well: Is he prepared to sacrifice the +nation on the shrine of his own ambition? Ambition, although it may cost +us our lives, can never lead to martyrdom. A martyr is made of finer +stuff! + +"Have we not arrived at the stage of our history when we must pray, 'Thy +will be done'? That prayer, considered rightly, is a prayer of faith. Do +not let us imagine that we can compel God to do _our_ will--that is not +faith. + +"I beg of you to consider what will become of the women and the +children and the banished burghers if you still persist until your last +shot has been fired. What right shall we have to intercede for these +unfortunate ones when we have rejected the proposals of the English +Government? We shall have no right whatsoever. + +"Perhaps it is God's will that the English nation should oppress us, in +order that our pride may be subdued, and that we may come through the +fire of our troubles purified. + +"My opinion is that we should make a peace proposal to England, yielding +as much as we rightly can; and if England rejects our proposal, it will +be time enough then to see what other course is open to us. + +"There is one fact which we cannot allow ourselves to forget. There are +ten districts in the Transvaal which must be abandoned. In the Free +State, too, there are districts in a similar plight. It is the opinion +of lawyers that so long as the inhabitants remain in a district their +property cannot lawfully be confiscated; but if the district be +abandoned, then confiscations can take place. + +"It is criminal to say, 'Come what may, we will fight till everything is +lost and all of us are dead!'" + +The following resolution was then proposed by General Kemp, and seconded +by Mr. J. Nand: + +"_This meeting decides, in order to expedite the work in hand, to depart +from the original programme; and to constitute a Commission, to be +composed of the Hon. Jacob Smits and the Hon. Judge Hertzog, and to give +this Commission authority to draw up, conjointly with the two State +Presidents, a draft proposal, to be laid before the delegates to-morrow +morning._" + +This resolution was put to the meeting, and accepted by the delegates. +The meeting then adjourned. + + * * * * * + +At half-past seven in the evening the delegates reassembled. + +General Cilliers (Lichtenburg and Marico) was the first to make a +report. "In my division," he said, "things are in a very favourable +condition. Yet we are bound to take the other divisions into +consideration. My burghers said to me, 'Stand firm for independence!' +But when they gave me the order they did not know about the condition of +the other districts. Will those other districts--such of them, I mean, +as are in a worse predicament than ourselves--be able to co-operate with +us in continuing the war? Some of them have already answered my question +in the negative. Must we then not ask ourselves, What will be the best +for the nation as a whole? Shall we say continue the war, or shall we +approach the enemy and make a proposal? + +"But are we really justified in prolonging the struggle, and making +still further sacrifices? Some will answer, 'Yes, for we have a God in +whom we have trusted from the beginning; shall we not continue to trust +in Him who has worked such wonders for us already?' But I have heard a +brother say, 'God's hand is against us.' It was bitter to hear these +words from him, and for myself I will have none of them. My vote is +given here and now for a continuance of the war. + +"But we must hear what the rest of the delegates have to say, and if +they can point out some other way by which we can retain even a portion +of our national independence, we must be ready to follow it." + +General Froneman next addressed the meeting. + +"I fear," he began, "that too much is being made of the condition of my +division: things are not so prosperous with us as some here appear to +imagine. But for all that, my burghers are for nothing short of absolute +independence. They cannot forget the blood which has already been spilt +in our cause. They mean to hold out until they are relieved. + +"I sympathize deeply with those districts that are less happily +circumstanced than my own, but it pains me to discover that there are +some here who doubt that God is for us. For what has supported us up +till now save faith in God?--the faith of those who first prayed God to +prevent the war, and then, when they saw that this was not His will, +fought like men, putting all their trust in Him. + +"Up till now the Lord hath been my helper; the enemy has cut us off from +everything, and yet we see our two little Republics still full of hope, +still holding out." + +He concluded his speech by saying that he would like to hear the +opinions of Generals Botha, De Wet, and De la Rey. They ought to be able +to throw much light upon the matter. + +Commandant General Botha then rose, and said: + +"I am glad to have an opportunity of giving my views upon the present +state of affairs. We know that differences of opinion are to be found +everywhere and on every question; when, therefore, a man differs from +those who think that this war can and ought to be continued, we must +ascribe his opinion to discouragement, weakness, or cowardice. We must +acknowledge the truth of the facts from which he draws his conclusions, +and which have compelled him to utter it. His object is to make known +the true state of the country--which indeed is his plain duty. Were he +not to do so on the present occasion he would be accused, later on, of +having kept secret what he ought to have revealed. Differences of +opinion then need not, and must not, cause a disunion and discord. +Whatever our private opinions may be, yet, as delegates of the burghers, +we must speak and act as one man. + +"The war has now lasted two years. But the question for us to answer is +this: Are we going forwards or backwards? My own conviction--a +conviction founded upon the views expressed by my commandos and the +speeches which I have listened to at this meeting--is that we are not +gaining, but losing ground. There is nothing, in my opinion, more +evident than that, during the last six months, the tide has been setting +steadily against us, and in favour of the enemy. + +"A year ago there were no blockhouses. We could cross and recross the +country as we wished, and harass the enemy at every turn. But now things +wear a very different aspect. We can pass the blockhouses by night +indeed, but never by day. They are likely to prove the ruin of our +commandos. + +"Then, as regards food. We are told that there is food here, and food +there; but how are we to get at it? How are we to transport it from one +district to another? Outside the frontiers of our Republics there are +plenty of provisions, but it becomes daily more difficult to get them +into our hands. The cattle, for instance, that used to be at Ladysmith +have now been removed to Estcourt. Even the friendly Kaffirs, from whom +we are now able to obtain provisions, may quite possibly soon turn +against us. The time is coming when we shall be compelled to say, +'Hunger drives us to surrender.' + +"The horses have been chased about so incessantly, and have suffered so +much from want of forage, that their strength is almost exhausted. They +are so weak that it is almost impossible to accomplish any long distance +with them. + +"As to the Cape Colony, I had always understood that the Colonists were +going to rise _en bloc_, but General Smuts has just told us that there +is no chance of such a thing happening. And he speaks from personal +knowledge, having just returned from paying them a visit. Moreover, he +has seen our horses, and says that it is impossible for them to go into +the Colony, so it appears that our successes there are over. This is a +severe check indeed; but it could not have been otherwise. We have not +enough horses to enable us to give the Colonists effectual help, and +they themselves have been cowed by the heavy penalties imposed upon all +those who did rise. Many of those who are well disposed towards us dare +not join us now. + +"Again, there is no chance of European intervention: not one of the +Powers will do anything for us. To see this it is only necessary to +peruse that correspondence between the Netherlands and England, which +was the cause of these negotiations. There we shall find that the Dutch +Minister says that our deputation is only accredited to Holland, whereas +it had been accredited by the two Republics to all the Governments in +Europe. Moreover, the correspondence makes it very plain that England +will not tolerate the intervention of any foreign Power whatsoever. But +the truth is, that no foreign Power wants to help us. When the women +were first made prisoners I thought that European intervention might +perhaps be attempted, because to make prisoners of women is a thing +quite outside the usual methods of warfare. But nothing was done even +then. We were told that we had the sympathy of the nations of +Europe--their sympathy, and nothing more! + +"I have come to a subject that is very near our hearts--our women-folk. +If this meeting decides upon war, it will have to make provision for our +wives and children, who will then be exposed to every kind of danger. +Throughout this war the presence of the women has caused me anxiety and +much distress. At first I managed to get them into the townships, but +later on this became impossible, because the English refused to receive +them. I then conceived the idea of getting a few of our burghers to +surrender, and sending the women in with them. But this plan was not +practical, because most of the families were those of prisoners of war, +and the men still on commando were not so closely related to these +families as to be willing to sacrifice their freedom for them. + +"We have heard much talk about fighting 'to the bitter end.' But what is +'the bitter end'? Is it to come when all of us are either banished or in +our graves? Or does it mean the time when the nation has fought until it +never can fight again? As to myself, personally, I can still continue +the struggle. I have horses, my household is well provided for, and as +far as my own inclination goes I am all for going on. But am I only to +consider myself? Is it not my first duty to look at the interests of my +nation? I have always been, and still am, of the opinion that, before +letting the nation go to rack and ruin, it is our duty to parley. We +must not let the chance for negotiations slip out of our hands. When our +numbers have fallen to only four or five thousand men under arms we +shall no longer have that chance, and this will undoubtedly happen if we +hold out for another year, or even six months. + +"There are some who say, 'We must trust in God and keep on fighting,' +and I grant them that miracles are possible at all times. But it is +beyond our power to say whether God will work a miracle for us. We do +not know what His will may be. If we continue the war, and if it should +afterwards appear that everything has been in vain, our responsibility +will be only the heavier, the blinder our confidence now is. And over +and over again we shall hear, 'He is dead,' 'and he, and he.' Will not +this make our remorse all the more bitter? Our commandos are so weak, +our country so exhausted, that the loss of one great battle, the +surrender of a single strong force, would spell ruin for us. + +"'But we have managed to hold out for so long.' Yes, but there is a +natural reason, a military reason, why this has been the case. The fact +that our commandos have been spread over so large a tract of country has +compelled the British, up to the present time, to divide their forces. +But things have changed now; we have had to abandon district after +district, and must now operate on a far more limited territory. In other +words, the British army can at last concentrate its forces upon us. + +"I firmly believe that, under like circumstances, no other nation in the +world would have fought as our nation has done. Shall such a nation +perish? No! we must save it. If we delegates are convinced that we can +no longer offer resistance to the enemy, it is our plain duty to tell +the people so. We must not let them be exterminated for want of timely +advice. More than twenty thousand women and children have died in the +camps during this one year. + +"There are men of our own kith and kin who are helping to bring us to +ruin. If we continue the war, it may be that the Afrikanders against us +will outnumber our own men. + +"What is there left to hope for? Are we to retain our independence by +ceding a part of our territories? Most assuredly yes, if such a +compromise is feasible. As regards Swaziland, it is of so little +importance to us that we can give it up without a thought. Then there +are the goldfields--let them go. They are but a cancerous growth, +sapping the very life of our country. + +"We must face the fact that things are not at a standstill: we are +slipping back every moment. We must all pull together, or everything is +lost. If our sacrifices will buy our independence, well and good. But +suppose that we are compelled to give it up--well, if it even comes to +this, we must never do so unconditionally. An unconditional surrender +would be well enough if the leaders only had to be considered. But we +must think of the interests of the nation. We must say to our people, +'We have no thought of ourselves: our only desire is to place ourselves +in the breach, if so we may save you.'" + +General Botha then proceeded to discuss eventualities in the event of +independence being lost. Representative government, he said, might +perhaps still be retained, and the national language need not +necessarily be supplanted. Thus the nation would still retain its old +ideals and its old customs. General Roux had been pertinently asked +whether it were better to strive for the recuperation of the people now +or to wait until they were altogether overpowered and reduced to such +straits that it would require some thirty years before they could once +more call themselves a nation. He then went into the terms of the +proposal by the British Government, and repeated that there must be no +idea of unconditional surrender. + +The General concluded in the following words: + +"Although we do not _wish_ to accept terms, we have no right to refuse +them altogether. On the other hand we must not say to the English, 'Do +with us as you like.' For then our descendants would eternally reproach +us. We should have lost the privilege of looking after our own wives and +children. They would be handed over to strangers. No! we must secure by +some means or other that we ourselves shall be able to provide for them. +The fate of our country is in the hands of the men in this tent. It has +been bitter, indeed, for me to have to speak as I have done. But if I +have not spoken the truth, convince me of my error, and I will be the +first to own it. But do not condemn me, for I have had no other object +than to tell you what I believe to be the truth." + +General De la Rey spoke. + +"I will not detain you long," he began, "but there are a few points to +which I wish to draw attention. In regard to the districts under my +command, every one will understand that my burghers, after their recent +brilliant successes, are firmly resolved not to sacrifice their +independence. If I allude to the battles which I have just fought it is +with no thought of boasting, but only that you may picture to yourselves +the effect which they must have had upon the enemy; and that no one may +be angry with myself and my burghers for standing firm when our feet are +on such solid ground. + +"But since my arrival at Vereeniging I have heard about our districts +where matters are in a far less favourable condition than in my own. So +far as I myself am concerned, I cannot think of laying down my arms. Yet +it appears to me that some parts of the country will be compelled by +starvation to give up the struggle. It is well that those who represent +these parts have spoken openly, and not left this meeting in ignorance +of the state of affairs only to go and lay down their arms. + +"I myself have never thought intervention possible. Even before the war +broke out I said that nothing would come of it. I saw that South Africa +was divided between Germany and England. And that if only the Republics +could be extinguished, then England and Germany would be the only Powers +left, and Germany would be safe. But if the Republics were victorious, +then Germany would be in danger. Why then should Germany interfere in +favour of the Republics, when she has everything to lose by such a +course of action? No! intervention was entirely out of the question. + +"There has been talk about fighting to the bitter end; but has not the +bitter end already come? Each man must answer that question for himself. + +"You must remember that everything has been sacrificed--cattle, goods, +money, wife, and child. Our men are going about naked, and some of our +women have nothing but clothes made of skins to wear. Is not this the +bitter end? + +"I believe that the time has now come to negotiate. England will never +again give us the chance of doing so, should we allow this opportunity +to slip by. But how shall we negotiate? I must leave it to this meeting +to answer that question. If we do not obtain what we ask for, we shall +at least stand or fall together. Yet let us act with reason. + +"I cannot agree with one of the opinions expressed by Commandant-General +Botha and States-Secretary Reitz. They have stated that they are against +surrendering the goldfields to England; firstly, because England would +never accept such a proposal, for by doing so she would declare to the +whole world that she had only been fighting for the goldfields; and, +secondly, because if we gave up the goldfields we should lose a source +of revenue, without the aid of which we could not repair the damages +which the war has wrought." + +Commandant-in-Chief de Wet spoke as follows: + +"I am of opinion that the circumstances in the Orange Free State are no +less critical than those in the Transvaal. Nine districts were entirely +ruined; but these, though at one time abandoned by the burghers, have +now been reoccupied. + +"If I now differ from those who are of opinion that it is useless to +prolong the war, it must not be thought that I am lacking in respect for +their judgment. By no means. I know that what has been said about the +wretched plight of the people is only too true; but they must not take +it amiss if I point out that the same condition of affairs was described +in the correspondence from the Transvaal which fell into the hands of +the English at Reitz. But, granting that the facts have been correctly +stated, even then the Orange Free State will refuse to give in. Let me +be candid with you, and say frankly that, in my opinion, this is +virtually the Transvaal's war. This, however, makes no difference to me. +For me the barrier of the Vaal River has never existed. I have always +endeavoured to maintain the Nauwere-Vereeniging,[112] and I feel +strongly the obligation which the union of the two States casts on each +one of us. They are two nations, but their cause is one. + +"What, then, is the prevailing feeling in the Orange Free State? Of the +six thousand burghers who have been attending meetings, I myself have +been in command of five thousand, and I can confidently say that never +were five thousand men more unanimous in their opinion than were those I +led when they cried, as with one voice, 'Persevere; we have everything +to lose, but we have not yet lost it.' What, then, is the answer to be? +I am firmly persuaded that we have only one course before us. If we are +unable to obtain what we are asking for, then it only remains for us to +alleviate as best we may the lot of those who cannot help themselves. I +do not as yet clearly see how this is going to be done, but, at all +costs, let us continue fighting. What was our total strength when we +began this war? Sixty thousand men all told. Against this the English +had a standing army of seven hundred and fifty thousand troops. Of these +two hundred and fifty thousand, or one-third, are now in South Africa. +We know from experience that they are unable to send more than +one-third. And we? Have we not also one-third of our army left? + +"I do not wish to imply that I am not prepared to concede something, but +nothing will induce me to consent to any part of the country in _our_ +territory being given up. It will never do to have an English colony +planted in our midst, for England then would have far too firm a hold +upon our country. + +"It is said, and with some truth, that the goldfields have been a curse +to us, but surely there is no reason why they should continue to be so. +I fail to see how, without retaining possession of these goldfields, the +Republics are to be saved. Swaziland perhaps could be ceded, but never +the goldfields. I feel that any intervention is out of the question; but +is not the very fact that it has not taken place a sure proof that it +was not the will of God? Does it not show that He is minded to form us, +by this war, into a nation worthy of the name? Let us then bow to the +will of the Almighty. + +"My people will perhaps say, 'Our Generals see only the religious side +of the question.' They will be right. Without faith we should have been +foolish indeed to have embarked on this war and to continue it for so +many months. Indeed, it _must_ be a matter of faith, for the future is +hidden from us. What _has been_ is within our ken, but what is before is +beyond the knowledge of the wisest man. + +"Cape Colony is a great disappointment to me. I do not refer so much to +what we have learnt about it from the reports as to the fact that no +general uprising can be expected in that quarter. So much we have heard +from General Smuts. But though there is to be no uprising, we have no +reason to think that there has been any falling off in the number of our +adherents in the Colony. The little contingent there has been of great +help to us: they have kept fifty thousand troops occupied, with which +otherwise we should have had to reckon. + +"I feel deeply for our women and children; I am giving earnest +consideration to their miserable plight. But their sufferings are among +what we may call the necessary circumstances of the war. I have nothing +to do with the circumstances. For me, this is a war of religion, and +thus I can only consider the great principles involved. Circumstances +are to me but as obstacles to be cleared out of the road. + +"If we own ourselves defeated--if we surrender to the foe--we can expect +little mercy from him. We shall at all events have dug the grave of our +national independence, and, as things are, what difference is there +between this and digging our own graves?" + +Mr. Birkenstock said that the question about the goldfields must be +carefully considered. This source of income must not be given up. + +The meeting was then closed with prayer. + +[Footnote 112: Closer Union.] + + +SATURDAY, MAY 17TH, 1902. + +The Chairman first called upon Chief Commandant de Wet to offer up +prayer. + +A private report from Mr. J. Schmorderer, who had brought the missive +from the deputation in Europe, was then read. + +The first delegate to speak was Landdrost Bosman (Wakkerstroom), who +said: + +"My opinion is that the best way of ascertaining the probable future +course of events is to see what has already happened in the past. A year +ago there were six hundred burghers in my district, and each man had a +horse; now there are not more than half that number, and many of them +have to go on foot. Last year we had from three to four thousand bags of +maize ready to hand; this year there are not more than as many hundred, +and how to get at them is more than I can tell. If such has been the +history of the past year, in what sort of condition shall we be at the +end of the present one? + +"The great difficulty with regard to our families is not how to clothe +them, but how to feed them. I know of a woman who has lived for weeks on +nothing but fruit. I myself have had to satisfy my hunger with mealies +for days together, although I have no wish to complain about it. Even +the scanty food we can get has to be obtained from the Kaffirs by +persuasion. Moreover, the Kaffirs side with the English, who in their +counter-marches are clearing all the food out of the country. + +"The men in my district told me that if I came back and reported that +the war was to be continued, they would be obliged--for the sake of +their wives and children--to go straight to the nearest English camp and +lay down their arms. As to the women it is true that they are at present +full of hope and courage, but if they knew how matters stood in the +veldt, they would think very differently. Even now there are many of +them who say that the war ought to be put a stop to, if only for their +sakes. + +"The Kaffirs are another great source of trouble; in this problem they +are a factor which cannot be neglected. + +"There is no hope of intervention, nor can we expect anything from the +English nation. Facts that have come to my knowledge prove to me that +England has become more and more determined to fight to the bitter end. + +"I do not see what we can possibly gain by continuing the war. Our own +people are helping the English, and every day the enemy are improving +their position. What advantage can there then be in persisting in the +struggle? We have now a chance of negotiating, and we should seize that +chance. For we have the opportunity given us of obtaining some help for +our ruined compatriots, who would be entirely unable to make a fresh +start without assistance. + +"As to the religious side of this matter, I am not ashamed to say that I +believe I am serving God in the course which I am taking. We must not +attempt to obtain the impossible against all reason. If we make any such +attempt, the results will probably be exactly opposite to what we wish. +I have the greatest doubt whether it really is in order to give glory to +God that the nation wishes to retain its independence. On the contrary I +believe that the motive is obstinacy, a vice to which human nature is +always prone. + +"It has been said that it would be shameful to disregard the blood +already spilt; but surely one ought also to consider the blood that +might yet be shed in a useless struggle." + +The proposal of the Commission was now read, and after some discussion +accepted. It ran as follows: + +The meeting of national representatives from both Republics--after +having considered the correspondence exchanged, and the negotiations +conducted, between the Governments of the two Republics and His +Excellency Lord Kitchener, on behalf of the British Government; and +after having heard the reports of the deputies from the different parts +of both Republics; and after having received the latest reports from the +representatives of the two Republics in Europe; and having taken into +consideration the fact that the British Government has refused to accept +the proposal of our Governments made on the same basis; and +notwithstanding the above-mentioned refusal of the British +Government--still wishes to give expression to the ardent desire of the +two Republics to retain their independence, for which already so much +material and personal sacrifice has been made, and decides in the name +of the people of both Republics to empower both Governments as +follows:--To conclude a peace on the following basis, to wit: the +retention of a limited independence offering an addition to what has +already been offered by the two Governments in their negotiations, dated +the 15th of April, 1902. + +(_a_) To give up all foreign relations and embassies. + +(_b_) To accept the Protectorate of Great Britain. + +(_c_) To surrender parts of the territory of the South African Republic. + +(_d_) To conclude a defensive alliance with Great Britain in regard to +South Africa. + +During the discussion it was clearly explained that the territory which +it was suggested should be ceded was the already mentioned goldfields +and Swaziland. The question was put whether the South African Republics +would have to pay for the damage done during the war. "By all means let +us pay," said Mr. De Clercq. "If I could only buy back the independence +of the Orange Free State, I would gladly give all I possess." + +Several other Transvaal delegates expressed themselves in the same +sense, and said that they fully appreciated the sacrifices which the +Orange Free State had made. General Froneman thanked them in the name of +the Free State. + +He felt that the two Republics no longer thought of themselves as having +conflicting interests. In the fire of this war they had been firmly +welded together. + +Commandant Ross (Vrede) thought it wrong even to discuss the possibility +of giving up independence. The delegates had received a definite +mandate. They had been commissioned to see that the national +independence had remained untouched, whatever else might have to be +given up. This being the case, they might come to decisions on all other +points, so long as they remembered that independence was not an open +question. + +Commandant J. Van Niekerk (Ficksburg) spoke to the same purpose. He +could not even think of sacrificing independence. + +After some other delegates had made a few short remarks, General Brand, +seconded by Commandant A.J. De Kock, proposed the following resolution, +which was accepted by the meeting: + + "This meeting of the national representatives of the two Republics + hereby charge the Governments to nominate a Commission for the + purpose of entering upon negotiations with His Excellency Lord + Kitchener, acting on behalf of His Britannic Majesty's Government. + The Commission is to endeavour to make peace on satisfactory terms, + and is then to lay the result of its negotiations before this + meeting, for the sanction of the two Governments." + +The meeting was then closed with prayer. + + + + +Appendix B + +THE CONFERENCE AT PRETORIA BETWEEN THE COMMISSION OF THE NATIONAL +REPRESENTATIVES AND LORDS KITCHENER AND MILNER (MAY 19TH-MAY 28TH, +1902) + + +Minutes of the Conference held at Pretoria on May 19th, 1902, between +Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner, representatives of the British +Government, and Commandant-General L. Botha, Commander-in-Chief C.R. de +Wet, General J.H. De la Rey, Judge J.B.M. Hertzog, and General J.C. +Smuts, delegates of the national representatives, who had met at +Vereeniging on May 15th, 1902. + +Mr. N.J. de Wet acted as interpreter; Mr. O. Walrond was secretary for +the English Government; and the Rev. J.D. Kestell and D. Van Velden +acted in a similar capacity for the Commission. + +The Conference met at ten o'clock in the morning at the house of Lord +Kitchener. After having greeted each other, the members took their seats +at the table in the centre of the room. + +Commandant-General L. Botha opened the proceedings in the following +words: + +"Allow me to state that, although the negotiations have taken a longer +time than we expected, I am able to assure your Excellencies that we are +acting in good faith, and that everything has been done with the sole +aim of concluding the peace which we all desire. + +"I must also draw attention to the fact that everything we transact here +must be submitted to our national representatives, in order to obtain +their sanction." + +The suggestion was then made that the proposals which the Commission was +prepared to make should be laid before the Conference, whereupon the +following letter was read to the meeting: + + PRETORIA, _19th May, 1902_. + + _To their Excellencies, Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner, Pretoria._ + + YOUR EXCELLENCIES,-- + + With a view to finally concluding the existing hostilities, and + being fully empowered by the Government of the two Republics, we + have the honour to propose the following points--in addition to the + conditions already offered in the negotiations of April last--as a + basis for negotiations: + + (_a_) We are prepared to cede our independence as regards our + foreign relations. + + (_b_) We wish to retain self-government in our country, under + British supervision. + + (_c_) We are prepared to cede a part of our territory. + + Should your Excellencies be prepared to negotiate on this basis, + then the above-mentioned points can be elaborated. + + We have the honour to be, + Your Excellencies' most obedient servants, + LOUIS BOTHA. + C.R. DE WET. + J.H. DE LA REY. + J.B.M. HERTZOG. + J.C. SMUTS. + +When this letter had been read, a discussion followed. + +Lord Milner: "Considering the wide difference between this proposal and +that made by His Majesty's Government, when we last met, I fear that I +can hold out very little hope of any good results following negotiations +on the basis you have suggested." + +Lord Kitchener: "We can take those proposals into consideration, but I +cannot see how it is possible to bring them into harmony with those of +His Majesty's Government." + +Commandant-General Botha: "If this is the position you take, we should +like to receive from you a final answer to our proposals." + +Lord Milner: "Do you wish us to refer your proposals to His Majesty's +Government?" + +Commandant-General Botha: "Yes, unless you have full powers to give us a +final reply." + +Lord Milner: "I am quite convinced that your proposal will be rejected; +and I feel bound to say that to refer it, as it stands, to His Majesty's +Government will only do you harm." + +Commandant-General Botha: "If you have no power to decide upon this +proposal here, we should like you to refer it to His Majesty's +Government." + +Lord Milner: "I have no objection to taking the responsibility of +refusing your proposal on myself. The instructions received by myself +and Lord Kitchener are quite clear on this point." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I must then understand that when Lord +Salisbury said that this war was not carried on with a view to annex +territory, he did not mean it." + +Lord Kitchener: "It is no longer a question of territory, for annexation +is an accomplished fact." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I am unable to see how our proposal is +inconsistent with annexation." + +Lord Milner: "I cannot now recall the exact words used by Lord +Salisbury, but it is true that Lord Salisbury declared that his +Government did not begin the war with the intention of obtaining +territory. But in the course of the war circumstances developed in such +a way that the decision to annex the Republics became a necessity, and +the British Government have pronounced their firm intention not to +withdraw from this decision." + +Judge Hertzog: "I should like to be informed as to what the great +difference is between the basis now proposed by us and that laid down by +His Majesty's Government during the negotiations of last year--I do not +mean the difference in details, but in principle." + +Lord Kitchener: "Do you mean by your proposal that the Boers will become +British citizens?" + +General Smuts: "I cannot see that our proposal is necessarily in +contradiction to that of last year. Our proposal only makes provision +concerning the administration." + +Lord Milner then quoted from the terms offered at Middelburg by the +British Government the previous year:-- + +"At the earliest possible date military administration shall cease, and +be replaced by civil administration in the form of a Crown Colony +Government. At first there will be in each of the new Colonies a +Governor, an Executive Council consisting of the highest officials, and +a Legislative Council, which latter shall consist of a certain number of +official members and also of a nominated non-official element. But it is +the wish of His Majesty's Government to introduce a representative +element as soon as circumstances permit, and, in course of time, to +grant to the new colonies the right of self-government. + +"It may be that I do not properly understand your proposal, but it seems +to me to differ not only in detail, but also in spirit from the scheme I +have just read to you." + +Judge Hertzog: "I entirely agree with you that there is a difference in +idea between the two proposals; but only such a difference in idea as +might well be found between Colonies of the same State. In other words, +one constitution is adapted for one colony, whilst another constitution +is found fitting for another colony, but yet they all belong to the same +Empire." + +Lord Milner: "Exactly. There are different constitutions in different +Colonies; but it seems to me that the _policy_ laid down in your +proposal differs from that laid down by His Majesty's Government." + +Judge Hertzog: "I think that I am expressing the opinion of the whole +Commission when I say that we wish for peace. I draw attention to this +to show the way in which, according to my opinion, we should consider +the matter. For if we on both sides are really desirous of coming to a +settlement, we should not make too much of theoretical difficulties, so +long as the practical aim has been obtained. For instance, the different +Colonies which now are joined to form the United States once possessed +constitutions differing much from one another. Now the constitution laid +down in our proposal does not differ so much from that laid down in +yours that a practical difference should arise therefrom; and such a +practical difference would arise if you insisted upon carrying on +negotiations on your own basis. I imagine that England has a certain +object before her in South Africa, and I believe that that object can be +as well obtained by our proposal as by that of Middelburg. I therefore +ask, Is the difference so great that, in order for England to obtain her +object, an entirely new status must be called into existence?" + +Lord Milner: "We are comparing two different things. Here in the +Middelburg scheme there are a number of definite proposals, which enter +upon a great mass of particulars. I do not mean to imply that _we_ have +not the power to go into particulars. I perfectly understand that it +lies within the power of Lord Kitchener and myself to carry on further +deliberations with you about details, so as to throw light on any +doubtful points, and, perhaps, to make such changes as would not +fundamentally affect the scheme. As you say that your proposals are not +in contradiction with those formulated at Middelburg, then there is no +reason why you should not lay aside your proposals and discuss the +Middelburg proposals, which are definite." + +Judge Hertzog: "I quite admit that you, Lord Milner, are entitled to say +that there is a fundamental difference between our proposals. But it is +another question whether the difficulty that thus arises is of such a +nature that we--those of us who on both sides are anxious to conclude +peace--should not be able to find a solution to it satisfactory to both +parties. I cannot answer that question; nor can I see why the same +result would not be reached by negotiating on the basis proposed by us +as by carrying on negotiations on the Middelburg proposal." + +Lord Milner: "I understand, then, that you acknowledge that there is a +fundamental difference between the two bases. Well, I do not think that +we are empowered to negotiate on a basis differing from that laid down +in the last report of His Majesty's Government, and also differing from +the tenor of the Middelburg proposal. I may say that I believe that His +Majesty's Government in their latest message went as far as it was +possible for them to go with the object of meeting you. The whole spirit +of the telegram was to that effect." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I hope you will understand that I do not +speak as a lawyer. (Lord Kitchener, laughing: "That's the case with me +too!") I fully concur with what General Botha and Judge Hertzog have +said in regard to our eagerness to establish peace. In order to be +brief, I will only remark that I did not understand His Excellency, Lord +Milner, to mean--any more than I myself meant--that we should go to the +nation with the Middelburg proposal, with the idea of coming back with +it unaltered." + +Lord Milner: "No; if I gave that impression, I did not intend to do so. +But I believe that when you went to your people with the last message +from His Majesty's Government it was with the knowledge--which the +message itself made clear--that His Majesty's Government was not +prepared to take into consideration any terms which differed widely from +the policy laid down in the Middelburg proposal." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "That was indeed what I understood; and +accordingly we have now come with a proposal which does not differ very +much from the Middelburg proposal." + +General Smuts: "I thought that the vital principle your Government had +in view was the destruction of our independence, and in our proposal the +independence of the two Republics with regard to foreign relations is +given up. I was therefore of opinion that the two parties might come to +an arrangement on this basis. I did not think that for the restoration +of peace the Middelburg terms were essential." + +Lord Milner: "Not in the details, but in the general ideas. As the +British Government has laid down a basis, and you have had weeks in +which to consider the matter, it would never do for you now to put it on +one side. Lord Kitchener has given your nation considerable time in +which to take counsel; and now you come back, and, ignoring the +Middelburg terms, you propose entirely different ones of your own, and +say, let us negotiate on these. I do not believe that I and Lord +Kitchener would be justified in doing this. But in case he is of another +opinion, the British Government can be asked if they are prepared to set +on one side all the former deliberations and begin again on a new +basis." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "We cannot, of course, prevent Lord Kitchener +from asking his Government any questions he pleases, but, at the same +time, we request that you will cable our behests to the English +Government." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I cannot see that we are beginning again on a +new basis, for, in consequence of the negotiations in April last, you +were ordered by the British Government to encourage us to make fresh +proposals. Our present proposal is the direct result of that order." + +Lord Milner: "I did my best to get fresh proposals from you, but you +would not make any. You forced the British Government into making +proposals." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I am of opinion that we must both work +together in this matter of formulating proposals." + +Lord Kitchener: "You were asked to make proposals, but you did not do +so; and now, after the British Government has made a proposal, you +yourselves come forward with one of your own." + +General De la Rey: "I think that it was the encouragement given us by +correspondence between the Netherlands and the British Government that +caused us to make our proposals." + +Lord Milner: "That correspondence was at the beginning of the +negotiations." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "If we had been obliged to make a new +proposal in April, we would not have been able to make one so fair, and +so much to the advantage of the British Government, as our present one, +for, not having consulted the nation, we would have been compelled to +insist on entire independence." + +Lord Milner: "I must remind you of what has taken place; not with the +object of putting you in the wrong, but in order to make the position +clear, for there are some points about it which are not very clear. You +came and made a proposal. The British Government gave you a distinct +answer--they refused to accept it. Their answer was perfectly outspoken, +and perfectly intelligible. At the same time they said, 'We are anxious +for peace; will you make other proposals?' You then said, 'No! we have +no power to do so; we must first consult the nation.' We admitted that +argument. Then you said, 'Let the British Government make proposals.' +The British Government did so, and they are fully entitled to an answer. +In what position do you think you are placing Lord Kitchener and myself? +You come back with a totally fresh proposal, and do not say anything +about ours. This is not fair treatment to the British Government, and we +are not bound to take your proposal into consideration." + +Judge Hertzog: "I have endeavoured to show that our reply really cannot +be taken as ignoring the proposal of the British Government. The great +question in the correspondence in April between us and the British +Government was the question of independence; and now, after having +consulted the nation, we come here and say that we are prepared to +sacrifice in some degree our independence, and we indicate how far we +will give it up. And, as General Smuts has said, that is the basis which +we have laid down in our present proposal." + +Lord Milner: "You say that you give up your independence as regards +foreign relations." + +Judge Hertzog: "Yes. But then you must understand that this is only a +general principle, which we treat in detail later on." + +General Smuts: "The independence is given up both in regard to our +foreign relations and in regard to interior administration, which will +be placed under the supervision of the British Government. So that the +effect of these two articles is, that the independence is sacrificed, +and that the two Republics will not in the future be able to be regarded +as Sovereign States." + +Lord Milner: "I understand perfectly well that they would not be +Sovereign States any longer, but my intellect is not bright enough for +me to be able to say what they really would be." + +Lord Kitchener: "They would be a new kind of 'international animal.'" + +General Smuts: "It has more than once happened in the course of history +that difficulties have been solved by compromise. And this draft +proposal goes as near as seems possible towards making us a Colony." + +Lord Kitchener: "Do you accept the annexation?" + +General Smuts: "Not formally; but I do not see in what way this proposal +is in opposition to the annexation proclamation." + +Lord Kitchener: "I am afraid I am not clever enough to comprehend this. +There would be two Governments in one State. And how do you imagine that +this arrangement could be carried on?" + +General Smuts: "A more ample explanation will have to be given of the +word 'supervision'; and I thought that this was just one of the points +on which we could carry on further discussions and negotiations." + +Lord Milner: "I am certainly not going to give up an explicit basis for +a vague proposal." + +Lord Kitchener: "I feel convinced that your proposal would never be able +to be carried out in the practical governing of a country." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I agree that our proposal has not been fully +worked out, but neither have the Middelburg proposals. This was clearly +indicated by Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner when these proposals were +made, and they were only looked upon as a basis on which we could +negotiate, so that the business might be begun. We naturally cannot +compel the British Government to accept our proposal; but, at all +events, it is a basis." + +Lord Milner: "I am very anxious that these discussions should not end in +smoke, and I shall not allow any formalities to stand in the way, but to +abandon the definite proposals of Middelburg (March 7th) for a thing +like this, and to begin a fresh discussion on the basis of something +which is so very vague will surely land us in trouble. I believe we are +quite entitled to keep you to the Middelburg proposal, which we might +modify in regard to details." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Perhaps it would be well if you would first +give an answer to our proposals." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I think that (unless your Excellencies have +power to give a final answer to our terms) it would not be unfair if we +were to ask you to lay our proposal before your Government." + +Commandant-General Botha: "We are come here with the earnest intention +of concluding peace; and I think that if our proposal is carried out +Boer and Briton will be able to live side by side in this country. I +presume that it is the wish of both parties to be fair and just, and to +make a peace by which both can abide, and which will be permanent in +South Africa." + +Lord Milner: "That is certainly our aim." + +Lord Kitchener: "Your proposal would involve important changes in our +own--changes which, so far as I understand them, we should be unable to +permit." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I am of opinion that before a proposal is +made from your side you should give a definite answer to ours." + +Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner: "Well, then, change your proposal into +ours." + +Lord Milner: "I do not believe that the British Government is prepared +to go any further to meet you than they have done in their last +proposal. They think that they have already gone far in their efforts +for peace--further, indeed, than the general opinion of the British +public would warrant." + +Lord Kitchener: "The difference between our proposals seems to be too +great." + +Commandant-General Botha: "We shall always remain under the supervision +of the British Government." + +Lord Kitchener: "Will you then consider yourselves British subjects? +'Supervision' is a new word, and 'suzerainty' has already caused us too +much trouble." + +Judge Hertzog: "The idea is not so very new. There are several kinds of +different States, all belonging to the British Empire. For instance, +there is Basutoland." + +Lord Milner: "There are many different kinds, but this one is a new +variety." + +Judge Hertzog: "If your Excellencies could only understand us! We have +no wish to lose a single minute. We have been to the nation, and we know +what the nation wants and what their temper is. If, then, we are to make +a proposal here, it must be:--Firstly, a proposal which shall meet the +English Government in a fair way; and, secondly, a proposal which we are +honestly convinced will be acceptable to our nation. And such a proposal +we have laid before you. And now we are placed in a disadvantageous +position, for we are here before your Excellencies, who have not full +power finally to decide the matter." + +Lord Kitchener: "We are in the same position as yourselves." + +Judge Hertzog: "We offer you here what we know is in accordance with the +mind of the nation; we cannot possibly do anything that is against it." + +Lord Milner: "Are we to understand that the Middelburg proposals are not +according to the mind of your people?" + +General Smuts: "As yet no answer has been given to them. The only +decision come to by the national meeting is that which we are now laying +before you." + +Lord Kitchener: "Are you prepared to set aside your present proposal and +to hand in another one bearing a closer resemblance to that of +Middelburg? We must try and find some middle course; and as we are here +to endeavour to arrive at something definite, let us try to obtain a +basis for discussion. Shall we make a new proposal?" + +General Smuts: "As soon as there is a final answer to our proposal we +shall be able to take a fresh one into consideration." + +Lord Milner: "I believe that the fact that you have refused to enter +upon the proposal made by the British Government justifies us in not +considering your proposal. Let us rather say that your very refusal +implies your answer to what we have proposed." + +General Smuts: "I understand the position to be as follows--The British +Government has declined our proposals, and at the same time holds fast +to the old basis, but without prejudice to its power of making a new +proposal." + +Lord Milner: "The whole difference between you and myself is that I take +the letter of 7th March to be the utmost concession that the British +Government is able to grant; not that that letter binds us down to every +clause of the proposal, but that it is an indication of how far our +Government is prepared to go on the general question. Your answer, +however, is no answer at all." + +Lord Kitchener then read his telegram, dated 14th April. ["A difficulty +has arisen in getting on with the proceedings; the representatives state +that constitutionally they have no power to discuss terms based on the +surrender of independence, inasmuch as only the burghers can agree to +such a basis. Therefore, if they were to propose terms, it would put +them in a false position with regard to the people. If, however, His +Majesty's Government could state the terms which, subsequently to a +relinquishment of independence, they would be prepared to grant, the +representatives, after asking for the necessary explanations, and +without any expression of approval or disapproval, would submit such +conditions to their people."] "Clearly you have not kept to what you +undertook in this telegram." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "If it had only been a question of our +feelings being hurt by having to give an answer on the basis proposed to +us by the British then it would not have been necessary for the people +to come together at Vereeniging. But in matter of fact we have come here +with a proposal, which, rightly understood, is nearly equivocal to the +Middelburg proposal, and which meets the wishes of the English +Government as far as possible." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I do not see why we should insist so much on +our proposal. If it is not to the mind of your Excellencies, if it is an +unacceptable proposal, then let us have a definite answer to it." + +Lord Milner: "We wish to have an answer to the proposal made by us." + +General Smuts: "I do not see that any proposal has been made by the +British Government. A certain basis only has been laid down, and +therefore no formal answer is required." + +Lord Milner: "Our proposal is six times as definite as yours, and I +believe that the British Government is justified in wanting to know if +your people are inclined to come to terms on the general lines which +have been placed before them." + +Lord Kitchener: "Here is quite an original suggestion: How would it be +if you were to go back to your people and ask them if they would not +make a proposal?" + +General Smuts: "You must understand that the Middelburg proposal, with +all that took place in April, has been read to the people. Their answer +was neither 'Yes' nor 'No.' They simply elected the delegates. The +delegates as yet have not given any answer. They are still considering +the matter, and, in order to gain time, they have commissioned us to see +whether we could not come to some arrangement." + +Lord Milner: "We are getting away from the subject. Tell us what +alterations you want, and then place our proposal before your people." + +Lord Kitchener: "Should you agree that your proposal is not in +opposition to the annexation, we shall have accomplished something." + +General Smuts: "Is it your opinion that our proposal must be set aside?" + +Lord Kitchener: "Yes, surely. It is impossible for us to act on it." + +Lord Milner: "It is impossible for us to take your proposal into +consideration. We can send it to England, but this would certainly tend +to hinder the negotiations. This is my personal opinion, which naturally +you are not bound to accept. All that we can say is, that this is the +only answer that we can give you." + +Lord Kitchener: "It would be better to draw up a new document, in which +everything of importance would be noted down, and all unimportant +matters left out." + +General Smuts: "But paragraph 3 of our proposal has not even been +mentioned. We are prepared to cede a part of our territory." + +Lord Milner: "This would be in contradiction to the annexation of the +whole. If the _whole_ becomes annexed by us, how then can a _part_ be +ceded by you?" + +General Smuts: "The ceded part would then become a Crown Colony, the +remaining part being governed as is here proposed." + +Lord Milner: "You mean that one part would become a British Colony of +the ordinary type, and another part a protected Republic?" + +Lord Kitchener: "Two forms of government in the same country would lead +to great friction. Our proposals are too divergent. From a military +point of view, the two forms of government could not co-exist. Before a +year was over we should be at war again." + +The meeting was then adjourned till the afternoon. + +During the interval the Commission discussed the situation, and sent +General J.C. Smuts to deliberate on several points with Lord Kitchener +and Lord Milner. + +The meeting opened again at four o'clock. + +Lord Milner: "In consequence of an informal conversation with General +Smuts, Lord Kitchener and I have drawn up a document, which will show +the form in which, as we think, the only agreement that can be arrived +at must be worded. It is a draft document, and we believe the +Governments will be able to sign it. Our idea is that after it has been +taken into consideration here it might be laid before the burghers, and +you could ask them, 'Are you willing that we should put our signatures +to it?'" + +This document ran as follows:--"The undersigned, leaders of the Boer +forces in the Veldt, accepting, in their own name, and in that of the +said burghers, the annexations as mentioned in the proclamations of Lord +Roberts, dated respectively the 24th May, in the year of our Lord +nineteen hundred, and number 15, dated 1st day of September, in the year +of our Lord nineteen hundred, and accepting as a consequence thereof +their status of British citizens, agree herewith immediately to lay down +their weapons, and to hand over all guns, small arms, ammunition, and +stores in their possession, or under their hold, and to cease all +further resistance against the Government of His Majesty King Edward +Seventh, or his successors. They do this trusting in the assurance of +His Majesty's Government that neither their personal freedom nor their +property shall be taken away from them, or from the burghers who +surrender with them; and that the future action of His Majesty's +Government in relation to the consequences of the war shall be in +harmony with the declaration mentioned below. It is clearly understood +that all burghers who at present are prisoners of war, in order to be +able to enjoy the above-mentioned assurance, will have to notify their +acceptance of the status of British citizens." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Are we to understand that our proposal is now +altogether rejected?" + +Lord Milner and Lord Kitchener: "Yes." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Then I understand that you are going to be +guided only by the Middelburg proposals?" + +Lord Kitchener: "No; we can alter them." + +Lord Milner: "This draft document was originally written out in order to +be annexed to the Middelburg proposals. But instead of the Middelburg +proposals, this document is now drawn up, in order to place us in the +position to formulate the proposals differently." + +General Smuts: "If the idea is then that the Middelburg proposals should +be amended, would it not be best to do so now, and then to annex them to +this document?" + +Lord Milner: "That which will take the place of the Middelburg proposals +has to be added as a schedule to this document, and we have to work out +this schedule together." + +General Smuts: "I think it would be far better if you were to alter the +proposal yourselves, and then lay it before us for consideration; we +could then see what we could do to meet you." + +Lord Kitchener: "I think that a sub-committee should be formed by you in +order to draw up the schedule." + +Lord Milner: "My idea is that the schedule should be drawn up, so that +it and the document could be taken into consideration together." + +General Smuts: "We should like to consider first whether we will help in +drawing it up." + +Lord Milner: "I am willing to draw it up in conjunction with you, or to +let it be drawn up by you alone, but, from past experience, I must +decline to draw it up by myself." + +General Smuts: "If we were to sign this document, would not the outcome +be that we leaders made ourselves responsible for the laying down of +arms by our burghers." + +Lord Milner: "Yes. And should your men not lay down their arms it would +be a great misfortune." + +Lord Kitchener: "I do not think so, for if some of the burghers refused +to lay down their arms, the signatories could not help it. There are +sure to be some who are dissatisfied." + +General Smuts: "The document does not mention this." + +Lord Kitchener: "It can be amended." + +General De la Rey: "Well, then, there can be no peace, for one part of +the burghers will hold back and continue the war." + +Lord Milner: "If the national meeting agrees to give you power to sign +this document, it will certainly mean that the burghers as a whole are +agreeable; and those who after this do not submit will be--well, I do +not know what I can call them--outlaws. But we will not consider such +an eventuality possible." + +General Botha: "We desire a peace that will be honourable to both +parties. And, as I understand this document, we are leaving honour +behind us, for we are now not only surrendering our independence, but we +are allowing every burgher to be fettered hand and foot. Where is the +'honourable peace' for us? If we conclude peace, we have to do it as men +who have to live and die here. We must not agree to a peace which leaves +behind in the hearts of one party a wound that will never heal. I will +do everything in my power to obtain peace. But it seems to me that this +document asks too much of us, because, if I interpret it aright, it +means that we must surrender our independence, that every one must give +up his weapons, and that the leaders, in addition, must sign an +undertaking to this effect." + +Lord Milner: "All that we wish is that the people should live peacefully +together as British citizens. If we do not obtain this, then I do not +know what we do obtain." + +Lord Kitchener: "I do not think that the Commandant-General realizes +what the schedule contains. In it we state what we are ready to grant. +Perhaps it would be best that the schedule should be arranged now, and +then you will see that an honourable peace is proposed." + +General Botha: "Well, then, explain the document." + +Lords Kitchener and Milner: "You are to help us: we do not know what the +burghers demand." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "By signing this document we shall place +ourselves in the position which the Commandant-General has so clearly +described." + +General De la Rey: "We cannot form a judgment on anything that is not +properly elaborated. I have no objection to the constitution of a +sub-committee with the duty of helping in the work." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I also have no objection, since I understand +that it binds nobody to anything." + +Lord Kitchener: "No, nobody will be bound." + +General De la Rey: "We wish to have the matter concluded, so that we may +know what is before us." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I should like to have it clearly understood +that I do not think there is the least chance of a Government of which +Lords Kitchener and Milner are the heads being accepted. An arrangement +of this nature would, it seems to me, be an insurmountable difficulty. +When I feel so strongly in this matter, it would not be fair to their +Excellencies for me to remain silent." + +Lord Kitchener: "I think it would be better if General de Wet were to +wait until he has seen the whole document before he gives his opinion." + +It was then agreed that Judge Hertzog and General Smuts should act as a +sub-committee, in order to draw up a complete draft with Lord Kitchener, +who was to be assisted by Sir Richard Solomon. + +The meeting then adjourned. + +On Wednesday, 21st May, 1902, the Conference reassembled. + +Lord Milner laid before the meeting the documents which he had drawn up +with the help of the sub-committee. It was in the form of a contract, +and the names of the members of both Governments were now filled in. The +document was the same as that telegraphed, with the exception of Article +11, dealing with the notes and receipts and the sum of three million +pounds. + +It was read in Dutch and English, and ran as follows:-- + +"General Lord Kitchener of Khartoum, Commander-in-Chief, and His +Excellency Lord Milner, High Commissioner, on behalf of the British +Government; + +"Messrs. S.D. Burger, F.W. Reitz, Louis Botha, J.H. De la Rey, L.J. +Meijer, and J.C. Krogh, on behalf of the Government of the South African +Republic and its burghers; + +"Messrs. M.T. Steyn, W.J.C. Brebner, C.R. de Wet, J.B.M. Hertzog, and +C.H. Olivier, on behalf of the Government of the Orange Free State and +its burghers, being anxious to put an end to the existing hostilities, +agree on the following points:-- + +"Firstly, the burgher forces now in the Veldt shall at once lay down +their arms, and surrender all the guns, small arms and war stores in +their actual possession, or of which they have cognizance; and shall +refrain from any further opposition to the authority of His Majesty King +Edward VII., whom they acknowledge as their lawful sovereign. + +"The manner and details of this surrender shall be arranged by Lord +Kitchener, Commandant-General Botha, Assistant-Commandant-General J.H. +De la Rey, and Commander-in-Chief de Wet. + +"Secondly, burghers in the Veldt beyond the frontiers of the Transvaal +and of the Orange River Colony shall, on their surrender, be brought +back to their homes. + +"Thirdly, all prisoners of war, being at the time burghers out of South +Africa, shall, on their declaring that they accept this status of +subjects of His Majesty King Edward VII., be brought back to the farms +on which they were living before the war. + +"Fourthly, the burghers who thus surrender, or who thus return, shall +lose neither their personal freedom nor their property. + +"Fifthly, no judicial proceedings, civil or criminal, shall be taken +against any of the burghers who thus return for any action of theirs in +connexion with the carrying on of the war. + +"Sixthly, the Dutch language shall be taught in the public schools of +the Transvaal and of the Orange River Colony, where the parents of the +children demand it; and shall be admitted in the courts of justice, +wherever this is required for the better and more effective +administration of justice. + +"Seventhly, the possession of rifles shall, on taking out a license in +accordance with the law, be permitted in the Transvaal and in the Orange +River Colony, to persons who require them for their protection. + +"Eighthly, military administration in the Transvaal and in the Orange +River Colony shall, as soon as possible, be followed by civil +government; and, as soon as circumstances permit it, a representative +system tending towards autonomy shall be introduced. + +"Ninthly, the question of granting the franchise to the natives shall +not be decided until a representative constitution has been granted. + +"Tenthly, no special tax shall be laid on landed property in the +Transvaal and Orange River Colony to meet the expenses of the war. + +"Eleventhly, a judicial Commission shall be appointed, to which the +government bank notes, issued under Law No. 1 of the South African +Republic, may be presented within six months. All such notes, if found +to have been duly issued in conformity with the terms of the law, and if +the presenting party shall have given consideration in value, shall be +honoured, but without interest. + +"All receipts issued in the Veldt by the officers of the late Republics, +or by their orders, may also be presented to the said Commission within +six months; and if they have been given _bona fide_ in exchange for +goods used by the burghers in the Veldt, they shall be paid in full to +the persons to whom they were originally issued. + +"The amount payable on account of the said Government's notes and +receipts shall not exceed L3,000,000; and in case the whole amount of +such notes and receipts accepted by the Commission should exceed that +amount, a _pro rata_ reduction shall be made. + +"The prisoners of war shall be given facilities to present their notes +and receipts within the above-mentioned six months. + +"Twelfthly, as soon as circumstances shall permit, there shall be +appointed in each district of the Transvaal and of the Orange River +Colony a Commission, in which the inhabitants of that district shall be +represented, under the chairmanship of a magistrate or other official, +with a view to assist in the bringing back of the people to their farms, +and in procuring for those who, on account of losses through the war, +are unable to provide for themselves, food, shelter, and such quantities +of seed, cattle, implements, etc., as are necessary for the resuming of +their previous callings. Funds for this purpose, repayable by +instalments extending over a number of years, shall be advanced--free of +interest--by the Government." + +Lord Milner: "If we come to an agreement, it will be the _English_ +document which will be wired to England, on which His Majesty's +Government will decide, and which will be signed." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Will not a Dutch translation be annexed?" + +Lord Milner: "I have no objection to the addition of a Dutch +translation. This, then, is the document which we are prepared to lay +before the English Government." + +Commandant-General Botha: "There are a few points on which I wish to +speak. The first is in reference to the receipts given by our officers. +It seems to me quite right that they should be mentioned in the +paragraph about government notes. These receipts were issued, in +accordance with instructions given by our Government, for the purchase +of cattle, grain, and other necessaries for the support of our +commandos; and the chief officers now present, as well as all other +officers, have acted according to these instructions and issued +receipts. Therefore I make this request. Some of these receipts were +afterwards paid in part, and others in full, in government notes. But +many were not paid at all. I do not believe that the amount is great, +but it will strengthen our hands to be able to take up this affair +honourably, for our honour is concerned in so far as we have signed the +receipts. It will be a great point in our favour to be able to go before +our delegates and tell them that they are guaranteed on this point, for +most of them are officers." + +Lord Kitchener: "I understand that General Botha refers not to +commandeer or requisition notes, but only to actual receipts issued on +the Treasury." + +Lord Milner: "I do not see any difference between these receipts and +commandeer notes. The willingness of persons to sell goods makes no +difference in a legal document." + +Lord Kitchener: "I mean that it makes a difference whether it is an +order on the Treasury or a requisition note. I should limit this +(guarantee) to receipts on the Treasury, issued in consequence of a law +that permitted a certain sum to be issued." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "No decision was come to in the Free State as +to how much was to be issued." + +Lord Kitchener: "Am I to understand by this that it is an unlimited +amount, or does it come within the amount decided on by the Volksraad?" + +General Smuts: "While the Government existed the Volksraad empowered it +to issue notes up to a certain amount. And this was done. Moreover the +officers in the Veldt had the right to make purchases for the commandos +and to give receipts for them." + +Lord Milner: "I can see no difference between receipts and requisition +notes, and they have been issued for an unlimited amount." + +General Smuts: "These receipts were issued under a totally different +law. They were not paid out of the credit voted by the Volksraad." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I would have it clearly understood that I +quite agree with what has been said by the Commandant-General, namely +that the honour of every officer is engaged for these documents, and if +your Excellencies agree it will give us a strong weapon with which to +return to the delegates." + +Lord Milner: "The proposal is _de facto_ that the British Government +shall repay all the monies which the Republics borrowed with the object +of fighting against England." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "Yet we have fought honourably, and if we +give up our independence it is no more than fair that you should meet us +in this matter." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Am I to understand your position to be that +we must surrender everything, and that whilst you take away the freedom +of our country (which amounts to many millions) you at the same time +refuse all responsibility for our debts. We had been recognized by you +as belligerent, and so are entirely in our rights in asking that when +you seize the riches of the country you shall also take its debts upon +your shoulders. So long as the British Government reaches the great goal +at which it is aiming, a matter so easily arranged as this should not +cause any difficulty: we are not bickering about trifles, but are +bringing forward what to us is a real hardship, and you must take it for +granted that when we say something here we really mean it. And now we +tell you that this matter is an obstacle in our way. Personally, we +have not signed many receipts: it was the officers of lower rank who +signed the greater number, and it is these very officers who form the +majority of the national meeting at Vereeniging. In some instances, I +may add, special persons were appointed for the purpose of carrying out +this work." + +Lord Milner: "We do not take over the assets without taking also the +liabilities. We take over all the debts owed by the country before the +war, and we have even agreed to take over a debt--a legal debt--in the +shape of notes, which notes we are fully aware it only became necessary +to issue on account of the war, and thus we are already paying a part of +the cost incurred in fighting us. I think this is a very great +concession; and when I agreed that it should be put down I said that I +believed (and I still am of the same opinion) that the English +Government would take exception to it, although I hope that this will +not be the case. But to go further than this, and to ask us to pay not +only a debt contracted under a law for the furtherance of the war, but +also every debt contracted by every officer in the armies of both +Republics, for the purpose of fighting us, is to my mind a most +extravagant proposal. In answer to what General Botha has said, I may +observe that the Commission appears to think that we have no persons +behind us whose feelings and prejudices (if you use that word) we are +bound to take into consideration. If this matter causes a difficulty +among your burghers, I can only say that I am sure that your proposal +will cause the British Government the greatest trouble when dealing with +the nation, with whose feelings they have to reckon." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I should like to explain the position of the +Orange Free State. In the Transvaal a law was passed empowering the +Government to issue L1,000,000; but in the Orange Free State nothing was +done, as the Government possessed the right to pay with receipts, and we +thought that a receipt was as good and as legal as a note; and +therefore, from my point of view, the two are of equal importance." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I might point out that we should not insist +so much on the technical meaning of words--and this is especially true +for your side, because we have assembled here with the aim of stopping +the hostilities which cause you such great expenses every month; and our +meeting may be able to bring these expenses to an end. Therefore, if you +accept our proposal and pay these receipts, you might save almost enough +to cover the cost you incur. It would be much cheaper to make an end of +the war by co-operation than to let matters drift on. Therefore I +believe that it is the duty of both parties to be willing to make +concessions when obstacles appear." + +General de Wet: "I can assure His Excellency, Lord Milner, that the +people always believed that should everything be lost they still would +be able to obtain this money due on receipts. If this is not granted, I +cannot imagine what the results will be. I am afraid of the +consequences; and I trust that you will do your best to meet our +wishes." + +Commandant-General Botha: "It will not be a very large sum, but we +cannot give you the exact amount." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "You can well understand that our expenses +are only a drop in the ocean compared with yours. If I am right, the +Orange Free State had three quarters of a million when the war began, +and the issue of receipts only started when that sum was exhausted. Your +Excellencies must acknowledge that we have the same obligation of +creditor through these receipts as we should have in any other case." + +Commandant-General Botha: "You have already many of our notes in your +possession. In one case alone there were fifty thousand hidden away, and +found by you. I have stated privately to Lord Milner that what we are +now striving to obtain has already been granted to us _de facto_ by Lord +Kitchener. In Lord Kitchener's Middelburg proposal the paying of the +Government notes was refused, but there was a proviso that the receipts +should be paid to the amount of one million. Should this now be +withdrawn, surely such a withdrawal would form a deviation from the +Middelburg proposal. The paying of notes is legal, and is on quite +another footing, and I cannot understand how it could have been refused +in the Middelburg proposal. That it should be granted now is only +reasonable. But as regards the payment of receipts, although it was +allowed then up to a certain amount, it is now withdrawn. At this +present stage of the proceedings I think that a point which had already +been practically conceded in the previous negotiations should not be +allowed to form a stumbling-block to a final agreement. I believe that +the amount is only small; I was for one year in conjunction with De la +Rey in command of the forces of the South African Republic. During that +period of time an account was kept of all the receipts, and only a short +time back the books were still in our possession. These receipts were +issued in an orderly manner, and each of them was duly entered in a +book, as far as I was able to judge. These receipts amounted to quite a +small sum; and although Lord Milner would draw back if the sum was very +big, the question how far he will go can be settled when the proposal is +accepted. Yet I personally think that there are no grounds for fear, and +the amount is really far smaller than you imagine." + +Lord Milner: "I do not think it is so much a question of amount. This +paying of notes and requisition notes appears to me very unreasonable. I +believe that in this matter I am only voicing the opinion of the great +majority of the British nation when I say that my countrymen would much +prefer to pay a large sum at the conclusion of hostilities with the +object of bettering the condition of the people who have been fighting +against them than to pay a much smaller sum to meet the costs incurred +by the Republics during the war. Whether such a view is right or wrong, +it is a view you have to reckon with. We do not wish to pay the accounts +of both parties; and my opinion of the clause quoted from the Middelburg +proposal is that that clause was one of its faults. But should anything +of the kind become necessary, then I think that the paying of the notes +is less objectionable than the paying of the requisition notes. I placed +this point about the payment of notes in the draft because I thought +that if it came to a choice between paying one or the other you would +prefer that the notes should be paid. However, if it should be thought +better to return on this point to the Middelburg proposal, although I am +greatly against the clause, I will waive my objection to it if Lord +Kitchener is agreeable." + +General Smuts: "I am afraid that we cannot agree to this, for we thought +that the notes would be beyond all dispute." + +Judge Hertzog: "I do not think that your Excellency is representing the +matter fairly when you say that you will not pay the bills of both +parties. There is one thing to be taken into consideration as regards +the Orange Free State, and which must be considered before everything +else, and that is, that we have made no loans nor have we given any +government notes. The notes we used were notes of the South African +Republic, which had been sent to the Orange Free State. Our law was +formed on the idea that in case of war all the costs should be paid by +commission notes. The Orange Free State acted on this principle, and +receipts were issued. If we take into consideration at the same time +that we have been and still are recognized by you as belligerent, then +we can only say: On our side we surrender everything that we possess, +and we only ask the other party to acknowledge the fact that if we had +contracted a loan it would have been to the charge of the British +Government, who, in taking everything from us, renders itself +responsible for our public loans. Lord Milner should understand that it +is of just as much importance to us for the receipts to be paid as it is +to the South African Republic for the loan, which it contracted before +the war, to be taken over by the British Government. But I can even go +further and give Lord Milner the assurance that we have acted more +economically when issuing these receipts than we should have done had we +contracted the loan previous to the war. Now we have only what is +absolutely necessary to meet our present needs. So that Lord Milner must +own that we find ourselves in the same position towards those who are in +possession of receipts, as we should have occupied towards any other +creditor we might have had before the war began. I must give my support +to what the Commandant-General has said; and I can only repeat what I +have already informally told Lord Milner, namely, that this difficulty +is almost insurmountable." + +Lord Milner: "We can refer this to our Government. But your proposal is +altogether antagonistic to the Middelburg proposal, which absolutely +rejected the idea of taking over all the debts of the two States." + +Lord Kitchener: "I should like to know the amount." + +General De la Rey: "My issue of notes amounts to between twenty and +fifty thousand pounds; but I cannot say what the issue in receipt has +been." + +Lord Milner: "There really is a feasible compromise, namely, to allow +the notes and receipts to come in and to establish the suggested limit +of L1,000,000." + +Lord Kitchener: "Would that meet your difficulty?" + +Commandant-General Botha: "No." + +Lord Kitchener: "Well, would two or three million be sufficient? We must +have a limit before we can do anything." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "It is impossible to stipulate the amount." + +Lord Kitchener: "If you were in a position to give a limit, it would +simplify matters." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I agree with that entirely, and I can quite +understand the position in which you are placed. Yet it is absolutely +impossible to assign an amount. Will you give us your permission to +adjourn for a moment in order to discuss the matter?" + +The meeting was then adjourned. It reassembled at 2.30 p.m. + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "We have agreed to fix on a sum of L3,000,000 +for the government notes and receipts; their amount paid _pro rata_ can +be lowered should this sum prove insufficient. We have drawn up an +article to lay before the meeting." + +General Smuts then read a draft which was inserted at the end of Article +11 in the draft agreement. + +In answer to a question by Lord Kitchener, Commander-in-Chief de Wet +said: "The prisoners of war on the different islands who are in +possession of such notes should be given an opportunity of sending them +in for payment." + +Lord Milner: "What is the next point you wish to raise? We now +understand what your position is." + +Commandant-General Botha: "Am I to understand that you mean that we are +getting away from the point in discussion?" + +Lord Milner: "This document contains your view of the matter, so we are +now aware of your idea." + +Commandant-General Botha: "We must know what to say to the delegates." + +Lord Kitchener: "Is this the only point you wish to bring forward, or +are there others in addition?" + +Commandant-General Botha: "There is another concerning the protection of +debtors, which is a vital question for us." + +Lord Milner: "We must not have any beating about the bush. Everything +must appear in the document." + +General Smuts: "Most of the debts contracted before the war will have to +be paid after the war; and if the debtors cannot pay we are afraid that +it will result in the ruin of a great part of the inhabitants. We should +like to see steps taken to prevent this. If Lord Milner intends to take +such steps, we should like to be informed what they are." + +Lord Milner: "I think it would be best if you were to make a proposal on +this point." + +General Smuts: "Our proposal is roughly that all interest which became +payable during the war should be joined to the principal, and that this +should be payable six months after the war." + +Lord Kitchener: "Is it necessary to make a proposal about this?" + +General Smuts: "If the Government is prepared to meet us in this +difficulty it will be unnecessary to place a formal clause in the draft +agreement." + +Lord Milner: "As I look at the matter, the Government is making certain +promises in this document, and I consider that all promises to which a +reference may be made later should appear in it. Everything to which the +Government is asked to bind itself should appear in this document, and +nothing else. I do not object to clauses being added, but I wish to +prevent any possible misunderstanding." + +General Smuts: "Well, in that case we are quite willing to propose such +a paragraph." + +Commandant-General Botha: "We waive this question, so that early +measures may be taken to arrive at an understanding. In case a great +number of the inhabitants become subjects of His Majesty, it is to every +one's interest, and principally to that of the Government, that these +people should not be ruined. They will be thrown upon the mercy of a +Government, whose duty it is to study their interests. If steps are not +taken to prevent it, speculators who have been buying up the liabilities +will, as soon as peace is concluded, enforce them, and directly the +Courts of Justice are opened they will issue summonses. Against this we +have to be on our guard." + +Lord Milner: "I agree with the Commandant-General. I think that as these +people become subjects of His Majesty, then some provision will have to +be made for them. But I believe it to be neither necessary nor advisable +to point out in every particular case the way in which His Majesty's +Government has to provide for these people. I think that an idea +exists--perhaps it is a very natural idea--because we have been fighting +against the burghers that, therefore, after peace has been concluded we +shall still retain a feeling of enmity against them. Just the opposite, +however, is the truth. Our endeavour will naturally be, from the moment +hostilities cease, to gain the confidence of the people and to do our +best to promote their welfare. But if we have to bind ourselves +beforehand in regard to the manner in which we shall deal with all sorts +of involved legal questions, further misunderstandings are certain to +occur. If you have not confidence in us--that we shall try to be a +righteous Government, and to maintain the balance between the different +classes of His Majesty's subjects--then you must put in writing every +point that strikes you, and let them be laid before His Majesty's +Government, to see what they think about them." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I trust that you will not think that we are +trying to tie the hands of His Majesty's Government. There are many +other points which will give the Government opportunity to win the +confidence of the people. But about things which concern the financial +position of burghers who are entirely ruined we feel it our duty to +obtain definite promises. They will be a weapon in our hands when we +return to the delegates." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I do not quite understand, Lord Milner. I did +not interpret Mr. Chamberlain's telegram in the sense that we had to +present new proposals in order to bind our hands further. I thought that +proposals were to be made with a view to establishing peace." + +Lord Kitchener: "I do not think that it is altogether necessary to +include this proposal in the document. It concerns the very involved +legal questions as to what the rights of creditor and debtor shall be, +and as to what the law in the Transvaal may be on the matter. I think +that every one can rest assured that the interests of the Boers will be +protected by the Government in every way; and this, whether the point is +put down now or left in the hands of the Government with the +recommendation from this Commission to take the matter into serious +consideration. + +"I think that I know of a better way to deal with this involved +question. Let this matter be brought under the consideration of the +Government. I may be mistaken, but, as far as I can see, it will prove a +very thorny question for the lawyers, and will take a long time before +it can be clearly stated. It is, however, the wish of us all that you +should return to the delegates equipped in such a way that you will be +able to arrive at a decision. You may rest assured that the matter which +you have brought before us has been included in the minutes of this +meeting. I do not think that it is necessary for you to go further than +this. The matter can now be carefully considered, not only here, but +also in England; and you may be quite sure that your interests will +receive, in every way, full consideration." + +General De la Rey: "I think that the matter has been sufficiently +discussed in the presence of your Excellencies, and that it need not be +placed in the draft contract, for by so doing one might stumble on legal +questions." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "This is my point of view: There are two +parties, and one of them is about to cease to exist. It is, therefore, +natural that this party cannot allow a vital question to pass unnoticed. +It is for this reason that I cannot agree that this matter should be +omitted from the draft contract. It will not be necessary that the +military Government which now exists should continue after the war." + +Lord Kitchener: "But the question will have to be settled by the Civil +Government. It is a matter for lawyers, and must be laid before them, +and will require much consideration." + +Commandant-General Botha: "When hostilities are concluded it will be +possible to summon a burgher for a debt contracted before the war. I put +this request because our law states that no burgher can be summoned till +sixty days have elapsed since the conclusion of peace." + +Lord Kitchener: "You may entirely rely upon this, that whenever the war +is over each burgher will have the absolute right to obtain +consideration for his position in every way, and that his interests will +be protected under the new as under the old regime." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I understand that perfectly. But the +possibility exists that syndicates may be formed to buy up all the +debts, and the people may be ruined before a single burgher is in the +position to earn anything or to have his position restored." + +Lord Kitchener: "I quite agree with what the Commandant-General has +said, and he is quite right to bring the question up. Yet I do not think +that the draft contract is the best place in which to bring it forward. +Once peace is a fact, then it will be the duty of every one to draw the +attention of the Government to what is required to aid the nation; but +to bring up difficulties at the present moment, and to attempt to right +them, seems to be an endless task, and one for which this document was +not destined." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I am of opinion that this is a matter which +should be settled by a proclamation; but I want to have as many weapons +as possible in my hands when I return to the national delegates, and one +of the first questions that will be asked me is this, 'What guarantee do +we possess that we shall not be ruined by our creditors?' It would not +be much trouble to you to give us now a draft of the proclamation which +would be issued as soon as peace is concluded." + +Lord Kitchener: "But this would be something quite apart from the matter +under discussion." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "Yes." + +Lord Milner: "What is the good then?" + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "It is such a vital question for us that you +cannot take it amiss if we insist upon it, for we have to give up +everything." + +Lord Kitchener: "Of course, no one is blaming you." + +Lord Milner: "But without any thought of blame, I must point out that +the effect of their proposal would be that another clause would have to +be inserted in the draft contract, undertaking that such a proclamation +would be issued." + +Lord Kitchener: "I think that as long as the delegates receive an +assurance that the Government will take this matter into consideration, +in the interests of their subjects, whom they are bound to protect, that +such an assurance ought to suffice. There should be no written +undertaking, but only a promise that the matter shall receive attention. +It is not advisable after the subject has been brought before the +Government to press the matter further. The feelings of the burghers, +moreover, in other ways than this, will be brought before Lord Milner." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "If we wished to do so, we could insist upon +many other little points, but we only bring up vital questions." + +Lord Kitchener: "This is one of the questions which, when once brought +under the consideration of the Government cannot be put aside; and you +may tell the burghers that their interests will be protected as fully as +is possible. I think that, in so complicated a matter, this ought to be +sufficient for them. All that is debated here is recorded in the +minutes, and these minutes will be considered not only here, but also in +England. Are you satisfied with this?" + +Commandant-General Botha: "Yes, so far as I am concerned." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "I also am satisfied." + +Lord Milner: "I hope it is quite understood that if the matter is +allowed to remain where it is, my Government will be under no obligation +to treat the matter in any particular way." + +Lord Kitchener: "But there is a pledge that the matter will be properly +considered." + +Lord Milner: "Yes, naturally; if we put anything down in writing. I am +convinced that it is necessary to make it quite clear that this document +must contain everything about which there is anything in the form of a +pledge." + +Lord Kitchener: "There is, then, a pledge that the point upon which you +have touched will be considered in your interests." + +General Smuts: "There still remains the question of the payment of +receipts." + +Lord Kitchener: "That will be placed before the Government. The sum is +an essential point; I believe the amount to be considerable. I should +now like to know that it is understood that we are agreed about all +these draft proposals, including your amendments, and that there are no +further questions to be brought forward--it is necessary to know this, +as they would have to be telegraphed to England." + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "We have no further points to raise." + +Lord Milner: "The telegram that I shall despatch is as follows: + + 'The Commission is prepared to lay before their burgher meeting the + following document (in the event of it being sanctioned by His + Majesty's Government), and to ask of the meeting a "Yes" or "No."' + +"Is that satisfactory?" + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet: "Yes, naturally. Only I cannot say that this +document has my approval. Yet I shall be content to abide by the +decision of the delegates." + +Judge Hertzog: "I should not like to think that we are bound to use our +influence with the delegates." + +Lord Milner: "I think that is understood. I understand that the members +of the Commission are not bound in respect of the opinions they may +express before the burghers. They are only bound, if the British +Government approves of the document, to lay it before the people. I +propose to send the following telegram: + + 'The Commission is prepared to lay the following document before + the burgher meeting at Vereeniging, for a "Yes" or "No" vote, in + the event of His Majesty's Government approving of it.' + +"I want also to state that we have completely deviated from the +Middelburg proposal. I believe everyone is fully aware that the +Middelburg proposal has been annulled altogether. Should an agreement be +arranged in conformity with this document, and signed, then no attempt +must be made to explain the document, or its terms, by anything in the +Middelburg proposal." + +The meeting was now adjourned. + + +WEDNESDAY, MAY 28TH, 1902. + +The Commission met Lord Kitchener and Lord Milner at eleven o'clock with +the purpose of hearing the British Government's answer to the draft +proposal sent by their Lordships. + +Lord Milner read the following memorandum: + +"In answer to the telegram composed at our last meeting with the consent +of the Commission and of which the members have received a copy, the +following message has been received from His Majesty's Government:-- + +'His Majesty's Government sanctions the laying before the meeting for a +"Yes" or "No" vote the document drawn up by the Commission and sent by +Lord Kitchener on the 21st May to the Secretary of War, with the +following amendments: + +'The final proposal made by the British Government, on which the +national representatives at Vereeniging have to answer "Yes" or "No." + +'General Lord Kitchener of Khartoum, Commander-in-Chief, and His +Excellency Lord Milner, High Commissioner, on behalf of the British +Government; + +'Messrs. S.W. Burger, F.W. Reitz, Louis Botha, J.H. De la Rey, L.J. +Meijer, and J.C. Krogh on behalf of the Government of the South African +Republic and its burghers; + +'Messrs. M.T. Steyn, W.J.C. Brebner, C.R. de Wet, J.B.M. Hertzog, and +C.H. Olivier on behalf of the Government of the Orange Free State and +its burghers, being anxious to put an end to the existing hostilities, +agree on the following points: + +'Firstly, the burgher forces now in the Veldt shall at once lay down +their arms, and surrender all the guns, small arms, and war stores in +their actual possession, or of which they have cognizance, and shall +abstain from any further opposition to the authority of His Majesty King +Edward VII., whom they acknowledge as their lawful sovereign. + +'The manner and details of this surrender shall be arranged by Lord +Kitchener, Commandant-General Botha, Assistant-Commandant-General J.H. +De la Rey, and Commander-in-Chief de Wet. + +'Secondly, burghers in the Veldt beyond the frontiers of the Transvaal +and of the Orange River Colony, and all prisoners of war who are out of +South Africa, who are burghers, shall, on their declaration that they +accept the status of subjects of His Majesty King Edward VII., be +brought back to their homes, as soon as transport and means of +subsistence can be assured. + +'Thirdly, the burghers who thus surrender, or who thus return, shall +lose neither their personal freedom nor their property. + +'Fourthly, no judicial proceedings, civil or criminal, shall be taken +against any of the burghers who thus return for any action in connexion +with the carrying on of the war. The benefit of this clause shall, +however, not extend to certain deeds antagonistic to the usages of +warfare, which have been communicated by the Commander-in-Chief to the +Boer Generals, and which shall be heard before a court martial +immediately after the cessation of hostilities. + +'Fifthly, the Dutch language shall be taught in the public schools of +the Transvaal and of the Orange River Colony when the parents of +children demand it; and shall be admitted in the Courts of Justice, +whenever this is required for the better and more effective +administration of justice. + +'Sixthly, the possession of rifles shall, on taking out a licence in +accordance with the law, be permitted in the Transvaal and the Orange +River Colony to persons who require them for their protection. + +'Seventhly, military administration in the Transvaal and in the Orange +River Colony shall, as soon as it is possible, be followed by civil +government; and, as soon as circumstances permit it, a representative +system tending towards autonomy shall be introduced. + +'Eighthly, the question of granting a franchise to the native shall not +be decided until a representative constitution has been granted. + +'Ninthly, no special tax shall be laid on landed property in the +Transvaal and Orange River Colony, to meet the expenses of the war. + +'Tenthly, as soon as circumstances permit there shall be appointed in +each district in the Transvaal and the Orange River Colony a Commission, +in which the inhabitants of that district shall be represented, under +the chairmanship of a magistrate or other official, with the view to +assist in the bringing back of the people to their farms, and in +procuring for those who, on account of losses in the war are unable to +provide for themselves, food, shelter, and such quantities of seed, +cattle, implements, etc., as are necessary for the resuming of their +previous callings. + +'His Majesty's Government shall place at the disposal of these +Commissions the sum of L3,000,000 for the above-mentioned purposes, and +shall allow that all notes issued in conformity with Law No. 1, 1900, of +the Government of the South African Republic, and all receipts given by +the officers in the Veldt of the late Republics, or by their order, may +be presented to a judicial Commission by the Government, and in case +such notes and receipts are found by this Commission to have been duly +issued for consideration in value, then they shall be accepted by the +said Commission as proof of war losses, suffered by the persons to whom +they had originally been given. In addition to the above-named free gift +of L3,000,000, His Majesty's Government will be prepared to grant +advances, in the shape of loans, for the same ends, free of interest for +two years, and afterwards repayable over a period of years with three +per cent. interest. No foreigner or rebel shall be entitled to benefit +by this clause.' + +Lord Milner: "In making this communication to the Commission we are +instructed to add that if this opportunity of concluding an honourable +peace is not taken advantage of within a time to be fixed by us, then +this conference shall be regarded as closed, and His Majesty's +Government shall not be bound in any way by the present terms. I have, +in order that there may be no mistake about these terms, made a copy of +the documents and of Lord Kitchener's telegram, also of the amendments +and additions determined on by His Majesty's Government, and of the +memorandum to which I have just drawn your attention." + +A debate now followed on the time that should be allowed for the +discussion of the proposals at Vereeniging, and it was agreed that +Commandant-General Botha should propose a term that very day before the +Commission left Pretoria. + +It was subsequently settled that the delegates must arrive at a decision +before Saturday evening, May 31st. + +General Botha asked if there were any objection to the delegates erasing +any paragraph of the proposal sent by the British Government. + +Lord Milner: "There must be no alteration. Only 'Yes' or 'No' is to be +answered." + +Commandant-General Botha: "I think that the burghers have the right to +erase any article they may wish, for they have the right to surrender +unconditionally." + +Lord Milner replied that the burghers certainly had the power to do so, +but the document of the British Government could not be changed. + +There now followed an informal discussion about the colonists who had +been fighting on the side of the Republics. + +Lord Milner communicated what the British Government's intentions were +with regard to these colonists; and read the following document:-- + +"His Majesty's Government has to formally place on record that the +colonists of Natal and the Cape Colony who have been engaged in fighting +and who now surrender shall, on their return, be dealt with by the +Colonial Governments in accordance with the laws of the Colonies, and +that all British subjects who have joined the enemy shall be liable to +be tried under the law of that part of the British Empire to which they +belong. + +"His Majesty's Government has received from the Government of Cape +Colony a statement of their opinion as regards the terms to be offered +to British subjects of the Cape Colony who are still in the Veldt or who +have surrendered since April 12th, 1901. The terms are as follows:--In +regard to the burghers, they all, on their surrender, after having laid +down their arms, shall sign a document before a resident magistrate of +the district in which their surrender has taken place, in which document +they shall declare themselves guilty of high treason; and their +punishment, in the event of their not having been guilty of murder, or +of other deeds in contradiction to the customs of civilized warfare, +shall be that for the rest of their lives they shall not be registered +as voters, nor shall they be able to vote in Parliamentary, district, or +municipal elections. As regards justices and veldtcornets of the Cape +Colony, and all other persons who had occupied official positions under +the Government of Cape Colony, and all who held the rank of commandant +in the rebel or burgher forces, they shall be brought on the charge of +high treason before the ordinary Courts of the country, or before such +special Courts as later on may legally be constituted. The punishment +for their misdeeds shall be left to the discretion of the Court, with +this reservation, that in no case shall capital punishment be inflicted. + +"The Government of Natal is of opinion that the rebels should be judged +by the laws of the Colony." + +The meeting now adjourned. + +The secretaries and Messrs. de Wet and J. Ferreira, with the help of +lawyers, set themselves the task of making copies of the proposal of the +British Government for the use of the national representatives at +Vereeniging. This work kept them engaged until the evening. + +At seven o'clock the Commission left Pretoria and returned to +Vereeniging. + + +THE MIDDELBURG PROPOSAL. + + LORD KITCHENER TO COMMANDANT-GENERAL BOTHA. + + PRETORIA, _March 7, 1901_. + + YOUR HONOUR,-- + + With reference to our conversation at Middelburg on the 28th + February, I have the honour to inform you that, in the event of a + general and complete cessation of hostilities, and the surrender of + all rifles, ammunition, cannon and other munitions of war in the + hands of the burghers, or in Government depots, or elsewhere, His + Majesty's Government is prepared to adopt the following measures. + + His Majesty's Government will at once grant an amnesty in the + Transvaal and Orange River Colony for all _bona fide_ acts of war + committed during the recent hostilities. British subjects belonging + to Natal and Cape Colony, while they will not be compelled to + return to those Colonies, will, if they do so, be liable to be + dealt with by the laws of those Colonies specially passed to meet + the circumstances arising out of the present war. As you are + doubtless aware, the special law in the Cape Colony has greatly + mitigated the ordinary penalties for high treason in the present + case. + + All prisoners of war, now in St. Helena, Ceylon, or elsewhere, + being burghers or colonists, will, on the completion of the + surrender, be brought back to their country as quickly as + arrangements can be made for their transport. + + At the earliest practicable date military administration will + cease, and will be replaced by civil administration in the form of + Crown Colony Government. There will, therefore, be, in the first + instance, in each of the new Colonies, a Governor and an Executive + Council, composed of the principal officials, with a Legislative + Council consisting of a certain number of official members to whom + a nominated unofficial element will be added. But it is the desire + of His Majesty's Government, as soon as circumstances permit, to + introduce a representative element, and ultimately to concede to + the new Colonies the privilege of self-government. Moreover, on the + cessation of hostilities, a High Court will be established in each + of the new Colonies to administer the laws of the land, and this + Court will be independent of the Executive. + + Church property, public trusts, and orphan funds will be + respected. + + Both the English and Dutch languages will be used and taught in + public schools when the parents of the children desire it, and + allowed in Courts of Law. + + As regards the debts of the late Republican Governments, His + Majesty's Government cannot undertake any liability. It is, + however, prepared, as an act of grace, to set aside a sum not + exceeding one million pounds sterling to repay inhabitants of the + Transvaal and Orange River Colony for goods requisitioned from them + by the late Republican Governments, or subsequent to annexation, by + Commandants in the field being in a position to enforce such + requisitions. But such claims will have to be established to the + satisfaction of a Judge or Judicial Commission, appointed by the + Government, to investigate and assess them, and, if exceeding in + the aggregate one million pounds, they will be liable to reduction + _pro rata_. + + I also beg to inform Your Honour that the new Government will take + into immediate consideration the possibility of assisting by loan + the occupants of farms, who will take the oath of allegiance, to + repair any injuries sustained by destruction of buildings or loss + of stock during the war, and that no special war tax will be + imposed upon farms to defray the expense of the war. + + When burghers require the protection of firearms, such will be + allowed to them by licence, and on due registration, provided they + take the oath of allegiance. Licences will also be issued for + sporting rifles, guns, etc., but military firearms will only be + allowed for purposes of protection. + + As regards the extension of the franchise to Kaffirs in the + Transvaal and Orange River Colony, it is not the intention of His + Majesty's Government to give such franchise before representative + Government is granted to those Colonies, and if then given it will + be so limited as to secure the just predominance of the white race. + The legal position of coloured persons will, however, be similar to + that which they hold in the Cape Colony. + + In conclusion I must inform Your Honour that, if the terms now + offered are not accepted after a reasonable delay for consideration + they must be regarded as cancelled. + + I have, etc., + KITCHENER, GENERAL, + Commander-in-Chief British Forces, South Africa. + To His Honour, Commandant-General Louis Botha. + + + + +Appendix C + +MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE SPECIAL NATIONAL REPRESENTATIVES AT +VEREENIGING, SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC, THURSDAY, THE 29TH OF MAY, 1902, +AND THE FOLLOWING DAYS + + +MAY 29TH, 1902. + +The Rev. J.D. Kestell having offered prayer, the Chairman requested +Vice-President Burger to address the meeting. + +Vice-President Burger said that the documents laid before the +Governments by the Commission would now be read to the meeting. +Thereupon Mr. D. Van Velden read the following letter: + + REPORT OF THE COMMISSION. + + PRETORIA, _28th May_, 1902. + + _To the Governments of the Orange Free State and the South African + Republic:_ + + HONBLE. GENTLEMEN,-- + + In accordance with instructions received from you, we went to + Pretoria in order to negotiate with the British authorities on the + question of peace. We have the honour to make the following report: + + The meetings lasted from Monday, May 19th, to Wednesday, May 28th, + its prolongation having been principally caused by the length of + time taken up by the cable correspondence with the British + Government. + + We first handed in a proposal (annexed under A)[113] in which we + attempted to negotiate on the basis of a limited independence with + surrender of part of our territory. Lords Kitchener and Milner + refused emphatically to negotiate on this basis, and expressed the + opinion that to cable this proposal to the British Government would + be detrimental to the objects of these negotiations. They told us + they had already informed the two Governments that the British + Government would only negotiate on the basis of an amended form of + the Middelburg proposal. In order finally to formulate this + proposal, Lord Milner asked the assistance of some members of the + Commission; and this was granted, on the understanding that the + assistance of these members of the Commission should be given + without prejudice to themselves. + + As the result of the deliberations of this sub-committee, Lord + Milner produced a draft proposal, in which we insisted that a fresh + clause (No. 11) should be inserted; and this was done. This draft + proposal (annexed under B)[114] was then cabled to the British + Government, revised by them, and then communicated to us in its + final shape (annexed under B).[115] We were informed by the British + Government that no further revision of this proposal would be + allowed, but that it must now be either accepted or rejected in its + entirety by the delegates of the two Republics; and that this + acceptance or rejection must take place within a stipulated time. + We then told Lord Kitchener that he should know our final decision + by the evening of the next Saturday at latest. + + During our formal negotiations certain informal conversations took + place in reference to the British subjects (in Cape Colony and + Natal) who have been fighting on our side. As a result of these + informal conversations a communication from the British Government + was imparted to us (annexed under B).[116] + + We have the honour to remain, etc., + + LOUIS BOTHA. + J.H. DE LA REY. + C.R. DE WET. + J.B.M. HERTZOG. + J.D. SMUTS. + +Vice-President Burger said that the delegates must proceed to discuss +this document, and that they would then be asked to decide--firstly, +whether the struggle should be continued; secondly, whether the proposal +of the British Government should be accepted; and, thirdly, whether they +were prepared to surrender unconditionally. + +It was decided that minutes of the meeting should be kept, and the +delegates then proceeded to discuss the different articles of the +British Government's proposal. The whole of the morning and a part of +the afternoon sitting were devoted to questions dealing with the meaning +of the several clauses, the members of the Commission answering to the +best of their ability. + +After these questions had been disposed of, Mr. De Clercq rose to speak. +He said that he had already given his own opinion, but that now it was +for the whole meeting to decide whether they would give up the war, and, +if they resolved to do so, whether they would accept the proposal +unconditionally. As to the proposal, it could not be denied that it did +not give all that they themselves desired, but _that_ could not have +been expected. Should they now return to their commandos and be asked by +their burghers what they had effected, they would have to reply, +"Nothing." How would they be able to meet their burghers with such an +answer as that? It would therefore be better to get terms from the +British Government; and by doing so they would also gratify the British +nation. As for himself, he was for accepting the proposal, unless it +could be proved to him that unconditional surrender would be a still +better course to take. + +General Nieuwouwdt then proposed that the meeting should, without +further delay, proceed to vote whether the war should be terminated, and +whether the terms offered to them should be accepted. + +General Froneman seconded this proposal. + +Mr. Birkenstock (Vrijheid) felt that this was too important a matter to +be treated with such haste. A decision about such a document as the one +now lying before the meeting could not be come to in a moment. The +delegates would hardly agree with the last speaker in his opinion that +they should at once proceed to vote whether the war should or should not +be continued. Time was required before coming to such a decision. +Moreover it had to be proved whether it were possible to continue the +war. There were some districts where it certainly could no longer be +carried on. Was it possible for one part of the nation to continue +fighting without the other? Then there was the question whether their +resources and the troops which they still had were sufficient to justify +them in prolonging the struggle. If they were insufficient the war must +be discontinued and terms must be accepted. It would not be an easy +thing to do; one could not, with a light heart, give up the independence +of their country; but half a loaf was better than no bread,[117] and +even such a sacrifice as this might be necessary if the nation was to be +saved. + +Commandant Jacobsz (Harrismith) was at one with the last speaker in +holding that they must not be in too great a hurry to vote on the +proposal. + +Mr. P.R. Viljoen (Heidelberg) felt that the proposal of the British +Government would so tightly bind them that they would never again be +free. They were _knee-haltered_[118] now, but under certain +circumstances they might even be _hobbled_.[119] + +He considered that the meeting should ask the Governments to stop the +war. + +General Du Toit (Wolmaransstad) said that the times through which they +were passing were very critical; every one ought to say exactly what he +thought, and no one ought to be condemned for doing so. A delegate who +should say that the war could not be continued must not be considered +disloyal to his country because he did so. As regarded the three +questions before the meeting, according to the opinion of his burghers +the war ought to be continued. The views of his burghers when he left +the commandos had been clearly expressed. "Let us retain our +independence, or go on fighting," they had said. But why were they of +this mind? Because they were unaware how matters stood in other +districts. The eyes of the delegates, however, while directed towards +God, were also able to observe the condition of the eastern parts of +their country. If the burghers in those parts could not hold out, it +would be impossible for the other commandos to do so. It could not be +denied that some of the commandos were no longer able to continue +fighting. That being the case, even if there were a majority in favour +of prolonging the struggle, that majority would have to yield to the +wishes of the minority, and for this reason: if the war were to be +continued in conformity with the wishes of the majority, and if the +minority were to be compelled to surrender (and nobody would be +surprised at this), then the majority would find themselves too weak to +go on fighting. Thus there were clear reasons why the war must be ended. +Moreover, its continuation would involve not only the _national_ but +also the _moral_ death of the Republics. But it was still to be proved +that a continuation of the war was even possible; for himself he feared +that it was not so, and if fight he must he could only fight without +hope and without heart. If he were now to go back to his burghers, and +they were to ask him why he persisted in the war, and he was compelled +to reply that he was doing so on the strength of opinions expressed in +newspapers, and on the encouragement given to the cause of the Republics +in their pages, he would be told that he was building on sand. Again, he +feared that if the war were to be continued, detached parties would be +formed which would try to obtain terms from the English for themselves. +And should the commandos in time become so weak as to be forced to +surrender unconditionally, what then would be the fate of the officers? +Would they not lose everything, and be banished into the bargain? Let no +one think, however, that he was trying merely to do what was best for +himself. No. There was now a chance for negotiating; should the meeting +let slip that chance, unconditional surrender would most certainly +result, and that would be disastrous to all. He hoped that he would not +be misunderstood; if the meeting decided to go on with the war, he, for +one, would not lay down his arms. No, he would actively prosecute the +war, and operate in conjunction with the other generals. But what would +be the use of it: he sided with those who held that the struggle could +no longer be carried on. + +Commandant Rheeder (Rouxville) wished to reply to those who demanded +reasons for the continuation of the war. One reason, he said, was to be +found in the fact that England would not allow them to have any +communication with the deputation in Europe; that meant that something +advantageous to us was being held back. Another was the consideration of +what their descendants in time to come would say. "How is it," they +would ask, "that we are not now free men? There were a large number of +burghers in the veldt to continue the war--what has become of our +independence?" And what answer shall we be able to make?--we whose +courage failed us before such tremendous odds, and who laid down our +arms when victory was still possible? The speaker would only be +satisfied if the meeting were unanimous for stopping the war, not +otherwise. He thought of the families. How would the delegates face +their families on their return, after the sacrifice of independence? He +considered that the commandos should leave those districts where +resistance was no longer possible and go to others. If to discontinue +the war meant to surrender independence, then the war must not be +discontinued. + +Vice-President Burger said that he had not heard from the last speaker +any reasons whatsoever for continuing the war. + +Commandant Rheeder then remarked that if they wanted to surrender their +country they should have done so earlier, when the burghers were not +entirely destitute. But now nothing was left to them. As to the +narrowness of the field of operations, there was still room enough to +fight. + +Commandant P.L. Uijs (Pretoria) referred to the frequent allusion which +had been made to their European deputation. That deputation was now in +Holland, and must know if anything was going on there to the advantage +of the Republics. If there were any hopeful signs there, their comrades +would certainly have informed them. They had not done so, and therefore +the meeting should dismiss this subject from its thoughts. + +The meeting then adjourned until 7.15 p.m. + +Upon reassembling, Commandant Cronje (Winburg) said that he would not +detain the meeting for long; he only wished to say a very few words. It +had been rightly said that they were passing through a momentous period +of their history. To his mind the present was _the_ critical epoch in +the existence of the African nation, whose destinies they had now to +decide. Delegates were asking what hopes they could now entertain. But +what grounds for hope were there when the war began? In his opinion +there were none. It was only that men believed then that Right was +Might, and put their trust in God. And God had helped them. When the +enemy had entered their country everything was dark. There had been a +day on which more than four thousand men had surrendered. Then, even as +now, they had been without hope. Then, even as now, those who wanted to +continue the war had been told that they were mad. That had been some +two years ago, and yet the war was still going on. Then, even as now, +there had been no food, and yet they had managed to live. The delegates +represented a free people; let them not take a step of which they would +afterwards repent. As regarded intervention, he had often said that one +could not rely on it. But they _could_ rely on God. When he returned to +his burghers, and was questioned as to his reason for the course of +action which he had advocated, he hoped to be able to answer, "Belief in +God." There had always been times when there was no food, and yet they +had always managed to live. A deputation had been officially sent to +Europe, and was now there to represent their interests. Had the meeting +lost its confidence in that deputation? Did it not realize that if the +case of the Republic was hopeless in Europe the deputation would send +word to that effect? It had been said that by continuing the war they +would be exterminating the nation. He did not believe this. The way to +exterminate the nation was to accept the British proposal. To go on with +the war was their only policy, and it was a very good policy. The +deputation had claimed that their advice should be taken before any +negotiations were attempted. What right, then, had the delegates to give +up the war on the basis of the proposal now before them? To do so was to +give the death blow to their national existence; later on they would +have cause to rue it. Moreover, the proposal did not safeguard the +interests of their brethren in Cape Colony. Again, landed property +belonging to burghers had already been sold, and in all probability +these burghers would never see any of the proceeds. The sum (L3,000,000) +which the proposal offered to compensate for all damages, was not +sufficient to cover damage already done. For these and other reasons the +proposal could not be accepted. No other course was open to them except +to reject the proposal and to continue hostilities. + +General Froneman (Ladybrand) agreed with the last speaker. He loved his +country, and could not think of surrendering it. The reasons which had +induced them to begin the war were still in force. He had been through +the whole campaign, and saw stronger reasons now than ever before for +the continuing of the war. His districts, like those of others, were +exhausted, and yet his burghers remained in the veldt. He had been +present at the surrender of the four thousand; he had seen General +Cronje give up his sword. Those had been dark days, but the struggle +still went on; they could still keep on their legs. It had been God's +will that this war should take place. Prayers had been offered that it +might be averted, but God had ruled it otherwise. Therefore they must +carry the war through, and never think of surrender. They were +Republicans. What would it be to have to give up that name for ever? He +had consulted his burghers and their women-folk; he had asked them, +"What conditions of peace will you accept?" They had answered, "No peace +at all, if it means any loss of independence." And so, before he could +vote for peace, he would have again to take the opinion of his burghers. + +Veldtcornet B.H. Breijtenbach (Utrecht) urged that a definite yes or no +must be given to the question, Is the war to continue? The general +condition of the country had been laid before the meeting, and it had +been clearly shown that its condition made the carrying on of the war +impossible. One could not escape from that fact. Why then should they +argue any longer? What reason had they for wishing to prolong this +struggle? They surely would not do so blindfold. Unless good reasons +could be alleged for continuing it, the war would have to be stopped. As +those good reasons were not forthcoming, he would vote with those who +were for peace. To continue the war would be a crime. Some of the last +few speakers had stated that there had been no sufficient reasons for +commencing the war. That might be true. They might have been +over-confident then. Be that as it might, they certainly had lost so +much ground since then that they must now give up the struggle. This was +his irrevocable opinion. It had been clearly shown that fourteen +commandos were unable to continue in the veldt. This made peace a +necessity, for what was to be gained by continuing a struggle without a +proper army. The war might last a few months longer, but it must end +then--and end in disaster. + +Commandant W.J. Viljoen (Witwatersrand) said that some speakers were for +and others against the continuation of hostilities. The first were +guided by faith alone; the second had brought forward definite grounds +for their opinion. A year ago both parties had been inspired by faith, +but what had been the result? He would be glad enough to be convinced, +but those who wished to continue the war must show grounds for such a +line of action. + +General De la Rey would only say a few words. He had received definite +instructions before he went to his burghers neither to encourage nor +discourage them, whatever they might say at their meetings. He had +strictly observed these instructions, and had never attempted to +influence them. There were present among the delegates nine men (one +being from Cape Colony) who represented his burghers, and who would +testify as to their state of mind and temper; he need not therefore say +anything. The delegates could bear witness how full of courage the men +were. Nevertheless, the war could not be continued. Say or do what they +would at that meeting, the war must cease. Some had talked about faith. +But what was faith? True faith consisted in saying, "Lord, Thy will, not +mine, be done." They must bow before the will of God. The delegates, he +continued, must choose one of the three courses which were open to them. +It would be a great calamity if they were to decide to surrender +unconditionally. Had it been necessary to do so it should have been done +while they still possessed something. Should they then continue the war? +But the question as to what would become of the people under those +circumstances must be faced--to continue fighting would be the ruin of +the nation. The delegates might go away determined to fight, but the +burghers would lay down their arms, and the state of affairs which would +thus ensue would not redound to their honour. But the British Government +offered guarantees; it would help the nation so that the nation might +help itself. If any one were to say now, "Continue fighting," he and his +generals might have the heart to do so if they kept their minds fixed on +their recent exploits. For himself, however, he would refuse absolutely +to accede to that request. And what real advantage had accrued from his +successes in the veldt? What had followed on them? All his cattle had +been taken away, some three hundred of his men had been killed, wounded, +or taken prisoner. Some of the delegates set their hopes on the +European deputation, but what did that deputation say a year ago? It +said that all depended on their continuing to fight. They _had_ +continued to fight. What more, then, was there left for them to do? Some +gentlemen present had definite mandates from their burghers, who very +likely had no knowledge of the actual state of affairs when they gave +those mandates. He himself had not known at that time in what a plight +the country was. He challenged each and all of the delegates to show +their burghers the proposal of the British Government, and then to see +if those burghers were not in favour of unconditional surrender. But if +the meeting insisted on the continuation of hostilities, the nation +would be driven into _hands-upping_; thus the war would end in dishonour +and disgrace. + +Landdrost Bosman (Wakkerstroom) was glad that General De la Rey had +spoken out so boldly; it was every one's duty to do so. He himself also +was against the continuance of the war. + +Although it had been said that the war had been begun in faith, it ought +not to be forgotten that it had also been begun with hope of +intervention, as was shown by the sending of the deputation to +Europe--that deputation which, as they had often heard, had done so much +good work. Another proof that there had then been hope of intervention +was that the burghers had ordered the delegates to keep them in +communication with the deputation. And that they had not relied +exclusively on faith at the beginning of the war was shown by the fact +that they had founded great hopes on what their brethren in Cape Colony +might accomplish. These hopes had now been dissipated by General Smuts, +who had just said that there was no chance of a general insurrection. + +Again, could the war be continued when their commandos were so much +weakened, and when food was so scarce? It was nonsense to say that food +had been scarce a year ago; there had been a sufficiency then, and at +the present time there was not. One could ride from Vereeniging to Piet +Retief without seeing more than two or three herds of cattle. Moreover, +the women and children were in a most pitiable condition. One delegate +had spoken against any scheme which would be as it were a trampling on +the blood which had already been spilt--he shared that delegate's +sentiments; but he considered that to shed yet more blood in a cause +which was to all appearance hopeless would be still more reprehensible. +He should prefer not to enter into the religious aspect of the question. +It was difficult to fathom the purposes of God; perhaps it might be the +Divine will that they should lose their independence. All that they +could do was to follow the course which seemed to be good and right. +Were they, then, to surrender unconditionally? He would say no. It would +be giving the enemy opportunities for doing things from which they might +otherwise desist. Moreover, by voting for such a policy the leaders +would incur the displeasure of the nation. In choosing what course they +would pursue the delegates should let nothing else sway them save the +good of the nation. They must not be carried away by their feelings; +they must listen only to the voice of reason. + +Commandant H.S. Grobler (Bethal) felt that, under the circumstances, the +war could not be continued. It had already reduced them to such straits +that they would soon have to fly to the utmost borders of their +territories, leaving the enemy unopposed in the very heart of the +country. At the beginning of the war they had not relied on faith alone; +there had also been guns, war material and provisions. But now none of +these things were left to them. It was terrible to him to think that +they must sacrifice the independence of their country. He was a true son +of his country, and could not consent to the surrender of her +independence unless that were the only way of saving the women and +children from starvation. But it was not only the women and children who +were on the verge of starvation; the burghers still left in the laagers +were in the same predicament. What, moreover, was to happen to the +prisoners of war, if the struggle were to be continued? And to the +families in the camps? The delegates must not forget those families. If +the people generally were dying a _national_, the families were dying a +_moral_, death. It was a sad thought that there were among their women +in the camps, many who were thus losing their moral vitality. It was a +thought which should make them determined to conclude the war. + +Commandant Van Niekerk (Ficksburg) said that his commandos had +commissioned him to hold out for independence. The proposal of the +British Government could not be accepted. They must take no hasty step. +If they persevered in the war, the enemy would grant them better terms. +All they had to do was to act like brave men. + +General J.G. Celliers (Lichtenburg) had already told the meeting what +mandate he had received from his burghers. But he was there to do the +best he could for the nation as a whole. The condition of the country +was very critical. The fact that his own commandos were faring well was +not a sufficient reason for continuing the war. He must take all +circumstances into consideration. He had said that he was in favour of +an arrangement by which peace should be made without the sacrifice of +independence. Such an arrangement they had attempted to bring about. +They had elected a Commission, which had done all in its power to give +effect to their wishes in this matter. And the result was the proposal +of the British Government now lying before them. That was what the +Commission had obtained for them. Which of them could say that he could +have obtained better terms for the people than those contained in that +proposal? Or that, if the war were to be continued, the people would +gain any advantage which that proposal did not give them? It had been +said that the deputation in Europe had encouraged the burghers in their +prolonged struggle. The last message they had received from the +deputation had been: "Go on till every remedy has been tried." Could +that be called encouragement? It had also been said that the nation must +have faith. He admitted the necessity--but it must not be the sort of +faith which chose what it would believe, and what it would disbelieve. +They must be prepared to believe that it might be the will of God that +they should yield to the enemy. As he had more insight into the state of +affairs than his burghers, and therefore was better qualified to form a +judgment, he did not feel himself bound by their mandate. Had the +burghers known what he now knew, they would have given him a very +different commission. He felt that it was a serious thing to continue +sacrificing the lives of his fellow-countrymen. Moreover, however dear +independence might be, it was useless to attempt impossibilities. Their +one aim should be to safeguard the interests of the nation. His vote +would be with those who were for accepting the proposal of the British +Government. + +Commander-in-Chief de Wet was the next to address the meeting. His +speech was as follows:-- + +"As I feel it to be my duty to speak out all my mind before this +meeting, I shall go back to the very beginning of the war. And recalling +my feelings at that period, I can say that I had less hope then for +intervention than I have now. I do not mean to say that I am sanguine +about it even now; but I know to-day, what I did not know then, that +great sympathy is felt for us by other nations. Even in England this +sympathy is to be found, as is shown by the largely-attended 'Pro-Boer' +meetings which have been held in that country. And that the feeling in +our favour is widespread is evident from the reports which we received +by word of mouth from the messenger to whom the deputation entrusted its +recent letter, for we cannot believe that the deputation would have +employed an unreliable person. And what did that messenger say? Among +other things, he said that our cause was winning new adherents every +day. It may be asked, however, why the deputation did not send a report +of its own? I reply that it had its hand upon the pulse of the +Governments, and that the information it was thus gaining was of such a +character that it could not be entrusted to any messenger whatsoever. +Perhaps the deputation was unable _in any way_ to communicate what it +knew to us--it would never do to noise abroad the secrets of European +policy. The silence of the delegates ought not, then, to discourage us; +on the contrary, we should regard it as a hopeful sign. + +"If there is any one man who feels deeply for the critical condition of +our country, I am that man. And critical our condition certainly is; so +that I am not surprised that some of us are asking, 'What hope have we +now in continuing the struggle?' But I would ask another question: 'What +hope had we at the beginning of the war?' Our faith in God--we had +nothing else to rely on! At the very outset of the war I knew that we, +with our forty-five thousand troops, were engaged in a contest against a +nation that had no less than seven hundred and fifty thousand men under +arms, and who could easily send against us a third of that number. And +to counterbalance the terrible odds against us, we had nothing, as I +knew, but our faith. At that time there were some who expected that +effectual help would come from Cape Colony. I was never deluded by this +hope. I knew of course that there were men there who would fight with us +against England; I knew how much those men sympathized with our cause; +but I also knew that the circumstances of that country would make it +impossible for the colonists to help us more than they have, as a matter +of fact, done. No! God was our one Hope when the war began. And if, when +the war is over, victory lies with us, it will not be the first time +that faith in God has enabled the weaker nation to overthrow the +stronger. + +"Those of you who urge that the war should be discontinued, ask us, who +are for carrying it on, what tangible reason we have for our hope. But +what tangible reason for hope was there at the beginning of the war? Are +our affairs darker now? Quite the contrary--miracles have been worked in +our favour during the last twenty-two months. General Botha wrote to me +some time ago, saying that the scarcity of ammunition was causing him +much anxiety. And he had good cause for that anxiety--ammunition was +exhausted. When a burgher came to me at that time with an empty +bandolier, it absolutely terrified me. But now, to use an expression of +General Joubert's, my pleasure is tempered with shame when I think of +the plentiful store of ammunition which we possess. I am not angry with +those of my compatriots who ask for reasons--I give my reasons--nor have +I given a thousandth part of them. + +"The enemy has already made us some concessions. There was a time when +Lord Salisbury said that the English Government would be satisfied with +nothing short of unconditional surrender. He does not say so to-day. +England is negotiating with us--that is to say, she shows signs of +yielding to our demands. If we continue the war, England will negotiate +again; she will offer still more favourable terms; she will not even +stick at independence. + +"Do you want more of my reasons? Look back once more upon our past +history, and you shall find them. Recall the time when the Transvaal was +at war with England. At that time we did not know the English so well as +we now know them; we had only thirteen cartridges for each man; and +there were the so-called 'Loyalists'--a chicken-hearted crew--to hamper +us. Faith was our only support then--and you all know how that war +resulted. + +"I am asked what I mean to do with the women and children. That is a +very difficult question to answer. We must have faith. I think also that +we might meet the emergency in this way--a part of the men should be +told off to lay down their arms for the sake of the women, and then they +could take the women with them to the English in the towns. This would +be a hard expedient, but it may be the only one possible. + +"America has been referred to by some of the speakers, who have compared +our circumstances with those of the United States, when they made war +upon England. The comparison is, in one respect at least, an apt one, +for we also have large territories to which we can always retreat. + +"As to Europe--we know little of the condition of things there. Our +information about Europe comes only from newspapers, and 'Jingo' +newspapers at that. If there is not a great deal going on in Europe +which England wants to hide from us, why is she so careful not to let us +see European journals? If there were anything in them _unfavourable_ to +our cause, England would flood our country with them in her own +interests. We must also note that England will not permit our deputation +to return to us. + +"Taking all these facts into consideration, and remembering that the +sympathy for us, which is to be found in England itself, may be regarded +as being, for all practical purposes, a sort of indirect intervention, I +maintain that this terrible struggle must be continued. We must fight +on, no matter how long, until our independence is absolutely secure." + +General Beijers (Waterberg) said that he had to give an answer to the +question whether he ought to follow his reason or his conscience; he +could only reply that conscience had the first claim upon him. If he +were to perish whilst following the guidance of reason, he would feel +that he had been unfaithful; whereas, were he to die whilst obeying the +dictates of conscience, he would not fear death. Martyrs of old had died +for their faith; but he feared that the martyr spirit was now only to be +met with in books! Those martyrs had died, and with their death it had +seemed that all was lost; but the truth, for which they had given up +their lives, had lived! + +But how is it now with us? We think our cause a righteous one, but are +we willing to die for it? Some spoke of our existence as a nation--but +whether that were to be preserved or lost, did not lie with us--it was +in the hands of God--He would take care of it. Right must conquer in the +end. They must take care to be on the side of right, should it even cost +them their lives. He agreed with those who said that, even if the +present deliberations were to come to nothing, they would have another +chance, later on, of negotiating. This had been proved by what had +already happened. General de Wet had shown them how Lord Salisbury had +gone back upon his first demands; he (General Beijers) could tell them +that on one occasion Lord Roberts had declined even to speak to General +Botha--and yet the English were negotiating with them now. He was quite +open to conviction, but at present he could not see that the war ought +to be stopped. Nevertheless he was not blind to the critical state of +their affairs. But their case was not yet hopeless; their anxiety about +food, their lack of horses--these were not insurmountable difficulties. +They might even find some means by which to save their womenfolk. + +No. These difficulties were not insuperable; but there was one +difficulty which _was_ insuperable--the present spirit of the nation. +When a spirit, be it what it might, inspired or ruled a man, then that +man would submit to no other sway. The spirit that now ruled the +burghers was a spirit that was driving them over to the enemy. Against +that spirit it was impossible to contend. General De la Rey had said +that, if the proposal now before the meeting were to be shown to the +burghers, they would at once accept it--that was the sort of spirit that +was in them, and one must take it into consideration, for he was +convinced that it presented an insurmountable obstacle to the +continuation of the war. + +The meeting was then closed with prayer. + +[Footnote 113: See page 363 _et seq._] + +[Footnote 114: See page 379 _et seq._] + +[Footnote 115: See page 391 _et seq._] + +[Footnote 116: See page 395 _et seq._] + +[Footnote 117: The Boer form of this proverb is: Half an egg is better +than an empty shell.] + +[Footnote 118: The head fastened to the knee.] + +[Footnote 119: Having two legs fastened together.] + + +FRIDAY, MAY 30TH, 1902. + +After the preliminary prayer had been offered, Vice-President Burger +said that before beginning the business of the day, it was his sad duty +to inform the meeting that the President of the Orange Free State had +been obliged to resign, on account of serious illness. President Steyn +had been compelled, in order to obtain medical assistance, to put +himself in the hands of the enemy. He had further to communicate that +Commander-in-Chief de Wet had been appointed Vice-President of the +Orange Free State. He wished to express his deep sympathy with the +representatives in the severe loss which they had sustained. President +Steyn, he said, had been a rock and pillar to their great cause. + +Vice-President de Wet having thanked the Vice-President of the South +African Republic for his kind and sympathetic words, Mr. J. Naude (the +representative of Pretoria, and of General Kemp's flying columns) put +some questions with regard to the colonists who had been fighting on the +Boer side. These questions were answered by General Smuts. Mr. Naude +then asked if the delegates were expected to come to any decision about +independence. + +General Botha replied that the Governments had informed Lords Kitchener +and Milner that they were not in a condition to decide that +question--that it was a matter for the nation to settle. The delegates +had then gone to their burghers, and now had returned, and were present. + +Mr. Naude said that it must therefore have been known at Klerksdorp that +the delegates had to decide upon the question of independence. If that +were so, he found himself in a difficulty. Either the delegates had been +misled, or they were the victims of a mistake, for they had never been +told that they had been elected as plenipotentiaries. Notwithstanding +all that the lawyers might say, he considered himself as having a +certain definite mission. He had obtained the votes of his burghers on +the understanding that he would take up a certain position. He had asked +them whether independence was to be given up, and they had answered in +the negative. He could not therefore vote for the acceptance of the +proposal now before the meeting, for that proposal demanded the +surrender of independence. His burghers had also insisted on being +allowed to keep their arms, and on the use of their language in schools +and Courts of Justice, both of which conditions were refused by the +British proposal. Since, therefore, he could not agree to the proposal, +he was for continuing the war. Some asked what were the chances of +success? He remembered the state of feeling among the burghers at +Warmebad--that was a dark time indeed. The Commandant-General had paid +those burghers a visit, and had told them that they had nothing to lose, +but everything to win, by continuing the struggle. That had been enough +for them. They had not had much prospect then; they could not see +whither their road was leading. But they had found out afterwards. It +had been a dark time too when Pretoria was taken, but most of the +burghers had remained steadfast. And after the darkness the light had +come back. Again a dark cloud was over them--it would pass away, and the +light would reappear. + +General De la Rey explained that he had not intended to mislead anybody +at the gatherings of the burghers. Every document which the Government +had handed over to him had been laid before those gatherings. Mr. Naude +had asked whether the delegates at that meeting had to decide about +independence. Most certainly they had. And to do so was a duty devolving +upon Mr. Naude as much as on any other delegate present. They would have +to decide, not for their own districts alone, but for the whole country. + +Mr. Naude said that he had no wish to free himself from his +responsibility, but he could not forget that he had come there with a +definite mission. + +Judge Hertzog wished again to explain the rights of the question from a +legal point of view. One must ask: If the nation were here, what would +it wish to be done? And one must act in conformity with what one thinks +its answer would be. The Judge then proceeded to speak on the matter in +general. What, he asked, were the arguments in favour of continuing the +war? In the first place, England was growing weaker just as their own +nation was. Any one could see that with their own eyes. It was true as +regarded the financial side of the question. No doubt England could +still collect millions of pounds, if she wished, but the time would come +when she would have trouble with her tax-payers. Already the British +Government found it difficult to pay the interest on the sum borrowed +for war expenses, as was proved by the fact that a corn tax had been +levied in England. That tax would not have been levied unless things had +been in a serious condition. In the second place, he would ask how it +was they had not been allowed to meet their deputation? It would only +have taken the deputation fourteen days to perform the journey; by now +it would have been among them. But permission had been refused them. And +why? It was said that to grant a permission would have been a military +irregularity. But the present meeting was also a military irregularity. +There must be something more behind that refusal. But what were the +arguments against going on with the war? He would enumerate them--the +situation in which they found themselves was critical; the country as a +whole was exhausted. Nearly all the horses had died or had been +captured. The strongest argument of all, however, was that some of their +own people had turned against them, and were fighting in the ranks of +the enemy. Then the condition of the women caused great anxiety; a fear +had been expressed that a moral decay might set in among the families in +the camps. That consideration had great weight with him. No one with any +heart could remain indifferent to it. If there was one thing which more +than anything else made him respect Commandant-General Botha, it was +that the Commandant-General had the heart to feel, and the courage to +express, the importance of that consideration. The present war was one +of the saddest that had ever been waged. He doubted if there had ever +been a war in which a nation had suffered as they had. But all those +sufferings, horrible though they were, did not influence his decision. +Did he but see the chance of finally securing freedom for the nation, he +would put all such considerations on one side, and go on fighting till +death. No; it was not the horror of the situation which influenced him; +there was something that weighed upon his heart yet more heavily--it was +_the holding of that meeting at Vereeniging_. He reproached no one. +Every one had acted with the best intentions. Nevertheless that meeting +was a fatal error; it would give them their death blow. For what had it +produced--a statement from the lips of the Commandant-General himself +that the condition of the country was hopeless. If there were yet any +burghers whose courage was not gone, would they not be utterly +disheartened when they heard what their leaders had said at that +meeting? That was the saddest thought of all. He could understand that +those burghers who had already lost heart should be leaving the +commandos, but now those who had never yet been disheartened would +become so. But notwithstanding all this, it was difficult to feel +certain which was the right course to pursue--to give up the war or to +continue it. He could only suggest that those who were now in doubt on +the matter should support the line of action which, before their doubt +began, had appeared to them to be best. + +Mr. L.J. Meijer (a member of the Government of the South African +Republic) then gave some account of the devastation of that part of the +country which lay to the north of the Eastern Railway, and on the +further side of the Sabi River. (This report coincided with those +already given by the delegates.) He went on to say that as they were all +in the dark, and could not see the road they were travelling along, they +must take reason and conscience for their guide. They had already lost +much: let them not lose everything. And what could they hope to gain by +continuing the struggle? To do so might be to throw away their last +chance of peace. What would their progeny say of them if they were to +persist in the struggle and thus lose everything they had possessed? +They would say, "Our forefathers were brave, but they had no brains." +Whereas, if they were to stop the war, their progeny would say, "Our +forefathers did not fight for their own glory." He pointed out that +however little the British proposal contained of what they desired, it +nevertheless promised them representative government. In the past he had +been against the war; he had wished that the five years' franchise +should be granted. Although the people had opposed this measure he had +always supported it. And why? Because he had feared that were that +measure not conceded African blood would stain the ground. Must they +still continue to shed blood? After the capture of Bloemfontein there +had been a secret meeting of the council of war at Pretoria. His +Government had then been willing to surrender, but the Free State had +refused. The two Governments had therefore decided to go on with the +war. A year later, in the month of June, there had been another meeting. +A letter had been sent to the Free State. The two Governments had met at +Waterval, and had once more decided to continue the struggle. Later on, +again, the Government of the South African Republic wrote another letter +to the Free State; but there had been no opportunity of meeting until +the present occasion, which saw them assembled together at Vereeniging. +Were they again going to decide to continue their resistance? It was a +matter for serious consideration. There was but little seed-corn left. +This must, if they had to go on fighting, be preserved from the enemy at +all costs; were it to be destroyed, the African nation must cease to +exist. But they could not continue the war. It was the Boers now who +were teaching the English how to fight against us; Boers now were with +the enemy's forces, showing them how to march by night, and pointing out +to them all the foot passes. + +Commandant Van Niekerk (Kroonstad) pointed out that the Colonists had +already rendered them valuable aid, and could still do so. Were they now +to abandon these Colonists, and--thinking only about saving +themselves--leave them to fight on alone? It would be sad indeed if the +burghers were compelled to lay down their arms. + +Commandant-General L. Botha said that in regard to the holding of a +national meeting, he had already chosen delegates with power to act. He +spoke of the state of affairs at the beginning of the war--the two +Republics had then at least sixty thousand men under arms. In reference +to the Cape Colony, he said that it had never been expected that that +country would allow its railways to be used for the transport of troops. +The Commandant-General then proceeded as follows:-- + +"I used to entertain hopes that the European Powers would interfere on +our behalf. All that they have done, however, has been to look on while +England was introducing all sorts of new methods of warfare, methods, +too, which are contrary to all international law. + +"When the war began we had plenty of provisions, and a commando could +remain for weeks in one spot without the local food supply running out. +Our families, too, were then well provided for. But all this is now +changed. One is only too thankful nowadays to know that our wives are +under English protection. This question of our womenfolk is one of our +greatest difficulties. What are we to do with them? One man answers that +some of the burghers should surrender themselves to the English, and +take the women with them. But most of the women now amongst us are the +wives of men already prisoners. And how can we expect those not their +own kith and kin to be willing to give up liberty for their sakes? + +"As to the deputation, we must remember that it was accredited to all +the Powers of Europe. And yet it has only been able to hand in its +credentials to the Netherlands Government. Does not this prove that no +other Government is willing to receive it? If you need further proof, I +refer you to the letter in which the deputation--they were still allowed +to write to us then--said: 'There is no chance for us in Europe.' The +deputation wanted to be allowed to return home, but our Government +advised them to remain in Europe, because their arrival in South Africa +would be a death blow to the hopes of many. That is why the deputation +is still in Europe. Later on they said that, although they knew that +there was no chance of intervention, yet they felt that they ought to +persist in their efforts, because of the sacrifices which we had already +made. It is possible that a war may arise in Europe from which we shall +gain something, but what right have we to expect such a contingency? +Moreover, great nations take but little interest in the fate of small +ones--indeed, it is to the advantage of the former that the small +nations should be wiped out of existence. + +"I cannot refrain from alluding to the faithlessness of some of our +burghers, who are to be found in the ranks of the enemy. But this is not +the only sign of the way in which affairs are trending--I look back on +the past. I remember that we have been fighting a full year since we +last heard of our deputation. What have we gained since June, 1901? +Nothing. On the contrary, we have been going backwards so fast that, if +this weakening process goes on much longer, we shall soon find ourselves +unable any more to call ourselves a fighting nation. What have we not +undergone in the course of this year which is just over! In the +concentration camps alone, twenty thousand women and children have died. +When I was in Pretoria I received reports from our information office, +and otherwise, of our losses. I found that there were thirty-one +thousand six hundred prisoners of war, of whom six hundred had died, and +that three thousand eight hundred of our burghers had been killed in the +war. Is not a loss such as this, in so short a time as two and a half +years, a serious matter? Think, too, of the sufferings which those +twenty thousand women who died in the camps must have endured! + +"I am not deaf to the claims of the colonists who have been fighting for +us. I have said that if we surrender our independence, we must provide +for them. Should we serve their interests by continuing the war? No, +indeed! The best thing for them would be that we should bring it to a +close. But if we are absolutely determined to go on fighting, let us at +least say to them, 'We advise _you_ to desist.' + +"What I am saying now is in substance what I said at Warmbad at a time +when there were two thousand men of that district in the Veldt. How many +are there now? Four hundred and eighty! On that occasion I also said +that we must continue the war until we were driven by sheer starvation +to make peace. Well, in some divisions starvation has already come. The +delegates themselves have had to confess that our strength up till now +has lain in the fact that we have been able to continue the struggle in +every district. In this way we have divided the enemy's forces. But if +we are compelled to abandon some of our districts, and to concentrate on +certain points, then the English also will concentrate, and attack us +with an irresistible force. + +"It has been suggested that we ought to march into Cape Colony. I know, +however, what that would mean--Commander-in-Chief de Wet marched into +the colonies. He had a large force, and the season of the year was +auspicious for his attempt, and yet he failed. How, then, shall we +succeed in winter, and with horses so weak that they can only go +_op-een-stap_.[120] + +"What, then, are we to do? Some will reply, 'Go on with the war,' Yes, +but for how long? For ten or twelve years? But would that be possible? +If in two years we have been reduced from sixty thousand fighting men to +half that number, where will our army be after another ten years of war? +It is clear enough to me that if we go on any longer, we shall be +compelled to surrender. Would it not be better to come to some agreement +with the enemy, while we have the opportunity? We have all received the +gift of reason; let us use it on the present occasion. + +"As far as I and my own burghers are concerned, to continue the struggle +is still possible. But we must not only think of ourselves. We must +almost think of others. There are, for instance, the widows and orphans. +If we accept the terms now offered to us, they will remain under our +care. But if we go on with the war until we are forced to surrender, who +will then take care of them? Or if we were all killed, what could we do +for them? We should not even be able to send a deputation to Europe, to +ask for money to help us to rebuild our farms, and to feed our burghers. + +"There are three questions now before us--three alternatives between +which we have to choose--the continuing of the war, unconditional +surrender, and the acceptance of the British proposal. With regard to +the first, I fail to see what satisfactory result can come to us from +persisting in this unequal contest, which must result in the end in our +extermination. As to the choice between the other two, in many ways +unconditional surrender would be the better. But, for the sake of the +nation, we may not choose it. Although to reject it may involve us in +many hardships, yet we must think of nothing else but the interests of +the nation. Our only course, then, is to accept the proposal of the +English Government. Its terms may not be very advantageous to us, but +nevertheless they rescue us from an almost impossible position." + +After a short adjournment the delegates again assembled at about 2 p.m. + +General C.H. Muller (Boksburg) said that his burghers had sent him to +defend their menaced independence. One part of them had authorized him +to act as his judgment should dictate; another part had ordered him to +hold out for independence and to try to get into communication with the +European deputation. He had long ago told his burghers that they must +trust in God if they wished to continue the war, for they could not do +so by relying only on their guns and rifles. He did not like to think of +what they would say if he were to go back to them and tell them that he +had not been in communication with the deputation, and that the +proposal of the English Government had been accepted. He could not bring +himself to surrender. Nevertheless, having in view what the +Commandant-General and others had said, he felt that he must do so, for +it was impossible for him to prosecute the war single-handed. But could +not the delegates continue to stand by one another, and make a covenant +with the Lord? The district which he represented was one of the poorest +in the whole country, and the L3,000,000 offered by the enemy did not +include any provision for those who, like his burghers, could do nothing +to help themselves. He would again suggest that the delegates should +make a vow unto the Lord. For himself, he could not vote for the +acceptance of the British proposal. + +General J.H. Smuts then spoke as follows:-- + +"Up till now I have taken no part in this discussion, but my opinions +are not unknown to my Government; we have arrived at a dark period both +in the history of our war, and in the course of our national +development. To me it is all the darker because I am one of those who, +as members of the Government of the South African Republic, provoked the +war with England. A man, however, may not draw back from the +consequences of his deeds. We must therefore keep back all private +feeling, and decide solely with a view to the lasting interests of our +nation. This is an important occasion for us--it is perhaps the last +time that we shall meet as a free people with a free government. Let us +then rise to the height of this occasion; let us arrive at a decision +for which our posterity shall bless, and not curse us. + +"The great danger for this meeting is that of deciding the questions +before it on purely military grounds. Nearly all the delegates here are +officers who in the past have never quailed before the overwhelming +forces of the enemy, and who therefore are never likely to do so in the +future. They do not know what fear is, and they are ready to shed the +last drop of their blood in the defence of their country. + +"Now if we look at the matter from _their_ point of view, that is to +say, if we look at it merely as a military question, I am bound to admit +that we shall come to the conclusion that the war _can_ be continued. We +are still an unconquered power; we have still about eighteen thousand +men in the field--veterans, with whom one can accomplish almost +anything. From a purely military standpoint, our cause is not yet lost. +But it is as a _nation_, and not as an _army_, that we are met here, and +it is therefore for the nation principally that we must consult. No one +sits here to represent this or that commando. One and all, we represent +the African nation, and not only those members of it which are now in +the field, but also those who rest beneath the soil, and those yet +unborn, who shall succeed us. + +"No! We do not only represent our burghers on commando, the troops over +which we are placed in command; we represent also the thousands who have +passed away, after making the last sacrifice for their country; the +prisoners scattered all the world over; the women and children dying by +the thousand in the prison camps of the enemy; we represent the blood +and the tears of the whole African nation. From the prisons, the camps, +the graves, the veldt, and from the womb of the future, that nation +cries out to us to make a wise decision now, to take no step which might +lead to the downfall or even to the extermination of their race, and +thus make all their sacrifices of no avail. Our struggle, up to the +present, has not been an aimless one. We have not been fighting in mere +desperation. We began this strife, and we have continued it, because we +wanted to maintain our independence and were prepared to sacrifice +everything for it. But we must not sacrifice the African nation itself +upon the altar of independence. So soon as we are convinced that our +chance of maintaining our autonomous position as Republics is, humanly +speaking, at an end, it becomes our clear duty to desist from our +efforts. We must not run the risk of sacrificing our nation and its +future to a mere idea which can no longer be realized. + +"And ought we not to be convinced that independence is now irretrievably +lost? We have been fighting without cessation for nearly three years. It +is no exaggeration to say that during that period we have been employing +all the strength and all the means which we possess, in the furtherance +of our cause. We have sacrificed thousands of lives; we have lost all +our earthly goods; our dear country is become one continuous desert; +more than twenty thousand of our women and children have perished in the +camps of the enemy. And has this brought us independence? Just the +reverse; it is receding further and further from us every day. The +longer we fight, the greater will be the distance between us and the aim +for which we are fighting. + +"The manner in which the enemy has been conducting, and still continues +to conduct, this war, has reduced our country to such a state of +exhaustion, that it will soon be a physical impossibility for us to +fight any longer. Our only hope lies in the chance of help from outside. +A year ago I, in the name of my Government, communicated the condition +of our nation to His Honour States-President Kruger, in Europe. He +wrote in reply that we must rely on the state of affairs in Cape +Colony--and the sympathy of European nations--and that we must continue +the war until all other means were exhausted." + +The speaker here enlarged upon the political developments which had +taken place in the United States and in the principal European countries +during the preceding two years, and then continued:-- + +"So far as we are concerned, the sum total of the foreign situation is +that we obtain a great deal of sympathy, for which we are naturally most +grateful. More than this we do not obtain, nor shall obtain for many a +long year. Europe will go on expressing sympathy with us until the last +Boer hero has died on the field and the last Boer woman has gone down to +her grave--until, in fact, the whole Boer nation has been sacrificed on +the altar of history and of humanity. + +"I have already, on a former occasion, told you what I think about the +situation in Cape Colony. We have made great mistakes there; perhaps +even now Cape Colony is not ripe for the sort of policy which we have +been pursuing with regard to it. At all events, we cannot entertain any +hopes of a general rising of the Colonists. We cannot, however, give too +much honour to those three thousand heroes in the Colony who have +sacrificed all in our behalf, even though they have not succeeded in +securing our independence for us. + +"Thus we have given President Kruger's advice a fair trial. For twelve +months we have been testing the value of the methods which he urged upon +us. And, as a result of it all, we have become convinced that those +methods are of no avail--that if we wish to remain independent we must +depend upon ourselves alone. But the facts which the various delegates +have brought before our notice show that we _cannot_ thus depend upon +ourselves; that, unless we obtain outside help, the struggle must come +to an end. We have, then, no hope of success. Our country is already +devastated and in ruins; let us stop before our people are ruined also. + +"And now the enemy approaches with a proposal, which, however +unacceptable it may be to us in other respects, includes the promise of +amnesty for our Colonial brethren who have been fighting side by side +with us. I fear that the day will come when we shall no longer be able +to save these so-called rebels, and then it will be a just ground for +reproach that we sacrificed their interests in a cause that was already +hopeless. Moreover, if we refused the proposal which the British +Government now makes to us, I am afraid that we shall considerably +weaken our position in the eyes of the world, and thus lose much of the +sympathy which to-day it evinces in our favour. + +"Brethren, we have vowed to stand fast to the bitter end; but let us be +men, and acknowledge that that end has now come, and that it is more +bitter than ever we thought it could be. For death itself would be sweet +compared with the step which we must now take. But let us bow before the +will of God. + +"The future is dark indeed, but we will not give up courage, and hope, +and trust in God. No one shall ever convince me that this unparalleled +sacrifice which the African nation has laid upon the altar of freedom +will be in vain. It has been a war for freedom--not only for the freedom +of the Boers, but for the freedom of all the nations of South Africa. +Its results we leave in God's hands. Perhaps it is His will to lead our +nation through defeat, through abasement, yes, and even through the +valley of the shadow of death, to the glory of a nobler future, to the +light of a brighter day." + +Commandant A.J. Bester (Bloemfontein) said that at the meeting at which +he had been elected his burghers had told him that they were resolved +not to become the subjects of England. The arguments now urged against +the continuation of the war were not new--they had been used in former +times of depression. History gave many instances in which their nation +had been delivered out of the most critical positions. One could not +help believing that Right would conquer. How was it to be explained that +two hundred and forty thousand troops had failed to exterminate two +small Republics? Then there had been miraculous escapes; surely the +thoughts of these ought to encourage them. They must all be of one mind. +His own decision was to stand or to fall for his freedom. + +Mr. Birkenstock (Vrijheid) asked whether the proposal could not be +accepted under protest. + +General J.C. Smuts answered that the meeting could empower the +Governments to accept the proposal, and to add that they did so with +such and such provisos. + +Commandant A.J. Bester (Bloemfontein) thought that there had been enough +said, and recommended that the discussion be closed. + +Commandant F.E. Mentz (Heilbron) also thought that it was not necessary +to argue any more. He believed that the war could not be continued. In +Heilbron, Bloemfontein, and part of Bethlehem there were not five head +of cattle left. The helpless condition of the women and children also +demanded consideration. The state of the country was becoming so +desperate that they were now obliged to break away from the kraals. He +himself had been compelled to this not long ago, and had lost forty men +in one day. He would have to leave his district, but could not bring it +to his heart to leave the women behind. It was quite clear to him that +the war must be stopped, for some parts of the Transvaal were absolutely +unable to go on fighting. Moreover, were the war to continue, commando +after commando would go over to the enemy. + +General Kemp (Krugersdorp) took a more encouraging view of affairs. He +would stand or fall with the independence. His mandate was to that +effect. His conscience also would not justify him in taking any other +course. He thought that the proposal of the English Government was +vague, that there was not sufficient provision for the Boer losses in +it, and that it treated the Dutch language as a foreign tongue. +Circumstances had often been dark, and the darkness would pass away this +time as it had done before. Remembering the commission which had been +given to him by the burghers, he could not do otherwise than vote for a +continuation of the war. + +Vice-President Burger: "I have already given my opinion. I am sorry that +the meeting seems to be divided. It is necessary for the welfare of our +nation that we should be of one mind. Are we to continue the war? From +what I have seen and heard, it is clear to me that we cannot do so. I +repeat that there is no possibility of it, neither does any real hope +exist that by doing so we should benefit the nation. It is idle to +compare our condition in the struggle in 1877-1881 with that in which we +now find ourselves; I speak from experience. + +"It is true that the victory was then ours; that it was so is due to the +help which we received from outside. The Orange Free State remained +neutral, but assistance came from President Brand in South Africa and +from Gladstone in England: thus it was not by our own sword that we were +enabled to win. + +"It will be asked why, if we have kept up the struggle for two years and +a half, can we not still continue to do so? + +"Because, in the meantime, we have become weaker and weaker, and if we +persist the end must be fatal. What grounds have we for expecting that +we may yet be victorious? Each man we lose renders us weaker; every +hundred men we lose means a similar gain to the enemy. England's +numerical strength does not diminish; on the contrary, there are even +more troops in the country at this moment than when Lord Roberts had the +command. England also has used our own men against us, and has not been +ashamed of arming the Kaffirs; the enemy are learning from our own men +in what way they should fight--he must be blind indeed who cannot see +these facts. + +"I do not think we can appropriately call this altogether a 'war of +faith.' Undoubtedly we began this war strong in the faith of God, but +there were also two or three other things to rely upon. We had +considerable confidence in our own weapons; we under-estimated the +enemy; the fighting spirit had seized upon our people; and the thought +of victory had banished that of the possibility of defeat. + +"The question still remains, What are we to do? I have no great opinion +of the document which lies before us: to me it holds out no inducement +to stop the war. If I feel compelled to treat for peace it is not on +account of any advantages that this proposal offers me: it is the weight +of my own responsibility which drives me to it. + +"If I think that by holding out I should dig the nation's grave, nothing +must induce me to continue the struggle. + +"Therefore I consider it my duty, as leader of our nation, to do my +utmost that not one man more shall be killed, that not one woman more +shall die. + +"The sacrifice must be made; is not this also a trial of our faith? What +shall we gain by going on? Nothing! It is obvious that further +surrenders will take place--here of a few, there of many--and our +weakness will increase. + +"We shall also be obliged to abandon large areas of the country. Will +this make us stronger? Rather, will it not enable the enemy to +concentrate still more? And the abandoned tracts--to whom will they +belong? To the enemy! + +"In all probability this is our last meeting. I do not believe that we +shall be given another chance to negotiate: we shall be deemed too +insignificant. If we reject this proposal, what prospects have we in the +future? If we accept it, we can, like a child, increase in size and +strength, but with its rejection goes our last opportunity. + +"Fell a tree and it will sprout again; uproot it and there is an end of +it. What has the nation done to deserve extinction? + +"Those who wish to continue the war are influenced chiefly by hope; but +on what is this hope founded? On our arms? No. On intervention? By no +means. On what then? No one can say. + +"I am sorry that the Transvaal and the Orange Free State are at variance +on this point, and I regret that it is the Transvaal which has to +declare itself unable to proceed further; but the enemy have +concentrated all their forces in this State, and we can hold out no +longer." + +Mr. L. Jacobsz: "I have hitherto not spoken, because I am a +non-combatant. I have also suffered much, although less than others. I +have listened to what has been said, but my opinion is not changed by +the views I have heard expressed. + +"I repeat now what I said at Klerksdorp, namely that the struggle cannot +continue. I have noted the condition of the country, which is such that +the commandos can no longer be supported. I would point out the +condition of the women and children, of whom many are dying, and all are +exposed to great dangers. If there was a chance of succeeding in the +end, then we might hold out, but there is no such chance; there is no +possibility of intervention, and the silence of the deputation is +ominous. + +"I sympathize with the heroes present at this meeting; we must have a +foundation for our faith, and we cannot altogether compare our people +with the people of Israel. Israel had promises made to them; we have +none. I would further point out that, in the interests of the nation, it +will not do to surrender unconditionally: the terms before us may be +deceptive, but they are the best obtainable. + +"With regard to the difficulty of those delegates who consider that they +are bound to act as they have been commissioned, I am of the same +opinion as Judge Hertzog and General Smuts." + +Commandant J.J. Alberts (Standerton) spoke more or less in the same +strain. He was of opinion that the war should be finished by ceding +territory, but, failing this, that it should be ended on any terms +obtainable. + +Vice-President de Wet expressed his opinion that, considering the short +time at their disposal, they should proceed, if possible, to make some +proposal. + +General D.A. Brand said that he would have spoken if he had not thought +that enough had been said; he considered it desirable to close the +discussion, and was willing to make a proposal. + +Veldtcornet D.J.E. Opperman (Pretoria South) considered that the +difficulties of continuing the war, and of accepting the proposal, were +equal. Some of his burghers would fight no longer. What troubled him +most was the condition of the women; it went to his heart to see these +families perish. He was of opinion that, for the sake of the women and +children who were suffering so intensely, the proposal should be +accepted under protest. + +Veldtcornet J. Van Steedden, seconded by Veldtcornet B.J. Roos, moved +that the discussion be now closed. + +The meeting was adjourned after prayer. + +[Footnote 120: The step of a tired horse.] + + +SATURDAY, MAY 31ST, 1902. + +The meeting was opened with prayer. + +General Nieuwouwdt, seconded by General Brand, made the following +proposal:-- + +"This meeting of special deputies from the two Republics, after +considering the proposal of His Majesty's Government for the +re-establishment of peace, and taking into consideration (_a_) the +demands of the burghers in the veldt and the commissions which they had +given to their representatives; (_b_) that they do not consider +themselves justified in concluding peace on the basis laid down by His +Majesty's Government before having been placed in communication with the +delegates of the Republic now in Europe, decides that it cannot accept +the proposal of His Majesty's Government, and orders the Governments of +the two Republics to communicate this decision to His Majesty's +Government through its representatives." + +Mr. P.R. Viljoen, seconded by General H.A. Alberts, made a proposal, +amended afterwards by General Smuts and Judge Hertzog, which appears +later on under the proposal of H.P.J. Pretorius and C. Botha. + +A third proposal by General E. Botha and General J.G. Celliers was laid +upon the table, but subsequently withdrawn. + +Mr. F.W. Reitz considered it to be his duty not only to the nation but +also to himself as a citizen, to say that, in case the proposal of the +British Government should be accepted, it would be necessary for the +meeting to make provisions as to whose signatures should be attached to +the necessary documents. He himself would not sign any document by which +the independence would be given up. + +Remarks were made by several members on the first proposal, and Mr. P.R. +Viljoen asked that no division should arise. + +Vice-President de Wet then said that, as the time was limited, and all +could not speak, he would propose that a Commission should be nominated +in order to draw up a third proposal in which various opinions of the +members should be set down; and that, whilst the Commission was occupied +in this way, the Orange Free State delegates on their part and those of +the South African Republic on their part, should meet in order that an +understanding might be come to between them. They must endeavour to come +to a decision, for it would be of the greatest possible advantage to +them. + +Commandant-General Botha thought that this hint should be taken. They +had suffered and fought together: let them not part in anger. + +The above-mentioned Commission was then decided upon, and Judge Hertzog +and General Smuts were elected. + +Then the Orange Free State delegates went to the tent of Vice-President +de Wet, whilst those of the South African Republic remained in the tent +in which the meeting was held. + +After a time of heated dispute--for every man was preparing himself for +the bitter end--they came to an agreement, and Judge Hertzog read the +following proposal:-- + +"We, the national representatives of both the South African Republic and +the Orange Free State, at the meeting held at Vereeniging, from the 15th +of May till the 31st of May, 1902, have with grief considered the +proposal made by His Majesty's Government in connexion with the +conclusion of the existing hostilities, and their communication that +this proposal had to be accepted, or rejected, unaltered. We are sorry +that His Majesty's Government has absolutely declined to negotiate with +the Governments of the Republics on the basis of their independence, or +to allow our Governments to enter into communication with our +deputations. Our people, however, have always been under the impression +that not only on the grounds of justice, but also taking into +consideration the great material and personal sacrifices made for their +independence, that it had a well-founded claim for that independence. + +"We have seriously considered the future of our country, and have +specially observed the following facts:-- + +"Firstly, that the military policy pursued by the British military +authorities has led to the general devastation of the territory of both +Republics by the burning down of farms and towns, by the destruction of +all means of subsistence, and by the exhausting of all resources +required for the maintenance of our families, the subsistence of our +armies, and the continuation of the war. + +"Secondly, that the placing of our families in the concentration camps +has brought on an unheard-of condition of suffering and sickness, so +that in a comparatively short time about twenty thousand of our beloved +ones have died there, and that the horrid probability has arisen that, +by continuing the war, our whole nation may die out in this way. + +"Thirdly, that the Kaffir tribe, within and without the frontiers of the +territory of the two Republics, are mostly armed and are taking part in +the war against us, and through the committing of murders and all sorts +of cruelties have caused an unbearable condition of affairs in many +districts of both Republics. An instance of this happened not long ago +in the district of Vrijheid, where fifty-six burghers on one occasion +were murdered and mutilated in a fearful manner. + +"Fourthly, that by the proclamations of the enemy the burghers still +fighting are threatened with the loss of all their movable and landed +property--and thus with utter ruin--which proclamations have already +been enforced. + +"Fifthly, that it has already, through the circumstances of the war, +become quite impossible for us to keep the many thousand prisoners of +war taken by our forces, and that we have thus been unable to inflict +much damage on the British forces (whereas the burghers who are taken +prisoners by the British armies are sent out of the country), and that, +after war has raged for nearly three years, there only remains an +insignificant part of the fighting forces with which we began. + +"Sixthly, that this fighting remainder, which is only a small minority +of our whole nation, has to fight against an overpowering force of the +enemy, and besides is reduced to a condition of starvation, and is +destitute of all necessaries, and that notwithstanding our utmost +efforts, and the sacrifice of everything that is dear and precious to +us, we cannot foresee an eventual victory. + +"We are therefore of opinion that there is no justifiable ground for +expecting that by continuing the war the nation will retain its +independence, and that, under these circumstances, the nation is not +justified in continuing the war, because this can only lead to social +and material ruin, not for us alone, but also for our posterity. +Compelled by the above-named circumstances and motives, we commission +both Governments to accept the proposal of His Majesty's Government, and +to sign it in the name of the people of both Republics. + +"We, the representative delegates, express our confidence that the +present circumstances will, by accepting the proposal of His Majesty's +Government, be speedily ameliorated in such a way that our nation will +be placed in a position to enjoy the privileges to which they think they +have a just claim, on the ground not only of their past sacrifices, but +also of those made in this war. + +"We have with great satisfaction taken note of the decision of His +Majesty's Government to grant a large measure of amnesty to the British +subjects who have taken up arms on our behalf, and to whom we are united +by bonds of love and honour; and express our wish that it may please His +Majesty to still further extend this amnesty." + +Mr. P.R. Viljoen then withdrew his proposal. + +Commandant H.P.J. Pretorius, seconded by General C. Botha, presented the +proposal, as read by the Commission. + +General Nieuwouwdt also withdrew his proposal, but it was at once taken +over by General C.C.J. Badenhorst, seconded by Commandant A.J. Bester, +of Bloemfontein. + +The meeting then adjourned till the afternoon. + + * * * * * + +In the afternoon at 2.05 it again met. + +Proceeding to the voting, the proposal of H.P.J. Pretorius, seconded by +General C. Botha, was accepted, by fifty-four votes against six. Then +Vice-President Burger spoke a few words suitable to the occasion as +follows:--"We are standing here at the grave of the two Republics. Much +yet remains to be done, although we shall not be able to do it in the +official capacities which we have formerly occupied. Let us not draw our +hands back from the work which it is our duty to accomplish. Let us ask +God to guide us, and to show us how we shall be enabled to keep our +nation together. We must be ready to forgive and forget, whenever we +meet our brethren. That part of our nation which has proved unfaithful +we must not reject." + +Later, Vice-President Burger spoke a few words of farewell to the +Commandant-General, to the Members of the Executive Councils, and to the +delegates. + +In the afternoon, as it turned out for the last time, Commandant +Jacobsz, seconded by General Muller, made the following proposal, which +was unanimously accepted by the meeting:-- + +"This meeting of Delegates, having in view the necessity of collecting +means to provide for the wants of the suffering women and children, +widows and orphans, and other destitute persons, who have through this +war come to a condition of want, and also having in view the +desirability of nominating a Committee, whose duty it shall be to +arrange the necessary steps in this matter, and to finally decide on the +management and distribution of the donations received, decides:-- + +"To nominate the Hon. Messrs. M.J. Steyn, S.W. Burger, L. Botha, C.R. de +Wet, J.H. De la Rey, A.P. Kriel, and J.D. Kestell, as the Committee, to +carry out all arrangements for the above-mentioned purposes, that may +seem desirable and expedient to them, and also to appoint new Members, +Sub-Committees and working Committees; and the said Committee is +empowered to draw up regulations, and to amend them from time to time as +shall seem to them expedient. + +"This meeting further decides to send abroad from the above-mentioned +Committee, Messrs. C.R. de Wet, L. Botha, and J.H. De la Rey, in order +that they may help in collecting the above-mentioned donations." + +Then this--the last meeting of the two Republics--was closed with +prayer. + + + + +Index + + +Aard, Commandant Frans van-- + Election as Commandant of Kroonstad, 115 + Killed in engagement between Kroonstad and Lindley, 157 + +Abraham's Kraal--Bombardment by British, Boer Flight, 52 + +_Achterlaaiers_, 3 + +Active Service--Calling up of Orange Free State Burghers, 4 + Commando Law as to Equipment, Provisions, etc., 3 + Notification to Orange Free State Burghers to hold themselves in + readiness, 3 + +Alberts, Capt.--Tribute to, 243 + +Albrecht, Major--Command of Boer Reinforcements at Koedoesberg, 28 + +Ammunition--Amount possessed by Boers in 1902, 408 + Capture of Ammunition by the Boers, 173 + Dewetsdorp, 178 + Doornspruit, Capture of Train near, 132 + Roodewal--Amount captured, 103 + Digging up, 191, 193 + Disposal of, 104, 106 + Tweefontein, 282 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Ammunition hidden in Cave, 298 + +Amnesty--General Amnesty for Boer Sympathisers in Cape Colony and Natal, + proposed, 322 + +Annexation of the South African Republic--Battles fought after the + alleged Annexation, 229 + Peace Negotiations at Pretoria, References to the Annexation, 367 + +Armistice to admit of attendance of Officers at the Vereeniging Meeting + (May, 1902), 315 + Misunderstanding on the part of the British Columns, 317 + +Arms, Surrender of, _see_ titles Banishment and Surrender + +Assistant-Commander-in-Chief Gen. de Wet obtaining Post from + Government, 95 + +Assistant-Commander-in-Chief of the Orange Free State-- + Prinsloo, Mr. Marthinus, Illegal Election of, 126 + Steenekamp, Commandant, Nomination of, 144 + + +Badenhorst, Siege of, by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 77, 78 + Abandonment of Siege, 79 + +Badenhorst, Veldtcornet, 94 + Vice-Commander-in-Chief in Districts of Boshof, etc., Appointment, 159 + +Baggage Animals of British Troops--Exhaustion of, 148 + Use of, 279 + +Baker's, Col., Column--Commander-in-Chief de Wet lying in wait with a + view to Reprisals, 271 + +Banishment Proclamation of Aug. 7, 1901 (Lord Kitchener's + Proclamation), 247-250 + Battles fought subsequent to, 252 + Burghers, Effect on, 252 + Kitchener's, Lord, Letter to Commander-in-Chief de Wet enclosing copy + of Proclamation, 247 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Reply, 248 + Officers, Effect on, 250 + President and Commander-in-Chief of Transvaal and Orange Free + State--Replies, 250, 251, 257, 258 + Steyn's, President, Letter to Lord Kitchener, 251-259 + Terms of, 247-251 + +Bank Notes of the South African Republic--Peace Terms, Arrangements for + honouring Notes, 380 + Prisoners of War, Opportunity of sending in Notes for Payment, 386 + +Barbed Wire Fences, _see_ Wire Fences + +Barton, Gen., Attack on at Frederiksstad by Commander-in-Chief de Wet + and Gen. Liebenberg, 164-167 + +Beijers, Gen.--Continuance of the War, Spirit of the Nation an + obstacle--Speech at Vereeniging Conference, 410 + Waterberg District, Situation in--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 339 + +Bergh, Capt.--Attacks on Boer Forces with bands of Kaffirs, 271 + +Bester, Commandant A.J.--Continuance of the War, Argument in favour of + at the Vereeniging Conference, 421 + +Bester Station, Skirmish at, 10 + +Bethlehem--Commandants of Boer Forces, Appointments, 227, 228 + Defence of--British Reinforcements, Arrival of, 121, 122 + Dispositions of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 120, 121 + _Voetgangers_ on Wolhuterskop, Bravery of, 121, 122 + Engagement near, 194, 195 + Fall of, 122 + +Bethlehem Commando--Fidelity of Burghers, 94, _note_ + +Bezuidenhoutspas--Occupation by Vrede Commando, 7, 8 + +Biddulphsberg Engagement--English wounded burnt by veldt fire, 84 + +"Big Constable"--Transvaalers mistaking President Steyn for Police + Agent, 86, 87 + +Birkenstock, Mr.--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, etc., 399 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 343 + +Blauwbank, Fight at, 30 + British Camp abandoned--Booty taken by Boers, 33, 34 + British Convoy, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Attack on, 32, 33 + +Blijdschap--Arrival of Laager of Women, 268 + De Lange sentenced to death for High Treason at, 268, _note_ + Massing of Commandos at, 268 + +_Blikkiescost_, 4 + +Blockhouse System--"Blockhead" System, alleged, 260 + Boer Success in breaking through Blockhouses, 260, 261 + Bothaville, Boers breaking through Blockhouse Line, 299 + British loss of faith in Blockhouses, 291, 292 + Cost of erection and maintenance, 262 + Description of, 262 + Districts surrounded by the British, 261 + Failure of, alleged, 261 + Lindley-Kroonstad Line, Boers breaking through, 287 + Palmietfontein, Boers breaking through Line near, 289, 290 + Prolongation of the War by, alleged, 263, 264 + Small number of Captures effected, 260, 261 + Springhaansnek--Commander-in-Chief de Wet breaking through the Line of + Blockhouses on the march to the South, 173 + Thaba'Nchu and Sanna's Post, Forts between--Capture by + Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 201, 202 + Trenches dug by British near Blockhouse Lines, etc., 288, 294, 295 + +Bloemfontein--Capture by British, 55 + Defence of--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Arrangements, 54 + Water Works--Occupation by General Broadwood, 61 + +"Boer Biscuits," 3 + +Boer Forces-- + Burghers who had returned home after fall of Bloemfontein, Re-call to + the front, 71 + Commandos left with Commander-in-Chief de Wet after fall of + Bloemfontein, _note_ 57 + Confusion among Burghers at Holspruits, 294, 295 + Discipline, _see_ that title + Disposition of Forces after fall of Bethlehem, 124 + Harrismith Commando, Refusal to part with Waggons--Return + home, 161, 163 + Medical Certificates, Abuse of, _note_ 59 + Mobility, _see_ that title + Numbers at Outset of War, 408, 414, 415, 491 + Numbers at the Termination of the War, 322, 338, 339, 347, 348, 359, + 360, 361, 362 + Orange Free State Commandos-- + Commander-in-Chief, Election of, 6, 7 + Harrismith, Concentration at, 4, 6-7 + Heilbron Commando, _see_ that title + Number of Burghers ready to fight after fall of Pretoria, 94 + Panic after Paardeberg, 48, 49, 51, 52, _note_ 57 + Permission given to Burghers by Commander-in-Chief de Wet to return + home, 56, _note_ 57--Gen. Joubert's Protest, 57 + Reduction in numbers due to Paardeberg Surrender, etc., 89, 90 + Roberts', Lord, Surrender Proclamation--Effect on Numbers rejoining + Commandos, 60 + Non-observance of Terms, Burghers returning to Commandos, 80 + Separation of Free Staters and Transvaalers after fall of Kroonstad, + Reasons for, 89, 90 + +Boesmanskop Skirmish, 80 + +Boshof, Vrow--Gift of Clothes to Burghers who had swum the Orange + River, 221, 222 + +Bosman, Landdrost--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, + etc., 404, 405, 406 + Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902--Report to the + Vereeniging Conference, 361, 362 + +Botha--Capture at Honingkopjes, Subsequent Escape and Death, 110 + +Botha, Commandant-General-- + Continuance of the War, Arguments against--Terms of Surrender, + etc., 414, 415 + Estcourt Skirmishes--Capture of Armoured Train, etc., 19 + Fortitude after Fall of Pretoria, 93 + Independence of the South African Republic and Orange Free + State--Vereeniging Conference Delegates' power to decide as to + Independence, 411 + Junction with Commander-in-Chief de Wet at + Rhenosterriviersbrug, 88, 89 + Middelburg Peace Proposals, _see_ that title + Mission to Europe on behalf of Relief Fund Committee, 428 + Peace Negotiations--Member of Commission of National Representatives + at the Pretoria Conference, 320, 365-396 + Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 337, 338, 354-358 + +Botha, General Philip-- + Dewetsdorp Defences, Occupation of, 175, 176 + Engagement with General Knox's Forces, 194, 195 + Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, 58 + Reinforcements sent to Commander-in-Chief de Wet before Paardeberg, + Command of, 36, 37 + Stinkfontein--Failure to recapture Position, 45 + Storming of, 40 + Tabaksberg, Engagement at, 83 + +Botha, Mr. Jan--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Tribute to, 150, 151 + +Bothaville--Boers breaking through Blockhouse Line, 299 + Surprise Attack by the British on Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Forces--Boer Panic, 168-170 + Losses of the Boers, 170-171 + +_Bout Span_, 5 + +Boys--Presence with Commandos, 287, 289, 290 + Children killed and wounded, 289, 290, 295, 296 + +Brabant's, General, Successes, 50 + +Brabant's Horse--Attack on Commandant Kritzinger and Captain + Scheepers, 185, 186 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Opinion of, 75, 76 + +Brand, President--Assistance rendered to South African Republic in War + of 1877-1881, 422, 423 + +Brandfort, Boer Forces at--Hotels closed by Commander-in-Chief, 60 + +_Brandwachten_, 22 + +Breijtenbach, Veldtcornet B.H.--Continuance of the War, Impossibility of + Carrying on the Struggle, 403, 404 + +British Forces--Artillery, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Tribute to, 25 + March from Bethlehem to Reitz, under guidance of Free + Staater, 263, 264 + Sixty Thousand Men, Cordon of, 291, 292, 293, 294 + +Broadwood, General--Occupation of Thaba'Nchu, 65, 66 + Retreat towards Thaba'Nchu before General Olivier, 62 + +Broodspioen, 207, 208 + +Bruwer, Commandant--Appointment to Command of Bethlehem + District, 227, 228 + +Buller, Sir Redvers--Drakensberg Frontier, Crossing of, 93 + Landing at Cape Town, 21 + Relief of Ladysmith, 50 + Strength of Positions operated against by Sir Redvers Buller, 21 + +Bulwana Hill--Boers surprised by British, 21 + +Burger, Vice-President--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, + etc., 398, 421, 422, 424, 425 + Meeting with Orange Free State Government, Letter to President + Steyn, 301, 302 + Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902--Address at the + Vereeniging Conference, 336, 337, 351-354 + Steyn, President, Resignation of--Announcement at Vereeniging + Conference, 411 + + +Cape Colony-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Attempted Inroad--March towards Cape + Colony-- + Blockhouses--Commander-in-Chief de Wet breaking through the Line at + Springhaansnek, 173, 187, 188, 189 + Dewetsdorp-- + Defences, British neglecting to hold, 175, 176 + Storming of, 175-179 + Forces under Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 172 + "Good Hope" Farm, Engagement near, 181 + Knox's, Gen., Arrival with British Reinforcements, 181 + Gun and Amount of Ammunition taken, 173 + Karmel, March towards, 181, 182 + Knox's, Gen., Pursuit of Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 185, 186, 187, 189, 190 + Orange and Caledon Rivers in flood--Commander-in-Chief de Wet + "cornered," 182, 183 + Prinsloo's, Commandant Michal, Commando--Appearance in the nick of + time, 187, 188 + Retreat across Orange River, 184, 185 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Expedition into-- + Capture of Farm held by British Troops, 207, 208 + Courage and Endurance of Burghers, 212 + Diminution in number of Boer Forces, 206, 207 + Engagements with British Troops, 206, 207, 212 + Escape of Boer Forces in the darkness, 216, 219, 220 + Fodder, Lack of, 206, 207 + Knox's, Gen., Movements, 201, 202, 203 + Miraculous Nature of Boer Achievements, 223, 224 + Moddervlei, Passage of--Boer Loss of Ammunition and Flour + Waggons, 208, 209, 210, 212 + Officers serving with Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 195, 196 + Position of Boer Forces after crossing Orange River, 205, 206 + Retreat across Orange River, Difficulties of, etc., 217-224 + Strategy employed to mislead Gen. Knox, 202, 203, 204 + General Rising of Burghers, Impossibility of--Reports of Delegates at + the Vereeniging Conference, 340, 341, 342, 355, 360, 361, 405, 406 + Position of affairs at the beginning of 1901--Colonial Burghers' + Sympathy with Boer Cause, 195, 196 + Sheep-farming, success of in North-Western Districts, 211 + Small Commandos sent to Cape Colony, Policy of, 234 + +Cape Mounted Rifles, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's opinion of, 77, 78 + +Cartwright, Mr., Editor of _South African News_--Punishment for + publication of "not to take prisoners" Anecdote concerning Lord + Kitchener, 184, 185 + +Casualties, _see_ Losses in Killed and Wounded, etc., on either side + +Cattle--Blockhouse Line between Lindley and Kroonstad, Boer Cattle + breaking through, 288 + Capture of Boer Cattle on "Majuba Day," 296, 297 + Destruction by the British, 192, 232 + Supply available on May 15, 1902--Report of Vereeniging + Delegates, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 343, 344, 345, 346, 351, 352 + +Causes of the War--British Government Interference with the inner policy + of the South African Republic, 252, 253 + Declaration of War by the South African Republics as the + Cause--President Steyn's Contradiction, 251, 252 + Extermination of the Republics already determined on by England, + alleged, 254, 255 + Franchise Law--British Government Demands, 252, 253, 254 + Goldfields the main object, alleged, 350, 351 + Jameson Raid as a Cause, alleged, 251, 252, 253 + Memorials to H.M. Government concerning alleged Grievances--President + Steyn's efforts to keep the Peace, 252, 253, 254 + Orange Free State joining issues with the Transvaal, 254, 255 + Steyn's, President, Letter to Lord Kitchener, 250-259 + Troops landed by the British Government prior to outbreak of + War, 253, 254 + Ultimatum of Boers, Lord Salisbury's Assertion, 53, 54 + +Ceylon--Boer Prisoners taken with Gen. Prinsloo sent to Ceylon, 156 + +Chamberlain, Mr. J.--Boer Ultimatum--Telegrams to Sir A. Milner, 329 + Jameson Raid--Defence of Mr. Rhodes, President Steyn on, 251, 252 + +Cilliers, Gen. J.G.--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, + etc., 404, 405 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Address at the Vereeniging + Conference, 353, 354 + +Cilliers, Sarah--Death at Frederiksstad Engagement, 166, 167 + +Clothing--De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Clothes hidden in Cave, 298 + Difficulty of obtaining, 233 + Hides for tanning, Destruction by the British, 233 + Stripping British Prisoners to obtain, 233 + +Colenso--British losses at, 23 + +Colesberg--Strength of Boer Positions, 26 + +Colonial Burghers--British subjects fighting on Boer Side, Boer Hopes of + Assistance unfulfilled, 405, 406, 408, 420 + British Government Intentions with regard to Rebels, 394, 395 + Proposal for General Amnesty, 413, 414 + Safeguarding in Peace Negotiations, 398, 402, 403, 411, 414, 415, 416, + 421, 427 + +Commandeering--Provisions of Commando Law, 3 + +Commander-in-Chief of Orange Free State-- + De Wet, Gen.--Appointment of, 49 + Secret Election of, 118 + Prinsloo, Election of, 6, 7 + +Commando Law--Provisions as to Commandeering, 3 + +Commandos--Division of into small parties, 225 + Advantages of, 227 + List of Districts and Commandants, 225-227 + Skirmishes, Splendid Record, 267 + Small Commandos sent into Cape Colony--De Wet's Policy, 234 + (For particular Commandos _see_ their names) + +Commissariat--Comparison of Boer and British Commissariat + Arrangements, 4, 5, 6, 7 + +Compensation for Boer Losses, _see_ Repatriation + +Concentration Camps--Number of Deaths in, etc., 416, 419, 426 + Women--Flight of to avoid being sent to Camps, 193, 279 + Maintenance of Boer Women and Children by the British + Government--President Steyn on, 257, 258 + Treatment of, 232, 257, 258 + +Conduct of the War by British--Exhaustion of the Republics, 419 + +Continuance of the War in 1902, Vereeniging Conference-- + Burghers, Attitude of, 404, 405, 410, 411 + Effect on Vereeniging Meeting, 413, 414 + Comparison of Situation with that of 1877-1881, Futility of, 421, 422 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Speech, 407 + Kruger's, President, Advice, 420 + Possibility, Question of--Situation in South African Republic, + Reliance on Government, etc., 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, + 354-358, 359, 360-362, 363, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, + 407, 408, 410, 412, 413, 414, 415, 417, 418, 420, 421, 422, 423, + 424, 426 + Reasons for, 400, 401 + +Correspondence relating to the War, Preservation of, 247 + +Court Martial on Commandant Vilonel, Composition of, _note_ 85 + +Cowboys, Capture by Boers--Blauwbank Capture, 33, 34 + +Cronje, Commandant--Continuance of the War, Reliance on God, etc., 402 + European Intervention, Boer Deputation to Foreign Courts, 402, 403 + +Cronje, Gen. A.P.--Modder Spruit, Command at, 11 + Sanna's Post, Share in Engagement, 64 + Vechtgeneraal of Orange Free State, Nomination as, 11 + +Cronje, Gen. Piet--De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Scheme for breaking + Lord Methuen's Railway Communications--Refusal to permit Execution + of, 23 + Ladysmith, Occupation of Positions South and Southwest of, 19 + Magersfontein--Command at, 23, 24 + Refusal to profit by Commander-in-Chief De Wet's Advice, 25 + Message in reply to Commander-in-Chief De Wet's warning before + Paardeberg, 31 + Retreat towards Paardeberg, 36, 37 + Surrender at Paardeberg (_see_ Paardeberg) + +Cronje, Vechtgeneraal Andreas--Command of Boers' Reinforcements from + Bloemfontein, 45 + +Cropper, F.C., Death of, near Lindley, 269 + + +Dakasburg Engagement, 200 + +Dalgety, Colonel--Command at Badenhorst, 77 + +Davel, Commandant--Command of President Steyn's Bodyguard, 191 + +Days of Thanksgiving and Humiliation, Appointment of, 243 + +De Clercq, Mr.--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, 399 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 344, 348 + +De la Rey, General--Colesberg Command, 24 + Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, etc., 403, 404 + Fortitude after Fall of Pretoria, 93 + Independence of the South African Republic--Powers of Vereeniging + Delegates to decide on Question, 411, 412 + Kraaipan, Capture of Armoured Train, 8 + Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, 58 + Magersfontein Laager, Command at, 23 + Mission to Europe on behalf of Relief Fund Committee, 428 + Peace Negotiations--Member of Commission of National Representatives + at the Pretoria Conference, 320, 365-396 + Permission given to Burghers to return home, 56 + Reitfontein, Work at, 52 + Roberts', Lord, Attempt to cross the Orange River--Success in + preventing, 26 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 358 + Steyn's, President, and General de Wet's visit to, 300 + +De Lange--Sentence of Death for High Treason at Blijdschap, 268 _note_ + +De Wet, General Piet--Advice to Commander-in-Chief De Wet after Siege of + Badenhorst, 81 + Discontinuance of Struggle proposed--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Reception of Proposal, 130 + Lindley Garrison, Capture of, 92 + Sanna's Post Engagement, Share in, 64 + Swartbooiskop, Guarding after Fight at Nicholson's Nek, 17 + +De Wet, Jacobus, Capture of, 296, 297 + +De Wet, Johannes--Death near Smithfield, 181 + +De Wet, Veldtcornet--Wounded during Retreat from Dewetsdorp, 181 + +Debtors, Protection of, against Creditors for Six Months after the + War--Peace Negotiations at Pretoria (May, 1902), 387 + +Declaration of War by South African Republic (_see_ Ultimatum) + +Deputation to European Powers to ask for Intervention (1900)--Departure + from Delagoa Bay, 53, 54 + Encouragement to continue Struggle, 407 + England's Refusal to permit Return of Deputation, 409, 412, 413 + European Governments unwilling to receive, 415, 416 + Failure of, 355, 356 + Object of, 54 + Silence of, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 407 + +Delagoa Bay Harbour, Forbidden to Boers by Portuguese Government, 53, + _note_ 54 + +Destitution caused by the War, 321, 322 + Appointment of Committee to Collect and Administer Relief Funds, 428 + +Devastation by the British--War against Boer Property, 192 + Crops destroyed, Corn burnt, etc., _note_ 83 + Farm-burning and Waggons (_see_ those titles) + Male Attire, Burning of, 221, 222 + +Dewetsdorp, Occupation by British, 71 + Storming by Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Forces, 174-179 + +Diederiks of Boshof, Commandant, 24 + +Discipline of Boer Forces--Imperfect Discipline, 7, 8, 9, 57 + Failure to remove Cattle along Railway Line, 111 + Roodewal, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Difficulties in carrying away + Booty, 103, 104 + Sanna's Post, irritating Results at, 67 + Stricter Discipline, Results of, 61 + Taljaart's and Prinsloo's, Veldtcornets, Burghers "preferred to go + their own way," 286 + Waggon Difficulty, 120, 121 + Harrismith Burghers' Refusal to part with their Waggons at + Spitskopje, 161-163 + +Doornberg, War Council at--Decision as to Presidential Election, 197 + +Doornspruit--Line near crossed by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, Capture of + Train, Ammunition, etc., 132 + +Drakensberg Range-- + Boundary between Boer and British Territory in 1899, 7, 8 + Passes, Occupation by Orange Free State Commandos, 7, 8 + +Drive Tactics of British-- + Bethlehem-Lindley to Frankfort-Vrede Line--Cordon of Sixty Thousand + Men, 290-296 + Boer Forces caught between Cordon of Troops and Vaal River, 135, 136 + Harrismith, Heilbron and Bethlehem District, 285, 286 + +Du Toit, General--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, + etc., 400, 401 + +Dundee, Line near, cut by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 9, 10 + + +Elandsfontein Engagement--Commandant Michal Prinsloo's Exploit, 119, 120 + +Elandskop--British Attack in Hope of Capturing Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 290, 291 + +Elandslaagte Engagement, 114 + +Els, Veldtcornet Marthinus, wounded outside Ladysmith, 20 + +Epithets applied by the British to the Boer Forces, 227, 228 + +European Journals kept from Republics by England, 409 + +Eustin, Lieut. Banie, wounded and captured by British, 204, 205 + +Extermination of the South African Republics--British Determination to + exterminate the Republics prior to the Outbreak of War, + alleged, 254, 255 + + +Fanny's Home Farm--Recapture of Guns by British, 285 + +Farm-burning, etc., by the British--Heilbron, Bethlehem and Harrismith + District, 285 + Roberts', Lord, Proclamations, ordering, 192 + Shelter, Lack of--Women living in Narrow Sheds, 290, 291 + Wholesale Destruction of Farms by the British, 232 + +Fauresmith and Jacobsdal Burghers--Failure to rejoin Commandos, 60 + Return Home without Permission after Poplar Grove, 56 + +Ferreira, Mr. T.S., Commander-in-Chief, at Kimberley--Death due to Gun + Accident, 49 + +Firing of the Veldt by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 141, 142 + +Fissher, Abraham--Member of Boer Deputation to Europe (1900), 53, 54 + +Food Supply--Failure of Food Supply, Reason for Acceptance of British + Peace Terms, 233, 321, 401, 402, 405, 406, 410, 416, 417, 421, 422, + 427, 428 + Kemp's, Gen., Plan of Commandeering Food Supplies from the + Kaffirs, 345 + Situation in the various Districts on May 15, 1902--Reports of the + Delegates to the Vereeniging Conference, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, + 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 355, 361, 362 + +Forces--Comparison between numbers, etc., engaged on either Side in + the War, 339 + (_See_ also titles Boer and British Forces) + +Fourie, General Piet--Bethlehem Engagement, 281 + Blauwbank, Exploits at, 33, 34, 35 + Cape Colony Expedition, Part in, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, + 210, 212, 213, 221, 222 + Commandos escaped from behind the Roodebergen, Command of, 238, 239 + Despatch of, to the South-Eastern Districts, 225 + Engagement with British Troops from Bloemfontein (1900), 80 + Prinsloo's Surrender, Escape from, 128 + Springhaansnek, Leader in Attack on Blockhouse Line, 187, 188, 189 + Vice-Commander-in-Chief in Bloemfontein District, Appointment, 157 + +Franchise--British Government Demands on the South African Republic + prior to Outbreak of War, 252, 253, 254 + +Frankfort, British Success at (1900), 82 + Ross', Commandant, Engagement with Colonel Rimington's Troops, 267 + +Fraser, Gordon--One of two faithful Burghers of Philippolis District, 94 + +Frederiksstad Station--Attack by Commander-in-Chief de Wet and General + Liebenberg on General Barton, Causes of Failure, etc., 165-168 + +French, General-- + Koedoesberg, Fight for, 27 + Magersfontein--Boer Lines broken through, 36, 37 + +Froneman, General-- + Continuance of the War at all Costs advocated, 402, 403 + Escape from Paardeberg, 41 + Frederiksstad, Attack on General Barton--Failure to hold advanced + Position, 165, 166, 167 + Koedoesberg, Share in Fighting at, 27, 28 + Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, 58 + Prinsloo's Surrender--Escape from, 128 + Railway Line wrecked near America Siding, 115, 116 + Reddersburg, March on, 72, 73 + Rhenosterriviersbrug Engagement, 99, 101, 104, 105 + Sanna's Post Engagement, Share in, 62 + Smithfield Expedition, Results of, 79 + Train captured by, near Jagersfontein Road Station, 203, 204 + Ventersburg, Failure to hold Position, 85 + + +Gatacre, General--Capture of Stormberg, 50 + +Gatsrand--Death of Danie Theron, 153, 154 + +Germany--Attitude towards the War, Reasons for + Non-intervention, 358, 359 + +Gladstone-- + Assistance rendered to South African Republic in War of + 1877-1881, 422, 423 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, tribute to, 85 + +Goldfields--Surrender of, to the British proposed, 350, 351, 352, 357, + 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364 + +Gouveneurskop--General de Villiers' Exploits at, 83 + +Government of Orange Free State-- + Accompanying Commander-in-Chief de Wet in Departure from + Roodebergen, 124, 129 + Bethlehem, Transference to, 117 + Cape Colony, Expedition into, Decision to accompany, 197 + Capture of Members of the Government by the British at Reitz--Escape + of President Steyn, 244 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Operations after Prinsloo's + Surrender--Government accompanying Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 124, 129 + Executive Raad, Constitution of, 198 + Heilbron, Transference to, 86 + Kroonstad, Transference to, 58 + Third Transference, Reasons for, 92 + Volksraad--Impossibility of assembling a legally constituted + Volksraad, 198, 199 + +Government of South African Republic-- + Capture of Members by the British at Reitz, 244 + Appointments to Vacancies, 244 + Treachery on the part of Burgher Steenekamp, 244 + Steyn's, President, Visit to Machadodorp, 144 + Termination of the War (_see_ that title) + +Governments of the Orange Free State and South African Republic-- + Peace Deliberations, Meeting at Klerksdorp, 303, 305 + Peace Negotiations at Pretoria, Boer Proposals for Retention of + Self-Government under British supervision, 366, 371, 372 + +Grain Waggons, captured by British near Vredefort, 133 + +"Granary" of Orange Free State lost to Boers, 84 + +Grant by the British Government for Repatriation Purposes, Re-stocking + Farms, etc., 394 + +Great Britain, King of--Thanks of Boer Generals for Efforts to promote + Peace--Resolution at the Vereeniging Conference, 346 + +Grobler, Commandant H.S.--Continuance of the War, Impossibility of + carrying on the Struggle, 406 + +Grobler, Mr. E.R.--Colesberg Command, 22 + +Groenkop, Description of, 278 + +"Guerillas"-- + Designation of Boer Forces by the British as "Guerillas," Objections + to the term, 228, 229 + Meaning of the term, 229 + +Guns-- + Boer Captures-- + Blauwbank, 33 + Colenso and Stormberg, 22 + Dakasburg Engagement-- + Capture of a Maxim-Nordenfeldt, 200 + Dewetsdorp, 178 + Nicholson's Nek, 16 + Sanna's Post, 67, 69 + Tweefontein, 282 + Boer Losses, 208, 209 + Bothaville, Number lost at, 170, 171 + Fanny's Home Farm, Recapture of Guns by the British, 285 + Frederiksstad, Retreat after--Loss of one gun, 167 + Springhaansnek, Gun Abandoned, 189, 190 + Ventersdorp, Loss of Krupp Gun near, 141 + + +"Hands-uppers," British use of, 18 + +Harbour, Boer Lack of, _note_ 53 + +Harrismith-- + Engagement with British Troops near, 272-274 + Boer Casualties, 274 + Failure of Boer Charge, 273 + Orange Free State Troops, Concentration at, 4, 6 + +Harrismith Burghers-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Visit to, 260 + Surrender following Prinsloo's Surrender, 128 + Waggon, Refusal to part with--Return home, 161-163 + +Hasebroek, Commandant--Cape Colony Expedition--Holding the Enemy in + Check, 212, 215, 219, 220 + Engagement with Colonel White near Thaba'Nchu, 189, 190 + +Hattingh, General--Command at Harrismith and Vrede Commandos, 161 + Commander-in-Chief in the Drakensberg Appointment, 117 + +Hattingh, Veldtcornet Johannes--Leader in Springhaansnek Attack on + Blockhouse Lines, 187 + +Heenop, David--Swimming the Orange River, 220 + +Heilbron--District to which Commander-in-Chief de Wet belonged, 4 + Government of Orange Free State transferred to, 86 + Mentz, Commandant F.E., Engagement with Colonel Byng's Column, 267 + +Heilbron Commando--Commandant Mr. L. Steenekamp, 4 + Vice-Commandant, Election of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 7 + Visits to, by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 230, 243 + +Heliographic Communication, Use by Boers, 286 _note_, 289 + +Hertzog, Judge--Continuance of the War, Arguments for and + against--Vereeniging Conference, 412 + Despatch of, to the South-Western Districts, 225 + Mission to bring back Commandos which had escaped from Prinsloo's + Surrender, 137 + Peace Negotiations--Member of Commission of National Representatives + at the Pretoria Conference, 320, 365-396 + Rejection of British Terms--Proposal, 425, 426 + Report on Attitude of Burghers in North-Western Parts of Cape + Colony, 195 + Vice-Commander-in-Chief, Appointment in Districts of Fauresmith, + etc., 158 + +Hides for Tanning--Destruction by the British, 233 + +Hijs, Commandant, P.L.--Impossibility of European Intervention, 401, 402 + +Holspruits--Boers breaking through British Lines, 293, 294 + +Honing Kopjes--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's first Engagement with Lord + Kitchener, 108-110 + +Honingspruit Station, Failure of Commandant Olivier's Attack, 115, 116 + +Horses--Bothaville, Capture of Horses by Boers, 299 + Condition of Boer Horses, 338, 339, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 355 + Dependence of the Boers on their Horses, 172 + Fodder, Scarcity of, 341, 355 + Skin Disease among, 271, 272 + Wild Horses of the Veldt, Use of, by the Boers, 292, 293 + +Humiliation Days, Appointment of, 243 + + +Independence of the Republics-- + Afrikander Feeling as to, 58 + British Government Attitude towards, 337 + Correspondence between Presidents Kruger and Steyn and Lord + Salisbury, 330-332 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Meetings to ascertain the feeling of the + Burghers as to Surrender of Independence, 313 + "Irretrievably Lost," 419 + Maintenance of--Burghers' Mandate to Vereeniging Delegates, 333, 337, + 338, 347, 348, 362, 363, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 407, 411, + 412, 417, 421, 422, 423, 424 + Peace Negotiations--Conference at Pretoria between Commission of the + National Representatives and Lords Kitchener and Milner + (May 19-28, 1902), 366, 370, 371 + Refusal of the British Government to consider Terms based on Retention + of Independence, 53, 54, 309, 310, 397 + Steyn, President, Views of, 306 + Surrender of--Conditions offered by the British in + exchange, 346, 347, 358 + Vereeniging Conference, opinions of Burghers' Delegates, 333, 336, + 346, 347, 348, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 362, 363, 364 + +Intervention of Foreign Powers on behalf of the Republics-- + Attitude of England towards, 356, 362, 363 + Boer Deputation to European Powers (_see_ Deputation) + Boer Hopes unfulfilled, 405, 406, 412, 414, 415, 416, 423, 424 + Germany, Reasons for Non-intervention, 358, 359 + Improbability of Intervention, 355, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 433 + Intervention not desired by Boers, 54 + Steyn, President, on, 354, 355 + + +Jameson Raid, President Steyn on, 251, 252 + +Jew at Nicholson's Nek--Burgher declining to do Business, 15 + +Johannesburg Police, Behaviour at Nicholson's Nek, 15, 16 + +Jonson, Burgher, Death at Bester Station--First Victim in the Fight for + Freedom, 10, 11 + +Joubert, General-- + Junction with Orange Free State Forces at Rietfontein, 13 + Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, 58 + + +Kaffirs--Arming by England, 422, 423 + Attitude towards the Boers--Reports of Vereeniging Delegates, 337, + 338, 339, 340, 343, 345, 346, 355, 361, 362, 363 + Boer Women, Treatment of, 151, 152, 153 + Capture of Kaffirs by Boers at Dewetsdorp, 178, 179 + Release of Prisoners, 181 + Treatment of Kaffirs by Boers--Kaffirs captured at Leeuwspruit + Bridge, 113 + Warfare, Native Methods--Boer Sufferings at the Hands of Zulus and + Basutos, 10 + +Kemp, General--Continuance of the War, Independence of the Republics, + etc., 421, 422 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 345, 347, 348 + +Kitchener, Lord--Armistice agreed on, to admit of Attendance of Boer + Officers at the Vereeniging Meeting, 316 + Misunderstanding on the Part of the British Columns, 317, 318 + Capture of President Steyn and Commander-in-Chief de Wet + anticipated--Visit to Wolvehock Station, 290, 291 + Escape from Armoured Train, near Leeuwspruit Bridge, 112 + Honingkopjes and Roodepoort--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's first + Engagement with Lord Kitchener, 108, 109 + Independence of Republics as basis for Peace Negotiations, Refusal to + consider--Pretoria Conference, 309, 310, 397 + Kroonstad, Arrival at, 111 + Middelburg Peace Proposals (_see_ that title) + Peace Negotiations--Conference at Pretoria with Commission of National + Representatives (May 19-28, 1902), 320, 365, 395, 396 + Proposals by the Boer Representatives in April, 1902, 305-313 + Prisoners, Order given to Gen. Knox "not to take prisoners"--_South + African News_ Statement, 184, 185 + +Klerksdorp--Peace Deliberations, Meeting of Governments of the + Republics, 303, 304, 305 + +Knight, Captain Wyndham-- + Surrender at Rhenosterriviersbrug, 105, 106 + Tribute to, by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 107 + +Knox, General--Bethlehem, Engagement near, with Generals Botha and + Fourie, and Commandant Prinsloo, 194, 195 + Cape Colony--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Operations--Attempted + Inroad--Fighting near Smithfield, 181 + Expedition into Cape Colony, Dispositions to prevent, 201, 202, 203 + Kroonstad taken by, 194, 195 + Pursuit of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 185, 186, 187, 189, 190 + Thaba'Nchu, Engagement near, with Gen. Fourie, 201, 202 + +Koedoesberg--Struggle between General French and Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 27, 28, 29 + +Kotze, Mr. (General Prinsloo's Secretary)--Bearer to Commander-in-Chief + de Wet of News of General Prinsloo's Surrender, 135, 136, 137 + +Kraaipan--Armoured Train captured by Boers, 8, 9 + +Kritzinger, Commandant--Crossing of Orange River, Seizure of British + Outpost, 195, 196 + +Kritzinger, Commandant, and Captain Scheepers--Engagement with Brabant's + Horse, 185, 186 + +Krom Ellenborg, Sub-district to which Commander-in-Chief de Wet + belonged, 4 + +Kroonstad--British Advance, 86, 87 + Abandonment by Boers, 87, 88 + Capture by General Knox, 194, 195 + Government of Orange Free State transferred to, 58 + Government of Orange Free State transferred to Heilbron, 86, 87 + Kitchener's Lord, Arrival--Strength of British Forces, etc., 111 + +Kroonstad Commando, Share in Battle of Modderspruit, 10, 11 + +Kruger, President--Despatch of Mission to Europe to represent Condition + of the Country to President Kruger, proposed, 236, 237, 238 + Peace, Joint Letter to Lord Salisbury stating Conditions on which the + Republics were willing to make Peace, 330, 331, 332 + Poplar Grove, Visit to Boer Troops at, 50 + War Council at Kroonstad, Presence, at, 58 + +Krugersdorp-Potchefstroom Railway--Crossed by Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 149 + + +Ladysmith-- + British Retreat on Ladysmith, 9, 10 + Bulwana Hill--Boers surprised by British, 21 + Engagement of 3rd Nov., 1899, 29, 30 + Relief, 50 + +Landsheer, Doctor de--Death at Bothaville, English Newspaper + Report, 170, 171 + +Language Question-- + Equal Rights for English and Dutch Languages in Schools--Boer Peace + Proposals to Lord Kitchener (April, 1902), 308, 309 + Terms of the Peace Protocol, 380, 393, 394 + Objections to, 412, 421, 422 + +Leeuwspruit Railway Bridge--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Scheme for + breaking British Lines of Communication, 112 + Froneman's, General, Failure to carry out Instructions, 113 + Kitchener's Lord, Escape, 112 + +Leeuwspruit Scheme, Failure of, 112 + Methuen's, Lord, Railway Communications--General Cronje's Refusal to + permit Execution of Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Scheme for + Cutting, 23 + Orange Free State Railway--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Work + on, 153, 154 + Scheepers, Captain, Work of, 154 + Wolvehoek, Wrecking the Railway, 163 + +Liebenberg, General-- + Frederiksstad--Failure of Attack on General Barton, 164, 165, 166, 167 + Mooi River, Junction with Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 140, 141 + Retreat from Rustenburg, 142, 143 + +Liebenbergsvlei-- + British Retreat, 284 + Guns, Recapture by British at Fanny's Home Farm, 285 + +Lindley-- + British Garrison Captured by General Piet de Wet, 92 + Destruction by the British, Alleged, 271, 272 + Engagement near, 268 + Postponement of Second Boer Attack--Escape of the British during the + Night, 270 + Halt of Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Forces, 271, 272 + +Lindley-Kroonstad Line of Blockhouses--Boers breaking through the + Line, 287 + +Lines of Communication--Boer Attempts to cut British Lines, 172, 246 + America Siding Railway Line Wrecked by General Froneman, 115, 116 + De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Schemes of, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153 + Frederiksstad Station--Wrecking of Railway Bridge and Line, 140, 141 + "Little Majuba"--Name given to Swartbooiskop after Nicholson's Nek, 13 + +Loans by the British Government for restocking Farms, etc., 394 + +Long Tom damaged by Dynamite, 21 + +Looting by British, 6, 7 + +Losses in Killed, Wounded, etc., on either side during the War, 201, + 202, 247, 265, 266, 415, 416, 417, 422, 423 + Blijdschap, 269 + Bothaville, 170, 171 + Cape Colony Expedition, 206, 207, 208, 209 + Colenso, 22 + Dakasburg Engagement, 200 + Dewetsdorp, 177, 178 + Engagement between Commandant Hasebroek and Colonel White, 189 + Frederiksstad Engagement, 166, 167 + Heilbron, 26 + Koffiefontein, 35, 36 + Ladysmith, Engagement of 3rd Nov., 1899, 20 + Leeuwspruit Bridge, 112, 113 + Lindley, 267, 269 + Magersfontein, 23 + Modder Spruit, 11 + Nicholson's Nek, 16 + Paardeberg, 50 + Prinsloo's Surrender, 127 + Reitz, 265 + Rhenosterriviersbrug, 105 + Roodewal, Extent of British Losses, 102 + Sanna's Post, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 + Stinkfontein, 40, 46 + Stormberg, 23 + Tijgerfontein, 138, 139 + Tweefontein, 181 + Vanvurenskloof, 139, 140 + Verkijkersdorp, 239, 240 + Vredefort Engagement, 134, 135 + +Loyalty to British Government--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Final Advice + to the Boers, 324 + +Lubbe, Commandant--Return from Paardenberg's Drift, 36, 37 + Wounded and Captured near Thaba'Nchu, 82 + +Lyddite Shells, Effect of-- + Bethlehem Incident, 121, 122 + Magersfontein Laager, 24 + + +Maagbommen, 5 + +Macdonald, General Sir Hector-- + Command of Reinforcements against Bethlehem, 121, 122 + +Machadodorp--President Steyn's Visit to the Government of the South + African Republic, 144 + +Magalies Mountains, Passage of, by Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 145, 146, 147 + +Magersfontein Engagement-- + British Losses, 23 + +Magersfontein Laager-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Command, 23, 24 + Duties and Annoyances of Command, 64 + Shelling by British, 24 + Women, Presence of--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Failure to induce + Government to Prohibit, 25 + +Mailbags captured at Roodewal, Contents used by Boers, 102 + +"Majuba Day"--Capture of Commandant van Merwe and men, 296, 297 + +Malan, Lieut.--Expedition into Cape Colony, 206, 207 + +Martial Law--Proclamation by Governments of the Republics, 7, 8 + +Massey, Major--Command at Dewetsdorp, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Tribute, 175, 176 + +Matthijsen, Corporal Adriaan and the crossing of the Magalies + Mountains, 146, 147 + +Mauser Rifle in Portrait of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, History + of, 151, 152 + +Mears, Commandant--Loss of Guns at Fanny's Home Farm, 285 + +Medical Certificates, Abuse of by Burghers, _note_ 59 + +Meijer, Commandant J.--Tribute to, 271, 272 + +Mentz, Commandant J.E.-- + Continuance of the War, Impossibility of, 421, 422 + Situation in South Africa on 15th May, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 351, 352 + +Merve, Commandant-General van, wounded at Sanna's Post, 68, 69 + +Merve, Commandant van der-- + Appointment to Command of Winburg Burghers, 64 + Capture of, on "Majuba Day," 296, 297 + +Meyer, Mr. J.L.--Continuance of the War, Arguments against, Vereeniging + Conference, 413, 414 + +Meyer, Veldtcornet--Loss of Position at Stinkfontein, 42 + +Middelburg Peace Proposals-- + Annulled by the Terms of Peace arranged at the Pretoria Conference + (May, 1902), 392 + Communications between the Boer Leaders with reference to the proposed + Conference, 230 + Difference between the Basis of Negotiations proposed by the Boer + Representatives in May, 1902, and the Middelburg + Proposals, 367, 372, 373 + Receipts issued by Boer Officers, Proviso as to Payment, 384, 385 + +Milner, Lord-- + Boer Ultimatum--Mr. Chamberlain's Telegrams, 329 + Independence of Republics as Basis for Peace Negotiations, Refusal to + consider--Pretoria Conference, 365-396, 397 + Peace Negotiations--Conference at Pretoria with Commission of National + Representatives (May 18-29, 1902), 320, 365-396 + +Mobility--British Incapacity to keep pace with Boers, 140, 141 (_see_ + also Waggons) + +Modder River--British entrenched at, 24 + +Modder Spruit, Battle of, 9, 10, 11 + Boer and British Losses, 11, 12 + +Modderrivierpoort (_see_ Poplar Grove) + +Muller, Capt.--Exploit at Roodewal, 101 + +Muller, General C.H.--Continuance of the War--Vereeniging Delegates' + Refusal to accept British Surrender Proposal, 417 + +Myringen, Burgher, killed at Rhenosterriviersbrug, 105, 106 + + +Naauwpoort--Prinsloo's Surrender, 85 + +Natal--British Subjects fighting for the Boers (_see_ Colonial Burghers) + +Natal Operations-- + Absence of Commander-in-Chief de Wet after 9th Dec., 1899, 21 + Bester Station Skirmish, 10, 11 + Colenso, Magersfontein, and Stormberg Engagements--British Losses, 23 + Drakensberg Passes, Occupation by Orange Free State Commandos, 7, 8 + Estcourt Skirmishes--General Louis Botha's Exploits, 19 + Failure of Boers to cut off English at Dundee and Elandslaagte, 9, 10 + Kraaipan, Capture of Armoured Train by General De la Rey, 8, 9 + Ladysmith (_see_ that title) + Modder Spruit, Battle of, 9, 10, 11 + Natal Frontier, Commander-in-Chief C. de Wet's Reconnaissance, 7, 8 + Nicholson's Neck (_see_ that title) + +National Representatives (_see_ Peace Negotiations) + +National Scouts--Arming men who had taken the Oath of Neutrality, 159 + Bergh's, Captain, Attacks on Boers with bands of Kaffirs, 271, 272 + Night Attacks by the British instigated by, 263, 264 + Services to the British, 184, 185, 223, 224 + +Naude, Mr. J.--Independence of the South African Republic and Orange + Free State, Vereeniging Delegates' power to decide as to Position of + British Subjects fighting on Boer side, etc., 411 + +Neikerk, Altie van--Capture at Honingkopjes, 186 + +Neikerk, Captain--Appointment as Commandant of President Steyn's + Bodyguard, 245 + +Nel, Commandant-- + Farm stormed by English--Escape of Commander-in-Chief C. de + Wet, 152, 153, 154 + Modder Spruit--West Wing of Boer Forces commanded by Nel, 10, 11 + Nicholson's Nek--Failure to hold Swartbooiskop, 13, 14 + Resignation, 115, 116 + +Nerwe, Van de--Drowned in crossing Orange River, 217 + +Netherlands-- + Peace--Correspondence with the British Government, 301, 302 + Boer Response to the Invitation implied in the forwarding of the + Correspondence, etc., 305, 306, 370, 371 + Queen of--Thanks of Boer Generals for efforts to promote + Peace--Resolution at the Vereeniging Conference, 345, 346 + +Newspapers--Circulation of European Papers prohibited in Republics by + England, 409 + +Nicholson's Nek-- + Ambulance for British wounded--Sir G. White's Delay in sending, 17 + Booty taken by Boers, 16 + Swartbooiskop-- + Nel's, Commandant, Failure to hold, 13, 14 + Storming by Steenekamp and Commander-in-Chief C. de Wet, 14, 15 + White Flag Incident, 15 + Transvaal Burghers, Work of, 17 + +Nieuwouwdt, General--Peace, Rejection of British Terms, + Proposal, 424, 425 + +Night Attacks by the British--Success of, Losses caused to the + Boers, 263, 264 + +Norvalspont--Commander-in-Chief C. de Wet's Schemes for Operations in + rear of British, 81, 82 + + +Oath of Neutrality, Breaking--Re-arming of Burghers who had taken the + Oath, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Scheme, 156-160 + British Military Authorities' Breach of Terms of Lord Roberts' + Proclamation justifying Scheme, 159, 160 + +Olivier, Commandant-- + Bethlehem District, Appointment to Command, 227, 228 + Honingspruit Station, Failure of Attack on, 115, 116 + Prinsloo's, General, Position as Private Burgher, Dissatisfaction + with, 118 + +Oliviershoekpas--Occupation by Bethlehem Commando, 7, 8 + +Orange Free State-- + Annexation of--Battles fought after the alleged Annexation, 228, 229 + De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Return of, 144, 150, 151 + Government (_see_ Government of Orange Free State) + Number of Burghers in Arms after Fall of Pretoria, 94 + Outbreak of War--Orange Free State joining issues with the South + African Republic, 254, 255 + President--Powers granted to President in Matters Concerning + War, 9, 10 + Situation of Boer and British Forces in 1901, President Steyn + on, 255, 256 + +Ortel, Mr. Charles--Owner of Abraham's Kraal, 51 + +Outbreak of the War, 7, 8 + + +Paardeberg--General Cronje's Forces surrounded by the British, + Bombardment of Laager, etc., 39 + Boer Reinforcements, Arrival of, 45 + Cronje's, Gen., Determination not to abandon Laager, 41 + Efforts to release General Cronje--Storming of Stinkfontein, + etc., 40-46 + Abandonment of Position by Boers, 44 + Botha's, General, Attempt to recapture Position abandoned on 25th + February, 45 + British Efforts to recapture Position, 42, 43, 44 + Way of Escape opened to General Cronje, 41, 43 + Sketch of Boer and British Positions, 38 + Surrender of General Cronje, 47 + Effect on Boer Forces, 48, 49, 51 + Theunisson, Mr., Capture by British, 6, 7 + +Paardenberg's Drift, British Advance on, 30 + Camp of "Water-draggers" surprised by British, 32, 33 + +Palmietfontein--Boers breaking through Blockhouse Line, 289, 290 + +Panic among Boer Forces-- + Burghers returning to Farms after Fall of Pretoria, 93 + Holspruits, 294, 295 + +Peace Negotiations--Boer Overtures, etc.-- + Armistice agreed on, to admit of attendance of Officers at the + Vereeniging Meeting, 315 + Misunderstanding on the part of the British Columns, 317, 318 + Concessions in addition to the Terms already offered in the + Negotiations of April, 1902, 366 + Conference at Pretoria between the Commission of National + Representatives and Lords Kitchener and Milner (19-28 May, + 1902), 320, 365 + Draft Document drawn up to place Negotiations in position to amend + the Middelburg Proposals, 376, 377 + Prolongation of Meetings due to Cable Correspondence with Great + Britain, 397 + Report of Commission discussed at Vereeniging Meeting, 397 + Governments of the Republics, Meeting at Klerksdorp, 303, 304, 305 + Burger's, Vice-President, Letter to President Steyn, 301, 302 + Independence (_see_ that subheading) + Middelburg Peace Proposals (_see_ that title) + National Representatives-- + Commission sent to the Pretoria Conference (May, 1902)-- + Decision to appoint Commission, 364 + Names of Members, 412 + Election of Representatives for the Commandos, 313, 314 + Meeting at Vereeniging (15th May) to consider the + Situation, 352, 353, 358, 359, 362, 363 + Peace Terms Proposed, 362, 363, 364 + Netherlands' Communication with the British Government, 301, 302 + Boer Response to the Invitation implied in the forwarding of the + Correspondence, etc., 305, 306, 370, 371 + Letter sent to Commandos, 336, 345, 346, 347 + Presidents of the Republics--Correspondence with Lord Salisbury, and + Lord Salisbury's Reply (5th March, 1900), 50, 53, 54, 330-332, 409 + Proposals to Lord Kitchener (April, 1902), 299 + Correspondence between Lord Kitchener and the Secretary of + State--Independence Difficulty, 401, 402 + Signing of Peace at Pretoria, 323, 324 + Steyn's, President, Views, 258, 259 + Terms of Peace sanctioned by the British Government and accepted by + the Boers (May, 1902)-- + Acceptance of British Terms, 320, 427, 428 + Acceptance under Protest proposed, 421 + Dissatisfaction among men of the Commandos, 324 + Failure of Food Supply as reason for acceptance, 321 + Unconditional Surrender v. Acceptance, 399, 401, 404, 405, 417, + 423, 424 + Better Terms, Possibility of obtaining, 406, 409, 410, 423, 424 + Decision as to Acceptance or Rejection essential, 425, 426 + Middelburg Proposal Annulled by the Terms of the Peace Protocol of + May, 1902, 392 + Milner's, Lord, Telegrams, 392 + Rejection of Terms proposed, 424, 425 + Signatures to Acceptance, Question of, 425, 426 + Sub-committee appointed to aid in formulating Peace + Proposals, 378, 398 + Text of Draft Proposal and of Draft Proposal with Amendments + sanctioned by the British Government, 379, 393 + Time allowed for discussion of Terms, 394, 395 + "Ultimatum," Description of British Terms, 321 + +Penzhorn, Mr., Relatives of--Kindness to Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 145 + +Petrusberg--Capture of by British, 51 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Visit, 232 + +Plans, Sketch Plans of Engagements, 97, 276 + +Plessis, Veldtcornet du--Death due to White Flag Treachery at + Reddersburg, 76 + +Poplar Grove-- + Concentration of Boer Troops at, 50 + Kruger's, President, Visit to Boer Troops, 50 + Panic among Boers--Commander-in-Chief de Wet unable to prevent + flight, 51 + +Potchefstroom, Portrait of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, History of Mauser + Rifle, which appears in the photograph, 151, 152 + +Potgieter, Commandant (of Wolmaranstadt)--Escape from Paardeberg, 41 + +Potgieter, Mr. Hendrik--Appointment as Public Prosecutor of Orange Free + State, 198 + +Preeij, Vice-Commandant Ignatius du, killed near Bethlehem, 194, 195 + +Presidency of Orange Free State-- + Expiration of President Steyn's term of office--Difficulties in the + way of an Election, Action of the Doornberg War Council, 197, 198 + Resignation of President Steyn, 411 + Rhodes, Mr., proposed as Candidate, 198 + +Pretoria-- + Capture by British, 92 + Panic ensuing among Transvaalers, 93 + Peace Negotiations--Conference between Commission of National + Representatives and Lords Kitchener and Milner (May 19-28, + 1902), 320, 365 + +Pretorius, Willem-- + Storming of British Schanze on Orange River, 204, 205 + Tribute to, 271, 272 + Veldtcornet, Nomination as, 205, 206 + +Prinsloo, Commandant Michal-- + Bethlehem Engagement, 194, 195 + Elandsfontein Exploit, 119, 120 + Liebenbergsvlei Engagement, 284 + Springhaansnek, Covering Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Passage of + Blockhouse Lines at, 187, 188 + Train captured and burned by, 152, 153 + Vice-Commander-in-Chief of Bethlehem and Ficksburg Sub-districts, + Appointment, 227, 228 + +Prinsloo, Mr. Marthinus-- + Assistant Commander-in-Chief, Irregular Election as, 126 + Commandant of Winburg District, 6, 7 + Commander-in-Chief of Orange Free State, Election, 6, 7 + Natal Campaign, Preliminary Arrangements, 7, 8 + Resignation of Post as Commander-in-Chief in the Drakensberg, 117 + Surrender at Naauwpoort, 85 + Letter to Commander-in-Chief de Wet announcing Surrender and + Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Reply, 136, 137 + News brought to Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 135, 136, 137, 138 + Suspicious Circumstances of Surrender, 127 + +Prinsloo's, Veldtcornet, Burghers, Capture of, 286 + +Prisoners--Boer Prisoners-- + Bank Notes of the South African Republic, Opportunity of sending in + for Payment, 386, 387 + Ceylon--Prisoners taken with General Prinsloo sent to Ceylon, 156 + Merwe, Commandant, and men--Capture on "Majuba Day," 296, 297 + Number taken by the British, Frederiksstad, 40, 46, 170, 171, 264, 265 + Total Number (35,000) in the Hands of the British in 1901, 256, 257 + Taljaart's and Prinsloo's Veldtcornets, Burghers, Capture of, 286 + British Prisoners-- + Boer Inability to keep their Prisoners, 227, 228, 426, 427 + Clothing taken by the Boers, 233 + Numbers taken, 16, 23, 66, 67, 69, 70, 76, 102, 105, 106, 112, 113, + 163, 178, 179, 185, 186, 194, 195, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 222, + 223, 267, 281 + Release on Fall of Pretoria due to Transvaalers' negligence, 92 + Treatment by Boers-- + Personal Property of Prisoners, etc., Disposition of, 101, _note_ + Prisoners taken in Cape Colony Expedition, Treatment of, 210 + Kaffir Prisoners taken by Boers-- + Dewetsdorp, 178, 179 + Release of Prisoners, 181 + Leeuwspruit Bridge, 113 + +"Pro-Boers"-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Tribute to, 218 + Meetings in England, 407 + +Public Prosecutor of Orange Free State--Appointment of Mr. Hendrick + Potgieter, 198 + + +Railways--Wrecking the Lines, Cutting British Lines of + Communication, 172, 242 + America Siding, Line near, wrecked by General Froneman, 115, 116 + De Aar and Hopetown, Line blown up, 208, 209, 211 + Frederiksstad Station, Bridge and Line wrecked, 115, 116 + Leeuwspruit, Failure of Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Attempt, 112, 113 + Orange Free State Line, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Work + on, 153, 154, 155 + Scheepers, Captain, Work of, 153, 154 + Schemes of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153 + Wolvehock, 163 + +Rebels--Colonial Burghers Fighting on Boer Side (_see_ Colonial + Burghers) + Roberts', Lord, Description of Burghers continuing to fight after + annexation of the Republics as "Rebels," 227, 228 + +Receipts issued by Boer Officers for the Purchase of Cattle, Grain, + etc.--Peace Negotiations, Boer Representatives' Request for a + Guarantee of Payment, 382 + Amount likely to be required, 386, 387 + Middelburg Proposal, 384, 385 + Orange Free State, Position with reference to + Receipts, 383, 384, 385, 386 + Terms of Peace Agreement, 380 + +Reddersburg--Boer Messenger fired on by British, 74 + British Commanding Officer's Reply to Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Advice to Surrender, 74 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Dispositions, 71-74 + Mostertshoek, British Failure to reinforce Detachment at, 75 + White Flag Treachery, 75, 76 + +Reich, Dr.--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Meeting with at Senekal, 231 + +Reitz--Engagement near, 263-266 + Surrender of Arms by Commandos after Declaration of Peace, 323, 324 + +Reitz, Secretary of State--Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902, + Report to the Vereeniging Conference, 350, 351 + +Relief Funds for Destitution caused by the War--Appointment of Committee + to Collect and Administer, 428 + +Repatriation of Boers--Compensation for Losses sustained during the + War--District Commissions, Institution of, 393, 394 + Grant of L3,000,000 by the British Government, 393, 394 + Inadequacy of Proposals, 402, 403, 421 + Loans by the British Government, 394, 395 + +Rheeder, Commandant--Continuance of the War, Terms of Surrender, + etc., 401 + +Rhenoster River, Fighting on, 89, 90 + Hurried Retreat of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 90 + +Rhenosterriviersbrug--General Froneman's Success, 104, 105, 106 + +Rhodes, Mr. C.-- + Jameson Raid--Mr. Chamberlain's Defence of Mr. Rhodes, 251, 252 + Presidency of Orange Free State--Mr. Rhodes proposed as a + Candidate, 198 + +Rietfontein, Battle of (_see_ Modder Spruit) + +Roberts, Lord-- + Advance of, into the Orange Free State, 26 + Bloemfontein, Appearance before, 54 + Dispositions after Capture of Kroonstad (May 18, 1900), 88, 89 + Inaction after Paardeberg, 50 + Thaba'Nchu, Operations near (1900), 82 + Proclamations-- + Burning of Buildings within radius of Ten Miles from Railway wrecked + by Boers, 192 + Oath of Neutrality, Proclamation as to Charge against Lord Roberts + of violating Terms of Proclamation, 80, 159 + Effect in preventing Burghers from rejoining Commandos, 60 + Roodewal Disaster due to negligence of Lord Roberts, 105, 106 + Sanna's Post, Failure to reinforce Troops at, 70 _note_ + Ventersburg, Attack on, 85 + +Roch, General--Natal Campaign, General Roch's Command in Opening + Movement of Boer Forces, 9, 10 + +Roodebergen--De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Departure from, 124, 129 + Occupation by Boer Forces--Commander-in-Chief De Wet's Opposition to + Scheme, 124 + Passes of, 123 + +Roodepoort--Commander-in-Chief De Wet's first Engagement with Lord + Kitchener, 108, 109 + +Roodewal Station, Action at, 98-101 + Booty burnt by Boers, 104, 105 + Sketch Plan, 97 + +Roux, Assistant Commander-in-Chief--Prinsloo's Surrender, weak and + childish Conduct of General Roux, 126, 127 + +Roux, Deacon Paul, Appointment as Vechtgeneraal, 85 + +Russian Reception of Escaped Burghers, 110 _note_ + +Rustenburg--General Liebenberg's Retreat, 142, 143 + + +Salisbury, Marquess of--Peace Negotiations, Boer Proposals of March 5, + 1900--Reply to, 50, 53, 54, 409 + Peace--Correspondence with Presidents Kruger and Steyn, 330-332 + +Sanna's Post, Action at-- + Broadwood's, General, Troops, Arrival of, 65, 66 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Preparations, 62, 64 + Koornspruit, Position occupied by Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 64, 65, 66 + Women and Children from Thaba'Nchu, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Care + for, 66, 67 + +Scheepers, Captain, and Commandant Kritzinger-- + Brabant's Horse, Engagement with, 185, 186 + Despatch Rider chosen by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, to carry Message + to General Cronje before Paardeberg, 31, 32 + Orange River, Crossing of--Seizure of British Outpost, 195, 196 + Railway Lines, Wrecking of, 152, 153, 154 + Scouting Services, 124, 131 + Zandnek Engagement, 139, 140 + +Scouting-- + Boer and British Methods--Services rendered to the British by Boer + Deserters, etc., 18, 121, 122 + Importance of, 165, 166 + National Scouts, Services of (_see_ National Scouts) + +Secrecy as to Future Movements--Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Determination to keep his Plans secret, 61, 199 + +Self-Government, Retention of under British Supervision--Peace + Negotiations, Boer Representatives' Proposals at the Pretoria + Conference (May 19, 1902), 366, 371, 372 + +Sheep--Huge Tail of African Sheep, 211 + +Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--De Wet's Commander-in-Chief, + Address at the Vereeniging Conference, 358-362 + +Situation of the Boer and British Forces in 1901, President Steyn + on, 255, 256 + +Sketch Plans of Engagements, 38, 97, 276 + +Smith, Veldtcornet Hans, of Rouxville, Desertion after + Roodewal, 106, 107 + +Smuts, General-- + Continuance of the War, Arguments for and against--Vereeniging + Conference, 418 + Peace Negotiations--Member of Commission of National Representatives + at the Pretoria Conference, 320, 365-396 + Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902--Report to the Vereeniging + Conference, 340-342 + +Sobriety of Boers, 60 + +_South African News_--Publication of, Order not to take Prisoners, + Anecdote of Lord Kitchener, 184, 185 + +South African Republic-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Journey with General De la Rey, + Incidents during, 238, 239, 242 + Extermination of, by the British determined on prior to the Outbreak + of War, alleged, 254, 255 + Government of (_see_ Government of South African Republic) + Situation of, in 1902--Impossibility of continuing the War, 421, 422 + Situation of Boer and British Forces in 1901--President Steyn + on, 255, 256 + +Speller, Veldtcornet, of Wepener--Capture by British at Stinkfontein, 44 + +Springhaansnek--Blockhouse Line broken through by the + Boers, 173, 187, 188 + +Spruit, Commandant--Capture by British at Stinkfontein, 42, 43; + Subsequent Escape, 43 + +States-Procureur of Orange Free State--Capture of Mr. Jacob de Villiers + at Bothaville, 170, 171, 198 + +Steenekamp, Burgher--Betrayal of Members of the South African Government + to the British, 244 + +Steenekamp, Commandant-- + Assistant-Commander-in-Chief, Nomination as, 144 + Heilbron District, Commandant of, 4, 6, 7 + Illness of, 7, 8, 9, 10 + Vredefort Road Station, Attack on, 98, 105, 106 + +Steyn, President-- + Accompanying Commander-in-Chief de Wet in his departure from + Roodebergen, 129 + Bethlehem Engagement, Presence at, 117 + Bloemfontein, Departure from, 57 + Bodyguard-- + Davel, Commandant, Command of, 191 + Niekerk, Captain--Appointment as Commandant, 245 + Botha, General Philip, Visit to, 86, 87 + Burgher's Vice-President, Request for Meeting with Orange Free State + Government, 301, 302 + Cape Colony Expedition, Decision to accompany, 197 + Capture of Members of Governments of the South African Republics by + the British at Reitz--President Steyn's Escape, 244 + Causes of the War--Letter to Lord Kitchener, 250-259 + Commander-in-Chief of Orange Free State, Refusal to allow + Election--Consent to Election of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 118 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Schemes for operating in the Rear of the + British, Opposition to, 82 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Tribute to, 212 + Eyes, Weakness of--Visit to Dr. van Rennenkamp, 300 + Government of the South African Republic, Meetings with-- + Machadodorp Visit, 144 + Vrede Meeting, 231 + Illness of, 319 + Independence of the Republic, Refusal to surrender, 306 + Intervention of Foreign Powers, Attitude as to, 54 + Kroonstad War Council presided over by President Steyn, 58 + Peace--Correspondence between Presidents Kruger and Steyn and Lord + Salisbury, 330-332 + Resignation owing to Illness, 411 + Ventersdorp--Meeting with Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 168, 169 + Western Parts of the State, Visit to, 298-302 + +Steyn, Willie, Capture at Honing Kopjes--Subsequent Escape, 110 _note_ + +Stinkfontein, Stormed and Abandoned by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 40 + +Stormberg-- + British Losses at, 22, 23 + Capture by General Gatacre, 50 + +_Stormjagers_, 5 + +Strauss, David--Prisoner taken by the British in contravention of Lord + Roberts' Proclamation, 80 + +Stripping British Prisoners in order to obtain Clothing, 233 + +Supervision of the British Government--Peace Negotiations, Boer + Representatives' offer to accept Supervision as a Compromise on the + Independence Question, 366, 371, 372, 373 + +Surrender-- + Banishment Proclamation (_see_ that title) + Oath of Neutrality, Lord Roberts' Proclamation (_see_ Oath of + Neutrality) + Peace Negotiations at Pretoria in May, 1902--Draft Agreement, 376 + +Surrender of Arms after Declaration of Peace, 323, 324 + +Swartbooiskop-- + Nel's Commandant, Failure to hold, 13, 14 + Storming by Commandant Steenekamp and Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 14, 15 + +Swaziland--Cession to the British, Proposals of the Vereeniging + Conference, 350, 351, 360, 361, 363, 364 + +Sympathy felt for Boer Cause in England--Indirect Intervention, + etc., 407, 410, 420 + + +Tabaksberg Engagement, 83 + +Taljaart's, Veltcornet, Burghers, Capture of, 286 + +Telegraph Wires--cutting wires between Wolvehock and Viljoensdrift, 299 + +Telegraphic Communication between Orange Free State and Transvaal, 92 + +Termination of the War-- + Attitude of the Burghers, 237, 238 + Boer Women, Opinion of, 361, 362 + Conference between Transvaal and Orange Free State Governments-- + Decision to continue Fighting, 242, 243 + Klerksdorp Meeting, 303, 304, 305 + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Forebodings, 58 + Letter from Commandants in the Field to Secretary of the Orange Free + State-- + Conference with Transvaal Government, 242 + Discussion of, by President Steyn and Generals De la Rey and De + Wet, 234 + Steyn's President, Answer, Extracts from, 236-239 + Terms of, 234-237 + Mission to President Kruger on behalf of South African Republic + proposed, 236, 237, 238 + Vereeniging Conference--Views of the Representatives, 346, 347, 348, + 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 354-358, 359, 360-362, 363 + +Territory, Session of--Peace Negotiations-- + Pretoria Conference, Boer Representatives' Offer, 366, 375 + Vereeniging Conference Proposals (15th May, 1902), 350, 351, 352, 357, + 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364 + +Thaba'Nchu-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Retreat on after Badenhorst, 81 + Occupation by General Broadwood, 65, 66 + +Thanksgiving Days, Appointment of, 243 + +Theron, Danie-- + Death at Gatsrand, 153, 154 + Paardeberg--Passing Enemy's Lines to carry Message from + Commander-in-Chief de Wet to General Cronje, 46 + Scouting Party, Appointment as Chief by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 54 + Scouting Services, 88, 89, 124, 131 + Train Captured by, 132 + +Theron, Jan--Appointment to succeed Commandant Danie Theron, 153, 154 + +Theunissen, Commandant of Winburg, 45 + Capture by British at Stinkfontein, 46 + Election as Commandant of Winburg, 6, 7 + +Thring, Veldtcornet--War Experiences, Commander-in-Chief de Wet's + Tribute, etc., 87, 88, 89 + +Tijgerfontein Engagement, 138, 139 + +Tintwaspas--Occupation by Kroonstad Commando, 7, 8 + +Tonder, Mr. Gideon van--Killed by Lyddite Shell at Magersfontein, 25 + +Trains-- + Blowing up with Dynamite, 230, 246 + Devices to throw the British off the Scent, 246 + Mechanical Devices, 246 + Boer Captures of, 132, 152, 153, 203, 204 + +Transvaalers-- + Negligence in leaving Prisoners at Pretoria, 92 + Nicholson's Nek, Work at, 17 + +Truter, Commandant--Abandonment of Krupp gun and Ammunition, 182 + +Tweefontein--Attack on British Position, 275-283 + Sketch Plan, 276 + + +Uijs, Commandant--Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902, Report to + the Vereeniging Conference, 349, 350 + +"Uitschudden"--Institution of, in order to obtain Clothing, 233 + +Ultimatum by the South African Republic-- + Cause of the War alleged-- + Salisbury's, Lord, Assertion, 53, 54, 409 + Salisbury's, Lord, Demand, 53, 54, 409 + Steyn's, President, Contradiction, 251, 252 + Chamberlain's, Mr. J., Telegrams to Sir A. Milner, 329 + Text of the "Ultimatum," 325-328 + +Unconditional Surrender--Discussion at Vereeniging Meeting of May 29, + 1902, 398, 399, 401, 405, 406, 423, 424 + + +Vaal River--Crossing of President Steyn's Party, 300 + +Valsch River Bridge, Destruction by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 88, 89 + +Van Dam, Under Captain--Command of Johannesburg Police at Nicholson's + Nek, 16 + +Van Niekerk, Commandant--Continuance of the War, Argument in favour + of, 414, 415 + +Van Reenen's Pass-- + Occupation by Harrismith and Winburg Commandos, 7, 8 + War Council at--Commander-in-Chief de Wet attending in place of + Commandant Steenekamp, 8, 9 + +Vanvurenskloof, Boer Retreat from, 139, 140 + +Vechtgeneraal of the Orange Free State-- + Abolition of Post, 95 + Creation of Post, 9, 10 + De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Appointment of, 22 + Roux, General Paul, appointed by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 85 + Ventersburg--Boer Lines broken through, 85 + +Ventersdorp-- + Fighting near, 140, 141, 142 + Meeting between President Steyn and Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 168, 169 + +Vereeniging-- + Meeting of General Representatives to discuss the Situation (May 15, + 1902), 333-364 + Authority given to Delegates to voice the wishes of their + Constituencies, 333, 337, 338, 400, 402, 403, 404, 405, 407, + 411, 412, 417, 421, 422, 423, 424 + Thanks of the meeting to the King of England and Queen of the + Netherlands for efforts to promote Peace, 345, 346 + Unity among Delegates essential, 337, 338, 349, 350, 351, 357 + Meeting of Special National Representatives to discuss British Peace + Terms (May 29, 1902), 397 + Armistice agreed on to admit of Attendance of Officers, 315 + Misunderstanding on the part of the British Columns, 317, 318 + Divisions among Delegates, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 426 + Meeting a Fatal Error, 413, 414 + Questions to be decided, 398, 411, 417 + (For details of subjects discussed _see_ Independence, Peace + Negotiations, etc.) + +Verkijkersdorp--Capture of Women's Laager near, by the British, and + Rescue by Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Commando, 238-241 + British Casualties, 239, 240 + +Vice-Commanders-in-Chief, Orange Free State-- + Badenhorst, Veldtcornet, C.C., Appointment for Districts of Boshof, + etc., 159 + De Wet, Gen., Appointment of, 49 + Fourie, Gen., Appointment for Districts of Bloemfontein, etc., 157 + Hertzog, Gen., Appointment for Districts of Fauresmith, etc., 158 + +Vice-President of Orange Free State-- + Appointment of Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 411 + Creation of Temporary Post, 198 + +Viljoen, Mr. P.R.--Situation in South Africa on May 15, 1902, Report of + the Vereeniging Conference, 346, 347 + +Villiers, General de--Death due to Wound received at Biddulphsberg, 84 + Natal Expedition, Commanding as Vechtgeneraal, 8, 9 + Prinsloo's Surrender, Escape from, 128 + Work in South-Eastern Districts of the Orange Free State, 83 + +Villiers, Mr. Jacob de, States-Procureur of Orange Free State, Capture + of at Bothaville, 170, 171, 198 + +Vilonel, Commandant-- + Resignation--Enforced Resignation due to Insubordination, 64 + Surrender to British--Recapture by Captain Pretorius and Trial for + Desertion, 84 + Removal from Bethlehem to Fouriesburg, 121, 122 + Waggons, Persistence in use of, 62 + +Visser, Commandant--Death of at Jagersfontein Engagement, Faithfulness + and Valour of Commandant Visser, 158 + +Vleeschkorporaal, Duties of, 4, 5 + +Vrede-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Meeting with Louis Botha, 231 + Meeting between President Steyn and the Transvaal Government, 231 + +Vrede Commando, Surrender following Prinsloo's Surrender, 128 + +Vredefort-- + Capture of British Outpost, 232 + Engagements near, 133, 134, 135 + Retreat of the Boers to the Vaal River, 164, 165 + Surrender of Arms by Commando after Declaration of Peace, 323, 324 + +Vredefort-weg Station--Commandant Steenekamp's Success at, 98, 105, 106 + +Vrijheid--Kaffir Atrocities, Murder and Mutilation of Burghers, 426, 427 + + +Waggons-- + Boer Reluctance to abandon use of, 62, 120, 121, 129, 131, 135, 136 + Harrismith Burghers' Refusal to part with their Waggons at + Spitskopje, 161-163 + De Wet, Commander-in-Chief, Use of Little Waggon, 293, 294, 398 + Destruction by British, 120, 121, 191 + No Waggons with Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Commando, 279 + Vilonel's, Commandant, Persistence in using Waggons, 62 + Waggon Camps, Regulation prohibiting, 58 + +War Commission--Orders to commence Natal Campaign, 4 + +War Councils, 19 + Decisions of Council of March 28, 1900, 61 + Doornberg, Council at--Decision as to Presidential Election, 197 + Kroonstad Council--Officers present, Decisions, etc., 58 _note_, 59 + +War of 1877-1881--Futility of Comparison with War of 1899-1902, 421, 422 + +Warfare, Boer Methods of-- + Checking an Enemy's Advance--Boer Tactics, 213 + Rapidity of Action, Importance of, 75 + +Wauchope, General--Death at Magersfontein, 23 + +Weilbach, Commandant--Desertion of Post at Bloemfontein, 54 + +Wessels, General J.B.-- + Kroonstad War Council, Presence at, 58 + Sanna's Post Engagement, Share in, 64 + +Wessels, Mr. C.J.-- + Commander-in-Chief of Free Staters at Magersfontein and Kimberley, 23 + Member of Boer Deputation to Europe (1900), 53, 54 + +Wessels, Veldtcornet-- + Capture of, at Frederiksstad, 166, 167 + Dewetsdorp Exploits, 176, 177, 178 + +White, Colonel--Engagement with Commandant Hasebroek near + Thaba'Nchu, 189, 190 + +White Flag Treachery at Reddersburg, 75, 76 + +Wire Fencing-- + Bothaville Boers cutting the Wire, 299 + Erection of, by the British, 262 + Lindley-Kroonstad Line of Blockhouses--Escape of Boers, 287 + Palmietfontein, Boers breaking through Line, 289, 290 + +Witkopjes Rheboksfontein Engagement, 135, 136 + +Witwatersrand, Cession to the British--Proposals of the Vereeniging + Conference, 350, 351, 360, 361, 363, 364 + +Wolfaard Brothers--Wounded by Lyddite Shell at Magersfontein, 25 + +Wolmarans, Daniel--Member of Boer Deputation to Europe (1900), 53, 54 + +Wolvehock--Railway blown up by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 163 + +Women and Children-- + De Wet's, Commander-in-Chief, Care for, after Sanna's Post, 66, 67 + Difficulties of providing for--Deliberations of the Vereeniging + Conference, 333, 339, 342, 343, 344, 345, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, + 356, 405, 406, 410, 412, 413, 415, 416, 417, 423, 424, 425, 426, + 427 + Flight of Boer Women to escape Capture by the British, 279 + Kaffir Treatment of Boer Women, 151, 152, 153 + Magersfontein Laager, Presence in, 25 + Sufferings in Concentration Camps, etc., 198, 290, 291, 421, 422 + Treatment by the British, 232, 239, 240, 241, 257, 258 + Verkijkersdorp Laager, Capture of by British, and rescue by + Commander-in-Chief de Wet's Commando, 238-241 + +Wonderkop--General de Villiers' Exploits, 83 + +Wounded, Boer Treatment of-- + Doornspruit, Care of Wounded after, 133, 134 + Nicholson's Nek--Care for Wounded by Commander-in-Chief de Wet, 17 + + +Yeomanry, Imperial--Gallantry at Tweefontein, 281 + +Yule, General--Ladysmith Retreat conducted by, 9, 10 + + +Zandnek--Captain Scheepers' Engagement near, 139, 140 + +Zwavelkrans Farm--British Convoy Captured by Commander-in-Chief de + Wet, 96, 98 + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THREE YEARS' WAR*** + + +******* This file should be named 18794.txt or 18794.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/7/9/18794 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/18794.zip b/18794.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a16b4f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/18794.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4547f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #18794 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/18794) |
